Awsec2 PDF

Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud
User Guide for Windows Instances

Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud: User Guide for Windows Instances

Copyright © 2019 Amazon Web Services, Inc. and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Amazon's trademarks and trade dress may not be used in connection with any product or service that is not
Amazon's, in any manner that is likely to cause confusion among customers, or in any manner that disparages or
discredits Amazon. All other trademarks not owned by Amazon are the property of their respective owners, who may
or may not be affiliated with, connected to, or sponsored by Amazon.
The AWS Documentation website is getting a new look!
Try it now and let us know what you think. Switch to the new look >>
You can return to the original look by selecting English in the language selector above.
Table of Contents
What Is Amazon EC2? ......................................................................................................................... 1
Features of Amazon EC2 ............................................................................................................. 1
How to Get Started with Amazon EC2 .......................................................................................... 1
Related Services ......................................................................................................................... 2
Accessing Amazon EC2 ............................................................................................................... 3
Pricing for Amazon EC2 .............................................................................................................. 3
PCI DSS Compliance ................................................................................................................... 4
Basic Infrastructure .................................................................................................................... 4
Amazon Machine Images and Instances ................................................................................. 5
Regions and Availability Zones ............................................................................................. 5
Storage ............................................................................................................................. 6
Root Device Volume ........................................................................................................... 7
Networking and Security ..................................................................................................... 8
AWS Identity and Access Management .................................................................................. 8
Differences between Windows Server and an Amazon EC2 Windows Instance ............................. 9
Designing Your Applications to Run on Amazon EC2 Windows Instances .................................. 10
Setting Up ....................................................................................................................................... 12
Sign Up for AWS ...................................................................................................................... 12
Create an IAM User .................................................................................................................. 12
Create a Key Pair ..................................................................................................................... 14
Create a Virtual Private Cloud (VPC) ........................................................................................... 16
Create a Security Group ............................................................................................................ 17
Getting Started ................................................................................................................................ 20
Overview ................................................................................................................................. 20
Prerequisites ............................................................................................................................ 21
Step 1: Launch an Instance ........................................................................................................ 21
Step 2: Connect to Your Instance ............................................................................................... 22
Step 3: Clean Up Your Instance .................................................................................................. 23
Next Steps ............................................................................................................................... 24
Best Practices .................................................................................................................................. 25
Tutorials .......................................................................................................................................... 27
Tutorial: Deploy a WordPress Blog .............................................................................................. 27
Prerequisites .................................................................................................................... 27
Installing the Microsoft Web Platform Installer .................................................................... 28
Installing WordPress ......................................................................................................... 28
Configuring Security Keys .................................................................................................. 29
Configuring the Site Title and Administrator ........................................................................ 30
Making Your WordPress Site Public ..................................................................................... 30
Next Steps ....................................................................................................................... 31
Tutorial: Installing a WAMP Server .............................................................................................. 31
Tutorial: Installing a WIMP Server ............................................................................................... 34
Prerequisites .................................................................................................................... 34
Prepare Your Instance ....................................................................................................... 34
Install the IIS web server ................................................................................................... 35
Install MySQL and PHP ..................................................................................................... 36
Test Your Server ............................................................................................................... 36
Tutorial: Increase the Availability of Your Application .................................................................... 37
Prerequisites .................................................................................................................... 38
Scale and Load Balance Your Application ............................................................................ 38
Test Your Load Balancer .................................................................................................... 40
Tutorial: Set Up a Windows HPC Cluster ...................................................................................... 40
Prerequisites .................................................................................................................... 41
Step 1: Create Security Groups .......................................................................................... 41
Step 2: Set Up Your Active Directory Domain Controller ........................................................ 44
iii
Step 3: Configure Your Head Node ..................................................................................... 44

Step 4: Set Up the Compute Node ..................................................................................... 46
Step 5: Scale Your HPC Compute Nodes (Optional) ............................................................... 47
Amazon Machine Images ................................................................................................................... 49
Creating Your Own AMI ............................................................................................................ 49
Buying, Sharing, and Selling AMIs .............................................................................................. 49
Deregistering Your AMI ............................................................................................................. 49
AWS Windows AMIs .................................................................................................................. 49
Selecting an Initial Windows AMI ....................................................................................... 50
Keeping Your AMIs Up-to-Date .......................................................................................... 50
Virtualization Types .......................................................................................................... 50
Finding a Windows AMI ............................................................................................................ 51
Finding a Windows AMI Using the Amazon EC2 Console ........................................................ 51
Finding an AMI Using the AWS Tools for Windows PowerShell ................................................ 52
Finding an AMI Using the AWS CLI ..................................................................................... 52
Shared AMIs ............................................................................................................................ 53
Finding Shared AMIs ......................................................................................................... 53
Making an AMI Public ....................................................................................................... 55
Sharing an AMI with Specific AWS Accounts ........................................................................ 57
Using Bookmarks ............................................................................................................. 59
Guidelines for Shared Windows AMIs .................................................................................. 60
Paid AMIs ................................................................................................................................ 60
Selling Your AMI .............................................................................................................. 61
Finding a Paid AMI ........................................................................................................... 61
Purchasing a Paid AMI ...................................................................................................... 62
Getting the Product Code for Your Instance ......................................................................... 63
Using Paid Support .......................................................................................................... 63
Bills for Paid and Supported AMIs ...................................................................................... 63
Managing Your AWS Marketplace Subscriptions .................................................................... 63
Creating a Custom Windows AMI ................................................................................................ 64
Overview of Creating an AMI ............................................................................................. 64
Creating a Windows AMI from a Running Instance ................................................................ 65
Using Encryption with EBS-Backed AMIs ..................................................................................... 67
Instance-Launching Scenarios ............................................................................................. 67
Image-Copying Scenarios .................................................................................................. 70
Copying an AMI ....................................................................................................................... 72
Permissions for Copying an Instance Store-Backed AMI ......................................................... 72
Cross-Region Copying ....................................................................................................... 73
Cross-Account Copying ...................................................................................................... 74
Encryption and Copying .................................................................................................... 74
Copying an AMI ............................................................................................................... 75
Stopping a Pending AMI Copy Operation ............................................................................ 76
Deregistering Your Windows AMI ................................................................................................ 77
AWS Windows AMIs .................................................................................................................. 78
Updating Your Windows Instance ....................................................................................... 79
Upgrading or Migrating to a Newer Version of Windows Server .............................................. 79
Subscribing to Windows AMI Notifications ........................................................................... 79
Configuration Changes for AWS Windows AMIs .................................................................... 80
Details About AWS Windows AMI Versions ........................................................................... 82
Changes in Windows Server 2016 and Later AMIs ............................................................... 109
Docker Container Conflict on Windows Server 2016 Instances .............................................. 110
Issue with the Hibernate Agent (2018.03.16 AMIs) .............................................................. 110
AMIs for STIG Compliance ............................................................................................... 111
Create an AMI Using Sysprep ................................................................................................... 113
Before You Begin ............................................................................................................ 113
Using Sysprep with the EC2Config Service ......................................................................... 113
Run Sysprep with the EC2Config Service ........................................................................... 116
iv
Troubleshooting Sysprep ................................................................................................. 117

Instances ....................................................................................................................................... 119
Instance Types ....................................................................................................................... 119
Available Instance Types .................................................................................................. 120
Hardware Specifications .................................................................................................. 121
Nitro-based Instances ...................................................................................................... 122
Networking and Storage Features ..................................................................................... 123
Instance Limits ............................................................................................................... 125
General Purpose Instances ............................................................................................... 125
Compute Optimized Instances .......................................................................................... 161
Memory Optimized Instances ........................................................................................... 165
Storage Optimized Instances ............................................................................................ 173
Accelerated Computing Instances ..................................................................................... 178
Changing the Instance Type ............................................................................................. 188
Instance Purchasing Options .................................................................................................... 191
Determining the Instance Lifecycle ................................................................................... 192
On-Demand Instances ..................................................................................................... 193
Reserved Instances ......................................................................................................... 193
Scheduled Instances ........................................................................................................ 225
Spot Instances ................................................................................................................ 229
Dedicated Hosts ............................................................................................................. 292
Dedicated Instances ........................................................................................................ 310
On-Demand Capacity Reservations ................................................................................... 315
Instance Lifecycle ................................................................................................................... 327
Instance Launch ............................................................................................................. 329
Instance Stop and Start (Amazon EBS-Backed Instances Only) .............................................. 329
Instance Hibernate (Amazon EBS-Backed Instances Only) ..................................................... 330
Instance Reboot ............................................................................................................. 330
Instance Retirement ........................................................................................................ 330
Instance Termination ....................................................................................................... 330
Differences Between Reboot, Stop, Hibernate, and Terminate ............................................... 331
Launch .......................................................................................................................... 332
Connect ......................................................................................................................... 378
Stop and Start ............................................................................................................... 382
Hibernate ...................................................................................................................... 384
Reboot .......................................................................................................................... 384
Retire ............................................................................................................................ 385
Terminate ...................................................................................................................... 387
Recover ......................................................................................................................... 392
Configure Instances ................................................................................................................ 393
EC2Launch ..................................................................................................................... 394
EC2Config Service ........................................................................................................... 404
PV Drivers ..................................................................................................................... 430
AWS NVMe Drivers ......................................................................................................... 445
Optimizing CPU Options ................................................................................................. 446
Setting the Time ............................................................................................................ 459
Setting the Password ...................................................................................................... 463
Adding Windows Components .......................................................................................... 463
Configuring a Secondary Private IPv4 Address .................................................................... 467
Running Commands at Launch ......................................................................................... 471
Instance Metadata and User Data ..................................................................................... 477
SQL Server Clustering in EC2 ........................................................................................... 488
Upgrade Windows Instances .................................................................................................... 494
Performing a Server Migration ......................................................................................... 495
Performing an In-Place Upgrade ....................................................................................... 495
Performing an Automated Upgrade .................................................................................. 499
Migrating to Latest Generation Instance Types ................................................................... 505
v
Migrate Microsoft SQL Server from Windows to Linux ......................................................... 510

Troubleshooting an Upgrade ............................................................................................ 517
Identify Instances ................................................................................................................... 517
Inspecting the Instance Identity Document ........................................................................ 517
Inspecting the System UUID ............................................................................................ 518
Elastic Graphics .............................................................................................................................. 519
Elastic Graphics Basics ............................................................................................................. 519
Pricing for Elastic Graphics ...................................................................................................... 521
Elastic Graphics Limitations ..................................................................................................... 521
Working with Elastic Graphics .................................................................................................. 521
Configuring Your Security Groups ..................................................................................... 521
Launching an Instance with an Elastic Graphics accelerator .................................................. 522
Installing the Required Software for Elastic Graphics ........................................................... 523
Verifying Elastic Graphics Functionality on Your Instance ..................................................... 523
Viewing Elastic Graphics Information ................................................................................ 525
Submitting Feedback ...................................................................................................... 526
Using CloudWatch Metrics to Monitor Elastic Graphics ................................................................. 526
Elastic Graphics Metrics ................................................................................................... 526
Elastic Graphics Dimensions ............................................................................................. 527
Viewing CloudWatch Metrics for Elastic Graphics ................................................................ 527
Creating CloudWatch Alarms to Monitor Elastic Graphics ..................................................... 527
Troubleshooting ..................................................................................................................... 528
Investigating Application Performance Issues ..................................................................... 528
Resolving Unhealthy Status Issues .................................................................................... 530
Monitoring ..................................................................................................................................... 531
Automated and Manual Monitoring .......................................................................................... 532
Automated Monitoring Tools ............................................................................................ 532
Manual Monitoring Tools ................................................................................................. 533
Best Practices for Monitoring ................................................................................................... 533
Monitoring the Status of Your Instances .................................................................................... 534
Instance Status Checks .................................................................................................... 534
Scheduled Events ........................................................................................................... 538
Monitoring Your Instances Using CloudWatch ............................................................................. 545
Enable Detailed Monitoring ............................................................................................. 545
List Available Metrics ...................................................................................................... 547
Get Statistics for Metrics ................................................................................................. 556
Graph Metrics ................................................................................................................ 563
Create an Alarm ............................................................................................................. 563
Create Alarms That Stop, Terminate, Reboot, or Recover an Instance ..................................... 564
Automating Amazon EC2 with CloudWatch Events ...................................................................... 573
Logging API Calls with AWS CloudTrail ...................................................................................... 573
Amazon EC2 and Amazon EBS Information in CloudTrail ..................................................... 574
Understanding Amazon EC2 and Amazon EBS Log File Entries .............................................. 574
Auditing Users that Connect via EC2 Instance Connect ........................................................ 575
Network and Security ..................................................................................................................... 577
Key Pairs ............................................................................................................................... 577
Creating a Key Pair Using Amazon EC2 .............................................................................. 578
Importing Your Own Public Key to Amazon EC2 ................................................................. 578
Retrieving the Public Key for Your Key Pair on Linux ........................................................... 580
Retrieving the Public Key for Your Key Pair on Windows ...................................................... 580
Retrieving the Public Key for Your Key Pair From Your Instance ............................................. 580
Verifying Your Key Pair's Fingerprint ................................................................................. 581
Deleting Your Key Pair .................................................................................................... 581
Connecting to Your Windows Instance if You Lose Your Private Key ....................................... 582
Security Groups ...................................................................................................................... 582
Security Group Rules ....................................................................................................... 583
Default Security Groups .................................................................................................. 585
vi
Custom Security Groups .................................................................................................. 586

Working with Security Groups .......................................................................................... 586
Security Group Rules Reference ........................................................................................ 590
Controlling Access .................................................................................................................. 596
Network Access to Your Instance ...................................................................................... 596
Amazon EC2 Permission Attributes ................................................................................... 596
IAM and Amazon EC2 ..................................................................................................... 597
IAM Policies ................................................................................................................... 598
IAM Roles ...................................................................................................................... 645
Network Access .............................................................................................................. 653
Instance IP Addressing ............................................................................................................ 655
Private IPv4 Addresses and Internal DNS Hostnames ........................................................... 655
Public IPv4 Addresses and External DNS Hostnames ........................................................... 656
Elastic IP Addresses (IPv4) ............................................................................................... 657
Amazon DNS Server ........................................................................................................ 657
IPv6 Addresses ............................................................................................................... 657
Working with IP Addresses for Your Instance ...................................................................... 658
Multiple IP Addresses ...................................................................................................... 662
Bring Your Own IP Addresses ................................................................................................... 669
Requirements ................................................................................................................. 669
Prepare to Bring Your Address Range to Your AWS Account ................................................. 670
Provision the Address Range for use with AWS ................................................................... 671
Advertise the Address Range through AWS ........................................................................ 672
Deprovision the Address Range ........................................................................................ 672
Elastic IP Addresses ................................................................................................................ 673
Elastic IP Address Basics .................................................................................................. 673
Working with Elastic IP Addresses ..................................................................................... 674
Using Reverse DNS for Email Applications ......................................................................... 678
Elastic IP Address Limit ................................................................................................... 678
Network Interfaces ................................................................................................................. 678
Network Interface Basics ................................................................................................. 679
IP Addresses Per Network Interface Per Instance Type ......................................................... 680
Scenarios for Network Interfaces ...................................................................................... 687
Best Practices for Configuring Network Interfaces ............................................................... 689
Working with Network Interfaces ..................................................................................... 689
Requester-Managed Network Interfaces ............................................................................ 698
Enhanced Networking ............................................................................................................. 699
Enhanced Networking Types ............................................................................................ 699
Enabling Enhanced Networking on Your Instance ................................................................ 699
Enhanced Networking: ENA ............................................................................................. 700
Enhanced Networking: Intel 82599 VF .............................................................................. 706
Placement Groups .................................................................................................................. 709
Cluster Placement Groups ................................................................................................ 709
Partition Placement Groups ............................................................................................. 710
Spread Placement Groups ................................................................................................ 711
Placement Group Rules and Limitations ............................................................................ 712
Creating a Placement Group ............................................................................................ 713
Launching Instances in a Placement Group ........................................................................ 714
Describing Instances in a Placement Group ........................................................................ 715
Changing the Placement Group for an Instance .................................................................. 716
Deleting a Placement Group ............................................................................................ 717
Network MTU ......................................................................................................................... 717
Jumbo Frames (9001 MTU) .............................................................................................. 718
Path MTU Discovery ........................................................................................................ 718
Check the Path MTU Between Two Hosts .......................................................................... 718
Check and Set the MTU on Your Windows Instance ............................................................. 719
Troubleshooting ............................................................................................................. 720
vii
Virtual Private Clouds ............................................................................................................. 720

Amazon VPC Documentation ........................................................................................... 721
Ports and Protocols ................................................................................................................ 721
AllJoyn Router ............................................................................................................... 721
Cast to Device ................................................................................................................ 722
Core Networking ............................................................................................................ 724
Delivery Optimization ..................................................................................................... 742
Diag Track ..................................................................................................................... 743
DIAL Protocol Server ....................................................................................................... 743
Distributed File System (DFS) Management ........................................................................ 743
File and Printer Sharing .................................................................................................. 744
File Server Remote Management ...................................................................................... 746
ICMP v4 All .................................................................................................................... 747
Multicast ....................................................................................................................... 747
Remote Desktop ............................................................................................................. 748
Windows Device Management .......................................................................................... 750
Windows Firewall Remote Management ............................................................................ 750
Windows Remote Management ........................................................................................ 751
EC2-Classic ............................................................................................................................ 751
Detecting Supported Platforms ........................................................................................ 751
Instance Types Available in EC2-Classic ............................................................................. 753
Differences Between Instances in EC2-Classic and a VPC ...................................................... 753
Sharing and Accessing Resources Between EC2-Classic and a VPC ......................................... 758
ClassicLink ..................................................................................................................... 759
Migrating from EC2-Classic to a VPC ................................................................................. 771
Storage ......................................................................................................................................... 780
Amazon EBS .......................................................................................................................... 781
Features of Amazon EBS ................................................................................................. 782
EBS Volumes .................................................................................................................. 782
EBS Snapshots ............................................................................................................... 817
EBS Data Services ........................................................................................................... 854
EBS Volumes and NVMe .................................................................................................. 874
EBS Optimization ........................................................................................................... 875
EBS Performance ............................................................................................................ 886
EBS CloudWatch Metrics .................................................................................................. 902
EBS CloudWatch Events ................................................................................................... 906
Instance Store ........................................................................................................................ 916
Instance Store Lifetime ................................................................................................... 916
Instance Store Volumes ................................................................................................... 917
Add Instance Store Volumes ............................................................................................ 921
SSD Instance Store Volumes ............................................................................................ 923
File Storage ........................................................................................................................... 924
Amazon EFS ................................................................................................................... 925
Amazon FSx ................................................................................................................... 925
Amazon S3 ............................................................................................................................ 925
Amazon S3 and Amazon EC2 ........................................................................................... 926
Instance Volume Limits ........................................................................................................... 927
Linux-Specific Volume Limits ............................................................................................ 927
Windows-Specific Volume Limits ...................................................................................... 927
Instance Type Limits ....................................................................................................... 928
Bandwidth versus Capacity .............................................................................................. 928
Device Naming ....................................................................................................................... 928
Available Device Names ................................................................................................... 928
Device Name Considerations ............................................................................................ 929
Block Device Mapping ............................................................................................................. 929
Block Device Mapping Concepts ....................................................................................... 930
AMI Block Device Mapping ............................................................................................... 932
viii
Instance Block Device Mapping ........................................................................................ 934

Mapping Disks to Volumes ....................................................................................................... 938
Listing the Disks Using Windows Disk Management ............................................................ 939
Listing the Disks Using Windows PowerShell (Windows Server 2012 and later) ........................ 940
Disk Device to Device Name Mapping ................................................................................ 942
Deploy Storage Spaces Direct .................................................................................................. 944
Step 1: Launch and Domain Join Instances ........................................................................ 946
Step 2: Install and Configure Instance Prerequisites ............................................................ 948
Step 3: Create Failover Cluster ......................................................................................... 950
Step 4: Enable S2D ......................................................................................................... 950
Step 5: Provision Storage ................................................................................................ 951
Step 6: Review the S2D Resources .................................................................................... 951
Step 7: Clean Up ............................................................................................................ 952
Additional Resources ....................................................................................................... 953
Resources and Tags ......................................................................................................................... 954
Resource Locations ................................................................................................................. 954
Resource IDs .......................................................................................................................... 955
Working with Longer IDs ................................................................................................. 956
Controlling Access to Longer ID Settings ........................................................................... 959
Listing and Filtering Your Resources .......................................................................................... 960
Advanced Search ............................................................................................................ 960
Listing Resources Using the Console ................................................................................. 961
Filtering Resources Using the Console ............................................................................... 962
Listing and Filtering Using the CLI and API ........................................................................ 963
Tagging Your Resources ........................................................................................................... 963
Tag Basics ...................................................................................................................... 964
Tagging Your Resources ................................................................................................... 965
Tag Restrictions .............................................................................................................. 967
Tagging Your Resources for Billing .................................................................................... 968
Working with Tags Using the Console ............................................................................... 968
Working with Tags Using the CLI or API ............................................................................ 971
Service Limits ......................................................................................................................... 973
Viewing Your Current Limits ............................................................................................ 974
Requesting a Limit Increase ............................................................................................. 975
Limits on Email Sent Using Port 25 .................................................................................. 975
Usage Reports ........................................................................................................................ 975
AWS Systems Manager for Microsoft System Center VMM ................................................................... 977
Features ................................................................................................................................ 977
Limitations ............................................................................................................................. 977
Requirements ......................................................................................................................... 978
Getting Started ...................................................................................................................... 978
Setting Up ............................................................................................................................. 978
Sign Up for AWS ............................................................................................................ 978
Set Up Access for Users ................................................................................................... 979
Deploy the Add-In .......................................................................................................... 981
Provide Your AWS Credentials .......................................................................................... 981
Managing EC2 Instances .......................................................................................................... 982
Creating an EC2 Instance ................................................................................................. 982
Viewing Your Instances .................................................................................................... 984
Connecting to Your Instance ............................................................................................ 984
Rebooting Your Instance .................................................................................................. 985
Stopping Your Instance ................................................................................................... 985
Starting Your Instance ..................................................................................................... 985
Terminating Your Instance ............................................................................................... 985
Importing Your VM ................................................................................................................. 986
Prerequisites .................................................................................................................. 986
Importing Your Virtual Machine ........................................................................................ 986
ix
Checking the Import Task Status ...................................................................................... 987

Backing Up Your Imported Instance .................................................................................. 988
Troubleshooting ..................................................................................................................... 988
Error: Add-in cannot be installed ...................................................................................... 988
Installation Errors ........................................................................................................... 988
Checking the Log File ..................................................................................................... 989
Errors Importing a VM .................................................................................................... 989
Uninstalling the Add-In ................................................................................................... 989
AWS Management Pack ................................................................................................................... 991
Overview of AWS Management Pack for System Center 2012 ....................................................... 991
Overview of AWS Management Pack for System Center 2007 R2 .................................................. 993
Downloading .......................................................................................................................... 994
System Center 2012 ....................................................................................................... 994
System Center 2007 R2 ................................................................................................... 994
Deploying .............................................................................................................................. 995
Step 1: Installing the AWS Management Pack .................................................................... 995
Step 2: Configuring the Watcher Node .............................................................................. 997
Step 3: Create an AWS Run As Account ............................................................................. 997
Step 4: Run the Add Monitoring Wizard ........................................................................... 1000
Step 5: Configure Ports and Endpoints ............................................................................ 1004
Using .................................................................................................................................. 1004
Views .......................................................................................................................... 1005
Discoveries ................................................................................................................... 1019
Monitors ...................................................................................................................... 1020
Rules ........................................................................................................................... 1021
Events ......................................................................................................................... 1021
Health Model ............................................................................................................... 1022
Customizing the AWS Management Pack ......................................................................... 1023
Upgrading ............................................................................................................................ 1024
System Center 2012 ...................................................................................................... 1024
System Center 2007 R2 ................................................................................................. 1025
Uninstalling .......................................................................................................................... 1025
System Center 2012 ...................................................................................................... 1025
System Center 2007 R2 ................................................................................................. 1026
Troubleshooting .................................................................................................................... 1026
Errors 4101 and 4105 ................................................................................................... 1026
Error 4513 ................................................................................................................... 1026
Event 623 .................................................................................................................... 1027
Events 2023 and 2120 .................................................................................................. 1027
Event 6024 .................................................................................................................. 1027
General Troubleshooting for System Center 2012 — Operations Manager ............................ 1027
General Troubleshooting for System Center 2007 R2 ......................................................... 1028
EC2Rescue for Windows Server ...................................................................................................... 1029
Using the GUI ...................................................................................................................... 1029
Video Walkthrough ....................................................................................................... 1031
Analyzing an Offline Instance ......................................................................................... 1031
Collecting Data from an Active Instance .......................................................................... 1032
Using the Command Line ...................................................................................................... 1032
Collect Action ............................................................................................................... 1033
Rescue Action ............................................................................................................... 1035
Restore Action .............................................................................................................. 1036
Using Systems Manager ......................................................................................................... 1037
Examples ..................................................................................................................... 1039
Troubleshooting ............................................................................................................................ 1041
Troubleshooting Launch Issues ............................................................................................... 1041
Instance Limit Exceeded ................................................................................................ 1041
Insufficient Instance Capacity ......................................................................................... 1042
x
Instance Terminates Immediately .................................................................................... 1042

High CPU Usage Shortly After Windows Starts ................................................................. 1043
Connecting to Your Instance .................................................................................................. 1044
Remote Desktop Can't Connect to the Remote Computer ................................................... 1044
Error Using macOS RDP Client ....................................................................................... 1047
RDP Displays a Black Screen Instead of the Desktop .......................................................... 1047
Unable to Remotely Log On to an Instance with a User Account That Is Not an Administrator ... 1047
Troubleshooting Remote Desktop Issues Using AWS Systems Manager ................................ 1047
Troubleshoot an Unreachable Instance .................................................................................... 1050
How to Take a Screenshot of an Unreachable Instance ....................................................... 1050
Common Screenshots .................................................................................................... 1051
Resetting a Lost or Expired Windows Administrator Password ..................................................... 1057
Reset Using EC2Config .................................................................................................. 1058
Reset Using EC2Launch ................................................................................................. 1062
Stopping Your Instance ......................................................................................................... 1065
Creating a Replacement Instance .................................................................................... 1065
Terminating Your Instance ..................................................................................................... 1066
Delayed Instance Termination ......................................................................................... 1066
Terminated Instance Still Displayed ................................................................................. 1067
Automatically Launch or Terminate Instances ................................................................... 1067
Sending a Diagnostic Interrupt ............................................................................................... 1067
Supported Instance Types .............................................................................................. 1068
Prerequisites ................................................................................................................ 1068
Sending a Diagnostic Interrupt ....................................................................................... 1068
Common Issues .................................................................................................................... 1068
EBS Volumes Don't Initialize on Windows Server 2016 and Later AMIs ................................. 1068
Boot an EC2 Windows Instance into Directory Services Restore Mode (DSRM) ........................ 1069
Instance loses network connectivity or scheduled tasks don't run when expected ................... 1071
Unable to get console output ......................................................................................... 1071
Windows Server 2012 R2 not available on the network ..................................................... 1072
Common Messages ............................................................................................................... 1072
"Password is not available" ............................................................................................ 1072
"Password not available yet" .......................................................................................... 1073
"Cannot retrieve Windows password" ............................................................................... 1073
"Waiting for the metadata service" ................................................................................. 1073
"Unable to activate Windows" ........................................................................................ 1076
"Windows is not genuine (0x80070005)" .......................................................................... 1077
"No Terminal Server License Servers available to provide a license" ...................................... 1077
"Some settings are managed by your organization" (Windows 2019) .................................... 1078
Document History ......................................................................................................................... 1079
AWS Glossary ............................................................................................................................... 1102
xi
Features of Amazon EC2
What Is Amazon EC2?

Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud (Amazon EC2) provides scalable computing capacity in the Amazon Web
Services (AWS) cloud. Using Amazon EC2 eliminates your need to invest in hardware up front, so you
can develop and deploy applications faster. You can use Amazon EC2 to launch as many or as few virtual
servers as you need, configure security and networking, and manage storage. Amazon EC2 enables you
to scale up or down to handle changes in requirements or spikes in popularity, reducing your need to
forecast traffic.
For more information about cloud computing, see What is Cloud Computing?
Features of Amazon EC2

Amazon EC2 provides the following features:
• Virtual computing environments, known as instances

• Preconfigured templates for your instances, known as Amazon Machine Images (AMIs), that package
the bits you need for your server (including the operating system and additional software)
• Various configurations of CPU, memory, storage, and networking capacity for your instances, known as
instance types
• Secure login information for your instances using key pairs (AWS stores the public key, and you store
the private key in a secure place)
• Storage volumes for temporary data that's deleted when you stop or terminate your instance, known
as instance store volumes
• Persistent storage volumes for your data using Amazon Elastic Block Store (Amazon EBS), known as
Amazon EBS volumes
• Multiple physical locations for your resources, such as instances and Amazon EBS volumes, known as
Regions and Availability Zones
• A firewall that enables you to specify the protocols, ports, and source IP ranges that can reach your
instances using security groups
• Static IPv4 addresses for dynamic cloud computing, known as Elastic IP addresses
• Metadata, known as tags, that you can create and assign to your Amazon EC2 resources
• Virtual networks you can create that are logically isolated from the rest of the AWS cloud, and that you
can optionally connect to your own network, known as virtual private clouds (VPCs)
For more information about the features of Amazon EC2, see the Amazon EC2 product page.
Amazon EC2 enables you to run any compatible Windows-based solution on our high-performance,
reliable, cost-effective, cloud computing platform. For more information, see Windows Server on AWS.
For more information about running your website on AWS, see Web Hosting.
How to Get Started with Amazon EC2

First, you need to get set up to use Amazon EC2. After you are set up, you are ready to complete the
Getting Started tutorial for Amazon EC2. Whenever you need more information about an Amazon EC2
feature, you can read the technical documentation.
1
Related Services
Get Up and Running
• Setting Up with Amazon EC2 (p. 12)

• Getting Started with Amazon EC2 Windows Instances (p. 20)
Basics
• Amazon EC2 Basic Infrastructure for Windows (p. 4)

• Instance Types (p. 119)
• Tags (p. 963)
Networking and Security
• Amazon EC2 Key Pairs and Windows Instances (p. 577)

• Security Groups (p. 582)
• Elastic IP Addresses (p. 673)
• Amazon EC2 and Amazon VPC (p. 720)
Storage
• Amazon EBS (p. 781)

• Instance Store (p. 916)
Working with Windows Instances
• AWS Systems Manager Run Command in the AWS Systems Manager User Guide
• Differences between Windows Server and an Amazon EC2 Windows Instance (p. 9)
• Designing Your Applications to Run on Amazon EC2 Windows Instances (p. 10)
• Getting Started with AWS: Hosting a .NET Web App
If you have questions about whether AWS is right for you, contact AWS Sales. If you have technical
questions about Amazon EC2, use the Amazon EC2 forum.
Related Services
You can provision Amazon EC2 resources, such as instances and volumes, directly using Amazon EC2.
You can also provision Amazon EC2 resources using other services in AWS. For more information, see the
following documentation:
• Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide

• AWS CloudFormation User Guide
• AWS Elastic Beanstalk Developer Guide
• AWS OpsWorks User Guide
To automatically distribute incoming application traffic across multiple instances, use Elastic Load
Balancing. For more information, see Elastic Load Balancing User Guide.
2
Accessing Amazon EC2
To monitor basic statistics for your instances and Amazon EBS volumes, use Amazon CloudWatch. For
more information, see the Amazon CloudWatch User Guide.
To automate actions, such as activating a Lambda function whenever a new Amazon EC2 instance starts,
use Amazon CloudWatch Events. For more information, see the Amazon CloudWatch Events User Guide.
To monitor the calls made to the Amazon EC2 API for your account, including calls made by the
AWS Management Console, command line tools, and other services, use AWS CloudTrail. For more
information, see the AWS CloudTrail User Guide.
To get a managed relational database in the cloud, use Amazon Relational Database Service (Amazon
RDS) to launch a database instance. Although you can set up a database on an EC2 instance, Amazon
RDS offers the advantage of handling your database management tasks, such as patching the software,
backing up, and storing the backups. For more information, see Amazon Relational Database Service
Developer Guide.
To import virtual machine (VM) images from your local environment into AWS and convert them into
ready-to-use AMIs or instances, use VM Import/Export. For more information, see the VM Import/Export
User Guide.
Accessing Amazon EC2

Amazon EC2 provides a web-based user interface, the Amazon EC2 console. If you've signed up for an
AWS account, you can access the Amazon EC2 console by signing into the AWS Management Console and
selecting EC2 from the console home page.
If you prefer to use a command line interface, you have the following options:
AWS Command Line Interface (CLI)
Provides commands for a broad set of AWS products, and is supported on Windows, Mac, and Linux.
To get started, see AWS Command Line Interface User Guide. For more information about the
commands for Amazon EC2, see ec2 in the AWS CLI Command Reference.
AWS Tools for Windows PowerShell
Provides commands for a broad set of AWS products for those who script in the PowerShell
environment. To get started, see the AWS Tools for Windows PowerShell User Guide. For more
information about the cmdlets for Amazon EC2, see the AWS Tools for PowerShell Cmdlet
Reference.
Amazon EC2 provides a Query API. These requests are HTTP or HTTPS requests that use the HTTP verbs
GET or POST and a Query parameter named Action. For more information about the API actions for
Amazon EC2, see Actions in the Amazon EC2 API Reference.
If you prefer to build applications using language-specific APIs instead of submitting a request over
HTTP or HTTPS, AWS provides libraries, sample code, tutorials, and other resources for software
developers. These libraries provide basic functions that automate tasks such as cryptographically signing
your requests, retrying requests, and handling error responses, making it is easier for you to get started.
For more information, see AWS SDKs and Tools.
Pricing for Amazon EC2

When you sign up for AWS, you can get started with Amazon EC2 for free using the AWS Free Tier.
3
PCI DSS Compliance
Amazon EC2 provides the following purchasing options for instances:
On-Demand Instances
Pay for the instances that you use by the hour, with no long-term commitments or upfront
payments.
Reserved Instances
Make a low, one-time, up-front payment for an instance, reserve it for a one- or three-year term, and
pay a significantly lower hourly rate for these instances.
Spot Instances
Request unused EC2 instances, which can lower your costs significantly.
For a complete list of charges and specific prices for Amazon EC2, see Amazon EC2 Pricing.
To calculate the cost of a sample provisioned environment, see Cloud Economics Center.
To see your bill, go to the Billing and Cost Management Dashboard in the AWS Billing and Cost
Management console. Your bill contains links to usage reports that provide details about your bill. To
learn more about AWS account billing, see AWS Account Billing.
If you have questions concerning AWS billing, accounts, and events, contact AWS Support.
For an overview of Trusted Advisor, a service that helps you optimize the costs, security, and performance
of your AWS environment, see AWS Trusted Advisor.
PCI DSS Compliance

Amazon EC2 supports the processing, storage, and transmission of credit card data by a merchant or
service provider, and has been validated as being compliant with Payment Card Industry (PCI) Data
Security Standard (DSS). For more information about PCI DSS, including how to request a copy of the
AWS PCI Compliance Package, see PCI DSS Level 1.
Amazon EC2 Basic Infrastructure for Windows

As you get started with Amazon EC2, you'll benefit from understanding the components of its basic
infrastructure and how they compare or contrast with your own data centers.
Concepts
• Amazon Machine Images and Instances (p. 5)
• Regions and Availability Zones (p. 5)
• Storage (p. 6)
• Root Device Volume (p. 7)
• Networking and Security (p. 8)
• AWS Identity and Access Management (p. 8)
• Differences between Windows Server and an Amazon EC2 Windows Instance (p. 9)
• Designing Your Applications to Run on Amazon EC2 Windows Instances (p. 10)
4
Amazon Machine Images and Instances
Amazon Machine Images and Instances

An Amazon Machine Image (AMI) is a template that contains a software configuration (for example, an
operating system, an application server, and applications). From an AMI, you launch instances, which are
copies of the AMI running as virtual servers in the cloud.
Amazon publishes many AMIs that contain common software configurations for public use. In addition,
members of the AWS developer community have published their own custom AMIs. You can also create
your own custom AMI or AMIs; doing so enables you to quickly and easily start new instances that
have everything you need. For example, if your application is a website or web service, your AMI could
include a web server, the associated static content, and the code for the dynamic pages. As a result, after
you launch an instance from this AMI, your web server starts, and your application is ready to accept
requests.
You can launch different types of instances from a single AMI. An instance type essentially determines
the hardware of the host computer used for your instance. Each instance type offers different compute
and memory facilities. Select an instance type based on the amount of memory and computing
power that you need for the applications or software that you plan to run on the instance. For more
information about the hardware specifications for each Amazon EC2 instance type, see Amazon EC2
Instance Types. You can also launch multiple instances from an AMI, as shown in the following figure.
Your Windows instances keep running until you stop or terminate them, or until they fail. If an instance
fails, you can launch a new one from the AMI.
Your AWS account has a limit on the number of instances that you can have running. For more
information about this limit, and how to request an increase, see How many instances can I run in
Amazon EC2 in the Amazon EC2 General FAQ.
Bare Metal Instances

Amazon now offers EC2 bare metal instances which are available with the EC2 Storage Optimized
Amazon EC2 I3 instance family in the form of i3.metal instances. Bare metal instances allow you to run
applications that benefit from deep performance analysis tools, specialized workloads that require direct
access to bare metal infrastructure, legacy workloads not supported in virtual environments, licensing-
restricted Tier 1 business critical applications, as well as virtualization-secured containers.
Regions and Availability Zones

Amazon has data centers in different areas of the world (for example, North America, Europe, and Asia).
Correspondingly, Amazon EC2 is available to use in different Regions. By launching instances in separate
Regions, you can design your application to be closer to specific customers or to meet legal or other
5
Storage
requirements. Prices for Amazon EC2 usage vary by Region (for more information about pricing by
Region, see Amazon EC2 Pricing).
Each Region contains multiple distinct locations called Availability Zones. Each Availability Zone is
engineered to be isolated from failures in other Availability Zones, and to provide inexpensive, low-
latency network connectivity to other zones in the same Region. By launching instances in separate
Availability Zones, you can protect your applications from the failure of a single location.
For more information about the available Regions and Availability Zones, see Using Regions and
Availability Zones in the Amazon EC2 User Guide for Linux Instances.
Storage
When using Amazon EC2, you may have data that you need to store. Amazon EC2 offers the following
storage options:
• Amazon Elastic Block Store (Amazon EBS)

• Amazon EC2 Instance Store (p. 916)
• Amazon Simple Storage Service (Amazon S3)
The following figure shows the relationship between these types of storage.
Amazon EBS Volumes

Amazon EBS volumes are the recommended storage option for the majority of use cases. Amazon EBS
provides your instances with persistent, block-level storage. Amazon EBS volumes are essentially hard
disks that you can attach to a running instance.
Amazon EBS is especially suited for applications that require a database, a file system, or access to raw
block-level storage.
6
Root Device Volume
As illustrated in the previous figure, you can attach multiple volumes to an instance. Also, to keep a
backup copy of your data, you can create a snapshot of an EBS volume, which is stored in Amazon S3.
You can create a new Amazon EBS volume from a snapshot, and attach it to another instance. You
can also detach a volume from an instance and attach it to a different instance. The following figure
illustrates the life cycle of an EBS volume.
For more information about Amazon EBS volumes, see Amazon Elastic Block Store (p. 781).
Instance Store
Instance store provides your instances with temporary, block-level storage. This is storage that is
physically attached to the host computer. The data on an instance store volume doesn't persist when
the associated instance is stopped or terminated. For a list of instance store volumes available on each
supported instance type, see Instance Store Volumes (p. 917).
Instance store is an option for inexpensive temporary storage. You can use instance store volumes if you
don't require data persistence. For more information about instance store volumes, see Amazon EC2
Instance Store (p. 916).
Amazon S3
Amazon S3 is storage for the Internet. It provides a simple web service interface that enables you to
store and retrieve any amount of data from anywhere on the web. For more information about Amazon
S3, see the Amazon S3 product page.
Root Device Volume

When you launch an instance, the root device volume contains the image used to boot the instance. When
you launch a Windows instance, a root EBS volume is created from an EBS snapshot and attached to the
instance.
By default, the root volume is deleted when the instance terminates (the DeleteOnTermination
attribute is true). Using the console, you can change DeleteOnTermination when you launch an
instance. To change this attribute for a running instance, you must use the command line.
To change the root device volume of an instance to persist at launch using the console
1. Open the Amazon EC2 console.
7
2. From the Amazon EC2 console dashboard, click Launch Instance.

3. On the Choose an Amazon Machine Image (AMI) page, choose the AMI to use and click Select.
4. Follow the wizard to complete the Choose an Instance Type and Configure Instance Details pages.
5. On the Add Storage page, deselect the Delete On Termination check box for the root volume.
6. Complete the remaining wizard pages, and then click Launch.
You can verify the setting by viewing details for the root device volume on the instance's details pane.
Next to Block devices, choose the entry for the root device volume. By default, Delete on termination is
True. If you change the default behavior, Delete on termination is False.
To change the root device volume of an instance to persist using the command line
You can use one of the following commands. For more information about these command line interfaces,
see Accessing Amazon EC2 (p. 3).
• modify-instance-attribute (AWS CLI)

• Edit-EC2InstanceAttribute (AWS Tools for Windows PowerShell)

By default, an instance is assigned public IPv4 address only if it's launched into a default VPC. An
instance that's launched into a nondefault VPC must be specifically assigned a public IPv4 address at
launch, or you must modify your subnet's default public IPv4 addressing behavior.
Instances can fail or terminate for reasons outside of your control. If one fails and you launch a
replacement instance, the replacement has a different public IPv4 address than the original. However,
if your application needs a static IPv4 address, Amazon EC2 offers Elastic IP addresses. For more
information, see Amazon EC2 Instance IP Addressing (p. 655).
You can use security groups to control who can access your instances. These are analogous to an inbound
network firewall that enables you to specify the protocols, ports, and source IP ranges that are allowed
to reach your instances. You can create multiple security groups and assign different rules to each group.
You can then assign each instance to one or more security groups, and we use the rules to determine
which traffic is allowed to reach the instance. You can configure a security group so that only specific IP
addresses or specific security groups have access to the instance. For more information, see Amazon EC2
Security Groups for Windows Instances (p. 582).
AWS Identity and Access Management

AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) enables you to do the following:
• Create users and groups under your AWS account

• Assign unique security credentials to each user under your AWS account
• Control each user's permissions to perform tasks using AWS resources
• Allow the users in another AWS account to share your AWS resources
• Create roles for your AWS account and define the users or services that can assume them
• Use existing identities for your enterprise to grant permissions to perform tasks using AWS resources
By using IAM with Amazon EC2, you can control whether users in your organization can perform a task
using specific Amazon EC2 API actions and whether they can use specific AWS resources.
8
Differences between Windows Server
and an Amazon EC2 Windows Instance
For more information about IAM, see the following:
• Creating an IAM Group and Users (p. 597)

• IAM Policies for Amazon EC2 (p. 598)
• IAM Roles for Amazon EC2 (p. 645)
• Identity and Access Management (IAM)
• IAM User Guide
Differences between Windows Server and an Amazon

EC2 Windows Instance
After you launch your Amazon EC2 Windows instance, it behaves like a traditional server running
Windows Server. For example, both Windows Server and an Amazon EC2 instance can be used to
run your web applications, conduct batch processing, or manage applications requiring large-scale
computations. However, there are important differences between the server hardware model and the
cloud computing model. The way an Amazon EC2 instance runs is not the same as the way a traditional
server running Windows Server runs.
Before you begin launching Amazon EC2 Windows instances, you should be aware that the architecture
of applications running on cloud servers can differ significantly from the architecture for traditional
application models running on your hardware. Implementing applications on cloud servers requires a
shift in your design process.
The following table describes some key differences between Windows Server and an Amazon EC2
Windows instance.
Windows Server Amazon EC2 Windows Instance
Resources and capacity are physically limited. Resources and capacity are scalable.
You pay for the infrastructure, even if you don't You pay for the usage of the infrastructure. We
use it. stop charging you for the instance as soon as you
stop or terminate it.
Occupies physical space and must be maintained Doesn't occupy physical space and does not
on a regular basis. require regular maintenance.
Starts with push of the power button (known as Starts with the launch of the instance.
cold booting).
You can keep the server running until it is time to You can keep the server running, or stop and
shut it down, or put it in a sleep or hibernation restart it (during which the instance is moved to a
state (during which the server is powered down). new host computer).
When you shut down the server, all resources When you terminate the instance, its
remain intact and in the state they were in when infrastructure is no longer available to you. You
you switched it off. Information you stored on the can't connect to or restart an instance after you've
hard drives persists and can be accessed whenever terminated it. However, you can create an image
it's needed. You can restore the server to the from your instance while it's running, and launch
running state by powering it on. new instances from the image at any time.
A traditional server running Windows Server goes through the states shown in the following diagram.
9
Designing Your Applications to Run
on Amazon EC2 Windows Instances
An Amazon EC2 Windows instance is similar to the traditional Windows Server, as you can see by
comparing the following diagram with the previous diagram for Windows Server. After you launch
an instance, it briefly goes into the pending state while registration takes place, then it goes into the
running state. The instance remains active until you stop or terminate it. You can't restart an instance
after you terminate it. You can create a backup image of your instance while it's running, and launch a
new instance from that backup image.
Designing Your Applications to Run on Amazon EC2

Windows Instances
It is important that you consider the differences mentioned in the previous section when you design your
applications to run on Amazon EC2 Windows instances.
Applications built for Amazon EC2 use the underlying computing infrastructure on an as-needed basis.
They draw on necessary resources (such as storage and computing) on demand in order to perform a job,
and relinquish the resources when done. In addition, they often dispose of themselves after the job is
done. While in operation, the application scales up and down elastically based on resource requirements.
An application running on an Amazon EC2 instance can terminate and recreate the various components
at will in case of infrastructure failures.
When designing your Windows applications to run on Amazon EC2, you can plan for rapid deployment
and rapid reduction of compute and storage resources, based on your changing needs.
When you run an Amazon EC2 Windows instance, you don't need to provision the exact system package
of hardware, software, and storage, the way you do with Windows Server. Instead, you can focus on
using a variety of cloud resources to improve the scalability and overall performance of your Windows
application.
With Amazon EC2, designing for failure and outages is an integral and crucial part of the architecture.
As with any scalable and redundant system, architecture of your system should account for computing,
network, and storage failures. You have to build mechanisms in your applications that can handle
10
Designing Your Applications to Run
on Amazon EC2 Windows Instances
different kinds of failures. The key is to build a modular system with individual components that
are not tightly coupled, can interact asynchronously, and treat one another as black boxes that are
independently scalable. Thus, if one of your components fails or is busy, you can launch more instances
of that component without breaking your current system.
Another key element to designing for failure is to distribute your application geographically. Replicating
your application across geographically distributed Regions improves high availability in your system.
Amazon EC2 infrastructure is programmable and you can use scripts to automate the deployment
process, to install and configure software and applications, and to bootstrap your virtual servers.
You should implement security in every layer of your application architecture running on an Amazon
EC2 Windows instance. If you are concerned about storing sensitive and confidential data within your
Amazon EC2 environment, you should encrypt the data before uploading it.
11
Sign Up for AWS
Setting Up with Amazon EC2

If you've already signed up for Amazon Web Services (AWS), you can start using Amazon EC2
immediately. You can open the Amazon EC2 console, choose Launch Instance, and follow the steps in
the launch wizard to launch your first instance.
If you haven't signed up for AWS yet, or if you need assistance launching your first instance, complete the
following tasks to get set up to use Amazon EC2:
1. Sign Up for AWS (p. 12)

2. Create an IAM User (p. 12)
3. Create a Key Pair (p. 14)
4. Create a Virtual Private Cloud (VPC) (p. 16)
5. Create a Security Group (p. 17)
Sign Up for AWS

When you sign up for Amazon Web Services (AWS), your AWS account is automatically signed up for all
services in AWS, including Amazon EC2. You are charged only for the services that you use.
With Amazon EC2, you pay only for what you use. If you are a new AWS customer, you can get started
with Amazon EC2 for free. For more information, see AWS Free Tier.
If you have an AWS account already, skip to the next task. If you don't have an AWS account, use the
following procedure to create one.
To create an AWS account
1. Open https://portal.aws.amazon.com/billing/signup.
2. Follow the online instructions.
Part of the sign-up procedure involves receiving a phone call and entering a verification code on the
phone keypad.
Note your AWS account number, because you'll need it for the next task.
Create an IAM User

Services in AWS, such as Amazon EC2, require that you provide credentials when you access them, so
that the service can determine whether you have permission to access its resources. The console requires
your password. You can create access keys for your AWS account to access the command line interface
or API. However, we don't recommend that you access AWS using the credentials for your AWS account;
we recommend that you use AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) instead. Create an IAM user,
and then add the user to an IAM group with administrative permissions or grant this user administrative
permissions. You can then access AWS using a special URL and the credentials for the IAM user.
12
Create an IAM User
If you signed up for AWS but have not created an IAM user for yourself, you can create one using the IAM
console. If you aren't familiar with using the console, see Working with the AWS Management Console
for an overview.
To create an administrator user for yourself and add the user to an administrators group
(console)
1. Use your AWS account email address and password to sign in as the AWS account root user to the
IAM console at https://console.aws.amazon.com/iam/.
Note
We strongly recommend that you adhere to the best practice of using the Administrator
IAM user below and securely lock away the root user credentials. Sign in as the root user
only to perform a few account and service management tasks.
2. In the navigation pane, choose Users and then choose Add user.
3. For User name, enter Administrator.
4. Select the check box next to AWS Management Console access. Then select Custom password, and
then enter your new password in the text box.
5. (Optional) By default, AWS requires the new user to create a new password when first signing in. You
can clear the check box next to User must create a new password at next sign-in to allow the new
user to reset their password after they sign in.
6. Choose Next: Permissions.
7. Under Set permissions, choose Add user to group.
8. Choose Create group.
9. In the Create group dialog box, for Group name enter Administrators.
10. Choose Filter policies, and then select AWS managed -job function to filter the table contents.
11. In the policy list, select the check box for AdministratorAccess. Then choose Create group.
Note
You must activate IAM user and role access to Billing before you can use the
AdministratorAccess permissions to access the AWS Billing and Cost Management
console. To do this, follow the instructions in step 1 of the tutorial about delegating access
to the billing console.
12. Back in the list of groups, select the check box for your new group. Choose Refresh if necessary to
see the group in the list.
13. Choose Next: Tags.
14. (Optional) Add metadata to the user by attaching tags as key-value pairs. For more information
about using tags in IAM, see Tagging IAM Entities in the IAM User Guide.
15. Choose Next: Review to see the list of group memberships to be added to the new user. When you
are ready to proceed, choose Create user.
You can use this same process to create more groups and users and to give your users access to your AWS
account resources. To learn about using policies that restrict user permissions to specific AWS resources,
see Access Management and Example Policies.
To sign in as this new IAM user, sign out of the AWS console, then use the following URL, where
your_aws_account_id is your AWS account number without the hyphens (for example, if your AWS
account number is 1234-5678-9012, your AWS account ID is 123456789012):
https://your_aws_account_id.signin.aws.amazon.com/console/
Enter the IAM user name (not your email address) and password that you just created. When you're
signed in, the navigation bar displays "your_user_name @ your_aws_account_id".
13
Create a Key Pair
If you don't want the URL for your sign-in page to contain your AWS account ID, you can create an
account alias. From the IAM console, choose Dashboard in the navigation pane. From the dashboard,
choose Customize and enter an alias such as your company name. To sign in after you create an account
alias, use the following URL:
https://your_account_alias.signin.aws.amazon.com/console/
To verify the sign-in link for IAM users for your account, open the IAM console and check under IAM
users sign-in link on the dashboard.
For more information about IAM, see IAM and Amazon EC2 (p. 597).
Create a Key Pair

AWS uses public-key cryptography to secure the login information for your instance. You specify
the name of the key pair when you launch your instance, then provide the private key to obtain the
administrator password for your Windows instance so you can log in using RDP.
If you haven't created a key pair already, you can create one using the Amazon EC2 console. Note that if
you plan to launch instances in multiple regions, you'll need to create a key pair in each region. For more
information about regions, see Regions and Availability Zones (p. 5).
To create a key pair
1. Sign in to AWS using the URL that you created in the previous section.
2. From the AWS dashboard, choose EC2 to open the Amazon EC2 console.
3. From the navigation bar, select a region for the key pair. You can select any region that's available to
you, regardless of your location. However, key pairs are specific to a region; for example, if you plan
to launch an instance in the US East (Ohio) Region, you must create a key pair for the instance in the
US East (Ohio) Region.
14
Create a Key Pair
4. In the navigation pane, under NETWORK & SECURITY, choose Key Pairs.
Tip
The navigation pane is on the left side of the console. If you do not see the pane, it might
be minimized; choose the arrow to expand the pane. You may have to scroll down to see the
Key Pairs link.
15
Create a Virtual Private Cloud (VPC)
5. Choose Create Key Pair.

6. Enter a name for the new key pair in the Key pair name field of the Create Key Pair dialog box,
and then choose Create. Use a name that is easy for you to remember, such as your IAM user name,
followed by -key-pair, plus the region name. For example, me-key-pair-useast2.
7. The private key file is automatically downloaded by your browser. The base file name is the name
you specified as the name of your key pair, and the file name extension is .pem. Save the private key
file in a safe place.
Important
This is the only chance for you to save the private key file. You'll need to provide the name
of your key pair when you launch an instance and the corresponding private key each time
you connect to the instance.
For more information, see Amazon EC2 Key Pairs and Windows Instances (p. 577).
Create a Virtual Private Cloud (VPC)

Amazon VPC enables you to launch AWS resources into a virtual network that you've defined, known
as a virtual private cloud (VPC). The newer EC2 instance types require that you launch your instances in
a VPC. If you have a default VPC, you can skip this section and move to the next task, Create a Security
Group (p. 17). To determine whether you have a default VPC, open the Amazon EC2 console and look
for Default VPC under Account Attributes on the dashboard. If you do not have a default VPC listed on
the dashboard, you can create a nondefault VPC using the steps below.
To create a nondefault VPC
1. Open the Amazon VPC console at https://console.aws.amazon.com/vpc/.

2. From the navigation bar, select a region for the VPC. VPCs are specific to a region, so you should
select the same region in which you created your key pair.
3. On the VPC dashboard, choose Launch VPC Wizard.
4. On the Step 1: Select a VPC Configuration page, ensure that VPC with a Single Public Subnet is
selected, and choose Select.
5. On the Step 2: VPC with a Single Public Subnet page, enter a friendly name for your VPC in the
VPC name field. Leave the other default configuration settings, and choose Create VPC. On the
confirmation page, choose OK.
For more information about VPCs, see the Amazon VPC User Guide.
16
Create a Security Group

Security groups act as a firewall for associated instances, controlling both inbound and outbound traffic
at the instance level. You must add rules to a security group that enable you to connect to your instance
from your IP address using RDP. You can also add rules that allow inbound and outbound HTTP and
HTTPS access from anywhere.
Note that if you plan to launch instances in multiple regions, you'll need to create a security group in
each region. For more information about regions, see Regions and Availability Zones (p. 5).
Prerequisites
You'll need the public IPv4 address of your local computer. The security group editor in the Amazon
EC2 console can automatically detect the public IPv4 address for you. Alternatively, you can use the
search phrase "what is my IP address" in an Internet browser, or use the following service: Check IP. If
you are connecting through an Internet service provider (ISP) or from behind a firewall without a static IP
address, you need to find out the range of IP addresses used by client computers.
To create a security group with least privilege
1. Open the Amazon EC2 console at https://console.aws.amazon.com/ec2/.

Tip
Alternatively, you can use the Amazon VPC console to create a security group. However,
the instructions in this procedure don't match the Amazon VPC console. Therefore, if you
switched to the Amazon VPC console in the previous section, either switch back to the
Amazon EC2 console and use these instructions, or use the instructions in Set Up a Security
Group for Your VPC in the Amazon VPC Getting Started Guide.
2. From the navigation bar, select a region for the security group. Security groups are specific to a
region, so you should select the same region in which you created your key pair.
17
3. Choose Security Groups in the navigation pane.

4. Choose Create Security Group.
5. Enter a name for the new security group and a description. Use a name that is easy for you to
remember, such as your IAM user name, followed by _SG_, plus the region name. For example,
me_SG_uswest2.
6. In the VPC list, select your VPC. If you have a default VPC, it's the one that is marked with an asterisk
(*).
7. On the Inbound tab, create the following rules (choose Add Rule for each new rule), and then
choose Create:
• Choose HTTP from the Type list, and make sure that Source is set to Anywhere (0.0.0.0/0).
18
• Choose HTTPS from the Type list, and make sure that Source is set to Anywhere (0.0.0.0/0).
• Choose RDP from the Type list. In the Source box, choose My IP to automatically populate
the field with the public IPv4 address of your local computer. Alternatively, choose Custom
and specify the public IPv4 address of your computer or network in CIDR notation. To
specify an individual IP address in CIDR notation, add the routing suffix /32, for example,
203.0.113.25/32. If your company allocates addresses from a range, specify the entire range,
such as 203.0.113.0/24.
Warning
For security reasons, we don't recommend that you allow RDP access from all IPv4
addresses (0.0.0.0/0) to your instance, except for testing purposes and only for a short
time.
For more information, see Amazon EC2 Security Groups for Windows Instances (p. 582).
19
Overview
Getting Started with Amazon EC2

Windows Instances
Let's get started with Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud (Amazon EC2) by launching, connecting to, and
using a Windows instance. An instance is a virtual server in the AWS cloud. With Amazon EC2, you can set
up and configure the operating system and applications that run on your instance.
When you sign up for AWS, you can get started with Amazon EC2 using the AWS Free Tier. If you created
your AWS account less than 12 months ago, and have not already exceeded the free tier benefits for
Amazon EC2, it will not cost you anything to complete this tutorial, because we help you select options
that are within the free tier benefits. Otherwise, you'll incur the standard Amazon EC2 usage fees from
the time that you launch the instance until you terminate the instance (which is the final task of this
tutorial), even if it remains idle.
Contents
• Overview (p. 20)
• Prerequisites (p. 21)
• Step 1: Launch an Instance (p. 21)
• Step 2: Connect to Your Instance (p. 22)
• Step 3: Clean Up Your Instance (p. 23)
• Next Steps (p. 24)
Overview
The instance is an Amazon EBS-backed instance (meaning that the root volume is an EBS volume).
You can either specify the Availability Zone in which your instance runs, or let Amazon EC2 select an
Availability Zone for you. When you launch your instance, you secure it by specifying a key pair and
security group. When you connect to your instance, you must specify the private key of the key pair that
you specified when launching your instance.
Tasks
To complete this tutorial, perform the following tasks:
1. Launch an Instance (p. 21)

2. Connect to Your Instance (p. 22)
20
Prerequisites
3. Clean Up Your Instance (p. 23)
Related Tutorials
• If you'd prefer to launch a Linux instance, see this tutorial in the Amazon EC2 User Guide for Linux
Instances: Getting Started with Amazon EC2 Linux Instances.
• If you'd prefer to use the command line, see this tutorial in the AWS Command Line Interface User
Guide: Using Amazon EC2 through the AWS CLI.
Prerequisites
Before you begin, be sure that you've completed the steps in Setting Up with Amazon EC2 (p. 12).
Step 1: Launch an Instance

You can launch a Windows instance using the AWS Management Console as described in the following
procedure. This tutorial is intended to help you launch your first instance quickly, so it doesn't cover all
possible options. For more information about the advanced options, see Launching an Instance.
To launch an instance

2. From the console dashboard, choose Launch Instance.
3. The Choose an Amazon Machine Image (AMI) page displays a list of basic configurations, called
Amazon Machine Images (AMIs), that serve as templates for your instance. Select the AMI for
Windows Server 2016 Base or later. Notice that these AMIs are marked "Free tier eligible."
4. On the Choose an Instance Type page, you can select the hardware configuration of your instance.
Select the t2.micro type, which is selected by default. Notice that this instance type is eligible for
the free tier.
5. Choose Review and Launch to let the wizard complete the other configuration settings for you.
6. On the Review Instance Launch page, under Security Groups, you'll see that the wizard created and
selected a security group for you. You can use this security group, or alternatively you can select the
security group that you created when getting set up using the following steps:
a. Choose Edit security groups.

b. On the Configure Security Group page, ensure that Select an existing security group is
selected.
c. Select your security group from the list of existing security groups, and then choose Review and
Launch.
7. On the Review Instance Launch page, choose Launch.
8. When prompted for a key pair, select Choose an existing key pair, then select the key pair that you
created when getting set up.
Alternatively, you can create a new key pair. Select Create a new key pair, enter a name for the key
pair, and then choose Download Key Pair. This is the only chance for you to save the private key file,
so be sure to download it. Save the private key file in a safe place. You'll need to provide the name of
your key pair when you launch an instance and the corresponding private key each time you connect
to the instance.
Warning
Don't select the Proceed without a key pair option. If you launch your instance without a
key pair, then you can't connect to it.
21
Step 2: Connect to Your Instance
When you are ready, select the acknowledgement check box, and then choose Launch Instances.
9. A confirmation page lets you know that your instance is launching. Choose View Instances to close
the confirmation page and return to the console.
10. On the Instances screen, you can view the status of the launch. It takes a short time for an instance
to launch. When you launch an instance, its initial state is pending. After the instance starts, its
state changes to running and it receives a public DNS name. (If the Public DNS (IPv4) column is
hidden, choose Show/Hide Columns (the gear-shaped icon) in the top right corner of the page and
then select Public DNS (IPv4).)
11. It can take a few minutes for the instance to be ready so that you can connect to it. Check that your
instance has passed its status checks; you can view this information in the Status Checks column.
Step 2: Connect to Your Instance

To connect to a Windows instance, you must retrieve the initial administrator password (see step 2
below) and then specify this password when you connect to your instance using Remote Desktop.
The name of the administrator account depends on the language of the operating system. For example,
for English, it's Administrator, for French it's Administrateur, and for Portuguese it's Administrador. For
more information, see Localized Names for Administrator Account in Windows in the Microsoft TechNet
Wiki.
If you've joined your instance to a domain, you can connect to your instance using domain credentials
you've defined in AWS Directory Service. On the Remote Desktop login screen, instead of using the local
computer name and the generated password, use the fully-qualified user name for the administrator (for
example, corp.example.com\Admin) and the password for this account.
The license for the Windows Server operating system (OS) allows two simultaneous remote connections
for administrative purposes. The license for Windows Server is included in the price of your Windows
instance. If you need more than two simultaneous remote connections, you must purchase a Remote
Desktop Services (RDS) license. If you attempt a third connection, an error occurs. For more information,
see Configure the Number of Simultaneous Remote Connections Allowed for a Connection.
To connect to your Windows instance using an RDP client
1. In the Amazon EC2 console, select the instance, and then choose Connect.
2. In the Connect To Your Instance dialog box, choose Get Password (it will take a few minutes after
the instance is launched before the password is available).
3. Choose Browse and navigate to the private key file you created when you launched the instance.
Select the file and choose Open to copy the entire contents of the file into the Contents field.
4. Choose Decrypt Password. The console displays the default administrator password for the instance
in the Connect To Your Instance dialog box, replacing the link to Get Password shown previously
with the actual password.
5. Record the default administrator password, or copy it to the clipboard. You need this password to
connect to the instance.
6. Choose Download Remote Desktop File. Your browser prompts you to either open or save the .rdp
file. Either option is fine. When you have finished, you can choose Close to dismiss the Connect To
Your Instance dialog box.
• If you opened the .rdp file, you'll see the Remote Desktop Connection dialog box.
• If you saved the .rdp file, navigate to your downloads directory, and open the .rdp file to display
the dialog box.
7. You may get a warning that the publisher of the remote connection is unknown. You can continue to
connect to your instance.
22
Step 3: Clean Up Your Instance
8. When prompted, log in to the instance, using the administrator account for the operating system
and the password that you recorded or copied previously. If your Remote Desktop Connection
already has an administrator account set up, you might have to choose the Use another account
option and type the user name and password manually.
Note
Sometimes copying and pasting content can corrupt data. If you encounter a "Password
Failed" error when you log in, try typing in the password manually.
9. Due to the nature of self-signed certificates, you may get a warning that the security certificate
could not be authenticated. Use the following steps to verify the identity of the remote computer, or
simply choose Yes or Continue to continue if you trust the certificate.
a. If you are using Remote Desktop Connection from a Windows PC, choose View certificate. If
you are using Microsoft Remote Desktop on a Mac, choose Show Certificate.
b. Choose the Details tab, and scroll down to the Thumbprint entry on a Windows PC, or the
SHA1 Fingerprints entry on a Mac. This is the unique identifier for the remote computer's
security certificate.
c. In the Amazon EC2 console, select the instance, choose Actions, and then choose Get System
Log.
d. In the system log output, look for an entry labeled RDPCERTIFICATE-THUMBPRINT. If this
value matches the thumbprint or fingerprint of the certificate, you have verified the identity of
the remote computer.
e. If you are using Remote Desktop Connection from a Windows PC, return to the Certificate
dialog box and choose OK. If you are using Microsoft Remote Desktop on a Mac, return to the
Verify Certificate and choose Continue.
f. [Windows] Choose Yes in the Remote Desktop Connection window to connect to your instance.
[Mac OS] Log in as prompted, using the default administrator account and the default
administrator password that you recorded or copied previously. Note that you might
need to switch spaces to see the login screen. For more information about spaces, see
support.apple.com/en-us/HT204100.
g. If you receive an error while attempting to connect to your instance, see Remote Desktop Can't
Connect to the Remote Computer (p. 1044).
Step 3: Clean Up Your Instance

After you've finished with the instance that you created for this tutorial, you should clean up by
terminating the instance. If you want to do more with this instance before you clean up, see Next
Steps (p. 24).
Important
Terminating an instance effectively deletes it; you can't reconnect to an instance after you've
terminated it.
If you launched an instance that is not within the AWS Free Tier, you'll stop incurring charges for that
instance as soon as the instance status changes to shutting down or terminated. If you'd like to keep
your instance for later, but not incur charges, you can stop the instance now and then start it again later.
For more information, see Stopping Instances.
To terminate your instance
1. In the navigation pane, choose Instances. In the list of instances, select the instance.
2. Choose Actions, Instance State, Terminate.
3. Choose Yes, Terminate when prompted for confirmation.
23
Next Steps
Amazon EC2 shuts down and terminates your instance. After your instance is terminated, it remains
visible on the console for a short while, and then the entry is deleted.
Next Steps
After you start your instance, you might want to try some of the following exercises:
• Learn how to remotely manage your EC2 instance using Run Command. For more information, see
AWS Systems Manager Run Command in the AWS Systems Manager User Guide.
• Configure a CloudWatch alarm to notify you if your usage exceeds the Free Tier. For more information,
see Create a Billing Alarm in the AWS Billing and Cost Management User Guide.
• Add an EBS volume. For more information, see Creating an Amazon EBS Volume (p. 799) and
Attaching an Amazon EBS Volume to an Instance (p. 802).
• Install the WAMP or WIMP stack. For more information, see Tutorial: Installing a WAMP Server on an
Amazon EC2 Instance Running Windows Server (p. 31) and Tutorial: Installing a WIMP Server on an
Amazon EC2 Instance Running Windows Server (p. 34).
24
Best Practices for Windows on

Amazon EC2
This list of practices will help you get the best results from running Windows on Amazon EC2.
Update Windows Drivers

Maintain the latest drivers on all Windows EC2 instances to ensure the latest issue fixes and performance
enhancements are applied across your fleet. Depending on your instance type, you should update AWS
PV, ENA, and NVMe drivers.
• Leverage Trusted Advisor to keep Amazon EC2 Windows up to date with AWS-provided Windows
drivers.
• Use SNS topics to receive updates for new driver releases.
• Use the AWS Systems Manager SSM document AWSSupport-UpgradeWindowsAWSDrivers to easily
apply the updates across your instances.
Launch New Instances with the Latest Windows AMIs

AWS releases new Windows AMIs each month, which contain the latest OS patches, drivers, and launch
agents. You should leverage the latest AMI when you launch new instances or when you build your own
custom images.
• To build with the latest available AMIs, see Query for the Latest Windows AMI Using Systems Manager
Parameter Store.
Test System/Application Performance Before Migration

Migrating enterprise applications to AWS can involve many variables and configurations. Always
performance test the EC2 solution to ensure that:
• Instance types are properly configured, including instance size, enhanced networking, and tenancy
(shared or dedicated).
• Instance topology is appropriate for the workload and leverages high-performance features when
necessary (dedicated tenancy, placement groups, instance store volumes, bare metal).
Update Launch Agents

Update to the latest EC2Config (2012 R2 and earlier) or EC2Launch (2016 and later) agents to ensure the
latest issue fixes are applied across your fleet.
• For EC2Config update instructions, see Installing the Latest Version of EC2Config. Leverage Trusted
Advisor to describe all instances running older versions of EC2Config. You can use SNS topics to receive
updates for new releases.
• For EC2Launch update instructions, see Installing the Latest Version of EC2Launch.
Security and Network
• Manage access to AWS resources and APIs using identity federation, IAM users, and IAM roles. Establish
credential management policies and procedures for creating, distributing, rotating, and revoking AWS
access credentials. For more information, see IAM Best Practices in the IAM User Guide.
25
• Implement the least permissive rules for your security group. For more information, see Security Group
Rules (p. 583).
• Regularly patch, update, and secure the operating system and applications on your instance. For more
information about updating Amazon Linux 2 or the Amazon Linux AMI, see Managing Software on
Your Linux Instance in the Amazon EC2 User Guide for Linux Instances. For more information about
updating your Windows instance, see Updating Your Windows Instance.
Storage
• Use separate Amazon EBS volumes for the operating system versus your data. Ensure that the volume
with your data persists after instance termination. For more information, see Preserving Amazon EBS
Volumes on Instance Termination (p. 391).
• Use the instance store available for your instance to store temporary data. Remember that the data
stored in instance store is deleted when you stop or terminate your instance. If you use instance
store for database storage, ensure that you have a cluster with a replication factor that ensures fault
tolerance.
Resource Management
• Use instance metadata and custom resource tags to track and identify your AWS resources. For
more information, see Instance Metadata and User Data (p. 477) and Tagging Your Amazon EC2
Resources (p. 963).
• View your current limits for Amazon EC2. Plan to request any limit increases in advance of the time
that you'll need them. For more information, see Amazon EC2 Service Limits (p. 973).
Backup and Recovery
• Regularly back up your EBS volumes using Amazon EBS snapshots (p. 817), and create an Amazon
Machine Image (AMI) (p. 49) from your instance to save the configuration as a template for
launching future instances.
• Deploy critical components of your application across multiple Availability Zones, and replicate your
data appropriately.
• Design your applications to handle dynamic IP addressing when your instance restarts. For more
information, see Amazon EC2 Instance IP Addressing (p. 655).
• Monitor and respond to events. For more information, see Monitoring Amazon EC2 (p. 531).
• Ensure that you are prepared to handle failover. For a basic solution, you can manually attach a
network interface or Elastic IP address to a replacement instance. For more information, see Elastic
Network Interfaces (p. 678). For an automated solution, you can use Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling. For
more information, see the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide.
• Regularly test the process of recovering your instances and Amazon EBS volumes if they fail.
26
Tutorial: Deploy a WordPress Blog
Tutorials for Amazon EC2 Instances

Running Windows Server
The following tutorials show you how to perform common tasks using EC2 instances running Windows
Server.
Tutorials
• Tutorial: Deploying a WordPress Blog on Your Amazon EC2 Instance Running Windows
Server (p. 27)
• Tutorial: Installing a WAMP Server on an Amazon EC2 Instance Running Windows Server (p. 31)
• Tutorial: Installing a WIMP Server on an Amazon EC2 Instance Running Windows Server (p. 34)
• Tutorial: Increase the Availability of Your Application on Amazon EC2 (p. 37)
• Tutorial: Setting Up a Windows HPC Cluster on Amazon EC2 (p. 40)
Tutorial: Deploying a WordPress Blog on Your

Amazon EC2 Instance Running Windows Server
This tutorial will help you install and deploy a WordPress blog on an Amazon EC2 instance running
Windows Server.
If you'd prefer to host your WordPress blog on a Linux instance, see Tutorial: Hosting a WordPress Blog
with Amazon EC2 in the Amazon EC2 User Guide for Linux Instances. If you need a high-availability
solution with a decoupled database, see Deploying a High-Availability WordPress Website in the AWS
Elastic Beanstalk Developer Guide.
Prerequisites
Before you get started, be sure that you do the following:
• Launch an Amazon EC2 instance from a Windows Server AMI. For information, see Getting Started
with Amazon EC2 Windows Instances (p. 20).
• Use the AWS free usage tier (if eligible) to launch and use the free Windows t2.micro instance for
12 months. You can use the AWS free usage tier for launching new applications, testing existing
applications, or simply gaining hands-on experience with AWS. For more information about eligibility
and the highlights, see the AWS Free Usage Tier product page.
Important
If you've launched a regular instance and use it to deploy the WordPress website, you will
incur the standard Amazon EC2 usage fees for the instance until you terminate it. For more
information about Amazon EC2 usage rates, go to the Amazon EC2 product page.
• Ensure that the security group in which you're launching your instance has ports 80 (HTTP), 443
(HTTPS), and 3389 (RDP) open for inbound traffic. Ports 80 and 443 allow computers outside of the
instance to connect with HTTP and HTTPS. If these ports are not open, the WordPress site can't be
accessed from outside the instance. Port 3389 allows you to connect to the instance with Remote
Desktop Protocol.
• Connect to your instance.
27
Installing the Microsoft Web Platform Installer
Installing the Microsoft Web Platform Installer

You can use the Microsoft Web Platform Installer to install and configure WordPress on your server. This
tool simplifies deployment of Web applications and Web sites to IIS servers. For more information, see
Microsoft Web Platform Installer.
To install Microsoft Web Platform Installer
1. Verify that you've met the conditions in Prerequisites (p. 27).

2. Connect to your instance.
3. Disable Internet Explorer Enhanced Security Configuration so that you can download and install
required software from the web.
a. Open Server Manager.
• On Windows Server 2008 R2, under Server Summary, in the Security Information section,
click Configure IE ESC.
• On Windows Server 2012 R2, click Local Server in the left pane. In the Properties pane,
locate IE Enhanced Security Configuration. Click On.
b. Under Administrators, click Off, and then click OK.
c. Close Server Manager.
d. Make a note to re-enable Internet Explorer Enhanced Security Configuration when you have
finished installing software from the web.
4. Download and install the latest version of the Microsoft Web Platform Installer.
Installing WordPress
Now you'll use the Web Platform Installer to deploy WordPress on your server.
To install WordPress
1. Download and install Visual C++ Redistributable for Visual Studio 2012 Update 4 or later.
Important
Even if your operating system is a 64-bit operating system, you must install the 32-bit
version as PHP will not run in 64 bit.
Open the Web Platform Installer and click Applications.

2. Select WordPress, click Add, and then click Install.
3. On the Prerequisites page, select MySQL for the database to use. Enter the desired administrator
password for your MySQL database in the Password and Re-type Password boxes, and then click
Continue.
For more information about creating a secure password, see https://identitysafe.norton.com/

password-generator/. Do not reuse an existing password, and make sure to store this password in a
safe place.
4. Click I Accept for the list of third-party application software, Microsoft products (including the IIS
web server), and components. After the Web Platform Installer finishes installing the software, you
are prompted to configure your new site.
5. On the Configure page, clear the default application name in the 'WordPress' application name:
box and leave it blank, then leave the default information in the other boxes and click Continue.
6. Click Yes to accept that the contents of the folder will be overwritten.
28
Configuring Security Keys
Configuring Security Keys

WordPress allows you to generate and enter unique authentication keys and salts for your site. These key
and salt values provide a layer of encryption to the browser cookies that WordPress users store on their
local machines. Basically, adding long, random values here makes your site more secure.
For more information about security keys, see http://codex.wordpress.org/Editing_wp-

config.php#Security_Keys.
To configure security keys
1. Visit https://api.wordpress.org/secret-key/1.1/salt/ to randomly generate a set of key values that

you can copy and paste into the installation wizard. The following steps will show you how to
modify these values in Notepad to work with a Windows installation.
2. Copy all of the text in that page to your clipboard. It should look similar to the example below.
Note
The values below are for example purposes only; do not use these values for your
installation.
define('AUTH_KEY', '3#U$$+[RXN8:b^-L 0(WU_+ c+WFkI~c]o]-bHw+)/

Aj[wTwSiZ<Qb[mghEXcRh-');
define('SECURE_AUTH_KEY', 'Zsz._P=l/|y.Lq)XjlkwS1y5NJ76E6EJ.AV0pCKZZB,*~*r ?6OP$eJT@;
+(ndLg');
define('LOGGED_IN_KEY', 'ju}qwre3V*+8f_zOWf?{LlGsQ]Ye@2Jh^,8x>)Y |;(^[Iw]Pi+LG#A4R?
7N`YB3');
define('NONCE_KEY', 'P(g62HeZxEes|LnIî=H,[XwK9I&[2s|:?0N}VJM%?;v2v]v+;
+^9eXUahg@::Cj');
define('AUTH_SALT', 'C$DpB4Hj[JK:?{ql`sRVa:{:7yShy(9A@5wg+`JJVb1fk%_-Bx*M4(qc[Qg
%JT!h');
define('SECURE_AUTH_SALT', 'd!uRu#}+q#{f$Z?Z9uFPG.${+S{n~1M&%@~gL>U>NV<zpD-@2-Es7Q1O-
bp28EKv');
define('LOGGED_IN_SALT', ';j{00P*owZf)kVD+FVLn-~ >.|Y%Ug4#I^*LVd9QeZ^&XmK|e(76miC+&W&
+^0P/');
define('NONCE_SALT', '-97r*V/cgxLmp?Zy4zUU4r99QQ_rGs2LTd%P;|
_e1tS)8_B/,.6[=UK<J_y9?JWG');
3. Open a Notepad window by clicking Start, All Programs, Accessories, and then Notepad.
4. Paste the copied text into the Notepad window.
5. Windows WordPress installations do not accept the dollar sign ($) in key and salt values, so they
need to be replaced with another character (such as S). In the Notepad window, click Edit, then click
Replace.
6. In the Find what box, type $.
7. In the Replace with box, type S.
8. Click Replace All to replace all of the dollar signs with S characters.
9. Close the Replace window.
10. Paste the modified key and salt values from the Notepad window into their corresponding boxes in
the installation wizard. For example, the AUTH_KEY value in the Notepad window should be pasted
into the Authentication Key box in the wizard.
Do not include the single quotes or other text surrounding the values, just the actual value as in the
example shown below.
The modified AUTH_KEY line from the Notepad window:
define('AUTH_KEY', '3#USS+[RXN8:b^-L 0(WU_+ c+WFkI~c]o]-bHw+)/

Aj[wTwSiZ<Qb[mghEXcRh-');
29
Configuring the Site Title and Administrator
Paste this text into the Authentication Key box of the wizard:
3#USS+[RXN8:b^-L 0(WU_+ c+WFkI~c]o]-bHw+)/Aj[wTwSiZ<Qb[mghEXcRh-
11. Click Continue and Finish to complete the Web Platform Installer wizard.
Configuring the Site Title and Administrator

When you complete the Web Platform Installer wizard, a browser window opens to your WordPress
installation at http://localhost/wp-admin/install.php. On this page, you configure the title for
your site and an administrative user to moderate your blog.
To complete the installation
1. On the WordPress Welcome page, enter the following information and click Install WordPress.
Field Value
Site Title Enter a name for your WordPress site.
Username Enter a name for your WordPress administrator.

For security purposes you should choose a
unique name for this user, because this will be
more difficult to exploit than the default user
name, admin.
Password Enter a strong password, and then enter it again

to confirm. Do not reuse an existing password,
and make sure to store this password in a safe
place.
Your E-mail Enter the email address you want to use for
notifications.
Privacy Check to allow search engines to index your

site.
2. Click Log In.
3. On the Log In page, enter your user name for Username and the site password you entered
previously for Password.
Making Your WordPress Site Public

Now that you can see your WordPress blog on your local host, you can publish this website as the default
site on your instance so that other people can see it. The next procedure walks you through the process
of modifying your WordPress settings to point to the public DNS name of your instance instead of your
local host.
To configure the default settings for your WordPress site
1. Open the WordPress dashboard by opening a browser on your instance and going to http://
localhost/wp-admin. If prompted for your credentials, enter your user name for the Username
and your site password for Password.
2. In the Dashboard pane, click Settings.
30
Next Steps
3. On the General Settings page, enter the following information and click Save Changes.
• WordPress address (URL)—The public DNS address of your instance. For example, your URL may
look something like http://ec2-203-0-113-25.compute-1.amazonaws.com.
You can get the public DNS for your instance using the Amazon EC2 console (select the instance
and check the Public DNS column; if this column is hidden, click the Show/Hide icon and select
Public DNS).
• Site address (URL)—The same public DNS address of your instance that you set in WordPress
address (URL).
4. To see your new site, open a browser on a computer other than the instance hosting WordPress and
type the public DNS address of your instance in the web address field. Your WordPress site appears.
Congratulations! You have just deployed a WordPress site on a Windows instance.
Next Steps
If you no longer need this instance, you can remove it to avoid incurring charges. For more information,
see Clean Up Your Instance (p. 23).
If your WordPress blog becomes popular and you need more compute power or storage, consider the
following steps:
• Expand the storage space on your instance. For more information, see Amazon EBS Elastic
Volumes (p. 854).
• Move your MySQL database to Amazon RDS to take advantage of the service's ability to scale
automatically.
• Migrate to a larger instance type. For more information, see Changing the Instance Type (p. 188).
• Add additional instances. For more information, see Tutorial: Increase the Availability of Your
Application on Amazon EC2 (p. 37).
For information about WordPress, see the WordPress Codex help documentation at http://
codex.wordpress.org/. For more information about troubleshooting your installation, see http://
codex.wordpress.org/Installing_WordPress#Common_Installation_Problems. For information about
making your WordPress blog more secure, see http://codex.wordpress.org/Hardening_WordPress.
For information about keeping your WordPress blog up-to-date, see http://codex.wordpress.org/
Updating_WordPress.
Tutorial: Installing a WAMP Server on an Amazon

EC2 Instance Running Windows Server
This tutorial shows you how to install an Apache web server with PHP and MySQL on an EC2 instance
running Windows Server. This software configuration is sometimes called a WAMP server or WAMP stack
(Windows, Apache, MySQL, PHP). For information about how to create a similar server on Linux, see
Tutorial: Installing a LAMP Web Server in the Amazon EC2 User Guide for Linux Instances.
A WAMP stack is designed for easy installation to help developers get up and running quickly. It is not
designed for production environments for the following reasons:
• The default configurations do not meet security requirements for most production environments.
• Upgrading and patching the different software components on a single production server would affect
server availability.
31
Tutorial: Installing a WAMP Server
• The WAMP one-click installers do not place files in standard locations, which can make it difficult to
locate important configuration files.
You can, however, create a WAMP stack on an EC2 instance to prototype a web project in a controlled
test environment. For example, you can host a static website or deploy a dynamic PHP application that
reads and writes information to a database.
There are many third-party solutions that you can use to install a WAMP stack; this tutorial uses the
Bitnami WAMP stack. For more information, see Review: WAMP stacks for Web developers.
Prerequisites
• Provision a Windows Server 2008 R2 or 2012 R2 base instance. You must configure the base instance
with a public domain name system (DNS) name that is reachable from the Internet. For more
information, see Getting Started with Amazon EC2 Windows Instances (p. 20).
• Verify that the security group for your instance has the following ports open:
• Port 80 (HTTP inbound and outbound) - Allows computers outside of the instance to connect by
using HTTP.
• Port 443 (HTTPS inbound and outbound) - Allows computers outside of the instance to connect by
using HTTPS.
• Port 3389 (RDP inbound only) - Allows you to connect to the instance using Remote Desktop
Protocol (RDP). As a security best practice, restrict RDP access to a range of IP addresses in your
organization.
To install a WAMP server
1. Connect to your instance using Microsoft Remote Desktop. For more information, see Connecting to
Your Windows Instance (p. 378).
a. From the instance, open Server Manager.

b. [Windows Server 2008 R2] Under Server Summary, Security Information, click Configure IE
ESC.
[Windows Server 2012 R2] Click Local Server in the left pane. In the Properties pane, locate IE
Enhanced Security Configuration. Click On.
c. Under Administrators, click Off, and then click OK.
d. Close Server Manager.
e. Make a note to re-enable Internet Explorer Enhanced Security Configuration when you have
3. Install software updates to ensure that the instance has the latest security updates and bug fixes.
• EC2Config - Download and install the latest version of the EC2Config service. For more
information, see Installing the Latest Version of EC2Config (p. 405).
• Windows Update - Run Windows Update to ensure that the latest security and software updates
are installed on the instance. In Control Panel, click System and Security. In the Windows Update
section, click Check for updates.
4. Download and install the WAMP stack. For the purposes of this tutorial, we suggest that you
download and install this WAMP stack. You can, however, download and install other Bitnami WAMP
stacks. Regardless of which stack you install, the Bitnami site prompts you to either create a free
Bitnami account or log in by using a social media account. After you log in, run the Bitnami setup
wizard.
32
Tutorial: Installing a WAMP Server
5. After setup completes, verify that the Apache web server is configured properly and running by
browsing to a test page. Open a web browser on a different computer and enter either the public
DNS address of the WAMP server or the public IP address. The public DNS address for your instance
is listed on the Amazon EC2 console in the Public DNS column. If this column is hidden, click the
Show/Hide icon and select Public DNS.
Important
If you do not see the Bitnami test page, use Windows Firewall with Advanced Security
to create a custom rule that allows the HTTP protocol through port 80 and the HTTPS
protocol through port 443. For more information, see Network Security on Microsoft
TechNet. Also verify that the security group for your instances contains a rule to allow
connections on HTTP (port 80). For more information, see Adding Rules to a Security
Group (p. 587).
6. Test your WAMP server by viewing a PHP file from the web. You must be logged onto the instance as
an administrator to perform the following steps.
a. Create a file named phpinfo.php containing the code below and place this file in the Apache
root directory. By default, the path is: C:\Bitnami\wampstack-<version_number>
\apache2\htdocs.
<?php phpinfo(); ?>
b. In a web browser, enter the URL of the file you just created. This URL is the public DNS address
of your instance followed by a forward slash and the file name. For example: http://
my.public.dns.amazonaws.com/phpinfo.php.
c. Verify that the PHP information page is displayed. If the page does not display, verify that you
entered the correct public DNS address. Also verify that Windows folder options are configured
to show known file extensions. By default, folder options hide known file extensions. If you
created the file in Notepad and saved it in the root directory your phpinfo.php file might
incorrectly be saved as phpinfo.php.txt.
d. As a security best practice, delete the phpinfo.php file when you finish testing the WAMP server.
7. Enhance MySQL security by disabling default features and by setting a root password. The
mysql_secure_installation Perl script can perform these tasks for you. To run the script, you
must install Perl.
a. Download and install Perl from the Perl Programming Language website.
b. In the C:\Bitnami\wampstack-<version_number>\mysql\bin directory, double-click
mysql_secure_installation.
c. When prompted, enter the MySQL root account password that you entered when you ran the
Bitnami WAMP stack installer, and then press Enter.
d. Type n to skip changing the password.
e. Type Y to remove the anonymous user accounts.
f. Type Y to disable remote root login.
g. Type Y to remove the test database.
h. Type Y to reload the privilege tables and save your changes.
If you successfully completed the steps in this tutorial, then your WAMP server is functioning properly.
To continue testing, you can add more content to the C:\Bitnami\wampstack-<version_number>
\apache2\htdocs folder and view the content by using the public DNS address for your instance.
Important
As a best practice, stop the MySQL server if you do not plan to use it right away. You can restart
the server when you need it again.
33
Tutorial: Installing a WIMP Server
Tutorial: Installing a WIMP Server on an Amazon

EC2 Instance Running Windows Server
This tutorial shows you how to install a Microsoft Internet Information Services (IIS) web server with PHP
and MySQL on an EC2 instance running Windows Server. This software configuration is sometimes called
a WIMP server or WIMP stack (Windows, IIS, MySQL, PHP).
A WIMP stack is designed for easy installation to help developers get up and running quickly. It is not
designed for production environments for the following reasons:
• The default configurations do not meet security requirements for most production environments.
• Upgrading and patching the different software components on a single production server would affect
server availability.
• The WAMP one-click installers do not place files in standard locations, which can make it difficult to
locate important configuration files.
You can, however, create a WIMP stack on an EC2 instance to prototype a web project in a controlled test
environment. For example, you can host a static website or deploy a dynamic PHP application that reads
and writes information to a database.
Prerequisites
• Provision a Windows Server 2008 R2 or 2012 R2 base instance. You must configure the base instance
with a public domain name system (DNS) name that is reachable from the Internet. For more
information, see Getting Started with Amazon EC2 Windows Instances (p. 20).
• Verify that the security group for your instance has the following ports open:
• Port 80 (HTTP inbound and outbound) - Allows computers outside of the instance to connect by
using HTTP.
• Port 443 (HTTPS inbound and outbound) - Allows computers outside of the instance to connect by
using HTTPS.
• Port 3389 (RDP inbound only) - Allows you to connect to the instance using Remote Desktop
Protocol (RDP). As a security best practice, restrict RDP access to a range of IP addresses in your
organization.
• Read the best practices for installing PHP on the Microsoft web platform.
Prepare Your Instance

To prepare your instance
1. Connect to your instance using Microsoft Remote Desktop. For more information, see Connecting to
Note
Make a note to re-enable Internet Explorer Enhanced Security Configuration when you have
3. Install software updates to ensure that the instance has the latest security updates and bug fixes.
34
Install the IIS web server
a. EC2Config - Download and install the latest version of the EC2Config service. For
more information about how to install this service, see Installing the Latest Version of
EC2Config (p. 405).
b. Windows Update - Run Windows Update to ensure that the latest security and software
updates are installed on the instance. In Control Panel, click System and Security. In the
Windows Update section, click Check for updates.
Install the IIS web server

IIS is a feature of Windows Server and is installed by using Server Manager. The procedure you'll use
depends on the version of Windows Server your instance is running.
Install IIS on Windows Server 2012
1. In Server Manager click Add roles and features.

2. On the Before you begin page, click Next.
3. On the Select installation type page, select Role-based or feature-based installation, and then
click Next.
4. On the Select destination server page, select your instance from the server pool, and then click
Next.
5. On the Select server roles page, select Web Server (IIS), click Add features, and then click Next.
6. On the Select features page, retain the default features and expand .NET Framework 4.5 Features,
select ASP.NET 4.5, and then click Next.
7. On the Web Server Role (IIS) page, click Next.
8. On the Select role services page, retain the default services and select Application Development.
9. Expand Application Development, and then select the following features. When selecting these
features, if you are prompted, click Add features:
a. .NET Extensibility 3.5

b. .NET Extensibility 4.5
c. Application Initialization
d. ASP.NET 3.5
e. ASP.NET 4.5
f. CGI
10. Click Next.
11. On the Confirm installation selections page, select Restart the destination server automatically if
required. When prompted for confirmation, click Yes.
12. Click Install, and then after the installation is complete, click Close.
13. Run Windows update again.
Install IIS on Windows Server 2008
1. In Server Manager, click Roles.

2. Click Add Roles.
3. On the Before You Begin page, click Next.
4. On the Select Server Roles page, click Web Server (IIS).
5. On the Select Role Services page under Application Development, click ASP.NET.
35
Install MySQL and PHP
a. When prompted, click Add Required Role Services.

b. Click CGI.
c. Click Next.
6. On the Confirm Installation Selections, click Install.
7. Run Windows update again.
To verify that the web server is running
After setup completes, verify that the IIS web server is configured properly and running by going to the
IIS welcome page. Open a web browser on a different computer and enter either the public DNS address
of the WIMP server or the public IP address. The public DNS address for your instance is listed on the
Amazon EC2 console in the Public DNS column. If this column is hidden, click the Show/Hide icon and
select Public DNS.
Important
If you do not see the Bitnami test page, use Windows Firewall with Advanced Security to create
a custom rule that allows the HTTP protocol through port 80 and the HTTPS protocol through
port 443. For more information, see Network Security on Microsoft TechNet. Also verify that the
security group for your instances contains a rule to allow connections on HTTP (port 80). For
more information, see Adding Rules to a Security Group (p. 587).
Install MySQL and PHP

You can download and install MySQL and PHP using the Microsoft Web Platform Installer.
To install MySQL and PHP
1. In your Windows Server instance, download and install the latest version of the Microsoft Web
Platform Installer 5.0.
2. In the Microsoft Web Platform Installer, click the Products tab.
3. Select MySQL Windows 5.5 and click Add.
4. Select PHP 5.6.0 and click Add.
5. Click Install.
6. On the Prerequisites page, enter a password for the MySQL default database administrator account,
and then click Continue.
7. When the installation is complete, click Finish, and then click Exit to close the Web Platform
Installer.
Test Your Server

Test your server by viewing a PHP file from the web. You must be logged onto the instance as an
administrator to perform the following steps.
To test your WIMP server
1. Download and install the Visual C++ Redistributable for Visual Studio 2012 Update 4 x86 package.
Even if your server is a 64-bit server, you must install the x86 package.
2. Create a file named phpinfo.php that contains the following code and place this file in the IIS root
directory. By default, the path is: C:\inetpub\wwwroot.
<?php phpinfo(); ?>
36
Tutorial: Increase the Availability of Your Application
3. In a web browser, enter the URL of the file you just created. This URL is the public DNS address of
your instance followed by a forward slash and the file name, as in the following example: http://
my.public.dns.amazonaws.com/phpinfo.php.
4. Verify that the PHP information page is displayed. If the page does not display, verify that you
entered the correct public DNS address. Also verify that Windows folder options are configured to
show known file extensions. By default, folder options hide known file extensions. If you created the
file in Notepad and saved it in the root directory your phpinfo.php file might incorrectly be saved as
phpinfo.php.txt.
5. As a security best practice, delete the phpinfo.php file when you finish testing the WAMP server.
6. Enhance MySQL security by disabling default features and by setting a root password. The
mysql_secure_installation Perl script can perform these tasks for you. To run the script, you
must install Perl.
a. Download and install Perl from the Perl Programming Language website.
b. In the C:\Program Files\MySQL\MySQL Server 5.5\bin directory, double-click
mysql_secure_installation.
c. When prompted, enter the current root password and press Enter.
d. Type n to skip changing the password.
e. Type Y to remove the anonymous user accounts.
f. Type Y to disable remote root login.
g. Type Y to remove the test database.
h. Type Y to reload the privilege tables and save your changes.
You should now have a fully functional WIMP web server. If you add content to the IIS document root at
C:\inetpub\wwwroot, you can view that content at the public DNS address for your instance.
Important
As a best practice, stop the MySQL server if you do not plan to use it right away. You can restart
the server when you need it again.
Tutorial: Increase the Availability of Your

Application on Amazon EC2
Suppose that you start out running your app or website on a single EC2 instance, and over time, traffic
increases to the point that you require more than one instance to meet the demand. You can launch
multiple EC2 instances from your AMI and then use Elastic Load Balancing to distribute incoming traffic
for your application across these EC2 instances. This increases the availability of your application. Placing
your instances in multiple Availability Zones also improves the fault tolerance in your application. If one
Availability Zone experiences an outage, traffic is routed to the other Availability Zone.
You can use Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling to maintain a minimum number of running instances for your
application at all times. Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling can detect when your instance or application is
unhealthy and replace it automatically to maintain the availability of your application. You can also
use Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling to scale your Amazon EC2 capacity up or down automatically based on
demand, using criteria that you specify.
In this tutorial, we use Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling with Elastic Load Balancing to ensure that you maintain
a specified number of healthy EC2 instances behind your load balancer. Note that these instances do not
need public IP addresses, because traffic goes to the load balancer and is then routed to the instances.
For more information, see Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling and Elastic Load Balancing.
37
Prerequisites
Contents
• Scale and Load Balance Your Application (p. 38)
• Test Your Load Balancer (p. 40)
Prerequisites
This tutorial assumes that you have already done the following:
1. Created a virtual private cloud (VPC) with one public subnet in two or more Availability Zones. If you
haven't done so, see Create a Virtual Private Cloud (VPC) (p. 16).
2. Launched an instance in the VPC.
3. Connected to the instance and customized it. For example, installing software and applications,
copying data, and attaching additional EBS volumes. For information about setting up a web server
on your instance, see Tutorial: Installing a WAMP Server on an Amazon EC2 Instance Running
Windows Server (p. 31) or Tutorial: Installing a WIMP Server on an Amazon EC2 Instance Running
Windows Server (p. 34).
4. Tested your application on your instance to ensure that your instance is configured correctly.
5. Created a custom Amazon Machine Image (AMI) from your instance. For more information, see
Creating a Custom Windows AMI (p. 64).
6. (Optional) Terminated the instance if you no longer need it.
7. Created an IAM role that grants your application the access to AWS it needs. For more information,
see To create an IAM role using the IAM console (p. 647).
Scale and Load Balance Your Application

Use the following procedure to create a load balancer, create a launch configuration for your instances,
create an Auto Scaling group with two or more instances, and associate the load balancer with the Auto
Scaling group.
To scale and load-balance your application

2. On the navigation pane, under LOAD BALANCING, choose Load Balancers.
3. Choose Create Load Balancer.
38
Scale and Load Balance Your Application
4. For Application Load Balancer, choose Create.

5. On the Configure Load Balancer page, do the following:
a. For Name, type a name for your load balancer. For example, my-lb.
b. For Scheme, keep the default value, internet-facing.
c. For Listeners, keep the default, which is a listener that accepts HTTP traffic on port 80.
d. For Availability Zones, select the VPC that you used for your instances. Select an Availability
Zone and then select the public subnet for that Availability Zone. Repeat for a second
Availability Zone.
e. Choose Next: Configure Security Settings.
6. For this tutorial, you are not using a secure listener. Choose Next: Configure Security Groups.
7. On the Configure Security Groups page, do the following:
a. Choose Create a new security group.

b. Type a name and description for the security group, or keep the default name and description.
This new security group contains a rule that allows traffic to the port configured for the listener.
c. Choose Next: Configure Routing.
8. On the Configure Routing page, do the following:
a. For Target group, keep the default, New target group.

b. For Name, type a name for the target group.
c. Keep Protocol as HTTP, Port as 80, and Target type as instance.
d. For Health checks, keep the default protocol and path.
e. Choose Next: Register Targets.
9. On the Register Targets page, choose Next: Review to continue to the next page, as we'll use
Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling to add EC2 instances to the target group.
10. On the Review page, choose Create. After the load balancer is created, choose Close.
11. On the navigation pane, under AUTO SCALING, choose Launch Configurations.
• If you are new to Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling, you see a welcome page. Choose Create Auto
Scaling group to start the Create Auto Scaling Group wizard, and then choose Create launch
configuration.
• Otherwise, choose Create launch configuration.
12. On the Choose AMI page, select the My AMIs tab, and then select the AMI that you created in
Prerequisites (p. 38).
13. On the Choose Instance Type page, select an instance type, and then choose Next: Configure
details.
14. On the Configure details page, do the following:
a. For Name, type a name for your launch configuration (for example, my-launch-config).
b. For IAM role, select the IAM role that you created in Prerequisites (p. 38).
c. (Optional) If you need to run a startup script, expand Advanced Details and type the script in
User data.
d. Choose Skip to review.
15. On the Review page, choose Edit security groups. You can select an existing security group or
create a new one. This security group must allow HTTP traffic and health checks from the load
balancer. If your instances will have public IP addresses, you can optionally allow RDP traffic if you
need to connect to the instances. When you are finished, choose Review.
16. On the Review page, choose Create launch configuration.
17. When prompted, select an existing key pair, create a new key pair, or proceed without a key pair.
Select the acknowledgment check box, and then choose Create launch configuration.
39
Test Your Load Balancer
18. After the launch configuration is created, you must create an Auto Scaling group.
• If you are new to Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling and you are using the Create Auto Scaling group
wizard, you are taken to the next step automatically.
• Otherwise, choose Create an Auto Scaling group using this launch configuration.
19. On the Configure Auto Scaling group details page, do the following:
a. For Group name, type a name for the Auto Scaling group. For example, my-asg.
b. For Group size, type the number of instances (for example, 2). Note that we recommend that
you maintain approximately the same number of instances in each Availability Zone.
c. Select your VPC from Network and your two public subnets from Subnet.
d. Under Advanced Details, select Receive traffic from one or more load balancers. Select your
target group from Target Groups.
e. Choose Next: Configure scaling policies.
20. On the Configure scaling policies page, choose Review, as we will let Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling
maintain the group at the specified size. Note that later on, you can manually scale this Auto Scaling
group, configure the group to scale on a schedule, or configure the group to scale based on demand.
21. On the Review page, choose Create Auto Scaling group.
22. After the group is created, choose Close.
Test Your Load Balancer

When a client sends a request to your load balancer, the load balancer routes the request to one of its
registered instances.
To test your load balancer
1. Verify that your instances are ready. From the Auto Scaling Groups page, select your Auto Scaling
group, and then choose the Instances tab. Initially, your instances are in the Pending state. When
their states are InService, they are ready for use.
2. Verify that your instances are registered with the load balancer. From the Target Groups page, select
your target group, and then choose the Targets tab. If the state of your instances is initial, it's
possible that they are still registering. When the state of your instances is healthy, they are ready
for use. After your instances are ready, you can test your load balancer as follows.
3. From the Load Balancers page, select your load balancer.
4. On the Description tab, locate the DNS name. This name has the following form:
my-lb-xxxxxxxxxx.us-west-2.elb.amazonaws.com
5. In a web browser, paste the DNS name for the load balancer into the address bar and press Enter.
You'll see your website displayed.
Tutorial: Setting Up a Windows HPC Cluster on

Amazon EC2
You can launch a scalable Windows High Performance Computing (HPC) cluster using Amazon EC2
instances. A Windows HPC cluster requires an Active Directory domain controller, a DNS server, a head
node, and one or more compute nodes.
To set up a Windows HPC cluster on Amazon EC2, complete the following tasks:
40
Prerequisites
• Step 1: Create Security Groups (p. 41)

• Step 2: Set Up Your Active Directory Domain Controller (p. 44)
• Step 3: Configure Your Head Node (p. 44)
• Step 4: Set Up the Compute Node (p. 46)
• Step 5: Scale Your HPC Compute Nodes (Optional) (p. 47)
For more information about high performance computing, see High Performance Computing (HPC) on
AWS.
Prerequisites
You must launch your instances in a VPC. You can use the default VPC or create a nondefault VPC. For
more information, see Getting Started in the Amazon VPC User Guide.
Step 1: Create Security Groups

Use the Tools for Windows PowerShell to create security groups for the domain controller, domain
members, and the HPC cluster.
To create the security groups
1. Use the New-EC2SecurityGroup cmdlet to create the security group for the domain controller. Note
the ID of the security group in the output.
PS C:\> New-EC2SecurityGroup -VpcId vpc-id -GroupName "SG - Domain Controller" -

Description "Active Directory Domain Controller"
2. Use the New-EC2SecurityGroup cmdlet to create the security group for the domain members. Note
the ID of the security group in the output.
PS C:\> New-EC2SecurityGroup -VpcId vpc-id -GroupName "SG - Domain Member" -Description

"Active Directory Domain Member"
3. Use the New-EC2SecurityGroup cmdlet to create the security group for the HPC cluster. Note the ID
of the security group in the output.
PS C:\> New-EC2SecurityGroup -VpcId vpc-id -GroupName "SG - Windows HPC Cluster" -

Description "Windows HPC Cluster Nodes"
To add rules to the security groups
1. Create the following rules to add to the domain controller security group. Replace the placeholder
security group ID with the ID of the domain member security group and the placeholder CIDR block
with the CIDR block of your network.
PS C:\> $sg_dm = New-Object Amazon.EC2.Model.UserIdGroupPair

PS C:\> $sg_dm.GroupId = "sg-12345678
PS C:\> $r1 = @{ IpProtocol="UDP"; FromPort="123"; ToPort="123"; UserIdGroupPairs=
$sg_dm }
PS C:\> $r2 = @{ IpProtocol="TCP"; FromPort="135"; ToPort="135"; UserIdGroupPairs=
$sg_dm }
$sg_dm }
$sg_dm }
41

$sg_dm }
$sg_dm }
$sg_dm }
$sg_dm }
$sg_dm }
$sg_dm }
$sg_dm }
$sg_dm }
$sg_dm }
$sg_dm }
PS C:\> $r15 = @{ IpProtocol="ICMP"; FromPort="-1"; ToPort="-1"; UserIdGroupPairs=
$sg_dm }
PS C:\> $r16 = @{ IpProtocol="UDP"; FromPort="53"; ToPort="53";
IpRanges="203.0.113.25/32" }
PS C:\> $r17 = @{ IpProtocol="TCP"; FromPort="3389"; ToPort="3389";
IpRanges="203.0.113.25/32" }
2. Use the Grant-EC2SecurityGroupIngress cmdlet to add the rules to the domain controller security
group.
PS C:\> Grant-EC2SecurityGroupIngress -GroupId sg-1a2b3c4d -IpPermission @( $r1, $r2,

$r3, $r4, $r5, $r6, $r7, $r8, $r9, $r10, $r11, $r12, $r13, $r14, $r15, $r16, $r17 )
For more information about these security group rules, see the following Microsoft article: How to
configure a firewall for domains and trusts.
3. Create the following rules to add to the domain member security group. Replace the placeholder
security group ID with the ID of the domain controller security group.
PS C:\> $sg_dc = New-Object Amazon.EC2.Model.UserIdGroupPair

PS C:\> $sg_dc.GroupId = "sg-1a2b3c4d
$sg_dc }
$sg_dc }
$sg_dc }
$sg_dc }
4. Use the Grant-EC2SecurityGroupIngress cmdlet to add the rules to the domain member security
group.
PS C:\> Grant-EC2SecurityGroupIngress -GroupId sg-12345678 -IpPermission @( $r1, $r2,

$r3, $r4 )
5. Create the following rules to add to the HPC cluster security group. Replace the placeholder security
group ID with the ID of the HPC cluster security group and the placeholder CIDR block with the CIDR
block of your network.
$sg_hpc = New-Object Amazon.EC2.Model.UserIdGroupPair

PS C:\> $sg_hpc.GroupId = "sg-87654321
42

$sg_hpc }
$sg_hpc }
$sg_hpc }
$sg_hpc }
$sg_hpc }
$sg_hpc }
$sg_hpc }
$sg_hpc }
$sg_hpc }
$sg_hpc }
$sg_hpc }
$sg_hpc }
$sg_hpc }
$sg_hpc }
$sg_hpc }
$sg_hpc }
$sg_hpc }
$sg_hpc }
$sg_hpc }
$sg_hpc }
$sg_hpc }
$sg_hpc }
$sg_hpc }
PS C:\> $r24 = @{ IpProtocol="TCP"; FromPort="3389"; ToPort="3389";
IpRanges="203.0.113.25/32" }
6. Use the Grant-EC2SecurityGroupIngress cmdlet to add the rules to the HPC cluster security group.
PS C:\> Grant-EC2SecurityGroupIngress -GroupId sg-87654321 -IpPermission @( $r1, $r2,

$r3, $r4, $r5, $r6, $r7, $r8, $r9, $r10, $r11, $r12, $r13, $r14, $r15, $r16, $r17,
$r18, $r19, $r20, $r21, $r22, $r23, $r24 )
For more information about these security group rules, see the following Microsoft article: HPC
Cluster Networking: Windows Firewall configuration.
8. In the navigation pane, choose Security Groups. Verify that the all three security groups appear in
the list and have the required rules.
43
Step 2: Set Up Your Active Directory Domain Controller
Step 2: Set Up Your Active Directory Domain

Controller
The Active Directory domain controller provides authentication and centralized resource management
of the HPC environment and is required for the installation. To set up your Active Directory, launch an
instance to serve as the domain controller for your HPC cluster and configure it.
To launch a domain controller for your HPC cluster

2. On the console dashboard, choose Launch Instance.
3. On the Choose an AMI page, select an AMI for Windows Server, and choose Select.
4. On the next page of the wizard, select an instance type, then choose Next: Configure Instance
Details.
5. On the Configure Instance Details page, select your VPC from Network and a subnet from Subnet.
On the next page of the wizard, you can specify additional storage for your instance.
6. On the Add Tags page, enter Domain Controller as the value for the Name tag for the instance,
and then choose Next: Configure Security Group.
7. On the Configure Security Group page, choose Select an existing security group, choose the SG -
Domain Controller security group, and then choose Review and Launch.
8. Choose Launch.
9. In the navigation pane, choose Elastic IPs.
10. Choose Allocate new address. Choose Allocate. Choose Close.
11. Select the Elastic IP address you created, and choose Actions, Associate address. For Instance,
choose the domain controller instance. Choose Associate.
Connect to the instance you created, and configure the server as a domain controller for the HPC cluster.
To configure your instance as a domain controller
1. Connect to your Domain Controller instance. For more information, see Connecting to Your
Windows Instance (p. 378).
2. Open Server Manager, and add the Active Directory Domain Services role.
3. Promote the server to a domain controller using Server Manager or by running DCPromo.exe.
4. Create a new domain in a new forest.
5. Type hpc.local as the fully qualified domain name (FQDN).
6. Select Forest Functional Level as Windows Server 2008 R2.
7. Ensure that the DNS Server option is selected, and then choose Next.
8. Select Yes, the computer will use an IP address automatically assigned by a DHCP server (not
recommended).
9. When prompted, choose Yes to continue.
10. Complete the wizard and then select Reboot on Completion.
11. Connect to the instance as hpc.local\administrator.
12. Create a domain user hpc.local\hpcuser.
Step 3: Configure Your Head Node

An HPC client connects to the head node. The head node facilitates the scheduled jobs. You configure
your head node by launching an instance, installing the HPC Pack, and configuring the cluster.
44
Step 3: Configure Your Head Node
Launch an instance and then configure it as a member of the hpc.local domain and with the necessary
user accounts.
To configure an instance as your head node
1. Launch an instance and name it HPC-Head. When you launch the instance, select both of these
security groups: SG - Windows HPC Cluster and SG - Domain Member.
2. Connect to the instance and get the existing DNS server address using the following command:
IPConfig /all
3. Update the TCP/IPv4 properties of the HPC-Head NIC to include the Elastic IP address for the
Domain Controller instance as the primary DNS, and then add the additional DNS IP address
from the previous step.
4. Join the machine to the hpc.local domain using the credentials for hpc.local\administrator
(the domain administrator account).
5. Add hpc.local\hpcuser as the local administrator. When prompted for credentials, use
hpc.local\administrator, and then restart the instance.
6. Connect to HPC-Head as hpc.local\hpcuser.
To install the HPC Pack
1. Connect to your HPC-Head instance using the hpc.local\hpcuser account.

2. Using Server Manager, turn off Internet Explorer Enhanced Security Configuration (IE ESC) for
Administrators.
a. In Server Manager, under Security Information, choose Configure IE ESC.

b. Turn off IE ESC for administrators.
3. Install the HPC Pack on HPC-Head.
a. Download the HPC Pack to HPC-Head from the Microsoft Download Center. Choose the HPC
Pack for the version of Windows Server on HPC-Head.
b. Extract the files to a folder, open the folder, and double-click setup.exe.
c. On the Installation page, select Create a new HPC cluster by creating a head node, and then
choose Next.
d. Accept the default settings to install all the databases on the Head Node, and then choose Next.
e. Complete the wizard.
To configure your HPC cluster on the head node
1. Start HPC Cluster Manager.

2. In the Deployment To-Do List, select Configure your network.
a. In the wizard, select the default option (5), and then choose Next.
b. Complete the wizard accepting default values on all screens, and choose how you want to
update the server and participate in customer feedback.
c. Choose Configure.
3. Select Provide Network Credentials, then provide the hpc.local\hpcuser credentials.
4. Select Configure the naming of new nodes, and then choose OK.
5. Select Create a node template.
a. Select the Compute node template, and then choose Next.
45
Step 4: Set Up the Compute Node
b. Select Without operating system, and then continue with the defaults.
c. Choose Create.
Step 4: Set Up the Compute Node

You set up the compute node by launching an instance, installing the HPC Pack, and adding the node to
your cluster.
First, launch an instance, and then configure it as a member of the hpc.local domain with the
necessary user accounts.
To configure an instance for your compute node
1. Launch an instance and name it HPC-Compute. When you launch the instance, select the following
security groups: SG - Windows HPC Cluster and SG - Domain Member.
2. Log in to the instance and get the existing DNS server address from HPC-Compute using the
following command:
IPConfig /all
3. Update the TCP/IPv4 properties of the HPC-Compute NIC to include the Elastic IP address of the
Domain Controller instance as the primary DNS. Then add the additional DNS IP address from
the previous step.
4. Join the machine to the hpc.local domain using the credentials for hpc.local\administrator
(the domain administrator account).
5. Add hpc.local\hpcuser as the local administrator. When prompted for credentials, use
hpc.local\administrator, and then restart.
6. Connect to HPC-Compute as hpc.local\hpcuser.
To install the HPC Pack on the compute node
1. Connect to your HPC-Compute instance using the hpc.local\hpcuser account.

2. Using Server Manager, turn off Internet Explorer Enhanced Security Configuration (IE ESC) for
Administrators.
a. In Server Manager, under Security Information, choose Configure IE ESC.

b. Turn off IE ESC for administrators.
3. Install the HPC Pack on HPC-Compute.
a. Download the HPC Pack to HPC-Compute from the Microsoft Download Center. Choose the
HPC Pack for the version of Windows Server on HPC-Compute.
b. Extract the files to a folder, open the folder, and double-click setup.exe.
c. On the Installation page, select Join an existing HPC cluster by creating a new compute node,
and then choose Next.
d. Specify the fully-qualified name of the HPC-Head instance, and then choose the defaults.
e. Complete the wizard.
To complete your cluster configuration, from the head node, add the compute node to your cluster.
To add the compute node to your cluster
1. Connect to the HPC-Head instance as hpc.local\hpcuser.
46
Step 5: Scale Your HPC Compute Nodes (Optional)
2. Open HPC Cluster Manager.

3. Select Node Management.
4. If the compute node displays in the Unapproved bucket, right-click the node that is listed and select
Add Node.
a. Select Add compute nodes or broker nodes that have already been configured.
b. Select the check box next to the node and choose Add.
5. Right-click the node and choose Bring Online.

To scale your compute nodes
1. Connect to the HPC-Compute instance as hpc.local\hpcuser.

2. Delete any files you downloaded locally from the HP Pack installation package. (You have already
run setup and created these files on your image so they do not need to be cloned for an AMI.)
3. From C:\Program Files\Amazon\Ec2ConfigService open the file sysprep2008.xml.
4. At the bottom of <settings pass="specialize">, add the following section. Make sure to
replace hpc.local, password, and hpcuser to match your environment.
<component name="Microsoft-Windows-UnattendedJoin" processorArchitecture="amd64"

publicKeyToken="31bf3856ad364e35"
language="neutral" versionScope="nonSxS" xmlns:wcm="http://schemas.microsoft.com/
WMIConfig/2002/State"
xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance">
<Identification>
<UnsecureJoin>false</UnsecureJoin>
<Credentials>
<Domain>hpc.local</Domain>
<Password>password</Password>
<Username>hpcuser</Username>
</Credentials>
<JoinDomain>hpc.local</JoinDomain>
</Identification>
</component>
5. Save sysprep2008.xml.
6. Choose Start, All Programs, EC2ConfigService Settings.
a. Choose the General tab, and clear the Set Computer Name check box.
b. Choose the Bundle tab, and then choose Run Sysprep and Shutdown Now.
8. In the navigation pane, choose Instances.
9. Wait for the instance status to show stopped.
10. Select the instance, choose Actions, Image, Create Image.
11. Specify an image name and image description, and then choose Create Image to create an AMI from
the instance.
12. Start the original HPC-Compute instance that was shut down.
13. Connect to the head node using the hpc.local\hpcuser account.
14. From HPC Cluster Manager, delete the old node that now appears in an error state.
15. In the Amazon EC2 console, in the navigation pane, choose AMIs.
16. Use the AMI you created to add additional nodes to the cluster.
47
You can launch additional compute nodes from the AMI that you created. These nodes are automatically
joined to the domain, but you must add them to the cluster as already configured nodes in HPC Cluster
Manager using the head node and then bring them online.
48
Creating Your Own AMI
Amazon Machine Images (AMI)

An Amazon Machine Image (AMI) provides the information required to launch an instance. You must
specify an AMI when you launch an instance. You can launch multiple instances from a single AMI when
you need multiple instances with the same configuration. You can use different AMIs to launch instances
when you need instances with different configurations.
An AMI includes the following:
• One or more EBS snapshots, or, for instance-store-backed AMIs, a template for the root volume of the
instance (for example, an operating system, an application server, and applications).
• Launch permissions that control which AWS accounts can use the AMI to launch instances.
• A block device mapping that specifies the volumes to attach to the instance when it's launched.
Creating Your Own AMI

You can launch an instance from an existing AMI, customize the instance, and then save this updated
configuration as a custom AMI. Instances launched from this new custom AMI include the customizations
that you made when you created the AMI.
For more information, see Creating a Custom Windows AMI (p. 64).
To help categorize and manage your AMIs, you can assign custom tags to them. For more information,
see Tagging Your Amazon EC2 Resources (p. 963).
Buying, Sharing, and Selling AMIs

After you create an AMI, you can keep it private so that only you can use it, or you can share it with a
specified list of AWS accounts. You can also make your custom AMI public so that the community can use
it. Building a safe, secure, usable AMI for public consumption is a fairly straightforward process, if you
follow a few simple guidelines. For information about how to create and use shared AMIs, see Shared
AMIs (p. 53).
You can purchase AMIs from a third party, including AMIs that come with service contracts from
organizations such as Red Hat. You can also create an AMI and sell it to other Amazon EC2 users. For
more information about buying or selling AMIs, see Paid AMIs (p. 60).
Deregistering Your AMI

You can deregister an AMI when you have finished with it. After you deregister an AMI, it can't be used to
launch new instances. Existing instances launched from the AMI are not affected. For more information,
see Deregistering Your Windows AMI (p. 77).
AWS Windows AMIs

AWS provides a set of publicly available AMIs that contain software configurations specific to the
Windows platform. Using these AMIs, you can quickly start building and deploying your applications
49
Selecting an Initial Windows AMI
using Amazon EC2. First choose the AMI that meets your specific requirements, and then launch an
instance using that AMI. You retrieve the password for the administrator account and then log in to the
instance using Remote Desktop Connection, just as you would with any other Windows server.
Some Windows AMIs include an edition of Microsoft SQL Server (SQL Enterprise Edition, SQL Server
Standard, SQL Server Express, or SQL Server Web). Launching an instance from a Windows AMI with
Microsoft SQL Server enables you to run the instance as a database server. Alternatively, you can launch
an instance from any Windows AMI and then install the database software that you need on the instance.
Microsoft no longer supports Windows Server 2003 (see Microsoft Windows Server 2003 End-of-
Support). We recommend that you launch new EC2 instances using a supported version of Windows
Server. If you have existing EC2 instances that are running an unsupported version of Windows Server,
we recommend that you upgrade those instances to a supported version of Windows Server. For
more information, see Upgrading an Amazon EC2 Windows Instance to a Newer Version of Windows
Server (p. 494).
Selecting an Initial Windows AMI

To view the Windows AMIs provided by AWS, you can use the Amazon EC2 console or AWS Marketplace.
For more information, see Finding a Windows AMI (p. 51).
You can also create an AMI from your own Windows computer. For more information, see the following
services:
• AWS Server Migration Service

• VM Import/Export
Keeping Your AMIs Up-to-Date

AWS provides updated, fully-patched Windows AMIs within five business days of Microsoft's patch
Tuesday (the second Tuesday of each month). For more information, see Details About AWS Windows
AMI Versions (p. 82).
The AWS Windows AMIs contain the latest security updates available at the time they were created. For
more information, see Updating Your Windows Instance (p. 79).
Virtualization Types
AMIs use one of two types of virtualization: paravirtual (PV) or hardware virtual machine (HVM). The
main differences between PV and HVM AMIs are the way in which they boot and whether they can take
advantage of special hardware extensions for better performance. Windows AMIs are HVM AMIs.
HVM AMIs are presented with a fully virtualized set of hardware and boot by executing the master boot
record of the root block device of your image. This virtualization type provides the ability to run an
operating system directly on top of a virtual machine without any modification, as if it were run on the
bare-metal hardware. The Amazon EC2 host system emulates some or all of the underlying hardware
that is presented to the guest.
HVM guests can take advantage of hardware extensions that provide fast access to the underlying
hardware on the host system. HVM AMIs are required to take advantage of enhanced networking and
GPU processing. In order to pass through instructions to specialized network and GPU devices, the OS
needs to be able to have access to the native hardware platform; HVM virtualization provides this access.
Paravirtual guests traditionally performed better with storage and network operations than HVM guests
because they could leverage special drivers for I/O that avoided the overhead of emulating network
50
Finding a Windows AMI
and disk hardware, whereas HVM guests had to translate these instructions to emulated hardware.
Now PV drivers are available for HVM guests, so Windows instances can get performance advantages in
storage and network I/O by using them. With these PV on HVM drivers, HVM guests can get the same
performance as paravirtual guests, or better.
Finding a Windows AMI

Before you can launch an instance, you must select an AMI to use. As you select an AMI, consider the
following requirements you might have for the instances that you'll launch:
• The Region
• The operating system
• The architecture: 32-bit (i386), 64-bit (x86_64), or 64-bit ARM (arm64)
• The provider (for example, Amazon Web Services)
• Additional software (for example, SQL server)
If you need to find a Linux AMI, see Finding a Linux AMI in the Amazon EC2 User Guide for Linux
Instances.
Contents
• Finding a Windows AMI Using the Amazon EC2 Console (p. 51)
• Finding an AMI Using the AWS Tools for Windows PowerShell (p. 52)
• Finding an AMI Using the AWS CLI (p. 52)
Finding a Windows AMI Using the Amazon EC2

Console
You can find Windows AMIs using the Amazon EC2 console. You can search through all available AMIs
using the Images page, or select from commonly used AMIs on the Quick Start tab when you use the
console to launch an instance. AMI IDs are unique to each region.
To find a Windows AMI using the Choose AMI page

2. From the navigation bar, select the Region in which to launch your instances. You can select any
Region that's available to you, regardless of your location.
3. From the console dashboard, choose Launch Instance.
4. On the Quick Start tab, select from one of the commonly used AMIs in the list. If you don't see the
AMI that you need, select the AWS Marketplace or Community AMIs tab to find additional AMIs.
To find a Windows AMI using the Images page

2. From the navigation bar, select the Region in which to launch your instances. You can select any
Region that's available to you, regardless of your location.
3. In the navigation pane, choose AMIs.
4. (Optional) Use the Filter options to scope the list of displayed AMIs to see only the AMIs that
interest you. For example, to list all Windows AMIs provided by AWS, select Public images. Choose
51
Finding an AMI Using the AWS
Tools for Windows PowerShell
the Search bar and select Owner from the menu, then select Amazon images. Choose the Search
bar again to select Platform and then the operating system from the list provided.
5. (Optional) Choose the Show/Hide Columns icon to select which image attributes to display, such as
the root device type. Alternatively, you can select an AMI from the list and view its properties in the
Details tab.
6. To launch an instance from this AMI, select it and then choose Launch. For more information about
launching an instance using the console, see Launching Your Instance from an AMI (p. 334). If
you're not ready to launch the instance now, make note of the AMI ID for later.
Finding an AMI Using the AWS Tools for Windows

PowerShell
You can use cmdlets for Amazon EC2 or AWS Systems Manager to list only the Windows AMIs that meet
your needs. After locating an AMI that meets your needs, make note of its ID so that you can use it to
launch instances. For more information, see Launch an Instance Using Windows PowerShell in the AWS
Tools for Windows PowerShell User Guide.
Amazon EC2
For information and examples, see Find an AMI Using Windows PowerShell in the AWS Tools for Windows
PowerShell User Guide.
Systems Manager Parameter Store
For information and examples, see Query for the Latest Windows AMI Using Systems Manager Parameter
Store.
Finding an AMI Using the AWS CLI

You can use AWS CLI commands for Amazon EC2 or AWS Systems Manager to list only the Windows AMIs
that meet your needs. After locating an AMI that meets your needs, make note of its ID so that you can
use it to launch instances. For more information, see Launching an Instance Using the AWS CLI in the
AWS Command Line Interface User Guide.
Amazon EC2
The describe-images command supports filtering parameters. For example, use the --owners parameter
to display public AMIs owned by Amazon.
aws ec2 describe-images --owners self amazon
You can add the following filter to the previous command to display only Windows AMIs:
--filters "Name=platform,Values=windows"
Important
Omitting the --owners flag from the describe-images command will return all images for
which you have launch permissions, regardless of ownership.
Systems Manager Parameter Store
For information and examples, see Query for the Latest Windows AMI Using Systems Manager Parameter
Store.
52
Shared AMIs
Shared AMIs
A shared AMI is an AMI that a developer created and made available for other developers to use. One of
the easiest ways to get started with Amazon EC2 is to use a shared AMI that has the components you
need and then add custom content. You can also create your own AMIs and share them with others.
You use a shared AMI at your own risk. Amazon can't vouch for the integrity or security of AMIs shared
by other Amazon EC2 users. Therefore, you should treat shared AMIs as you would any foreign code that
you might consider deploying in your own data center and perform the appropriate due diligence. We
recommend that you get an AMI from a trusted source. If you have questions or observations about a
shared AMI, use the AWS forums.
Amazon's public images have an aliased owner, which appears as amazon in the account field. This
enables you to find AMIs from Amazon easily. Other users can't alias their AMIs.
For information about creating an AMI, see Creating an Amazon EBS-Backed Windows AMI . For more
information about building, delivering, and maintaining your applications on the AWS Marketplace, see
the AWS Marketplace User Guide and AWS Marketplace Seller Guide.
Contents
• Finding Shared AMIs (p. 53)
• Making an AMI Public (p. 55)
• Sharing an AMI with Specific AWS Accounts (p. 57)
• Using Bookmarks (p. 59)
• Guidelines for Shared Windows AMIs (p. 60)
Finding Shared AMIs

You can use the Amazon EC2 console or the command line to find shared AMIs.
Note
AMIs are a regional resource. Therefore, when searching for a shared AMI (public or private),
you must search for it from within the region from which it is being shared. To make an
AMI available in a different region, copy the AMI to the region and then share it. For more
information, see Copying an AMI.
Finding a Shared AMI (Console)

To find a shared private AMI using the console

3. In the first filter, choose Private images. All AMIs that have been shared with you are listed. To
granulate your search, choose the Search bar and use the filter options provided in the menu.
To find a shared public AMI using the console

3. In the first filter, choose Public images. To granulate your search, choose the Search bar and use the
filter options provided in the menu.
53
Finding Shared AMIs
4. Use filters to list only the types of AMIs that interest you. For example, choose Owner : and then
choose Amazon images to display only Amazon's public images.
Finding a Shared AMI (Tools for Windows PowerShell)

Use the Get-EC2Image command (Tools for Windows PowerShell) to list AMIs. You can scope the list to
the types of AMIs that interest you, as shown in the following examples.
Example: List all public AMIs
The following command lists all public AMIs, including any public AMIs that you own.
PS C:\> Get-EC2Image -ExecutableUser all
Example: List AMIs with explicit launch permissions
The following command lists the AMIs for which you have explicit launch permissions. This list does not
include any AMIs that you own.
PS C:\> Get-EC2Image -ExecutableUser self
Example: List AMIs owned by Amazon
The following command lists the AMIs owned by Amazon. Amazon's public AMIs have an aliased owner,
which appears as amazon in the account field. This enables you to find AMIs from Amazon easily. Other
users can't alias their AMIs.
PS C:\> Get-EC2Image -Owner amazon
Example: List AMIs owned by an account
The following command lists the AMIs owned by the specified AWS account.
PS C:\> Get-EC2Image -Owner 123456789012
Example: Scope AMIs using a filter
To reduce the number of displayed AMIs, use a filter to list only the types of AMIs that interest you. For
example, use the following filter to display only EBS-backed AMIs.
-Filter @{ Name="root-device-type"; Values="ebs" }
Finding a Shared AMI (AWS CLI)

Use the describe-images command (AWS CLI) to list AMIs. You can scope the list to the types of AMIs that
interest you, as shown in the following examples.
Example: List all public AMIs
The following command lists all public AMIs, including any public AMIs that you own.
aws ec2 describe-images --executable-users all
54
Making an AMI Public
Example: List AMIs with explicit launch permissions
The following command lists the AMIs for which you have explicit launch permissions. This list does not
include any AMIs that you own.
aws ec2 describe-images --executable-users self
Example: List AMIs owned by Amazon
The following command lists the AMIs owned by Amazon. Amazon's public AMIs have an aliased owner,
which appears as amazon in the account field. This enables you to find AMIs from Amazon easily. Other
users can't alias their AMIs.
aws ec2 describe-images --owners amazon
Example: List AMIs owned by an account
The following command lists the AMIs owned by the specified AWS account.
aws ec2 describe-images --owners 123456789012
Example: Scope AMIs using a filter
To reduce the number of displayed AMIs, use a filter to list only the types of AMIs that interest you. For
example, use the following filter to display only EBS-backed AMIs.
--filters "Name=root-device-type,Values=ebs"

Amazon EC2 enables you to share your AMIs with other AWS accounts. You can allow all AWS accounts
to launch the AMI (make the AMI public), or only allow a few specific accounts to launch the AMI (see
Sharing an AMI with Specific AWS Accounts (p. 57)). You are not billed when your AMI is launched by
other AWS accounts; only the accounts launching the AMI are billed.
AMIs with encrypted volumes cannot be made public.
AMIs are a regional resource. Therefore, sharing an AMI makes it available in that region. To make an AMI
available in a different region, copy the AMI to the region and then share it. For more information, see
Copying an AMI (p. 72).
Note
If an AMI has a product code, or contains a snapshot of an encrypted volume, you can't make it
public. You can share the AMI only with specific AWS accounts.
Sharing an AMI with all AWS Accounts (Console)

After you make an AMI public, it is available in Community AMIs when you launch an instance in the
same region using the console. Note that it can take a short while for an AMI to appear in Community
AMIs after you make it public. It can also take a short while for an AMI to be removed from Community
AMIs after you make it private again.
To share a public AMI using the console
55

3. Select your AMI from the list, and then choose Actions, Modify Image Permissions.
4. Choose Public and choose Save.
Sharing an AMI with all AWS Accounts (Tools for Windows

PowerShell)
Each AMI has a launchPermission property that controls which AWS accounts, besides the owner's,
are allowed to use that AMI to launch instances. By modifying the launchPermission property of an
AMI, you can make the AMI public (which grants launch permissions to all AWS accounts) or share it with
only the AWS accounts that you specify.
You can add or remove account IDs from the list of accounts that have launch permissions for an AMI. To
make the AMI public, specify the all group. You can specify both public and explicit launch permissions.
To make an AMI public
1. Use the Edit-EC2ImageAttribute command as follows to add the all group to the
launchPermission list for the specified AMI.
PS C:\> Edit-EC2ImageAttribute -ImageId ami-0abcdef1234567890 -Attribute

launchPermission -OperationType add -UserGroup all
2. To verify the launch permissions of the AMI, use the following Get-EC2ImageAttribute command.
PS C:\> Get-EC2ImageAttribute -ImageId ami-0abcdef1234567890 -Attribute

launchPermission
3. (Optional) To make the AMI private again, remove the all group from its launch permissions.
Note that the owner of the AMI always has launch permissions and is therefore unaffected by this
command.
PS C:\> Edit-EC2ImageAttribute -ImageId ami-0abcdef1234567890 -Attribute

launchPermission -OperationType remove -UserGroup all
Sharing an AMI with all AWS Accounts (AWS CLI)

Each AMI has a launchPermission property that controls which AWS accounts, besides the owner's,
are allowed to use that AMI to launch instances. By modifying the launchPermission property of an
AMI, you can make the AMI public (which grants launch permissions to all AWS accounts) or share it with
only the AWS accounts that you specify.
You can add or remove account IDs from the list of accounts that have launch permissions for an AMI. To
make the AMI public, specify the all group. You can specify both public and explicit launch permissions.
To make an AMI public
1. Use the modify-image-attribute command as follows to add the all group to the
launchPermission list for the specified AMI.
aws ec2 modify-image-attribute --image-id ami-0abcdef1234567890 --launch-permission

"Add=[{Group=all}]"
2. To verify the launch permissions of the AMI, use the following describe-image-attribute command.
56
Sharing an AMI with Specific AWS Accounts
aws ec2 describe-image-attribute --image-id ami-0abcdef1234567890 --attribute

launchPermission
3. (Optional) To make the AMI private again, remove the all group from its launch permissions.
Note that the owner of the AMI always has launch permissions and is therefore unaffected by this
command.

"Remove=[{Group=all}]"

You can share an AMI with specific AWS accounts without making the AMI public. All you need is the AWS
account IDs. If you share an AMI with encrypted volumes, you must also share any CMKs used to encrypt
them. For more information, see Sharing an Amazon EBS Snapshot (p. 841).
AMIs are a regional resource. Therefore, sharing an AMI makes it available in that region. To make an AMI
available in a different region, copy the AMI to the region and then share it. For more information, see
There is no limit to the number of AWS accounts with which an AMI can be shared.
Sharing an AMI (Console)

To grant explicit launch permissions using the console

3. Select your AMI in the list, and then choose Actions, Modify Image Permissions.
4. Specify the AWS account number of the user with whom you want to share the AMI in the AWS
Account Number field, then choose Add Permission.
To share this AMI with multiple users, repeat this step until you have added all the required users.
5. To allow create volume permissions for snapshots, select Add "create volume" permissions to the
following associated snapshots when creating permissions.
Note
You do not need to share the Amazon EBS snapshots that an AMI references in order to
share the AMI. Only the AMI itself needs to be shared; the system automatically provides
the instance access to the referenced Amazon EBS snapshots for the launch. However, you
do need to share any CMKs used to encrypt snapshots that the AMI references. For more
information, see Sharing an Amazon EBS Snapshot (p. 841).
6. Choose Save when you are done.
7. (Optional) To view the AWS account IDs with which you have shared the AMI, select the AMI in the
list, and choose the Permissions tab. To find AMIs that are shared with you, see Finding Shared
AMIs (p. 53).
Sharing an AMI (Tools for Windows PowerShell)

Use the Edit-EC2ImageAttribute command (Tools for Windows PowerShell) to share an AMI as shown in
the following examples.
57
To grant explicit launch permissions
The following command grants launch permissions for the specified AMI to the specified AWS account.
PS C:\> Edit-EC2ImageAttribute -ImageId ami-0abcdef1234567890 -Attribute launchPermission -

OperationType add -UserId "123456789012"
The following command grants create volume permission for a snapshot.
PS C:\> Edit-EC2SnapshotAttribute -SnapshotId snap-1234567890abcdef0 -Attribute

CreateVolumePermission -OperationType add -UserId 123456789012
Note
You do not need to share the Amazon EBS snapshots that an AMI references in order to share
the AMI. Only the AMI itself needs to be shared; the system automatically provides the instance
access to the referenced Amazon EBS snapshots for the launch. However, you do need to share
any CMKs used to encrypt snapshots that the AMI references. For more information, see Sharing
an Amazon EBS Snapshot (p. 841).
To remove launch permissions for an account
The following command removes launch permissions for the specified AMI from the specified AWS
account:
PS C:\> Edit-EC2ImageAttribute -ImageId ami-0abcdef1234567890 -Attribute launchPermission -

OperationType remove -UserId "123456789012"
The following command removes create volume permission for a snapshot.
PS C:\> Edit-EC2SnapshotAttribute -SnapshotId snap-1234567890abcdef0 -Attribute

CreateVolumePermission -OperationTtype remove -UserId 123456789012
To remove all launch permissions
The following command removes all public and explicit launch permissions from the specified AMI. Note
that the owner of the AMI always has launch permissions and is therefore unaffected by this command.
PS C:\> Reset-EC2ImageAttribute -ImageId ami-0abcdef1234567890 -Attribute launchPermission
Sharing an AMI (AWS CLI)

Use the modify-image-attribute command (AWS CLI) to share an AMI as shown in the following
examples.
To grant explicit launch permissions
The following command grants launch permissions for the specified AMI to the specified AWS account.

"Add=[{UserId=123456789012}]"
The following command grants create volume permission for a snapshot.
58
Using Bookmarks
aws ec2 modify-snapshot-attribute --snapshot-id snap-1234567890abcdef0 --attribute

createVolumePermission --operation-type add --user-ids 123456789012
Note
You do not need to share the Amazon EBS snapshots that an AMI references in order to share
the AMI. Only the AMI itself needs to be shared; the system automatically provides the instance
access to the referenced Amazon EBS snapshots for the launch. However, you do need to share
any CMKs used to encrypt snapshots that the AMI references. For more information, see Sharing
an Amazon EBS Snapshot (p. 841).
To remove launch permissions for an account
The following command removes launch permissions for the specified AMI from the specified AWS
account:

"Remove=[{UserId=123456789012}]"
The following command removes create volume permission for a snapshot.
aws ec2 modify-snapshot-attribute --snapshot-id snap-1234567890abcdef0 --attribute

createVolumePermission --operation-type remove --user-ids 123456789012
To remove all launch permissions
The following command removes all public and explicit launch permissions from the specified AMI. Note
that the owner of the AMI always has launch permissions and is therefore unaffected by this command.
aws ec2 reset-image-attribute --image-id ami-0abcdef1234567890 --attribute launchPermission
Using Bookmarks
If you have created a public AMI, or shared an AMI with another AWS user, you can create a bookmark
that allows a user to access your AMI and launch an instance in their own account immediately. This is an
easy way to share AMI references, so users don't have to spend time finding your AMI in order to use it.
Note that your AMI must be public, or you must have shared it with the user to whom you want to send
the bookmark.
To create a bookmark for your AMI
1. Type a URL with the following information, where region is the region in which your AMI resides:
https://console.aws.amazon.com/ec2/v2/home?
region=region#LaunchInstanceWizard:ami=ami_id
For example, this URL launches an instance from the ami-0abcdef1234567890 AMI in the us-east-1
region:
https://console.aws.amazon.com/ec2/v2/home?region=us-
east-1#LaunchInstanceWizard:ami=ami-0abcdef1234567890
2. Distribute the link to users who want to use your AMI.
59
Guidelines for Shared Windows AMIs
3. To use a bookmark, choose the link or copy and paste it into your browser. The launch wizard opens,
with the AMI already selected.
Guidelines for Shared Windows AMIs

Use the following guidelines to reduce the attack surface and improve the reliability of the AMIs you
create.
• No list of security guidelines can be exhaustive. Build your shared AMIs carefully and take time to
consider where you might expose sensitive data.
• Develop a repeatable process for building, updating, and republishing AMIs.
• Build AMIs using the most up-to-date operating systems, packages, and software.
• Download and install the latest version of the EC2Config service. For more information about installing
this service, see Installing the Latest Version of EC2Config (p. 405).
• Verify that Ec2SetPassword, Ec2WindowsActivate and Ec2HandleUserData are enabled.
• Verify that no guest accounts or Remote Desktop user accounts are present.
• Disable or remove unnecessary services and programs to reduce the attack surface of your AMI.
• Remove instance credentials, such as your key pair, from the AMI (if you saved them on the AMI). Store
the credentials in a safe location.
• Ensure that the administrator password and passwords on any other accounts are set to an appropriate
value for sharing. These passwords are available for anyone who launches your shared AMI.
• Test your AMI before you share it.
Paid AMIs
A paid AMI is an AMI that you can purchase from a developer.
Amazon EC2 integrates with AWS Marketplace, enabling developers to charge other Amazon EC2 users
for the use of their AMIs or to provide support for instances.
The AWS Marketplace is an online store where you can buy software that runs on AWS, including AMIs
that you can use to launch your EC2 instance. The AWS Marketplace AMIs are organized into categories,
such as Developer Tools, to enable you to find products to suit your requirements. For more information
about AWS Marketplace, see the AWS Marketplace site.
Launching an instance from a paid AMI is the same as launching an instance from any other AMI. No
additional parameters are required. The instance is charged according to the rates set by the owner of
the AMI, as well as the standard usage fees for the related web services, for example, the hourly rate for
running an m1.small instance type in Amazon EC2. Additional taxes might also apply. The owner of the
paid AMI can confirm whether a specific instance was launched using that paid AMI.
Important
Amazon DevPay is no longer accepting new sellers or products. AWS Marketplace is now
the single, unified e-commerce platform for selling software and services through AWS. For
information about how to deploy and sell software from AWS Marketplace, see Selling on AWS
Marketplace. AWS Marketplace supports AMIs backed by Amazon EBS.
Contents
• Selling Your AMI (p. 61)
• Finding a Paid AMI (p. 61)
• Purchasing a Paid AMI (p. 62)
60
Selling Your AMI
• Getting the Product Code for Your Instance (p. 63)

• Using Paid Support (p. 63)
• Bills for Paid and Supported AMIs (p. 63)
• Managing Your AWS Marketplace Subscriptions (p. 63)
Selling Your AMI

You can sell your AMI using AWS Marketplace. AWS Marketplace offers an organized shopping
experience. Additionally, AWS Marketplace also supports AWS features such as Amazon EBS-backed
AMIs, Reserved Instances, and Spot Instances.
For information about how to sell your AMI on AWS Marketplace, see Selling on AWS Marketplace.
Finding a Paid AMI

There are several ways that you can find AMIs that are available for you to purchase. For example, you
can use AWS Marketplace, the Amazon EC2 console, or the command line. Alternatively, a developer
might let you know about a paid AMI themselves.
Finding a Paid AMI Using the Console

To find a paid AMI using the console

3. Choose Public images for the first filter.
4. In the Search bar, choose Owner, then AWS Marketplace.
5. If you know the product code, choose Product Code, then type the product code.
Finding a Paid AMI Using AWS Marketplace

To find a paid AMI using AWS Marketplace
1. Open AWS Marketplace.

2. Enter the name of the operating system in the search box, and click Go.
3. To scope the results further, use one of the categories or filters.
4. Each product is labeled with its product type: either AMI or Software as a Service.
Finding a Paid AMI Using the Tools for Windows PowerShell

You can find a paid AMI using the following Get-EC2Image command.
PS C:\> Get-EC2Image -Owner aws-marketplace
The output for a paid AMI includes the product code.
ProductCodeId ProductCodeType
------------- ---------------
61
Purchasing a Paid AMI
product_code marketplace
If you know the product code, you can filter the results by product code. This example returns the most
recent AMI with the specified product code.
PS C:\> (Get-EC2Image -Owner aws-marketplace -Filter @{"Name"="product-

code";"Value"="product_code"} | sort CreationDate -Descending | Select-Object -First
1).ImageId
Finding a Paid AMI Using the AWS CLI

You can find a paid AMI using the following describe-images command (AWS CLI).
aws ec2 describe-images --owners aws-marketplace
This command returns numerous details that describe each AMI, including the product code for a paid
AMI. The output from describe-images includes an entry for the product code like the following:
"ProductCodes": [
{
"ProductCodeId": "product_code",
"ProductCodeType": "marketplace"
}
],
If you know the product code, you can filter the results by product code. This example returns the most
recent AMI with the specified product code.
aws ec2 describe-images --owners aws-marketplace \

--filters "Name=product-code,Values=product_code"
--query "sort_by(Images, &CreationDate)[-1].[ImageId]"
Purchasing a Paid AMI

You must sign up for (purchase) a paid AMI before you can launch an instance using the AMI.
Typically a seller of a paid AMI presents you with information about the AMI, including its price and a
link where you can buy it. When you click the link, you're first asked to log into AWS, and then you can
purchase the AMI.
Purchasing a Paid AMI Using the Console

You can purchase a paid AMI by using the Amazon EC2 launch wizard. For more information, see
Launching an AWS Marketplace Instance (p. 349).
Subscribing to a Product Using AWS Marketplace

To use the AWS Marketplace, you must have an AWS account. To launch instances from AWS Marketplace
products, you must be signed up to use the Amazon EC2 service, and you must be subscribed to the
product from which to launch the instance. There are two ways to subscribe to products in the AWS
Marketplace:
• AWS Marketplace website: You can launch preconfigured software quickly with the 1-Click
deployment feature.
62
Getting the Product Code for Your Instance
• Amazon EC2 launch wizard: You can search for an AMI and launch an instance directly from the
wizard. For more information, see Launching an AWS Marketplace Instance (p. 349).
Getting the Product Code for Your Instance

You can retrieve the AWS Marketplace product code for your instance using its instance metadata. For
more information about retrieving metadata, see Instance Metadata and User Data (p. 477).
To retrieve a product code, use the following command:
PS C:\> Invoke-RestMethod -uri http://169.254.169.254/latest/meta-data/product-codes
If the instance has a product code, Amazon EC2 returns it.
Using Paid Support

Amazon EC2 also enables developers to offer support for software (or derived AMIs). Developers can
create support products that you can sign up to use. During sign-up for the support product, the
developer gives you a product code, which you must then associate with your own AMI. This enables
the developer to confirm that your instance is eligible for support. It also ensures that when you run
instances of the product, you are charged according to the terms for the product specified by the
developer.
Important
You can't use a support product with Reserved Instances. You always pay the price that's
specified by the seller of the support product.
To associate a product code with your AMI, use one of the following commands, where ami_id is the ID of
the AMI and product_code is the product code:
• modify-image-attribute (AWS CLI)
aws ec2 modify-image-attribute --image-id ami_id --product-codes "product_code"
• Edit-EC2ImageAttribute (AWS Tools for Windows PowerShell)
PS C:\> Edit-EC2ImageAttribute -ImageId ami_id -ProductCode product_code
After you set the product code attribute, it cannot be changed or removed.
Bills for Paid and Supported AMIs

At the end of each month, you receive an email with the amount your credit card has been charged for
using any paid or supported AMIs during the month. This bill is separate from your regular Amazon EC2
bill. For more information, see Paying For AWS Marketplace Products.
Managing Your AWS Marketplace Subscriptions

On the AWS Marketplace website, you can check your subscription details, view the vendor's usage
instructions, manage your subscriptions, and more.
To check your subscription details
1. Log in to the AWS Marketplace.
63
Creating a Custom Windows AMI
2. Choose Your Marketplace Account.

3. Choose Manage your software subscriptions.
4. All your current subscriptions are listed. Choose Usage Instructions to view specific instructions for
using the product, for example, a user name for connecting to your running instance.
To cancel an AWS Marketplace subscription
1. Ensure that you have terminated any instances running from the subscription.
a. Open the Amazon EC2 console at https://console.aws.amazon.com/ec2/.

b. In the navigation pane, choose Instances.
c. Select the instance, and choose Actions, Instance State, Terminate.
d. Choose Yes, Terminate when prompted for confirmation.
2. Log in to the AWS Marketplace, and choose Your Marketplace Account, then Manage your software
subscriptions.
3. Choose Cancel subscription. You are prompted to confirm your cancellation.
Note
After you've canceled your subscription, you are no longer able to launch any instances
from that AMI. To use that AMI again, you need to resubscribe to it, either on the AWS
Marketplace website, or through the launch wizard in the Amazon EC2 console.
Creating a Custom Windows AMI

To create a Windows AMI, you launch an instance from an existing Windows AMI, customize the instance,
and create a new AMI from the instance.
To create a custom Linux AMI, use the procedure for the type of volume for the instance. For more
information, see Creating an Amazon EBS-Backed Linux AMI or Creating an Instance Store-Backed Linux
AMI in the Amazon EC2 User Guide for Linux Instances.
Overview of Creating an AMI

First, launch an instance from an AMI that's similar to the AMI that you'd like to create. You can connect
to your instance and customize it. When the instance is set up the way you want it, ensure data integrity
by stopping the instance before you create an AMI and then create the image. We automatically register
the AMI for you.
During the AMI-creation process, Amazon EC2 creates snapshots of your instance's root volume
and any other EBS volumes attached to your instance. You're charged for the snapshots until you
deregister the AMI and delete the snapshots. For more information, see Deregistering Your Windows
AMI (p. 77). If any volumes attached to the instance are encrypted, the new AMI only launches
successfully on instance types that support Amazon EBS encryption. For more information, see Amazon
EBS Encryption (p. 864).
Depending on the size of the volumes, it can take several minutes for the AMI-creation process to
complete (sometimes up to 24 hours). You may find it more efficient to create snapshots of your volumes
prior to creating your AMI. This way, only small, incremental snapshots need to be created when the AMI
is created, and the process completes more quickly (the total time for snapshot creation remains the
same). For more information, see Creating Amazon EBS Snapshots (p. 821).
After the process completes, you have a new AMI and snapshot created from the root volume of the
instance. When you launch an instance using the new AMI, we create a new EBS volume for its root
volume using the snapshot.
64
Creating a Windows AMI from a Running Instance
If you add instance store volumes or Amazon EBS volumes to your instance in addition to the root
device volume, the block device mapping for the new AMI contains information for these volumes,
and the block device mappings for instances that you launch from the new AMI automatically contain
information for these volumes. The instance store volumes specified in the block device mapping for
the new instance are new and don't contain any data from the instance store volumes of the instance
you used to create the AMI. The data on EBS volumes persists. For more information, see Block Device
Mapping (p. 929).
Note
When you create a new instance from a custom AMI, you should initialize both its root volume
and any additional EBS storage before putting it into production. For more information, see
Initializing Amazon EBS Volumes.

You can create an AMI using the AWS Management Console or the command line. The following diagram
summarizes the process for creating an AMI from a running EC2 instance. Start with an existing AMI,
launch an instance, customize it, create a new AMI from it, and finally launch an instance of your new
AMI. The steps in the following diagram match the steps in the procedure below. If you already have a
running Windows instance, you can go directly to step 4.
To create an AMI from an instance using the console

2. In the navigation pane, choose Images, AMIs.
3. Use the Filter options to scope the list of AMIs to the Windows AMIs that meet your needs. For
example, to view the Windows AMIs provided by AWS, choose Public images from the drop-down
list. Choose the Search bar. Choose Owner from the menu and choose Amazon images. Choose
Source from the menu and type one of the following, depending on the version of Windows Server
that you need:
• amazon/Windows_Server-2019
Add any other filters that you need. When you have chosen an AMI, select its checkbox.
4. Choose Launch. Accept the default values as you step through the wizard. For more information,
see Launching an Instance Using the Launch Instance Wizard (p. 333). When the instance is ready,
connect to it. For more information, see Connecting to Your Windows Instance (p. 378).
5. You can perform any of the following actions on your instance to customize it for your needs:
• Install software and applications

• Copy data
• Reduce start time by deleting temporary files, defragmenting your hard drive, and zeroing out
free space
65
• Attach additional EBS volumes

• Create a new user account and add it to the Administrators group
If you are sharing your AMI, these credentials can be supplied for RDP access without disclosing
your default administrator password.
• [Windows Server 2016 and later] Configure settings using EC2Launch. To generate a random
password at launch time, use the adminPasswordType setting. For more information, see
Configuring EC2Launch (p. 396).
• [Windows Server 2012 R2 and earlier] Configure settings using EC2Config. To generate a
random password at launch time, enable the Ec2SetPassword plugin; otherwise, the current
administrator password is used. For more information, see EC2Config Settings Files (p. 410).
• [Windows Server 2008 R2] If the instance uses RedHat drivers to access Xen virtualized hardware,
upgrade to Citrix drivers before you create an AMI. For more information, see Upgrade Windows
Server 2008 and 2008 R2 Instances (Redhat to Citrix PV Upgrade) (p. 437).
6. In the navigation pane, choose Instances and select your instance. Choose Actions, Image, and
Create Image.
Tip
If this option is disabled, your instance isn't an Amazon EBS-backed instance.
7. Specify a unique name for the image and an optional description (up to 255 characters).
By default, Amazon EC2 shuts down the instance, takes snapshots of any attached volumes, creates
and registers the AMI, and then reboots the instance. Choose No reboot if you don't want your
instance to be shut down.
Warning
If you choose No reboot, we can't guarantee the file system integrity of the created image.
(Optional) Modify the root volume, Amazon EBS volumes, and instance store volumes as needed. For
example:
• To change the size of the root volume, locate the Root volume in the Type column, and fill in the
Size field.
• To suppress an Amazon EBS volume specified by the block device mapping of the AMI used to
launch the instance, locate the EBS volume in the list and choose Delete.
• To add an Amazon EBS volume, choose Add New Volume, Type, and EBS, and fill in the fields.
When you then launch an instance from your new AMI, these additional volumes are automatically
attached to the instance. Empty volumes must be formatted and mounted. Volumes based on a
snapshot must be mounted.
• To suppress an instance store volume specified by the block device mapping of the AMI used to
launch the instance, locate the volume in the list and choose Delete.
• To add an instance store volume, choose Add New Volume, Type, and Instance Store, and select
a device name from the Device list. When you launch an instance from your new AMI, these
additional volumes are automatically initialized and mounted. These volumes don't contain data
from the instance store volumes of the running instance from which you based your AMI.
When you are finished, choose Create Image.

8. While your AMI is being created, you can choose AMIs in the navigation pane to view its status.
Initially, this is pending. After a few minutes, the status should change to available.
(Optional) Choose Snapshots in the navigation pane to view the snapshot that was created for the
new AMI. When you launch an instance from this AMI, we use this snapshot to create its root device
volume.
9. Launch an instance from your new AMI. For more information, see Launching an Instance Using the
Launch Instance Wizard (p. 333). The new running instance contains all of the customizations you
66
Using Encryption with EBS-Backed AMIs
applied in previous steps, and any additional customization you add when launching the instance,
such as user data (scripts that run when the instance starts).
To create an AMI from an instance using the command line

• create-image (AWS CLI)

• New-EC2Image (AWS Tools for Windows PowerShell)
Using Encryption with EBS-Backed AMIs

AMIs that are backed by Amazon EBS snapshots can take advantage of Amazon EBS encryption.
Snapshots of both data and root volumes can be encrypted and attached to an AMI. You can launch
instances and copy images with full EBS encryption support included. Encryption parameters for these
operations are supported in all Regions where AWS KMS is available.
EC2 instances with encrypted EBS volumes are launched from AMIs in the same way as other instances.
In addition, when you launch an instance from an AMI backed by unencrypted EBS snapshots, you can
encrypt some or all of the volumes during launch.
Like EBS volumes, snapshots in AMIs can be encrypted by either your default AWS Key Management
Service customer master key (CMK), or to a customer managed key that you specify. You must in all cases
have permission to use the selected key.
AMIs with encrypted snapshots can be shared across AWS accounts. For more information, see Shared
AMIs.
Instance-Launching Scenarios
Amazon EC2 instances are launched from AMIs using the RunInstances action with parameters
supplied through block device mapping, either by means of the AWS Management Console or directly
using the Amazon EC2 API or CLI. For more information about block device mapping, see Block Device
Mapping. For examples of controlling block device mapping from the AWS CLI, see Launch, List, and
Terminate EC2 Instances.
By default, without explicit encryption parameters, a RunInstances action maintains the existing
encryption state of an AMI's source snapshots while restoring EBS volumes from them. If encryption
by default is enabled, all volumes created from the AMI (whether from encrypted or unencrypted
snapshots) will be encrypted. If encryption by default is not enabled, then the instance maintains the
encryption state of the AMI.
You can also launch an instance and simultaneously apply a new encryption state to the resulting
volumes by supplying encryption parameters. Consequently, the following behaviors are observed:
Launch with no encryption parameters
• An unencrypted snapshot is restored to an unencrypted volume, unless encryption by default is

enabled, in which case all the newly created volumes will be encrypted.
• An encrypted snapshot that you own is restored to a volume that is encrypted to the same CMK.
• An encrypted snapshot that you do not own (for example, the AMI is shared with you) is restored to a
volume that is encrypted by your AWS account's default CMK.
67
The default behaviors can be overridden by supplying encryption parameters. The available parameters
are Encrypted and KmsKeyId. Setting only the Encrypted parameter results in the following:
Instance launch behaviors with Encrypted set, but no KmsKeyId specified
• An unencrypted snapshot is restored to an EBS volume that is encrypted by your AWS account's
default CMK.
• An encrypted snapshot that you own is restored to an EBS volume encrypted by the same CMK. (In
other words, the Encrypted parameter has no effect.)
• An encrypted snapshot that you do not own (i.e., the AMI is shared with you) is restored to a volume
that is encrypted by your AWS account's default CMK. (In other words, the Encrypted parameter has
no effect.)
Setting both the Encrypted and KmsKeyId parameters allows you to specify a non-default CMK for an
encryption operation. The following behaviors result:
Instance with both Encrypted and KmsKeyId set
• An unencrypted snapshot is restored to an EBS volume encrypted by the specified CMK.

• An encrypted snapshot is restored to an EBS volume encrypted not to the original CMK, but instead to
the specified CMK.
Submitting a KmsKeyId without also setting the Encrypted parameter results in an error.
The following sections provide examples of launching instances from AMIs using non-default encryption
parameters. In each of these scenarios, parameters supplied to the RunInstances action result in a
change of encryption state during restoration of a volume from a snapshot.
Note
For detailed console procedures to launch an instance from an AMI, see Launch Your Instance.
For documentation of the RunInstances API, see RunInstances.
For documentation of the run-instances command in the AWS Command Line Interface, see
run-instances.
Encrypt a Volume during Launch

In this example, an AMI backed by an unencrypted snapshot is used to launch an EC2 instance with an
encrypted EBS volume.
68
The Encrypted parameter alone results in the volume for this instance being encrypted. Providing
a KmsKeyId parameter is optional. If no key ID is specified, the AWS account's default CMK is used to
encrypt the volume. To encrypt the volume to a different CMK that you own, supply the KmsKeyId
parameter.
Re-Encrypt a Volume during Launch

In this example, an AMI backed by an encrypted snapshot is used to launch an EC2 instance with an EBS
volume encrypted by a new CMK.
If you own the AMI and supply no encryption parameters, the resulting instance has a volume encrypted
by the same key as the snapshot. If the AMI is shared rather than owned by you, and you supply no
encryption parameters, the volume is encrypted by your default CMK. With encryption parameters
supplied as shown, the volume is encrypted by the specified CMK.
Change Encryption State of Multiple Volumes during Launch

In this more complex example, an AMI backed by multiple snapshots (each with its own encryption state)
is used to launch an EC2 instance with a newly encrypted volume and a re-encrypted volume.
69
Image-Copying Scenarios
In this scenario, the RunInstances action is supplied with encryption parameters for each of the source
snapshots. When all possible encryption parameters are specified, the resulting instance is the same
regardless of whether you own the AMI.
Amazon EC2 AMIs are copied using the CopyImage action, either through the AWS Management Console
or directly using the Amazon EC2 API or CLI.
By default, without explicit encryption parameters, a CopyImage action maintains the existing
encryption state of an AMI's source snapshots during copy. You can also copy an AMI and simultaneously
apply a new encryption state to its associated EBS snapshots by supplying encryption parameters.
Consequently, the following behaviors are observed:
Copy with no encryption parameters
• An unencrypted snapshot is copied to another unencrypted snapshot, unless encryption by default is

enabled, in which case all the newly created snapshots will be encrypted.
• An encrypted snapshot that you own is copied to a snapshot encrypted with the same key.
• An encrypted snapshot that you do not own (that is, the AMI is shared with you) is copied to a
snapshot that is encrypted by your AWS account's default CMK.
All of these default behaviors can be overridden by supplying encryption parameters. The available
parameters are Encrypted and KmsKeyId. Setting only the Encrypted parameter results in the
following:
Copy-image behaviors with Encrypted set, but no KmsKeyId specified
• An unencrypted snapshot is copied to a snapshot encrypted by the AWS account's default CMK.
• An encrypted snapshot is copied to a snapshot encrypted by the same CMK. (In other words, the
Encrypted parameter has no effect.)
70
• An encrypted snapshot that you do not own (i.e., the AMI is shared with you) is copied to a volume that
is encrypted by your AWS account's default CMK. (In other words, the Encrypted parameter has no
effect.)
Setting both the Encrypted and KmsKeyId parameters allows you to specify a customer managed CMK
for an encryption operation. The following behaviors result:
Copy-image behaviors with both Encrypted and KmsKeyId set
• An unencrypted snapshot is copied to a snapshot encrypted by the specified CMK.

• An encrypted snapshot is copied to a snapshot encrypted not to the original CMK, but instead to the
specified CMK.
Submitting a KmsKeyId without also setting the Encrypted parameter results in an error.
The following section provides an example of copying an AMI using non-default encryption parameters,
resulting in a change of encryption state.
Note
For detailed console procedures to copy an AMI, see Copying an AMI.
For documentation of the CopyImage API, see CopyImage.
For documentation of the command copy-image in the AWS Command Line Interface, see
copy-image.
Encrypt an Unencrypted Image during Copy

In this scenario, an AMI backed by an unencrypted root snapshot is copied to an AMI with an encrypted
root snapshot. The CopyImage action is invoked with two encryption parameters, including a CMK. As
a result, the encryption status of the root snapshot changes, so that the target AMI is backed by a root
snapshot containing the same data as the source snapshot, but encrypted using the specified key. You
incur storage costs for the snapshots in both AMIs, as well as charges for any instances you launch from
either AMI.
Note
Enabling encryption by default (p. 867) has the same effect as setting the Encrypted
parameter to true for all snapshots in the AMI.
Setting the Encrypted parameter encrypts the single snapshot for this instance. If you do not specify
the KmsKeyId parameter, the default CMK is used to encrypt the snapshot copy.
71
Copying an AMI
Note
You can also copy an image with multiple snapshots and configure the encryption state of each
individually.
Copying an AMI
You can copy an Amazon Machine Image (AMI) within or across AWS Regions using the AWS
Management Console, the AWS Command Line Interface or SDKs, or the Amazon EC2 API, all of which
support the CopyImage action. You can copy both Amazon EBS-backed AMIs and instance-store-backed
AMIs. You can copy AMIs with encrypted snapshots and also change encryption status during the copy
process.
Copying a source AMI results in an identical but distinct target AMI with its own unique identifier. In the
case of an Amazon EBS-backed AMI, each of its backing snapshots is, by default, copied to an identical
but distinct target snapshot. (The sole exceptions are when you choose to encrypt or re-encrypt the
snapshot.) You can change or deregister the source AMI with no effect on the target AMI. The reverse is
also true.
There are no charges for copying an AMI. However, standard storage and data transfer rates apply.
AWS does not copy launch permissions, user-defined tags, or Amazon S3 bucket permissions from the
source AMI to the new AMI. After the copy operation is complete, you can apply launch permissions,
user-defined tags, and Amazon S3 bucket permissions to the new AMI.
You can't copy an AMI that was obtained from the AWS Marketplace, regardless of whether you obtained
it directly or it was shared with you. Instead, launch an EC2 instance using the AWS Marketplace AMI
and then create an AMI from the instance. For more information, see Creating a Custom Windows
AMI (p. 64).
Permissions for Copying an Instance Store-Backed

AMI
If you use an IAM user to copy an instance store-backed AMI, the user must have the following Amazon
S3 permissions: s3:CreateBucket, s3:GetBucketAcl, s3:ListAllMyBuckets, s3:GetObject,
s3:PutObject, and s3:PutObjectAcl.
The following example policy allows the user to copy the AMI source in the specified bucket to the
specified Region.
{
"Version": "2012-10-17",
"Statement": [
{
"Effect": "Allow",
"Action": "s3:ListAllMyBuckets",
"Resource": [
"arn:aws:s3:::*"
]
},
{
"Effect": "Allow",
"Action": "s3:GetObject",
"Resource": [
"arn:aws:s3:::ami-source-bucket/*"
]
72
Cross-Region Copying
},
{
"Effect": "Allow",
"Action": [
"s3:CreateBucket",
"s3:GetBucketAcl",
"s3:PutObjectAcl",
"s3:PutObject"
],
"Resource": [
"arn:aws:s3:::amis-for-123456789012-in-us-east-1*"
]
}
]
}
To find the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the AMI source bucket, open the Amazon EC2 console at
https://console.aws.amazon.com/ec2/, in the navigation pane choose AMIs, and locate the bucket name
in the Source column.
Cross-Region Copying
Copying an AMI across geographically diverse Regions provides the following benefits:
• Consistent global deployment: Copying an AMI from one Region to another enables you to launch
consistent instances in different Regions based on the same AMI.
• Scalability: You can more easily design and build global applications that meet the needs of your users,
regardless of their location.
• Performance: You can increase performance by distributing your application, as well as locating critical
components of your application in closer proximity to your users. You can also take advantage of
Region-specific features, such as instance types or other AWS services.
• High availability: You can design and deploy applications across AWS regions, to increase availability.
The following diagram shows the relations among a source AMI and two copied AMIs in different
Regions, as well as the EC2 instances launched from each. When you launch an instance from an AMI, it
resides in the same Region where the AMI resides. If you make changes to the source AMI and want those
changes to be reflected in the AMIs in the target Regions, you must recopy the source AMI to the target
Regions.
When you first copy an instance store-backed AMI to a Region, we create an Amazon S3 bucket for the
AMIs copied to that Region. All instance store-backed AMIs that you copy to that Region are stored in this
bucket. The bucket names have the following format: amis-for-account-in-region-hash. For example:
amis-for-123456789012-in-us-east-2-yhjmxvp6.
73
Cross-Account Copying
Prerequisite
Prior to copying an AMI, you must ensure that the contents of the source AMI are updated to support
running in a different Region. For example, you should update any database connection strings or similar
application configuration data to point to the appropriate resources. Otherwise, instances launched from
the new AMI in the destination Region may still use the resources from the source Region, which can
impact performance and cost.
Limits
• Destination Regions are limited to 50 concurrent AMI copies.
Cross-Account Copying
You can share an AMI with another AWS account. Sharing an AMI does not affect the ownership of the
AMI. The owning account is charged for the storage in the Region. For more information, see Sharing an
AMI with Specific AWS Accounts (p. 57).
If you copy an AMI that has been shared with your account, you are the owner of the target AMI in your
account. The owner of the source AMI is charged standard Amazon EBS or Amazon S3 transfer fees, and
you are charged for the storage of the target AMI in the destination Region.
Resource Permissions
To copy an AMI that was shared with you from another account, the owner of the source AMI must grant
you read permissions for the storage that backs the AMI, either the associated EBS snapshot (for an
Amazon EBS-backed AMI) or an associated S3 bucket (for an instance store-backed AMI). If the shared
AMI has encrypted snapshots, the owner must share the key or keys with you as well.
Encryption and Copying

The following table shows encryption support for various AMI-copying scenarios. While it is possible to
copy an unencrypted snapshot to yield an encrypted snapshot, you cannot copy an encrypted snapshot
to yield an unencrypted one.
Scenario Description Supported
1 Unencrypted-to-unencrypted Yes
2 Encrypted-to-encrypted Yes
3 Unencrypted-to-encrypted Yes
4 Encrypted-to-unencrypted No
Note
Encrypting during the CopyImage action applies only to Amazon EBS-backed AMIs. Because
an instance store-backed AMI does not rely on snapshots, you cannot use copying to change its
encryption status.
By default (i.e., without specifying encryption parameters), the backing snapshot of an AMI is copied
with its original encryption status. Copying an AMI backed by an unencrypted snapshot results in an
identical target snapshot that is also unencrypted. If the source AMI is backed by an encrypted snapshot,
copying it results in an identical target snapshot that is encrypted by the same customer master key
74
Copying an AMI
(CMK). Copying an AMI backed by multiple snapshots preserves, by default, the source encryption status
in each target snapshot.
If you specify encryption parameters while copying an AMI, you can encrypt or re-encrypt its backing
snapshots. The following example shows a non-default case that supplies encryption parameters to the
CopyImage action in order to change the target AMI's encryption state.
Copy an unencrypted source AMI to an encrypted target AMI
In this scenario, an AMI backed by an unencrypted root snapshot is copied to an AMI with an encrypted
root snapshot. The CopyImage action is invoked with two encryption parameters, including a CMK. As
a result, the encryption status of the root snapshot changes, so that the target AMI is backed by a root
snapshot containing the same data as the source snapshot, but encrypted using the specified key. You
incur storage costs for the snapshots in both AMIs, as well as charges for any instances you launch from
either AMI.
Note
Enabling encryption by default (p. 867) has the same effect as setting the Encrypted
parameter to true for all snapshots in the AMI.
Setting the Encrypted parameter encrypts the single snapshot for this instance. If you do not specify
the KmsKeyId parameter, the default CMK is used to encrypt the snapshot copy.
For more information about copying AMIs with encrypted snapshots, see Using Encryption with EBS-
Backed AMIs (p. 67).
Copying an AMI
You can copy an AMI as follows.
Prerequisite
Create or obtain an AMI backed by an Amazon EBS snapshot. Note that you can use the Amazon EC2
console to search a wide variety of AMIs provided by AWS. For more information, see Creating a Custom
Windows AMI (p. 64) and Finding a Windows AMI (p. 51).
To copy an AMI using the console
75
Stopping a Pending AMI Copy Operation
2. From the console navigation bar, select the Region that contains the AMI. In the navigation pane,
choose Images, AMIs to display the list of AMIs available to you in the Region.
3. Select the AMI to copy and choose Actions, Copy AMI.
4. In the Copy AMI dialog box, specify the following information and then choose Copy AMI:
• Destination region: The Region in which to copy the AMI.

• Name: A name for the new AMI. You can include operating system information in the name, as we
do not provide this information when displaying details about the AMI.
• Description: By default, the description includes information about the source AMI so that you can
distinguish a copy from its original. You can change this description as needed.
• Encryption: Select this field to encrypt the target snapshots, or to re-encrypt them using a
different key. If you have enabled encryption by default, the Encryption option is set and cannot
be unset from the AMI console.
• Master Key: The KMS key to used to encrypt the target snapshots.
5. We display a confirmation page to let you know that the copy operation has been initiated and to
provide you with the ID of the new AMI.
To check on the progress of the copy operation immediately, follow the provided link. To check on
the progress later, choose Done, and then when you are ready, use the navigation bar to switch to
the target region (if applicable) and locate your AMI in the list of AMIs.
The initial status of the target AMI is pending and the operation is complete when the status is
available.
To copy an AMI using the AWS CLI
You can copy an AMI using the copy-image command. You must specify both the source and destination
Regions. You specify the source Region using the --source-region parameter. You can specify
the destination Region using either the --region parameter or an environment variable. For more
information, see Configuring the AWS Command Line Interface.
When you encrypt a target snapshot during copying, you must specify these additional parameters: --
encrypted and --kms-key-id.
To copy an AMI using the Tools for Windows PowerShell
You can copy an AMI using the Copy-EC2Image command. You must specify both the source and
destination Regions. You specify the source Region using the -SourceRegion parameter. You can
specify the destination Region using either the -Region parameter or the Set-AWSDefaultRegion
command. For more information, see Specifying AWS Regions.
When you encrypt a target snapshot during copying, you must specify these additional parameters: -
Encrypted and -KmsKeyId.
Stopping a Pending AMI Copy Operation

You can stop a pending AMI copy as follows.
To stop an AMI copy operation using the console

2. From the navigation bar, select the destination Region from the Region selector.
4. Select the AMI to stop copying and choose Actions, Deregister.
76
Deregistering Your Windows AMI
5. When asked for confirmation, choose Continue.
To stop an AMI copy operation using the command line
• deregister-image (AWS CLI)

• Unregister-EC2Image (AWS Tools for Windows PowerShell)
Deregistering Your Windows AMI

You can deregister a Windows AMI when you have finished using it. After you deregister an AMI, you
can't use it to launch new instances.
When you deregister an AMI, it doesn't affect any instances that you've already launched from the AMI or
any snapshots created for the EBS root volume during the AMI creation process. You'll continue to incur
usage costs for these instances and storage costs for the snapshot. Therefore, you should terminate any
instances that you finished with and delete any snapshots that you are finished with.
The following diagram illustrates the process for cleaning up your Windows AMI.
To clean up your Windows AMI

2. In the navigation pane, choose AMIs. Select the AMI and take note of its ID — this can help you find
the correct snapshot in the next step. Choose Actions, and then Deregister. When prompted for
confirmation, choose Continue.
Note
It can take a few minutes before the console removes the AMI from the list. Choose Refresh
to refresh the status.
3. In the navigation pane, choose Snapshots, and select the snapshot (look for the AMI ID in the
Description column). Choose Actions, and then choose Delete Snapshot. When prompted for
confirmation, choose Yes, Delete.
77
AWS Windows AMIs
4. (Optional) If you are finished with an instance that you launched from the AMI, terminate it. In the
navigation pane, choose Instances. Select the instance, choose Actions, then Instance State, and
then Terminate. When prompted for confirmation, choose Yes, Terminate.
Managed AWS Windows AMIs

AWS provides managed Amazon Machine Images (AMIs) that include various versions and configurations
of Windows Server. In general, the AWS Windows AMIs are configured with the default settings used by
the Microsoft installation media. However, there are customizations. For example, the AWS Windows
AMIs come with the following software and drivers:
• EC2Config service (through Windows Server 2012 R2)

• EC2Launch (Windows Server 2016 and later)
• AWS Systems Manager
• AWS CloudFormation
• AWS Tools for Windows PowerShell
• Network drivers (SRIOV, ENA, Citrix PV)
• Storage drivers (NVMe, AWS PV, Citrix PV)
• Graphics drivers (NVidia GPU, Elastic GPU)
• Spot Instance hibernation
For information about other customizations, see Configuration Changes for AWS Windows
AMIs (p. 80).
Contents
• Updating Your Windows Instance (p. 79)
• Upgrading or Migrating to a Newer Version of Windows Server (p. 79)
• Subscribing to Windows AMI Notifications (p. 79)
• Configuration Changes for AWS Windows AMIs (p. 80)
• Details About AWS Windows AMI Versions (p. 82)
• What to Expect in an Official AWS Windows AMI (p. 82)
• How AWS Decides Which Windows AMIs to Offer (p. 83)
• Patches, Security Updates, and AMI IDs (p. 83)
• Semiannual Channel Releases (p. 84)
• Monthly AMI Updates for 2019 (to date) (p. 84)
• Monthly AMI Updates for 2018 (p. 88)
• Monthly AMI Updates for 2011 and earlier (p. 109)
• Changes in Windows Server 2016 and Later AMIs (p. 109)
• Docker Container Conflict on Windows Server 2016 Instances (p. 110)
• Issue with the Hibernate Agent (2018.03.16 AMIs) (p. 110)
78
Updating Your Windows Instance
• Amazon EC2 Windows Server AMIs for STIG Compliance (p. 111)
• Core and Base Operating System (p. 112)
• Internet Explorer (IE) 11 Using STIG V1 Release 17 (p. 112)
• Microsoft .NET Framework 4.0 Using STIG V1 Release 8: STIGS Not Applied (p. 112)
Updating Your Windows Instance

After you launch a Windows instance, you are responsible for installing updates on it. You can manually
install only the updates that interest you, or you can start from a current AWS Windows AMI and build
a new Windows instance. For information about finding the current AWS Windows AMIs, see Finding a
Windows AMI (p. 51).
Note
Instances should be stateless when updating. For more information, see Managing Your AWS
Infrastructure at Scale.
For Windows instances, you can install updates to the following services or applications:
• Microsoft Windows Server

• Microsoft SQL Server
• Windows PowerShell
• EC2Launch (p. 395)
• EC2Config service (p. 405)
• AWS Systems Manager SSM Agent
• ENA (p. 701)
• NVMe Drivers (p. 445)
• PV Drivers (p. 435)
• AWS Tools for Windows PowerShell
• AWS CloudFormation helper scripts
You can reboot a Windows instance after installing updates. For more information, see Reboot Your
Instance (p. 384).
Upgrading or Migrating to a Newer Version of

Windows Server
For information about how to upgrade or migrate a Windows instance to a newer version of
Windows Server, see Upgrading an Amazon EC2 Windows Instance to a Newer Version of Windows
Server (p. 494).
Subscribing to Windows AMI Notifications

To be notified when new AMIs are released or when previously released AMIs are made private, subscribe
for notifications using Amazon SNS.
To subscribe to Windows AMI notifications
1. Open the Amazon SNS console at https://console.aws.amazon.com/sns/v3/home.
79
Configuration Changes for AWS Windows AMIs
2. In the navigation bar, change the region to US East (N. Virginia), if necessary. You must use this
region because the SNS notifications that you are subscribing to were created in this region.
3. In the navigation pane, choose Subscriptions.
4. Choose Create subscription.
5. For the Create subscription dialog box, do the following:
a. For Topic ARN, copy and paste one of the following Amazon Resource Names (ARNs):
• arn:aws:sns:us-east-1:801119661308:ec2-windows-ami-update
• arn:aws:sns:us-east-1:801119661308:ec2-windows-ami-private
For AWS GovCloud (US):
arn:aws-us-gov:sns:us-gov-west-1:077303321853:ec2-windows-ami-update
b. For Protocol, choose Email.
c. For Endpoint, type an email address that you can use to receive the notifications.
d. Choose Create subscription.
6. You'll receive a confirmation email with the subject line AWS Notification - Subscription
Confirmation. Open the email and choose Confirm subscription to complete your subscription.
Whenever Windows AMIs are released, we send notifications to the subscribers of the ec2-windows-
ami-update topic. Whenever released Windows AMIs are made private, we send notifications to
the subscribers of the ec2-windows-ami-private topic. If you no longer want to receive these
notifications, use the following procedure to unsubscribe.
To unsubscribe from Windows AMI notifications

2. In the navigation bar, change the region to US East (N. Virginia), if necessary. You must use this
region because the SNS notifications were created in this region.
4. Select the subscriptions and then choose Actions, Delete subscriptions When prompted for
confirmation, choose Delete.

The following changes are applied to each AWS Windows AMI.
Clean and Prepare
Change Applies to
Check for pending file renames or reboots, and reboot as needed All AMIs
Delete .dmp files All AMIs
Delete logs (event logs, Systems Manager, EC2Config) All AMIs
Delete temporary folders and files for sysprep All AMIs
Clear recent history (Start menu, Windows Explorer, and so on) Windows Server 2012 R2 and
earlier
Perform virus scan All AMIs
80
Change Applies to
Pre-compile queued .NET assemblies (before sysprep) All AMIs
Run Windows maintenance tools Windows Server 2012 R2 and

later
Restore default values for Internet Explorer All AMIs
Restore default values for EC2Config Windows Server 2012 R2 and

earlier
Set EC2Launch to run at the next launch Windows Server 2016 and later
Reset the Windows wallpaper All AMIs
Run sysprep All AMIs
Install and Configure
Change Applies to
Add links to the Amazon EC2 Windows Guide All AMIs
Attach instance storage volumes to extended mount points All AMIs
Install the current AWS Tools for Windows PowerShell All AMIs
Install the current AWS CloudFormation helper scripts All AMIs
Install the current EC2Config and SSM Agent Windows Server 2012 R2 and
earlier
Install the current EC2Launch and SSM Agent Windows Server 2016 and later
Install the current AWS PV, ENA, and NVMe drivers Windows Server 2008 R2 and
later
Install the current SRIOV drivers Windows Server 2012 R2 and

later
Install the current Citrix PV driver Windows Server 2008 SP2 and
earlier
Install the current EC2WinUtil driver Windows Server 2008 R2 and

later
Install PowerShell 2.0 and 3.0 Windows Server 2008 SP2 and
R2
If Microsoft SQL Server is installed: All AMIs
• Install service packs

• Configure to start automatically
• Add BUILTIN\Administrators to the SysAdmin role
• Open TCP port 1433 and UDP port 1434
Apply the following hotfixes: Windows Server 2008 SP2 and

R2
• MS15-011
81
Details About AWS Windows AMI Versions
Change Applies to
• KB2582281
• KB2634328
• KB2800213
• KB2922223
• KB2394911
• KB2780879
Allow ICMP traffic through the firewall Windows Server 2012 R2 and
earlier
Enable file and printer sharing Windows Server 2012 R2 and

earlier
Disable RunOnce for Internet Explorer All AMIs
Enable remote PowerShell All AMIs
Configure a paging file on the system volume as follows: All AMIs
• Windows Server 2019 - Managed by the system

• Windows Server 2016 -Managed by the system
• Windows Server 2012 R2 - Initial size and max size are 8 GB
• Windows Server 2012 and earlier - Initial size is 512 MB, max size
is 8 GB
Configure an additional system managed paging file on Z:, if Windows Server 2012 R2 and
available earlier
Disable hibernation and delete the hibernation file All AMIs
Set the performance options for best performance All AMIs
Set the power setting to high performance All AMIs
Disable the screen saver password All AMIs
Set the RealTimeIsUniversal registry key All AMIs
Set the timezone to UTC All AMIs
Disable Windows updates and notifications All AMIs
Run Windows Update and reboot until there are no pending All AMIs
updates
Set the display in all power schemes to never turn off All AMIs
Set the PowerShell execution policy to "Unrestricted" All AMIs

What to Expect in an Official AWS Windows AMI
AWS provides AMIs with a variety of configurations for all supported Windows Operating System
versions. For each of these images, AWS:
82
• Installs all Microsoft recommended Windows security patches. We release images shortly after the
monthly Microsoft patches are made available.
• Installs the latest drivers for AWS hardware, including network and disk drivers, EC2WinUtil for
troubleshooting, as well as GPU drivers in selected AMIs.
• Includes AWS helper software, like EC2 Config (p. 404) for Server 2012 R2 and earlier, or EC2
Launch (p. 394) for Server 2016 and later.
• Configures Windows Time to use the AWS Time Service (p. 461).
• Makes changes in all power schemes to set the display to never turn off.
• Performs minor bug fixes – generally one-line registry changes to enable or disable features that we
have found to improve performance on AWS.
Other than the adjustments listed above, we keep our AMIs as close as possible to the default install.
This means we default to the “stock” PowerShell or .NET framework versions, don’t install Windows
Features, and generally don’t change the AMI.
How AWS Decides Which Windows AMIs to Offer

Each AMI is extensively tested prior to release to the general public. We periodically streamline our AMI
offerings to simplify customer choice and to reduce costs.
• New AMI offerings are created for new OS releases. You can count on AWS releasing “Base,” “Core/
Container,” and “SQL Express/Standard/Web/Enterprise” offerings in English and other widely used
languages. The primary difference between Base and Core offerings is that Base offerings have a
desktop/GUI whereas Core offerings are PowerShell command line only. For more information about
Windows Server Core, see https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows-server/administration/server-
core/what-is-server-core.
• New AMI offerings are created to support new platforms – for example, the Deep Learning and
“NVidia” AMIs were created to support customers using our GPU-based instance types (P2 and P3, G2
and G3, etc.).
• Less popular AMIs are sometimes removed. If we see a particular AMI is launched only a few times in
its entire lifespan, we will remove it in favor of more widely used options.
If there is an AMI variant that you would like to see, let us know by filing a ticket with Cloud Support, or
by providing feedback through one of our established channels.
Patches, Security Updates, and AMI IDs

AWS provides updated, fully-patched Windows AMIs within five business days of Microsoft's patch
Tuesday (the second Tuesday of each month). The new AMIs are available immediately through the
Images page in the Amazon EC2 console. The new AMIs are available in the AWS Marketplace and the
Quick Start tab of the launch instance wizard within a few days of their release.
Note
Instances launched from the latest Windows Server 2019 AMIs may show a Windows Update
dialog message stating "Some settings are managed by your organization." This message
appears as a result of changes in Windows Server 2019 and does not impact the behavior of
Windows Update or your ability to manage update settings.
To remove this warning, see "Some settings are managed by your organization".
To ensure that customers have the latest security updates by default, AWS keeps Windows AMIs available
for three months. After releasing new Windows AMIs, AWS makes the Windows AMIs that are older than
three months private within 10 days. After an AMI has been made private, if you look at an instance
launched from that AMI in the console, the AMI ID field states, "Cannot load detail for ami-xxxxx. You
may not be permitted to view it." You can still retrieve the AMI ID using the AWS CLI or an AWS SDK.
83
The Windows AMIs in each release have new AMI IDs. Therefore, we recommend that you write scripts
that locate the latest AWS Windows AMIs by their names, rather than by their IDs. For more information,
see the following examples:
• Get-EC2ImageByName (AWS Tools for Windows PowerShell)

• Query for the Latest Windows AMI Using Systems Manager Parameter Store
• Walkthrough: Looking Up Amazon Machine Image IDs (AWS Lambda, AWS CloudFormation)
Semiannual Channel Releases

AWS provides Windows Server semiannual channel releases that combine the scale, performance, and
elasticity of AWS with the new capabilities in the Semiannual channel release versions of Windows
Server.
The following tables summarize the changes to each release of the AWS Windows AMIs. Note that some
changes apply to all AWS Windows AMIs while others apply to only a subset of these AMIs.
Contents
• Monthly AMI Updates for 2019 (to date) (p. 84)
• Monthly AMI Updates for 2011 and earlier (p. 109)
For more information about components included in these AMIs, see the following:
• EC2Config Version History (p. 416)

• EC2Launch Version History (p. 402)
• Systems Manager SSM Agent Release Notes
• Amazon ENA Driver Versions (p. 702)
• AWS PV Driver Package History (p. 431)
Monthly AMI Updates for 2019 (to date)

For more information about Microsoft updates, see Description of Software Update Services and
Windows Server Update Services changes in content for 2019.
Release Changes
2019.09.12 New Windows AMI
• amzn2-ami-hvm-2.0.20190618-x86_64-gp2-mono
.NET Core 2.2, Mono 5.18, and PowerShell 6.2 pre-installed to run your .NET
applications on Amazon Linux 2 with Long Term Support (LTS)
84
Release Changes
2019.09.11 All AMIs
• AWS PV driver version 8.3.2

• AWS NVMe driver version 1.3.2
• AWS Tools for Windows PowerShell version 3.15.826
• NLA enabled on all OS 2012 RTM to 2019 AMIs
• Intel 82599 VF driver reverted to version 2.0.210.0 (Server 2016) or version
2.1.138.0 (Server 2019) due to customer reported issues. Engagement with
Intel concerning these issues ongoing.
• Windows security updates current to September 10th, 2019
• Windows Defender platform update blocked via registry due to SFC failures
introduced by latest client. Will be reenabled when patch available. See
https://support.microsoft.com/en-us/help/4513240/sfc-incorrectly-flags-
windows-defender-ps-files-as-corrupted. Platform update block: HKLM:
\SOFTWARE\Microsoft\Windows Defender\Miscellaneous Configuration
\PreventPlatformUpdate type=DWORD, value=1
Previous versions of AMIs have been marked private.
New Windows AMIs
New STIG-compliant AMIs available:
• Windows_Server-2012-R2-English-STIG-Full
• Windows_Server-2012-R2-English-STIG-Core
• Windows_Server-2016-English-STIG-Full
• Windows_Server-2016-English-STIG-Core
• Windows_Server-2019-English-STIG-Full
• Windows_Server-2019-English-STIG-Core
Note
NLA is now enabled on all 2012 RTM, 2012 R2, and 2016 AMIs to
increase default RDP security posture. NLA remains enabled on 2019
AMIs.
2019.08.16 All AMIs
• Microsoft security updates current to August 13th, 2019. Includes KBs

addressing CVE-2019-1181, CVE-2019-1182, CVE-2019-1222, and
CVE-2019-1226.
• EC2Config version 4.9.3519
• SSM Agent version 2.3.634.0
• AWS Tools for PowerShell version 3.15.802
• Windows Defender platform update blocked via registry due to SFC failures
introduced by update. Update will be re-enabled when new patch is available.
Note
Starting in September, NLA will be enabled on all 2012 RTM, 2012 R2,
and 2016 AMIs to increase default RDP security posture.
85
Release Changes
2019.07.19 New Windows AMIs
• Windows_Server-2016-English-Full-ECS_Optimized-2019.07.19
• Windows_Server-2019-English-Full-ECS_Optimized-2019.07.19
2019.07.12 All AMIs
• Microsoft security updates current to July 9th, 2019
2019.06.12 All AMIs
• Microsoft security updates current to June 11th, 2019

• AWS SDK version 3.15.756
• AWS PV driver version 8.2.7
• AWS NVMe driver version 1.3.1
• The following "P3" AMIs will be renamed as "Tesla" AMIs. These AMIs will
support all GPU-backed AWS instances using the Tesla driver. P3 AMIs will no
longer be updated after this release and will be removed as part of our regular
cycle.
• Windows_Server-2012-R2_RTM-English-P3-2019.06.12 replaced with
Windows_Server-2012-R2_RTM-English-Tesla-2019.06.12
• Windows_Server-2016-English-P3-2016.06.12 replaced with
Windows_Server-2016-English-Tesla-2019.06.12
New Windows AMIs
• Windows_Server-2019-English-Tesla-2019.06.12
Previous versions of AMIs have been marked private.
2019.05.21 Windows Server, version 1903
• AMIs are now available
2019.05.15 All AMIs
• Microsoft security updates current to May 14th, 2019

2019.04.26 All AMIs
• Fixed AMIs for Windows Server 2019 with SQL to address edge cases where
the first launch of an instance may result in Instance Impairment and Windows
displays the message "Please wait for the User Profile Service".
2019.04.21 All AMIs
• AWS PV Driver rollback to version 8.2.6 from version 8.3.0
86
Release Changes
2019.04.10 All AMIs
• Microsoft security updates current to April 9, 2019

• AWS PV Driver version 8.3.0
• EC2Launch version 1.3.2001360
New Windows AMIs
• Windows_Server-2016-English-Full-SQL_2012_SP4_Standard-2019.04.10
• Windows_Server-2016-English-Full-SQL_2014_SP3_Enterprise-2019.04.10
2019.03.13 All AMIs
• Microsoft security updates current to March 12, 2019

• NVIDIA Tesla driver version 412.29 for Deep Learning and P3 AMIs (https://
nvidia.custhelp.com/app/answers/detail/a_id/4772)
Previous versions of AMIs have been marked private
2019.02.13 All AMIs
• Microsoft security updates current to February 12, 2019

• AWS PV driver 8.2.6
• EBS NVMe tool
SQL 2014 with Service Pack 2 and SQL 2016 with Service Pack 1 will no longer be
updated after this release.
2019.02.09 All AMIs
• Windows AMIs have been updated. New AMIs can be found with the following
date versions:
November "2018.11.29"
December "2018.12.13"
January "2019.02.09"
Previous versions of AMIs have been marked private
87
Release Changes
2019.01.10 All AMIs
• Microsoft security updates current to January 10, 2019

All AMIs with SQL Server
• Latest cumulative updates
Monthly AMI Updates for 2018

Release Changes
2018.12.12 All AMIs
• Microsoft security updates current to December 12, 2018

New Windows AMIs
• Windows_Server-2012-R2_RTM-Japanese-64Bit-
SQL_2014_SP3_Standard-2018.12.12
SQL_2014_SP3_Express-2018.12.12
• Windows_Server-2012-R2_RTM-English-64Bit-
SQL_2014_SP3_Enterprise-2018.12.12
SQL_2014_SP3_Express-2018.12.12
SQL_2014_SP3_Web-2018.12.12
• Windows_Server-2012-RTM-Japanese-64Bit-
SQL_2014_SP3_Express-2018.12.12
• Windows_Server-2012-RTM-Japanese-64Bit-
• Windows_Server-2012-RTM-Japanese-64Bit-SQL_2014_SP3_Web-2018.12.12
• Windows_Server-2012-RTM-English-64Bit-
• Windows_Server-2012-RTM-English-64Bit-SQL_2014_SP3_Express-2018.12.12
88
Release Changes
• Windows_Server-2012-RTM-English-64Bit-SQL_2014_SP3_Web-2018.12.12
SQL_2016_SP2_Web-2018.12.12
SQL_2016_SP2_Express-2018.12.12
SQL_2016_SP2_Enterprise-2018.12.12
SQL_2016_SP2_Express-2018.12.12
SQL_2016_SP2_Web-2018.12.12
• Windows_Server-2016-Korean-Full-SQL_2016_SP2_Standard-2018.12.12
• Windows_Server-2016-Japanese-Full-SQL_2016_SP2_Enterprise-2018.12.12
• Windows_Server-2016-Japanese-Full-SQL_2016_SP2_Web-2018.12.12
• Windows_Server-2016-English-Full-SQL_2016_SP2_Web-2018.12.12
• Windows_Server-2016-Japanese-Full-SQL_2016_SP2_Standard-2018.12.12
• Windows_Server-2016-English-Full-SQL_2016_SP2_Express-2018.12.12
• Windows_Server-2016-English-Core-SQL_2016_SP2_Enterprise-2018.12.12
• Windows_Server-2016-English-Core-SQL_2016_SP2_Web-2018.12.12
• Windows_Server-2016-English-Core-SQL_2016_SP2_Express-2018.12.12
• Windows_Server-2016-English-Core-SQL_2016_SP2_Standard-2018.12.12
• Windows_Server-2016-Japanese-Full-SQL_2016_SP2_Standard-2018.12.12
• Windows_Server-2016-Korean-Full-SQL_2016_SP2_Standard-2018.12.12
• Windows_Server-2019-Spanish-Full-Base-2018.12.12
• Windows_Server-2019-Japanese-Full-Base-2018.12.12
• Windows_Server-2019-Portuguese_Portugal-Full-Base-2018.12.12
• Windows_Server-2019-Chinese_Traditional-Full-Base-2018.12.12
• Windows_Server-2019-Italian-Full-Base-2018.12.12
• Windows_Server-2019-Swedish-Full-Base-2018.12.12
• Windows_Server-2019-English-Core-Base-2018.12.12
• Windows_Server-2019-Hungarian-Full-Base-2018.12.12
• Windows_Server-2019-Polish-Full-Base-2018.12.12
• Windows_Server-2019-Turkish-Full-Base-2018.12.12
• Windows_Server-2019-Korean-Full-Base-2018.12.12
• Windows_Server-2019-Dutch-Full-Base-2018.12.12
• Windows_Server-2019-German-Full-Base-2018.12.12
• Windows_Server-2019-Russian-Full-Base-2018.12.12
• Windows_Server-2019-Czech-Full-Base-2018.12.12
• Windows_Server-2019-English-Full-Base-2018.12.12
• Windows_Server-2019-French-Full-Base-2018.12.12
• Windows_Server-2019-Portuguese_Brazil-Full-Base-2018.12.12
89
Release Changes
• Windows_Server-2019-Chinese_Simplified-Full-Base-2018.12.12
• Windows_Server-2019-English-Full-HyperV-2018.12.12
• Windows_Server-2019-English-Full-ContainersLatest-2018.12.12
• Windows_Server-2019-English-Core-ContainersLatest-2018.12.12
• Windows_Server-2019-English-Full-SQL_2017_Enterprise-2018.12.12
• Windows_Server-2019-English-Full-SQL_2017_Standard-2018.12.12
• Windows_Server-2019-English-Full-SQL_2017_Web-2018.12.12
• Windows_Server-2019-English-Full-SQL_2017_Express-2018.12.12
• Windows_Server-2019-English-Full-SQL_2016_SP2_Enterprise-2018.12.12
• Windows_Server-2019-English-Full-SQL_2016_SP2_Web-2018.12.12
• Windows_Server-2019-English-Full-SQL_2016_SP2_Express-2018.12.12
Updated Linux AMI
• amzn2-ami-hvm-2.0.20180622.1-x86_64-gp2-dotnetcore-2018.12.12
2018.11.28 All AMIs
• SSM Agent version 3.235.0

• Changes in all power schemes to set the display to never turn off
2018.11.20 Windows_Server-2016-English-Deep-Learning
Windows_Server-2016-English-Deep-Learning
• TensorFlow version 1.12

• MXNet version 1.3
• NVIDIA version 392.05
2018.11.19 All AMIs
• Microsoft security updates current to November 19, 2018

• AWS SDK version 3.15.602.0
• Intel Chipset INF configurations to support new instance types
Windows Server, version 1809
• AMIs are now available.
90
Release Changes
2018.10.14 All AMIs
• Microsoft security updates current to October 9, 2018

• AWS Tools for Windows PowerShell version 3.3.365.0
• CloudFormation version 1.4.31
• AWS PV Driver version 8.2.4
• AWS PCI Serial Driver version 1.0.0.0 (support for Windows 2008R2 and 2012
on Bare Metal instances
• ENA Driver version 1.5.0
Microsoft Windows Server 2016 Datacenter and Standard Editions for Nano
Server
Microsoft ended mainstream support for Windows Server 2016 Datacenter and
Standard Editions for Nano Server installation options as of April 10, 2018 (see
the Microsoft Support Lifecycle page for more details).
Additional information about Nano Server lifecycle, including details on launching

Nano Server as a container, can be found here: https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/
windows-server/get-started/nano-in-semi-annual-channel.
2018.09.15 All AMIs
• Microsoft security updates current to September 12, 2018

• AWS NVMe Driver version 1.3 0
• EC2 WinUtil Driver version 2.0.0
Microsoft Windows Server 2016 Base Nano
Access to all public versions of Windows_Server-2016-English-Nano-Base will be

removed in September 2018. Additional information about Nano Server lifecycle,
including details on launching Nano Server as a Container, can be found here:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows-server/get-started/nano-in-semi-
annual-channel.
91
Release Changes
2018.08.15 All AMIs
• Microsoft security updates current to August 14, 2018

• AMIs now default to use Amazon's NTP service at IP 169.254.169.123 for time
synchronization. For more information, see Default NTP Settings for Amazon
Windows AMIs (p. 461).
Microsoft Windows Server 2016 Base Nano
Access to all public versions of Windows_Server-2016-English-Nano-Base will be

removed in September 2018. Additional information about Nano Server lifecycle,
including details on launching Nano Server as a Container, can be found here:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows-server/get-started/nano-in-semi-
annual-channel.
2018.07.11 All AMIs
• Microsoft security updates current to July 10, 2018

• SSM Agent 2.2.800.0
2018.06.22 Windows Server 2008 R2
• Resolves an issue with the 2018.06.13 AMIs when changing an instance from a
previous generation to a current generation (for example, M4 to M5).
2018.06.13 All AMIs
• Microsoft security updates current to June 12, 2018

• SSM Agent 2.2.619.0
• AWS Tools for Windows PowerShell 3.3.283.0
• AWS NVMe driver 1.2.0
2018.05.09 All AMIs
• Microsoft security updates current to May 9, 2018

• SSM Agent 2.2.493.0
Windows Server, version 1709 and Windows Server, version 1803
• AMIs are now available. For more information, see Windows Server version
1709 and 1803 AMIs for Amazon EC2.
92
Release Changes
2018.04.11 All AMIs

• SSM Agent 2.2.392.0
• AWS CloudFormation templates 1.4.30
• Serial INF and Intel Chipset INF configurations to support new instance types
SQL Server 2017
• Cumulative update 5 (CU5)
SQL Server 2016 SP1
• Cumulative update 8 (CU8)
2018.03.24 All AMIs

• SSM Agent 2.2.355.0
• AWS PV driver 8.2
• AWS ENA driver 1.2.3.0
• Amazon EC2 Hibernate Agent 1.0 (rollback from 2.1.0 in the 2018.03.16 AMI
release)
• AWS EC2WinUtilDriver 1.0.1 (for troubleshooting)
Windows Server 2016
• EC2Launch 1.3.2000080
2018.03.16 AWS has removed all Windows AMIs dated 2018.03.16 due to an issue with
an unquoted path in the configuration for the Amazon EC2 Hibernate Agent.
For more information, see Issue with the Hibernate Agent (2018.03.16
AMIs) (p. 110).
2018.03.06 All AMIs
2018.02.23 All AMIs
• AWS PV driver 7.4.6 (rollback from 8.2 in the 2018.02.13 AMI release)
93
Release Changes
2018.02.13 All AMIs
• Microsoft security updates current to February 13, 2018

• SSM Agent 2.2.160.0
• AWS PV driver 8.2
• AWS ENA driver 1.2.3.0
• AWS NVMe driver 1.0.0.146
• Amazon EC2 HibernateAgent 1.0.0
Windows Server 2016
• EC2Launch 1.3.740
2018.01.12 All AMIs
2018.01.05 All AMIs
• Microsoft security updates current to January 2018

• Registry settings to enable mitigations for the Spectre and Meltdown exploits
• AWS Tools for Windows PowerShell 3.3.215

Release Changes
2017.12.13 All AMIs

• AWS NVMe driver 1.02
• SSM Agent 2.2.93.0
2017.11.29 All AMIs
• Removed components for Volume Shadow Copy Service (VSS) included in

2017.11.18 and 2017.11.19 due to a compatibility issue with Windows Backup.
2017.11.19 All AMIs
• EC2 Hibernate Agent 1.0 (supports hibernation for Spot Instances)
94
Release Changes
2017.11.18 All AMIs
• Microsoft security updates current to November 14, 2017

• Elastic Network Adapter (ENA) driver 1.08 (rollback from 1.2.2 in the
2017.10.13 AMI release)
• Query for the latest Windows AMI using Systems Manager Parameter Store
Windows Server 2016
2017.10.13 All AMIs

• Elastic Network Adapter (ENA) driver 1.2.2. (Windows Server 2008 R2 through
Windows Server 2016)
2017.10.04 Microsoft SQL Server
Windows Server 2016 with Microsoft SQL Server 2017 AMIs are now public in all
regions.
• Windows_Server-2016-English-Full-SQL_2017_Enterprise-2017.10.04
• Windows_Server-2016-English-Full-SQL_2017_Standard-2017.10.04
• Windows_Server-2016-English-Full-SQL_2017_Web-2017.10.04
• Windows_Server-2016-English-Full-SQL_2017_Express-2017.10.04
Microsoft SQL Server 2017 supports the following features:
• Machine Learning Services with Python (ML and AI) and R language support
• Automatic database tuning
• Clusterless Availability Groups
• Runs on Red Hat Enterprise Linux (RHEL), SUSE Linux Enterprise Server
(SLES), and Ubuntu. For more information, see the following Microsoft article:
Installation guidance for SQL Server on Linux. Not supported on Amazon Linux.
• Windows-Linux cross-OS migrations
• Resumable online index rebuild
• Improved adaptive query processing
• Graph data support
95
Release Changes
2017.09.13 All AMIs

• SSM Agent 2.0.952.0
2017.08.09 All AMIs

• SSM Agent 2.0.879.0
Windows Server 2012 R2
• Due to an internal error, these AMIs were released with an older version of AWS
Tools for Windows PowerShell, 3.3.58.0.
2017.07.13 All AMIs
• Microsoft security updates current to July 13, 2017

• SSM Agent 2.0.847.0
Windows Server 2016
• Intel SRIOV Driver 2.0.210.0
2017.06.14 All AMIs
• Microsoft security updates current to June 14, 2017

• Updates for .NET Framework 4.7 installed from Windows Update
• Microsoft updates to address the "privilege not held" error using the PowerShell
Stop-Computer cmdlet. For more information, see Privilege not held error on
the Microsoft site.
• SSM Agent 2.0.805.0
• Internet Explorer 11 for the desktop is the default, instead of the immersive
Internet Explorer
Windows Server 2016
2017.05.30 The Windows_Server-2008-SP2-English-32Bit-Base-2017.05.10 AMI was updated

to the Windows_Server-2008-SP2-English-32Bit-Base-2017.05.30 AMI to resolve
an issue with password generation.
96
Release Changes
2017.05.22 The Windows_Server-2016-English-Full-Base-2017.05.10 AMI was updated to

the Windows_Server-2016-English-Full-Base-2017.05.22 AMI after some log
cleaning.
2017.05.10 All AMIs
• Microsoft security updates current to May 9, 2017

• AWS PV Driver v7.4.6
Windows Server 2016
• SSM Agent 2.0.767
2017.04.12 All AMIs

Windows Server 2003 to Windows Server 2012

• SSM Agent 2.0.761.0
Windows Server 2016
• SSM Agent 2.0.730.0
2017.03.15 All AMIs

• Current AWS Tools for Windows PowerShell
• Current AWS CloudFormation templates

• SSM Agent 2.0.682.0
Windows Server 2016
• SSM Agent 2.0.706.0

• EC2Launch v1.3.540
2017.02.21 Microsoft recently announced that they will not release monthly patches or
security updates for the month of February. All February patches and security
updates will be included in the March update.
Amazon Web Services did not release updated Windows Server AMIs in February.
97
Release Changes
2017.01.11 All AMIs

• Current AWS CloudFormation templates

• SSM Agent 2.0.599.0

Release Changes
2016.12.14 All AMIs

• Released EC2Config version 4.1.1396

• Elastic Network Adapter (ENA) driver 1.0.9.0 (Windows Server 2008 R2 only)
Windows Server 2016
New AMIs available in all regions:
• Windows_Server-2016-English-Core-Base
Microsoft SQL Server
All Microsoft SQL Server AMIs with the latest service pack are now public in all
regions. These new AMIs replace old SQL Service Pack AMIs going forward.
• Windows_Server-2008-R2_SP1-English-64Bit-
SQL_2012_SP3_edition-2016.12.14
SQL_2012_SP3_edition-2016.12.14
SQL_2014_SP2_edition-2016.12.14
SQL_2014_SP2_edition-2016.12.14
SQL_2016_SP1_edition-2016.12.14
98
Release Changes
• Windows_Server-2016-English-Full-SQL_2016_SP1_edition-2016.12.14
SQL Server 2016 SP1 is a major release. The following features, which were
previously available in Enterprise edition only, are now enabled in Standard, Web,
and Express editions with SQL Server 2016 SP1:
• Row-level security
• Dynamic Data Masking
• Change Data Capture
• Database snapshot
• Column store
• Partitioning
• Compression
• In Memory OLTP
• Always Encrypted
2016.11.23 Windows Server 2003 to Windows Server 2012
• Released EC2Config version 4.1.1378

• The AMIs released this month, and going forward, use the EC2Config service
to process boot-time configurations and SSM Agent to process AWS Systems
Manager Run Command and Config requests. EC2Config no longer processes
requests for Systems Manager Run Command and State Manager. The latest
EC2Config installer installs SSM Agent side-by-side with the EC2Config service.
For more information, see EC2Config and AWS Systems Manager (p. 407).
2016.11.09 All AMIs
• Microsoft security updates current to November 8 2016

• Released AWS PV driver, version 7.4.3.0 for Windows 2008 R2 and later
2016.10.18 All AMIs

Windows Server 2016
• Released AMIs for Windows Server 2016. These AMIs include significant
changes. For example, they don't include the EC2Config service. For more
information, see Changes in Windows Server 2016 and Later AMIs (p. 109).
2016.9.14 All AMIs

• Renamed AMI Windows_Server-2012-RTM-Japanese-64Bit-
SQL_2008_R3_SP2_Standard to Windows_Server-2012-RTM-Japanese-64Bit-
SQL_2008_R2_SP3_Standard
99
Release Changes
2016.8.26 All Windows Server 2008 R2 AMIs dated 2016.08.11 were updated to fix a known
issue. New AMIs are dated 2016.08.25.
2016.8.11 All AMIs
• Ec2Config v3.19.1153
• Enabled the registry key User32 exception handler hardening feature in
Internet Explorer for MS15-124
Windows Server 2008 R2, Windows Server 2012 RTM, and Windows
Server 2012 R2
• Elastic Network Adapter (ENA) Driver 1.0.8.0

• ENA AMI property set to enabled
• AWS PV Driver for Windows Server 2008 R2 was re-released this month
because of a known issue. Windows Server 2008 R2 AMI's were removed in July
because of this issue.
2016.8.2 All Windows Server 2008 R2 AMIs for July were removed and rolled back to AMIs
dated 2016.06.15, because of an issue discovered in the AWS PV driver. The AWS
PV driver issue has been fixed. The August AMI release will include Windows
Server 2008 R2 AMIs with the fixed AWS PV driver and July/August Windows
updates.
2016.7.26 All AMIs
• Ec2Config v3.18.1118
• 2016.07.13 AMIs were missing security patches. AMIs were re-patched.
Additional processes were put in place to verify successful patch installations
going forward.
2016.7.13 All AMIs
• Microsoft security updates current to July 2016

• Updated AWS PV Driver 7.4.2.0
• AWS PV Driver for Windows Server 2008 R2
2016.6.16 All AMIs
• Microsoft security updates current to June 2016

• EC2Config service version 3.17.1032
Microsoft SQL Server
• Released 10 AMIs that include 64-bit versions of Microsoft SQL Server

2016. If using the Amazon EC2 console, navigate to Images, AMIs, Public
Images, and type Windows_Server-2012-R2_RTM-English-64Bit-
SQL_2016_Standard in the search bar. For more information, see What's New
in SQL Server 2016 on MSDN.
100
Release Changes
2016.5.11 All AMIs
• Microsoft security updates current to May 2016

• MS15-011 Active Directory patch installed
• Intel SRIOV Driver 1.0.16.1
2016.4.13 All AMIs
• Microsoft security updates current to April 2016

2016.3.9 All AMIs
• Microsoft security updates current to March 2016

2016.2.10 All AMIs
• Microsoft security updates current to February 2016

2016.1.25 All AMIs

2016.1.5 All AMIs

Release Changes
2015.12.15 All AMIs
• Microsoft security updates current to December 2015

101
Release Changes
2015.11.11 All AMIs
• Microsoft security updates current to November 2015

• CFN Agent updated to latest version
2015.10.26 Corrected boot volume sizes of base AMIs to be 30GB instead of 35GB
2015.10.14 All AMIs
• Microsoft security updates current to October 2015

• Updated SQL Service Packs to latest versions for all SQL variants
• Removed old entries in Event Logs
• AMI Names have been changed to reflect the latest service pack.
For example, the latest AMI with Server 2012 and SQL 2014
Standard is named “Windows_Server-2012-RTM-English-64Bit-
SQL_2014_SP1_Standard-2015.10.26“, not “Windows_Server-2012-RTM-
English-64Bit-SQL_2014_RTM_Standard-2015.10.26“.
2015.9.9 All AMIs
• Microsoft security updates current to September 2015

• Current AWS CloudFormation helper scripts
2015.8.18 All AMIs
• Microsoft security updates current to August 2015

Only AMIs with Windows Server 2012 and Windows Server 2012 R2
• AWS PV Driver 7.3.2
2015.7.21 All AMIs

• Modified AMI descriptions of SQL images for consistency
102
Release Changes
2015.6.10 All AMIs

Only AMIs with Windows Server 2012 R2
2015.5.13 All AMIs

2015.04.15 All AMIs

2015.03.11 All AMIs

2015.02.11 All AMIs

2015.01.14 All AMIs

103

Release Changes
2014.12.10 All AMIs

2014.11.19 All AMIs

2014.10.15 All AMIs

• AWS PV Driver 7.2.4.1 (resolves the issues with Plug and Play Cleanup, which is
now enabled by default)
2014.09.10 All AMIs

• Disable Plug and Play Cleanup (see Important information)

• AWS PV Driver 7.2.2.1 (resolves issues with the uninstaller)
2014.08.13 All AMIs

• AWS PV Driver 7.2.2.1 (improves disk performance, resolves issues with

reconnecting multiple network interfaces and lost network settings)
104
Release Changes
2014.07.10 All AMIs

2014.06.12 All AMIs

• Removed NVIDIA drivers (except for Windows Server 2012 R2 AMIs)
2014.05.14 All AMIs

• AWS CloudFormation helper scripts version 1.4.0
2014.04.09 All AMIs

2014.03.12 All AMIs
2014.02.12 All AMIs

• KB2634328
• Remove the BCDEdit useplatformclock value
Only AMIs with Microsoft SQL Server
• Microsoft SQL Server 2012 SP1 cumulative update package 8

• Microsoft SQL Server 2008 R2 cumulative update package 10

105
Release Changes
2013.11.13 All AMIs

• Configure NTP to synchronize the time once a day (the default is every seven
days)
Only AMIs with Windows Server 2012
• Clean up the WinSXS folder using the following command: dism /online /
cleanup-image /StartComponentCleanup
2013.09.11 All AMIs

2013.07.10 All AMIs

• Expanded the root volume to 50 GB
• Set the page file to 512 MB, expanding to 8 GB as needed
2013.06.12 All AMIs

• Microsoft SQL Server 2012 SP1 with cumulative update package 4
2013.05.15 All AMIs

• All instance store volumes attached by default
• Remote PowerShell enabled by default
2013.04.14 All AMIs

106
Release Changes
2013.03.14 All AMIs

• Citrix Agent with CPU heartbeat fix
2013.02.22 All AMIs

• KB2800213
• Windows PowerShell 3.0 upgrade
• Citrix Agent with time fix
• Citrix PV drivers dated 2011.07.19
• Microsoft SQL Server 2012 cumulative update package 5

Release Changes
2012.12.12 All AMIs

• Set the ActiveTimeBias registry value to 0
• Disable IPv6 for the network adapter
• Add AWS Tools for Windows PowerShell and set the policy to allow import-
module
2012.11.15 All AMIs

2012.10.10 All AMIs
107
Release Changes
2012.08.15 All AMIs

• KB2545227
2012.07.11 All AMIs
2012.06.12 All AMIs

• Set page file to 4 GB
• Remove installed language packs
• Set performance option to "Adjust for best performance"
• Set the screen saver to no longer display the logon screen on resume
• Remove previous RedHat driver versions using pnputil
• Remove duplicate bootloaders and set bootstatuspolicy to ignoreallfailures
using bcdedit
2012.05.10 All AMIs

2012.04.11 All AMIs

• KB2582281
• Current version of EC2Config
• System time in UTC instead of GMT
2012.03.13 All AMIs
2012.02.24 All AMIs

• Standardize AMI names and descriptions
2012.01.12 All AMIs

• RedHat PV driver version 1.3.10
108
Changes in Windows Server 2016 and Later AMIs
Monthly AMI Updates for 2011 and earlier
Release Changes
2011.09.11 All AMIs
1.04 All AMIs
• Current Microsoft security updates

• Update network driver
• Fix issue with instances in a VPC losing connectivity when changing the time
zone of the instance
1.02 All AMIs

• Update network driver
• Add support for licensing activation for instances in a VPC
1.01 All AMIs

• Fix issue with password improperly generated while waiting for network
availability
1.0 All AMIs
• Initial release
Changes in Windows Server 2016 and Later AMIs

AWS provides AMIs for Windows Server 2016 and later. These AMIs include the following high-level
changes from earlier Windows AMIs:
• To accommodate the change from .NET Framework to .NET Core, the EC2Config service has been
deprecated on Windows Server 2016 AMIs and replaced by EC2Launch. EC2Launch is a bundle of
Windows PowerShell scripts that perform many of the tasks performed by the EC2Config service. For
more information, see Configuring a Windows Instance Using EC2Launch (p. 394).
• On earlier versions of Windows Server AMIs, you can use the EC2Config service to join an EC2 instance
to a domain and configure integration with Amazon CloudWatch. On Windows Server 2016 and later
AMIs, you can use the CloudWatch agent to configure integration with Amazon CloudWatch. For
more information about configuring instances to send log data to CloudWatch, see Collect Metrics
and Logs from Amazon EC2 Instances and On-Premises Servers with the CloudWatch Agent. For
information about joining an EC2 instance to a domain, see Join an Instance to a Domain Using the
AWS-JoinDirectoryServiceDomain JSON Document in the AWS Systems Manager User Guide.
Other Differences
Note these additional important differences for instances created from Windows Server 2016 and later
AMIs.
109
Docker Container Conflict on
Windows Server 2016 Instances
• By default, EC2Launch does not initialize secondary EBS volumes. You can configure EC2Launch to
initialize disks automatically by either scheduling the script to run or by calling EC2Launch in user data.
For the procedure to initialize disks using EC2Launch, see "Initialize Drives and Drive Letter Mappings"
in Configuring EC2Launch (p. 396).
• If you previously enabled CloudWatch integration on your instances by using a local configuration
file (AWS.EC2.Windows.CloudWatch.json), you can configure the file to work with the SSM Agent on
instances created from Windows Server 2016 and later AMIs.
For more information, see Windows Server 2019 on Microsoft.com.
Docker Container Conflict on Windows Server 2016

Instances
If you run the Docker service on Windows Server 2016 AMIs, the service is configured to use a different
CIDR value than the default internal IP address prefix value. The default value is 172.16.0.0/12. Windows
Server 2016 AMIs use 172.17.0.0/16 to avoid a conflict with the default Amazon EC2 VPC/subnet. If
you don't change VPC/subnet settings for your EC2 instances, then you don't need to do anything.
The conflict is essentially avoided because of the different CIDR values. If you do change VPC/subnet
settings, be aware of these internal IP address prefix values and avoid creating a conflict. For more
information, read the following section.
Important
If you plan to run Docker on a Windows Server 2016 instance, you must create the instance
from the following Amazon Machine Image (AMI) or an AMI based on an image with
Windows_Server-2016-English-Full-Containers in the name. Otherwise, if you use a
different Windows Server 2016 AMI, instances fail to boot correctly after installing Docker and
then running Sysprep.
Issue with the Hibernate Agent (2018.03.16 AMIs)

After the release of the 2018.03.16 Windows AMIs, we discovered an unquoted path in the configuration
of the Amazon EC2 Hibernate Agent. The agent was included in the AMIs for Windows Server 2008
through Windows Server 2016. This issue does not impact the AMIs for Windows Server 2003.
AWS has removed the Windows AMIs dated 2018.03.16. To be notified when new Windows AMIs are
available, see Subscribing to Windows AMI Notifications (p. 79).
To mitigate the issue, you can use one of the following procedures to add the missing quotation marks.
If the agent is running, you must also restart the agent. Alternatively, you can terminate any instances
that you launched from a 2018.03.16 Windows AMI and replace them with instances launched using a
different AMI.
Windows PowerShell
1. On your Windows instance, open Windows Powershell.

2. Use the following command to update the configuration, adding the missing quotation marks:
cmd /c 'sc config EC2HibernateAgent binPath="\"%ProgramFiles%\Amazon\Hibernate

\EC2HibernateAgent.exe\""'
3. Use the following command to view the updated configuration:
(Get-ItemProperty -Path Registry::HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Services

\EC2HibernateAgent\).ImagePath
110
AMIs for STIG Compliance
Verify that the response is enclosed in quotation marks, as shown in the following example:
"C:\Program Files\Amazon\Hibernate\EC2HibernateAgent.exe"
4. Use the following command to check whether Status is Running:
Get-Service EC2HibernateAgent
If the agent is running, you must restart it using the following command so that the change takes
effect:
Restart-Service EC2HibernateAgent
Command Prompt
1. On your Windows instance, open a Command Prompt window.

2. Use the following command to update the configuration, adding the missing quotation marks:
sc config EC2HibernateAgent binPath="\"%ProgramFiles%\Amazon\Hibernate

\EC2HibernateAgent.exe\""
3. Use the following command to view the updated configuration:
sc qc EC2HibernateAgent
Verify that the path in BINARY_PATH_NAME is enclosed in quotation marks, as shown in the
following example:
"C:\Program Files\Amazon\Hibernate\EC2HibernateAgent.exe"
4. Use the following command to check whether STATE is RUNNING:
sc query EC2HibernateAgent
If the agent is running, you must restart it using the following command so that the change takes
effect:
sc stop EC2HibernateAgent && sc start EC2HibernateAgent
Amazon EC2 Windows Server AMIs for STIG

Compliance
Security Technical Implementation Guides (STIGs) are the configuration standards created by the
Defense Information Systems Agency (DISA) to secure information systems and software. To make
your systems compliant with STIG standards, you must install, configure, and test a variety of security
settings. Amazon EC2 Windows Server AMIs for STIG Compliance are pre-configured with over 160
required security settings. STIG-compliant operating systems include Windows Server 2012 R2, Windows
Server 2016, and Windows Server 2019. The STIG-compliant AMIs include updated Department of
Defense (DoD) certificates to help you get started and achieve STIG compliance. There are no additional
charges for using STIG-compliant AMIs.
111
AMIs for STIG Compliance
Amazon EC2 Windows Server AMIs for STIG compliance are available in all public AWS and GovCloud
regions. You can launch instances from these AMIs directly from the Amazon EC2 console. They are billed
using standard Windows pricing.
The following lists and tables show the STIGs that have not been applied to each Operating System, by
category, unless otherwise indicated.
Topics
• Core and Base Operating System (p. 112)
• Internet Explorer (IE) 11 Using STIG V1 Release 17 (p. 112)
• Microsoft .NET Framework 4.0 Using STIG V1 Release 8: STIGS Not Applied (p. 112)
Core and Base Operating System

The following STIG settings have not been applied. All other applicable STIGs have been
applied. For complete list, see https://dl.dod.cyber.mil/wp-content/uploads/stigs/zip/
U_MS_Windows_2012_and_2012_R2_MS_V2R16_STIG.zip.
Windows Server 2012 R2 STIG V2 Release 16
V-1072, V-1074, V-1076, V-1089, V-1112, V-1114, V-1115, V-1127, V-1145, V-2907, V-3289,
V-3383, V-3472, V-3487, V-6840, V-7002, V-14225, V-15505, V-26359, V-36451, V-36658,
V-36659, V-36661, V-36662, V-36666, V-36670, V-36671, V-36672, V-36678, V-36733, V-36734,
V-36735, V-36736, V-40172, V-40173, V-42420, V-57637, V-57641, V-57645, V-57653, V-57655,
V-57719, and V-75915
Windows Server 2016 STIG V1 Release 9
V-73217, V-73221, V-73223, V-73225, V-73229, V-73231, V-73233, V-73235, V-73241, V-73245,
V-73259, V-73261, V-73263, V-73265, V-73273, V-73275, V-73277, V-73279, V-73281, V-73283,
V-73285, V-73307, V-73401, V-73403, V-73623, V-73625, V-73647, V-73649, V-73701, V-78127,
and V-90357
Windows Server 2019 STIG V1 Release 2
V-92975, V-92977, V-93091, V-93147, V-93149, V-93183, V-93185, V-93187, V-93203, V-93205,
V-93209, V-93217, V-93219, V-93227, V-93229, V-93231, V-93281, V-93283, V-93339, V-93369,
V-93379, V-93381, V-93437, V-93439, V-93457, V-93461, V-93473, V-93475, V-93511, V-93515,
V-93541, V-93543, V-93567, and V-93571
Internet Explorer (IE) 11 Using STIG V1 Release 17

All STIG settings related to Internet Explorer have been applied. For complete list, see https://
dl.dod.cyber.mil/wp-content/uploads/stigs/zip/U_MS_IE11_V1R17_STIG.zip.
Windows Server 2012 R2, 2016, and 2019
All STIG settings applied.
Microsoft .NET Framework 4.0 Using STIG V1 Release 8: STIGS

Not Applied
The following STIGs have not been applied. All other applicable STIG settings have been
applied. For complete list, see https://dl.dod.cyber.mil/wp-content/uploads/stigs/zip/
U_MS_DotNet_Framework_4-0_V1R8_STIG.zip.
112
Create an AMI Using Sysprep
V-7055, V-7061, V-7063, V-7067, V-7069, V-7070, V-18395, V-30926, V-30935, V-30937, V-30968,
V-30972, V-30986, V-31026, and V-32025
Create a Standard Amazon Machine Image Using

Sysprep
The Microsoft System Preparation (Sysprep) tool simplifies the process of duplicating a customized
installation of Windows. We recommend that you use Sysprep to create a standardized Amazon Machine
Image (AMI). You can then create new Amazon EC2 instances for Windows from this standardized image.
We also recommend that you run Sysprep with EC2Launch (Windows Server 2016 and later) or the
EC2Config service (prior to Windows Server 2016).
Important
Don't use Sysprep to create an instance backup. Sysprep removes system-specific information;
removing this information might have unintended consequences for an instance backup.
Contents
• Before You Begin (p. 113)
• Using Sysprep with the EC2Config Service (p. 113)
• Run Sysprep with the EC2Config Service (p. 116)
• Troubleshooting Sysprep (p. 117)
Before You Begin

• Before performing Sysprep, we recommend that you remove all local user accounts and all account
profiles other than a single administrator account under which Sysprep will be executed. If you
perform Sysprep with additional accounts and profiles, unexpected behavior could result, including
loss of profile data or failure to complete Sysprep.
• Learn more about Sysprep on Microsoft TechNet.
• Learn which server roles are supported for Sysprep.
• The procedures on this page apply to E2Config. With Windows Server 2016 and later, see Using
Sysprep with EC2Launch (p. 399).
Using Sysprep with the EC2Config Service

Learn the details of the different Sysprep execution phases and the tasks performed by the EC2Config
service as the image is prepared.
Sysprep Phases
Sysprep runs through the following phases:
• Generalize: The tool removes image-specific information and configurations. For example, Sysprep
removes the security identifier (SID), the computer name, the event logs, and specific drivers, to name
a few. After this phase is completed, the operating system (OS) is ready to create an AMI.
Note
When you run Sysprep with the EC2Config service, the system prevents drivers from being
removed because the PersistAllDeviceInstalls setting is set to true by default.
113
• Specialize: Plug and Play scans the computer and installs drivers for any detected devices. The tool
generates OS requirements like the computer name and SID. Optionally, you can execute commands in
this phase.
• Out-of-Box Experience (OOBE): The system runs an abbreviated version of Windows Setup and asks
the user to enter information such as a system language, the time zone, and a registered organization.
When you run Sysprep with EC2Config, the answer file automates this phase.
Sysprep Actions
Sysprep and the EC2Config service perform the following actions when preparing an image.
1. When you choose Shutdown with Sysprep in the EC2 Service Properties dialog box, the system runs
the ec2config.exe –sysprep command.
2. The EC2Config service reads the content of the BundleConfig.xml file. This file is located in the
following directory, by default: C:\Program Files\Amazon\Ec2ConfigService\Settings.
The BundleConfig.xml file includes the following settings. You can change these settings:
• AutoSysprep: Indicates whether to use Sysprep automatically. You do not need to change this value
if you are running Sysprep from the EC2 Service Properties dialog box. The default value is No.
• SetRDPCertificate: Sets a self-signed certificate for the Remote Desktop server. This enables
you to securely use the Remote Desktop Protocol (RDP) to connect to the instance. Change the
value to Yes if new instances should use a certificate. This setting is not used with Windows Server
2008 or Windows Server 2012 instances because these operating systems can generate their own
certificates. The default value is No.
• SetPasswordAfterSysprep: Sets a random password on a newly launched instance, encrypts it with
the user launch key, and outputs the encrypted password to the console. Change the value to No if
new instances should not be set to a random encrypted password. The default value is Yes.
• PreSysprepRunCmd: The location of the command to run. The command is located in the following
directory, by default: C:\Program Files\Amazon\Ec2ConfigService\Scripts\BeforeSysprep.cmd
3. The system executes BeforeSysprep.cmd. This command creates a registry key as follows:
reg add "HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Control\Terminal Server" /v

fDenyTSConnections /t REG_DWORD /d 1 /f
The registry key disables RDP connections until they are re-enabled. Disabling RDP connections is
a necessary security measure because, during the first boot session after Sysprep has run, there is a
short period of time where RDP allows connections and the Administrator password is blank.
4. The EC2Config service calls Sysprep by running the following command:
sysprep.exe /unattend: "C:\Program Files\Amazon\Ec2ConfigService\sysprep2008.xml" /oobe /

generalize /shutdown
Generalize Phase
• The tool removes image-specific information and configurations such as the computer name and the
SID. If the instance is a member of a domain, it is removed from the domain. The sysprep2008.xml
answer file includes the following settings which affect this phase:
• PersistAllDeviceInstalls: This setting prevents Windows Setup from removing and reconfiguring
devices, which speeds up the image preparation process because Amazon AMIs require certain
drivers to run and re-detection of those drivers would take time.
• DoNotCleanUpNonPresentDevices: This setting retains Plug and Play information for devices that
are not currently present.
114
• Sysprep shuts down the OS as it prepares to create the AMI. The system either launches a new instance
or starts the original instance.
Specialize Phase
The system generates OS specific requirements such as a computer name and a SID. The system also
performs the following actions based on configurations that you specify in the sysprep2008.xml answer
file.
• CopyProfile: Sysprep can be configured to delete all user profiles, including the built-in Administrator
profile. This setting retains the built-in Administrator account so that any customizations you made to
that account are carried over to the new image. The default value is True.
CopyProfile replaces the default profile with the existing local administrator profile. All accounts
logged into after running Sysprep will receive a copy of that profile and its contents at first login.
If you don’t have specific user-profile customizations that you want to carry over to the new image
then change this setting to False. Sysprep will remove all user profiles; this saves time and disk space.
• TimeZone: The time zone is set to Coordinate Universal Time (UTC) by default.
• Synchronous command with order 1: The system executes the following command that enables the
administrator account and specifies the password requirement.
net user Administrator /ACTIVE:YES /LOGONPASSWORDCHG:NO /EXPIRES:NEVER /

PASSWORDREQ:YES
• Synchronous command with order 2: The system scrambles the administrator password. This security
measure is designed to prevent the instance from being accessible after Sysprep completes if you did
not enable the ec2setpassword setting.
C:\Program Files\Amazon\Ec2ConfigService\ScramblePassword.exe" -u Administrator

• Synchronous command with order 3: The system executes the following command:
C:\Program Files\Amazon\Ec2ConfigService\Scripts\SysprepSpecializePhase.cmd
This command adds the following registry key, which re-enables RDP:
reg add "HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Control\Terminal Server" /v

fDenyTSConnections /t REG_DWORD /d 0 /f
OOBE Phase
1. Using the EC2Config service answer file, the system specifies the following configurations:
• <InputLocale>en-US</InputLocale>
• <SystemLocale>en-US</SystemLocale>
• <UILanguage>en-US</UILanguage>
• <UserLocale>en-US</UserLocale>
• <HideEULAPage>true</HideEULAPage>
• <HideWirelessSetupInOOBE>true</HideWirelessSetupInOOBE>
• <NetworkLocation>Other</NetworkLocation>
• <ProtectYourPC>3</ProtectYourPC>
• <BluetoothTaskbarIconEnabled>false</BluetoothTaskbarIconEnabled>
• <TimeZone>UTC</TimeZone>
• <RegisteredOrganization>Amazon.com</RegisteredOrganization>
• <RegisteredOwner>Amazon</RegisteredOwner>
115
Run Sysprep with the EC2Config Service
Note
During the generalize and specialize phases the EC2Config service monitors the status of of
the OS. If EC2Config detects that the OS is in a Sysprep phase, then it publishes the following
message the system log:
EC2ConfigMonitorState: 0 Windows is being configured. SysprepState=IMAGE_STATE_UNDEPLOYABLE

2. After the OOBE phase completes, the system executes the SetupComplete.cmd from the following
location: C:\Windows\Setup\Scripts\SetupComplete.cmd. In Amazon public AMIs before April
2015 this file was empty and executed nothing on the image. In public AMIs dated after April 2015,
the file includes the following value: call "C:\Program Files\Amazon\Ec2ConfigService\Scripts
\PostSysprep.cmd".
3. The system executes the PostSysprep.cmd, which performs the following operations:
• Sets the local Administrator password to not expire. If the password expired, Administrators might
not be able to log on.
• Sets the MSSQLServer machine name (if installed) so that the name will be in sync with the AMI.
Post Sysprep
After Sysprep completes, the EC2Config services sends the following message to the console output:
Windows sysprep configuration complete.

Message: Sysprep Start
Message: Sysprep End
EC2Config then performs the following actions:
1. Reads the content of the config.xml file and lists all enabled plug-ins.
2. Executes all “Before Windows is ready” plug-ins at the same time.
• Ec2SetPassword
• Ec2SetComputerName
• Ec2InitializeDrives
• Ec2EventLog
• Ec2ConfigureRDP
• Ec2OutputRDPCert
• Ec2SetDriveLetter
• Ec2WindowsActivate
• Ec2DynamicBootVolumeSize
3. After it is finished, sends a “Windows is ready” message to the instance system logs.
4. Runs all “After Windows is ready” plug-ins at the same time.
• AWS CloudWatch logs
• UserData
• AWS Systems Manager (Systems Manager)
For more information about Windows plug-ins, see Configuring a Windows Instance Using the EC2Config
Service (p. 404).
Run Sysprep with the EC2Config Service

Use the following procedure to create a standardized AMI using Sysprep and the EC2Config service.
116
Troubleshooting Sysprep
1. In the Amazon EC2 console locate or create (p. 64) an AMI that you want to duplicate.
2. Launch and connect to your Windows instance.
3. Customize it.
4. Specify configuration settings in the EC2Config service answer file:
C:\Program Files\Amazon\Ec2ConfigService\sysprep2008.xml
5. From the Windows Start menu, choose All Programs, and then choose EC2ConfigService Settings.
6. Choose the Image tab in the Ec2 Service Properties dialog box. For more information about the
options and settings in the Ec2 Service Properties dialog box, see Ec2 Service Properties (p. 404).
7. Select an option for the Administrator password, and then select Shutdown with Sysprep or
Shutdown without Sysprep. EC2Config edits the settings files based on the password option that you
selected.
• Random: EC2Config generates a password, encrypts it with user's key, and displays the encrypted
password to the console. We disable this setting after the first launch so that this password persists
if the instance is rebooted or stopped and started.
• Specify: The password is stored in the Sysprep answer file in unencrypted form (clear text). When
Sysprep runs next, it sets the Administrator password. If you shut down now, the password is set
immediately. When the service starts again, the Administrator password is removed. It's important
to remember this password, as you can't retrieve it later.
• Keep Existing: The existing password for the Administrator account doesn't change when Sysprep is
run or EC2Config is restarted. It's important to remember this password, as you can't retrieve it later.
8. Choose OK.
When you are asked to confirm that you want to run Sysprep and shut down the instance, click Yes. You'll
notice that EC2Config runs Sysprep. Next, you are logged off the instance, and the instance is shut down.
If you check the Instances page in the Amazon EC2 console, the instance state changes from running to
stopping, and then finally to stopped. At this point, it's safe to create an AMI from this instance.
You can manually invoke the Sysprep tool from the command line using the following command:
"%programfiles%\amazon\ec2configservice\"ec2config.exe -sysprep""
Note
The double quotation marks in the command are not required if your CMD shell is already in the
C:\Program Files\Amazon\EC2ConfigService\ directory.
However, you must be very careful that the XML file options specified in the Ec2ConfigService
\Settings folder are correct; otherwise, you might not be able to connect to the instance. For
more information about the settings files, see EC2Config Settings Files (p. 410). For an example of
configuring and then running Sysprep from the command line, see Ec2ConfigService\Scripts
\InstallUpdates.ps1.
If you experience problems or receive error messages during image preparations, review the following
logs:
• %WINDIR%\Panther\Unattendgc
• %WINDIR%\System32\Sysprep\Panther
• "C:\Program Files\Amazon\Ec2ConfigService\Logs\Ec2ConfigLog.txt"
117
If you receive an error message during image preparation with Sysprep, the OS might not be reachable.
To review the log files, you must stop the instance, attach its root volume to another healthy instance as
a secondary volume, and then review the logs mentioned earlier on the secondary volume.
If you locate errors in the Unattendgc log file, use the Microsoft Error Lookup Tool to get more details
about the error. The following issue reported in the Unattendgc log file is typically the result of one or
more corrupted user profiles on the instance:
Error [Shell Unattend] _FindLatestProfile failed (0x80070003) [gle=0x00000003]

Error [Shell Unattend] CopyProfile failed (0x80070003) [gle=0x00000003]
There are two options for resolving this issue:
Option 1: Use Regedit on the instance to search for the following key. Verify that there are no profile
registry keys for a deleted user:
[HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Software\Microsoft\Windows NT\CurrentVersion\ProfileList\
Option 2: Edit the EC2Config answer file (C:\Program Files\Amazon\Ec2ConfigService

\sysprep2008.xml) and change <CopyProfile>true</CopyProfile> to <CopyProfile>false</
CopyProfile>. Run Sysprep again. Note that this configuration change will delete the built-in
administrator user profile after Sysprep completes.
118
Instance Types
Amazon EC2 Instances

If you're new to Amazon EC2, see the following topics to get started:
• What Is Amazon EC2? (p. 1)

• Instance Lifecycle (p. 327)
Before you launch a production environment, you need to answer the following questions.
Q. What instance type best meets my needs?
Amazon EC2 provides different instance types to enable you to choose the CPU, memory, storage,
and networking capacity that you need to run your applications. For more information, see Instance
Types (p. 119).
Q. What purchasing option best meets my needs?
Amazon EC2 supports On-Demand Instances (the default), Spot Instances, and Reserved Instances.
For more information, see Instance Purchasing Options (p. 191).
Q. Can I remotely manage a fleet of EC2 instances and machines in my hybrid environment?
AWS Systems Manager enables you to remotely and securely manage the configuration of your
Amazon EC2 instances, and your on-premises instances and virtual machines (VMs) in hybrid
environments, including VMs from other cloud providers. For more information, see the AWS
Systems Manager User Guide.
Instance Types
When you launch an instance, the instance type that you specify determines the hardware of the host
computer used for your instance. Each instance type offers different compute, memory, and storage
capabilities and are grouped in instance families based on these capabilities. Select an instance type
based on the requirements of the application or software that you plan to run on your instance.
Amazon EC2 provides each instance with a consistent and predictable amount of CPU capacity,
regardless of its underlying hardware.
Amazon EC2 dedicates some resources of the host computer, such as CPU, memory, and instance
storage, to a particular instance. Amazon EC2 shares other resources of the host computer, such as the
network and the disk subsystem, among instances. If each instance on a host computer tries to use
as much of one of these shared resources as possible, each receives an equal share of that resource.
However, when a resource is underused, an instance can consume a higher share of that resource while
it's available.
Each instance type provides higher or lower minimum performance from a shared resource. For example,
instance types with high I/O performance have a larger allocation of shared resources. Allocating a larger
share of shared resources also reduces the variance of I/O performance. For most applications, moderate
I/O performance is more than enough. However, for applications that require greater or more consistent
I/O performance, consider an instance type with higher I/O performance.
Contents
• Available Instance Types (p. 120)
• Hardware Specifications (p. 121)
119
Available Instance Types
• Nitro-based Instances (p. 122)

• Networking and Storage Features (p. 123)
• Instance Limits (p. 125)
• General Purpose Instances (p. 125)
• Compute Optimized Instances (p. 161)
• Memory Optimized Instances (p. 165)
• Storage Optimized Instances (p. 173)
• Windows Accelerated Computing Instances (p. 178)
• Changing the Instance Type (p. 188)
Available Instance Types

Amazon EC2 provides the instance types listed in the following tables.
Current Generation Instances

For the best performance, we recommend that you use the current generation instance types when you
launch new instances.
For more information about the current generation instance types, see Amazon EC2 Instance Types.
Instance Family Current Generation Instance Types
General purpose m4.large | m4.xlarge | m4.2xlarge | m4.4xlarge |

m4.10xlarge | m4.16xlarge | m5.large | m5.xlarge |
m5.2xlarge | m5.4xlarge | m5.8xlarge | m5.12xlarge
| m5.16xlarge | m5.24xlarge | m5.metal | m5a.large |
m5a.xlarge | m5a.2xlarge | m5a.4xlarge | m5a.8xlarge
| m5a.12xlarge | m5a.16xlarge | m5a.24xlarge |
m5ad.large | m5ad.xlarge | m5ad.2xlarge | m5ad.4xlarge
| m5ad.12xlarge | m5ad.24xlarge | m5d.large | m5d.xlarge
| m5d.2xlarge | m5d.4xlarge | m5d.8xlarge | m5d.12xlarge
| m5d.16xlarge | m5d.24xlarge | m5d.metal | t2.nano |
t2.micro | t2.small | t2.medium | t2.large | t2.xlarge |
t2.2xlarge | t3.nano | t3.micro | t3.small | t3.medium |
t3.large | t3.xlarge | t3.2xlarge | t3a.nano | t3a.micro
| t3a.small | t3a.medium | t3a.large | t3a.xlarge |
t3a.2xlarge
Compute optimized c4.large | c4.xlarge | c4.2xlarge | c4.4xlarge |

c4.8xlarge | c5.large | c5.xlarge | c5.2xlarge |
c5.4xlarge | c5.9xlarge | c5.12xlarge | c5.18xlarge
| c5.24xlarge | c5.metal | c5d.large | c5d.xlarge |
c5d.2xlarge | c5d.4xlarge | c5d.9xlarge | c5d.18xlarge
| c5n.large | c5n.xlarge | c5n.2xlarge | c5n.4xlarge |
c5n.9xlarge | c5n.18xlarge | c5n.metal
Memory optimized r4.large | r4.xlarge | r4.2xlarge | r4.4xlarge |

r4.8xlarge | r4.16xlarge | r5.large | r5.xlarge |
r5.2xlarge | r5.4xlarge | r5.8xlarge | r5.12xlarge
| r5.16xlarge | r5.24xlarge | r5.metal | r5a.large |
r5a.xlarge | r5a.2xlarge | r5a.4xlarge | r5a.8xlarge
| r5a.12xlarge | r5a.16xlarge | r5a.24xlarge |
r5ad.large | r5ad.xlarge | r5ad.2xlarge | r5ad.4xlarge |
120
Hardware Specifications
Instance Family Current Generation Instance Types

r5ad.12xlarge | r5ad.24xlarge | r5d.large | r5d.xlarge |
r5d.2xlarge | r5d.4xlarge | r5d.8xlarge | r5d.12xlarge |
r5d.16xlarge | r5d.24xlarge | r5d.metal | u-6tb1.metal |
u-9tb1.metal | u-12tb1.metal | x1.16xlarge | x1.32xlarge
| x1e.xlarge | x1e.2xlarge | x1e.4xlarge | x1e.8xlarge
| x1e.16xlarge | x1e.32xlarge | z1d.large | z1d.xlarge |
z1d.2xlarge | z1d.3xlarge | z1d.6xlarge | z1d.12xlarge |
z1d.metal
Storage optimized d2.xlarge | d2.2xlarge | d2.4xlarge | d2.8xlarge |

h1.2xlarge | h1.4xlarge | h1.8xlarge | h1.16xlarge
| i3.large | i3.xlarge | i3.2xlarge | i3.4xlarge |
i3.8xlarge | i3.16xlarge | i3.metal | i3en.large |
i3en.xlarge | i3en.2xlarge | i3en.3xlarge | i3en.6xlarge
| i3en.12xlarge | i3en.24xlarge | i3en.metal
Accelerated computing f1.2xlarge | f1.4xlarge | f1.16xlarge | g3s.xlarge |

g3.4xlarge | g3.8xlarge | g3.16xlarge | g4dn.xlarge
| g4dn.2xlarge | g4dn.4xlarge | g4dn.8xlarge |
g4dn.12xlarge | g4dn.16xlarge | p2.xlarge | p2.8xlarge
| p2.16xlarge | p3.2xlarge | p3.8xlarge | p3.16xlarge |
p3dn.24xlarge
Previous Generation Instances

Amazon Web Services offers previous generation instances for users who have optimized their
applications around these instances and have yet to upgrade. We encourage you to use the latest
generation of instances to get the best performance, but we continue to support these previous
generation instances. If you are currently using a previous generation instance, you can see which
current generation instance would be a suitable upgrade. For more information, see Previous Generation
Instances.
Instance Family Previous Generation Instance Types
General purpose m1.small | m1.medium | m1.large | m1.xlarge | m3.medium |

m3.large | m3.xlarge | m3.2xlarge | t1.micro
Compute optimized c1.medium | c1.xlarge | cc2.8xlarge | c3.large | c3.xlarge

| c3.2xlarge | c3.4xlarge | c3.8xlarge
Memory optimized m2.xlarge | m2.2xlarge | m2.4xlarge | cr1.8xlarge

| r3.large | r3.xlarge | r3.2xlarge | r3.4xlarge |
r3.8xlarge
Storage optimized hs1.8xlarge | i2.xlarge | i2.2xlarge | i2.4xlarge |

i2.8xlarge
Accelerated computing g2.2xlarge | g2.8xlarge
For more information about the hardware specifications for each Amazon EC2 instance type, see Amazon
EC2 Instance Types.
121
Nitro-based Instances
To determine which instance type best meets your needs, we recommend that you launch an instance
and use your own benchmark application. Because you pay by the instance hour, it's convenient and
inexpensive to test multiple instance types before making a decision.
If your needs change, even after you make a decision, you can resize your instance later. For more
information, see Changing the Instance Type (p. 188).
Note
Amazon EC2 instances run on 64-bit virtual Intel processors as specified in the instance type
product pages. For more information about the hardware specifications for each Amazon
EC2 instance type, see Amazon EC2 Instance Types. However, confusion may result from
industry naming conventions for 64-bit CPUs. Chip manufacturer Advanced Micro Devices
(AMD) introduced the first commercially successful 64-bit architecture based on the Intel x86
instruction set. Consequently, the architecture is widely referred to as AMD64 regardless of the
chip manufacturer. Windows and several Linux distributions follow this practice. This explains
why the internal system information on an Ubuntu or Windows EC2 instance displays the CPU
architecture as AMD64 even though the instances are running on Intel hardware.
Nitro-based Instances
The Nitro system is a collection of AWS-built hardware and software components that enable high
performance, high availability, and high security. In addition, the Nitro system provides bare metal
capabilities that eliminate virtualization overhead and support workloads that require full access to host
hardware.
Nitro Components
The following components are part of the Nitro system:
• Nitro hypervisor - A lightweight hypervisor that manages memory and CPU allocation and delivers
performance that is indistinguishable from bare metal for most workloads.
• Nitro card
• Local NVMe storage volumes
• Networking hardware support
• Management
• Monitoring
• Security
• Nitro security chip, integrated into the motherboard
Instance Types
The following instances are based on the Nitro system:
• C5, C5d, C5n, G4, I3en, M5, M5a, M5ad, M5d, p3dn.24xlarge, R5, R5a, R5ad, R5d, T3, T3a, and z1d
• Bare metal: c5.metal, c5n.metal, i3.metal, i3en.metal, m5.metal, m5d.metal, r5.metal,
r5d.metal, u-6tb1.metal, u-9tb1.metal, u-12tb1.metal, and z1d.metal
Resources
For more information, see the following videos:
• AWS re:Invent 2017: The Amazon EC2 Nitro System Architecture

• AWS re:Invent 2017: Amazon EC2 Bare Metal Instances
• The Nitro Project: Next-Generation EC2 Infrastructure
122
Networking and Storage Features

When you select an instance type, this determines the networking and storage features that are
available.
Networking features
• IPv6 is supported on all current generation instance types and the C3, R3, and I2 previous generation
instance types.
• To maximize the networking and bandwidth performance of your instance type, you can do the
following:
• Launch supported instance types into a cluster placement group to optimize your instances for
high performance computing (HPC) applications. Instances in a common cluster placement group
can benefit from high-bandwidth, low-latency networking. For more information, see Placement
Groups (p. 709).
• Enable enhanced networking for supported current generation instance types to get significantly
higher packet per second (PPS) performance, lower network jitter, and lower latencies. For more
information, see Enhanced Networking on Windows (p. 699).
• Current generation instance types that are enabled for enhanced networking have the following
networking performance attributes:
• Traffic within the same region over private IPv4 or IPv6 can support 5 Gbps for single-flow traffic
and up to 25 Gbps for multi-flow traffic (depending on the instance type).
• Traffic to and from Amazon S3 buckets within the same region over the public IP address space or
through a VPC endpoint can use all available instance aggregate bandwidth.
• The maximum supported MTU varies across instance types. All Amazon EC2 instance types support
standard Ethernet V2 1500 MTU frames. All current generation instances support 9001 MTU, or jumbo
frames, and some previous generation instances support them as well. For more information, see
Network Maximum Transmission Unit (MTU) for Your EC2 Instance (p. 717).
Storage features
• Some instance types support EBS volumes and instance store volumes, while other instance types
support only EBS volumes. Some instance types that support instance store volumes use solid state
drives (SSD) to deliver very high random I/O performance. Some instance types support NVMe
instance store volumes. Some instance types support NVMe EBS volumes. For more information, see
Amazon EBS and NVMe on Windows Instances (p. 874) and NVMe SSD Volumes (p. 924).
• To obtain additional, dedicated capacity for Amazon EBS I/O, you can launch some instance types as
EBS–optimized instances. Some instance types are EBS–optimized by default. For more information,
see Amazon EBS–Optimized Instances (p. 875).
Summary of Networking and Storage Features

The following table summarizes the networking and storage features supported by current generation
instance types.
EBS only NVMe EBS Instance store Placement Enhanced

group networking
C4 Yes No No Yes Intel 82599 VF
C5 Yes Yes No Yes ENA
C5d No Yes NVMe * Yes ENA
123

group networking
C5n Yes Yes No Yes ENA
D2 No No HDD Yes Intel 82599 VF
F1 No No NVMe * Yes ENA
G3 Yes No No Yes ENA
G4 No Yes NVMe * Yes ENA
HS1 No No HDD * Yes ENA
I3 No No NVMe * Yes ENA
I3en No Yes NVMe * Yes ENA
M4 Yes No No Yes m4.16xlarge:

ENA
All other sizes:

Intel 82599 VF
M5 Yes Yes No Yes ENA
M5a Yes Yes No Yes ENA
M5ad No Yes NVMe * Yes ENA
M5d No Yes NVMe * Yes ENA
P2 Yes No No Yes ENA
P3 p3dn.24xlarge:p3dn.24xlarge:p3dn.24xlarge:Yes ENA
No Yes NVMe *
All other sizes: All other sizes:

Yes No
R4 Yes No No Yes ENA
R5 Yes Yes No Yes ENA
R5a Yes Yes No Yes ENA
R5ad No Yes NVMe * Yes ENA
R5d No Yes NVMe * Yes ENA
T2 Yes No No No No
T3 Yes Yes No No ENA
T3a Yes Yes No No ENA
u-xtb1.metal Yes Yes No No ENA
X1 No No SSD Yes ENA
X1e No No SSD * Yes ENA
124
Instance Limits

group networking
z1d No Yes NVMe * Yes ENA
* The root device volume must be an Amazon EBS volume.
The following table summarizes the networking and storage features supported by previous generation
instance types.
Instance store Placement group Enhanced networking
C3 SSD Yes Intel 82599 VF
G2 SSD Yes No
I2 SSD Yes Intel 82599 VF
M3 SSD No No
R3 SSD Yes Intel 82599 VF
Instance Limits
There is a limit on the total number of instances that you can launch in a region, and there are additional
limits on some instance types.
For more information about the default limits, see How many instances can I run in Amazon EC2?
For more information about viewing your current limits or requesting an increase in your current limits,
see Amazon EC2 Service Limits (p. 973).
General Purpose Instances

General purpose instances provide a balance of compute, memory, and networking resources, and can be
used for a variety of workloads.
M5, M5a, M5ad, M5d Instances

These instances provide an ideal cloud infrastructure, offering a balance of compute, memory, and
networking resources for a broad range of applications that are deployed in the cloud. M5 instances are
well-suited for the following applications:
• Web and application servers

• Small and medium databases
• Gaming servers
• Caching fleets
• Running backend servers for SAP, Microsoft SharePoint, cluster computing, and other enterprise
applications
m5.metal and m5d.metal instances provide your applications with direct access to physical resources of
the host server, such as processors and memory. These instances are well suited for the following:
• Workloads that require access to low-level hardware features (for example, Intel VT) that are not
available or fully supported in virtualized environments
125
• Applications that require a non-virtualized environment for licensing or support
For more information, see Amazon EC2 M5 Instances.
T2, T3, and T3a Instances
These instances provide a baseline level of CPU performance with the ability to burst to a higher level
when required by your workload. An Unlimited instance can sustain high CPU performance for any
period of time whenever required. For more information, see Burstable Performance Instances (p. 132).
These instances are well-suited for the following applications:
• Websites and web applications

• Code repositories
• Development, build, test, and staging environments
• Microservices
For more information, see Amazon EC2 T2 Instances and Amazon EC2 T3 Instances.
Contents
• Instance Performance (p. 128)
• Network Performance (p. 128)
• SSD I/O Performance (p. 130)
• Instance Features (p. 131)
• Release Notes (p. 131)
• Burstable Performance Instances (p. 132)
The following is a summary of the hardware specifications for general purpose instances.
Instance type Default vCPUs Memory (GiB)
m4.large 2 8
m4.xlarge 4 16
m4.2xlarge 8 32
m4.4xlarge 16 64
m4.10xlarge 40 160
m4.16xlarge 64 256
m5.large 2 8
m5.xlarge 4 16
m5.2xlarge 8 32
m5.4xlarge 16 64
m5.8xlarge 32 128
126
m5.12xlarge 48 192
m5.16xlarge 64 256
m5.24xlarge 96 384
m5.metal 96 384
m5a.large 2 8
m5a.xlarge 4 16
m5a.2xlarge 8 32
m5a.4xlarge 16 64
m5a.8xlarge 32 128
m5a.12xlarge 48 192
m5a.16xlarge 64 256
m5a.24xlarge 96 384
m5ad.large 2 8
m5ad.xlarge 4 16
m5ad.2xlarge 8 32
m5ad.4xlarge 16 64
m5ad.12xlarge 48 192
m5ad.24xlarge 96 384
m5d.large 2 8
m5d.xlarge 4 16
m5d.2xlarge 8 32
m5d.4xlarge 16 64
m5d.8xlarge 32 128
m5d.12xlarge 48 192
m5d.16xlarge 64 256
m5d.24xlarge 96 384
m5d.metal 96 384
t2.nano 1 0.5
t2.micro 1 1
t2.small 1 2
t2.medium 2 4
127
t2.large 2 8
t2.xlarge 4 16
t2.2xlarge 8 32
t3.nano 2 0.5
t3.micro 2 1
t3.small 2 2
t3.medium 2 4
t3.large 2 8
t3.xlarge 4 16
t3.2xlarge 8 32
t3a.nano 2 0.5
t3a.micro 2 1
t3a.small 2 2
t3a.medium 2 4
t3a.large 2 8
t3a.xlarge 4 16
t3a.2xlarge 8 32
EC2 Instance Types.
For more information about specifying CPU options, see Optimizing CPU Options (p. 446).
Instance Performance
EBS-optimized instances enable you to get consistently high performance for your EBS volumes by
eliminating contention between Amazon EBS I/O and other network traffic from your instance. Some
general purpose instances are EBS-optimized by default at no additional cost. For more information, see
Amazon EBS–Optimized Instances (p. 875).
Network Performance
You can enable enhanced networking capabilities on supported instance types. Enhanced networking
provides significantly higher packet-per-second (PPS) performance, lower network jitter, and lower
latencies. For more information, see Enhanced Networking on Windows (p. 699).
Instance types that use the Elastic Network Adapter (ENA) for enhanced networking deliver high packet
per second performance with consistently low latencies. Most applications do not consistently need
a high level of network performance, but can benefit from having access to increased bandwidth
when they send or receive data. Instance sizes that use the ENA and are documented with network
performance of "Up to 10 Gbps" or "Up to 25 Gbps" use a network I/O credit mechanism to allocate
128
network bandwidth to instances based on average bandwidth utilization. These instances accrue credits
when their network bandwidth is below their baseline limits, and can use these credits when they
perform network data transfers.
The following is a summary of network performance for general purpose instances that support
enhanced networking.
Instance type Network performance Enhanced networking
t2.nano | t2.micro | Up to 1 Gbps

t2.small | t2.medium |
t2.large | t2.xlarge |
t2.2xlarge
t3.nano | t3.micro | Up to 5 Gbps ENA (p. 700)

t3.small | t3.medium |
t3.large | t3.xlarge |
t3.2xlarge | t3a.nano |
t3a.micro | t3a.small |
t3a.medium | t3a.large |
t3a.xlarge | t3a.2xlarge
m4.large Moderate Intel 82599 VF (p. 706)
m4.xlarge | m4.2xlarge | High Intel 82599 VF (p. 706)

m4.4xlarge
m5.large | m5.xlarge | Up to 10 Gbps ENA (p. 700)

m5.2xlarge | m5.4xlarge
| m5a.large | m5a.xlarge |
m5a.2xlarge | m5a.4xlarge
| m5a.8xlarge | m5ad.large |
m5ad.xlarge | m5ad.2xlarge
| m5ad.4xlarge | m5d.large
| m5d.xlarge | m5d.2xlarge |
m5d.4xlarge
m4.10xlarge 10 Gbps Intel 82599 VF (p. 706)
m5.8xlarge | m5.12xlarge 10 Gbps ENA (p. 700)

| m5a.12xlarge |
m5ad.12xlarge |
m5d.8xlarge | m5d.12xlarge
m5a.16xlarge | 12 Gbps ENA (p. 700)

m5ad.16xlarge
m5.16xlarge | m5a.24xlarge 20 Gbps ENA (p. 700)

| m5ad.24xlarge |
m5d.16xlarge
m4.16xlarge | m5.24xlarge 25 Gbps ENA (p. 700)

| m5.metal | m5d.24xlarge |
m5d.metal
129
SSD I/O Performance

If you use all the SSD-based instance store volumes available to your instance, you get the IOPS (4,096
byte block size) performance listed in the following table (at queue depth saturation). Otherwise, you get
lower IOPS performance.
Instance Size 100% Random Read IOPS Write IOPS
m5ad.large * 30,000 15,000
m5ad.xlarge * 59,000 29,000
m5ad.2xlarge * 117,000 57,000
m5ad.4xlarge * 234,000 114,000
m5ad.12xlarge 700,000 340,000
m5ad.24xlarge 1,400,000 680,000
m5d.large * 30,000 15,000
m5d.xlarge * 59,000 29,000
m5d.2xlarge * 117,000 57,000
m5d.4xlarge * 234,000 114,000
m5d.8xlarge 466,666 233,333
m5d.12xlarge 700,000 340,000
m5d.16xlarge 933,333 466,666
m5d.24xlarge 1,400,000 680,000
m5d.metal 1,400,000 680,000
* For these instances, you can get up to the specified performance.
As you fill the SSD-based instance store volumes for your instance, the number of write IOPS that
you can achieve decreases. This is due to the extra work the SSD controller must do to find available
space, rewrite existing data, and erase unused space so that it can be rewritten. This process of
garbage collection results in internal write amplification to the SSD, expressed as the ratio of SSD write
operations to user write operations. This decrease in performance is even larger if the write operations
are not in multiples of 4,096 bytes or not aligned to a 4,096-byte boundary. If you write a smaller
amount of bytes or bytes that are not aligned, the SSD controller must read the surrounding data and
store the result in a new location. This pattern results in significantly increased write amplification,
increased latency, and dramatically reduced I/O performance.
SSD controllers can use several strategies to reduce the impact of write amplification. One such strategy
is to reserve space in the SSD instance storage so that the controller can more efficiently manage the
space available for write operations. This is called over-provisioning. The SSD-based instance store
volumes provided to an instance don't have any space reserved for over-provisioning. To reduce write
amplification, we recommend that you leave 10% of the volume unpartitioned so that the SSD controller
can use it for over-provisioning. This decreases the storage that you can use, but increases performance
even if the disk is close to full capacity.
For instance store volumes that support TRIM, you can use the TRIM command to notify the SSD
controller whenever you no longer need data that you've written. This provides the controller with more
130
free space, which can reduce write amplification and increase performance. For more information, see
Instance Store Volume TRIM Support (p. 924).
Instance Features
The following is a summary of features for general purpose instances:
EBS only NVMe EBS Instance store Placement group
M4 Yes No No Yes
M5 Yes Yes No Yes
M5a Yes Yes No Yes
M5ad No Yes NVMe * Yes
M5d No Yes NVMe * Yes
T2 Yes No No No
T3 Yes Yes No No
T3a Yes Yes No No
For more information, see the following:
• Amazon EBS and NVMe on Windows Instances (p. 874)

• Placement Groups (p. 709)
Release Notes
• M5, M5d, and T3 instances feature a 3.1 GHz Intel Xeon Platinum 8000 series processor.
• M5a, M5ad, and T3a instances feature a 2.5 GHz AMD EPYC 7000 series processor.
• M4, M5, M5a, M5ad, M5d, t2.large and larger, and t3.large and larger, and t3a.large and larger
instance types require 64-bit HVM AMIs. They have high-memory, and require a 64-bit operating
system to take advantage of that capacity. HVM AMIs provide superior performance in comparison to
paravirtual (PV) AMIs on high-memory instance types. In addition, you must use an HVM AMI to take
advantage of enhanced networking.
• M5, M5a, M5ad, M5d, T3, and T3a instances have the following requirements:
• NVMe drivers must be installed. EBS volumes are exposed as NVMe block devices (p. 874).
• Elastic Network Adapter (ENA (p. 700)) drivers must be installed.
The following AMIs meet these requirements:

• Amazon Linux 2
• Amazon Linux AMI 2018.03
• Ubuntu 14.04 or later
• Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7.4 or later
• SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP2 or later
• CentOS 7 or later
131
• FreeBSD 11.1 or later

• M5, M5a, M5ad, M5d, T3, and T3a instances support a maximum of 28 attachments, including network
interfaces, EBS volumes, and NVMe instance store volumes. Every instance has at least one network
interface attachment. For example, if you have no additional network interface attachments on an
EBS-only instance, you could attach 27 EBS volumes to that instance.
• Launching a bare metal instance boots the underlying server, which includes verifying all hardware and
firmware components. This means that it can take 20 minutes from the time the instance enters the
running state until it becomes available over the network.
• To attach or detach EBS volumes or secondary network interfaces from a bare metal instance requires
PCIe native hotplug support.
• Bare metal instances use a PCI-based serial device rather than an I/O port-based serial device. The
upstream Linux kernel and the latest Amazon Linux AMIs support this device. Bare metal instances also
provide an ACPI SPCR table to enable the system to automatically use the PCI-based serial device. The
latest Windows AMIs automatically use the PCI-based serial device.
• There is a limit on the total number of instances that you can launch in a region, and there are
additional limits on some instance types. For more information, see How many instances can I run in
Amazon EC2?. To request a limit increase, use the Amazon EC2 Instance Request Form.
Burstable Performance Instances

Burstable performance instances, which are T3, T3a, and T2 instances, are designed to provide a
baseline level of CPU performance with the ability to burst to a higher level when required by your
workload. Burstable performance instances are well suited for a wide range of general-purpose
applications. Examples include microservices, low-latency interactive applications, small and medium
databases, virtual desktops, development, build, and stage environments, code repositories, and product
prototypes.
Burstable performance instances are the only instance types that use credits for CPU usage. For more
information about instance pricing and additional hardware details, see Amazon EC2 Pricing and Amazon
EC2 Instance Types.
If your account is less than 12 months old, you can use a t2.micro instance for free within certain usage
limits. For more information, see AWS Free Tier.
Contents
• Burstable Performance Instance Requirements (p. 132)
• Best Practices (p. 133)
• CPU Credits and Baseline Performance for Burstable Performance Instances (p. 133)
• Unlimited Mode for Burstable Performance Instances (p. 135)
• Standard Mode for Burstable Performance Instances (p. 142)
• Working with Burstable Performance Instances (p. 153)
• Monitoring Your CPU Credits (p. 157)
Burstable Performance Instance Requirements

The following are the requirements for these instances:
• These instances are available as On-Demand Instances, Reserved Instances, and Spot Instances, but
not as Scheduled Instances or Dedicated Instances. They are also not supported on a Dedicated Host.
For more information, see Instance Purchasing Options (p. 191).
• Ensure that the instance size you choose passes the minimum memory requirements of your operating
system and applications. Operating systems with graphical user interfaces that consume significant
memory and CPU resources (for example, Windows) might require a t2.micro or larger instance size
132
for many use cases. As the memory and CPU requirements of your workload grow over time, you can
scale to larger instance sizes of the same instance type, or another instance type.
• For additional requirements, see General Purpose Instances Release Notes (p. 131).
Best Practices
Follow these best practices to get the maximum benefit from burstable performance instances.
• Use a recommended AMI – Use an AMI that provides the required drivers. For more information, see
Release Notes (p. 131).
• Turn on instance recovery – Create a CloudWatch alarm that monitors an EC2 instance and
automatically recovers it if it becomes impaired for any reason. For more information, see Adding
Recover Actions to Amazon CloudWatch Alarms (p. 568).
CPU Credits and Baseline Performance for Burstable Performance Instances

Traditional Amazon EC2 instance types provide fixed performance, while burstable performance
instances provide a baseline level of CPU performance with the ability to burst above that baseline level.
The baseline performance and ability to burst are governed by CPU credits. A CPU credit provides the
performance of a full CPU core for one minute.
Contents
• CPU Credits (p. 133)
• Baseline Performance (p. 135)
CPU Credits
One CPU credit is equal to one vCPU running at 100% utilization for one minute. Other combinations of
number of vCPUs, utilization, and time can also equate to one CPU credit. For example, one CPU credit is
equal to one vCPU running at 50% utilization for two minutes, or two vCPUs running at 25% utilization
for two minutes.
Earning CPU Credits

Each burstable performance instance continuously earns (at a millisecond-level resolution) a set rate
of CPU credits per hour, depending on the instance size. The accounting process for whether credits
are accrued or spent also happens at a millisecond-level resolution, so you don't have to worry about
overspending CPU credits; a short burst of CPU uses a small fraction of a CPU credit.
If a burstable performance instance uses fewer CPU resources than is required for baseline performance
(such as when it is idle), the unspent CPU credits are accrued in the CPU credit balance. If a burstable
performance instance needs to burst above the baseline performance level, it spends the accrued credits.
The more credits that a burstable performance instance has accrued, the more time it can burst beyond
its baseline when more performance is needed.
The following table lists the burstable performance instance types, the rate at which CPU credits are
earned per hour, the maximum number of earned CPU credits that an instance can accrue, the number of
vCPUs per instance, and the baseline performance level as a percentage of a full core performance (using
a single vCPU).
Instance type CPU credits Maximum earned vCPUs Baseline performance

earned per hour credits that can per vCPU
be accrued*
t2.nano 3 72 1 5%
133
Instance type CPU credits Maximum earned vCPUs Baseline performance

earned per hour credits that can per vCPU
be accrued*
t2.micro 6 144 1 10%
t2.small 12 288 1 20%
t2.medium 24 576 2 20%**
t2.large 36 864 2 30%**
t2.xlarge 54 1296 4 22.5%**
t2.2xlarge 81.6 1958.4 8 17%**
t3.nano 6 144 2 5%**
t3.micro 12 288 2 10%**
t3.small 24 576 2 20%**
t3.medium 24 576 2 20%**
t3.large 36 864 2 30%**
t3.xlarge 96 2304 4 40%**
t3.2xlarge 192 4608 8 40%**
t3a.nano 6 144 2 5%**
t3a.micro 12 288 2 10%**
t3a.small 24 576 2 20%**
t3a.medium 24 576 2 20%**
t3a.large 36 864 2 30%**
t3a.xlarge 96 2304 4 40%**
t3a.2xlarge 192 4608 8 40%**
* The number of credits that can be accrued is equivalent to the number of credits that can be earned
in a 24-hour period.
** The baseline performance in the table is per vCPU. For instance sizes that have more than one vCPU,
to calculate the baseline CPU utilization for the instance, multiply the vCPU percentage by the number
of vCPUs. For example, a t3.large instance has two vCPUs, which provide a baseline CPU utilization
for the instance of 60% (2 vCPUs x 30% baseline performance of one vCPU). In CloudWatch, CPU
utilization is shown per vCPU. Therefore, the CPU utilization for a t3.large instance operating at the
baseline performance is shown as 30% in CloudWatch CPU metrics.
CPU Credit Earn Rate
The number of CPU credits earned per hour is determined by the instance size. For example, a t3.nano
earns six credits per hour, while a t3.small earns 24 credits per hour. The preceding table lists the
credit earn rate for all instances.
134
CPU Credit Accrual Limit
While earned credits never expire on a running instance, there is a limit to the number of earned credits
that an instance can accrue. The limit is determined by the CPU credit balance limit. After the limit is
reached, any new credits that are earned are discarded, as indicated by the following image. The full
bucket indicates the CPU credit balance limit, and the spillover indicates the newly earned credits that
exceed the limit.
The CPU credit balance limit differs for each instance size. For example, a t3.micro instance can accrue
a maximum of 288 earned CPU credits in the CPU credit balance. The preceding table lists the maximum
number of earned credits that each instance can accrue.
Note
T2 Standard instances also earn launch credits. Launch credits do not count towards the CPU
credit balance limit. If a T2 instance has not spent its launch credits, and remains idle over a 24-
hour period while accruing earned credits, its CPU credit balance appears as over the limit. For
more information, see Launch Credits (p. 143).
T3 and T3a instances do not earn launch credits. These instances launch as unlimited by
default, and therefore can burst immediately upon start without any launch credits.
Accrued CPU Credits Life Span
CPU credits on a running instance do not expire.
For T3 and T3a, the CPU credit balance persists for seven days after an instance stops and the credits are
lost thereafter. If you start the instance within seven days, no credits are lost.
For T2, the CPU credit balance does not persist between instance stops and starts. If you stop a T2
instance, the instance loses all its accrued credits.
For more information, see CPUCreditBalance in the CloudWatch metrics table (p. 157).
Baseline Performance
The number of credits that an instance earns per hour can be expressed as a percentage of CPU
utilization. It is known as the baseline performance, and sometimes just as the baseline. For example, a
t3.nano instance, with two vCPUs, earns six credits per hour, resulting in a baseline performance of 5%
(3/60 minutes) per vCPU. A t3.xlarge instance, with four vCPUs, earns 96 credits per hour, resulting in
a baseline performance of 40% (24/60 minutes) per vCPU.
Unlimited Mode for Burstable Performance Instances

A burstable performance instance configured as unlimited can sustain high CPU performance for any
period of time whenever required. The hourly instance price automatically covers all CPU usage spikes
if the average CPU utilization of the instance is at or below the baseline over a rolling 24-hour period or
the instance lifetime, whichever is shorter.
For the vast majority of general-purpose workloads, instances configured as unlimited provide
ample performance without any additional charges. If the instance runs at higher CPU utilization for a
prolonged period, it can do so for a flat additional rate per vCPU-hour. For information about instance
135
pricing, see Amazon EC2 Pricing and the section for Unlimited pricing in Amazon EC2 On-Demand
Pricing.
Important
If you use a t2.micro instance under the AWS Free Tier offer and configure it as unlimited,
charges may apply if your average utilization over a rolling 24-hour period exceeds the baseline
of the instance.
Contents
• Unlimited Mode Concepts (p. 136)
• Examples: Unlimited Mode (p. 139)
Unlimited Mode Concepts

The unlimited mode is a credit configuration option for burstable performance instances. It can be
enabled or disabled at any time for a running or stopped instance.
Note
T3 and T3a instances are launched as unlimited by default. T2 instances are launched as
standard by default.
How Unlimited Burstable Performance Instances Work

If a burstable performance instance configured as unlimited depletes its CPU credit balance, it can
spend surplus credits to burst beyond the baseline. When its CPU utilization falls below the baseline,
it uses the CPU credits that it earns to pay down the surplus credits that it spent earlier. The ability to
earn CPU credits to pay down surplus credits enables Amazon EC2 to average the CPU utilization of an
instance over a 24-hour period. If the average CPU usage over a 24-hour period exceeds the baseline, the
instance is billed for the additional usage at a flat additional rate per vCPU-hour.
The following graph shows the CPU usage of a t3.large. The baseline CPU utilization for a t3.large
is 30%. If the instance runs at 30% CPU utilization or less on average over a 24-hour period, there is
no additional charge because the cost is already covered by the instance hourly price. However, if the
instance runs at 40% CPU utilization on average over a 24-hour period, as shown in the graph, the
instance is billed for the additional 10% CPU usage at a flat additional rate per vCPU-hour.
For more information about the baseline performance per vCPU for each instance type and how many
credits each instance type earns, see the credit table (p. 133).
When to Use Unlimited Mode vs Fixed CPU

When determining whether you should use a burstable performance instance in unlimited mode,
such as a T3, or a fixed performance instance, such as an M5, you need to determine the breakeven CPU
usage. The breakeven CPU usage for a burstable performance instance is the point at which a burstable
136
performance instance costs the same as a fixed performance instance. The breakeven CPU usage helps
you determine the following:
• If the average CPU usage over a 24-hour period is at or below the breakeven CPU usage, use a
burstable performance instance in unlimited mode so that you can benefit from the lower price of a
burstable performance instance while getting the same performance as a fixed performance instance.
• If the average CPU usage over a 24-hour period is above the breakeven CPU usage, the burstable
performance instance will cost more than the equivalently-sized fixed performance instance. If a T3
instance continuously bursts at 100% CPU, you end up paying approximately 1.5 times the price of an
equivalently-sized M5 instance.
The following graph shows the breakeven CPU usage point where a t3.large costs the same as an
m5.large. The breakeven CPU usage point for a t3.large is 42.5%. If the average CPU usage is at
42.5%, the cost of running the t3.large is the same as an m5.large, and is more expensive if the
average CPU usage is above 42.5%. If the workload needs less than 42.5% average CPU usage, you can
benefit from the lower price of the t3.large while getting the same performance as an m5.large.
The following table shows how to calculate the breakeven CPU usage threshold so that you can
determine when it's less expensive to use a burstable performance instance in unlimited mode or a
fixed performance instance. The columns in the table are labeled A through K.
Instance vCPUs T3 M5 Price T3 Charge Charge AdditionalAdditional

Breakeven
type price*/ price*/ differencebaseline per per burst CPU % CPU %
hour hour performance vCPU vCPU minutes available
per hour minute available
vCPU for per
(%) surplus vCPU
credits
A B C D E= F G H= I= J = (I / K=
D-C G / 60 E/H 60) / B F+J
t3.large 2 $0.0835 $0.096 $0.0125 30% $0.05 $0.000833 15 12.5% 42.5%
* Price is based on us-east-1 and Linux OS.
137
The table provides the following information:
• Column A shows the instance type, t3.large.

• Column B shows the number of vCPUs for the t3.large.
• Column C shows the price of a t3.large per hour.
• Column D shows the price of an m5.large per hour.
• Column E shows the price difference between the t3.large and the m5.large.
• Column F shows the baseline performance per vCPU of the t3.large, which is 30%. At the baseline,
the hourly cost of the instance covers the cost of the CPU usage.
• Column G shows the flat additional rate per vCPU-hour that an instance is charged if it bursts at 100%
CPU after it has depleted its earned credits.
• Column H shows the flat additional rate per vCPU-minute that an instance is charged if it bursts at
100% CPU after it has depleted its earned credits.
• Column I shows the number of additional minutes that the t3.large can burst per hour at 100% CPU
while paying the same price per hour as an m5.large.
• Column J shows the additional CPU usage (in %) over baseline that the instance can burst while paying
the same price per hour as an m5.large.
• Column K shows the breakeven CPU usage (in %) that the t3.large can burst without paying more
than the m5.large. Anything above this, and the t3.large costs more than the m5.large.
The following table shows the breakeven CPU usage (in %) for T3 instance types compared to the
similarly-sized M5 instance types.
T3 instance type Breakeven CPU usage (in %) for T3 compared to

M5
t3.large 42.5%
t3.xlarge 52.5%
t3.2xlarge 52.5%
Surplus Credits Can Incur Charges
If the average CPU utilization of an instance is at or below the baseline, the instance incurs no additional
charges. Because an instance earns a maximum number of credits (p. 133) in a 24-hour period (for
example, a t3.micro instance can earn a maximum of 288 credits in a 24-hour period), it can spend
surplus credits up to that maximum without being charged.
However, if CPU utilization stays above the baseline, the instance cannot earn enough credits to pay
down the surplus credits that it has spent. The surplus credits that are not paid down are charged at a
flat additional rate per vCPU-hour.
Surplus credits that were spent earlier are charged when any of the following occurs:
• The spent surplus credits exceed the maximum number of credits (p. 133) the instance can earn in a
24-hour period. Spent surplus credits above the maximum are charged at the end of the hour.
• The instance is stopped or terminated.
• The instance is switched from unlimited to standard.
Spent surplus credits are tracked by the CloudWatch metric CPUSurplusCreditBalance. Surplus
credits that are charged are tracked by the CloudWatch metric CPUSurplusCreditsCharged. For more
information, see Additional CloudWatch Metrics for Burstable Performance Instances (p. 157).
138
No Launch Credits for T2 Unlimited
T2 Standard instances receive launch credits (p. 143), but T2 Unlimited instances do not. A T2
Unlimited instance can burst beyond the baseline at any time with no additional charge, as long as
its average CPU utilization is at or below the baseline over a rolling 24-hour window or its lifetime,
whichever is shorter. As such, T2 Unlimited instances do not require launch credits to achieve high
performance immediately after launch.
If a T2 instance is switched from standard to unlimited, any accrued launch credits are removed from
the CPUCreditBalance before the remaining CPUCreditBalance is carried over.
Note
T3 and T3a instances never receive launch credits.
Enabling Unlimited Mode
T3 and T3a instances launch as unlimited by default. T2 instances launch as standard by default, but
you can enable unlimited at launch.
You can switch from unlimited to standard, and from standard to unlimited, at any time on a
running or stopped instance. For more information, see Launching a Burstable Performance Instance
as Unlimited or Standard (p. 154) and Modifying the Credit Specification of a Burstable Performance
Instance (p. 156).
You can check whether your burstable performance instance is configured as unlimited or standard
using the Amazon EC2 console or the AWS CLI. For more information, see Viewing the Credit
Specification of a Burstable Performance Instance (p. 156).
What Happens to Credits when Switching between Unlimited and Standard
CPUCreditBalance is a CloudWatch metric that tracks the number of credits accrued by an instance.
CPUSurplusCreditBalance is a CloudWatch metric that tracks the number of surplus credits spent by
an instance.
When you change an instance configured as unlimited to standard, the following occurs:
• The CPUCreditBalance value remains unchanged and is carried over.

• The CPUSurplusCreditBalance value is immediately charged.
When a standard instance is switched to unlimited, the following occurs:
• The CPUCreditBalance value containing accrued earned credits is carried over.

• For T2 Standard instances, any launch credits are removed from the CPUCreditBalance value, and
the remaining CPUCreditBalance value containing accrued earned credits is carried over.
Monitoring Credit Usage
To see if your instance is spending more credits than the baseline provides, you can use CloudWatch
metrics to track usage, and you can set up hourly alarms to be notified of credit usage. For more
information, see Monitoring Your CPU Credits (p. 157).
Examples: Unlimited Mode
The following examples explain credit use for instances that are configured as unlimited.
Examples
139
• Example 1: Explaining Credit Use with T3 Unlimited (p. 140)

• Example 2: Explaining Credit Use with T2 Unlimited (p. 141)
Example 1: Explaining Credit Use with T3 Unlimited
In this example, you see the CPU utilization of a t3.nano instance launched as unlimited, and how it
spends earned and surplus credits to sustain CPU performance.
A t3.nano instance earns 144 CPU credits over a rolling 24-hour period, which it can redeem for 144
minutes of vCPU use. When it depletes its CPU credit balance (represented by the CloudWatch metric
CPUCreditBalance), it can spend surplus CPU credits—that it has not yet earned—to burst for as long
as it needs. Because a t3.nano instance earns a maximum of 144 credits in a 24-hour period, it can
spend surplus credits up to that maximum without being charged immediately. If it spends more than
144 CPU credits, it is charged for the difference at the end of the hour.
The intent of the example, illustrated by the following graph, is to show how an instance can burst using
surplus credits even after it depletes its CPUCreditBalance. The following workflow references the
numbered points on the graph:
P1 – At 0 hours on the graph, the instance is launched as unlimited and immediately begins to earn
credits. The instance remains idle from the time it is launched—CPU utilization is 0%—and no credits are
spent. All unspent credits are accrued in the credit balance. For the first 24 hours, CPUCreditUsage is at
0, and the CPUCreditBalance value reaches its maximum of 144.
P2 – For the next 12 hours, CPU utilization is at 2.5%, which is below the 5% baseline. The instance
earns more credits than it spends, but the CPUCreditBalance value cannot exceed its maximum of 144
credits.
P3 – For the next 24 hours, CPU utilization is at 7% (above the baseline), which requires a spend of 57.6
credits. The instance spends more credits than it earns, and the CPUCreditBalance value reduces to
86.4 credits.
P4 – For the next 12 hours, CPU utilization decreases to 2.5% (below the baseline), which requires a
spend of 36 credits. In the same time, the instance earns 72 credits. The instance earns more credits than
it spends, and the CPUCreditBalance value increases to 122 credits.
P5 – For the next 5 hours, the instance bursts at 100% CPU utilization, and spends a total of 570 credits
to sustain the burst. About an hour into this period, the instance depletes its entire CPUCreditBalance
of 122 credits, and starts to spend surplus credits to sustain the high CPU performance, totaling 448
surplus credits in this period (570-122=448). When the CPUSurplusCreditBalance value reaches
144 CPU credits (the maximum a t3.nano instance can earn in a 24-hour period), any surplus credits
spent thereafter cannot be offset by earned credits. The surplus credits spent thereafter amounts to 304
credits (448-144=304), which results in a small additional charge at the end of the hour for 304 credits.
P6 – For the next 13 hours, CPU utilization is at 5% (the baseline). The instance earns as
many credits as it spends, with no excess to pay down the CPUSurplusCreditBalance. The
CPUSurplusCreditBalance value remains at 144 credits.
P7 – For the last 24 hours in this example, the instance is idle and CPU utilization is 0%. During this time,
the instance earns 144 credits, which it uses to pay down the CPUSurplusCreditBalance.
140
Example 2: Explaining Credit Use with T2 Unlimited
In this example, you see the CPU utilization of a t2.nano instance launched as unlimited, and how it
spends earned and surplus credits to sustain CPU performance.
A t2.nano instance earns 72 CPU credits over a rolling 24-hour period, which it can redeem for 72
minutes of vCPU use. When it depletes its CPU credit balance (represented by the CloudWatch metric
CPUCreditBalance), it can spend surplus CPU credits—that it has not yet earned—to burst for as long
as it needs. Because a t2.nano instance earns a maximum of 72 credits in a 24-hour period, it can spend
surplus credits up to that maximum without being charged immediately. If it spends more than 72 CPU
credits, it is charged for the difference at the end of the hour.
The intent of the example, illustrated by the following graph, is to show how an instance can burst using
surplus credits even after it depletes its CPUCreditBalance. You can assume that, at the start of the
time line in the graph, the instance has an accrued credit balance equal to the maximum number of
credits it can earn in 24 hours. The following workflow references the numbered points on the graph:
1 – In the first 10 minutes, CPUCreditUsage is at 0, and the CPUCreditBalance value remains at its
maximum of 72.
2 – At 23:40, as CPU utilization increases, the instance spends CPU credits and the CPUCreditBalance
value decreases.
3 – At around 00:47, the instance depletes its entire CPUCreditBalance, and starts to spend surplus
credits to sustain high CPU performance.
4 – Surplus credits are spent until 01:55, when the CPUSurplusCreditBalance value reaches 72 CPU
credits. This is equal to the maximum a t2.nano instance can earn in a 24-hour period. Any surplus
141
credits spent thereafter cannot be offset by earned credits within the 24-hour period, which results in a
small additional charge at the end of the hour.
5 – The instance continues to spend surplus credits until around 02:20. At this time, CPU utilization
falls below the baseline, and the instance starts to earn credits at 3 credits per hour (or 0.25
credits every 5 minutes), which it uses to pay down the CPUSurplusCreditBalance. After the
CPUSurplusCreditBalance value reduces to 0, the instance starts to accrue earned credits in its
CPUCreditBalance at 0.25 credits every 5 minutes.
Calculating the Bill
Surplus credits cost $0.096 per vCPU-hour. The instance spent approximately 25 surplus credits between
01:55 and 02:20, which is equivalent to 0.42 vCPU-hours.
Additional charges for this instance are 0.42 vCPU-hours x $0.096/vCPU-hour = $0.04032, rounded to
$0.04.
Here is the month-end bill for this T2 Unlimited instance:
You can set billing alerts to be notified every hour of any accruing charges, and take action if required.
Standard Mode for Burstable Performance Instances

A burstable performance instance configured as standard is suited to workloads with an average
CPU utilization that is consistently below the baseline performance of the instance. To burst above
the baseline, the instance spends credits that it has accrued in its CPU credit balance. If the instance is
142
running low on accrued credits, performance is gradually lowered to the baseline performance level, so
that the instance does not experience a sharp performance drop-off when its accrued CPU credit balance
is depleted. For more information, see CPU Credits and Baseline Performance for Burstable Performance
Instances (p. 133).
Contents
• Standard Mode Concepts (p. 143)
• Examples: Standard Mode (p. 145)
Standard Mode Concepts
The standard mode is a configuration option for burstable performance instances. It can be enabled or
disabled at any time for a running or stopped instance.
Note
T3 and T3a instances are launched as unlimited by default. T2 instances are launched as
How Standard Burstable Performance Instances Work
When a burstable performance instance configured as standard is in a running state, it continuously

earns (at a millisecond-level resolution) a set rate of earned credits per hour. For T2 Standard, when
the instance is stopped, it loses all its accrued credits, and its credit balance is reset to zero. When it is
restarted, it receives a new set of launch credits, and begins to accrue earned credits. For T3 and T3a
Standard, the CPU credit balance persists for seven days after the instance stops and the credits are lost
thereafter. If you start the instance within seven days, no credits are lost.
A T2 Standard instance receives two types of CPU credits: earned credits and launch credits. When a T2
Standard instance is in a running state, it continuously earns (at a millisecond-level resolution) a set rate
of earned credits per hour. At start, it has not yet earned credits for a good startup experience; therefore,
to provide a good startup experience, it receives launch credits at start, which it spends first while it
accrues earned credits.
T3 and T3a Standard instances do not receive launch credits.
Launch Credits
T2 Standard instances get 30 launch credits per vCPU at launch or start. For example, a t2.micro
instance has one vCPU and gets 30 launch credits, while a t2.xlarge instance has four vCPUs and gets
120 launch credits. Launch credits are designed to provide a good startup experience to allow instances
to burst immediately after launch before they have accrued earned credits.
Launch credits are spent first, before earned credits. Unspent launch credits are accrued in the CPU
credit balance, but do not count towards the CPU credit balance limit. For example, a t2.micro instance
has a CPU credit balance limit of 144 earned credits. If it is launched and remains idle for 24 hours,
its CPU credit balance reaches 174 (30 launch credits + 144 earned credits), which is over the limit.
However, after the instance spends the 30 launch credits, the credit balance cannot exceed 144. For more
information about the CPU credit balance limit for each instance size, see the credit table (p. 133).
The following table lists the initial CPU credit allocation received at launch or start, and the number of
vCPUs.
Instance type Launch credits vCPUs
t1.micro 15 1
t2.nano 30 1
143
Instance type Launch credits vCPUs
t2.micro 30 1
t2.small 30 1
t2.medium 60 2
t2.large 60 2
t2.xlarge 120 4
t2.2xlarge 240 8
Launch Credit Limits
There is a limit to the number of times T2 Standard instances can receive launch credits. The default limit
is 100 launches or starts of all T2 Standard instances combined per account, per Region, per rolling 24-
hour period. For example, the limit is reached when one instance is stopped and started 100 times within
a 24-hour period, or when 100 instances are launched within a 24-hour period, or other combinations
that equate to 100 starts. New accounts may have a lower limit, which increases over time based on your
usage.
Tip
To ensure that your workloads always get the performance they need, switch to Unlimited Mode
for Burstable Performance Instances (p. 135) or consider using a larger instance size.
Differences Between Launch Credits and Earned Credits
The following table lists the differences between launch credits and earned credits.
Launch credits Earned credits
Credit earn T2 Standard instances get 30 launch Each T2 instance continuously earns (at
rate credits per vCPU at launch or start. a millisecond-level resolution) a set rate
of CPU credits per hour, depending on
If a T2 instance is switched from the instance size. For more information
unlimited to standard, it does not get about the number of CPU credits
launch credits at the time of switching. earned per instance size, see the credit
table (p. 133).
Credit earn The limit for receiving launch credits is A T2 instance cannot accrue more credits
limit 100 launches or starts of all T2 Standard than the CPU credit balance limit. If the
instances combined per account, per CPU credit balance has reached its limit,
Region, per rolling 24-hour period. New any credits that are earned after the limit
accounts may have a lower limit, which is reached are discarded. Launch credits
increases over time based on your usage. do not count towards the limit. For more
information about the CPU credit balance
limit for each T2 instance size, see the
credit table (p. 133).
Credit use Launch credits are spent first, before Earned credits are spent only after all
earned credits. launch credits are spent.
Credit When a T2 Standard instance is running, When a T2 instance is running, earned

expiration launch credits do not expire. When a T2 credits that have accrued do not expire.
Standard instance stops or is switched to When the T2 instance stops, all accrued
T2 Unlimited, all launch credits are lost. earned credits are lost.
144
The number of accrued launch credits and accrued earned credits is tracked by the CloudWatch metric
CPUCreditBalance. For more information, see CPUCreditBalance in the CloudWatch metrics
table (p. 157).
Examples: Standard Mode
The following examples explain credit use when instances are configured as standard.
Examples
• Example 1: Explaining Credit Use with T3 Standard (p. 145)
• Example 2: Explaining Credit Use with T2 Standard (p. 146)
Example 1: Explaining Credit Use with T3 Standard
In this example, you see how a t3.nano instance launched as standard earns, accrues, and spends
earned credits. You see how the credit balance reflects the accrued earned credits.
Note
T3 and T3a instances configured as standard do not receive launch credits.
A running t3.nano instance earns 144 credits every 24 hours. Its credit balance limit is 144 earned
credits. After the limit is reached, new credits that are earned are discarded. For more information about
the number of credits that can be earned and accrued, see the credit table (p. 133).
You might launch a T3 Standard instance and use it immediately. Or, you might launch a T3 Standard
instance and leave it idle for a few days before running applications on it. Whether an instance is used or
remains idle determines if credits are spent or accrued. If an instance remains idle for 24 hours from the
time it is launched, the credit balance reaches it limit, which is the maximum number of earned credits
that can be accrued.
This example describes an instance that remains idle for 24 hours from the time it is launched, and walks
you through seven periods of time over a 96-hour period, showing the rate at which credits are earned,
accrued, spent, and discarded, and the value of the credit balance at the end of each period.
The following workflow references the numbered points on the graph:
P1 – At 0 hours on the graph, the instance is launched as standard and immediately begins to earn
credits. The instance remains idle from the time it is launched—CPU utilization is 0%—and no credits are
spent. All unspent credits are accrued in the credit balance. For the first 24 hours, CPUCreditUsage is at
0, and the CPUCreditBalance value reaches its maximum of 144.
P2 – For the next 12 hours, CPU utilization is at 2.5%, which is below the 5% baseline. The instance
earns more credits than it spends, but the CPUCreditBalance value cannot exceed its maximum of 144
credits. Any credits that are earned in excess of the limit are discarded.
P3 – For the next 24 hours, CPU utilization is at 7% (above the baseline), which requires a spend of 57.6
credits. The instance spends more credits than it earns, and the CPUCreditBalance value reduces to
86.4 credits.
P4 – For the next 12 hours, CPU utilization decreases to 2.5% (below the baseline), which requires a
spend of 36 credits. In the same time, the instance earns 72 credits. The instance earns more credits than
it spends, and the CPUCreditBalance value increases to 122 credits.
P5 – For the next two hours, the instance bursts at 100% CPU utilization, and depletes its entire
CPUCreditBalance value of 122 credits. At the end of this period, with the CPUCreditBalance at
zero, CPU utilization is forced to drop to the baseline performance level of 5%. At the baseline, the
instance earns as many credits as it spends.
145
P6 – For the next 14 hours, CPU utilization is at 5% (the baseline). The instance earns as many credits as
it spends. The CPUCreditBalance value remains at 0.
P7 – For the last 24 hours in this example, the instance is idle and CPU utilization is 0%. During this time,
the instance earns 144 credits, which it accrues in its CPUCreditBalance.
Example 2: Explaining Credit Use with T2 Standard
In this example, you see how a t2.nano instance launched as standard earns, accrues, and spends
launch and earned credits. You see how the credit balance reflects not only accrued earned credits, but
also accrued launch credits.
A t2.nano instance gets 30 launch credits when it is launched, and earns 72 credits every 24 hours. Its
credit balance limit is 72 earned credits; launch credits do not count towards the limit. After the limit is
reached, new credits that are earned are discarded. For more information about the number of credits
that can be earned and accrued, see the credit table (p. 133). For more information about limits, see
Launch Credit Limits (p. 144).
You might launch a T2 Standard instance and use it immediately. Or, you might launch a T2 Standard
instance and leave it idle for a few days before running applications on it. Whether an instance is used
or remains idle determines if credits are spent or accrued. If an instance remains idle for 24 hours from
the time it is launched, the credit balance appears to exceed its limit because the balance reflects both
accrued earned credits and accrued launch credits. However, after CPU is used, the launch credits are
spent first. Thereafter, the limit always reflects the maximum number of earned credits that can be
accrued.
This example describes an instance that remains idle for 24 hours from the time it is launched, and walks
you through seven periods of time over a 96-hour period, showing the rate at which credits are earned,
accrued, spent, and discarded, and the value of the credit balance at the end of each period.
Period 1: 1 – 24 hours
At 0 hours on the graph, the T2 instance is launched as standard and immediately gets 30 launch
credits. It earns credits while in the running state. The instance remains idle from the time it is launched
—CPU utilization is 0%—and no credits are spent. All unspent credits are accrued in the credit balance.
At approximately 14 hours after launch, the credit balance is 72 (30 launch credits + 42 earned credits),
which is equivalent to what the instance can earn in 24 hours. At 24 hours after launch, the credit
balance exceeds 72 credits because the unspent launch credits are accrued in the credit balance—the
credit balance is 102 credits: 30 launch credits + 72 earned credits.
146
Credit Spend Rate 0 credits per 24 hours (0% CPU utilization)
Credit Earn Rate 72 credits per 24 hours
Credit Discard Rate 0 credits per 24 hours
Credit Balance 102 credits (30 launch credits + 72 earned credits)
Conclusion
If there is no CPU utilization after launch, the instance accrues more credits than what it can earn in 24
hours (30 launch credits + 72 earned credits = 102 credits).
In a real-world scenario, an EC2 instance consumes a small number of credits while launching and
running, which prevents the balance from reaching the maximum theoretical value in this example.
For the next 12 hours, the instance continues to remain idle and earn credits, but the credit balance does
not increase. It plateaus at 102 credits (30 launch credits + 72 earned credits). The credit balance has
reached its limit of 72 accrued earned credits, so newly earned credits are discarded.
147
Credit Earn Rate 72 credits per 24 hours (3 credits per hour)
Credit Discard Rate 72 credits per 24 hours (100% of credit earn rate)
Credit Balance 102 credits (30 launch credits + 72 earned credits)

—balance is unchanged
Conclusion
An instance constantly earns credits, but it cannot accrue more earned credits if the credit balance
has reached its limit. After the limit is reached, newly earned credits are discarded. Launch credits do
not count towards the credit balance limit. If the balance includes accrued launch credits, the balance
appears to be over the limit.
For the next 25 hours, the instance uses 2% CPU, which requires 30 credits. In the same period, it earns
75 credits, but the credit balance decreases. The balance decreases because the accrued launch credits
are spent first, while newly earned credits are discarded because the credit balance is already at its limit
of 72 earned credits.
148
Credit Spend Rate 28.8 credits per 24 hours (1.2 credits per hour,
2% CPU utilization, 40% of credit earn rate)—30
credits over 25 hours
Credit Balance 72 credits (30 launch credits were spent; 72

earned credits remain unspent)
Conclusion
An instance spends launch credits first, before spending earned credits. Launch credits do not count
towards the credit limit. After the launch credits are spent, the balance can never go higher than what
can be earned in 24 hours. Furthermore, while an instance is running, it cannot get more launch credits.
For the next 11 hours, the instance uses 2% CPU, which requires 13.2 credits. This is the same CPU
utilization as in the previous period, but the balance does not decrease. It stays at 72 credits.
The balance does not decrease because the credit earn rate is higher than the credit spend rate. In the
time that the instance spends 13.2 credits, it also earns 33 credits. However, the balance limit is 72
credits, so any earned credits that exceed the limit are discarded. The balance plateaus at 72 credits,
which is different from the plateau of 102 credits during Period 2, because there are no accrued launch
credits.
149
Credit Spend Rate 28.8 credits per 24 hours (1.2 credits per hour, 2%
CPU utilization, 40% of credit earn rate)—13.2
Credit Discard Rate 43.2 credits per 24 hours (60% of credit earn rate)
Credit Balance 72 credits (0 launch credits, 72 earned credits)—

balance is at its limit
Conclusion
After launch credits are spent, the credit balance limit is determined by the number of credits that an
instance can earn in 24 hours. If the instance earns more credits than it spends, newly earned credits over
the limit are discarded.
For the next three hours, the instance bursts at 20% CPU utilization, which requires 36 credits. The
instance earns nine credits in the same three hours, which results in a net balance decrease of 27 credits.
At the end of three hours, the credit balance is 45 accrued earned credits.
150
Credit Spend Rate 288 credits per 24 hours (12 credits per hour, 20%
CPU utilization, 400% of credit earn rate)—36
Credit Earn Rate 72 credits per 24 hours (9 credits over 3 hours)
Credit Balance 45 credits (previous balance (72) - spent credits

(36) + earned credits (9))—balance decreases at
a rate of 216 credits per 24 hours (spend rate
288/24 + earn rate 72/24 = balance decrease rate
216/24)
Conclusion
If an instance spends more credits than it earns, its credit balance decreases.
For the next 15 hours, the instance uses 2% CPU, which requires 18 credits. This is the same CPU
utilization as in Periods 3 and 4. However, the balance increases in this period, whereas it decreased in
Period 3 and plateaued in Period 4.
In Period 3, the accrued launch credits were spent, and any earned credits that exceeded the credit limit
were discarded, resulting in a decrease in the credit balance. In Period 4, the instance spent fewer credits
than it earned. Any earned credits that exceeded the limit were discarded, so the balance plateaued at its
maximum of 72 credits.
151
In this period, there are no accrued launch credits, and the number of accrued earned credits in the
balance is below the limit. No earned credits are discarded. Furthermore, the instance earns more credits
than it spends, resulting in an increase in the credit balance.
Credit Spend Rate 28.8 credits per 24 hours (1.2 credits per hour,
2% CPU utilization, 40% of credit earn rate)—18
Credit Earn Rate 72 credits per 24 hours (45 credits over 15 hours)
Credit Balance 72 credits (balance increases at a rate of 43.2

credits per 24 hours—change rate = spend rate
28.8/24 + earn rate 72/24)
Conclusion
If an instance spends fewer credits than it earns, its credit balance increases.
For the next six hours, the instance remains idle—CPU utilization is 0%—and no credits are spent. This is
the same CPU utilization as in Period 2, but the balance does not plateau at 102 credits—it plateaus at
72 credits, which is the credit balance limit for the instance.
In Period 2, the credit balance included 30 accrued launch credits. The launch credits were spent in
Period 3. A running instance cannot get more launch credits. After its credit balance limit is reached, any
earned credits that exceed the limit are discarded.
152
Credit Balance 72 credits (0 launch credits, 72 earned credits)
Conclusion
An instance constantly earns credits, but cannot accrue more earned credits if the credit balance limit has
been reached. After the limit is reached, newly earned credits are discarded. The credit balance limit is
determined by the number of credits that an instance can earn in 24 hours. For more information about
credit balance limits, see the credit table (p. 133).
Working with Burstable Performance Instances

The steps for launching, monitoring, and modifying these instances are similar. The key difference is the
default credit specification when they launch:
• T3 and T3a instances launch as unlimited by default.

• T2 instances launch as standard by default.
Contents
• Launching a Burstable Performance Instance as Unlimited or Standard (p. 154)
• Using an Auto Scaling Group to Launch a Burstable Performance Instance as Unlimited (p. 154)
• Viewing the Credit Specification of a Burstable Performance Instance (p. 156)
153
• Modifying the Credit Specification of a Burstable Performance Instance (p. 156)
Launching a Burstable Performance Instance as Unlimited or Standard
T3 and T3a instances launch as unlimited by default. T2 instances launch as standard by default.
You can launch your instances as unlimited or standard using the Amazon EC2 console, an AWS SDK,
a command line tool, or with an Auto Scaling group. For more information, see Using an Auto Scaling
Group to Launch a Burstable Performance Instance as Unlimited (p. 154).
To launch a burstable performance instance as Unlimited or Standard (console)
1. Follow the Launching an Instance Using the Launch Instance Wizard (p. 333) procedure.
2. On the Choose an Instance Type page, select an instance type, and choose Next: Configure
Instance Details.
3. Choose a credit specification. The default for T3 and T3a is unlimited, and for T2 it is standard.
a. To launch a T3 or T3a instance as standard, on the Configure Instance Details page, for T2/T3
Unlimited, clear Enable.
b. To launch a T2 instance as unlimited, on the Configure Instance Details page, for T2/T3
Unlimited, select Enable.
4. Continue as prompted by the wizard. When you've finished reviewing your options on the Review
Instance Launch page, choose Launch. For more information, see Launching an Instance Using the
Launch Instance Wizard (p. 333).
To launch a burstable performance instance as Unlimited or Standard (AWS CLI)
Use the run-instances command to launch your instances. Specify the credit specification using the --
credit-specification CpuCredits= parameter. Valid credit specifications are unlimited and
standard.
• For T3 and T3a, if you do not include the --credit-specification parameter, the instance
launches as unlimited by default.
• For T2, if you do not include the --credit-specification parameter, the instance launches as
aws ec2 run-instances --image-id ami-abc12345 --count 1 --instance-type t3.micro --key-

name MyKeyPair --credit-specification "CpuCredits=unlimited"
Using an Auto Scaling Group to Launch a Burstable Performance Instance as Unlimited
When burstable performance instances are launched or started, they require CPU credits for a good
bootstrapping experience. If you use an Auto Scaling group to launch your instances, we recommend
that you configure your instances as unlimited. If you do, the instances use surplus credits when
they are automatically launched or restarted by the Auto Scaling group. Using surplus credits prevents
performance restrictions.
Creating a Launch Template
You must use a launch template for launching instances as unlimited in an Auto Scaling group. A
launch configuration does not support launching instances as unlimited.
To create a launch template that launches instances as Unlimited (console)
1. Follow the Creating a Launch Template for an Auto Scaling Group procedure.
154
2. In Launch template contents, for Instance type, choose a T3, T3a, or T2 instance size.
3. To launch instances as unlimited in an Auto Scaling group, in Advanced details, for T2/T3
Unlimited, choose Enable.
4. When you've finished defining the launch template parameters, choose Create launch template.
For more information, see Creating a Launch Template for an Auto Scaling Group in the Amazon EC2
Auto Scaling User Guide.
To create a launch template that launches instances as Unlimited (AWS CLI)
Use the create-launch-template command and specify unlimited as the credit specification.
• For T3 and T3a, if you do not include the CreditSpecification={CpuCredits=unlimited}

value, the instance launches as unlimited by default.
• For T2, if you do not include the CreditSpecification={CpuCredits=unlimited} value, the
instance launches as standard by default.
aws ec2 create-launch-template --launch-template-name MyLaunchTemplate

--version-description FirstVersion --launch-template-data
ImageId=ami-8c1be5f6,InstanceType=t3.medium,CreditSpecification={CpuCredits=unlimited}
Associating an Auto Scaling Group with a Launch Template
To associate the launch template with an Auto Scaling group, create the Auto Scaling group using the
launch template, or add the launch template to an existing Auto Scaling group.
To create an Auto Scaling group using a launch template (console)

2. On the navigation bar at the top of the screen, select the same Region that you used when you
created the launch template.
3. In the navigation pane, choose Auto Scaling Groups, Create Auto Scaling group.
4. Choose Launch Template, select your launch template, and then choose Next Step.
5. Complete the fields for the Auto Scaling group. When you've finished reviewing your configuration
settings on the Review page, choose Create Auto Scaling group. For more information, see Creating
an Auto Scaling Group Using a Launch Template in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide.
To create an Auto Scaling group using a launch template (AWS CLI)
Use the create-auto-scaling-group AWS CLI command and specify the --launch-template parameter.
To add a launch template to an existing Auto Scaling group (console)

2. On the navigation bar at the top of the screen, select the same Region that you used when you
created the launch template.
3. In the navigation pane, choose Auto Scaling Groups.
4. From the Auto Scaling group list, select an Auto Scaling group, and choose Actions, Edit.
5. On the Details tab, for Launch Template, choose a launch template, and then choose Save.
To add a launch template to an existing Auto Scaling group (AWS CLI)
Use the update-auto-scaling-group AWS CLI command and specify the --launch-template parameter.
155
Viewing the Credit Specification of a Burstable Performance Instance
You can view the credit specification (unlimited or standard) of a running or stopped instance.
To view the credit specification of a burstable instance (console)

2. In the left navigation pane, choose Instances and select the instance.
3. Choose Description and view the T2/T3 Unlimited field.
• If the value is Enabled, then your instance is configured as unlimited.

• If the value is Disabled, then your instance is configured as standard .
To describe the credit specification of a burstable performance instance (AWS CLI)
Use the describe-instance-credit-specifications command. If you do not specify one or more instance
IDs, all instances with the credit specification of unlimited are returned, as well as instances that were
previously configured with the unlimited credit specification. For example, if you resize a T3 instance
to an M4 instance, while it is configured as unlimited, Amazon EC2 returns the M4 instance.
Example
aws ec2 describe-instance-credit-specifications --instance-id i-1234567890abcdef0
The following is example output:
{
"InstanceCreditSpecifications": [
{
"InstanceId": "i-1234567890abcdef0",
"CpuCredits": "unlimited"
}
]
}
Modifying the Credit Specification of a Burstable Performance Instance
You can switch the credit specification of a running or stopped instance at any time between unlimited
and standard.
To modify the credit specification of a burstable performance instance (console)

2. In the left navigation pane, choose Instances and select the instance. To modify the credit
specification for several instances at one time, select all applicable instances.
3. Choose Actions, Instance Settings, Change T2/T3 Unlimited.
Note
The Change T2/T3 Unlimited option is enabled only if you select a T3, T3a, or T2 instance.
4. To change the credit specification to unlimited, choose Enable. To change the credit specification
to standard, choose Disable. The current credit specification for the instance appears in
parentheses after the instance ID.
To modify the credit specification of a burstable performance instance (AWS CLI)
156
Use the modify-instance-credit-specification command. Specify the instance and its credit specification
using the --instance-credit-specification parameter. Valid credit specifications are unlimited
and standard.
Example
aws ec2 modify-instance-credit-specification --region us-east-1 --instance-credit-

specification "InstanceId=i-1234567890abcdef0,CpuCredits=unlimited"
{
"SuccessfulInstanceCreditSpecifications": [
{
"InstanceId": "i- 1234567890abcdef0"
}
],
"UnsuccessfulInstanceCreditSpecifications": []
}
Monitoring Your CPU Credits

You can see the credit balance for each instance in the Amazon EC2 per-instance metrics of the
CloudWatch console.
Topics
• Additional CloudWatch Metrics for Burstable Performance Instances (p. 157)
• Calculating CPU Credit Usage (p. 159)
Additional CloudWatch Metrics for Burstable Performance Instances
T3, T3a, and T2 instances have these additional CloudWatch metrics, which are updated every five
minutes:
• CPUCreditUsage – The number of CPU credits spent during the measurement period.
• CPUCreditBalance – The number of CPU credits that an instance has accrued. This balance is
depleted when the CPU bursts and CPU credits are spent more quickly than they are earned.
• CPUSurplusCreditBalance – The number of surplus CPU credits spent to sustain CPU performance
when the CPUCreditBalance value is zero.
• CPUSurplusCreditsCharged – The number of surplus CPU credits exceeding the maximum number
of CPU credits (p. 133) that can be earned in a 24-hour period, and thus attracting an additional
charge.
The last two metrics apply only to instances configured as unlimited.
The following table describes the CloudWatch metrics for burstable performance instances. For more
information, see List the Available CloudWatch Metrics for Your Instances (p. 547).
Metric Description
CPUCreditUsage The number of CPU credits spent by the instance for CPU
utilization. One CPU credit equals one vCPU running at 100%
utilization for one minute or an equivalent combination of vCPUs,
utilization, and time (for example, one vCPU running at 50%
157
Metric Description
utilization for two minutes or two vCPUs running at 25% utilization
for two minutes).
CPU credit metrics are available at a five-minute frequency only. If

you specify a period greater than five minutes, use the Sum statistic
instead of the Average statistic.
Units: Credits (vCPU-minutes)
CPUCreditBalance The number of earned CPU credits that an instance has

accrued since it was launched or started. For T2 Standard, the
CPUCreditBalance also includes the number of launch credits
that have been accrued.
Credits are accrued in the credit balance after they are earned,
and removed from the credit balance when they are spent. The
credit balance has a maximum limit, determined by the instance
size. After the limit is reached, any new credits that are earned are
discarded. For T2 Standard, launch credits do not count towards the
limit.
The credits in the CPUCreditBalance are available for the

instance to spend to burst beyond its baseline CPU utilization.
When an instance is running, credits in the CPUCreditBalance

do not expire. When a T3 or T3a instance stops, the
CPUCreditBalance value persists for seven days. Thereafter,
all accrued credits are lost. When a T2 instance stops, the
CPUCreditBalance value does not persist, and all accrued credits
are lost.
CPU credit metrics are available at a five-minute frequency only.
CPUSurplusCreditBalance The number of surplus credits that have been spent by an

unlimited instance when its CPUCreditBalance value is zero.
The CPUSurplusCreditBalance value is paid down by earned

CPU credits. If the number of surplus credits exceeds the maximum
number of credits that the instance can earn in a 24-hour period,
the spent surplus credits above the maximum incur an additional
charge.
158
Metric Description
CPUSurplusCreditsCharged The number of spent surplus credits that are not paid down by
earned CPU credits, and which thus incur an additional charge.
Spent surplus credits are charged when any of the following occurs:
• The spent surplus credits exceed the maximum number of credits

that the instance can earn in a 24-hour period. Spent surplus
credits above the maximum are charged at the end of the hour.
Calculating CPU Credit Usage
The CPU credit usage of instances is calculated using the instance CloudWatch metrics described in the
preceding table.
Amazon EC2 sends the metrics to CloudWatch every five minutes. A reference to the prior value of a
metric at any point in time implies the previous value of the metric, sent five minutes ago.
Calculating CPU Credit Usage for Standard Instances
• The CPU credit balance increases if CPU utilization is below the baseline, when the credits spent are
less than the credits earned in the prior five-minute interval.
• The CPU credit balance decreases if CPU utilization is above the baseline, when the credits spent are
more than the credits earned in the prior five-minute interval.
Mathematically, this is captured by the following equation:
Example
CPUCreditBalance = prior CPUCreditBalance + [Credits earned per hour * (5/60) -

CPUCreditUsage]
The size of the instance determines the number of credits that the instance can earn per hour and the
number of earned credits that it can accrue in the credit balance. For information about the number of
credits earned per hour, and the credit balance limit for each instance size, see the credit table (p. 133).
Example
This example uses a t3.nano instance. To calculate the CPUCreditBalance value of the instance, use
the preceding equation as follows:
• CPUCreditBalance – The current credit balance to calculate.

• prior CPUCreditBalance – The credit balance five minutes ago. In this example, the instance had
accrued two credits.
• Credits earned per hour – A t3.nano instance earns six credits per hour.
• 5/60 – Represents the five-minute interval between CloudWatch metric publication. Multiply the
credits earned per hour by 5/60 (five minutes) to get the number of credits that the instance earned in
the past five minutes. A t3.nano instance earns 0.5 credits every five minutes.
159
• CPUCreditUsage – How many credits the instance spent in the past five minutes. In this example, the
instance spent one credit in the past five minutes.
Using these values, you can calculate the CPUCreditBalance value:
Example
CPUCreditBalance = 2 + [0.5 - 1] = 1.5
Calculating CPU Credit Usage for Unlimited Instances

When a T3, T3a, or T2 instance needs to burst above the baseline, it always spends accrued credits before
spending surplus credits. When it depletes its accrued CPU credit balance, it can spend surplus credits
to burst for as long as it needs. When CPU utilization falls below the baseline, surplus credits are always
paid down before the instance accrues earned credits.
We use the term Adjusted balance in the following equations to reflect the activity that occurs in
this five-minute interval. We use this value to arrive at the values for the CPUCreditBalance and
CPUSurplusCreditBalance CloudWatch metrics.
Example
Adjusted balance = [prior CPUCreditBalance - prior CPUSurplusCreditBalance] + [Credits

earned per hour * (5/60) - CPUCreditUsage]
A value of 0 for Adjusted balance indicates that the instance spent all its earned credits
for bursting, and no surplus credits were spent. As a result, both CPUCreditBalance and
CPUSurplusCreditBalance are set to 0.
A positive Adjusted balance value indicates that the instance accrued earned credits, and previous
surplus credits, if any, were paid down. As a result, the Adjusted balance value is assigned to
CPUCreditBalance, and the CPUSurplusCreditBalance is set to 0. The instance size determines the
maximum number of credits (p. 133) that it can accrue.
Example
CPUCreditBalance = min [max earned credit balance, Adjusted balance]

CPUSurplusCreditBalance = 0
A negative Adjusted balance value indicates that the instance spent all its earned credits that it
accrued and, in addition, also spent surplus credits for bursting. As a result, the Adjusted balance
value is assigned to CPUSurplusCreditBalance and CPUCreditBalance is set to 0. Again, the
instance size determines the maximum number of credits (p. 133) that it can accrue.
Example
CPUSurplusCreditBalance = min [max earned credit balance, -Adjusted balance]

CPUCreditBalance = 0
If the surplus credits spent exceed the maximum credits that the instance can accrue, the surplus credit
balance is set to the maximum, as shown in the preceding equation. The remaining surplus credits are
charged as represented by the CPUSurplusCreditsCharged metric.
Example
CPUSurplusCreditsCharged = max [-Adjusted balance - max earned credit balance, 0]
160
Compute Optimized Instances
Finally, when the instance terminates, any surplus credits tracked by the CPUSurplusCreditBalance
are charged. If the instance is switched from unlimited to standard, any remaining
CPUSurplusCreditBalance is also charged.

Compute optimized instances are ideal for compute-bound applications that benefit from high-
performance processors. They are well suited for the following applications:
• Batch processing workloads

• Media transcoding
• High-performance web servers
• High-performance computing (HPC)
• Scientific modeling
• Dedicated gaming servers and ad serving engines
• Machine learning inference and other compute-intensive applications
For more information, see Amazon EC2 C5 Instances.
Contents
The following is a summary of the hardware specifications for compute optimized instances.
c4.large 2 3.75
c4.xlarge 4 7.5
c4.2xlarge 8 15
c4.4xlarge 16 30
c4.8xlarge 36 60
c5.large 2 4
c5.xlarge 4 8
c5.2xlarge 8 16
c5.4xlarge 16 32
c5.9xlarge 36 72
161
c5.12xlarge 48 96
c5.18xlarge 72 144
c5.24large 96 192
c5.metal 96 192
c5d.large 2 4
c5d.xlarge 4 8
c5d.2xlarge 8 16
c5d.4xlarge 16 32
c5d.9xlarge 36 72
c5d.18xlarge 72 144
c5n.large 2 5.25
c5n.xlarge 4 10.5
c5n.2xlarge 8 21
c5n.4xlarge 16 42
c5n.9xlarge 36 96
c5n.18xlarge 72 192
c5n.metal 72 192
EC2 Instance Types.
compute optimized instances are EBS-optimized by default at no additional cost. For more information,
Network Performance
162
The following is a summary of network performance for compute optimized instances that support
c5.4xlarge and smaller | Up to 10 Gbps ENA (p. 700)

c5d.4xlarge and smaller
c5.9xlarge | c5d.9xlarge 10 Gbps ENA (p. 700)
c5.12xlarge | c5d.12xlarge 12 Gbps ENA (p. 700)
c5n.4xlarge and smaller Up to 25 Gbps ENA (p. 700)
c5.18xlarge | c5.24xlarge | 25 Gbps ENA (p. 700)

c5.metal | c5d.18xlarge
c5n.9xlarge 50 Gbps ENA (p. 700)
c5n.18xlarge | c5n.metal 100 Gbps ENA (p. 700)
c4.large Moderate Intel 82599 VF (p. 706)
c4.xlarge | c4.2xlarge | High Intel 82599 VF (p. 706)

c4.4xlarge
c4.8xlarge 10 Gbps Intel 82599 VF (p. 706)
SSD I/O Performance

c5d.large * 20,000 9,000
c5d.xlarge * 40,000 18,000
c5d.2xlarge * 80,000 37,000
c5d.4xlarge * 175,000 75,000
c5d.9xlarge 350,000 170,000
c5d.18xlarge 700,000 340,000
163
Instance Features
The following is a summary of features for compute optimized instances:
C4 Yes No No Yes
C5 Yes Yes No Yes
C5d No Yes NVMe * Yes
C5n Yes Yes No Yes

Release Notes
• C4, C5, C5d, and C5n instances require 64-bit EBS-backed HVM AMIs. They have high-memory and
require a 64-bit operating system to take advantage of that capacity. HVM AMIs provide superior
performance in comparison to paravirtual (PV) AMIs on high-memory instance types. In addition, you
must use an HVM AMI to take advantage of enhanced networking.
• C5, C5d, and C5n instances have the following requirements:

• Amazon Linux 2
164
Memory Optimized Instances

• C5, C5d, and C5n instances support a maximum of 28 attachments, including network interfaces,
EBS volumes, and NVMe instance store volumes. Every instance has at least one network interface
attachment.

Memory optimized instances are designed to deliver fast performance for workloads that process large
data sets in memory.
R4, R5, R5a, R5ad, R5d Instances

These instances are well suited for the following applications:
• High-performance, relational (MySQL) and NoSQL (MongoDB, Cassandra) databases.

• Distributed web scale cache stores that provide in-memory caching of key-value type data
(Memcached and Redis).
• In-memory databases using optimized data storage formats and analytics for business intelligence (for
example, SAP HANA).
• Applications performing real-time processing of big unstructured data (financial services, Hadoop/
Spark clusters).
• High-performance computing (HPC) and Electronic Design Automation (EDA) applications.
r5.metal and r5d.metal instances provide your applications with direct access to physical resources of
the host server, such as processors and memory. These instances are well suited for the following:
For more information, see Amazon EC2 R5 Instances.
High memory instances
High memory instances (u-6tb1.metal, u-9tb1.metal, and u-12tb1.metal) offer 6 TiB, 9 TiB,
and 12 TiB of memory per instance. These instances are designed to run large in-memory databases,
165
including production installations of SAP HANA. They offer bare metal performance with direct access to
host hardware.
X1 Instances
• In-memory databases such as SAP HANA, including SAP-certified support for Business Suite S/4HANA,
Business Suite on HANA (SoH), Business Warehouse on HANA (BW), and Data Mart Solutions on HANA.
For more information, see SAP HANA on the AWS Cloud.
• Big-data processing engines such as Apache Spark or Presto.
• High-performance computing (HPC) applications.
For more information, see Amazon EC2 X1 Instances.
X1e Instances
• High-performance databases.
• In-memory databases such as SAP HANA. For more information, see SAP HANA on the AWS Cloud.
• Memory-intensive enterprise applications.
For more information, see Amazon EC2 X1e Instances.
z1d Instances
These instances deliver both high compute and high memory and are well-suited for the following
applications:
• Electronic Design Automation (EDA)

• Relational database workloads
z1d.metal instances provide your applications with direct access to physical resources of the host
server, such as processors and memory. These instances are well suited for the following:
For more information, see Amazon EC2 z1d Instances.
Contents
• Memory Performance (p. 169)
• High Availability and Reliability (X1) (p. 172)
• Support for vCPUs (p. 172)
166
The following is a summary of the hardware specifications for memory optimized instances.
r4.large 2 15.25
r4.xlarge 4 30.5
r4.2xlarge 8 61
r4.4xlarge 16 122
r4.8xlarge 32 244
r4.16xlarge 64 488
r5.large 2 16
r5.xlarge 4 32
r5.2xlarge 8 64
r5.4xlarge 16 128
r5.8xlarge 32 256
r5.12xlarge 48 384
r5.16xlarge 64 512
r5.24xlarge 96 768
r5.metal 96 768
r5a.large 2 16
r5a.xlarge 4 32
r5a.2xlarge 8 64
r5a.4xlarge 16 128
r5a.8xlarge 32 256
r5a.12xlarge 48 384
r5a.16xlarge 64 512
r5a.24xlarge 96 768
r5ad.large 2 16
r5ad.xlarge 4 32
r5ad.2xlarge 8 64
r5ad.4xlarge 16 128
167
r5ad.12xlarge 48 384
r5ad.24xlarge 96 768
r5d.large 2 16
r5d.xlarge 4 32
r5d.2xlarge 8 64
r5d.4xlarge 16 128
r5d.8xlarge 32 256
r5d.12xlarge 48 384
r5d.16xlarge 64 512
r5d.24xlarge 96 768
r5d.metal 96 768
u-6tb1.metal 448 * 6,144
u-9tb1.metal 448 * 9,216
u-12tb1.metal 448 * 12,288
x1.16xlarge 64 976
x1.32xlarge 128 1,952
x1e.xlarge 4 122
x1e.2xlarge 8 244
x1e.4xlarge 16 488
x1e.8xlarge 32 976
x1e.16xlarge 64 1,952
x1e.32xlarge 128 3,904
z1d.large 2 16
z1d.xlarge 4 32
z1d.2xlarge 8 64
z1d.3xlarge 12 96
z1d.6xlarge 24 192
z1d.12xlarge 48 384
z1d.metal 48 384
* Each logical processor is a hyperthread on 224 cores.
168
EC2 Instance Types.
Memory Performance
X1 instances include Intel Scalable Memory Buffers, providing 300 GiB/s of sustainable memory-read
bandwidth and 140 GiB/s of sustainable memory-write bandwidth.
For more information about how much RAM can be enabled for memory optimized instances, see
Hardware Specifications (p. 167).
Memory optimized instances have high memory and require 64-bit HVM AMIs to take advantage of that
capacity. HVM AMIs provide superior performance in comparison to paravirtual (PV) AMIs on memory
optimized instances. .
R4 instances feature up to 64 vCPUs and are powered by two AWS-customized Intel XEON processors
based on E5-2686v4 that feature high-memory bandwidth and larger L3 caches to boost the
performance of in-memory applications.
X1e and X1 instances feature up to 128 vCPUs and are powered by four Intel Xeon E7-8880 v3
processors that feature high-memory bandwidth and larger L3 caches to boost the performance of in-
memory applications.
High memory instances (u-6tb1.metal, u-9tb1.metal, and u-12tb1.metal) are the first instances
to be powered by an eight-socket platform with the latest generation Intel Xeon Platinum 8176M
(Skylake) processors that are optimized for mission-critical enterprise workloads.
Memory optimized instances enable increased cryptographic performance through the latest Intel AES-
NI feature, support Intel Transactional Synchronization Extensions (TSX) to boost the performance of in-
memory transactional data processing, and support Advanced Vector Extensions 2 (Intel AVX2) processor
instructions to expand most integer commands to 256 bits.
Network Performance
The following is a summary of network performance for memory optimized instances that support
r4.4xlarge and smaller | r5.4xlarge Up to 10 Gbps ENA (p. 700)

and smaller | r5a.8xlarge and smaller |
169

r5ad.4xlarge and smaller | r5d.4xlarge
and smaller | x1e.8large and smaller |
z1d.3xlarge and smaller
r4.8xlarge | r5.8xlarge | r5.12xlarge 10 Gbps ENA (p. 700)

| r5a.12xlarge | r5ad.12xlarge |
r5d.8xlarge | r5d.12xlarge | x1.16xlarge |
x1e.16xlarge | z1d.6xlarge
r5a.16xlarge | r5ad.16xlarge 12 Gbps ENA (p. 700)
r5.16xlarge | r5a.24xlarge | 20 Gbps ENA (p. 700)

r5ad.24xlarge | r5d.16xlarge
r4.16xlarge | r5.24xlarge | r5.metal | 25 Gbps ENA (p. 700)

r5d.24xlarge | r5d.metal | u-6tb1.metal
| u-9tb1.metal | u-12tb1.metal |
x1.32xlarge | x1e.32xlarge | z1d.12xlarge
| z1d.metal
SSD I/O Performance

r5ad.large * 30,000 15,000
r5ad.xlarge * 59,000 29,000
r5ad.2xlarge * 117,000 57,000
r5ad.4xlarge * 234,000 114,000
r5ad.12xlarge 700,000 340,000
r5ad.24xlarge 1,400,000 680,000
r5d.large * 30,000 15,000
r5d.xlarge * 59,000 29,000
r5d.2xlarge * 117,000 57,000
r5d.4xlarge * 234,000 114,000
r5d.8xlarge 466,666 233,333
r5d.12xlarge 700,000 340,000
r5d.16xlarge 933,333 466,666
r5d.24xlarge 1,400,000 680,000
r5d.metal 1,400,000 680,000
170
z1d.large * 30,000 15,000
z1d.xlarge * 59,000 29,000
z1d.2xlarge * 117,000 57,000
z1d.3xlarge * 175,000 75,000
z1d.6xlarge 350,000 170,000
z1d.12xlarge 700,000 340,000
z1d.metal 700,000 340,000
Instance Features
The following is a summary of features for memory optimized instances.
R4 Yes No No Yes
R5 Yes Yes No Yes
R5a Yes Yes No Yes
R5ad No Yes NVME * Yes
R5d No Yes NVME * Yes
Yes
u-6tb1.metal Yes No No
171
Yes
Yes
X1 No No SSD Yes
X1e No No SSD * Yes
z1d No Yes NVME * Yes

High Availability and Reliability (X1)

X1 instances support Single Device Data Correction (SDDC +1), which detects and corrects multi-bit
errors. SDDC +1 uses error checking and correction code to identify and disable a failed single DRAM
device.
In addition, you can implement high availability (HA) and disaster recovery (DR) solutions to meet
recovery point objective (RPO), recovery time objective (RTO), and cost requirements by leveraging
Amazon CloudFormation and Recover Your Instance (p. 392).
If you run an SAP HANA production environment, you also have the option of using HANA System
Replication (HSR) on X1 instances. For more information about architecting HA and DR solutions on X1
instances, see SAP HANA on the Amazon Web Services Cloud: Quick Start Reference Deployment.
Support for vCPUs

Memory optimized instances provide a high number of vCPUs, which can cause launch issues with
operating systems that have a lower vCPU limit. We strongly recommend that you use the latest AMIs
when you launch memory optimized instances.
The following AMIs support launching memory optimized instances:
• Amazon Linux 2 (HVM)

• Amazon Linux AMI 2016.03 (HVM) or later
• Ubuntu Server 14.04 LTS (HVM)
• Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7.1 (HVM)
• SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP1 (HVM)
• Windows Server 2019
• Windows Server 2012 R2
• Windows Server 2008 R2 64-bit
• Windows Server 2008 SP2 64-bit
172
Storage Optimized Instances
Release Notes
• R5 and R5d instances feature a 3.1 GHz Intel Xeon Platinum 8000 series processor.
• R5a and R5ad instances feature a 2.5 GHz AMD EPYC 7000 series processor.
• The following are requirements for high memory, R5, R5a, R5ad, R5d, and z1d instances:

• Amazon Linux 2
• R5, R5a, R5ad, R5d, and z1d instances support a maximum of 28 attachments, including network
interfaces, EBS volumes, and NVMe instance store volumes. Every instance has at least one network
interface attachment. For example, if you have no additional network interface attachments on an
EBS-only instance, you could attach 27 EBS volumes to that instance.
• You can't launch X1 instances using a Windows Server 2008 SP2 64-bit AMI, except for x1.16xlarge
instances.
• You can't launch X1e instances using a Windows Server 2008 SP2 64-bit AMI.
• With earlier versions of the Windows Server 2008 R2 64-bit AMI, you can't launch r4.large and
r4.4xlarge instances. If you experience this issue, update to the latest version of this AMI.

Storage optimized instances are designed for workloads that require high, sequential read and write
access to very large data sets on local storage. They are optimized to deliver tens of thousands of low-
latency, random I/O operations per second (IOPS) to applications.
D2 Instances
D2 instances are well suited for the following applications:
• Massive parallel processing (MPP) data warehouse

• MapReduce and Hadoop distributed computing
173
• Log or data processing applications
H1 Instances
H1 instances are well suited for the following applications:
• Data-intensive workloads such as MapReduce and distributed file systems

• Applications requiring sequential access to large amounts of data on direct-attached instance storage
• Applications that require high-throughput access to large quantities of data
I3 and I3en Instances
• High frequency online transaction processing (OLTP) systems

• Relational databases
• NoSQL databases
• Cache for in-memory databases (for example, Redis)
• Data warehousing applications
• Distributed file systems
Bare metal instances provide your applications with direct access to physical resources of the host server,
such as processors and memory. These instances are well suited for the following:
For more information, see Amazon EC2 I3 Instances.
Contents
The primary data storage for D2 instances is HDD instance store volumes. The primary data storage for
I3 instances is non-volatile memory express (NVMe) SSD instance store volumes.
Instance store volumes persist only for the life of the instance. When you stop or terminate an instance,
the applications and data in its instance store volumes are erased. We recommend that you regularly
back up or replicate important data in your instance store volumes. For more information, see Amazon
EC2 Instance Store (p. 916) and SSD Instance Store Volumes (p. 923).
The following is a summary of the hardware specifications for storage optimized instances.
174
d2.xlarge 4 30.5
d2.2xlarge 8 61
d2.4xlarge 16 122
d2.8xlarge 36 244
h1.2xlarge 8 32
h1.4xlarge 16 64
h1.8xlarge 32 128
h1.16xlarge 64 256
i3.large 2 15.25
i3.xlarge 4 30.5
i3.2xlarge 8 61
i3.4xlarge 16 122
i3.8xlarge 32 244
i3.16xlarge 64 488
i3.metal 72 512
i3en.large 2 16
i3en.xlarge 4 32
i3en.2xlarge 8 64
i3en.3xlarge 12 96
i3en.6xlarge 24 192
i3en.12xlarge 48 384
i3en.24xlarge 96 768
i3en.metal 96 768
EC2 Instance Types.
For instances with NVMe instance store volumes, be sure to use the AWS NVMe driver. For more
information, see AWS NVMe Drivers for Windows Instances (p. 445).
175
storage optimized instances are EBS-optimized by default at no additional cost. For more information,
Network Performance
The following is a summary of network performance for storage optimized instances that support
i3.4xlarge and smaller Up to 10 Gbps, use network I/O ENA (p. 700)
credit mechanism
i3.8xlarge | h1.8xlarge 10 Gbps ENA (p. 700)
i3en.3xlarge and smaller Up to 25 Gbps, use network I/O ENA (p. 700)
credit mechanism
i3.16xlarge | i3.metal 25 Gbps ENA (p. 700)

| i3en.6xlarge |
h1.16xlarge
i3en.12xlarge 50 Gbps ENA (p. 700)
i3en.24xlarge 100 Gbps ENA (p. 700)
d2.xlarge Moderate Intel 82599 VF (p. 706)
d2.2xlarge | d2.4xlarge High Intel 82599 VF (p. 706)
d2.8xlarge 10 Gbps Intel 82599 VF (p. 706)
SSD I/O Performance

i3.large * 100,125 35,000
i3.xlarge * 206,250 70,000
i3.2xlarge 412,500 180,000
176
i3.4xlarge 825,000 360,000
i3.8xlarge 1.65 million 720,000
i3.16xlarge 3.3 million 1.4 million
i3.metal 3.3 million 1.4 million
i3en.large * 42,500 32,500
i3en.xlarge * 85,000 65,000
i3en.2xlarge * 170,000 130,000
i3en.3xlarge 250,000 200,000
i3en.6xlarge 500,000 400,000
i3en.12xlarge 1 million 800,000
i3en.24xlarge 2 million 1.6 million
i3en.metal 2 million 1.6 million
As you fill your SSD-based instance store volumes, the I/O performance that you get decreases. This is
due to the extra work that the SSD controller must do to find available space, rewrite existing data, and
erase unused space so that it can be rewritten. This process of garbage collection results in internal write
amplification to the SSD, expressed as the ratio of SSD write operations to user write operations. This
decrease in performance is even larger if the write operations are not in multiples of 4,096 bytes or not
aligned to a 4,096-byte boundary. If you write a smaller amount of bytes or bytes that are not aligned,
the SSD controller must read the surrounding data and store the result in a new location. This pattern
results in significantly increased write amplification, increased latency, and dramatically reduced I/O
performance.
Instance Features
The following is a summary of features for storage optimized instances:
EBS only Instance store Placement group
D2 No HDD Yes
177
Accelerated Computing Instances
EBS only Instance store Placement group
H1 No HDD * Yes
I3 No NVMe * Yes
I3en No NVMe * Yes

Release Notes
• You must launch storage optimized instances using an HVM AMI.
• The following are requirements for I3en and i3.metal instances:

• Amazon Linux 2
• Launching an i3.metal instance boots the underlying server, which includes verifying all hardware
and firmware components. This means that it can take 20 minutes from the time the instance enters
the running state until it becomes available over the network.
Windows Accelerated Computing Instances

If you require high processing capability, you'll benefit from using accelerated computing instances,
which provide access to hardware-based compute accelerators such as Graphics Processing Units (GPUs)
or Field Programmable Gate Arrays (FPGAs). Accelerated computing instances enable more parallelism
for higher throughput on compute-intensive workloads.
178
GPU-based instances provide access to NVIDIA GPUs with thousands of compute cores. You can use GPU-
based accelerated computing instances to accelerate scientific, engineering, and rendering applications
by leveraging the CUDA or Open Computing Language (OpenCL) parallel computing frameworks. You
can also use them for graphics applications, including game streaming, 3-D application streaming, and
other graphics workloads.
If your application needs a small amount of additional graphics acceleration, but is better suited for
an instance type with different compute, memory, or storage specifications, use an Elastic Graphics
accelerator instead. For more information, see Amazon Elastic Graphics (p. 519).
FPGA-based instances provide access to large FPGAs with millions of parallel system logic cells. You can
use FPGA-based accelerated computing instances to accelerate workloads such as genomics, financial
analysis, real-time video processing, big data analysis, and security workloads by leveraging custom
hardware accelerations. You can develop these accelerations using hardware description languages such
as Verilog or VHDL, or by using higher-level languages such as OpenCL parallel computing frameworks.
You can either develop your own hardware acceleration code or purchase hardware accelerations through
the AWS Marketplace.
Important
FPGA-based instances do not support Microsoft Windows.
You can cluster accelerated computing instances into a cluster placement group. Cluster placement
groups provide low latency and high-bandwidth connectivity between the instances within a single
Availability Zone. For more information, see Placement Groups (p. 709).
Contents
• Accelerated Computing Instance Families (p. 179)
• AMIs for GPU-Based Accelerated Computing Instances (p. 183)
• Installing the NVIDIA Driver on Windows (p. 184)
• Activate NVIDIA GRID Virtual Applications on G3 Instances (p. 187)
• Optimizing GPU Settings (p. 187)
For information about Linux accelerated computing instances, see Linux Accelerated Computing
Instances in the Amazon EC2 User Guide for Linux Instances.
Accelerated Computing Instance Families

Accelerated computing instance families use hardware accelerators, or co-processors, to perform some
functions, such as floating point number calculations, graphics processing, or data pattern matching,
more efficiently than is possible in software running on CPUs. The following accelerated computing
instance families are available for you to launch in Amazon EC2.
P3 Instances
P3 instances use NVIDIA Tesla V100 GPUs and are designed for general purpose GPU computing
using the CUDA or OpenCL programming models or through a machine learning framework. P3
instances provide high-bandwidth networking, powerful half, single, and double-precision floating-
point capabilities, and up to 32 GiB of memory per GPU, which makes them ideal for deep learning,
computational fluid dynamics, computational finance, seismic analysis, molecular modeling, genomics,
179
rendering, and other server-side GPU compute workloads. Tesla V100 GPUs do not support graphics
mode. For more information, see Amazon EC2 P3 Instances.
P3 instances support NVIDIA NVLink peer to peer transfers.
To view topology information about the system, run the following command:
nvidia-smi topo -m
For more information, see NVIDIA NVLink.
P2 Instances
P2 instances use NVIDIA Tesla K80 GPUs and are designed for general purpose GPU computing using
the CUDA or OpenCL programming models. P2 instances provide high-bandwidth networking, powerful
single and double precision floating-point capabilities, and 12 GiB of memory per GPU, which makes
them ideal for deep learning, graph databases, high-performance databases, computational fluid
dynamics, computational finance, seismic analysis, molecular modeling, genomics, rendering, and other
server-side GPU compute workloads.
P2 instances support NVIDIA GPUDirect peer to peer transfers.
To view topology information about the system, run the following command:
nvidia-smi topo -m
For more information, see NVIDIA GPUDirect.
G4 Instances
G4 instances use NVIDIA Tesla GPUs and provide a cost-effective, high-performance platform for
general purpose GPU computing using the CUDA or machine learning frameworks along with graphics
applications using DirectX or OpenGL. G4 instances provide high- bandwidth networking, powerful
half and single-precision floating-point capabilities, along with INT8 and INT4 precisions. Each GPU
has 16 GiB of GDDR6 memory, making G4 instances well-suited for machine learning inference, video
transcoding, and graphics applications like remote graphics workstations and game streaming in the
cloud.
G4 instances support NVIDIA GRID Virtual Workstation. For more information, see NVIDIA Marketplace
offerings.
G3 Instances
G3 instances use NVIDIA Tesla M60 GPUs and provide a cost-effective, high-performance platform
for graphics applications using DirectX or OpenGL. G3 instances also provide NVIDIA GRID Virtual
Workstation features, such as support for four monitors with resolutions up to 4096x2160, and NVIDIA
GRID Virtual Applications. G3 instances are well-suited for applications such as 3D visualizations,
graphics-intensive remote workstations, 3D rendering, video encoding, virtual reality, and other server-
side graphics workloads requiring massively parallel processing power.
G3 instances support NVIDIA GRID Virtual Workstation and NVIDIA GRID Virtual Applications. To activate
either of these features, see Activate NVIDIA GRID Virtual Applications on G3 Instances (p. 187).
G2 Instances
G2 instances use NVIDIA GRID K520 GPUs and provide a cost-effective, high-performance platform for
graphics applications using DirectX or OpenGL. NVIDIA GRID GPUs also support NVIDIA’s fast capture and
encode API operations. Example applications include video creation services, 3D visualizations, streaming
graphics-intensive applications, and other server-side graphics workloads.
180
The following is a summary of the hardware specifications for accelerated computing instances.
Instance type Default vCPUs Memory (GiB) Accelerators
p2.xlarge 4 61 1
p2.8xlarge 32 488 8
p2.16xlarge 64 732 16
p3.2xlarge 8 61 1
p3.8xlarge 32 244 4
p3.16xlarge 64 488 8
p3dn.24xlarge 96 768 8
g2.2xlarge 8 15 1
g2.8xlarge 32 60 4
g3s.xlarge 4 30.5 1
g3.4xlarge 16 122 1
g3.8xlarge 32 244 2
g3.16xlarge 64 488 4
g4dn.xlarge 4 16 1
g4dn.2xlarge 8 32 1
g4dn.4xlarge 16 64 1
f1.2xlarge 8 122 1
f1.4xlarge 16 244 2
f1.16xlarge 64 976 8
EC2 Instance Types.
EBS-optimized instances enable you to get consistently high performance for your EBS volumes
by eliminating contention between Amazon EBS I/O and other network traffic from your instance.
Some accelerated computing instances are EBS-optimized by default at no additional cost. For more
information, see Amazon EBS–Optimized Instances (p. 875).
181
Network Performance
The following is a summary of network performance for accelerated computing instances that support
f1.2xlarge | f1.4xlarge | Up to 10 Gbps ENA (p. 700)

g3.4xlarge | p3.2xlarge
g3s.xlarge | g3.8xlarge | 10 Gbps ENA (p. 700)

p2.8xlarge | p3.8xlarge
g4dn.xlarge | g4dn.2xlarge Up to 25 Gbps ENA (p. 700)

| g4dn.4xlarge
f1.16xlarge | g3.16.xlarge 25 Gbps ENA (p. 700)

| g3.16.xlarge |
p2.16xlarge | p3.16xlarge
g4dn.8xlarge | 50 Gbps ENA (p. 700)

g4dn.12xlarge |
g4dn.16xlarge
p3dn.24xlarge 100 Gbps ENA (p. 700)
Instance Features
The following is a summary of features for accelerated computing instances.
G2 No No SSD Yes
G3 Yes No No Yes
G4 No Yes NVMe * Yes
P2 Yes No No Yes
P3 p3dn.24xlarge: No p3dn.24xlarge: p3dn.24xlarge: Yes

Yes NVMe *
All other sizes: Yes
All other sizes: No
182
F1 No No NVMe * Yes

Release Notes
• You must launch the instance using an HVM AMI.
• GPU-based instances can't access the GPU unless the NVIDIA drivers are installed.
• The following are requirements for G4 instances:

• Amazon Linux 2
• There is a limit of 100 AFIs per region.
• There is a limit on the number of instances that you can run. For more information, see How many
instances can I run in Amazon EC2? in the Amazon EC2 FAQ. To request an increase in these limits, use
the following form: Request to Increase Amazon EC2 Instance Limit.
• If you launch a multi-GPU instance with a Windows AMI that was created on a single-GPU instance,
Windows does not automatically install the NVIDIA driver for all GPUs. You must authorize the driver
installation for the new GPU hardware. You can correct this manually in the Device Manager by
opening the Other device category (the inactive GPUs do not appear under Display Adapters). For
each inactive GPU, open the context (right-click) menu, choose Update Driver Software, and then
choose the default Automatic Update option.
• When using Microsoft Remote Desktop Protocol (RDP), GPUs that use the WDDM driver model are
replaced with a non-accelerated Remote Desktop display driver. To access your GPU hardware, you
must use a different remote access tool, such as Teradici Cloud Access Software, NICE Desktop Cloud
Visualization (DCV), or VNC. You can also use one of the GPU AMIs from the AWS Marketplace because
they provide remote access tools that support 3D acceleration.
AMIs for GPU-Based Accelerated Computing Instances

To help you get started, NVIDIA and others provide AMIs for GPU-based accelerated computing
instances. These reference AMIs include the NVIDIA driver, which enables full functionality and
performance of the NVIDIA GPUs.
183
For a list of AMIs with the NVIDIA driver, search AWS Marketplace as follows:
• NVIDIA P3 AMIs
• NVIDIA Quadro Virtual Workstation P3 AMIs
• NVIDIA P2 AMIs
• NVIDIA GRID G4 AMIs
You can launch accelerated computing instances using any HVM AMI.
Important
These AMIs include drivers, software, or toolkits that are developed, owned, or provided by
NVIDIA Corporation. By using these AMIs, you agree to use these NVIDIA drivers, software, or
toolkits only on Amazon EC2 instances that include NVIDIA hardware.
You can also install the NVIDIA driver manually. For more information, see Installing the NVIDIA Driver on
Windows (p. 184).
Installing the NVIDIA Driver on Windows

A GPU-based accelerated computing instance must have the appropriate NVIDIA driver. Depending on
the instance type, you can either download a public NVIDIA driver, use an NVIDIA Marketplace offering,
or download a driver from Amazon S3 that is available only to AWS customers.
Contents
• Public NVIDIA Drivers (p. 184)
• NVIDIA GRID Drivers for G4 Instances (p. 185)
• NVIDIA GRID Drivers for G3 Instances (p. 185)
Public NVIDIA Drivers

To install a public NVIDIA driver on your Windows instance, log on to your instance as the administrator
using Remote Desktop and complete the following procedure.
To install a public NVIDIA driver
1. Download the public NVIDIA driver that is appropriate for your instance type from http://
www.nvidia.com/Download/Find.aspx.
Instances Product Type Product Series Product
G4 † Tesla T-Series Tesla T4
G3 Tesla M-Class M60
G2 GRID GRID Series GRID K520
P3 Tesla V-Series V100
P2 Tesla K-Series K-80
† G4 instances require driver version 426.00 or later.
184
2. Open the folder where you downloaded the driver and launch the installation file. Follow the
instructions to install the driver and reboot your instance as required.
3. Disable the built-in display adapter using Device Manager. Install the Windows features Media
Foundation and Quality Windows Audio Video Experience.
4. To verify that the GPU is working correctly, check Device Manager.
5. Complete the optimization steps in Optimizing GPU Settings (p. 187) to achieve the best
performance from your GPU.
When you use P3 instances for graphics applications, you can use AMIs published by NVIDIA that
enable NVIDIA Quadro Virtual Workstation. For G4 instances, see NVIDIA GRID Drivers for G4
Instances (p. 185).
NVIDIA GRID Drivers for G4 Instances

There are two ways that you can use NVIDIA GRID software for graphics applications on G4 instances.
You can use AMIs with GRID preinstalled or download the NVIDIA GRID vGaming driver from Amazon S3
and install it on your G4 instances.
Option 1: Use an AMI with GRID for your G4 instances
There are two types of AMIs available.
• NVIDIA Marketplace offerings featuring NVIDIA Quadro Virtual Workstation software. These AMIs
support running up to four 4K displays per GPU on a G4 instance. To find these AMIs, use this link:
NVIDIA Marketplace offerings.
• NVIDIA Marketplace offerings featuring NVIDIA Gaming drivers. These AMIs support running a single
4K display per GPU on a G4 instance. To find these AMIs, use this link: NVIDIA Marketplace offerings.
Option 2: Download the NVIDIA GRID vGaming driver
You can download the NVIDIA GRID driver from Amazon S3 using this link: NVIDIA Windows Gaming
Driver for G4 Instances.
Important
This download is available to AWS customers only. By downloading, you agree to use the
downloaded software only to develop AMIs for use with the NVIDIA Tesla T4 hardware. Upon
installation of the software, you are bound by the terms of the NVIDIA GRID Cloud End User
License Agreement.
If you own GRID licenses, you should be able to use those licenses on your G4 instances. For more
information, see NVIDIA GRID Software Quick Start Guide.
NVIDIA GRID Drivers for G3 Instances

AWS provides Windows AMIs for G3 instances that come with GRID drivers preinstalled. To find these
AMIs, open NVIDIA Marketplace offerings.
Alternatively, you can download the NVIDIA GRID driver from Amazon S3 using the AWS Tools for
Windows PowerShell as described in the following procedure.
Important
This download is available to AWS customers only. By downloading, you agree that you will use
the downloaded software only to develop AMIs for use with the NVIDIA Tesla M60 hardware.
Upon installation of the software, you are bound by the terms of the NVIDIA GRID Cloud End
User License Agreement.
185
Prerequisites
• Confirm that the version of Windows you are launching is supported by NVIDIA GRID drivers. Driver
requirements are documented at https://docs.nvidia.com/grid/index.html.
• Associate an IAM role with your instance that has permissions to use the s3:ListBucket and
s3:GetObject actions. For more information, see IAM Roles for Amazon EC2 (p. 645). Alternatively,
configure the Tools for Windows PowerShell to use your AWS credentials. For more information, see
Using AWS Credentials.
To install the NVIDIA GRID driver on a G3 instance
1. Open a PowerShell window.

2. Download the drivers and the NVIDIA GRID Cloud End User License Agreement to your desktop with
the following PowerShell commands (you can copy and paste the entire block of commands at one
time).
$Bucket = "ec2-windows-nvidia-drivers"
$KeyPrefix = "latest"
$LocalPath = "C:\Users\Administrator\Desktop\NVIDIA"
$Objects = Get-S3Object -BucketName $Bucket -KeyPrefix $KeyPrefix -Region us-east-1
foreach ($Object in $Objects) {
$LocalFileName = $Object.Key
if ($LocalFileName -ne '' -and $Object.Size -ne 0) {
$LocalFilePath = Join-Path $LocalPath $LocalFileName
Copy-S3Object -BucketName $Bucket -Key $Object.Key -LocalFile $LocalFilePath -
Region us-east-1
}
}
Multiple versions of the NVIDIA GRID driver are stored in this bucket. You can download all of the
available versions in the bucket by removing the -KeyPrefix $KeyPrefix option.
3. Navigate to the desktop and double-click the installation file to launch it (choose the driver version
that corresponds to your instance OS version). Follow the instructions to install the driver and reboot
your instance as required. To verify that the GPU is working properly, check Device Manager.
4. Disable the licensing page in the control panel to prevent users from accidentally changing the
product type (NVIDIA GRID Virtual Workstation is enabled by default). For more information, see the
GRID Licensing User Guide.
a. Run regedit.exe to open the registry editor.

b. Navigate to HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\NVIDIA Corporation\Global
\GridLicensing.
c. Open the context (right-click) menu on the right pane and choose New, DWORD.
d. For Name, enter NvCplDisableManageLicensePage and type Enter.
e. Open the context (right-click) menu on NvCplDisableManageLicensePage and choose Modify.
f. For Value data, type 1 and choose OK.
5. (Optional) To enable NVIDIA GRID Virtual Applications, complete the GRID activation steps
in Activate NVIDIA GRID Virtual Applications on G3 Instances (p. 187) (NVIDIA GRID Virtual
Workstation is enabled by default).
6. Complete the optimization steps in Optimizing GPU Settings (p. 187) to achieve the best
performance from your GPU.
186
Activate NVIDIA GRID Virtual Applications on G3 Instances

To activate the GRID Virtual Applications on G3 instances (NVIDIA GRID Virtual Workstation is enabled by
default), you must define the product type for the driver in the registry.
To activate GRID Virtual Applications on G3 Windows instances
1. Run regedit.exe to open the registry editor.

2. Navigate to HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\NVIDIA Corporation\Global
\GridLicensing.
3. Open the context (right-click) menu on the right pane and choose New, DWORD.
4. For Name, enter FeatureType and type Enter.
5. Open the context (right-click) menu on FeatureType and choose Modify.
6. For Value data, enter 0 for NVIDIA GRID Virtual Applications and choose OK.
7. Open the context (right-click) menu on the right pane and choose New, DWORD.
8. For Name, enter IgnoreSP and type Enter.
9. Open the context (right-click) menu on IgnoreSP and choose Modify.
10. For Value data, type 1 and choose OK.
11. Close the registry editor.
Optimizing GPU Settings

There are several GPU setting optimizations that you can perform to achieve the best performance
on G3, G4, P2, and P3 instances. By default, the NVIDIA driver uses an autoboost feature, which varies
the GPU clock speeds. By disabling the autoboost feature and setting the GPU clock speeds to their
maximum frequency, you can consistently achieve the maximum performance with your GPU instances.
To optimize GPU settings
1. Open a PowerShell window and navigate to the NVIDIA installation folder.
cd "C:\Program Files\NVIDIA Corporation\NVSMI"
2. Disable the autoboost feature for all GPUs on the instance.
.\nvidia-smi --auto-boost-default=0
Note
GPUs on P3 and G4 instances do not support autoboost.
3. Set all GPU clock speeds to their maximum frequency. Use the memory and graphics clock speeds
specified in the following commands.
Note
Some versions of the NVIDIA driver do not allow setting application clock speed and throw
a "Setting applications clocks is not supported for GPU …" error, which
you can ignore.
• G3 instances:
.\nvidia-smi -ac "2505,1177"
• G4 instances:
187
Changing the Instance Type
.\nvidia-smi -ac "5001,1590"
• P2 instances:
.\nvidia-smi -ac "2505,875"
• P3 instances:
.\nvidia-smi -ac "877,1530"

As your needs change, you might find that your instance is over-utilized (the instance type is too small)
or under-utilized (the instance type is too large). If this is the case, you can change the size of your
instance. For example, if your t2.micro instance is too small for its workload, you can change it to
another instance type that is appropriate for the workload.
You might also want to migrate from a previous generation instance type to a current generation
instance type to take advantage of some features; for example, support for IPv6.
You can change the size of the instance simply by changing its instance type, which is known as resizing
it.
When you resize an instance, you must select an instance type that is compatible with the configuration
of the instance. If the instance type that you want is not compatible with the instance configuration you
have, then you must migrate your application to a new instance with the instance type that you need.
Important
When you resize an instance, the resized instance usually has the same number of instance store
volumes that you specified when you launched the original instance. With instance types that
support NVMe instance store volumes (which are available by default), the resized instance
might have additional instance store volumes, depending on the AMI. Otherwise, you can
migrate your application to an instance with a new instance type manually, specifying the
number of instance store volumes that you need when you launch the new instance.
Contents
• Compatibility for Resizing Instances (p. 188)
• Resizing an Amazon EBS–backed Instance (p. 189)
• Migrating to a New Instance Configuration (p. 190)
Compatibility for Resizing Instances

You can resize an instance only if its current instance type and the new instance type that you want are
compatible in the following ways:
• Architecture: AMIs are specific to the architecture of the processor, so you must select an instance type
with the same processor architecture as the current instance type. For example:
• A1 instances are the only instances that support processors based on the Arm architecture. If you
are resizing an instance type with a processor based on the Arm architecture, you are limited to the
instance types that support a processor based on the Arm architecture.
• The following instance types are the only instance types that support 32-bit AMIs: t2.nano,
t2.micro, t2.small, t2.medium, c3.large, t1.micro, m1.small, m1.medium, and
c1.medium. If you are resizing a 32-bit instance, you are limited to these instance types.
188
• Network: Newer instance types must be launched in a VPC. Therefore, you can't resize an instance in
the EC2-Classic platform to a instance type that is available only in a VPC unless you have a nondefault
VPC. To check whether your instance is in a VPC, check the VPC ID value on the details pane of the
Instances screen in the Amazon EC2 console. For more information, see Migrating from a Windows
Instance in EC2-Classic to a Windows Instance in a VPC (p. 771).
• Enhanced networking: Instance types that support enhanced networking (p. 699) require
the necessary drivers installed. For example, the C5, C5d, C5n, G4, I3en, M5, M5a, M5ad, M5d,
p3dn.24xlarge, R5, R5a, R5ad, R5d, T3, T3a, and z1d instance types require EBS-backed AMIs with
the Elastic Network Adapter (ENA) drivers installed. To resize an existing instance to an instance
type that supports enhanced networking, you must first install the ENA drivers (p. 700) or ixgbevf
drivers (p. 706) on your instance, as appropriate.
• NVMe: EBS volumes are exposed as NVMe block devices on Nitro-based instances (p. 122). If you
resize an instance from an instance type that does not support NVMe to an instance type that supports
NVMe, you must first install the NVMe drivers (p. 874) on your instance. Also, the device names for
devices that you specify in the block device mapping are renamed using NVMe device names (/dev/
nvme[0-26]n1).
• AMI: For information about the AMIs required by instance types that support enhanced networking
and NVMe, see the Release Notes in the following documentation:
• General Purpose Instances (p. 125)
• Compute Optimized Instances (p. 161)
• Memory Optimized Instances (p. 165)
• Storage Optimized Instances (p. 173)
Resizing an Amazon EBS–backed Instance

You must stop your Amazon EBS–backed instance before you can change its instance type. When you
stop and start an instance, be aware of the following:
• We move the instance to new hardware; however, the instance ID does not change.
• If your instance has a public IPv4 address, we release the address and give it a new public IPv4 address.
The instance retains its private IPv4 addresses, any Elastic IP addresses, and any IPv6 addresses.
• If your instance is in an Auto Scaling group, the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling service marks the stopped
instance as unhealthy, and may terminate it and launch a replacement instance. To prevent this,
you can suspend the scaling processes for the group while you're resizing your instance. For more
information, see Suspending and Resuming Scaling Processes in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User
Guide.
• If your instance is in a cluster placement group (p. 709) and, after changing the instance type, the
instance start fails, try the following: stop all the instances in the cluster placement group, change
the instance type for the affected instance, and then restart all the instances in the cluster placement
group.
• Ensure that you plan for downtime while your instance is stopped. Stopping and resizing an instance
may take a few minutes, and restarting your instance may take a variable amount of time depending
on your application's startup scripts.
For more information, see Stop and Start Your Instance (p. 382).
Use the following procedure to resize an Amazon EBS–backed instance using the AWS Management
Console.
189
To resize an Amazon EBS–backed instance
1. (Optional) If the new instance type requires drivers that are not installed on the existing instance,
you must connect to your instance and install the drivers first. For more information, see
Compatibility for Resizing Instances (p. 188).
Note
The AWS PV driver package should be updated before changing instance families. For more
information, see Upgrading PV Drivers on Your Windows Instances (p. 435).
2. (Optional) If you've configured your instance to use static IP addressing (p. 467) and you resize
the instance from a type that doesn't support enhanced networking to an instance type that does
support enhanced networking you might get a warning about a potential IP address conflict when
you reconfigure static IP addressing. To prevent this, enable DHCP on the network interface for your
instance before you change the instance type. From your instance, open the Network and Sharing
Center, go to Internet Protocol Version 4 (TCP/IPv4) Properties for the network interface, and
choose Obtain an IP address automatically. Change the instance type and reconfigure static IP
addressing on the network interface.
4. [Windows Server 2016 and later] Connect to your Windows instance and run the following
EC2Launch PowerShell script to configure the instance after it is resized.
PS C:\> C:\ProgramData\Amazon\EC2-Windows\Launch\Scripts\InitializeInstance.ps1 -
Schedule

6. Select the instance and choose Actions, Instance State, Stop.
7. In the confirmation dialog box, choose Yes, Stop. It can take a few minutes for the instance to stop.
8. With the instance still selected, choose Actions, Instance Settings, Change Instance Type. This
action is disabled if the instance state is not stopped.
9. In the Change Instance Type dialog box, do the following:
a. From Instance Type, select the instance type that you want. If the instance type that you want
does not appear in the list, then it is not compatible with the configuration of your instance (for
example, because of virtualization type). For more information, see Compatibility for Resizing
Instances (p. 188).
b. (Optional) If the instance type that you selected supports EBS–optimization, select EBS-
optimized to enable EBS–optimization or deselect EBS-optimized to disable EBS–optimization.
If the instance type that you selected is EBS–optimized by default, EBS-optimized is selected
and you can't deselect it.
c. Choose Apply to accept the new settings.
10. To restart the stopped instance, select the instance and choose Actions, Instance State, Start.
11. In the confirmation dialog box, choose Yes, Start. It can take a few minutes for the instance to enter
the running state.
Migrating to a New Instance Configuration

If the current configuration of your instance is incompatible with the new instance type that you want,
then you can't resize the instance to that instance type. Instead, you can migrate your application to a
new instance with a configuration that is compatible with the new instance type that you want.
To migrate your application to a compatible instance
1. Back up any data on your instance store volumes that you need to keep to persistent storage.
To migrate data on your EBS volumes that you need to keep, create a snapshot of the volumes
190
Instance Purchasing Options
(see Creating Amazon EBS Snapshots (p. 821)) or detach the volume from the instance so
that you can attach it to the new instance later (see Detaching an Amazon EBS Volume from an
Instance (p. 815)).
2. Launch a new instance, selecting the following:
• If you are using an Elastic IP address, select the VPC that the original instance is currently running
in.
• Any EBS volumes that you detached from the original instance and want to attach to the new
instance, or new EBS volumes based on the snapshots that you created.
• If you want to allow the same traffic to reach the new instance, select the security group that is
associated with the original instance.
3. Install your application and any required software on the instance.
4. Restore any data that you backed up from the instance store volumes of the original instance.
5. If you are using an Elastic IP address, assign it to the newly launched instance as follows:
a. In the navigation pane, choose Elastic IPs.

b. Select the Elastic IP address that is associated with the original instance and choose Actions,
Disassociate address. When prompted for confirmation, choose Disassociate address.
c. With the Elastic IP address still selected, choose Actions, Associate address.
d. From Instance, select the new instance, and then choose Associate.
6. (Optional) You can terminate the original instance if it's no longer needed. Select the instance and
verify that you are about to terminate the original instance, not the new instance (for example,
check the name or launch time). Choose Actions, Instance State, Terminate.
Instance Purchasing Options

Amazon EC2 provides the following purchasing options to enable you to optimize your costs based on
your needs:
• On-Demand Instances – Pay, by the hour, for the instances that you launch.
• Reserved Instances – Purchase, at a significant discount, instances that are always available, for a term
from one to three years.
• Scheduled Instances – Purchase instances that are always available on the specified recurring
schedule, for a one-year term.
• Spot Instances – Request unused EC2 instances, which can lower your Amazon EC2 costs significantly.
• Dedicated Hosts – Pay for a physical host that is fully dedicated to running your instances, and bring
your existing per-socket, per-core, or per-VM software licenses to reduce costs.
• Dedicated Instances – Pay, by the hour, for instances that run on single-tenant hardware.
• Capacity Reservations – Reserve capacity for your EC2 instances in a specific Availability Zone for any
duration.
If you require a capacity reservation, purchase Reserved Instances or Capacity Reservations for a specific
Availability Zone, or purchase Scheduled Instances. Spot Instances are a cost-effective choice if you
can be flexible about when your applications run and if they can be interrupted. Dedicated Hosts or
Dedicated Instances can help you address compliance requirements and reduce costs by using your
existing server-bound software licenses. For more information, see Amazon EC2 Pricing.
Contents
• Determining the Instance Lifecycle (p. 192)
• On-Demand Instances (p. 193)
• Reserved Instances (p. 193)
191
Determining the Instance Lifecycle
• Scheduled Reserved Instances (p. 225)

• Spot Instances (p. 229)
• Dedicated Hosts (p. 292)
• Dedicated Instances (p. 310)
• On-Demand Capacity Reservations (p. 315)
Determining the Instance Lifecycle

The lifecycle of an instance starts when it is launched and ends when it is terminated. The purchasing
option that you choose affects the lifecycle of the instance. For example, an On-Demand Instance runs
when you launch it and ends when you terminate it. A Spot Instance runs as long as capacity is available
and your maximum price is higher than the Spot price. You can launch a Scheduled Instance during its
scheduled time period; Amazon EC2 launches the instances and then terminates them three minutes
before the time period ends.
Use the following procedure to determine the lifecycle of an instance.
To determine the instance lifecycle using the console

3. Select the instance.
4. On the Description tab, find Tenancy. If the value is host, the instance is running on a Dedicated
Host. If the value is dedicated, the instance is a Dedicated Instance.
5. On the Description tab, find Lifecycle. If the value is spot, the instance is a Spot Instance. If the
value is scheduled, the instance is a Scheduled Instance. If the value is normal, the instance is
either an On-Demand Instance or a Reserved Instance.
6. (Optional) If you have purchased a Reserved Instance and want to verify that it is being applied,
you can check the usage reports for Amazon EC2. For more information, see Amazon EC2 Usage
Reports (p. 975).
To determine the instance lifecycle using the AWS CLI
Use the following describe-instances command:
aws ec2 describe-instances --instance-ids i-1234567890abcdef0
If the instance is running on a Dedicated Host, the output contains the following information:
"Tenancy": "host"
If the instance is a Dedicated Instance, the output contains the following information:
"Tenancy": "dedicated"
If the instance is a Spot Instance, the output contains the following information:
"InstanceLifecycle": "spot"
If the instance is a Scheduled Instance, the output contains the following information:
"InstanceLifecycle": "scheduled"
192
On-Demand Instances
Otherwise, the output does not contain InstanceLifecycle.
On-Demand Instances
An On-Demand Instance is an instance that you use on demand. You have full control over its lifecycle—
you decide when to launch, stop, hibernate, start, reboot, or terminate it.
There is no long-term commitment required when you purchase On-Demand Instances. You pay only for
the hours that your On-Demand Instances are in the running state. The price per hour for a running On-
Demand Instance is fixed, and is listed on the On-Demand Pricing page.
We recommend that you use On-Demand Instances for applications with short-term, irregular workloads
that cannot be interrupted.
For significant discounts compared to On-Demand Instances, you can use Spot Instances (p. 229) or
Reserved Instances (p. 193).
Working With On-Demand Instances

Tasks
• Launch Your Instance (p. 332)

• Stop and Start Your Instance (p. 382)
• Hibernate Your Instance (p. 384)
• Reboot Your Instance (p. 384)
• Instance Retirement (p. 385)
• Terminate Your Instance (p. 387)
• Recover Your Instance (p. 392)
• Identify EC2 Windows Instances (p. 517)
If you're new to Amazon EC2, see How to Get Started with Amazon EC2 (p. 1).
On-Demand Instance Limits

There is a limit to the number of running On-Demand Instances per AWS account per Region. Limits vary
depending on instance type and purchasing option. For more information, see How many instances can I
run in Amazon EC2?
You can view and manage your On-Demand Instance limits from the Limits page in the Amazon
EC2 console and from the Amazon EC2 AWS services page in the Service Quotas console. For more
information, see Amazon EC2 Service Limits (p. 973) in the Amazon EC2 User Guide for Linux Instances
and Viewing a Service Quota in the Service Quotas User Guide.
Note
From November 8, 2019, all AWS accounts will see On-Demand Instance limits in number of
virtual central processing units (vCPUs). With vCPU-based limits, your limits will be managed
in terms of the number of vCPUs that your running On-Demand Instances are using, regardless
of the instance type. The current count-based instance limits will not be available or supported
after November 8, 2019. For more information, see EC2 On-Demand Instance limits.
Reserved Instances
Reserved Instances provide you with a significant discount compared to On-Demand Instance pricing.
Reserved Instances are not physical instances, but rather a billing discount applied to the use of On-
Demand Instances in your account. These On-Demand Instances must match certain attributes in order
to benefit from the billing discount.
193
Reserved Instances
The following diagram shows a basic overview of purchasing and using Reserved Instances.
In this scenario, you have a running On-Demand Instance (T2) in your account, for which you're currently
paying On-Demand rates. You purchase a Reserved Instance that matches the attributes of your running
instance, and the billing benefit is immediately applied. Next, you purchase a Reserved Instance for
a C4 instance. You do not have any running instances in your account that match the attributes of
this Reserved Instance. In the final step, you launch an instance that matches the attributes of the C4
Reserved Instance, and the billing benefit is immediately applied.
Key Variables That Determine Reserved Instance Pricing

The Reserved Instance pricing is determined by the following key variables.
Instance Attributes
A Reserved Instance has four instance attributes that determine its price. The attributes also determine
how the Reserved Instance is applied to a running instance in your account.
• Instance type: For example, m4.large. This is composed of the instance family (m4) and the instance
size (large).
• Scope: Whether the Reserved Instance applies to a Region (regional Reserved Instance) or specific
Availability Zone (zonal Reserved Instance). For more information, see Regional and Zonal Reserved
Instances (Scope) (p. 196).
• Tenancy: Whether your instance runs on shared (default) or single-tenant (dedicated) hardware. For
more information, see Dedicated Instances (p. 310).
• Platform: The operating system; for example, Windows or Linux/Unix. For more information, see
Choosing a Platform (p. 206).
Reserved Instances do not renew automatically; when they expire, you can continue using the EC2
instance without interruption, but you are charged On-Demand rates. In the above example, when the
Reserved Instances that cover the T2 and C4 instances expire, you go back to paying the On-Demand
rates until you terminate the instances or purchase new Reserved Instances that match the instance
attributes.
194
Reserved Instances
Term Commitment
You can purchase a Reserved Instance for a one-year or three-year commitment, with the three-year
commitment offering a bigger discount.
• One-year: A year is defined as 31536000 seconds (365 days).

• Three-year: Three years is defined as 94608000 seconds (1095 days).
Payment Options
The following payment options are available for Reserved Instances:
• All Upfront: Full payment is made at the start of the term, with no other costs or additional hourly
charges incurred for the remainder of the term, regardless of hours used.
• Partial Upfront: A portion of the cost must be paid upfront and the remaining hours in the term are
billed at a discounted hourly rate, regardless of whether the Reserved Instance is being used.
• No Upfront: You are billed a discounted hourly rate for every hour within the term, regardless of
whether the Reserved Instance is being used. No upfront payment is required.
Note
No Upfront Reserved Instances are based on a contractual obligation to pay monthly for the
entire term of the reservation. For this reason, a successful billing history is required before
you can purchase No Upfront Reserved Instances.
Generally speaking, you can save more money making a higher upfront payment for Reserved
Instances. You can also find Reserved Instances offered by third-party sellers at lower prices and shorter
term lengths on the Reserved Instance Marketplace. For more information, see Reserved Instance
Marketplace (p. 212).
Offering Class
If your computing needs change, you may be able to modify or exchange your Reserved Instance,
depending on the offering class.
• Standard: These provide the most significant discount, but can only be modified.
• Convertible: These provide a lower discount than Standard Reserved Instances, but can be exchanged
for another Convertible Reserved Instance with different instance attributes. Convertible Reserved
Instances can also be modified.
For more information, see Types of Reserved Instances (Offering Classes) (p. 197).
After you purchase a Reserved Instance, you cannot cancel your purchase. However, you may be able to
modify (p. 218), exchange (p. 222), or sell (p. 212) your Reserved Instance if your needs change.
For more information about pricing, see Amazon EC2 Reserved Instances Pricing.
Reserved Instance Limits

There is a limit to the number of Reserved Instances that you can purchase per month. For each
Region you can purchase 20 regional (p. 197) Reserved Instances per month plus an additional 20
zonal (p. 197) Reserved Instances per month for each Availability Zone.
For example, in a Region with three Availability Zones, the limit is 80 Reserved Instances per month:
20 regional Reserved Instances for the Region plus 20 zonal Reserved Instances for each of the three
Availability Zones (20x3=60).
195
Reserved Instances
A regional Reserved Instance applies a discount to a running On-Demand Instance. The default On-
Demand Instance limit is 20. You cannot exceed your running On-Demand Instance limit by purchasing
regional Reserved Instances. For example, if you already have 20 running On-Demand Instances, and you
purchase 20 regional Reserved Instances, the 20 regional Reserved Instances are used to apply a discount
to the 20 running On-Demand Instances. If you purchase more regional Reserved Instances, you will not
be able to launch more instances because you have reached your On-Demand Instance limit.
Before purchasing regional Reserved Instances, make sure your On-Demand Instance limit matches or
exceeds the number of regional Reserved Instances you intend to own. If required, make sure you request
an increase to your On-Demand Instance limit before purchasing more regional Reserved Instances.
A zonal Reserved Instance—a Reserved Instance that is purchased for a specific Availability Zone—
provides capacity reservation as well as a discount. You can exceed your running On-Demand Instance
limit by purchasing zonal Reserved Instances. For example, if you already have 20 running On-Demand
Instances, and you purchase 20 zonal Reserved Instances, you can launch a further 20 On-Demand
Instances that match the specifications of your zonal Reserved Instances, giving you a total of 40 running
instances.
The Amazon EC2 console provides limit information. For more information, see Viewing Your Current
Limits (p. 974).
Regional and Zonal Reserved Instances (Scope)

When you purchase a Reserved Instance, you determine the scope of the Reserved Instance. The scope is
either regional or zonal.
• Regional: When you purchase a Reserved Instance for a Region, it's referred to as a regional Reserved
Instance.
• Zonal: When you purchase a Reserved Instance for a specific Availability Zone, it's referred to as a
zonal Reserved Instance.
Differences between Regional and Zonal Reserved Instances

The following table highlights some key differences between regional Reserved Instances and zonal
Reserved Instances:
Regional Reserved Instances Zonal Reserved Instances
Availability Zone flexibility The Reserved Instance discount No Availability Zone flexibility—
applies to instance usage in any the Reserved Instance discount
Availability Zone in the specified applies to instance usage in the
Region. specified Availability Zone only.
Capacity reservation No capacity reservation—a A zonal Reserved Instance

regional Reserved Instance provides a capacity reservation
does not provide a capacity in the specified Availability Zone.
reservation.
Instance size flexibility The Reserved Instance discount No instance size flexibility—
applies to instance usage within the Reserved Instance discount
the instance family, regardless of applies to instance usage for the
size. Only supported on Amazon specified instance type and size
Linux/Unix Reserved Instances only.
with default tenancy. For more
information, see Instance
Size Flexibility Determined by
Normalization Factor (p. 198).
196
Reserved Instances
For more information and examples, see How Reserved Instances Are Applied (p. 197).
Types of Reserved Instances (Offering Classes)

When you purchase a Reserved Instance, you can choose between a Standard or Convertible offering
class. The Reserved Instance applies to a single instance type, platform, scope, and tenancy over a
term. If your computing needs change, you may be able to modify or exchange your Reserved Instance,
depending on the offering class. Offering classes may also have additional restrictions or limitations.
The following are the differences between Standard and Convertible offering classes.
Standard Reserved Instance Convertible Reserved Instance
Some attributes, such as instance size, can be Can be exchanged during the term for another
modified during the term; however, the instance Convertible Reserved Instance with new
family cannot be modified. You cannot exchange attributes including instance family, instance
a Standard Reserved Instance, only modify it. type, platform, scope, or tenancy. For more
For more information, see Modifying Reserved information, see Exchanging Convertible Reserved
Instances (p. 218). Instances (p. 222). You can also modify some
attributes of a Convertible Reserved Instance.
For more information, see Modifying Reserved
Instances (p. 218).
Can be sold in the Reserved Instance Marketplace. Cannot be sold in the Reserved Instance
Marketplace.
Standard and Convertible Reserved Instances can be purchased to apply to instances in a specific
Availability Zone (zonal Reserved Instances), or to instances in a Region (regional Reserved Instances). For
more information and examples, see How Reserved Instances Are Applied (p. 197).
If you want to purchase capacity reservations that recur on a daily, weekly, or monthly basis, a
Scheduled Reserved Instance may meet your needs. For more information, see Scheduled Reserved
Instances (p. 225).
How Reserved Instances Are Applied

If you purchase a Reserved Instance and you already have a running instance that matches the
specifications of the Reserved Instance, the billing benefit is immediately applied. You do not have to
restart your instances. If you do not have an eligible running instance, launch an instance and ensure that
you match the same criteria that you specified for your Reserved Instance. For more information, see
Using Your Reserved Instances (p. 211).
Reserved Instances apply to usage in the same manner, irrespective of the offering type (Standard or
Convertible), and are automatically applied to running On-Demand Instances with matching attributes.
How Zonal Reserved Instances Are Applied

Reserved Instances assigned to a specific Availability Zone provide the Reserved Instance discount
to matching instance usage in that Availability Zone. For example, if you purchase two c4.xlarge
default tenancy Linux/Unix Standard Reserved Instances in Availability Zone us-east-1a, then up to two
c4.xlarge default tenancy Linux/Unix instances running in the Availability Zone us-east-1a can benefit
from the Reserved Instance discount. The attributes (tenancy, platform, Availability Zone, instance type,
and instance size) of the running instances must match that of the Reserved Instances.
How Regional Reserved Instances Are Applied

Regional Reserved Instances are purchased for a Region and provide Availability Zone flexibility. The
Reserved Instance discount applies to instance usage in any Availability Zone in that Region.
197
Reserved Instances
Regional Reserved Instances also provide instance size flexibility where the Reserved Instance discount
applies to instance usage within the instance family, regardless of size.
Limitations for instance size flexibility
Instance size flexibility only applies to Reserved Instances that use the Amazon Linux/Unix platform with
default tenancy.
Instance size flexibility does not apply to the following Reserved Instances:
• Reserved Instances that are purchased for a specific Availability Zone (zonal Reserved Instances)
• Reserved Instances with dedicated tenancy
• Reserved Instances for Windows, Windows with SQL Standard, Windows with SQL Server Enterprise,
Windows with SQL Server Web, RHEL, and SLES
Instance Size Flexibility Determined by Normalization Factor

Instance size flexibility is determined by the normalization factor of the instance size. The discount
applies either fully or partially to running instances of the same instance family, depending on the
instance size of the reservation, in any Availability Zone in the Region. The only attributes that must be
matched are the instance family, tenancy, and platform.
Instance size flexibility is applied from the smallest to the largest instance size within the instance family
based on the normalization factor.
The following table lists the different sizes within an instance family, and the corresponding
normalization factor per hour. This scale is used to apply the discounted rate of Reserved Instances to
the normalized usage of the instance family.
Instance size Normalization factor
nano 0.25
micro 0.5
small 1
medium 2
large 4
xlarge 8
2xlarge 16
3xlarge 24
4xlarge 32
6xlarge 48
8xlarge 64
9xlarge 72
10xlarge 80
12xlarge 96
16xlarge 128
198
Reserved Instances
Instance size Normalization factor
18xlarge 144
24xlarge 192
32xlarge 256
For example, a t2.medium instance has a normalization factor of 2. If you purchase a t2.medium
default tenancy Amazon Linux/Unix Reserved Instance in the US East (N. Virginia) and you have two
running t2.small instances in your account in that Region, the billing benefit is applied in full to both
instances.
Or, if you have one t2.large instance running in your account in the US East (N. Virginia) Region, the
billing benefit is applied to 50% of the usage of the instance.
The normalization factor is also applied when modifying Reserved Instances. For more information, see
Modifying Reserved Instances (p. 218).
Normalization Factor for Bare Metal Instances

Instance size flexibility also applies to bare metal instances within the instance family. If you have
regional Amazon Linux/Unix Reserved Instances with shared tenancy on bare metal instances, you can
199
Reserved Instances
benefit from the Reserved Instance savings within the same instance family. The opposite is also true: if
you have regional Amazon Linux/Unix Reserved Instances with shared tenancy on instances in the same
family as a bare metal instance, you can benefit from the Reserved Instance savings on the bare metal
instance.
A bare metal instance is the same size as the largest instance within the same instance family. For
example, an i3.metal is the same size as an i3.16xlarge, so they have the same normalization factor.
Note
The .metal instance sizes do not have a single normalization factor. They vary based on the
specific instance family.
Bare metal instance size Normalization factor
c5.metal 192
i3.metal 128
r5.metal 192
r5d.metal 192
z1d.metal 96
m5.metal 192
m5d.metal 192
For example, an i3.metal instance has a normalization factor of 128. If you purchase an i3.metal
default tenancy Amazon Linux/Unix Reserved Instance in the US East (N. Virginia), the billing benefit can
apply as follows:
• If you have one running i3.16xlarge in your account in that Region, the billing benefit is applied in
full to the i3.16xlarge instance (i3.16xlarge normalization factor = 128).
• Or, if you have two running i3.8xlarge instances in your account in that Region, the billing benefit is
applied in full to both i3.8xlarge instances (i3.8xlarge normalization factor = 64).
• Or, if you have four running i3.4xlarge instances in your account in that Region, the billing benefit
is applied in full to all four i3.4xlarge instances (i3.4xlarge normalization factor = 32).
The opposite is also true. For example, if you purchase two i3.8xlarge default tenancy Amazon Linux/
Unix Reserved Instances in the US East (N. Virginia), and you have one running i3.metal instance in
that Region, the billing benefit is applied in full to the i3.metal instance.
Examples of Applying Reserved Instances

The following scenarios cover the ways in which Reserved Instances are applied.
Example Scenario 1: Reserved Instances in a Single Account
You are running the following On-Demand Instances in account A:
• 4 x m3.large Linux, default tenancy instances in Availability Zone us-east-1a

• 2 x m4.xlarge Amazon Linux, default tenancy instances in Availability Zone us-east-1b
• 1 x c4.xlarge Amazon Linux, default tenancy instances in Availability Zone us-east-1c
You purchase the following Reserved Instances in account A:
200
Reserved Instances
• 4 x m3.large Linux, default tenancy Reserved Instances in Availability Zone us-east-1a (capacity is
reserved)
• 4 x m4.large Amazon Linux, default tenancy Reserved Instances in Region us-east-1
• 1 x c4.large Amazon Linux, default tenancy Reserved Instances in Region us-east-1
The Reserved Instance benefits are applied in the following way:
• The discount and capacity reservation of the four m3.large zonal Reserved Instances is used by the
four m3.large instances because the attributes (instance size, Region, platform, tenancy) between
them match.
• The m4.large regional Reserved Instances provide Availability Zone and instance size flexibility,
because they are regional Amazon Linux Reserved Instances with default tenancy.
An m4.large is equivalent to 4 normalized units/hour.
You've purchased four m4.large regional Reserved Instances, and in total, they are equal to 16
normalized units/hour (4x4). Account A has two m4.xlarge instances running, which is equivalent to
16 normalized units/hour (2x8). In this case, the four m4.large regional Reserved Instances provide
the billing benefit to an entire hour of usage of the two m4.xlarge instances.
• The c4.large regional Reserved Instance in us-east-1 provides Availability Zone and instance size
flexibility, because it is a regional Amazon Linux Reserved Instance with default tenancy, and applies
to the c4.xlarge instance. A c4.large instance is equivalent to 4 normalized units/hour and a
c4.xlarge is equivalent to 8 normalized units/hour.
In this case, the c4.large regional Reserved Instance provides partial benefit to c4.xlarge usage.
This is because the c4.large Reserved Instance is equivalent to 4 normalized units/hour of usage,
but the c4.xlarge instance requires 8 normalized units/hour. Therefore, the c4.large Reserved
Instance billing discount applies to 50% of c4.xlarge usage. The remaining c4.xlarge usage is
charged at the On-Demand rate.
Example Scenario 2: Regional Reserved Instances in Linked Accounts
Reserved Instances are first applied to usage within the purchasing account, followed by qualifying usage
in any other account in the organization. For more information, see Reserved Instances and Consolidated
Billing (p. 204). For regional Reserved Instances that offer instance size flexibility, the benefit is applied
from the smallest to the largest instance size within the instance family.
You're running the following On-Demand Instances in account A (the purchasing account):
• 2 x m4.xlarge Linux, default tenancy instances in Availability Zone us-east-1a

• 1 x m4.2xlarge Linux, default tenancy instances in Availability Zone us-east-1b
• 2 x c4.xlarge Linux, default tenancy instances in Availability Zone us-east-1a
• 1 x c4.2xlarge Linux, default tenancy instances in Availability Zone us-east-1b
Another customer is running the following On-Demand Instances in account B—a linked account:
• 2 x m4.xlarge Linux, default tenancy instances in Availability Zone us-east-1a
You purchase the following regional Reserved Instances in account A:
• 4 x m4.xlarge Linux, default tenancy Reserved Instances in Region us-east-1

• 2 x c4.xlarge Linux, default tenancy Reserved Instances in Region us-east-1
201
Reserved Instances
The regional Reserved Instance benefits are applied in the following way:
• The discount of the four m4.xlarge Reserved Instances is used by the two m4.xlarge instances
and the single m4.2xlarge instance in account A (purchasing account). All three instances match
the attributes (instance family, Region, platform, tenancy). The discount is applied to instances in the
purchasing account (account A) first, even though account B (linked account) has two m4.xlarge that
also match the Reserved Instances. There is no capacity reservation because the Reserved Instances are
regional Reserved Instances.
• The discount of the two c4.xlarge Reserved Instances applies to the two c4.xlarge instances,
because they are a smaller instance size than the c4.2xlarge instance. There is no capacity
reservation because the Reserved Instances are regional Reserved Instances.
Example Scenario 3: Zonal Reserved Instances in a Linked Account
In general, Reserved Instances that are owned by an account are applied first to usage in that account.
However, if there are qualifying, unused Reserved Instances for a specific Availability Zone (zonal
Reserved Instances) in other accounts in the organization, they are applied to the account before regional
Reserved Instances owned by the account. This is done to ensure maximum Reserved Instance utilization
and a lower bill. For billing purposes, all the accounts in the organization are treated as one account. The
following example may help explain this.
You're running the following On-Demand Instance in account A (the purchasing account):
• 1 x m4.xlarge Linux, default tenancy instance in Availability Zone us-east-1a
A customer is running the following On-Demand Instance in linked account B:
• 1 x m4.xlarge Linux, default tenancy instance in Availability Zone us-east-1b
You purchase the following regional Reserved Instances in account A:
• 1 x m4.xlarge Linux, default tenancy Reserved Instance in Region us-east-1
A customer also purchases the following zonal Reserved Instances in linked account C:
• 1 x m4.xlarge Linux, default tenancy Reserved Instances in Availability Zone us-east-1a
The Reserved Instance benefits are applied in the following way:
• The discount of the m4.xlarge zonal Reserved Instance owned by account C is applied to the
m4.xlarge usage in account A.
• The discount of the m4.xlarge regional Reserved Instance owned by account A is applied to the
m4.xlarge usage in account B.
• If the regional Reserved Instance owned by account A was first applied to the usage in account A, the
zonal Reserved Instance owned by account C remains unused and usage in account B is charged at On-
Demand rates.
For more information, see Reserved Instances in the Billing and Cost Management Report.
How You Are Billed

All Reserved Instances provide you with a discount compared to On-Demand pricing. With Reserved
Instances, you pay for the entire term regardless of actual use. You can choose to pay for your Reserved
202
Reserved Instances
Instance upfront, partially upfront, or monthly, depending on the payment option (p. 195) specified for
the Reserved Instance.
When Reserved Instances expire, you are charged On-Demand rates for EC2 instance usage. You can set
up a billing alert to warn you when your bill exceeds a threshold you define. For more information, see
Monitoring Charges with Alerts and Notifications in the AWS Billing and Cost Management User Guide.
Note
The AWS Free Tier is available for new AWS accounts. If you are using the AWS Free Tier to run
Amazon EC2 instances, and you purchase a Reserved Instance, you are charged under standard
pricing guidelines. For information, see AWS Free Tier.
Contents
• Usage Billing (p. 203)
• Viewing Your Bill (p. 203)
• Reserved Instances and Consolidated Billing (p. 204)
• Reserved Instance Discount Pricing Tiers (p. 204)
Usage Billing
Reserved Instances are billed for every clock-hour during the term that you select, regardless of whether
an instance is running. Each clock-hour starts on the hour (zero minutes and zero seconds past the hour)
of a standard 24-hour clock. For example, 1:00:00 to 1:59:59 is one clock-hour. For more information
about instance states, see Instance Lifecycle (p. 327).
Reserved Instance billing benefits only apply to one instance-hour per clock-hour. An instance-hour
begins when an instance is started and continues for 60 minutes or until the instance is stopped or
terminated—whichever happens first.
A new instance-hour begins after an instance has run for 60 continuous minutes, or if an instance is
stopped and then started. Rebooting an instance does not reset the running instance-hour.
For example, if an instance is stopped and then started again during a clock-hour and continues running
for two more clock-hours, the first instance-hour (before the restart) is charged at the discounted
Reserved Instance rate. The next instance-hour (after restart) is charged at the On-Demand rate and the
next two instance-hours are charged at the discounted Reserved Instance rate.
Cost Explorer on the Billing and Cost Management console enables you to analyze the savings against
running On-Demand Instances. The Reserved Instances FAQ includes an example of a list value
calculation.
If you close your AWS account, On-Demand billing for your resources stops. However, if you have any
Reserved Instances in your account, you continue to receive a bill for these until they expire.
Viewing Your Bill

You can find out about the charges and fees to your account by viewing the AWS Billing and Cost
Management console.
• The Dashboard displays a spend summary for your account.

• On the Bills page, under Details expand the Elastic Compute Cloud section and the Region to get
billing information about your Reserved Instances.
You can view the charges online, or you can download a CSV file.
You can also track your Reserved Instance utilization using the AWS Cost and Usage Report. For
more information, see Reserved Instances under Cost and Usage Report in the AWS Billing and Cost
Management User Guide.
203
Reserved Instances
Reserved Instances and Consolidated Billing

The pricing benefits of Reserved Instances are shared when the purchasing account is part of a set of
accounts billed under one consolidated billing payer account. The instance usage across all member
accounts is aggregated in the payer account every month. This is typically useful for companies in which
there are different functional teams or groups; then, the normal Reserved Instance logic is applied to
calculate the bill. For more information, see Consolidated Billing and AWS Organizations in the AWS
Organizations User Guide.
If you close the payer account, any member accounts that benefit from Reserved Instances billing
discounts continue to benefit from the discount until the Reserved Instances expire, or until the member
account is removed.
Reserved Instance Discount Pricing Tiers

If your account qualifies for a discount pricing tier, it automatically receives discounts on upfront and
instance usage fees for Reserved Instance purchases that you make within that tier level from that point
on. To qualify for a discount, the list value of your Reserved Instances in the Region must be $500,000
USD or more.
The following rules apply:
• Pricing tiers and related discounts apply only to purchases of Amazon EC2 Standard Reserved
Instances.
• Pricing tiers do not apply to Reserved Instances for Windows with SQL Server Standard, SQL Server
Web, and SQL Server Enterprise.
• Pricing tiers do not apply to Reserved Instances for Linux with SQL Server Standard, SQL Server Web,
and SQL Server Enterprise.
• Pricing tier discounts only apply to purchases made from AWS. They do not apply to purchases of
third-party Reserved Instances.
• Discount pricing tiers are currently not applicable to Convertible Reserved Instance purchases.
Topics
• Calculating Reserved Instance Pricing Discounts (p. 204)
• Buying with a Discount Tier (p. 205)
• Crossing Pricing Tiers (p. 205)
• Consolidated Billing for Pricing Tiers (p. 206)
Calculating Reserved Instance Pricing Discounts
You can determine the pricing tier for your account by calculating the list value for all of your Reserved
Instances in a Region. Multiply the hourly recurring price for each reservation by the total number of
hours for the term and add the undiscounted upfront price (also known as the fixed price) listed on the
Reserved Instances pricing page at the time of purchase. Because the list value is based on undiscounted
(public) pricing, it is not affected if you qualify for a volume discount or if the price drops after you buy
your Reserved Instances.
List value = fixed price + (undiscounted recurring hourly price * hours in term)
For example, for a 1-year Partial Upfront t2.small Reserved Instance, assume the upfront price is
$60.00 and the hourly rate is $0.007. This provides a list value of $121.32.
121.32 = 60.00 + (0.007 * 8760)
204
Reserved Instances
To view the fixed price values for Reserved Instances using the Amazon EC2 console

2. In the navigation pane, choose Reserved Instances.
3. Display the Upfront Price column by choosing Show/Hide Columns (the gear-shaped icon) in the
top right corner.
To view the fixed price values for Reserved Instances using the command line
• describe-reserved-instances (AWS CLI)

• Get-EC2ReservedInstance (AWS Tools for Windows PowerShell)
• DescribeReservedInstances (Amazon EC2 API)
Buying with a Discount Tier
When you buy Reserved Instances, Amazon EC2 automatically applies any discounts to the part of your
purchase that falls within a discount pricing tier. You don't need to do anything differently, and you can
buy Reserved Instances using any of the Amazon EC2 tools. For more information, see Buying Reserved
Instances (p. 206).
After the list value of your active Reserved Instances in a Region crosses into a discount pricing tier,
any future purchase of Reserved Instances in that Region are charged at a discounted rate. If a single
purchase of Reserved Instances in a Region takes you over the threshold of a discount tier, then the
portion of the purchase that is above the price threshold is charged at the discounted rate. For more
information about the temporary Reserved Instance IDs that are created during the purchase process,
see Crossing Pricing Tiers (p. 205).
If your list value falls below the price point for that discount pricing tier—for example, if some of your
Reserved Instances expire—future purchases of Reserved Instances in the Region are not discounted.
However, you continue to get the discount applied against any Reserved Instances that were originally
purchased within the discount pricing tier.
When you buy Reserved Instances, one of four possible scenarios occurs:
• No discount—Your purchase within a Region is still below the discount threshold.

• Partial discount—Your purchase within a Region crosses the threshold of the first discount tier. No
discount is applied to one or more reservations and the discounted rate is applied to the remaining
reservations.
• Full discount—Your entire purchase within a Region falls within one discount tier and is discounted
appropriately.
• Two discount rates—Your purchase within a Region crosses from a lower discount tier to a higher
discount tier. You are charged two different rates: one or more reservations at the lower discounted
rate, and the remaining reservations at the higher discounted rate.
Crossing Pricing Tiers
If your purchase crosses into a discounted pricing tier, you see multiple entries for that purchase: one for
that part of the purchase charged at the regular price, and another for that part of the purchase charged
at the applicable discounted rate.
The Reserved Instance service generates several Reserved Instance IDs because your purchase crossed
from an undiscounted tier, or from one discounted tier to another. There is an ID for each set of
reservations in a tier. Consequently, the ID returned by your purchase CLI command or API action is
different from the actual ID of the new Reserved Instances.
205
Reserved Instances
Consolidated Billing for Pricing Tiers
A consolidated billing account aggregates the list value of member accounts within a Region. When
the list value of all active Reserved Instances for the consolidated billing account reaches a discount
pricing tier, any Reserved Instances purchased after this point by any member of the consolidated
billing account are charged at the discounted rate (as long as the list value for that consolidated account
stays above the discount pricing tier threshold). For more information, see Reserved Instances and
Consolidated Billing (p. 204).
Buying Reserved Instances

To purchase a Reserved Instance, search for Reserved Instance offerings from AWS and third-party sellers,
adjusting your search parameters until you find the exact match that you're looking for.
When you search for Reserved Instances to buy, you receive a quote on the cost of the returned offerings.
When you proceed with the purchase, AWS automatically places a limit price on the purchase price. The
total cost of your Reserved Instances won't exceed the amount that you were quoted.
If the price rises or changes for any reason, the purchase is not completed. If, at the time of purchase,
there are offerings similar to your choice but at a lower price, AWS sells you the offerings at the lower
price.
Before you confirm your purchase, review the details of the Reserved Instance that you plan to buy, and
make sure that all the parameters are accurate. After you purchase a Reserved Instance (either from a
third-party seller in the Reserved Instance Marketplace or from AWS), you cannot cancel your purchase.
Note
To purchase and modify Reserved Instances, ensure that your IAM user account has the
appropriate permissions, such as the ability to describe Availability Zones. For information,
see Example Policies for Working With the AWS CLI or an AWS SDK and Example Policies for
Working in the Amazon EC2 Console.
Tasks
• Choosing a Platform (p. 206)
• Buying Standard Reserved Instances (p. 206)
• Buying Convertible Reserved Instances (p. 209)
• Viewing Your Reserved Instances (p. 211)
• Using Your Reserved Instances (p. 211)
Choosing a Platform
When you purchase a Reserved Instance, you must choose an offering for a platform that represents the
operating system for your instance.
For Windows with SQL Standard, Windows with SQL Server Enterprise, and Windows with SQL Server
Web, you must choose offerings for those specific platforms. For all other Windows versions, choose an
offering for the Windows platform.
Buying Standard Reserved Instances

You can buy Standard Reserved Instances in a specific Availability Zone and get a capacity reservation.
Alternatively, you can forego the capacity reservation and purchase a regional Standard Reserved
Instance.
To buy Standard Reserved Instances using the Amazon EC2 console
206
Reserved Instances
2. In the navigation pane, choose Reserved Instances, Purchase Reserved Instances.

3. For Offering Class, choose Standard to display Standard Reserved Instances.
4. To purchase a capacity reservation, choose Only show offerings that reserve capacity in the top-
right corner of the purchase screen. To purchase a regional Reserved Instance, leave the check box
unselected.
5. Select other configurations as needed and choose Search.
Note
To purchase a Standard Reserved Instance from the Reserved Instance Marketplace, look
for 3rd Party in the Seller column in the search results. The Term column displays non-
standard terms.
6. Select the Reserved Instances to purchase, enter the quantity, and choose Add to Cart.
7. To see a summary of the Reserved Instances that you selected, choose View Cart.
8. To complete the order, choose Order.
Note
If, at the time of placing the order, there are offerings similar to your choice but with a
lower price, AWS sells you the offerings at the lower price.
9. The status of your order is listed in the State column. When your order is complete, the State value
changes from payment-pending to active. When the Reserved Instance is active, it is ready to
use.
Note
If the status goes to retired, AWS may not have received your payment.
To buy a Standard Reserved Instance using the AWS CLI
1. Find available Reserved Instances using the describe-reserved-instances-offerings command. Specify

standard for the --offering-class parameter to return only Standard Reserved Instances.
You can apply additional parameters to narrow your results; for example, if you want to purchase
a regional t2.large Reserved Instance with a default tenancy for Linux/UNIX for a 1-year term
only:
aws ec2 describe-reserved-instances-offerings --instance-type t2.large --offering-

class standard --product-description "Linux/UNIX" --instance-tenancy default --filters
Name=duration,Values=31536000 Name=scope,Values=Region
{
"ReservedInstancesOfferings": [
{
"OfferingClass": "standard",
"OfferingType": "No Upfront",
"ProductDescription": "Linux/UNIX",
"InstanceTenancy": "default",
"PricingDetails": [],
"UsagePrice": 0.0,
"RecurringCharges": [
{
"Amount": 0.0672,
"Frequency": "Hourly"
}
],
"Marketplace": false,
"CurrencyCode": "USD",
"FixedPrice": 0.0,
"Duration": 31536000,
"Scope": "Region",
"ReservedInstancesOfferingId": "bec624df-a8cc-4aad-a72f-4f8abc34caf2",
207
Reserved Instances
"InstanceType": "t2.large"
},
{
"OfferingType": "Partial Upfront",
"UsagePrice": 0.0,
{
"Amount": 0.032,
}
],
"FixedPrice": 280.0,
"Duration": 31536000,
"Scope": "Region",
"ReservedInstancesOfferingId": "6b15a842-3acb-4320-bd55-fa43a79f3fe3",
},
{
"OfferingType": "All Upfront",
"UsagePrice": 0.0,
"RecurringCharges": [],
"Duration": 31536000,
"Scope": "Region",
"ReservedInstancesOfferingId": "5062dc97-d284-417b-b09e-8abed1e5a183",
}
]
}
To find Reserved Instances on the Reserved Instance Marketplace only, use the marketplace filter
and do not specify a duration in the request, as the term may be shorter than a 1– or 3-year term.

class standard --product-description "Linux/UNIX" --instance-tenancy default --filters
Name=marketplace,Values=true
When you find a Reserved Instance that meets your needs, take note of the
ReservedInstancesOfferingId.
2. Use the purchase-reserved-instances-offering command to buy your Reserved Instance. You must
specify the Reserved Instance offering ID you obtained the previous step and you must specify the
number of instances for the reservation.
aws ec2 purchase-reserved-instances-offering --reserved-instances-offering-id ec06327e-

dd07-46ee-9398-75b5fexample --instance-count 1
3. Use the describe-reserved-instances command to get the status of your Reserved Instance.
aws ec2 describe-reserved-instances
208
Reserved Instances
Alternatively, use the following AWS Tools for Windows PowerShell commands:
• Get-EC2ReservedInstancesOffering
• New-EC2ReservedInstance
• Get-EC2ReservedInstance
If you already have a running instance that matches the specifications of the Reserved Instance, the
billing benefit is immediately applied. You do not have to restart your instances. If you do not have
a suitable running instance, launch an instance and ensure that you match the same criteria that you
specified for your Reserved Instance. For more information, see Using Your Reserved Instances (p. 211).
For examples of how Reserved Instances are applied to your running instances, see How Reserved
Instances Are Applied (p. 197).
Buying Convertible Reserved Instances

You can buy Convertible Reserved Instances in a specific Availability Zone and get a capacity reservation.
Alternatively, you can forego the capacity reservation and purchase a regional Convertible Reserved
Instance.
To buy Convertible Reserved Instances using the Amazon EC2 console

2. In the navigation pane, choose Reserved Instances, Purchase Reserved Instances.
3. For Offering Class, choose Convertible to display Convertible Reserved Instances.
4. To purchase a capacity reservation, choose Only show offerings that reserve capacity in the top-
right corner of the purchase screen. To purchase a regional Reserved Instance, leave the check box
unselected.
5. Select other configurations as needed and choose Search.
6. Select the Convertible Reserved Instances to purchase, enter the quantity, and choose Add to Cart.
7. To see a summary of your selection, choose View Cart.
8. To complete the order, choose Order.
Note
If, at the time of placing the order, there are offerings similar to your choice but with a
lower price, AWS sells you the offerings at the lower price.
9. The status of your order is listed in the State column. When your order is complete, the State value
changes from payment-pending to active. When the Reserved Instance is active, it is ready to
use.
Note
If the status goes to retired, AWS may not have received your payment.
To buy a Convertible Reserved Instance using the AWS CLI
1. Find available Reserved Instances using the describe-reserved-instances-offerings command.

Specify convertible for the --offering-class parameter to return only Convertible Reserved
Instances. You can apply additional parameters to narrow your results; for example, if you want to
purchase a regional t2.large Reserved Instance with a default tenancy for Linux/UNIX:

class convertible --product-description "Linux/UNIX" --instance-tenancy default --
filters Name=scope,Values=Region
209
Reserved Instances
{
"ReservedInstancesOfferings": [
{
"OfferingClass": "convertible",
"OfferingType": "No Upfront",
"UsagePrice": 0.0,
{
"Amount": 0.0556,
}
],
"FixedPrice": 0.0,
"Duration": 94608000,
"Scope": "Region",
"ReservedInstancesOfferingId": "e242e87b-b75c-4079-8e87-02d53f145204",
},
{
"OfferingType": "Partial Upfront",
"UsagePrice": 0.0,
{
"Amount": 0.0258,
}
],
"Duration": 94608000,
"Scope": "Region",
"ReservedInstancesOfferingId": "13486b92-bdd6-4b68-894c-509bcf239ccd",
},
{
"OfferingType": "All Upfront",
"UsagePrice": 0.0,
"RecurringCharges": [],
"Duration": 94608000,
"Scope": "Region",
"ReservedInstancesOfferingId": "e00ec34b-4674-4fb9-a0a9-213296ab93aa",
}
]
}
210
Reserved Instances
When you find a Reserved Instance that meets your needs, take note of the
ReservedInstancesOfferingId.
2. Use the purchase-reserved-instances-offering command to buy your Reserved Instance. You must
specify the Reserved Instance offering ID you obtained the previous step and you must specify the
number of instances for the reservation.
aws ec2 purchase-reserved-instances-offering --reserved-instances-offering-id ec06327e-

dd07-46ee-9398-75b5fexample --instance-count 1
3. Use the describe-reserved-instances command to get the status of your Reserved Instance.
aws ec2 describe-reserved-instances
Alternatively, use the following AWS Tools for Windows PowerShell commands:
• Get-EC2ReservedInstancesOffering
• New-EC2ReservedInstance
• Get-EC2ReservedInstance
If you already have a running instance that matches the specifications of the Reserved Instance, the
billing benefit is immediately applied. You do not have to restart your instances. If you do not have
a suitable running instance, launch an instance and ensure that you match the same criteria that you
specified for your Reserved Instance. For more information, see Using Your Reserved Instances (p. 211).
For examples of how Reserved Instances are applied to your running instances, see How Reserved
Viewing Your Reserved Instances

You can view the Reserved Instances you've purchased using the Amazon EC2 console, or a command line
tool.
To view your Reserved Instances in the console

3. Your active and retired Reserved Instances are listed. The State column displays the state.
4. If you are a seller in the Reserved Instance Marketplace the My Listings tab displays the status of a
reservation that's listed in the Reserved Instance Marketplace (p. 212). For more information, see
Reserved Instance Listing States (p. 216).
To view your Reserved Instances using the command line

• Get-EC2ReservedInstance (Tools for Windows PowerShell)
Using Your Reserved Instances

Reserved Instances are automatically applied to running On-Demand Instances provided that the
specifications match. If you have no running On-Demand Instances that match the specifications of
your Reserved Instance, the Reserved Instance is unused until you launch an instance with the required
specifications.
211
Reserved Instances
If you're launching an instance to take advantage of the billing benefit of a Reserved Instance, ensure
that you specify the following information during launch:
• Platform: You must choose an Amazon Machine Image (AMI) that matches the platform (product
description) of your Reserved Instance. For example, if you specified Linux/UNIX, you can launch an
instance from an Amazon Linux AMI or an Ubuntu AMI.
• Instance type: Specify the same instance type as your Reserved Instance; for example, t2.large.
• Availability Zone: If you purchased a Reserved Instance for a specific Availability Zone, you must launch
the instance into the same Availability Zone. If you purchased a regional Reserved Instance, you can
launch your instance into any Availability Zone.
• Tenancy: The tenancy of your instance must match the tenancy of the Reserved Instance; for example,
dedicated or shared. For more information, see Dedicated Instances (p. 310).
For more information, see Launching an Instance Using the Launch Instance Wizard (p. 333). For
examples of how Reserved Instances are applied to your running instances, see How Reserved Instances
Are Applied (p. 197).
You can use Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling or other AWS services to launch the On-Demand Instances that
use your Reserved Instance benefits. For more information, see the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide.
Reserved Instance Marketplace

The Reserved Instance Marketplace is a platform that supports the sale of third-party and AWS
customers' unused Standard Reserved Instances, which vary in term lengths and pricing options.
For example, you may want to sell Reserved Instances after moving instances to a new AWS Region,
changing to a new instance type, ending projects before the term expiration, when your business needs
change, or if you have unneeded capacity.
If you want to sell your unused Reserved Instances on the Reserved Instance Marketplace, you must meet
certain eligibility criteria.
Contents
• Selling on the Reserved Instance Marketplace (p. 212)
• Buying from the Reserved Instance Marketplace (p. 218)
Selling on the Reserved Instance Marketplace

As soon as you list your Reserved Instances in the Reserved Instance Marketplace, they are available
for potential buyers to find. All Reserved Instances are grouped according to the duration of the term
remaining and the hourly price.
To fulfill a buyer's request, AWS first sells the Reserved Instance with the lowest upfront price in the
specified grouping. Then, we sell the Reserved Instance with the next lowest price, until the buyer's
entire order is fulfilled. AWS then processes the transactions and transfers ownership of the Reserved
Instances to the buyer.
You own your Reserved Instance until it's sold. After the sale, you've given up the capacity reservation
and the discounted recurring fees. If you continue to use your instance, AWS charges you the On-
Demand price starting from the time that your Reserved Instance was sold.
Contents
• Restrictions and Limitations (p. 213)
• Registering as a Seller (p. 213)
• Bank Account for Disbursement (p. 214)
212
Reserved Instances
• Tax Information (p. 214)

• Pricing Your Reserved Instances (p. 215)
• Listing Your Reserved Instances (p. 215)
• Reserved Instance Listing States (p. 216)
• Lifecycle of a Listing (p. 216)
• After Your Reserved Instance Is Sold (p. 217)
• Getting Paid (p. 217)
• Information Shared with the Buyer (p. 218)
Restrictions and Limitations
Before you can sell your unused reservations, you must register as a seller in the Reserved Instance
Marketplace. For information, see Registering as a Seller (p. 213).
The following limitations and restrictions apply when selling Reserved Instances:
• Only Amazon EC2 Standard Reserved Instances can be sold in the Reserved Instance Marketplace.
Convertible Reserved Instances cannot be sold. There must be at least one month remaining in the
term of the Standard Reserved Instance.
• The minimum price allowed in the Reserved Instance Marketplace is $0.00.
• You can sell No Upfront, Partial Upfront, or All Upfront Reserved Instances in the Reserved Instance
Marketplace. If there is an upfront payment on a Reserved Instance, it can be sold only after AWS has
received the upfront payment and the reservation has been active (you've owned it) for at least 30
days.
• You cannot modify your listing in the Reserved Instance Marketplace directly. However, you can
change your listing by first canceling it and then creating another listing with new parameters. For
information, see Pricing Your Reserved Instances (p. 215). You can also modify your Reserved
Instances before listing them. For information, see Modifying Reserved Instances (p. 218).
• AWS charges a service fee of 12 percent of the total upfront price of each Standard Reserved Instance
you sell in the Reserved Instance Marketplace. The upfront price is the price the seller is charging for
the Standard Reserved Instance.
• Only Amazon EC2 Standard Reserved Instances can be sold in the Reserved Instance Marketplace.
Other AWS Reserved Instances, such as Amazon RDS and Amazon ElastiCache Reserved Instances
cannot be sold in the Reserved Instance Marketplace.
Registering as a Seller
Note
Only the AWS account root user can register an account as a seller.
To sell in the Reserved Instance Marketplace, you must first register as a seller. During registration, you
provide the following information:
• Bank information—AWS must have your bank information in order to disburse funds collected when
you sell your reservations. The bank you specify must have a US address. For more information, see
Bank Account for Disbursement (p. 214).
• Tax information—All sellers are required to complete a tax information interview to determine any
necessary tax reporting obligations. For more information, see Tax Information (p. 214).
After AWS receives your completed seller registration, you receive an email confirming your registration
and informing you that you can get started selling in the Reserved Instance Marketplace.
213
Reserved Instances
Bank Account for Disbursement
AWS must have your bank information in order to disburse funds collected when you sell your Reserved
Instance. The bank you specify must have a US address.
To register a default bank account for disbursements
1. Open the Reserved Instance Marketplace Seller Registration page and sign in using your AWS
credentials.
2. On the Manage Bank Account page, provide the following information about the bank through to
receive payment:
• Bank account holder name

• Routing number
• Account number
• Bank account type
Note
If you are using a corporate bank account, you are prompted to send the information about
the bank account via fax (1-206-765-3424).
After registration, the bank account provided is set as the default, pending verification with the
bank. It can take up to two weeks to verify a new bank account, during which time you can't receive
disbursements. For an established account, it usually takes about two days for disbursements to
complete.
To change the default bank account for disbursement
1. On the Reserved Instance Marketplace Seller Registration page, sign in with the account that you
used when you registered.
2. On the Manage Bank Account page, add a new bank account or modify the default bank account as
needed.
Tax Information
Your sale of Reserved Instances might be subject to a transaction-based tax, such as sales tax or value-
added tax. You should check with your business's tax, legal, finance, or accounting department to
determine if transaction-based taxes are applicable. You are responsible for collecting and sending the
transaction-based taxes to the appropriate tax authority.
As part of the seller registration process, you must complete a tax interview in the Seller Registration
Portal. The interview collects your tax information and populates an IRS form W-9, W-8BEN, or W-8BEN-
E, which is used to determine any necessary tax reporting obligations.
The tax information you enter as part of the tax interview might differ depending on whether you
operate as an individual or business, and whether you or your business are a US or non-US person or
entity. As you fill out the tax interview, keep in mind the following:
• Information provided by AWS, including the information in this topic, does not constitute tax, legal, or
other professional advice. To find out how the IRS reporting requirements might affect your business,
or if you have other questions, contact your tax, legal, or other professional advisor.
• To fulfill the IRS reporting requirements as efficiently as possible, answer all questions and enter all
information requested during the interview.
• Check your answers. Avoid misspellings or entering incorrect tax identification numbers. They can
result in an invalidated tax form.
214
Reserved Instances
Based on your tax interview responses and IRS reporting thresholds, Amazon may file Form 1099-K.
Amazon mails a copy of your Form 1099-K on or before January 31 in the year following the year that
your tax account reaches the threshold levels. For example, if your account reaches the threshold in
2018, your Form 1099-K is mailed on or before January 31, 2019.
For more information about IRS requirements and Form 1099-K, see the IRS website.
Pricing Your Reserved Instances
The upfront fee is the only fee that you can specify for the Reserved Instance that you're selling. The
upfront fee is the one-time fee that the buyer pays when they purchase a Reserved Instance. You cannot
specify the usage fee or the recurring fee; The buyer pays the same usage or recurring fees that were set
when the reservations were originally purchased.
The following are important limits to note:
• You can sell up to $50,000 in Reserved Instances per year. To sell more, complete the Request to
Raise Sales Limit on Amazon EC2 Reserved Instances form.
• The minimum price is $0. The minimum allowed price in the Reserved Instance Marketplace is $0.00.
You cannot modify your listing directly. However, you can change your listing by first canceling it and
then creating another listing with new parameters.
You can cancel your listing at any time, as long as it's in the activestate. You cannot cancel the listing
if it's already matched or being processed for a sale. If some of the instances in your listing are matched
and you cancel the listing, only the remaining unmatched instances are removed from the listing.
Because the value of Reserved Instances decreases over time, by default, AWS can set prices to decrease
in equal increments month over month. However, you can set different upfront prices based on when
your reservation sells.
For example, if your Reserved Instance has nine months of its term remaining, you can specify the
amount that you would accept if a customer were to purchase that Reserved Instance with nine months
remaining. You could set another price with five months remaining, and yet another price with one
month remaining.
Listing Your Reserved Instances
As a registered seller, you can choose to sell one or more of your Reserved Instances. You can choose
to sell all of them in one listing or in portions. In addition, you can list Reserved Instances with any
configuration of instance type, platform, and scope.
The console determines a suggested price. It checks for offerings that match your Reserved Instance and
matches the one with the lowest price. Otherwise, it calculates a suggested price based on the cost of
the Reserved Instance for its remaining time. If the calculated value is less than $1.01, the suggested
price is $1.01.
If you cancel your listing and a portion of that listing has already been sold, the cancellation is not
effective on the portion that has been sold. Only the unsold portion of the listing is no longer available
in the Reserved Instance Marketplace.
To list a Reserved Instance in the Reserved Instance Marketplace using the AWS Management
Console

3. Select the Reserved Instances to list, and choose Sell Reserved Instances.
215
Reserved Instances
4. On the Configure Your Reserved Instance Listing page, set the number of instances to sell and the
upfront price for the remaining term in the relevant columns. See how the value of your reservation
changes over the remainder of the term by selecting the arrow next to the Months Remaining
column.
5. If you are an advanced user and you want to customize the pricing, you can enter different values for
the subsequent months. To return to the default linear price drop, choose Reset.
6. Choose Continue when you are finished configuring your listing.
7. Confirm the details of your listing, on the Confirm Your Reserved Instance Listing page and if
you're satisfied, choose List Reserved Instance.
To view your listings in the console

3. Select the Reserved Instance that you've listed and choose My Listings.
To manage Reserved Instances in the Reserved Instance Marketplace using the AWS CLI
1. Get a list of your Reserved Instances by using the describe-reserved-instances command.

2. Note the ID of the Reserved Instance you want to list and call create-reserved-instances-listing. You
must specify the ID of the Reserved Instance, the number of instances, and the pricing schedule.
3. To view your listing, use the describe-reserved-instances-listings command.
4. To cancel your listing, use the cancel-reserved-instances-listings command.
Reserved Instance Listing States
Listing State on the My Listings tab of the Reserved Instances page displays the current status of your
listings:
The information displayed by Listing State is about the status of your listing in the Reserved Instance
Marketplace. It is different from the status information that is displayed by the State column in the
Reserved Instances page. This State information is about your reservation.
• active—The listing is available for purchase.

• canceled—The listing is canceled and isn't available for purchase in the Reserved Instance
Marketplace.
• closed—The Reserved Instance is not listed. A Reserved Instance might be closed because the sale of
the listing was completed.
Lifecycle of a Listing
When all the instances in your listing are matched and sold, the My Listings tab shows that the Total
instance count matches the count listed under Sold. Also, there are no Available instances left for your
listing, and its Status is closed.
When only a portion of your listing is sold, AWS retires the Reserved Instances in the listing and creates
the number of Reserved Instances equal to the Reserved Instances remaining in the count. So, the listing
ID and the listing that it represents, which now has fewer reservations for sale, is still active.
Any future sales of Reserved Instances in this listing are processed this way. When all the Reserved
Instances in the listing are sold, AWS marks the listing as closed.
216
Reserved Instances
For example, you create a listing Reserved Instances listing ID 5ec28771-05ff-4b9b-aa31-9e57dexample

with a listing count of 5.
The My Listings tab in the Reserved Instance console page displays the listing this way:
Reserved Instance listing ID 5ec28771-05ff-4b9b-aa31-9e57dexample
• Total reservation count = 5

• Sold = 0
• Available = 5
• Status = active
A buyer purchases two of the reservations, which leaves a count of three reservations still available for
sale. Because of this partial sale, AWS creates a new reservation with a count of three to represent the
remaining reservations that are still for sale.
This is how your listing looks in the My Listings tab:
Reserved Instance listing ID 5ec28771-05ff-4b9b-aa31-9e57dexample
• Total reservation count = 5

• Sold = 2
• Available = 3
• Status = active
If you cancel your listing and a portion of that listing has already sold, the cancelation is not effective
on the portion that has been sold. Only the unsold portion of the listing is no longer available in the
Reserved Instance Marketplace.
After Your Reserved Instance Is Sold
When your Reserved Instance is sold, AWS sends you an email notification. Each day that there is any
kind of activity, you receive one email notification capturing all the activities of the day. For example, you
create or sell a listing, or AWS sends funds to your account.
To track the status of a Reserved Instance listing in the console, choose Reserved Instance, My Listings.
The My Listings tab contains the Listing State value. It also contains information about the term, listing
price, and a breakdown of how many instances in the listing are available, pending, sold, and canceled.
You can also use the describe-reserved-instances-listings command with the appropriate filter to obtain
information about your listings.
Getting Paid
As soon as AWS receives funds from the buyer, a message is sent to the registered owner account email
for the sold Reserved Instance.
AWS sends an Automated Clearing House (ACH) wire transfer to your specified bank account.
Typically, this transfer occurs between one to three days after your Reserved Instance has been sold.
Disbursements take place once a day. You will receive an email with a disbursement report after the
funds are released. Keep in mind that you can't receive disbursements until AWS receives verification
from your bank. This can take up to two weeks.
The Reserved Instance that you sold continues to appear when you describe your Reserved Instances.
You receive a cash disbursement for your Reserved Instances through a wire transfer directly into your
bank account. AWS charges a service fee of 12 percent of the total upfront price of each Reserved
Instance you sell in the Reserved Instance Marketplace.
217
Reserved Instances
Information Shared with the Buyer
When you sell in the Reserved Instance Marketplace, AWS shares your company’s legal name on the
buyer’s statement in accordance with US regulations. In addition, if the buyer calls AWS Support because
the buyer needs to contact you for an invoice or for some other tax-related reason, AWS may need to
provide the buyer with your email address so that the buyer can contact you directly.
For similar reasons, the buyer's ZIP code and country information are provided to the seller in the
disbursement report. As a seller, you might need this information to accompany any necessary
transaction taxes that you remit to the government (such as sales tax and value-added tax).
AWS cannot offer tax advice, but if your tax specialist determines that you need specific additional
information, contact AWS Support.
Buying from the Reserved Instance Marketplace

You can purchase Reserved Instances from third-party sellers who own Reserved Instances that they no
longer need from the Reserved Instance Marketplace. You can do this using the Amazon EC2 console
or a command line tool. The process is similar to purchasing Reserved Instances from AWS. For more
information, see Buying Reserved Instances (p. 206).
There are a few differences between Reserved Instances purchased in the Reserved Instance Marketplace
and Reserved Instances purchased directly from AWS:
• Term—Reserved Instances that you purchase from third-party sellers have less than a full standard
term remaining. Full standard terms from AWS run for one year or three years.
• Upfront price—Third-party Reserved Instances can be sold at different upfront prices. The usage or
recurring fees remain the same as the fees set when the Reserved Instances were originally purchased
from AWS.
• Types of Reserved Instances—Only Amazon EC2 Standard Reserved Instances can be purchased
from the Reserved Instance Marketplace. Convertible Reserved Instances, Amazon RDS and Amazon
ElastiCache Reserved Instances are not available for purchase on the Reserved Instance Marketplace.
Basic information about you is shared with the seller, for example, your ZIP code and country
information.
This information enables sellers to calculate any necessary transaction taxes that they have to remit to
the government (such as sales tax or value-added tax) and is provided as a disbursement report. In rare
circumstances, AWS might have to provide the seller with your email address, so that they can contact
you regarding questions related to the sale (for example, tax questions).
For similar reasons, AWS shares the legal entity name of the seller on the buyer's purchase invoice. If you
need additional information about the seller for tax or related reasons, contact AWS Support.
Modifying Reserved Instances

When your needs change, you can modify your Standard or Convertible Reserved Instances and continue
to benefit from the billing benefit. You can modify attributes such as the Availability Zone and scope of
your Reserved Instance.
Note
You can also exchange a Convertible Reserved Instance for another Convertible Reserved
Instance with a different configuration. For more information, see Exchanging Convertible
After modification, the benefit of the Reserved Instances is applied only to instances that match the new
parameters. For example, if you change the Availability Zone of a reservation, the capacity reservation
218
Reserved Instances
and pricing benefits are automatically applied to instance usage in the new Availability Zone. Instances
that no longer match the new parameters are charged at the On-Demand rate, unless your account has
other applicable reservations.
If your modification request succeeds:
• The modified reservation becomes effective immediately and the pricing benefit is applied to the new
instances beginning at the hour of the modification request. For example, if you successfully modify
your reservations at 9:15PM, the pricing benefit transfers to your new instance at 9:00PM. You can
get the effective date of the modified Reserved Instances by using the describe-reserved-instances
command.
• The original reservation is retired. Its end date is the start date of the new reservation, and the end
date of the new reservation is the same as the end date of the original Reserved Instance. If you
modify a three-year reservation that had 16 months left in its term, the resulting modified reservation
is a 16-month reservation with the same end date as the original one.
• The modified reservation lists a $0 fixed price and not the fixed price of the original reservation.
• The fixed price of the modified reservation does not affect the discount pricing tier calculations
applied to your account, which are based on the fixed price of the original reservation.
If your modification request fails, your Reserved Instances maintain their original configuration, and are
immediately available for another modification request.
There is no fee for modification, and you do not receive any new bills or invoices.
You can modify your reservations as frequently as you like, but you cannot change or cancel a pending
modification request after you submit it. After the modification has completed successfully, you can
submit another modification request to roll back any changes you made, if needed.
Topics
• Requirements and Restrictions for Modification (p. 219)
• Submitting Modification Requests (p. 220)
• Troubleshooting Modification Requests (p. 221)
Requirements and Restrictions for Modification

You can modify these attributes as follows.
Modifiable attribute Supported platforms Limitations
Change Availability Zones Linux and Windows -

within the same Region
Change the scope from Linux and Windows If you change the scope from
Availability Zone to Region and Availability Zone to Region, you
vice versa lose the capacity reservation
benefit.
If you change the scope from

Region to Availability Zone, you
lose Availability Zone flexibility
and instance size flexibility
(if applicable). For more
information, see How Reserved
219
Reserved Instances
Modifiable attribute Supported platforms Limitations
Change the instance size within Linux only The reservation must use
the same instance family default tenancy. Some instance
families are not supported,
because there are no other sizes
available. For more information,
see Support for Modifying
Instance Sizesin the Amazon EC2
User Guide for Linux Instances.
Change the network from EC2- Linux and Windows The network platform must be
Classic to Amazon VPC and vice available in your AWS account.
versa If you created your AWS account
after 2013-12-04, it does not
support EC2-Classic.
Requirements
Amazon EC2 processes your modification request if there is sufficient capacity for your target
configuration (if applicable), and if the following conditions are met:
• The Reserved Instance cannot be modified before or at the same time that you purchase it
• The Reserved Instance must be active
• There cannot be a pending modification request
• The Reserved Instance is not listed in the Reserved Instance Marketplace
• The input Reserved Instances are all Standard Reserved Instances or all Convertible Reserved
Instances, not some of each type
• The input Reserved Instances must expire within the same hour, if they are Standard Reserved
Instances
Submitting Modification Requests

Before you modify your Reserved Instances, ensure that you have read the applicable
restrictions (p. 219).
To modify your Reserved Instances using the AWS Management Console

2. On the Reserved Instances page, select one or more Reserved Instances to modify, and choose
Modify Reserved Instances.
Note
If your Reserved Instances are not in the active state or cannot be modified, Modify
Reserved Instances is disabled.
3. The first entry in the modification table displays attributes of selected Reserved Instances, and
at least one target configuration beneath it. The Units column displays the total instance size
footprint. Choose Add for each new configuration to add. Modify the attributes as needed for each
configuration, and then choose Continue:
• Scope: Choose whether the Reserved Instance applies to an Availability Zone or to the whole
Region.
• Availability Zone: Choose the required Availability Zone. Not applicable for regional Reserved
Instances.
220
Reserved Instances
• Count: Specify the number of instances to be covered by the reservation.

4. To confirm your modification choices when you finish specifying your target configurations, choose
Submit Modifications. If you change your mind at any point, choose Cancel to exit the wizard.
5. You can determine the status of your modification request by looking at the State column in the
Reserved Instances screen. The following are the possible states.
• active (pending modification) — Transition state for original Reserved Instances

• retired (pending modification) — Transition state for original Reserved Instances while new
Reserved Instances are being created
• retired — Reserved Instances successfully modified and replaced
• active — One of the following:
• New Reserved Instances created from a successful modification request
• Original Reserved Instances after a failed modification request
To modify your Reserved Instances using the command line
1. To modify your Reserved Instances, you can use one of the following commands:
• modify-reserved-instances (AWS CLI)
• Edit-EC2ReservedInstance (AWS Tools for Windows PowerShell)
2. To get the status of your modification request (processing, fulfilled, or failed), use one of
the following commands:
• describe-reserved-instances-modifications (AWS CLI)
• Get-EC2ReservedInstancesModification (AWS Tools for Windows PowerShell)
Troubleshooting Modification Requests

If the target configuration settings that you requested were unique, you receive a message that your
request is being processed. At this point, Amazon EC2 has only determined that the parameters of
your modification request are valid. Your modification request can still fail during processing due to
unavailable capacity.
In some situations, you might get a message indicating incomplete or failed modification requests
instead of a confirmation. Use the information in such messages as a starting point for resubmitting
another modification request. Ensure that you have read the applicable restrictions (p. 219) before
submitting the request.
Not all selected Reserved Instances can be processed for modification
Amazon EC2 identifies and lists the Reserved Instances that cannot be modified. If you receive a message
like this, go to the Reserved Instances page in the Amazon EC2 console and check the information for
the Reserved Instances.
Error in processing your modification request
You submitted one or more Reserved Instances for modification and none of your requests can be
processed. Depending on the number of reservations you are modifying, you can get different versions of
the message.
Amazon EC2 displays the reasons why your request cannot be processed. For example, you might have
specified the same target configuration—a combination of Availability Zone and platform—for one or
more subsets of the Reserved Instances you are modifying. Try submitting the modification requests
again, but ensure that the instance details of the reservations match, and that the target configurations
for all subsets being modified are unique.
221
Reserved Instances
Exchanging Convertible Reserved Instances

You can exchange one or more Convertible Reserved Instances for another Convertible Reserved Instance
with a different configuration, including instance family, operating system, and tenancy. There are no
limits to how many times you perform an exchange, as long as the target Convertible Reserved Instance
is of an equal or higher value than the Convertible Reserved Instances that you are exchanging.
When you exchange your Convertible Reserved Instance, the number of instances for your current
reservation is exchanged for a number of instances that cover the equal or higher value of the
configuration of the target Convertible Reserved Instance. Amazon EC2 calculates the number of
Reserved Instances that you can receive as a result of the exchange.
Contents
• Requirements for Exchanging Convertible Reserved Instances (p. 222)
• Calculating Convertible Reserved Instances Exchanges (p. 223)
• Merging Convertible Reserved Instances (p. 223)
• Exchanging a Portion of a Convertible Reserved Instance (p. 224)
• Submitting Exchange Requests (p. 224)
Requirements for Exchanging Convertible Reserved Instances

If the following conditions are met, Amazon EC2 processes your exchange request. Your Convertible
Reserved Instance must be:
• Active
• Not pending a previous exchange request
The following rules apply:
• Convertible Reserved Instances can only be exchanged for other Convertible Reserved Instances
currently offered by AWS.
• Convertible Reserved Instances are associated with a specific Region, which is fixed for the duration
of the reservation's term. You cannot exchange a Convertible Reserved Instance for a Convertible
Reserved Instance in a different Region.
• You can exchange one or more Convertible Reserved Instances at a time for one Convertible Reserved
Instance only.
• To exchange a portion of a Convertible Reserved Instance, you can modify it into two or more
reservations, and then exchange one or more of the reservations for a new Convertible Reserved
Instance. For more information, see Exchanging a Portion of a Convertible Reserved Instance (p. 224).
For more information about modifying your Reserved Instances, see Modifying Reserved
Instances (p. 218).
• All Upfront Convertible Reserved Instances can be exchanged for Partial Upfront Convertible Reserved
Instances, and vice versa.
Note
If the total upfront payment required for the exchange (true-up cost) is less than $0.00, AWS
automatically gives you a quantity of instances in the Convertible Reserved Instance that
ensures that true-up cost is $0.00 or more.
Note
If the total value (upfront price + hourly price * number of remaining hours) of the new
Convertible Reserved Instance is less than the total value of the exchanged Convertible
Reserved Instance, AWS automatically gives you a quantity of instances in the Convertible
Reserved Instance that ensures that the total value is the same or higher than that of the
exchanged Convertible Reserved Instance.
222
Reserved Instances
• To benefit from better pricing, you can exchange a No Upfront Convertible Reserved Instance for an All
Upfront or Partial Upfront Convertible Reserved Instance.
• You cannot exchange All Upfront and Partial Upfront Convertible Reserved Instances for No Upfront
Convertible Reserved Instances.
• You can exchange a No Upfront Convertible Reserved Instance for another No Upfront Convertible
Reserved Instance only if the new Convertible Reserved Instance's hourly price is the same or higher
than the exchanged Convertible Reserved Instance's hourly price.
Note
If the total value (hourly price * number of remaining hours) of the new Convertible Reserved
Instance is less than the total value of the exchanged Convertible Reserved Instance, AWS
automatically gives you a quantity of instances in the Convertible Reserved Instance that
ensures that the total value is the same or higher than that of the exchanged Convertible
Reserved Instance.
• If you exchange multiple Convertible Reserved Instances that have different expiration dates, the
expiration date for the new Convertible Reserved Instance is the date that's furthest in the future.
• If you exchange a single Convertible Reserved Instance, it must have the same term (1-year or 3-
years) as the new Convertible Reserved Instance. If you merge multiple Convertible Reserved Instances
with different term lengths, the new Convertible Reserved Instance has a 3-year term. For more
information, see Merging Convertible Reserved Instances (p. 223).
Calculating Convertible Reserved Instances Exchanges

Exchanging Convertible Reserved Instances is free. However, you may be required to pay a true-up cost,
which is a prorated upfront cost of the difference between the Convertible Reserved Instances that you
had and the Convertible Reserved Instances that you receive from the exchange.
Each Convertible Reserved Instance has a list value. This list value is compared to the list value of the
Convertible Reserved Instances that you want in order to determine how many instance reservations you
can receive from the exchange.
For example: You have 1 x $35-list value Convertible Reserved Instance that you want to exchange for a
new instance type with a list value of $10.
$35/$10 = 3.5
You can exchange your Convertible Reserved Instance for three $10 Convertible Reserved Instances.
It's not possible to purchase half reservations; therefore you must purchase an additional Convertible
Reserved Instance to cover the remainder:
3.5 = 3 whole Convertible Reserved Instances + 1 additional Convertible Reserved Instance.
The fourth Convertible Reserved Instance has the same end date as the other three. If you are
exchanging Partial or All Upfront Convertible Reserved Instances, you pay the true-up cost for the fourth
reservation. If the remaining upfront cost of your Convertible Reserved Instances is $500, and the target
reservation would normally cost $600 on a prorated basis, you are charged $100.
$600 prorated upfront cost of new reservations - $500 remaining upfront cost of original
reservations = $100 difference.
Merging Convertible Reserved Instances

If you merge two or more Convertible Reserved Instances, the term of the new Convertible Reserved
Instance must be the same as the original Convertible Reserved Instances, or the highest of the original
Convertible Reserved Instances. The expiration date for the new Convertible Reserved Instance is the
expiration date that's furthest in the future.
223
Reserved Instances
For example, you have the following Convertible Reserved Instances in your account:
Reserved Instance ID Term Expiration date
aaaa1111 1-year 2018-12-31
bbbb2222 1-year 2018-07-31
cccc3333 3-year 2018-06-30
dddd4444 3-year 2019-12-31
• You can merge aaaa1111 and bbbb2222 and exchange them for a 1-year Convertible Reserved
Instance. You cannot exchange them for a 3-year Convertible Reserved Instance. The expiration date of
the new Convertible Reserved Instance is 2018-12-31.
• You can merge bbbb2222 and cccc3333 and exchange them for a 3-year Convertible Reserved
• You can merge cccc3333 and dddd4444 and exchange them for a 3-year Convertible Reserved
Exchanging a Portion of a Convertible Reserved Instance

You can use the modification process to split your Convertible Reserved Instance into smaller
reservations, and then exchange one or more of the new reservations for a new Convertible Reserved
Instance. The following examples demonstrate how you can do this.
Example Example: Convertible Reserved Instance with multiple instances
In this example, you have a t2.micro Convertible Reserved Instance with four instances in the
reservation. To exchange two t2.micro instances for an m4.xlarge instance:
1. Modify the t2.micro Convertible Reserved Instance by splitting it into two t2.micro Convertible
Reserved Instances with two instances each.
2. Exchange one of the new t2.micro Convertible Reserved Instances for an m4.xlarge Convertible
Reserved Instance.
Submitting Exchange Requests

You can exchange your Convertible Reserved Instances using the Amazon EC2 console or a command line
tool.
224
Scheduled Instances
Exchanging a Convertible Reserved Instance Using the Console
You can search for Convertible Reserved Instances offerings and select your new configuration from the
choices provided.
To exchange Convertible Reserved Instances using the Amazon EC2 console

2. Choose Reserved Instances, select the Convertible Reserved Instances to exchange, and choose
Actions, Exchange Reserved Instance.
3. Select the attributes of the desired configuration using the drop-down menus, and choose Find
Offering.
4. Select a new Convertible Reserved Instance The Instance Count column displays the number
of Reserved Instances that you receive for the exchange. When you have selected a Convertible
Reserved Instance that meets your needs, choose Exchange.
The Reserved Instances that were exchanged are retired, and the new Reserved Instances are displayed in
the Amazon EC2 console. This process can take a few minutes to propagate.
Exchanging a Convertible Reserved Instance Using the Command Line Interface
To exchange a Convertible Reserved Instance, first find a target Convertible Reserved Instance that
meets your needs:
• describe-reserved-instances-offerings (AWS CLI)

• Get-EC2ReservedInstancesOffering (Tools for Windows PowerShell)
Get a quote for the exchange, which includes the number of Reserved Instances you get from the
exchange, and the true-up cost for the exchange:
• get-reserved-instances-exchange-quote (AWS CLI)

• GetEC2-ReservedInstancesExchangeQuote (Tools for Windows PowerShell)
Finally, perform the exchange:
• accept-reserved-instances-exchange-quote (AWS CLI)

• Confirm-EC2ReservedInstancesExchangeQuote (Tools for Windows PowerShell)
Scheduled Reserved Instances

Scheduled Reserved Instances (Scheduled Instances) enable you to purchase capacity reservations that
recur on a daily, weekly, or monthly basis, with a specified start time and duration, for a one-year term.
You reserve the capacity in advance, so that you know it is available when you need it. You pay for the
time that the instances are scheduled, even if you do not use them.
Scheduled Instances are a good choice for workloads that do not run continuously, but do run on a
regular schedule. For example, you can use Scheduled Instances for an application that runs during
business hours or for batch processing that runs at the end of the week.
If you require a capacity reservation on a continuous basis, Reserved Instances might meet your
needs and decrease costs. For more information, see Reserved Instances (p. 193). If you are flexible
about when your instances run, Spot Instances might meet your needs and decrease costs. For more
information, see Spot Instances (p. 229).
225
Scheduled Instances
Contents
• How Scheduled Instances Work (p. 226)
• Service-Linked Roles for Scheduled Instances (p. 226)
• Purchasing a Scheduled Instance (p. 227)
• Launching a Scheduled Instance (p. 228)
• Scheduled Instance Limits (p. 228)
How Scheduled Instances Work

Amazon EC2 sets aside pools of EC2 instances in each Availability Zone for use as Scheduled Instances.
Each pool supports a specific combination of instance type, operating system, and network.
To get started, you must search for an available schedule. You can search across multiple pools or a
single pool. After you locate a suitable schedule, purchase it.
You must launch your Scheduled Instances during their scheduled time periods, using a launch
configuration that matches the following attributes of the schedule that you purchased: instance type,
Availability Zone, network, and platform. When you do so, Amazon EC2 launches EC2 instances on your
behalf, based on the specified launch specification. Amazon EC2 must ensure that the EC2 instances
have terminated by the end of the current scheduled time period so that the capacity is available for any
other Scheduled Instances it is reserved for. Therefore, Amazon EC2 terminates the EC2 instances three
minutes before the end of the current scheduled time period.
You can't stop or reboot Scheduled Instances, but you can terminate them manually as needed. If you
terminate a Scheduled Instance before its current scheduled time period ends, you can launch it again
after a few minutes. Otherwise, you must wait until the next scheduled time period.
The following diagram illustrates the lifecycle of a Scheduled Instance.
Service-Linked Roles for Scheduled Instances

Amazon EC2 creates a service-linked role when you purchase a Scheduled Instance. A service-linked role
includes all the permissions that Amazon EC2 requires to call other AWS services on your behalf. For
more information, see Using Service-Linked Roles in the IAM User Guide.
Amazon EC2 uses the service-linked role named AWSServiceRoleForEC2ScheduledInstances to

complete the following actions:
• ec2:TerminateInstances - Terminate Scheduled Instances after their schedules complete

• ec2:CreateTags - Add system tags to Scheduled Instances
226
Scheduled Instances
If you purchased Scheduled Instances before October 2017, when Amazon EC2 began supporting this
service-linked role, Amazon EC2 created the AWSServiceRoleForEC2ScheduledInstances role in your
AWS account. For more information, see A New Role Appeared in My Account in the IAM User Guide.
If you no longer need to use Scheduled Instances, we recommend that you delete the
AWSServiceRoleForEC2ScheduledInstances role. After this role is deleted from your account, Amazon
EC2 will create the role again if you purchase Scheduled Instances.
Purchasing a Scheduled Instance

To purchase a Scheduled Instance, you can use the Scheduled Reserved Instances Reservation Wizard.
Warning
After you purchase a Scheduled Instance, you can't cancel, modify, or resell your purchase.
To purchase a Scheduled Instance (console)

2. In the navigation pane, under INSTANCES, choose Scheduled Instances. If the currently selected
Region does not support Scheduled Instances, the page is unavailable. Learn more (p. 228)
3. Choose Purchase Scheduled Instances.
4. On the Find available schedules page, do the following:
a. Under Create a schedule, select the starting date from Starting on, the schedule recurrence
(daily, weekly, or monthly) from Recurring, and the minimum duration from for duration. Note
that the console ensures that you specify a value for the minimum duration that meets the
minimum required utilization for your Scheduled Instance (1,200 hours per year).
b. Under Instance details, select the operating system and network from Platform. To narrow the
results, select one or more instance types from Instance type or one or more Availability Zones
from Availability Zone.
c. Choose Find schedules.

d. Under Available schedules, select one or more schedules. For each schedule that you select, set
the quantity of instances and choose Add to Cart.
e. Your cart is displayed at the bottom of the page. When you are finished adding and removing
schedules from your cart, choose Review and purchase.
5. On the Review and purchase page, verify your selections and edit them as needed. When you are
finished, choose Purchase.
To purchase a Scheduled Instance (AWS CLI)
Use the describe-scheduled-instance-availability command to list the available schedules that meet your
needs, and then use the purchase-scheduled-instances command to complete the purchase.
227
Scheduled Instances
Launching a Scheduled Instance

After you purchase a Scheduled Instance, it is available for you to launch during its scheduled time
periods.
To launch a Scheduled Instance (console)

2. In the navigation pane, under INSTANCES, choose Scheduled Instances. If the currently selected
Region does not support Scheduled Instances, the page is unavailable. Learn more (p. 228)
3. Select the Scheduled Instance and choose Launch Scheduled Instances.
4. On the Configure page, complete the launch specification for your Scheduled Instances and choose
Review.
Important
The launch specification must match the instance type, Availability Zone, network, and
platform of the schedule that you purchased.
5. On the Review page, verify the launch configuration and modify it as needed. When you are
finished, choose Launch.
To launch a Scheduled Instance (AWS CLI)
Use the describe-scheduled-instances command to list your Scheduled Instances, and then use the run-
scheduled-instances command to launch each Scheduled Instance during its scheduled time periods.
Scheduled Instance Limits

Scheduled Instances are subject to the following limits:
• The following are the only supported instance types: C3, C4, M4, and R3.
• The required term is 365 days (one year).
• The minimum required utilization is 1,200 hours per year.
• You can purchase a Scheduled Instance up to three months in advance.
• They are available in the following Regions: US East (N. Virginia), US West (Oregon), and Europe
(Ireland).
228
Spot Instances
Spot Instances
A Spot Instance is an unused EC2 instance that is available for less than the On-Demand price. Because
Spot Instances enable you to request unused EC2 instances at steep discounts, you can lower your
Amazon EC2 costs significantly. The hourly price for a Spot Instance is called a Spot price. The Spot price
of each instance type in each Availability Zone is set by Amazon EC2, and adjusted gradually based on
the long-term supply of and demand for Spot Instances. Your Spot Instance runs whenever capacity is
available and the maximum price per hour for your request exceeds the Spot price.
Spot Instances are a cost-effective choice if you can be flexible about when your applications run and if
your applications can be interrupted. For example, Spot Instances are well-suited for data analysis, batch
jobs, background processing, and optional tasks. For more information, see Amazon EC2 Spot Instances.
Topics
• Concepts (p. 229)

• How to Get Started (p. 230)
• Related Services (p. 231)
• Pricing and Savings (p. 231)
Concepts
Before you get started with Spot Instances, you should be familiar with the following concepts:
• Spot Instance pool – A set of unused EC2 instances with the same instance type (for example,
m5.large), operating system, Availability Zone, and network platform.
• Spot price – The current price of a Spot Instance per hour.
• Spot Instance request – Provides the maximum price per hour that you are willing to pay for a Spot
Instance. If you don't specify a maximum price, the default maximum price is the On-Demand price.
When the maximum price per hour for your request exceeds the Spot price, Amazon EC2 fulfills your
request if capacity is available. A Spot Instance request is either one-time or persistent. Amazon EC2
automatically resubmits a persistent Spot request after the Spot Instance associated with the request
is terminated. Your Spot Instance request can optionally specify a duration for the Spot Instances.
• Spot Fleet – A set of Spot Instances that is launched based on criteria that you specify. The Spot
Fleet selects the Spot Instance pools that meet your needs and launches Spot Instances to meet the
target capacity for the fleet. By default, Spot Fleets are set to maintain target capacity by launching
replacement instances after Spot Instances in the fleet are terminated. You can submit a Spot Fleet as
a one-time request, which does not persist after the instances have been terminated. You can include
On-Demand Instance requests in a Spot Fleet request.
• Spot Instance interruption – Amazon EC2 terminates, stops, or hibernates your Spot Instance when the
Spot price exceeds the maximum price for your request or capacity is no longer available. Amazon EC2
provides a Spot Instance interruption notice, which gives the instance a two-minute warning before it
is interrupted.
Key Differences between Spot Instances and On-Demand Instances

The following table lists the key differences between Spot Instances and On-Demand Instances.
Spot Instances On-Demand Instances
Launch time Can only be launched immediately if the Can only be launched immediately if
Spot Request is active and capacity is you make a manual launch request and
available. capacity is available.
229
Spot Instances
Spot Instances On-Demand Instances
Available If capacity is not available, the Spot If capacity is not available when you
capacity Request continues to automatically make a launch request, you get an
make the launch request until capacity insufficient capacity error (ICE).
becomes available.
Hourly price The hourly price for Spot Instances varies The hourly price for On-Demand
based on demand. Instances is static.
Instance You can’t stop and start an Amazon EBS- You determine when an On-Demand
interruption backed Spot Instance; only the Amazon Instance is interrupted (stopped or
EC2 Spot service can do this. The Amazon terminated).
EC2 Spot service can interrupt (p. 283)
an individual Spot Instance if capacity
is no longer available, the Spot price
exceeds your maximum price, or demand
for Spot Instances increases.
Strategies for Using Spot Instances

One strategy to maintain a minimum level of guaranteed compute resources for your applications is
to launch a core group of On-Demand Instances, and supplement them with Spot Instances when the
opportunity arises.
Another strategy is to launch Spot Instances with a specified duration (also known as Spot blocks),
which are designed not to be interrupted and will run continuously for the duration you select. In
rare situations, Spot blocks may be interrupted due to Amazon EC2 capacity needs. In these cases,
we provide a two-minute warning before we terminate an instance, and you are not charged for the
terminated instances even if you used them. For more information, see Specifying a Duration for Your
Spot Instances (p. 244).
How to Get Started

The first thing you need to do is get set up to use Amazon EC2. It can also be helpful to have experience
launching On-Demand Instances before launching Spot Instances.
Get up and running

Spot basics
• How Spot Instances Work (p. 232)

• How Spot Fleet Works (p. 233)
230
Spot Instances
Working with Spot Instances
• Preparing for Interruptions (p. 286)

• Creating a Spot Instance Request (p. 246)
• Getting Request Status Information (p. 281)
Working with Spot Fleets
• Spot Fleet Prerequisites (p. 253)

• Creating a Spot Fleet Request (p. 257)
Related Services
You can provision Spot Instances directly using Amazon EC2. You can also provision Spot Instances using
other services in AWS. For more information, see the following documentation.
Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling and Spot Instances
You can create launch configurations with the maximum price that you are willing to pay, so that
Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling can launch Spot Instances. For more information, see Launching Spot
Instances in Your Auto Scaling Group and Using Multiple Instance Types and Purchase Options in the
Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide.
Amazon EMR and Spot Instances
There are scenarios where it can be useful to run Spot Instances in an Amazon EMR cluster. For
more information, see Spot Instances and When Should You Use Spot Instances in the Amazon EMR
Management Guide.
AWS CloudFormation Templates
AWS CloudFormation enables you to create and manage a collection of AWS resources using
a template in JSON format. AWS CloudFormation templates can include the maximum price
you are willing to pay. For more information, see EC2 Spot Instance Updates - Auto Scaling and
CloudFormation Integration.
AWS SDK for Java
You can use the Java programming language to manage your Spot Instances. For more information,
see Tutorial: Amazon EC2 Spot Instances and Tutorial: Advanced Amazon EC2 Spot Request
Management.
AWS SDK for .NET
You can use the .NET programming environment to manage your Spot Instances. For more
information, see Tutorial: Amazon EC2 Spot Instances.
Pricing and Savings

You pay the Spot price for Spot Instances, which is set by Amazon EC2 and adjusted gradually based on
the long-term supply of and demand for Spot Instances. If the maximum price for your request exceeds
the current Spot price, Amazon EC2 fulfills your request if capacity is available. Your Spot Instances run
until you terminate them, capacity is no longer available, the Spot price exceeds your maximum price, or
your Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling group terminates them during scale in.
Spot Instances with a predefined duration use a fixed hourly price that remains in effect for the Spot
Instance while it runs.
231
Spot Instances
If you or Amazon EC2 interrupts a running Spot Instance, you are charged for the seconds used or the full
hour, or you receive no charge, depending on the operating system used and who interrupted the Spot
Instance. For more information, see Billing for Interrupted Spot Instances (p. 288).
View Prices
To view the current (updated every five minutes) lowest Spot price per region and instance type, see the
Spot Instances Pricing page.
To view the Spot price history for the past three months, use the Amazon EC2 console or the
describe-spot-price-history command (AWS CLI). For more information, see Spot Instance Pricing
History (p. 240).
We independently map Availability Zones to codes for each AWS account. Therefore, you can get
different results for the same Availability Zone code (for example, us-west-2a) between different
accounts.
View Savings
You can view the savings made from using Spot Instances for a single Spot Fleet or for all Spot Instances.
You can view the savings made in the last hour or the last three days, and you can view the average cost
per vCPU hour and per memory (GiB) hour. Savings are estimated and may differ from actual savings
because they do not include the billing adjustments for your usage. For more information about viewing
savings information, see Savings From Purchasing Spot Instances (p. 241).
View Billing
To review your bill, go to your AWS Account Activity page. Your bill contains links to usage reports that
provide details about your bill. For more information, see AWS Account Billing.
If you have questions concerning AWS billing, accounts, and events, contact AWS Support.
How Spot Instances Work

To use Spot Instances, create a Spot Instance request or a Spot Fleet request. The request can include the
maximum price that you are willing to pay per hour per instance (the default is the On-Demand price),
and other constraints such as the instance type and Availability Zone. If your maximum price exceeds
the current Spot price for the specified instance, and capacity is available, your request is fulfilled
immediately. Otherwise, the request is fulfilled whenever the maximum price exceeds the Spot price
and the capacity is available. Spot Instances run until you terminate them or until Amazon EC2 must
interrupt them (known as a Spot Instance interruption).
When you use Spot Instances, you must be prepared for interruptions. Amazon EC2 can interrupt
your Spot Instance when the Spot price exceeds your maximum price, when the demand for Spot
Instances rises, or when the supply of Spot Instances decreases. When Amazon EC2 interrupts a Spot
Instance, it provides a Spot Instance interruption notice, which gives the instance a two-minute warning
before Amazon EC2 interrupts it. You can't enable termination protection for Spot Instances. For more
information, see Spot Instance Interruptions (p. 283).
You can't stop and start an Amazon EBS-backed instance if it is a Spot Instance (only the Spot service can
stop and start a Spot Instance), but you can reboot or terminate a Spot Instance.
Contents
• Launching Spot Instances in a Launch Group (p. 233)
• Launching Spot Instances in an Availability Zone Group (p. 233)
• Launching Spot Instances in a VPC (p. 233)
232
Spot Instances
Launching Spot Instances in a Launch Group

Specify a launch group in your Spot Instance request to tell Amazon EC2 to launch a set of Spot
Instances only if it can launch them all. In addition, if the Spot service must terminate one of the
instances in a launch group (for example, if the Spot price exceeds your maximum price), it must
terminate them all. However, if you terminate one or more of the instances in a launch group, Amazon
EC2 does not terminate the remaining instances in the launch group.
Although this option can be useful, adding this constraint can decrease the chances that your Spot
Instance request is fulfilled and increase the chances that your Spot Instances are terminated. For
example, your launch group includes instances in multiple Availability Zones. If capacity in one of these
Availability Zones decreases and is no longer available, then Amazon EC2 terminates all instances for the
launch group.
If you create another successful Spot Instance request that specifies the same (existing) launch group
as an earlier successful request, then the new instances are added to the launch group. Subsequently, if
an instance in this launch group is terminated, all instances in the launch group are terminated, which
includes instances launched by the first and second requests.
Launching Spot Instances in an Availability Zone Group

Specify an Availability Zone group in your Spot Instance request to tell the Spot service to launch a
set of Spot Instances in the same Availability Zone. Amazon EC2 need not interrupt all instances in
an Availability Zone group at the same time. If Amazon EC2 must interrupt one of the instances in an
Availability Zone group, the others remain running.
Although this option can be useful, adding this constraint can lower the chances that your Spot Instance
request is fulfilled.
If you specify an Availability Zone group but don't specify an Availability Zone in the Spot Instance
request, the result depends on the network you specified.
Default VPC
Amazon EC2 uses the Availability Zone for the specified subnet. If you don't specify a subnet, it selects
an Availability Zone and its default subnet, but not necessarily the lowest-priced zone. If you deleted the
default subnet for an Availability Zone, then you must specify a different subnet.
Nondefault VPC
Amazon EC2 uses the Availability Zone for the specified subnet.
Launching Spot Instances in a VPC

You specify a subnet for your Spot Instances the same way that you specify a subnet for your On-
Demand Instances.
• You should use the default maximum price (the On-Demand price), or base your maximum price on the
Spot price history of Spot Instances in a VPC.
• [Default VPC] If you want your Spot Instance launched in a specific low-priced Availability Zone, you
must specify the corresponding subnet in your Spot Instance request. If you do not specify a subnet,
Amazon EC2 selects one for you, and the Availability Zone for this subnet might not have the lowest
Spot price.
• [Nondefault VPC] You must specify the subnet for your Spot Instance.
How Spot Fleet Works

A Spot Fleet is a collection, or fleet, of Spot Instances, and optionally On-Demand Instances.
233
Spot Instances
The Spot Fleet attempts to launch the number of Spot Instances and On-Demand Instances to meet the
target capacity that you specified in the Spot Fleet request. The request for Spot Instances is fulfilled
if there is available capacity and the maximum price you specified in the request exceeds the current
Spot price. The Spot Fleet also attempts to maintain its target capacity fleet if your Spot Instances are
interrupted.
You can also set a maximum amount per hour that you’re willing to pay for your fleet, and Spot Fleet
launches instances until it reaches the maximum amount. When the maximum amount you're willing to
pay is reached, the fleet stops launching instances even if it hasn’t met the target capacity.
A Spot Instance pool is a set of unused EC2 instances with the same instance type (for example,
m5.large), operating system, Availability Zone, and network platform. When you make a Spot Fleet
request, you can include multiple launch specifications, that vary by instance type, AMI, Availability Zone,
or subnet. The Spot Fleet selects the Spot Instance pools that are used to fulfill the request, based on
the launch specifications included in your Spot Fleet request, and the configuration of the Spot Fleet
request. The Spot Instances come from the selected pools.
Contents
• On-Demand in Spot Fleet (p. 234)
• Allocation Strategy for Spot Instances (p. 234)
• Spot Price Overrides (p. 236)
• Control Spending (p. 236)
• Spot Fleet Instance Weighting (p. 237)
• Walkthrough: Using Spot Fleet with Instance Weighting (p. 238)
On-Demand in Spot Fleet

To ensure that you always have instance capacity, you can include a request for On-Demand capacity
in your Spot Fleet request. In your Spot Fleet request, you specify your desired target capacity and how
much of that capacity must be On-Demand. The balance comprises Spot capacity, which is launched if
there is available Amazon EC2 capacity and availability. For example, if in your Spot Fleet request you
specify target capacity as 10 and On-Demand capacity as 8, Amazon EC2 launches 8 capacity units as
On-Demand, and 2 capacity units (10-8=2) as Spot.
Prioritizing Instance Types for On-Demand Capacity

When Spot Fleet attempts to fulfill your On-Demand capacity, it defaults to launching the lowest-priced
instance type first. If OnDemandAllocationStrategy is set to prioritized, Spot Fleet uses priority
to determine which instance type to use first in fulfilling On-Demand capacity. The priority is assigned to
the launch template override, and the highest priority is launched first.
For example, you have configured three launch template overrides, each with a different instance type:
c3.large, c4.large, and c5.large. The On-Demand price for c5.large is less than for c4.large.
c3.large is the cheapest. If you do not use priority to determine the order, the fleet fulfills On-Demand
capacity by starting with c3.large, and then c5.large. Because you often have unused Reserved
Instances for c4.large, you can set the launch template override priority so that the order is c4.large,
c3.large, and then c5.large.
Allocation Strategy for Spot Instances

The allocation strategy for the Spot Instances in your Spot Fleet determines how it fulfills your Spot
Fleet request from the possible Spot Instance pools represented by its launch specifications. The
following are the allocation strategies that you can specify in your Spot Fleet request:
lowestPrice
The Spot Instances come from the pool with the lowest price. This is the default strategy.
234
Spot Instances
diversified
The Spot Instances are distributed across all pools.

capacityOptimized
The Spot Instances come from the pool with optimal capacity for the number of instances that are
launching.
InstancePoolsToUseCount
The Spot Instances are distributed across the number of Spot pools that you specify. This parameter
is valid only when used in combination with lowestPrice.
Maintaining Target Capacity
After Spot Instances are terminated due to a change in the Spot price or available capacity of a Spot
Instance pool, a Spot Fleet of type maintain launches replacement Spot Instances. If the allocation
strategy is lowestPrice, the fleet launches replacement instances in the pool where the Spot price is
currently the lowest. If the allocation strategy is diversified, the fleet distributes the replacement
Spot Instances across the remaining pools. If the allocation strategy is lowestPrice in combination
with InstancePoolsToUseCount, the fleet selects the Spot pools with the lowest price and launches
Spot Instances across the number of Spot pools that you specify.
Configuring Spot Fleet for Cost Optimization
To optimize the costs for your use of Spot Instances, specify the lowestPrice allocation strategy so
that Spot Fleet automatically deploys the least expensive combination of instance types and Availability
Zones based on the current Spot price.
For On-Demand Instance target capacity, Spot Fleet always selects the least expensive instance type
based on the public On-Demand price, while continuing to follow the allocation strategy (either
lowestPrice, capacityOptimized, or diversified) for Spot Instances.
Configuring Spot Fleet for Cost Optimization and Diversification
To create a fleet of Spot Instances that is both cheap and diversified, use the lowestPrice allocation
strategy in combination with InstancePoolsToUseCount. Spot Fleet automatically deploys the
cheapest combination of instance types and Availability Zones based on the current Spot price across the
number of Spot pools that you specify. This combination can be used to avoid the most expensive Spot
Instances.
Configuring Spot Fleet for Capacity Optimization
With Spot Instances, pricing changes slowly over time based on long-term trends in supply and demand,
but capacity fluctuates in real time. The capacityOptimized strategy automatically launches Spot
Instances into the most available pools by looking at real-time capacity data and predicting which
are the most available. This works well for workloads such as big data and analytics, image and
media rendering, machine learning, and high performance computing that may have a higher cost of
interruption associated with restarting work and checkpointing. By offering the possibility of fewer
interruptions, the capacityOptimized strategy can lower the overall cost of your workload.
Choosing an Appropriate Allocation Strategy
You can optimize your Spot Fleets based on your use case.
If your fleet is small or runs for a short time, the probability that your Spot Instances may be interrupted
is low, even with all the instances in a single Spot Instance pool. Therefore, the lowestPrice strategy is
likely to meet your needs while providing the lowest cost.
235
Spot Instances
If your fleet is large or runs for a long time, you can improve the availability of your fleet by distributing
the Spot Instances across multiple pools. For example, if your Spot Fleet request specifies 10 pools and
a target capacity of 100 instances, the fleet launches 10 Spot Instances in each pool. If the Spot price
for one pool exceeds your maximum price for this pool, only 10% of your fleet is affected. Using this
strategy also makes your fleet less sensitive to increases in the Spot price in any one pool over time.
With the diversified strategy, the Spot Fleet does not launch Spot Instances into any pools with a
Spot price that is equal to or higher than the On-Demand price.
To create a cheap and diversified fleet, use the lowestPrice strategy in combination with
InstancePoolsToUseCount. You can use a low or high number of Spot pools across which to allocate
your Spot Instances. For example, if you run batch processing, we recommend specifying a low number
of Spot pools (for example, InstancePoolsToUseCount=2) to ensure that your queue always has
compute capacity while maximizing savings. If you run a web service, we recommend specifying a high
number of Spot pools (for example, InstancePoolsToUseCount=10) to minimize the impact if a Spot
Instance pool becomes temporarily unavailable.
If your fleet runs workloads that may have a higher cost of interruption associated with restarting work
and checkpointing, then use the capacityOptimized strategy. This strategy offers the possibility of
fewer interruptions, which can lower the overall cost of your workload.
Spot Price Overrides

Each Spot Fleet request can include a global maximum price, or use the default (the On-Demand price).
Spot Fleet uses this as the default maximum price for each of its launch specifications.
You can optionally specify a maximum price in one or more launch specifications. This price is specific
to the launch specification. If a launch specification includes a specific price, the Spot Fleet uses this
maximum price, overriding the global maximum price. Any other launch specifications that do not
include a specific maximum price still use the global maximum price.
Control Spending
Spot Fleet stops launching instances when it has either reached the target capacity or the maximum
amount you’re willing to pay. To control the amount you pay per hour for your fleet, you can specify the
SpotMaxTotalPrice for Spot Instances and the OnDemandMaxTotalPrice for On-Demand Instances.
When the maximum total price is reached, Spot Fleet stops launching instances even if it hasn’t met the
target capacity.
The following examples show two different scenarios. In the first, Spot Fleet stops launching instances
when it has met the target capacity. In the second, Spot Fleet stops launching instances when it has
reached the maximum amount you’re willing to pay.
Example: Stop launching instances when target capacity is reached
Given a request for m4.large On-Demand Instances, where:
• On-Demand Price: $0.10 per hour

• OnDemandTargetCapacity: 10
• OnDemandMaxTotalPrice: $1.50
Spot Fleet launches 10 On-Demand Instances because the total of $1.00 (10 instances x $0.10) does not
exceed the OnDemandMaxTotalPrice of $1.50.
Example: Stop launching instances when maximum total price is reached
236
Spot Instances

• OnDemandMaxTotalPrice: $0.80
If Spot Fleet launches the On-Demand target capacity (10 On-Demand Instances), the total cost per
hour would be $1.00. This is more than the amount ($0.80) specified for OnDemandMaxTotalPrice.
To prevent spending more than you're willing to pay, Spot Fleet launches only 8 On-Demand
Instances (below the On-Demand target capacity) because launching more would exceed the
OnDemandMaxTotalPrice.
Spot Fleet Instance Weighting

When you request a fleet of Spot Instances, you can define the capacity units that each instance type
would contribute to your application's performance, and adjust your maximum price for each Spot
Instance pool accordingly using instance weighting.
By default, the price that you specify is per instance hour. When you use the instance weighting feature,
the price that you specify is per unit hour. You can calculate your price per unit hour by dividing your
price for an instance type by the number of units that it represents. Spot Fleet calculates the number
of Spot Instances to launch by dividing the target capacity by the instance weight. If the result isn't an
integer, the Spot Fleet rounds it up to the next integer, so that the size of your fleet is not below its
target capacity. Spot Fleet can select any pool that you specify in your launch specification, even if the
capacity of the instances launched exceeds the requested target capacity.
The following tables provide examples of calculations to determine the price per unit for a Spot Fleet
request with a target capacity of 10.
Instance type Instance Price per Price per unit Number of instances launched
weight instance hour hour
r3.xlarge 2 $0.05 .025 5
(.05 divided by (10 divided by 2)

2)
Instance type Instance Price per Price per unit Number of instances launched
weight instance hour hour
r3.8xlarge 8 $0.10 .0125 2
(.10 divided by (10 divided by 8, result rounded

8) up)
Use Spot Fleet instance weighting as follows to provision the target capacity that you want in the pools
with the lowest price per unit at the time of fulfillment:
1. Set the target capacity for your Spot Fleet either in instances (the default) or in the units of your
choice, such as virtual CPUs, memory, storage, or throughput.
2. Set the price per unit.
3. For each launch configuration, specify the weight, which is the number of units that the instance
type represents toward the target capacity.
Instance Weighting Example
237
Spot Instances
Consider a Spot Fleet request with the following configuration:
• A target capacity of 24
• A launch specification with an instance type r3.2xlarge and a weight of 6
• A launch specification with an instance type c3.xlarge and a weight of 5
The weights represent the number of units that instance type represents toward the target capacity. If
the first launch specification provides the lowest price per unit (price for r3.2xlarge per instance hour
divided by 6), the Spot Fleet would launch four of these instances (24 divided by 6).
If the second launch specification provides the lowest price per unit (price for c3.xlarge per instance
hour divided by 5), the Spot Fleet would launch five of these instances (24 divided by 5, result rounded
up).
Instance Weighting and Allocation Strategy
Consider a Spot Fleet request with the following configuration:
• A launch specification with an instance type c3.2xlarge and a weight of 8
• A launch specification with an instance type m3.xlarge and a weight of 8
• A launch specification with an instance type r3.xlarge and a weight of 8
The Spot Fleet would launch four instances (30 divided by 8, result rounded up). With the lowestPrice
strategy, all four instances come from the pool that provides the lowest price per unit. With the
diversified strategy, the Spot Fleet launches one instance in each of the three pools, and the fourth
instance in whichever pool provides the lowest price per unit.
Walkthrough: Using Spot Fleet with Instance Weighting

This walkthrough uses a fictitious company called Example Corp to illustrate the process of requesting a
Spot Fleet using instance weighting.
Objective
Example Corp, a pharmaceutical company, wants to leverage the computational power of Amazon EC2
for screening chemical compounds that might be used to fight cancer.
Planning
Example Corp first reviews Spot Best Practices. Next, Example Corp determines the following
requirements for their Spot Fleet.
Instance Types
Example Corp has a compute- and memory-intensive application that performs best with at least 60 GB
of memory and eight virtual CPUs (vCPUs). They want to maximize these resources for the application at
the lowest possible price. Example Corp decides that any of the following EC2 instance types would meet
their needs:
Instance type Memory (GiB) vCPUs
r3.2xlarge 61 8
r3.4xlarge 122 16
238
Spot Instances
r3.8xlarge 244 32
Target Capacity in Units
With instance weighting, target capacity can equal a number of instances (the default) or a combination
of factors such as cores (vCPUs), memory (GiBs), and storage (GBs). By considering the base for their
application (60 GB of RAM and eight vCPUs) as 1 unit, Example Corp decides that 20 times this amount
would meet their needs. So the company sets the target capacity of their Spot Fleet request to 20.
Instance Weights
After determining the target capacity, Example Corp calculates instance weights. To calculate the
instance weight for each instance type, they determine the units of each instance type that are required
to reach the target capacity as follows:
• r3.2xlarge (61.0 GB, 8 vCPUs) = 1 unit of 20

• r3.4xlarge (122.0 GB, 16 vCPUs) = 2 units of 20
Therefore, Example Corp assigns instance weights of 1, 2, and 4 to the respective launch configurations
in their Spot Fleet request.
Price Per Unit Hour
Example Corp uses the On-Demand price per instance hour as a starting point for their price. They could
also use recent Spot prices, or a combination of the two. To calculate the price per unit hour, they divide
their starting price per instance hour by the weight. For example:
Instance type On-Demand price Instance weight Price per unit hour
r3.2xLarge $0.7 1 $0.7
r3.4xLarge $1.4 2 $0.7
r3.8xLarge $2.8 4 $0.7
Example Corp could use a global price per unit hour of $0.7 and be competitive for all three instance
types. They could also use a global price per unit hour of $0.7 and a specific price per unit hour of $0.9 in
the r3.8xlarge launch specification.
Verifying Permissions
Before creating a Spot Fleet request, Example Corp verifies that it has an IAM role with the required
permissions. For more information, see Spot Fleet Prerequisites (p. 253).
Creating the Request
Example Corp creates a file, config.json, with the following configuration for its Spot Fleet request:
{
"SpotPrice": "0.70",
"TargetCapacity": 20,
"IamFleetRole": "arn:aws:iam::123456789012:role/aws-ec2-spot-fleet-tagging-role",
239
Spot Instances
"LaunchSpecifications": [
{
"ImageId": "ami-1a2b3c4d",
"InstanceType": "r3.2xlarge",
"SubnetId": "subnet-482e4972",
"WeightedCapacity": 1
},
{
},
{
}
]
}
Example Corp creates the Spot Fleet request using the following request-spot-fleet command:
aws ec2 request-spot-fleet --spot-fleet-request-config file://config.json
For more information, see Spot Fleet Requests (p. 252).
Fulfillment
The allocation strategy determines which Spot Instance pools your Spot Instances come from.
With the lowestPrice strategy (which is the default strategy), the Spot Instances come from the pool
with the lowest price per unit at the time of fulfillment. To provide 20 units of capacity, the Spot Fleet
launches either 20 r3.2xlarge instances (20 divided by 1), 10 r3.4xlarge instances (20 divided by 2),
or 5 r3.8xlarge instances (20 divided by 4).
If Example Corp used the diversified strategy, the Spot Instances would come from all three pools.
The Spot Fleet would launch 6 r3.2xlarge instances (which provide 6 units), 3 r3.4xlarge instances
(which provide 6 units), and 2 r3.8xlarge instances (which provide 8 units), for a total of 20 units.
Spot Instance Pricing History

When you request Spot Instances, we recommend that you use the default maximum price (the On-
Demand price). If you want to specify a maximum price, we recommend that you review the Spot price
history before you do so. You can view the Spot price history for the last 90 days, filtering by instance
type, operating system, and Availability Zone.
To view the Spot price history (console)

2. On the navigation pane, choose Spot Requests.
3. If you are new to Spot Instances, you see a welcome page. Choose Get started, scroll to the bottom
of the screen, and then choose Cancel.
4. Choose Pricing History. By default, the page displays a graph of the data for Linux t1.micro
instances in all Availability Zones over the past day. Move your pointer over the graph to display the
prices at specific times in the table below the graph.
240
Spot Instances
5. (Optional) To review the Spot price history for a specific Availability Zone, select a zone from the list.
You can also select a different product, instance type, or date range.
To view the Spot price history using the command line
You can use one of the following commands. For more information, see Accessing Amazon EC2 (p. 3).
• describe-spot-price-history (AWS CLI)

• Get-EC2SpotPriceHistory (AWS Tools for Windows PowerShell)
Savings From Purchasing Spot Instances

You can view the usage and savings information for Spot Instances at the per-fleet level, or for all
running Spot Instances. At the per-fleet level, the usage and savings information includes all instances
launched and terminated by the fleet. You can view this information from the last hour or the last three
days.
The following screenshot from the Spot Requests page shows the Spot usage and savings information
for a Spot Fleet.
You can view the following usage and savings information:
• Spot Instances – The number of Spot Instances launched and terminated by the Spot Fleet. When
viewing the savings summary, the number represents all your running Spot Instances.
241
Spot Instances
• vCPU-hours – The number of vCPU hours used across all the Spot Instances for the selected time
frame.
• Mem(GiB)-hours – The number of GiB hours used across all the Spot Instances for the selected time
frame.
• On-Demand total – The total amount you would've paid for the selected time frame had you launched
these instances as On-Demand Instances.
• Spot total – The total amount to pay for the selected time frame.
• Savings – The percentage that you are saving by not paying the On-Demand price.
• Average cost per vCPU-hour – The average hourly cost of using the vCPUs across all the Spot
Instances for the selected time frame, calculated as follows: Average cost per vCPU-hour = Spot total
/ vCPU-hours.
• Average cost per mem(GiB)-hour – The average hourly cost of using the GiBs across all the Spot
Instances for the selected time frame, calculated as follows: Average cost per mem(GiB)-hour = Spot
total / Mem(GiB)-hours.
• Details table – The different instance types (the number of instances per instance type is in
parentheses) that comprise the Spot Fleet. When viewing the savings summary, these comprise all
your running Spot Instances.
Savings information can only be viewed using the Amazon EC2 console.
To view the savings information for a Spot Fleet (console)

3. Select a Spot Fleet request and choose Savings.
4. By default, the page displays usage and savings information for the last three days. You can choose
last hour or the last three days. For Spot Fleets that were launched less than an hour ago, the page
shows the estimated savings for the hour.
To view the savings information for all running Spot Instances (console)

3. Choose Savings Summary.
Spot Instance Requests

To use Spot Instances, you create a Spot Instance request that includes the number of instances, the
instance type, the Availability Zone, and the maximum price that you are willing to pay per instance hour.
If your maximum price exceeds the current Spot price, Amazon EC2 fulfills your request immediately if
capacity is available. Otherwise, Amazon EC2 waits until your request can be fulfilled or until you cancel
the request.
The following illustration shows how Spot requests work. Notice that the action taken for a Spot
Instance interruption depends on the request type (one-time or persistent) and the interruption behavior
(hibernate, stop, or terminate). If the request is a persistent request, the request is opened again after
your Spot Instance is interrupted.
242
Spot Instances
Contents
• Spot Instance Request States (p. 243)
• Specifying a Duration for Your Spot Instances (p. 244)
• Specifying a Tenancy for Your Spot Instances (p. 244)
• Service-Linked Role for Spot Instance Requests (p. 245)
• Creating a Spot Instance Request (p. 246)
• Finding Running Spot Instances (p. 248)
• Tagging Spot Instance Requests (p. 249)
• Canceling a Spot Instance Request (p. 249)
• Terminating a Spot Instance (p. 250)
• Spot Request Example Launch Specifications (p. 250)
Spot Instance Request States

A Spot Instance request can be in one of the following states:
• open – The request is waiting to be fulfilled.

• active – The request is fulfilled and has an associated Spot Instance.
• failed – The request has one or more bad parameters.
• closed – The Spot Instance was interrupted or terminated.
• cancelled – You canceled the request, or the request expired.
The following illustration represents the transitions between the request states. Notice that the
transitions depend on the request type (one-time or persistent).
A one-time Spot Instance request remains active until Amazon EC2 launches the Spot Instance, the
request expires, or you cancel the request. If the Spot price exceeds your maximum price or capacity is
not available, your Spot Instance is terminated and the Spot Instance request is closed.
243
Spot Instances
A persistent Spot Instance request remains active until it expires or you cancel it, even if the request is
fulfilled. If the Spot price exceeds your maximum price or capacity is not available, your Spot Instance
is interrupted. After your instance is interrupted, when your maximum price exceeds the Spot price or
capacity becomes available again, the Spot Instance is started if stopped or resumed if hibernated. If the
Spot Instance is terminated, the Spot Instance request is opened again and Amazon EC2 launches a new
Spot Instance.
You can track the status of your Spot Instance requests, as well as the status of the Spot Instances
launched, through the status. For more information, see Spot Request Status (p. 277).
Specifying a Duration for Your Spot Instances

Spot Instances with a specified duration (also known as Spot blocks) are designed not to be interrupted
and will run continuously for the duration you select. This makes them ideal for jobs that take a finite
time to complete, such as batch processing, encoding and rendering, modeling and analysis, and
continuous integration.
You can specify a duration of 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6 hours. The price that you pay depends on the specified
duration. To view the current prices for a 1-hour duration or a 6-hour duration, see Spot Instance Prices.
You can use these prices to estimate the cost of the 2, 3, 4, and 5-hour durations. When a request with
a duration is fulfilled, the price for your Spot Instance is fixed, and this price remains in effect until the
instance terminates. You are billed at this price for each hour or partial hour that the instance is running.
A partial instance hour is billed as a full hour.
When you specify a duration in your Spot request, the duration period for each Spot Instance starts as
soon as the instance receives its instance ID. The Spot Instance runs until you terminate it or the duration
period ends. At the end of the duration period, Amazon EC2 marks the Spot Instance for termination
and provides a Spot Instance termination notice, which gives the instance a two-minute warning before
it terminates. In rare situations, Spot blocks may be interrupted due to Amazon EC2 capacity needs. In
these cases, we provide a two-minute warning before we terminate an instance, and you are not charged
for the terminated instances even if you used them.
To launch Spot Instances with a specified duration (console)
Select the appropriate request type. For more information, see Creating a Spot Instance
Request (p. 246).
To launch Spot Instances with a specified duration (AWS CLI)
To specify a duration for your Spot Instances, include the --block-duration-minutes option with
the request-spot-instances command. For example, the following command creates a Spot request that
launches Spot Instances that run for two hours:
aws ec2 request-spot-instances --instance-count 5 --block-duration-minutes 120 --type "one-

time" --launch-specification file://specification.json
To retrieve the cost for Spot Instances with a specified duration (AWS CLI)
Use the describe-spot-instance-requests command to retrieve the fixed cost for your Spot Instances with
a specified duration. The information is in the actualBlockHourlyPrice field.
Specifying a Tenancy for Your Spot Instances

You can run a Spot Instance on single-tenant hardware. Dedicated Spot Instances are physically
isolated from instances that belong to other AWS accounts. For more information, see Dedicated
Instances (p. 310) and the Amazon EC2 Dedicated Instances product page.
To run a Dedicated Spot Instance, do one of the following:
244
Spot Instances
• Specify a tenancy of dedicated when you create the Spot Instance request. For more information,
see Creating a Spot Instance Request (p. 246).
• Request a Spot Instance in a VPC with an instance tenancy of dedicated. For more information, see
Creating a VPC with an Instance Tenancy of Dedicated (p. 313). You cannot request a Spot Instance
with a tenancy of default if you request it in a VPC with an instance tenancy of dedicated.
The following instance types support Dedicated Spot Instances.
Current Generation
• c4.8xlarge
• d2.8xlarge
• i3.16xlarge
• m4.10xlarge
• m4.16xlarge
• p2.16xlarge
• r4.16xlarge
• x1.32xlarge
Previous Generation
• c3.8xlarge
• cc2.8xlarge
• cr1.8xlarge
• g2.8xlarge
• i2.8xlarge
• r3.8xlarge
Service-Linked Role for Spot Instance Requests

Amazon EC2 uses service-linked roles for the permissions that it requires to call other AWS services on
your behalf. A service-linked role is a unique type of IAM role that is linked directly to an AWS service.
Service-linked roles provide a secure way to delegate permissions to AWS services because only the
linked service can assume a service-linked role. For more information, see Using Service-Linked Roles in
the IAM User Guide.
Amazon EC2 uses the service-linked role named AWSServiceRoleForEC2Spot to launch and manage
Spot Instances on your behalf.
Permissions Granted by AWSServiceRoleForEC2Spot
Amazon EC2 uses AWSServiceRoleForEC2Spot to complete the following actions:
• ec2:DescribeInstances – Describe Spot Instances

• ec2:StopInstances – Stop Spot Instances
• ec2:StartInstances – Start Spot Instances
Create the Service-Linked Role
Under most circumstances, you don't need to manually create a service-linked role. Amazon EC2 creates
the AWSServiceRoleForEC2Spot service-linked role the first time you request a Spot Instance using the
console.
245
Spot Instances
If you had an active Spot Instance request before October 2017, when Amazon EC2 began supporting
this service-linked role, Amazon EC2 created the AWSServiceRoleForEC2Spot role in your AWS account.
For more information, see A New Role Appeared in My Account in the IAM User Guide.
Ensure that this role exists before you use the AWS CLI or an API to request a Spot Instance. To create the
role, use the IAM console as follows.
To manually create the AWSServiceRoleForEC2Spot service-linked role
1. Open the IAM console at https://console.aws.amazon.com/iam/.

2. In the navigation pane, choose Roles.
3. Choose Create role.
4. On the Select type of trusted entity page, choose EC2, EC2 - Spot Instances, Next: Permissions.
5. On the next page, choose Next:Review.
6. On the Review page, choose Create role.
If you no longer need to use Spot Instances, we recommend that you delete the
AWSServiceRoleForEC2Spot role. After this role is deleted from your account, Amazon EC2 will create
the role again if you request Spot Instances.
Granting Access to CMKs for Use with Encrypted AMIs and EBS Snapshots
If you specify an encrypted AMI (p. 67) or an encrypted Amazon EBS snapshot (p. 864) for your Spot
Instances and you use a customer managed customer master key (CMK) for encryption, you must
grant the AWSServiceRoleForEC2Spot role permission to use the CMK so that Amazon EC2 can launch
Spot Instances on your behalf. To do this, you must add a grant to the CMK, as shown in the following
procedure.
When providing permissions, grants are an alternative to key policies. For more information, see Using
Grants and Using Key Policies in AWS KMS in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide.
To grant the AWSServiceRoleForEC2Spot role permissions to use the CMK
• Use the create-grant command to add a grant to the CMK and to specify the principal (the
AWSServiceRoleForEC2Spot service-linked role) that is given permission to perform the operations
that the grant permits. The CMK is specified by the key-id parameter and the ARN of the
CMK. The principal is specified by the grantee-principal parameter and the ARN of the
AWSServiceRoleForEC2Spot service-linked role.
The following example is formatted for legibility.
aws kms create-grant

--region us-east-1
--key-id arn:aws:kms:us-east-1:444455556666:key/1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab
--grantee-principal arn:aws:iam::111122223333:role/AWSServiceRoleForEC2Spot
--operations "Decrypt" "Encrypt" "GenerateDataKey" "GenerateDataKeyWithoutPlaintext"
"CreateGrant" "DescribeKey" "ReEncryptFrom" "ReEncryptTo"
Creating a Spot Instance Request

The process for requesting a Spot Instance is similar to the process for launching an On-Demand
Instance. You can't change the parameters of your Spot Instance request, including your maximum price,
after you've submitted the request.
If you request multiple Spot Instances at one time, Amazon EC2 creates separate Spot Instance requests
so that you can track the status of each request separately. For more information about tracking Spot
Instance requests, see Spot Request Status (p. 277).
246
Spot Instances
Prerequisites
Before you begin, decide on your maximum price, how many Spot Instances you'd like, and what instance
type to use. To review Spot price trends, see Spot Instance Pricing History (p. 240).
To create a Spot Instance request (console)

3. If you are new to Spot Instances, you see a welcome page; choose Get started. Otherwise, choose
Request Spot Instances.
4. For Request type, the default is Request, which specifies a one-time Spot request created using a
Spot Fleet. To use Spot blocks instead, choose Reserve for duration and select the number of hours
for the job to complete.
To use Request and Maintain, see Creating a Spot Fleet Request (p. 257).
5. For Target capacity, enter the number of units to request. You can choose instances or performance
characteristics that are important to your application workload, such as vCPUs, memory, and
storage.
6. For Requirements, do the following:
a. [Spot Fleet] (Optional) For Launch template, choose a launch template. The launch template
must specify an Amazon Machine Image (AMI), as you cannot override the AMI using Spot Fleet
if you specify a launch template.
b. For AMI, choose one of the basic AMIs provided by AWS, or choose Use custom AMI to specify
your own AMI.
c. For Instance type(s), choose Select. Select the instance types that have the minimum hardware
specifications that you need (vCPUs, memory, and storage).
d. For Network, you can select an existing VPC or create a new one.
[Existing VPC] Select the VPC.
[New VPC] Choose Create new VPC to go to the Amazon VPC console. When you are done,
return to the wizard and refresh the list.
e. (Optional) For Availability Zones, the default is to let AWS choose the Availability Zones for
your Spot Instances. If you prefer, you can specify specific Availability Zones.
Select one or more Availability Zones. If you have more than one subnet in an Availability Zone,
select the appropriate subnet from Subnet. To add subnets, select Create new subnet to go to
the Amazon VPC console. When you are done, return to the wizard and refresh the list.
f. (Optional) To add storage, specify additional instance store volumes or EBS volumes, depending
on the instance type. You can also enable Amazon EBS optimization.
g. (Optional) By default, basic monitoring is enabled for your instances. To enable detailed
monitoring, choose Enable CloudWatch detailed monitoring.
h. (Optional) To run a Dedicated Spot Instance, for Tenancy, choose Dedicated - run a dedicated
instance.
i. For Security groups, select one or more security groups.
j. To connect to your instances, enable Auto-assign IPv4 Public IP.
k. (Optional) To connect to your instances, specify your key pair for Key pair name.
l. (Optional) To launch your Spot Instances with an IAM role, for IAM instance profile, specify the
role.
m. (Optional) To run a start-up script, copy it to User data.
n. [Spot Fleet] To add a tag, choose Add new tag and type the key and value for the tag. Repeat
for each tag.
247
Spot Instances
7. For Spot request fulfillment, do the following:
a. [Spot Fleet] For Allocation strategy, choose the strategy that meets your needs. For more
information, see Allocation Strategy for Spot Instances (p. 234).
b. [Spot Fleet] For Maximum price, you can use the default maximum price (the On-Demand price)
or specify the maximum price that you are willing to pay. If your maximum price is lower than
the Spot price for the instance types that you selected, your Spot Instances are not launched.
c. (Optional) To create a request that is valid only during a specific time period, edit the values for
Request valid from and Request valid until.
d. [Spot Fleet] By default, we terminate your Spot Instances when the request expires. To keep
them running after your request expires, clear Terminate instances at expiration.
8. (Optional) To register your Spot Instances with a load balancer, choose Receive traffic from one or
more load balancers and select one or more Classic Load Balancers or target groups.
9. (Optional) To download a copy of the launch configuration for use with the AWS CLI, choose JSON
config.
10. Choose Launch.
[Spot Fleet] The request type is fleet. When the request is fulfilled, requests of type instance are
added, where the state is active and the status is fulfilled.
[Spot block] The request type is block and the initial state is open. When the request is fulfilled,
the state is active and the status is fulfilled.
To create a Spot Instance request (AWS CLI)
Use the following request-spot-instances command to create a one-time request:
aws ec2 request-spot-instances --instance-count 5 --type "one-time" --launch-specification

file://specification.json
Use the following request-spot-instances command to create a persistent request:
aws ec2 request-spot-instances --instance-count 5 --type "persistent" --launch-

specification file://specification.json
For example launch specification files to use with these commands, see Spot Request Example Launch
Specifications (p. 250). If you download a launch specification file from the console, you must use the
request-spot-fleet command instead (the console specifies a Spot request using a Spot Fleet).
Amazon EC2 launches your Spot Instance when the maximum price exceeds the Spot price and capacity
is available. The Spot Instance runs until it is interrupted or you terminate it yourself. Use the following
describe-spot-instance-requests command to monitor your Spot Instance request:
aws ec2 describe-spot-instance-requests --spot-instance-request-ids sir-08b93456
Finding Running Spot Instances

Amazon EC2 launches a Spot Instance when the maximum price exceeds the Spot price and capacity is
available. A Spot Instance runs until it is interrupted or you terminate it yourself. If your maximum price
is exactly equal to the Spot price, there is a chance that your Spot Instance remains running, depending
on demand.
To find running Spot Instances (console)
248
Spot Instances
2. In the navigation pane, choose Spot Requests.
You can see both Spot Instance requests and Spot Fleet requests. If a Spot Instance request has been
fulfilled, Capacity is the ID of the Spot Instance. For a Spot Fleet, Capacity indicates how much of
the requested capacity has been fulfilled. To view the IDs of the instances in a Spot Fleet, choose the
expand arrow, or select the fleet and choose Instances.
Note
Spot Instance requests are not tagged instantly and for a period of time may appear
separate from Spot Fleet Requests (SFR).
3. Alternatively, in the navigation pane, choose Instances. In the top right corner, choose the Show/
Hide icon, and then select Lifecycle. For each instance, Lifecycle is either normal, spot, or
scheduled.
To find running Spot Instances (AWS CLI)
To enumerate your Spot Instances, use the describe-spot-instance-requests command with the --query
option as follows:
aws ec2 describe-spot-instance-requests --query SpotInstanceRequests[*].{ID:InstanceId}
[
{
"ID": "i-1234567890abcdef0"
},
{
"ID": "i-0598c7d356eba48d7"
}
]
Alternatively, you can enumerate your Spot Instances using the describe-instances command with the --
filters option as follows:
aws ec2 describe-instances --filters "Name=instance-lifecycle,Values=spot"
Tagging Spot Instance Requests

To help categorize and manage your Spot Instance requests, you can tag them with metadata of your
choice. For more information, see Tagging Your Amazon EC2 Resources (p. 963).
You can assign a tag to a Spot Instance request after you create it. The tags that you create for your
Spot Instance requests only apply to the requests. These tags are not added automatically to the Spot
Instance that the Spot service launches to fulfill the request. You must add tags to a Spot Instance
yourself after the Spot Instance is launched.
To add a tag to your Spot Instance request or Spot Instance using the AWS CLI
Use the following create-tags command to tag your resources:
aws ec2 create-tags --resources sir-08b93456 i-1234567890abcdef0 --tags

Key=purpose,Value=test
Canceling a Spot Instance Request

If you no longer want your Spot request, you can cancel it. You can only cancel Spot Instance requests
that are open or active. Your Spot request is open when your request has not yet been fulfilled and
249
Spot Instances
no instances have been launched. Your Spot request is active when your request has been fulfilled
and Spot Instances have launched as a result. If your Spot request is active and has an associated
running Spot Instance, canceling the request does not terminate the instance. For more information
about terminating a Spot Instance, see the next section.
To cancel a Spot Instance request (console)

2. In the navigation pane, choose Spot Requests and select the Spot request.
3. Choose Actions, Cancel spot request.
4. (Optional) If you are finished with the associated Spot Instances, you can terminate them. In the
navigation pane, choose Instances, select the instance, and then choose Actions, Instance State,
Terminate.
To cancel a Spot Instance request (AWS CLI)
• Use the following cancel-spot-instance-requests command to cancel the specified Spot request:
aws ec2 cancel-spot-instance-requests --spot-instance-request-ids sir-08b93456
Terminating a Spot Instance

If your Spot request is active and has an associated running Spot Instance, canceling the request does
not terminate the instance; you must terminate the running Spot Instance manually. If you terminate
a running Spot Instance that was launched by a persistent Spot request, the Spot request returns
to the open state so that a new Spot Instance can be launched. To cancel a persistent Spot request
and terminate its Spot Instances, you must cancel the Spot request first and then terminate the Spot
Instances. Otherwise, the persistent Spot request can launch a new instance. For more information about
canceling a Spot Instance request, see the previous section.
To manually terminate a Spot Instance (AWS CLI)
• Use the following terminate-instances command to manually terminate Spot Instances:
aws ec2 terminate-instances --instance-ids i-1234567890abcdef0 i-0598c7d356eba48d7
Spot Request Example Launch Specifications

The following examples show launch configurations that you can use with the request-spot-instances
command to create a Spot Instance request. For more information, see Creating a Spot Instance
Request (p. 246).
1. Launch Spot Instances (p. 250)

2. Launch Spot Instances in the specified Availability Zone (p. 251)
3. Launch Spot Instances in the specified subnet (p. 251)
4. Launch a Dedicated Spot Instance (p. 252)
Example 1: Launch Spot Instances
The following example does not include an Availability Zone or subnet. Amazon EC2 selects an
Availability Zone for you. Amazon EC2 launches the instances in the default subnet of the selected
Availability Zone.
250
Spot Instances
{
"KeyName": "my-key-pair",
"SecurityGroupIds": [ "sg-1a2b3c4d" ],
"InstanceType": "m3.medium",
"IamInstanceProfile": {
"Arn": "arn:aws:iam::123456789012:instance-profile/my-iam-role"
}
}
Example 2: Launch Spot Instances in the Specified Availability Zone

The following example includes an Availability Zone. Amazon EC2 launches the instances in the default
subnet of the specified Availability Zone.
{
"Placement": {
"AvailabilityZone": "us-west-2a"
},
}
}
Example 3: Launch Spot Instances in the Specified Subnet

The following example includes a subnet. Amazon EC2 launches the instances in the specified subnet. If
the VPC is a nondefault VPC, the instance does not receive a public IPv4 address by default.
{
"SubnetId": "subnet-1a2b3c4d",
}
}
To assign a public IPv4 address to an instance in a nondefault VPC, specify the

AssociatePublicIpAddress field as shown in the following example. When you specify a network
interface, you must include the subnet ID and security group ID using the network interface, rather than
using the SubnetId and SecurityGroupIds fields shown in example 3.
{
"NetworkInterfaces": [
{
"DeviceIndex": 0,
"Groups": [ "sg-1a2b3c4d" ],
"AssociatePublicIpAddress": true
}
],
251
Spot Instances
}
}
Example 4: Launch a Dedicated Spot Instance
The following example requests Spot Instance with a tenancy of dedicated. A Dedicated Spot Instance
must be launched in a VPC.
{
"InstanceType": "c3.8xlarge",
"Placement": {
"Tenancy": "dedicated"
}
}
Spot Fleet Requests

To use a Spot Fleet, you create a Spot Fleet request that includes the target capacity, an optional On-
Demand portion, one or more launch specifications for the instances, and the maximum price that you
are willing to pay. Amazon EC2 attempts to maintain your Spot Fleet's target capacity as Spot prices
change. For more information, see How Spot Fleet Works (p. 233).
There are two types of Spot Fleet requests: request and maintain. You can create a Spot Fleet to
submit a one-time request for your desired capacity, or require it to maintain a target capacity over time.
Both types of requests benefit from Spot Fleet's allocation strategy.
When you make a one-time request, Spot Fleet places the required requests but does not attempt to
replenish Spot Instances if capacity is diminished. If capacity is not available, Spot Fleet does not submit
requests in alternative Spot pools.
To maintain a target capacity, Spot Fleet places requests to meet the target capacity and automatically
replenish any interrupted instances.
It is not possible to modify the target capacity of a one-time request after it's been submitted. To change
the target capacity, cancel the request and submit a new one.
A Spot Fleet request remains active until it expires or you cancel it. When you cancel a Spot Fleet request,
you may specify whether canceling your Spot Fleet request terminates the Spot Instances in your Spot
Fleet.
Each launch specification includes the information that Amazon EC2 needs to launch an instance, such as
an AMI, instance type, subnet or Availability Zone, and one or more security groups.
Contents
• Spot Fleet Request States (p. 253)
• Spot Fleet Prerequisites (p. 253)
• Spot Fleet and IAM Users (p. 254)
• Spot Fleet Health Checks (p. 255)
• Planning a Spot Fleet Request (p. 255)
• Service-Linked Role for Spot Fleet Requests (p. 255)
• Creating a Spot Fleet Request (p. 257)
• Monitoring Your Spot Fleet (p. 260)
252
Spot Instances
• Modifying a Spot Fleet Request (p. 260)

• Canceling a Spot Fleet Request (p. 261)
• Spot Fleet Example Configurations (p. 262)
Spot Fleet Request States

A Spot Fleet request can be in one of the following states:
• submitted – The Spot Fleet request is being evaluated and Amazon EC2 is preparing to launch the
target number of Spot Instances.
• active – The Spot Fleet has been validated and Amazon EC2 is attempting to maintain the target
number of running Spot Instances. The request remains in this state until it is modified or canceled.
• modifying – The Spot Fleet request is being modified. The request remains in this state until the
modification is fully processed or the Spot Fleet is canceled. A one-time request cannot be modified,
and this state does not apply to such Spot requests.
• cancelled_running – The Spot Fleet is canceled and does not launch additional Spot Instances. Its
existing Spot Instances continue to run until they are interrupted or terminated. The request remains
in this state until all instances are interrupted or terminated.
• cancelled_terminating – The Spot Fleet is canceled and its Spot Instances are terminating. The
request remains in this state until all instances are terminated.
• cancelled – The Spot Fleet is canceled and has no running Spot Instances. The Spot Fleet request is
deleted two days after its instances were terminated.
The following illustration represents the transitions between the request states. If you exceed your Spot
Fleet limits, the request is canceled immediately.
Spot Fleet Prerequisites

If you use the Amazon EC2 console to create a Spot Fleet, it creates a role named aws-ec2-spot-fleet-
tagging-role that grants the Spot Fleet permission to request, launch, terminate, and tag instances
on your behalf. This role is selected when you create your Spot Fleet request. If you use the AWS CLI
or an API instead, you must ensure that this role exists. You can either use the Request Spot Instances
wizard (the role is created when you advance to the second page of the wizard) or use the IAM console as
follows.
To create the IAM role for Spot Fleet
253
Spot Instances

3. On the Select type of trusted entity page, choose AWS service, EC2, EC2 - Spot Fleet Tagging,
Next: Permissions.
4. On the Attached permissions policy page, choose Next:Review.
5. On the Review page, type a name for the role (for example, aws-ec2-spot-fleet-tagging-
role) and choose Create role.
Spot Fleet and IAM Users

If your IAM users will create or manage a Spot Fleet, be sure to grant them the required permissions as
follows.
To grant an IAM user permissions for Spot Fleet

2. In the navigation pane, choose Policies, Create policy.
3. On the Create policy page, choose JSON, replace the text with the following, and choose Review
policy.
{
"Version": "2012-10-17",
"Statement": [
{
"Effect": "Allow",
"Action": [
"ec2:*"
],
"Resource": "*"
},
{
"Effect": "Allow",
"Action": [
"iam:ListRoles",
"iam:PassRole",
"iam:ListInstanceProfiles"
],
"Resource": "*"
}
]
}
The ec2:* grants an IAM user permission to call all Amazon EC2 API actions. To limit the user to
specific Amazon EC2 API actions, specify those actions instead.
An IAM user must have permission to call the iam:ListRoles action to enumerate
existing IAM roles, the iam:PassRole action to specify the Spot Fleet role, and the
iam:ListInstanceProfiles action to enumerate existing instance profiles.
(Optional) To enable an IAM user to create roles or instance profiles using the IAM console, you must
also add the following actions to the policy:
• iam:AddRoleToInstanceProfile
• iam:AttachRolePolicy
• iam:CreateInstanceProfile
• iam:CreateRole
• iam:GetRole
• iam:ListPolicies
254
Spot Instances
4. On the Review policy page, type a policy name and description and choose Create policy.
5. In the navigation pane, choose Users and select the user.
6. Choose Permissions, Add permissions.
7. Choose Attach existing policies directly. Select the policy that you created earlier and choose Next:
Review.
8. Choose Add permissions.
Spot Fleet Health Checks

Spot Fleet checks the health status of the Spot Instances in the fleet every two minutes. The health
status of an instance is either healthy or unhealthy. Spot Fleet determines the health status of an
instance using the status checks provided by Amazon EC2. If the status of either the instance status
check or the system status check is impaired for three consecutive health checks, the health status of
the instance is unhealthy. Otherwise, the health status is healthy. For more information, see Status
Checks for Your Instances (p. 534).
You can configure your Spot Fleet to replace unhealthy instances. After enabling health check
replacement, an instance is replaced after its health status is reported as unhealthy. The Spot Fleet
could go below its target capacity for up to a few minutes while an unhealthy instance is being replaced.
Requirements
• Health check replacement is supported only with Spot Fleets that maintain a target capacity, not with
one-time Spot Fleets.
• You can configure your Spot Fleet to replace unhealthy instances only when you create it.
• IAM users can use health check replacement only if they have permission to call the
ec2:DescribeInstanceStatus action.
Planning a Spot Fleet Request

Before you create a Spot Fleet request, review Spot Best Practices. Use these best practices when you
plan your Spot Fleet request so that you can provision the type of instances you want at the lowest
possible price. We also recommend that you do the following:
• Determine whether you want to create a Spot Fleet that submits a one-time request for the desired
target capacity, or one that maintains a target capacity over time.
• Determine the instance types that meet your application requirements.
• Determine the target capacity for your Spot Fleet request. You can set the target capacity in instances
or in custom units. For more information, see Spot Fleet Instance Weighting (p. 237).
• Determine what portion of the Spot Fleet target capacity must be On-Demand capacity. You can
specify 0 for On-Demand capacity.
• Determine your price per unit, if you are using instance weighting. To calculate the price per unit,
divide the price per instance hour by the number of units (or weight) that this instance represents. If
you are not using instance weighting, the default price per unit is the price per instance hour.
• Review the possible options for your Spot Fleet request. For more information, see the request-spot-
fleet command in the AWS CLI Command Reference. For additional examples, see Spot Fleet Example
Configurations (p. 262).
Service-Linked Role for Spot Fleet Requests

Amazon EC2 uses service-linked roles for the permissions that it requires to call other AWS services on
your behalf. A service-linked role is a unique type of IAM role that is linked directly to an AWS service.
255
Spot Instances
Service-linked roles provide a secure way to delegate permissions to AWS services because only the
linked service can assume a service-linked role. For more information, see Using Service-Linked Roles in
the IAM User Guide.
Amazon EC2 uses the service-linked role named AWSServiceRoleForEC2SpotFleet to launch and
manage Spot Instances on your behalf.
Permissions Granted by AWSServiceRoleForEC2SpotFleet
Amazon EC2 uses AWSServiceRoleForEC2SpotFleet to complete the following actions:
• ec2:RequestSpotInstances - Request Spot Instances

• ec2:TerminateInstances - Terminate Spot Instances
• ec2:DescribeImages - Describe Amazon Machine Images (AMI) for the Spot Instances
• ec2:DescribeInstanceStatus - Describe the status of the Spot Instances
• ec2:DescribeSubnets - Describe the subnets for Spot Instances
• ec2:CreateTags - Add system tags to Spot Instances
Create the Service-Linked Role
Under most circumstances, you don't need to manually create a service-linked role. Amazon EC2 creates
the AWSServiceRoleForEC2SpotFleet service-linked role the first time you create a Spot Fleet using the
console.
If you had an active Spot Fleet request before October 2017, when Amazon EC2 began supporting this
service-linked role, Amazon EC2 created the AWSServiceRoleForEC2SpotFleet role in your AWS account.
For more information, see A New Role Appeared in My Account in the IAM User Guide.
Ensure that this role exists before you use the AWS CLI or an API to create a Spot Fleet. To create the
To manually create the AWSServiceRoleForEC2SpotFleet service-linked role

3. Choose Create role.
4. On the Select type of trusted entity page, choose EC2, EC2 - Spot Fleet, Next: Permissions.
5. On the next page, choose Next:Review.
If you no longer need to use Spot Fleet, we recommend that you delete the
AWSServiceRoleForEC2SpotFleet role. After this role is deleted from your account, Amazon EC2 will
create the role again if you request a Spot Fleet.
If you specify an encrypted AMI (p. 67) or an encrypted Amazon EBS snapshot (p. 864) in your Spot
Fleet request and you use a customer managed customer master key (CMK) for encryption, you must
grant the AWSServiceRoleForEC2SpotFleet role permission to use the CMK so that Amazon EC2 can
launch Spot Instances on your behalf. To do this, you must add a grant to the CMK, as shown in the
following procedure.
256
Spot Instances
To grant the AWSServiceRoleForEC2SpotFleet role permissions to use the CMK
AWSServiceRoleForEC2SpotFleet service-linked role) that is given permission to perform the
operations that the grant permits. The CMK is specified by the key-id parameter and the ARN of
the CMK. The principal is specified by the grantee-principal parameter and the ARN of the
AWSServiceRoleForEC2SpotFleet service-linked role.

--region us-east-1
--grantee-principal arn:aws:iam::111122223333:role/AWSServiceRoleForEC2SpotFleet
Creating a Spot Fleet Request

Using the AWS Management Console, quickly create a Spot Fleet request by choosing only your
application or task need and minimum compute specs. Amazon EC2 configures a fleet that best meets
your needs and follows Spot best practice. For more information, see Quickly Create a Spot Fleet Request
(Console) (p. 257). Otherwise, you can modify any of the default settings. For more information, see
Create a Spot Fleet Request Using Defined Parameters (Console) (p. 257).
Quickly Create a Spot Fleet Request (Console)
Follow these steps to quickly create a Spot Fleet request.
To create a Spot Fleet request using the recommended settings (console)
1. Open the Spot console at https://console.aws.amazon.com/ec2spot.

2. If you are new to Spot, you see a welcome page; choose Get started. Otherwise, choose Request
Spot Instances.
3. For Tell us your application or task need, choose Flexible workloads, Load balancing workloads,
Big data workloads, or Defined duration workloads.
4. Under Configure your instances, for Minimum compute unit, choose the minimum hardware
specifications (vCPUs, memory, and storage) that you need for your application or task, either as
specs or as an instance type.
• For as specs, specify the required number of vCPUs and amount of memory.
• For as an instance type, accept the default instance type, or choose Change instance type to
choose a different instance type.
5. Under Tell us how much capacity you need, for Total target capacity, specify the number of units
to request for target capacity. You can choose instances or vCPUs.
6. Review the recommended Fleet request settings based on your application or task selection, and
choose Launch.
Create a Spot Fleet Request Using Defined Parameters (Console)
You can create a Spot Fleet using the parameters that you define.
To create a Spot Fleet request using defined parameters (console)
1. Open the Spot console at https://console.aws.amazon.com/ec2spot.
257
Spot Instances
2. If you are new to Spot, you see a welcome page; choose Get started. Otherwise, choose Request
Spot Instances.
3. For Tell us your application or task need, choose Flexible workloads, Load balancing workloads,
Big data workloads, or Defined duration workloads.
4. For Configure your instances, do the following:
a. (Optional) For Launch template, choose a launch template. The launch template must specify
an Amazon Machine Image (AMI), as you cannot override the AMI using Spot Fleet if you specify
a launch template.
Important
If you intend to specify Optional On-Demand portion, you must choose a launch
template.
b. For AMI, choose one of the basic AMIs provided by AWS, or choose Search for AMI to use an
AMI from our user community, the AWS Marketplace, or one of your own.
c. For Minimum compute unit, choose the minimum hardware specifications (vCPUs, memory,
and storage) that you need for your application or task, either as specs or as an instance type.
• For as specs, specify the required number of vCPUs and amount of memory.
• For as an instance type, accept the default instance type, or choose Change instance type to
choose a different instance type.
d. (Optional) For Network, choose an existing VPC or create a new one.
[Existing VPC] Choose the VPC.
[New VPC] Choose Create new VPC to go the Amazon VPC console. When you are done, return
to the wizard and refresh the list.
e. (Optional) For Availability Zone, let AWS choose the Availability Zones for your Spot Instances,
or specify one or more Availability Zones.
If you have more than one subnet in an Availability Zone, choose the appropriate subnet from
Subnet. To add subnets, choose Create new subnet to go to the Amazon VPC console. When
you are done, return to the wizard and refresh the list.
f. (Optional) For Key pair name, choose an existing key pair or create a new one.
[Existing key pair] Choose the key pair.
[New key pair] Choose Create new key pair to go the Amazon VPC console. When you are done,
return to the wizard and refresh the list.
5. (Optional) For Additional configurations, do the following:
a. (Optional) To add storage, specify additional instance store volumes or Amazon EBS volumes,
depending on the instance type.
b. (Optional) To enable Amazon EBS optimization, for EBS-optimized, choose Launch EBS-
optimized instances.
c. (Optional) To add temporary block-level storage for your instances, for Instance store, choose
Attach at launch.
d. (Optional) By default, basic monitoring is enabled for your instances. To enable detailed
monitoring, for Monitoring, choose Enable CloudWatch detailed monitoring.
e. (Optional) To replace unhealthy instances, for Health check, choose Replace unhealthy
instances. To enable this option, you must first choose Maintain target capacity.
f. (Optional) To run a Dedicated Spot Instance, for Tenancy, choose Dedicated - run a dedicated
instance.
g. (Optional) For Security groups, choose one or more security groups or create a new one.
258
Spot Instances
[Existing security group] Choose one or more security groups.
[New security group] Choose Create new security group to go the Amazon VPC console. When
you are done, return to the wizard and refresh the list.
h. (Optional) To make your instances reachable from the internet, for Auto-assign IPv4 Public IP,
choose Enable.
i. (Optional) To launch your Spot Instances with an IAM role, for IAM instance profile, choose the
role .
j. (Optional) To run a start-up script, copy it to User data.
k. (Optional) To add a tag, choose Add new tag and enter the key and value for the tag. Repeat for
each tag.
6. For Tell us how much capacity you need, do the following:
a. For Total target capacity, specify the number of units to request for target capacity. You can
choose instances or vCPUs. To specify a target capacity of 0 so that you can add capacity later,
choose Maintain target capacity.
b. (Optional) For Optional On-Demand portion, specify the number of On-Demand units to
request. The number must be less than the Total target capacity. Amazon EC2 calculates the
difference, and allocates the difference to Spot units to request.
Important
To specify an optional On-Demand portion, you must first choose a launch template.
c. (Optional) By default, the Spot service terminates Spot Instances when they are interrupted. To
maintain the target capacity, choose Maintain target capacity. You can then specify that the
Spot service terminates, stops, or hibernates Spot Instances when they are interrupted. To do
so, choose the corresponding option from Interruption behavior.
7. For Fleet request settings, do the following:
a. Review the fleet request and fleet allocation strategy based on your application or task
selection. To change the instance types or allocation strategy, clear Apply recommendations.
b. (Optional) To remove instance types, for Fleet request, choose Remove. To add instance types,
choose Select instance types.
c. (Optional) For Fleet allocation strategy, choose the strategy that meets your needs. For more
information, see Allocation Strategy for Spot Instances (p. 234).
8. For Additional request details, do the following:
a. Review the additional request details. To make changes, clear Apply defaults.
b. (Optional) For IAM fleet role, you can use the default role or choose a different role. To use the
default role after changing the role, choose Use default role.
c. (Optional) For Maximum price, you can use the default maximum price (the On-Demand price)
or specify the maximum price you are willing to pay. If your maximum price is lower than the
Spot price for the instance types that you selected, your Spot Instances are not launched.
d. (Optional) To create a request that is valid only during a specific time period, edit Request valid
from and Request valid until.
e. (Optional) By default, we terminate your Spot Instances when the request expires. To keep them
running after your request expires, clear Terminate the instances when the request expires.
f. (Optional) To register your Spot Instances with a load balancer, choose Receive traffic from one
or more load balancers and choose one or more Classic Load Balancers or target groups.
9. (Optional) To download a copy of the launch configuration for use with the AWS CLI, choose JSON
config.
10. Choose Launch.
259
Spot Instances
The Spot Fleet request type is fleet. When the request is fulfilled, requests of type instance are
added, where the state is active and the status is fulfilled.
To create a Spot Fleet request using the AWS CLI
• Use the following request-spot-fleet command to create a Spot Fleet request:
aws ec2 request-spot-fleet --spot-fleet-request-config file://config.json
For example configuration files, see Spot Fleet Example Configurations (p. 262).
{
"SpotFleetRequestId": "sfr-73fbd2ce-aa30-494c-8788-1cee4EXAMPLE"
}
Monitoring Your Spot Fleet

The Spot Fleet launches Spot Instances when your maximum price exceeds the Spot price and capacity is
available. The Spot Instances run until they are interrupted or you terminate them.
To monitor your Spot Fleet (console)

3. Select your Spot Fleet request. To see the configuration details, choose Description.
4. To list the Spot Instances for the Spot Fleet, choose Instances.
5. To view the history for the Spot Fleet, choose History.
To monitor your Spot Fleet (AWS CLI)
Use the following describe-spot-fleet-requests command to describe your Spot Fleet requests:
aws ec2 describe-spot-fleet-requests
Use the following describe-spot-fleet-instances command to describe the Spot Instances for the
specified Spot Fleet:
aws ec2 describe-spot-fleet-instances --spot-fleet-request-id sfr-73fbd2ce-

aa30-494c-8788-1cee4EXAMPLE
Use the following describe-spot-fleet-request-history command to describe the history for the specified
Spot Fleet request:
aws ec2 describe-spot-fleet-request-history --spot-fleet-request-id sfr-73fbd2ce-

aa30-494c-8788-1cee4EXAMPLE --start-time 2015-05-18T00:00:00Z
Modifying a Spot Fleet Request

You can modify an active Spot Fleet request to complete the following tasks:
• Increase the target capacity and On-Demand portion
260
Spot Instances
• Decrease the target capacity and On-Demand portion
Note
You can't modify a one-time Spot Fleet request. You can only modify a Spot Fleet request if you
selected Maintain target capacity when you created the Spot Fleet request.
When you increase the target capacity, the Spot Fleet launches additional Spot Instances. When you
increase the On-Demand portion, the Spot Fleet launches additional On-Demand Instances.
When you increase the target capacity, the Spot Fleet launches the additional Spot Instances according
to the allocation strategy for its Spot Fleet request. If the allocation strategy is lowestPrice, the Spot
Fleet launches the instances from the lowest-priced Spot Instance pool in the Spot Fleet request. If the
allocation strategy is diversified, the Spot Fleet distributes the instances across the pools in the Spot
Fleet request.
When you decrease the target capacity, the Spot Fleet cancels any open requests that exceed the new
target capacity. You can request that the Spot Fleet terminate Spot Instances until the size of the fleet
reaches the new target capacity. If the allocation strategy is lowestPrice, the Spot Fleet terminates
the instances with the highest price per unit. If the allocation strategy is diversified, the Spot Fleet
terminates instances across the pools. Alternatively, you can request that the Spot Fleet keep the fleet at
its current size, but not replace any Spot Instances that are interrupted or that you terminate manually.
When a Spot Fleet terminates an instance because the target capacity was decreased, the instance
receives a Spot Instance interruption notice.
To modify a Spot Fleet request (console)
1. Open the Spot console at https://console.aws.amazon.com/ec2spot/home/fleet.

2. Select your Spot Fleet request.
3. Choose Actions, Modify target capacity.
4. In Modify target capacity, do the following:
a. Enter the new target capacity and On-Demand portion.

b. (Optional) If you are decreasing the target capacity but want to keep the fleet at its current size,
clear Terminate instances.
c. Choose Submit.
To modify a Spot Fleet request using the AWS CLI
Use the following modify-spot-fleet-request command to update the target capacity of the specified
Spot Fleet request:
aws ec2 modify-spot-fleet-request --spot-fleet-request-id sfr-73fbd2ce-

aa30-494c-8788-1cee4EXAMPLE --target-capacity 20
You can modify the previous command as follows to decrease the target capacity of the specified Spot
Fleet without terminating any Spot Instances as a result:
aws ec2 modify-spot-fleet-request --spot-fleet-request-id sfr-73fbd2ce-

aa30-494c-8788-1cee4EXAMPLE --target-capacity 10 --excess-capacity-termination-policy
NoTermination
Canceling a Spot Fleet Request

When you are finished using your Spot Fleet, you can cancel the Spot Fleet request. This cancels all
Spot requests associated with the Spot Fleet, so that no new Spot Instances are launched for your Spot
261
Spot Instances
Fleet. You must specify whether the Spot Fleet should terminate its Spot Instances. If you terminate
the instances, the Spot Fleet request enters the cancelled_terminating state. Otherwise, the Spot
Fleet request enters the cancelled_running state and the instances continue to run until they are
interrupted or you terminate them manually.
To cancel a Spot Fleet request (console)
1. Open the Spot console at https://console.aws.amazon.com/ec2spot/home/fleet.

2. Select your Spot Fleet request.
3. Choose Actions, Cancel spot request.
4. In Cancel spot request, verify that you want to cancel the Spot Fleet. To keep the fleet at its current
size, clear Terminate instances. When you are ready, choose Confirm.
To cancel a Spot Fleet request using the AWS CLI
Use the following cancel-spot-fleet-requests command to cancel the specified Spot Fleet request and
terminate the instances:
aws ec2 cancel-spot-fleet-requests --spot-fleet-request-ids sfr-73fbd2ce-

aa30-494c-8788-1cee4EXAMPLE --terminate-instances
{
"SuccessfulFleetRequests": [
{
"SpotFleetRequestId": "sfr-73fbd2ce-aa30-494c-8788-1cee4EXAMPLE",
"CurrentSpotFleetRequestState": "cancelled_terminating",
"PreviousSpotFleetRequestState": "active"
}
],
"UnsuccessfulFleetRequests": []
}
You can modify the previous command as follows to cancel the specified Spot Fleet request without
terminating the instances:
aws ec2 cancel-spot-fleet-requests --spot-fleet-request-ids sfr-73fbd2ce-

aa30-494c-8788-1cee4EXAMPLE --no-terminate-instances
{
"SuccessfulFleetRequests": [
{
"SpotFleetRequestId": "sfr-73fbd2ce-aa30-494c-8788-1cee4EXAMPLE",
"CurrentSpotFleetRequestState": "cancelled_running",
"PreviousSpotFleetRequestState": "active"
}
],
"UnsuccessfulFleetRequests": []
}
Spot Fleet Example Configurations

The following examples show launch configurations that you can use with the request-spot-
fleet command to create a Spot Fleet request. For more information, see Creating a Spot Fleet
Request (p. 257).
262
Spot Instances
1. Launch Spot Instances using the lowest-priced Availability Zone or subnet in the region (p. 263)
2. Launch Spot Instances using the lowest-priced Availability Zone or subnet in a specified list (p. 263)
3. Launch Spot Instances using the lowest-priced instance type in a specified list (p. 265)
4. Override the price for the request (p. 266)
5. Launch a Spot Fleet using the diversified allocation strategy (p. 267)
6. Launch a Spot Fleet using instance weighting (p. 269)
7. Launch a Spot Fleet with On-Demand capacity (p. 270)
Example 1: Launch Spot Instances Using the Lowest-Priced Availability Zone or Subnet in the
Region
The following example specifies a single launch specification without an Availability Zone or subnet. The
Spot Fleet launches the instances in the lowest-priced Availability Zone that has a default subnet. The
price you pay does not exceed the On-Demand price.
{
{
"SecurityGroups": [
{
"GroupId": "sg-1a2b3c4d"
}
],
}
}
]
}
Example 2: Launch Spot Instances Using the Lowest-Priced Availability Zone or Subnet in a
Specified List
The following examples specify two launch specifications with different Availability Zones or subnets,
but the same instance type and AMI.
Availability Zones
The Spot Fleet launches the instances in the default subnet of the lowest-priced Availability Zone that
you specified.
{
{
"SecurityGroups": [
{
}
],
263
Spot Instances
"Placement": {
"AvailabilityZone": "us-west-2a, us-west-2b"
},
}
}
]
}
Subnets
You can specify default subnets or nondefault subnets, and the nondefault subnets can be from a
default VPC or a nondefault VPC. The Spot service launches the instances in whichever subnet is in the
lowest-priced Availability Zone.
You can't specify different subnets from the same Availability Zone in a Spot Fleet request.
{
{
"SecurityGroups": [
{
}
],
"SubnetId": "subnet-a61dafcf, subnet-65ea5f08",
}
}
]
}
If the instances are launched in a default VPC, they receive a public IPv4 address by default. If the
instances are launched in a nondefault VPC, they do not receive a public IPv4 address by default. Use
a network interface in the launch specification to assign a public IPv4 address to instances launched in
a nondefault VPC. When you specify a network interface, you must include the subnet ID and security
group ID using the network interface.
...
{
{
"DeviceIndex": 0,
"Groups": [ "sg-1a2b3c4d" ],
"AssociatePublicIpAddress": true
}
],
}
}
264
Spot Instances
...
Example 3: Launch Spot Instances Using the Lowest-Priced Instance Type in a Specified List
The following examples specify two launch configurations with different instance types, but the same
AMI and Availability Zone or subnet. The Spot Fleet launches the instances using the specified instance
type with the lowest price.
Availability Zone
{
{
"SecurityGroups": [
{
}
],
"InstanceType": "cc2.8xlarge",
"Placement": {
"AvailabilityZone": "us-west-2b"
}
},
{
"SecurityGroups": [
{
}
],
"Placement": {
}
}
]
}
Subnet
{
{
"SecurityGroups": [
{
}
],
"InstanceType": "cc2.8xlarge",
"SubnetId": "subnet-1a2b3c4d"
},
{
"SecurityGroups": [
{
}
265
Spot Instances
],
}
]
}
Example 4. Override the Price for the Request

We recommended that you use the default maximum price, which is the On-Demand price. If you
prefer, you can specify a maximum price for the fleet request and maximum prices for individual launch
specifications.
The following examples specify a maximum price for the fleet request and maximum prices for two
of the three launch specifications. The maximum price for the fleet request is used for any launch
specification that does not specify a maximum price. The Spot Fleet launches the instances using the
instance type with the lowest price.
Availability Zone
{
{
"Placement": {
},
"SpotPrice": "0.10"
},
{
"Placement": {
},
"SpotPrice": "0.20"
},
{
"Placement": {
}
}
]
}
Subnet
{
{
"SpotPrice": "0.10"
266
Spot Instances
},
{
"SpotPrice": "0.20"
},
{
}
]
}
Example 5: Launch a Spot Fleet Using the Diversified Allocation Strategy

The following example uses the diversified allocation strategy. The launch specifications have
different instance types but the same AMI and Availability Zone or subnet. The Spot Fleet distributes the
30 instances across the three launch specifications, such that there are 10 instances of each type. For
more information, see Allocation Strategy for Spot Instances (p. 234).
Availability Zone
{
"AllocationStrategy": "diversified",
{
"Placement": {
}
},
{
"InstanceType": "m3.2xlarge",
"Placement": {
}
},
{
"Placement": {
}
}
]
}
Subnet
{
{
267
Spot Instances
},
{
},
{
}
]
}
A best practice to increase the chance that a spot request can be fulfilled by EC2 capacity in the event
of an outage in one of the Availability Zones is to diversify across AZs. For this scenario, include each AZ
available to you in the launch specification. And, instead of using the same subnet each time, use three
unique subnets (each mapping to a different AZ).
Availability Zone
{
{
"Placement": {
"AvailabilityZone": "us-west-2a"
}
},
{
"Placement": {
}
},
{
"Placement": {
"AvailabilityZone": "us-west-2c"
}
}
]
}
Subnet
{
{
268
Spot Instances
},
{
},
{
}
]
}
Example 6: Launch a Spot Fleet Using Instance Weighting

The following examples use instance weighting, which means that the price is per unit hour instead of
per instance hour. Each launch configuration lists a different instance type and a different weight. The
Spot Fleet selects the instance type with the lowest price per unit hour. The Spot Fleet calculates the
number of Spot Instances to launch by dividing the target capacity by the instance weight. If the result
isn't an integer, the Spot Fleet rounds it up to the next integer, so that the size of your fleet is not below
its target capacity.
If the r3.2xlarge request is successful, Spot provisions 4 of these instances. Divide 20 by 6 for a total
of 3.33 instances, then round up to 4 instances.
If the c3.xlarge request is successful, Spot provisions 7 of these instances. Divide 20 by 3 for a total of
6.66 instances, then round up to 7 instances.
For more information, see Spot Fleet Instance Weighting (p. 237).
Availability Zone
{
{
"Placement": {
},
},
{
"InstanceType": "c3.xlarge",
"Placement": {
},
}
]
}
Subnet
269
Spot Instances
{
},
{
}
]
}
Example 7: Launch a Spot Fleet with On-Demand Capacity

To ensure that you always have instance capacity, you can include a request for On-Demand capacity in
your Spot Fleet request. If there is capacity, the On-Demand request is always fulfilled. The balance of
the target capacity is fulfilled as Spot if there is capacity and availability.
The following example specifies the desired target capacity as 10, of which 5 must be On-Demand
capacity. Spot capacity is not specified; it is implied in the balance of the target capacity minus the On-
Demand capacity. Amazon EC2 launches 5 capacity units as On-Demand, and 5 capacity units (10-5=5) as
Spot if there is available Amazon EC2 capacity and availability.
For more information, see On-Demand in Spot Fleet (p. 234).
{
"AllocationStrategy": "lowestPrice",
"SpotPrice": null,
"ValidFrom": "2018-04-04T15:58:13Z",
"ValidUntil": "2019-04-04T15:58:13Z",
"TerminateInstancesWithExpiration": true,
"LaunchSpecifications": [],
"Type": "maintain",
"OnDemandTargetCapacity": 5,
"LaunchTemplateConfigs": [
{
"LaunchTemplateSpecification": {
"LaunchTemplateId": "lt-0dbb04d4a6cca5ad1",
"Version": "2"
},
"Overrides": [
{
"InstanceType": "t2.medium",
"WeightedCapacity": 1,
"SubnetId": "subnet-d0dc51fb"
}
]
}
]
}
CloudWatch Metrics for Spot Fleet

Amazon EC2 provides Amazon CloudWatch metrics that you can use to monitor your Spot Fleet.
270
Spot Instances
Important
To ensure accuracy, we recommend that you enable detailed monitoring when using
these metrics. For more information, see Enable or Disable Detailed Monitoring for Your
Instances (p. 545).
For more information about CloudWatch metrics provided by Amazon EC2, see Monitoring Your
Instances Using CloudWatch (p. 545).
Spot Fleet Metrics

The AWS/EC2Spot namespace includes the following metrics, plus the CloudWatch metrics for the Spot
Instances in your fleet. For more information, see Instance Metrics (p. 547).
The AWS/EC2Spot namespace includes the following metrics.
Metric Description
AvailableInstancePoolsCount The Spot Instance pools specified in the Spot Fleet request.
Units: Count
BidsSubmittedForCapacity The capacity for which Amazon EC2 has submitted Spot Fleet
requests.
Units: Count
EligibleInstancePoolCount The Spot Instance pools specified in the Spot Fleet request
where Amazon EC2 can fulfill requests. Amazon EC2 does not
fulfill requests in pools where the maximum price you're willing
to pay for Spot Instances is less than the Spot price or the Spot
price is greater than the price for On-Demand Instances.
Units: Count
FulfilledCapacity The capacity that Amazon EC2 has fulfilled.
Units: Count
MaxPercentCapacityAllocation The maximum value of PercentCapacityAllocation across

all Spot Fleet pools specified in the Spot Fleet request.
Units: Percent
PendingCapacity The difference between TargetCapacity and

FulfilledCapacity.
Units: Count
PercentCapacityAllocation The capacity allocated for the Spot Instance pool

for the specified dimensions. To get the maximum
value recorded across all Spot Instance pools, use
MaxPercentCapacityAllocation.
Units: Percent
TargetCapacity The target capacity of the Spot Fleet request.
Units: Count
TerminatingCapacity The capacity that is being terminated because the provisioned

capacity is greater than the target capacity.
271
Spot Instances
Metric Description
Units: Count
If the unit of measure for a metric is Count, the most useful statistic is Average.
Spot Fleet Dimensions

To filter the data for your Spot Fleet, use the following dimensions.
Dimensions Description
AvailabilityZone Filter the data by Availability Zone.
FleetRequestId Filter the data by Spot Fleet request.
InstanceType Filter the data by instance type.
View the CloudWatch Metrics for Your Spot Fleet

You can view the CloudWatch metrics for your Spot Fleet using the Amazon CloudWatch console. These
metrics are displayed as monitoring graphs. These graphs show data points if the Spot Fleet is active.
Metrics are grouped first by namespace, and then by the various combinations of dimensions within each
namespace. For example, you can view all Spot Fleet metrics or Spot Fleet metrics groups by Spot Fleet
request ID, instance type, or Availability Zone.
To view Spot Fleet metrics
1. Open the CloudWatch console at https://console.aws.amazon.com/cloudwatch/.

2. In the navigation pane, under Metrics, choose the EC2 Spot namespace.
3. (Optional) To filter the metrics by dimension, select one of the following:
• Fleet Request Metrics — Group by Spot Fleet request

• By Availability Zone — Group by Spot Fleet request and Availability Zone
• By Instance Type — Group by Spot Fleet request and instance type
• By Availability Zone/Instance Type — Group by Spot Fleet request, Availability Zone, and
instance type
4. To view the data for a metric, select the check box next to the metric.
272
Spot Instances
Automatic Scaling for Spot Fleet

Automatic scaling is the ability to increase or decrease the target capacity of your Spot Fleet
automatically based on demand. A Spot Fleet can either launch instances (scale out) or terminate
instances (scale in), within the range that you choose, in response to one or more scaling policies.
If you are using instance weighting (p. 237), keep in mind that Spot Fleet can exceed the target capacity
as needed. Fulfilled capacity can be a floating-point number but target capacity must be an integer,
so Spot Fleet rounds up to the next integer. You must take these behaviors into account when you
look at the outcome of a scaling policy when an alarm is triggered. For example, suppose that the
target capacity is 30, the fulfilled capacity is 30.1, and the scaling policy subtracts 1. When the alarm is
triggered, the automatic scaling process subtracts 1 from 30.1 to get 29.1 and then rounds it up to 30, so
no scaling action is taken. As another example, suppose that you selected instance weights of 2, 4, and 8,
and a target capacity of 10, but no weight 2 instances were available so Spot Fleet provisioned instances
of weights 4 and 8 for a fulfilled capacity of 12. If the scaling policy decreases target capacity by 20%
and an alarm is triggered, the automatic scaling process subtracts 12*0.2 from 12 to get 9.6 and then
rounds it up to 10, so no scaling action is taken.
You can also configure the cooldown period for a scaling policy. This is the number of seconds after a
scaling activity completes where previous trigger-related scaling activities can influence future scaling
events. For scale-out policies, while the cooldown period is in effect, the capacity that has been added by
the previous scale-out event that initiated the cooldown is calculated as part of the desired capacity for
the next scale out. The intention is to continuously (but not excessively) scale out. For scale in policies,
the cooldown period is used to block subsequent scale in requests until it has expired. The intention is
to scale in conservatively to protect your application's availability. However, if another alarm triggers a
scale-out policy during the cooldown period after a scale-in, automatic scaling scales out your scalable
target immediately.
Spot Fleet supports the following types of automatic scaling:
• Target tracking scaling (p. 273) – Increase or decrease

the current capacity of the fleet based on a target value for a specific metric. This is similar to the
way that your thermostat maintains the temperature of your home—you select temperature and the
thermostat does the rest.
• Step scaling (p. 274) – Increase or decrease the current capacity of the fleet based on a set of scaling
adjustments, known as step adjustments, that vary based on the size of the alarm breach.
• Scheduled scaling (p. 276) – Increase or decrease the current capacity of the fleet based on the date
and time.
Scale Spot Fleet Using a Target Tracking Policy

With target tracking scaling policies, you select a metric and set a target value. Spot Fleet creates and
manages the CloudWatch alarms that trigger the scaling policy and calculates the scaling adjustment
based on the metric and the target value. The scaling policy adds or removes capacity as required to keep
the metric at, or close to, the specified target value. In addition to keeping the metric close to the target
value, a target tracking scaling policy also adjusts to the fluctuations in the metric due to a fluctuating
load pattern and minimizes rapid fluctuations in the capacity of the fleet.
You can create multiple target tracking scaling policies for a Spot Fleet, provided that each of them
uses a different metric. The fleet scales based on the policy that provides the largest fleet capacity. This
enables you to cover multiple scenarios and ensure that there is always enough capacity to process your
application workloads.
To ensure application availability, the fleet scales out proportionally to the metric as fast as it can, but
scales in more gradually.
273
Spot Instances
Do not edit or delete the CloudWatch alarms that Spot Fleet manages for a target tracking scaling policy.
Spot Fleet deletes the alarms automatically when you delete the target tracking scaling policy.
Limits
• The Spot Fleet request must have a request type of maintain. Automatic scaling is not supported for
one-time requests or Spot blocks.
To configure a target tracking policy (console)

3. Select your Spot Fleet request and choose Auto Scaling.
4. If automatic scaling is not configured, choose Configure.
5. Use Scale capacity between to set the minimum and maximum capacity for your fleet. Automatic
scaling does not scale your fleet below the minimum capacity or above the maximum capacity.
6. For Policy name, type a name for the policy.
7. Choose a Target metric.
8. Type a Target value for the metric.
9. (Optional) Set Cooldown period to modify the default cooldown period.
10. (Optional) Select Disable scale-in to omit creating a scale-in policy based on the current
configuration. You can create a scale-in policy using a different configuration.
11. Choose Save.
To configure a target tracking policy using the AWS CLI
1. Register the Spot Fleet request as a scalable target using the register-scalable-target command.
2. Create a scaling policy using the put-scaling-policy command.
Scale Spot Fleet Using Step Scaling Policies

With step scaling policies, you specify CloudWatch alarms to trigger the scaling process. For example,
if you want to scale out when CPU utilization reaches a certain level, create an alarm using the
CPUUtilization metric provided by Amazon EC2.
When you create a step scaling policy, you must specify one of the following scaling adjustment types:
• Add – Increase the target capacity of the fleet by a specified number of capacity units or a specified
percentage of the current capacity.
• Remove – Decrease the target capacity of the fleet by a specified number of capacity units or a
specified percentage of the current capacity.
• Set to – Set the target capacity of the fleet to the specified number of capacity units.
When an alarm is triggered, the automatic scaling process calculates the new target capacity using the
fulfilled capacity and the scaling policy, and then updates the target capacity accordingly. For example,
suppose that the target capacity and fulfilled capacity are 10 and the scaling policy adds 1. When
the alarm is triggered, the automatic scaling process adds 1 to 10 to get 11, so Spot Fleet launches 1
instance.
274
Spot Instances
Limits
Prerequisites
• Consider which CloudWatch metrics are important to your application. You can create CloudWatch
alarms based on metrics provided by AWS or your own custom metrics.
• For the AWS metrics that you will use in your scaling policies, enable CloudWatch metrics collection if
the service that provides the metrics does not enable it by default.
• If you use the AWS Management Console to enable automatic scaling for your Spot Fleet, it creates
a role named aws-ec2-spot-fleet-autoscale-role that grants Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling
permission to describe the alarms for your policies, monitor the current capacity of the fleet, and
modify the capacity of the fleet. If you configure automatic scaling using the AWS CLI or an API, you
can use this role if it exists, or manually create your own role for this purpose.
To create a role manually

2. In the navigation pane, choose Roles, and then choose Create role.
3. For Select type of trusted entity, choose AWS service.
4. For Choose the service that will use this role, choose EC2.
5. For Select your use case, choose EC2 - Spot Fleet Auto Scaling, and then choose Next:
Permissions.
6. For Attached permissions policy, the AmazonEC2SpotFleetAutoscaleRole policy automatically
appears. Choose Next: Tags, and then Next: Review.
7. For Review, type a name for the role and choose Create role.
To create a CloudWatch alarm

2. In the navigation pane, choose Alarms.
3. Choose Create Alarm.
4. For CloudWatch Metrics by Category, choose a category. For example, choose EC2 Spot Metrics,
Fleet Request Metrics.
5. Select a metric and choose Next.
6. For Alarm Threshold, type a name and description for the alarm, and set the threshold value and
number of time periods for the alarm.
7. (Optional) To receive notification of a scaling event, for Actions, choose New list and type your
email address. Otherwise, you can delete the notification now and add one later as needed.
To configure step scaling policies for your Spot Fleet (console)

3. Select your Spot Fleet request and choose Auto Scaling.
4. If automatic scaling is not configured, choose Configure.
5. Use Scale capacity between to set the minimum and maximum capacity for your fleet. Automatic
scaling does not scale your fleet below the minimum capacity or above the maximum capacity.
275
Spot Instances
6. Initially, Scaling policies contains policies named ScaleUp and ScaleDown. You can complete these
policies, or choose Remove policy to delete them. You can also choose Add policy.
7. To define a policy, do the following:
a. For Policy name, type a name for the policy.

b. For Policy trigger, select an existing alarm or choose Create new alarm to open the Amazon
CloudWatch console and create an alarm.
c. For Modify capacity, select a scaling adjustment type, select a number, and select a unit.
d. (Optional) To perform step scaling, choose Define steps. By default, an add policy has a lower
bound of -infinity and an upper bound of the alarm threshold. By default, a remove policy has
a lower bound of the alarm threshold and an upper bound of +infinity. To add another step,
choose Add step.
e. (Optional) To modify the default value for the cooldown period, select a number from
Cooldown period.
8. Choose Save.
To configure step scaling policies for your Spot Fleet using the AWS CLI
1. Register the Spot Fleet request as a scalable target using the register-scalable-target command.
2. Create a scaling policy using the put-scaling-policy command.
3. Create an alarm that triggers the scaling policy using the put-metric-alarm command.
Scale Spot Fleet Using Scheduled Scaling

Scaling based on a schedule enables you to scale your application in response to predictable changes
in demand. To use scheduled scaling, you create scheduled actions, which tell Spot Fleet to perform
scaling activities at specific times. When you create a scheduled action, you specify the Spot Fleet, when
the scaling activity should occur, minimum capacity, and maximum capacity. You can create scheduled
actions that scale one time only or that scale on a recurring schedule.
Limits
To create a one-time scheduled action

3. Select your Spot Fleet request and choose Scheduled Scaling.
4. Choose Create Scheduled Action.
5. For Name, specify a name for the scheduled action.
6. Type a value for Minimum capacity, Maximum capacity, or both.
7. For Recurrence, choose Once.
8. (Optional) Choose a date and time for Start time, End time, or both.
9. Choose Submit.
To scale on a recurring schedule

276
Spot Instances

4. For Recurrence, choose one of the predefined schedules (for example, Every day), or choose
Custom and type a cron expression. For more information about the cron expressions supported by
scheduled scaling, see Cron Expressions in the Amazon CloudWatch Events User Guide.
5. (Optional) Choose a date and time for Start time, End time, or both.
6. Choose Submit.
To edit a scheduled action

4. Select the scheduled action and choose Actions, Edit.
5. Make the needed changes and choose Submit.
To delete a scheduled action

4. Select the scheduled action and choose Actions, Delete.
5. When prompted for confirmation, choose Delete.
To manage scheduled scaling using the AWS CLI
Use the following commands:
• put-scheduled-action
• describe-scheduled-actions
• delete-scheduled-action
Spot Request Status

To help you track your Spot Instance requests and plan your use of Spot Instances, use the request status
provided by Amazon EC2. For example, the request status can provide the reason why your Spot request
isn't fulfilled yet, or list the constraints that are preventing the fulfillment of your Spot request.
At each step of the process—also called the Spot request lifecycle, specific events determine successive
request states.
Contents
• Life Cycle of a Spot Request (p. 277)
• Getting Request Status Information (p. 281)
• Spot Request Status Codes (p. 281)
Life Cycle of a Spot Request

The following diagram shows you the paths that your Spot request can follow throughout its lifecycle,
from submission to termination. Each step is depicted as a node, and the status code for each node
describes the status of the Spot request and Spot Instance.
277
Spot Instances
Pending evaluation
As soon as you make a Spot Instance request, it goes into the pending-evaluation state unless one or
more request parameters are not valid (bad-parameters).
Status Code Request State Instance State
pending-evaluation open n/a
bad-parameters closed n/a
Holding
If one or more request constraints are valid but can't be met yet, or if there is not enough capacity, the
request goes into a holding state waiting for the constraints to be met. The request options affect the
likelihood of the request being fulfilled. For example, if you specify a maximum price below the current
Spot price, your request stays in a holding state until the Spot price goes below your maximum price.
If you specify an Availability Zone group, the request stays in a holding state until the Availability Zone
constraint is met.
In the event of an outage of one of the Availability Zones, there is a chance that the spare EC2 capacity
available for Spot Instance requests in other Availability Zones can be affected.
capacity-not-available open n/a
capacity-oversubscribed open n/a
price-too-low open n/a
not-scheduled-yet open n/a
278
Spot Instances
launch-group-constraint open n/a
az-group-constraint open n/a
placement-group- open n/a

constraint
constraint-not- open n/a

fulfillable
Pending evaluation/fulfillment-terminal
Your Spot Instance request can go to a terminal state if you create a request that is valid only during
a specific time period and this time period expires before your request reaches the pending fulfillment
phase. It might also happen if you cancel the request, or if a system error occurs.
schedule-expired cancelled n/a
canceled-before- cancelled n/a

fulfillment*
bad-parameters failed n/a
system-error closed n/a
* If you cancel the request.
Pending fulfillment
When the constraints you specified (if any) are met and your maximum price is equal to or higher than
the current Spot price, your Spot request goes into the pending-fulfillment state.
At this point, Amazon EC2 is getting ready to provision the instances that you requested. If the process
stops at this point, it is likely to be because it was canceled by the user before a Spot Instance was
launched. It may also be because an unexpected system error occurred.
pending-fulfillment open n/a
Fulfilled
When all the specifications for your Spot Instances are met, your Spot request is fulfilled. Amazon
EC2 launches the Spot Instances, which can take a few minutes. If a Spot Instance is hibernated or
stopped when interrupted, it remains in this state until the request can be fulfilled again or the request is
canceled.
fulfilled active pending → running
fulfilled active stopped → running
279
Spot Instances
Fulfilled-terminal
Your Spot Instances continue to run as long as your maximum price is at or above the Spot price, there
is available capacity for your instance type, and you don't terminate the instance. If a change in the
Spot price or available capacity requires Amazon EC2 to terminate your Spot Instances, the Spot request
goes into a terminal state. For example, if your price equals the Spot price but Spot Instances are not
available, the status code is instance-terminated-capacity-oversubscribed. A request also
goes into the terminal state if you cancel the Spot request or terminate the Spot Instances.
request-canceled-and- cancelled running

instance-running
marked-for-stop active running
marked-for-termination closed running
instance-stopped-by- disabled stopped

price
instance-stopped-by-user disabled stopped
instance-stopped- disabled stopped

capacity-oversubscribed
instance-stopped-no- disabled stopped

capacity
instance-terminated-by- closed (one-time), open terminated

price (persistent)
instance-terminated-by- closed terminated

schedule
instance-terminated-by- cancelled terminated

service
instance-terminated-by- closed or cancelled * terminated

user †
instance-terminated-no- closed (one-time), open terminated

capacity (persistent)
instance-terminated- closed (one-time), open terminated

capacity-oversubscribed (persistent)
instance-terminated- closed (one-time), open terminated

launch-group-constraint (persistent)
† A Spot Instance can only get to this state if a user runs the shutdown command from the instance. We
do not recommend that you do this, as the Spot service might restart the instance.
* The request state is closed if you terminate the instance but do not cancel the request. The request
state is cancelled if you terminate the instance and cancel the request. Even if you terminate a Spot
Instance before you cancel its request, there might be a delay before Amazon EC2 detects that your Spot
Instance was terminated. In this case, the request state can either be closed or cancelled.
Persistent requests
280
Spot Instances
When your Spot Instances are terminated (either by you or Amazon EC2), if the Spot request is a
persistent request, it returns to the pending-evaluation state and then Amazon EC2 can launch a
new Spot Instance when the constraints are met.
Getting Request Status Information

You can get request status information using the AWS Management Console or a command line tool.
To get request status information (console)

2. In the navigation pane, choose Spot Requests and select the Spot request.
3. To check the status, choose Description, Status.
To get request status information using the command line
• describe-spot-instance-requests (AWS CLI)

• Get-EC2SpotInstanceRequest (AWS Tools for Windows PowerShell)
Spot Request Status Codes

Spot request status information is composed of a status code, the update time, and a status message.
Together, these help you determine the disposition of your Spot request.
The following are the Spot request status codes:
az-group-constraint
Amazon EC2 cannot launch all the instances you requested in the same Availability Zone.
bad-parameters
One or more parameters for your Spot request are not valid (for example, the AMI you specified does
not exist). The status message indicates which parameter is not valid.
canceled-before-fulfillment
The user canceled the Spot request before it was fulfilled.

capacity-not-available
There is not enough capacity available for the instances that you requested.
capacity-oversubscribed
There is not enough capacity available for the instances that you requested.
constraint-not-fulfillable
The Spot request can't be fulfilled because one or more constraints are not valid (for example, the
Availability Zone does not exist). The status message indicates which constraint is not valid.
fulfilled
The Spot request is active, and Amazon EC2 is launching your Spot Instances.
instance-stopped-by-price
Your instance was stopped because the Spot price exceeded your maximum price.
281
Spot Instances
instance-stopped-by-user
Your instance was stopped because a user ran shutdown -h from the instance.
instance-stopped-capacity-oversubscribed
Your instance was stopped because the number of Spot requests with maximum prices equal to or
higher than the Spot price exceeded the available capacity in this Spot Instance pool. The Spot price
might not have changed.
instance-stopped-no-capacity
Your instance was stopped because there was no longer enough Spot capacity available for the
instance.
instance-terminated-by-price
Your instance was terminated because the Spot price exceeded your maximum price. If your request
is persistent, the process restarts, so your request is pending evaluation.
instance-terminated-by-schedule
Your Spot Instance was terminated at the end of its scheduled duration.
instance-terminated-by-service
Your instance was terminated from a stopped state.

instance-terminated-by-user or spot-instance-terminated-by-user
You terminated a Spot Instance that had been fulfilled, so the request state is closed (unless it's a
persistent request) and the instance state is terminated.
instance-terminated-capacity-oversubscribed
Your instance was terminated because the number of Spot requests with maximum prices equal to
or higher than the Spot price exceeded the available capacity in this Spot Instance pool. The Spot
price might not have changed.
instance-terminated-launch-group-constraint
One or more of the instances in your launch group was terminated, so the launch group constraint is
no longer fulfilled.
instance-terminated-no-capacity
Your instance was terminated because there is no longer enough Spot capacity available for the
instance.
launch-group-constraint
Amazon EC2 cannot launch all the instances that you requested at the same time. All instances in a
launch group are started and terminated together.
limit-exceeded
The limit on the number of EBS volumes or total volume storage was exceeded. For more
information about these limits and how to request an increase, see Amazon EBS Limits in the
Amazon Web Services General Reference.
marked-for-stop
The Spot Instance is marked for stopping.

marked-for-termination
The Spot Instance is marked for termination.
282
Spot Instances
not-scheduled-yet
The Spot request is not evaluated until the scheduled date.

pending-evaluation
After you make a Spot Instance request, it goes into the pending-evaluation state while the
system evaluates the parameters of your request.
pending-fulfillment
Amazon EC2 is trying to provision your Spot Instances.

placement-group-constraint
The Spot request can't be fulfilled yet because a Spot Instance can't be added to the placement
group at this time.
price-too-low
The request can't be fulfilled yet because your maximum price is below the Spot price. In this case,
no instance is launched and your request remains open.
request-canceled-and-instance-running
You canceled the Spot request while the Spot Instances are still running. The request is cancelled,
but the instances remain running.
schedule-expired
The Spot request expired because it was not fulfilled before the specified date.
system-error
There was an unexpected system error. If this is a recurring issue, please contact AWS Support for
assistance.
Spot Instance Interruptions

Demand for Spot Instances can vary significantly from moment to moment, and the availability of Spot
Instances can also vary significantly depending on how many unused EC2 instances are available. It is
always possible that your Spot Instance might be interrupted. Therefore, you must ensure that your
application is prepared for a Spot Instance interruption.
An On-Demand Instance specified in an EC2 Fleet or Spot Fleet cannot be interrupted.
Contents
• Reasons for Interruption (p. 283)
• Interruption Behavior (p. 284)
• Preparing for Interruptions (p. 286)
• Preparing for Instance Hibernation (p. 286)
• Spot Instance Interruption Notices (p. 287)
• Billing for Interrupted Spot Instances (p. 288)
Reasons for Interruption

The following are the possible reasons that Amazon EC2 might interrupt your Spot Instances:
• Price – The Spot price is greater than your maximum price.
283
Spot Instances
• Capacity – If there are not enough unused EC2 instances to meet the demand for Spot Instances,
Amazon EC2 interrupts Spot Instances. The order in which the instances are interrupted is determined
by Amazon EC2.
• Constraints – If your request includes a constraint such as a launch group or an Availability Zone group,
these Spot Instances are terminated as a group when the constraint can no longer be met.
Interruption Behavior
You can specify whether Amazon EC2 should hibernate, stop, or terminate Spot Instances when they
are interrupted. You can choose the interruption behavior that meets your needs. The default is to
terminate Spot Instances when they are interrupted. To change the interruption behavior, choose an
option from Interruption behavior in the console when you are creating a Spot request, or specify
InstanceInterruptionBehavior in the launch configuration or the launch template. To change
interruption behavior in the console when you are creating a Spot request, choose Maintain target
capacity. When you select this option, Interruption behavior will appear and you can then specify that
the Spot service terminates, stops, or hibernates Spot Instances when they are interrupted.
Stopping Interrupted Spot Instances
You can change the behavior so that Amazon EC2 stops Spot Instances when they are interrupted if the
following requirements are met.
Requirements
• For a Spot Instance request, the type must be persistent. You cannot specify a launch group in the
Spot Instance request.
• For an EC2 Fleet or Spot Fleet request, the type must be maintain.
• The root volume must be an EBS volume, not an instance store volume.
After a Spot Instance is stopped by the Spot service, only the Spot service can restart the Spot Instance,
and the same launch specification must be used.
For a Spot Instance launched by a persistent Spot Instance request, the Spot service restarts the
stopped instance when capacity is available in the same Availability Zone and for the same instance type
as the stopped instance.
If instances in an EC2 Fleet or Spot Fleet are stopped and the fleet is of type maintain, the Spot
service launches replacement instances to maintain the target capacity. The Spot service finds
the best pool(s) based on the specified allocation strategy (lowestPrice, diversified, or
InstancePoolsToUseCount); it does not prioritize the pool with the earlier stopped instances. Later, if
the allocation strategy leads to a pool containing the earlier stopped instances, the Spot service restarts
the stopped instances to meet the target capacity.
For example, consider a Spot Fleet with the lowestPrice allocation strategy. At initial launch, a
c3.large pool meets the lowestPrice criteria for the launch specification. Later, when the c3.large
instances are interrupted, the Spot service stops the instances and replenishes capacity from another
pool that fits the lowestPrice strategy. This time, the pool happens to be a c4.large pool and the
Spot service launches c4.large instances to meet the target capacity. Similarly, Spot Fleet could move
to a c5.large pool the next time. In each of these transitions, the Spot service does not prioritize pools
with earlier stopped instances, but rather prioritizes purely on the specified allocation strategy. The
lowestPrice strategy can lead back to pools with earlier stopped instances. For example, if instances
are interrupted in the c5.large pool and the lowestPrice strategy leads it back to the c3.large or
c4.large pools, the earlier stopped instances are restarted to fulfil target capacity.
While a Spot Instance is stopped, you can modify some of its instance attributes, but not the instance
type. If you detach or delete an EBS volume, it is not attached when the Spot Instance is started. If you
284
Spot Instances
detach the root volume and the Spot service attempts to start the Spot Instance, instance start fails and
the Spot service terminates the stopped instance.
You can terminate a Spot Instance while it is stopped. If you cancel a Spot request, an EC2 Fleet, or a
Spot Fleet, the Spot service terminates any associated Spot Instances that are stopped.
While a Spot Instance is stopped, you are charged only for the EBS volumes, which are preserved. With
EC2 Fleet and Spot Fleet, if you have many stopped instances, you can exceed the limit on the number of
EBS volumes for your account.
Hibernating Interrupted Spot Instances
You can change the behavior so that Amazon EC2 hibernates Spot Instances when they are interrupted if
the following requirements are met.
Requirements
• For a Spot Instance request, the type must be persistent. You cannot specify a launch group in the
Spot Instance request.
• For an EC2 Fleet or Spot Fleet request, the type must be maintain.
• The root volume must be an EBS volume, not an instance store volume, and it must be large enough to
store the instance memory (RAM) during hibernation.
• The following instances are supported: C3, C4, C5, M4, M5, R3, and R4, with less than 100 GB of
memory.
• The following operating systems are supported: Amazon Linux 2, Amazon Linux AMI, Ubuntu with an
AWS-tuned Ubuntu kernel (linux-aws) greater than 4.4.0-1041, and Windows Server 2008 R2 and later.
• Install the hibernation agent on a supported operating system, or use one of the following AMIs, which
already include the agent:
• Amazon Linux 2
• Amazon Linux AMI 2017.09.1 or later
• Ubuntu Xenial 16.04 20171121 or later
• Windows Server 2008 R2 AMI 2017.11.19 or later
• Windows Server 2012 or Windows Server 2012 R2 AMI 2017.11.19 or later
• Windows Server 2016 AMI 2017.11.19 or later
• Start the agent. We recommend that you use user data to start the agent on instance startup.
Alternatively, you could start the agent manually.
Recommendation
• We strongly recommend that you use an encrypted Amazon EBS volume as the root volume, because
instance memory is stored on the root volume during hibernation. This ensures that the contents
of memory (RAM) are encrypted when the data is at rest on the volume and when data is moving
between the instance and volume. Use one of the following three options to ensure that the root
volume is an encrypted Amazon EBS volume:
• EBS “single-step” encryption: In a single run-instances API call, you can launch encrypted EBS-
backed EC2 instances from an unencrypted AMI. For more information, see Using Encryption with
EBS-Backed AMIs (p. 67).
• EBS encryption by default: You can enable EBS encryption by default to ensure all new EBS
volumes created in your AWS account are encrypted. For more information, see Encryption by
Default (p. 867).
• Encrypted AMI: You can enable EBS encryption by using an encrypted AMI to launch your instance.
If your AMI does not have an encrypted root snapshot, you can copy it to a new AMI and request
285
Spot Instances
encryption. For more information, see Encrypt an Unencrypted Image during Copy (p. 71) and
When a Spot Instance is hibernated by the Spot service, the EBS volumes are preserved and instance
memory (RAM) is preserved on the root volume. The private IP addresses of the instance are also
preserved. Instance storage volumes and public IP addresses, other than Elastic IP addresses, are not
preserved. While the instance is hibernating, you are charged only for the EBS volumes. With EC2 Fleet
and Spot Fleet, if you have many hibernated instances, you can exceed the limit on the number of EBS
volumes for your account.
The agent prompts the operating system to hibernate when the instance receives a signal from the Spot
service. If the agent is not installed, the underlying operating system doesn't support hibernation, or
there isn't enough volume space to save the instance memory, hibernation fails and the Spot service
stops the instance instead.
When the Spot service hibernates a Spot Instance, you receive an interruption notice, but you do not
have two minutes before the Spot Instance is interrupted. Hibernation begins immediately. While the
instance is in the process of hibernating, instance health checks might fail. When the hibernation process
completes, the state of the instance is stopped.
After a Spot Instance is hibernated by the Spot service, it can only be resumed by the Spot service. The
Spot service resumes the instance when capacity becomes available with a Spot price that is less than
your specified maximum price.
For more information, see Preparing for Instance Hibernation (p. 286).
For information about hibernating On-Demand Instances, see Hibernate Your Instance (p. 384).
Preparing for Interruptions

Here are some best practices to follow when you use Spot Instances:
• Use the default maximum price, which is the On-Demand price.

• Ensure that your instance is ready to go as soon as the request is fulfilled by using an Amazon Machine
Image (AMI) that contains the required software configuration. You can also use user data to run
commands at start-up.
• Store important data regularly in a place that isn't affected when the Spot Instance terminates. For
example, you can use Amazon S3, Amazon EBS, or DynamoDB.
• Divide the work into small tasks (using a Grid, Hadoop, or queue-based architecture) or use
checkpoints so that you can save your work frequently.
• Use Spot Instance interruption notices to monitor the status of your Spot Instances.
• While we make every effort to provide this warning as soon as possible, it is possible that your Spot
Instance is terminated before the warning can be made available. Test your application to ensure
that it handles an unexpected instance termination gracefully, even if you are testing for interruption
notices. You can do so by running the application using an On-Demand Instance and then terminating
the On-Demand Instance yourself.
Preparing for Instance Hibernation

You must install a hibernation agent on your instance, unless you used an AMI that already includes the
agent. You must run the agent on instance startup, whether the agent was included in your AMI or you
installed it yourself.
The following procedure helps you prepare a Windows instance. For directions to prepare a Linux
instance, see Preparing for Instance Hibernation in the Amazon EC2 User Guide for Linux Instances.
286
Spot Instances
To prepare a Windows instance
1. If your AMI doesn't include the agent, download the following files to the C:\Program Files
\Amazon\Hibernate folder on your Windows instance:
• EC2HibernateAgent.exe
• EC2HibernateAgent.ps1
• LICENSE.txt
2. Add the following command to the user data.
<powershell>."C:\Program Files\Amazon\Hibernate\EC2HibernateAgent.exe"</powershell>
Spot Instance Interruption Notices

The best way to protect against Spot Instance interruption is to architect your application to be fault-
tolerant. In addition, you can take advantage of Spot Instance interruption notices, which provide a two-
minute warning before Amazon EC2 must stop or terminate your Spot Instance. We recommend that you
check for these warnings every 5 seconds.
This warning is made available as a CloudWatch event and as an item in the instance metadata (p. 477)
on the Spot Instance.
If you specify hibernation as the interruption behavior, you receive an interruption notice, but you do not
receive a two-minute warning because the hibernation process begins immediately.
EC2 Spot Instance Interruption Notice
When Amazon EC2 is going to interrupt your Spot Instance, it emits an event two minutes prior to the
actual interruption. This event can be detected by Amazon CloudWatch Events. For more information,
see the Amazon CloudWatch Events User Guide.
The following is an example of the event for Spot Instance interruption. The possible values for
instance-action are hibernate, stop, and terminate.
{
"version": "0",
"id": "12345678-1234-1234-1234-123456789012",
"detail-type": "EC2 Spot Instance Interruption Warning",
"source": "aws.ec2",
"account": "123456789012",
"time": "yyyy-mm-ddThh:mm:ssZ",
"region": "us-east-2",
"resources": ["arn:aws:ec2:us-east-2:123456789012:instance/i-1234567890abcdef0"],
"detail": {
"instance-id": "i-1234567890abcdef0",
"instance-action": "action"
}
}
instance-action
If your Spot Instance is marked to be stopped or terminated by the Spot service, the instance-action
item is present in your instance metadata. Otherwise, it is not present. You can retrieve instance-
action as follows.
PS C:\> Invoke-RestMethod -uri http://169.254.169.254/latest/meta-data/spot/instance-action
287
Spot Instances
The instance-action item specifies the action and the approximate time, in UTC, when the action will
occur.
The following example indicates the time at which this instance will be stopped:
{"action": "stop", "time": "2017-09-18T08:22:00Z"}
The following example indicates the time at which this instance will be terminated:
{"action": "terminate", "time": "2017-09-18T08:22:00Z"}
If Amazon EC2 is not preparing to stop or terminate the instance, or if you terminated the instance
yourself, instance-action is not present and you receive an HTTP 404 error.
termination-time
This item is maintained for backward compatibility; you should use instance-action instead.
If your Spot Instance is marked for termination by the Spot service, the termination-time item is
present in your instance metadata. Otherwise, it is not present. You can retrieve termination-time as
follows.
PS C:\> Invoke-RestMethod -uri http://169.254.169.254/latest/meta-data/spot/termination-

time
The termination-time item specifies the approximate time in UTC when the instance receives the
shutdown signal. For example:
2015-01-05T18:02:00Z
If Amazon EC2 is not preparing to terminate the instance, or if you terminated the Spot Instance yourself,
the termination-time item is either not present (so you receive an HTTP 404 error) or contains a
value that is not a time value.
If Amazon EC2 fails to terminate the instance, the request status is set to fulfilled. The
termination-time value remains in the instance metadata with the original approximate time, which
is now in the past.
Billing for Interrupted Spot Instances

When a Spot Instance (not in a Spot block) is interrupted, you’re charged as follows.
Who interrupts the Operating system Interrupted in the first Interrupted in any hour
Spot Instance hour after the first hour
If you interrupt the Linux (excluding RHEL Charged for the seconds Charged for the seconds
Spot Instance and SUSE) used used
Windows, RHEL, SUSE Charged for the full Charged for the full
hour even if you used a hours used, and
partial hour charged a full hour for
the interrupted partial
hour
288
Spot Instances
If Amazon EC2 Linux (excluding RHEL No charge Charged for the seconds
interrupts the Spot and SUSE) used
Instance
Windows, RHEL, SUSE No charge Charged for the
full hours used, but
no charge for the
interrupted partial hour
When a Spot Instance in a Spot block is interrupted, you’re charged as follows.
If you interrupt the Linux (excluding RHEL Charged for the seconds Charged for the seconds
Spot Instance and SUSE) used used
Windows, RHEL, SUSE Charged for the full Charged for the full
hour even if you used a hours used, and
partial hour charged a full hour for
the interrupted partial
hour
If Amazon EC2 Linux (excluding RHEL No charge No charge

interrupts the Spot and SUSE)
Instance
Windows, RHEL, SUSE No charge No charge
Spot Instance Data Feed

To help you understand the charges for your Spot Instances, Amazon EC2 provides a data feed that
describes your Spot Instance usage and pricing. This data feed is sent to an Amazon S3 bucket that you
specify when you subscribe to the data feed.
Data feed files arrive in your bucket typically once an hour, and each hour of usage is typically covered in
a single data file. These files are compressed (gzip) before they are delivered to your bucket. Amazon EC2
can write multiple files for a given hour of usage where files are large (for example, when file contents
for the hour exceed 50 MB before compression).
Note
If you don't have a Spot Instance running during a certain hour, you don't receive a data feed file
for that hour.
Contents
• Data Feed File Name and Format (p. 289)
• Amazon S3 Bucket Requirements (p. 290)
• Subscribing to Your Spot Instance Data Feed (p. 291)
• Deleting Your Spot Instance Data Feed (p. 291)
Data Feed File Name and Format

The Spot Instance data feed file name uses the following format (with the date and hour in UTC):
289
Spot Instances
bucket-name.s3.amazonaws.com/{optional prefix}/aws-account-id.YYYY-MM-DD-HH.n.unique-id.gz
For example, if your bucket name is myawsbucket and your prefix is myprefix, your file names are
similar to the following:
myawsbucket.s3.amazonaws.com/myprefix/111122223333.2014-03-17-20.001.pwBdGTJG.gz
The Spot Instance data feed files are tab-delimited. Each line in the data file corresponds to one instance
hour and contains the fields listed in the following table.
Field Description
Timestamp The timestamp used to determine the price charged for this instance usage.
UsageType The type of usage and instance type being charged for. For m1.small Spot
Instances, this field is set to SpotUsage. For all other instance types, this field is
set to SpotUsage:{instance-type}. For example, SpotUsage:c1.medium.
Operation The product being charged for. For Linux Spot Instances, this field is
set to RunInstances. For Windows Spot Instances, this field is set to
RunInstances:0002. Spot usage is grouped according to Availability Zone.
InstanceID The ID of the Spot Instance that generated this instance usage.
MyBidID The ID for the Spot Instance request that generated this instance usage.
MyMaxPrice The maximum price specified for this Spot Instance request.
MarketPrice The Spot price at the time specified in the Timestamp field.
Charge The price charged for this instance usage.
Version The version included in the data feed file name for this record.
Amazon S3 Bucket Requirements

When you subscribe to the data feed, you must specify an Amazon S3 bucket to store the data feed files.
Before you choose an Amazon S3 bucket for the data feed, consider the following:
• You must have FULL_CONTROL permission to the bucket, which includes permission for the
s3:GetBucketAcl and s3:PutBucketAcl actions.
If you're the bucket owner, you have this permission by default. Otherwise, the bucket owner must
grant your AWS account this permission.
• When you subscribe to a data feed, these permissions are used to update the bucket ACL to give the
AWS data feed account FULL_CONTROL permission. The AWS data feed account writes data feed files
to the bucket. If your account doesn't have the required permissions, the data feed files cannot be
written to the bucket.
Note
If you update the ACL and remove the permissions for the AWS data feed account, the data
feed files cannot be written to the bucket. You must resubscribe to the data feed to receive
the data feed files.
• Each data feed file has its own ACL (separate from the ACL for the bucket). The bucket owner
has FULL_CONTROL permission to the data files. The AWS data feed account has read and write
permissions.
290
Spot Instances
• If you delete your data feed subscription, Amazon EC2 doesn't remove the read and write permissions
for the AWS data feed account on either the bucket or the data files. You must remove these
permissions yourself.
Subscribing to Your Spot Instance Data Feed

To subscribe to your data feed, use the following create-spot-datafeed-subscription command:
aws ec2 create-spot-datafeed-subscription --bucket myawsbucket [--prefix myprefix]
{
"SpotDatafeedSubscription": {
"OwnerId": "111122223333",
"Prefix": "myprefix",
"Bucket": "myawsbucket",
"State": "Active"
}
}
Deleting Your Spot Instance Data Feed

To delete your data feed, use the following delete-spot-datafeed-subscription command:
aws ec2 delete-spot-datafeed-subscription
Spot Instance Limits

Spot Instance requests are subject to the following limits:
Limits
• Spot Request Limits (p. 291)
• Spot Fleet Limits (p. 291)
• T3 Instances (p. 292)
• T2 Instances (p. 292)
Spot Request Limits

By default, there is an account limit of 20 Spot Instances per Region. If you terminate your Spot Instance
but do not cancel the request, the request counts against this limit until Amazon EC2 detects the
termination and closes the request.
Spot Instance limits are dynamic. When your account is new, your limit might be lower than 20 to start,
but can increase over time. In addition, your account might have limits on specific Spot Instance types. If
you submit a Spot Instance request and you receive the error Max spot instance count exceeded,
you can complete the AWS Support Center Create case form to request a Spot Instance limit increase. For
Limit type, choose EC2 Spot Instances. For more information, see Amazon EC2 Service Limits (p. 973).
Spot Fleet Limits

The usual Amazon EC2 limits apply to instances launched by a Spot Fleet or an EC2 Fleet, such as Spot
request price limits, instance limits, and volume limits. In addition, the following limits apply:
291
Dedicated Hosts
• The number of active Spot Fleets and EC2 Fleets per Region: 1,000*
• The number of launch specifications per fleet: 50*
• The size of the user data in a launch specification: 16 KB*
• The target capacity per Spot Fleet or EC2 Fleet: 10,000
• The target capacity across all Spot Fleets and EC2 Fleets in a Region: 100,000
• A Spot Fleet request or an EC2 Fleet request can't span Regions.
• A Spot Fleet request or an EC2 Fleet request can't span different subnets from the same Availability
Zone.
If you need more than the default limits for target capacity, complete the AWS Support Center Create
case form to request a limit increase. For Limit type, choose EC2 Fleet, choose a Region, and then choose
Target Fleet Capacity per Fleet (in units) or Target Fleet Capacity per Region (in units), or both.
* These are hard limits. You cannot request a limit increase for these limits.
T3 Instances
If you plan to use your T3 Spot Instances immediately and for a short duration, with no idle time for
accruing CPU credits, we recommend that you launch your T3 Spot Instances in standard (p. 142) mode
to avoid paying higher costs.
If you launch your T3 Spot Instances in unlimited (p. 135) mode and burst CPU immediately, you'll
spend surplus credits for bursting. If you use the instance for a short duration, your instance doesn't have
time to accrue CPU credits to pay down the surplus credits, and you are charged for the surplus credits
when you terminate your instance.
Unlimited mode for T3 Spot Instances is suitable only if the instance runs for long enough to accrue
CPU credits for bursting. Otherwise, paying for surplus credits makes T3 Spot Instances more expensive
than M5 or C5 instances.
T2 Instances
Launch credits are meant to provide a productive initial launch experience for T2 instances by providing
sufficient compute resources to configure the instance. Repeated launches of T2 instances to access new
launch credits is not permitted. If you require sustained CPU, you can earn credits (by idling over some
period), use T2 Unlimited (p. 135), or use an instance type with dedicated CPU (for example, c4.large).
Dedicated Hosts
An Amazon EC2 Dedicated Host is a physical server with EC2 instance capacity fully dedicated to your
use. Dedicated Hosts allow you to use your existing per-socket, per-core, or per-VM software licenses,
including Windows Server, Microsoft SQL Server, SUSE, Linux Enterprise Server, and so on.
Contents
• Differences between Dedicated Hosts and Dedicated Instances (p. 293)
• Bring Your Own License (p. 293)
• Dedicated Host Instance Capacity (p. 294)
• Dedicated Hosts Limitations and Restrictions (p. 294)
• Pricing and Billing (p. 294)
• Working with Dedicated Hosts (p. 295)
• Host Recovery (p. 305)
292
Dedicated Hosts
• Tracking Configuration Changes (p. 309)
Differences between Dedicated Hosts and Dedicated Instances

Dedicated Hosts and Dedicated Instances can both be used to launch Amazon EC2 instances onto
physical servers that are dedicated for your use.
There are no performance, security, or physical differences between Dedicated Instances and instances
on Dedicated Hosts. The following table highlights some of the key differences between Dedicated Hosts
and Dedicated Instances:
Dedicated Host Dedicated Instance
Billing Per-host billing Per-instance billing
Visibility of Provides visibility of the number of No visibility

sockets, cores, sockets and physical cores
and host ID
Host and Allows you to consistently deploy your Not supported

instance instances to the same physical server
affinity over time
Targeted Provides additional visibility and control Not supported

instance over how instances are placed on a
placement physical server
Automatic Supported. For more information, see Supported

instance Host Recovery (p. 305).
recovery
Bring Your Supported Not supported

Own License
(BYOL)
Bring Your Own License

Dedicated Hosts allow you to use your existing per-socket, per-core, or per-VM software licenses. When
you bring your own license, you are responsible for managing your own licenses. However, Amazon EC2
has features that help you maintain license compliance, such as instance affinity and targeted placement.
These are the general steps to follow in order to bring your own volume licensed machine image into
Amazon EC2.
1. Verify that the license terms controlling the use of your machine images allow usage in a virtualized
cloud environment. For more information about Microsoft Licensing, see Amazon Web Services and
Microsoft Licensing.
2. After you have verified that your machine image can be used within Amazon EC2, import it using VM
Import/Export. For information about how to import your machine image, see the VM Import/Export
User Guide.
3. After you import your machine image, you can launch instances from it onto active Dedicated Hosts in
your account.
4. When you run these instances, depending on the operating system, you may be required to activate
these instances against your own KMS server (for example, Windows Server or Windows SQL Server).
You cannot activate your imported Windows AMI against the Amazon Windows KMS server.
293
Dedicated Hosts
Note
To track how your images are used in AWS, enable host recording in AWS Config. You can
use AWS Config to record configuration changes to a Dedicated Host and use the output
as a data source for license reporting. For more information, see Tracking Configuration
Changes (p. 309).
Dedicated Host Instance Capacity

Dedicated Hosts are configured to support a single instance type and size capacity. The number of
instances you can launch onto a Dedicated Host depends on the instance type that the Dedicated Host is
configured to support. For example, if you allocated a c3.xlarge Dedicated Host, you'd have the right
to launch up to eight c3.xlarge instances on the Dedicated Host. To determine the number of instance
type sizes that you can run on a particular Dedicated Host, see Amazon EC2 Dedicated Hosts Pricing.
Dedicated Hosts Limitations and Restrictions

Before you allocate Dedicated Hosts, take note of the following limitations and restrictions:
• RHEL, SUSE Linux, and Windows AMIs (whether offered by AWS or on the AWS Marketplace) cannot be
used with Dedicated Hosts.
• Up to two On-Demand Dedicated Hosts per instance family, per Region can be allocated. It is possible
to request a limit increase: Request to Raise Allocation Limit on Amazon EC2 Dedicated Hosts.
• The instances that run on a Dedicated Host can only be launched in a VPC.
• Host limits are independent from instance limits. Instances that you are running on Dedicated Hosts do
not count towards your instance limits.
• Auto Scaling groups are not supported.
• Amazon RDS instances are not supported.
• The AWS Free Usage tier is not available for Dedicated Hosts.
• Instance placement control refers to managing instance launches onto Dedicated Hosts. Placement
groups are not supported for Dedicated Hosts.
Pricing and Billing

On-Demand Dedicated Hosts
On-Demand billing is automatically activated when you allocate a Dedicated Host to your account.
The On-Demand price for a Dedicated Host varies by instance family and Region. You are charged an
hourly rate for the Dedicated Host, regardless of the quantity or the size of instances that you choose
to launch on it. In other words, you are charged for the entire Dedicated Host, and not the individual
instances that you choose to run on it. For more information about On-Demand pricing, see Amazon EC2
Dedicated Hosts On-Demand Pricing.
You can release an On-Demand Dedicated Host at any time to stop accruing charges for it. For
information about releasing a Dedicated Host, see Releasing Dedicated Hosts (p. 302).
Dedicated Host Reservations

Dedicated Host Reservations provide a billing discount compared to running On-Demand Dedicated
Hosts. Reservations are available in three payment options:
• No Upfront—No Upfront Reservations provide you with a discount on your Dedicated Host usage over
a term and do not require an upfront payment. Available for a one-year term only.
• Partial Upfront—A portion of the reservation must be paid upfront and the remaining hours in the
term are billed at a discounted rate. Available in one-year and three-year terms.
294
Dedicated Hosts
• All Upfront—Provides the lowest effective price. Available in one-year and three-year terms and
covers the entire cost of the term upfront, with no additional future charges.
You must have active Dedicated Hosts in your account before you can purchase reservations. Each
reservation covers a single, specific Dedicated Host in your account. Reservations are applied to the
instance family on the host, not the instance size. If you have three Dedicated Hosts with different
instances sizes (m4.xlarge, m4.medium, and m4.large) you can associate a single m4 reservation with
all those Dedicated Hosts. The instance family and Region of the reservation must match that of the
Dedicated Hosts you want to associate it with.
When a reservation is associated with a Dedicated Host, the Dedicated Host can't be released until the
reservation's term is over.
For more information about reservation pricing, see Amazon EC2 Dedicated Hosts Pricing.
Working with Dedicated Hosts

To use a Dedicated Host, you first allocate hosts for use in your account. You then launch instances onto
the hosts by specifying host tenancy for the instance. You must select a specific host for the instance to
launch on to, or you can allow it to launch on to any host that has auto-placement enabled and matches
its instance type. When an instance is stopped and restarted, the Host affinity setting determines
whether it's restarted on the same, or a different, host.
If you no longer need an On-Demand host, you can stop the instances running on the host, direct them
to launch on a different host, and then release the host.
Contents
• Understanding Auto-Placement and Affinity (p. 295)
• Allocating Dedicated Hosts (p. 296)
• Launching Instances onto Dedicated Hosts (p. 297)
• Modifying Dedicated Host Auto-Placement (p. 298)
• Modifying Instance Tenancy and Affinity (p. 299)
• Viewing Dedicated Hosts (p. 300)
• Tagging Dedicated Hosts (p. 300)
• Monitoring Dedicated Hosts (p. 301)
• Releasing Dedicated Hosts (p. 302)
• Purchasing Dedicated Host Reservations (p. 303)
• Viewing Dedicated Host Reservations (p. 304)
• Tagging Dedicated Host Reservations (p. 304)
Understanding Auto-Placement and Affinity

Placement control happens on both the instance level and host level.
Auto-Placement
Auto-placement allows you to manage whether instances that you launch are launched onto a specific
host, or onto any available host that has matching configurations. Auto-placement must be configured at
the host level.
When a Dedicated Host's auto-placement is disabled, it only accepts Host tenancy instance launches that
specify its unique host ID. This is the default setting for new Dedicated Hosts.
When a Dedicated Host's auto-placement is enabled, it accepts any untargeted instance launches that
match its instance type configuration.
295
Dedicated Hosts
When launching an instance, you need to configure its tenancy. Launching an instance onto a Dedicated
Host without providing a specific HostId, enables it to launch on any Dedicated Host that has auto-
placement enabled and matches its instance type.
Host Affinity
Host Affinity is configured at the instance level. It establishes a launch relationship between an instance
and a Dedicated Host.
When affinity is set to Host, an instance launched onto a specific host always restarts on the same host
if stopped. This applies to both targeted and untargeted launches.
When affinity is set to Off, and you stop and restart the instance, it can be restarted on any available
host. However, it tries to launch back onto the last Dedicated Host on which it ran (on a best-effort
basis).
Allocating Dedicated Hosts

To begin using Dedicated Hosts, they must be allocated to your account. You can allocate Dedicated
Hosts to your account using the Amazon EC2 console or the command line tools.
To allocate Dedicated Hosts using the Amazon EC2 console

2. In the navigation pane, choose Dedicated Hosts, Allocate Dedicated Host.
3. Configure the following Dedicated Host options:
a. Instance type—The type of instance that you want to launch on the Dedicated Host.
b. Availability Zone—The Availability Zone in which the Dedicated Host is located.
c. To allow the Dedicated Host to accept untargeted instance launches that match its instance
type, for Instance auto-placement, choose Enable.
For more information about auto-placement, see Understanding Auto-Placement and

Affinity (p. 295).
d. To enable host recovery for the Dedicated Host, for Host recovery choose Enable. For more
information, see Host Recovery (p. 305).
e. Quantity—The number of Dedicated Hosts to allocate with these options.
4. (Optional) Choose Add Tag and enter a tag key and a tag value.
5. Choose Allocate host.
To allocate Dedicated Hosts using the command line tools

Use one of the following commands. The following commands allocate a Dedicated Host that supports
untargeted m4.large instance launches in the eu-west-1a Availability Zone, enable host recovery, and
apply a tag with a key of purpose and a value of production.
• allocate-hosts (AWS CLI)
aws ec2 allocate-hosts --instance-type "m4.large" --availability-zone "eu-west-1a"

--auto-placement "off" --host-recovery "on" --quantity 1 --tag-specifications
'ResourceType=dedicated-host,Tags=[{Key=purpose,Value=production}]'
• New-EC2Host (AWS Tools for Windows PowerShell)
The TagSpecification parameter used to tag a Dedicated Host on creation requires an object that
specifies the type of resource to be tagged, the tag key, and the tag value. The following commands
create the required object.
296
Dedicated Hosts
PS C:\> $tag = @{ Key="purpose"; Value="production" }

PS C:\> $tagspec = new-object Amazon.EC2.Model.TagSpecification
PS C:\> $tagspec.ResourceType = "dedicated-host"
PS C:\> $tagspec.Tags.Add($tag)
The following command allocates the Dedicated Host and applies the tag specified in the $tagspec
object.
PS C:\> New-EC2Host -InstanceType m4.large -AvailabilityZone eu-west-1a -

AutoPlacement Off -HostRecovery On -Quantity 1 -TagSpecification $tagspec
The Dedicated Host capacity is made available in your account immediately.
If you launch instances with host tenancy but do not have any active Dedicated Host in your account,
you receive an error and the instance launch fails.
Launching Instances onto Dedicated Hosts

After you have allocated a Dedicated Host, you can launch instances onto it. You cannot launch instances
with host tenancy if you do not have active Dedicated Hosts with enough available capacity for the
instance type that you are launching.
Note
The instances launched onto Dedicated Hosts can only be launched in a VPC. For more
information, see Introduction to VPC.
Before you launch your instances, take note of the limitations. For more information, see Dedicated
Hosts Limitations and Restrictions (p. 294).
To launch an instance onto a specific Dedicated Host from the Dedicated Hosts page

2. Choose Dedicated Hosts in the navigation pane.
3. On the Dedicated Hosts page, select a host choose Actions, Launch Instance(s) onto Host.
4. Select an AMI from the list. Windows, SUSE, and RHEL AMIs provided by Amazon EC2 can't be used
with Dedicated Hosts.
5. On the Choose an Instance Type page, keep the instance type that is selected by default, and then
choose Next: Configure Instance Details.
The instance type is determined by the host that you selected.

6. On the Configure Instance Details page, configure the instance settings to suit your needs, and then
for Affinity, choose one of the following options:
• Off—The instance launches onto the specified host, but it is not guaranteed to restart on the
same Dedicated Host if stopped.
• Host—If stopped, the instance always restarts on this specific host.
For more information about Affinity, see Understanding Auto-Placement and Affinity (p. 295).
Note
The Tenancy and Host options are pre-configured based on the host that you selected.
7. Choose Review and Launch.
297
Dedicated Hosts
9. When prompted, select an existing key pair or create a new one, and then choose Launch Instances.
To launch an instance onto a Dedicated Host using the Launch Instance wizard

2. In the navigation pane, choose Instances, Launch Instance.
3. Select an AMI from the list. Windows, SUSE, and RHEL AMIs provided by Amazon EC2 can't be used
with Dedicated Hosts.
4. Select the type of instance to launch and choose Next: Configure Instance Details.
5. On the Configure Instance Details page, configure the instance settings to suit your needs, and then
configure the following Dedicated Host-specific settings:
• Tenancy—Choose Dedicated Host - Launch this instance on a Dedicated Host.

• Host—Choose either Use auto-placement to launch the instance on any Dedicated Host that has
auto-placement enabled, or select a specific Dedicated Host in the list. If Dedicated Hosts does not
support the selected instance type, it is disabled in the list.
• Affinity—Choose one of the following options:
• Off—The instance launches onto the specified host, but it is not guaranteed to restart on it if
stopped.
• Host—If stopped, the instance always restarts on the specified host.
For more information, see Understanding Auto-Placement and Affinity (p. 295).
Note
If you are unable to see these settings, check that you have selected a VPC in the Network
menu.
6. Choose Review and Launch.
8. When prompted, select an existing key pair or create a new one, and then choose Launch Instances.
To launch an instance onto a Dedicated Host using the command line tools
Use one of the following commands and specify the instance affinity, tenancy, and host in the
Placement request parameter:
• run-instances (AWS CLI)

• New-EC2Instance (AWS Tools for Windows PowerShell)
Modifying Dedicated Host Auto-Placement

You can modify a Dedicated Host's auto-placement settings after you have allocated it to your AWS
account.
To modify a Dedicated Host's auto-placement using the Amazon EC2 console

3. On the Dedicated Hosts page, select a host and choose Actions, Modify Auto-Placement.
4. On the Modify Auto-placement window, for Allow instance auto-placement, choose Yes to enable
auto-placement, or choose No to disable auto-placement. For more information, see Understanding
Auto-Placement and Affinity (p. 295).
298
Dedicated Hosts
5. Choose Save.
To modify a Dedicated Host's auto-placement using the command line tools
Use one of the following commands. The following examples enable auto-placement for the specified
Dedicated Host.
• modify-hosts (AWS CLI)
aws ec2 modify-hosts --auto-placement on --host-ids h-012a3456b7890cdef
• Edit-EC2Host (AWS Tools for Windows PowerShell)
PS C:\> Edit-EC2Host --AutoPlacement 1 --HostId h-012a3456b7890cdef
Modifying Instance Tenancy and Affinity

You can change the tenancy of an instance from dedicated to host, or from host to dedicated, after
you have launched it.
To modify instance tenancy and affinity using the Amazon EC2 console

2. Choose Instances, and select the instance to modify.
3. Choose Actions, Instance State, and Stop.
4. Open the context (right-click) menu on the instance and choose Instance Settings, Modify Instance
Placement.
5. On the Modify Instance Placement page, configure the following:
• Tenancy—Choose one of the following:

• Run a dedicated hardware instance—Launches the instance as a Dedicated Instance. For more
information, see Dedicated Instances (p. 310).
• Launch the instance on a Dedicated Host—Launches the instance onto a Dedicated Host with
configurable affinity.
• Affinity—Choose one of the following:
• This instance can run on any one of my hosts—The instance launches onto any available
Dedicated Host in your account that supports its instance type.
• This instance can only run on the selected host—The instance is only able to run on the
Dedicated Host selected for Target Host.
• Target Host—Select the Dedicated Host that the instance must run on. If no target host is listed,
you may not have available, compatible Dedicated Hosts in your account.
For more information, see Understanding Auto-Placement and Affinity (p. 295).
6. Choose Save.
To modify instance tenancy and affinity using the command line tools
Use one of the following commands. The following examples change the specified instance's affinity
from default to host, and specify the Dedicated Host that the instance has affinity with.
• modify-instance-placement (AWS CLI)
299
Dedicated Hosts
aws ec2 modify-instance-placement --instance-id i-1234567890abcdef0 --affinity host --

host-id h-012a3456b7890cdef
• Edit-EC2InstancePlacement (AWS Tools for Windows PowerShell)
PS C:\> Edit-EC2InstancePlacement -InstanceId i-1234567890abcdef0 -Affinity host -

HostId h-012a3456b7890cdef
Viewing Dedicated Hosts

You can view details about a Dedicated Host and the individual instances on it.
To view details of instances on a Dedicated Host using the Amazon EC2 console

2. In the navigation pane, choose Dedicated Hosts.
3. On the Dedicated Hosts page, select the host to view more information about.
4. For information about the host, choose Description. For information about instances running on the
host, choose Instances.
To view details of instances on a Dedicated Host using the command line tools
Use one of the following commands:
• describe-hosts (AWS CLI)
aws ec2 describe-hosts --host-id host_id
• Get-EC2Host (AWS Tools for Windows PowerShell)
PS C:\> Get-EC2Host -HostId host_id
Tagging Dedicated Hosts

You can assign custom tags to your existing Dedicated Hosts to categorize them in different ways, for
example, by purpose, owner, or environment. This helps you to quickly find a specific Dedicated Host
based on the custom tags that you assigned. Dedicated Host tags can also be used for cost allocation
tracking.
You can also apply tags to Dedicated Hosts at the time of creation. For more information, see Allocating
Dedicated Hosts (p. 296).
You can tag a Dedicated Host using the Amazon EC2 console and command line tools.
To tag a Dedicated Host using the console

3. Select the Dedicated Host to tag, and then choose Tags.
4. Choose Add/Edit Tags.
5. In the Add/Edit Tags dialog box, choose Create Tag, and then specify the key and value for the tag.
300
Dedicated Hosts
6. (Optional) Choose Create Tag to add additional tags to the Dedicated Host.
7. Choose Save.
To tag a Dedicated Host using the command line
• create-tags (AWS CLI)
The following command tags the specified Dedicated Host with Owner=TeamA.
aws ec2 create-tags --resources h-abc12345678909876 --tags Key=Owner,Value=TeamA
• New-EC2Tag (AWS Tools for Windows PowerShell)
The New-EC2Tag command needs a Tag object, which specifies the key and value pair to be used for
the Dedicated Host tag. The following commands create a Tag object named $tag, with a key and
value pair of Owner and TeamA respectively.
PS C:\> $tag = New-Object Amazon.EC2.Model.Tag

PS C:\> $tag.Key = "Owner"
PS C:\> $tag.Value = "TeamA"
The following command tags the specified Dedicated Host with the $tag object.
PS C:\> New-EC2Tag -Resource h-abc12345678909876 -Tag $tag
Monitoring Dedicated Hosts

Amazon EC2 constantly monitors the state of your Dedicated Hosts. Updates are communicated on
the Amazon EC2 console. You can also obtain information about your Dedicated Hosts by using the
command line tools.
To view the state of a Dedicated Host using the Amazon EC2 console

3. Locate the Dedicated Host in the list and review the value in the State column.
To view the state of a Dedicated Host using the command line tools
Use one of the following commands and then review the state property in the hostSet response
element:
• describe-hosts (AWS CLI)
aws ec2 describe-hosts --host-id host_id
• Get-EC2Host (AWS Tools for Windows PowerShell)
PS C:\> Get-EC2Host -HostId host_id
The following table explains the possible Dedicated Host states.
301
Dedicated Hosts
State Description
available AWS hasn't detected an issue with the Dedicated Host. No maintenance or
repairs are scheduled. Instances can be launched onto this Dedicated Host.
released The Dedicated Host has been released. The host ID is no longer in use.
Released hosts cannot be reused.
under-assessment AWS is exploring a possible issue with the Dedicated Host. If action must be
taken, you are notified via the AWS Management Console or email. Instances
cannot be launched onto a Dedicated Host in this state.
pending A host recovery is in progress. For more information, see Host

Recovery (p. 305).
permanent-failure An unrecoverable failure has been detected. You receive an eviction notice
through your instances and by email. Your instances might continue to run.
If you stop or terminate all instances on a Dedicated Host with this state,
AWS retires the host. AWS does not restart instances in this state. Instances
cannot be launched onto Dedicated Hosts in this state.
released- AWS permanently releases Dedicated Hosts that have failed and no longer
permanent-failure have running instances on them. The Dedicated Host ID is no longer
available for use.
Releasing Dedicated Hosts

Any running instances on the Dedicated Host must be stopped before you can release the host. These
instances can be migrated to other Dedicated Hosts in your account so that you can continue to use
them. These steps apply only to On-Demand Dedicated Hosts.
To release a Dedicated Host using the Amazon EC2 console

3. On the Dedicated Hosts page, select the Dedicated Host to release.
4. Choose Actions, Release Hosts.
5. Choose Release to confirm.
To release a Dedicated Host using the command line tools
• release-hosts (AWS CLI)
aws ec2 release-hosts --host-ids host_id
• Remove-EC2Hosts (AWS Tools for Windows PowerShell)
PS C:\> Remove-EC2Hosts -HostId host_id
After you release a Dedicated Host, you cannot reuse the same host or host ID again, and you are no
longer charged On-Demand billing rates for it. The Dedicated Host's state is changed to released, and
you are not able to launch any instances onto that host.
302
Dedicated Hosts
Note
If you have recently released Dedicated Hosts, it may take some time for them to stop counting
towards your limit. During this time, you may experience LimitExceeded errors when trying
to allocate new Dedicated Hosts. If this is the case, try allocating new hosts again after a few
minutes.
The instances that were stopped are still available for use and are listed on the Instances page. They
retain their host tenancy setting.
Purchasing Dedicated Host Reservations

You can purchase reservations using the Amazon EC2 console or command line tools.
To purchase reservations using the Amazon EC2 console

2. Choose Dedicated Hosts, Dedicated Host Reservations, Purchase Dedicated Host Reservation.
3. On the Purchase Dedicated Host Reservation screen, you can search for available offerings using
the default settings, or you can specify custom values for the following:
• Host instance family—The options listed correspond with the Dedicated Hosts in your account
that are not already assigned to a reservation.
• Availability Zone—The Availability Zone of the Dedicated Hosts in your account that aren't
already assigned to a reservation.
• Payment option—The payment option for the offering.
• Term—The term of the reservation, which can be one or three years.
4. Choose Find offering and select an offering that matches your requirements.
5. Choose the Dedicated Hosts to associate with the reservation, and then choose Review.
6. Review your order and choose Order.
To purchase reservations using the command line tools
1. Use one of the following commands to list the available offerings that match your needs. The
following examples list the offerings that support instances in the m4 instance family and have a
one-year term.
Note
The term is specified in seconds. A one-year term includes 31536000 seconds, and a three-
year term includes 94608000 seconds.
• describe-host-reservation-offerings (AWS CLI)
aws ec2 describe-host-reservation-offerings --filter Name=instance-family,Values=m4

--max-duration 31536000
• Get-EC2HostReservationOffering (AWS Tools for Windows PowerShell)
PS C:\> $filter = @{Name="instance-family"; Value="m4"}
PS C:\> Get-EC2HostReservationOffering -filter $filter -MaxDuration 31536000
Both commands return a list of offerings that match your criteria. Note the offeringId of the
offering to purchase.
303
Dedicated Hosts
2. Use one of the following commands to purchase the offering and provide the offeringId noted in
the previous step. The following examples purchase the specified reservation and associate it with a
specific Dedicated Host that is already allocated in the AWS account.
• purchase-host-reservation (AWS CLI)
aws ec2 purchase-host-reservation --offering-id hro-03f707bf363b6b324 --host-id-

set h-013abcd2a00cbd123
• New-EC2HostReservation (AWS Tools for Windows PowerShell)
PS C:\> New-EC2HostReservation -OfferingId hro-03f707bf363b6b324 -

HostIdSet h-013abcd2a00cbd123
Viewing Dedicated Host Reservations

You can view information about the Dedicated Hosts associated with your reservation, including:
• The term of the reservation

• The payment option
• The start and end dates
To view details of reservations using the Amazon EC2 console

3. On the Dedicated Hosts page, choose Dedicated Host Reservations, and then select the reservation
from the list provided.
4. Choose Details for information about the reservation.
5. Choose Hosts for information about the Dedicated Hosts with which the reservation is associated.
To view details of reservations using the command line tools
• describe-host-reservations (AWS CLI)
aws ec2 describe-host-reservations
• Get-EC2HostReservation (AWS Tools for Windows PowerShell)
PS C:\> Get-EC2HostReservation
Tagging Dedicated Host Reservations

You can assign custom tags to your Dedicated Host Reservations to categorize them in different ways,
for example, by purpose, owner, or environment. This helps you to quickly find a specific Dedicated Host
Reservation based on the custom tags you assigned.
You can tag a Dedicated Host Reservation using the AWS CLI only.
304
Dedicated Hosts
To tag a Dedicated Host Reservation using the command line

aws ec2 create-tags --resources hr-1234563a4ffc669ae --tags Key=Owner,Value=TeamA
The New-EC2Tag command needs a Tag parameter, which specifies the key and value pair to be used
for the Dedicated Host Reservation tag. The following commands create the Tag parameter.

PS C:\> New-EC2Tag -Resource hr-1234563a4ffc669ae -Tag $tag
Host Recovery
Host recovery automatically restarts your instances on to a new replacement host if failures are detected
on your Dedicated Host. Host recovery reduces the need for manual intervention and lowers the
operational burden if there is an unexpected Dedicated Host failure.
Additionally, built-in integration with AWS License Manager automates the tracking and management of
your licenses if a host recovery occurs.
Note
AWS License Manager integration is supported only in Regions in which AWS License Manager is
available.
Contents
• Host Recovery Basics (p. 305)
• Configuring Host Recovery (p. 306)
• Host Recovery States (p. 308)
• Supported Instance Configurations (p. 308)
• Manually Recovering Unsupported Instances (p. 308)
• Pricing (p. 309)
Host Recovery Basics

Host recovery uses host-level health checks to assess Dedicated Host availability and to detect
underlying system failures. Examples of problems that can cause host-level health checks to fail include:
• Loss of network connectivity

• Loss of system power
• Hardware or software issues on the physical host
When a system failure is detected on your Dedicated Host, host recovery is initiated and Amazon EC2
automatically allocates a replacement Dedicated Host. The replacement Dedicated Host receives a new
host ID, but retains the same attributes as the original Dedicated Host, including:
305
Dedicated Hosts
• Availability Zone
• Instance type
• Tags
• Auto placement settings
After the replacement Dedicated Host is allocated, the instances are recovered on to the replacement
Dedicated Host. The recovered instances retain the same attributes as the original instances, including:
• Instance ID
• Private IP addresses
• Elastic IP addresses
• EBS volume attachments
• All instance metadata
If instances have a host affinity relationship with the impaired Dedicated Host, the recovered instances
establish host affinity with the replacement Dedicated Host.
When all of the instances have been recovered on to the replacement Dedicated Host, the impaired
Dedicated Host is released, and the replacement Dedicated Host becomes available for use.
When host recovery is initiated, the AWS account owner is notified by email and by an AWS Personal
Health Dashboard event. A second notification is sent after the host recovery has been successfully
completed.
Stopped instances are not recovered on to the replacement Dedicated Host. If you attempt to start
a stopped instance that targets the impaired Dedicated Host, the instance start fails. We recommend
that you modify the stopped instance to either target a different Dedicated Host, or to launch on any
available Dedicated Host with matching configurations and auto-placement enabled.
Instances with instance storage are not recovered on to the replacement Dedicated Host. As a remedial
measure, the impaired Dedicated Host is marked for retirement and you receive a retirement notification
after the host recovery is complete. Follow the remedial steps described in the retirement notification
within the specified time period to manually recover the remaining instances on the impaired Dedicated
Host.
If you are using AWS License Manager to track your licenses, AWS License Manager allocates new licenses
for the replacement Dedicated Host based on the license configuration limits. If the license configuration
has hard limits that will be breached as a result of the host recovery, the recovery process is not allowed
and you are notified of the host recovery failure through an Amazon SNS notification. If the license
configuration has soft limits that will be breached as a result of the host recovery, the recovery is allowed
to continue and you are notified of the limit breach through an Amazon SNS notification. For more
information, see Using License Configurations in the AWS License Manager User Guide.
Configuring Host Recovery

You can configure host recovery at the time of Dedicated Host allocation, or after allocation using the
Amazon EC2 console or AWS Command Line Interface (CLI).
Contents
• Enabling Host Recovery (p. 307)
• Disabling Host Recovery (p. 307)
• Viewing Host Recovery Configuration (p. 307)
306
Dedicated Hosts
Enabling Host Recovery
You can enable host recovery at the time of Dedicated Host allocation or after allocation.
For more information about enabling host recovery at the time of Dedicated Host allocation, see
Allocating Dedicated Hosts (p. 296).
To enable host recovery after allocation (Console)

3. Select the Dedicated Host for which to enable host recovery, and then choose Actions, Modify Host
Recovery.
4. For Host recovery, choose Enable, and then choose Save.
To enable host recovery after allocation (AWS CLI)
Use the modify-hosts command and specify the host-recovery parameter.
$ aws ec2 modify-hosts --host-recovery on --host-ids h-1234567890
Disabling Host Recovery
You can disable host recovery at any time after the Dedicated Host has been allocated.
To disable host recovery after allocation (Console)

3. Select the Dedicated Host for which to disable host recovery, and then choose Actions, Modify Host
Recovery.
4. For Host recovery, choose Disable, and then choose Save.
To disable host recovery after allocation (AWS CLI)
Use the modify-hosts command and specify the host-recovery parameter.
$ aws ec2 modify-hosts --host-recovery off --host-ids h-1234567890
Viewing Host Recovery Configuration
You can view the host recovery configuration for a Dedicated Host at any time.
To view the host recovery configuration for a Dedicated Host (Console)

3. Select the Dedicated Host, and in the Description tab, review the Host Recovery field.
To view the host recovery configuration for a Dedicated Host (AWS CLI)
307
Dedicated Hosts
Use the describe-hosts command.
$ aws ec2 describe-hosts --host-ids h-1234567890
The HostRecovery response element indicates whether host recovery is enabled or disabled.
Host Recovery States

When a Dedicated Host failure is detected, the impaired Dedicated Host enters the under-assessment
state, and all of the instances enter the impaired state. You cannot launch instances on to the impaired
Dedicated Host while it is in the under-assessment state.
After the replacement Dedicated Host is allocated, it enters the pending state. It remains in this
state until the host recovery process is complete. You cannot launch instances on to the replacement
Dedicated Host while it is in the pending state. Recovered instances on the replacement Dedicated Host
remain in the impaired state during the recovery process.
After the host recovery is complete, the replacement Dedicated Host enters the available state,
and the recovered instances return to the running state. You can launch instances on to the
replacement Dedicated Host after it enters the available state. The original impaired Dedicated Host is
permanently released and it enters the released-permanent-failure state.
If the impaired Dedicated Host has instances that do not support host recovery, such as instances with
instance store-backed volumes, the Dedicated Host is not released. Instead, it is marked for retirement
and enters the permanent-failure state.
Supported Instance Configurations

Host recovery is supported only with instances with a supported configuration. To recover instances that
are not supported, see Manually Recovering Unsupported Instances (p. 308).
The following instance configurations are not supported:
• Instance store volumes

• C5d, G4, I3en, M5ad, M5d, P3dn, R5ad, R5d, and z1d instances
• D2, F1, HS1, I2, I3, X1, and X1e instances
• Bare metal instances
Manually Recovering Unsupported Instances

Host recovery does not support recovering instances that use instance store volumes. Follow the
instructions below to manually recover any of your instances that could not be automatically recovered.
Warning
Data on instance store volumes is lost when an instance is stopped or terminated. This includes
instance store volumes that are attached to an instance that has an EBS volume as the root
device. To keep data from instance store volumes, back it up to persistent storage before the
instance is stopped or terminated.
Manually Recovering EBS-Backed Instances
For EBS-backed instances that could not be automatically recovered, we recommend that you manually
stop and start the instances to recover them onto a new Dedicated Host. For more information about
stopping your instance, and about the changes that occur in your instance configuration when it's
stopped, see Stop and Start Your Instance (p. 382).
308
Dedicated Hosts
Manually Recovering Instance Store-Backed Instances
For instance store-backed instances that could not be automatically recovered, we recommend that you
do the following:
1. Launch a replacement instance on a new Dedicated Host from your most recent AMI.
2. Migrate all of the necessary data to the replacement instance.
3. Terminate the original instance on the impaired Dedicated Host.
Related Services
Dedicated Host integrates with the following AWS services:
• AWS License Manager—Tracks licenses across your Amazon EC2 Dedicated Hosts (supported only
in Regions in which AWS License Manager is available). For more information, see the AWS License
Manager User Guide.
Pricing
There are no additional charges for using host recovery, but the usual Dedicated Host charges apply. For
more information, see Amazon EC2 Dedicated Hosts Pricing.
As soon as host recovery is initiated, you are no longer billed for the impaired Dedicated Host. Billing for
the replacement Dedicated Host begins only after it enters the available state.
If the impaired Dedicated Host was billed using the On-Demand rate, the replacement Dedicated Host
is also billed using the On-Demand rate. If the impaired Dedicated Host had an active Dedicated Host
Reservation, it is transferred to the replacement Dedicated Host.
Tracking Configuration Changes

You can use AWS Config to record configuration changes for Dedicated Hosts, and instances that are
launched, stopped, or terminated on them. You can then use the information captured by AWS Config as
a data source for license reporting.
AWS Config records configuration information for Dedicated Hosts and instances individually and pairs
this information through relationships. There are three reporting conditions:
• AWS Config recording status—When On, AWS Config is recording one or more AWS resource types,
which can include Dedicated Hosts and Dedicated Instances. To capture the information required for
license reporting, verify that hosts and instances are being recorded with the following fields.
• Host recording status—When Enabled, the configuration information for Dedicated Hosts is recorded.
• Instance recording status—When Enabled, the configuration information for Dedicated Instances is
recorded.
If any of these three conditions are disabled, the icon in the Edit Config Recording button is red. To
derive the full benefit of this tool, ensure that all three recording methods are enabled. When all three
are enabled, the icon is green. To edit the settings, choose Edit Config Recording. You are directed to
the Set up AWS Config page in the AWS Config console, where you can set up AWS Config and start
recording for your hosts, instances, and other supported resource types. For more information, see
Setting up AWS Config using the Console in the AWS Config Developer Guide.
Note
AWS Config records your resources after it discovers them, which might take several minutes.
309
Dedicated Instances
After AWS Config starts recording configuration changes to your hosts and instances, you can get the
configuration history of any host that you have allocated or released and any instance that you have
launched, stopped, or terminated. For example, at any point in the configuration history of a Dedicated
Host, you can look up how many instances are launched on that host, along with the number of sockets
and cores on the host. For any of those instances, you can also look up the ID of its Amazon Machine
Image (AMI). You can use this information to report on licensing for your own server-bound software
that is licensed per-socket or per-core.
You can view configuration histories in any of the following ways.
• By using the AWS Config console. For each recorded resource, you can view a timeline page, which
provides a history of configuration details. To view this page, choose the gray icon in the Config
Timeline column of the Dedicated Hosts page. For more information, see Viewing Configuration
Details in the AWS Config Console in the AWS Config Developer Guide.
• By running AWS CLI commands. First, you can use the list-discovered-resources command to get a
list of all hosts and instances. Then, you can use the get-resource-config-history command to get the
configuration details of a host or instance for a specific time interval. For more information, see View
Configuration Details Using the CLI in the AWS Config Developer Guide.
• By using the AWS Config API in your applications. First, you can use the ListDiscoveredResources action
to get a list of all hosts and instances. Then, you can use the GetResourceConfigHistory action to get
the configuration details of a host or instance for a specific time interval.
For example, to get a list of all of your Dedicated Hosts from AWS Config, run a CLI command such as the
following.
aws configservice list-discovered-resources --resource-type AWS::EC2::Host
To obtain the configuration history of a Dedicated Host from AWS Config, run a CLI command such as
the following.
aws configservice get-resource-config-history --resource type AWS::EC2::Instance --

resource-id i-1234567890abcdef0
To manage AWS Config settings using the console

2. On the Dedicated Hosts page, choose Edit Config Recording.
3. In the AWS Config console, follow the steps provided to turn on recording. For more information, see
Setting up AWS Config using the Console.
For more information, see Viewing Configuration Details in the AWS Config Console.
To activate AWS Config using the command line or API
• Using the AWS CLI, see Viewing Configuration Details (AWS CLI) in the AWS Config Developer Guide.
• Using the Amazon EC2 API, see GetResourceConfigHistory.
Dedicated Instances
Dedicated Instances are Amazon EC2 instances that run in a virtual private cloud (VPC) on hardware
that's dedicated to a single customer. Dedicated Instances that belong to different AWS accounts are
310
Dedicated Instances
physically isolated at the hardware level. In addition, Dedicated Instances that belong to AWS accounts
that are linked to a single payer account are also physically isolated at the hardware level. However,
Dedicated Instances may share hardware with other instances from the same AWS account that are not
Dedicated Instances.
Note
A Dedicated Host is also a physical server that's dedicated for your use. With a Dedicated
Host, you have visibility and control over how instances are placed on the server. For more
information, see Dedicated Hosts (p. 292).
Dedicated Instance Basics

Each instance that you launch into a VPC has a tenancy attribute. This attribute has the following values.
Tenancy Value Description
default Your instance runs on shared hardware.
dedicated Your instance runs on single-tenant hardware.
host Your instance runs on a Dedicated Host, which is an isolated server

with configurations that you can control.
After you launch an instance, there are some limitations to changing its tenancy.
• You cannot change the tenancy of an instance from default to dedicated or host after you've
launched it.
• You cannot change the tenancy of an instance from dedicated or host to default after you've
launched it.
You can change the tenancy of an instance from dedicated to host, or from host to dedicated after
you've launched it. For more information, see Changing the Tenancy of an Instance (p. 315).
Each VPC has a related instance tenancy attribute. This attribute has the following values.
Tenancy Value Description
default An instance launched into the VPC runs on shared hardware by default, unless you
explicitly specify a different tenancy during instance launch.
dedicated An instance launched into the VPC is a Dedicated Instance by default, unless you
explicitly specify a tenancy of host during instance launch. You cannot specify a
tenancy of default during instance launch.
You can change the instance tenancy of a VPC from dedicated to default after you create it. You
cannot change the instance tenancy of a VPC to dedicated.
To create Dedicated Instances, you can do the following:
• Create the VPC with the instance tenancy set to dedicated (all instances launched into this VPC are
Dedicated Instances).
• Create the VPC with the instance tenancy set to default, and specify a tenancy of dedicated for any
instances when you launch them.
311
Dedicated Instances
Dedicated Instances Limitations

Some AWS services or their features won't work with a VPC with the instance tenancy set to dedicated.
Check the service's documentation to confirm if there are any limitations.
Some instance types cannot be launched into a VPC with the instance tenancy set to dedicated. For
more information about supported instances types, see Amazon EC2 Dedicated Instances.
Amazon EBS with Dedicated Instances

When you launch an Amazon EBS-backed Dedicated Instance, the EBS volume doesn't run on single-
tenant hardware.
Reserved Instances with Dedicated Tenancy

To guarantee that sufficient capacity is available to launch Dedicated Instances, you can purchase
Dedicated Reserved Instances. For more information, see Reserved Instances (p. 193).
When you purchase a Dedicated Reserved Instance, you are purchasing the capacity to launch a
Dedicated Instance into a VPC at a much reduced usage fee; the price break in the usage charge applies
only if you launch an instance with dedicated tenancy. When you purchase a Reserved Instance with
default tenancy, it applies only to a running instance with default tenancy; it would not apply to a
running instance with dedicated tenancy.
You can't use the modification process to change the tenancy of a Reserved Instance after you've
purchased it. However, you can exchange a Convertible Reserved Instance for a new Convertible
Reserved Instance with a different tenancy.
Automatic Scaling of Dedicated Instances

You can use Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling to launch Dedicated Instances. For more information, see
Launching Auto Scaling Instances in a VPC in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide.
Automatic Recovery of Dedicated Instances

You can configure automatic recovery for a Dedicated Instances if it becomes impaired due to an
underlying hardware failure or a problem that requires AWS involvement to repair. For more information,
see Recover Your Instance (p. 392).
Dedicated Spot Instances

You can run a Dedicated Spot Instance by specifying a tenancy of dedicated when you create a Spot
Instance request. For more information, see Specifying a Tenancy for Your Spot Instances (p. 244).
Pricing for Dedicated Instances

Pricing for Dedicated Instances is different to pricing for On-Demand Instances. For more information,
see the Amazon EC2 Dedicated Instances product page.
Working with Dedicated Instances

You can create a VPC with an instance tenancy of dedicated to ensure that all instances launched
into the VPC are Dedicated Instances. Alternatively, you can specify the tenancy of the instance during
launch.
Topics
• Creating a VPC with an Instance Tenancy of Dedicated (p. 313)
312
Dedicated Instances
• Launching Dedicated Instances into a VPC (p. 313)

• Displaying Tenancy Information (p. 314)
• Changing the Tenancy of an Instance (p. 315)
• Changing the Tenancy of a VPC (p. 315)
Creating a VPC with an Instance Tenancy of Dedicated

When you create a VPC, you have the option of specifying its instance tenancy. If you're using the
Amazon VPC console, you can create a VPC using the VPC wizard or the Your VPCs page.
To create a VPC with an instance tenancy of dedicated (VPC Wizard)

2. From the dashboard, choose Start VPC Wizard.
3. Select a VPC configuration, and then choose Select.
4. On the next page of the wizard, choose Dedicated from the Hardware tenancy list.
5. Choose Create VPC.
To create a VPC with an instance tenancy of dedicated (Create VPC dialog box)

2. In the navigation pane, choose Your VPCs, and then Create VPC.
3. For Tenancy, choose Dedicated. Specify the CIDR block, and choose Yes, Create.
To set the tenancy option when you create a VPC using the command line
• create-vpc (AWS CLI)

• New-EC2Vpc (AWS Tools for Windows PowerShell)
If you launch an instance into a VPC that has an instance tenancy of dedicated, your instance is
automatically a Dedicated Instance, regardless of the tenancy of the instance.
Launching Dedicated Instances into a VPC

You can launch a Dedicated Instance using the Amazon EC2 launch instance wizard.
To launch a Dedicated Instance into a default tenancy VPC using the console

2. Choose Launch Instance.
3. On the Choose an Amazon Machine Image (AMI) page, select an AMI and choose Select.
4. On the Choose an Instance Type page, select the instance type and choose Next: Configure
Instance Details.
Note
Ensure that you choose an instance type that's supported as a Dedicated Instance. For more
information, see Amazon EC2 Dedicated Instances.
5. On the Configure Instance Details page, select a VPC and subnet. Choose Dedicated - Run a
dedicated instance from the Tenancy list, and then Next: Add Storage.
Instance Launch page, choose Launch to choose a key pair and launch the Dedicated Instance.
313
Dedicated Instances
For more information about launching an instance with a tenancy of host, see Launching Instances onto
Dedicated Hosts (p. 297).
To set the tenancy option for an instance during launch using the command line

Displaying Tenancy Information
To display tenancy information for your VPC using the console

2. In the navigation pane, choose Your VPCs.
3. Check the instance tenancy of your VPC in the Tenancy column.
4. If the Tenancy column is not displayed, choose Edit Table Columns (the gear-shaped icon), Tenancy
in the Show/Hide Columns dialog box, and then Close.
To display tenancy information for your instance using the console

3. Check the tenancy of your instance in the Tenancy column.
4. If the Tenancy column is not displayed, do one of the following:
• Choose Show/Hide Columns (the gear-shaped icon), Tenancy in the Show/Hide Columns dialog
box, and then Close.
• Select the instance. The Description tab in the details pane displays information about the
instance, including its tenancy.
To describe the tenancy of your VPC using the command line
• describe-vpcs (AWS CLI)

• Get-EC2Vpc (AWS Tools for Windows PowerShell)
To describe the tenancy of your instance using the command line
• describe-instances (AWS CLI)

• Get-EC2Instance (AWS Tools for Windows PowerShell)
To describe the tenancy value of a Reserved Instance using the command line

• Get-EC2ReservedInstance (AWS Tools for Windows PowerShell)
To describe the tenancy value of a Reserved Instance offering using the command line
• describe-reserved-instances-offerings (AWS CLI)

• Get-EC2ReservedInstancesOffering (AWS Tools for Windows PowerShell)
314
On-Demand Capacity Reservations
Changing the Tenancy of an Instance

Depending on your instance type and platform, you can change the tenancy of a stopped Dedicated
Instance to host after launching it. The next time the instance starts, it's started on a Dedicated Host
that's allocated to your account. For more information about allocating and working with Dedicated
Hosts, and the instance types that can be used with Dedicated Hosts, see Working with Dedicated
Hosts (p. 295). Similarly, you can change the tenancy of a stopped Dedicated Host instance to
dedicated after launching it. The next time the instance starts, it's started on single-tenant hardware
that we control.
To change the tenancy of an instance using the console

2. In the navigation pane, choose Instances and select your instance.
3. Choose Actions, Instance State, Stop.
4. Choose Actions, Instance Settings, Modify Instance Placement.
5. In the Tenancy list, choose whether to run your instance on dedicated hardware or on a Dedicated
Host. Choose Save.
To modify the tenancy value of an instance using the command line
• modify-instance-placement (AWS CLI)

• Edit-EC2InstancePlacement (AWS Tools for Windows PowerShell)
Changing the Tenancy of a VPC

You can change the instance tenancy attribute of a VPC from dedicated to default. Modifying the
instance tenancy of the VPC does not affect the tenancy of any existing instances in the VPC. The next
time you launch an instance in the VPC, it has a tenancy of default, unless you specify otherwise during
launch.
You cannot change the instance tenancy attribute of a VPC to dedicated.
You can modify the instance tenancy attribute of a VPC using the AWS CLI, an AWS SDK, or the Amazon
EC2 API only.
To modify the instance tenancy attribute of a VPC using the AWS CLI
• Use the modify-vpc-tenancy command to specify the ID of the VPC and instance tenancy value. The
only supported value is default.
aws ec2 modify-vpc-tenancy --vpc-id vpc-1a2b3c4d --instance-tenancy default

On-Demand Capacity Reservations enable you to reserve capacity for your Amazon EC2 instances in
a specific Availability Zone for any duration. This gives you the ability to create and manage capacity
reservations independently from the billing discounts offered by Reserved Instances (RI). By creating
Capacity Reservations, you ensure that you always have access to EC2 capacity when you need it, for as
long as you need it. Capacity Reservations can be created at any time, without entering into a one-year
or three-year term commitment, and the capacity is available immediately. When you no longer need the
reservation, cancel the Capacity Reservation to stop incurring charges for it.
315
When you create a Capacity Reservation, you specify the Availability Zone in which you want to reserve
the capacity, the number of instances for which you want to reserve capacity, and the instance attributes,
including the instance type, tenancy, and platform/OS. Capacity Reservations can only be used by
instances that match their attributes. By default, they are automatically used by show running instances
that match the attributes. If you don't have any running instances that match the attributes of the
Capacity Reservation, it remains unused until you launch an instance with matching attributes.
In addition, you can use your Regional RIs with your Capacity Reservations to benefit from billing
discounts. This gives you the flexibility to selectively add capacity reservations and still get the Regional
RI discounts for that usage. AWS automatically applies your RI discount when the attributes of a Capacity
Reservation match the attributes of an active Regional RI.
Contents
• Differences between Capacity Reservations and RIs (p. 316)
• Capacity Reservation Limits (p. 316)
• Capacity Reservation Limitations and Restrictions (p. 317)
• Capacity Reservation Pricing and Billing (p. 317)
• Working with Capacity Reservations (p. 318)
• Working with Shared Capacity Reservations (p. 323)
Differences between Capacity Reservations and RIs

The following table highlights some key differences between Capacity Reservations and RIs:
Capacity Reservations Zonal RIs Regional RIs
Term No commitment required. Require fixed one-year or three-year commitment.

Can be created and
canceled as needed.
Capacity Reserve capacity in a Reserve capacity in a Do not reserve capacity in

benefit specific Availability Zone. specific Availability Zone. an Availability Zone.
Billing No billing discount. Provide billing discounts.

discount Instances launched into
a Capacity Reservation
are charged at their
standard On-Demand rates.
However, Regional RIs
can be used with Capacity
Reservations to get a billing
discount.
Instance Limited to your On- Limited to 20 per Limited to 20 per Region.

Limits Demand Instance limits per Availability Zone. A limit A limit increase can be
Region. increase can be requested. requested.
Capacity Reservation Limits

The number of instances for which you are allowed to reserve capacity is based on your account's On-
Demand Instance limit. You can reserve capacity for as many instances as that limit allows, minus the
number of instances that are already running.
316
Capacity Reservation Limitations and Restrictions

Before you create Capacity Reservations, take note of the following limitations and restrictions.
• Active and unused Capacity Reservations count towards your On-Demand Instance limits
• Capacity Reservations are not transferable from one AWS account to another
• Zonal RI billing discounts do not apply to Capacity Reservations
• Capacity Reservations can't be created in placement groups
• Capacity Reservations can't be used with Dedicated Hosts
Capacity Reservation Pricing and Billing

Pricing
When the Capacity Reservation is active, you are charged the equivalent On-Demand rate whether you
run the instances or not. If you do not use the reservation, this shows up as unused reservation on your
EC2 bill. When you run an instance that matches the attributes of a reservation, you just pay for the
instance and nothing for the reservation. There are no upfront or additional charges.
For example, if you create a Capacity Reservation for 20 m4.large Linux instances and run 15 m4.large
Linux instances in the same Availability Zone, you will be charged for 15 active instances and for 5
unused instances in the reservation.
Note
Regional RIs billing discounts apply to Capacity Reservations. AWS automatically applies your
active Regional RIs to active and unused Capacity Reservations that have matching attributes.
For more information about Regional RIs, see Reserved Instances (p. 193).
For more information about Amazon EC2 pricing, see Amazon EC2 Pricing.
Billing
Capacity Reservations are billed at per-second granularity. This means that you are charged for partial
hours. For example, if a reservation remains active in your account for 24 hours and 15 minutes, you will
be billed for 24.25 reservation hours.
The following example shows how a Capacity Reservation is billed. The Capacity Reservation is created
for one m4.large Linux instance, which has an On-Demand rate of $0.10 per usage hour. In this example,
the Capacity Reservation is active in the account for five hours. The Capacity Reservation is unused for
the first hour, so it is billed for one unused hour at the m4.large instance type's standard On-Demand
rate. In hours two through five, the Capacity Reservation is occupied by an m4.large instance. During
this time, the Capacity Reservation accrues no charges, and the account is instead billed for the m4.large
instance occupying it. In the sixth hour, the Capacity Reservation is canceled and the m4.large instance
runs normally outside of the reserved capacity. For that hour, it is charged at the On-Demand rate of the
m4.large instance type.
317
Billing Discounts
Regional RIs billing discounts apply to Capacity Reservations. AWS automatically applies your active
Regional RIs to active Capacity Reservations that have matching attributes. For more information about
Regional RIs, see Reserved Instances (p. 193).
Note
Zonal RI billing discounts do not apply to Capacity Reservations.
When your instance-hours and reservation-hours combined exceed your total eligible discounted
Regional RI hours, discounts are preferentially applied to instance-hours first and then to unused
reservation-hours.
Viewing Your Bill

You can find out about the charges and fees to your account by viewing the AWS Billing and Cost
Management console.
• The Dashboard displays a spend summary for your account.

• On the Bills page, under Details, expand the Elastic Compute Cloud section and the Region to get
billing information about your Capacity Reservations.
You can view the charges online, or you can download a CSV file. For more information, see Capacity
Reservation Line Items in the AWS Billing and Cost Management User Guide.
Working with Capacity Reservations

To start using Capacity Reservations, you need to create the capacity reservation in the required
Availability Zone. After you created a Capacity Reservation, you can launch instances into the reserved
capacity, view its capacity utilization in real time, and increase or decrease its capacity as needed.
By default, Capacity Reservations automatically match new instances and running instances that have
matching attributes (instance type, platform, and Availability Zone). In other words, instances that
have matching attributes automatically run in the Capacity Reservation's capacity. However, you can
also target a Capacity Reservation for specific workloads. This enables you to explicitly control which
instances are allowed to run in that reserved capacity.
Contents
• Creating a Capacity Reservation (p. 318)
• Launching an Instance into an Existing Capacity Reservation (p. 320)
• Modifying a Capacity Reservation (p. 321)
• Modifying an Instance's Capacity Reservation Settings (p. 321)
• Viewing a Capacity Reservation (p. 322)
• Canceling a Capacity Reservation (p. 323)
Creating a Capacity Reservation

Creating a Capacity Reservation in your account creates a capacity reservation in a specific Availability
Zone. After it is created, you can launch instances into the reserved capacity as needed.
Note
Your request to create a Capacity Reservation could fail if Amazon EC2 does not have sufficient
capacity to fulfill the request. If your request fails due to Amazon EC2 capacity constraints,
318
either try again at a later time, try in a different Availability Zone, or request a smaller capacity
reservation. If your application is flexible across instance types and sizes, try to create a Capacity
Reservation with different instance attributes.
Your request could also fail if the requested quantity exceeds your On-Demand Instance limit
for the selected instance type. If your request fails due to limit constraints, increase your On-
Demand Instance limit for the required instance type and try again. For more information about
increasing your instance limits, see Amazon EC2 Service Limits (p. 973).
After you create the Capacity Reservation, the capacity is available immediately. The capacity remains
reserved for your use as long as the Capacity Reservation is active, and you can launch instances into
it at any time. If the Capacity Reservation is open, new instances and existing instances that have
matching attributes automatically run in the Capacity Reservation's capacity. If the Capacity Reservation
is targeted, instances must specifically target it to run in the reserved capacity.
You can create a Capacity Reservation using the Amazon EC2 console or the AWS CLI.
To create a Capacity Reservation using the console

2. Choose Capacity Reservations, choose Create Capacity Reservation.
3. On the Create a Capacity Reservation page, configure the following settings in the Instance details
section:
a. Instance Type—Specify the type of instance to launch into the reserved capacity.
b. Launch EBS-optimized instances—Specify whether to reserve the capacity for EBS-optimized
instances. This option is selected by default for some instance types. For more information
about EBS-optimized instances, see Amazon Elastic Block Store (p. 781).
c. Attach instance store at launch—Indicate whether instances launched into the Capacity
Reservation use temporary block-level storage. The data on an instance store volume persists
only during the life of the associated instance.
d. Platform—Specify the operating system for your intended instances.
e. Availability Zone—Specify the Availability Zone in which to reserve the capacity.
f. Tenancy—Specify whether you want to run a shared hardware instance (default) or a dedicated
instance.
g. Quantity—Specify the number instances for which to reserve capacity. If you specify a quantity
that exceeds your remaining On-Demand Instance limit for the selected instance type, the
request will be denied.
4. Configure the following settings in the Reservation details section:
a. Reservation Ends—Choose one of the following options:
• Manually—Reserve the capacity until you explicitly cancel it.

• Specific time—Cancels the capacity reservation automatically. The capacity reservation is
released automatically at the specified date and time. The Capacity Reservation is canceled
within an hour from the specified time. For example, if you specify 5/31/2019, 13:30:55, the
Capacity Reservation is guaranteed to end between 13:30:55 and 14:30:55 on 5/31/2019.
Note
After the reservation ends, you can no longer target instances to the Capacity
Reservation. Instances running in the reserved capacity continue to run uninterrupted.
If instances targeting a Capacity Reservation are stopped, you cannot restart them until
you remove their Capacity Reservation targeting preference or configure them to target
a different Capacity Reservation.
b. Instance eligibility—Choose one of the following options:
319
• open—(Default) The Capacity Reservation matches any instance that has matching attributes
(instance type, platform, and Availability Zone). If you launch an instance with matching
attributes, it is placed into the reserved capacity automatically.
• targeted—The Capacity Reservation only accepts instances that have matching attributes
(instance type, platform, and Availability Zone), and explicitly target the reservation.
5. Choose Request reservation.
To create a Capacity Reservation using the AWS CLI
Use the create-capacity-reservation command:
C:\> aws ec2 create-capacity-reservation --instance-type instance_type --instance-

platform platform_type --availability-zone az --instance-count quantity
Launching an Instance into an Existing Capacity Reservation

You can launch an instance into a Capacity Reservation if it has matching attributes (instance type,
platform, and Availability Zone) and sufficient capacity. Launching an instance into a Capacity
Reservation reduces its available capacity by the number of instances launched. For example, if you
launch three instances, the Capacity Reservation's available capacity is reduced by three.
You can launch an instance into a Capacity Reservation that you previously created using the Amazon
EC2 console or the command line.
To launch an instance into an existing Capacity Reservation using the console
1. Open the Launch Instance wizard by doing one of the following:
• Choose Instances, Launch Instance.

• Choose Capacity Reservations, Launch Instance.
2. Complete the instance details to suit your requirements.
3. On the Configure Instance Details page, for Capacity Reservation, do one of the following:
• Choose Open to launch the instance into any open Capacity Reservation that has matching
attributes (instance type, platform, and Availability Zone) and sufficient capacity.
Note
If you do not have a matching open Capacity Reservation with sufficient capacity, the
instance launches into On-Demand capacity.
• Choose None to prevent the instance from launching into a Capacity Reservation.
• Choose the specific Capacity Reservation into which to launch the instance.
Note
If the selected Capacity Reservation does not have sufficient capacity, the instance launch
fails.
4. Choose Review and Launch, Launch.
5. When prompted, select an existing key pair or create a new one, and choose Launch Instances.
To launch an instance into an existing Capacity Reservation using the AWS CLI
Use the run-instances command and specify the --capacity-reservation-specification

parameter.
The following example launches a t2.micro instance into any open Capacity Reservation that has
matching attributes and available capacity:
320
C:\> aws ec2 run-instances --image-id ami-abc12345 --count 1 --instance-type t2.micro

--key-name MyKeyPair --availability-zone us-east-1b --capacity-reservation-specification
CapacityReservationPreference=open
The following example launches a t2.micro instance into a targeted Capacity Reservation:
C:\> aws ec2 run-instances --image-id ami-abc12345 --count 1 --instance-type t2.micro

--key-name MyKeyPair --availability-zone us-east-1b --capacity-reservation-specification
CapacityReservationTarget=[{CapacityReservationId=cr-a1234567}]
Modifying a Capacity Reservation

You can change an active Capacity Reservation's attributes after you have created it. You cannot modify
a Capacity Reservation after it has expired or after you have explicitly canceled it.
When modifying a Capacity Reservation, you can only increase or decrease the quantity and change the
way in which it is released. You cannot change a Capacity Reservation's instance type, EBS optimization,
instance store settings, platform, Availability Zone, or instance eligibility. If you need to modify any of
these attributes, we recommend that you cancel the reservation, and then create a new one with the
required attributes.
You can modify a Capacity Reservation using the Amazon EC2 console and the AWS CLI.
To modify a Capacity Reservation using the console

2. Choose Capacity Reservations, select the Capacity Reservation to modify, and then choose Edit.
3. Modify the Quantity or Reservation ends options as needed, and choose Save changes.
Note
If you specify a new quantity that exceeds your remaining On-Demand Instance limit for the
selected instance type, the update fails.
To modify a Capacity Reservation using the AWS CLI
Use the modify-capacity-reservations command:
C:\> aws ec2 modify-capacity-reservation --capacity-reservation-id reservation_id --

instance-count quantity --end-date-type limited|unlimited --end-date expiration_date
Modifying an Instance's Capacity Reservation Settings

You can modify an existing instance's Capacity Reservation settings at any time. You can modify a
stopped instance to do the following:
• Target a specific Capacity Reservation. The instance cannot launch outside of the targeted Capacity
Reservation.
• Launch on any Capacity Reservation that has matching attributes (instance type, platform, and
Availability Zone) and available capacity.
• Avoid launching in a Capacity Reservation. The instance is prevented from launching in any Capacity
Reservation, even if the reservation is open and has matching attributes (instance type, platform, and
Availability Zone).
Note
You can only modify an instance's Capacity Reservation settings while it is stopped.
321
You can modify an instance's Capacity Reservation settings using the Amazon EC2 console and the AWS
CLI.
To modify an instance's Capacity Reservation settings using the console

2. Choose Instances, select the instance to modify, and then choose Actions, Modify Capacity
Reservation Settings.
3. For Capacity Reservation, do one of the following:
• Choose Open to configure the instance to run in any open Capacity Reservation that has matching
attributes (instance type, platform, and Availability Zone) and sufficient capacity.
Note
If you do not have a matching open Capacity Reservation with sufficient capacity, the
instance launches into On-Demand capacity.
• Choose None to prevent the instance from launching into a Capacity Reservation.
• Choose the specific Capacity Reservation in which the instance should run.
Note
If the instance attributes (instance type, platform, and Availability Zone) do not match
those of the selected Capacity Reservation, or if the selected Capacity Reservation does
not have sufficient capacity, the instance launch fails.
To modify an instance's Capacity Reservation settings using the AWS CLI
Use the modify-instance-capacity-reservation-attributes command:
C:\> aws ec2 modify-instance-capacity-reservation-attributes --instance-id instance_id --

capacity-reservation-specification 'CapacityReservationPreference=none|open'
Viewing a Capacity Reservation

Capacity Reservations have three possible states:
• active—The Capacity Reservation is active and the capacity is available for your use.
• expired—The Capacity Reservation expired automatically at the date and time specified in your
reservation request. The reserved capacity is no longer available for your use.
• cancelled—The Capacity Reservation was manually canceled. The reserved capacity is no longer
available for your use.
• pending—The Capacity Reservation request was successful but the capacity provisioning is still
pending.
• failed—The Capacity Reservation request has failed. A request might fail due to invalid request
parameters, capacity constraints, or instance limit constraints. Failed requests are retained for 60
minutes.
You can view your active Capacity Reservations using the Amazon EC2 console and the AWS CLI.
To view your Capacity Reservations using the console

2. Choose Capacity Reservations and select a Capacity Reservation to view.
3. Choose View launched instances for this reservation.
322
To view your Capacity Reservations using the AWS CLI
Use the describe-capacity-reservations command:
C:\> aws ec2 describe-capacity-reservations
Canceling a Capacity Reservation

You can cancel a Capacity Reservation at any time if you no longer need the reserved capacity. When you
cancel a Capacity Reservation, the capacity is released immediately, and it is no longer reserved for your
use.
You can cancel empty Capacity Reservations and Capacity Reservations that have running instances. If
you cancel a Capacity Reservation that has running instances, the instances continue to run normally
outside of the capacity reservation at standard On-Demand Instance rates or at a discounted rate if you
have an active matching Regional RI.
After you cancel a Capacity Reservation, instances that target it can no longer launch. Modify these
instances so that they either target a different Capacity Reservation, launch into any 'open' Capacity
Reservation with matching attributes and sufficient capacity, or avoid launching into a Capacity
Reservation. For more information, see Modifying an Instance's Capacity Reservation Settings (p. 321).
You can cancel a Capacity Reservation using the Amazon EC2 console and the AWS CLI.
To cancel a Capacity Reservation using the console

2. Choose Capacity Reservations and select the Capacity Reservation to cancel.
3. Choose Cancel reservation, Cancel reservation.
To cancel a Capacity Reservation using the AWS CLI
Use the cancel-capacity-reservation command:
C:\> aws ec2 cancel-capacity-reservation --capacity-reservation-id reservation_id
Working with Shared Capacity Reservations

Capacity Reservation sharing enables Capacity Reservation owners to share their reserved capacity with
other AWS accounts or within an AWS organization. This enables you to create and manage Capacity
Reservations centrally, and share the reserved capacity across multiple AWS accounts or within your AWS
organization.
In this model, the AWS account that owns the Capacity Reservation (owner) shares it with other AWS
accounts (consumers). Consumers can launch instances into Capacity Reservations that are shared
with them in the same way that they would with Capacity Reservations that they own in their own
account. The Capacity Reservation owner is responsible for managing the Capacity Reservation and the
instances that they launch into it. Owners cannot modify instances that consumers launch into Capacity
Reservations that they have shared. Consumers are responsible for managing the instances that they
launch into Capacity Reservations shared with them. Consumers cannot view or modify instances owned
by other consumers or by the Capacity Reservation owner.
A Capacity Reservation owner can share a Capacity Reservation with:
• Specific AWS accounts inside or outside of its AWS organization
323
• An organizational unit inside its AWS organization

• Its entire AWS organization
Contents
• Prerequisites for Sharing Capacity Reservations (p. 324)
• Sharing Across Availability Zones (p. 324)
• Sharing a Capacity Reservation (p. 325)
• Unsharing a Shared Capacity Reservation (p. 325)
• Identifying a Shared Capacity Reservation (p. 326)
• Viewing Shared Capacity Reservation Usage (p. 326)
• Shared Capacity Reservation Permissions (p. 327)
• Billing and Metering (p. 327)
• Instance Limits (p. 327)
Prerequisites for Sharing Capacity Reservations

• To share a Capacity Reservation, you must own it in your AWS account. You cannot share a Capacity
Reservation that has been shared with you.
• You can only share Capacity Reservations for shared tenancy instances. You cannot share Capacity
Reservations for dedicated tenancy instances.
• Capacity Reservation sharing is not available to new AWS accounts or AWS accounts that have a
limited billing history. New accounts that are linked to a qualified master (payer) account or are linked
through an AWS organization are exempt from this restriction.
• To share a Capacity Reservation with your AWS organization or an organizational unit in your AWS
organization, you must enable sharing with AWS Organizations. For more information, see Enable
Sharing with AWS Organizations in the AWS RAM User Guide.
Related Services
Capacity Reservation sharing integrates with AWS Resource Access Manager (AWS RAM). AWS RAM
is a service that enables you to share your AWS resources with any AWS account or through AWS
Organizations. With AWS RAM, you share resources that you own by creating a resource share. A resource
share specifies the resources to share, and the consumers with whom to share them. Consumers can be
individual AWS accounts, or organizational units or an entire organization from AWS Organizations.
For more information about AWS RAM, see the AWS RAM User Guide.
Sharing Across Availability Zones

To ensure that resources are distributed across the Availability Zones for a Region, we independently
map Availability Zones to names for each account. This could lead to Availability Zone naming
differences across accounts. For example, the Availability Zone us-east-1a for your AWS account might
not have the same location as us-east-1a for another AWS account.
To identify the location of your Capacity Reservations relative to your accounts, you must use the
Availability Zone ID (AZ ID). The AZ ID is a unique and consistent identifier for an Availability Zone across
all AWS accounts. For example, use1-az1 is an AZ ID for the us-east-1 Region and it is the same
location in every AWS account.
324
To view the AZ IDs for the Availability Zones in your account
1. Open the AWS RAM console at https://console.aws.amazon.com/ram.

2. The AZ IDs for the current Region are displayed in the Your AZ ID panel on the right-hand side of the
screen.
Sharing a Capacity Reservation

When you share a Capacity Reservation that you own with other AWS accounts, you enable them to
launch instances into your reserved capacity. If you share an open Capacity Reservation, keep the
following in mind as it could lead to unintended Capacity Reservation usage:
• If consumers have running instances that match the Capacity Reservation's attributes, have the
CapacityReservationPreference parameter set to open, and are not yet running in reserved
capacity, they automatically use the shared Capacity Reservation.
• If consumers launch instances that have matching attributes (instance type, platform, and Availability
Zone) and have the CapacityReservationPreference parameter set to open, they automatically
launch into the shared Capacity Reservation.
To share a Capacity Reservation, you must add it to a resource share. A resource share is an AWS RAM
resource that lets you share your resources across AWS accounts. A resource share specifies the resources
to share, and the consumers with whom they are shared. When you share a Capacity Reservation using
the Amazon EC2 console, you add it to an existing resource share. To add the Capacity Reservation to a
new resource share, you must create the resource share using the AWS RAM console.
If you are part of an organization in AWS Organizations and sharing within your organization is enabled,
consumers in your organization are automatically granted access to the shared Capacity Reservation.
Otherwise, consumers receive an invitation to join the resource share and are granted access to the
shared Capacity Reservation after accepting the invitation.
You can share a Capacity Reservation that you own using the Amazon EC2 console, AWS RAM console, or
the AWS CLI.
To share a Capacity Reservation that you own using the Amazon EC2 console

2. In the navigation pane, choose Capacity Reservations.
3. Choose the Capacity Reservation to share and choose Actions, Share reservation.
4. Select the resource share to which to add the Capacity Reservation and choose Share Capacity
Reservation.
Note
It could take a few minutes for consumers to get access to the shared Capacity Reservation.
To share a Capacity Reservation that you own using the AWS RAM console
See Creating a Resource Share in the AWS RAM User Guide.
To share a Capacity Reservation that you own using the AWS CLI
Use the create-resource-share command.
Unsharing a Shared Capacity Reservation

The Capacity Reservation owner can unshare a shared Capacity Reservation at any time. When you
unshare a shared Capacity Reservation, the following rules apply:
325
• Instances owned by consumers that were running in the shared capacity at the time of unsharing
continue to run normally outside of the reserved capacity, and the capacity is restored to the Capacity
Reservation subject to Amazon EC2 capacity availability.
• Consumers with whom the Capacity Reservation was shared can no longer launch new instances into
the reserved capacity.
To unshare a shared Capacity Reservation that you own, you must remove it from the resource share. You
can do this using the Amazon EC2 console, AWS RAM console, or the AWS CLI.
To unshare a shared Capacity Reservation that you own using the Amazon EC2 console

3. Choose the Capacity Reservation to unshare and choose the Sharing tab.
4. The Sharing tab lists the resource shares to which the Capacity Reservation has been added. Select
the resource share from which to remove the Capacity Reservation and choose Remove from
resource share.
To unshare a shared Capacity Reservation that you own using the AWS RAM console
See Updating a Resource Share in the AWS RAM User Guide.
To unshare a shared Capacity Reservation that you own using the AWS CLI
Use the disassociate-resource-share command.
Identifying a Shared Capacity Reservation

Owners and consumers can identify shared Capacity Reservations using the Amazon EC2 console and
AWS CLI
To identify a shared Capacity Reservation using the Amazon EC2 console

2. In the navigation pane, choose Capacity Reservations. The screen lists Capacity Reservations that
you own and Capacity Reservations that are shared with you. The Owner column shows the AWS
account ID of the Capacity Reservation owner. (me) next to the AWS account ID indicates that you
are the owner.
To identify a shared Capacity Reservation using the AWS CLI
Use the describe-capacity-reservations command. The command returns the Capacity Reservations that
you own and Capacity Reservations that are shared with you. OwnerId shows the AWS account ID of the
Capacity Reservation owner.
Viewing Shared Capacity Reservation Usage

The owner of a shared Capacity Reservation can view its usage at any time using the Amazon EC2
console and the AWS CLI.
To view Capacity Reservation usage using the Amazon EC2 console

326
Instance Lifecycle
3. Select the Capacity Reservation for which to view the usage and choose the Usage tab.
The AWS account ID column shows the account IDs of the consumers currently using the Capacity
Reservation. The Launched instances column shows the number of instances each consumer
currently has running in the reserved capacity.
To view Capacity Reservation usage using the AWS CLI
Use the get-capacity-reservation-usage command. AccountId shows the account ID of the account
using the Capacity Reservation. UsedInstanceCount shows the number of instances the consumer
currently has running in the reserved capacity.
Shared Capacity Reservation Permissions

Permissions for Owners
Owners are responsible for managing and canceling their shared Capacity Reservations. Owners cannot
modify instances running in the shared Capacity Reservation that are owned by other accounts. Owners
remain responsible for managing instances that they launch into the shared Capacity Reservation.
Permissions for Consumers
Consumers are responsible for managing their instances that are running the shared Capacity
Reservation. Consumers cannot modify the shared Capacity Reservation in any way, and they cannot
view or modify instances that are owned by other consumers or the Capacity Reservation owner.
Billing and Metering

There are no additional charges for sharing Capacity Reservations.
The Capacity Reservation owner is billed for instances that they run inside the Capacity Reservation
and for unused reserved capacity. Consumers are billed for the instances that they run inside the shared
Capacity Reservation.
Instance Limits
All Capacity Reservation usage counts toward the Capacity Reservation owner's On-Demand Instance
limits. This includes:
• Unused reserved capacity

• Usage by instances owned by the Capacity Reservation owner
• Usage by instances owned by consumers
Instances launched into the shared capacity by consumers count towards the Capacity Reservation
owner's On-Demand Instance limit. Consumers' instance limits are a sum of their own On-Demand
Instance limits and the capacity available in the shared Capacity Reservations to which they have access.
Instance Lifecycle
By working with Amazon EC2 to manage your instances from the moment you launch them through
their termination, you ensure that your customers have the best possible experience with the
applications or sites that you host on your instances.
The following illustration represents the transitions between instance states.
327
Instance Lifecycle
The following table provides a brief description of each instance state and indicates whether it is billed
or not.
Note
The table indicates billing for instance usage only. Some AWS resources, such as Amazon EBS
volumes and Elastic IP addresses, incur charges regardless of the instance's state. For more
information, see Avoiding Unexpected Charges in the AWS Billing and Cost Management User
Guide.
Instance Description Instance usage billing

state
pending The instance is preparing to Not billed

enter the running state. An
instance enters the pending
state when it launches for
the first time, or when it is
restarted after being in the
stopped state.
running The instance is running and Billed

ready for use.
stoppingThe instance is preparing Not billed if preparing to stop

to be stopped or stop-
hibernated. Billed if preparing to hibernate
stopped The instance is shut down Not billed

and cannot be used. The
instance can be restarted at
any time.
The instance is preparing to

shutting- Not billed
down be terminated.
328
Instance Launch
Instance Description Instance usage billing

state
The instance has been

terminated Not billed
permanently deleted and
Note
cannot be restarted.
Reserved Instances that applied to terminated
instances are billed until the end of their term
according to their payment option. For more
information, see Reserved Instances (p. 193)
Note
Rebooting an instance doesn't start a new instance billing period because the instance stays in
the running state.
Instance Launch
When you launch an instance, it enters the pending state. The instance type that you specified at launch
determines the hardware of the host computer for your instance. We use the Amazon Machine Image
(AMI) you specified at launch to boot the instance. After the instance is ready for you, it enters the
running state. You can connect to your running instance and use it the way that you'd use a computer
sitting in front of you.
As soon as your instance transitions to the running state, you're billed for each hour or partial hour that
you keep the instance running, even if the instance remains idle and you don't connect to it.
For more information, see Launch Your Instance (p. 332) and Connecting to Your Windows
Instance (p. 378).
Instance Stop and Start (Amazon EBS-Backed

Instances Only)
If your instance fails a status check or is not running your applications as expected, and if the root
volume of your instance is an Amazon EBS volume, you can stop and start your instance to try to fix the
problem.
When you stop your instance, it enters the stopping state, and then the stopped state. We don't
charge hourly usage or data transfer fees for your instance after you stop it, but we do charge for the
storage for any Amazon EBS volumes. While your instance is in the stopped state, you can modify
certain attributes of the instance, including the instance type.
When you start your instance, it enters the pending state, and in most cases, we move the instance
to a new host computer. (Your instance may stay on the same host computer if there are no problems
with the host computer.) When you stop and start your instance, you lose any data on the instance store
volumes on the previous host computer.
Your instance retains its private IPv4 address, which means that an Elastic IP address associated with the
private IPv4 address or network interface is still associated with your instance. If your instance has an
IPv6 address, it retains its IPv6 address.
Each time you transition an instance from stopped to running, we charge a full instance hour, even if
these transitions happen multiple times within a single hour.
For more information, see Stop and Start Your Instance (p. 382).
329
Instance Hibernate (Amazon EBS-Backed Instances Only)
Instance Hibernate (Amazon EBS-Backed Instances

Only)
When you hibernate an instance, we signal the operating system to perform hibernation (suspend-to-
disk), which saves the contents from the instance memory (RAM) to your Amazon EBS root volume. We
persist the instance's Amazon EBS root volume and any attached Amazon EBS data volumes. When you
restart your instance, the Amazon EBS root volume is restored to its previous state and the RAM contents
are reloaded. Previously attached data volumes are reattached and the instance retains its instance ID.
When you hibernate your instance, it enters the stopping state, and then the stopped state. We don't
charge hourly usage for a hibernated instance when it is in the stopped state, but we do charge while
it is in the stopping state, unlike when you stop an instance (p. 329) without hibernating it. We don't
charge usage for data transfer fees, but we do charge for the storage for any Amazon EBS volumes,
including storage for the RAM data.
When you restart your hibernated instance, it enters the pending state, and in most cases, we move
the instance to a new host computer. Your instance may stay on the same host computer if there are no
problems with the host computer.
Your instance retains its private IPv4 address, which means that an Elastic IP address associated with the
private IPv4 address or network interface is still associated with your instance. If your instance has an
IPv6 address, it retains its IPv6 address.
For more information, see Hibernate Your Instance (p. 384).
Instance Reboot
You can reboot your instance using the Amazon EC2 console, a command line tool, and the Amazon EC2
API. We recommend that you use Amazon EC2 to reboot your instance instead of running the operating
system reboot command from your instance.
Rebooting an instance is equivalent to rebooting an operating system. The instance remains on the same
host computer and maintains its public DNS name, private IP address, and any data on its instance store
volumes. It typically takes a few minutes for the reboot to complete, but the time it takes to reboot
depends on the instance configuration.
Rebooting an instance doesn't start a new instance billing hour.
For more information, see Reboot Your Instance (p. 384).
Instance Retirement
An instance is scheduled to be retired when AWS detects the irreparable failure of the underlying
hardware hosting the instance. When an instance reaches its scheduled retirement date, it is stopped or
terminated by AWS. If your instance root device is an Amazon EBS volume, the instance is stopped, and
you can start it again at any time. If your instance root device is an instance store volume, the instance is
terminated, and cannot be used again.
For more information, see Instance Retirement (p. 385).
Instance Termination
When you've decided that you no longer need an instance, you can terminate it. As soon as the status of
an instance changes to shutting-down or terminated, you stop incurring charges for that instance.
If you enable termination protection, you can't terminate the instance using the console, CLI, or API.
330
Differences Between Reboot,
Stop, Hibernate, and Terminate
After you terminate an instance, it remains visible in the console for a short while, and then the entry
is automatically deleted. You can also describe a terminated instance using the CLI and API. Resources
(such as tags) are gradually disassociated from the terminated instance, therefore may no longer be
visible on the terminated instance after a short while. You can't connect to or recover a terminated
instance.
Each Amazon EBS-backed instance supports the InstanceInitiatedShutdownBehavior attribute,

which controls whether the instance stops or terminates when you initiate shutdown from within the
instance itself. The default behavior is to stop the instance. You can modify the setting of this attribute
while the instance is running or stopped.
Each Amazon EBS volume supports the DeleteOnTermination attribute, which controls whether the
volume is deleted or preserved when you terminate the instance it is attached to. The default is to delete
the root device volume and preserve any other EBS volumes.
For more information, see Terminate Your Instance (p. 387).
Differences Between Reboot, Stop, Hibernate, and

Terminate
The following table summarizes the key differences between rebooting, stopping, hibernating, and
terminating your instance.
Characteristic Reboot Stop/start (Amazon Hibernate (Amazon Terminate

EBS-backed EBS-backed instances
instances only) only)
Host The instance stays In most cases, we In most cases, we None

computer on the same host move the instance to move the instance to
computer a new host computer. a new host computer.
Your instance may Your instance may
stay on the same host stay on the same host
computer if there are computer if there are
no problems with the no problems with the
host computer. host computer.
Private and These addresses The instance keeps its The instance keeps its None
public IPv4 stay the same private IPv4 address. private IPv4 address.
addresses The instance gets The instance gets
a new public IPv4 a new public IPv4
address, unless it has address, unless it has
an Elastic IP address, an Elastic IP address,
which doesn't change which doesn't change
during a stop/start. during a stop/start.
Elastic IP The Elastic IP The Elastic IP address The Elastic IP address The Elastic
addresses address remains remains associated remains associated IP address is
(IPv4) associated with with the instance with the instance disassociated from
the instance the instance
IPv6 The address stays The instance keeps its The instance keeps its None
address the same IPv6 address IPv6 address
Instance The data is The data is erased The data is erased The data is erased
store preserved
volumes
331
Launch
Characteristic Reboot Stop/start (Amazon Hibernate (Amazon Terminate

EBS-backed EBS-backed instances
instances only) only)
Root device The volume is The volume is The volume is The volume is
volume preserved preserved preserved deleted by default
RAM The RAM is erased The RAM is erased The RAM is saved The RAM is erased
(contents of to a file on the root
memory) volume
Billing The instance You stop incurring You incur charges You stop incurring
billing hour charges for an while the instance charges for
doesn't change. instance as soon as is in the stopping an instance
its state changes state, but stop as soon as its
to stopping. incurring charges state changes to
Each time an when the instance shutting-down.
instance transitions is in the stopped
from stopped to state. Each time an
running, we start a instance transitions
new instance billing from stopped to
hour. running, we start a
new instance billing
hour.
Operating system shutdown commands always terminate an instance store-backed instance. You can
control whether operating system shutdown commands stop or terminate an Amazon EBS-backed
instance. For more information, see Changing the Instance Initiated Shutdown Behavior (p. 390).
Launch Your Instance

An instance is a virtual server in the AWS Cloud. You launch an instance from an Amazon Machine Image
(AMI). The AMI provides the operating system, application server, and applications for your instance.
When you sign up for AWS, you can get started with Amazon EC2 for free using the AWS Free Tier. You
can use the free tier to launch and use a micro instance for free for 12 months. If you launch an instance
that is not within the free tier, you incur the standard Amazon EC2 usage fees for the instance. For more
information, see the Amazon EC2 Pricing.
You can launch an instance using the following methods.
Method Documentation
[Amazon EC2 console] Use the launch instance Launching an Instance Using the Launch Instance
wizard to specify the launch parameters. Wizard (p. 333)
[Amazon EC2 console] Create a launch template Launching an Instance from a Launch
and launch the instance from the launch Template (p. 337)
template.
[Amazon EC2 console] Use an existing instance as Launching an Instance Using Parameters from an
the base. Existing Instance (p. 347)
[Amazon EC2 console] Use an AMI that you Launching an AWS Marketplace Instance (p. 349)
purchased from the AWS Marketplace.
[AWS CLI] Use an AMI that you select. Using Amazon EC2 through the AWS CLI
332
Launch
[AWS Tools for Windows PowerShell] Use an AMI Amazon EC2 from the AWS Tools for Windows
that you select. PowerShell
[AWS CLI] Use EC2 Fleet to provision capacity Launching an EC2 Fleet (p. 350)
across different EC2 instance types and
Availability Zones, and across On-Demand
Instance, Reserved Instance, and Spot Instance
purchase models.
After you launch your instance, you can connect to it and use it. To begin, the instance state is pending.
When the instance state is running, the instance has started booting. There might be a short time
before you can connect to the instance. The instance receives a public DNS name that you can use
to contact the instance from the internet. The instance also receives a private DNS name that other
instances within the same VPC can use to contact the instance. For more information about connecting
to your instance, see Connecting to Your Windows Instance (p. 378).
When you are finished with an instance, be sure to terminate it. For more information, see Terminate
Your Instance (p. 387).
Launching an Instance Using the Launch Instance Wizard

Before you launch your instance, be sure that you are set up. For more information, see Setting Up with
Amazon EC2 (p. 12).
Important
When you launch an instance that's not within the AWS Free Tier, you are charged for the time
that the instance is running, even if it remains idle.
Launching Your Instance from an AMI

When you launch an instance, you must select a configuration, known as an Amazon Machine Image
(AMI). An AMI contains the information required to create a new instance. For example, an AMI might
contain the software required to act as a web server: for example, Windows, Apache, and your website.
Tip
To ensure faster instance launches, break up large requests into smaller batches. For example,
create five separate launch requests for 100 instances each instead of one launch request for
500 instances.
To launch an instance

2. In the navigation bar at the top of the screen, the current Region is displayed (for example, US
East (Ohio)). Select a Region for the instance that meets your needs. This choice is important
because some Amazon EC2 resources can be shared between Regions, while others can't. For more
information, see Resource Locations (p. 954).
3. From the Amazon EC2 console dashboard, choose Launch Instance.
4. On the Choose an Amazon Machine Image (AMI) page, choose an AMI as follows:
a. Select the type of AMI to use in the left pane:
Quick Start
A selection of popular AMIs to help you get started quickly. To select an AMI that is eligible
for the free tier, choose Free tier only in the left pane. These AMIs are marked Free tier
eligible.
333
Launch
My AMIs
The private AMIs that you own, or private AMIs that have been shared with you. To view
AMIs shared with you, choose Shared with me in the left pane.
AWS Marketplace
An online store where you can buy software that runs on AWS, including AMIs. For more
information about launching an instance from the AWS Marketplace, see Launching an AWS
Marketplace Instance (p. 349).
Community AMIs
The AMIs that AWS community members have made available for others to use. To filter
the list of AMIs by operating system, choose the appropriate check box under Operating
system. You can also filter by architecture and root device type.
b. Check the Virtualization type listed for each AMI. Notice which AMIs are the type that you
need, either hvm or paravirtual. For example, some instance types require HVM.
c. Choose an AMI that meets your needs, and then choose Select.
5. On the Choose an Instance Type page, select the hardware configuration and size of the instance
to launch. Larger instance types have more CPU and memory. For more information, see Instance
Types (p. 119).
To remain eligible for the free tier, choose the t2.micro instance type. For more information, see
Burstable Performance Instances (p. 132).
By default, the wizard displays current generation instance types, and selects the first available
instance type based on the AMI that you selected. To view previous generation instance types,
choose All generations from the filter list.
Note
To set up an instance quickly for testing purposes, choose Review and Launch to accept
the default configuration settings, and launch your instance. Otherwise, to configure your
instance further, choose Next: Configure Instance Details.
6. On the Configure Instance Details page, change the following settings as necessary (expand
Advanced Details to see all the settings), and then choose Next: Add Storage:
• Number of instances: Enter the number of instances to launch.

• (Optional) To help ensure that you maintain the correct number of instances to handle demand
on your application, you can choose Launch into Auto Scaling Group to create a launch
configuration and an Auto Scaling group. Auto Scaling scales the number of instances in the group
according to your specifications. For more information, see the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User
Guide.
• Purchasing option: Choose Request Spot instances to launch a Spot Instance. This adds and
removes options from this page. Set your maximum price, and optionally update the request type,
interruption behavior, and request validity. For more information, see Creating a Spot Instance
Request (p. 246).
• Network: Select the VPC, or to create a new VPC, choose Create new VPC to go the Amazon VPC
console. When you have finished, return to the wizard and choose Refresh to load your VPC in the
list.
• Subnet: Select the subnet into which to launch your instance. You can select No preference to let
AWS choose a default subnet in any Availability Zone. To create a new subnet, choose Create new
subnet to go to the Amazon VPC console. When you are done, return to the wizard and choose
Refresh to load your subnet in the list.
• Auto-assign Public IP: Specify whether your instance receives a public IPv4 address. By default,
instances in a default subnet receive a public IPv4 address and instances in a nondefault subnet
334
Launch
do not. You can select Enable or Disable to override the subnet's default setting. For more
information, see Public IPv4 Addresses and External DNS Hostnames (p. 656).
• Auto-assign IPv6 IP: Specify whether your instance receives an IPv6 address from the range of
the subnet. Select Enable or Disable to override the subnet's default setting. This option is only
available if you've associated an IPv6 CIDR block with your VPC and subnet. For more information,
see Your VPC and Subnets in the Amazon VPC User Guide.
• Domain join directory: Select the AWS Directory Service directory (domain) to which your
Windows instance is joined. The directory must be in the same VPC that you selected for your
instance. If you select a domain, you must select an IAM role. For more information, see Launching
an Instance (Simple AD and Microsoft AD).
• Capacity Reservation: Specify whether to launch the instance into shared capacity or an existing
Capacity Reservation. For more information, see Launching an Instance into an Existing Capacity
Reservation (p. 320).
• IAM role: Select an AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) role to associate with the
instance. For more information, see IAM Roles for Amazon EC2 (p. 645).
• CPU options: Choose Specify CPU options to specify a custom number of vCPUs during launch.
Set the number of CPU cores and threads per core. For more information, see Optimizing CPU
Options (p. 446).
• Shutdown behavior: Select whether the instance should stop or terminate when shut down. For
more information, see Changing the Instance Initiated Shutdown Behavior (p. 390).
• Enable termination protection: To prevent accidental termination, select this check box. For more
information, see Enabling Termination Protection for an Instance (p. 389).
• Monitoring: Select this check box to enable detailed monitoring of your instance using Amazon
CloudWatch. Additional charges apply. For more information, see Monitoring Your Instances Using
CloudWatch (p. 545).
• EBS-Optimized instance: An Amazon EBS-optimized instance uses an optimized configuration
stack and provides additional, dedicated capacity for Amazon EBS I/O. If the instance type
supports this feature, select this check box to enable it. Additional charges apply. For more
information, see Amazon EBS–Optimized Instances (p. 875).
• Tenancy: If you are launching your instance into a VPC, you can choose to run your instance on
isolated, dedicated hardware (Dedicated) or on a Dedicated Host (Dedicated host). Additional
charges may apply. For more information, see Dedicated Instances (p. 310) and Dedicated
Hosts (p. 292).
• T2/T3 Unlimited: Select this check box to enable applications to burst beyond the baseline for as
long as needed. Additional charges may apply. For more information, see Burstable Performance
Instances (p. 132).
• Network interfaces: If you selected a specific subnet, you can specify up to two network
interfaces for your instance:
• For Network Interface, select New network interface to let AWS create a new interface, or
select an existing, available network interface.
• For Primary IP, enter a private IPv4 address from the range of your subnet, or leave Auto-
assign to let AWS choose a private IPv4 address for you.
• For Secondary IP addresses, choose Add IP to assign more than one private IPv4 address to the
selected network interface.
• (IPv6-only) For IPv6 IPs, choose Add IP, and enter an IPv6 address from the range of the subnet,
or leave Auto-assign to let AWS choose one for you.
• Choose Add Device to add a secondary network interface. A secondary network interface
can reside in a different subnet of the VPC, provided it's in the same Availability Zone as your
instance.
For more information, see Elastic Network Interfaces (p. 678). If you specify more than one
network interface, your instance cannot receive a public IPv4 address. Additionally, if you specify
an existing network interface for eth0, you cannot override the subnet's public IPv4 setting using
335
Launch
Auto-assign Public IP. For more information, see Assigning a Public IPv4 Address During Instance
Launch (p. 660).
• Kernel ID: (Only valid for paravirtual (PV) AMIs) Select Use default unless you want to use a
specific kernel.
• RAM disk ID: (Only valid for paravirtual (PV) AMIs) Select Use default unless you want to use a
specific RAM disk. If you have selected a kernel, you may need to select a specific RAM disk with
the drivers to support it.
• Placement group: A placement group determines the placement strategy of your instances.
Select an existing placement group, or create a new one. This option is only available if you've
selected an instance type that supports placement groups. For more information, see Placement
Groups (p. 709).
• User data: You can specify user data to configure an instance during launch, or to run a
configuration script. To attach a file, select the As file option and browse for the file to attach.
7. The AMI you selected includes one or more volumes of storage, including the root device volume. On
the Add Storage page, you can specify additional volumes to attach to the instance by choosing Add
New Volume. Configure each volume as follows, and then choose Next: Add Tags.
• Type: Select instance store or Amazon EBS volumes to associate with your instance. The types of
volume available in the list depend on the instance type you've chosen. For more information, see
Amazon EC2 Instance Store (p. 916) and Amazon EBS Volumes (p. 782).
• Device: Select from the list of available device names for the volume.
• Snapshot: Enter the name or ID of the snapshot from which to restore a volume. You can also
search for available shared and public snapshots by typing text into the Snapshot field. Snapshot
descriptions are case-sensitive.
• Size: For EBS volumes, you can specify a storage size. Even if you have selected an AMI and
instance that are eligible for the free tier, to stay within the free tier, you must stay under 30 GiB
of total storage. For more information, see Constraints on the Size and Configuration of an EBS
Volume (p. 797).
• Volume Type: For EBS volumes, select a volume type. For more information, see Amazon EBS
Volume Types (p. 785).
• IOPS: If you have selected a Provisioned IOPS SSD volume type, then you can enter the number of
I/O operations per second (IOPS) that the volume can support.
• Delete on Termination: For Amazon EBS volumes, select this check box to delete the volume
when the instance is terminated. For more information, see Preserving Amazon EBS Volumes on
Instance Termination (p. 391).
• Encrypted: If the instance type supports EBS encryption, you can specify the encryption state of
the volume. If you have enabled encryption by default in this Region, the default CMK is selected
for you. You can select a different key or disable encryption. For more information, see Amazon
EBS Encryption (p. 864).
8. On the Add Tags page, specify tags (p. 963) by providing key and value combinations. You can
tag the instance, the volumes, or both. For Spot Instances, you can tag the Spot Instance request
only. Choose Add another tag to add more than one tag to your resources. Choose Next: Configure
Security Group when you are done.
9. On the Configure Security Group page, use a security group to define firewall rules for your
instance. These rules specify which incoming network traffic is delivered to your instance. All other
traffic is ignored. (For more information about security groups, see Amazon EC2 Security Groups for
Windows Instances (p. 582).) Select or create a security group as follows, and then choose Review
and Launch.
a. To select an existing security group, choose Select an existing security group, and select your
security group. You can't edit the rules of an existing security group, but you can copy them to a
new group by choosing Copy to new. Then you can add rules as described in the next step.
336
Launch
b. To create a new security group, choose Create a new security group. The wizard automatically
defines the launch-wizard-x security group and creates an inbound rule to allow you to connect
to your instance over RDP (port 3389).
c. You can add rules to suit your needs. For example, if your instance is a web server, open ports 80
(HTTP) and 443 (HTTPS) to allow internet traffic.
To add a rule, choose Add Rule, select the protocol to open to network traffic, and then specify
the source. Choose My IP from the Source list to let the wizard add your computer's public IP
address. However, if you are connecting through an ISP or from behind your firewall without a
static IP address, you need to find out the range of IP addresses used by client computers.
Warning
Rules that enable all IP addresses (0.0.0.0/0) to access your instance over SSH or
RDP are acceptable for this short exercise, but are unsafe for production environments.
You should authorize only a specific IP address or range of addresses to access your
instance.
10. On the Review Instance Launch page, check the details of your instance, and make any necessary
changes by choosing the appropriate Edit link.
When you are ready, choose Launch.

11. In the Select an existing key pair or create a new key pair dialog box, you can choose an existing
key pair, or create a new one. For example, choose Choose an existing key pair, then select the key
pair you created when getting set up.
To launch your instance, select the acknowledgment check box, then choose Launch Instances.
Important
If you choose the Proceed without key pair option, you won't be able to connect to the
instance unless you choose an AMI that is configured to allow users another way to log in.
12. (Optional) You can create a status check alarm for the instance (additional fees may apply). (If you're
not sure, you can always add one later.) On the confirmation screen, choose Create status check
alarms and follow the directions. For more information, see Creating and Editing Status Check
Alarms (p. 537).
13. If the instance fails to launch or the state immediately goes to terminated instead of running, see
Troubleshooting Instance Launch Issues (p. 1041).
Launching an Instance from a Launch Template

You can create a launch template that contains the configuration information to launch an instance.
Launch templates enable you to store launch parameters so that you do not have to specify them every
time you launch an instance. For example, a launch template can contain the AMI ID, instance type, and
network settings that you typically use to launch instances. When you launch an instance using the
Amazon EC2 console, an AWS SDK, or a command line tool, you can specify the launch template to use.
For each launch template, you can create one or more numbered launch template versions. Each version
can have different launch parameters. When you launch an instance from a launch template, you can
use any version of the launch template. If you do not specify a version, the default version is used. You
can set any version of the launch template as the default version—by default, it's the first version of the
launch template.
The following diagram shows a launch template with three versions. The first version specifies the
instance type, AMI ID, subnet, and key pair to use to launch the instance. The second version is based
on the first version and also specifies a security group for the instance. The third version uses different
values for some of the parameters. Version 2 is set as the default version. If you launched an instance
from this launch template, the launch parameters from version 2 would be used if no other version were
specified.
337
Launch
Contents
• Launch Template Restrictions (p. 338)
• Using Launch Templates to Control Launch Parameters (p. 338)
• Controlling the Use of Launch Templates (p. 339)
• Creating a Launch Template (p. 339)
• Managing Launch Template Versions (p. 344)
• Launching an Instance from a Launch Template (p. 345)
• Using Launch Templates with Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling (p. 346)
• Using Launch Templates with EC2 Fleet (p. 347)
• Using Launch Templates with Spot Fleet (p. 347)
• Deleting a Launch Template (p. 347)
Launch Template Restrictions

The following rules apply to launch templates and launch template versions:
• You are limited to creating 5,000 launch templates per Region and 10,000 versions per launch
template.
• Launch parameters are optional. However, you must ensure that your request to launch an instance
includes all required parameters. For example, if your launch template does not include an AMI ID, you
must specify both the launch template and an AMI ID when you launch an instance.
• Launch template parameters are not validated when you create the launch template. Ensure that you
specify the correct values for the parameters and that you use supported parameter combinations. For
example, to launch an instance in a placement group, you must specify a supported instance type.
• You can tag a launch template, but you cannot tag a launch template version.
• Launch template versions are numbered in the order in which they are created. When you create a
launch template version, you cannot specify the version number yourself.
Using Launch Templates to Control Launch Parameters

A launch template can contain all or some of the parameters to launch an instance. When you launch an
instance using a launch template, you can override parameters that are specified in the launch template.
Or, you can specify additional parameters that are not in the launch template.
Note
You cannot remove launch template parameters during launch (for example, you cannot specify
a null value for the parameter). To remove a parameter, create a new version of the launch
template without the parameter and use that version to launch the instance.
338
Launch
To launch instances, IAM users must have permissions to use the ec2:RunInstances action. You must
also have permissions to create or use the resources that are created or associated with the instance. You
can use resource-level permissions for the ec2:RunInstances action to control the launch parameters
that users can specify. Alternatively, you can grant users permissions to launch an instance using a launch
template. This enables you to manage launch parameters in a launch template rather than in an IAM
policy, and to use a launch template as an authorization vehicle for launching instances. For example,
you can specify that users can only launch instances using a launch template, and that they can only use
a specific launch template. You can also control the launch parameters that users can override in the
launch template. For example policies, see Launch Templates (p. 630).
Controlling the Use of Launch Templates

By default, IAM users do not have permissions to work with launch templates. You can create an IAM user
policy that grants users permissions to create, modify, describe, and delete launch templates and launch
template versions. You can also apply resource-level permissions to some launch template actions to
control a user's ability to use specific resources for those actions. For more information, see Supported
Resource-Level Permissions for Amazon EC2 API Actions (p. 607) and the following example policies:
Example: Working with Launch Templates (p. 637).
Take care when granting users permissions to use the ec2:CreateLaunchTemplate and
ec2:CreateLaunchTemplateVersion actions. These actions do not support resource-level
permissions that enable you to control which resources users can specify in the launch template. To
restrict the resources that are used to launch an instance, ensure that you grant permissions to create
launch templates and launch template versions only to appropriate administrators.
Creating a Launch Template

Create a new launch template using parameters that you define, or use an existing launch template or an
instance as the basis for a new launch template.
To create a new launch template using defined parameters (console)

2. In the navigation pane, choose Launch Templates, Create launch template.
3. For Launch template name, enter a descriptive name for the launch template. To tag the launch
template on creation, choose Show Tags, Add Tag, and then enter a tag key and value pair.
4. For Template version description, provide a brief description of the launch template version.
5. For Launch template contents, provide the following information:
• AMI ID: An AMI from which to launch the instance. To search through all available AMIs,
choose Search for AMI. To select a commonly used AMI, choose Quick Start. Or, choose AWS
Marketplace or Community AMIs. You can use an AMI that you own or find a suitable AMI (p. 51).
• Instance type: Ensure that the instance type is compatible with the AMI that you've specified. For
more information, see Instance Types (p. 119).
• Key pair name: The key pair for the instance. For more information, see Amazon EC2 Key Pairs
and Windows Instances (p. 577).
• Network type: If applicable, whether to launch the instance into a VPC or EC2-Classic. If you
choose VPC, specify the subnet in the Network interfaces section. If you choose Classic, ensure
that the specified instance type is supported in EC2-Classic and specify the Availability Zone for
the instance.
• Security Groups: One or more security groups to associate with the instance. For more
information, see Amazon EC2 Security Groups for Windows Instances (p. 582).
6. For Network interfaces, you can specify up to two network interfaces (p. 678) for the instance.
• Device: The device number for the network interface, for example, eth0 for the primary network
interface. If you leave the field blank, AWS creates the primary network interface.
339
Launch
• Network interface: The ID of the network interface, or leave blank to let AWS create a new
network interface.
• Description: (Optional) A description for the new network interface.
• Subnet: The subnet in which to create a new network interface. For the primary network interface
(eth0), this is the subnet in which the instance is launched. If you've entered an existing network
interface for eth0, the instance is launched in the subnet in which the network interface is
located.
• Auto-assign public IP: Whether to automatically assign a public IP address to the network
interface with the device index of eth0. This setting can only be enabled for a single, new network
interface.
• Primary IP: A private IPv4 address from the range of your subnet. Leave blank to let AWS choose a
private IPv4 address for you.
• Secondary IP: A secondary private IPv4 address from the range of your subnet. Leave blank to let
AWS choose one for you.
• (IPv6-only) IPv6 IPs: An IPv6 address from the range of the subnet.
• Security group ID: The ID of a security group in your VPC with which to associate the network
interface.
• Delete on termination: Whether the network interface is deleted when the instance is deleted.
7. For Storage (Volumes), specify volumes to attach to the instance besides the volumes specified by
the AMI.
• Volume type: The instance store or Amazon EBS volumes with which to associate your instance.
The type of volume depends on the instance type that you've chosen. For more information, see
Amazon EC2 Instance Store (p. 916) and Amazon EBS Volumes (p. 782).
• Device name: A device name for the volume.
• Snapshot: The ID of the snapshot from which to create the volume.
• Size: For Amazon EBS volumes, the storage size.
• Volume type: For Amazon EBS volumes, the volume type. For more information, see Amazon EBS
• IOPS: For the Provisioned IOPS SSD volume type, the number of I/O operations per second (IOPS)
that the volume can support.
• Delete on termination: For Amazon EBS volumes, whether to delete the volume when the
instance is terminated. For more information, see Preserving Amazon EBS Volumes on Instance
Termination (p. 391).
• Encrypted: If the instance type supports EBS encryption, you can enable encryption for the
volume. If you have enabled encryption by default in this Region, encryption is enabled for you.
For more information, see Amazon EBS Encryption (p. 864).
• Key: The CMK to use for EBS encryption. You can specify the ARN of any customer master key
(CMK) that you created using the AWS Key Management Service. If you specify a CMK, you must
also use Encrypted to enable encryption.
8. For Tags, specify tags (p. 963) by providing key and value combinations. You can tag the instance,
the volumes, or both.
9. For Advanced Details, expand the section to view the fields and specify any additional parameters
for the instance.
• Purchasing option: The purchasing model. Choose Request Spot instances to request
Spot Instances at the Spot price, capped at the On-Demand price, and choose Customize
Spot parameters to change the default Spot Instance settings. If you do not request a Spot
Instance, EC2 launches an On-Demand Instance by default. For more information, see Spot
Instances (p. 229).
• IAM instance profile: An AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) instance profile to associate
with the instance. For more information, see IAM Roles for Amazon EC2 (p. 645).
340
Launch
• Shutdown behavior: Whether the instance should stop or terminate when shut down. For more
information, see Changing the Instance Initiated Shutdown Behavior (p. 390).
• Stop - Hibernate behavior: Whether the instance is enabled for hibernation. This field is only valid
for instances that meet the hibernation prerequisites. For more information, see Hibernate Your
Instance (p. 384).
• Termination protection: Whether to prevent accidental termination. For more information, see
Enabling Termination Protection for an Instance (p. 389).
• Monitoring: Whether to enable detailed monitoring of the instance using Amazon CloudWatch.
Additional charges apply. For more information, see Monitoring Your Instances Using
• Elastic Graphics: An Elastic Graphics accelerator to attach to the instance. Not all instance types
support Elastic Graphics. For more information, see Amazon Elastic Graphics (p. 519).
• T2/T3 Unlimited: Whether to enable applications to burst beyond the baseline for as long as
needed. This field is only valid for T2 and T3 instances. Additional charges may apply. For more
information, see Burstable Performance Instances (p. 132).
• Placement group name: Specify a placement group in which to launch the instance. Not all
instance types can be launched in a placement group. For more information, see Placement
Groups (p. 709).
• EBS-optimized instance: Provides additional, dedicated capacity for Amazon EBS I/O. Not all
instance types support this feature, and additional charges apply. For more information, see
• Tenancy: Choose whether to run your instance on shared hardware (Shared), isolated, dedicated
hardware (Dedicated), or on a Dedicated Host (Dedicated host). Additional charges may apply. For
more information, see Dedicated Instances (p. 310) and Dedicated Hosts (p. 292). If you specify
a Dedicated Host, you can choose a specific host and the affinity for the instance.
• RAM disk ID: A RAM disk for the instance. If you have specified a kernel, you may need to specify a
specific RAM disk with the drivers to support it. Only valid for paravirtual (PV) AMIs.
• Kernel ID: A kernel for the instance. Only valid for paravirtual (PV) AMIs.
• User data: You can specify user data to configure an instance during launch, or to run a
configuration script. For more information, see Running Commands on Your Windows Instance at
Launch (p. 471).
10. Choose Create launch template.
To create a launch template from an existing launch template (console)

2. In the navigation pane, choose Launch Templates.
3. Choose Create launch template. Provide a name, description, and tags for the launch template.
4. For Source template, choose a launch template on which to base the new launch template.
5. For Source template version, choose the launch template version on which to base the new launch
template.
6. Adjust any launch parameters as required, and choose Create launch template.
To create a launch template from an instance (console)

3. Select the instance, and choose Actions, Create Template From Instance.
4. Provide a name, description, and tags, and adjust the launch parameters as required.
341
Launch
Note
When you create a launch template from an instance, the instance's network interface IDs
and IP addresses are not included in the template.
5. Choose Create Template From Instance.
To create a launch template (AWS CLI)
• Use the create-launch-template (AWS CLI) command. The following example creates a launch
template that specifies the following:
• A tag for the launch template (purpose=production)

• The instance type (r4.4xlarge) and AMI (ami-8c1be5f6) to launch
• The number of cores (4) and threads per core (2) for a total of 8 vCPUs (4 cores x 2 threads)
• The subnet in which to launch the instance (subnet-7b16de0c)
The template assigns a public IP address and an IPv6 address to the instance and creates a tag for
the instance(Name=webserver).
aws ec2 create-launch-template --launch-template-name TemplateForWebServer

--version-description WebVersion1 --tag-specifications 'ResourceType=launch-
template,Tags=[{Key=purpose,Value=production}]' --launch-template-data file://template-
data.json
The following is an example template-data.json file:
{
"NetworkInterfaces": [{
"AssociatePublicIpAddress": true,
"DeviceIndex": 0,
"Ipv6AddressCount": 1,
"SubnetId": "subnet-7b16de0c"
}],
"ImageId": "ami-8c1be5f6",
"TagSpecifications": [{
"ResourceType": "instance",
"Tags": [{
"Key":"Name",
"Value":"webserver"
}]
}],
"CpuOptions": {
"CoreCount":4,
"ThreadsPerCore":2
}
}
The following is example output.
{
"LaunchTemplate": {
"LatestVersionNumber": 1,
"LaunchTemplateId": "lt-01238c059e3466abc",
"LaunchTemplateName": "TemplateForWebServer",
"DefaultVersionNumber": 1,
"CreatedBy": "arn:aws:iam::123456789012:root",
"CreateTime": "2017-11-27T09:13:24.000Z"
342
Launch
}
}
To get instance data for a launch template (AWS CLI)
• Use the get-launch-template-data (AWS CLI) command and specify the instance ID. You can use
the output as a base to create a new launch template or launch template version. By default, the
output includes a top-level LaunchTemplateData object, which cannot be specified in your launch
template data. Use the --query option to exclude this object.
aws ec2 get-launch-template-data --instance-id i-0123d646e8048babc --query

"LaunchTemplateData"
{
"Monitoring": {},
"ImageId": "ami-8c1be5f6",
"BlockDeviceMappings": [
{
"DeviceName": "/dev/xvda",
"Ebs": {
"DeleteOnTermination": true
}
}
],
"EbsOptimized": false,
"Placement": {
"Tenancy": "default",
"GroupName": "",
"AvailabilityZone": "us-east-1a"
},
"InstanceType": "t2.micro",
{
"Description": "",
"NetworkInterfaceId": "eni-35306abc",
"PrivateIpAddresses": [
{
"Primary": true,
"PrivateIpAddress": "10.0.0.72"
}
],
"SubnetId": "subnet-7b16de0c",
"Groups": [
"sg-7c227019"
],
"Ipv6Addresses": [
{
"Ipv6Address": "2001:db8:1234:1a00::123"
}
],
}
]
}
You can write the output directly to a file, for example:
343
Launch
aws ec2 get-launch-template-data --instance-id i-0123d646e8048babc --query

"LaunchTemplateData" >> instance-data.json
Managing Launch Template Versions

You can create launch template versions for a specific launch template, set the default version, and
delete versions that you no longer require.
Tasks
• Creating a Launch Template Version (p. 344)
• Setting the Default Launch Template Version (p. 344)
• Deleting a Launch Template Version (p. 345)
Creating a Launch Template Version
When you create a launch template version, you can specify new launch parameters or use an existing
version as the base for the new version. For more information about the launch parameters, see Creating
a Launch Template (p. 339).
To create a launch template version (console)

3. Choose Create launch template.
4. For What would you like to do, choose Create a new template version
5. For Launch template name, select the name of the existing launch template from the list.
6. For Template version description, type a description for the launch template version.
7. (Optional) Select a version of the launch template, or a version of a different launch template, to use
as a base for the new launch template version. The new launch template version inherits the launch
parameters from this launch template version.
8. Modify the launch parameters as required, and choose Create launch template.
To create a launch template version (AWS CLI)
• Use the create-launch-template-version (AWS CLI) command. You can specify a source version on
which to base the new version. The new version inherits the launch parameters from this version,
and you can override parameters using --launch-template-data. The following example creates
a new version based on version 1 of the launch template and specifies a different AMI ID.
aws ec2 create-launch-template-version --launch-template-id lt-0abcd290751193123 --

version-description WebVersion2 --source-version 1 --launch-template-data "ImageId=ami-
c998b6b2"
Setting the Default Launch Template Version
You can set the default version for the launch template. When you launch an instance from a launch
template and do not specify a version, the instance is launched using the parameters of the default
version.
344
Launch
To set the default launch template version (console)

3. Select the launch template and choose Actions, Set default version.
4. For Default version, select the version number and choose Set as default version.
To set the default launch template version (AWS CLI)
• Use the modify-launch-template (AWS CLI) command and specify the version that you want to set as
the default.
aws ec2 modify-launch-template --launch-template-id lt-0abcd290751193123 --default-

version 2
Deleting a Launch Template Version
If you no longer require a launch template version, you can delete it. You cannot replace the version
number after you delete it. You cannot delete the default version of the launch template; you must first
assign a different version as the default.
To delete a launch template version (console)

3. Select the launch template and choose Actions, Delete template version.
4. Select the version to delete and choose Delete launch template version.
To delete a launch template version (AWS CLI)
• Use the delete-launch-template-versions (AWS CLI) command and specify the version numbers to
delete.
aws ec2 delete-launch-template-versions --launch-template-id lt-0abcd290751193123 --

versions 1
Launching an Instance from a Launch Template

You can use the parameters contained in a launch template to launch an instance. You have the option to
override or add launch parameters before you launch the instance.
Instances that are launched using a launch template are automatically assigned two tags with the keys
aws:ec2launchtemplate:id and aws:ec2launchtemplate:version. You cannot remove or edit
these tags.
To launch an instance from a launch template (console)

3. Select the launch template and choose Actions, Launch instance from template.
4. Select the launch template version to use.
345
Launch
5. (Optional) You can override or add launch template parameters by changing and adding parameters
in the Instance details section.
6. Choose Launch instance from template.
To launch an instance from a launch template (AWS CLI)
• Use the run-instances AWS CLI command and specify the --launch-template parameter. Optionally
specify the launch template version to use. If you don't specify the version, the default version is used.
aws ec2 run-instances --launch-template LaunchTemplateId=lt-0abcd290751193123,Version=1
• To override a launch template parameter, specify the parameter in the run-instances command. The
following example overrides the instance type that's specified in the launch template (if any).
aws ec2 run-instances --launch-template LaunchTemplateId=lt-0abcd290751193123 --instance-

type t2.small
• If you specify a nested parameter that's part of a complex structure, the instance is launched using the
complex structure as specified in the launch template plus any additional nested parameters that you
specify.
In the following example, the instance is launched with the tag Owner=TeamA as well as any other
tags that are specified in the launch template. If the launch template has an existing tag with a key of
Owner, the value is replaced with TeamA.
aws ec2 run-instances --launch-template LaunchTemplateId=lt-0abcd290751193123 --tag-

specifications "ResourceType=instance,Tags=[{Key=Owner,Value=TeamA}]"
In the following example, the instance is launched with a volume with the device name /dev/xvdb
as well as any other block device mappings that are specified in the launch template. If the launch
template has an existing volume defined for /dev/xvdb, its values are replaced with specified values.
aws ec2 run-instances --launch-template LaunchTemplateId=lt-0abcd290751193123 --block-

device-mappings "DeviceName=/dev/xvdb,Ebs={VolumeSize=20,VolumeType=gp2}"
If the instance fails to launch or the state immediately goes to terminated instead of running, see
Using Launch Templates with Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling

You can create an Auto Scaling group and specify a launch template to use for the group. When Amazon
EC2 Auto Scaling launches instances in the Auto Scaling group, it uses the launch parameters defined in
the associated launch template.
For more information, see Creating an Auto Scaling Group Using a Launch Template in the Amazon EC2
Auto Scaling User Guide.
To create or update an Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling group with a launch template (AWS CLI)
• Use the create-auto-scaling-group or the update-auto-scaling-group AWS CLI command and specify
the --launch-template parameter.
346
Launch
Using Launch Templates with EC2 Fleet

You can create an EC2 Fleet request and specify a launch template in the instance configuration. When
Amazon EC2 fulfills the EC2 Fleet request, it uses the launch parameters defined in the associated launch
template. You can override some of the parameters that are specified in the launch template.
For more information, see Creating an EC2 Fleet (p. 369).
To create an EC2 Fleet with a launch template (AWS CLI)
• Use the create-fleet AWS CLI command. Use the --launch-template-configs parameter to
specify the launch template and any overrides for the launch template.
Using Launch Templates with Spot Fleet

You can create a Spot Fleet request and specify a launch template in the instance configuration. When
Amazon EC2 fulfills the Spot Fleet request, it uses the launch parameters defined in the associated
launch template. You can override some of the parameters that are specified in the launch template.
For more information, see Spot Fleet Requests (p. 252).
To create a Spot Fleet request with a launch template (AWS CLI)
• Use the request-spot-fleet AWS CLI command. Use the LaunchTemplateConfigs parameter to
specify the launch template and any overrides for the launch template.
Deleting a Launch Template

If you no longer require a launch template, you can delete it. Deleting a launch template deletes all of its
versions.
To delete a launch template (console)

3. Select the launch template and choose Actions, Delete template.
4. Choose Delete launch template.
To delete a launch template (AWS CLI)
• Use the delete-launch-template (AWS CLI) command and specify the launch template.
aws ec2 delete-launch-template --launch-template-id lt-01238c059e3466abc
Launching an Instance Using Parameters from an Existing

Instance
The Amazon EC2 console provides a Launch More Like This wizard option that enables you to use
a current instance as a base for launching other instances. This option automatically populates the
Amazon EC2 launch wizard with certain configuration details from the selected instance.
347
Launch
Note
The Launch More Like This wizard option does not clone your selected instance; it only
replicates some configuration details. To create a copy of your instance, first create an AMI from
it, then launch more instances from the AMI.
Alternatively, create a launch template (p. 337) to store the launch parameters for your
instances.
The following configuration details are copied from the selected instance into the launch wizard:
• AMI ID
• Instance type
• Availability Zone, or the VPC and subnet in which the selected instance is located
• Public IPv4 address. If the selected instance currently has a public IPv4 address, the new instance
receives a public IPv4 address - regardless of the selected instance's default public IPv4 address
setting. For more information about public IPv4 addresses, see Public IPv4 Addresses and External DNS
Hostnames (p. 656).
• Placement group, if applicable
• IAM role associated with the instance, if applicable
• Shutdown behavior setting (stop or terminate)
• Termination protection setting (true or false)
• CloudWatch monitoring (enabled or disabled)
• Amazon EBS-optimization setting (true or false)
• Tenancy setting, if launching into a VPC (shared or dedicated)
• Kernel ID and RAM disk ID, if applicable
• User data, if specified
• Tags associated with the instance, if applicable
• Security groups associated with the instance
• Association information. If the selected instance is associated with a configuration file, the same file
is automatically associated with the new instance. If the configuration file includes a joined domain
configuration, the new instance is joined to the same domain. For more information about joining a
domain, see Launching an Instance (Simple AD and Microsoft AD).
The following configuration details are not copied from your selected instance; instead, the wizard
applies their default settings or behavior:
• Number of network interfaces: The default is one network interface, which is the primary network
interface (eth0).
• Storage: The default storage configuration is determined by the AMI and the instance type.
To use your current instance as a template
1. On the Instances page, select the instance you want to use.

2. Choose Actions, and then Launch More Like This.
3. The launch wizard opens on the Review Instance Launch page. You can check the details of your
instance, and make any necessary changes by clicking the appropriate Edit link.
When you are ready, choose Launch to select a key pair and launch your instance.
348
Launch
Launching an AWS Marketplace Instance

You can subscribe to an AWS Marketplace product and launch an instance from the product's AMI
using the Amazon EC2 launch wizard. For more information about paid AMIs, see Paid AMIs (p. 60). To
cancel your subscription after launch, you first have to terminate all instances running from it. For more
information, see Managing Your AWS Marketplace Subscriptions (p. 63).
To launch an instance from the AWS Marketplace using the launch wizard

2. From the Amazon EC2 dashboard, choose Launch Instance.
3. On the Choose an Amazon Machine Image (AMI) page, choose the AWS Marketplace category on
the left. Find a suitable AMI by browsing the categories, or using the search functionality. Choose
Select to choose your product.
4. A dialog displays an overview of the product you've selected. You can view the pricing information,
as well as any other information that the vendor has provided. When you're ready, choose Continue.
Note
You are not charged for using the product until you have launched an instance with the
AMI. Take note of the pricing for each supported instance type, as you will be prompted to
select an instance type on the next page of the wizard. Additional taxes may also apply to
the product.
5. On the Choose an Instance Type page, select the hardware configuration and size of the instance to
launch. When you're done, choose Next: Configure Instance Details.
6. On the next pages of the wizard, you can configure your instance, add storage, and add tags. For
more information about the different options you can configure, see Launching an Instance Using
the Launch Instance Wizard (p. 333). Choose Next until you reach the Configure Security Group
page.
The wizard creates a new security group according to the vendor's specifications for the product. The
security group may include rules that allow all IPv4 addresses (0.0.0.0/0) access on SSH (port 22)
on Linux or RDP (port 3389) on Windows. We recommend that you adjust these rules to allow only a
specific address or range of addresses to access your instance over those ports.
When you are ready, choose Review and Launch.

7. On the Review Instance Launch page, check the details of the AMI from which you're about to
launch the instance, as well as the other configuration details you set up in the wizard. When you're
ready, choose Launch to select or create a key pair, and launch your instance.
8. Depending on the product you've subscribed to, the instance may take a few minutes or more to
launch. You are first subscribed to the product before your instance can launch. If there are any
problems with your credit card details, you will be asked to update your account details. When the
launch confirmation page displays, choose View Instances to go to the Instances page.
Note
You are charged the subscription price as long as your instance is running, even if it is idle. If
your instance is stopped, you may still be charged for storage.
9. When your instance is in the running state, you can connect to it. To do this, select your instance
in the list and choose Connect. Follow the instructions in the dialog. For more information about
connecting to your instance, see Connecting to Your Windows Instance (p. 378).
Important
Check the vendor's usage instructions carefully, as you may need to use a specific user name
to log in to the instance. For more information about accessing your subscription details,
see Managing Your AWS Marketplace Subscriptions (p. 63).
349
Launch
Launching an AWS Marketplace AMI Instance Using the API and CLI
To launch instances from AWS Marketplace products using the API or command line tools, first ensure
that you are subscribed to the product. You can then launch an instance with the product's AMI ID using
the following methods:
AWS CLI Use the run-instances command, or see the following topic for more
information: Launching an Instance.
AWS Tools for Windows Use the New-EC2Instance command, or see the following topic for
PowerShell more information: Launch an Amazon EC2 Instance Using Windows
PowerShell
Query API Use the RunInstances request.
Launching an EC2 Fleet

An EC2 Fleet contains the configuration information to launch a fleet—or group—of instances. In a single
API call, a fleet can launch multiple instance types across multiple Availability Zones, using the On-
Demand Instance, Reserved Instance, and Spot Instance purchasing options together. Using EC2 Fleet,
you can:
• Define separate On-Demand and Spot capacity targets and the maximum amount you’re willing to pay
per hour
• Specify the instance types that work best for your applications
• Specify how Amazon EC2 should distribute your fleet capacity within each purchasing option
You can also set a maximum amount per hour that you’re willing to pay for your fleet, and EC2 Fleet
The EC2 Fleet attempts to launch the number of instances that are required to meet the target capacity
specified in your request. If you specified a total maximum price per hour, it fulfills the capacity until it
reaches the maximum amount that you’re willing to pay. The fleet can also attempt to maintain its target
Spot capacity if your Spot Instances are interrupted. For more information, see How Spot Instances
Work (p. 232).
You can specify an unlimited number of instance types per EC2 Fleet. Those instance types can be
provisioned using both On-Demand and Spot purchasing options. You can also specify multiple
Availability Zones, specify different maximum Spot prices for each instance, and choose additional
350
Launch
Spot options for each fleet. Amazon EC2 uses the specified options to provision capacity when the fleet
launches.
While the fleet is running, if Amazon EC2 reclaims a Spot Instance because of a price increase or instance
failure, EC2 Fleet can try to replace the instances with any of the instance types that you specify. This
makes it easier to regain capacity during a spike in Spot pricing. You can develop a flexible and elastic
resourcing strategy for each fleet. For example, within specific fleets, your primary capacity can be On-
Demand supplemented with less-expensive Spot capacity if available.
If you have Reserved Instances and you specify On-Demand Instances in your fleet, EC2 Fleet uses your
Reserved Instances. For example, if your fleet specifies an On-Demand Instance as c4.large, and you
have Reserved Instances for c4.large, you receive the Reserved Instance pricing.
There is no additional charge for using EC2 Fleet. You pay only for the EC2 instances that the fleet
launches for you.
Contents
• EC2 Fleet Limitations (p. 351)
• EC2 Fleet Limits (p. 351)
• EC2 Fleet Configuration Strategies (p. 352)
• Managing an EC2 Fleet (p. 361)
EC2 Fleet Limitations

The following limitations apply to EC2 Fleet:
• EC2 Fleet is available only through the API or AWS CLI.

• An EC2 Fleet request can't span AWS Regions. You need to create a separate EC2 Fleet for each Region.
• An EC2 Fleet request can't span different subnets from the same Availability Zone.
EC2 Fleet Limits

The usual Amazon EC2 limits apply to instances launched by an EC2 Fleet, such as Spot request price
limits, instance limits, and volume limits. In addition, the following limits apply:
• The number of active EC2 Fleets per AWS Region: 1,000 * †

• The number of launch specifications per fleet: 50 †
• The size of the user data in a launch specification: 16 KB †
• The target capacity per EC2 Fleet: 10,000
• The target capacity across all EC2 Fleets in a Region: 100,000 *
If you need more than the default limits for target capacity, complete the AWS Support Center Create
case form to request a limit increase. For Limit type, choose EC2 Fleet, choose a Region, and then choose
Target Fleet Capacity per Fleet (in units) or Target Fleet Capacity per Region (in units), or both.
* These limits apply to both your EC2 Fleets and your Spot Fleets.
† These are hard limits. You cannot request a limit increase for these limits.
T3 Instances
If you plan to use your T3 Spot Instances immediately and for a short duration, with no idle time for
accruing CPU credits, we recommend that you launch your T3 Spot Instances in standard (p. 142) mode
to avoid paying higher costs.
351
Launch
If you launch your T3 Spot Instances in unlimited (p. 135) mode and burst CPU immediately, you'll
spend surplus credits for bursting. If you use the instance for a short duration, your instance doesn't have
time to accrue CPU credits to pay down the surplus credits, and you are charged for the surplus credits
when you terminate your instance.
Unlimited mode for T3 Spot Instances is suitable only if the instance runs for long enough to accrue
CPU credits for bursting. Otherwise, paying for surplus credits makes T3 Spot Instances more expensive
than M5 or C5 instances.
T2 Instances
Launch credits are meant to provide a productive initial launch experience for T2 instances by providing
sufficient compute resources to configure the instance. Repeated launches of T2 instances to access new
launch credits is not permitted. If you require sustained CPU, you can earn credits (by idling over some
period), use T2 Unlimited (p. 135), or use an instance type with dedicated CPU (for example, c4.large).
EC2 Fleet Configuration Strategies

An EC2 Fleet is a group of On-Demand Instances and Spot Instances.
The EC2 Fleet attempts to launch the number of instances that are required to meet the target capacity
that you specify in the fleet request. The fleet can comprise only On-Demand Instances, only Spot
Instances, or a combination of both On-Demand Instances and Spot Instances. The request for Spot
Instances is fulfilled if there is available capacity and the maximum price per hour for your request
exceeds the Spot price. The fleet also attempts to maintain its target capacity if your Spot Instances are
interrupted.
You can also set a maximum amount per hour that you’re willing to pay for your fleet, and EC2 Fleet
A Spot Instance pool is a set of unused EC2 instances with the same instance type, operating system,
Availability Zone, and network platform. When you create an EC2 Fleet, you can include multiple launch
specifications, which vary by instance type, Availability Zone, subnet, and maximum price. The fleet
selects the Spot Instance pools that are used to fulfill the request, based on the launch specifications
included in your request, and the configuration of the request. The Spot Instances come from the
selected pools.
An EC2 Fleet enables you to provision large amounts of EC2 capacity that makes sense for your
application based on number of cores or instances, or amount of memory. For example, you can specify
an EC2 Fleet to launch a target capacity of 200 instances, of which 130 are On-Demand Instances and
the rest are Spot Instances. Or you can request 1000 cores with a minimum of 2 GB of RAM per core. The
fleet determines the combination of Amazon EC2 options to launch that capacity at the absolute lowest
cost.
Use the appropriate configuration strategies to create an EC2 Fleet that meets your needs.
Contents
• Planning an EC2 Fleet (p. 353)
• EC2 Fleet Request Types (p. 353)
• Allocation Strategies for Spot Instances (p. 354)
• Configuring EC2 Fleet for On-Demand Backup (p. 355)
• Maximum Price Overrides (p. 355)
• Control Spending (p. 356)
• EC2 Fleet Instance Weighting (p. 356)
• Tutorial: Using EC2 Fleet with Instance Weighting (p. 358)
352
Launch
• Tutorial: Using EC2 Fleet with On-Demand as the Primary Capacity (p. 360)
Planning an EC2 Fleet
When planning your EC2 Fleet, we recommend that you do the following:
• Determine whether you want to create an EC2 Fleet that submits a synchronous or asynchronous one-
time request for the desired target capacity, or one that maintains a target capacity over time. For
more information, see EC2 Fleet Request Types (p. 353).
• Determine the instance types that meet your application requirements.
• If you plan to include Spot Instances in your EC2 Fleet, review Spot Best Practices before you create
the fleet. Use these best practices when you plan your fleet so that you can provision the instances at
the lowest possible price.
• Determine the target capacity for your EC2 Fleet. You can set target capacity in instances or in custom
units. For more information, see EC2 Fleet Instance Weighting (p. 356).
• Determine what portion of the EC2 Fleet target capacity must be On-Demand capacity and Spot
capacity. You can specify 0 for On-Demand capacity or Spot capacity, or both.
• Determine your price per unit, if you are using instance weighting. To calculate the price per unit,
divide the price per instance hour by the number of units (or weight) that this instance represents. If
you are not using instance weighting, the default price per unit is the price per instance hour.
• Determine the maximum amount per hour that you’re willing to pay for your fleet. For more
information, see Control Spending (p. 356).
• Review the possible options for your EC2 Fleet. For more information, see the EC2 Fleet JSON
Configuration File Reference (p. 366). For EC2 Fleet configuration examples, see EC2 Fleet Example
Configurations (p. 375).
EC2 Fleet Request Types
There are three types of EC2 Fleet requests:
instant
If you configure the request type as instant, EC2 Fleet places a synchronous one-time request for
your desired capacity. In the API response, it returns the instances that launched, along with errors
for those instances that could not be launched.
request
If you configure the request type as request, EC2 Fleet places an asynchronous one-time request
for your desired capacity. Thereafter, if capacity is diminished because of Spot interruptions, the
fleet does not attempt to replenish Spot Instances, nor does it submit requests in alternative Spot
Instance pools if capacity is unavailable.
maintain
(Default) If you configure the request type as maintain, EC2 Fleet places an asynchronous request
for your desired capacity, and maintains capacity by automatically replenishing any interrupted Spot
Instances.
You cannot modify the target capacity of an instant or request EC2 Fleet request after it is
submitted. To change the target capacity of an instant or request fleet request, delete the fleet and
create a new one.
All three types of requests benefit from an allocation strategy. For more information, see Allocation
Strategies for Spot Instances (p. 354).
353
Launch
Allocation Strategies for Spot Instances
The allocation strategy for your EC2 Fleet determines how it fulfills your request for Spot Instances from
the possible Spot Instance pools represented by its launch specifications. The following are the allocation
strategies that you can specify in your fleet:
lowestPrice
The Spot Instances come from the pool with the lowest price. This is the default strategy.
diversified
The Spot Instances are distributed across all pools.

capacityOptimized
The Spot Instances come from the pool with optimal capacity for the number of instances that are
launching.
The Spot Instances are distributed across the number of Spot pools that you specify. This parameter
is valid only when used in combination with lowestPrice.
Maintaining Target Capacity
After Spot Instances are terminated due to a change in the Spot price or available capacity of a
Spot Instance pool, an EC2 Fleet of type maintain launches replacement Spot Instances. If the
allocation strategy is lowestPrice, the fleet launches replacement instances in the pool where
the Spot price is currently the lowest. If the allocation strategy is lowestPrice in combination
with InstancePoolsToUseCount, the fleet selects the Spot pools with the lowest price and
launches Spot Instances across the number of Spot pools that you specify. If the allocation strategy is
capacityOptimized, the fleet launches replacement instances in the pool that has the most available
Spot Instance capacity. If the allocation strategy is diversified, the fleet distributes the replacement
Spot Instances across the remaining pools.
Configuring EC2 Fleet for Cost Optimization
To optimize the costs for your use of Spot Instances, specify the lowestPrice allocation strategy so
that EC2 Fleet automatically deploys the least expensive combination of instance types and Availability
Zones based on the current Spot price.
For On-Demand Instance target capacity, EC2 Fleet always selects the cheapest instance type based on
the public On-Demand price, while continuing to follow the allocation strategy (either lowestPrice,
capacityOptimized, or diversified) for Spot Instances.
Configuring EC2 Fleet for Cost Optimization and Diversification
To create a fleet of Spot Instances that is both cheap and diversified, use the lowestPrice allocation
strategy in combination with InstancePoolsToUseCount. EC2 Fleet automatically deploys the least
expensive combination of instance types and Availability Zones based on the current Spot price across
the number of Spot pools that you specify. This combination can be used to avoid the most expensive
Spot Instances.
Configuring EC2 Fleet for Capacity Optimization
With Spot Instances, pricing changes slowly over time based on long-term trends in supply and demand,
but capacity fluctuates in real time. The capacityOptimized strategy automatically launches Spot
Instances into the most available pools by looking at real-time capacity data and predicting which
are the most available. This works well for workloads such as big data and analytics, image and
media rendering, machine learning, and high performance computing that may have a higher cost of
354
Launch
interruption associated with restarting work and checkpointing. By offering the possibility of fewer
interruptions, the capacityOptimized strategy can lower the overall cost of your workload.
Choosing the Appropriate Allocation Strategy
You can optimize your fleet based on your use case.
If your fleet is small or runs for a short time, the probability that your Spot Instances will be interrupted
is low, even with all of the instances in a single Spot Instance pool. Therefore, the lowestPrice strategy
is likely to meet your needs while providing the lowest cost.
If your fleet is large or runs for a long time, you can improve the availability of your fleet by distributing
the Spot Instances across multiple pools. For example, if your EC2 Fleet specifies 10 pools and a target
capacity of 100 instances, the fleet launches 10 Spot Instances in each pool. If the Spot price for one
pool exceeds your maximum price for this pool, only 10% of your fleet is affected. Using this strategy
also makes your fleet less sensitive to increases in the Spot price in any one pool over time.
With the diversified strategy, the EC2 Fleet does not launch Spot Instances into any pools with a
Spot price that is equal to or higher than the On-Demand price.
To create a cheap and diversified fleet, use the lowestPrice strategy in combination with
InstancePoolsToUseCount. You can use a low or high number of Spot pools across which to allocate
your Spot Instances. For example, if you run batch processing, we recommend specifying a low number
of Spot pools (for example, InstancePoolsToUseCount=2) to ensure that your queue always has
compute capacity while maximizing savings. If you run a web service, we recommend specifying a high
number of Spot pools (for example, InstancePoolsToUseCount=10) to minimize the impact if a Spot
Instance pool becomes temporarily unavailable.
If your fleet runs workloads that may have a higher cost of interruption associated with restarting work
and checkpointing, then use the capacityOptimized strategy. This strategy offers the possibility of
fewer interruptions, which can lower the overall cost of your workload.
Configuring EC2 Fleet for On-Demand Backup
If you have urgent, unpredictable scaling needs, such as a news website that must scale during a major
news event or game launch, we recommend that you specify alternative instance types for your On-
Demand Instances, in the event that your preferred option does not have sufficient available capacity.
For example, you might prefer c5.2xlarge On-Demand Instances, but if there is insufficient available
capacity, you'd be willing to use some c4.2xlarge instances during peak load. In this case, EC2 Fleet
attempts to fulfill all of your target capacity using c5.2xlarge instances, but if there is insufficient
capacity, it automatically launches c4.2xlarge instances to fulfill the target capacity.
Prioritizing Instance Types for On-Demand Capacity
When EC2 Fleet attempts to fulfill your On-Demand capacity, it defaults to launching the lowest-
priced instance type first. If AllocationStrategy is set to prioritized, EC2 Fleet uses priority to
determine which instance type to use first in fulfilling On-Demand capacity. The priority is assigned to
the launch template override, and the highest priority is launched first.
For example, you have configured three launch template overrides, each with a different instance type:
c3.large, c4.large, and c5.large. The On-Demand price for c5.large is less than the price for
c4.large. c3.large is the cheapest. If you do not use priority to determine the order, the fleet fulfills
On-Demand capacity by starting with c3.large, and then c5.large. Because you often have unused
Reserved Instances for c4.large, you can set the launch template override priority so that the order is
c4.large, c3.large, and then c5.large.
Maximum Price Overrides
Each EC2 Fleet can either include a global maximum price, or use the default (the On-Demand price). The
fleet uses this as the default maximum price for each of its launch specifications.
355
Launch
You can optionally specify a maximum price in one or more launch specifications. This price is specific
to the launch specification. If a launch specification includes a specific price, the EC2 Fleet uses this
maximum price, overriding the global maximum price. Any other launch specifications that do not
include a specific maximum price still use the global maximum price.
Control Spending
EC2 Fleet stops launching instances when it has met one of the following parameters: the
TotalTargetCapacity or the MaxTotalPrice (the maximum amount you’re willing to pay). To
control the amount you pay per hour for your fleet, you can specify the MaxTotalPrice. When the
maximum total price is reached, EC2 Fleet stops launching instances even if it hasn’t met the target
capacity.
The following examples show two different scenarios. In the first, EC2 Fleet stops launching instances
when it has met the target capacity. In the second, EC2 Fleet stops launching instances when it has
reached the maximum amount you’re willing to pay (MaxTotalPrice).
Example: Stop launching instances when target capacity is reached

• MaxTotalPrice: $1.50
EC2 Fleet launches 10 On-Demand Instances because the total of $1.00 (10 instances x $0.10) does not
exceed the MaxTotalPrice of $1.50 for On-Demand Instances.
Example: Stop launching instances when maximum total price is reached

• MaxTotalPrice: $0.80
If EC2 Fleet launches the On-Demand target capacity (10 On-Demand Instances), the total cost per
hour would be $1.00. This is more than the amount ($0.80) specified for MaxTotalPrice for On-
Demand Instances. To prevent spending more than you're willing to pay, EC2 Fleet launches only 8 On-
Demand Instances (below the On-Demand target capacity) because launching more would exceed the
MaxTotalPrice for On-Demand Instances.
EC2 Fleet Instance Weighting
When you create an EC2 Fleet, you can define the capacity units that each instance type would
contribute to your application's performance. You can then adjust your maximum price for each launch
specification by using instance weighting.
By default, the price that you specify is per instance hour. When you use the instance weighting feature,
the price that you specify is per unit hour. You can calculate your price per unit hour by dividing your
price for an instance type by the number of units that it represents. EC2 Fleet calculates the number of
instances to launch by dividing the target capacity by the instance weight. If the result isn't an integer,
the fleet rounds it up to the next integer, so that the size of your fleet is not below its target capacity.
The fleet can select any pool that you specify in your launch specification, even if the capacity of the
instances launched exceeds the requested target capacity.
356
Launch
The following table includes examples of calculations to determine the price per unit for an EC2 Fleet
with a target capacity of 10.
Instance Instance Target Number of Price per Price per unit hour
type weight capacity instances instance
launched hour
r3.xlarge 2 10 5 $0.05 $0.025
(10 divided (.05 divided by 2)

by 2)
r3.8xlarge 8 10 2 $0.10 $0.0125
(10 divided (.10 divided by 8)

by 8, result
rounded up)
Use EC2 Fleet instance weighting as follows to provision the target capacity that you want in the pools
with the lowest price per unit at the time of fulfillment:
1. Set the target capacity for your EC2 Fleet either in instances (the default) or in the units of your
choice, such as virtual CPUs, memory, storage, or throughput.
2. Set the price per unit.
3. For each launch specification, specify the weight, which is the number of units that the instance type
represents toward the target capacity.
Instance Weighting Example
Consider an EC2 Fleet request with the following configuration:
• A launch specification with an instance type r3.2xlarge and a weight of 6
• A launch specification with an instance type c3.xlarge and a weight of 5
The weights represent the number of units that instance type represents toward the target capacity. If
the first launch specification provides the lowest price per unit (price for r3.2xlarge per instance hour
divided by 6), the EC2 Fleet would launch four of these instances (24 divided by 6).
If the second launch specification provides the lowest price per unit (price for c3.xlarge per instance
hour divided by 5), the EC2 Fleet would launch five of these instances (24 divided by 5, result rounded
up).
Instance Weighting and Allocation Strategy
Consider an EC2 Fleet request with the following configuration:
• A target capacity of 30 Spot Instances

• A launch specification with an instance type c3.2xlarge and a weight of 8
• A launch specification with an instance type m3.xlarge and a weight of 8
• A launch specification with an instance type r3.xlarge and a weight of 8
The EC2 Fleet would launch four instances (30 divided by 8, result rounded up). With the lowestPrice
strategy, all four instances come from the pool that provides the lowest price per unit. With the
357
Launch
diversified strategy, the fleet launches one instance in each of the three pools, and the fourth
instance in whichever of the three pools provides the lowest price per unit.
Tutorial: Using EC2 Fleet with Instance Weighting
This tutorial uses a fictitious company called Example Corp to illustrate the process of requesting an EC2
Fleet using instance weighting.
Objective
Example Corp, a pharmaceutical company, wants to use the computational power of Amazon EC2 for
screening chemical compounds that might be used to fight cancer.
Planning
Example Corp first reviews Spot Best Practices. Next, Example Corp determines the requirements for
their EC2 Fleet.
Instance Types
Example Corp has a compute- and memory-intensive application that performs best with at least 60 GB
of memory and eight virtual CPUs (vCPUs). They want to maximize these resources for the application at
the lowest possible price. Example Corp decides that any of the following EC2 instance types would meet
their needs:
r3.2xlarge 61 8
r3.4xlarge 122 16
r3.8xlarge 244 32
Target Capacity in Units
With instance weighting, target capacity can equal a number of instances (the default) or a combination
of factors such as cores (vCPUs), memory (GiBs), and storage (GBs). By considering the base for their
application (60 GB of RAM and eight vCPUs) as one unit, Example Corp decides that 20 times this
amount would meet their needs. So the company sets the target capacity of their EC2 Fleet request to
20.
Instance Weights
After determining the target capacity, Example Corp calculates instance weights. To calculate the
instance weight for each instance type, they determine the units of each instance type that are required
to reach the target capacity as follows:
• r3.2xlarge (61.0 GB, 8 vCPUs) = 1 unit of 20

Therefore, Example Corp assigns instance weights of 1, 2, and 4 to the respective launch configurations
in their EC2 Fleet request.
Price Per Unit Hour
358
Launch
Example Corp uses the On-Demand price per instance hour as a starting point for their price. They could
also use recent Spot prices, or a combination of the two. To calculate the price per unit hour, they divide
their starting price per instance hour by the weight. For example:
Instance type On-Demand price Instance weight Price per unit hour
r3.2xLarge $0.7 1 $0.7
r3.4xLarge $1.4 2 $0.7
r3.8xLarge $2.8 4 $0.7
Example Corp could use a global price per unit hour of $0.7 and be competitive for all three instance
types. They could also use a global price per unit hour of $0.7 and a specific price per unit hour of $0.9 in
the r3.8xlarge launch specification.
Before creating an EC2 Fleet, Example Corp verifies that it has an IAM role with the required permissions.
For more information, see EC2 Fleet Prerequisites (p. 362).
Creating the EC2 Fleet
Example Corp creates a file, config.json, with the following configuration for its EC2 Fleet.
{
{
"LaunchTemplateId": "lt-07b3bc7625cdab851",
"Version": "1"
},
"Overrides": [
{
},
{
},
{
"MaxPrice": "0.90",
}
]
}
],
"TargetCapacitySpecification": {
"TotalTargetCapacity": 20,
"DefaultTargetCapacityType": "spot"
}
}
Example Corp creates the EC2 Fleet using the following create-fleet command.
359
Launch
aws ec2 create-fleet --cli-input-json file://config.json
Fulfillment
The allocation strategy determines which Spot Instance pools your Spot Instances come from.
With the lowestPrice strategy (which is the default strategy), the Spot Instances come from the pool
with the lowest price per unit at the time of fulfillment. To provide 20 units of capacity, the EC2 Fleet
launches either 20 r3.2xlarge instances (20 divided by 1), 10 r3.4xlarge instances (20 divided by 2),
or 5 r3.8xlarge instances (20 divided by 4).
If Example Corp used the diversified strategy, the Spot Instances would come from all three pools.
The EC2 Fleet would launch 6 r3.2xlarge instances (which provide 6 units), 3 r3.4xlarge instances
(which provide 6 units), and 2 r3.8xlarge instances (which provide 8 units), for a total of 20 units.
Tutorial: Using EC2 Fleet with On-Demand as the Primary Capacity
This tutorial uses a fictitious company called ABC Online to illustrate the process of requesting an EC2
Fleet with On-Demand as the primary capacity, and Spot capacity if available.
Objective
ABC Online, a restaurant delivery company, wants to be able to provision Amazon EC2 capacity across
EC2 instance types and purchasing options to achieve their desired scale, performance, and cost.
Planning
ABC Online requires a fixed capacity to operate during peak periods, but would like to benefit from
increased capacity at a lower price. ABC Online determines the following requirements for their EC2
Fleet:
• On-Demand Instance capacity – ABC Online requires 15 On-Demand Instances to ensure that they can
accommodate traffic at peak periods.
• Spot Instance capacity – ABC Online would like to improve performance, but at a lower price, by
provisioning 5 Spot Instances.
Before creating an EC2 Fleet, ABC Online verifies that it has an IAM role with the required permissions.
For more information, see EC2 Fleet Prerequisites (p. 362).
Creating the EC2 Fleet
ABC Online creates a file, config.json, with the following configuration for its EC2 Fleet.
{
{
"LaunchTemplateId": "lt-07b3bc7625cdab851",
"Version": "2"
}
}
],
360
Launch
"OnDemandTargetCapacity":15,
}
}
ABC Online creates the EC2 Fleet using the following create-fleet command.
aws ec2 create-fleet --cli-input-json file://config.json
Fulfillment
The allocation strategy determines that the On-Demand capacity is always fulfilled, while the balance of
the target capacity is fulfilled as Spot if there is capacity and availability.
Managing an EC2 Fleet

To use an EC2 Fleet, you create a request that includes the total target capacity, On-Demand capacity,
Spot capacity, one or more launch specifications for the instances, and the maximum price that you are
willing to pay. The fleet request must include a launch template that defines the information that the
fleet needs to launch an instance, such as an AMI, instance type, subnet or Availability Zone, and one
or more security groups. You can specify launch specification overrides for the instance type, subnet,
Availability Zone, and maximum price you're willing to pay, and you can assign weighted capacity to each
launch specification override.
If your fleet includes Spot Instances, Amazon EC2 can attempt to maintain your fleet target capacity as
Spot prices change.
An EC2 Fleet request remains active until it expires or you delete it. When you delete a fleet, you can
specify whether deletion terminates the instances in that fleet.
Contents
• EC2 Fleet Request States (p. 361)
• EC2 Fleet Prerequisites (p. 362)
• EC2 Fleet Health Checks (p. 364)
• Generating an EC2 Fleet JSON Configuration File (p. 365)
• Creating an EC2 Fleet (p. 369)
• Tagging an EC2 Fleet (p. 372)
• Monitoring Your EC2 Fleet (p. 361)
• Modifying an EC2 Fleet (p. 374)
• Deleting an EC2 Fleet (p. 374)
• EC2 Fleet Example Configurations (p. 375)
EC2 Fleet Request States
An EC2 Fleet request can be in one of the following states:
• submitted – The EC2 Fleet request is being evaluated and Amazon EC2 is preparing to launch the
target number of instances, which can include On-Demand Instances, Spot Instances, or both.
• active – The EC2 Fleet request has been validated and Amazon EC2 is attempting to maintain the
target number of running instances. The request remains in this state until it is modified or deleted.
361
Launch
• modifying – The EC2 Fleet request is being modified. The request remains in this state until the
modification is fully processed or the request is deleted. Only a maintain request type can be
modified. This state does not apply to other request types.
• deleted_running – The EC2 Fleet request is deleted and does not launch additional instances. Its
existing instances continue to run until they are interrupted or terminated. The request remains in this
state until all instances are interrupted or terminated.
• deleted_terminating – The EC2 Fleet request is deleted and its instances are terminating. The
request remains in this state until all instances are terminated.
• deleted – The EC2 Fleet is deleted and has no running instances. The request is deleted two days
after its instances are terminated.
The following illustration represents the transitions between the EC2 Fleet request states. If you exceed
your fleet limits, the request is deleted immediately.
EC2 Fleet Prerequisites
To create an EC2 Fleet, the following prerequisites must be in place.
Launch Template
A launch template includes information about the instances to launch, such as the instance type,
Availability Zone, and the maximum price that you are willing to pay. For more information, see
Launching an Instance from a Launch Template (p. 337).
Service-Linked Role for EC2 Fleet
The AWSServiceRoleForEC2Fleet role grants the EC2 Fleet permission to request, launch, terminate,
and tag instances on your behalf. Amazon EC2 uses this service-linked role to complete the following
actions:
• ec2:RequestSpotInstances – Request Spot Instances.

• ec2:TerminateInstances – Terminate Spot Instances.
• ec2:DescribeImages – Describe Amazon Machine Images (AMI) for the Spot Instances.
• ec2:DescribeInstanceStatus – Describe the status of the Spot Instances.
• ec2:DescribeSubnets – Describe the subnets for Spot Instances.
362
Launch
• ec2:CreateTags – Add system tags to Spot Instances.
Ensure that this role exists before you use the AWS CLI or an API to create an EC2 Fleet. To create the
To create the AWSServiceRoleForEC2Fleet role for EC2 Fleet

3. For Select type of trusted entity, choose AWS service.
4. For Choose the service that will use this role, choose EC2 - Fleet, and then choose Next:
Permissions, Next: Tags, and Next: Review.
If you no longer need to use EC2 Fleet, we recommend that you delete the AWSServiceRoleForEC2Fleet
role. After this role is deleted from your account, you can create the role again if you create another fleet.
For more information, see Using Service-Linked Roles in the IAM User Guide.
If you specify an encrypted AMI (p. 67) or an encrypted Amazon EBS snapshot (p. 864) in your EC2
Fleet and you use a customer managed customer master key (CMK) for encryption, you must grant the
AWSServiceRoleForEC2Fleet role permission to use the CMK so that Amazon EC2 can launch instances
on your behalf. To do this, you must add a grant to the CMK, as shown in the following procedure.
To grant the AWSServiceRoleForEC2Fleet role permissions to use the CMK
AWSServiceRoleForEC2Fleet service-linked role) that is given permission to perform the operations
that the grant permits. The CMK is specified by the key-id parameter and the ARN of the
CMK. The principal is specified by the grantee-principal parameter and the ARN of the
AWSServiceRoleForEC2Fleet service-linked role.

--region us-east-1
--grantee-principal arn:aws:iam::111122223333:role/AWSServiceRoleForEC2Fleet
EC2 Fleet and IAM Users

If your IAM users will create or manage an EC2 Fleet, be sure to grant them the required permissions as
follows.
To grant an IAM user permissions for EC2 Fleet

2. In the navigation pane, choose Policies.
3. Choose Create policy.
363
Launch
4. On the Create policy page, choose the JSON tab, replace the text with the following, and choose
Review policy.
{
"Version": "2012-10-17",
"Statement": [
{
"Effect": "Allow",
"Action": [
"ec2:*"
],
"Resource": "*"
},
{
"Effect": "Allow",
"Action": [
"iam:ListRoles",
"iam:PassRole",
],
"Resource": "*"
}
]
}
The ec2:* grants an IAM user permission to call all Amazon EC2 API actions. To limit the user to
specific Amazon EC2 API actions, specify those actions instead.
An IAM user must have permission to call the iam:ListRoles action to enumerate
existing IAM roles, the iam:PassRole action to specify the EC2 Fleet role, and the
iam:ListInstanceProfiles action to enumerate existing instance profiles.
(Optional) To enable an IAM user to create roles or instance profiles using the IAM console, you must
also add the following actions to the policy:
• iam:AddRoleToInstanceProfile
• iam:AttachRolePolicy
• iam:CreateInstanceProfile
• iam:CreateRole
• iam:GetRole
• iam:ListPolicies
5. On the Review policy page, enter a policy name and description, and choose Create policy.
6. In the navigation pane, choose Users and select the user.
7. On the Permissions tab, choose Add permissions.
8. Choose Attach existing policies directly. Select the policy that you created earlier and choose Next:
Review.
9. Choose Add permissions.
EC2 Fleet Health Checks
EC2 Fleet checks the health status of the instances in the fleet every two minutes. The health status
of an instance is either healthy or unhealthy. The fleet determines the health status of an instance
using the status checks provided by Amazon EC2. If the status of either the instance status check or the
system status check is impaired for three consecutive health checks, the health status of the instance is
unhealthy. Otherwise, the health status is healthy. For more information, see Status Checks for Your
Instances (p. 534).
364
Launch
You can configure your EC2 Fleet to replace unhealthy instances. After enabling health check
replacement, an instance is replaced after its health status is reported as unhealthy. The fleet could go
below its target capacity for up to a few minutes while an unhealthy instance is being replaced.
Requirements
• Health check replacement is supported only with EC2 Fleets that maintain a target capacity, not with
one-time fleets.
• You can configure your EC2 Fleet to replace unhealthy instances only when you create it.
• IAM users can use health check replacement only if they have permission to call the
ec2:DescribeInstanceStatus action.
Generating an EC2 Fleet JSON Configuration File
To create an EC2 Fleet, you need only specify the launch template, total target capacity, and whether
the default purchasing option is On-Demand or Spot. If you do not specify a parameter, the fleet uses
the default value. To view the full list of fleet configuration parameters, you can generate a JSON file as
follows.
To generate a JSON file with all possible EC2 Fleet parameters using the command line
• Use the create-fleet (AWS CLI) command and the --generate-cli-skeleton parameter to
generate an EC2 Fleet JSON file:
aws ec2 create-fleet --generate-cli-skeleton
The following EC2 Fleet parameters are available:
{
"DryRun": true,
"ClientToken": "",
"SpotOptions": {
"AllocationStrategy": "lowestPrice",
"InstanceInterruptionBehavior": "hibernate",
"InstancePoolsToUseCount": 0
"SingleInstanceType": true,
"SingleAvailabilityZone": true,
"MaxTotalPrice": 0
"MinTargetCapacity": 0
},
"OnDemandOptions": {
"AllocationStrategy": "prioritized"
"SingleInstanceType": true,
"SingleAvailabilityZone": true,
"MaxTotalPrice": 0
"MinTargetCapacity": 0
},
"ExcessCapacityTerminationPolicy": "termination",
{
"LaunchTemplateId": "",
"LaunchTemplateName": "",
"Version": ""
},
"Overrides": [
{
"InstanceType": "t2.micro",
"MaxPrice": "",
"SubnetId": "",
365
Launch
"AvailabilityZone": "",
"WeightedCapacity": null,
"Priority": null
"Placement": {
"AvailabilityZone": "",
"Affinity": "",
"GroupName": "",
"PartitionNumber": 0,
"HostId": "",
"Tenancy": "dedicated",
"SpreadDomain": ""
}
]
}
],
"SpotTargetCapacity": 0,
},
"TerminateInstancesWithExpiration": true,
"Type": "maintain",
"ValidFrom": "1970-01-01T00:00:00",
"ValidUntil": "1970-01-01T00:00:00",
"ReplaceUnhealthyInstances": true,
"TagSpecifications": [
{
"ResourceType": "fleet",
"Tags": [
{
"Key": "",
"Value": ""
}
]
}
]
}
EC2 Fleet JSON Configuration File Reference

Note
Use lowercase for all parameter values; otherwise, you get an error when Amazon EC2 uses the
JSON file to launch the EC2 Fleet.
AllocationStrategy (for SpotOptions)
(Optional) Indicates how to allocate the Spot Instance target capacity across the Spot Instance
pools specified by the EC2 Fleet. Valid values are lowestPrice and diversified. The default is
lowestPrice. Specify the allocation strategy that meets your needs. For more information, see
Allocation Strategies for Spot Instances (p. 354).
InstanceInterruptionBehavior
(Optional) The behavior when a Spot Instance is interrupted. Valid values are hibernate, stop, and
terminate. By default, the Spot service terminates Spot Instances when they are interrupted. If
the fleet type is maintain, you can specify that the Spot service hibernates or stops Spot Instances
when they are interrupted.
The number of Spot pools across which to allocate your target Spot capacity. Valid only when Spot
AllocationStrategy is set to lowestPrice. EC2 Fleet selects the cheapest Spot pools and evenly
allocates your target Spot capacity across the number of Spot pools that you specify.
366
Launch
SingleInstanceType
Indicates that the fleet uses a single instance type to launch all Spot Instances in the fleet.
SingleAvailabilityZone
Indicates that the fleet launches all Spot Instances into a single Availability Zone.
MaxTotalPrice
The maximum amount per hour for Spot Instances that you're willing to pay.
MinTargetCapacity
The minimum target capacity for Spot Instances in the fleet. If the minimum target capacity is not
reached, the fleet launches no instances.
AllocationStrategy (for OnDemandOptions)
The order of the launch template overrides to use in fulfilling On-Demand capacity. If you specify
lowestPrice, EC2 Fleet uses price to determine the order, launching the lowest price first. If
you specify prioritized, EC2 Fleet uses the priority that you assigned to each launch template
override, launching the highest priority first. If you do not specify a value, EC2 Fleet defaults to
lowestPrice.
SingleInstanceType
Indicates that the fleet uses a single instance type to launch all On-Demand Instances in the fleet.
SingleAvailabilityZone
Indicates that the fleet launches all On-Demand Instances into a single Availability Zone.
MaxTotalPrice
The maximum amount per hour for On-Demand Instances that you're willing to pay.
MinTargetCapacity
The minimum target capacity for On-Demand Instances in the fleet. If the minimum target capacity
is not reached, the fleet launches no instances.
ExcessCapacityTerminationPolicy
(Optional) Indicates whether running instances should be terminated if the total target capacity
of the EC2 Fleet is decreased below the current size of the EC2 Fleet. Valid values are no-
termination and termination.
LaunchTemplateId
The ID of the launch template to use. You must specify either the launch template ID or launch
template name. The launch template must specify an Amazon Machine Image (AMI). For
more information about creating launch templates, see Launching an Instance from a Launch
Template (p. 337).
LaunchTemplateName
The name of the launch template to use. You must specify either the launch template ID or launch
template name. The launch template must specify an Amazon Machine Image (AMI). For more
information, see Launching an Instance from a Launch Template (p. 337).
Version
The version number of the launch template.

InstanceType
(Optional) The instance type. If entered, this value overrides the launch template. The instance types
must have the minimum hardware specifications that you need (vCPUs, memory, or storage).
367
Launch
MaxPrice
(Optional) The maximum price per unit hour that you are willing to pay for a Spot Instance. If
entered, this value overrides the launch template. You can use the default maximum price (the On-
Demand price) or specify the maximum price that you are willing to pay. Your Spot Instances are
not launched if your maximum price is lower than the Spot price for the instance types that you
specified.
SubnetId
(Optional) The ID of the subnet in which to launch the instances. If entered, this value overrides the
launch template.
To create a new VPC, go the Amazon VPC console. When you are done, return to the JSON file and
enter the new subnet ID.
AvailabilityZone
(Optional) The Availability Zone in which to launch the instances. The default is to let AWS choose
the zones for your instances. If you prefer, you can specify specific zones. If entered, this value
overrides the launch template.
Specify one or more Availability Zones. If you have more than one subnet in a zone, specify the
appropriate subnet. To add subnets, go to the Amazon VPC console. When you are done, return to
the JSON file and enter the new subnet ID.
WeightedCapacity
(Optional) The number of units provided by the specified instance type. If entered, this value
overrides the launch template.
Priority
The priority for the launch template override. If AllocationStrategy is set to prioritized, EC2
Fleet uses priority to determine which launch template override to use first in fulfilling On-Demand
capacity. The highest priority is launched first. Valid values are whole numbers starting at 0. The
lower the number, the higher the priority. If no number is set, the override has the lowest priority.
TotalTargetCapacity
The number of instances to launch. You can choose instances or performance characteristics that are
important to your application workload, such as vCPUs, memory, or storage. If the request type is
maintain, you can specify a target capacity of 0 and add capacity later.
OnDemandTargetCapacity
(Optional) The number of On-Demand Instances to launch. This number must be less than the
TotalTargetCapacity.
SpotTargetCapacity
(Optional) The number of Spot Instances to launch. This number must be less than the
TotalTargetCapacity.
DefaultTargetCapacityType
If the value for TotalTargetCapacity is higher than the combined values for
OnDemandTargetCapacity and SpotTargetCapacity, the difference is launched as the instance
purchasing option specified here. Valid values are on-demand or spot.
TerminateInstancesWithExpiration
(Optional) By default, Amazon EC2 terminates your instances when the EC2 Fleet request expires.
The default value is true. To keep them running after your request expires, do not enter a value for
this parameter.
368
Launch
Type
(Optional) Indicates whether the EC2 Fleet submits a synchronous one-time request for your desired
capacity (instant), or an asynchronous one-time request for your desired capacity, but with
no attempt maintain the capacity or to submit requests in alternative capacity pools if capacity
is unavailable (request), or submits an asynchronous request for your desired capacity and
continues to maintain your desired capacity by replenishing interrupted Spot Instances (maintain).
Valid values are instant, request, and maintain. The default value is maintain. For more
information, see EC2 Fleet Request Types (p. 353).
ValidFrom
(Optional) To create a request that is valid only during a specific time period, enter a start date.
ValidUntil
(Optional) To create a request that is valid only during a specific time period, enter an end date.
ReplaceUnhealthyInstances
(Optional) To replace unhealthy instances in an EC2 Fleet that is configured to maintain the fleet,
enter true. Otherwise, leave this parameter empty.
TagSpecifications
(Optional) The key-value pair for tagging the EC2 Fleet request on creation. The value for
ResourceType must be fleet, otherwise the fleet request fails. To tag instances at launch, specify
the tags in the launch template (p. 339). For information about tagging after launch, see Tagging
Your Resources (p. 965).
Creating an EC2 Fleet
When you create an EC2 Fleet, you must specify a launch template that includes information about the
instances to launch, such as the instance type, Availability Zone, and the maximum price you are willing
to pay.
You can create an EC2 Fleet that includes multiple launch specifications that override the launch
template. The launch specifications can vary by instance type, Availability Zone, subnet, and maximum
price, and can include a different weighted capacity.
When you create an EC2 Fleet, use a JSON file to specify information about the instances to launch. For
more information, see EC2 Fleet JSON Configuration File Reference (p. 366).
EC2 Fleets can only be created using the AWS CLI.
To create an EC2 Fleet (AWS CLI)
• Use the following create-fleet (AWS CLI) command to create an EC2 Fleet.
aws ec2 create-fleet --cli-input-json file://file_name.json
For example configuration files, see EC2 Fleet Example Configurations (p. 375).
The following is example output for a fleet of type request or maintain.
{
"FleetId": "fleet-12a34b55-67cd-8ef9-ba9b-9208dEXAMPLE"
}
The following is example output for a fleet of type instant that launched the target capacity.
369
Launch
{
"FleetId": "fleet-12a34b55-67cd-8ef9-ba9b-9208dEXAMPLE",
"Errors": [],
"Instances": [
{
"LaunchTemplateAndOverrides": {
"LaunchTemplateId": "lt-01234a567b8910abcEXAMPLE",
"Version": "1"
},
"Overrides": {
"InstanceType": "c5.large",
}
},
"Lifecycle": "on-demand",
"InstanceIds": [
"i-1234567890abcdef0",
"i-9876543210abcdef9"
],
"Platform": null
},
{
"Version": "1"
},
"Overrides": {
}
},
"InstanceIds": [
"i-5678901234abcdef0",
"i-5432109876abcdef9"
],
"Platform": null
},
]
}
The following is example output for a fleet of type instant that launched part of the target capacity
with errors for instances that were not launched.
{
"Errors": [
{
"Version": "1"
},
"Overrides": {
"AvailabilityZone": "us-east-1a",
}
},
"ErrorCode": "InsufficientInstanceCapacity",
370
Launch
"ErrorMessage": "",
"Platform": null
},
],
"Instances": [
{
"Version": "1"
},
"Overrides": {
}
},
"InstanceIds": [
"i-1234567890abcdef0",
"i-9876543210abcdef9"
],
"Platform": null
},
]
}
The following is example output for a fleet of type instant that launched no instances.
{
"Errors": [
{
"Version": "1"
},
"Overrides": {
}
},
"ErrorCode": "InsufficientCapacity",
"ErrorMessage": "",
"Platform": null
},
{
"Version": "1"
},
"Overrides": {
}
},
"ErrorCode": "InsufficientCapacity",
"ErrorMessage": "",
371
Launch
"Platform": null
},
],
"Instances": []
}
Tagging an EC2 Fleet
To help categorize and manage your EC2 Fleet requests, you can tag them with custom metadata. For
more information, see Tagging Your Amazon EC2 Resources (p. 963).
You can assign a tag to an EC2 Fleet request when you create it, or afterward. Tags assigned to the fleet
request are not assigned to the instances launched by the fleet.
To tag a new EC2 Fleet request
To tag an EC2 Fleet request when you create it, specify the key-value pair in the JSON file (p. 365) used
to create the fleet. The value for ResourceType must be fleet. If you specify another value, the fleet
request fails.
To tag instances launched by an EC2 Fleet
To tag instances when they are launched by the fleet, specify the tags in the launch template (p. 339)
that is referenced in the EC2 Fleet request.
To tag an existing EC2 Fleet request and instance (AWS CLI)
Use the following create-tags command to tag existing resources.
aws ec2 create-tags --resources fleet-12a34b55-67cd-8ef9-

ba9b-9208dEXAMPLE i-1234567890abcdef0 --tags Key=purpose,Value=test
Monitoring Your EC2 Fleet
The EC2 Fleet launches On-Demand Instances when there is available capacity, and launches Spot
Instances when your maximum price exceeds the Spot price and capacity is available. The On-Demand
Instances run until you terminate them, and the Spot Instances run until they are interrupted or you
terminate them.
The returned list of running instances is refreshed periodically and might be out of date.
To monitor your EC2 Fleet (AWS CLI)
Use the following describe-fleets command to describe your EC2 Fleets.
aws ec2 describe-fleets
{
"Fleets": [
{
"Type": "maintain",
"FulfilledCapacity": 2.0,
{
"Version": "2",
"LaunchTemplateId": "lt-07b3bc7625cdab851"
}
372
Launch
}
],
"TerminateInstancesWithExpiration": false,
"SpotTargetCapacity": 2,
},
"FulfilledOnDemandCapacity": 0.0,
"ActivityStatus": "fulfilled",
"FleetId": "fleet-76e13e99-01ef-4bd6-ba9b-9208de883e7f",
"ReplaceUnhealthyInstances": false,
"SpotOptions": {
"InstanceInterruptionBehavior": "terminate",
"InstancePoolsToUseCount": 1,
"AllocationStrategy": "lowestPrice"
},
"FleetState": "active",
"ExcessCapacityTerminationPolicy": "termination",
"CreateTime": "2018-04-10T16:46:03.000Z"
}
]
}
Use the following describe-fleet-instances command to describe the instances for the specified EC2
Fleet.
aws ec2 describe-fleet-instances --fleet-id fleet-73fbd2ce-aa30-494c-8788-1cee4EXAMPLE
{
"ActiveInstances": [
{
"InstanceId": "i-09cd595998cb3765e",
"InstanceHealth": "healthy",
"InstanceType": "m4.large",
"SpotInstanceRequestId": "sir-86k84j6p"
},
{
"InstanceId": "i-09cf95167ca219f17",
"InstanceHealth": "healthy",
"InstanceType": "m4.large",
"SpotInstanceRequestId": "sir-dvxi7fsm"
}
],
"FleetId": "fleet-73fbd2ce-aa30-494c-8788-1cee4EXAMPLE"
}
Use the following describe-fleet-history command to describe the history for the specified EC2 Fleet for
the specified time.
aws ec2 describe-fleet-history --fleet-request-id fleet-73fbd2ce-

aa30-494c-8788-1cee4EXAMPLE --start-time 2018-04-10T00:00:00Z
{
"HistoryRecords": [],
"FleetId": "fleet-73fbd2ce-aa30-494c-8788-1cee4EXAMPLE",
"LastEvaluatedTime": "1970-01-01T00:00:00.000Z",
"StartTime": "2018-04-09T23:53:20.000Z"
}
373
Launch
Modifying an EC2 Fleet

You can modify an EC2 Fleet that is in the submitted or active state. When you modify a fleet, it
enters the modifying state.
You can modify the following parameters of an EC2 Fleet:
• target-capacity-specification – Increase or decrease the target capacity for

TotalTargetCapacity, OnDemandTargetCapacity, and SpotTargetCapacity.
• excess-capacity-termination-policy – Whether running instances should be terminated if the
total target capacity of the EC2 Fleet is decreased below the current size of the fleet. Valid values are
no-termination and termination.
Note
You can only modify an EC2 Fleet that has Type=maintain.
When you increase the target capacity, the EC2 Fleet launches the additional instances according to the
instance purchasing option specified for DefaultTargetCapacityType, which are either On-Demand
Instances or Spot Instances.
If the DefaultTargetCapacityType is spot, the EC2 Fleet launches the additional Spot Instances
according to its allocation strategy. If the allocation strategy is lowestPrice, the fleet launches
the instances from the lowest-priced Spot Instance pool in the request. If the allocation strategy is
diversified, the fleet distributes the instances across the pools in the request.
When you decrease the target capacity, the EC2 Fleet deletes any open requests that exceed the new
target capacity. You can request that the fleet terminate instances until the size of the fleet reaches
the new target capacity. If the allocation strategy is lowestPrice, the fleet terminates the instances
with the highest price per unit. If the allocation strategy is diversified, the fleet terminates instances
across the pools. Alternatively, you can request that EC2 Fleet keep the fleet at its current size, but not
replace any Spot Instances that are interrupted or any instances that you terminate manually.
When an EC2 Fleet terminates a Spot Instance because the target capacity was decreased, the instance
To modify an EC2 Fleet (AWS CLI)
Use the following modify-fleet command to update the target capacity of the specified EC2 Fleet.
aws ec2 modify-fleet --fleet-id fleet-73fbd2ce-aa30-494c-8788-1cee4EXAMPLE --target-

capacity-specification TotalTargetCapacity=20
If you are decreasing the target capacity but want to keep the fleet at its current size, you can modify the
previous command as follows.
aws ec2 modify-fleet --fleet-id fleet-73fbd2ce-aa30-494c-8788-1cee4EXAMPLE --target-

capacity-specification TotalTargetCapacity=10 --excess-capacity-termination-policy no-
termination
Deleting an EC2 Fleet

If you no longer require an EC2 Fleet, you can delete it. After you delete a fleet, it launches no new
instances.
You must specify whether the EC2 Fleet must terminate its instances. If you specify that the instances
must be terminated when the fleet is deleted, it enters the deleted_terminating state. Otherwise, it
enters the deleted_running state, and the instances continue to run until they are interrupted or you
terminate them manually.
374
Launch
To delete an EC2 Fleet (AWS CLI)
Use the delete-fleets command and the --terminate-instances parameter to delete the specified
EC2 Fleet and terminate the instances.
aws ec2 delete-fleets --fleet-ids fleet-73fbd2ce-aa30-494c-8788-1cee4EXAMPLE --terminate-

instances
{
"UnsuccessfulFleetDeletions": [],
"SuccessfulFleetDeletions": [
{
"CurrentFleetState": "deleted_terminating",
"PreviousFleetState": "active",
"FleetId": "fleet-73fbd2ce-aa30-494c-8788-1cee4EXAMPLE"
}
]
}
You can modify the previous command using the --no-terminate-instances parameter to delete
the specified EC2 Fleet without terminating the instances.
aws ec2 delete-fleets --fleet-ids fleet-73fbd2ce-aa30-494c-8788-1cee4EXAMPLE --no-

terminate-instances
{
"UnsuccessfulFleetDeletions": [],
"SuccessfulFleetDeletions": [
{
"CurrentFleetState": "deleted_running",
"PreviousFleetState": "active",
"FleetId": "fleet-4b8aaae8-dfb5-436d-a4c6-3dafa4c6b7dcEXAMPLE"
}
]
}
EC2 Fleet Example Configurations
The following examples show launch configurations that you can use with the create-fleet
command to create an EC2 Fleet. For more information, see the EC2 Fleet JSON Configuration File
Reference (p. 366).
1. Launch Spot Instances as the default purchasing option (p. 375)

2. Launch On-Demand Instances as the default purchasing option (p. 376)
3. Launch On-Demand Instances as the primary capacity (p. 376)
4. Launch Spot Instances using the lowestPrice allocation strategy (p. 377)
Example 1: Launch Spot Instances as the Default Purchasing Option
The following example specifies the minimum parameters required in an EC2 Fleet: a launch template,
target capacity, and default purchasing option. The launch template is identified by its launch template
ID and version number. The target capacity for the fleet is 2 instances, and the default purchasing option
is spot, which results in the fleet launching 2 Spot Instances.
375
Launch
{
{
"LaunchTemplateId": "lt-0e8c754449b27161c",
"Version": "1"
}
}
],
}
}
Example 2: Launch On-Demand Instances as the Default Purchasing Option
The following example specifies the minimum parameters required in an EC2 Fleet: a launch template,
target capacity, and default purchasing option. The launch template is identified by its launch template
ID and version number. The target capacity for the fleet is 2 instances, and the default purchasing option
is on-demand, which results in the fleet launching 2 On-Demand Instances.
{
{
"Version": "1"
}
}
],
"DefaultTargetCapacityType": "on-demand"
}
}
Example 3: Launch On-Demand Instances as the Primary Capacity
The following example specifies the total target capacity of 2 instances for the fleet, and a target
capacity of 1 On-Demand Instance. The default purchasing option is spot. The fleet launches 1
On-Demand Instance as specified, but needs to launch one more instance to fulfill the total target
capacity. The purchasing option for the difference is calculated as TotalTargetCapacity –
OnDemandTargetCapacity = DefaultTargetCapacityType, which results in the fleet launching 1
Spot Instance.
{
{
"Version": "1"
}
}
],
"OnDemandTargetCapacity":1,
376
Launch
}
}
Example 4: Launch Spot Instances Using the Lowest Price Allocation Strategy
If the allocation strategy for Spot Instances is not specified, the default allocation strategy, which is
lowestPrice, is used. The following example uses the lowestPrice allocation strategy. The three
launch specifications, which override the launch template, have different instance types but the same
weighted capacity and subnet. The total target capacity is 2 instances and the default purchasing option
is spot. The EC2 Fleet launches 2 Spot Instances using the instance type of the launch specification with
the lowest price.
{
{
"Version": "1"
}
"Overrides": [
{
"SubnetId": "subnet-a4f6c5d3"
},
{
},
{
}
]
}
],
}
}
377
Connect
Connecting to Your Windows Instance

Amazon EC2 instances created from most Windows Amazon Machine Images (AMIs) enable you to
connect using Remote Desktop. Remote Desktop uses the Remote Desktop Protocol (RDP) and enables
you to connect to and use your instance in the same way you use a computer sitting in front of you. It is
available on most editions of Windows and available for Mac OS.
For information about connecting to a Linux instance, see Connect to Your Linux Instance in the Amazon
EC2 User Guide for Linux Instances.
Contents
• Connect to Your Windows Instance (p. 379)
• Connect to a Windows Instance Using Its IPv6 Address (p. 380)
• Connecting to a Windows Instance Using AWS Systems Manager Session Manager (p. 381)
• Transfer Files to Windows Instances (p. 381)
Prerequisites
• Install an RDP client
• [Windows] Windows includes an RDP client by default. To verify, type mstsc at a Command Prompt
window. If your computer doesn't recognize this command, see the Windows home page and search
for the download for the Microsoft Remote Desktop app.
• [Mac OS X] Download the Microsoft Remote Desktop app from the Mac App Store.
• [Linux] Use rdesktop.
• Get the ID of the instance.
You can get the ID of your instance using the Amazon EC2 console (from the Instance ID column). If
you prefer, you can use the describe-instances (AWS CLI) or Get-EC2Instance (AWS Tools for Windows
PowerShell) command.
• Get the public DNS name of the instance.
You can get the public DNS for your instance using the Amazon EC2 console. Check the Public DNS
(IPv4) column. If this column is hidden, choose the Show/Hide icon and select Public DNS (IPv4). If
you prefer, you can use the describe-instances (AWS CLI) or Get-EC2Instance (AWS Tools for Windows
PowerShell) command.
• (IPv6 only) Get the IPv6 address of the instance.
If you've assigned an IPv6 address to your instance, you can optionally connect to the instance using
its IPv6 address instead of a public IPv4 address or public IPv4 DNS hostname. Your local computer
must have an IPv6 address and must be configured to use IPv6. You can get the IPv6 address of
your instance using the Amazon EC2 console. Check the IPv6 IPs field. If you prefer, you can use the
describe-instances (AWS CLI) or Get-EC2Instance (AWS Tools for Windows PowerShell) command. For
more information about IPv6, see IPv6 Addresses (p. 657).
• Locate the private key
Get the fully-qualified path to the location on your computer of the .pem file for the key pair that you
specified when you launched the instance. For more information about how you created your key pair,
see Creating a Key Pair Using Amazon EC2.
• Enable inbound RDP traffic from your IP address to your instance
378
Connect
Ensure that the security group associated with your instance allows incoming RDP traffic from your
IP address. The default security group does not allow incoming RDP traffic by default. For more
information, see Authorizing Inbound Traffic for Your Windows Instances (p. 653).
• For the best experience using Internet Explorer, run the latest version.
Connect to Your Windows Instance

To connect to a Windows instance, you must retrieve the initial administrator password (see step 2
below) and then specify this password when you connect to your instance using Remote Desktop.
The name of the administrator account depends on the language of the operating system. For example,
for English, it's Administrator, for French it's Administrateur, and for Portuguese it's Administrador. For
more information, see Localized Names for Administrator Account in Windows in the Microsoft TechNet
Wiki.
If you've joined your instance to a domain, you can connect to your instance using domain credentials
you've defined in AWS Directory Service. On the Remote Desktop login screen, instead of using the local
computer name and the generated password, use the fully-qualified user name for the administrator (for
example, corp.example.com\Admin) and the password for this account.
The license for the Windows Server operating system (OS) allows two simultaneous remote connections
for administrative purposes. The license for Windows Server is included in the price of your Windows
instance. If you need more than two simultaneous remote connections, you must purchase a Remote
Desktop Services (RDS) license. If you attempt a third connection, an error occurs. For more information,
see Configure the Number of Simultaneous Remote Connections Allowed for a Connection.
To connect to your Windows instance using an RDP client
4. Choose Decrypt Password. The console displays the default administrator password for the instance
in the Connect To Your Instance dialog box, replacing the link to Get Password shown previously
with the actual password.
5. Record the default administrator password, or copy it to the clipboard. You need this password to
connect to the instance.
6. Choose Download Remote Desktop File. Your browser prompts you to either open or save the .rdp
file. Either option is fine. When you have finished, you can choose Close to dismiss the Connect To
Your Instance dialog box.
• If you opened the .rdp file, you'll see the Remote Desktop Connection dialog box.
• If you saved the .rdp file, navigate to your downloads directory, and open the .rdp file to display
the dialog box.
7. You may get a warning that the publisher of the remote connection is unknown. You can continue to
connect to your instance.
8. When prompted, log in to the instance, using the administrator account for the operating system
and the password that you recorded or copied previously. If your Remote Desktop Connection
already has an administrator account set up, you might have to choose the Use another account
option and type the user name and password manually.
Note
Sometimes copying and pasting content can corrupt data. If you encounter a "Password
Failed" error when you log in, try typing in the password manually.
379
Connect
a. If you are using Remote Desktop Connection from a Windows PC, choose View certificate. If
you are using Microsoft Remote Desktop on a Mac, choose Show Certificate.
b. Choose the Details tab, and scroll down to the Thumbprint entry on a Windows PC, or the
SHA1 Fingerprints entry on a Mac. This is the unique identifier for the remote computer's
security certificate.
c. In the Amazon EC2 console, select the instance, choose Actions, and then choose Get System
Log.
d. In the system log output, look for an entry labeled RDPCERTIFICATE-THUMBPRINT. If this
value matches the thumbprint or fingerprint of the certificate, you have verified the identity of
the remote computer.
e. If you are using Remote Desktop Connection from a Windows PC, return to the Certificate
dialog box and choose OK. If you are using Microsoft Remote Desktop on a Mac, return to the
Verify Certificate and choose Continue.
f. [Windows] Choose Yes in the Remote Desktop Connection window to connect to your instance.
[Mac OS] Log in as prompted, using the default administrator account and the default
administrator password that you recorded or copied previously. Note that you might
need to switch spaces to see the login screen. For more information about spaces, see
support.apple.com/en-us/HT204100.
g. If you receive an error while attempting to connect to your instance, see Remote Desktop Can't
After you connect, we recommend that you do the following:
• Change the administrator password from the default value. You change the password while logged on
to the instance itself, just as you would on any other Windows Server.
• Create another user account with administrator privileges on the instance. Another account with
administrator privileges is a safeguard if you forget the administrator password or have a problem with
the administrator account. The user account must have permission to access the instance remotely.
Open System Properties by right-clicking on the This PC icon on your Windows desktop or File
Explorer and selecting Properties. Choose Remote settings, and choose Select Users to add the user
to the Remote Desktop Users group.
Connect to a Windows Instance Using Its IPv6 Address

If you've enabled your VPC for IPv6 and assigned an IPv6 address to your Windows instance, you can use
an RDP client to connect to your instance using its IPv6 address instead of a public IPv4 address or public
DNS hostname. For more information, see IPv6 Addresses (p. 657).
To connect to your Windows instance using its IPv6 address
4. Choose Decrypt Password.
5. Copy the default administrator password. You need this password to connect to the instance.
6. Open the RDP client on your computer.
380
Connect
7. [Windows] For the RDP client on a Windows computer, choose Show Options and do the following:
• For Computer, type the IPv6 address of your Windows instance, for example,
2001:db8:1234:1a00:9691:9503:25ad:1761.
• For User name, enter Administrator.
• Choose Connect.
[Mac OS X] For the Microsoft Remote Desktop app, choose New and do the following:
• For PC Name, enter the IPv6 address of your Windows instance; for example,
2001:db8:1234:1a00:9691:9503:25ad:1761.
• For User name, enter Administrator.
• Close the dialog box. Under My Desktops, select the connection and choose Start.
9. When prompted, enter the password that you recorded or copied previously.
Connecting to a Windows Instance Using AWS Systems Manager

Session Manager
AWS Systems Manager Session Manager is a fully managed AWS Systems Manager capability that lets
you manage your Amazon EC2 instances through an interactive one-click browser-based shell or through
the AWS CLI. For more information about how to connect to your instance with SSM Session Manager,
see AWS Systems Manager Session Manager in the Systems Manager User Guide.
Transfer Files to Windows Instances

You can work with your Windows instance the same way that you would work with any Windows server.
For example, you can transfer files between a Windows instance and your local computer using the local
file sharing feature of the Microsoft Remote Desktop Connection software. If you enable this option, you
can access your local files from your Windows instances. You can access local files on hard disk drives,
DVD drives, portable media drives, and mapped network drives.
To make local devices and resources available to a remote session on Windows, map the remote session
drive to your local drive:
1. Open the Remote Desktop Connection client.

2. Choose Show Options.
3. Select the Local Resources tab.
4. Under the Local Devices and resources section, choose More. . .
5. Open Drives and select the local drive to map to your Windows instance.
6. Choose OK.
7. Choose Connect to connect to your Windows instance.
For more information on making local devices available to a remote session on a Mac computer, see:
Get Started with Remote Desktop on Mac
381
Stop and Start
Stop and Start Your Instance

You can stop and restart your instance if it has an Amazon EBS volume as its root device. The instance
retains its instance ID, but can change as described in the Overview (p. 382) section.
When you stop an instance, we shut it down. We don't charge usage for a stopped instance, or data
transfer fees, but we do charge for the storage for any Amazon EBS volumes. Each time you start a
stopped instance we charge a full instance hour, even if you make this transition multiple times within a
single hour.
While the instance is stopped, you can treat its root volume like any other volume, and modify it (for
example, repair file system problems or update software). You just detach the volume from the stopped
instance, attach it to a running instance, make your changes, detach it from the running instance, and
then reattach it to the stopped instance. Make sure that you reattach it using the storage device name
that's specified as the root device in the block device mapping for the instance.
If you decide that you no longer need an instance, you can terminate it. As soon as the state of an
instance changes to shutting-down or terminated, we stop charging for that instance. For more
information, see Terminate Your Instance (p. 387). If you'd rather hibernate the instance, see Hibernate
Your Instance (p. 384). For more information, see Differences Between Reboot, Stop, Hibernate, and
Terminate (p. 331).
Contents
• Overview (p. 382)
• What Happens When You Stop an Instance (API) (p. 383)
• Stopping and Starting Your Instances (p. 383)
• Modifying a Stopped Instance (p. 384)
• Troubleshooting (p. 384)
Overview
When you stop a running instance, the following happens:
• The instance performs a normal shutdown and stops running; its status changes to stopping and
then stopped.
• Any Amazon EBS volumes remain attached to the instance, and their data persists.
• Any data stored in the RAM of the host computer or the instance store volumes of the host computer
is gone.
• In most cases, the instance is migrated to a new underlying host computer when it's started.
• The instance retains its private IPv4 addresses and any IPv6 addresses when stopped and restarted. We
release the public IPv4 address and assign a new one when you restart it.
• The instance retains its associated Elastic IP addresses. You're charged for any Elastic IP addresses
associated with a stopped instance. With EC2-Classic, an Elastic IP address is dissociated from your
instance when you stop it. For more information, see EC2-Classic (p. 751).
• When you stop and start a Windows instance, the EC2Config service performs tasks on the instance,
such as changing the drive letters for any attached Amazon EBS volumes. For more information
about these defaults and how you can change them, see Configuring a Windows Instance Using the
EC2Config Service (p. 404) in the Amazon EC2 User Guide for Windows Instances.
• If your instance is in an Auto Scaling group, the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling service marks the stopped
instance as unhealthy, and may terminate it and launch a replacement instance. For more information,
see Health Checks for Auto Scaling Instances in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide.
382
Stop and Start
• When you stop a ClassicLink instance, it's unlinked from the VPC to which it was linked. You must
link the instance to the VPC again after restarting it. For more information about ClassicLink, see
ClassicLink (p. 759).
For more information, see Differences Between Reboot, Stop, Hibernate, and Terminate (p. 331).
You can modify the following attributes of an instance only when it is stopped:
• Instance type
• User data
• Kernel
• RAM disk
If you try to modify these attributes while the instance is running, Amazon EC2 returns the
IncorrectInstanceState error.
What Happens When You Stop an Instance (API)

When an EC2 instance is stopped using the stop-instances command, the following is registered at
the OS level:
• The API request will send a button press event to the guest.
• Various system services will be stopped as a result of the button press event. systemd handles a
graceful shutdown of the system. Graceful shutdown is triggered by the ACPI shutdown button press
event from the hypervisor.
• ACPI shutdown will be initiated.
• The instance will shut down when the graceful shutdown process exits. There is no configurable OS
shutdown time.
Stopping and Starting Your Instances

You can start and stop your Amazon EBS-backed instance using the console or the command line.
By default, when you initiate a shutdown from an Amazon EBS-backed instance (using the shutdown or
poweroff command), the instance stops. You can change this behavior so that it terminates instead. For
more information, see Changing the Instance Initiated Shutdown Behavior (p. 390).
To stop and start an Amazon EBS-backed instance using the console
1. In the navigation pane, choose Instances, and select the instance.

2. Choose Actions, select Instance State, and then choose Stop. If Stop is disabled, either the instance
is already stopped or its root device is an instance store volume.
Warning
When you stop an instance, the data on any instance store volumes is erased. To keep data
from instance store volumes, be sure to back it up to persistent storage.
3. In the confirmation dialog box, choose Yes, Stop. It can take a few minutes for the instance to stop.
4. While your instance is stopped, you can modify certain instance attributes. For more information,
see Modifying a Stopped Instance (p. 384).
5. To restart the stopped instance, select the instance, and choose Actions, Instance State, Start.
6. In the confirmation dialog box, choose Yes, Start. It can take a few minutes for the instance to enter
the running state.
383
Hibernate
To stop and start an Amazon EBS-backed instance using the command line
• stop-instances and start-instances (AWS CLI)

• Stop-EC2Instance and Start-EC2Instance (AWS Tools for Windows PowerShell)
Modifying a Stopped Instance

You can change the instance type, user data, and EBS-optimization attributes of a stopped instance
using the AWS Management Console or the command line interface. You can't use the AWS Management
Console to modify the DeleteOnTermination, kernel, or RAM disk attributes.
To modify an instance attribute
• To change the instance type, see Changing the Instance Type (p. 188).
• To change the user data for your instance, see Working with Instance User Data (p. 479).
• To enable or disable EBS–optimization for your instance, see Modifying EBS–Optimization (p. 885).
• To change the DeleteOnTermination attribute of the root volume for your instance, see Updating
the Block Device Mapping of a Running Instance (p. 936).
To modify an instance attribute using the command line

Troubleshooting
If you have stopped your Amazon EBS-backed instance and it appears "stuck" in the stopping state, you
can forcibly stop it. For more information, see Troubleshooting Stopping Your Instance in the Amazon
Hibernate Your Instance

When you hibernate an instance, we signal the operating system to perform hibernation (suspend-to-
disk), which saves the contents from the instance memory (RAM) to your Amazon EBS root volume. We
persist the instance's Amazon EBS root volume and any attached Amazon EBS data volumes. When you
restart your instance, the Amazon EBS root volume is restored to its previous state, the RAM contents
are reloaded, and the processes that were previously running on the instance are resumed. Previously
attached data volumes are reattached and the instance retains its instance ID. For more information, see
Hibernate Your Instance in the Amazon EC2 User Guide for Linux Instances.
Important
Hibernation is currently not supported on Windows instances.
Reboot Your Instance

An instance reboot is equivalent to an operating system reboot. In most cases, it takes only a few
minutes to reboot your instance. When you reboot an instance, it remains on the same physical host, so
384
Retire
your instance keeps its public DNS name (IPv4), private IPv4 address, IPv6 address (if applicable), and any
data on its instance store volumes.
Rebooting an instance doesn't start a new instance billing hour, unlike stopping and restarting your
instance.
We might schedule your instance for a reboot for necessary maintenance, such as to apply updates that
require a reboot. No action is required on your part; we recommend that you wait for the reboot to occur
within its scheduled window. For more information, see Scheduled Events for Your Instances (p. 538).
We recommend that you use the Amazon EC2 console, a command line tool, or the Amazon EC2 API to
reboot your instance instead of running the operating system reboot command from your instance. If
you use the Amazon EC2 console, a command line tool, or the Amazon EC2 API to reboot your instance,
we perform a hard reboot if the instance does not cleanly shut down within four minutes. If you use
AWS CloudTrail, then using Amazon EC2 to reboot your instance also creates an API record of when your
instance was rebooted.
If Windows is installing updates on your instance, we recommend that you do not reboot or shut down
your instance using the Amazon EC2 console or the command line until all the updates are installed.
When you use the Amazon EC2 console or the command line to reboot or shut down your instance, there
is a risk that your instance will be hard rebooted. A hard reboot while updates are being installed could
throw your instance into an unstable state.
To reboot an instance using the console

3. Select the instance and choose Actions, Instance State, Reboot.
4. Choose Yes, Reboot when prompted for confirmation.
To reboot an instance using the command line
• reboot-instances (AWS CLI)

• Restart-EC2Instance (AWS Tools for Windows PowerShell)
Instance Retirement
An instance is scheduled to be retired when AWS detects irreparable failure of the underlying hardware
hosting the instance. When an instance reaches its scheduled retirement date, it is stopped or terminated
by AWS. If your instance root device is an Amazon EBS volume, the instance is stopped, and you can start
it again at any time. Starting the stopped instance migrates it to new hardware. If your instance root
device is an instance store volume, the instance is terminated, and cannot be used again.
Contents
• Identifying Instances Scheduled for Retirement (p. 386)
• Working with Instances Scheduled for Retirement (p. 386)
For more information about types of instance events, see Scheduled Events for Your Instances (p. 538).
385
Retire
Identifying Instances Scheduled for Retirement

If your instance is scheduled for retirement, you'll receive an email prior to the event with the instance ID
and retirement date. This email is sent to the address that's associated with your account; the same email
address that you use to log in to the AWS Management Console. If you use an email account that you do
not check regularly, then you can use the Amazon EC2 console or the command line to determine if any
of your instances are scheduled for retirement. To update the contact information for your account, go to
the Account Settings page.
To identify instances scheduled for retirement using the console

2. In the navigation pane, choose EC2 Dashboard. Under Scheduled Events, you can see the events
associated with your Amazon EC2 instances and volumes, organized by region.
3. If you have an instance with a scheduled event listed, select its link below the region name to go to
the Events page.
4. The Events page lists all resources with events associated with them. To view instances that are
scheduled for retirement, select Instance resources from the first filter list, and then Instance stop
or retirement from the second filter list.
5. If the filter results show that an instance is scheduled for retirement, select it, and note the date and
time in the Start time field in the details pane. This is your instance retirement date.
To identify instances scheduled for retirement using the command line
• describe-instance-status (AWS CLI)

• Get-EC2InstanceStatus (AWS Tools for Windows PowerShell)
Working with Instances Scheduled for Retirement

There are a number of actions available to you when your instance is scheduled for retirement. The
action you take depends on whether your instance root device is an Amazon EBS volume, or an instance
store volume. If you do not know what your instance root device type is, you can find out using the
Amazon EC2 console or the command line.
Determining Your Instance Root Device Type
To determine your instance root device type using the console
1. In the navigation pane, select Events. Use the filter lists to identify retiring instances, as
demonstrated in the procedure above, Identifying instances scheduled for retirement (p. 386).
2. In the Resource Id column, select the instance ID to go to the Instances page.
386
Terminate
3. Select the instance and locate the Root device type field in the Description tab. If the value is ebs,
then your instance is EBS-backed. If the value is instance-store, then your instance is instance
store-backed.
To determine your instance root device type using the command line

• Get-EC2Instance (AWS Tools for Windows PowerShell)
Managing Instances Scheduled for Retirement

You can perform one of the actions listed below in order to preserve the data on your retiring instance.
It's important that you take this action before the instance retirement date to prevent unforeseen
downtime and data loss. For your EBS-backed instance, you can perform one of the following actions.
• Create an EBS-backed AMI from your instance so that you have a backup. Wait for the scheduled
retirement date - when the instance is stopped - or stop the instance yourself before the retirement
date. You can start the instance again at any time. For more information about stopping and starting
your instance, and what to expect when your instance is stopped, such as the effect on public, private,
and Elastic IP addresses associated with your instance, see Stop and Start Your Instance (p. 382).
• Create an EBS-backed AMI from your instance, and launch a replacement instance. For more
information, see Creating a Custom Windows AMI (p. 64).
Terminate Your Instance

You can delete your instance when you no longer need it. This is referred to as terminating your instance.
As soon as the state of an instance changes to shutting-down or terminated, you stop incurring
charges for that instance.
You can't connect to or restart an instance after you've terminated it. However, you can launch additional
instances using the same AMI. If you'd rather stop and restart your instance, or hibernate it, see Stop and
Start Your Instance (p. 382) or Hibernate Your Instance (p. 384). For more information, see Differences
Between Reboot, Stop, Hibernate, and Terminate (p. 331).
Contents
• Instance Termination (p. 387)
• What Happens When You Terminate an Instance (API) (p. 388)
• Terminating an Instance (p. 388)
• Enabling Termination Protection for an Instance (p. 389)
• Changing the Instance Initiated Shutdown Behavior (p. 390)
• Preserving Amazon EBS Volumes on Instance Termination (p. 391)
Instance Termination
After you terminate an instance, it remains visible in the console for a short while, and then the entry
is automatically deleted. You cannot delete the terminated instance entry yourself. After an instance is
terminated, resources such as tags and volumes are gradually disassociated from the instance, therefore
may no longer be visible on the terminated instance after a short while.
387
Terminate
When an instance terminates, the data on any instance store volumes associated with that instance is
deleted.
By default, Amazon EBS root device volumes are automatically deleted when the instance terminates.
However, by default, any additional EBS volumes that you attach at launch, or any EBS volumes that
you attach to an existing instance persist even after the instance terminates. This behavior is controlled
by the volume's DeleteOnTermination attribute, which you can modify. For more information, see
Preserving Amazon EBS Volumes on Instance Termination (p. 391).
You can prevent an instance from being terminated accidentally by someone using the AWS
Management Console, the CLI, and the API. This feature is available for both Amazon EC2 instance store-
backed and Amazon EBS-backed instances. Each instance has a DisableApiTermination attribute
with the default value of false (the instance can be terminated through Amazon EC2). You can modify
this instance attribute while the instance is running or stopped (in the case of Amazon EBS-backed
instances). For more information, see Enabling Termination Protection for an Instance (p. 389).
You can control whether an instance should stop or terminate when shutdown is initiated from the
instance using an operating system command for system shutdown. For more information, see Changing
the Instance Initiated Shutdown Behavior (p. 390).
If you run a script on instance termination, your instance might have an abnormal termination, because
we have no way to ensure that shutdown scripts run. Amazon EC2 attempts to shut an instance down
cleanly and run any system shutdown scripts; however, certain events (such as hardware failure) may
prevent these system shutdown scripts from running.
What Happens When You Terminate an Instance (API)

When an EC2 instance is terminated using the terminate-instances command, the following is
registered at the OS level:
• The API request will send a button press event to the guest.
• Various system services will be stopped as a result of the button press event. systemd handles a
graceful shutdown of the system. Graceful shutdown is triggered by the ACPI shutdown button press
event from the hypervisor.
• ACPI shutdown will be initiated.
• The instance will shut down when the graceful shutdown process exits. There is no configurable OS
shutdown time.
Terminating an Instance
You can terminate an instance using the AWS Management Console or the command line.
To terminate an instance using the console
1. Before you terminate the instance, verify that you won't lose any data by checking that your Amazon
EBS volumes won't be deleted on termination and that you've copied any data that you need from
your instance store volumes to Amazon EBS or Amazon S3.
4. Select the instance, and choose Actions, Instance State, Terminate.
5. Choose Yes, Terminate when prompted for confirmation.
To terminate an instance using the command line

388
Terminate
• terminate-instances (AWS CLI)

• Stop-EC2Instance (AWS Tools for Windows PowerShell)
Enabling Termination Protection for an Instance

By default, you can terminate your instance using the Amazon EC2 console, command line interface, or
API. If you want to prevent your instance from being accidentally terminated using Amazon EC2, you
can enable termination protection for the instance. The DisableApiTermination attribute controls
whether the instance can be terminated using the console, CLI, or API. By default, termination protection
is disabled for your instance. You can set the value of this attribute when you launch the instance, while
the instance is running, or while the instance is stopped (for Amazon EBS-backed instances).
The DisableApiTermination attribute does not prevent you from terminating an instance by
initiating shutdown from the instance (using an operating system command for system shutdown) when
the InstanceInitiatedShutdownBehavior attribute is set. For more information, see Changing the
Instance Initiated Shutdown Behavior (p. 390).
Limits
You can't enable termination protection for Spot Instances—a Spot Instance is terminated when the
Spot price exceeds the amount you're willing to pay for Spot Instances. However, you can prepare
your application to handle Spot Instance interruptions. For more information, see Spot Instance
Interruptions (p. 283).
The DisableApiTermination attribute does not prevent Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling from terminating
an instance. For instances in an Auto Scaling group, use the following Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling features
instead of Amazon EC2 termination protection:
• To prevent instances that are part of an Auto Scaling group from terminating on scale in, use instance
protection. For more information, see Instance Protection in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide.
• To prevent Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling from terminating unhealthy instances, suspend the
ReplaceUnhealthy process. For more information, see Suspending and Resuming Scaling Processes
in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide.
• To specify which instances Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling should terminate first, choose a termination
policy. For more information, see Customizing the Termination Policy in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling
User Guide.
To enable termination protection for an instance at launch time

2. On the dashboard, choose Launch Instance and follow the directions in the wizard.
3. On the Configure Instance Details page, select the Enable termination protection check box.
To enable termination protection for a running or stopped instance
1. Select the instance, choose Actions, Instance Settings, and then choose Change Termination
Protection.
2. Select Yes, Enable.
To disable termination protection for a running or stopped instance
1. Select the instance, choose Actions, Instance Settings, and then choose Change Termination
Protection.
2. Select Yes, Disable.
389
Terminate
To enable or disable termination protection using the command line


Changing the Instance Initiated Shutdown Behavior

By default, when you initiate a shutdown from an Amazon EBS-backed instance (using a command such
as shutdown or poweroff), the instance stops (Note that halt does not issue a poweroff command and, if
used, the instance will not terminate; instead, it will place the CPU into HLT and the instance will remain
running). You can change this behavior using the InstanceInitiatedShutdownBehavior attribute
for the instance so that it terminates instead. You can update this attribute while the instance is running
or stopped.
You can update the InstanceInitiatedShutdownBehavior attribute using the Amazon EC2 console
or the command line. The InstanceInitiatedShutdownBehavior attribute only applies when you
perform a shutdown from the operating system of the instance itself; it does not apply when you stop an
instance using the StopInstances API or the Amazon EC2 console.
To change the shutdown behavior of an instance using the console

3. Select the instance, select Actions, Instance Settings, and then choose Change Shutdown Behavior.
The current behavior is already selected.
4. To change the behavior, select an option from the Shutdown behavior list, and then select Apply.
To change the shutdown behavior of an instance using the command line


390
Terminate
Preserving Amazon EBS Volumes on Instance Termination

When an instance terminates, Amazon EC2 uses the value of the DeleteOnTermination attribute for
each attached Amazon EBS volume to determine whether to preserve or delete the volume. The default
value for the DeleteOnTermination attribute differs depending on whether or not the volume is a
root volume of an instance.
By default, the DeletionOnTermination attribute for the root volume of an instance is set to true.
Therefore, the default is to delete the root volume of an instance when the instance terminates. The
DeletionOnTermination attribute can be set by the creator of an AMI as well as by the person who
launches an instance. When the attribute is changed by the creator of an AMI or by the person who
launches an instance, the new setting overrides the original AMI default setting. We recommend that you
verify the default setting for the DeletionOnTermination attribute after you launch an instance with
an AMI.
By default, when you attach an EBS volume to an instance, its DeleteOnTermination attribute is set to
false. Therefore, the default is to preserve these volumes. You must delete a volume to avoid incurring
further charges. For more information, see Deleting an Amazon EBS Volume (p. 817). After the instance
terminates, you can take a snapshot of the preserved volume or attach it to another instance.
To verify the value of the DeleteOnTermination attribute for an EBS volume that is in-use, look at
the instance's block device mapping. For more information, see Viewing the EBS Volumes in an Instance
Block Device Mapping (p. 937).
You can change value of the DeleteOnTermination attribute for a volume when you launch the
instance or while the instance is running.
Examples
• Changing the Root Volume to Persist at Launch Using the Console (p. 391)
• Changing the Root Volume to Persist at Launch Using the Command Line (p. 391)
• Changing the Root Volume of a Running Instance to Persist Using the Command Line (p. 392)
Changing the Root Volume to Persist at Launch Using the Console

Using the console, you can change the DeleteOnTermination attribute when you launch an instance.
To change this attribute for a running instance, you must use the command line.
To change the root volume of an instance to persist at launch using the console

2. From the console dashboard, select Launch Instance.
3. On the Choose an Amazon Machine Image (AMI) page, choose an AMI and choose Select.
5. On the Add Storage page, deselect the Delete On Termination check box for the root volume.
6. Complete the remaining wizard pages, and then choose Launch.
You can verify the setting by viewing details for the root device volume on the instance's details pane.
Next to Block devices, click the entry for the root device volume. By default, Delete on termination is
True. If you change the default behavior, Delete on termination is False.
Changing the Root Volume to Persist at Launch Using the Command Line
When you launch an EBS-backed instance, you can use one of the following commands to change the
root device volume to persist. For more information about these command line interfaces, see Accessing
Amazon EC2 (p. 3).
391
Recover

For example, add the following option to your run-instances command:
--block-device-mappings file://mapping.json
Specify the following in mapping.json:
[
{
"DeviceName": "/dev/sda1",
"Ebs": {
"DeleteOnTermination": false,
"SnapshotId": "snap-1234567890abcdef0",
"VolumeType": "gp2"
}
}
]
Changing the Root Volume of a Running Instance to Persist Using the Command
Line
You can use one of the following commands to change the root device volume of a running EBS-backed
instance to persist. For more information about these command line interfaces, see Accessing Amazon
EC2 (p. 3).

For example, use the following command:
aws ec2 modify-instance-attribute --instance-id i-1234567890abcdef0 --block-device-mappings

file://mapping.json
Specify the following in mapping.json:
[
{
"Ebs": {
"DeleteOnTermination": false
}
}
]
Recover Your Instance

You can create an Amazon CloudWatch alarm that monitors an Amazon EC2 instance and automatically
recovers the instance if it becomes impaired due to an underlying hardware failure or a problem that
requires AWS involvement to repair. Terminated instances cannot be recovered. A recovered instance is
identical to the original instance, including the instance ID, private IP addresses, Elastic IP addresses, and
all instance metadata. If the impaired instance is in a placement group, the recovered instance runs in the
placement group. For more information about using Amazon CloudWatch alarms to recover an instance,
392
Configure Instances
see Create Alarms That Stop, Terminate, Reboot, or Recover an Instance (p. 564). To troubleshoot issues
with instance recovery failures, see Troubleshooting Instance Recovery Failures (p. 393).
When the StatusCheckFailed_System alarm is triggered, and the recover action is initiated, you
will be notified by the Amazon SNS topic that you selected when you created the alarm and associated
the recover action. During instance recovery, the instance is migrated during an instance reboot, and
any data that is in-memory is lost. When the process is complete, information is published to the SNS
topic you've configured for the alarm. Anyone who is subscribed to this SNS topic will receive an email
notification that includes the status of the recovery attempt and any further instructions. You will notice
an instance reboot on the recovered instance.
Examples of problems that cause system status checks to fail include:

• Software issues on the physical host
• Hardware issues on the physical host that impact network reachability
If your instance has a public IPv4 address, it retains the public IPv4 address after recovery.
Requirements
The recover action is supported only on instances with the following characteristics:
• One of the following instance types: C3, C4, C5, C5n, M3, M4, M5, M5a, P3, R3, R4, R5, R5a, T2, T3,
T3a, X1, or X1e
• The default or dedicated instance tenancy
• EBS volumes only (do not configure instance store volumes)
Troubleshooting Instance Recovery Failures

The following issues can cause automatic recovery of your instance to fail:
• Temporary, insufficient capacity of replacement hardware.

• The instance has an attached instance store storage, which is an unsupported configuration for
automatic instance recovery.
• There is an ongoing Service Health Dashboard event that prevented the recovery process from
successfully executing. Refer to http://status.aws.amazon.com/ for the latest service availability
information.
• The instance has reached the maximum daily allowance of three recovery attempts.
The automatic recovery process attempts to recover your instance for up to three separate failures per
day. If the instance system status check failure persists, we recommend that you manually stop and start
the instance. For more information, see Stop and Start Your Instance (p. 382).
Your instance may subsequently be retired if automatic recovery fails and a hardware degradation is
determined to be the root cause for the original system status check failure.
Configuring Your Windows Instance

A Windows instance is a virtual server running Windows Server in the cloud.
393
EC2Launch
After you have successfully launched and logged into your instance, you can make changes to it so that
it's configured to meet the needs of a specific application. The following are some common tasks to help
you get started.
Contents
• Configuring a Windows Instance Using EC2Launch (p. 394)
• Configuring a Windows Instance Using the EC2Config Service (p. 404)
• Paravirtual Drivers for Windows Instances (p. 430)
• AWS NVMe Drivers for Windows Instances (p. 445)
• Optimizing CPU Options (p. 446)
• Setting the Time for a Windows Instance (p. 459)
• Setting Passwords for Windows Instances (p. 463)
• Adding Windows Components Using Installation Media (p. 463)
• Configuring a Secondary Private IPv4 Address for Your Windows Instance (p. 467)
• Running Commands on Your Windows Instance at Launch (p. 471)
• Instance Metadata and User Data (p. 477)
• Best Practices and Recommendations for SQL Server Clustering in EC2 (p. 488)
Configuring a Windows Instance Using EC2Launch

EC2Launch is a set of Windows PowerShell scripts that replaces the EC2Config service on Windows
Server 2016 and later AMIs.
Contents
• EC2Launch Tasks (p. 394)
• Installing the Latest Version of EC2Launch (p. 395)
• Verify the EC2Launch Version (p. 395)
• EC2Launch Directory Structure (p. 395)
• Configuring EC2Launch (p. 396)
• Using Sysprep with EC2Launch (p. 399)
• EC2Launch Version History (p. 402)
EC2Launch Tasks
EC2Launch performs the following tasks by default during the initial instance boot:
• Sets up new wallpaper that renders information about the instance.

• Sets the computer name.
• Sends instance information to the Amazon EC2 console.
• Sends the RDP certificate thumbprint to the EC2 console.
• Sets a random password for the administrator account.
• Adds DNS suffixes.
• Dynamically extends the operating system partition to include any unpartitioned space.
• Executes user data (if specified). For more information about specifying user data, see Working with
Instance User Data (p. 479).
• Sets persistent static routes to reach the metadata service and KMS servers.
394
EC2Launch
Important
If a custom AMI is created from this instance, these routes are captured as part of the OS
configuration and any new instances launched from the AMI will retain the same routes,
regardless of subnet placement. In order to update the routes, see Updating metadata/KMS
routes for Server 2016 and later when launching a custom AMI (p. 401).
The following tasks help to maintain backward compatibility with the EC2Config service. You can also
configure EC2Launch to perform these tasks during startup:
• Initialize secondary EBS volumes.

• Send Windows Event logs to the EC2 console logs.
• Send the Windows is ready to use message to the EC2 console.
For more information about Windows Server 2019, see Compare Features in Windows Server Versions on
Microsoft.com.
Installing the Latest Version of EC2Launch

Use the following procedure to download and install the latest version of EC2Launch on your instances.
To download and install the latest version of EC2Launch
1. If you have already installed and configured EC2Launch on an instance, make a backup of the
EC2Launch configuration file. The installation process does not preserve changes in this file. By
default, the file is located in the C:\ProgramData\Amazon\EC2-Windows\Launch\Config
directory.
2. Download EC2-Windows-Launch.zip to a directory on the instance.
3. Download install.ps1 to the same directory where you downloaded EC2-Windows-Launch.zip.
4. Run install.ps1
5. If you made a backup of the EC2Launch configuration file, copy it to the C:\ProgramData\Amazon
\EC2-Windows\Launch\Config directory.
Verify the EC2Launch Version

Use the following Windows PowerShell command to verify the installed version of EC2Launch.
PS C:\> Test-ModuleManifest -Path "C:\ProgramData\Amazon\EC2-Windows\Launch\Module

\Ec2Launch.psd1" | Select Version
EC2Launch Directory Structure

EC2Launch is installed by default on Windows Server 2016 and later AMIs in the root directory C:
\ProgramData\Amazon\EC2-Windows\Launch.
Note
By default, Windows hides files and folders under C:\ProgramData. To view EC2Launch
directories and files, you must either type the path in Windows Explorer or change the folder
properties to show hidden files and folders.
The Launch directory contains the following subdirectories.
• Scripts — Contains the PowerShell scripts that make up EC2Launch.
395
EC2Launch
• Module — Contains the module for building scripts related to Amazon EC2.
• Config — Contains script configuration files that you can customize.
• Sysprep — Contains Sysprep resources.
• Settings — Contains an application for the Sysprep graphical user interface.
• Logs — Contains log files generated by scripts.
Configuring EC2Launch
After your instance has been initialized the first time, you can configure EC2Launch to run again and
perform different start-up tasks.
Tasks
• Configure Initialization Tasks (p. 396)
• Schedule EC2Launch to Run on Every Boot (p. 397)
• Initialize Drives and Map Drive Letters (p. 397)
• Send Windows Event Logs to the EC2 Console (p. 398)
• Send Windows Is Ready Message After A Successful Boot (p. 398)
Configure Initialization Tasks

Specify settings in the LaunchConfig.json file to enable or disable the following initialization tasks:
• Set the computer name.

• Set up new wallpaper.
• Add DNS suffix list.
• Extend the boot volume size.
• Set the administrator password.
To configure initialization settings
1. On the instance to configure, open the following file in a text editor: C:\ProgramData\Amazon
\EC2-Windows\Launch\Config\LaunchConfig.json.
2. Update the following settings as needed and save your changes. Provide a password in
adminPassword only if adminPasswordtype is Specify.
{
"setComputerName": false,
"setWallpaper": true,
"addDnsSuffixList": true,
"extendBootVolumeSize": true,
"handleUserData": true,
"adminPasswordType": "Random | Specify | DoNothing",
"adminPassword": "password that adheres to your security policy (optional)"
}
The password types are defined as follows:
Random
EC2Launch generates a password and encrypts it using the user's key. The system disables this
setting after the instance is launched so that this password persists if the instance is rebooted or
stopped and started.
396
EC2Launch
Specify
EC2Launch uses the password you specify in adminPassword. If the password does not meet
the system requirements, EC2Launch generates a random password instead. The password is
stored in LaunchConfig.json as clear text and is deleted after Sysprep sets the administrator
password. EC2Launch encrypts the password using the user's key.
DoNothing
EC2Launch uses the password you specify in the unattend.xml file. If you don't specify a
password in unattend.xml, the administrator account is disabled.
3. In Windows PowerShell, run the following command to schedule the script to run as a Windows
Scheduled Task. The script runs one time during the next boot and then disables these tasks from
running again.
Schedule
Schedule EC2Launch to Run on Every Boot

You can schedule EC2Launch to run on every boot instead of only the initial boot.
To enable EC2Launch to run on every boot:
1. Open Windows PowerShell and run the following command:
SchedulePerBoot
2. Or, run the executable with the following command:
PS C:\> C:\ProgramData\Amazon\EC2-Windows\Launch\Settings\Ec2LaunchSettings.exe
Then select Run EC2Launch on every boot. You can specify that your EC2 instance Shutdown
without Sysprep or Shutdown with Sysprep.
Note
When you enable EC2Launch to run on every boot, the following changes will be made to the
LaunchConfig.json the next time EC2Launch runs:
• AdminPasswordType will be set back to DoNothing so that the password does not change
on each boot.
• HandleUserData will be set back to false unless the user data has persist set to true.
For more information about user data scripts, see User Data Scripts in the Amazon EC2 User
Guide.
Similarly, if you do not want your password reset on the next boot, you should set
AdminPasswordType to DoNothing before rebooting.
Initialize Drives and Map Drive Letters

Specify settings in the DriveLetterMappingConfig.json file to map drive letters to volumes on
your EC2 instance. The script performs this operation if the drives have not already been initialized and
partitioned.
397
EC2Launch
To map drive letters to volumes
1. Open the C:\ProgramData\Amazon\EC2-Windows\Launch\Config

\DriveLetterMappingConfig.json file in a text editor.
2. Specify the following volume settings and save your changes:
{
"driveLetterMapping": [
{
"volumeName": "sample volume",
"driveLetter": "H"
}
]
}
3. Open Windows PowerShell and use the following command to run the EC2Launch script that
initializes the disks:
PS C:\> C:\ProgramData\Amazon\EC2-Windows\Launch\Scripts\InitializeDisks.ps1
To initialize the disks each time the instance boots, add the -Schedule flag as follows:
PS C:\> C:\ProgramData\Amazon\EC2-Windows\Launch\Scripts\InitializeDisks.ps1 -Schedule
Send Windows Event Logs to the EC2 Console

Specify settings in the EventLogConfig.json file to send Windows Event logs to EC2 console logs.
To configure settings to send Windows Event logs
1. On the instance, open the C:\ProgramData\Amazon\EC2-Windows\Launch\Config

\EventLogConfig.json file in a text editor.
2. Configure the following log settings and save your changes:
{
"events": [
{
"logName": "System",
"source": "An event source (optional)",
"level": "Error | Warning | Information",
"numEntries": 3
}
]
}
3. In Windows PowerShell, run the following command so that the system schedules the script to run
as a Windows Scheduled Task each time the instance boots.
PS C:\> C:\ProgramData\Amazon\EC2-Windows\Launch\Scripts\SendEventLogs.ps1 -Schedule
The logs can take three minutes or more to appear in the EC2 console logs.
Send Windows Is Ready Message After A Successful Boot

The EC2Config service sent the "Windows is ready" message to the EC2 console after every boot.
EC2Launch sends this message only after the initial boot. For backwards compatibility with the
398
EC2Launch
EC2Config service, you can schedule EC2Launch to send this message after every boot. On the instance,
open Windows PowerShell and run the following command. The system schedules the script to run as a
Windows Scheduled Task.
PS C:\> C:\ProgramData\Amazon\EC2-Windows\Launch\Scripts\SendWindowsIsReady.ps1 -Schedule
Using Sysprep with EC2Launch

Sysprep simplifies the process of duplicating a customized installation of Windows Server 2016 and
later. EC2Launch offers a default answer file and batch files for Sysprep that automate and secure the
image-preparation process on your AMI. Modifying these files is optional. These files are located in the
following directory by default: C:\ProgramData\Amazon\EC2-Windows\Launch\Sysprep.
Important
Do not use Sysprep to create an instance backup. Sysprep removes system-specific information.
If you remove this information there might be unintended consequences for an instance backup.
The EC2Launch answer file and batch files for Sysprep include the following:
Unattend.xml
This is the default answer file. If you run SysprepInstance.ps1 or choose ShutdownWithSysprep
in the user interface, the system reads the setting from this file.
BeforeSysprep.cmd
Customize this batch file to run commands before EC2Launch runs Sysprep.
SysprepSpecialize.cmd
Customize this batch file to run commands during the Sysprep specialize phase.
Running Sysprep with EC2Launch

On the full installation of Windows Server 2016 and later (with a desktop experience), you can run
Sysprep with EC2Launch manually or by using the EC2 Launch Settings application.
To run Sysprep using the EC2Launch Settings application
1. In the Amazon EC2 console, locate or create a Windows Server 2016 or later AMI.
2. Launch a Windows instance from the AMI.
3. Connect to your Windows instance and customize it.
4. Search for and run the EC2LaunchSettings application. It is located in the following directory by
default: C:\ProgramData\Amazon\EC2-Windows\Launch\Settings.
399
EC2Launch
5. Select or clear options as needed. These settings are stored in the LaunchConfig.json file.
6. For Administrator Password, do one of the following:
• Choose Random. EC2Launch generates a password and encrypts it using the user's key. The
system disables this setting after the instance is launched so that this password persists if the
instance is rebooted or stopped and started.
• Choose Specify and type a password that meets the system requirements. The password is
password. If you shut down now, the password is set immediately. EC2Launch encrypts the
password using the user's key.
• Choose DoNothing and specify a password in the unattend.xml file. If you don't specify a
7. Choose Shutdown with Sysprep.
To manually run Sysprep using EC2Launch
1. In the Amazon EC2 console locate or create a Windows Server 2016 or later Datacenter edition AMI
that you want to duplicate.
400
EC2Launch

3. Customize the instance.
4. Specify settings in the LaunchConfig.json file. This file is located in the C:\ProgramData
\Amazon\EC2-Windows\Launch\Config directory by default.
For adminPasswordType, specify one of the following values:
Random
EC2Launch generates a password and encrypts it using the user's key. The system disables this
setting after the instance is launched so that this password persists if the instance is rebooted or
stopped and started.
Specify
EC2Launch uses the password you specify in adminPassword. If the password does not meet
the system requirements, EC2Lauch generates a random password instead. The password is
password. EC2Launch encrypts the password using the user's key.
DoNothing
EC2Launch uses the password you specify in the unattend.xml file. If you don't specify a
5. (Optional) Specify settings in unattend.xml and other configuration files. If plan to attend to
the installation, then you don't need to make changes in these files. The files are located in the
following directory by default: C:\ProgramData\Amazon\EC2-Windows\Launch\Sysprep.
6. In Windows PowerShell, run ./InitializeInstance.ps1 -Schedule. The script is located in
the following directory, by default: C:\ProgramData\Amazon\EC2-Windows\Launch\Scripts.
This script schedules the instance to initialize during the next boot. You must run this script before
you run the SysprepInstance.ps1 script in the next step.
7. In Windows PowerShell, run ./SysprepInstance.ps1. The script is located in the following
directory by default: C:\ProgramData\Amazon\EC2-Windows\Launch\Scripts.
You are logged off the instance and the instance shuts down. If you check the Instances page in the
Amazon EC2 console, the instance state changes from running to stopping, and then to stopped. At
this point, it is safe to create an AMI from this instance.
Updating metadata/KMS routes for Server 2016 and later when launching a
custom AMI
To update metadata/KMS routes for Server 2016 and later when launching a custom AMI
1. Use EC2LaunchSettings GUI (C:\ProgramData\Amazon\EC2-Windows\Launch\Settings

\Ec2LaunchSettings.exe) to shut down with Sysprep.
2. Or, shut down without Sysprep before creating an AMI. This sets the EC2 Launch Initialize tasks to
run at the next boot, which will set routes based on the subnet being launched into.
3. Or, manually reschedule EC2 Launch initialize tasks before creating an AMI from
PowerShell (p. 396).
Important
Please take note of the default password reset behavior before rescheduling tasks.
401
EC2Launch
EC2Launch Version History

Windows AMIs starting with Windows Server 2016 include a set of Windows Powershell scripts called
EC2Launch. EC2Launch performs tasks during the initial instance boot. For information about the
EC2Launch versions included in the Windows AMIs, see see Managed AWS Windows AMIs (p. 78).
To download and install the latest version of EC2Launch, see Installing the Latest Version of
EC2Launch (p. 395).
The following table describes the released versions of EC2Launch.
Version Details
1.3.2001660 • Fixed automatic login issue for users without

password after first time executing Sysprep.
1.3.2001360 • Fixed minor issues.
1.3.2001220 • All PowerShell scripts signed.
1.3.2001200 • Fixed issue with InitializeDisks.ps1 where

running the script on a node in a Microsoft
Windows Server Failover Cluster would format
drives on remote nodes whose drive letter
matched the local drive letter.
1.3.2001160 • Fixed missing wallpaper in Windows 2019.
1.3.2001040 • Added plugin for setting the monitor to never

turn off to fix ACPI issues.
• SQL Server edition and version written to
console.
1.3.2000930 • Fix for adding routes to metadata on ipv6-

enabled ENIs.
1.3.2000760 • Added default configuration for RSS and

Receive Queue settings for ENA devices.
• Disabled hibernation during Sysprep.
1.3.2000630 • Added route 169.254.169.253/32 for DNS

server.
• Added filter of setting Admin user.
• Improvements made to instance hibernation.
• Added option to schedule EC2Launch to run on
every boot.
1.3.2000430.0 • Added route 169.254.169.123/32 to AMZN

time service.
• Added route 169.254.169.249/32 to GRID
license service.
• Added timeout of 25 seconds when attempting
to start Systems Manager.
1.3.200039.0 • Fixed improper drive lettering for EBS NVME

volumes.
402
EC2Launch
Version Details
• Added additional logging for NVME driver
versions.
1.3.2000080 Fixed minor issues.
1.3.610 Fixed issue with redirecting output and errors to

files from user data.
1.3.590 • Added missing instances types in the wallpaper.

• Fixed an issue with drive letter mapping and
disk installation.
1.3.580 • Fixed Get-Metadata to use the default system

proxy settings for web requests.
• Added a special case for NVMe in disk
initialization.
• Fixed minor issues.
1.3.550 Added a -NoShutdown option to enable Sysprep

with no shutdown.
1.3.0 • Fixed a hexadecimal length issue for computer

name change.
• Fixed a possible reboot loop for computer name
change.
• Fixed an issue in wallpaper setup.
1.2.0 • Update to display information about installed

operating system (OS) in EC2 system log.
• Update to display EC2Launch and SSM Agent
version in EC2 system log.
• Fixed minor issues.
1.1.2 • Update to display ENA driver information in EC2

system log.
• Update to exclude Hyper-V from primary NIC
filter logic.
• Added KMS server and port into registry key for
KMS activation.
• Improved wallpaper setup for multiple users.
• Update to clear routes from persistent store.
• Update to remove the z from availability zone in
DNS suffix list.
• Update to address an issue with the
<runAsLocalSystem> tag in user data.
1.1.1 Initial release.
403
EC2Config Service
Configuring a Windows Instance Using the EC2Config

Service
Windows AMIs for Windows Server 2012 R2 and earlier include an optional service, the EC2Config service
(EC2Config.exe). EC2Config starts when the instance boots and performs tasks during startup and
each time you stop or start the instance. EC2Config can also perform tasks on demand. Some of these
tasks are automatically enabled, while others must be enabled manually. Although optional, this service
provides access to advanced features that aren't otherwise available. This service runs in the LocalSystem
account.
Note
EC2Launch replaces EC2Config on Windows AMIs for Windows Server 2016 and later. For more
information, see Configuring a Windows Instance Using EC2Launch (p. 394).
EC2Config uses settings files to control its operation. You can update these settings files using either a
graphical tool or by directly editing XML files. The service binaries and additional files are contained in
the %ProgramFiles%\Amazon\EC2ConfigService directory.
Contents
• EC2Config Tasks (p. 404)
• Installing the Latest Version of EC2Config (p. 405)
• Stopping, Restarting, Deleting, or Uninstalling EC2Config (p. 406)
• EC2Config and AWS Systems Manager (p. 407)
• EC2Config and Sysprep (p. 407)
• EC2 Service Properties (p. 407)
• EC2Config Settings Files (p. 410)
• Configure Proxy Settings for the EC2Config Service (p. 414)
• EC2Config Version History (p. 416)
• Troubleshooting Issues with the EC2Config Service (p. 428)
EC2Config Tasks
EC2Config runs initial startup tasks when the instance is first started and then disables them. To run
these tasks again, you must explicitly enable them prior to shutting down the instance, or by running
Sysprep manually. These tasks are as follows:
• Set a random, encrypted password for the administrator account.

• Generate and install the host certificate used for Remote Desktop Connection.
• Dynamically extend the operating system partition to include any unpartitioned space.
• Execute the specified user data (and Cloud-Init, if it's installed). For more information about specifying
user data, see Working with Instance User Data (p. 479).
EC2Config performs the following tasks every time the instance starts:
• Change the host name to match the private IP address in Hex notation (this task is disabled by default
and must be enabled in order to run at instance start).
• Configure the key management server (AWS KMS), check for Windows activation status, and activate
Windows as necessary.
• Mount all Amazon EBS volumes and instance store volumes, and map volume names to drive letters.
404
EC2Config Service
• Write event log entries to the console to help with troubleshooting (this task is disabled by default and
must be enabled in order to run at instance start).
• Write to the console that Windows is ready.
• Add a custom route to the primary network adapter to enable the following IP addresses when
multiple NICs are attached: 169.254.169.250, 169.254.169.251, and 169.254.169.254. These
addresses are used by Windows Activation and when you access instance metadata.
EC2Config performs the following task every time a user logs in:
• Display wallpaper information to the desktop background.
While the instance is running, you can request that EC2Config perform the following task on demand:
• Run Sysprep and shut down the instance so that you can create an AMI from it. For more information,
see Create a Standard Amazon Machine Image Using Sysprep (p. 113).
Installing the Latest Version of EC2Config

By default, the EC2Config service is included in AMIs prior to Windows Server 2016. When the EC2Config
service is updated, new Windows AMIs from AWS include the latest version of the service. However, you
need to update your own Windows AMIs and instances with the latest version of EC2Config.
Note
EC2Launch replaces EC2Config on Windows Server 2016 and later AMIs. For more information,
see Configuring a Windows Instance Using EC2Launch (p. 394).
For information about how to receive notifications for EC2Config updates, see Subscribing to EC2Config
Service Notifications (p. 428). For information about the changes in each version, see the EC2Config
Version History (p. 416).
Before You Begin

• Verify that you have .NET framework 3.5 SP1 or greater.
• By default, Setup replaces your settings files with default settings files during installation and restarts
the EC2Config service when the installation is completed. If you changed EC2Config service settings,
copy the config.xml file from the %Program Files%\Amazon\Ec2ConfigService\Settings
directory. After you update the EC2Config service, you can restore this file to retain your configuration
changes.
• If your version of EC2Config is earlier than version 2.1.19 and you are installing version 2.2.12 or
earlier, you must first install version 2.1.19. To install version 2.1.19, download EC2Install_2.1.19.zip,
unzip the file, and then run EC2Install.exe.
Note
If your version of EC2Config is earlier than version 2.1.19 and you are installing version
2.3.313 or later, you can install it directly without installing version 2.1.19 first.
Verify the EC2Config Version

Use the following procedure to verify the version of EC2Config that is installed on your instances.
To verify the installed version of EC2Config
1. Launch an instance from your AMI and connect to it.

2. In Control Panel, select Programs and Features.
405
EC2Config Service
3. In the list of installed programs, look for Ec2ConfigService. Its version number appears in the
Version column.
Update EC2Config
Use the following procedure to download and install the latest version of EC2Config on your instances.
To download and install the latest version of EC2Config
1. Download and unzip the EC2Config installer.

2. Run EC2Install.exe. For a complete list of options, run EC2Install with the /? option. By
default, setup displays prompts. To run the command with no prompts, use the /quiet option.
Important
To keep the custom settings from the config.xml file that you saved, run EC2Install
with the /norestart option, restore your settings, and then restart the EC2Config service
manually.
3. If you are running EC2Config version 4.0 or later, you must restart SSM Agent on the instance from
the Microsoft Services snap-in.
Note
The updated EC2Config version information will not appear in the instance System Log or
Trusted Advisor check until you reboot or stop and start your instance.
Stopping, Restarting, Deleting, or Uninstalling EC2Config

You can manage the EC2Config service just as you would any other service.
To apply updated settings to your instance, you can stop and restart the service. If you're manually
installing EC2Config, you must stop the service first.
To stop the EC2Config service

2. On the Start menu, point to Administrative Tools, and then click Services.
3. In the list of services, right-click EC2Config, and select Stop.
To restart the EC2Config service

2. On the Start menu, point to Administrative Tools, and then click Services.
3. In the list of services, right-click EC2Config, and select Restart.
If you don't need to update the configuration settings, create your own AMI, or use AWS Systems
Manager, you can delete and uninstall the service. Deleting a service removes its registry subkey.
Uninstalling a service removes the files, the registry subkey, and any shortcuts to the service.
To delete the EC2Config service
1. Start a command prompt window.

2. Run the following command:
sc delete ec2config
406
EC2Config Service
To uninstall EC2Config

2. On the Start menu, click Control Panel.
3. Double-click Programs and Features.
4. On the list of programs, select EC2ConfigService, and click Uninstall .
EC2Config and AWS Systems Manager

The EC2Config service processes Systems Manager requests on instances created from AMIs for versions
of Windows Server prior to Windows Server 2016 that were published before November 2016.
Instances created from AMIs for versions of Windows Server prior to Windows Server 2016 that were
published after November 2016 include the EC2Config service and SSM Agent. EC2Config performs all of
the tasks described earlier, and SSM Agent processes requests for Systems Manager capabilities like Run
Command and State Manager.
You can use Run Command to upgrade your existing instances to use to the latest version of the
EC2Config service and SSM Agent. For more information, see Update SSM Agent by using Run Command
in the AWS Systems Manager User Guide.
EC2Config and Sysprep

The EC2Config service runs Sysprep, a Microsoft tool that enables you to create a customized Windows
AMI that can be reused. When EC2Config calls Sysprep, it uses the files in %ProgramFiles%\Amazon
\EC2ConfigService\Settings to determine which operations to perform. You can edit these files
indirectly using the Ec2 Service Properties dialog box, or directly using an XML editor or a text editor.
However, there are some advanced settings that aren't available in the Ec2 Service Properties dialog
box, so you must edit those entries directly.
If you create an AMI from an instance after updating its settings, the new settings are applied to any
instance that's launched from the new AMI. For information about creating an AMI, see Creating a
Custom Windows AMI (p. 64).
EC2 Service Properties

The following procedure describes how to use the Ec2 Service Properties dialog box to enable or disable
settings.
To change settings using the Ec2 Service Properties dialog box

2. From the Start menu, click All Programs, and then click EC2ConfigService Settings.
407
EC2Config Service
3. On the General tab of the Ec2 Service Properties dialog box, you can enable or disable the
following settings.
Set Computer Name
If this setting is enabled (it is disabled by default), the host name is compared to the current
internal IP address at each boot; if the host name and internal IP address do not match, the
host name is reset to contain the internal IP address and then the system reboots to pick up the
new host name. To set your own host name, or to prevent your existing host name from being
modified, do not enable this setting.
User Data
User data execution enables you to specify scripts in the instance metadata. By default, these
scripts are run during the initial launch. You can also configure them to run the next time you
reboot or start the instance, or every time you reboot or start the instance.
If you have a large script, we recommend that you use user data to download the script, and
then execute it.
For more information, see User Data Execution (p. 472).

Event Log
Use this setting to display event log entries on the console during boot for easy monitoring and
debugging.
Click Settings to specify filters for the log entries sent to the console. The default filter sends
the three most recent error entries from the system event log to the console.
Wallpaper Information
Use this setting to display system information on the desktop background. The following is an
example of the information displayed on the desktop background.
408
EC2Config Service
The information displayed on the desktop background is controlled by the settings file
EC2ConfigService\Settings\WallpaperSettings.xml.
Enable Hibernation
Use this setting to allow EC2 to signal the operating system to perform hibernation.
4. Click the Storage tab. You can enable or disable the following settings.
Root Volume
This setting dynamically extends Disk 0/Volume 0 to include any unpartitioned space. This can
be useful when the instance is booted from a root device volume that has a custom size.
Initialize Drives
This setting formats and mounts all volumes attached to the instance during start.
Drive Letter Mapping
The system maps the volumes attached to an instance to drive letters. For Amazon EBS
volumes, the default is to assign drive letters going from D: to Z:. For instance store volumes,
the default depends on the driver. Citrix PV drivers assign instance store volumes drive letters
going from Z: to A:. Red Hat drivers assign instance store volumes drive letters going from D: to
Z:.
To choose the drive letters for your volumes, click Mappings. In the DriveLetterSetting dialog
box, specify the Volume Name and Drive Letter values for each volume, click Apply, and then
409
EC2Config Service
click OK. We recommend that you select drive letters that avoid conflicts with drive letters that
are likely to be in use, such as drive letters in the middle of the alphabet.
After you specify a drive letter mapping and attach a volume with same label as one of the
volume names that you specified, EC2Config automatically assigns your specified drive letter
to that volume. However, the drive letter mapping fails if the drive letter is already in use. Note
that EC2Config doesn't change the drive letters of volumes that were already mounted when
you specified the drive letter mapping.
5. To save your settings and continue working on them later, click OK to close the Ec2 Service
Properties dialog box. If you have finished customizing your instance and want to create an AMI
from that instance, see Create a Standard Amazon Machine Image Using Sysprep (p. 113).
EC2Config Settings Files

The settings files control the operation of the EC2Config service. These files are located in the C:
\Program Files\Amazon\Ec2ConfigService\Settings directory:
• ActivationSettings.xml—Controls product activation using a key management server (KMS).

• AWS.EC2.Windows.CloudWatch.json—Controls which performance counters to send to
CloudWatch and which logs to send to CloudWatch Logs.
• BundleConfig.xml—Controls how EC2Config prepares an instance store-backed instance for AMI
creation.
• Config.xml—Controls the primary settings.
• DriveLetterConfig.xml—Controls drive letter mappings.
• EventLogConfig.xml—Controls the event log information that's displayed on the console while the
instance is booting.
• WallpaperSettings.xml—Controls the information that's displayed on the desktop background.
ActivationSettings.xml
This file contains settings that control product activation. When Windows boots, the EC2Config service
checks whether Windows is already activated. If Windows is not already activated, it attempts to activate
Windows by searching for the specified KMS server.
• SetAutodiscover—Indicates whether to detect a KMS automatically.

• TargetKMSServer—Stores the private IP address of a KMS. The KMS must be in the same region as
your instance.
• DiscoverFromZone—Discovers the KMS server from the specified DNS zone.
• ReadFromUserData—Gets the KMS server from UserData.
• LegacySearchZones—Discovers the KMS server from the specified DNS zone.
• DoActivate—Attempts activation using the specified settings in the section. This value can be true
or false.
410
EC2Config Service
• LogResultToConsole—Displays the result to the console.
BundleConfig.xml
This file contains settings that control how EC2Config prepares an instance for AMI creation.
• AutoSysprep—Indicates whether to use Sysprep automatically. Change the value to Yes to use
Sysprep.
• SetRDPCertificate—Sets a self-signed certificate to the Remote Desktop server. This enables
you to securely RDP into the instances. Change the value to Yes if the new instances should have the
certificate.
This setting is not used with Windows Server 2008 or Windows Server 2012 instances because they
can generate their own certificates.
• SetPasswordAfterSysprep—Sets a random password on a newly launched instance, encrypts it
with the user launch key, and outputs the encrypted password to the console. Change the value of this
setting to No if the new instances should not be set to a random encrypted password.
Config.xml
Plug-ins
• Ec2SetPassword—Generates a random encrypted password each time you launch an instance. This
feature is disabled by default after the first launch so that reboots of this instance don't change a
password set by the user. Change this setting to Enabled to continue to generate passwords each
time you launch an instance.
This setting is important if you are planning to create an AMI from your instance.
• Ec2SetComputerName—Sets the host name of the instance to a unique name based on the IP
address of the instance and reboots the instance. To set your own host name, or prevent your existing
host name from being modified, you must disable this setting.
• Ec2InitializeDrives—Initializes and formats all volumes during startup. This feature is enabled
by default.
• Ec2EventLog—Displays event log entries in the console. By default, the three most recent error
entries from the system event log are displayed. To specify the event log entries to display, edit the
EventLogConfig.xml file located in the EC2ConfigService\Settings directory. For information
about the settings in this file, see Eventlog Key in the MSDN Library.
• Ec2ConfigureRDP—Sets up a self-signed certificate on the instance, so users can securely access the
instance using Remote Desktop. This feature is disabled on Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server
2012 instances because they can generate their own certificates.
• Ec2OutputRDPCert—Displays the Remote Desktop certificate information to the console so that the
user can verify it against the thumbprint.
• Ec2SetDriveLetter—Sets the drive letters of the mounted volumes based on user-defined settings.
By default, when an Amazon EBS volume is attached to an instance, it can be mounted using the drive
letter on the instance. To specify your drive letter mappings, edit the DriveLetterConfig.xml file
located in the EC2ConfigService\Settings directory.
• Ec2WindowsActivate—The plug-in handles Windows activation. It checks to see if Windows is
activated. If not, it updates the KMS client settings, and then activates Windows.
To modify the KMS settings, edit the ActivationSettings.xml file located in the
EC2ConfigService\Settings directory.
• Ec2DynamicBootVolumeSize—Extends Disk 0/Volume 0 to include any unpartitioned space.
• Ec2HandleUserData—Creates and executes scripts created by the user on the first launch of
an instance after Sysprep is run. Commands wrapped in script tags are saved to a batch file, and
411
EC2Config Service
commands wrapped in PowerShell tags are saved to a .ps1 file (corresponds to the User Data check
box on the Ec2 Service Properties dialog box).
• Ec2ElasticGpuSetup—Installs the Elastic GPU software package if the instance is associated with
an elastic GPU.
• Ec2FeatureLogging—Sends Windows feature installation and corresponding service status to the
console. Supported only for the Microsoft Hyper-V feature and corresponding vmms service.
Global Settings
• ManageShutdown—Ensures that instances launched from instance store-backed AMIs do not

terminate while running Sysprep.
• SetDnsSuffixList—Sets the DNS suffix of the network adapter for Amazon EC2. This allows DNS
resolution of servers running in Amazon EC2 without providing the fully qualified domain name.
• WaitForMetaDataAvailable—Ensures that the EC2Config service will wait for metadata to
be accessible and the network available before continuing with the boot. This check ensures that
EC2Config can obtain information from metadata for activation and other plug-ins.
• ShouldAddRoutes—Adds a custom route to the primary network adapter to enable the following IP
addresses when multiple NICs are attached: 169.254.169.250, 169.254.169.251, and 169.254.169.254.
These addresses are used by Windows Activation and when you access instance metadata.
• RemoveCredentialsfromSyspreponStartup—Removes the administrator password from
Sysprep.xml the next time the service starts. To ensure that this password persists, edit this setting.
DriveLetterConfig.xml
This file contains settings that control drive letter mappings. By default, a volume can be mapped to any
available drive letter. You can mount a volume to a particular drive letter as follows.
<?xml version="1.0" standalone="yes"?>

<DriveLetterMapping>
<Mapping>
<VolumeName></VolumeName>
<DriveLetter></DriveLetter>
</Mapping>
. . .
<Mapping>
<VolumeName></VolumeName>
<DriveLetter></DriveLetter>
</Mapping>
</DriveLetterMapping>
• VolumeName—The volume label. For example, My Volume. To specify a mapping for an instance
storage volume, use the label Temporary Storage X, where X is a number from 0 to 25.
• DriveLetter—The drive letter. For example, M:. The mapping fails if the drive letter is already in use.
EventLogConfig.xml
This file contains settings that control the event log information that's displayed on the console while
the instance is booting. By default, we display the three most recent error entries from the System event
log.
• Category—The event log key to monitor.

• ErrorType—The event type (for example, Error, Warning, Information.)
• NumEntries—The number of events stored for this category.
412
EC2Config Service
• LastMessageTime—To prevent the same message from being pushed repeatedly, the service updates
this value every time it pushes a message.
• AppName—The event source or application that logged the event.
WallpaperSettings.xml
This file contains settings that control the information that's displayed on the desktop background. The
following information is displayed by default.
• Hostname—Displays the computer name.

• Instance ID—Displays the ID of the instance.
• Public IP Address—Displays the public IP address of the instance.
• Private IP Address—Displays the private IP address of the instance.
• Availability Zone—Displays the Availability Zone in which the instance is running.
• Instance Size—Displays the type of instance.
• Architecture—Displays the setting of the PROCESSOR_ARCHITECTURE environment variable.
You can remove any of the information that's displayed by default by deleting its entry. You can add
additional instance metadata to display as follows.
<WallpaperInformation>
<name>display_name</name>
<source>metadata</source>
<identifier>meta-data/path</identifier>
</WallpaperInformation>
You can add additional System environment variables to display as follows.
<WallpaperInformation>
<name>display_name</name>
<source>EnvironmentVariable</source>
<identifier>variable-name</identifier>
</WallpaperInformation>
InitializeDrivesSettings.xml
This file contains settings that control how EC2Config initializes drives.
By default, EC2Config initialize drives that were not brought online with the operating system. You can
customize the plugin as follows.
<InitializeDrivesSettings>
<SettingsGroup>setting</SettingsGroup>
</InitializeDrivesSettings>
Use a settings group to specify how you want to initialize drives:
FormatWithTRIM
Enables the TRIM command when formatting drives. After a drive has been formatted and
initialized, the system restores TRIM configuration.
Starting with EC2Config version 3.18, the TRIM command is disabled during the disk format
operation by default. This improves formatting times. Use this setting to enable TRIM during the
disk format operation for EC2Config version 3.18 and later.
413
EC2Config Service
FormatWithoutTRIM
Disables the TRIM command when formatting drives and improves formatting times in Windows.
After a drive has been formatted and initialized, the system restores TRIM configuration.
DisableInitializeDrives
Disables formatting for new drives. Use this setting to initialize drives manually.
Configure Proxy Settings for the EC2Config Service

You can configure the EC2Config service to communicate through a proxy using one of the following
methods: the AWS SDK for .NET, the system.net element, or Microsoft Group Policy and Internet
Explorer. Using the AWS SDK for .NET is the preferred method because you can specify a user name and
password.
Methods
• Configure Proxy Settings Using the AWS SDK for .NET (Preferred) (p. 414)
• Configure Proxy Settings Using the system.net Element (p. 415)
• Configure Proxy Settings Using Microsoft Group Policy and Microsoft Internet Explorer (p. 415)
Configure Proxy Settings Using the AWS SDK for .NET (Preferred)
You can configure proxy settings for the EC2Config service by specifying the proxy element in the
Ec2Config.exe.config file. For more information, see Configuration Files Reference for AWS SDK
for .NET.
To specify the proxy element in Ec2Config.exe.config
1. Edit the Ec2Config.exe.config file on an instance where you want the EC2Config service
to communicate through a proxy. By default, the file is located in the following directory:
%ProgramFiles%\Amazon\Ec2ConfigService.
2. Add the following aws element to the configSections. Do not add this to any existing
sectionGroups.
For EC2Config versions 3.17 or earlier
<configSections>
<section name="aws" type="Amazon.AWSSection, AWSSDK"/>
</configSections>
For EC2Config versions 3.18 or later
<configSections>
<section name="aws" type="Amazon.AWSSection, AWSSDK.Core"/>
</configSections>
3. Add the following aws element to the Ec2Config.exe.config file.
<aws>
<proxy
host="string value"
port="string value"
username="string value"
password="string value" />
414
EC2Config Service
</aws>
4. Save your changes.
Configure Proxy Settings Using the system.net Element

You can specify proxy settings in a system.net element in the Ec2Config.exe.config file. For more
information, see defaultProxy Element (Network Settings) on MSDN.
To specify the system.net element in Ec2Config.exe.config
1. Edit the Ec2Config.exe.config file on an instance where you want the EC2Config service
to communicate through a proxy. By default, the file is located in the following directory:
%ProgramFiles%\Amazon\Ec2ConfigService.
2. Add a defaultProxy entry to system.net. For more information, see defaultProxy Element
(Network Settings) on MSDN.
For example, the following configuration routes all traffic to use the proxy that is currently
configured for Internet Explorer, with the exception of the metadata and licensing traffic, which will
bypass the proxy.
<defaultProxy>
<proxy usesystemdefault="true" />
<bypasslist>
<add address="169.254.169.250" />
<add address="169.254.169.251" />
<add address="169.254.169.254" />
</bypasslist>
</defaultProxy>
3. Save your changes.
Configure Proxy Settings Using Microsoft Group Policy and Microsoft Internet
Explorer
The EC2Config service runs under the Local System user account. You can specify instance-wide proxy
settings for this account in Internet Explorer after you change Group Policy settings on the instance.
To configure proxy settings using Group Policy and Internet Explorer
1. On an instance where you want the EC2Config service to communicate through a proxy, open a
Command prompt as an Administrator, type gpedit.msc, and press Enter.
2. In the Local Group Policy Editor, under Local Computer Policy, choose Computer Configuration,
Administrative Templates, Windows Components, Internet Explorer.
3. In the right-pane, choose Make proxy settings per-machine (rather than per-user) and then choose
Edit policy setting.
4. Choose Enabled, and then choose Apply.
5. Open Internet Explorer, and then choose the Tools button.
6. Choose Internet Option, and then choose the Connections tab.
7. Choose LAN settings.
8. Under Proxy server, choose the Use a proxy server for your LAN option.
9. Specify address and port information and then choose OK.
415
EC2Config Service
EC2Config Version History

Windows AMIs prior to Windows Server 2016 include an optional service called the EC2Config service
(EC2Config.exe). EC2Config starts when the instance boots and performs tasks during startup and
each time you stop or start the instance. For information about the EC2Config versions included in the
Windows AMIs, see Managed AWS Windows AMIs (p. 78).
You can receive notifications when new versions of the EC2Config service are released. For more
information, see Subscribing to EC2Config Service Notifications (p. 428).
The following table describes the released versions of EC2Config. For information about the updates for
SSM Agent, see Systems Manager SSM Agent Release Notes.
Version Details
4.9.3519 • New version of SSM Agent 2.3.634.0
4.9.3270 • Added plugin for setting the monitor to never

turn off to fix ACPI issues
• SQL Server edition and version written to
console
• New version of SSM Agent 2.3.415.0
4.9.3230 • Drive Letter Mapping description updated to

better align to functionality
4.9.3160 • Increased wait time for primary NIC

• Added default configuration for RSS and
Receive Queue settings for ENA devices
• Disabled hibernation during Sysprep
• Upgraded AWS SDK to 3.3.29.13
4.9.3067 • Improvements made to instance hibernation

4.9.3034 • Added route 169.254.169.253/32 for DNS

server
4.9.2986 • Added signing for all EC2Config related binaries

4.9.2953 New version of SSM Agent (2.3.117.0)
4.9.2905 • New version of SSM Agent (2.3.50.0)

• Added route 169.254.169.123/32 to AMZN
time service
• Added route 169.254.169.249/32 to GRID
license service
416
EC2Config Service
Version Details
• Fixed an issue causing EBS NVMe volumes to be
marked as ephemeral

• Fixed an issue on M5 and C5 instances (unable
to find PV drivers)
• Add console logging for instance type, newest
PV drivers, and NVMe drivers

• Added COM port discovery on Amazon EC2 bare
metal instances
• Added Hyper-V status logging on Amazon EC2
bare metal instances

• Added the Elastic GPU plugin for GPU instances
417
EC2Config Service
Version Details

• Fixed the CloudWatch Logs directory path for
Windows Server 2003

• Fixed the issue with important.txt being
generated in EBS volumes.

• Fixed the issue with drive letter not being
mapped from Z: for ephemeral drives.

• [Bug] This version is not a valid update target
from SSM Agent v4.9.1775.

• Fixed an issue with output/error redirection for
admin userdata execution.

• Fixed problems with attaching multiple EBS
volumes to an Amazon EC2 instance.
• Improved CloudWatch to take a configuration
path, keeping the backwards compatibility.

• Fixed agent update issue with v4.3, v4.4, and
v4.5
418
EC2Config Service
Version Details
4.0.1343 • Run Command, State Manager, the CloudWatch

agent, and domain join support have
been moved into another agent called
SSM Agent. SSM Agent will be installed as
part of the EC2Config upgrade. For more
information, see EC2Config and AWS Systems
Manager (p. 407).
• If you have a proxy set up in EC2Config, you
will need to update your proxy settings for SSM
Agent before upgrading. If you do not update
the proxy settings, you will not be able to use
Run Command to manage your instances. To
avoid this, see the following information before
updating to the newer version: Installing and
Configuring SSM Agent on Windows Instances
in the AWS Systems Manager User Guide.
• If you previously enabled CloudWatch
integration on your instances by
using a local configuration file
(AWS.EC2.Windows.CloudWatch.json), you will
need to configure the file to work with SSM
Agent.
3.19.1153 • Re-enabled activation plugin for instances with

old KMS configuration.
• Change default TRIM behavior to be disabled
during disk format operation and added
FormatWithTRIM for overriding InitializeDisks
plugin with userdata.
3.18.1118 • Fix to reliably add routes to the primary

network adapter.
• Updates to improve support for AWS services.
3.17.1032 • Fixes duplicate system logs appearing when

filters set to same category.
• Fixes to prevent from hanging during disk
initialization.
3.16.930 Added support to log "Window is Ready to use"

event to Windows Event Log on start.
3.15.880 Fix to allow uploading Systems Manager Run

Command output to S3 bucket names with '.'
character.
419
EC2Config Service
Version Details
3.14.786 Added support to override InitializeDisks plugin

settings. For example: To speed up SSD disk
initialize, you can temporarily disable TRIM by
specifying this in userdata:
<InitializeDrivesSettings><SettingsGroup>FormatWithoutTRIM</
SettingsGroup></InitializeDrivesSettings
3.13.727 Systems Manager Run Command - Fixes to

process commands reliably after windows reboot.
3.12.649 • Fix to gracefully handle reboot when running

commands/scripts.
• Fix to reliably cancel running commands.
• Add support for (optionally) uploading MSI logs
to S3 when installing applications via Systems
Manager Run Command.
3.11.521 • Fixes to enable RDP thumbprint generation for

Windows Server 2003.
• Fixes to include timezone and UTC offset in the
EC2Config log lines.
• Systems Manager support to run Run Command
commands in parallel.
• Roll back previous change to bring partitioned
disks online.
3.10.442 • Fix Systems Manager configuration failures

when installing MSI applications.
• Fix to reliably bring storage disks online.
3.9.359 • Fix in post Sysprep script to leave the

configuration of windows update in a default
state.
• Fix the password generation plugin to improve
the reliability in getting GPO password policy
settings.
• Restrict EC2Config/SSM log folder permissions
to the local Administrators group.
3.8.294 • Fixed an issue with CloudWatch that prevented

logs from getting uploaded when not on
primary drive.
• Improved the disk initialization process by
adding retry logic.
• Added improved error handling when the
SetPassword plugin occasionally failed during
AMI creation.
420
EC2Config Service
Version Details
3.7.308 • Improvements to the ec2config-cli utility for

config testing and troubleshooting within
instance.
• Avoid adding static routes for KMS and meta-
data service on an OpenVPN adapter.
• Fixed an issue where user-data execution was
not honoring the "persist" tag.
• Improved error handling when logging to the
EC2 console is not available.
3.6.269 • Windows activation reliability fix to first use link

local address 169.254.0.250/251 for activating
windows via KMS
• Improved proxy handling for Systems Manager,
Windows Activation and Domain Join scenarios
• Fixed an issue where duplicate lines of user
accounts were added to the Sysprep answer file
3.5.228 • Addressed a scenario where the CloudWatch

plugin may consume excessive CPU and
memory reading Windows Event Logs
• Added a link to the CloudWatch configuration
documentation in the EC2Config Settings UI
3.4.212 • Fixes to EC2Config when used in combination

with VM-Import.
• Fixed service naming issue in the WiX installer.
3.3.174 • Improved exception handling for Systems

Manager and domain join failures.
• Change to support Systems Manager SSM
schema versioning.
• Fixed formatting ephemeral disks on Win2K3.
• Change to support configuring disk size greater
than 2TB.
• Reduced virtual memory usage by setting GC
mode to default.
• Support for downloading artifacts from UNC
path in aws:psModule and aws:application
plugin.
• Improved logging for Windows activation
plugin.
421
EC2Config Service
Version Details
3.2.97 • Performance improvements by delay loading

Systems Manager SSM assemblies.
• Improved exception handling for malformed
sysprep2008.xml.
• Command line support for Systems Manager
"Apply" configuration.
• Change to support domain join when there is a
pending computer rename.
• Support for optional parameters in the
aws:applications plugin.
• Support for command array in aws:psModule
plugin.
3.0.54 • Enable support for Systems Manager.

• Automatically domain join EC2 Windows
instances to an AWS directory via Systems
Manager.
• Configure and upload CloudWatch logs/metrics
via Systems Manager.
• Install PowerShell modules via Systems
Manager.
• Install MSI applications via Systems Manager.
2.4.233 • Added scheduled task to recover EC2Config

from service startup failures.
• Improvements to the Console log error
messages.
2.3.313 • Fixed an issue with large memory consumption

in some cases when the CloudWatch Logs
feature is enabled.
• Fixed an upgrade bug so that ec2config versions
lower than 2.1.19 can now upgrade to latest.
• Updated COM port opening exception to be
more friendly and useful in logs.
• Ec2configServiceSettings UI disabled resizing
and fixed the attribution and version display
placement in UI.
2.2.12 • Handled NullPointerException while querying a

registry key for determining Windows Sysprep
state which returned null occasionally.
• Freed up unmanaged resources in finally block.
2.2.11 Fixed a issue in CloudWatch plugin for handling

empty log lines.
422
EC2Config Service
Version Details
2.2.10 • Removed configuring CloudWatch Logs settings

through UI.
• Enable users to define CloudWatch
Logs settings in %ProgramFiles%
\Amazon\Ec2ConfigService\Settings
\AWS.EC2.Windows.CloudWatch.json file to
allow future enhancements.
2.2.9 Fixed unhandled exception and added logging.
2.2.8 • Fixes Windows OS version check in EC2Config

Installer to support Windows Server 2003 SP1
and later.
• Fixes null value handling when reading registry
keys related to updating Sysprep config files.
2.2.7 • Added support for EC2Config to run during

Sysprep execution for Windows 2008 and
greater.
• Improved exception handling and logging for
better diagnostics
2.2.6 • Reduced the load on the instance and on

CloudWatch Logs when uploading log events.
• Addressed an upgrade issue where the
CloudWatch Logs plug-in did not always stay
enabled
2.2.5 • Added support to upload logs to CloudWatch

Log Service.
• Fixed a race condition issue in
Ec2OutputRDPCert plug-in
• Changed EC2Config Service recovery option to
Restart from TakeNoAction
• Added more exception information when
EC2Config Crashes
2.2.4 • Fixed a typo in PostSysprep.cmd

• Fixed the bug which EC2Config does not pin
itself onto start menu for OS2012+
423
EC2Config Service
Version Details
2.2.3 • Added option to install EC2Config without

service starting immediately upon install. To
use, run 'Ec2Install.exe start=false' from the
command prompt
• Added parameter in wallpaper plugin to
control adding/removing wallpaper. To
use, run 'Ec2WallpaperInfo.exe set' or
'Ec2WallpaperInfo.exe revert' from the
command prompt
• Added checking for RealTimeIsUniversal
key, output incorrect settings of the
RealTimeIsUniveral registry key to the Console
• Removed EC2Config dependency on Windows
temp folder
• Removed UserData execution dependency
on .Net 3.5
2.2.2 • Added check to service stop behavior to check

that resources are being released
• Fixed issue with long execution times when
joined to domain
2.2.1 • Updated Installer to allow upgrades from older

versions
• Fixed Ec2WallpaperInfo bug in .Net4.5 only
environment
• Fixed intermittent driver detection bug
• Added silent install option. Execute
Ec2Install.exe with the '-q' option. eg:
'Ec2Install.exe -q'
2.2.0 • Added support for .Net4 and .Net4.5 only

environments
• Updated Installer
2.1.19 • Added ephemeral disk labeling support when

using Intel network driver (eg. C3 instance
Type). For more information, see Enhanced
Networking on Windows (p. 699).
• Added AMI Origin Version and AMI Origin Name
support to the console output
• Made changes to the Console Output for
consistent formatting/parsing
• Updated Help File
2.1.18 • Added EC2Config WMI Object for Completion

notification (-Namespace root\Amazon -Class
EC2_ConfigService)
• Improved Performance of Startup WMI query
with large Event Logs; could cause prolonged
high CPU during initial execution
424
EC2Config Service
Version Details
2.1.17 • Fixed UserData execution issue with Standard

Output and Standard Error buffer filling
• Fixed incorrect RDP thumbprint sometimes
appearing in Console Output for >= w2k8 OS
• Console Output now contains
'RDPCERTIFICATE-SubjectName:' for Windows
2008+, which contains the machine name value
• Added D:\ to Drive Letter Mapping dropdown
• Moved Help button to top right and changed
look/feel
• Added Feedback survey link to top right
2.1.16 • General Tab includes link to EC2Config

download page for new Versions
• Desktop Wallpaper overlay now stored in Users
Local Appdata folder instead of My Documents
to support MyDoc redirection
• MSSQLServer name sync'd with system in Post-
Sysprep script (2008+)
• Reordered Application Folder (moved files to
Plugin directory and removed duplicate files)
• Changed System Log Output (Console):
• *Moved to a date, name, value format for easier
parsing (Please start migrating dependencies to
new format)
• *Added 'Ec2SetPassword' plugin status
• *Added Sysprep Start and End times
• Fixed issue of Ephemeral Disks not being
labeled as 'Temporary Storage' for non-english
Operating Systems
• Fixed EC2Config Uninstall failure after running
Sysprep
2.1.15 • Optimized requests to the Metadata service

• Metadata now bypass Proxy Settings
• Ephemeral Disks labeled as 'Temporary
Storage' and Important.txt placed on volume
when found (Citrix PV drivers only). For more
information, see Upgrading PV Drivers on Your
Windows Instances (p. 435).
• Ephemeral Disks assigned drive letters from Z
to A (Citrix PV drivers only) - assignment can
be overwritten using Drive Letter Mapping
plugin with Volume labels 'Temporary Storage
X' where x is a number 0-25)
• UserData now executes immediately following
'Windows is Ready'
2.1.14 Desktop wallpaper fixes
425
EC2Config Service
Version Details
2.1.13 • Desktop wallpaper will display hostname by

default
• Removed dependency on Windows Time service
• Route added in cases where multiple IPs are
assigned to a single interface
2.1.11 • Changes made to Ec2Activation Plugin

• -Verifies Activation status every 30 days
• -If Grace Period has 90 days remaining (out of
180), reattempts activation
2.1.10 • Desktop wallpaper overlay no longer persists

with Sysprep or Shutdown without Sysprep
• Userdata option to execute on every service
start with <persist>true</persist>
• Changed location and name of /
DisableWinUpdate.cmd to /Scripts/
PostSysprep.cmd
• Administrator password set to not expire by
default in /Scripts/PostSysprep.cmd
• Uninstall will remove EC2Config PostSysprep
script from c:\windows\setup\script
\CommandComplete.cmd
• Add Route supports custom interface metrics
2.1.9 UserData Execution no longer limited to 3851

Characters
2.1.7 • OS Version and language identifier written to

console
• EC2Config version written to console
• PV driver version written to console
• Detection of Bug Check and output to the
console on next boot when found
• Option added to config.xml to persist Sysprep
credentials
• Add Route Retry logic in cases of ENI being
unavailable at start
• User Data execution PID written to console
• Minimum generated password length retrieved
from GPO
• Set service start to retry 3 attempts
• Added S3_DownloadFile.ps1 and S3_Upload
file.ps1 examples to /Scripts folder
426
EC2Config Service
Version Details
2.1.6 • Version information added to General tab

• Renamed the Bundle tab to Image
• Simplified the process of specifying passwords
and moved the password-related UI from the
General tab to the Image tab
• Renamed the Disk Settings tab to Storage
• Added a Support tab with common tools for
troubleshooting
• Windows Server 2003 sysprep.ini set to
extend OS partition by default
• Added the private IP address to the wallpaper
• Private IP address displayed on wallpaper
• Added retry logic for Console output
• Fixed Com port exception for metadata
accessibility -- caused EC2Config to terminate
before console output is displayed
• Checks for activation status on every boot --
activates as necessary
• Fixed issue of relative paths -- caused when
manually executing wallpaper shortcut from
startup folder; pointing to Administrator/logs
• Fixed default background color for Windows
Server 2003 user (other than Administrator)
2.1.2 • Console timestamps in UTC (Zulu)

• Removed appearance of hyperlink on Sysprep
tab
• Addition of feature to dynamically expand Root
Volume on first boot for Windows 2008+
• When Set-Password is enabled, now
automatically enables EC2Config to set the
password
• EC2Config checks activation status prior to
running Sysprep (presents warning if not
activated)
• Windows Server 2003 Sysprep.xml now
defaults to UTC timezone instead of Pacific
• Randomized Activation Servers
• Renamed Drive Mapping tab to Disk Settings
• Moved Initialize Drives UI items from General to
the Disk Settings tab
• Help button now points to HTML help file
• Updated HTML help file with changes
• Updated 'Note' text for Drive Letter Mappings
• Added InstallUpdates.ps1 to /Scripts folder
for automating Patches and cleanup prior to
Sysprep
427
EC2Config Service
Version Details
2.1.0 • Desktop wallpaper displays instance

information by default upon first logon (not
disconnect/reconnect)
• PowerShell can be executed from the userdata
by surrounding the code with <powershell></
powershell>
Subscribing to EC2Config Service Notifications

Amazon SNS can notify you when new versions of the EC2Config service are released. Use the following
procedure to subscribe to these notifications.
To subscribe to EC2Config notifications

2. In the navigation bar, change the region to US East (N. Virginia), if necessary. You must select this
region because the SNS notifications that you are subscribing to were created in this region.
5. In the Create subscription dialog box, do the following:
a. For Topic ARN, use the following Amazon Resource Name (ARN):
arn:aws:sns:us-east-1:801119661308:ec2-windows-ec2config

6. You'll receive a email asking you to confirm your subscription. Open the email and follow the
directions to complete your subscription.
Whenever a new version of the EC2Config service is released, we send notifications to subscribers. If you
no longer want to receive these notifications, use the following procedure to unsubscribe.
To unsubscribe from EC2Config notifications
1. Open the Amazon SNS console.

3. Select the subscription and then choose Actions, Delete subscriptions When prompted for
confirmation, choose Delete.
Troubleshooting Issues with the EC2Config Service

The following information can help you troubleshoot issues with the EC2Config service.
Update EC2Config on an Unreachable Instance

Use the following procedure to update the EC2Config service on a Windows Server instance that is
inaccessible using Remote Desktop.
428
EC2Config Service
To update EC2Config on an Amazon EBS-backed Windows instance that you can't connect to

3. Locate the affected instance. Open the context (right-click) menu for the instance, choose Instance
State, and then choose Stop.
Warning
4. Choose Launch Instance and create a temporary t2.micro instance in the same Availability Zone
as the affected instance. Use a different AMI than the one that you used to launch the affected
instance.
Important
If you do not create the instance in the same Availability Zone as the affected instance you
will not be able to attach the root volume of the affected instance to the new instance.
5. In the EC2 console, choose Volumes.
6. Locate the root volume of the affected instance. Detach (p. 815) the volume and attach (p. 802)
it to the temporary instance that you created earlier. Attach it with the default device name (xvdf).
7. Use Remote Desktop to connect to the temporary instance, and then use the Disk Management
utility to make the volume available for use (p. 803).
8. Download the latest version of the EC2Config service. Extract the files from the .zip file to the
Temp directory on the drive you attached.
9. On the temporary instance, open the Run dialog box, type regedit, and press Enter.
10. Choose HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE. From the File menu, choose Load Hive. Choose the drive and then
navigate to and open the following file: Windows\System32\config\SOFTWARE. When prompted,
specify a key name.
11. Select the key you just loaded and navigate to Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion. Choose
the RunOnce key. If this key doesn't exist, choose CurrentVersion from the context (right-click)
menu, choose New and then choose Key. Name the key RunOnce.
12. From the context (right-click) menu choose the RunOnce key, choose New and then choose String
Value. Enter Ec2Install as the name and C:\Temp\Ec2Install.exe /quiet as the data.
13. Choose the HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\specified key name\Microsoft\Windows NT
\CurrentVersion\Winlogon key. From the context (right-click) menu choose New, and then
choose String Value. Enter AutoAdminLogon as the name and 1 as the value data.
\CurrentVersion\Winlogon> key. From the context (right-click) menu choose New, and then
choose String Value. Enter DefaultUserName as the name and Administrator as the value data.
\CurrentVersion\Winlogon key. From the context (right-click) menu choose New, and then
choose String Value. Type DefaultPassword as the name and enter a password in the value data.
16. In the Registry Editor navigation pane, choose the temporary key that you created when you first
opened Registry Editor.
17. From the File menu, choose Unload Hive.
18. In Disk Management Utility, choose the drive you attached earlier, open the context (right-click)
menu, and choose Offline.
19. In the Amazon EC2 console, detach the affected volume from the temporary instance and reattach it
to your instance with the device name /dev/sda1. You must specify this device name to designate
the volume as a root volume.
20. Stop and Start Your Instance (p. 382) the instance.
21. After the instance starts, check the system log and verify that you see the message Windows is ready
to use.
429
PV Drivers
22. Open Registry Editor and choose HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Microsoft\Windows NT

\CurrentVersion\Winlogon. Delete the String Value keys you created earlier: AutoAdminLogon,
DefaultUserName, and DefaultPassword.
23. Delete or stop the temporary instance you created in this procedure.
Paravirtual Drivers for Windows Instances

Windows AMIs contain a set of drivers to permit access to virtualized hardware. These drivers are used by
Amazon EC2 to map instance store and Amazon EBS volumes to their devices. The following table shows
key differences between the different drivers.
RedHat PV Citrix PV AWS PV
Instance type Not supported for all instance Supported for all instance types. Supported for
types. If you specify an all instance
unsupported instance type, the types.
instance is impaired.
Attached Supports up to 16 attached Supports more than 16 attached Supports

volumes volumes. volumes. more than
16 attached
volumes.
Network The driver has known issues The driver

where the network connection automatically
resets under high loads; for configures
example, fast FTP file transfers. jumbo
frames on
the network
adapter
when on a
compatible
instance type.
When the
instance is
in a cluster
placement
group (p. 709),
this offers
better
network
performance
between
instances in
the cluster
placement
group.
The following list shows which PV drivers you should run on each version of Windows Server on Amazon
EC2.
• Windows Server 2019: AWS PV

• Windows Server 2016: AWS PV
• Windows Server 2012 and 2012 R2: AWS PV
430
PV Drivers
• Windows Server 2008 R2: AWS PV

• Windows Server 2008: Citrix PV 5.9
Contents
• AWS PV Drivers (p. 431)
• Citrix PV Drivers (p. 433)
• RedHat PV Drivers (p. 434)
• Subscribing to Notifications (p. 434)
• Upgrading PV Drivers on Your Windows Instances (p. 435)
• Troubleshooting PV Drivers (p. 440)
AWS PV Drivers
The AWS PV drivers are stored in the %ProgramFiles%\Amazon\Xentools directory. This directory
also contains public symbols and a command line tool, xenstore_client.exe, that enables you to
access entries in XenStore. For example, the following PowerShell command returns the current time
from the Hypervisor:
PS C:\> [DateTime]::FromFileTimeUTC((gwmi -n root\wmi -cl

AWSXenStoreBase).XenTime).ToString("hh:mm:ss")
11:17:00
The AWS PV driver components are listed in the Windows registry under HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE
\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Services. These driver components are as follows: xenbus, xeniface,
xennet, xenvbd, and xenvif.
AWS PV drivers also have a Windows service named LiteAgent, which runs in user-mode. It handles tasks
such as shutdown and restart events from AWS APIs on Xen generation instances. You can access and
manage services by running Services.msc from the command line. When running on Nitro generation
instances, the AWS PV drivers are not used and the LiteAgent service will self-stop starting with driver
version 8.2.4. Updating to the latest AWS PV driver also updates the LiteAgent and improves reliability
on all instance generations.
Installing the Latest AWS PV Drivers

Amazon Windows AMIs contain a set of drivers to permit access to virtualized hardware. These
drivers are used by Amazon EC2 to map instance store and Amazon EBS volumes to their devices. We
recommend that you install the latest drivers to improve stability and performance of your EC2 Windows
instances.
Installation Options
• You can use AWS Systems Manager to automatically update the PV drivers. For more information,
see Walkthrough: Automatically Update PV Drivers on EC2 Windows Instances (Console) in the AWS
• You can download the setup package and run the install program manually. For information about
downloading and installing the AWS PV drivers, or if you are upgrading a domain controller, see
Upgrade Windows Server Instances (AWS PV Upgrade) (p. 435).
AWS PV Driver Package History

The following table shows the changes to AWS PV drivers for each driver release.
431
PV Drivers
Package Details Release date

version
8.3.2 Enhanced reliability of networking components. 30 July 2019
8.3.1 Improved performance and robustness of storage component. 12 June 2019
8.2.7 Improved efficiency to support migrating to latest generation 20 May 2019

instance types.
8.2.6 Improved efficiency of crash dump path. 15 January

2019
8.2.5 Additional security enhancements. 12 December

2018
PowerShell installer now available in package.
8.2.4 Reliability improvements. 2 October

2018
8.2.3 Bug fixes and performance improvements. 29 May 2018
Report EBS volume ID as disk serial number for EBS volumes. This
enables cluster scenarios such as S2D.
8.2.1 Network and storage performance improvements plus multiple 8 March 2018
robustness fixes.
To verify that this version has been installed, refer to the following
Windows registry value: HKLM\Software\Amazon\PVDriver
\Version 8.2.1.
7.4.6 Stability fixes to make AWS PV drivers more resilient. 26 April 2017
7.4.3 Added support for Windows Server 2016. 18 Nov 2016
Stability fixes for all supported Windows OS versions.
*AWS PV driver version 7.4.3's signature expires on March 29, 2019.

We recommend updating to the latest AWS PV driver.
7.4.2 Stability fixes for support of X1 instance type. 2 Aug 2016
7.4.1 • Performance improvement in AWS PV Storage driver. 12 July 2016

• Stability fixes in AWS PV Storage driver: Fixed an issue where
the instances were hitting a system crash with bugcheck code
0x0000DEAD.
• Stability fixes in AWS PV Network driver.
• Added support for Windows Server 2008R2.
7.3.2 • Improved logging and diagnostics. 24 June 2015

• Stability fix in AWS PV Storage driver. In some cases disks may
not surface in Windows after reattaching the disk to the instance.
• Added support for Windows Server 2012.
7.3.1 TRIM update: Fix related to TRIM requests. This fix stabilizes

instances and improves instance performance when managing large
numbers of TRIM requests.
432
PV Drivers
Package Details Release date

version
7.3.0 TRIM support: The AWS PV driver now sends TRIM requests to the
hypervisor. Ephemeral disks will properly process TRIM requests
given the underlying storage supports TRIM (SSD). Note that EBS-
based storage does not support TRIM as of March 2015.
7.2.5 • Stability fix in AWS PV Storage drivers: In some cases the AWS

PV driver could dereference invalid memory and cause a system
failure.
• Stability fix while generating a crash dump: In some cases the
AWS PV driver could get stuck in a race condition when writing a
crash dump. Before this release, the issue could only be resolved
by forcing the driver to stop and restart which lost the memory
dump.
7.2.4 Device ID persistence: This driver fix masks the platform PCI

device ID and forces the system to always surface the same device
ID, even if the instance is moved. More generally, the fix affects
how the hypervisor surfaces virtual devices. The fix also includes
modifications to the co-installer for the AWS PV drivers so the
system persists mapped virtual devices.
7.2.2 • Load the AWS PV drivers in Directory Services Restore Mode

(DSRM) mode: Directory Services Restore Mode is a safe mode
boot option for Windows Server domain controllers.
• Persist device ID when virtual network adapter device is
reattached: This fix forces the system to check the MAC address
mapping and persist the device ID. This fix ensures that adapters
retain their static settings if the adapters are reattached.
7.2.1 • Run in safe mode: Fixed an issue where the driver would not
load in safe mode. Previously the AWS PV Drivers would only
instantiate in normal running systems.
• Add disks to Microsoft Windows Storage Pools: Previously we
synthesized page 83 queries. The fix disabled page 83 support.
Note this does not affect storage pools that are used in a cluster
environment because PV disks are not valid cluster disks.
7.2.0 Base: The AWS PV base version.
Citrix PV Drivers
The Citrix PV drivers are stored in the %ProgramFiles%\Citrix\XenTools (32-bit instances) or
%ProgramFiles(x86)%\Citrix\XenTools (64-bit instances) directory.
The Citrix PV driver components are listed in the Windows registry under HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE
\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\services. These driver components are as follows: xenevtchn,
xeniface, xennet, Xennet6, xensvc, xenvbd, and xenvif.
Citrix also has a driver component named XenGuestAgent, which runs as a Windows service. It handles
tasks such as shutdown and restart events from the API. You can access and manage services by running
Services.msc from the command line.
If you are encountering networking errors while performing certain workloads, you may need to disable
the TCP offloading feature for the Citrix PV driver. For more information, see TCP Offloading (p. 444).
433
PV Drivers
RedHat PV Drivers
RedHat drivers are supported for legacy instances, but are not recommended on newer instances with
more than 12GB of RAM due to driver limitations. Instances with more than 12GB of RAM running
RedHat drivers can fail to boot and become inaccessible. We recommend upgrading RedHat drivers to
Citrix PV drivers, and then upgrade Citrix PV drivers to AWS PV drivers.
The source files for the RedHat drivers are in the %ProgramFiles%\RedHat (32-bit instances) or
%ProgramFiles(x86)%\RedHat (64-bit instances) directory. The two drivers are rhelnet, the RedHat
Paravirtualized network driver, and rhelscsi, the RedHat SCSI miniport driver.
Subscribing to Notifications
Amazon SNS can notify you when new versions of EC2 Windows Drivers are released. Use the following
To subscribe to EC2 notifications from the console

region because the SNS notifications that you are subscribing to are in this region.
a. For TopicARN, copy the following Amazon Resource Name (ARN):
arn:aws:sns:us-east-1:801119661308:ec2-windows-drivers
6. You'll receive a confirmation email. Open the email and follow the directions to complete your
subscription.
Whenever new EC2 Windows drivers are released, we send notifications to subscribers. If you no longer
want to receive these notifications, use the following procedure to unsubscribe.
To unsubscribe from Amazon EC2 Windows driver notification

3. Select the checkbox for the subscription and then choose Actions, Delete subscriptions. When
prompted for confirmation, choose Delete.
To subscribe to EC2 notifications using the AWS CLI
To subscribe to EC2 notifications with the AWS CLI, use the following command.
aws sns subscribe --topic-arn arn:aws:sns:us-east-1:801119661308:ec2-windows-drivers --

protocol email --notification-endpoint [email protected]
To subscribe to EC2 notifications using AWS Tools for Windows PowerShell
To subscribe to EC2 notifications with AWS Tools for Windows PowerShell, use the following command.
434
PV Drivers
Connect-SNSNotification -TopicArn 'arn:aws:sns:us-east-1:801119661308:ec2-windows-drivers'

-Protocol email -Region us-east-1 -Endpoint '[email protected]'
Upgrading PV Drivers on Your Windows Instances

To verify which driver your Windows instance uses, open Network Connections in Control Panel and
view the Local Area Connection. Check whether the driver is one of the following:
• AWS PV Network Device

• Citrix PV Ethernet Adapter
• RedHat PV NIC Driver
Alternatively, you can check the output from the pnputil -e command.
Contents
• Upgrade Windows Server Instances (AWS PV Upgrade) (p. 435)
• Upgrade a Domain Controller (AWS PV Upgrade) (p. 436)
• Upgrade Windows Server 2008 and 2008 R2 Instances (Redhat to Citrix PV Upgrade) (p. 437)
• Upgrade Your Citrix Xen Guest Agent Service (p. 439)
Upgrade Windows Server Instances (AWS PV Upgrade)

Use the following procedure to perform an in-place upgrade of AWS PV drivers, or to upgrade from Citrix
PV drivers to AWS PV drivers on Windows Server 2008 R2, Windows Server 2012, Windows Server 2012
R2,Windows Server 2016, or Windows Server 2019. This upgrade is not available for RedHat drivers, or
for other versions of Windows Server.
Important
If your instance is a domain controller, see Upgrade a Domain Controller (AWS PV
Upgrade) (p. 436). The upgrade process for domain controller instances is different than
standard editions of Windows.
To upgrade AWS PV drivers

3. Choose the instance that requires the driver upgrade, open the context (right-click) menu, choose
Instance State, and then choose Stop.
Warning
4. After the instance is stopped, create a backup. Open the context (right-click) menu for the instance,
choose Image, and then choose Create Image.
5. From the context (right-click) menu for the instance, choose Instance State, and then choose Start.
6. Connect to the instance using Remote Desktop and prepare the instance for upgrade. We
recommend that you take all non-system disks offline and note any drive letter mappings to the
secondary disks in Disk Management before you perform this upgrade. Note that this step is not
required if you are performing an in-place update of AWS PV drivers. We also recommend setting
non-essential services to Manual start-up in the Services console.
7. Download the latest driver package to the instance.
8. Extract the contents of the folder and then run AWSPVDriverSetup.msi.
435
PV Drivers
After running the MSI, the instance automatically reboots and then upgrades the driver. The instance will
not be available for up to 15 minutes. After the upgrade is complete and the instance passes both health
checks in the Amazon EC2 console, you can verify that the new driver was installed by connecting to the
instance using Remote Desktop and then running the following PowerShell command:
Get-ItemProperty HKLM:\SOFTWARE\Amazon\PVDriver
Verify that the driver version is the same as the latest version listed in the Driver Version History table.
For more information, see AWS PV Driver Package History (p. 431) Open Disk Management to review
any offline secondary volumes and bring them online corresponding to the drive letters noted in Step 6.
If you previously disabled TCP Offloading (p. 444) using Netsh for Citrix PV drivers we recommend that
you re-enable this feature after upgrading to AWS PV drivers. TCP Offloading issues with Citrix drivers
are not present in the AWS PV drivers. As a result, TCP Offloading provides better performance with AWS
PV drivers.
If you previously applied a static IP address or DNS configuration to the network interface, you must
reapply the static IP address or DNS configuration after upgrading AWS PV drivers.
Upgrade a Domain Controller (AWS PV Upgrade)

Use the following procedure on a domain controller to perform either an in-place upgrade of AWS PV
drivers, or to upgrade from Citrix PV drivers to AWS PV drivers.
To upgrade a domain controller

3. Choose the instance that requires the driver upgrade, open the context (right-click) menu, choose
Warning
4. After the instance is stopped, create a backup. Open the context (right-click) menu for the instance,
5. From the context (right-click) menu for the instance, choose Instance State, and then choose Start.
6. Run the following command to configure Windows to boot into Directory Services Restore Mode
(DSRM):
bcdedit /set {default} safeboot dsrepair
Warning
Before running this command, confirm that you know the DSRM password. You'll need this
information so that you can log in to your instance after the upgrade is complete and the
instance automatically reboots.
The system must boot into DSRM because the upgrade utility removes Citrix PV storage drivers so it
can install AWS PV drivers. Therefore we recommend noting any drive letter and folder mappings to
the secondary disks in Disk Management. When Citrix PV storage drivers are not present, secondary
drives will not be detected. Domain controllers that use an NTDS folder on secondary drives will not
boot because the secondary disk will not be detected.
Warning
After you run this command do not manually reboot the system. The system will be
unreachable because Citrix PV drivers do not support DSRM.
436
PV Drivers
7. Run the following command to add DisableDCCheck to the registry:
reg add HKLM\SOFTWARE\Wow6432Node\Amazon\AWSPVDriverSetup /v DisableDCCheck /t REG_SZ /

d true

9. Extract the contents of the folder and then run AWSPVDriverSetup.msi.
After running the MSI, the instance automatically reboots and then upgrades the driver. The instance
will not be available for up to 15 minutes.
10. After the upgrade is complete and the instance passes both health checks in the Amazon EC2
console, connect to the instance using Remote Desktop. Open Disk Management to review any
offline secondary volumes and bring them online corresponding to the drive letters and folder
mappings noted in Step 6.
Important
You must connect to the instance by specifying the user name in the following format
hostname\administrator. For example, Win2k12TestBox\administrator.
11. Run the following command to remove the DSRM boot configuration:
bcdedit /deletevalue safeboot
12. Reboot the instance.

13. To complete the upgrade process, verify that the new driver was installed. In Device Manager, under
Storage Controllers, locate AWS PV Storage Host Adapter. Verify that the driver version is the
same as the latest version listed in the Driver Version History table. For more information, see AWS
PV Driver Package History (p. 431).
14. Run the following command to delete DisableDCCheck from the registry:
reg delete HKLM\SOFTWARE\Wow6432Node\Amazon\AWSPVDriverSetup /v DisableDCCheck
Note
If you previously disabled TCP Offloading (p. 444) using Netsh for Citrix PV drivers we
recommend that you re-enable this feature after upgrading to AWS PV Drivers. TCP Offloading
issues with Citrix drivers are not present in the AWS PV drivers. As a result, TCP Offloading
provides better performance with AWS PV drivers.
Upgrade Windows Server 2008 and 2008 R2 Instances (Redhat to Citrix PV

Upgrade)
Before you start upgrading your RedHat drivers to Citrix PV drivers, make sure you do the following:
• Install the latest version of the EC2Config service. For more information, see Installing the Latest
Version of EC2Config (p. 405).
• Verify that you have Windows PowerShell 2.0 installed. To verify the version that you have installed,
run the following command in a PowerShell window:
PS C:\> $PSVersionTable.PSVersion
If you need to install version 2.0, see Windows Management Framework (Windows PowerShell 2.0,
WinRM 2.0, and BITS 4.0) from Microsoft Support.
• Back up your important information on the instance, or create an AMI from the instance. For more
information about creating an AMI, see Creating a Custom Windows AMI (p. 64). If you create an AMI,
make sure that you do the following:
437
PV Drivers
• Write down your password.

• Do not run the Sysprep tool manually or using the EC2Config service.
• Set your Ethernet adapter to obtain an IP address automatically using DHCP. For more information,
see Configure TCP/IP Settings in the Microsoft TechNet Library.
To upgrade Redhat drivers
1. Connect to your instance and log in as the local administrator. For more information about
2. In your instance, download the Citrix PV upgrade package.
3. Extract the contents of the upgrade package to a location of your choice.
4. Double-click the Upgrade.bat file. If you get a security warning, choose Run.
5. In the Upgrade Drivers dialog box, review the information and choose Yes if you are ready to start
the upgrade.
6. In the Red Hat Paravirtualized Xen Drivers for Windows uninstaller dialog box, choose Yes to
remove the RedHat software. Your instance will be rebooted.
Note
If you do not see the uninstaller dialog box, choose Red Hat Paravirtualize in the Windows
taskbar.
7. Check that the instance has rebooted and is ready to be used.

b. On the Instances page, right-click your instance and select Get System Log.
c. The upgrade operations should have restarted the server 3 or 4 times. You can see this in the
log file by the number of times Windows is Ready to use is displayed.
8. Connect to your instance and log in as the local administrator.

9. Close the Red Hat Paravirtualized Xen Drivers for Windows uninstaller dialog box.
10. Confirm that the installation is complete. Navigate to the Citrix-WIN_PV folder that you extracted
earlier, open the PVUpgrade.log file, and then check for the text INSTALLATION IS COMPLETE.
438
PV Drivers
Upgrade Your Citrix Xen Guest Agent Service

If you are using Citrix PV drivers on Windows Server, you can upgrade the Citrix Xen guest agent service.
This Windows service handles tasks such as shutdown and restart events from the API. You can run this
upgrade package on any version of Windows Server, as long as the instance is running Citrix PV drivers.
Important
For Windows Server 2008 R2 and later, we recommend you upgrade to AWS PV drivers that
include the Guest Agent update.
Before you start upgrading your drivers, make sure you back up your important information on the
instance, or create an AMI from the instance. For more information about creating an AMI, see Creating a
Custom Windows AMI (p. 64). If you create an AMI, make sure you do the following:
• Do not enable the Sysprep tool in the EC2Config service.

• Write down your password.
• Set your Ethernet adapter to DHCP.
To upgrade your Citrix Xen guest agent service
1. Connect to your instance and log in as the local administrator. For more information about
2. On your instance, download the Citrix upgrade package.
3. Extract the contents of the upgrade package to a location of your choice.
4. Double-click the Upgrade.bat file. If you get a security warning, choose Run.
5. In the Upgrade Drivers dialog box, review the information and choose Yes if you are ready to start
the upgrade.
6. When the upgrade is complete, the PVUpgrade.log file will open and contain the text UPGRADE
IS COMPLETE.
7. Reboot your instance.
439
PV Drivers
Troubleshooting PV Drivers
The following are solutions to issues that you might encounter with older Amazon EC2 images and PV
drivers.
Contents
• Windows Server 2012 R2 loses network and storage connectivity after an instance reboot (p. 440)
• TCP Offloading (p. 444)
• Time Synchronization (p. 444)
Windows Server 2012 R2 loses network and storage connectivity after an

instance reboot
Important
This issue occurs only with AMIs made available before September 2014.
Windows Server 2012 R2 Amazon Machine Images (AMIs) made available before September 10, 2014
can lose network and storage connectivity after an instance reboot. The error in the AWS Management
Console system log states: “Difficulty detecting PV driver details for Console Output.” The connectivity
loss is caused by the Plug and Play Cleanup feature. This features scans for and disables inactive system
devices every 30 days. The feature incorrectly identifies the EC2 network device as inactive and removes
it from the system. When this happens, the instance loses network connectivity after a reboot.
For systems that you suspect could be affected by this issue, you can download and run an in-place driver
upgrade. If you are unable to perform the in-place driver upgrade, you can run a helper script. The script
determines if your instance is affected. If it is affected, and the Amazon EC2 network device has not been
removed, the script disables the Plug and Play Cleanup scan. If the network device was removed, the
script repairs the device, disables the Plug and Play Cleanup scan, and enables your instance to reboot
with network connectivity enabled.
Contents
• Choose How You Want to Fix This Problem (p. 440)
• Method 1 - Enhanced Networking (p. 441)
• Method 2 - Registry configuration (p. 441)
• Run the Remediation Script (p. 443)
Choose How You Want to Fix This Problem
There are two methods for restoring network and storage connectivity to an instance affected by this
issue. Choose one of the following methods:
Method Prerequisites Procedure Overview
Method 1 - Enhanced Enhanced networking is only You change the server instance
networking available in a virtual private type to a C3 instance. Enhanced
cloud (VPC) which requires a C3 networking then enables you
instance type. If the server does to connect to the affected
not currently use the C3 instance instance and fix the problem.
type, then you must temporarily After you fix the problem, you
change it. change the instance back to
the original instance type. This
method is typically faster than
Method 2 and less likely to
440
PV Drivers
Method Prerequisites Procedure Overview

result in user error. You will incur
additional charges as long as the
C3 instance is running.
Method 2 - Registry Ability to create or access a You detach the root volume
configuration second server. Ability to change from the affected instance,
Registry settings. attach it to a different instance,
connect, and make changes
in the Registry. You will incur
additional charges as long as the
additional server is running. This
method is slower than Method
1, but this method has worked in
situations where Method 1 failed
to resolve the problem.
Method 1 - Enhanced Networking

Warning
4. After the instance is stopped create a backup. Open the context (right-click) menu for the instance,
5. Change the instance type to any C3 instance type.
6. Start the instance.
7. Connect to the instance using Remote Desktop and then download the AWS PV Drivers Upgrade
package to the instance.
8. Extract the contents of the folder and run AWSPVDriverSetup.msi.
After running the MSI, the instance automatically reboots and then upgrades the drivers. The
instance will not be available for up to 15 minutes.
console, connect to the instance using Remote Desktop and verify that the new drivers were
installed. In Device Manager, under Storage Controllers, locate AWS PV Storage Host Adapter.
Verify that the driver version is the same as the latest version listed in the Driver Version History
table. For more information, see AWS PV Driver Package History (p. 431).
10. Stop the instance and change the instance back to its original instance type.
11. Start the instance and resume normal use.
Method 2 - Registry configuration

441
PV Drivers
Warning
4. Choose Launch Instance and create a temporary Windows Server 2008 or Windows Server 2012
instance in the same Availability Zone as the affected instance. Do not create a Windows Server
2012 R2 instance.
Important
5. In the navigation pane, choose Volumes.
6. Locate the root volume of the affected instance. Detach (p. 815) the volume and attach (p. 802)
it to the temporary instance you created earlier. Attach it with the default device name (xvdf).
utility to make the volume available for use (p. 803).
8. On the temporary instance, open the Run dialog box, type regedit, and press Enter.
9. In the Registry Editor navigation pane, choose HKEY_Local_Machine, and then from the File menu
choose Load Hive.
10. In the Load Hive dialog box, navigate to Affected Volume\Windows\System32\config\System and
type a temporary name in the Key Name dialog box. For example, enter OldSys.
11. In the navigation pane of the Registry Editor, locate the following keys:
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\your_temporary_key_name\ControlSet001\Control\Class\4d36e97d-
e325-11ce-bfc1-08002be10318
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\your_temporary_key_name\ControlSet001\Control\Class\4d36e96a-
e325-11ce-bfc1-08002be10318
12. For each key, double-click UpperFilters, enter a value of XENFILT, and then choose OK.
13. Locate the following key:
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\your_temporary_key_name\ControlSet001\Services\XENBUS
\Parameters
14. Create a new string (REG_SZ) with the name ActiveDevice and the following value:
PCI\VEN_5853&DEV_0001&SUBSYS_00015853&REV_01
15. Locate the following key:
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\your_temporary_key_name\ControlSet001\Services\XENBUS
442
PV Drivers
16. Change the Count from 0 to 1.

17. Locate and delete the following keys:
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\your_temporary_key_name\ControlSet001\Services\xenvbd
\StartOverride
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE \your_temporary_key_name\ControlSet001\Services\xenfilt
\StartOverride
18. In the Registry Editor navigation pane, choose the temporary key that you created when you first
opened the Registry Editor.
19. From the File menu, choose Unload Hive.
20. In the Disk Management Utility, choose the drive you attached earlier, open the context (right-click)
21. In the Amazon EC2 console, detach the affected volume from the temporary instance and reattach
it to your Windows Server 2012 R2 instance with the device name /dev/sda1. You must specify this
device name to designate the volume as a root volume.
23. Connect to the instance using Remote Desktop and then download the AWS PV Drivers Upgrade
package to the instance.
After running the MSI, the instance automatically reboots and then upgrades the drivers. The
instance will not be available for up to 15 minutes.
console, connect to the instance using Remote Desktop and verify that the new drivers were
installed. In Device Manager, under Storage Controllers, locate AWS PV Storage Host Adapter.
Verify that the driver version is the same as the latest version listed in the Driver Version History
table. For more information, see AWS PV Driver Package History (p. 431).
26. Delete or stop the temporary instance you created in this procedure.
Run the Remediation Script
If you are unable to perform an in-place driver upgrade or migrate to a newer instance you can run the
remediation script to fix the problems caused by the Plug and Play Cleanup task.
To run the remediation script

3. Choose the instance for which you want to run the remediation script. Open the context (right-click)
menu for the instance, choose Instance State, and then choose Stop.
Warning
4. After the instance is stopped create a backup. Open the context (right-click) menu for the instance,
5. Open the context (right-click) menu for the instance, choose Instance State, and then choose Start.
6. Connect to the instance by using Remote Desktop and then download the RemediateDriverIssue.zip
folder to the instance.
7. Extract the contents of the folder.
8. Run the remediation script according to the instructions in the Readme.txt file. The file is located in
the folder where you extracted RemediateDriverIssue.zip.
443
PV Drivers
TCP Offloading
Important
This issue does not apply to instances running AWS PV or Intel network drivers.
By default, TCP offloading is enabled for the Citrix PV drivers in Windows AMIs. If you encounter
transport-level errors or packet transmission errors (as visible on the Windows Performance Monitor)—
for example, when you're running certain SQL workloads—you may need to disable this feature.
Warning
Disabling TCP offloading may reduce the network performance of your instance.
To disable TCP offloading for Windows Server 2012 and 2008

2. If you're using Windows Server 2012, press Ctrl+Esc to access the Start screen, and then choose
Control Panel. If you're using Windows Server 2008, choose Start and select Control Panel.
3. Choose Network and Internet, then Network and Sharing Center.
4. Choose Change adapter settings.
5. Right-click Citrix PV Ethernet Adapter #0 and select Properties.
6. In the Local Area Connection Properties dialog box, choose Configure to open the Citrix PV
Ethernet Adapter #0 Properties dialog box.
7. On the Advanced tab, disable each of the properties, except for Correct TCP/UDP Checksum Value.
To disable a property, select it from Property and choose Disabled from Value.
8. Choose OK.
9. Run the following commands from a Command Prompt window.
netsh int ip set global taskoffload=disabled

netsh int tcp set global chimney=disabled
netsh int tcp set global rss=disabled
netsh int tcp set global netdma=disabled
Time Synchronization
Prior to the release of the 2013.02.13 Windows AMI, the Citrix Xen guest agent could set the system time
incorrectly. This can cause your DHCP lease to expire. If you have issues connecting to your instance, you
might need to update the agent.
444
AWS NVMe Drivers
To determine whether you have the updated Citrix Xen guest agent, check whether the C:\Program
Files\Citrix\XenGuestAgent.exe file is from March 2013. If the date on this file is earlier than
that, update the Citrix Xen guest agent service. For more information, see Upgrade Your Citrix Xen Guest
Agent Service (p. 439).
AWS NVMe Drivers for Windows Instances

EBS volumes and instance store volumes are exposed as NVMe block devices on Nitro-based
instances (p. 122). You must have the AWS NVMe driver installed in order to use an NVMe block device.
The latest AWS Windows AMIs for Windows Server 2008 R2 and later contain the required AWS NVMe
driver.
For more information about EBS and NVMe, see Amazon EBS and NVMe on Windows Instances (p. 874).
For more information about SSD instance store and NVMe, see SSD Instance Store Volumes (p. 923).
Installing or Upgrading AWS NVMe Drivers

If you are not using the latest AWS Windows AMIs provided by Amazon, use the following procedure to
install the current AWS NVMe driver.
To download and install the latest AWS NVMe driver

3. Extract the zip archive.
4. Install the driver by running the install.ps1 PowerShell script.
5. If the installer does not reboot your instance for you, restart the instance.
AWS NVMe Driver Version History

The following table describes the released versions of the AWS NVMe driver.
Driver version Details Release date
1.3.2 Fixed issue with modifying EBS volumes actively processing IO, 10 September
which may result in data corruption. Customers who do not modify 2019
online EBS volumes (for example, resizing or changing type) are not
impacted.
1.3.1 Reliability Improvements 21 May 2019
1.3.0 Device optimization improvements 31 August

2018
1.2.0 Performance and reliability improvements for AWS NVMe devices 13 June 2018
on all supported instances, including bare metal instances
1.0.0 AWS NVMe driver for supported instance types running Windows 12 February
Server 2018
445
Optimizing CPU Options
To subscribe to EC2 notifications from the console

subscription.

To subscribe to EC2 notifications using the AWS CLI
To subscribe to EC2 notifications with the AWS CLI, use the following command.
aws sns subscribe --topic-arn arn:aws:sns:us-east-1:801119661308:ec2-windows-drivers --

protocol email --notification-endpoint [email protected]
To subscribe to EC2 notifications using AWS Tools for Windows PowerShell
To subscribe to EC2 notifications with AWS Tools for Windows PowerShell, use the following command.
Connect-SNSNotification -TopicArn 'arn:aws:sns:us-east-1:801119661308:ec2-windows-drivers'

-Protocol email -Region us-east-1 -Endpoint '[email protected]'

Amazon EC2 instances support multithreading, which enables multiple threads to run concurrently on
a single CPU core. Each thread is represented as a virtual CPU (vCPU) on the instance. An instance has
a default number of CPU cores, which varies according to instance type. For example, an m5.xlarge
instance type has two CPU cores and two threads per core by default—four vCPUs in total.
Note
Each vCPU is a thread of a CPU core, except for T2 instances.
In most cases, there is an Amazon EC2 instance type that has a combination of memory and number
of vCPUs to suit your workloads. However, you can specify the following CPU options to optimize your
instance for specific workloads or business needs:
446
• Number of CPU cores: You can customize the number of CPU cores for the instance. You might do
this to potentially optimize the licensing costs of your software with an instance that has sufficient
amounts of RAM for memory-intensive workloads but fewer CPU cores.
• Threads per core: You can disable multithreading by specifying a single thread per CPU core. You
might do this for certain workloads, such as high performance computing (HPC) workloads.
You can specify these CPU options during instance launch. There is no additional or reduced charge
for specifying CPU options. You're charged the same as instances that are launched with default CPU
options.
Contents
• Rules for Specifying CPU Options (p. 447)
• CPU Cores and Threads Per CPU Core Per Instance Type (p. 447)
• Specifying CPU Options for Your Instance (p. 457)
• Viewing the CPU Options for Your Instance (p. 458)
Rules for Specifying CPU Options

To specify the CPU options for your instance, be aware of the following rules:
• CPU options can only be specified during instance launch and cannot be modified after launch.
• When you launch an instance, you must specify both the number of CPU cores and threads per core in
the request. For example requests, see Specifying CPU Options for Your Instance (p. 457).
• The number of vCPUs for the instance is the number of CPU cores multiplied by the threads per core.
To specify a custom number of vCPUs, you must specify a valid number of CPU cores and threads per
core for the instance type. You cannot exceed the default number of vCPUs for the instance. For more
information, see CPU Cores and Threads Per CPU Core Per Instance Type (p. 447).
• To disable multithreading, specify one thread per core.
• When you change the instance type (p. 188) of an existing instance, the CPU options automatically
change to the default CPU options for the new instance type.
• The specified CPU options persist after you stop, start, or reboot an instance.
CPU Cores and Threads Per CPU Core Per Instance Type
The following tables list the instance types that support specifying CPU options. For each type, the table
shows the default and supported number of CPU cores and threads per core.
Instance type Default vCPUs Default CPU Default Valid number Valid number
cores threads per of CPU cores of threads per
core core
f1.2xlarge 8 4 2 1, 2, 3, 4 1, 2
f1.4xlarge 16 8 2 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 1, 2
7, 8
f1.16xlarge 64 32 2 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 1, 2
12, 14, 16, 18,
20, 22, 24, 26,
28, 30, 32
447
core core
g3.4xlarge 16 8 2 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 1, 2
7, 8
g3.8xlarge 32 16 2 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 1, 2
7, 8, 9, 10, 11,
12, 13, 14, 15,
16
g3.16xlarge 64 32 2 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 1, 2
12, 14, 16, 18,
20, 22, 24, 26,
28, 30, 32
g3s.xlarge 4 2 2 1, 2 1, 2
g4dn.xlarge 4 2 2 1, 2 1, 2
g4dn.2xlarge 8 4 2 1, 2, 3, 4 1, 2
g4dn.4xlarge 16 8 2 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 1, 2
7, 8
g4dn.8xlarge 32 16 2 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 1, 2
7, 8, 9, 10, 11,
12, 13, 14, 15,
16
g4dn.12xlarge 48 24 2 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 1, 2

14, 16, 18, 20,
22, 24
g4dn.16xlarge 64 32 2 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 1, 2
12, 14, 16, 18,
20, 22, 24, 26,
28, 30, 32
p2.xlarge 4 2 2 1, 2 1, 2
p2.8xlarge 32 16 2 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 1, 2
7, 8, 9, 10, 11,
12, 13, 14, 15,
16
p2.16xlarge 64 32 2 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 1, 2
12, 14, 16, 18,
20, 22, 24, 26,
28, 30, 32
p3.2xlarge 8 4 2 1, 2, 3, 4 1, 2
p3.8xlarge 32 16 2 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 1, 2
7, 8, 9, 10, 11,
12, 13, 14, 15,
16
448
core core
p3.16xlarge 64 32 2 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 1, 2
12, 14, 16, 18,
20, 22, 24, 26,
28, 30, 32
p3dn.24xlarge 96 48 2 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 1, 2

14, 16, 18, 20,
22, 24, 26, 28,
30, 32, 34, 36,
38, 40, 42, 44,
46, 48
core core
c4.large 2 1 2 1 1, 2
c4.xlarge 4 2 2 1, 2 1, 2
c4.2xlarge 8 4 2 1, 2, 3, 4 1, 2
c4.4xlarge 16 8 2 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 1, 2
7, 8
c4.8xlarge 36 18 2 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 1, 2
12, 14, 16, 18
c5.large 2 1 2 1 1, 2
c5.xlarge 4 2 2 2 1, 2
c5.2xlarge 8 4 2 2, 4 1, 2
c5.4xlarge 16 8 2 2, 4, 6, 8 1, 2
c5.9xlarge 36 18 2 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 1, 2
12, 14, 16, 18
c5.12xlarge 48 24 2 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 1, 2

14, 16, 18, 20,
22, 24
c5.18xlarge 72 36 2 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 1, 2

14, 16, 18, 20,
22, 24, 26, 28,
30, 32, 34, 36
c5.24xlarge 96 48 2 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 1, 2

14, 16, 18, 20,
22, 24, 26, 28,
30, 32, 34, 36,
449
core core
38, 40, 42, 44,
46, 48
c5d.large 2 1 2 1 1, 2
c5d.xlarge 4 2 2 2 1, 2
c5d.2xlarge 8 4 2 2, 4 1, 2
c5d.4xlarge 16 8 2 2, 4, 6, 8 1, 2
c5d.9xlarge 36 18 2 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 1, 2
12, 14, 16, 18
c5d.18xlarge 72 36 2 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 1, 2

14, 16, 18, 20,
22, 24, 26, 28,
30, 32, 34, 36
c5n.large 2 1 2 1 1, 2
c5n.xlarge 4 2 2 2 1, 2
c5n.2xlarge 8 4 2 2, 4 1, 2
c5n.4xlarge 16 8 2 2, 4, 6, 8 1, 2
c5n.9xlarge 36 18 2 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 1, 2
12, 14, 16, 18
c5n.18xlarge 72 36 2 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 1, 2

14, 16, 18, 20,
22, 24, 26, 28,
30, 32, 34, 36
core core
m5.large 2 1 2 1 1, 2
m5.xlarge 4 2 2 2 1, 2
m5.2xlarge 8 4 2 2, 4 1, 2
m5.4xlarge 16 8 2 2, 4, 6, 8 1, 2
m5.8xlarge 32 16 2 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 1, 2
12, 14, 16
m5.12xlarge 48 24 2 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 1, 2
12, 14, 16, 18,
20, 22, 24
450
core core
m5.16xlarge 64 32 2 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 1, 2

14, 16, 18, 20,
22, 24, 26, 28,
30, 32
m5.24xlarge 96 48 2 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 1, 2

14, 16, 18, 20,
22, 24, 26, 28,
30, 32, 34, 36,
38, 40, 42, 44,
46, 48
m5a.large 2 1 2 1 1, 2
m5a.xlarge 4 2 2 2 1, 2
m5a.2xlarge 8 4 2 2, 4 1, 2
m5a.4xlarge 16 8 2 2, 4, 6, 8 1, 2
m5a.8xlarge 32 16 2 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 1, 2
12, 14, 16
m5a.12xlarge 48 24 2 6, 12, 18, 24 1, 2
m5a.16xlarge 64 32 2 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 1, 2

14, 16, 18, 20,
22, 24, 26, 28,
30, 32
m5a.24xlarge 96 48 2 12, 18, 24, 36, 1, 2

48
m5ad.large 2 1 2 1 1, 2
m5ad.xlarge 4 2 2 2 1, 2
m5ad.2xlarge 8 4 2 2, 4 1, 2
m5ad.4xlarge 16 8 2 2, 4, 6, 8 1, 2
m5ad.12xlarge 48 24 2 6, 12, 18, 24 1, 2
m5ad.24xlarge 96 48 2 12, 18, 24, 36, 1, 2

48
m5d.large 2 1 2 1 1, 2
m5d.xlarge 4 2 2 2 1, 2
m5d.2xlarge 8 4 2 2, 4 1, 2
m5d.4xlarge 16 8 2 2, 4, 6, 8 1, 2
m5d.8xlarge 32 16 2 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 1, 2
12, 14, 16
451
core core
m5d.12xlarge 48 24 2 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 1, 2
12, 14, 16, 18,
20, 22, 24
m5d.16xlarge 64 32 2 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 1, 2

14, 16, 18, 20,
22, 24, 26, 28,
30, 32
m5d.24xlarge 96 48 2 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 1, 2

14, 16, 18, 20,
22, 24, 26, 28,
30, 32, 34, 36,
38, 40, 42, 44,
46, 48
t3.nano 2 1 2 1 1, 2
t3.micro 2 1 2 1 1, 2
t3.small 2 1 2 1 1, 2
t3.medium 2 1 2 1 1, 2
t3.large 2 1 2 1 1, 2
t3.xlarge 4 2 2 2 1, 2
t3.2xlarge 8 4 2 2, 4 1, 2
t3a.nano 2 1 2 1 1, 2
t3a.micro 2 1 2 1 1, 2
t3a.small 2 1 2 1 1, 2
t3a.medium 2 1 2 1 1, 2
t3a.large 2 1 2 1 1, 2
t3a.xlarge 4 2 2 2 1, 2
t3a.2xlarge 8 4 2 2, 4 1, 2
core core
r4.large 2 1 2 1 1, 2
r4.xlarge 4 2 2 1, 2 1, 2
r4.2xlarge 8 4 2 1, 2, 3, 4 1, 2
452
core core
r4.4xlarge 16 8 2 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 1, 2
7, 8
r4.8xlarge 32 16 2 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 1, 2
7, 8, 9, 10, 11,
12, 13, 14, 15,
16
r4.16xlarge 64 32 2 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 1, 2
12, 14, 16, 18,
20, 22, 24, 26,
28, 30, 32
r5.large 2 1 2 1 1, 2
r5.xlarge 4 2 2 2 1, 2
r5.2xlarge 8 4 2 2, 4 1, 2
r5.4xlarge 16 8 2 2, 4, 6, 8 1, 2
r5.8xlarge 32 16 2 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 1, 2
12, 14, 16
r5.12xlarge 48 24 2 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 1, 2
12, 14, 16, 18,
20, 22, 24
r5.16xlarge 64 32 2 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 1, 2

14, 16, 18, 20,
22, 24, 26, 28,
30, 32
r5.24xlarge 96 48 2 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 1, 2

14, 16, 18, 20,
22, 24, 26, 28,
30, 32, 34, 36,
38, 40, 42, 44,
46, 48
r5a.large 2 1 2 1 1, 2
r5a.xlarge 4 2 2 2 1, 2
r5a.2xlarge 8 4 2 2, 4 1, 2
r5a.4xlarge 16 8 2 2, 4, 6, 8 1, 2
r5a.8xlarge 32 16 2 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 1, 2
12, 14, 16
r5a.12xlarge 48 24 2 6, 12, 18, 24 1, 2
453
core core
r5a.16xlarge 64 32 2 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 1, 2

14, 16, 18, 20,
22, 24, 26, 28,
30, 32
r5a.24xlarge 96 48 2 12, 18, 24, 36, 1, 2

48
r5ad.large 2 1 2 1 1, 2
r5ad.xlarge 4 2 2 2 1, 2
r5ad.2xlarge 8 4 2 2, 4 1, 2
r5ad.4xlarge 16 8 2 2, 4, 6, 8 1, 2
r5ad.12xlarge 48 24 2 6, 12, 18, 24 1, 2
r5ad.24xlarge 96 48 2 12, 18, 24, 36, 1, 2

48
r5d.large 2 1 2 1 1, 2
r5d.xlarge 4 2 2 2 1, 2
r5d.2xlarge 8 4 2 2, 4 1, 2
r5d.4xlarge 16 8 2 2, 4, 6, 8 1, 2
r5d.8xlarge 32 16 2 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 1, 2
12, 14, 16
r5d.12xlarge 48 24 2 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 1, 2
12, 14, 16, 18,
20, 22, 24
r5d.16xlarge 64 32 2 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 1, 2

14, 16, 18, 20,
22, 24, 26, 28,
30, 32
r5d.24xlarge 96 48 2 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 1, 2

14, 16, 18, 20,
22, 24, 26, 28,
30, 32, 34, 36,
38, 40, 42, 44,
46, 48
x1.16xlarge 64 32 2 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 1, 2
12, 14, 16, 18,
20, 22, 24, 26,
28, 30, 32
454
core core
x1.32xlarge 128 64 2 4, 8, 12, 16, 20, 1, 2

24, 28, 32, 36,
40, 44, 48, 52,
56, 60, 64
x1e.xlarge 4 2 2 1, 2 1, 2
x1e.2xlarge 8 4 2 1, 2, 3, 4 1, 2
x1e.4xlarge 16 8 2 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 1, 2
7, 8
x1e.8xlarge 32 16 2 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 1, 2
7, 8, 9, 10, 11,
12, 13, 14, 15,
16
x1e.16xlarge 64 32 2 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 1, 2
12, 14, 16, 18,
20, 22, 24, 26,
28, 30, 32
x1e.32xlarge 128 64 2 4, 8, 12, 16, 20, 1, 2

24, 28, 32, 36,
40, 44, 48, 52,
56, 60, 64
z1d.large 2 1 2 1 1, 2
z1d.xlarge 4 2 2 2 1, 2
z1d.2xlarge 8 4 2 2, 4 1, 2
z1d.3xlarge 12 6 2 2, 4, 6 1, 2
z1d.6xlarge 24 12 2 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 1, 2
12
z1d.12xlarge 48 24 2 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 1, 2

14, 16, 18, 20,
22, 24
core core
d2.xlarge 4 2 2 1, 2 1, 2
d2.2xlarge 8 4 2 1, 2, 3, 4 1, 2
d2.4xlarge 16 8 2 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 1, 2
7, 8
455
core core
d2.8xlarge 36 18 2 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 1, 2
12, 14, 16, 18
h1.2xlarge 8 4 2 1, 2, 3, 4 1, 2
h1.4xlarge 16 8 2 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 1, 2
7, 8
h1.8xlarge 32 16 2 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 1, 2
7, 8, 9, 10, 11,
12, 13, 14, 15,
16
h1.16xlarge 64 32 2 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 1, 2
12, 14, 16, 18,
20, 22, 24, 26,
28, 30, 32
i3.large 2 1 2 1 1, 2
i3.xlarge 4 2 2 1, 2 1, 2
i3.2xlarge 8 4 2 1, 2, 3, 4 1, 2
i3.4xlarge 16 8 2 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 1, 2
7, 8
i3.8xlarge 32 16 2 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 1, 2
7, 8, 9, 10, 11,
12, 13, 14, 15,
16
i3.16xlarge 64 32 2 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 1, 2
12, 14, 16, 18,
20, 22, 24, 26,
28, 30, 32
i3en.large 2 1 2 1 1, 2
i3en.xlarge 4 2 2 2 1, 2
i3en.2xlarge 8 4 2 2, 4 1, 2
i3en.3xlarge 12 6 2 2, 4, 6 1, 2
i3en.6xlarge 24 12 2 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 1, 2
12
i3en.12xlarge 48 24 2 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 1, 2
12, 14, 16, 18,
20, 22, 24
456
core core
i3en.24xlarge 96 48 2 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 1, 2

14, 16, 18, 20,
22, 24, 26, 28,
30, 32, 34, 36,
38, 40, 42, 44,
46, 48
Specifying CPU Options for Your Instance

You can specify CPU options during instance launch. The following examples are for an r4.4xlarge
instance type, which has the following default values (p. 452):
• Default CPU cores: 8

• Default threads per core: 2
• Default vCPUs: 16 (8 * 2)
• Valid number of CPU cores: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8
• Valid number of threads per core: 1, 2
Disabling Multithreading
To disable multithreading, specify one thread per core.
To disable multithreading during instance launch (console)
2. On the Configure Instance Details page, for CPU options, choose Specify CPU options.
3. For Core count, choose the number of required CPU cores. In this example, to specify the default
CPU core count for an r4.4xlarge instance, choose 8.
4. To disable multithreading, for Threads per core, choose 1.
To disable multithreading during instance launch (AWS CLI)
Use the run-instances AWS CLI command and specify a value of 1 for ThreadsPerCore for the --cpu-
options parameter. For CoreCount, specify the number of CPU cores. In this example, to specify the
default CPU core count for an r4.4xlarge instance, specify a value of 8.
aws ec2 run-instances --image-id ami-1a2b3c4d --instance-type r4.4xlarge --cpu-options

"CoreCount=8,ThreadsPerCore=1" --key-name MyKeyPair
Specifying a Custom Number of vCPUs

You can customize the number of CPU cores and threads per core for the instance.
To specify a custom number of vCPUs during instance launch (console)

The following example launches an r4.4xlarge instance with six vCPUs.
457
2. On the Configure Instance Details page, for CPU options, choose Specify CPU options.
3. To get six vCPUs, specify three CPU cores and two threads per core, as follows:
• For Core count, choose 3.

• For Threads per core, choose 2.
To specify a custom number of vCPUs during instance launch (AWS CLI)
The following example launches an r4.4xlarge instance with six vCPUs.
Use the run-instances AWS CLI command and specify the number of CPU cores and number of threads
in the --cpu-options parameter. You can specify three CPU cores and two threads per core to get six
vCPUs.

Alternatively, specify six CPU cores and one thread per core (disable multithreading) to get six vCPUs:

Viewing the CPU Options for Your Instance

You can view the CPU options for an existing instance in the Amazon EC2 console or by describing the
instance using the AWS CLI.
To view the CPU options for an instance (console)

2. In the left navigation pane, choose Instances, and select the instance.
3. Choose Description and view the Number of vCPUs field.
4. To view the core count and threads per core, choose the Number of vCPUs field value.
To view the CPU options for an instance (AWS CLI)
Use the describe-instances command.
aws ec2 describe-instances --instance-ids i-123456789abcde123
...
"Instances": [
{
"Monitoring": {
"State": "disabled"
},
"PublicDnsName": "ec2-198-51-100-5.eu-central-1.compute.amazonaws.com",
"State": {
"Code": 16,
458
Setting the Time
"Name": "running"
},
"EbsOptimized": false,
"LaunchTime": "2018-05-08T13:40:33.000Z",
"PublicIpAddress": "198.51.100.5",
"PrivateIpAddress": "172.31.2.206",
"ProductCodes": [],
"VpcId": "vpc-1a2b3c4d",
"CpuOptions": {
"CoreCount": 34,
"ThreadsPerCore": 1
},
"StateTransitionReason": "",
...
}
]
...
In the output that's returned, the CoreCount field indicates the number of cores for the instance. The
ThreadsPerCore field indicates the number of threads per core.
Alternatively, connect to your instance and use Task Manager to view the CPU information for your
instance.
You can use AWS Config to record, assess, audit, and evaluate configuration changes for instances,
including terminated instances. For more information, see Getting Started with AWS Config in the AWS
Config Developer Guide.
Setting the Time for a Windows Instance

A consistent and accurate time reference is crucial for many server tasks and processes. Most system
logs include a time stamp that you can use to determine when problems occur and in what order the
events take place. If you use the AWS CLI or an AWS SDK to make requests from your instance, these
tools sign requests on your behalf. If your instance's date and time are not set correctly, the date in the
signature may not match the date of the request, and AWS rejects the request. We recommend that you
use Coordinated Universal Time (UTC) for your Windows instances. However, you can use a different time
zone if you want.
Contents
• Changing the Time Zone (p. 459)
• Configuring Network Time Protocol (NTP) (p. 460)
• Default Network Time Protocol (NTP) Settings for Amazon Windows AMIs (p. 461)
• Configuring Time Settings for Windows Server 2008 and later (p. 462)
• Related Topics (p. 462)
Changing the Time Zone

Windows instances are set to the UTC time zone by default. You can change the time to correspond to
your local time zone or a time zone for another part of your network.
To change the time zone on an instance
1. From your instance, open a Command Prompt window.

2. Identify the time zone to use on the instance. To get a list of time zones, use the following
command: tzutil /l. This command returns a list of all available time zones, using the following
format:
459
Setting the Time
display name
time zone ID
3. Locate the time zone ID to assign to the instance.

4. Assign the time zone to the instance by using the following command:
tzutil /s "Pacific Standard Time"
The new time zone should take effect immediately.
Configuring Network Time Protocol (NTP)

Amazon provides the Amazon Time Sync Service, which is accessible from all EC2 instances, and is
also used by other AWS services. We recommend that you configure your instance to use the Amazon
Time Sync Service. This service uses a fleet of satellite-connected and atomic reference clocks in each
AWS Region to deliver accurate current time readings of the Coordinated Universal Time (UTC) global
standard. The Amazon Time Sync Service automatically smooths any leap seconds that are added to UTC.
This service is available at the 169.254.169.123 IP address for any instance running in a VPC, and your
instance does not require internet access to use it. Starting with the August 2018 release, Windows AMIs
use the Amazon Time Sync Service by default.
To verify the NTP configuration
1. From your instance, open a Command Prompt window.

2. Get the current NTP configuration by typing the following command:
w32tm /query /configuration
This command returns the current configuration settings for the Windows instance.
3. (Optional) Get the status of the current configuration by typing the following command:
w32tm /query /status
This command returns information such as the last time the instance synced with the NTP server and
the poll interval.
To change the NTP server to use the Amazon Time Sync Service
1. From the Command Prompt window, run the following command:
w32tm /config /manualpeerlist:169.254.169.123 /syncfromflags:manual /update
2. Verify your new settings by using the following command:
In the output that's returned, verify that NtpServer displays the 169.254.169.123 IP address.
You can change the instance to use a different set of NTP servers if required. For example, if you have
Windows instances that do not have internet access, you can configure them to use an NTP server
located within your private network. If your instance is within a domain, you should change the settings
460
Setting the Time
to use the domain controllers as the time source to avoid time skew. The security group of your instance
must be configured to allow outbound UDP traffic on port 123 (NTP).
To change the NTP servers
1. From the Command Prompt window, run the following command:
w32tm /config /manualpeerlist:comma-delimited list of NTP servers /

syncfromflags:manual /update
Where comma-delimited list of NTP servers is the list of NTP servers for the instance to
use.
2. Verify your new settings by using the following command:
Default Network Time Protocol (NTP) Settings for Amazon

Windows AMIs
Amazon Machine Images (AMIs) generally adhere to the out-of-the-box defaults except in cases where
changes are required to function on EC2 infrastructure. The following settings have been determined to
work well in a virtual environment, as well as to keep any clock drift to within one second of accuracy:
• Update Interval – governs how frequently the time service will adjust system time towards accuracy.
AWS configures the update interval to occur once every two minutes.
• NTP Server – starting with the August 2018 release, AMIs will now use the Amazon Time Sync
Service by default. This time service is accessible from any EC2 Region at the 169.254.169.123
endpoint. Additionally, the 0x9 flag indicates that the time service is acting as a client, and to use
SpecialPollInterval to determine how frequently to check in with the configured time server.
• Type – "NTP" means that the service acts as a standalone NTP client instead of acting as part of a
domain.
• Enabled and InputProvider – the time service is enabled and provides time to the operating system.
• Special Poll Interval – checks against the configured NTP Server every 900 seconds, or 15 minutes.
Registry Path Key Name Data
HKLM:\System UpdateInterval 120

\CurrentControlSet\services
\w32time\Config
HKLM:\System NtpServer 169.254.169.123,0x9

\w32time\Parameters
HKLM:\System Type NTP

\w32time\Parameters
HKLM:\System Enabled 1
\w32time\TimeProviders
\NtpClient
461
Setting the Time
Registry Path Key Name Data
HKLM:\System InputProvider 1
\NtpClient
HKLM:\System SpecialPollInterval 900

\NtpClient
Configuring Time Settings for Windows Server 2008 and later

When you change the time on a Windows instance, you must ensure that the time persists through
system restarts. Otherwise, when the instance restarts, it reverts back to using UTC time. For Windows
Server 2008 and later, you can persist your time setting by adding a RealTimeIsUniversal registry key.
To set the RealTimeIsUniversal registry key
1. From the instance, open a Command Prompt window.

2. Use the following command to add the registry key:
reg add "HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\System\CurrentControlSet\Control\TimeZoneInformation" /v

RealTimeIsUniversal /d 1 /t REG_DWORD /f
3. If you are using a Windows Server 2008 AMI (not Windows Server 2008 R2) that was created before
February 22, 2013, we recommend updating to the latest AWS Windows AMI. If you are using an AMI
running Windows Server 2008 R2 (not Windows Server 2008), you must verify that the Microsoft
hotfix KB2922223 is installed. If this hotfix is not installed, we recommend updating to the latest
AWS Windows AMI.
4. (Optional) Verify that the instance saved the key successfully using the following command:
reg query "HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\System\CurrentControlSet\Control\TimeZoneInformation" /s
This command returns the subkeys for the TimeZoneInformation registry key. You should see the
RealTimeIsUniversal key at the bottom of the list, similar to the following:
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\System\CurrentControlSet\Control\TimeZoneInformation
Bias REG_DWORD 0x1e0
DaylightBias REG_DWORD 0xffffffc4
DaylightName REG_SZ @tzres.dll,-211
DaylightStart REG_BINARY 00000300020002000000000000000000
StandardBias REG_DWORD 0x0
StandardName REG_SZ @tzres.dll,-212
StandardStart REG_BINARY 00000B00010002000000000000000000
TimeZoneKeyName REG_SZ Pacific Standard Time
DynamicDaylightTimeDisabled REG_DWORD 0x0
ActiveTimeBias REG_DWORD 0x1a4
RealTimeIsUniversal REG_DWORD 0x1
Related Topics
For more information about how the Windows operating system coordinates and manages time,
including the addition of a leap second, see the following documentation:
462
Setting the Password
• How the Windows Time Service Works (Microsoft)

• W32tm (Microsoft)
• How the Windows Time service treats a leap second (Microsoft)
• The story around Leap Seconds and Windows: It's likely not Y2K (Microsoft)
Setting Passwords for Windows Instances

When you connect to a Windows instance, you must specify a user account and password that has
permission to access the instance. The first time that you connect to an instance, you are prompted to
specify the Administrator account and the default password.
With AWS Windows AMIs for Windows Server 2012 R2 and earlier, the EC2Config service (p. 404)
generates the default password. With AWS Windows AMIs for Windows Server 2016 and later,
EC2Launch (p. 394) generates the default password.
Note
With Windows Server 2016 and later, Password never expires is disabled for the local
administrator. With Windows Server 2012 R2 and earlier, Password never expires is
enabled for the local administrator.
Changing the Administrator Password After Connecting

When you connect to an instance the first time, we recommend that you change the Administrator
password from its default value. Use the following procedure to change the Administrator password for a
Windows instance.
Important
Store the new password in a safe place. You won't be able to retrieve the new password using
the Amazon EC2 console. The console can only retrieve the default password. If you attempt
to connect to the instance using the default password after changing it, you'll get a "Your
credentials did not work" error.
To change the local Administrator password
1. Connect to the instance and open a command prompt.

2. Run the following command. If your new password includes special characters, ensure that you
enclose the password in double quotes:
net user Administrator "new_password"
3. Store the new password in a safe place.
Changing a Lost or Expired Password

If you lose your password or it expires, you can generate a new password. For password reset procedures,
see Resetting a Lost or Expired Windows Administrator Password (p. 1057).
Adding Windows Components Using Installation

Media
Windows Server operating systems include many optional components. Including all optional
components in each Amazon EC2 Windows Server AMI is not practical. Instead, we provide you with
installation media EBS snapshots that have the necessary files to configure or install components on
your Windows instance.
463
Adding Windows Components
To access and install the optional components, you must find the correct EBS snapshot for your version
of Windows Server, create a volume from the snapshot, and attach the volume to your instance.
Before You Begin

Use the AWS Management Console or a command line tool to get the instance ID and Availability Zone
of your instance. You must create your EBS volume in the same Availability Zone as your instance.
Adding Windows Components Using the Console

Use the following procedure to use the AWS Management Console to add Windows components to your
instance.
To add Windows components to your instance using the console

2. In the navigation pane, choose Snapshots.
3. From the Filter bar, choose Public Snapshots.
4. Add the Owner filter and choose Amazon images.
5. Add the Description filter and type Windows.
6. Press Enter
7. Select the snapshot that matches your system architecture and language preference. For example,
select Windows 2019 English Installation Media if your instance is running Windows Server 2019.
8. Choose Actions, Create Volume.
9. In the Create Volume dialog box, select the Availability Zone that matches your Windows instance,
and then choose Create.
10. In the Volume Successfully Created message, choose the volume that you just created.
11. Choose Actions, Attach Volume.
12. In the Attach Volume dialog box, type the instance ID and the name of the device for the
attachment, and choose Attach. If you need help with the device name, see Device Naming.
13. Connect to your instance and make the volume available. For more information, see Making an
Amazon EBS Volume Available for Use on Windows (p. 803).
Important
Do not initialize the volume.
14. Open Control Panel, Programs and Features. Choose Turn Windows features on or off. If you are
prompted for installation media, specify the EBS volume with the installation media.
Adding Windows Components Using the Tools for Windows

PowerShell
Use the following procedure to use the Tools for Windows PowerShell to add Windows components to
your instance.
To add Windows components to your instance using the Tools for Windows PowerShell
1. Use the Get-EC2Snapshot cmdlet with the Owner and description filters to get a list of the
available installation media snapshots.
PS C:\> Get-EC2Snapshot -Owner amazon -Filter @{ Name="description";

Values="Windows*" }
464
2. In the output, note the ID of the snapshot that matches your system architecture and language
preference. For example:
...
DataEncryptionKeyId :
Description : Windows 2019 English Installation Media
Encrypted : False
KmsKeyId :
OwnerAlias : amazon
OwnerId : 123456789012
Progress : 100%
SnapshotId : snap-22da283e
StartTime : 10/25/2019 8:00:47 PM
State : completed
StateMessage :
Tags : {}
VolumeId : vol-be5eafcb
VolumeSize : 6
...
3. Use the New-EC2Volume cmdlet to create a volume from the snapshot. Specify the same Availability
Zone as your instance.
PS C:\> New-EC2Volume -AvailabilityZone us-east-1a -VolumeType gp2 -

SnapshotId snap-22da283e
4. In the output, note the volume ID.
Attachments : {}
AvailabilityZone : us-east-1a
CreateTime : 4/18/2017 10:50:25 AM
Encrypted : False
Iops : 100
KmsKeyId :
Size : 6
SnapshotId : snap-22da283e
State : creating
Tags : {}
VolumeId : vol-06aa9e1fbf8b82ed1
VolumeType : gp2
5. Use the Add-EC2Volume cmdlet to attach the volume to your instance.
PS C:\> Add-EC2Volume -InstanceId i-087711ddaf98f9489 -VolumeId vol-06aa9e1fbf8b82ed1 -

Device xvdh
Important
Adding Windows Components Using the AWS CLI

Use the following procedure to use the AWS CLI to add Windows components to your instance.
465
To add Windows components to your instance using the AWS CLI
1. Use the describe-snapshots command with the owner-ids parameter and description filter to
get a list of the available installation media snapshots.
aws ec2 describe-snapshots --owner-ids amazon --filters

Name=description,Values=Windows*
2. In the output, note the ID of the snapshot that matches your system architecture and language
preference. For example:
{
"Snapshots": [
...
{
"OwnerAlias": "amazon",
"Description": "Windows 2019 English Installation Media",
"Encrypted": false,
"VolumeId": "vol-be5eafcb",
"State": "completed",
"VolumeSize": 6,
"Progress": "100%",
"StartTime": "2019-10-25T20:00:47.000Z",
"SnapshotId": "snap-22da283e",
"OwnerId": "123456789012"
},
...
]
}
3. Use the create-volume command to create a volume from the snapshot. Specify the same
Availability Zone as your instance.
aws ec2 create-volume --snapshot-id snap-22da283e --volume-type gp2 --availability-

zone us-east-1a
4. In the output, note the volume ID.
{
"Encrypted": false,
"VolumeType": "gp2",
"VolumeId": "vol-0c98b37f30bcbc290",
"State": "creating",
"Iops": 100,
"SnapshotId": "snap-22da283e",
"CreateTime": "2017-04-18T10:33:10.940Z",
"Size": 6
}
5. Use the attach-volume command to attach the volume to your instance.
aws ec2 attach-volume --volume-id vol-0c98b37f30bcbc290 --instance-

id i-01474ef662b89480 --device xvdg
Important
466
Configuring a Secondary Private IPv4 Address
Configuring a Secondary Private IPv4 Address for

Your Windows Instance
You can specify multiple private IPv4 addresses for your instances. After you assign a secondary private
IPv4 address to an instance, you must configure the operating system on the instance to recognize the
secondary private IPv4 address.
Configuring the operating system on a Windows instance to recognize a secondary private IPv4 address
requires the following:
• Step 1: Configure Static IP Addressing on Your Windows Instance (p. 467)

• Step 2: Configure a Secondary Private IP Address for Your Windows Instance (p. 469)
• Step 3: Configure Applications to Use the Secondary Private IP Address (p. 470)
Note
These instructions are based on Windows Server 2008 R2. The implementation of these steps
may vary based on the operating system of the Windows instance.
Prerequisites
Before you begin, make sure you meet the following requirements:
• As a best practice, launch your Windows instances using the latest AMIs. If you are using an older
Windows AMI, ensure that it has the Microsoft hot fix referenced in http://support.microsoft.com/kb/
2582281.
• After you launch your instance in your VPC, add a secondary private IP address. For more information,
see Assigning a Secondary Private IPv4 Address (p. 663).
• To allow Internet requests to your website after you complete the tasks in these steps, you must
configure an Elastic IP address and associate it with the secondary private IP address. For more
information, see Associating an Elastic IP Address with the Secondary Private IPv4 Address (p. 665).
Step 1: Configure Static IP Addressing on Your Windows

Instance
To enable your Windows instance to use multiple IP addresses, you must configure your instance to use
static IP addressing rather than a DHCP server.
Important
When you configure static IP addressing on your instance, the IP address must match exactly
what is shown in the console, CLI, or API. If you enter these IP addresses incorrectly, the instance
could become unreachable.
To configure static IP addressing on a Windows instance

2. Find the IP address, subnet mask, and default gateway addresses for the instance by performing the
following steps:
• At a Command Prompt window, run the following command:
467
ipconfig /all
Review the following section in your output, and note the IPv4 Address, Subnet Mask, Default
Gateway, and DNS Servers values for the network interface.
Ethernet adapter Local Area Connection:
Connection-specific DNS Suffix . :

Description . . . . . . . . . . . :
Physical Address . . . . . . . . :
DHCP Enabled. . . . . . . . . . . :
Autoconfiguration Enabled . . . . :
IPv4 Address. . . . . . . . . . . : 10.0.0.131
Subnet Mask . . . . . . . . . . . : 255.255.255.0
Default Gateway . . . . . . . . . : 10.0.0.1
DNS Servers . . . . . . . . . . . : 10.1.1.10
10.1.1.20
3. Open the Network and Sharing Center by running the following command:
%SystemRoot%\system32\control.exe ncpa.cpl
4. Open the context (right-click) menu for the network interface (Local Area Connection) and choose
Properties.
5. Choose Internet Protocol Version 4 (TCP/IPv4), Properties.
6. In the Internet Protocol Version 4 (TCP/IPv4) Properties dialog box, choose Use the following IP
address, enter the following values, and then choose OK.
Field Value
IP address The IPv4 address obtained in step 2 above.
Subnet mask The subnet mask obtained in step 2 above.
Default gateway The default gateway address obtained in step 2

above.
Preferred DNS server The DNS server obtained in step 2 above.
Alternate DNS server The alternate DNS server obtained in step 2

above. If an alternate DNS server was not listed,
leave this field blank.
Important
If you set the IP address to any value other than the current IP address, you will lose
connectivity to the instance.
468
You will lose RDP connectivity to the Windows instance for a few seconds while the instance converts
from using DHCP to static addressing. The instance retains the same IP address information as before,
but now this information is static and not managed by DHCP.
Step 2: Configure a Secondary Private IP Address for Your

Windows Instance
After you have set up static IP addressing on your Windows instance, you are ready to prepare a second
private IP address.
To configure a secondary IP address for a Windows instance

3. On the Description tab, note the secondary IP address.
5. On your Windows instance, choose Start, Control Panel.
6. Choose Network and Internet, Network and Sharing Center.
7. Select the network interface (Local Area Connection) and choose Properties.
8. On the Local Area Connection Properties page, choose Internet Protocol Version 4 (TCP/IPv4),
Properties, Advanced.
9. Choose Add.
10. In the TCP/IP Address dialog box, type the secondary private IP address for IP address. For Subnet
mask, type the same subnet mask that you entered for the primary private IP address in Step 1:
Configure Static IP Addressing on Your Windows Instance (p. 467), and then choose Add.
11. Verify the IP address settings and choose OK.
469
12. Choose OK, Close.

13. To confirm that the secondary IP address has been added to the operating system, at a command
prompt, run the command ipconfig /all.
Step 3: Configure Applications to Use the Secondary Private IP

Address
You can configure any applications to use the secondary private IP address. For example, if your instance
is running a website on IIS, you can configure IIS to use the secondary private IP address.
To configure IIS to use the secondary private IP address

2. Open Internet Information Services (IIS) Manager.
3. In the Connections pane, expand Sites.
4. Open the context (right-click) menu for your website and choose Edit Bindings.
5. In the Site Bindings dialog box, for Type, choose http, Edit.
6. In the Edit Site Binding dialog box, for IP address, select the secondary private IP address. (By
default, each website accepts HTTP requests from all IP addresses.)
7. Choose OK, Close.
Configure a Secondary Elastic Network Interface

You can attach a second elastic network interface to the instance.
470
Running Commands at Launch
To configure a second network interface
1. Configure the static IP addressing for the primary elastic network interface as per the procedures
above in Step 1: Configure Static IP Addressing on Your Windows Instance (p. 467).
2. Configure the static IP addressing for the secondary elastic network interface as per the same
procedures.
Running Commands on Your Windows Instance at

Launch
When you launch a Windows instance in Amazon EC2, you can pass user data to the instance. Instance
user data is treated as opaque data; it is up to the instance to interpret it. For example, you can specify
data to be used by automated configuration tasks or specify scripts that are run after the instance
starts. User data is processed by EC2Config (p. 404) on Windows Server 2012 R2 and earlier and by
EC2Launch (p. 394) on Windows Server 2016 and later.
Contents
• User Data Scripts (p. 471)
• User Data Execution (p. 472)
• User Data and the Console (p. 474)
• User Data and the Tools for Windows PowerShell (p. 475)
User Data Scripts

For EC2Config or EC2Launch to execute scripts, you must enclose the script within a special tag when
you add it to user data. The tag you use depends on whether the commands run in a Command Prompt
window (batch commands) or using Windows PowerShell.
If you specify both a batch script and a Windows PowerShell script, the batch script runs first and the
Windows PowerShell script runs next, regardless of the order in which they appear in the instance user
data.
Syntax for Batch Scripts

Specify a batch script using the script tag. Separate the commands using line breaks. For example:
<script>
echo Current date and time >> %SystemRoot%\Temp\test.log
echo %DATE% %TIME% >> %SystemRoot%\Temp\test.log
</script>
By default, the user data scripts are executed one time when you launch the instance. To execute the user
data scripts every time you reboot or start the instance, add <persist>true</persist> to the user
data.
<script>
echo Current date and time >> %SystemRoot%\Temp\test.log
echo %DATE% %TIME% >> %SystemRoot%\Temp\test.log
</script>
<persist>true</persist>
471
Syntax for Windows PowerShell Scripts

The AWS Windows AMIs include the AWS Tools for Windows PowerShell, so you can specify these
cmdlets in user data. If you associate an IAM role with your instance, you don't need to specify
credentials to the cmdlets, as applications that run on the instance use the role's credentials to access
AWS resources (for example, Amazon S3 buckets).
Specify a Windows PowerShell script using the powershell tag. Separate the commands using line
breaks. For example:
<powershell>
$file = $env:SystemRoot + "\Temp\" + (Get-Date).ToString("MM-dd-yy-hh-mm")
New-Item $file -ItemType file
</powershell>
By default, the user data scripts are executed one time when you launch the instance. To execute the user
data scripts every time you reboot or start the instance, add <persist>true</persist> to the user
data.
<powershell>
</powershell>
Base64 Encoding
If you're using the Amazon EC2 API or a tool that does not perform base64 encoding of the user data,
you must encode the user data yourself. If not, an error is logged about being unable to find script or
powershell tags to execute. The following is an example that encodes using Windows PowerShell.
$UserData =
[System.Convert]::ToBase64String([System.Text.Encoding]::ASCII.GetBytes($Script))
The following is an example that decodes using PowerShell.
$Script =
[System.Text.Encoding]::UTF8.GetString([System.Convert]::FromBase64String($UserData))
For more information about base64 encoding, see http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4648.
User Data Execution

By default, all AWS Windows AMIs have user data execution enabled for the initial launch. You can
specify that user data scripts are executed the next time the instance reboots or restarts. Alternatively,
you can specify that user data scripts are executed every time the instance reboots or restarts.
User data scripts are executed from the local administrator account when a random password is
generated. Otherwise, user data scripts are executed from the System account.
Instance Launch
Any scripts in the instance user data are executed during the initial launch of the instance. If the persist
tag is found, user data execution is enabled for subsequent reboots or starts. The log files for EC2Launch
and EC2Config contain the output from the standard output and standard error streams.
472
With EC2Launch, the log file is C:\ProgramData\Amazon\EC2-Windows\Launch\Log

\UserdataExecution.log.
Note
The C:\ProgramData folder might be hidden. To view the folder, you must show hidden files
and folders.
The following information is logged as user data is executed.
• Userdata execution begins — The start of user data execution

• <persist> tag was provided: true — If the persist tag is found
• Running userdata on every boot — If the persist tag is found
• <powershell> tag was provided.. running powershell content — If the powershell tag is found
• <script> tag was provided.. running script content — If the script tag is found
• Message: The output from user scripts — If user data scripts are executed, their output is logged
With EC2Config, the log file is C:\Program Files\Amazon\Ec2ConfigService\Logs

\Ec2Config.log. The following information is logged as user data is executed.
• Ec2HandleUserData: Message: Start running user scripts — The start of user data execution
• Ec2HandleUserData: Message: Re-enabled userdata execution — If the persist tag is found
• Ec2HandleUserData: Message: Could not find <persist> and </persist> — If the persist tag is not found
• Ec2HandleUserData: Message: The output from user scripts — If user data scripts are executed, their
output is logged
Subsequent Reboots or Starts

When you update instance user data, user data scripts are not executed automatically when you reboot
or start the instance. However, you can enable user data execution so that user data scripts are executed
one time when you reboot or start the instance or every time you reboot or start the instance.
If you choose the Shutdown with Sysprep option, user data scripts are executed when the instance is
rebooted or restarted, even if you did not enable user data execution for subsequent reboots or starts.
To enable user data execution on Windows Server 2016 or later (EC2Launch)
1. Connect to your Windows instance.

2. Open a PowerShell command window and run the following command:
C:\ProgramData\Amazon\EC2-Windows\Launch\Scripts\InitializeInstance.ps1 –Schedule
3. Disconnect from your Windows instance. To execute updated scripts next time the instance is
started, stop the instance and update the user data. For more information, see View and Update the
To enable user data execution on Windows Server 2012 R2 and earlier (EC2Config)

2. Open C:\Program Files\Amazon\Ec2ConfigService\Ec2ConfigServiceSetting.exe.
3. For User Data, select Enable UserData execution for next service start.
4. Disconnect from your Windows instance. To execute updated scripts next time the instance is
started, stop the instance and update the user data. For more information, see View and Update the
473
User Data and the Console

You can specify instance user data when you launch the instance. If the root volume of the instance is an
EBS volume, you can also stop the instance and update its user data.
Specify Instance User Data at Launch

When you launch an instance, you specify the script in Advanced Details, User data on the Step 3:
Configure Instance Details page of the Launch Instance wizard. The example in the following image
creates a file in the Windows temporary folder, using the current date and time in the file name. When
you include <persist>true</persist>, the script is executed every time you reboot or start the
instance. When you select As text, the Amazon EC2 console performs the base64 encoding for you.
View and Update the Instance User Data

You can view the instance user data for any instance, and you can update the instance user data for a
stopped instance.
To update the user data for an instance using the console

2. In the navigation pane, choose Instances. the instance.
3. Select the instance and choose Actions, Instance State, Stop.
Warning
4. When prompted for confirmation, choose Yes, Stop. It can take a few minutes for the instance to
stop.
5. With the instance still selected, choose Actions, Instance Settings, View/Change User Data. You
can't change the user data if the instance is running, but you can view it.
6. In the View/Change User Data dialog box, update the user data, and then choose Save. To execute
user data scripts every time you reboot or start the instance, add <persist>true</persist>, as
shown in the following example:
474
7. Restart the instance. If you enabled user data execution for subsequent reboots or starts, the
updated user data scripts are executed as part of the instance start process.
User Data and the Tools for Windows PowerShell

You can use the Tools for Windows PowerShell to specify, modify, and view the user data for your
instance. For information about viewing user data from your instance using instance metadata, see
Retrieve Instance User Data (p. 480). For information about user data and the AWS CLI, see User Data
and the AWS CLI in the Amazon EC2 User Guide for Linux Instances.
Example: Specify Instance User Data at Launch
Create a text file with the instance user data. To execute user data scripts every time you reboot or start
the instance, add <persist>true</persist>, as shown in the following example:
<powershell>
</powershell>
To specify instance user data when you launch your instance, use the New-EC2Instance command. This
command does not perform base64 encoding of the user data for you. Use the following commands to
encode the user data in a text file named script.txt.
PS C:\> $Script = Get-Content -Raw script.txt

PS C:\> $UserData =
[System.Convert]::ToBase64String([System.Text.Encoding]::ASCII.GetBytes($Script))
Use the -UserData parameter to pass the user data to the New-EC2Instance command.
PS C:\> New-EC2Instance -ImageId ami-abcd1234 -MinCount 1 -MaxCount 1 -

InstanceType m3.medium \
-KeyName my-key-pair -SubnetId subnet-12345678 -SecurityGroupIds sg-1a2b3c4d \
475
-UserData $UserData
Example: Update Instance User Data for a Stopped Instance
You can modify the user data of a stopped instance using the Edit-EC2InstanceAttribute command.
Create a text file with the new script. Use the following commands to encode the user data in the text
file named new-script.txt.
PS C:\> $NewScript = Get-Content -Raw new-script.txt

PS C:\> $NewUserData =
[System.Convert]::ToBase64String([System.Text.Encoding]::ASCII.GetBytes($NewScript))
Use the -UserData and -Value parameters to specify the user data.
PS C:\> Edit-EC2InstanceAttribute -InstanceId i-1234567890abcdef0 -Attribute userData -

Value $NewUserData
Example: View Instance User Data
To retrieve the user data for an instance, use the Get-EC2InstanceAttribute command.
PS C:\> (Get-EC2InstanceAttribute -InstanceId i-1234567890abcdef0 -Attribute

userData).UserData
The following is example output. Note that the user data is encoded.
PHBvd2Vyc2hlbGw
+DQpSZW5hbWUtQ29tcHV0ZXIgLU5ld05hbWUgdXNlci1kYXRhLXRlc3QNCjwvcG93ZXJzaGVsbD4=
Use the following commands to store the encoded user data in a variable and then decode it.
PS C:\> $UserData_encoded = (Get-EC2InstanceAttribute -InstanceId i-1234567890abcdef0 -

Attribute userData).UserData
PS C:
\> [System.Text.Encoding]::UTF8.GetString([System.Convert]::FromBase64String($UserData_encoded))
<powershell>
</powershell>
Example: Rename the Instance to Match the Tag Value
To read the tag value, rename the instance on first boot to match the tag value, and reboot, use the Get-
EC2Tag command. To run this command successfully, you must have a role with ec2:DescribeTags
permissions because tag information is unavailable in the metadata and must be retrieved by API call.
For more information on how to attach a role to an instance, see Attaching an IAM Role to an Instance.
Note
This script fails on Windows Server versions prior to 2008.
<powershell>
$instanceId = (invoke-webrequest http://169.254.169.254/latest/meta-data/instance-id -
UseBasicParsing).content
476
Instance Metadata and User Data
$nameValue = (get-ec2tag -filter @{Name="resource-id";Value=

$instanceid},@{Name="key";Value="Name"}).Value
$pattern = "^(?![0-9]{1,15}$)[a-zA-Z0-9-]{1,15}$"
##Verify Name Value satisfies best practices for Windows hostnames
If ($nameValue -match $pattern)
{Try
{Rename-Computer -NewName $nameValue -Restart -ErrorAction Stop}
Catch
{$ErrorMessage = $_.Exception.Message
Write-Output "Rename failed: $ErrorMessage"}}
Else
{Throw "Provided name not a valid hostname. Please ensure Name value is between 1 and
15 characters in length and contains only alphanumeric or hyphen characters"}
</powershell>

Instance metadata is data about your instance that you can use to configure or manage the running
instance. Instance metadata is divided into categories. For more information, see Instance Metadata
Categories (p. 481).
Important
Although you can only access instance metadata and user data from within the instance itself,
the data is not protected by cryptographic methods. Anyone who can access the instance can
view its metadata. Therefore, you should take suitable precautions to protect sensitive data
(such as long-lived encryption keys). You should not store sensitive data, such as passwords, as
user data.
You can also use instance metadata to access user data that you specified when launching your instance.
For example, you can specify parameters for configuring your instance, or attach a simple script. You
can also use this data to build more generic AMIs that can be modified by configuration files supplied at
launch time. For example, if you run web servers for various small businesses, they can all use the same
AMI and retrieve their content from the Amazon S3 bucket you specify in the user data at launch. To add
a new customer at any time, simply create a bucket for the customer, add their content, and launch your
AMI. If you launch more than one instance at the same time, the user data is available to all instances in
that reservation.
EC2 instances can also include dynamic data, such as an instance identity document that is generated
when the instance is launched. For more information, see Dynamic Data Categories (p. 486).
Contents
• Retrieving Instance Metadata (p. 477)
• Working with Instance User Data (p. 479)
• Retrieving Dynamic Data (p. 480)
• Instance Metadata Categories (p. 481)
• Instance Identity Documents (p. 486)
Retrieving Instance Metadata

Because your instance metadata is available from your running instance, you do not need to use the
Amazon EC2 console or the AWS CLI. This can be helpful when you're writing scripts to run from your
instance. For example, you can access the local IP address of your instance from instance metadata to
manage a connection to an external application.
To view all categories of instance metadata from within a running instance, use the following URI:
http://169.254.169.254/latest/meta-data/
477
The IP address 169.254.169.254 is a link-local address and is valid only from the instance. For more
information, see Link-local address on Wikipedia.
Note that you are not billed for HTTP requests used to retrieve instance metadata and user data.
You can use PowerShell cmdlets to retrieve the URI. For example, if you are running version 3.0 or later
of PowerShell, use the following cmdlet:
PS C:\> Invoke-RestMethod -uri http://169.254.169.254/latest/meta-data/
If you don't want to use PowerShell, you can install a third-party tool such as GNU Wget or cURL.
Important
If you do install a third-party tool on a Windows instance, ensure that you read the
accompanying documentation carefully, as the method of calling the HTTP and the output
format might be different from what is documented here.
All instance metadata is returned as text (content type text/plain). A request for a specific metadata
resource returns the appropriate value, or a 404 - Not Found HTTP error code if the resource is not
available.
A request for a general metadata resource (the URI ends with a /) returns a list of available resources, or
a 404 - Not Found HTTP error code if there is no such resource. The list items are on separate lines,
terminated by line feeds (ASCII 10).
Examples of Retrieving Instance Metadata

This example gets the available versions of the instance metadata. These versions do not necessarily
correlate with an Amazon EC2 API version. The earlier versions are available to you in case you have
scripts that rely on the structure and information present in a previous version.
PS C:\> Invoke-RestMethod -uri http://169.254.169.254/

1.0
2007-01-19
2007-03-01
2007-08-29
2007-10-10
2007-12-15
2008-02-01
2008-09-01
2009-04-04
2011-01-01
2011-05-01
2012-01-12
2014-02-25
2014-11-05
2015-10-20
2016-04-19
2016-06-30
2016-09-02
latest
This example gets the top-level metadata items. For more information, see Instance Metadata
PS C:\> Invoke-RestMethod -uri http://169.254.169.254/latest/meta-data/

ami-id
ami-launch-index
ami-manifest-path
block-device-mapping/
hostname
iam/
478
instance-action
instance-id
instance-type
local-hostname
local-ipv4
mac
metrics/
network/
placement/
profile
public-hostname
public-ipv4
public-keys/
reservation-id
security-groups
services/
These examples get the value of some of the metadata items from the preceding example.
PS C:\> Invoke-RestMethod -uri http://169.254.169.254/latest/meta-data/ami-id

ami-0abcdef1234567890
PS C:\> Invoke-RestMethod -uri http://169.254.169.254/latest/meta-data/reservation-id

r-0efghijk987654321
PS C:\> Invoke-RestMethod -uri http://169.254.169.254/latest/meta-data/local-hostname

ip-10-251-50-12.ec2.internal
PS C:\> Invoke-RestMethod -uri http://169.254.169.254/latest/meta-data/public-hostname

ec2-203-0-113-25.compute-1.amazonaws.com
This example gets the subnet ID for an instance.
PS C:\> Invoke-RestMethod -uri http://169.254.169.254/latest/meta-data/network/interfaces/

macs/02:29:96:8f:6a:2d/subnet-id
subnet-be9b61d7
Throttling
We throttle queries to the instance metadata service on a per-instance basis, and we place limits on the
number of simultaneous connections from an instance to the instance metadata service.
If you're using the instance metadata service to retrieve AWS security credentials, avoid querying for
credentials during every transaction or concurrently from a high number of threads or processes, as
this may lead to throttling. Instead, we recommend that you cache the credentials until they start
approaching their expiry time.
If you're throttled while accessing the instance metadata service, retry your query with an exponential
backoff strategy.
Working with Instance User Data

When working with instance user data, keep the following in mind:
• User data must be base64-encoded. The Amazon EC2 console can perform the base64 encoding for
you or accept base64-encoded input.
• User data is limited to 16 KB, in raw form, before it is base64-encoded. The size of a string of length n
after base64-encoding is ceil(n/3)*4.
479
• User data must be base64-decoded when you retrieve it. The data is decoded for you automatically if
you retrieve it using instance metadata or the console.
• User data is treated as opaque data: what you give is what you get back. It is up to the instance to be
able to interpret it.
• If you stop an instance, modify its user data, and start the instance, the updated user data is not
executed automatically when you start the instance. However, you can configure settings so that
updated user data scripts are executed one time when you start the instance or every time you reboot
or start the instance.
Specify Instance User Data at Launch

You can specify user data when you launch an instance. You can specify that the user data is executed
one time at launch, or every time you reboot or start the instance. For more information, see Running
Commands on Your Windows Instance at Launch (p. 471).
Modify Instance User Data

You can modify user data for an instance in the stopped state if the root volume is an EBS volume. For
more information, see View and Update the Instance User Data (p. 474).
Retrieve Instance User Data

To retrieve user data from within a running instance, use the following URI:
http://169.254.169.254/latest/user-data
A request for user data returns the data as it is (content type application/octet-stream).
This example returns user data that was provided as comma-separated text:
PS C:\> Invoke-RestMethod -uri http://169.254.169.254/latest/user-data

1234,john,reboot,true | 4512,richard, | 173,,,
This example returns user data that was provided as a script:
PS C:\> Invoke-RestMethod -uri http://169.254.169.254/latest/user-data

<powershell>
</powershell>
To retrieve user data for an instance from your own computer, see User Data and the Tools for Windows
PowerShell (p. 475)
Retrieving Dynamic Data

To retrieve dynamic data from within a running instance, use the following URI:
http://169.254.169.254/latest/dynamic/
This example shows how to retrieve the high-level instance identity categories:
PS C:\> Invoke-RestMethod -uri http://169.254.169.254/latest/dynamic/instance-identity/

document
rsa2048
pkcs7
480
signature
For more information about dynamic data and examples of how to retrieve it, see Instance Identity
Documents (p. 486).
Instance Metadata Categories

The following table lists the categories of instance metadata.
Important
Category names that are formatted in red text are placeholders for data that is unique to your
instance; for example, mac represents the MAC address for the network interface. You must
replace the placeholders with the actual values.
Data Description Version Introduced
ami-id The AMI ID used to launch the 1.0

instance.
ami-launch-index If you started more than one 1.0

instance at the same time, this value
indicates the order in which the
instance was launched. The value of
the first instance launched is 0.
ami-manifest-path The path to the AMI manifest file in 1.0

Amazon S3. If you used an Amazon
EBS-backed AMI to launch the
instance, the returned result is
unknown.
ancestor-ami-ids The AMI IDs of any instances that 2007-10-10

were rebundled to create this AMI.
This value will only exist if the
AMI manifest file contained an
ancestor-amis key.
block-device-mapping/ami The virtual device that contains the 2007-12-15

root/boot file system.
block-device-mapping/ebs The virtual devices associated with 2007-12-15

N Amazon EBS volumes, if any are
present. Amazon EBS volumes are
only available in metadata if they
were present at launch time or when
the instance was last started. The N
indicates the index of the Amazon
EBS volume (such as ebs1 or ebs2).
block-device-mapping/eph The virtual devices associated with 2007-12-15

emeral non-NVMe instance store volumes, if
N any are present. The N indicates the
index of each ephemeral volume.
block-device-mapping/root The virtual devices or partitions 2007-12-15

associated with the root devices,
or partitions on the virtual device,
481

where the root (/ or C:) file system is
associated with the given instance.
block-device-mapping/swap The virtual devices associated with 2007-12-15

swap. Not always present.
elastic-gpus/ If there is an Elastic GPU attached to 2016-11-30

associations/elastic-gpu-id the instance, contains a JSON string
with information about the Elastic
GPU, including its ID and connection
information.
elastic-inference/ If there is an Elastic Inference 2018-11-29

associations/eia-id accelerator attached to the instance,
contains a JSON string with
information about the Elastic
Inference accelerator, including its ID
and type.
events/maintenance/history If there are completed or canceled 2018-08-17

maintenance events for the instance,
contains a JSON string with
information about the events. For
more information, see To view event
history about completed or canceled
events (p. 541).
events/maintenance/sched If there are active maintenance 2018-08-17

uled events for the instance, contains a
JSON string with information about
the events. For more information, see
Viewing Scheduled Events (p. 539).
hostname The private IPv4 DNS hostname of 1.0

the instance. In cases where multiple
network interfaces are present, this
refers to the eth0 device (the device
for which the device number is 0).
iam/info If there is an IAM role associated with 2012-01-12

the instance, contains information
about the last time the instance
profile was updated, including
the instance's LastUpdated
date, InstanceProfileArn, and
InstanceProfileId. Otherwise, not
present.
iam/security-credentials/ If there is an IAM role associated 2012-01-12

role-name with the instance, role-name is the
name of the role, and role-name
contains the temporary security
credentials associated with the role
(for more information, see Retrieving
Security Credentials from Instance
Metadata (p. 646)). Otherwise, not
present.
482
identity-credentials/ec2/ [Reserved for internal use only] 2018-05-23

info Information about the credentials
that AWS uses to identify an instance
to the rest of the Amazon EC2
infrastructure.
identity-credentials/ec2/ [Reserved for internal use only] 2018-05-23

security-credentials/ec2- The credentials that AWS uses to
instance identify an instance to the rest of the
Amazon EC2 infrastructure.
instance-action Notifies the instance that it should 2008-09-01

reboot in preparation for bundling.
Valid values: none | shutdown |
bundle-pending.
instance-id The ID of this instance. 1.0
instance-type The type of instance. For more 2007-08-29

information, see Instance
Types (p. 119).
kernel-id The ID of the kernel launched with 2008-02-01

this instance, if applicable.
local-hostname The private IPv4 DNS hostname of 2007-01-19

the instance. In cases where multiple
local-ipv4 The private IPv4 address of the 1.0

instance. In cases where multiple
mac The instance's media access control 2011-01-01

(MAC) address. In cases where
multiple network interfaces are
present, this refers to the eth0 device
(the device for which the device
number is 0).
metrics/vhostmd Deprecated. 2011-05-01
network/interfaces/macs/ The unique device number associated 2011-01-01

mac/device-number with that interface. The device
number corresponds to the device
name; for example, a device-
number of 2 is for the eth2 device.
This category corresponds to the
DeviceIndex and device-index
fields that are used by the Amazon
EC2 API and the EC2 commands for
the AWS CLI.
483
network/interfaces/macs/ The ID of the network interface. 2011-01-01

mac/interface-id
network/interfaces/macs/ The private IPv4 addresses that 2011-01-01

mac/ipv4-associations/pu are associated with each public
blic-ip IP address and assigned to that
interface.
network/interfaces/macs/ The IPv6 addresses associated with 2016-06-30

mac/ipv6s the interface. Returned only for
instances launched into a VPC.
network/interfaces/macs/ The interface's local hostname. 2011-01-01

mac/local-hostname
network/interfaces/macs/ The private IPv4 addresses 2011-01-01

mac/local-ipv4s associated with the interface.
network/interfaces/macs/ The instance's MAC address. 2011-01-01

mac/mac
network/interfaces/macs/ The ID of the owner of the network 2011-01-01

mac/owner-id interface. In multiple-interface
environments, an interface can be
attached by a third party, such as
Elastic Load Balancing. Traffic on
an interface is always billed to the
interface owner.
network/interfaces/macs/ The interface's public DNS (IPv4). 2011-01-01

mac/public-hostname This category is only returned if the
enableDnsHostnames attribute is
set to true. For more information,
see Using DNS with Your VPC.
network/interfaces/macs/ The Public IP address or Elastic 2011-01-01

mac/public-ipv4s IP addresses associated with the
interface. There may be multiple IPv4
addresses on an instance.
network/interfaces/macs/ Security groups to which the network 2011-01-01

mac/security-groups interface belongs.
network/interfaces/macs/ The IDs of the security groups to 2011-01-01

mac/security-group-ids which the network interface belongs.
network/interfaces/macs/ The ID of the subnet in which the 2011-01-01

mac/subnet-id interface resides.
network/interfaces/macs/ The IPv4 CIDR block of the subnet in 2011-01-01

mac/subnet-ipv4-cidr-block which the interface resides.
network/interfaces/macs/ The IPv6 CIDR block of the subnet in 2016-06-30

mac/subnet-ipv6-cidr-blocks which the interface resides.
network/interfaces/macs/ The ID of the VPC in which the 2011-01-01

mac/vpc-id interface resides.
484
network/interfaces/macs/ The primary IPv4 CIDR block of the 2011-01-01

mac/vpc-ipv4-cidr-block VPC.
network/interfaces/macs/ The IPv4 CIDR blocks for the VPC. 2016-06-30

mac/vpc-ipv4-cidr-blocks
network/interfaces/macs/ The IPv6 CIDR block of the VPC in 2016-06-30

mac/vpc-ipv6-cidr-blocks which the interface resides.
placement/availability-zone The Availability Zone in which the 2008-02-01

instance launched.
product-codes Marketplace product codes 2007-03-01

associated with the instance, if any.
public-hostname The instance's public DNS. This 2007-01-19

category is only returned if the
enableDnsHostnames attribute is
set to true. For more information,
see Using DNS with Your VPC in the
Amazon VPC User Guide.
public-ipv4 The public IPv4 address. If an Elastic 2007-01-19

IP address is associated with the
instance, the value returned is the
Elastic IP address.
public-keys/0/openssh-key Public key. Only available if supplied 1.0

at instance launch time.
ramdisk-id The ID of the RAM disk specified at 2007-10-10

launch time, if applicable.
reservation-id The ID of the reservation. 1.0
security-groups The names of the security groups 1.0

applied to the instance.
After launch, you can change the

security groups of the instances.
Such changes are reflected here and
in network/interfaces/macs/mac/
security-groups.
services/domain The domain for AWS resources for 2014-02-25

the region.
services/partition The partition that the resource is 2015-10-20

in. For standard AWS regions, the
partition is aws. If you have resources
in other partitions, the partition is
aws-partitionname. For example,
the partition for resources in the
China (Beijing) region is aws-cn.
485
spot/instance-action The action (hibernate, stop, or 2016-11-15

terminate) and the approximate
time, in UTC, when the action will
occur. This item is present only if
the Spot Instance has been marked
for hibernate, stop, or terminate.
For more information, see instance-
action (p. 287).
spot/termination-time The approximate time, in UTC, that 2014-11-05

the operating system for your Spot
Instance will receive the shutdown
signal. This item is present and
contains a time value (for example,
2015-01-05T18:02:00Z) only if the
Spot Instance has been marked
for termination by Amazon EC2.
The termination-time item is not
set to a time if you terminated
the Spot Instance yourself. For
more information, see termination-
time (p. 288).
Dynamic Data Categories

The following table lists the categories of dynamic data.
Data Description Version

introduced
fws/instance- Value showing whether the customer has enabled detailed 2009-04-04
monitoring one-minute monitoring in CloudWatch. Valid values:
enabled | disabled
instance-identity/ JSON containing instance attributes, such as instance- 2009-04-04

document id, private IP address, etc. See Instance Identity
Documents (p. 486).
instance-identity/ Used to verify the document's authenticity and 2009-04-04

pkcs7 content against the signature. See Instance Identity
Documents (p. 486).
instance-identity/ Data that can be used by other parties to verify 2009-04-04

signature its origin and authenticity. See Instance Identity
Documents (p. 486).
Instance Identity Documents

An instance identity document is a JSON file that describes an instance. The instance identity document
is accompanied by a signature and a PKCS7 signature which can be used to verify the accuracy, origin,
and authenticity of the information provided in the document.
486
The instance identity document is generated when the instance is launched, and exposed to the instance
through instance metadata (p. 477). It validates the attributes of the instances, such as the instance
size, instance type, operating system, and AMI.
Important
Due to the dynamic nature of instance identity documents and signatures, we recommend
retrieving the instance identity document and signature regularly.
Obtaining the Instance Identity Document and Signatures

To retrieve the instance identity document, use the following command from your running instance:

document
privateIp : 10.0.2.174
availabilityZone : us-west-2a
devpayProductCodes :
version : 2010-08-31
instanceId : i-1234567890abcdef0
billingProducts : {bp-6ba54002}
instanceType : m3.medium
architecture : x86_64
accountId : 123456789012
kernelId :
ramdiskId :
imageId : ami-1562d075
pendingTime : 2017-03-13T17:13:27Z
region : us-west-2
To retrieve the instance identity signature, use the following command from your running instance:

signature
dExamplesjNQhhJan7pORLpLSr7lJEF4V2DhKGlyoYVBoUYrY9njyBCmhEayaGrhtS/AWY+LPx
lVSQURF5n0gwPNCuO6ICT0fNrm5IH7w9ydyaexamplejJw8XvWPxbuRkcN0TAA1p4RtCAqm4ms
x2oALjWSCBExample=
To retrieve the PKCS7 signature, use the following command from your running instance:

pkcs7
MIICiTCCAfICCQD6m7oRw0uXOjANBgkqhkiG9w0BAQUFADCBiDELMAkGA1UEBhMC
VVMxCzAJBgNVBAgTAldBMRAwDgYDVQQHEwdTZWF0dGxlMQ8wDQYDVQQKEwZBbWF6
b24xFDASBgNVBAsTC0lBTSBDb25zb2xlMRIwEAYDVQQDEwlUZXN0Q2lsYWMxHzAd
BgkqhkiG9w0BCQEWEG5vb25lQGFtYXpvbi5jb20wHhcNMTEwNDI1MjA0NTIxWhcN
MTIwNDI0MjA0NTIxWjCBiDELMAkGA1UEBhMCVVMxCzAJBgNVBAgTAldBMRAwDgYD
VQQHEwdTZWF0dGxlMQ8wDQYDVQQKEwZBbWF6b24xFDASBgNVBAsTC0lBTSBDb25z
b2xlMRIwEAYDVQQDEwlUZXN0Q2lsYWMxHzAdBgkqhkiG9w0BCQEWEG5vb25lQGFt
487
SQL Server Clustering in EC2
YXpvbi5jb20wgZ8wDQYJKoZIhvcNAQEBBQADgY0AMIGJAoGBAMaK0dn+a4GmWIWJ
21uUSfwfEvySWtC2XADZ4nB+BLYgVIk60CpiwsZ3G93vUEIO3IyNoH/f0wYK8m9T
rDHudUZg3qX4waLG5M43q7Wgc/MbQITxOUSQv7c7ugFFDzQGBzZswY6786m86gpE
Ibb3OhjZnzcvQAaRHhdlQWIMm2nrAgMBAAEwDQYJKoZIhvcNAQEFBQADgYEAtCu4
nUhVVxYUntneD9+h8Mg9q6q+auNKyExzyLwaxlAoo7TJHidbtS4J5iNmZgXL0Fkb
FFBjvSfpJIlJ00zbhNYS5f6GuoEDmFJl0ZxBHjJnyp378OD8uTs7fLvjx79LjSTb
NYiytVbZPQUQ5Yaxu2jXnimvw3rrszlaEXAMPLE
Best Practices and Recommendations for SQL Server

Clustering in EC2
SQL Always On clustering offers high availability without the requirement for shared storage. The
list of practices in this topic, in addition to the prerequisites listed at Prerequisites, Restrictions, and
Recommendations for Always On availability groups, can help you get the best results when operating
a SQL Server Always On cluster on AWS. The practices listed in this topic also offer a method to gather
logs.
Note
When nodes are deployed in different Availability Zones, or in different subnets within the same
zone, they should be treated as a multi-subnet cluster. Keep this in mind as you apply best
practices and when you address possible failure scenarios.
Contents
• Assigning IP Addresses (p. 488)
• Cluster Properties (p. 489)
• Cluster Quorum Votes and 50/50 Splits in a Multi-Site Cluster (p. 489)
• DNS Registration (p. 489)
• Elastic Network Adapters (ENAs) (p. 490)
• Multi-Site Clusters and EC2 Instance Placement (p. 490)
• Instance Type Selection (p. 490)
• Assigning Elastic Network Interfaces and IPs to the Instance (p. 490)
• Heartbeat Network (p. 491)
• Configuring the Network Adapter in the OS (p. 491)
• IPv6 (p. 491)
• Host Record TTL for SQL Availability Group Listeners (p. 491)
• Logging (p. 491)
• NetBIOS over TCP (p. 492)
• NetFT Virtual Adapter (p. 492)
• Setting Possible Owners (p. 492)
• Tuning the Failover Thresholds (p. 493)
• Witness Importance and Dynamic Quorum Architecture (p. 494)
Assigning IP Addresses
Each cluster node should have one elastic network interface assigned that includes three private IP
addresses on the subnet: a primary IP address, a cluster IP address, and an Availability Group IP address.
The operating system (OS) should have the NIC configured for DHCP. It should not be set for a static IP
address because the IP addresses for the cluster IP and Availability Group will be handled virtually in
the Failover Cluster Manager. The NIC can be configured for a static IP as long as it is configured to only
488
use the primary IP of eth0. If the other IPs are assigned to the NIC, it can cause network drops for the
instance during failover events.
When the network drops because the IPs are incorrectly assigned, or when there is a failover event or
network failure, it is not uncommon to see the following event log entries at the time of failure.
Isatap interface isatap.{9468661C-0AEB-41BD-BB8C-1F85981D5482} is no longer active.
Isatap interface isatap.{9468661C-0AEB-41BD-BB8C-1F85981D5482} with address

fe80::5efe:169.254.1.105 has been brought up.
Because these messages seem to describe network issues, it is easy to mistake the cause of the outage
or failure as a network error. However, these errors describe a symptom, rather than cause, of the failure.
ISATAP is a tunneling technology that uses IPv6 over IPv4. When the IPv4 connection fails, the ISATAP
adapter also fails. When the network issues are resolved, these entries should no longer appear in the
event logs. Alternately, you can eliminate network errors by safely disabling ISATAP with the following
command.
netsh int ipv6 isatap set state disabled
When you run this command, the adapter is removed from Device Manager. This command should be run
on all nodes. It does not impact the ability of the cluster to function. Instead, when the command has
been run, ISATAP is no longer used. However, because this command might cause unknown impacts on
other applications that leverage ISATAP, you should test it.
Cluster Properties
To see the complete cluster configuration, run the following PowerShell command.
Get-Cluster | Format-List -Property *
Cluster Quorum Votes and 50/50 Splits in a Multi-Site Cluster

To learn how the cluster quorum works and what to expect if a failure occurs, see Understanding Cluster
and Pool Quorum.
DNS Registration
In Windows Server 2012, Failover Clustering, by default, attempts to register each DNS node under
the cluster name. This is acceptable for applications that are aware the SQL target is configured for
multi-site. However, when the client is not configured this way, it can result in timeouts, delays, and
application errors due to attempts to connect to each individual node and failing on the inactive ones.
To prevent these problems, the Cluster Resource parameter RegisterAllProvidersIp must be
changed to 0. For more information, see RegisterAllProvidersIP Setting and Multi-subnet Clustered SQL +
RegisterAllProvidersIP + SharePoint 2013.
The RegisterAllProvidersIp can be modified with the following PowerShell script.
Import-Module FailoverClusters
$cluster = (Get-ClusterResource | where {($_.ResourceType -eq "Network Name") -and
($_.OwnerGroup -ne "Cluster Group")}).Name
Get-ClusterResource $cluster | Set-ClusterParameter RegisterAllProvidersIP 0
Get-ClusterResource $cluster |Set-ClusterParameter HostRecordTTL 300
Stop-ClusterResource $cluster
489
Start-ClusterResource $cluster
In addition to setting the Cluster Resource parameter to 0, you must ensure that the cluster has
permissions to modify the DNS entry for your cluster name.
1. Log into the Domain Controller (DC) for the domain, or a server that hosts the forward lookup zone
for the domain.
2. Launch the DNS Management Console and locate the A record for the cluster.
3. Right-click the A record and choose Properties.
4. Choose Security.
5. Choose Add.
6. Choose Object Types..., select the box for Computers, and choose OK.
7. Enter the name of the cluster resource object and choose Check name and OK if resolve.
8. Select the check box for Full Control.
9. Choose OK.
Elastic Network Adapters (ENAs)

AWS has identified known issues with some clustering workloads running on ENA driver version 1.2.3.
We recommend upgrading to version 1.5.0 or later and adjusting settings on the NIC in the OS. For the
latest versions, see Amazon ENA Driver Versions. The first setting, which applies to all systems, increases
Receive Buffers, which can be done with the following example PowerShell command.
Set-NetAdapterAdvancedProperty -Name (Get-NetAdapter | Where-Object

{$_.InterfaceDescription -like '*Elastic*'}).Name -DisplayName "Receive Buffers" -
DisplayValue 8192
For instances with more than 16 vCPUs, we recommend preventing RSS from running on CPU 0.
Run the following command.
Set-NetAdapterRss -name (Get-NetAdapter | Where-Object {$_.InterfaceDescription -like

'Elastic'}).Name -Baseprocessorgroup 0 -BaseProcessorNumber 1
Multi-Site Clusters and EC2 Instance Placement

Each cluster is considered a multi-site cluster. The EC2 service does not share IP addresses virtually.
Each node must be in a unique subnet. Though not required, we recommend that each node also be in a
unique Availability Zone (p. 5).
Instance Type Selection

The type of instance recommended for Windows Server Failover Clustering depends on the workload.
For production workloads, we recommend instances that support EBS Optimization and Enhanced
Networking.
Assigning Elastic Network Interfaces and IPs to the Instance

Each node in an EC2 cluster should have only one attached elastic network interface. The network
interface should have a minimum of two assigned private IP addresses. However, for workloads that
use Availability Groups, such as SQL Always On, you must include an additional IP address for each
Availability Group. The primary IP address is used for accessing and managing the server, the secondary
490
IP address is used as the cluster IP address, and each additional IP address is assigned to Availability
Groups, as needed.
Heartbeat Network
Some Microsoft documentation recommends using a dedicated heartbeat network. However, this
recommendation is not applicable to EC2. With EC2, while you can assign and use a second elastic
network interface for the heartbeat network, it uses the same infrastructure and shares bandwidth with
the primary network interface. Therefore, traffic within the infrastructure cannot be prioritized, and
cannot benefit from a dedicated network interface.
Configuring the Network Adapter in the OS

The NIC in the OS can keep using DHCP as long as the DNS servers that are being retrieved from the
DHCP Options Set allow for the nodes to resolve each other. You can set the NIC to be configured
statically. When completed, you then manually configure only the primary IP address for the elastic
network interface. Failover Clustering manages and assigns additional IP addresses, as needed.
For all instance types, you can increase the MTU on the network adapter to 9001 to support Jumbo
Frames. This configuration reduces fragmentation of packets wherever Jumbo Frames are supported.
The following example shows how to use PowerShell to configure Jumbo Frames for an Elastic Network
Adapter.
Get-NetAdapter | Set-NetAdapterAdvancedProperty -DisplayName "MTU" -DisplayValue 9001
IPv6
Microsoft does not recommend disabling IPv6 in a Windows Cluster. While Failover Clustering works in
an IPv4-only environment, Microsoft tests clusters with IPv6 enabled. See Failover Clustering and IPv6 in
Windows Server 2012 R2 for details.
Host Record TTL for SQL Availability Group Listeners

Set the host record TTL to 300 seconds instead of the default 20 minutes (1200 seconds). For legacy
client comparability, set RegisterAllProvidersIP to 0 for SQL Availability Group Listeners. This is
not required in all environments. These settings are important because some legacy client applications
cannot use MultiSubnetFailover in their connection strings. See HostRecordTTL Setting for more
information. When you change these settings, the Cluster Resource must be restarted. The following are
example PowerShell scripts for changing the TTL and RegisterAllProvidersIP settings.
Get-ClusterResource yourListenerName | Set-ClusterParameter RegisterAllProvidersIP 0
Get-ClusterResource yourListenerName|Set-ClusterParameter HostRecordTTL 300
Stop-ClusterResource yourListenerName
Start-ClusterResource yourListenerName
Logging
The default logging level for the cluster log is 3. To increase the detail of log information, set the logging
level to 5. See Set-ClusterLog for more information about the PowerShell cmdlet.
491
Set-ClusterLog –Level 5
NetBIOS over TCP

On Windows Server 2012 R2, you can increase the speed of the failover process by disabling NetBIOS
over TCP. This feature was removed from Windows Server 2016. You should test this procedure if you
are using older operating systems in your environment. For more information, see Speeding Up Failover
Tips-n-Tricks. The following is an example PowerShell command to disable NetBIOS over TCP.
Get-ClusterResource “Cluster IP Address” | Set-ClusterParameter EnableNetBIOS 0
NetFT Virtual Adapter

For Windows Server versions earlier than 2016 and non-Hyper-V workloads, Microsoft recommends you
enable the NetFT Virtual Adapter Performance Filter on the adapter in the OS. When you enable the
NetFT Virtual Adapter, internal cluster traffic is routed directly to the NetFT Virtual Adapter. For more
information, see NetFT Virtual Adapter Performance Filter. You can enable NetFT Virtual Adapter by
selecting the check box in the NIC properties, or by using the following PowerShell command.
Get-NetAdapter | Set-NetAdapterBinding –ComponentID ms_netftflt –Enable $true
Setting Possible Owners

The Failover Cluster Manager can be configured so that each IP address specified on the Cluster Core
Resources and Availability Group resources can be brought online only on the node to which the IP
belongs. When the Failover Cluster Manager is not configured for this and a failure occurs, there will be
some delay in failover as the cluster attempts to bring up the IPs on nodes that do not recognize the
address. For more information, see SQL Server Manages Preferred and Possible Owner Properties for
AlwaysOn Availability Group/Role.
Each resource in a cluster has a setting for Possible Owners. This setting tells the cluster which nodes are
permitted to “online” a resource. Each node is running on a unique subnet in a VPC. Because EC2 cannot
share IPs between instances, the IP resources in the cluster can be brought online only by specific nodes.
By default, each IP address that is added to the cluster as a resource has every node listed as a Possible
Owner. This does not result in failures. However, during expected and unexpected failures, you can see
errors in the logs about conflicting IPs and failures to bring IPs online. These errors can be ignored. If
you set the Possible Owner property, you can eliminate these errors entirely, and also prevent down time
while the services are moved to another node.
492
Tuning the Failover Thresholds

In Server 2012 R2, the network thresholds for the failover heartbeat network default to high values.
See Tuning Failover Cluster Network Thresholds for details. This potentially unreliable configuration (for
clusters with some distance between them) was addressed in Server 2016 with an increase in the number
of heartbeats. It was discovered that clusters would fail over due to very brief transient network issues.
The heartbeat network is maintained with UDP 3343, which is traditionally far less reliable than TCP
and more prone to incomplete conversations. Although there are low-latency connections between AWS
Availability Zones, there are still geographic separations with a number of "hops" separating resources.
Within an Availability Zone, there may be some distance between clusters unless the customer is using
Placement Groups or Dedicated Hosts. As a result, there is a higher possibility for heartbeat failure with
UDP than with TCP-based heartbeats.
The only time a cluster should fail over is when there is a legitimate outage, such as a service or node
that experiences a hard failover, as opposed to a few UDP packets lost in transit. To ensure legitimate
outages, we recommend that you adjust the thresholds to match, or even exceed, the settings for
Server 2016 listed in Tuning Failover Cluster Network Thresholds. You can change the settings with the
following PowerShell commands.
(get-cluster).SameSubnetThreshold = 10
(get-cluster).CrossSubnetThreshold = 20
When you set these values, unexpected failovers should be dramatically reduced. You can fine-tune
these settings by increasing the delays between heartbeats. However, we recommend that you send the
493
Upgrade Windows Instances
heartbeats more frequently with greater thresholds. Setting these thresholds even higher ensures that
failovers occur only for hard failover scenarios, with longer delays before failing over. You must decide
how much down time is acceptable for your applications.
After increasing the SameSubnetThreshold or CrossSubnetThreshold, we recommend that you

increase the RouteHistoryLength to double the higher of the two values. This ensures that there
is sufficient logging for troubleshooting. You can set the RouteHistoryLength with the following
PowerShell command.
(Get-Cluster).RouteHistoryLength = 20
Witness Importance and Dynamic Quorum Architecture

There is a difference between Disk Witness and File Share Witness. Disk Witness keeps a backup of the
cluster database while File Share Witness does not. Both add a vote to the cluster (p. 489). You can use
Disk Witness if you use iSCSI-based storage. For more about witness options, see File Share witness vs
Disk witness for local clusters.
Troubleshooting
If you experience unexpected failovers, first make sure that you are not experiencing networking, service,
or infrastructure issues.
1. Check that your nodes are not experiencing network-related issues.

2. Check driver updates. If you are using outdated drivers on your instance, you should update them.
Updating your drivers might address bugs and stability issues that might be present in your currently
installed version.
3. Check for any possible resource bottlenecks that could cause an instance to become unresponsive,
such as CPU and disk I/O. If the node cannot service requests, it may appear to be down by the cluster
service.
Upgrading an Amazon EC2 Windows Instance to a

Newer Version of Windows Server
There are two methods to upgrade an earlier version of Windows Server running on an instance: in-place
upgrade and migration (also called side-by-side upgrade). An in-place upgrade upgrades the operating
system files while your personal settings and files are intact. A migration involves capturing settings,
configurations, and data and porting these to a newer operating system on a fresh Amazon EC2 instance.
Microsoft has traditionally recommended migrating to a newer version of Windows Server instead
of upgrading. Migrating can result in fewer upgrade errors or issues, but can take longer than an in-
place upgrade because of the need to provision a new instance, plan for and port applications, and
adjust configurations settings on the new instance. An in-place upgrade can be faster, but software
incompatibilities can produce errors.
Contents
• Performing a Server Migration (p. 495)
• Performing an In-Place Upgrade (p. 495)
• Performing an Automated Upgrade (p. 499)
• Migrating to Latest Generation Instance Types (p. 505)
• Windows to Linux Replatforming Assistant for Microsoft SQL Server Databases (p. 510)
494
Performing a Server Migration
• Troubleshooting an Upgrade (p. 517)
Performing a Server Migration

Migrating involves capturing settings, configurations, and data and porting these to a newer operating
system on separate hardware. After validation, the migrated system can be promoted to production.
You can migrate instances by launching a new instance from an AMI of the new operating system.
You can streamline the process further by using AWS CloudFormation and AWS Systems Manager to
automatically apply settings and configurations to the new system with little manual work.
To migrate your server

2. In the navigation pane, choose AMIs, Owned by me, and Public images.
3. For Search, add the following filters and press Enter. The Search values are case-sensitive.
• Owner: Amazon images

• AMI Name: Windows_Server-2008, Windows_Server-2012, Windows_Server-2016, or
Windows_Server-2019.
4. Launch a new instance from an AMI.
5. Log on to the new instance and install all updates.
6. Perform an application installation and configuration changes.
7. Test the server.
8. When validated, promote the server to production.
Performing an In-Place Upgrade

Before you perform an in-place upgrade, you must determine which network drivers the instance
is running. PV network drivers enable you to access your instance using Remote Desktop. Starting
with Windows Server 2008 R2, instances use either AWS PV, Intel Network Adapter, or the Enhanced
Networking drivers. Instances with Windows Server 2003 and Windows Server 2008 use Citrix PV drivers.
For more information, see Paravirtual Drivers for Windows Instances (p. 430).
Automated Upgrades
For steps on how to use AWS Systems Manager to automate the upgrade of your Windows Server 2008
R2 to Server 2012 R2 or from SQL Server 2008 R2 on Windows Server 2012 R2 to SQL Server 2016, see
Upgrade Your End of Support Microsoft 2008 Workloads in AWS with Ease.
Before You Begin an In-Place Upgrade

Complete the following tasks and note the following important details before you begin your in-place
upgrade.
• Read the Microsoft documentation to understand the upgrade requirements, known issues, and
restrictions. Also review the official instructions for upgrading.
• Upgrading to Windows Server 2008
• Upgrading to Windows Server 2008 R2
• Upgrade Options for Windows Server 2012
• Upgrade Options for Windows Server 2012 R2
• Upgrade and conversion options for Windows Server 2016
495
• Upgrade and conversion options for Windows Server 2019

• Windows Server Upgrade Center
• We recommend performing an operating system upgrade on instances with at least 2 vCPUs and 4GB
of RAM. If needed, you can change the instance to a larger size of the same type (t2.small to t2.large,
for example), perform the upgrade, and then resize it back to the original size. If you are required to
retain the instance size, you can monitor the progress using the Instance Console Screenshot (p. 1050).
For more information, see Changing the Instance Type (p. 188).
• Verify that the root volume on your Windows instance has enough free disk space. The Windows Setup
process might not warn you of insufficient disk space. For information about how much disk space
is required to upgrade a specific operating system, see the Microsoft documentation. If the volume
does not have enough space, it can be expanded. For more information, see Amazon EBS Elastic
Volumes (p. 854).
• Determine your upgrade path. You must upgrade the operating system to the same architecture. For
example, you must upgrade a 32-bit system to a 32-bit system. Windows Server 2008 R2 and later are
64-bit only.
• Disable antivirus and anti-spyware software and firewalls. These types of software can conflict with
the upgrade process. Re-enable antivirus and anti-spyware software and firewalls after the upgrade
completes.
• Update to the latest drivers as described in Migrating to Latest Generation Instance Types (p. 505).
• The Upgrade Helper Service only supports instances running Citrix PV drivers. If the instance is running
Red Hat drivers, you must manually upgrade those drivers (p. 435) first.
Upgrade an Instance In-Place with AWS PV, Intel Network

Adapter, or the Enhanced Networking Drivers
Use the following procedure to upgrade a Windows Server instance using the AWS PV, Intel Network
Adapter, or the Enhanced Networking network drivers.
To perform the in-place upgrade
1. Create an AMI of the system you plan to upgrade for either backup or testing purposes. You can
then perform the upgrade on the copy to simulate a test environment. If the upgrade completes,
you can switch traffic to this instance with little downtime. If the upgrade fails, you can revert to the
backup. For more information, see Creating a Custom Windows AMI (p. 64).
2. Ensure that your Windows Server instance is using the latest network drivers. See Upgrading PV
Drivers on Your Windows Instances (p. 435) for information on upgrading your AWS PV driver.
4. In the navigation pane, choose Instances. Locate the instance. Make a note of the instance ID and
Availability Zone for the instance. You need this information later in this procedure.
5. If you are upgrading from Windows Server 2012 or 2012 R2 to Windows Server 2016 or 2019, do
the following on your instance before proceeding:
a. Uninstall the EC2Config service. For more information, see Stopping, Restarting, Deleting, or
Uninstalling EC2Config (p. 406).
b. Install the EC2Launch service. For more information, see Installing the Latest Version of
EC2Launch (p. 395).
c. Install the AWS Systems Manager SSM Agent. For more information, see Working with SSM
Agent in the AWS Systems Manager User Guide.
6. Create a new volume from a Windows Server installation media snapshot.
a. In the navigation pane, choose Snapshots, Public Snapshots.
496
b. Add the Owner filter and choose Amazon images.

c. Add the Description filter and enter Windows. Press Enter.
d. Select the snapshot that matches the system architecture and language preference you are
upgrading to. For example, select Windows 2019 English Installation Media to upgrade to
e. Choose Actions, Create Volume.
f. In the Create Volume dialog box, choose the Availability Zone that matches your Windows
instance, and choose Create.
7. In the Volume Successfully Created message, choose the volume that you just created.
9. In the Attach Volume dialog box, enter the instance ID and choose Attach.
10. Begin the upgrade by using Windows PowerShell to open the installation media volume you
attached to the instance.
a. If you are upgrading to Windows Server 2016 or later, run the following:
./setup.exe /auto upgrade
If you are upgrading to an earlier version of Windows Server, run the following:
Sources/setup.exe
b. For Select the operating system you want to install, select the full installation SKU for your
Windows Server instance, and choose Next.
c. For Which type of installation do you want?, choose Upgrade.
d. Complete the wizard.
Windows Server Setup copies and processes files. After several minutes, your Remote Desktop session
closes. The time it takes to upgrade depends on the number of applications and server roles running on
your Windows Server instance. The upgrade process could take as little as 40 minutes or several hours.
The instance fails status check 1 of 2 during the upgrade process. When the upgrade completes, both
status checks pass. You can check the system log for console output or use Amazon CloudWatch metrics
for disk and CPU activity to determine whether the upgrade is progressing.
Note
If upgrading to Windows Server 2019, after the upgrade is complete you can change the
desktop background manually to remove the previous operating system name if desired.
If the instance has not passed both status checks after several hours, see Troubleshooting an
Upgrade (p. 517).
Upgrade an Instance In-Place with Citrix PV Drivers

Citrix PV drivers are used in Windows Server 2003 and 2008. There is a known issue during the upgrade
process where Windows Setup removes portions of the Citrix PV drivers that enable you to connect to
the instance by using Remote Desktop. To avoid this problem, the following procedure describes how to
use the Upgrade Helper Service during your in-place upgrade.
Using the Upgrade Helper Service

You must run the Upgrade Helper Service before you start the upgrade. After you run it, the utility
creates a Windows service that executes during the post-upgrade steps to correct the driver state. The
executable is written in C# and can run on .NET Framework versions 2.0 through 4.0.
497
When you run Upgrade Helper Service on the system before the upgrade, it performs the following tasks:
• Creates a new Windows service named UpgradeHelperService.

• Verifies that the Citrix PV drivers are installed.
• Checks for unsigned boot critical drivers and presents a warning if any are found. Unsigned boot
critical drivers could cause system failure after the upgrade if the drivers are not compatible with the
newer Windows Server version.
When you run Upgrade Helper Service on the system after the upgrade, it performs the following tasks:
• Enables the RealTimeIsUniversal registry key for the correct time synchronization.
• Restores the missing PV driver by executing the following command:
pnputil -i -a "C:\Program Files (x86)\Citrix\XenTools\*.inf"
• Installs the missing device by executing the following command:
C:\Temp\EC2DriverUtils.exe install "C:\Program Files (x86)\Citrix\XenTools\xevtchn.inf"

ROOT\XENEVTCHN
• Automatically removes UpgradeHelperService when complete.
Performing the Upgrade on Instances Running Citrix PV Drivers

To complete the upgrade, you must attach the installation media volume to your EC2 instance and use
UpgradeHelperService.exe.
To upgrade a Windows Server instance running Citrix PV drivers

2. In the navigation pane, choose Instances and locate the instance. Make a note of the instance ID and
Availability Zone for the instance. You need this information later in this procedure.
3. Create a new volume from a Windows Server installation media snapshot.
a. In the navigation pane, choose Snapshots, Public Snapshots.

b. Add the Owner filter and choose Amazon images.
c. Add the Description filter and enter Windows. Press Enter.
d. Select the snapshot that matches the system architecture of your instance. For example,
Windows 2008 64-bit Installation Media.
e. Choose Actions, Create Volume.
f. In the Create Volume dialog box, select the Availability Zone that matches your Windows
instance, and choose Create.
4. In the Volume Successfully Created dialog box, choose the volume that you just created.
6. In the Attach Volume dialog box, enter the instance ID and choose Attach.
7. On your Windows instance, on the C:\ drive, create a folder named temp.
Important
This folder must be available in the same location after the upgrade. Creating the folder
in a Windows system folder or a user profile folder, such as the desktop, can cause the
upgrade to fail.
8. Download OSUpgrade.zip and extract the files into the C:\temp folder.
498
Performing an Automated Upgrade
9. Run C:\temp\UpgradeHelperService.exe and review the C:\temp\Log.txt file for any

warnings.
10. Use Knowledge Base article 950376 from Microsoft to uninstall PowerShell from a Windows 2003
instance.
11. Begin the upgrade by using Windows Explorer to open the installation media volume that you
attached to the instance.
12. Run the Sources\Setup.exe file.
13. For Select the operating system you want to install, select the full installation SKU for your
Windows Server instance, and then choose Next.
14. For Which type of installation do you want?, choose Upgrade.
15. Complete the wizard.
Windows Server Setup copies and processes files. After several minutes, your Remote Desktop session
closes. The time it takes to upgrade depends on the number of applications and server roles running on
your Windows Server instance. The upgrade process could take as little as 40 minutes or several hours.
The instance fails status check 1 of 2 during the upgrade process. When the upgrade completes, both
status checks pass. You can check the system log for console output or use Amazon CloudWatch metrics
for disk and CPU activity to determine whether the upgrade is progressing.
Post Upgrade Tasks

1. Log in to the instance to initiate an upgrade for the .NET Framework and reboot the system when
prompted.
2. Install the latest version of the EC2Config service. For more information, see Installing the Latest
Version of EC2Config (p. 405).
3. Install Microsoft hotfix KB2800213.
4. Install Microsoft hotfix KB2922223.
5. If you upgraded to Windows Server 2012 R2, we recommend that you upgrade the PV drivers to
AWS PV drivers. For more information, see Windows Server 2012 R2.
6. Re-enable antivirus and anti-spyware software and firewalls.

You can perform an automated upgrade on your Windows Server 2008 R2 and SQL Server 2008 R2 with
Service Pack 3 instances on AWS with AWS Systems Manager SSM documents.
The Systems Manager Automation documents provide two upgrade paths:
• Windows Server 2008 R2 to Windows Server 2012 R2 using the SSM document for Automation named
AWSEC2-CloneInstanceAndUpgradeWindows
• SQL Server 2008 R2 on Windows Server 2012 R2 to SQL Server 2016 using the SSM document for
Automation named AWSEC2-CloneInstanceAndUpgradeSQLServer
Contents
• Upgrade Paths (p. 501)
• Steps for Performing an Automated Upgrade (p. 502)
499
Related Services
The following AWS services are used in the automated upgrade process:
• AWS Systems Manager. AWS Systems Manager is a powerful, unified interface for centrally managing
your AWS resources. For more information, see the AWS Systems Manager User Guide.
• AWS Systems Manager Agent (SSM Agent) is Amazon software that can be installed and configured
on an Amazon EC2 instance, an on-premises server, or a virtual machine (VM). SSM Agent makes it
possible for Systems Manager to update, manage, and configure these resources. The agent processes
requests from the Systems Manager service in the AWS Cloud, and then runs them as specified in the
request. For more information, see Working with SSM Agent in the AWS Systems Manager User Guide.
• AWS Systems Manager SSM documents. An SSM document defines the actions that Systems Manager
performs on your managed instances. SSM documents use JavaScript Object Notation (JSON) or YAML,
and they include steps and parameters that you specify. This topic uses two Systems Manager SSM
documents for Automation. For more information, see AWS Systems Manager Documents in the AWS
Prerequisites
In order to automate your upgrade with AWS Systems Manager SSM documents, you must perform the
following tasks:
• Create an IAM role with the specified IAM policies (p. 500) to allow Systems Manager to perform
automation tasks on your Amazon EC2 instances and verify that you meet the prerequisites to use
Systems Manager.
• Select the option for how you want the automation to be executed (p. 500). The options for
execution are Simple execution, Rate control, Multi-account and Region, and Manual execution.
Create IAM Role with Specified Permissions

For steps on how to create an IAM role in order to allow AWS Systems Manager to access resources on
your behalf, see Creating a Role to Delegate Permissions to an AWS Service. This topic also contains
information on how to verify that your account meets the prerequisites to use Systems Manager.
Select Execution Option

When you select Automation on the Systems Manager console, select Execute. After you select an SSM
document, you are then prompted to choose an automation execution option. You choose from the
following options. In the steps for the paths provided later in this topic, we use the Simple execution
option.
Simple Execution
Choose this option if you want to update a single instance but do not want to go through each
automation step to audit the results. This option is explained in further detail in the upgrade steps that
follow.
Rate control
Choose this option if you want to apply the upgrade to more than one instance. You define the following
settings.
• Parameter
This setting, which is also set in Multi-Account and Region settings, defines how your automation
branches out.
500
• Targets
Select the target to which you want to apply the automation. This setting is also set in Multi-Account
and Region settings.
• Parameter Values
Use the values defined in the automation document parameters.

• Resource Group
In AWS, a resource is an entity you can work with. Examples include Amazon EC2 instances, AWS
CloudFormation stacks, or Amazon S3 buckets. If you work with multiple resources, it may be useful
to manage them as a group as opposed to moving from one AWS service to another for every task.
In some cases, you may want to manage large numbers of related resources, such as EC2 instances
that make up an application layer. In this case, you will likely need to perform bulk actions on these
resources at one time.
• Tags
Tags help you categorize your AWS resources in different ways, for example, by purpose, owner, or
environment. This categorization is useful when you have many resources of the same type. You can
quickly identify a specific resource using the assigned tags.
• Rate Control
Rate Control is also set in Multi-Account and Region settings. When you set the rate control
parameters, you define how many of your fleet to apply the automation to, either by target count or
by percentage of the fleet.
Multi-Account and Region
In addition to the parameters specified under Rate Control that are also used in the Multi-Account and
Region settings, there are two additional settings:
• Accounts and organizational units (OUs)
Specify multiple accounts on which you want to run the automation.

• AWS Regions
Specify multiple AWS Regions where you want to run the automation.
Manual Execution
This option is similar to Simple execution, but allows you to step through each automation step and
audit the results.
Upgrade Paths
There are two upgrade paths, which use two different AWS Systems Manager Automation documents.
• AWSEC2-CloneInstanceAndUpgradeWindows. This script creates an Amazon Machine Image (AMI)

from a Windows Server 2008 R2 instance in your account and upgrades this AMI to Windows Server
2012 R2. This multi-step process can take up to two hours to complete.
In this workflow, the automation creates an AMI from the instance and then launches the new AMI
in the VPC and subnet you provide. The automation workflow performs an in-place upgrade from
Windows Server 2008 R2 to Windows Server 2012 R2. It also updates or installs the AWS drivers
required by the upgraded instance. After the upgrade is complete, the workflow creates a new AMI and
terminates the upgraded instance.
501
• AWSEC2-CloneInstanceAndUpgradeSQLServer. This script creates an AMI from an Amazon EC2

instance running SQL Server 2008 R2 SP3 in your account, and then upgrades the AMI to SQL Server
2016 SP2. This multi-step process can take up to two hours to complete.
In this workflow, the automation creates an AMI from the instance and then launches the new AMI
in the subnet you provide. The automation then performs an in-place upgrade of SQL Server 2008
R2 to SQL Server 2016 SP2. After the upgrade is complete, the automation creates a new AMI before
terminating the upgraded instance.
There are two AMIs included in the automated upgrade process:

• Current running instance. The first AMI is the current running instance, which is not upgraded. This
AMI is used to launch another instance to run the in-place upgrade. When the process is complete,
this AMI is deleted from your account, unless you specifically request to keep the original instance.
This setting is handled by the parameter KeepPreUpgradeImageBackUp (default value is false,
which means the AMI is deleted by default).
• Upgraded AMI. This AMI is the outcome of the automation process. The second AMI includes SQL
Server 2016 SP2 instead of SQL Server 2008 R2.
The final result is one AMI, which is the upgraded instance of the AMI.
When the upgrade is complete, you can test your application functionality by launching the new AMI
in your VPC. After testing, and before you perform another upgrade, schedule application downtime
before completely switching to the upgraded instance.
Steps for Performing an Automated Upgrade

Upgrade Paths
• Upgrade Windows 2008 R2 to 2012 R2 (p. 502)
• Upgrade SQL Server 2008 R2 to SQL Server 2016 (p. 503)
Upgrade Windows 2008 R2 to 2012 R2

This upgrade path requires additional prerequisites to work successfully. These prerequisites can be
found in the automation document details for AWSEC2-CloneInstanceAndUpgradeWindows in the AWS
After you have verified the additional prerequisite tasks, follow these steps to upgrade your Windows
2008 R2 instance to Windows 2012 R2 by using the automation document on AWS Systems Manager.
1. Open Systems Manager from the AWS Management Console.

2. From the left navigation pane, choose Automation.
3. Choose Execute automation.
4. Search for the automation document called AWSEC2-CloneInstanceAndUpgradeWindows.
5. When the document name appears, select it. When you select it, the document details appear.
6. Select Next to input the parameters for this document. Leave Simple execution selected at the top
of the page.
7. Enter the requested parameters based on the following guidance.
• InstanceID
Type: String
(Required) The instance running Windows Server 2012 R2.
502
• InstanceProfile.
Type: String
(Required) The IAM instance profile. This is the IAM role used to perform the Systems Manager
automation against the Amazon EC2 instance and AWS AMIs. For more information, see Create an
IAM Instance Profile for Systems Manager in the AWS Systems Manager User Guide.
• SubnetId
Type: String
(Required) This is the subnet for the upgrade process and where your source EC2 instance resides.
Verify that the subnet has outbound connectivity to AWS services, including Amazon S3, and also
to Microsoft (in order to download patches).
• KeepPreUpgradedBackUp
Type: String
(Optional) If this parameter is set to true, the automation retains the image created from the
instance. The default setting is false.
• RebootInstanceBeforeTakingImage
Type: String
(Optional) The default is false (no reboot). If this parameter is set to true, Systems Manager
reboots the instance before creating an AMI for the upgrade.
8. After you have entered the parameters, select Execute. When the automation begins, you can
monitor the execution progress.
9. When the automation completes, you will see the AMI ID. You can launch the AMI to verify that the
Windows OS is upgraded.
Note
It is not necessary for the automation to run all of the steps. The steps are conditional
based on the behavior of the automation and instance. Systems Manager might skip some
steps that are not required.
Additionally, some steps may time out. Systems Manager attempts to upgrade and install
all of the latest patches. Sometimes, however, patches time out based on a definable
timeout setting for the given step. When this happens, the Systems Manager automation
continues to the next step to ensure that the internal OS is upgraded to Windows Server
2012 R2.
10. After the automation completes, you can launch an Amazon EC2 instance using the AMI ID to review
your upgrade. For more information about how to create an Amazon EC2 instance from an AWS AMI,
see How do I launch an EC2 instance from a custom Amazon Machine Image (AMI)?
Upgrade SQL Server 2008 R2 to SQL Server 2016

This upgrade path requires additional prerequisites to work successfully. These prerequisites can be
found in the automation document details for AWSEC2-CloneInstanceAndUpgradeSQLServer in the AWS
After you have verified the additional prerequisite tasks, follow these steps to upgrade your SQL
Server 2008 R2 database engine to SQL Server 2016 using the automation document on AWS Systems
Manager.
1. If you haven't already, download the SQL Server 2016 .iso file and mount it to the source server.
2. After the .iso file is mounted, copy all of the component files and place them on any volume of your
choice.
503
3. Take an EBS snapshot of the volume and copy the snapshot ID onto a clipboard for later use. For
more information about creating an EBS snapshot, see Creating an EBS Snapshot in the Amazon
Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.
4. Attach the instance profile to the EC2 source instance. This allows Systems Manager to
communicate with the EC2 instance and run commands on it after it is added to the AWS Systems
Manager service. For this example, we named the role SSM-EC2-Profile-Role with the
AmazonSSMManagedInstanceCore policy attached to the role. See Create an IAM Instance Profile
for Systems Manager in the AWS Systems Manager User Guide.
5. In the AWS Systems Manager console, in the left navigation pane, choose Managed Instances. Verify
that your EC2 instance is in the list of managed instance. If you don't see your instance after a few
minutes, see Where Are My Instances? in the AWS Systems Manager User Guide.
6. In the left navigation pane, choose Automation.
8. Choose the button beside the AWSEC2-CloneInstanceAndUpgradeSQLServer SSM document,
and then choose Next.
9. Ensure that the Simple execution option is selected.
10. Enter the requested parameters based on the following guidance.
• InstanceId
Type: String
(Required) The instance running SQL Server 2008 R2 (or later).

• IamInstanceProfile
Type: String
(Required) The IAM instance profile.

• SnapshotId
Type: String
(Required) The Snapshot ID for SQL Server 2016 installation media.

• SubnetId
Type: String
(Required) This is the subnet for the upgrade process and where your source EC2 instance resides.
Verify that the subnet has outbound connectivity to AWS services, including Amazon S3, and also
to Microsoft (in order to download patches).
• KeepPreUpgradedBackUp
Type: String
(Optional) If this parameter is set to true, the automation retains the image created from the
instance. The default setting is false.
• RebootInstanceBeforeTakingImage
Type: String
(Optional) The default is false (no reboot). If this parameter is set to true, Systems Manager
reboots the instance before creating an AMI for the upgrade.
11. After you have entered the parameters, choose Execute. When the automation begins, you can
monitor the execution progress.
12. When Execution status shows Success, expand Outputs to view the AMI information. You can use
the AMI ID to launch your SQL Server 2016 instance for the VPC of your choice.
504
Migrating to Latest Generation Instance Types
13. Open the EC2 console. In the left navigation pane, choose AMIs. You should see the new AMI.
14. To verify that SQL Server 2016 has been successfully installed, choose the new AMI and choose
Launch.
15. Choose the type of instance that you want for the AMI, the VPC and subnet that you want to deploy
to, and the storage that you want to use. Because you're launching the new instance from an AMI,
the volumes are presented to you as an option to include within the new EC2 instance you are
launching. You can remove any of these volumes, or you can add volumes.
16. Add a tag to help you identify your instance.
17. Add the security group or groups to the instance.
19. Choose the tag name for the instance and select Connect under the Actions dropdown.
20. Verify that SQL Server 2016 is the new database engine on the new instance.

The AWS Windows AMIs are configured with the default settings used by the Microsoft installation
media with some customizations, including drivers and configurations, that support the latest generation
instance types. However, if you are launching instances from custom Windows AMIs or from Windows
AMIs provided by Amazon created before August 2018, we recommend that you follow the steps in this
topic when migrating to the latest generation of EC2 instances, Nitro instances, including bare metal
instances.
For more information, see Amazon EC2 Update — Additional Instance Types, Nitro System, and CPU
Options.
Contents
• Part 1: Installing and Upgrading AWS PV Drivers (p. 506)
• Part 2: Installing and Upgrading ENA (p. 506)
• Part 3: Upgrading AWS NVMe Drivers (p. 507)
• Part 4: Updating EC2Config and EC2Launch (p. 507)
• Part 5: Installing the Serial Port Driver for Bare Metal Instances (p. 508)
• Part 6: Updating Power Management Settings (p. 508)
• Part 7: Updating Intel Chipset Drivers for New Instance Types (p. 508)
• (Alternative) Upgrading the AWS PV, ENA, and NVMe Drivers Using AWS Systems Manager (p. 509)
Note
Alternatively, you can use the AWSSupport-UpgradeWindowsAWSDrivers automation
document to automate the procedures described in Part 1, Part 2, and Part 3. If you choose to
use the automated procedure, see (Alternative) Upgrading the AWS PV, ENA, and NVMe Drivers
Using AWS Systems Manager (p. 509), and then continue with Part 4 and Part 5.
Before you begin
This procedure assumes that you are currently running on a previous generation Xen-based instance
type, such as an M4 or C4, and you are migrating to a latest generation instance type, such as an M5 or
C5.
Note
When migrating to the latest generation instances, the static IP or custom DNS network settings
on the existing ENI may be lost as the instance will default to a new Enhanced Networking
Adapter device.
505
Before following the steps in this procedure, we recommend that you create a backup of the instance.
From the EC2 console, choose the instance that requires the migration, open the context (right-click)
menu, and choose Instance State, Stop.
Warning
When you stop an instance, the data on any instance store volumes is erased. To preserve data
on instance store volumes, ensure that you back up the data to persistent storage.
Open the context (right-click) menu for the instance in the EC2 console, choose Image, and then choose
Create Image.
Note
Parts 4 and 5 of these instructions can be completed after you migrate or change the instance
type to the latest generation, such as M5 or C5. However, we recommend that you complete
them before you migrate if you are migrating specifically to an EC2 Bare Metal instance type.
Part 1: Installing and Upgrading AWS PV Drivers

Though AWS PV drivers are not used in the Nitro system, you should still upgrade them if you are on
previous versions of either Citrix PV or AWS PV. The latest AWS PV drivers resolve bugs in previous
versions of the drivers that may appear while you are on a Nitro system, or if you need to migrate back
to a Xen-based instance. As a best practice, we recommend always updating to the latest drivers for
Windows instances on AWS.
Use the following procedure to perform an in-place upgrade of AWS PV drivers, or to upgrade from Citrix
PV drivers to AWS PV drivers on Windows Server 2008 R2, Windows Server 2012, Windows Server 2012
R2, Windows Server 2016, or Windows Server 2019. For more information, see Upgrading PV Drivers on
Your Windows Instances (p. 435).
To perform an upgrade of or to AWS PV drivers
1. Connect to the instance using Remote Desktop and prepare the instance for upgrade. Take all non-
system disks offline before you perform the upgrade. If you are performing an in-place update
of AWS PV drivers, this step is not required. Set non-essential services to Manual start-up in the
Services console.
After running the MSI, the instance automatically reboots and upgrades the driver. The instance may not
be available for up to 15 minutes.
After the upgrade is complete and the instance passes both health checks in the Amazon EC2 console,
connect to the instance using Remote Desktop and verify that the new driver was installed. In Device
Manager, under Storage Controllers, locate AWS PV Storage Host Adapter. Verify that the driver
version is the same as the latest version listed in the Driver Version History table. For more information,
see AWS PV Driver Package History (p. 431).
Part 2: Installing and Upgrading ENA

Upgrade to the latest Elastic Network Adapter driver to ensure that all network features are supported.
If you launched your instance and it does not have enhanced networking already enabled, you must
download and install the required network adapter driver on your instance. Then, set the enaSupport
instance attribute to activate enhanced networking. You can only enable this attribute on supported
instance types and only if the ENA driver is installed. For more information, see Enabling Enhanced
Networking with the Elastic Network Adapter (ENA) on Windows Instances (p. 700).
1. Download the latest driver to the instance.
506

3. Install the driver by running the install.ps1 PowerShell script from the extracted folder.
Note
To avoid installation errors, run the install.ps1 script as an administrator.
4. Check if your AMI has enaSupport activated. If not, continue by following the documentation
at Enabling Enhanced Networking with the Elastic Network Adapter (ENA) on Windows
Instances (p. 700).
Part 3: Upgrading AWS NVMe Drivers

AWS NVMe drivers are used to interact with Amazon EBS and SSD instance store volumes that are
exposed as NVMe block devices in the Nitro system for better performance.
Important
The following instructions are modified specifically for when you install or upgrade AWS NVMe
on a previous generation instance with the intention to migrate the instance to the latest
generation instance type.

3. Install the driver by running dpinst.exe.
4. Open a PowerShell session and run the following command:
start rundll32.exe sppnp.dll,Sysprep_Generalize_Pnp -wait

Note
This command only runs sysprep on the driver devices. It does not run the full sysprep
preparation.
5. For Windows Server 2008 R2 and Windows Server 2012, shut down the instance, change the
instance type to a latest generation instance and start it, then proceed to Part 4. If you start the
instance again on a previous generation instance type before migrating to a latest generation
instance type, it will not boot. For other supported Windows AMIs, you can change the instance type
anytime after the device sysprep.
Part 4: Updating EC2Config and EC2Launch

For Windows instances, the latest EC2Config and EC2Launch utilities provide additional functionality and
information when running on the Nitro system, including on EC2 Bare Metal. By default, the EC2Config
service is included in AMIs prior to Windows Server 2016. EC2Launch replaces EC2Config on Windows
Server 2016 and later AMIs.
When the EC2Config and EC2Launch services are updated, new Windows AMIs from AWS include the
latest version of the service. However, you must update your own Windows AMIs and instances with the
latest version of EC2Config and EC2Launch.
To install or update EC2Config
1. Download and unzip the EC2Config Installer.

2. Run EC2Install.exe. For a complete list of options, run EC2Install with the /? option. By
default, setup displays prompts. To run the command with no prompts, use the /quiet option.
For more information, see Installing the Latest Version of EC2Config (p. 405).
507
To install or update EC2Launch
1. If you have already installed and configured EC2Launch on an instance, make a backup of the
EC2Launch configuration file. The installation process does not preserve changes in this file. By
default, the file is located in the C:\ProgramData\Amazon\EC2-Windows\Launch\Config
directory.
2. Download EC2-Windows-Launch.zip to a directory on the instance.
3. Download install.ps1 to the same directory where you downloaded EC2-Windows-Launch.zip.
4. Run install.ps1.
Note
To avoid installation errors, run the install.ps1 script as an administrator.
5. If you made a backup of the EC2Launch configuration file, copy it to the C:\ProgramData\Amazon
\EC2-Windows\Launch\Config directory.
For more information, see Configuring a Windows Instance Using EC2Launch (p. 394).
Part 5: Installing the Serial Port Driver for Bare Metal Instances
The i3.metal instance type uses a PCI-based serial device rather than an I/O port-based serial device.
The latest Windows AMIs automatically use the PCI-based serial device and have the serial port driver
installed. If you are not using an instance launched from an Amazon-provided Windows AMI dated
2018.04.11 or later, you must install the Serial Port Driver to enable the serial device for EC2 features
such as Password Generation and Console Output. The latest EC2Config and EC2Launch utilities also
support i3.metal and provide additional functionality. Follow the steps in Part 4, if you have not yet done
so.
To install the serial port driver
1. Download the serial driver package to the instance.

2. Extract the contents of the folder, open the context (right-click) menu for aws_ser.INF, and choose
install.
3. Choose Okay.
Part 6: Updating Power Management Settings

The following update to power management settings sets displays to never turn off, which allows for
graceful OS shutdowns on the Nitro system. All Windows AMIs provided by Amazon as of 2018.11.28
already have this default configuration.
1. Open a command prompt or PowerShell session.

2. Run the following commands:
powercfg /setacvalueindex 381b4222-f694-41f0-9685-ff5bb260df2e 7516b95f-

f776-4464-8c53-06167f40cc99 3c0bc021-c8a8-4e07-a973-6b14cbcb2b7e 0
powercfg /setacvalueindex 8c5e7fda-e8bf-4a96-9a85-a6e23a8c635c 7516b95f-
powercfg /setacvalueindex a1841308-3541-4fab-bc81-f71556f20b4a 7516b95f-
Part 7: Updating Intel Chipset Drivers for New Instance Types

The u-6tb1.metal, u-9tb1.metal, and u-12tb1.metal instance types use hardware that requires
chipset drivers that were not previously installed on Windows AMIs. If you are not using an instance
508
launched from an Amazon-provided Windows AMI dated 2018.11.19 or later, you must install the drivers
using the Intel Chipset INF Utility.
To install the chipset drivers
1. Download the chipset utility to the instance.

2. Extract the files.
3. Run SetupChipset.exe.
4. Accept the Intel software license agreement and install the chipset drivers.
(Alternative) Upgrading the AWS PV, ENA, and NVMe Drivers

Using AWS Systems Manager
The AWSSupport-UpgradeWindowsAWSDrivers automation document automates the steps described
in Part 1, Part 2, and Part 3. This method can also repair an instance where the driver upgrades have
failed.
The AWSSupport-UpgradeWindowsAWSDrivers automation document upgrades or repairs storage

and network AWS drivers on the specified EC2 instance. The document attempts to install the latest
versions of AWS drivers online by calling the AWS Systems Manager Agent (SSM Agent). If SSM Agent
is not contactable, the document can perform an offline installation of the AWS drivers if explicitly
requested.
Note
This procedure will fail on a domain controller. To update drivers on a domain controller, see
Upgrade a Domain Controller (AWS PV Upgrade) (p. 436).
To automatically upgrade the AWS PV ENA, and NVMe drivers using AWS Systems Manager
1. Open the Systems Manager console at https://console.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager.

2. Choose Automation, Execute Automation.
3. Choose the AWSSupport-UpgradeWindowsAWSDrivers automation document and then configure
the following options in the Input Parameters section:
Instance ID
Enter the unique ID of the instance to upgrade.

AllowOffline
(Optional) Choose one of the following options:

• True — Choose this option to perform an offline installation. The instance is stopped and
restarted during the upgrade process.
Warning
When you stop an instance, the data on any instance store volumes is erased. To
preserve data on instance store volumes, ensure that you back up the data to
persistent storage.
• False — (Default) To perform an online installation, leave this option selected. The instance
is restarted during the upgrade process.
Important
Online and offline upgrades create an AMI before attempting the upgrade operations.
The AMI persists after the automation completes. Secure your access to the AMI, or
delete it if it is no longer needed.
509
Migrate Microsoft SQL Server from Windows to Linux
SubnetId
(Optional) Enter one of the following values:

• SelectedInstanceSubnet — (Default) The upgrade process launches the helper instance
into the same subnet as the instance that is to be upgraded. The subnet must allow
communication to the Systems Manager endpoints (ssm.*).
• CreateNewVPC — The upgrade process launches the helper instance into a new VPC. Use this
option if you're not sure whether the target instance's subnet allows communication to the
ssm.* endpoints. Your IAM user must have permission to create a VPC.
• A specific subnet ID — Specify the ID of a specific subnet into which to launch the helper
instance. The subnet must be in the same Availability Zone as the instance that is to be
upgraded, and it must allow communication with the ssm.* endpoints.
5. Allow the upgrade to complete. It could take up to 10 minutes to complete an online upgrade, and
up to 25 minutes to complete an offline upgrade.
Windows to Linux Replatforming Assistant for

Microsoft SQL Server Databases
The Windows to Linux replatforming assistant for Microsoft SQL Server Databases service is a scripting
tool. It helps you move existing Microsoft SQL Server workloads from a Windows to a Linux operating
system. You can use the replatforming assistant with any Windows Server virtual machines (VMs) hosted
in the cloud, or with on-premises environments running Microsoft SQL Server 2008 and later. The tool
checks for common incompatibilities, exports databases from the Windows VM, and imports into an EC2
instance running Microsoft SQL Server 2017 on Ubuntu 16.04. The automated process results in a ready-
to-use Linux VM configured with your selected SQL Server databases that can be used for experimenting
and testing.
Contents
• Concepts (p. 510)
• How Windows to Linux Replatforming Assistant for Microsoft SQL Server Works (p. 511)
• Components (p. 511)
• Setting Up (p. 511)
• Getting Started (p. 513)
Concepts
The following terminology and concepts are central to your understanding and use of the Windows to
Linux replatforming assistant for Microsoft SQL Server Databases.
Backup
A Microsoft SQL Server backup copies data or log records from a Microsoft SQL Server database or its
transaction log to a backup device, such as a disk. For more information, see Backup Overview (Microsoft
SQL Server).
Restore
A logical and meaningful sequence for restoring a set of Microsoft SQL Server backups. For more
information, see Restore and Recovery Overview (Microsoft SQL Server).
Replatform
510
A Microsoft SQL Server database can be replatformed from an EC2 Windows instance to an EC2 Linux
instance running Microsoft SQL Server. It can also be replatformed to the VMware Cloud running
Microsoft SQL Server Linux on AWS.
Related Services
AWS Systems Manager (Systems Manager) gives you visibility and control of your infrastructure on AWS.
The Windows to Linux replatforming assistant for Microsoft SQL Server Databases uses Systems Manager
to move your Microsoft SQL databases to Microsoft SQL Server on EC2 Linux. For more information
about Systems Manager, see the AWS Systems Manager User Guide.
How Windows to Linux Replatforming Assistant for Microsoft

SQL Server Works
Windows to Linux replatforming assistant for Microsoft SQL Server Databases allows you to migrate your
Microsoft SQL Server databases from an on-premises environment or from an EC2 Windows instance
to Microsoft SQL Server 2017 on EC2 Linux using backup and restore. For the destination EC2 Linux
instance, you provide either the EC2 instance ID or the EC2 instance type with the subnet ID and EC2 Key
Pair.
When you execute the PowerShell script for the Windows to Linux replatforming assistant for Microsoft
SQL Server Databases on the source Microsoft SQL Server databases, the Windows instance backs up
the databases to an encrypted Amazon Simple Storage Service (S3) storage bucket. It then restores the
backups to an existing Microsoft SQL Server on EC2 Linux instance, or it launches a new Microsoft SQL
Server on EC2 Linux instance and restores the backups to the newly created instance. This process can be
used to replatform your 2-tier databases running enterprise applications. It also enables you to replicate
your database to Microsoft SQL Server on Linux to test the application while the source Microsoft SQL
Server remains online. After testing, you can schedule application downtime and rerun the PowerShell
backup script during your final cutover.
The entire replatforming process can also be automated and run unattended. You can run the Systems
Manager SSM document AWSEC2-SQLServerDBRestore to import your existing database backup files
into Microsoft SQL Server on EC2 Linux without using the PowerShell backup script.
Components
The Windows to Linux replatforming assistant for Microsoft SQL Server Databases script consists of two
main components:
1. An AWS-signed PowerShell backup script, which backs up on-premises Microsoft SQL Server
databases to an Amazon S3 storage bucket. It then invokes the SSM Automation document AWSEC2-
SQLServerDBRestore to restore the backups to a Microsoft SQL Server on EC2 Linux instance.
2. An SSM Automation document named AWSEC2-SQLServerDBRestore, which restores database
backups to Microsoft SQL Server on EC2 Linux. This automation restores Microsoft SQL Server
database backups stored in Amazon S3 to Microsoft SQL Server 2017 running on an EC2 Linux
instance. You can provide your own EC2 instance running Microsoft SQL Server 2017 Linux, or
the automation launches and configures a new EC2 instance with Microsoft SQL Server 2017 on
Ubuntu 16.04. The automation supports the restoration of full, differential, and transactional log
backups, and accepts multiple database backup files. The automation automatically restores the
most recent valid backup of each database in the files provided. For more information, see AWSEC2-
SQLServerDBRestore.
Setting Up
This section covers the steps necessary to run the Windows to Linux replatforming script.
511
Contents
• Prerequisites for Replatforming to an Existing EC2 Instance (p. 513)
Prerequisites
In order to run the Windows to Linux replatforming assistant for Microsoft SQL Server Databases script,
you must do the following:
1. Install the AWS PowerShell Module
To install the AWS PowerShell module, follow the steps listed in Setting up the AWS Tools for
PowerShell on a Windows-Based Computer. We recommend that you use PowerShell 3.0 or later for
the backup script to work properly.
2. Install the Windows to Linux Replatforming Assistant PowerShell Backup Script
In order to run the Windows to Linux replatforming assistant, download the PowerShell backup
script: MigrateSQLServerToEC2Linux.ps1.
3. Add an AWS User Profile to the AWS SDK Store
To add and configure the AWS user profile, see the steps listed in Managing Profiles in the AWS Tools
for PowerShell User Guide. Set the following IAM policy for your user profile. You can also add these
permissions as an inline policy under your AWS user account using the IAM console.
{
"Version": "2012-10-17",
"Statement": [
{
"Effect": "Allow",
"Action": [
"ec2:RebootInstances",
"ec2:DescribeInstanceStatus",
"ec2:DescribeInstances",
"ec2:CreateTags",
"ec2:RunInstances",
"ec2:DescribeImages",
"iam:PassRole",
"ssm:StartAutomationExecution",
"ssm:DescribeInstanceInformation",
"ssm:ListCommandInvocations",
"ssm:ListCommands",
"ssm:SendCommand",
"ssm:GetAutomationExecution",
"ssm:GetCommandInvocation",
"s3:PutEncryptionConfiguration",
"s3:CreateBucket",
"s3:ListBucket",
"s3:PutObject",
"s3:GetObject",
"s3:DeleteObject",
"s3:DeleteBucket"
],
"Resource": "*"
}
]
}
512
4. Create an IAM Instance Profile Role
To create an IAM instance profile role in order to run Systems Manager on EC2 Linux, see the steps
listed under Create an Instance Profile for Systems Manager in the AWS Systems Manager User Guide.
Prerequisites for Replatforming to an Existing EC2 Instance

To replatform to an existing instance running Microsoft SQL Server 2017 on Linux, you must:
1. Configure the EC2 instance with an AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) instance profile and
attach the AmazonSSMManagedInstanceCore managed policy.
For information about creating an IAM instance profile for Systems Manager and attaching it to an
instance, see the following topics in the AWS Systems Manager User Guide:
• Create an Instance Profile for Systems Manager

• Attach an IAM Instance Profile to an Amazon EC2 Instance
2. Verify that SSM Agent is installed on your EC2 instance. For more information, see Installing and
Configuring SSM Agent on Windows Instances in the AWS Systems Manager User Guide.
3. Verify that the EC2 instance has enough free disk space to download and restore the Microsoft SQL
Server backups.
Getting Started
This section contains the PowerShell parameter definitions and scripts for replatforming your databases.
For more information about how to use PowerShell scripts, see PowerShell.
Topics
• Running the Windows to Linux Replatforming Assistant for Microsoft SQL Server Script (p. 513)
• Parameters (p. 514)
Running the Windows to Linux Replatforming Assistant for Microsoft SQL Server
Script
The following common scenarios and example PowerShell scripts demonstrate how to replatform your
Microsoft SQL Server databases using Windows to Linux replatforming assistant for Microsoft SQL
Server Databases.
Important
The Windows to Linux Replatforming Assistant for Microsoft SQL Server Databases resets the
SQL Server server administrator (SA) user password on the target instance every time that it is
run. After the replatform process is complete, you must set your own SA user password before
you can connect to the target SQL Server instance.
Syntax
The Windows to Linux replatforming assistant for Microsoft SQL Server Databases script adheres to the
syntax shown in the following example.
PS C:\> C:\MigrateSQLServerToEC2Linux.ps1 [[-SqlServerInstanceName] <String>] [[-

DBNames]<Object[]>] [-
MigrateAllDBs] [PathForBackup] <String> [-SetSourceDBModeReadOnly] [-
IamInstanceProfileName] <String>[-
AWSRegion] <String> [[-EC2InstanceId] <String>] [[-EC2InstanceType] <String>] [[-
EC2KeyPair] <String>] [[-
513
SubnetId] <String>] [[-AWSProfileName] <String>] [[-AWSProfileLocation] <String>] [-

GeneratePresignedUrls]
[<CommonParameters>]
Example 1: Move a database to an EC2 instance
The following example shows how to move a database named AdventureDB to an EC2 Microsoft SQL
Server on Linux instance, with an instance ID of i-024689abcdef, from the Microsoft SQL Server
Instance named MSSQLSERVER. The backup directory to be used is D:\\Backup and the AWS Region is
us-east-2.
PS C:\> ./MigrateSQLServerToEC2Linux.ps1 - SQLServerInstanceName MSSQLSERVER -

EC2InstanceId i-
024689abcdef -DBNames AdventureDB -PathForBackup D:\\Backup -AWSRegion us-east-2 -
IamInstanceProfileName AmazonSSMManagedInstanceCore
Example 2: Move a database to an EC2 instance using the AWS credentials profile
The following example shows how to move the database in Example 1 using the AWS credentials profile:
DBMigration.
PS C:\> ./MigrateSQLServerToEC2Linux.ps1 - SQLServerInstanceName MSSQLSERVER -

EC2InstanceId i-
024689abcdef -DBNames AdventureDB -PathForBackup D:\\Backup -AWSRegion us-east-2 -
AWSProfileName
DBMigration -IamInstanceProfileName AmazonSSMManagedInstanceCore
Example 3: Move a database to a new m5.large type instance
The following example shows how to create an m5.large type EC2 Linux instance in subnet-abc127
using the Key Pair customer-ec2-keypair and then moving AdventureDB and TestDB to the new
instance from the database used in Examples 1 and 2.
PS C:\> ./MigrateSQLServerToEC2Linux.ps1 -EC2InstanceType m5.large -SubnetId subnet-abc127

-EC2KeyPair
customer-ec2-keypair -DBNames AdventureDB,TestDB -PathForBackup D:\\Backup -AWSRegion us-
east-2 -
AWSProfileName DBMigration -IamInstanceProfileName AmazonSSMManagedInstanceCore
Example 4: Move all databases to a new m5.large type instance
The following example shows how to create an m5.large type EC2 Linux instance in subnet-abc127
using the Key Pair customer-ec2-keypair and then migrating all databases to the instance from
databases used in Examples 1 and 2.
PS C:\> ./MigrateSQLServerToEC2Linux.ps1 -EC2InstanceType m5.large -SubnetId subnet-abc127

-EC2KeyPair
customer-ec2-keypair -MigrateAllDBs -PathForBackup D:\\Backup -AWSRegion us-east-2 -
AWSProfileName
DBMigration -IamInstanceProfileName AmazonSSMManagedInstanceCore
Parameters
The following parameters are used by the PowerShell script to replatform your Microsoft SQL Server
databases.
-SqlServerInstanceName
514
The name of the Microsoft SQL Server instance to be backed up. If a value for
SqlServerInstanceName is not provided, $env:ComputerName is used by default.
Type: String
Required: No
-DBNames
The names of the databases to be backed up and restored. Specify the names of the databases
in a comma-separated list (for example, adventureDB,universityDB). Either the DBNames or
MigrateAllDBs parameter is required.
Type: Object
Required: No
-MigrateAllDBs
This switch is disabled by default. If this switch is enabled, the automation migrates all databases except
for the system databases (master, msdb, tempdb). Either the DBNames or MigrateAllDBs parameter is
required.
Type: SwitchParameter
Required: No
-PathForBackup
The path where the full backup is stored.
Type: String
Required: Yes
-SetSourceDBModeReadOnly
This switch is disabled by default. If this switch is enabled, it makes the database read-only during
migration.
Required: No
-IamInstanceProfileName
Enter the AWS IAM instance role with permissions to run Systems Manager Automation on your behalf.
See Getting Started with Automation in the AWS Systems Manager User Guide.
Type: String
Required: Yes
-AWSRegion
Enter the AWS Region where your Amazon S3 buckets are created to store database backups.
Type: String
Required: Yes
515
-EC2InstanceId
To restore Microsoft SQL Server databases to an existing EC2 instance running Microsoft SQL Server
Linux, enter the instance ID of the instance. Make sure that the EC2 instance already has the AWS
Systems Manager SSM Agent installed and running.
Type: String
Required: No
-EC2InstanceType
To restore Microsoft SQL Server databases to a new EC2 Linux instance, enter the instance type of the
instance to be launched.
Type: String
Required: No
-EC2KeyPair
To restore Microsoft SQL Server databases to a new EC2 Linux instance, enter the name of the EC2 Key
Pair to be used to access the instance. This parameter is recommended if you are creating a new EC2
Linux instance.
Type: String
Required: No
-SubnetId
This parameter is required when creating a new EC2 Linux instance. When creating a new EC2 Linux
instance, if SubnetId is not provided, the AWS user default subnet is used to launch the EC2 Linux
instance.
Type: String
Required: No
-AWSProfileName
The name of the AWS profile that the automation uses when connecting to AWS services. For more
information on the required IAM user permissions, see Getting Started with Automation in the AWS
Systems Manager User Guide. If a profile is not entered, the automation uses your default AWS profile.
Type: String
Required: No
-AWSProfileLocation
The location of the AWS Profile if the AWS Profile is not stored in the default location.
Type: String
Required: No
-GeneratePresignedUrls
This parameter is only used when replatforming to non-EC2 instances, such as to VMware Cloud on AWS
or on-premises VMs.
516
Troubleshooting an Upgrade
Required: No
<CommonParameters>
This cmdlet supports the common parameters: Verbose, Debug, ErrorAction, ErrorVariable,
WarningAction, WarningVariable, OutBuffer, PipelineVariable, and OutVariable. For more
information, see About Common Parameters in the Microsoft PowerShell documentation.
Required: No
Troubleshooting an Upgrade
AWS provides upgrade support for issues or problems with the Upgrade Helper Service, an AWS utility
that helps you perform in-place upgrades involving Citrix PV drivers.
After the upgrade, the instance might temporarily experience higher than average CPU utilization while
the .NET Runtime Optimization service optimizes the .NET framework. This is expected behavior.
If the instance has not passed both status checks after several hours, check the following.
• If you upgraded to Windows Server 2008 and both status checks fail after several hours, the upgrade
may have failed and be presenting a prompt to Click OK to confirm rolling back. Because the console
is not accessible at this state, there is no way to click the button. To get around this, perform a reboot
via the Amazon EC2 console or API. The reboot takes ten minutes or more to initiate. The instance
might become available after 25 minutes.
• Remove applications or server roles from the server and try again.
If the instance does not pass both status checks after removing applications or server roles from the
server, do the following.
• Stop the instance and attach the root volume to another instance. For more information, see the
description of how to stop and attach the root volume to another instance in "Waiting for the
metadata service" (p. 1073).
• Analyze Windows Setup log files and event logs for failures.
For other issues or problems with an operating system upgrade or migration, we recommend reviewing
the articles listed in Before You Begin an In-Place Upgrade (p. 495).
Identify EC2 Windows Instances

Your application might need to determine whether it is running on an EC2 instance.
For information about identifying Linux instances, see Identify EC2 Linux Instances in the Amazon EC2
User Guide for Linux Instances.
Inspecting the Instance Identity Document

For a definitive and cryptographically verified method of identifying an EC2 instance, check the instance
identity document, including its signature. These documents are available on every EC2 instance at the
local, non-routable address http://169.254.169.254/latest/dynamic/instance-identity/.
For more information, see Instance Identity Documents (p. 486).
517
Inspecting the System UUID
Inspecting the System UUID

You can get the system UUID and look for the presence of the characters "EC2" in the beginning octet
of the UUID. This method to determine whether a system is an EC2 instance is quick but potentially
inaccurate because there is a small chance that a system that is not an EC2 instance could have a UUID
that starts with these characters. Furthermore, EC2 instances using SMBIOS 2.4 might represent the
UUID in little-endian format, therefore the "EC2" characters do not appear at the beginning of the UUID.
Example : Get the UUID using WMI or Windows PowerShell
Use the Windows Management Instrumentation command line (WMIC) as follows:
wmic path win32_computersystemproduct get uuid
Alternatively, if you're using Windows PowerShell, use the Get-WmiObject cmdlet as follows:
PS C:\> Get-WmiObject -query "select uuid from Win32_ComputerSystemProduct" | Select UUID
In the following example output, the UUID starts with "EC2", which indicates that the system is probably
an EC2 instance.
EC2AE145-D1DC-13B2-94ED-01234ABCDEF
For instances using SMBIOS 2.4, the UUID might be represented in little-endian format; for example:
45E12AEC-DCD1-B213-94ED-01234ABCDEF
518
Elastic Graphics Basics
Amazon Elastic Graphics

Amazon Elastic Graphics provides flexible, low-cost, and high performance graphics acceleration
for your Windows instances. Elastic Graphics accelerators come in multiple sizes and are a low-cost
alternative to using GPU graphics instance types (such as G2 and G3). You have the flexibility to choose
an instance type that meets the compute, memory, and storage needs of your application. Then, choose
the accelerator for your instance that meets the graphics requirements of your workload.
Elastic Graphics is suited for applications that require a small or intermittent amount of additional
graphics acceleration, and that use OpenGL graphics support. If you need access to full, directly attached
GPUs and use of DirectX, CUDA, or Open Computing Language (OpenCL) parallel computing frameworks,
use an accelerated computing instance type instance instead. For more information, see Windows
Accelerated Computing Instances (p. 178).
Contents
• Elastic Graphics Basics (p. 519)
• Pricing for Elastic Graphics (p. 521)
• Elastic Graphics Limitations (p. 521)
• Working with Elastic Graphics (p. 521)
• Using CloudWatch Metrics to Monitor Elastic Graphics (p. 526)

To use Elastic Graphics, launch a Windows instance and specify an accelerator type for the instance
during launch. AWS finds available Elastic Graphics capacity and establishes a network connection
between your instance and the Elastic Graphics accelerator.
Note
Bare metal instances are not supported.
The following instance types support Elastic Graphics accelerators:
• C3 | C4 | C5 | C5d
• D2
• H1
• I3 | I3en
• M3 | M4 | M5 | M5d
• P2 | P3
• R3 | R4 | R5 | R5d
• t2.medium or larger | t3.medium or larger
• X1 | X1e
• z1d
The following Elastic Graphics accelerators are available. You can attach any Elastic Graphics accelerator
to any supported instance type.
519
Elastic Graphics accelerator Graphics memory (GB)
eg1.medium 1
eg1.large 2
eg1.xlarge 4
eg1.2xlarge 8
An Elastic Graphics accelerator does not form part of the hardware of your instance. Instead, it is
network-attached through a network interface, known as the Elastic Graphics network interface. When
you launch an instance with graphics acceleration, the Elastic Graphics network interface is created in
your VPC for you.
The Elastic Graphics network interface is created in the same subnet and VPC as your instance and is
assigned a private IPv4 address from that subnet. The accelerator attached to your Amazon EC2 instance
is allocated from a pool of available accelerators in the same Availability Zone as your instance.
Elastic Graphics accelerators support the API standards for OpenGL 4.3 API and earlier, which can be
used for batch applications or 3D-graphics acceleration. An Amazon-optimized OpenGL library on
your instance detects the attached accelerator. It directs OpenGL API calls from your instance to the
accelerator, which then processes the requests and returns the results. Traffic between the instance and
the accelerator uses the same bandwidth as the instance's network traffic so we recommend that you
have adequate network bandwidth available. Consult your software vendor for any OpenGL compliance
and version questions.
By default, the default security group for your VPC is associated with the Elastic Graphics network
interface. The Elastic Graphics network traffic uses the TCP protocol and port 2007. Ensure that the
security group for your instance allows for this. For more information, see Configuring Your Security
Groups (p. 521).
520
Pricing for Elastic Graphics
Pricing for Elastic Graphics

You are charged for each second that an Elastic Graphics accelerator is attached to an instance in the
running state when the accelerator is in the Ok state. You are not charged for an accelerator attached
to an instance that is in the pending, stopping, stopped, shutting-down, or terminated state. You
are also not charged when an accelerator is in the Unknown or Impaired state.
Pricing for accelerators is available at On-Demand rates only. You can attach an accelerator to a
Reserved, Scheduled, or Spot Instance. The On-Demand price for the accelerator applies in all cases.
For more information, see Amazon Elastic Graphics Pricing.
Elastic Graphics Limitations

Before you start using Elastic Graphics accelerators, be aware of the following limitations:
• You can attach accelerators only to Windows instances with Microsoft Windows Server 2012 R2 or
later. Linux instances are currently not supported.
• You can attach one accelerator to an instance at a time, and only during instance launch.
• You can't share an accelerator between instances.
• You can't detach an accelerator from an instance or transfer it to another instance. If you no longer
require an accelerator, you must terminate your instance. To change the accelerator type, create an
AMI from your instance, terminate the instance, and launch a new instance with a different accelerator
specification.
• The only supported versions of the OpenGL API are 4.3 and earlier. DirectX, CUDA, and OpenCL are not
supported.
• The Elastic Graphics accelerator is not visible or accessible through the device manager of your
instance.
• You can't reserve or schedule accelerator capacity.
• You can't attach accelerators to instances in EC2-Classic.
Working with Elastic Graphics

You can launch an instance and associate it with an Elastic Graphics accelerator during launch. You
must then manually install the necessary libraries on your instance that enable communication with the
accelerator.
Tasks
• Configuring Your Security Groups (p. 521)
• Launching an Instance with an Elastic Graphics accelerator (p. 522)
• Installing the Required Software for Elastic Graphics (p. 523)
• Verifying Elastic Graphics Functionality on Your Instance (p. 523)
• Viewing Elastic Graphics Information (p. 525)
• Submitting Feedback (p. 526)
Configuring Your Security Groups

If you use the Amazon EC2 console to launch your instance with an Elastic Graphics accelerator and
create a security group for you, the console adds the inbound and outbound rules that are required to
521
Launching an Instance with an Elastic Graphics accelerator
allow traffic on the Elastic Graphics port. If you are launching your instance using the AWS CLI or an SDK,
you must ensure that your security group allows traffic on the Elastic Graphics port.
To create a security group for Elastic Graphics

2. In the navigation pane, choose Security Groups, Create Security Group.
3. Provide a name for your security group, such as "Elastic Graphics security group", and a description
for the security group. Select the VPC that you will use to launch your instance with an Elastic
Graphics accelerator.
4. Create an inbound security group rule as follows:
a. On the Inbound tab, choose Add Rule

b. For Type, choose Elastic Graphics. For Source, choose Custom and type the ID of the security
group.
5. Create an outbound security group rule as follows:
a. On the Outbound tab, choose Add Rule

b. For Type, choose All TCP. For Destination, choose Custom and type the ID of the security
group.
6. Choose Create.
For more information, see Amazon EC2 Security Groups for Windows Instances (p. 582).
Launching an Instance with an Elastic Graphics

accelerator
You can associate an Elastic Graphics accelerator to an instance during launch. If the launch fails, the
following are possible reasons:
• Insufficient Elastic Graphics accelerator capacity

• Exceeded limit on Elastic Graphics accelerators in the Region
• Not enough private IPv4 addresses in your VPC to create a network interface for the accelerator
For more information, see Elastic Graphics Limitations (p. 521).
To associate an Elastic Graphics accelerator during instance launch (console)

2. From the dashboard, choose Launch Instance.
3. Select a Windows AMI and a supported instance type. For more information, see Elastic Graphics
Basics (p. 519).
4. On the Configure Instance Details page, select a VPC and subnet in which to launch your instance.
5. Choose Add Graphics Acceleration, and select an Elastic Graphics accelerator type.
6. (Optional) On the Add Storage and Add Tags pages, add volumes and tags as needed.
7. On the Configure Security Group page, you can let the console create a security group for you
with the required inbound and outbound rules, or you can use the security group that you created
manually in Configuring Your Security Groups (p. 521). Add additional security groups as needed.
8. Choose Review and Launch to review your instance options and then choose Launch.
To associate an Elastic Graphics accelerator during instance launch (AWS CLI)
522
Installing the Required Software for Elastic Graphics
You can use the run-instances AWS CLI command with the following parameter:
--elastic-gpu-specification Type=eg1.medium
For the --security-group-ids parameter, you must include a security group that has the required
inbound and outbound rules. For more information, see Configuring Your Security Groups (p. 521).
To associate an Elastic Graphics accelerator during instance launch (Tools for Windows PowerShell)
Use the New-EC2Instance Tools for Windows PowerShell command.
Installing the Required Software for Elastic Graphics

If you launched your instance using a current AWS Windows AMI, the required software is installed
automatically during the first boot. If you launched your instance using Windows AMIs that do not
automatically install the required software, you must install the required software on the instance
manually.
To install the required software for Elastic Graphics (if necessary)
1. Connect to the instance.

2. Download the Elastic Graphics installer and open it. The installation manager connects to the Elastic
Graphics endpoint and downloads the latest version of the required software.
3. Reboot the instance to verify.
Verifying Elastic Graphics Functionality on Your

Instance
The Elastic Graphics packages on your instance include tools that you can use to view the status of the
accelerator, and to verify that OpenGL commands from your instance to the accelerator are functional.
If your instance was launched with an AMI that does not have the Elastic Graphics packages pre-installed,
you can download and install them yourself. For more information, see Installing the Required Software
for Elastic Graphics (p. 523).
Contents
• Using the Elastic Graphics Status Monitor (p. 523)
• Using the Elastic Graphics Command Line Tool (p. 524)
Using the Elastic Graphics Status Monitor

You can use the status monitor tool to view information about the status of an attached Elastic Graphics
accelerator. By default, this tool is available in the notification area of the taskbar in your Windows
instance and shows the status of the graphics accelerator. The following are the possible values.
Healthy
The Elastic Graphics accelerator is enabled and healthy.

Updating
The status of the Elastic Graphics accelerator is currently updating. It might take a few minutes to
display the status.
523
Verifying Elastic Graphics Functionality on Your Instance
Out of service
The Elastic Graphics accelerator is out of service. To get more information about the error, choose
Read More.
Using the Elastic Graphics Command Line Tool

You can use the Elastic Graphics command line tool, egcli.exe, to check the status of the accelerator. If
there is a problem with the accelerator, the tool returns an error message.
To launch the tool, open a command prompt from within your instance and run the following command:
C:\Program Files\Amazon\EC2ElasticGPUs\manager\egcli.exe
The tool also supports the following parameters:
--json, -j
Indicates whether to show the JSON message. The possible values are true and false. The default
is true.
--imds, -i
Indicates whether to check the instance metadata for the availability of the accelerator. The possible
values are true and false. The default is true.
The following is example output. A status of OK indicates that the accelerator is enabled and healthy.
EG Infrastructure is available.
Instance ID egpu-f6d94dfa66df4883b284e96db7397ee6
Instance Type eg1.large
EG Version 1.0.0.885 (Manager) / 1.0.0.95 (OpenGL Library) / 1.0.0.69 (OpenGL Redirector)
EG Status: Healthy
JSON Message:
{
"version": "2016-11-30",
"status": "OK"
}
The following are the possible values for status:
OK
The Elastic Graphics accelerator is enabled and healthy.

UPDATING
The Elastic Graphics driver is being updated.

NEEDS_REBOOT
The Elastic Graphics driver has been updated and a reboot of the Amazon EC2 instance is required.
LOADING_DRIVER
The Elastic Graphics driver is being loaded.

CONNECTING_EGPU
The Elastic Graphics driver is verifying the connectivity with the Elastic Graphics accelerator.
524
Viewing Elastic Graphics Information
ERROR_UPDATE_RETRY
An error occurred while updating the Elastic Graphics driver, an update will be retried soon.
ERROR_UPDATE
An unrecoverable error occurred while updating the Elastic Graphics driver.

ERROR_LOAD_DRIVER
An error occurred loading the Elastic Graphics driver.

ERROR_EGPU_CONNECTIVITY
The Elastic Graphics accelerator is unreacheable.
Viewing Elastic Graphics Information

You can view information about the Elastic Graphics accelerator attached to your instance.
To view information about an Elastic Graphics accelerator (console)

3. On the Description tab, find Elastic Graphics ID. Choose the ID to view the following information
about the Elastic Graphics accelerator:
• Attachment State
• Type
• Health status
To view information about an Elastic Graphics accelerator (AWS CLI)
You can use the describe-elastic-gpus AWS CLI command:
aws ec2 describe-elastic-gpus
You can use the describe-network-interfaces AWS CLI command and filter by owner ID to view
information about the Elastic Graphics network interface.
aws ec2 describe-network-interfaces --filters "Name=attachment.instance-owner-

id,Values=amazon-elasticgpus"
To view information about an Elastic Graphics accelerator (Tools for Windows PowerShell)
Use the following commands:
• Get-EC2ElasticGpu
• Get-EC2NetworkInterface
To view information about an Elastic Graphics accelerator using instance metadata
1. Connect to your Windows instance that is using an Elastic Graphics accelerator.

2. Do one of the following:
• From PowerShell, use the following cmdlet:
525
Submitting Feedback
PS C:\> Invoke-RestMethod -uri http://169.254.169.254/latest/meta-data/elastic-

gpus/associations/egpu-f6d94dfa66df4883b284e96db7397ee6
• From your web browser, paste the following URL into the address field:
http://169.254.169.254/latest/meta-data/elastic-gpus/associations/egpu-
f6d94dfa66df4883b284e96db7397ee6
Submitting Feedback
You can submit feedback about your experience with Elastic Graphics so the team can make further
improvements.
To submit feedback using the Elastic Graphics Status Monitor
1. In the notification area of the taskbar in your Windows instance, open the Elastic Graphics Status
Monitor.
2. In the lower left corner, choose Feedback.
3. Enter your feedback and choose Submit.
Using CloudWatch Metrics to Monitor Elastic

Graphics
You can monitor your Elastic Graphics accelerator using Amazon CloudWatch, which collects metrics
about your accelerator performance. These statistics are recorded for a period of two weeks, so that you
can access historical information and gain a better perspective on how your service is performing.
By default, Elastic Graphics accelerators send metric data to CloudWatch in 5-minute periods.
For more information about Amazon CloudWatch, see the Amazon CloudWatch User Guide.
Elastic Graphics Metrics

The AWS/ElasticGPUs namespace includes the following metrics for Elastic Graphics.
Metric Description
GPUConnectivityCheckFailed Reports whether connectivity to the Elastic Graphics

accelerator is active or has failed. A value of zero (0)
indicates that the connection is active. A value of one
(1) indicates a connectivity failure.
Units: Count
GPUHealthCheckFailed Reports whether the Elastic Graphics accelerator has

passed a status health check in the last minute. A value
of zero (0) indicates that the status check passed. A
value of one (1) indicates a status check failure.
Units: Count
526
Elastic Graphics Dimensions
Metric Description
GPUMemoryUtilization The GPU memory used.
Units: MiB
Elastic Graphics Dimensions

You can filter the metrics data for your Elastic Graphics accelerators using the following dimensions.
Dimension Description
EGPUId Filters the data by the Elastic Graphics accelerator.
InstanceId Filters the data by the instance to which the Elastic Graphics
accelerator is attached.
Viewing CloudWatch Metrics for Elastic Graphics

Metrics are grouped first by the service namespace, and then by the supported dimensions. You can use
the following procedures to view the metrics for your Elastic Graphics accelerators.
To view Elastic Graphics metrics using the CloudWatch console

2. If necessary, change the Region. From the navigation bar, select the Region where your Elastic
Graphics accelerator resides. For more information, see Regions and Endpoints.
3. In the navigation pane, choose Metrics.
4. For All metrics, select Elastic Graphics, Elastic Graphics Metrics.
To view Elastic Graphics metrics (AWS CLI)
Use the following list-metrics command:
aws cloudwatch list-metrics --namespace "AWS/ElasticGPUs"
Creating CloudWatch Alarms to Monitor Elastic

Graphics
You can create a CloudWatch alarm that sends an Amazon SNS message when the alarm changes state.
An alarm watches a single metric over a time period you specify, and sends a notification to an Amazon
SNS topic based on the value of the metric relative to a given threshold over a number of time periods.
For example, you can create an alarm that monitors the health of an Elastic Graphics accelerator and
sends a notification when the graphics accelerator fails a status health check for three consecutive 5-
minute periods.
To create an alarm for an Elastic Graphics accelerator health status
527
Troubleshooting
2. In the navigation pane, choose Alarms, Create Alarm.

3. Choose Select metric, Elastic Graphics, Elastic Graphics Metrics.
4. Select the GPUHealthCheckFailed metric and choose Select metric.
5. Configure the alarm as follows:
a. For Alarm details, type a name and description for your alarm. For Whenever, choose >= and
type 1.
b. For Actions, select an existing notification list or choose New list.
c. Choose Create Alarm.
Troubleshooting
The following are common errors and troubleshooting steps.
Contents
• Investigating Application Performance Issues (p. 528)
• OpenGL Rendering Performance Issues (p. 528)
• Remote Access Performance Issues (p. 529)
• Resolving Unhealthy Status Issues (p. 530)
• Stop and Start the Instance (p. 530)
• Verify the Installed Components (p. 530)
• Check the Elastic Graphics Logs (p. 530)
Investigating Application Performance Issues

Elastic Graphics uses the instance network to send OpenGL commands to a remotely attached graphics
card. In addition, a desktop running an OpenGL application with an Elastic Graphics accelerator is
usually accessed using a remote access technology. It is important to distinguish between a performance
problem related to the OpenGL rendering or the desktop remote access technology.
OpenGL Rendering Performance Issues

The OpenGL rendering performance is determined by the number of OpenGL commands and frames
generated on the remote instance.
Rendering performance may vary depending on the following factors:
• Elastic Graphics accelerator performance

• Network performance
• CPU performance
• Rendering model, scenario complexity
• OpenGL application behavior
An easy way to evaluate performance is to display the number of rendered frames on the remote
instance. Elastic Graphics accelerators display a maximum of 25 FPS on the remote instance to achieve
the best perceived quality while reducing network usage.
To show the number of frames produced
1. Open the following file in a text editor. If the file does not exist, create it.
528
Investigating Application Performance Issues
C:\Program Files\Amazon\EC2ElasticGPUs\conf\eg.conf
2. Identify the [Application] section, or add it if it is not present, and add the following
configuration parameter:
[Application]
show_fps=1
3. Restart the application and check the FPS again.
If the FPS reaches 15-25 FPS when updating the rendered scene, then the Elastic Graphics accelerator
is performing at peak. Any other performance problems you experience are likely related to the remote
access to the instance desktop. If that is the case, see the Remote Access Performance Issues section.
If the FPS number is lower than 15, you can try the following:
• Improve Elastic Graphics accelerator performance by selecting a more powerful graphics accelerator
type.
• Improve overall network performance by using these tips:
• Check the amount of incoming and outgoing bandwidth to and from the Elastic Graphics accelerator
endpoint. The Elastic Graphics accelerator endpoint can be retrieved with the following PowerShell
command:
PS C:\> (Invoke-WebRequest http://169.254.169.254/latest/meta-data/elastic-gpus/

associations/[ELASTICGPU_ID]).content
• The network traffic from the instance to the Elastic Graphics accelerator endpoint relates to the
volume of commands the OpenGL application is producing.
• The network traffic from the Elastic Graphics accelerator endpoint to the instance relates to the
number of frames generated by the graphics accelerator.
• If you see the network usage reaching the instances maximum network throughput, try using an
instance with a higher network throughput allowance.
• Improve CPU performance:
• Applications may require a lot of CPU resources in addition to what the Elastic Graphics accelerator
requires. If Windows Task Manager is reporting a high usage of CPU resources, try using an instance
with more CPU power.
Remote Access Performance Issues

An instance with an attached Elastic Graphics accelerator can be accessed using different remote access
technologies. Performance and quality may vary depending on:
• The remote access technology

• Instance performance
• Client performance
• Network latency and bandwidth between the client and the instance
Possible choices for the remote access protocol include:
• Microsoft Remote Desktop Connection

• NICE DCV
• VNC
529
Resolving Unhealthy Status Issues
For more information about optimization, see the specific protocol.
Resolving Unhealthy Status Issues

If the Elastic Graphics accelerator is in an unhealthy state, use the following troubleshooting steps to
resolve the issue.
Stop and Start the Instance

If your Elastic Graphics accelerator is in an unhealthy state, stopping the instance and starting it again is
the simplest option. For more information, see Stopping and Starting Your Instances (p. 383).
Warning
When you stop an instance, the data on any instance store volumes is erased. To keep data from
instance store volumes, be sure to back it up to persistent storage.
Verify the Installed Components

Open the Windows Control Panel and confirm that the following components are installed:
• Amazon Elastic Graphics Manager

• Amazon Elastic Graphics OpenGL Library
• Amazon EC2 Elastic GPUs OpenGL Redirector
If any of these items are missing, you must install them manually. For more information, see Installing
the Required Software for Elastic Graphics (p. 523).
Check the Elastic Graphics Logs

Open the Windows Event Viewer, expand the Application and Services Logs section, and search for
errors in the following event logs:
• EC2ElasticGPUs
• EC2ElasticGPUs GUI
530
Monitoring Amazon EC2

Monitoring is an important part of maintaining the reliability, availability, and performance of your
Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud (Amazon EC2) instances and your AWS solutions. You should collect
monitoring data from all of the parts in your AWS solutions so that you can more easily debug a multi-
point failure if one occurs. Before you start monitoring Amazon EC2, however, you should create a
monitoring plan that should include:
• What are your goals for monitoring?

• What resources will you monitor?
• How often will you monitor these resources?
• What monitoring tools will you use?
• Who will perform the monitoring tasks?
• Who should be notified when something goes wrong?
After you have defined your monitoring goals and have created your monitoring plan, the next step is
to establish a baseline for normal Amazon EC2 performance in your environment. You should measure
Amazon EC2 performance at various times and under different load conditions. As you monitor Amazon
EC2, you should store a history of monitoring data that you've collected. You can compare current
Amazon EC2 performance to this historical data to help you to identify normal performance patterns
and performance anomalies, and devise methods to address them. For example, you can monitor CPU
utilization, disk I/O, and network utilization for your EC2 instances. When performance falls outside your
established baseline, you might need to reconfigure or optimize the instance to reduce CPU utilization,
improve disk I/O, or reduce network traffic.
To establish a baseline you should, at a minimum, monitor the following items:
Item to Monitor Amazon EC2 Metric Monitoring Agent/CloudWatch

Logs
CPU utilization CPUUtilization (p. 547)
Network utilization NetworkIn (p. 547)
NetworkOut (p. 547)
Disk performance DiskReadOps (p. 547)
DiskWriteOps (p. 547)
Disk Reads/Writes DiskReadBytes (p. 547)
DiskWriteBytes (p. 547)
Memory utilization, disk [Linux and Windows Server

swap utilization, disk space instances] Collect Metrics
utilization, page file utilization, and Logs from Amazon EC2
log collection Instances and On-Premises
Servers with the CloudWatch
Agent
[Migration from previous

CloudWatch Logs agent on
531
Automated and Manual Monitoring
Item to Monitor Amazon EC2 Metric Monitoring Agent/CloudWatch

Logs
Windows Server instances]
Migrate Windows Server
Instance Log Collection to the
CloudWatch Agent
Automated and Manual Monitoring

AWS provides various tools that you can use to monitor Amazon EC2. You can configure some of these
tools to do the monitoring for you, while some of the tools require manual intervention.
Topics
• Automated Monitoring Tools (p. 532)
• Manual Monitoring Tools (p. 533)
Automated Monitoring Tools

You can use the following automated monitoring tools to watch Amazon EC2 and report back to you
when something is wrong:
• System Status Checks - monitor the AWS systems required to use your instance to ensure they are
working properly. These checks detect problems with your instance that require AWS involvement to
repair. When a system status check fails, you can choose to wait for AWS to fix the issue or you can
resolve it yourself (for example, by stopping and restarting or terminating and replacing an instance).
Examples of problems that cause system status checks to fail include:
For more information, see Status Checks for Your Instances (p. 534).
• Instance Status Checks - monitor the software and network configuration of your individual instance.
These checks detect problems that require your involvement to repair. When an instance status check
fails, typically you will need to address the problem yourself (for example, by rebooting the instance
or by making modifications in your operating system). Examples of problems that may cause instance
status checks to fail include:
• Failed system status checks
• Misconfigured networking or startup configuration
• Exhausted memory
• Corrupted file system
• Incompatible kernel
For more information, see Status Checks for Your Instances (p. 534).
• Amazon CloudWatch Alarms - watch a single metric over a time period you specify, and perform
one or more actions based on the value of the metric relative to a given threshold over a number
of time periods. The action is a notification sent to an Amazon Simple Notification Service (Amazon
SNS) topic or Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling policy. Alarms invoke actions for sustained state changes only.
CloudWatch alarms will not invoke actions simply because they are in a particular state; the state
532
Manual Monitoring Tools
must have changed and been maintained for a specified number of periods. For more information, see
Monitoring Your Instances Using CloudWatch (p. 545).
• Amazon CloudWatch Events - automate your AWS services and respond automatically to system
events. Events from AWS services are delivered to CloudWatch Events in near real time, and you can
specify automated actions to take when an event matches a rule you write. For more information, see
What is Amazon CloudWatch Events?.
• Amazon CloudWatch Logs - monitor, store, and access your log files from Amazon EC2 instances, AWS
CloudTrail, or other sources. For more information, see the Amazon CloudWatch Logs User Guide.
• Amazon EC2 Monitoring Scripts - Perl scripts that can monitor memory, disk, and swap file usage in
your instances. For more information, see Monitoring Memory and Disk Metrics for Amazon EC2 Linux
Instances.
• AWS Management Pack for Microsoft System Center Operations Manager - links Amazon EC2
instances and the Windows or Linux operating systems running inside them. The AWS Management
Pack is an extension to Microsoft System Center Operations Manager. It uses a designated computer in
your datacenter (called a watcher node) and the Amazon Web Services APIs to remotely discover and
collect information about your AWS resources. For more information, see AWS Management Pack for
Microsoft System Center (p. 991).
Manual Monitoring Tools

Another important part of monitoring Amazon EC2 involves manually monitoring those items that the
monitoring scripts, status checks, and CloudWatch alarms don't cover. The Amazon EC2 and CloudWatch
console dashboards provide an at-a-glance view of the state of your Amazon EC2 environment.
• Amazon EC2 Dashboard shows:

• Service Health and Scheduled Events by Region
• Instance state
• Status checks
• Alarm status
• Instance metric details (In the navigation pane choose Instances, select an instance, and choose the
Monitoring tab)
• Volume metric details (In the navigation pane choose Volumes, select a volume, and choose the
Monitoring tab)
• Amazon CloudWatch Dashboard shows:
• Current alarms and status
• Graphs of alarms and resources
• Service health status
In addition, you can use CloudWatch to do the following:

• Graph Amazon EC2 monitoring data to troubleshoot issues and discover trends
• Search and browse all your AWS resource metrics
• Create and edit alarms to be notified of problems
• See at-a-glance overviews of your alarms and AWS resources
Best Practices for Monitoring

Use the following best practices for monitoring to help you with your Amazon EC2 monitoring tasks.
• Make monitoring a priority to head off small problems before they become big ones.
533
Monitoring the Status of Your Instances
• Create and implement a monitoring plan that collects monitoring data from all of the parts in your
AWS solution so that you can more easily debug a multi-point failure if one occurs. Your monitoring
plan should address, at a minimum, the following questions:
• What are your goals for monitoring?
• What resources you will monitor?
• How often you will monitor these resources?
• What monitoring tools will you use?
• Who will perform the monitoring tasks?
• Who should be notified when something goes wrong?
• Automate monitoring tasks as much as possible.
• Check the log files on your EC2 instances.
Monitoring the Status of Your Instances

You can monitor the status of your instances by viewing status checks and scheduled events for your
instances.
A status check gives you the information that results from automated checks performed by Amazon EC2.
These automated checks detect whether specific issues are affecting your instances. The status check
information, together with the data provided by Amazon CloudWatch, gives you detailed operational
visibility into each of your instances.
You can also see status of specific events that are scheduled for your instances. The status of events
provides information about upcoming activities that are planned for your instances, such as rebooting or
retirement. They also provide the scheduled start and end time of each event.
Contents
• Status Checks for Your Instances (p. 534)
• Scheduled Events for Your Instances (p. 538)
Status Checks for Your Instances

With instance status monitoring, you can quickly determine whether Amazon EC2 has detected
any problems that might prevent your instances from running applications. Amazon EC2 performs
automated checks on every running EC2 instance to identify hardware and software issues. You can view
the results of these status checks to identify specific and detectable problems. The event status data
augments the information that Amazon EC2 already provides about the state of each instance (such as
pending, running, stopping) and the utilization metrics that Amazon CloudWatch monitors (CPU
utilization, network traffic, and disk activity).
Status checks are performed every minute, returning a pass or a fail status. If all checks pass, the overall
status of the instance is OK. If one or more checks fail, the overall status is impaired. Status checks are
built into Amazon EC2, so they cannot be disabled or deleted.
When a status check fails, the corresponding CloudWatch metric for status checks is incremented. For
more information, see Status Check Metrics (p. 552). You can use these metrics to create CloudWatch
alarms that are triggered based on the result of the status checks. For example, you can create an alarm
to warn you if status checks fail on a specific instance. For more information, see Creating and Editing
Status Check Alarms (p. 537).
You can also create an Amazon CloudWatch alarm that monitors an Amazon EC2 instance and
automatically recovers the instance if it becomes impaired due to an underlying issue. For more
information, see Recover Your Instance (p. 392).
534
Instance Status Checks
Contents
• Types of Status Checks (p. 535)
• Viewing Status Checks (p. 535)
• Reporting Instance Status (p. 536)
• Creating and Editing Status Check Alarms (p. 537)
Types of Status Checks

There are two types of status checks: system status checks and instance status checks.
System Status Checks
Monitor the AWS systems on which your instance runs. These checks detect underlying problems with
your instance that require AWS involvement to repair. When a system status check fails, you can choose
to wait for AWS to fix the issue, or you can resolve it yourself. For instances backed by Amazon EBS, you
can stop and start the instance yourself, which in most cases results in the instance being migrated to a
new host. For instances backed by instance store, you can terminate and replace the instance.
The following are examples of problems that can cause system status checks to fail:

Monitor the software and network configuration of your individual instance. Amazon EC2 checks the
health of the instance by sending an address resolution protocol (ARP) request to the network interface
(NIC). These checks detect problems that require your involvement to repair. When an instance status
check fails, you typically must address the problem yourself (for example, by rebooting the instance or
by making instance configuration changes).
The following are examples of problems that can cause instance status checks to fail:
• Failed system status checks

• Incorrect networking or startup configuration
• Exhausted memory
• Corrupted file system
• During instance reboot or while a Windows instance store-backed instance is being bundled, an
instance status check reports a failure until the instance becomes available again.
Viewing Status Checks

Amazon EC2 provides you with several ways to view and work with status checks.
Viewing Status Using the Console

You can view status checks using the AWS Management Console.
To view status checks (console)

535
3. On the Instances page, the Status Checks column lists the operational status of each instance.
4. To view the status of a specific instance, select the instance, and then choose the Status Checks tab.
If you have an instance with a failed status check and the instance has been unreachable for over 20
minutes, choose AWS Support to submit a request for assistance.
5. To review the CloudWatch metrics for status checks, select the instance, and then choose the
Monitoring tab. Scroll until you see the graphs for the following metrics:
• Status Check Failed (Any)

• Status Check Failed (Instance)
• Status Check Failed (System)
Viewing Status Using the Command Line

You can view status checks for running instances using the describe-instance-status (AWS CLI) command.
To view the status of all instances, use the following command.
aws ec2 describe-instance-status
To get the status of all instances with an instance status of impaired, use the following command.
aws ec2 describe-instance-status --filters Name=instance-status.status,Values=impaired
To get the status of a single instance, use the following command.
aws ec2 describe-instance-status --instance-ids i-1234567890abcdef0
Alternatively, use the following commands:
• Get-EC2InstanceStatus (AWS Tools for Windows PowerShell)

• DescribeInstanceStatus (Amazon EC2 Query API)
Reporting Instance Status

You can provide feedback if you are having problems with an instance whose status is not shown as
impaired, or if you want to send AWS additional details about the problems you are experiencing with an
impaired instance.
We use reported feedback to identify issues impacting multiple customers, but do not respond to
individual account issues. Providing feedback does not change the status check results that you currently
see for the instance.
536
Reporting Status Feedback Using the Console

To report instance status (console)

3. Select the instance, choose the Status Checks tab, and choose Submit feedback.
4. Complete the Report Instance Status form, and then choose Submit.
Reporting Status Feedback Using the Command Line

Use the following report-instance-status (AWS CLI) command to send feedback about the status of an
impaired instance.
aws ec2 report-instance-status --instances i-1234567890abcdef0 --status impaired --reason-

codes code
Alternatively, use the following commands:
• Send-EC2InstanceStatus (AWS Tools for Windows PowerShell)

• ReportInstanceStatus (Amazon EC2 Query API)
Creating and Editing Status Check Alarms

You can use the status check metrics (p. 552) to create CloudWatch alarms to notify you when an
instance has a failed status check.
Creating a Status Check Alarm Using the Console

Use the following procedure to configure an alarm that sends you a notification by email, or stops,
terminates, or recovers an instance when it fails a status check.
To create a status check alarm (console)

3. Select the instance, choose the Status Checks tab, and choose Create Status Check Alarm.
4. Select Send a notification to. Choose an existing SNS topic, or choose create topic to create a new
one. If creating a new topic, in With these recipients, enter your email address and the addresses of
any additional recipients, separated by commas.
5. (Optional) Select Take the action, and then select the action that you'd like to take.
6. In Whenever, select the status check that you want to be notified about.
If you selected Recover this instance in the previous step, select Status Check Failed (System).
7. In For at least, set the number of periods you want to evaluate and in consecutive periods, select
the evaluation period duration before triggering the alarm and sending an email.
8. (Optional) In Name of alarm, replace the default name with another name for the alarm.
Important
If you added an email address to the list of recipients or created a new topic, Amazon SNS
sends a subscription confirmation email message to each new address. Each recipient must
confirm the subscription by choosing the link contained in that message. Alert notifications
are sent only to confirmed addresses.
537
Scheduled Events
If you need to make changes to an instance status alarm, you can edit it.
To edit a status check alarm using the console

3. Select the instance and choose Actions, CloudWatch Monitoring, Add/Edit Alarms.
4. In the Alarm Details dialog box, choose the name of the alarm.
5. In the Edit Alarm dialog box, make the desired changes, and then choose Save.
Creating a Status Check Alarm Using the AWS CLI

In the following example, the alarm publishes a notification to an SNS topic, arn:aws:sns:us-
west-2:111122223333:my-sns-topic, when the instance fails either the instance check or system
status check for at least two consecutive periods. The CloudWatch metric used is StatusCheckFailed.
To create a status check alarm using the AWS CLI
1. Select an existing SNS topic or create a new one. For more information, see Using the AWS CLI with
Amazon SNS in the AWS Command Line Interface User Guide.
2. Use the following list-metrics command to view the available Amazon CloudWatch metrics for
Amazon EC2.
aws cloudwatch list-metrics --namespace AWS/EC2
3. Use the following put-metric-alarm command to create the alarm.
aws cloudwatch put-metric-alarm --alarm-name StatusCheckFailed-Alarm-for-

i-1234567890abcdef0 --metric-name StatusCheckFailed --namespace AWS/EC2 --
statistic Maximum --dimensions Name=InstanceId,Value=i-1234567890abcdef0 --unit
Count --period 300 --evaluation-periods 2 --threshold 1 --comparison-operator
GreaterThanOrEqualToThreshold --alarm-actions arn:aws:sns:us-west-2:111122223333:my-
sns-topic
The period is the time frame, in seconds, in which Amazon CloudWatch metrics are collected. This
example uses 300, which is 60 seconds multiplied by 5 minutes. The evaluation period is the number
of consecutive periods for which the value of the metric must be compared to the threshold. This
example uses 2. The alarm actions are the actions to perform when this alarm is triggered. This
example configures the alarm to send an email using Amazon SNS.
Scheduled Events for Your Instances

AWS can schedule events for your instances, such as a reboot, stop/start, or retirement. These events do
not occur frequently. If one of your instances will be affected by a scheduled event, AWS sends an email
to the email address that's associated with your AWS account prior to the scheduled event. The email
provides details about the event, including the start and end date. Depending on the event, you might be
able to take action to control the timing of the event.
To update the contact information for your account so that you can be sure to be notified about
scheduled events, go to the Account Settings page.
Contents
• Types of Scheduled Events (p. 539)
538
Scheduled Events
• Viewing Scheduled Events (p. 539)

• Working with Instances Scheduled to Stop or Retire (p. 541)
• Working with Instances Scheduled for Reboot (p. 542)
• Working with Instances Scheduled for Maintenance (p. 544)
Types of Scheduled Events

Amazon EC2 supports the following types of scheduled events for your instances:
• Instance stop: At the scheduled time, the instance is stopped. When you start it again, it's migrated to
a new host. Applies only to instances backed by Amazon EBS.
• Instance retirement: At the scheduled time, the instance is stopped if it is backed by Amazon EBS, or
terminated if it is backed by instance store.
• Instance reboot: At the scheduled time, the instance is rebooted.
• System reboot: At the scheduled time, the host for the instance is rebooted.
• System maintenance: At the scheduled time, the instance might be temporarily affected by network
maintenance or power maintenance.
Viewing Scheduled Events

In addition to receiving notification of scheduled events in email, you can check for scheduled events
using one of the following methods.
To view scheduled events for your instances using the console

2. In the navigation pane, choose Events. Any resources with an associated event are displayed. You
can filter by resource type, or by specific event types. You can select the resource to view details.
3. Alternatively, in the navigation pane, choose EC2 Dashboard. Any resources with an associated event
are displayed under Scheduled Events.
4. Some events are also shown for affected resources. For example, in the navigation pane, choose
Instances and select an instance. If the instance has an associated instance stop or instance
retirement event, it is displayed in the lower pane.
539
Scheduled Events
To view scheduled events for your instances using the AWS CLI
• Use the following describe-instance-status command.
aws ec2 describe-instance-status --instance-id i-1234567890abcdef0 --query

"InstanceStatuses[].Events"
The following example output shows a reboot event.
[
"Events": [
{
"InstanceEventId": "instance-event-0d59937288b749b32",
"Code": "system-reboot",
"Description": "The instance is scheduled for a reboot",
"NotAfter": "2019-03-15T22:00:00.000Z",
"NotBefore": "2019-03-14T20:00:00.000Z",
"NotBeforeDeadline": "2019-04-05T11:00:00.000Z"
}
]
]
The following example output shows an instance retirement event.
[
"Events": [
{
"InstanceEventId": "instance-event-0e439355b779n26",
"Code": "instance-stop",
"Description": "The instance is running on degraded hardware",
"NotBefore": "2015-05-23T00:00:00.000Z"
}
]
]
To view scheduled events for your instances using the AWS Tools for Windows PowerShell
• Use the following Get-EC2InstanceStatus command.
PS C:\> (Get-EC2InstanceStatus -InstanceId i-1234567890abcdef0).Events
The following example output shows an instance retirement event.
Code : instance-stop
Description : The instance is running on degraded hardware
NotBefore : 5/23/2015 12:00:00 AM
540
Scheduled Events
To view scheduled events for your instances using instance metadata
• You can retrieve information about active maintenance events for your instances from the instance
metadata (p. 477), as follows.
[ec2-user ~]$ curl http://169.254.169.254/latest/meta-data/events/maintenance/scheduled
The following is example output with information about a scheduled system reboot event, in JSON
format.
[
{
"NotBefore" : "21 Jan 2019 09:00:43 GMT",
"Code" : "system-reboot",
"Description" : "scheduled reboot",
"EventId" : "instance-event-0d59937288b749b32",
"NotAfter" : "21 Jan 2019 09:17:23 GMT",
"State" : "active"
}
]
To view event history about completed or canceled events for your instances using instance
metadata
• You can retrieve information about completed or canceled events for your instances from the
instance metadata (p. 477), as follows.
[ec2-user ~]$ curl http://169.254.169.254/latest/meta-data/events/maintenance/history
The following is example output with information about a system reboot event that was canceled,
and a system reboot event that was completed, in JSON format.
[
{
"Description" : "[Canceled] scheduled reboot",
"NotAfter" : "21 Jan 2019 09:17:23 GMT",
"State" : "canceled"
},
{
"Description" : "[Completed] scheduled reboot",
"NotAfter" : "29 Jan 2019 09:17:23 GMT",
"State" : "completed"
}
]
Working with Instances Scheduled to Stop or Retire

When AWS detects irreparable failure of the underlying host for your instance, it schedules the instance
to stop or terminate, depending on the type of root device for the instance. If the root device is an EBS
541
Scheduled Events
volume, the instance is scheduled to stop. If the root device is an instance store volume, the instance is
scheduled to terminate. For more information, see Instance Retirement (p. 385).
Important
Any data stored on instance store volumes is lost when an instance is stopped or terminated.
This includes instance store volumes that are attached to an instance that has an EBS volume as
the root device. Be sure to save data from your instance store volumes that you might need later
before the instance is stopped or terminated.
Actions for Instances Backed by Amazon EBS
You can wait for the instance to stop as scheduled. Alternatively, you can stop and start the instance
yourself, which migrates it to a new host. For more information about stopping your instance, in addition
to information about the changes to your instance configuration when it's stopped, see Stop and Start
You can automate an immediate stop and start in response to a scheduled instance stop event. For more
information, see Automating Actions for EC2 Instances in the AWS Health User Guide.
Actions for Instances Backed by Instance Store
We recommend that you launch a replacement instance from your most recent AMI and migrate all
necessary data to the replacement instance before the instance is scheduled to terminate. Then, you can
terminate the original instance, or wait for it to terminate as scheduled.
Working with Instances Scheduled for Reboot

When AWS must perform tasks such as installing updates or maintaining the underlying host, it
can schedule the instance or the underlying host for a reboot. You can reschedule most reboot
events (p. 543) so that your instance is rebooted at a specific date and time that suits you.
If you stop your linked EC2-Classic instance (p. 762), it is automatically unlinked from the VPC and the
VPC security groups are no longer associated with the instance. You can link your instance to the VPC
again after you've restarted it.
Viewing the Reboot Event Type

You can view whether a reboot event is an instance reboot or a system reboot using the AWS
Management Console, AWS CLI, or Amazon EC2 API.
To view the type of scheduled reboot event (console)

2. In the navigation pane, choose Events.
3. Choose Instance resources from the filter list.
4. For each instance, view the value in the Event Type column. The value is either system-reboot or
instance-reboot.
To view the type of scheduled reboot event (AWS CLI)
• Use the following describe-instance-status command.
aws ec2 describe-instance-status --instance-id i-1234567890abcdef0
For scheduled reboot events, the value for Code is either system-reboot or instance-reboot.
The following example output shows a system-reboot event.
542
Scheduled Events
"Events": [
{
"NotAfter": "2019-03-14T22:00:00.000Z",
"NotBefore": "2019-03-14T20:00:00.000Z",
}
]
]
Actions for Instance Reboot
You can wait for the instance reboot to occur within its scheduled maintenance window,
reschedule (p. 543) the instance reboot to a date and time that suits you, or reboot (p. 384) the
instance yourself at a time that is convenient for you.
After your instance is rebooted, the scheduled event is cleared and the event's description is updated.
The pending maintenance to the underlying host is completed, and you can begin using your instance
again after it has fully booted.
Actions for System Reboot
It is not possible for you to reboot the system yourself. You can wait for the system reboot to occur
during its scheduled maintenance window, or you can reschedule (p. 543) the system reboot to a date
and time that suits you. A system reboot typically completes in a matter of minutes. After the system
reboot has occurred, the instance retains its IP address and DNS name, and any data on local instance
store volumes is preserved. After the system reboot is complete, the scheduled event for the instance is
cleared, and you can verify that the software on your instance is operating as expected.
Alternatively, if it is necessary to maintain the instance at a different time and you can't reschedule the
system reboot, then you can stop and start an Amazon EBS-backed instance, which migrates it to a new
host. However, the data on the local instance store volumes is not preserved. You can also automate
an immediate instance stop and start in response to a scheduled system reboot event. For more
information, see Automating Actions for EC2 Instances in the AWS Health User Guide. For an instance
store-backed instance, if you can't reschedule the system reboot, then you can launch a replacement
instance from your most recent AMI, migrate all necessary data to the replacement instance before the
scheduled maintenance window, and then terminate the original instance.
Rescheduling a Reboot Event

You can reschedule most reboot events so that your instance is rebooted at a specific date and time that
suits you.
To reschedule a reboot event (console)

2. In the navigation pane, choose Events.
3. Choose Instance resources from the filter list.
4. Select one or more instances, and then choose Actions, Schedule Event.
Only events that have an event deadline date, indicated by a value for Event Deadline, can be
rescheduled.
5. For Event start time, enter a new date and time for the reboot. The new date and time must fall
before the Event Deadline.
6. Choose Schedule Event.
It might take 1-2 minutes for the updated event start time to be reflected in the console.
543
Scheduled Events
To reschedule a reboot event (AWS CLI)
1. Only events that have an event deadline date, indicated by a value for NotBeforeDeadline,
can be rescheduled. Use the following describe-instance-status command to view the
NotBeforeDeadline parameter value.
aws ec2 describe-instance-status --instance-id i-1234567890abcdef0
The following example output shows a system-reboot event that can be rescheduled because
NotBeforeDeadline contains a value.
[
"Events": [
{
"NotAfter": "2019-03-14T22:00:00.000Z",
"NotBefore": "2019-03-14T20:00:00.000Z",
}
]
]
2. To reschedule the event, use the modify-instance-event-start-time command. Specify the new
event start time using the not-before parameter. The new event start time must fall before the
NotBeforeDeadline.
aws ec2 modify-instance-event-start-time --instance-id i-1234567890abcdef0 --instance-

event-id instance-event-0d59937288b749b32 --not-before 2019-03-25T10:00:00.000
It might take 1-2 minutes before the describe-instance-status command returns the updated not-
before parameter value.
Limitations for Reboot Events
• Only reboot events with an event deadline date can be rescheduled. The event can be rescheduled up
to the event deadline date. The Event Deadline column in the console and the NotBeforeDeadline
field in the AWS CLI indicate if the event has a deadline date.
• Only reboot events that have not yet started can be rescheduled. The Start Time column in the
console and the NotBefore field in the AWS CLI indicate the event start time. Reboot events that are
scheduled to start in the next 5 minutes cannot be rescheduled.
• The new event start time must be at least 60 minutes from the current time.
• If you reschedule multiple events using the console, the event deadline date is determined by the
event with earliest event deadline date.
Working with Instances Scheduled for Maintenance

When AWS must maintain the underlying host for an instance, it schedules the instance for maintenance.
There are two types of maintenance events: network maintenance and power maintenance.
During network maintenance, scheduled instances lose network connectivity for a brief period of time.
Normal network connectivity to your instance will be restored after maintenance is complete.
During power maintenance, scheduled instances are taken offline for a brief period, and then rebooted.
When a reboot is performed, all of your instance's configuration settings are retained.
544
Monitoring Your Instances Using CloudWatch
After your instance has rebooted (this normally takes a few minutes), verify that your application is
working as expected. At this point, your instance should no longer have a scheduled event associated
with it, or the description of the scheduled event begins with [Completed]. It sometimes takes up to 1
hour for the instance status description to refresh. Completed maintenance events are displayed on the
Amazon EC2 console dashboard for up to a week.
Actions for Instances Backed by Amazon EBS
You can wait for the maintenance to occur as scheduled. Alternatively, you can stop and start the
instance, which migrates it to a new host. For more information about stopping your instance, in addition
to information about the changes to your instance configuration when it's stopped, see Stop and Start
You can automate an immediate stop and start in response to a scheduled maintenance event. For more
information, see Automating Actions for EC2 Instances in the AWS Health User Guide.
Actions for Instances Backed by Instance Store
You can wait for the maintenance to occur as scheduled. Alternatively, if you want to maintain normal
operation during a scheduled maintenance window, you can launch a replacement instance from
your most recent AMI, migrate all necessary data to the replacement instance before the scheduled
maintenance window, and then terminate the original instance.
Monitoring Your Instances Using CloudWatch

You can monitor your instances using Amazon CloudWatch, which collects and processes raw data
from Amazon EC2 into readable, near real-time metrics. These statistics are recorded for a period of 15
months, so that you can access historical information and gain a better perspective on how your web
application or service is performing.
By default, Amazon EC2 sends metric data to CloudWatch in 5-minute periods. To send metric data for
your instance to CloudWatch in 1-minute periods, you can enable detailed monitoring on the instance.
For more information, see Enable or Disable Detailed Monitoring for Your Instances (p. 545).
The Amazon EC2 console displays a series of graphs based on the raw data from Amazon CloudWatch.
Depending on your needs, you might prefer to get data for your instances from Amazon CloudWatch
instead of the graphs in the console.
For more information about Amazon CloudWatch, see the Amazon CloudWatch User Guide.
Contents
• Enable or Disable Detailed Monitoring for Your Instances (p. 545)
• List the Available CloudWatch Metrics for Your Instances (p. 547)
• Get Statistics for Metrics for Your Instances (p. 556)
• Graph Metrics for Your Instances (p. 563)
• Create a CloudWatch Alarm for an Instance (p. 563)
• Create Alarms That Stop, Terminate, Reboot, or Recover an Instance (p. 564)
Enable or Disable Detailed Monitoring for Your

Instances
By default, your instance is enabled for basic monitoring. You can optionally enable detailed monitoring.
After you enable detailed monitoring, the Amazon EC2 console displays monitoring graphs with a 1-
minute period for the instance. The following table describes basic and detailed monitoring for instances.
545
Enable Detailed Monitoring
Monitoring Type Description
Basic Data is available automatically in 5-minute

periods at no charge.
Detailed Data is available in 1-minute periods for an

additional cost. To get this level of data, you
must specifically enable it for the instance. For
the instances where you've enabled detailed
monitoring, you can also get aggregated data
across groups of similar instances.
For information about pricing, see the Amazon

CloudWatch product page.
Enabling Detailed Monitoring

You can enable detailed monitoring on an instance as you launch it or after the instance is running
or stopped. Enabling detailed monitoring on an instance does not affect the monitoring of the EBS
volumes attached to the instance. For more information, see Amazon CloudWatch Metrics for Amazon
EBS (p. 902).
To enable detailed monitoring for an existing instance (console)

3. Select the instance and choose Actions, CloudWatch Monitoring, Enable Detailed Monitoring.
4. In the Enable Detailed Monitoring dialog box, choose Yes, Enable.
5. Choose Close.
To enable detailed monitoring when launching an instance (console)
When launching an instance using the AWS Management Console, select the Monitoring check box on
the Configure Instance Details page.
To enable detailed monitoring for an existing instance (AWS CLI)
Use the following monitor-instances command to enable detailed monitoring for the specified instances.
aws ec2 monitor-instances --instance-ids i-1234567890abcdef0
To enable detailed monitoring when launching an instance (AWS CLI)
Use the run-instances command with the --monitoring flag to enable detailed monitoring.
aws ec2 run-instances --image-id ami-09092360 --monitoring Enabled=true...
Disabling Detailed Monitoring

You can disable detailed monitoring on an instance as you launch it or after the instance is running or
stopped.
To disable detailed monitoring (console)
546
List Available Metrics

3. Select the instance and choose Actions, CloudWatch Monitoring, Disable Detailed Monitoring.
4. In the Disable Detailed Monitoring dialog box, choose Yes, Disable.
5. Choose Close.
To disable detailed monitoring (AWS CLI)
Use the following unmonitor-instances command to disable detailed monitoring for the specified
instances.
aws ec2 unmonitor-instances --instance-ids i-1234567890abcdef0
List the Available CloudWatch Metrics for Your

Instances
Amazon EC2 sends metrics to Amazon CloudWatch. You can use the AWS Management Console, the
AWS CLI, or an API to list the metrics that Amazon EC2 sends to CloudWatch. By default, each data point
covers the 5 minutes that follow the start time of activity for the instance. If you've enabled detailed
monitoring, each data point covers the next minute of activity from the start time.
For information about getting the statistics for these metrics, see Get Statistics for Metrics for Your
Instances (p. 556).
Contents
• Instance Metrics (p. 547)
• CPU Credit Metrics (p. 549)
• Amazon EBS Metrics for Nitro-based Instances (p. 551)
• Status Check Metrics (p. 552)
• Amazon EC2 Metric Dimensions (p. 553)
• Listing Metrics Using the Console (p. 553)
• Listing Metrics Using the AWS CLI (p. 555)
Instance Metrics
The AWS/EC2 namespace includes the following instance metrics.
Metric Description
CPUUtilization The percentage of allocated EC2 compute units that are currently
in use on the instance. This metric identifies the processing power
required to run an application upon a selected instance.
Depending on the instance type, tools in your operating system can

show a lower percentage than CloudWatch when the instance is not
allocated a full processor core.
Units: Percent
DiskReadOps Completed read operations from all instance store volumes

available to the instance in a specified period of time.
547
Metric Description
To calculate the average I/O operations per second (IOPS) for the
period, divide the total operations in the period by the number of
seconds in that period.
If there are no instance store volumes, either the value is 0 or the

metric is not reported.
Units: Count
DiskWriteOps Completed write operations to all instance store volumes available

to the instance in a specified period of time.
To calculate the average I/O operations per second (IOPS) for the
period, divide the total operations in the period by the number of
seconds in that period.

Units: Count
DiskReadBytes Bytes read from all instance store volumes available to the instance.
This metric is used to determine the volume of the data the

application reads from the hard disk of the instance. This can be
used to determine the speed of the application.
The number reported is the number of bytes received during

the period. If you are using basic (five-minute) monitoring, you
can divide this number by 300 to find Bytes/second. If you have
detailed (one-minute) monitoring, divide it by 60.

Units: Bytes
DiskWriteBytes Bytes written to all instance store volumes available to the instance.
This metric is used to determine the volume of the data the

application writes onto the hard disk of the instance. This can be
used to determine the speed of the application.


Units: Bytes
548
Metric Description
NetworkIn The number of bytes received on all network interfaces by the

instance. This metric identifies the volume of incoming network
traffic to a single instance.

Units: Bytes
NetworkOut The number of bytes sent out on all network interfaces by the
instance. This metric identifies the volume of outgoing network
traffic from a single instance.
The number reported is the number of bytes sent during the period.
If you are using basic (five-minute) monitoring, you can divide this
number by 300 to find Bytes/second. If you have detailed (one-
minute) monitoring, divide it by 60.
Units: Bytes
NetworkPacketsIn The number of packets received on all network interfaces by the

instance. This metric identifies the volume of incoming traffic in
terms of the number of packets on a single instance. This metric is
available for basic monitoring only.
Units: Count
Statistics: Minimum, Maximum, Average
NetworkPacketsOut The number of packets sent out on all network interfaces by the
instance. This metric identifies the volume of outgoing traffic in
terms of the number of packets on a single instance. This metric is
available for basic monitoring only.
Units: Count
Statistics: Minimum, Maximum, Average
CPU Credit Metrics

The AWS/EC2 namespace includes the following CPU credit metrics for your burstable performance
instances (p. 132).
Metric Description
CPUCreditUsage The number of CPU credits spent by the instance for CPU
utilization. One CPU credit equals one vCPU running at 100%
utilization for one minute or an equivalent combination of vCPUs,
utilization, and time (for example, one vCPU running at 50%
utilization for two minutes or two vCPUs running at 25% utilization
for two minutes).
549
Metric Description
CPU credit metrics are available at a five-minute frequency only. If
you specify a period greater than five minutes, use the Sum statistic
instead of the Average statistic.
CPUCreditBalance The number of earned CPU credits that an instance has

accrued since it was launched or started. For T2 Standard, the
CPUCreditBalance also includes the number of launch credits
that have been accrued.
Credits are accrued in the credit balance after they are earned,
and removed from the credit balance when they are spent. The
credit balance has a maximum limit, determined by the instance
size. After the limit is reached, any new credits that are earned are
discarded. For T2 Standard, launch credits do not count towards the
limit.
The credits in the CPUCreditBalance are available for the

instance to spend to burst beyond its baseline CPU utilization.
When an instance is running, credits in the CPUCreditBalance

do not expire. When a T3 or T3a instance stops, the
CPUCreditBalance value persists for seven days. Thereafter,
all accrued credits are lost. When a T2 instance stops, the
CPUCreditBalance value does not persist, and all accrued credits
are lost.
CPU credit metrics are available at a five-minute frequency only.
CPUSurplusCreditBalance The number of surplus credits that have been spent by an

unlimited instance when its CPUCreditBalance value is zero.
The CPUSurplusCreditBalance value is paid down by earned

CPU credits. If the number of surplus credits exceeds the maximum
number of credits that the instance can earn in a 24-hour period,
the spent surplus credits above the maximum incur an additional
charge.
CPUSurplusCreditsCharged The number of spent surplus credits that are not paid down by
earned CPU credits, and which thus incur an additional charge.
Spent surplus credits are charged when any of the following occurs:
• The spent surplus credits exceed the maximum number of credits

that the instance can earn in a 24-hour period. Spent surplus
credits above the maximum are charged at the end of the hour.
550
Amazon EBS Metrics for Nitro-based Instances

The AWS/EC2 namespace includes the following Amazon EBS metrics for the Nitro-based instances
that are not bare metal instances. For the list of Nitro-based instance types, see Nitro-based
Instances (p. 122).
Metric values for Nitro-based instances will always be integers (whole numbers), whereas values for Xen-
based instances support decimals. Therefore, low instance CPU utilization on Nitro-based instances may
appear to be rounded down to 0.
Metric Description
EBSReadOps Completed read operations from all Amazon EBS

volumes attached to the instance in a specified period
of time.
To calculate the average read I/O operations per second

(Read IOPS) for the period, divide the total operations
in the period by the number of seconds in that period.
If you are using basic (five-minute) monitoring, you can
divide this number by 300 to calculate the Read IOPS. If
you have detailed (one-minute) monitoring, divide it by
60.
Unit: Count
EBSWriteOps Completed write operations to all EBS volumes

attached to the instance in a specified period of time.
To calculate the average write I/O operations per

second (Write IOPS) for the period, divide the total
operations in the period by the number of seconds
in that period. If you are using basic (five-minute)
monitoring, you can divide this number by 300 to
calculate the Write IOPS. If you have detailed (one-
minute) monitoring, divide it by 60.
Unit: Count
EBSReadBytes Bytes read from all EBS volumes attached to the

instance in a specified period of time.
The number reported is the number of bytes read

during the period. If you are using basic (five-minute)
monitoring, you can divide this number by 300 to find
Read Bytes/second. If you have detailed (one-minute)
monitoring, divide it by 60.
Unit: Bytes
EBSWriteBytes Bytes written to all EBS volumes attached to the

instance in a specified period of time.
The number reported is the number of bytes written

during the period. If you are using basic (five-minute)
monitoring, you can divide this number by 300 to find
Write Bytes/second. If you have detailed (one-minute)
monitoring, divide it by 60.
551
Metric Description
Unit: Bytes
EBSIOBalance% Available only for the smaller instance sizes. Provides

information about the percentage of I/O credits
remaining in the burst bucket. This metric is available
for basic monitoring only.
The Sum statistic is not applicable to this metric.
Unit: Percent
EBSByteBalance% Available only for the smaller instance sizes. Provides

information about the percentage of throughput credits
remaining in the burst bucket. This metric is available
for basic monitoring only.
The Sum statistic is not applicable to this metric.
Unit: Percent
For information about the metrics provided for your EBS volumes, see Amazon EBS Metrics (p. 902).
For information about the metrics provided for your Spot fleets, see CloudWatch Metrics for Spot
Fleet (p. 270).
Status Check Metrics

The AWS/EC2 namespace includes the following status check metrics. By default, status check metrics
are available at a 1-minute frequency at no charge. For a newly-launched instance, status check metric
data is only available after the instance has completed the initialization state (within a few minutes
of the instance entering the running state). For more information about EC2 status checks, see Status
Checks For Your Instances.
Metric Description
StatusCheckFailed Reports whether the instance has passed both the instance status
check and the system status check in the last minute.
This metric can be either 0 (passed) or 1 (failed).
By default, this metric is available at a 1-minute frequency at no

charge.
Units: Count
StatusCheckFailed_Instance Reports whether the instance has passed the instance status check
in the last minute.

charge.
Units: Count
StatusCheckFailed_System Reports whether the instance has passed the system status check in
the last minute.
552
Metric Description

charge.
Units: Count
Amazon EC2 Metric Dimensions

You can use the following dimensions to refine the metrics returned for your instances.
Dimension Description
AutoScalingGroupName This dimension filters the data you request for all instances in a
specified capacity group. An Auto Scaling group is a collection of
instances you define if you're using Auto Scaling. This dimension is
available only for Amazon EC2 metrics when the instances are in
such an Auto Scaling group. Available for instances with Detailed or
Basic Monitoring enabled.
ImageId This dimension filters the data you request for all instances running
this Amazon EC2 Amazon Machine Image (AMI). Available for
instances with Detailed Monitoring enabled.
InstanceId This dimension filters the data you request for the identified
instance only. This helps you pinpoint an exact instance from which
to monitor data.
InstanceType This dimension filters the data you request for all instances
running with this specified instance type. This helps you categorize
your data by the type of instance running. For example, you
might compare data from an m1.small instance and an m1.large
instance to determine which has the better business value for
your application. Available for instances with Detailed Monitoring
enabled.
Listing Metrics Using the Console

Metrics are grouped first by namespace, and then by the various dimension combinations within each
namespace. For example, you can view all metrics provided by Amazon EC2, or metrics grouped by
instance ID, instance type, image (AMI) ID, or Auto Scaling group.
To view available metrics by category (console)

3. Choose the EC2 metric namespace.
553
4. Select a metric dimension (for example, Per-Instance Metrics).
5. To sort the metrics, use the column heading. To graph a metric, select the check box next to the
metric. To filter by resource, choose the resource ID and then choose Add to search. To filter by
metric, choose the metric name and then choose Add to search.
554
Listing Metrics Using the AWS CLI

Use the list-metrics command to list the CloudWatch metrics for your instances.
To list all the available metrics for Amazon EC2 (AWS CLI)
The following example specifies the AWS/EC2 namespace to view all the metrics for Amazon EC2.
aws cloudwatch list-metrics --namespace AWS/EC2
{
"Metrics": [
{
"Namespace": "AWS/EC2",
"Dimensions": [
{
"Name": "InstanceId",
"Value": "i-1234567890abcdef0"
}
],
"MetricName": "NetworkOut"
},
{
"Dimensions": [
{
}
],
"MetricName": "CPUUtilization"
},
{
"Dimensions": [
{
555
Get Statistics for Metrics
}
],
"MetricName": "NetworkIn"
},
...
]
}
To list all the available metrics for an instance (AWS CLI)
The following example specifies the AWS/EC2 namespace and the InstanceId dimension to view the
results for the specified instance only.
aws cloudwatch list-metrics --namespace AWS/EC2 --dimensions

Name=InstanceId,Value=i-1234567890abcdef0
To list a metric across all instances (AWS CLI)
The following example specifies the AWS/EC2 namespace and a metric name to view the results for the
specified metric only.
aws cloudwatch list-metrics --namespace AWS/EC2 --metric-name CPUUtilization
Get Statistics for Metrics for Your Instances

You can get statistics for the CloudWatch metrics for your instances.
Contents
• Statistics Overview (p. 556)
• Get Statistics for a Specific Instance (p. 557)
• Aggregate Statistics Across Instances (p. 559)
• Aggregate Statistics by Auto Scaling Group (p. 561)
• Aggregate Statistics by AMI (p. 562)
Statistics Overview
Statistics are metric data aggregations over specified periods of time. CloudWatch provides statistics
based on the metric data points provided by your custom data or provided by other services in AWS to
CloudWatch. Aggregations are made using the namespace, metric name, dimensions, and the data point
unit of measure, within the time period you specify. The following table describes the available statistics.
Statistic Description
Minimum The lowest value observed during the specified period. You can use this value to
determine low volumes of activity for your application.
Maximum The highest value observed during the specified period. You can use this value to
determine high volumes of activity for your application.
Sum All values submitted for the matching metric added together. This statistic can be
useful for determining the total volume of a metric.
Average The value of Sum / SampleCount during the specified period. By comparing this
statistic with the Minimum and Maximum, you can determine the full scope of a metric
556
Statistic Description
and how close the average use is to the Minimum and Maximum. This comparison
helps you to know when to increase or decrease your resources as needed.
SampleCount The count (number) of data points used for the statistical calculation.
pNN.NN The value of the specified percentile. You can specify any percentile, using up to two
decimal places (for example, p95.45).
Get Statistics for a Specific Instance

The following examples show you how to use the AWS Management Console or the AWS CLI to
determine the maximum CPU utilization of a specific EC2 instance.
Requirements
• You must have the ID of the instance. You can get the instance ID using the AWS Management Console
or the describe-instances command.
• By default, basic monitoring is enabled, but you can enable detailed monitoring. For more information,
see Enable or Disable Detailed Monitoring for Your Instances (p. 545).
To display the CPU utilization for a specific instance (console)

3. Choose the EC2 metric namespace.
4. Choose the Per-Instance Metrics dimension.
557
5. In the search field, enter CPUUtilization and press Enter. Choose the row for the specific
instance, which displays a graph for the CPUUtilization metric for the instance. To name the graph,
choose the pencil icon. To change the time range, select one of the predefined values or choose
custom.
6. To change the statistic or the period for the metric, choose the Graphed metrics tab. Choose the
column heading or an individual value, and then choose a different value.
558
To get the CPU utilization for a specific instance (AWS CLI)
Use the following get-metric-statistics command to get the CPUUtilization metric for the specified
instance, using the specified period and time interval:
aws cloudwatch get-metric-statistics --namespace AWS/EC2 --metric-name CPUUtilization --

period 3600 \
--statistics Maximum --dimensions Name=InstanceId,Value=i-1234567890abcdef0 \
--start-time 2016-10-18T23:18:00 --end-time 2016-10-19T23:18:00
The following is example output. Each value represents the maximum CPU utilization percentage for a
single EC2 instance.
{
"Datapoints": [
{
"Timestamp": "2016-10-19T00:18:00Z",
"Maximum": 0.33000000000000002,
"Unit": "Percent"
},
{
"Timestamp": "2016-10-19T03:18:00Z",
"Maximum": 99.670000000000002,
"Unit": "Percent"
},
{
"Timestamp": "2016-10-19T07:18:00Z",
"Maximum": 0.34000000000000002,
"Unit": "Percent"
},
{
"Timestamp": "2016-10-19T12:18:00Z",
"Maximum": 0.34000000000000002,
"Unit": "Percent"
},
...
],
"Label": "CPUUtilization"
}
Aggregate Statistics Across Instances

Aggregate statistics are available for the instances that have detailed monitoring enabled. Instances
that use basic monitoring are not included in the aggregates. In addition, Amazon CloudWatch does not
aggregate data across regions. Therefore, metrics are completely separate between regions. Before you
559
can get statistics aggregated across instances, you must enable detailed monitoring (at an additional
charge), which provides data in 1-minute periods.
This example shows you how to use detailed monitoring to get the average CPU usage for your EC2
instances. Because no dimension is specified, CloudWatch returns statistics for all dimensions in the AWS/
EC2 namespace.
Important
This technique for retrieving all dimensions across an AWS namespace does not work for custom
namespaces that you publish to Amazon CloudWatch. With custom namespaces, you must
specify the complete set of dimensions that are associated with any given data point to retrieve
statistics that include the data point.
To display average CPU utilization across your instances (console)

3. Choose the EC2 namespace and then choose Across All Instances.
4. Choose the row that contains CPUUtilization, which displays a graph for the metric for all your EC2
instances. To name the graph, choose the pencil icon. To change the time range, select one of the
predefined values or choose custom.
To get average CPU utilization across your instances (AWS CLI)
Use the get-metric-statistics command as follows to get the average of the CPUUtilization metric across
your instances.
aws cloudwatch get-metric-statistics --namespace AWS/EC2 --metric-name CPUUtilization \

--period 3600 --statistics "Average" "SampleCount" \
--start-time 2016-10-11T23:18:00 --end-time 2016-10-12T23:18:00
560
{
"Datapoints": [
{
"SampleCount": 238.0,
"Timestamp": "2016-10-12T07:18:00Z",
"Average": 0.038235294117647062,
"Unit": "Percent"
},
{
"Timestamp": "2016-10-12T09:18:00Z",
"Average": 0.16670833333333332,
"Unit": "Percent"
},
{
"Timestamp": "2016-10-11T23:18:00Z",
"Average": 0.041596638655462197,
"Unit": "Percent"
},
...
],
}
Aggregate Statistics by Auto Scaling Group

You can aggregate statistics for the EC2 instances in an Auto Scaling group. Note that Amazon
CloudWatch cannot aggregate data across regions. Metrics are completely separate between regions.
This example shows you how to retrieve the total bytes written to disk for one Auto Scaling group. The
total is computed for one-minute periods for a 24-hour interval across all EC2 instances in the specified
Auto Scaling group.
To display DiskWriteBytes for the instances in an Auto Scaling group (console)

3. Choose the EC2 namespace and then choose By Auto Scaling Group.
4. Choose the row for the DiskWriteBytes metric and the specific Auto Scaling group, which displays
a graph for the metric for the instances in the Auto Scaling group. To name the graph, choose the
pencil icon. To change the time range, select one of the predefined values or choose custom.
To display DiskWriteBytes for the instances in an Auto Scaling group (AWS CLI)
Use the get-metric-statistics command as follows.
aws cloudwatch get-metric-statistics --namespace AWS/EC2 --metric-name DiskWriteBytes --

period 360 \
--statistics "Sum" "SampleCount" --dimensions Name=AutoScalingGroupName,Value=my-asg --
start-time 2016-10-16T23:18:00 --end-time 2016-10-18T23:18:00
{
"Datapoints": [
{
561
"Timestamp": "2016-10-19T21:36:00Z",
"Sum": 0.0,
"Unit": "Bytes"
},
{
"SampleCount": 5.0,
"Timestamp": "2016-10-19T21:42:00Z",
"Sum": 0.0,
"Unit": "Bytes"
}
],
"Label": "DiskWriteBytes"
}
Aggregate Statistics by AMI

You can aggregate statistics for your instances that have detailed monitoring enabled. Instances that use
basic monitoring are not included. Note that Amazon CloudWatch cannot aggregate data across regions.
Metrics are completely separate between regions.
Before you can get statistics aggregated across instances, you must enable detailed monitoring (at an
additional charge), which provides data in 1-minute periods. For more information, see Enable or Disable
Detailed Monitoring for Your Instances (p. 545).
This example shows you how to determine average CPU utilization for all instances that use a specific
Amazon Machine Image (AMI). The average is over 60-second time intervals for a one-day period.
To display the average CPU utilization by AMI (console)

3. Choose the EC2 namespace and then choose By Image (AMI) Id.
4. Choose the row for the CPUUtilization metric and the specific AMI, which displays a graph for the
metric for the specified AMI. To name the graph, choose the pencil icon. To change the time range,
select one of the predefined values or choose custom.
To get the average CPU utilization for an image ID (AWS CLI)
Use the get-metric-statistics command as follows.
aws cloudwatch get-metric-statistics --namespace AWS/EC2 --metric-name CPUUtilization --

period 3600 \
--statistics Average --dimensions Name=ImageId,Value=ami-3c47a355 --start-
time 2016-10-10T00:00:00 --end-time 2016-10-11T00:00:00
The following is example output. Each value represents an average CPU utilization percentage for the
EC2 instances running the specified AMI.
{
"Datapoints": [
{
"Timestamp": "2016-10-10T07:00:00Z",
"Average": 0.041000000000000009,
"Unit": "Percent"
},
{
562
Graph Metrics
"Timestamp": "2016-10-10T14:00:00Z",
"Average": 0.079579831932773085,
"Unit": "Percent"
},
{
"Timestamp": "2016-10-10T06:00:00Z",
"Average": 0.036000000000000011,
"Unit": "Percent"
},
...
],
}
Graph Metrics for Your Instances

After you launch an instance, you can open the Amazon EC2 console and view the monitoring graphs for
an instance on the Monitoring tab. Each graph is based on one of the available Amazon EC2 metrics.
The following graphs are available:
• Average CPU Utilization (Percent)

• Average Disk Reads (Bytes)
• Average Disk Writes (Bytes)
• Maximum Network In (Bytes)
• Maximum Network Out (Bytes)
• Summary Disk Read Operations (Count)
• Summary Disk Write Operations (Count)
• Summary Status (Any)
• Summary Status Instance (Count)
• Summary Status System (Count)
For more information about the metrics and the data they provide to the graphs, see List the Available
CloudWatch Metrics for Your Instances (p. 547).
Graph Metrics Using the CloudWatch Console
You can also use the CloudWatch console to graph metric data generated by Amazon EC2 and other AWS
services. For more information, see Graph Metrics in the Amazon CloudWatch User Guide.
Create a CloudWatch Alarm for an Instance

You can create a CloudWatch alarm that monitors CloudWatch metrics for one of your instances.
CloudWatch will automatically send you a notification when the metric reaches a threshold you specify.
You can create a CloudWatch alarm using the Amazon EC2 console, or using the more advanced options
provided by the CloudWatch console.
To create an alarm using the CloudWatch console
For examples, see Creating Amazon CloudWatch Alarms in the Amazon CloudWatch User Guide.
To create an alarm using the Amazon EC2 console

3. Select the instance.
563
Create Alarms That Stop, Terminate,
Reboot, or Recover an Instance
4. On the Monitoring tab, choose Create Alarm.
5. In the Create Alarm dialog box, do the following:
a. Choose create topic. For Send a notification to, enter a name for the SNS topic. For With these
recipients, enter one or more email addresses to receive notification.
b. Specify the metric and the criteria for the policy. For example, you can leave the default settings
for Whenever (Average of CPU Utilization). For Is, choose >= and enter 80 percent. For For at
least, enter 1 consecutive period of 5 Minutes.
c. Choose Create Alarm.
Create Alarms That Stop, Terminate, Reboot, or

Recover an Instance
Using Amazon CloudWatch alarm actions, you can create alarms that automatically stop, terminate,
reboot, or recover your instances. You can use the stop or terminate actions to help you save money
when you no longer need an instance to be running. You can use the reboot and recover actions to
automatically reboot those instances or recover them onto new hardware if a system impairment occurs.
The AWSServiceRoleForCloudWatchEvents service-linked role enables AWS to perform alarm

actions on your behalf. The first time you create an alarm in the AWS Management Console, the IAM CLI,
or the IAM API, CloudWatch creates the service-linked role for you.
There are a number of scenarios in which you might want to automatically stop or terminate your
instance. For example, you might have instances dedicated to batch payroll processing jobs or scientific
computing tasks that run for a period of time and then complete their work. Rather than letting those
instances sit idle (and accrue charges), you can stop or terminate them, which can help you to save
money. The main difference between using the stop and the terminate alarm actions is that you can
easily restart a stopped instance if you need to run it again later, and you can keep the same instance
ID and root volume. However, you cannot restart a terminated instance. Instead, you must launch a new
instance.
564
You can add the stop, terminate, reboot, or recover actions to any alarm that is set on an Amazon EC2
per-instance metric, including basic and detailed monitoring metrics provided by Amazon CloudWatch
(in the AWS/EC2 namespace), as well as any custom metrics that include the InstanceId dimension, as
long as its value refers to a valid running Amazon EC2 instance.
Console Support
You can create alarms using the Amazon EC2 console or the CloudWatch console. The procedures in
this documentation use the Amazon EC2 console. For procedures that use the CloudWatch console, see
Create Alarms That Stop, Terminate, Reboot, or Recover an Instance in the Amazon CloudWatch User
Guide.
Permissions
If you are an AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) user, you must have the following permissions
to create or modify an alarm:
• iam:CreateServiceLinkedRole, iam:GetPolicy, iam:GetPolicyVersion, and iam:GetRole

– For all alarms with Amazon EC2 actions
• ec2:DescribeInstanceStatus and ec2:DescribeInstances – For all alarms on Amazon EC2
instance status metrics
• ec2:StopInstances – For alarms with stop actions
• ec2:TerminateInstances – For alarms with terminate actions
• No specific permissions are needed for alarms with recover actions.
If you have read/write permissions for Amazon CloudWatch but not for Amazon EC2, you can still create
an alarm but the stop or terminate actions won't be performed on the Amazon EC2 instance. However, if
you are later granted permission to use the associated Amazon EC2 APIs, the alarm actions you created
earlier are performed. For more information about IAM permissions, see Permissions and Policies in the
IAM User Guide.
Contents
• Adding Stop Actions to Amazon CloudWatch Alarms (p. 565)
• Adding Terminate Actions to Amazon CloudWatch Alarms (p. 566)
• Adding Reboot Actions to Amazon CloudWatch Alarms (p. 567)
• Adding Recover Actions to Amazon CloudWatch Alarms (p. 568)
• Using the Amazon CloudWatch Console to View Alarm and Action History (p. 569)
• Amazon CloudWatch Alarm Action Scenarios (p. 569)
Adding Stop Actions to Amazon CloudWatch Alarms

You can create an alarm that stops an Amazon EC2 instance when a certain threshold has been met. For
example, you may run development or test instances and occasionally forget to shut them off. You can
create an alarm that is triggered when the average CPU utilization percentage has been lower than 10
percent for 24 hours, signaling that it is idle and no longer in use. You can adjust the threshold, duration,
and period to suit your needs, plus you can add an Amazon Simple Notification Service (Amazon SNS)
notification so that you receive an email when the alarm is triggered.
Instances that use an Amazon EBS volume as the root device can be stopped or terminated, whereas
instances that use the instance store as the root device can only be terminated.
To create an alarm to stop an idle instance (Amazon EC2 console)

565
3. Select the instance. On the Monitoring tab, choose Create Alarm.
a. To receive an email when the alarm is triggered, for Send a notification to, choose an existing
Amazon SNS topic, or choose create topic to create a new one.
To create a new topic, for Send a notification to, enter a name for the topic, and then for With
these recipients, enter the email addresses of the recipients (separated by commas). After you
create the alarm, you will receive a subscription confirmation email that you must accept before
you can get notifications for this topic.
b. Choose Take the action, Stop this instance.
c. For Whenever, choose the statistic you want to use and then choose the metric. In this example,
choose Average and CPU Utilization.
d. For Is, specify the metric threshold. In this example, enter 10 percent.
e. For For at least, specify the evaluation period for the alarm. In this example, enter 24
consecutive period(s) of 1 Hour.
f. To change the name of the alarm, for Name of alarm, enter a new name. Alarm names must
contain only ASCII characters.
If you don't enter a name for the alarm, Amazon CloudWatch automatically creates one for you.
Note
You can adjust the alarm configuration based on your own requirements before
creating the alarm, or you can edit them later. This includes the metric, threshold,
duration, action, and notification settings. However, after you create an alarm, you
cannot edit its name later.
g. Choose Create Alarm.
Adding Terminate Actions to Amazon CloudWatch Alarms

You can create an alarm that terminates an EC2 instance automatically when a certain threshold has
been met (as long as termination protection is not enabled for the instance). For example, you might
want to terminate an instance when it has completed its work, and you don’t need the instance again.
If you might want to use the instance later, you should stop the instance instead of terminating it. For
information on enabling and disabling termination protection for an instance, see Enabling Termination
Protection for an Instance in the Amazon EC2 User Guide for Linux Instances.
To create an alarm to terminate an idle instance (Amazon EC2 console)

To create a new topic, for Send a notification to, enter a name for the topic, and then for With
these recipients, enter the email addresses of the recipients (separated by commas). After you
create the alarm, you will receive a subscription confirmation email that you must accept before
you can get notifications for this topic.
b. Choose Take the action, Terminate this instance.
c. For Whenever, choose a statistic and then choose the metric. In this example, choose Average
and CPU Utilization.
566
d. For Is, specify the metric threshold. In this example, enter 10 percent.
e. For For at least, specify the evaluation period for the alarm. In this example, enter 24
consecutive period(s) of 1 Hour.
f. To change the name of the alarm, for Name of alarm, enter a new name. Alarm names must
Note
You can adjust the alarm configuration based on your own requirements before
creating the alarm, or you can edit them later. This includes the metric, threshold,
duration, action, and notification settings. However, after you create an alarm, you
cannot edit its name later.
g. Choose Create Alarm.
Adding Reboot Actions to Amazon CloudWatch Alarms

You can create an Amazon CloudWatch alarm that monitors an Amazon EC2 instance and automatically
reboots the instance. The reboot alarm action is recommended for Instance Health Check failures (as
opposed to the recover alarm action, which is suited for System Health Check failures). An instance
reboot is equivalent to an operating system reboot. In most cases, it takes only a few minutes to reboot
your instance. When you reboot an instance, it remains on the same physical host, so your instance keeps
its public DNS name, private IP address, and any data on its instance store volumes.
Rebooting an instance doesn't start a new instance billing hour, unlike stopping and restarting your
instance. For more information, see Reboot Your Instance in the Amazon EC2 User Guide for Linux
Instances.
Important
To avoid a race condition between the reboot and recover actions, avoid setting the same
number of evaluation periods for a reboot alarm and a recover alarm. We recommend that you
set reboot alarms to three evaluation periods of one minute each. For more information, see
Evaluating an Alarm in the Amazon CloudWatch User Guide.
To create an alarm to reboot an instance (Amazon EC2 console)

To create a new topic, for Send a notification to, enter a name for the topic, and for With these
recipients, enter the email addresses of the recipients (separated by commas). After you create
the alarm, you will receive a subscription confirmation email that you must accept before you
can get notifications for this topic.
b. Select Take the action, Reboot this instance.
c. For Whenever, choose Status Check Failed (Instance).
d. For For at least, specify the evaluation period for the alarm. In this example, enter 3 consecutive
period(s) of 1 Minute.
e. To change the name of the alarm, for Name of alarm, enter a new name. Alarm names must
567
f. Choose Create Alarm.
Adding Recover Actions to Amazon CloudWatch Alarms

You can create an Amazon CloudWatch alarm that monitors an Amazon EC2 instance. If the instance
becomes impaired due to an underlying hardware failure or a problem that requires AWS involvement
to repair, you can automatically recover the instance. Terminated instances cannot be recovered. A
recovered instance is identical to the original instance, including the instance ID, private IP addresses,
Elastic IP addresses, and all instance metadata.
CloudWatch prevents you from adding a recovery action to an alarm that is on an instance which does
not support recovery actions.
When the StatusCheckFailed_System alarm is triggered, and the recover action is initiated, you are
notified by the Amazon SNS topic that you chose when you created the alarm and associated the recover
action. During instance recovery, the instance is migrated during an instance reboot, and any data that
is in-memory is lost. When the process is complete, information is published to the SNS topic you've
configured for the alarm. Anyone who is subscribed to this SNS topic receives an email notification that
includes the status of the recovery attempt and any further instructions. You notice an instance reboot
on the recovered instance.
The recover action can be used only with StatusCheckFailed_System, not with
StatusCheckFailed_Instance.
The following problems can cause system status checks to fail:

The recover action is supported only on instances with the following characteristics:
• Use one of the following instance types: C3, C4, C5, C5n, M3, M4, M5, M5a, P3, R3, R4, R5, R5a, T2, T3,
T3a, X1, or X1e
• Use default or dedicated instance tenancy
• Use EBS volumes only (do not configure instance store volumes). For more information, see 'Recover
this instance' is disabled.
If your instance has a public IP address, it retains the public IP address after recovery.
Important
To avoid a race condition between the reboot and recover actions, avoid setting the same
number of evaluation periods for a reboot alarm and a recover alarm. We recommend that you
set recover alarms to two evaluation periods of one minute each. For more information, see
Evaluating an Alarm in the Amazon CloudWatch User Guide.
To create an alarm to recover an instance (Amazon EC2 console)

568
To create a new topic, for Send a notification to, enter a name for the topic, and for With these
recipients, enter the email addresses of the recipients (separated by commas). After you create
the alarm, you will receive a subscription confirmation email that you must accept before you
can get email for this topic.
Note
• Users must subscribe to the specified SNS topic to receive email notifications when
the alarm is triggered.
• The AWS account root user always receives email notifications when automatic
instance recovery actions occur, even if an SNS topic is not specified.
• The AWS account root user always receives email notifications when automatic
instance recovery actions occur, even if it is not subscribed to the specified SNS topic.
b. Select Take the action, Recover this instance.
c. For Whenever, choose Status Check Failed (System).
d. For For at least, specify the evaluation period for the alarm. In this example, enter 2 consecutive
period(s) of 1 Minute.
e. To change the name of the alarm, for Name of alarm, enter a new name. Alarm names must
f. Choose Create Alarm.
Using the Amazon CloudWatch Console to View Alarm and

Action History
You can view alarm and action history in the Amazon CloudWatch console. Amazon CloudWatch keeps
the last two weeks' worth of alarm and action history.
To view the history of triggered alarms and actions (CloudWatch console)

2. In the navigation pane, choose Alarms.
3. Select an alarm.
4. The Details tab shows the most recent state transition along with the time and metric values.
5. Choose the History tab to view the most recent history entries.
Amazon CloudWatch Alarm Action Scenarios

You can use the Amazon EC2 console to create alarm actions that stop or terminate an Amazon EC2
instance when certain conditions are met. In the following screen capture of the console page where you
set the alarm actions, we've numbered the settings. We've also numbered the settings in the scenarios
that follow, to help you create the appropriate actions.
569
Scenario 1: Stop Idle Development and Test Instances

Create an alarm that stops an instance used for software development or testing when it has been idle
for at least an hour.
Setting Value
1 Stop
2 Maximum
3 CPUUtilization
4 <=
5 10%
6 60 minutes
7 1
Scenario 2: Stop Idle Instances

Create an alarm that stops an instance and sends an email when the instance has been idle for 24 hours.
Setting Value
1 Stop and email
2 Average
570
Setting Value
3 CPUUtilization
4 <=
5 5%
6 60 minutes
7 24
Scenario 3: Send Email About Web Servers with Unusually High Traffic
Create an alarm that sends email when an instance exceeds 10 GB of outbound network traffic per day.
Setting Value
1 Email
2 Sum
3 NetworkOut
4 >
5 10 GB
6 1 day
7 1
Scenario 4: Stop Web Servers with Unusually High Traffic

Create an alarm that stops an instance and send a text message (SMS) if outbound traffic exceeds 1 GB
per hour.
Setting Value
1 Stop and send SMS
2 Sum
3 NetworkOut
4 >
5 1 GB
6 1 hour
7 1
Scenario 5: Stop an Instance Experiencing a Memory Leak

Create an alarm that stops an instance when memory utilization reaches or exceeds 90%, so that
application logs can be retrieved for troubleshooting.
571
Note
The MemoryUtilization metric is a custom metric. In order to use the MemoryUtilization metric,
you must install the Perl scripts for Linux instances. For more information, see Monitoring
Memory and Disk Metrics for Amazon EC2 Linux Instances.
Setting Value
1 Stop
2 Maximum
3 MemoryUtilization
4 >=
5 90%
6 1 minute
7 1
Scenario 6: Stop an Impaired Instance

Create an alarm that stops an instance that fails three consecutive status checks (performed at 5-minute
intervals).
Setting Value
1 Stop
2 Average
3 StatusCheckFailed_System
4 >=
5 1
6 15 minutes
7 1
Scenario 7: Terminate Instances When Batch Processing Jobs Are Complete

Create an alarm that terminates an instance that runs batch jobs when it is no longer sending results
data.
Setting Value
1 Terminate
2 Maximum
3 NetworkOut
4 <=
572
Automating Amazon EC2 with CloudWatch Events
Setting Value
5 100,000 bytes
6 5 minutes
7 1
Automating Amazon EC2 with CloudWatch Events

Amazon CloudWatch Events enables you to automate your AWS services and respond automatically to
system events such as application availability issues or resource changes. Events from AWS services are
delivered to CloudWatch Events in near real time. You can write simple rules to indicate which events are
of interest to you, and the automated actions to take when an event matches a rule. The actions that can
be automatically triggered include the following:
• Invoking an AWS Lambda function

• Invoking Amazon EC2 Run Command
• Relaying the event to Amazon Kinesis Data Streams
• Activating an AWS Step Functions state machine
• Notifying an Amazon SNS topic or an Amazon SQS queue
Some examples of using CloudWatch Events with Amazon EC2 include:
• Activating a Lambda function whenever a new Amazon EC2 instance starts.

• Notifying an Amazon SNS topic when an Amazon EBS volume is created or modified.
• Sending a command to one or more Amazon EC2 instances using Amazon EC2 Run Command
whenever a certain event in another AWS service occurs.
For more information, see the Amazon CloudWatch Events User Guide.
Logging Amazon EC2 and Amazon EBS API Calls

with AWS CloudTrail
Amazon EC2 and Amazon EBS are integrated with AWS CloudTrail, a service that provides a record of
actions taken by a user, role, or an AWS service in Amazon EC2 and Amazon EBS. CloudTrail captures all
API calls for Amazon EC2 and Amazon EBS as events, including calls from the console and from code
calls to the APIs. If you create a trail, you can enable continuous delivery of CloudTrail events to an
Amazon S3 bucket, including events for Amazon EC2 and Amazon EBS. If you don't configure a trail, you
can still view the most recent events in the CloudTrail console in Event history. Using the information
collected by CloudTrail, you can determine the request that was made to Amazon EC2 and Amazon
EBS, the IP address from which the request was made, who made the request, when it was made, and
additional details.
To learn more about CloudTrail, see the AWS CloudTrail User Guide.
573
Amazon EC2 and Amazon EBS Information in CloudTrail
Amazon EC2 and Amazon EBS Information in

CloudTrail
CloudTrail is enabled on your AWS account when you create the account. When activity occurs in Amazon
EC2 and Amazon EBS, that activity is recorded in a CloudTrail event along with other AWS service events
in Event history. You can view, search, and download recent events in your AWS account. For more
information, see Viewing Events with CloudTrail Event History.
For an ongoing record of events in your AWS account, including events for Amazon EC2 and Amazon
EBS, create a trail. A trail enables CloudTrail to deliver log files to an Amazon S3 bucket. By default, when
you create a trail in the console, the trail applies to all Regions. The trail logs events from all Regions in
the AWS partition and delivers the log files to the Amazon S3 bucket that you specify. Additionally, you
can configure other AWS services to further analyze and act upon the event data collected in CloudTrail
logs. For more information, see:
• Overview for Creating a Trail

• CloudTrail Supported Services and Integrations
• Configuring Amazon SNS Notifications for CloudTrail
• Receiving CloudTrail Log Files from Multiple Regions and Receiving CloudTrail Log Files from Multiple
Accounts
All Amazon EC2 and Amazon EBS actions are logged by CloudTrail and are documented in the Amazon
EC2 API Reference. For example, calls to the RunInstances, DescribeInstances, or CreateImage actions
generate entries in the CloudTrail log files.
Every event or log entry contains information about who generated the request. The identity
information helps you determine the following:
• Whether the request was made with root or IAM user credentials.
• Whether the request was made with temporary security credentials for a role or federated user.
• Whether the request was made by another AWS service.
For more information, see the CloudTrail userIdentity Element.
Understanding Amazon EC2 and Amazon EBS Log

File Entries
A trail is a configuration that enables delivery of events as log files to an Amazon S3 bucket that you
specify. CloudTrail log files contain one or more log entries. An event represents a single request from
any source and includes information about the requested action, the date and time of the action, request
parameters, and so on. CloudTrail log files are not an ordered stack trace of the public API calls, so they
do not appear in any specific order.
The following log file record shows that a user terminated an instance.
{
"Records":[
{
"eventVersion":"1.03",
"userIdentity":{
"type":"Root",
"principalId":"123456789012",
"arn":"arn:aws:iam::123456789012:root",
574
Auditing Users that Connect via EC2 Instance Connect
"accountId":"123456789012",
"accessKeyId":"AKIAIOSFODNN7EXAMPLE",
"userName":"user"
},
"eventTime":"2016-05-20T08:27:45Z",
"eventSource":"ec2.amazonaws.com",
"eventName":"TerminateInstances",
"awsRegion":"us-west-2",
"sourceIPAddress":"198.51.100.1",
"userAgent":"aws-cli/1.10.10 Python/2.7.9 Windows/7botocore/1.4.1",
"requestParameters":{
"instancesSet":{
"items":[{
"instanceId":"i-1a2b3c4d"
}]
}
},
"responseElements":{
"instancesSet":{
"items":[{
"instanceId":"i-1a2b3c4d",
"currentState":{
"code":32,
"name":"shutting-down"
},
"previousState":{
"code":16,
"name":"running"
}
}]
}
},
"requestID":"be112233-1ba5-4ae0-8e2b-1c302EXAMPLE",
"eventID":"6e12345-2a4e-417c-aa78-7594fEXAMPLE",
"eventType":"AwsApiCall",
"recipientAccountId":"123456789012"
}
]
}
Using AWS CloudTrail to Audit Users that Connect via

EC2 Instance Connect
Use AWS CloudTrail to audit the users that connect to your instances via EC2 Instance Connect.
To audit SSH activity via EC2 Instance Connect using the AWS CloudTrail console
1. Open the AWS CloudTrail console at https://console.aws.amazon.com/cloudtrail/.

2. Verify that you are in the correct Region.
3. In the navigation pane, choose Event history.
4. For Filter, choose Event source, ec2-instance-connect.amazonaws.com.
5. (Optional) For Time range, select a time range.
6. Choose the Refresh events icon.
7. The page displays the events that correspond to the SendSSHPublicKey API calls. Expand an event
using the arrow to view additional details, such as the user name and AWS access key that was used
to make the SSH connection, and the source IP address.
8. To display the full event information in JSON format, choose View event. The requestParameters
field contains the destination instance ID, OS user name, and public key that were used to make the
SSH connection.
575
Auditing Users that Connect via EC2 Instance Connect
{
"eventVersion": "1.05",
"userIdentity": {
"type": "IAMUser",
"principalId": "ABCDEFGONGNOMOOCB6XYTQEXAMPLE",
"arn": "arn:aws:iam::1234567890120:user/IAM-friendly-name",
"accountId": "123456789012",
"accessKeyId": "ABCDEFGUKZHNAW4OSN2AEXAMPLE",
"userName": "IAM-friendly-name",
"sessionContext": {
"attributes": {
"mfaAuthenticated": "false",
"creationDate": "2018-09-21T21:37:58Z"}
}
},
"eventTime": "2018-09-21T21:38:00Z",
"eventSource": "ec2-instance-connect.amazonaws.com",
"eventName": "SendSSHPublicKey ",
"awsRegion": "us-west-2",
"sourceIPAddress": "123.456.789.012",
"userAgent": "aws-cli/1.15.61 Python/2.7.10 Darwin/16.7.0 botocore/1.10.60",
"requestParameters": {
"instanceId": "i-0123456789EXAMPLE",
"osUser": "ec2-user",
"SSHKey": {
"publicKey": "ssh-rsa ABCDEFGHIJKLMNO01234567890EXAMPLE"
}
"responseElements": null,
"requestID": "1a2s3d4f-bde6-11e8-a892-f7ec64543add",
"eventID": "1a2w3d4r5-a88f-4e28-b3bf-30161f75be34",
"eventType": "AwsApiCall",
"recipientAccountId": "0987654321"
}
If you have configured your AWS account to collect CloudTrail events in an S3 bucket, you can
download and audit the information programmatically. For more information, see Getting and
Viewing Your CloudTrail Log Files in the AWS CloudTrail User Guide.
576
Key Pairs
Network and Security

Amazon EC2 provides the following network and security features.
Features
• Amazon EC2 Key Pairs and Windows Instances (p. 577)
• Amazon EC2 Security Groups for Windows Instances (p. 582)
• Controlling Access to Amazon EC2 Resources (p. 596)
• Amazon EC2 Instance IP Addressing (p. 655)
• Bring Your Own IP Addresses (BYOIP) (p. 669)
• Elastic IP Addresses (p. 673)
• Elastic Network Interfaces (p. 678)
• Enhanced Networking on Windows (p. 699)
• Network Maximum Transmission Unit (MTU) for Your EC2 Instance (p. 717)
• Virtual Private Clouds (p. 720)
• Ports and Protocols for Windows Amazon Machine Images (AMIs) (p. 721)
• EC2-Classic (p. 751)
Amazon EC2 Key Pairs and Windows Instances

Amazon EC2 uses public–key cryptography to encrypt and decrypt login information. Public–key
cryptography uses a public key to encrypt a piece of data, and then the recipient uses the private key to
decrypt the data. The public and private keys are known as a key pair. Public-key cryptography enables
you to securely access your instances using a private key instead of a password.
When you launch an instance, you specify the key pair. You can specify an existing key pair or a new
key pair that you create at launch. With Windows instances, you use the private key to obtain the
administrator password and then log in using RDP. For more information about key pairs and Linux
instances, see Amazon EC2 Key Pairs in the Amazon EC2 User Guide for Linux Instances.
Creating a Key Pair
You can use Amazon EC2 to create your key pair. For more information, see Creating a Key Pair Using
Amazon EC2 (p. 578).
Alternatively, you could use a third-party tool and then import the public key to Amazon EC2. For more
information, see Importing Your Own Public Key to Amazon EC2 (p. 578).
Each key pair requires a name. Be sure to choose a name that is easy to remember. Amazon EC2
associates the public key with the name that you specify as the key name.
Amazon EC2 stores the public key only, and you store the private key. Anyone who possesses your private
key can decrypt your login information, so it's important that you store your private keys in a secure
place.
The keys that Amazon EC2 uses are 2048-bit SSH-2 RSA keys. You can have up to five thousand key pairs
per Region.
Launching and Connecting to Your Instance
577
Creating a Key Pair Using Amazon EC2
When you launch an instance, you should specify the name of the key pair you plan to use to connect
to the instance. If you don't specify the name of an existing key pair when you launch an instance, you
won't be able to connect to the instance. When you connect to the instance, you must specify the private
key that corresponds to the key pair you specified when you launched the instance.
Contents
• Creating a Key Pair Using Amazon EC2 (p. 578)
• Importing Your Own Public Key to Amazon EC2 (p. 578)
• Retrieving the Public Key for Your Key Pair on Linux (p. 580)
• Retrieving the Public Key for Your Key Pair on Windows (p. 580)
• Retrieving the Public Key for Your Key Pair From Your Instance (p. 580)
• Verifying Your Key Pair's Fingerprint (p. 581)
• Deleting Your Key Pair (p. 581)
• Connecting to Your Windows Instance if You Lose Your Private Key (p. 582)
Creating a Key Pair Using Amazon EC2

You can create a key pair using the Amazon EC2 console or the command line. After you create a key pair,
you can specify it when you launch your instance.
To create your key pair using the Amazon EC2 console

Note
The navigation pane is on the left side of the Amazon EC2 console. If you do not see the
pane, it might be minimized; choose the arrow to expand the pane.
3. Choose Create Key Pair.
4. For Key pair name, enter a name for the new key pair, and then choose Create.
5. The private key file is automatically downloaded by your browser. The base file name is the name
you specified as the name of your key pair, and the file name extension is .pem. Save the private key
file in a safe place.
Important
This is the only chance for you to save the private key file. You'll need to provide the name
of your key pair when you launch an instance and the corresponding private key each time
you connect to the instance.
To create your key pair using the command line
• create-key-pair (AWS CLI)

• New-EC2KeyPair (AWS Tools for Windows PowerShell)
Importing Your Own Public Key to Amazon EC2

Instead of using Amazon EC2 to create your key pair, you can create an RSA key pair using a third-
party tool and then import the public key to Amazon EC2. For example, you can use ssh-keygen (a tool
provided with the standard OpenSSH installation) to create a key pair. Alternatively, Java, Ruby, Python,
578
Importing Your Own Public Key to Amazon EC2
and many other programming languages provide standard libraries that you can use to create an RSA key
pair.
Requirements
• The following formats are supported:

• OpenSSH public key format
• Base64 encoded DER format
• SSH public key file format as specified in RFC4716
• SSH private key file format must be PEM (for example, use ssh-keygen -m PEM to convert the
OpenSSH key into the PEM format)
• Create an RSA key. Amazon EC2 does not accept DSA keys.
• The supported lengths are 1024, 2048, and 4096.
To create a key pair using a third-party tool
1. Generate a key pair with a third-party tool of your choice.

2. Save the public key to a local file. For example, C:\keys\my-key-pair.pub. The file name
extension for this file is not important.
3. Save the private key to a different local file that has the .pem extension. For example, C:\keys\my-
key-pair.pem. Save the private key file in a safe place. You'll need to provide the name of your key
pair when you launch an instance and the corresponding private key each time you connect to the
instance.
Use the following steps to import your key pair using the Amazon EC2 console.
To import the public key

3. Choose Import Key Pair.
4. In the Import Key Pair dialog box, choose Browse, and select the public key file that you saved
previously. Enter a name for the key pair in the Key pair name field, and choose Import.
To import the public key using the command line
• import-key-pair (AWS CLI)

• Import-EC2KeyPair (AWS Tools for Windows PowerShell)
After the public key file is imported, you can verify that the key pair was imported successfully using the
Amazon EC2 console as follows.
To verify that your key pair was imported

2. From the navigation bar, select the Region in which you created the key pair.
4. Verify that the key pair that you imported is in the displayed list of key pairs.
579
Retrieving the Public Key for Your Key Pair on Linux
To view your key pair using the command line
• describe-key-pairs (AWS CLI)

• Get-EC2KeyPair (AWS Tools for Windows PowerShell)
Retrieving the Public Key for Your Key Pair on Linux

On your local Linux or Mac computer, you can use the ssh-keygen command to retrieve the public key
for your key pair. Specify the path where you downloaded your private key (the .pem file).
ssh-keygen -y -f /path_to_key_pair/my-key-pair.pem
The command returns the public key. For example:
ssh-rsa AAAAB3NzaC1yc2EAAAADAQABAAABAQClKsfkNkuSevGj3eYhCe53pcjqP3maAhDFcvBS7O6V
hz2ItxCih+PnDSUaw+WNQn/mZphTk/a/gU8jEzoOWbkM4yxyb/wB96xbiFveSFJuOp/d6RJhJOI0iBXr
lsLnBItntckiJ7FbtxJMXLvvwJryDUilBMTjYtwB+QhYXUMOzce5Pjz5/i8SeJtjnV3iAoG/cQk+0FzZ
qaeJAAHco+CY/5WrUBkrHmFJr6HcXkvJdWPkYQS3xqC0+FmUZofz221CBt5IMucxXPkX4rWi+z7wB3Rb
BQoQzd8v7yeb7OzlPnWOyN0qFU0XA246RA8QFYiCNYwI3f05p6KLxEXAMPLE
If the command fails, ensure that you've changed the permissions on your key pair file so that only you
can view it by running the following command:
chmod 400 my-key-pair.pem
Retrieving the Public Key for Your Key Pair on

Windows
On your local Windows computer, you can use PuTTYgen to get the public key for your key pair.
Start PuTTYgen and choose Load. Select the .ppk or .pem file. PuTTYgen displays the public key under
Public key for pasting into OpenSSH authorized_keys file. You can also view the public key by choosing
Save public key, specifying a name for the file, saving the file, and then opening the file.
Retrieving the Public Key for Your Key Pair From Your
Instance
The public key that you specified when you launched an instance is also available to you through its
instance metadata. To view the public key that you specified when launching the instance, use the
following command from your instance:
PS C:\> Invoke-RestMethod -uri http://169.254.169.254/latest/meta-data/public-keys/0/

openssh-key
ssh-rsa AAAAB3NzaC1yc2EAAAADAQABAAABAQClKsfkNkuSevGj3eYhCe53pcjqP3maAhDFcvBS7O6V
hz2ItxCih+PnDSUaw+WNQn/mZphTk/a/gU8jEzoOWbkM4yxyb/wB96xbiFveSFJuOp/d6RJhJOI0iBXr
lsLnBItntckiJ7FbtxJMXLvvwJryDUilBMTjYtwB+QhYXUMOzce5Pjz5/i8SeJtjnV3iAoG/cQk+0FzZ
580
Verifying Your Key Pair's Fingerprint
qaeJAAHco+CY/5WrUBkrHmFJr6HcXkvJdWPkYQS3xqC0+FmUZofz221CBt5IMucxXPkX4rWi+z7wB3Rb
BQoQzd8v7yeb7OzlPnWOyN0qFU0XA246RA8QFYiCNYwI3f05p6KLxEXAMPLE my-key-pair
If you change the key pair that you use to connect to the instance, we don't update the instance
metadata to show the new public key; you'll continue to see the public key for the key pair you specified
when you launched the instance in the instance metadata.
For more information, see Retrieving Instance Metadata (p. 477).
Verifying Your Key Pair's Fingerprint

On the Key Pairs page in the Amazon EC2 console, the Fingerprint column displays the fingerprints
generated from your key pairs. AWS calculates the fingerprint differently depending on whether the key
pair was generated by AWS or a third-party tool. If you created the key pair using AWS, the fingerprint is
calculated using an SHA-1 hash function. If you created the key pair with a third-party tool and uploaded
the public key to AWS, or if you generated a new public key from an existing AWS-created private key
and uploaded it to AWS, the fingerprint is calculated using an MD5 hash function.
You can use the SSH2 fingerprint that's displayed on the Key Pairs page to verify that the private key
you have on your local machine matches the public key stored in AWS. From the computer where you
downloaded the private key file, generate an SSH2 fingerprint from the private key file. The output
should match the fingerprint that's displayed in the console.
If you created your key pair using AWS, you can use the OpenSSL tools to generate a fingerprint as
follows:
C:\> openssl pkcs8 -in path_to_private_key -inform PEM -outform DER -topk8 -nocrypt |
openssl sha1 -c
If you created a key pair using a third-party tool and uploaded the public key to AWS, you can use the
OpenSSL tools to generate the fingerprint as follows:
C:\> openssl rsa -in path_to_private_key -pubout -outform DER | openssl md5 -c
If you created an OpenSSH key pair using OpenSSH 7.8 or later and uploaded the public key to AWS, you
can use ssh-keygen to generate the fingerprint as follows:
C:\> ssh-keygen -ef path_to_private_key -m PEM | openssl rsa -RSAPublicKey_in -outform DER
| openssl md5 -c
Deleting Your Key Pair

When you delete a key pair, you are only deleting Amazon EC2's copy of the public key. Deleting a key
pair doesn't affect the private key on your computer or the public key on any instances already launched
using that key pair. You can't launch a new instance using a deleted key pair, but you can continue to
connect to any instances that you launched using a deleted key pair, as long as you still have the private
key (.pem) file.
Note
If you're using an Auto Scaling group (for example, in an Elastic Beanstalk environment), ensure
that the key pair you're deleting is not specified in your launch configuration. Amazon EC2
Auto Scaling launches a replacement instance if it detects an unhealthy instance; however, the
instance launch fails if the key pair cannot be found.
You can delete a key pair using the Amazon EC2 console or the command line.
581
Connecting to Your Windows
Instance if You Lose Your Private Key
To delete your key pair using the console

3. Select the key pair and choose Delete.
4. When prompted, choose Yes.
To delete your key pair using the command line

• delete-key-pair (AWS CLI)

• Remove-EC2KeyPair (AWS Tools for Windows PowerShell)
Connecting to Your Windows Instance if You Lose

Your Private Key
When you connect to a newly launched Windows instance, you decrypt the password for the
Administrator account using the private key for the key pair that you specified when you launched the
instance.
If you lose the Administrator password and you no longer have the private key, you must reset the
password or create a new instance. For more information, see Resetting a Lost or Expired Windows
Administrator Password (p. 1057). For steps to reset the password using an AWS Systems Manager
document, see Reset Passwords and SSH Keys on Amazon EC2 Instances in the AWS Systems Manager
User Guide.
Amazon EC2 Security Groups for Windows

Instances
A security group acts as a virtual firewall that controls the traffic for one or more instances. When you
launch an instance, you can specify one or more security groups; otherwise, we use the default security
group. You can add rules to each security group that allow traffic to or from its associated instances.
You can modify the rules for a security group at any time; the new rules are automatically applied to all
instances that are associated with the security group. When we decide whether to allow traffic to reach
an instance, we evaluate all the rules from all the security groups that are associated with the instance.
When you launch an instance in a VPC, you must specify a security group that's created for that VPC.
After you launch an instance, you can change its security groups. Security groups are associated with
network interfaces. Changing an instance's security groups changes the security groups associated
with the primary network interface (eth0). For more information, see Changing an Instance's Security
Groups in the Amazon VPC User Guide. You can also change the security groups associated with any other
network interface. For more information, see Changing the Security Group (p. 694).
If you have requirements that aren't met by security groups, you can maintain your own firewall on any
of your instances in addition to using security groups.
If you need to allow traffic to a Linux instance, see Amazon EC2 Security Groups for Linux Instances in
the Amazon EC2 User Guide for Linux Instances.
Contents
582
Security Group Rules
• Security Group Rules (p. 583)

• Connection Tracking (p. 584)
• Default Security Groups (p. 585)
• Custom Security Groups (p. 586)
• Working with Security Groups (p. 586)
• Creating a Security Group (p. 586)
• Describing Your Security Groups (p. 587)
• Adding Rules to a Security Group (p. 587)
• Updating Security Group Rules (p. 589)
• Deleting Rules from a Security Group (p. 589)
• Deleting a Security Group (p. 590)
• Security Group Rules Reference (p. 590)
• Web Server Rules (p. 590)
• Database Server Rules (p. 591)
• Rules to Connect to Instances from Your Computer (p. 592)
• Rules to Connect to Instances from an Instance with the Same Security Group (p. 593)
• Rules for Path MTU Discovery (p. 593)
• Rules for Ping/ICMP (p. 593)
• DNS Server Rules (p. 594)
• Amazon EFS Rules (p. 594)
• Elastic Load Balancing Rules (p. 595)
• VPC Peering Rules (p. 596)

The rules of a security group control the inbound traffic that's allowed to reach the instances that are
associated with the security group and the outbound traffic that's allowed to leave them.
The following are the characteristics of security group rules:
• By default, security groups allow all outbound traffic.

• Security group rules are always permissive; you can't create rules that deny access.
• Security groups are stateful — if you send a request from your instance, the response traffic for that
request is allowed to flow in regardless of inbound security group rules. For VPC security groups, this
also means that responses to allowed inbound traffic are allowed to flow out, regardless of outbound
rules. For more information, see Connection Tracking (p. 584).
• You can add and remove rules at any time. Your changes are automatically applied to the instances
associated with the security group.
Note
The effect of some rule changes may depend on how the traffic is tracked. For more
information, see Connection Tracking (p. 584).
• When you associate multiple security groups with an instance, the rules from each security group are
effectively aggregated to create one set of rules. We use this set of rules to determine whether to
allow access.
Note
You can assign multiple security groups to an instance, therefore an instance can have
hundreds of rules that apply. This might cause problems when you access the instance. We
recommend that you condense your rules as much as possible.
583
For each rule, you specify the following:
• Protocol: The protocol to allow. The most common protocols are 6 (TCP) 17 (UDP), and 1 (ICMP).
• Port range : For TCP, UDP, or a custom protocol, the range of ports to allow. You can specify a single
port number (for example, 22), or range of port numbers (for example, 7000-8000).
• ICMP type and code: For ICMP, the ICMP type and code.
• Source or destination: The source (inbound rules) or destination (outbound rules) for the traffic.
Specify one of these options:
• An individual IPv4 address. You must use the /32 prefix length; for example, 203.0.113.1/32.
• An individual IPv6 address. You must use the /128 prefix length; for example
2001:db8:1234:1a00::123/128.
• A range of IPv4 addresses, in CIDR block notation, for example, 203.0.113.0/24.
• A range of IPv6 addresses, in CIDR block notation, for example, 2001:db8:1234:1a00::/64.
• The prefix list ID for the AWS service; for example, pl-1a2b3c4d. For more information, see
Gateway VPC Endpoints in the Amazon VPC User Guide.
• Another security group. This allows instances associated with the specified security group to access
instances associated with this security group. This does not add rules from the source security group
to this security group. You can specify one of the following security groups:
• The current security group
• A different security group for the same VPC
• A different security group for a peer VPC in a VPC peering connection
• (Optional) Description: You can add a description for the rule; for example, to help you identify it
later. A description can be up to 255 characters in length. Allowed characters are a-z, A-Z, 0-9, spaces,
and ._-:/()#,@[]+=;{}!$*.
When you specify a security group as the source or destination for a rule, the rule affects all instances
associated with the security group. Incoming traffic is allowed based on the private IP addresses of
the instances that are associated with the source security group (and not the public IP or Elastic IP
addresses). For more information about IP addresses, see Amazon EC2 Instance IP Addressing (p. 655).
If your security group rule references a security group in a peer VPC, and the referenced security group or
VPC peering connection is deleted, the rule is marked as stale. For more information, see Working with
Stale Security Group Rules in the Amazon VPC Peering Guide.
If there is more than one rule for a specific port, we apply the most permissive rule. For example, if you
have a rule that allows access to TCP port 3389 (RDP) from IP address 203.0.113.1 and another rule
that allows access to TCP port 3389 from everyone, everyone has access to TCP port 3389.
Connection Tracking
Your security groups use connection tracking to track information about traffic to and from the instance.
Rules are applied based on the connection state of the traffic to determine if the traffic is allowed or
denied. This allows security groups to be stateful — responses to inbound traffic are allowed to flow out
of the instance regardless of outbound security group rules, and vice versa. For example, if you initiate
an ICMP ping command to your instance from your home computer, and your inbound security group
rules allow ICMP traffic, information about the connection (including the port information) is tracked.
Response traffic from the instance for the ping command is not tracked as a new request, but rather
as an established connection and is allowed to flow out of the instance, even if your outbound security
group rules restrict outbound ICMP traffic.
Not all flows of traffic are tracked. If a security group rule permits TCP or UDP flows for all traffic
(0.0.0.0/0) and there is a corresponding rule in the other direction that permits all response traffic
(0.0.0.0/0) for all ports (0-65535), then that flow of traffic is not tracked. The response traffic is
therefore allowed to flow based on the inbound or outbound rule that permits the response traffic, and
not on tracking information.
584
Default Security Groups
In the following example, the security group has specific inbound rules for TCP and ICMP traffic, and an
outbound rule that allows all outbound traffic.
Inbound rules
Protocol type Port number Source IP
TCP 22 (SSH) 203.0.113.1/32
TCP 80 (HTTP) 0.0.0.0/0
ICMP All 0.0.0.0/0
Outbound rules
Protocol type Port number Destination IP
All All 0.0.0.0/0
TCP traffic on port 22 (SSH) to and from the instance is tracked, because the inbound rule allows traffic
from 203.0.113.1/32 only, and not all IP addresses (0.0.0.0/0). TCP traffic on port 80 (HTTP) to
and from the instance is not tracked, because both the inbound and outbound rules allow all traffic
(0.0.0.0/0). ICMP traffic is always tracked, regardless of rules. If you remove the outbound rule from
the security group, then all traffic to and from the instance is tracked, including traffic on port 80 (HTTP).
An existing flow of traffic that is tracked may not be interrupted when you remove the security group
rule that enables that flow. Instead, the flow is interrupted when it's stopped by you or the other
host for at least a few minutes (or up to 5 days for established TCP connections). For UDP, this may
require terminating actions on the remote side of the flow. An untracked flow of traffic is immediately
interrupted if the rule that enables the flow is removed or modified. For example, if you remove a rule
that allows all inbound SSH traffic to the instance, then your existing SSH connections to the instance are
immediately dropped.
For protocols other than TCP, UDP, or ICMP, only the IP address and protocol number is tracked. If your
instance sends traffic to another host (host B), and host B initiates the same type of traffic to your
instance in a separate request within 600 seconds of the original request or response, your instance
accepts it regardless of inbound security group rules, because it’s regarded as response traffic.
To ensure that traffic is immediately interrupted when you remove a security group rule, or to ensure
that all inbound traffic is subject to firewall rules, you can use a network ACL for your subnet — network
ACLs are stateless and therefore do not automatically allow response traffic. For more information, see
Network ACLs in the Amazon VPC User Guide.
Default Security Groups

Your AWS account automatically has a default security group for the default VPC in each region. If you
don't specify a security group when you launch an instance, the instance is automatically associated with
the default security group for the VPC.
A default security group is named default, and it has an ID assigned by AWS. The following are the
default rules for each default security group:
• Allows all inbound traffic from other instances associated with the default security group (the security
group specifies itself as a source security group in its inbound rules)
• Allows all outbound traffic from the instance.
You can add or remove inbound and outbound rules for any default security group.
585
Custom Security Groups
You can't delete a default security group. If you try to delete a default security group, you'll get the
following error: Client.CannotDelete: the specified group: "sg-51530134" name:
"default" cannot be deleted by a user.
Custom Security Groups

If you don't want your instances to use the default security group, you can create your own security
groups and specify them when you launch your instances. You can create multiple security groups to
reflect the different roles that your instances play; for example, a web server or a database server.
When you create a security group, you must provide it with a name and a description. Security group
names and descriptions can be up to 255 characters in length, and are limited to the following
characters:
a-z, A-Z, 0-9, spaces, and ._-:/()#,@[]+=&;{}!$*
A security group name cannot start with sg-. A security group name must be unique for the VPC.
The following are the default rules for a security group that you create:
• Allows no inbound traffic

• Allows all outbound traffic
After you've created a security group, you can change its inbound rules to reflect the type of inbound
traffic that you want to reach the associated instances. You can also change its outbound rules.
For more information about the rules you can add to a security group, see Security Group Rules
Reference (p. 590).
Working with Security Groups

You can create, view, update, and delete security groups and security group rules using the Amazon EC2
console.
Tasks
• Creating a Security Group (p. 586)
• Describing Your Security Groups (p. 587)
• Adding Rules to a Security Group (p. 587)
• Updating Security Group Rules (p. 589)
• Deleting Rules from a Security Group (p. 589)
• Deleting a Security Group (p. 590)
Creating a Security Group

You can create a custom security group using the Amazon EC2 console. You must specify the VPC for
which you're creating the security group.
To create a new security group using the console

2. In the navigation pane, choose Security Groups.
3. Choose Create Security Group.
4. Specify a name and description for the security group.
5. For VPC, choose the ID of the VPC.
586
6. You can start adding rules, or you can choose Create to create the security group now (you can
always add rules later). For more information about adding rules, see Adding Rules to a Security
Group (p. 587).
To create a security group using the command line
• create-security-group (AWS CLI)

• New-EC2SecurityGroup (AWS Tools for Windows PowerShell)
The Amazon EC2 console enables you to copy the rules from an existing security group to a new security
group.
To copy a security group using the console

3. Select the security group you want to copy, choose Actions, Copy to new.
4. The Create Security Group dialog opens, and is populated with the rules from the existing security
group. Specify a name and description for your new security group. For VPC, choose the ID of the
VPC. When you are done, choose Create.
You can assign a security group to an instance when you launch the instance. When you add or remove
rules, those changes are automatically applied to all instances to which you've assigned the security
group.
After you launch an instance, you can change its security groups. For more information, see Changing an
Instance's Security Groups in the Amazon VPC User Guide.
Describing Your Security Groups

You can view information about your security groups using the Amazon EC2 console or the command
line.
To describe your security groups using the console

3. (Optional) Select VPC ID from the filter list, then choose the ID of the VPC.
4. Select a security group. We display general information in the Description tab, inbound rules on the
Inbound tab, outbound rules on the Outbound tab, and tags on the Tags tab.
To describe one or more security groups using the command line
• describe-security-groups (AWS CLI)

• Get-EC2SecurityGroup (AWS Tools for Windows PowerShell)
Adding Rules to a Security Group

When you add a rule to a security group, the new rule is automatically applied to any instances
associated with the security group after a short period.
For more information about choosing security group rules for specific types of access, see Security Group
Rules Reference (p. 590).
587
To add rules to a security group using the console

2. In the navigation pane, choose Security Groups and select the security group.
3. On the Inbound tab, choose Edit.
4. In the dialog, choose Add Rule and do the following:
• For Type, select the protocol.

• If you select a custom TCP or UDP protocol, specify the port range in Port Range.
• If you select a custom ICMP protocol, choose the ICMP type name from Protocol, and, if
applicable, the code name from Port Range.
• For Source, choose one of the following:
• Custom: in the provided field, you must specify an IP address in CIDR notation, a CIDR block, or
another security group.
• Anywhere: automatically adds the 0.0.0.0/0 IPv4 CIDR block. This option enables all
traffic of the specified type to reach your instance. This is acceptable for a short time in a test
environment, but it's unsafe for production environments. In production, authorize only a
specific IP address or range of addresses to access your instance.
Note
If your security group is in a VPC that's enabled for IPv6, the Anywhere option creates
two rules—one for IPv4 traffic (0.0.0.0/0) and one for IPv6 traffic (::/0).
• My IP: automatically adds the public IPv4 address of your local computer.
• For Description, you can optionally specify a description for the rule.
For more information about the types of rules that you can add, see Security Group Rules
Reference (p. 590).
5. Choose Save.
6. You can also specify outbound rules. On the Outbound tab, choose Edit, Add Rule, and do the
following:
• For Type, select the protocol.

• If you select a custom TCP or UDP protocol, specify the port range in Port Range.
• If you select a custom ICMP protocol, choose the ICMP type name from Protocol, and, if
applicable, the code name from Port Range.
• For Destination, choose one of the following:
• Custom: in the provided field, you must specify an IP address in CIDR notation, a CIDR block, or
another security group.
• Anywhere: automatically adds the 0.0.0.0/0 IPv4 CIDR block. This option enables outbound
traffic to all IP addresses.
Note
If your security group is in a VPC that's enabled for IPv6, the Anywhere option creates
two rules—one for IPv4 traffic (0.0.0.0/0) and one for IPv6 traffic (::/0).
• My IP: automatically adds the IP address of your local computer.
• For Description, you can optionally specify a description for the rule.
7. Choose Save.
To add one or more ingress rules to a security group using the command line
• authorize-security-group-ingress (AWS CLI)

• Grant-EC2SecurityGroupIngress (AWS Tools for Windows PowerShell)
588
To add one or more egress rules to a security group using the command line
• authorize-security-group-egress (AWS CLI)

• Grant-EC2SecurityGroupEgress (AWS Tools for Windows PowerShell)
Updating Security Group Rules

When you modify the protocol, port range, or source or destination of an existing security group rule
using the console, the console deletes the existing rule and adds a new one for you.
To update a security group rule using the console

3. Select the security group to update, and choose Inbound Rules to update a rule for inbound traffic
or Outbound Rules to update a rule for outbound traffic.
4. Choose Edit. Modify the rule entry as required and choose Save.
To update the protocol, port range, or source or destination of an existing rule using the Amazon EC2 API
or a command line tool, you cannot modify the rule. Instead, you must delete the existing rule and add a
new rule. To update the rule description only, you can use the update-security-group-rule-descriptions-
ingress and update-security-group-rule-descriptions-egress commands.
To update the description for an ingress security group rule using the command line
• update-security-group-rule-descriptions-ingress (AWS CLI)

• Update-EC2SecurityGroupRuleIngressDescription (AWS Tools for Windows PowerShell)
To update the description for an egress security group rule using the command line
• update-security-group-rule-descriptions-egress (AWS CLI)

• Update-EC2SecurityGroupRuleEgressDescription (AWS Tools for Windows PowerShell)
Deleting Rules from a Security Group

When you delete a rule from a security group, the change is automatically applied to any instances
associated with the security group.
To delete a security group rule using the console

3. Select a security group.
4. On the Inbound tab (for inbound rules) or Outbound tab (for outbound rules), choose Edit. Choose
Delete (a cross icon) next to each rule to delete.
5. Choose Save.
To remove one or more ingress rules from a security group using the command line
• revoke-security-group-ingress (AWS CLI)

• Revoke-EC2SecurityGroupIngress (AWS Tools for Windows PowerShell)
589
Security Group Rules Reference
To remove one or more egress rules from a security group using the command line
• revoke-security-group-egress (AWS CLI)

• Revoke-EC2SecurityGroupEgress (AWS Tools for Windows PowerShell)
Deleting a Security Group

You can't delete a security group that is associated with an instance. You can't delete the default security
group. You can't delete a security group that is referenced by a rule in another security group in the same
VPC. If your security group is referenced by one of its own rules, you must delete the rule before you can
delete the security group.
To delete a security group using the console

3. Select a security group and choose Actions, Delete Security Group.
4. Choose Yes, Delete.
To delete a security group using the command line
• delete-security-group (AWS CLI)

• Remove-EC2SecurityGroup (AWS Tools for Windows PowerShell)

You can create a security group and add rules that reflect the role of the instance that's associated with
the security group. For example, an instance that's configured as a web server needs security group rules
that allow inbound HTTP and HTTPS access, and a database instance needs rules that allow access for
the type of database, such as access over port 3306 for MySQL.
The following are examples of the kinds of rules that you can add to security groups for specific kinds of
access.
Examples
• Web Server Rules (p. 590)
• Database Server Rules (p. 591)
• Rules to Connect to Instances from Your Computer (p. 592)
• Rules to Connect to Instances from an Instance with the Same Security Group (p. 593)
• Rules for Path MTU Discovery (p. 593)
• Rules for Ping/ICMP (p. 593)
• DNS Server Rules (p. 594)
• Amazon EFS Rules (p. 594)
• Elastic Load Balancing Rules (p. 595)
• VPC Peering Rules (p. 596)
Web Server Rules

The following inbound rules allow HTTP and HTTPS access from any IP address. If your VPC is enabled
for IPv6, you can add rules to control inbound HTTP and HTTPS traffic from IPv6 addresses.
590
Protocol type Protocol number Port Source IP Notes
TCP 6 80 (HTTP) 0.0.0.0/0 Allows inbound

HTTP access from
any IPv4 address
TCP 6 443 (HTTPS) 0.0.0.0/0 Allows inbound

HTTPS access
from any IPv4
address
TCP 6 80 (HTTP) ::/0 Allows inbound

HTTP access from
any IPv6 address
TCP 6 443 (HTTPS) ::/0 Allows inbound

HTTPS access
from any IPv6
address
Database Server Rules

The following inbound rules are examples of rules you might add for database access, depending on
what type of database you're running on your instance. For more information about Amazon RDS
instances, see the Amazon RDS User Guide.
For the source IP, specify one of the following:
• A specific IP address or range of IP addresses in your local network

• A security group ID for a group of instances that access the database
Protocol type Protocol number Port Notes
TCP 6 1433 (MS SQL) The default port to

access a Microsoft SQL
Server database, for
example, on an Amazon
RDS instance
TCP 6 3306 (MYSQL/Aurora) The default port to

access a MySQL or
Aurora database, for
example, on an Amazon
RDS instance
TCP 6 5439 (Redshift) The default port to

access an Amazon
Redshift cluster
database.
TCP 6 5432 (PostgreSQL) The default port to

access a PostgreSQL
database, for example,
on an Amazon RDS
instance
591
Protocol type Protocol number Port Notes
TCP 6 1521 (Oracle) The default port

to access an Oracle
database, for example,
on an Amazon RDS
instance
You can optionally restrict outbound traffic from your database servers, for example, if you want allow
access to the Internet for software updates, but restrict all other kinds of traffic. You must first remove
the default outbound rule that allows all outbound traffic.
Protocol type Protocol number Port Destination IP Notes
TCP 6 80 (HTTP) 0.0.0.0/0 Allows outbound

HTTP access to
any IPv4 address
TCP 6 443 (HTTPS) 0.0.0.0/0 Allows outbound

HTTPS access to
any IPv4 address
TCP 6 80 (HTTP) ::/0 (IPv6-enabled

VPC only) Allows
outbound HTTP
access to any IPv6
address
TCP 6 443 (HTTPS) ::/0 (IPv6-enabled

VPC only) Allows
outbound HTTPS
access to any IPv6
address
Rules to Connect to Instances from Your Computer

To connect to your instance, your security group must have inbound rules that allow SSH access (for
Linux instances) or RDP access (for Windows instances).
Protocol type Protocol number Port Source IP
TCP 6 22 (SSH) The public IPv4 address

of your computer, or a
range of IP addresses
in your local network. If
your VPC is enabled for
IPv6 and your instance
has an IPv6 address,
you can enter an IPv6
address or range.
TCP 6 3389 (RDP) The public IPv4 address

of your computer, or a
range of IP addresses
592
Protocol type Protocol number Port Source IP

in your local network. If
your VPC is enabled for
IPv6 and your instance
has an IPv6 address,
you can enter an IPv6
address or range.
Rules to Connect to Instances from an Instance with the Same

Security Group
To allow instances that are associated with the same security group to communicate with each other, you
must explicitly add rules for this.
The following table describes the inbound rule for a security group that enables associated instances to
communicate with each other. The rule allows all types of traffic.
Protocol type Protocol number Ports Source IP
-1 (All) -1 (All) -1 (All) The ID of the security

group
Rules for Path MTU Discovery

The path MTU is the maximum packet size that's supported on the path between the originating host
and the receiving host. If a host sends a packet that's larger than the MTU of the receiving host or that's
larger than the MTU of a device along the path, the receiving host returns the following ICMP message:
Destination Unreachable: Fragmentation Needed and Don't Fragment was Set
To ensure that your instance can receive this message and the packet does not get dropped, you must
add an ICMP rule to your inbound security group rules.
Protocol type Protocol number ICMP type ICMP code Source IP
ICMP 1 3 (Destination 4 (Fragmentation The IP addresses

Unreachable) Needed and Don't of the hosts that
Fragment was Set) communicate with
your instance
Rules for Ping/ICMP

The ping command is a type of ICMP traffic. To ping your instance, you must add the following inbound
ICMP rule.
ICMP 1 8 (Echo) N/A The public IPv4

address of your
593

computer, or a
range of IPv4
addresses in your
local network
To use the ping6 command to ping the IPv6 address for your instance, you must add the following
inbound ICMPv6 rule.
ICMPv6 58 128 (Echo) 0 The IPv6 address

of your computer,
or a range of IPv6
addresses in your
local network
DNS Server Rules

If you've set up your EC2 instance as a DNS server, you must ensure that TCP and UDP traffic can reach
your DNS server over port 53.
For the source IP, specify one of the following:
• An IP address or range of IP addresses in a network

• The ID of a security group for the set of instances in your network that require access to the DNS
server
Protocol type Protocol number Port
TCP 6 53
UDP 17 53
Amazon EFS Rules

If you're using an Amazon EFS file system with your Amazon EC2 instances, the security group that you
associate with your Amazon EFS mount targets must allow traffic over the NFS protocol.
Protocol type Protocol number Ports Source IP Notes
TCP 6 2049 (NFS) The ID of the Allows inbound

security group. NFS access
from resources
(including the
mount target)
associated with
this security
group.
594
To mount an Amazon EFS file system on your Amazon EC2 instance, you must connect to your instance.
Therefore, the security group associated with your instance must have rules that allow inbound SSH from
your local computer or local network.
Protocol type Protocol number Ports Source IP Notes
TCP 6 22 (SSH) The IP address Allows inbound

range of your SSH access
local computer, from your local
or the range of IP computer.
addresses for your
network.
Elastic Load Balancing Rules

If you're using a load balancer, the security group associated with your load balancer must have rules
that allow communication with your instances or targets.
Inbound
TCP 6 The listener port For an Internet- Allow inbound

facing load- traffic on the load
balancer: balancer listener
0.0.0.0/0 (all IPv4 port.
addresses)
For an internal
load-balancer: the
IPv4 CIDR block of
the VPC
Outbound
Protocol type Protocol number Port Destination IP Notes
TCP 6 The instance The ID of the Allow outbound

listener port instance security traffic to instances
group on the instance
listener port.
TCP 6 The health check The ID of the Allow outbound

port instance security traffic to instances
group on the health
check port.
The security group rules for your instances must allow the load balancer to communicate with your
instances on both the listener port and the health check port.
Inbound
595
Controlling Access
TCP 6 The instance The ID of the load Allow traffic from

listener port balancer security the load balancer
group on the instance
listener port.
TCP 6 The health check The ID of the load Allow traffic from
port balancer security the load balancer
group on the health
check port.
For more information, see Configure Security Groups for Your Classic Load Balancer in the User Guide
for Classic Load Balancers, and Security Groups for Your Application Load Balancer in the User Guide for
Application Load Balancers.
VPC Peering Rules

You can update the inbound or outbound rules for your VPC security groups to reference security groups
in the peered VPC. Doing so allows traffic to flow to and from instances that are associated with the
referenced security group in the peered VPC. For more information about how to configure security
groups for VPC peering, see Updating Your Security Groups to Reference Peer VPC Groups.
Controlling Access to Amazon EC2 Resources

Your security credentials identify you to services in AWS and grant you unlimited use of your AWS
resources, such as your Amazon EC2 resources. You can use features of Amazon EC2 and AWS Identity
and Access Management (IAM) to allow other users, services, and applications to use your Amazon EC2
resources without sharing your security credentials. You can use IAM to control how other users use
resources in your AWS account, and you can use security groups to control access to your Amazon EC2
instances. You can choose to allow full use or limited use of your Amazon EC2 resources.
Contents
• Network Access to Your Instance (p. 596)
• Amazon EC2 Permission Attributes (p. 596)
• IAM and Amazon EC2 (p. 597)
• Authorizing Inbound Traffic for Your Windows Instances (p. 653)
Network Access to Your Instance

A security group acts as a firewall that controls the traffic allowed to reach one or more instances. When
you launch an instance, you assign it one or more security groups. You add rules to each security group
that control traffic for the instance. You can modify the rules for a security group at any time; the new
rules are automatically applied to all instances to which the security group is assigned.
For more information, see Authorizing Inbound Traffic for Your Windows Instances (p. 653).
Amazon EC2 Permission Attributes

Your organization might have multiple AWS accounts. Amazon EC2 enables you to specify additional
AWS accounts that can use your Amazon Machine Images (AMIs) and Amazon EBS snapshots. These
596
IAM and Amazon EC2
permissions work at the AWS account level only; you can't restrict permissions for specific users within
the specified AWS account. All users in the AWS account that you've specified can use the AMI or
snapshot.
Each AMI has a LaunchPermission attribute that controls which AWS accounts can access the AMI. For
more information, see Making an AMI Public (p. 55).
Each Amazon EBS snapshot has a createVolumePermission attribute that controls which AWS
accounts can use the snapshot. For more information, see Sharing an Amazon EBS Snapshot (p. 841).
IAM and Amazon EC2

IAM enables you to do the following:
• Create users and groups under your AWS account

• Assign unique security credentials to each user under your AWS account
• Control each user's permissions to perform tasks using AWS resources
• Allow the users in another AWS account to share your AWS resources
• Create roles for your AWS account and define the users or services that can assume them
• Use existing identities for your enterprise to grant permissions to perform tasks using AWS resources
By using IAM with Amazon EC2, you can control whether users in your organization can perform a task
using specific Amazon EC2 API actions and whether they can use specific AWS resources.
This topic helps you answer the following questions:
• How do I create groups and users in IAM?

• How do I create a policy?
• What IAM policies do I need to carry out tasks in Amazon EC2?
• How do I grant permissions to perform actions in Amazon EC2?
• How do I grant permissions to perform actions on specific resources in Amazon EC2?
Creating an IAM Group and Users

To create an IAM group

2. In the navigation pane, choose Groups and then choose Create New Group.
3. For Group Name, type a name for your group, and then choose Next Step.
4. On the Attach Policy page, select an AWS managed policy and then choose Next Step. For example,
for Amazon EC2, one of the following AWS managed policies might meet your needs:
• PowerUserAccess
• ReadOnlyAccess
• AmazonEC2FullAccess
• AmazonEC2ReadOnlyAccess
5. Choose Create Group.
Your new group is listed under Group Name.
597
IAM Policies
To create an IAM user, add the user to your group, and create a password for the user
1. In the navigation pane, choose Users, Add user.

2. For User name, type a user name.
3. For Access type, select both Programmatic access and AWS Management Console access.
4. For Console password, choose one of the following:
• Autogenerated password. Each user gets a randomly generated password that meets the current
password policy in effect (if any). You can view or download the passwords when you get to the
Final page.
• Custom password. Each user is assigned the password that you type in the box.
5. Choose Next: Permissions.
6. On the Set permissions page, choose Add user to group. Select the check box next to the group
that you created earlier and choose Next: Review.
7. Choose Create user.
8. To view the users' access keys (access key IDs and secret access keys), choose Show next to each
password and secret access key to see. To save the access keys, choose Download .csv and then save
the file to a safe location.
Important
You cannot retrieve the secret access key after you complete this step; if you misplace it you
must create a new one.
9. Choose Close.
10. Give each user his or her credentials (access keys and password); this enables them to use services
based on the permissions you specified for the IAM group.
Related Topics
For more information about IAM, see the following:

• AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM)
• IAM User Guide
IAM Policies for Amazon EC2

By default, IAM users don't have permission to create or modify Amazon EC2 resources, or perform tasks
using the Amazon EC2 API. (This means that they also can't do so using the Amazon EC2 console or CLI.)
To allow IAM users to create or modify resources and perform tasks, you must create IAM policies that
grant IAM users permission to use the specific resources and API actions they'll need, and then attach
those policies to the IAM users or groups that require those permissions.
When you attach a policy to a user or group of users, it allows or denies the users permission to perform
the specified tasks on the specified resources. For more general information about IAM policies, see
Permissions and Policies in the IAM User Guide. For more information about managing and creating
custom IAM policies, see Managing IAM Policies.
Getting Started
An IAM policy must grant or deny permissions to use one or more Amazon EC2 actions. It must also
specify the resources that can be used with the action, which can be all resources, or in some cases,
specific resources. The policy can also include conditions that you apply to the resource.
598
IAM Policies
Amazon EC2 partially supports resource-level permissions. This means that for some EC2 API actions,
you cannot specify which resource a user is allowed to work with for that action; instead, you have to
allow users to work with all resources for that action.
Task Topic
Understand the basic structure of a policy Policy Syntax (p. 599)
Define actions in your policy Actions for Amazon EC2 (p. 600)
Define specific resources in your policy Amazon Resource Names for Amazon
EC2 (p. 600)
Apply conditions to the use of the resources Condition Keys for Amazon EC2 (p. 603)
Work with the available resource-level Supported Resource-Level Permissions for

permissions for Amazon EC2 Amazon EC2 API Actions (p. 607)
Test your policy Checking That Users Have the Required

Permissions (p. 607)
Example policies for a CLI or SDK Example Policies for Working with the AWS CLI or
an AWS SDK (p. 610)
Example policies for the Amazon EC2 console Example Policies for Working in the Amazon EC2
Console (p. 637)
Policy Structure
The following topics explain the structure of an IAM policy.
Contents
• Policy Syntax (p. 599)
• Actions for Amazon EC2 (p. 600)
• Amazon Resource Names for Amazon EC2 (p. 600)
• Condition Keys for Amazon EC2 (p. 603)
• Checking That Users Have the Required Permissions (p. 607)
Policy Syntax
An IAM policy is a JSON document that consists of one or more statements. Each statement is structured
as follows:
{
"Statement":[{
"Effect":"effect",
"Action":"action",
"Resource":"arn",
"Condition":{
"condition":{
"key":"value"
}
}
}
]
}
599
IAM Policies
There are various elements that make up a statement:
• Effect: The effect can be Allow or Deny. By default, IAM users don't have permission to use resources
and API actions, so all requests are denied. An explicit allow overrides the default. An explicit deny
overrides any allows.
• Action: The action is the specific API action for which you are granting or denying permission. To learn
about specifying action, see Actions for Amazon EC2 (p. 600).
• Resource: The resource that's affected by the action. Some Amazon EC2 API actions allow you to
include specific resources in your policy that can be created or modified by the action. To specify a
resource in the statement, you need to use its Amazon Resource Name (ARN). For more information
about specifying the ARN value, see Amazon Resource Names for Amazon EC2 (p. 600). For more
information about which API actions support which ARNs, see Supported Resource-Level Permissions
for Amazon EC2 API Actions (p. 607). If the API action does not support ARNs, use the * wildcard to
specify that all resources can be affected by the action.
• Condition: Conditions are optional. They can be used to control when your policy is in effect. For
more information about specifying conditions for Amazon EC2, see Condition Keys for Amazon
EC2 (p. 603).
For more information about example IAM policy statements for Amazon EC2, see Example Policies for
Working with the AWS CLI or an AWS SDK (p. 610).
Actions for Amazon EC2

In an IAM policy statement, you can specify any API action from any service that supports IAM.
For Amazon EC2, use the following prefix with the name of the API action: ec2:. For example:
ec2:RunInstances and ec2:CreateImage.
To specify multiple actions in a single statement, separate them with commas as follows:
"Action": ["ec2:action1", "ec2:action2"]
You can also specify multiple actions using wildcards. For example, you can specify all actions whose
name begins with the word "Describe" as follows:
"Action": "ec2:Describe*"
To specify all Amazon EC2 API actions, use the * wildcard as follows:
"Action": "ec2:*"
For a list of Amazon EC2 actions, see Actions in the Amazon EC2 API Reference.
Amazon Resource Names for Amazon EC2

Each IAM policy statement applies to the resources that you specify using their ARNs.
Important
Currently, not all API actions support individual ARNs. We'll add support for additional API
actions and ARNs for additional Amazon EC2 resources later. For information about which ARNs
you can use with which Amazon EC2 API actions, as well as supported condition keys for each
ARN, see Supported Resource-Level Permissions for Amazon EC2 API Actions (p. 607).
An ARN has the following general syntax:
arn:aws:[service]:[region]:[account]:resourceType/resourcePath
600
IAM Policies
service
The service (for example, ec2).

region
The region for the resource (for example, us-east-1).

account
The AWS account ID, with no hyphens (for example, 123456789012).

resourceType
The type of resource (for example, instance).

resourcePath
A path that identifies the resource. You can use the * wildcard in your paths.
For example, you can indicate a specific instance (i-1234567890abcdef0) in your statement using its
ARN as follows:
"Resource": "arn:aws:ec2:us-east-1:123456789012:instance/i-1234567890abcdef0"
You can also specify all instances that belong to a specific account by using the * wildcard as follows:
"Resource": "arn:aws:ec2:us-east-1:123456789012:instance/*"
To specify all resources, or if a specific API action does not support ARNs, use the * wildcard in the
Resource element as follows:
"Resource": "*"
The following table describes the ARNs for each type of resource used by the Amazon EC2 API actions.
Resource Type ARN
All Amazon EC2 resources arn:aws:ec2:*
All Amazon EC2 resources arn:aws:ec2:region:account:*

owned by the specified account
in the specified region
Customer gateway arn:aws:ec2:region:account:customer-gateway/cgw-id
Where cgw-id is cgw-xxxxxxxx
DHCP options set arn:aws:ec2:region:account:dhcp-options/dhcp-options-id
Where dhcp-options-id is dopt-xxxxxxxx
Elastic GPU arn:aws:ec2:region:account:elastic-gpu/*
Image arn:aws:ec2:region::image/image-id
Where image-id is the ID of the AMI, AKI, or ARI, and account isn't
used
Instance arn:aws:ec2:region:account:instance/instance-id
601
IAM Policies
Resource Type ARN

Where instance-id is i-xxxxxxxx or i-xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx
Instance profile arn:aws:iam::account:instance-profile/instance-profile-name
Where instance-profile-name is the name of the instance profile,

and region isn't used
Internet gateway arn:aws:ec2:region:account:internet-gateway/igw-id
Where igw-id is igw-xxxxxxxx
Key pair arn:aws:ec2:region:account:key-pair/key-pair-name
Where key-pair-name is the key pair name (for example, gsg-

keypair)
Launch template arn:aws:ec2:region:account:launch-template/launch-template-id
Where launch-template-id is lt-xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx
NAT gateway arn:aws:ec2:region:account:natgateway/natgateway-id
Where natgateway-id is nat-xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx
Network ACL arn:aws:ec2:region:account:network-acl/nacl-id
Where nacl-id is acl-xxxxxxxx
Network interface arn:aws:ec2:region:account:network-interface/eni-id
Where eni-id is eni-xxxxxxxx
Placement group arn:aws:ec2:region:account:placement-group/placement-group-

name
Where placement-group-name is the placement group name (for

example, my-cluster)
Reserved Instance arn:aws:ec2:region:account:reserved-instances/reservation-id
Where reservation-id is xxxxxxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxxxxxxxxxx
Route table arn:aws:ec2:region:account:route-table/route-table-id
Where route-table-id is rtb-xxxxxxxx
Security group arn:aws:ec2:region:account:security-group/security-group-id
Where security-group-id is sg-xxxxxxxx
Snapshot arn:aws:ec2:region::snapshot/snapshot-id
Where snapshot-id is snap-xxxxxxxx or snap-xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx, and

account isn't used
Spot Instance request arn:aws:ec2:region:account:spot-instances-request/spot-instance-

request-id
Where spot-instance-request-id is sir-xxxxxxxx
602
IAM Policies
Resource Type ARN
Subnet arn:aws:ec2:region:account:subnet/subnet-id
Where subnet-id is subnet-xxxxxxxx
Volume arn:aws:ec2:region:account:volume/volume-id
Where volume-id is vol-xxxxxxxx or vol-xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx
VPC arn:aws:ec2:region:account:vpc/vpc-id
Where vpc-id is vpc-xxxxxxxx
VPC peering connection arn:aws:ec2:region:account:vpc-peering-connection/vpc-peering-

connection-id
Where vpc-peering connection-id is pcx-xxxxxxxx
VPN connection arn:aws:ec2:region:account:vpn-connection/vpn-connection-id
Where vpn-connection-id is vpn-xxxxxxxx
VPN gateway arn:aws:ec2:region:account:vpn-gateway/vpn-gateway-id
Where vpn-gateway-id is vgw-xxxxxxxx
Many Amazon EC2 API actions involve multiple resources. For example, AttachVolume attaches an
Amazon EBS volume to an instance, so an IAM user must have permissions to use the volume and the
instance. To specify multiple resources in a single statement, separate their ARNs with commas, as
follows:
"Resource": ["arn1", "arn2"]
For more general information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARN) and AWS Service
Namespaces in the Amazon Web Services General Reference. For more information about the resources
that are created or modified by the Amazon EC2 actions, and the ARNs that you can use in your IAM
policy statements, see Granting IAM Users Required Permissions for Amazon EC2 Resources in the
Amazon EC2 API Reference.
Condition Keys for Amazon EC2

In a policy statement, you can optionally specify conditions that control when it is in effect. Each
condition contains one or more key-value pairs. Condition keys are not case-sensitive. We've defined
AWS-wide condition keys, plus additional service-specific condition keys.
If you specify multiple conditions, or multiple keys in a single condition, we evaluate them using a
logical AND operation. If you specify a single condition with multiple values for one key, we evaluate the
condition using a logical OR operation. For permissions to be granted, all conditions must be met.
You can also use placeholders when you specify conditions. For example, you can grant an IAM user
permission to use resources with a tag that specifies his or her IAM user name. For more information, see
Policy Variables in the IAM User Guide.
Important
Many condition keys are specific to a resource, and some API actions use multiple resources.
If you write a policy with a condition key, use the Resource element of the statement to
specify the resource to which the condition key applies. If not, the policy may prevent users
from performing the action at all, because the condition check fails for the resources to which
603
IAM Policies
the condition key does not apply. If you do not want to specify a resource, or if you've written
the Action element of your policy to include multiple API actions, then you must use the
...IfExists condition type to ensure that the condition key is ignored for resources that do
not use it. For more information, see ...IfExists Conditions in the IAM User Guide.
Amazon EC2 implements the following service-specific condition keys. For information about which
condition keys you can use with which Amazon EC2 resources, on an action-by-action basis, see
Supported Resource-Level Permissions for Amazon EC2 API Actions (p. 607).
Condition Key Key-Value Pair Evaluation Types
ec2:AccepterVpc "ec2:AccepterVpc":"vpc-arn" ARN, Null
Where vpc-arn is the VPC ARN for the accepter VPC in a VPC
peering connection
"ec2:AuthorizedService":"service-principal"
ec2:AuthorizedService String, Null
Where service-principal is the service principal (for example,

ecs.amazonaws.com)
"ec2:AuthorizedUser":"principal-arn"
ec2:AuthorizedUser ARN, Null
Where principal-arn is the ARN for the principal (for

example, arn:aws:iam::123456789012:root)
"ec2:AvailabilityZone":"az-api-name"
ec2:AvailabilityZone String, Null
Where az-api-name is the name of the Availability Zone (for

example, us-east-2a)
To list your Availability Zones, use describe-availability-zones
ec2:CreateAction"ec2:CreateAction":"api-name" String, Null
Where api-name is the name of the resource-creating action

(for example, RunInstances)
ec2:EbsOptimized"ec2:EbsOptimized":"optimized-flag" Boolean, Null
Where optimized-flag is true | false (for an instance)
"ec2:ElasticGpuType":"elastic-gpu-type"
ec2:ElasticGpuType String, Null
Where elastic-gpu-type is the name of the elastic GPU type
ec2:Encrypted "ec2:Encrypted":"encrypted-flag" Boolean, Null
Where encrypted-flag is true | false (for an EBS volume)
ec2:ImageType "ec2:ImageType":"image-type-api-name" String, Null
Where image-type-api-name is machine | aki | ari
"ec2:InstanceMarketType":"market-type"
ec2:InstanceMarketType String, Null
Where market-type is spot | on-demand
"ec2:InstanceProfile":"instance-profile-arn"
ec2:InstanceProfile ARN, Null
Where instance-profile-arn is the instance profile ARN
604
IAM Policies
ec2:InstanceType"ec2:InstanceType":"instance-type-api-name" String, Null
Where instance-type-api-name is the name of the instance

type.
"ec2:IsLaunchTemplateResource":"launch-template-resource-
ec2:IsLaunchTemplateResource Boolean, Null
flag"
Where launch-template-resource-flag is true | false
"ec2:LaunchTemplate":"launch-template-arn"
ec2:LaunchTemplate ARN, Null
Where launch-template-arn is the launch template ARN
ec2:Owner "ec2:Owner":"account-id" String, Null
Where account-id is amazon | aws-marketplace | aws-

account-id
"ec2:ParentSnapshot":"snapshot-arn"
ec2:ParentSnapshot ARN, Null
Where snapshot-arn is the snapshot ARN
ec2:ParentVolume"ec2:ParentVolume":"volume-arn" ARN, Null
Where volume-arn is the volume ARN
ec2:Permission "ec2:Permission":"permission" String, Null
Where permission is INSTANCE-ATTACH | EIP-ASSOCIATE
"ec2:PlacementGroup":"placement-group-arn"
ec2:PlacementGroup ARN, Null
Where placement-group-arn is the placement group ARN
"ec2:PlacementGroupStrategy":"placement-group-strategy"
ec2:PlacementGroupStrategy String, Null
Where placement-group-strategy is cluster | spread
ec2:ProductCode "ec2:ProductCode":"product-code" String, Null
Where product-code is the product code
ec2:Public "ec2:Public":"public-flag" Boolean, Null
Where public-flag is true | false (for an AMI)
ec2:Region "ec2:Region":"region-name" String, Null
Where region-name is the name of the region (for example,

us-east-2). To list your regions, use describe-regions. This
condition key can be used with all Amazon EC2 actions.
ec2:RequesterVpc"ec2:RequesterVpc":"vpc-arn" ARN, Null
Where vpc-arn is the VPC ARN for the requester VPC in a

VPC peering connection
605
IAM Policies
"ec2:ReservedInstancesOfferingType":"offering-type
ec2:ReservedInstancesOfferingType String, Null
Where offering-type is No Upfront | Partial Upfront |

All Upfront
ec2:ResourceTag/"ec2:ResourceTag/tag-key":"tag-value" String, Null

tag-key
Where tag-key and tag-value are the tag-key pair
"ec2:RootDeviceType":"root-device-type-name"
ec2:RootDeviceType String, Null
Where root-device-type-name is ebs | instance-store
ec2:SnapshotTime"ec2:SnapshotTime":"time" Date, Null
Where time is the snapshot creation time (for example,

2013-06-01T00:00:00Z)
ec2:Subnet "ec2:Subnet":"subnet-arn" ARN, Null
Where subnet-arn is the subnet ARN
ec2:Tenancy "ec2:Tenancy":"tenancy-attribute" String, Null
Where tenancy-attribute is default | dedicated | host
ec2:VolumeIops "ec2:VolumeIops":"volume-iops" Numeric, Null
Where volume-iops is the input/output operations per

second (IOPS). For more information, see Amazon EBS
ec2:VolumeSize "ec2:VolumeSize":"volume-size" Numeric, Null
Where volume-size is the size of the volume, in GiB
ec2:VolumeType "ec2:VolumeType":"volume-type-name" String, Null
Where volume-type-name is gp2 for General Purpose SSD

volumes, io1 for Provisioned IOPS SSD volumes, st1 for
Throughput Optimized HDD volumes, sc1 for Cold HDD
volumes, or standard for Magnetic volumes.
ec2:Vpc "ec2:Vpc":"vpc-arn" ARN, Null
Where vpc-arn is the VPC ARN
Amazon EC2 also implements the AWS-wide condition keys. For more information, see Information
Available in All Requests in the IAM User Guide.
All Amazon EC2 actions support the aws:RequestedRegion and ec2:Region condition keys. For more
information, see Example: Restricting Access to a Specific Region (p. 611).
The ec2:SourceInstanceARN key can be used for conditions that specify the ARN of the instance from
which a request is made. This condition key is available AWS-wide and is not service-specific. For policy
examples, see Allows an EC2 Instance to Attach or Detach Volumes and Example: Allowing a Specific
Instance to View Resources in Other AWS Services (p. 636). The ec2:SourceInstanceARN key cannot
be used as a variable to populate the ARN for the Resource element in a statement.
606
IAM Policies
The following AWS condition keys were introduced for Amazon EC2 and are supported by a limited
number of additional services.
Condition Key Key/Value Pair Evaluation Types
aws:RequestTag/tag-key "aws:Request/tag-key":"tag- String, Null

value"
Where tag-key and tag-value are

the tag key-value pair
aws:TagKeys "aws:TagKeys":"tag-key" String, Null
Where tag-key is a list of tag

keys (for example, ["A","B"])
For example policy statements for Amazon EC2, see Example Policies for Working with the AWS CLI or an
AWS SDK (p. 610).
Checking That Users Have the Required Permissions

After you've created an IAM policy, we recommend that you check whether it grants users the
permissions to use the particular API actions and resources they need before you put the policy into
production.
First, create an IAM user for testing purposes, and then attach the IAM policy that you created to the test
user. Then, make a request as the test user.
If the Amazon EC2 action that you are testing creates or modifies a resource, you should make the
request using the DryRun parameter (or run the AWS CLI command with the --dry-run option). In
this case, the call completes the authorization check, but does not complete the operation. For example,
you can check whether the user can terminate a particular instance without actually terminating it. If
the test user has the required permissions, the request returns DryRunOperation; otherwise, it returns
UnauthorizedOperation.
If the policy doesn't grant the user the permissions that you expected, or is overly permissive, you can
adjust the policy as needed and retest until you get the desired results.
Important
It can take several minutes for policy changes to propagate before they take effect. Therefore,
we recommend that you allow five minutes to pass before you test your policy updates.
If an authorization check fails, the request returns an encoded message with diagnostic information. You
can decode the message using the DecodeAuthorizationMessage action. For more information, see
DecodeAuthorizationMessage in the AWS Security Token Service API Reference, and decode-authorization-
message in the AWS CLI Command Reference.
Supported Resource-Level Permissions for Amazon EC2 API

Actions
Resource-level permissions refers to the ability to specify which resources users are allowed to perform
actions on. Amazon EC2 has partial support for resource-level permissions. This means that for certain
Amazon EC2 actions, you can control when users are allowed to use those actions based on conditions
that have to be fulfilled, or specific resources that users are allowed to use. For example, you can grant
users permissions to launch instances, but only of a specific type, and only using a specific AMI.
607
IAM Policies
If an Amazon EC2 API action does not support resource-level permissions, you can grant users
permissions to use the action, but you have to specify a * for the resource element of your policy
statement.
For more information about the resources that are created or modified by the Amazon EC2 actions, and
the ARNs and Amazon EC2 condition keys that you can use in an IAM policy statement, see Actions,
Resources, and Condition Keys for Amazon EC2 in the IAM User Guide.
For more information and for example policies, see IAM Policies for Amazon EC2 in the Amazon EC2 User
Guide.
Resource-Level Permissions for Tagging

Some resource-creating Amazon EC2 API actions enable you to specify tags when you create the
resource. For more information, see Tagging Your Resources (p. 965).
To enable users to tag resources on creation, they must have permissions to use the action that creates
the resource (for example, ec2:RunInstances or ec2:CreateVolume). If tags are specified in the
resource-creating action, Amazon performs additional authorization on the ec2:CreateTags action to
verify if users have permissions to create tags. Therefore, users must also have explicit permissions to use
the ec2:CreateTags action.
For the ec2:CreateTags action, you can use the ec2:CreateAction condition key to restrict tagging
permissions to the resource-creating actions only. For example, the following policy allows users to
launch instances and apply any tags to instances and volumes during launch. Users are not permitted to
tag any existing resources (they cannot call the ec2:CreateTags action directly).
{
"Statement": [
{
"Effect": "Allow",
"Action": [
"ec2:RunInstances"
],
"Resource": "*"
},
{
"Effect": "Allow",
"Action": [
"ec2:CreateTags"
],
"Resource": "arn:aws:ec2:region:account:*/*",
"Condition": {
"StringEquals": {
"ec2:CreateAction" : "RunInstances"
}
}
}
]
}
Similarly, the following policy allows users to create volumes and apply any tags to the volumes
during volume creation. Users are not permitted to tag any existing resources (they cannot call the
ec2:CreateTags action directly).
{
"Statement": [
{
"Effect": "Allow",
"Action": [
"ec2:CreateVolume"
608
IAM Policies
],
"Resource": "*"
},
{
"Effect": "Allow",
"Action": [
"ec2:CreateTags"
],
"Condition": {
"StringEquals": {
"ec2:CreateAction" : "CreateVolume"
}
}
}
]
}
The ec2:CreateTags action is only evaluated if tags are applied during the resource-creating action.
Therefore, a user that has permissions to create a resource (assuming there are no tagging conditions)
does not require permissions to use the ec2:CreateTags action if no tags are specified in the request.
However, if the user attempts to create a resource with tags, the request fails if the user does not have
permissions to use the ec2:CreateTags action.
The ec2:CreateTags action is also evaluated if tags are provided in a launch template and the launch
template is specified in the ec2:RunInstances action. For an example policy, see Tags in a Launch
Template (p. 629).
You can control the tag keys and values that are applied to resources by using the following condition
keys:
• aws:RequestTag: To indicate that a particular tag key or tag key and value must be present in a
request. Other tags can also be specified in the request.
• Use with the StringEquals condition operator to enforce a specific tag key and value combination,
for example, to enforce the tag cost-center=cc123:
"StringEquals": { "aws:RequestTag/cost-center": "cc123" }
• Use with the StringLike condition operator to enforce a specific tag key in the request; for
example, to enforce the tag key purpose:
"StringLike": { "aws:RequestTag/purpose": "*" }
• aws:TagKeys: To enforce the tag keys that are used in the request.
• Use with the ForAllValues modifier to enforce specific tag keys if they are provided in the request
(if tags are specified in the request, only specific tag keys are allowed; no other tags are allowed). For
example, the tag keys environment or cost-center are allowed:
"ForAllValues:StringEquals": { "aws:TagKeys": ["environment","cost-center"] }
• Use with the ForAnyValue modifier to enforce the presence of at least one of the specified tag
keys in the request. For example, at least one of the tag keys environment or webserver must be
present in the request:
"ForAnyValue:StringEquals": { "aws:TagKeys": ["environment","webserver"] }
These condition keys can be applied to resource-creating actions that support tagging, as well as the
ec2:CreateTags and ec2:DeleteTags actions.
609
IAM Policies
To force users to specify tags when they create a resource, you must use the aws:RequestTag condition
key or the aws:TagKeys condition key with the ForAnyValue modifier on the resource-creating action.
The ec2:CreateTags action is not evaluated if a user does not specify tags for the resource-creating
action.
For conditions, the condition key is not case-sensitive and the condition value is case-sensitive. Therefore,
to enforce the case-sensitivity of a tag key, use the aws:TagKeys condition key, where the tag key is
specified as a value in the condition.
For more information about multi-value conditions, see Creating a Condition That Tests Multiple Key
Values in the IAM User Guide. For example IAM policies, see Example Policies for Working with the AWS
CLI or an AWS SDK (p. 610).
Example Policies for Working with the AWS CLI or an AWS SDK
The following examples show policy statements that you could use to control the permissions that IAM
users have to Amazon EC2. These policies are designed for requests that are made with the AWS CLI
or an AWS SDK. For example policies for working in the Amazon EC2 console, see Example Policies for
Working in the Amazon EC2 Console (p. 637). For examples of IAM policies specific to Amazon VPC, see
Controlling Access to Amazon VPC Resources.
Examples
• Example: Read-Only Access (p. 610)
• Example: Restricting Access to a Specific Region (p. 611)
• Working with Instances (p. 611)
• Working with Volumes (p. 613)
• Working with Snapshots (p. 615)
• Launching Instances (RunInstances) (p. 622)
• Example: Working with Reserved Instances (p. 632)
• Example: Tagging Resources (p. 633)
• Example: Working with IAM Roles (p. 635)
• Example: Working with Route Tables (p. 636)
• Example: Allowing a Specific Instance to View Resources in Other AWS Services (p. 636)
• Example: Working with Launch Templates (p. 637)
Example: Read-Only Access

The following policy grants users permissions to use all Amazon EC2 API actions whose names begin
with Describe. The Resource element uses a wildcard to indicate that users can specify all resources
with these API actions. The * wildcard is also necessary in cases where the API action does not support
resource-level permissions. For more information about which ARNs you can use with which Amazon EC2
API actions, see Supported Resource-Level Permissions for Amazon EC2 API Actions (p. 607).
Users don't have permission to perform any actions on the resources (unless another statement grants
them permission to do so) because they're denied permission to use API actions by default.
{
"Version": "2012-10-17",
"Statement": [{
"Effect": "Allow",
"Action": "ec2:Describe*",
"Resource": "*"
610
IAM Policies
}
]
}
Example: Restricting Access to a Specific Region

The following policy denies users permission to use all Amazon EC2 API actions unless the Region is EU
(Frankfurt). It uses the global condition key aws:RequestedRegion, which is supported by all Amazon
EC2 API actions.
{
"Version":"2012-10-17",
"Statement":[
{
"Effect": "Deny",
"Action": "ec2:*",
"Resource": "*",
"Condition": {
"StringNotEquals": {
"aws:RequestedRegion": "eu-central-1"
}
}
}
]
}
Alternatively, you can use the condition key ec2:Region, which is specific to Amazon EC2 and is
supported by all Amazon EC2 API actions.
{
"Version":"2012-10-17",
"Statement":[
{
"Effect": "Deny",
"Action": "ec2:*",
"Resource": "*",
"Condition": {
"ec2:Region": "eu-central-1"
}
}
}
]
}
Working with Instances

Examples
• Example: Describe, Launch, Stop, Start, and Terminate All Instances (p. 611)
• Example: Describe All Instances, and Stop, Start, and Terminate Only Particular Instances (p. 612)
Example: Describe, Launch, Stop, Start, and Terminate All Instances
The following policy grants users permissions to use the API actions specified in the Action element.
The Resource element uses a * wildcard to indicate that users can specify all resources with these API
actions. The * wildcard is also necessary in cases where the API action does not support resource-level
permissions. For more information about which ARNs you can use with which Amazon EC2 API actions,
see Supported Resource-Level Permissions for Amazon EC2 API Actions (p. 607).
611
IAM Policies
The users don't have permission to use any other API actions (unless another statement grants them
permission to do so) because users are denied permission to use API actions by default.
{
"Version": "2012-10-17",
"Statement": [{
"Effect": "Allow",
"Action": [
"ec2:DescribeInstances", "ec2:DescribeImages",
"ec2:DescribeKeyPairs", "ec2:DescribeSecurityGroups",
"ec2:DescribeAvailabilityZones",
"ec2:RunInstances", "ec2:TerminateInstances",
"ec2:StopInstances", "ec2:StartInstances"
],
"Resource": "*"
}
]
}
Example: Describe All Instances, and Stop, Start, and Terminate Only Particular Instances
The following policy allows users to describe all instances, to start and stop only instances
i-1234567890abcdef0 and i-0598c7d356eba48d7, and to terminate only instances in the US East (N.
Virginia) Region (us-east-1) with the resource tag "purpose=test".
The first statement uses a * wildcard for the Resource element to indicate that users can
specify all resources with the action; in this case, they can list all instances. The * wildcard is also
necessary in cases where the API action does not support resource-level permissions (in this case,
ec2:DescribeInstances). For more information about which ARNs you can use with which Amazon
EC2 API actions, see Supported Resource-Level Permissions for Amazon EC2 API Actions (p. 607).
The second statement uses resource-level permissions for the StopInstances and StartInstances
actions. The specific instances are indicated by their ARNs in the Resource element.
The third statement allows users to terminate all instances in the US East (N. Virginia) Region
(us-east-1) that belong to the specified AWS account, but only where the instance has the tag
"purpose=test". The Condition element qualifies when the policy statement is in effect.
{
"Version": "2012-10-17",
"Statement": [
{
"Effect": "Allow",
"Action": "ec2:DescribeInstances",
"Resource": "*"
},
{
"Effect": "Allow",
"Action": [
"ec2:StopInstances",
"ec2:StartInstances"
],
"Resource": [
"arn:aws:ec2:us-east-1:123456789012:instance/i-1234567890abcdef0",
"arn:aws:ec2:us-east-1:123456789012:instance/i-0598c7d356eba48d7"
]
},
{
"Effect": "Allow",
"Action": "ec2:TerminateInstances",
"Resource": "arn:aws:ec2:us-east-1:123456789012:instance/*",
612
IAM Policies
"Condition": {
"StringEquals": {
"ec2:ResourceTag/purpose": "test"
}
}
}
]
}
Working with Volumes

Examples
• Example: Attaching and Detaching Volumes (p. 613)
• Example: Creating a Volume (p. 614)
• Example: Creating a Volume with Tags (p. 614)
Example: Attaching and Detaching Volumes
When an API action requires a caller to specify multiple resources, you must create a policy statement
that allows users to access all required resources. If you need to use a Condition element with one or
more of these resources, you must create multiple statements as shown in this example.
The following policy allows users to attach volumes with the tag "volume_user=iam-user-name" to
instances with the tag "department=dev", and to detach those volumes from those instances. If you
attach this policy to an IAM group, the aws:username policy variable gives each IAM user in the group
permission to attach or detach volumes from the instances with a tag named volume_user that has his
or her IAM user name as a value.
{
"Version": "2012-10-17",
"Statement": [{
"Effect": "Allow",
"Action": [
"ec2:AttachVolume",
"ec2:DetachVolume"
],
"Condition": {
"StringEquals": {
"ec2:ResourceTag/department": "dev"
}
}
},
{
"Effect": "Allow",
"Action": [
"ec2:AttachVolume",
"ec2:DetachVolume"
],
"Resource": "arn:aws:ec2:us-east-1:123456789012:volume/*",
"Condition": {
"StringEquals": {
"ec2:ResourceTag/volume_user": "${aws:username}"
}
}
}
]
}
613
IAM Policies
Example: Creating a Volume
The following policy allows users to use the CreateVolume API action. The user is allowed to create a
volume only if the volume is encrypted and only if the volume size is less than 20 GiB.
{
"Version": "2012-10-17",
"Statement": [
{
"Effect": "Allow",
"Action": [
"ec2:CreateVolume"
],
"Condition":{
"NumericLessThan": {
"ec2:VolumeSize" : "20"
},
"Bool":{
"ec2:Encrypted" : "true"
}
}
}
]
}
Example: Creating a Volume with Tags
The following policy includes the aws:RequestTag condition key that requires users to tag any volumes
they create with the tags costcenter=115 and stack=prod. The aws:TagKeys condition key uses
the ForAllValues modifier to indicate that only the keys costcenter and stack are allowed in the
request (no other tags can be specified). If users don't pass these specific tags, or if they don't specify
tags at all, the request fails.
For resource-creating actions that apply tags, users must also have permissions to use the CreateTags
action. The second statement uses the ec2:CreateAction condition key to allow users to create tags
only in the context of CreateVolume. Users cannot tag existing volumes or any other resources. For
more information, see Resource-Level Permissions for Tagging (p. 608).
{
"Version": "2012-10-17",
"Statement": [
{
"Sid": "AllowCreateTaggedVolumes",
"Effect": "Allow",
"Action": "ec2:CreateVolume",
"Condition": {
"StringEquals": {
"aws:RequestTag/costcenter": "115",
"aws:RequestTag/stack": "prod"
},
"ForAllValues:StringEquals": {
"aws:TagKeys": ["costcenter","stack"]
}
}
},
{
"Effect": "Allow",
"Action": [
"ec2:CreateTags"
],
614
IAM Policies
"Condition": {
"StringEquals": {
}
}
}
]
}
The following policy allows users to create a volume without having to specify tags. The CreateTags
action is only evaluated if tags are specified in the CreateVolume request. If users do specify tags, the
tag must be purpose=test. No other tags are allowed in the request.
{
"Version": "2012-10-17",
"Statement": [
{
"Effect": "Allow",
"Action": "ec2:CreateVolume",
"Resource": "*"
},
{
"Effect": "Allow",
"Action": [
"ec2:CreateTags"
],
"Condition": {
"StringEquals": {
"aws:RequestTag/purpose": "test",
},
"aws:TagKeys": "purpose"
}
}
}
]
}
Working with Snapshots

This sections contains example policies for both CreateSnapshot (point-in-time snapshot of an EBS
volume) and CreateSnapshots (multi-volume snapshots).
Examples
• Example: Creating a Snapshot (p. 615)
• Example: Creating Snapshots (p. 616)
• Example: Creating a Snapshot with Tags (p. 616)
• Example: Creating Snapshots with Tags (p. 617)
• Example: Modifying Permission Settings for Snapshots (p. 622)
Example: Creating a Snapshot
The following policy allows customers to use the CreateSnapshot API action. The customer can create
snapshots only if the volume is encrypted and only if the volume size is less than 20 GiB.
615
IAM Policies
"Version":"2012-10-17",
"Statement":[
{
"Effect":"Allow",
"Action":"ec2:CreateSnapshot",
"Resource":"arn:aws:ec2:us-east-1::snapshot/*"
},
{
"Effect":"Allow",
"Resource":"arn:aws:ec2:us-east-1:123456789012:volume/*",
"Condition":{
"NumericLessThan":{
"ec2:VolumeSize":"20"
},
"Bool":{
"ec2:Encrypted":"true"
}
}
}
]
}
Example: Creating Snapshots
The following policy allows customers to use the CreateSnapshots API action. The customer can create
snapshots only if all of the volumes on the instance are type GP2.
{
"Version":"2012-10-17",
"Statement":[
{
"Effect":"Allow",
"Action":"ec2:CreateSnapshots",
"Resource":[
"arn:aws:ec2:us-east-1::snapshot/*",
"arn:aws:ec2:*:*:instance/*"
]
},
{
"Effect":"Allow",
"Resource":"arn:aws:ec2:us-east-1:*:volume/*",
"Condition":{
"StringLikeIfExists":{
"ec2:VolumeType":"gp2"
}
}
}
]
}
Example: Creating a Snapshot with Tags
The following policy includes the aws:RequestTag condition key that requires the customer to apply
the tags costcenter=115 and stack=prod to any new snapshot. The aws:TagKeys condition
key uses the ForAllValues modifier to indicate that only the keys costcenter and stack can be
specified in the request. The request fails if either of these conditions is not met.
For resource-creating actions that apply tags, customers must also have permissions to use the
CreateTags action. The third statement uses the ec2:CreateAction condition key to allow
616
IAM Policies
customers to create tags only in the context of CreateSnapshot. Customers cannot tag existing
volumes or any other resources. For more information, see Resource-Level Permissions for Tagging.
{
"Version":"2012-10-17",
"Statement":[
{
"Effect":"Allow",
"Resource":"arn:aws:ec2:us-east-1:123456789012:volume/*"
},
{
"Sid":"AllowCreateTaggedSnapshots",
"Effect":"Allow",
"Resource":"arn:aws:ec2:us-east-1::snapshot/*",
"Condition":{
"StringEquals":{
"aws:RequestTag/costcenter":"115",
"aws:RequestTag/stack":"prod"
},
"ForAllValues:StringEquals":{
"aws:TagKeys":[
"costcenter",
"stack"
]
}
}
},
{
"Effect":"Allow",
"Action":"ec2:CreateTags",
"Condition":{
"StringEquals":{
"ec2:CreateAction":"CreateSnapshot"
}
}
}
]
}
Example: Creating Snapshots with Tags
The following policy includes the aws:RequestTag condition key that requires the customer to apply
the tags costcenter=115 and stack=prod to any new snapshot. The aws:TagKeys condition
key uses the ForAllValues modifier to indicate that only the keys costcenter and stack can be
specified in the request. The request fails if either of these conditions is not met.
{
"Version":"2012-10-17",
"Statement":[
{
"Effect":"Allow",
"Resource":[
"arn:aws:ec2:us-east-1::snapshot/*",
"arn:aws:ec2:*:*:instance/*",
"arn:aws:ec2:*:*:volume/*"
]
},
{
617
IAM Policies
"Sid":"AllowCreateTaggedSnapshots",
"Effect":"Allow",
"Condition":{
"StringEquals":{
"aws:RequestTag/costcenter":"115",
"aws:RequestTag/stack":"prod"
},
"aws:TagKeys":[
"costcenter",
"stack"
]
}
}
},
{
"Effect":"Allow",
"Condition":{
"StringEquals":{
"ec2:CreateAction":"CreateSnapshots"
}
}
}
]
}
The following policy allows customers to create a snapshot without having to specify tags.
The CreateTags action is evaluated only if tags are specified in the CreateSnapshot or
CreateSnapshots request. If a tag is specified, the tag must be purpose=test. No other tags are
allowed in the request.
{
"Version":"2012-10-17",
"Statement":[
{
"Effect":"Allow",
"Resource":"*"
},
{
"Effect":"Allow",
"Condition":{
"StringEquals":{
"aws:RequestTag/purpose":"test",
"ec2:CreateAction":"CreateSnapshot"
},
"aws:TagKeys":"purpose"
}
}
}
]
}
{
"Version":"2012-10-17",
"Statement":[
618
IAM Policies
{
"Effect":"Allow",
"Resource":"*"
},
{
"Effect":"Allow",
"Condition":{
"StringEquals":{
"aws:RequestTag/purpose":"test",
"ec2:CreateAction":"CreateSnapshots"
},
"aws:TagKeys":"purpose"
}
}
}
]
}
The following policy allows snapshots to be created only if the source volume is tagged with
User:username for the customer, and the snapshot itself is tagged with Environment:Dev and
User:username. The customer can add additional tags to the snapshot.
{
"Version":"2012-10-17",
"Statement":[
{
"Effect":"Allow",
"Condition":{
"StringEquals":{
"ec2:ResourceTag/User":"${aws:username}"
}
}
},
{
"Effect":"Allow",
"Condition":{
"StringEquals":{
"aws:RequestTag/Environment":"Dev",
"aws:RequestTag/User":"${aws:username}"
}
}
},
{
"Effect":"Allow",
}
]
}
The following policy for CreateSnapshots allows snapshots to be created only if the source
volume is tagged with User:username for the customer, and the snapshot itself is tagged with
Environment:Dev and User:username.
619
IAM Policies
"Version":"2012-10-17",
"Statement":[
{
"Effect":"Allow",
"Resource":"arn:aws:ec2:us-east-1:*:instance/*",
},
{
"Effect":"Allow",
"Condition":{
"StringEquals":{
}
}
},
{
"Effect":"Allow",
"Condition":{
"StringEquals":{
"aws:RequestTag/Environment":"Dev",
"aws:RequestTag/User":"${aws:username}"
}
}
},
{
"Effect":"Allow",
}
]
}
The following policy allows deletion of a snapshot only if the snapshot is tagged with User:username for
the customer.
{
"Version":"2012-10-17",
"Statement":[
{
"Effect":"Allow",
"Action":"ec2:DeleteSnapshot",
"Condition":{
"StringEquals":{
}
}
}
]
}
The following policy allows a customer to create a snapshot but denies the action if the snapshot being
created has a tag key value=stack.
{
"Version":"2012-10-17",
"Statement":[
{
"Effect":"Allow",
620
IAM Policies
"Action":[
"ec2:CreateSnapshot",
"ec2:CreateTags"
],
"Resource":"*"
},
{
"Effect":"Deny",
"Condition":{
"ForAnyValue:StringEquals":{
"aws:TagKeys":"stack"
}
}
}
]
}
The following policy allows a customer to create snapshots but denies the action if the snapshots being
created have a tag key value=stack.
{
"Version":"2012-10-17",
"Statement":[
{
"Effect":"Allow",
"Action":[
"ec2:CreateSnapshots",
"ec2:CreateTags"
],
"Resource":"*"
},
{
"Effect":"Deny",
"Condition":{
"ForAnyValue:StringEquals":{
"aws:TagKeys":"stack"
}
}
}
]
}
The following policy allows you to combine multiple actions into a single policy. You can only create a
snapshot (in the context of CreateSnapshots) when the snapshot is created in Region us-east-1. You
can only create snapshots (in the context of CreateSnapshots) when the snapshots are being created
in the Region us-east-1 and when the instance type is t2*.
{
"Version":"2012-10-17",
"Statement":[
{
"Effect":"Allow",
"Action":[
"ec2:CreateTags"
],
"Resource": [
621
IAM Policies
"arn:aws:ec2:*:*:snapshot/*",
],
"Condition":{
"StringEqualsIgnoreCase": {
"ec2:Region": "us-east-1"
},
"StringLikeIfExists": {
"ec2:InstanceType": [
"t2.*"
]
}
}
}
]
}
Example: Modifying Permission Settings for Snapshots
The following policy allows modification of a snapshot only if the snapshot is tagged with
User:username, where username is the customer's AWS account user name. The request fails if this
condition is not met.
{
"Version":"2012-10-17",
"Statement":[
{
"Effect":"Allow",
"Action":"ec2: ModifySnapshotAttribute",
"Condition":{
"StringEquals":{
"ec2:ResourceTag/user-name":"${aws:username}"
}
}
}
]
}
Launching Instances (RunInstances)

The RunInstances API action launches one or more instances. RunInstances requires an AMI and
creates an instance; and users can specify a key pair and security group in the request. Launching into
a VPC requires a subnet, and creates a network interface. Launching from an Amazon EBS-backed AMI
creates a volume. Therefore, the user must have permissions to use these Amazon EC2 resources. You
can create a policy statement that requires users to specify an optional parameter on RunInstances, or
restricts users to particular values for a parameter.
For more information about the resource-level permissions that are required to launch an instance, see
Actions, Resources, and Condition Keys for Amazon EC2 in the IAM User Guide.
By default, users don't have permissions to describe, start, stop, or terminate the resulting instances. One
way to grant the users permission to manage the resulting instances is to create a specific tag for each
instance, and then create a statement that enables them to manage instances with that tag. For more
information, see Working with Instances (p. 611).
Resources
• AMIs (p. 623)
• Instance Types (p. 624)
• Subnets (p. 625)
622
IAM Policies
• EBS Volumes (p. 626)

• Tags (p. 626)
• Tags in a Launch Template (p. 629)
• Elastic GPUs (p. 630)
• Launch Templates (p. 630)
AMIs
The following policy allows users to launch instances using only the specified AMIs, ami-9e1670f7 and
ami-45cf5c3c. The users can't launch an instance using other AMIs (unless another statement grants
the users permission to do so).
{
"Version": "2012-10-17",
"Statement": [{
"Effect": "Allow",
"Action": "ec2:RunInstances",
"Resource": [
"arn:aws:ec2:region::image/ami-9e1670f7",
"arn:aws:ec2:region::image/ami-45cf5c3c",
"arn:aws:ec2:region:account:instance/*",
"arn:aws:ec2:region:account:volume/*",
"arn:aws:ec2:region:account:key-pair/*",
"arn:aws:ec2:region:account:security-group/*",
"arn:aws:ec2:region:account:subnet/*",
"arn:aws:ec2:region:account:network-interface/*"
]
}
]
}
Alternatively, the following policy allows users to launch instances from all AMIs owned by Amazon. The
Condition element of the first statement tests whether ec2:Owner is amazon. The users can't launch
an instance using other AMIs (unless another statement grants the users permission to do so).
{
"Version": "2012-10-17",
"Statement": [{
"Effect": "Allow",
"Resource": [
"arn:aws:ec2:region::image/ami-*"
],
"Condition": {
"StringEquals": {
"ec2:Owner": "amazon"
}
}
},
{
"Effect": "Allow",
"Resource": [
"arn:aws:ec2:region:account:network-interface/*",
"arn:aws:ec2:region:account:security-group/*"
]
623
IAM Policies
}
]
}
Instance Types
The following policy allows users to launch instances using only the t2.micro or t2.small instance
type, which you might do to control costs. The users can't launch larger instances because the
Condition element of the first statement tests whether ec2:InstanceType is either t2.micro or
t2.small.
{
"Version": "2012-10-17",
"Statement": [{
"Effect": "Allow",
"Resource": [
"arn:aws:ec2:region:account:instance/*"
],
"Condition": {
"StringEquals": {
"ec2:InstanceType": ["t2.micro", "t2.small"]
}
}
},
{
"Effect": "Allow",
"Resource": [
"arn:aws:ec2:region::image/ami-*",
]
}
]
}
Alternatively, you can create a policy that denies users permissions to launch any instances except
t2.micro and t2.small instance types.
{
"Version": "2012-10-17",
"Statement": [{
"Effect": "Deny",
"Resource": [
],
"Condition": {
"ec2:InstanceType": ["t2.micro", "t2.small"]
}
}
},
{
"Effect": "Allow",
"Resource": [
624
IAM Policies
]
}
]
}
Subnets
The following policy allows users to launch instances using only the specified subnet,
subnet-12345678. The group can't launch instances into any another subnet (unless another statement
grants the users permission to do so).
{
"Version": "2012-10-17",
"Statement": [{
"Effect": "Allow",
"Resource": [
"arn:aws:ec2:region:account:subnet/subnet-12345678",
]
}
]
}
Alternatively, you could create a policy that denies users permissions to launch an instance into any other
subnet. The statement does this by denying permission to create a network interface, except where
subnet subnet-12345678 is specified. This denial overrides any other policies that are created to allow
launching instances into other subnets.
{
"Version": "2012-10-17",
"Statement": [{
"Effect": "Deny",
"Resource": [
"arn:aws:ec2:region:account:network-interface/*"
],
"Condition": {
"ArnNotEquals": {
"ec2:Subnet": "arn:aws:ec2:region:account:subnet/subnet-12345678"
}
}
},
{
"Effect": "Allow",
"Resource": [
625
IAM Policies
]
}
]
}
EBS Volumes
The following policy allows users to launch instances only if the EBS volumes for the instance are
encrypted. The user must launch an instance from an AMI that was created with encrypted snapshots, to
ensure that the root volume is encrypted. Any additional volume that the user attaches to the instance
during launch must also be encrypted.
{
"Version": "2012-10-17",
"Statement": [
{
"Effect": "Allow",
"Resource": [
],
"Condition": {
"Bool": {
"ec2:Encrypted": "true"
}
}
},
{
"Effect": "Allow",
"Resource": [
"arn:aws:ec2:*::image/ami-*",
"arn:aws:ec2:*:*:network-interface/*",
"arn:aws:ec2:*:*:subnet/*",
"arn:aws:ec2:*:*:key-pair/*",
"arn:aws:ec2:*:*:security-group/*"
]
}
]
}
Tags
The following policy allows users to launch instances and tag the instances during creation. For resource-
creating actions that apply tags, users must have permissions to use the CreateTags action. The second
statement uses the ec2:CreateAction condition key to allow users to create tags only in the context
of RunInstances, and only for instances. Users cannot tag existing resources, and users cannot tag
volumes using the RunInstances request.
For more information, see Resource-Level Permissions for Tagging (p. 608).
{
"Version": "2012-10-17",
"Statement": [
{
"Effect": "Allow",
"Action": [
"ec2:RunInstances"
],
"Resource": "*"
626
IAM Policies
},
{
"Effect": "Allow",
"Action": [
"ec2:CreateTags"
],
"Condition": {
"StringEquals": {
}
}
}
]
}
The following policy includes the aws:RequestTag condition key that requires users to tag any
instances and volumes that are created by RunInstances with the tags environment=production
and purpose=webserver. The aws:TagKeys condition key uses the ForAllValues modifier to
indicate that only the keys environment and purpose are allowed in the request (no other tags can be
specified). If no tags are specified in the request, the request fails.
{
"Version": "2012-10-17",
"Statement": [
{
"Effect": "Allow",
"Action": [
"ec2:RunInstances"
],
"Resource": [
"arn:aws:ec2:region::image/*",
"arn:aws:ec2:region:account:key-pair/*"
]
},
{
"Effect": "Allow",
"Action": [
"ec2:RunInstances"
],
"Resource": [
],
"Condition": {
"StringEquals": {
"aws:RequestTag/environment": "production" ,
"aws:RequestTag/purpose": "webserver"
},
"aws:TagKeys": ["environment","purpose"]
}
}
},
{
"Effect": "Allow",
"Action": [
"ec2:CreateTags"
],
"Condition": {
627
IAM Policies
"StringEquals": {
}
}
}
]
}
The following policy uses the ForAnyValue modifier on the aws:TagKeys condition to indicate that at
least one tag must be specified in the request, and it must contain the key environment or webserver.
The tag must be applied to both instances and volumes. Any tag values can be specified in the request.
{
"Version": "2012-10-17",
"Statement": [
{
"Effect": "Allow",
"Action": [
"ec2:RunInstances"
],
"Resource": [
"arn:aws:ec2:region::image/*",
"arn:aws:ec2:region:account:key-pair/*"
]
},
{
"Effect": "Allow",
"Action": [
"ec2:RunInstances"
],
"Resource": [
],
"Condition": {
"ForAnyValue:StringEquals": {
"aws:TagKeys": ["environment","webserver"]
}
}
},
{
"Effect": "Allow",
"Action": [
"ec2:CreateTags"
],
"Condition": {
"StringEquals": {
}
}
}
]
}
In the following policy, users do not have to specify tags in the request, but if they do, the tag must be
purpose=test. No other tags are allowed. Users can apply the tags to any taggable resource in the
RunInstances request.
628
IAM Policies
"Version": "2012-10-17",
"Statement": [
{
"Effect": "Allow",
"Action": [
"ec2:RunInstances"
],
"Resource": "*"
},
{
"Effect": "Allow",
"Action": [
"ec2:CreateTags"
],
"Condition": {
"StringEquals": {
"aws:RequestTag/purpose": "test",
},
"aws:TagKeys": "purpose"
}
}
}
]
}
Tags in a Launch Template
In the following example, users can launch instances, but only if they use a specific launch template
(lt-09477bcd97b0d310e). The ec2:IsLaunchTemplateResource condition key prevents users from
overriding any of the resources specified in the launch template. The second part of the statement allows
users to tag instances on creation—this part of the statement is necessary if tags are specified for the
instance in the launch template.
{
"Version": "2012-10-17",
"Statement": [
{
"Effect": "Allow",
"Resource": "*",
"Condition": {
"ArnLike": {
"ec2:LaunchTemplate": "arn:aws:ec2:region:account:launch-template/
lt-09477bcd97b0d310e"
},
"Bool": {
"ec2:IsLaunchTemplateResource": "true"
}
}
},
{
"Effect": "Allow",
"Action": [
"ec2:CreateTags"
],
"Resource": "arn:aws:ec2:region:account:instance/*",
"Condition": {
"StringEquals": {
}
}
629
IAM Policies
}
]
}
Elastic GPUs
In the following policy, users can launch an instance and specify an elastic GPU to attach to the instance.
Users can launch instances in any region, but they can only attach an elastic GPU during a launch in the
us-east-2 region.
The ec2:ElasticGpuType condition key uses the ForAnyValue modifier to indicate that only the
elastic GPU types eg1.medium and eg1.large are allowed in the request.
{
"Version": "2012-10-17",
"Statement": [
{
"Effect": "Allow",
"Action": [
"ec2:RunInstances"
],
"Resource": [
"arn:aws:ec2:*:account:elastic-gpu/*"
],
"Condition": {
"StringEquals": {
"ec2:Region": "us-east-2"
},
"ForAnyValue:StringLike": {
"ec2:ElasticGpuType": [
"eg1.medium",
"eg1.large"
]
}
}
},
{
"Effect": "Allow",
"Resource": [
"arn:aws:ec2:*::image/ami-*",
"arn:aws:ec2:*:account:network-interface/*",
"arn:aws:ec2:*:account:instance/*",
"arn:aws:ec2:*:account:subnet/*",
"arn:aws:ec2:*:account:volume/*",
"arn:aws:ec2:*:account:key-pair/*",
"arn:aws:ec2:*:account:security-group/*"
]
}
]
}
Launch Templates
In the following example, users can launch instances, but only if they use a specific launch template
(lt-09477bcd97b0d310e). Users can override any parameters in the launch template by specifying the
parameters in the RunInstances action.
{
"Version": "2012-10-17",
"Statement": [
{
"Effect": "Allow",
630
IAM Policies
"Resource": "*",
"Condition": {
"ArnLike": {
"ec2:LaunchTemplate": "arn:aws:ec2:region:account:launch-template/
lt-09477bcd97b0d310e"
}
}
}
]
}
In this example, users can launch instances only if they use a launch template. The policy uses the
ec2:IsLaunchTemplateResource condition key to prevent users from overriding any of the launch
template resources in the RunInstances request.
{
"Version": "2012-10-17",
"Statement": [
{
"Effect": "Allow",
"Resource": "*",
"Condition": {
"ArnLike": {
"ec2:LaunchTemplate": "arn:aws:ec2:region:account:launch-template/*"
},
"Bool": {
}
}
}
]
}
The following example policy allows user to launch instances, but only if they use a launch template.
Users cannot override the subnet and network interface parameters in the request; these parameters
can only be specified in the launch template. The first part of the statement uses the NotResource
element to allow all other resources except subnets and network interfaces. The second part of the
statement allows the subnet and network interface resources, but only if they are sourced from the
launch template.
{
"Version": "2012-10-17",
"Statement": [
{
"Effect": "Allow",
"NotResource": ["arn:aws:ec2:region:account:subnet/*",
"arn:aws:ec2:region:account:network-interface/*" ],
"Condition": {
"ArnLike": {
}
}
},
{
"Effect": "Allow",
"Resource": ["arn:aws:ec2:region:account:subnet/*",
"arn:aws:ec2:region:account:network-interface/*" ],
"Condition": {
631
IAM Policies
"ArnLike": {
},
"Bool": {
}
}
}
]
}
The following example allows users to launch instances only if they use a launch template, and only
if the launch template has the tag Purpose=Webservers. Users cannot override any of the launch
template parameters in the RunInstances action.
{
"Version": "2012-10-17",
"Statement": [
{
"Effect": "Allow",
"NotResource": "arn:aws:ec2:region:account:launch-template/*",
"Condition": {
"ArnLike": {
},
"Bool": {
}
}
},
{
"Effect": "Allow",
"Resource": "arn:aws:ec2:region:account:launch-template/*",
"Condition": {
"StringEquals": {
"ec2:ResourceTag/Purpose": "Webservers"
}
}
}
]
}
Example: Working with Reserved Instances

The following policy gives users permission to view, modify, and purchase Reserved Instances in your
account.
It is not possible to set resource-level permissions for individual Reserved Instances. This policy means
that users have access to all the Reserved Instances in the account.
The Resource element uses a * wildcard to indicate that users can specify all resources with the action;
in this case, they can list and modify all Reserved Instances in the account. They can also purchase
Reserved Instances using the account credentials. The * wildcard is also necessary in cases where the API
action does not support resource-level permissions.
{
"Version": "2012-10-17",
"Statement": [{
"Effect": "Allow",
"Action": [
632
IAM Policies
"ec2:DescribeReservedInstances", "ec2:ModifyReservedInstances",
"ec2:PurchaseReservedInstancesOffering", "ec2:DescribeAvailabilityZones",
"ec2:DescribeReservedInstancesOfferings"
],
"Resource": "*"
}
]
}
To allow users to view and modify the Reserved Instances in your account, but not purchase new
Reserved Instances.
{
"Version": "2012-10-17",
"Statement": [{
"Effect": "Allow",
"Action": [
"ec2:DescribeAvailabilityZones"
],
"Resource": "*"
}
]
}
Example: Tagging Resources

The following policy allows users to use the CreateTags action to apply tags to an instance only if
the tag contains the key environment and the value production. The ForAllValues modifier is
used with the aws:TagKeys condition key to indicate that only the key environment is allowed in the
request (no other tags are allowed). The user cannot tag any other resource types.
{
"Version": "2012-10-17",
"Statement": [
{
"Effect": "Allow",
"Action": [
"ec2:CreateTags"
],
"Condition": {
"StringEquals": {
"aws:RequestTag/environment": "production"
},
"aws:TagKeys": [
"environment"
]
}
}
}
]
}
The following policy allows users to tag any taggable resource that already has a tag with a key of owner
and a value of the IAM username. In addition, users must specify a tag with a key of environment and a
value of either test or prod in the request. Users can specify additional tags in the request.
633
IAM Policies
"Version": "2012-10-17",
"Statement": [
{
"Effect": "Allow",
"Action": [
"ec2:CreateTags"
],
"Condition": {
"StringEquals": {
"aws:RequestTag/environment": ["test","prod"],
"ec2:ResourceTag/owner": "${aws:username}"
}
}
}
]
}
You can create an IAM policy that allows users to delete specific tags for a resource. For example, the
following policy allows users to delete tags for a volume if the tag keys specified in the request are
environment or cost-center. Any value can be specified for the tag but the tag key must match
either of the specified keys.
Note
If you delete a resource, all tags associated with the resource are also deleted. Users do not need
permissions to use the ec2:DeleteTags action to delete a resource that has tags; they only
need permissions to perform the deleting action.
{
"Version": "2012-10-17",
"Statement": [
{
"Effect": "Allow",
"Action": "ec2:DeleteTags",
"Condition": {
"aws:TagKeys": ["environment","cost-center"]
}
}
}
]
}
This policy allows users to delete only the environment=prod tag on any resource, and only if the
resource is already tagged with a key of owner and a value of the IAM username. Users cannot delete
any other tags for a resource.
{
"Version": "2012-10-17",
"Statement": [
{
"Effect": "Allow",
"Action": [
"ec2:DeleteTags"
],
"Condition": {
"StringEquals": {
"aws:RequestTag/environment": "prod",
"ec2:ResourceTag/owner": "${aws:username}"
},
634
IAM Policies
"aws:TagKeys": ["environment"]
}
}
}
]
}
Example: Working with IAM Roles

The following policy allows users to attach, replace, and detach an IAM role to instances that have the
tag department=test. Replacing or detaching an IAM role requires an association ID, therefore the
policy also grants users permission to use the ec2:DescribeIamInstanceProfileAssociations
action.
IAM users must have permission to use the iam:PassRole action in order to pass the role to the
instance.
{
"Version": "2012-10-17",
"Statement": [
{
"Effect": "Allow",
"Action": [
"ec2:AssociateIamInstanceProfile",
"ec2:ReplaceIamInstanceProfileAssociation",
"ec2:DisassociateIamInstanceProfile"
],
"Condition": {
"StringEquals": {
"ec2:ResourceTag/department":"test"
}
}
},
{
"Effect": "Allow",
"Action": "ec2:DescribeIamInstanceProfileAssociations",
"Resource": "*"
},
{
"Effect": "Allow",
"Action": "iam:PassRole",
"Resource": "*"
}
]
}
The following policy allows users to attach or replace an IAM role for any instance. Users can only attach
or replace IAM roles with names that begin with TestRole-. For the iam:PassRole action, ensure that
you specify the name of the IAM role and not the instance profile (if the names are different). For more
information, see Instance Profiles (p. 646).
{
"Version": "2012-10-17",
"Statement": [
{
"Effect": "Allow",
"Action": [
"ec2:ReplaceIamInstanceProfileAssociation"
],
"Resource": "*"
635
IAM Policies
},
{
"Effect": "Allow",
"Action": "ec2:DescribeIamInstanceProfileAssociations",
"Resource": "*"
},
{
"Effect": "Allow",
"Resource": "arn:aws:iam::account:role/TestRole-*"
}
]
}
Example: Working with Route Tables

The following policy allows users to add, remove, and replace routes for route tables that are associated
with VPC vpc-ec43eb89 only. To specify a VPC for the ec2:Vpc condition key, you must specify the full
ARN of the VPC.
{
"Version": "2012-10-17",
"Statement": [
{
"Effect": "Allow",
"Action": [
"ec2:DeleteRoute",
"ec2:CreateRoute",
"ec2:ReplaceRoute"
],
"Resource": [
"arn:aws:ec2:region:account:route-table/*"
],
"Condition": {
"StringEquals": {
"ec2:Vpc": "arn:aws:ec2:region:account:vpc/vpc-ec43eb89"
}
}
}
]
}
Example: Allowing a Specific Instance to View Resources in Other AWS Services

The following is an example of a policy that you might attach to an IAM role. The policy allows an
instance to view resources in various AWS services. It uses the ec2:SourceInstanceARN condition key
to specify that the instance from which the request is made must be instance i-093452212644b0dd6.
If the same IAM role is associated with another instance, the other instance cannot perform any of these
actions.
The ec2:SourceInstanceARN key is an AWS-wide condition key, therefore it can be used for other
service actions, not just Amazon EC2.
{
"Version": "2012-10-17",
"Statement": [
{
"Effect": "Allow",
"Action": [
"ec2:DescribeVolumes",
"s3:ListAllMyBuckets",
"dynamodb:ListTables",
636
IAM Policies
"rds:DescribeDBInstances"
],
"Resource": [
"*"
],
"Condition": {
"ArnEquals": {
"ec2:SourceInstanceARN": "arn:aws:ec2:region:account:instance/
i-093452212644b0dd6"
}
}
}
]
}
Example: Working with Launch Templates

The following policy allows users to create a launch template version and modify a launch template, but
only for a specific launch template (lt-09477bcd97b0d3abc). Users cannot work with other launch
templates.
{
"Version": "2012-10-17",
"Statement": [
{
"Action": [
"ec2:CreateLaunchTemplateVersion",
"ec2:ModifyLaunchTemplate"
],
"Effect": "Allow",
"Resource": "arn:aws:ec2:region:account:launch-template/lt-09477bcd97b0d3abc"
}
]
}
The following policy allows users to delete any launch template and launch template version, provided
that the launch template has the tag Purpose=Testing.
{
"Version": "2012-10-17",
"Statement": [
{
"Action": [
"ec2:DeleteLaunchTemplate",
"ec2:DeleteLaunchTemplateVersions"
],
"Effect": "Allow",
"Resource": "arn:aws:ec2:region:account:launch-template/*",
"Condition": {
"StringEquals": {
"ec2:ResourceTag/Purpose": "Testing"
}
}
}
]
}
Example Policies for Working in the Amazon EC2 Console

You can use IAM policies to grant users permissions to view and work with specific resources in the
Amazon EC2 console. You can use the example policies in the previous section; however, they are
637
IAM Policies
designed for requests that are made with the AWS CLI or an AWS SDK. The console uses additional
API actions for its features, so these policies may not work as expected. For example, a user that has
permission to use only the DescribeVolumes API action will encounter errors when trying to view
volumes in the console. This section demonstrates policies that enable users to work with specific parts
of the console.
Tip
To help you work out which API actions are required to perform tasks in the console, you can
use a service such as AWS CloudTrail. For more information, see the AWS CloudTrail User Guide.
If your policy does not grant permission to create or modify a specific resource, the console
displays an encoded message with diagnostic information. You can decode the message using
the DecodeAuthorizationMessage API action for AWS STS, or the decode-authorization-message
command in the AWS CLI.
Examples
• Example: Read-Only Access (p. 638)
• Example: Using the EC2 Launch Wizard (p. 639)
• Example: Working with Volumes (p. 641)
• Example: Working with Security Groups (p. 642)
• Example: Working with Elastic IP Addresses (p. 644)
• Example: Working with Reserved Instances (p. 644)
For additional information about creating policies for the Amazon EC2 console, see the following AWS
Security Blog post: Granting Users Permission to Work in the Amazon EC2 Console.
Example: Read-Only Access

To allow users to view all resources in the Amazon EC2 console, you can use the same policy as the
following example: Example: Read-Only Access (p. 610). Users cannot perform any actions on those
resources or create new resources, unless another statement grants them permission to do so.
View instances, AMIs, and snapshots
Alternatively, you can provide read-only access to a subset of resources. To do this, replace the *
wildcard in the ec2:Describe API action with specific ec2:Describe actions for each resource. The
following policy allows users to view all instances, AMIs, and snapshots in the Amazon EC2 console.
The ec2:DescribeTags action allows users to view public AMIs. The console requires the tagging
information to display public AMIs; however, you can remove this action to allow users to view only
private AMIs.
{
"Version": "2012-10-17",
"Statement": [{
"Effect": "Allow",
"Action": [
"ec2:DescribeTags", "ec2:DescribeSnapshots"
],
"Resource": "*"
}
]
}
Note
The Amazon EC2 ec2:Describe* API actions do not support resource-level permissions, so
you cannot control which individual resources users can view in the console. Therefore, the *
638
IAM Policies
wildcard is necessary in the Resource element of the above statement. For more information
about which ARNs you can use with which Amazon EC2 API actions, see Supported Resource-
Level Permissions for Amazon EC2 API Actions (p. 607).
View instances and CloudWatch metrics
The following policy allows users to view instances in the Amazon EC2 console, as well as CloudWatch
alarms and metrics in the Monitoring tab of the Instances page. The Amazon EC2 console uses the
CloudWatch API to display the alarms and metrics, so you must grant users permission to use the
cloudwatch:DescribeAlarms and cloudwatch:GetMetricStatistics actions.
{
"Version": "2012-10-17",
"Statement": [{
"Effect": "Allow",
"Action": [
"cloudwatch:DescribeAlarms",
"cloudwatch:GetMetricStatistics"
],
"Resource": "*"
}
]
}
Example: Using the EC2 Launch Wizard

The Amazon EC2 launch wizard is a series of screens with options to configure and launch an instance.
Your policy must include permission to use the API actions that allow users to work with the wizard's
options. If your policy does not include permission to use those actions, some items in the wizard cannot
load properly, and users cannot complete a launch.
Basic launch wizard access
To complete a launch successfully, users must be given permission to use the ec2:RunInstances API
action, and at least the following API actions:
• ec2:DescribeImages: To view and select an AMI.

• ec2:DescribeVpcs: To view the available network options.
• ec2:DescribeSubnets: To view all available subnets for the chosen VPC.
• ec2:DescribeSecurityGroups: To view the security groups page in the wizard. Users can select an
existing security group.
• ec2:DescribeKeyPairs or ec2:CreateKeyPair: To select an existing key pair, or create a new
one.
{
"Version": "2012-10-17",
"Statement": [{
"Effect": "Allow",
"Action": [
"ec2:DescribeKeyPairs","ec2:DescribeVpcs", "ec2:DescribeSubnets",
"ec2:DescribeSecurityGroups"
],
"Resource": "*"
},
{
"Effect": "Allow",
639
IAM Policies
"Resource": "*"
}
]
}
You can add API actions to your policy to provide more options for users, for example:
• ec2:DescribeAvailabilityZones: To view and select a specific Availability Zone.

• ec2:DescribeNetworkInterfaces: To view and select existing network interfaces for the selected
subnet.
• ec2:CreateSecurityGroup: To create a new security group; for example, to create the wizard's
suggested launch-wizard-x security group. However, this action alone only creates the security
group; it does not add or modify any rules. To add inbound rules, users must be granted permission to
use the ec2:AuthorizeSecurityGroupIngress API action. To add outbound rules to VPC security
groups, users must be granted permission to use the ec2:AuthorizeSecurityGroupEgress
API action. To modify or delete existing rules, users must be granted permission to use the relevant
ec2:RevokeSecurityGroup* API action.
• ec2:CreateTags: To tag the resources that are created by RunInstances. For more information, see
Resource-Level Permissions for Tagging (p. 608). If users do not have permission to use this action
and they attempt to apply tags on the tagging page of the launch wizard, the launch fails.
Important
Be careful about granting users permission to use the ec2:CreateTags action. This limits
your ability to use the ec2:ResourceTag condition key to restrict the use of other resources;
users can change a resource's tag in order to bypass those restrictions.
Currently, the Amazon EC2 Describe* API actions do not support resource-level permissions, so you
cannot restrict which individual resources users can view in the launch wizard. However, you can apply
resource-level permissions on the ec2:RunInstances API action to restrict which resources users can
use to launch an instance. The launch fails if users select options that they are not authorized to use.
Restrict access to specific instance type, subnet, and region
The following policy allows users to launch m1.small instances using AMIs owned by Amazon, and only
into a specific subnet (subnet-1a2b3c4d). Users can only launch in the sa-east-1 region. If users select
a different region, or select a different instance type, AMI, or subnet in the launch wizard, the launch
fails.
The first statement grants users permission to view the options in the launch wizard, as demonstrated in
the example above. The second statement grants users permission to use the network interface, volume,
key pair, security group, and subnet resources for the ec2:RunInstances action, which are required to
launch an instance into a VPC. For more information about using the ec2:RunInstances action, see
Launching Instances (RunInstances) (p. 622). The third and fourth statements grant users permission
to use the instance and AMI resources respectively, but only if the instance is an m1.small instance, and
only if the AMI is owned by Amazon.
{
"Version": "2012-10-17",
"Statement": [{
"Effect": "Allow",
"Action": [
"ec2:DescribeKeyPairs","ec2:DescribeVpcs", "ec2:DescribeSubnets",
"ec2:DescribeSecurityGroups"
],
"Resource": "*"
},
640
IAM Policies
{
"Effect": "Allow",
"Action":"ec2:RunInstances",
"Resource": [
"arn:aws:ec2:sa-east-1:111122223333:network-interface/*",
"arn:aws:ec2:sa-east-1:111122223333:volume/*",
"arn:aws:ec2:sa-east-1:111122223333:key-pair/*",
"arn:aws:ec2:sa-east-1:111122223333:security-group/*",
"arn:aws:ec2:sa-east-1:111122223333:subnet/subnet-1a2b3c4d"
]
},
{
"Effect": "Allow",
"Resource": [
"arn:aws:ec2:sa-east-1:111122223333:instance/*"
],
"Condition": {
"StringEquals": {
"ec2:InstanceType": "m1.small"
}
}
},
{
"Effect": "Allow",
"Resource": [
"arn:aws:ec2:sa-east-1::image/ami-*"
],
"Condition": {
"StringEquals": {
"ec2:Owner": "amazon"
}
}
}
]
}
Example: Working with Volumes

The following policy grants users permission to view and create volumes, and attach and detach volumes
to specific instances.
Users can attach any volume to instances that have the tag "purpose=test", and also detach volumes
from those instances. To attach a volume using the Amazon EC2 console, it is helpful for users to have
permission to use the ec2:DescribeInstances action, as this allows them to select an instance from a
pre-populated list in the Attach Volume dialog box. However, this also allows users to view all instances
on the Instances page in the console, so you can omit this action.
In the first statement, the ec2:DescribeAvailabilityZones action is necessary to ensure that a user
can select an Availability Zone when creating a volume.
Users cannot tag the volumes that they create (either during or after volume creation).
{
"Version": "2012-10-17",
"Statement": [{
"Effect": "Allow",
"Action": [
"ec2:DescribeAvailabilityZones",
"ec2:CreateVolume",
"ec2:DescribeInstances"
641
IAM Policies
],
"Resource": "*"
},
{
"Effect": "Allow",
"Action": [
"ec2:AttachVolume",
"ec2:DetachVolume"
],
"Resource": "arn:aws:ec2:region:111122223333:instance/*",
"Condition": {
"StringEquals": {
"ec2:ResourceTag/purpose": "test"
}
}
},
{
"Effect": "Allow",
"Action": [
"ec2:AttachVolume",
"ec2:DetachVolume"
],
"Resource": "arn:aws:ec2:region:111122223333:volume/*"
}
]
}
Example: Working with Security Groups

View security groups and add and remove rules
The following policy grants users permission to view security groups in the Amazon EC2 console,
and to add and remove inbound and outbound rules for existing security groups that have the tag
Department=Test.
In the first statement, the ec2:DescribeTags action allows users to view tags in the console, which
makes it easier for users to identify the security groups that they are allowed to modify.
{
"Version": "2012-10-17",
"Statement": [{
"Effect": "Allow",
"Action": [
"ec2:DescribeSecurityGroups", "ec2:DescribeTags"
],
"Resource": "*"
},
{
"Effect": "Allow",
"Action": [
"ec2:AuthorizeSecurityGroupIngress", "ec2:RevokeSecurityGroupIngress",
"ec2:AuthorizeSecurityGroupEgress", "ec2:RevokeSecurityGroupEgress"
],
"Resource": [
"arn:aws:ec2:region:111122223333:security-group/*"
],
"Condition": {
"StringEquals": {
"ec2:ResourceTag/Department": "Test"
}
}
}
]
642
IAM Policies
Working with the Create Security Group dialog box
You can create a policy that allows users to work with the Create Security Group dialog box in the
Amazon EC2 console. To use this dialog box, users must be granted permission to use at the least the
following API actions:
• ec2:CreateSecurityGroup: To create a new security group.

• ec2:DescribeVpcs: To view a list of existing VPCs in the VPC list.
With these permissions, users can create a new security group successfully, but they cannot add any rules
to it. To work with rules in the Create Security Group dialog box, you can add the following API actions
to your policy:
• ec2:AuthorizeSecurityGroupIngress: To add inbound rules.

• ec2:AuthorizeSecurityGroupEgress: To add outbound rules to VPC security groups.
• ec2:RevokeSecurityGroupIngress: To modify or delete existing inbound rules. This is useful to
allow users to use the Copy to new feature in the console. This feature opens the Create Security
Group dialog box and populates it with the same rules as the security group that was selected.
• ec2:RevokeSecurityGroupEgress: To modify or delete outbound rules for VPC security groups.
This is useful to allow users to modify or delete the default outbound rule that allows all outbound
traffic.
• ec2:DeleteSecurityGroup: To cater for when invalid rules cannot be saved. The console first
creates the security group, and then adds the specified rules. If the rules are invalid, the action fails,
and the console attempts to delete the security group. The user remains in the Create Security Group
dialog box so that they can correct the invalid rule and try to create the security group again. This API
action is not required, but if a user is not granted permission to use it and attempts to create a security
group with invalid rules, the security group is created without any rules, and the user must add them
afterward.
Currently, the ec2:CreateSecurityGroup API action does not support resource-level permissions;
however, you can apply resource-level permissions to the ec2:AuthorizeSecurityGroupIngress
and ec2:AuthorizeSecurityGroupEgress actions to control how users can create rules.
The following policy grants users permission to use the Create Security Group dialog box, and to create
inbound and outbound rules for security groups that are associated with a specific VPC (vpc-1a2b3c4d).
Users can create security groups for EC2-Classic or another VPC, but they cannot add any rules to them.
Similarly, users cannot add any rules to any existing security group that's not associated with VPC
vpc-1a2b3c4d. Users are also granted permission to view all security groups in the console. This makes
it easier for users to identify the security groups to which they can add inbound rules. This policy also
grants users permission to delete security groups that are associated with VPC vpc-1a2b3c4d.
{
"Version": "2012-10-17",
"Statement": [{
"Effect": "Allow",
"Action": [
"ec2:DescribeSecurityGroups", "ec2:CreateSecurityGroup", "ec2:DescribeVpcs"
],
"Resource": "*"
},
{
"Effect": "Allow",
"Action": [
"ec2:DeleteSecurityGroup", "ec2:AuthorizeSecurityGroupIngress",
"ec2:AuthorizeSecurityGroupEgress"
643
IAM Policies
],
"Resource": "arn:aws:ec2:region:111122223333:security-group/*",
"Condition":{
"ArnEquals": {
"ec2:Vpc": "arn:aws:ec2:region:111122223333:vpc/vpc-1a2b3c4d"
}
}
}
]
}
Example: Working with Elastic IP Addresses

To allow users to view Elastic IP addresses in the Amazon EC2 console, you must grant users permission
to use the ec2:DescribeAddresses action.
To allow users to work with Elastic IP addresses, you can add the following actions to your policy.
• ec2:AllocateAddress: To allocate an Elastic IP address.

• ec2:ReleaseAddress: To release an Elastic IP address.
• ec2:AssociateAddress: To associate an Elastic IP address with an instance or a network interface.
• ec2:DescribeNetworkInterfaces and ec2:DescribeInstances: To work with the Associate
address screen. The screen displays the available instances or network interfaces to which you can
associate an Elastic IP address.
• ec2:DisassociateAddress: To disassociate an Elastic IP address from an instance or a network
interface.
The following policy allows users to view, allocate, and associate Elastic IP addresses with instances.
Users cannot associate Elastic IP addresses with network interfaces, disassociate Elastic IP addresses, or
release them.
{
"Version": "2012-10-17",
"Statement": [
{
"Effect": "Allow",
"Action": [
"ec2:DescribeAddresses",
"ec2:AllocateAddress",
"ec2:AssociateAddress"
],
"Resource": "*"
}
]
}
Example: Working with Reserved Instances

The following policy can be attached to an IAM user. It gives the user access to view and modify Reserved
Instances in your account, as well as purchase new Reserved Instances in the AWS Management Console.
This policy allows users to view all the Reserved Instances, as well as On-Demand Instances, in the
account. It's not possible to set resource-level permissions for individual Reserved Instances.
{
"Version": "2012-10-17",
"Statement": [{
644
IAM Roles
"Effect": "Allow",
"Action": [
"ec2:PurchaseReservedInstancesOffering", "ec2:DescribeInstances",
"ec2:DescribeAvailabilityZones", "ec2:DescribeReservedInstancesOfferings"
],
"Resource": "*"
}
]
}
The ec2:DescribeAvailabilityZones action is necessary to ensure that the Amazon EC2 console
can display information about the Availability Zones in which you can purchase Reserved Instances. The
ec2:DescribeInstances action is not required, but ensures that the user can view the instances in the
account and purchase reservations to match the correct specifications.
You can adjust the API actions to limit user access, for example removing ec2:DescribeInstances
and ec2:DescribeAvailabilityZones means the user has read-only access.
IAM Roles for Amazon EC2

Applications must sign their API requests with AWS credentials. Therefore, if you are an application
developer, you need a strategy for managing credentials for your applications that run on EC2 instances.
For example, you can securely distribute your AWS credentials to the instances, enabling the applications
on those instances to use your credentials to sign requests, while protecting your credentials from other
users. However, it's challenging to securely distribute credentials to each instance, especially those that
AWS creates on your behalf, such as Spot Instances or instances in Auto Scaling groups. You must also be
able to update the credentials on each instance when you rotate your AWS credentials.
We designed IAM roles so that your applications can securely make API requests from your instances,
without requiring you to manage the security credentials that the applications use. Instead of creating
and distributing your AWS credentials, you can delegate permission to make API requests using IAM roles
as follows:
1. Create an IAM role.

2. Define which accounts or AWS services can assume the role.
3. Define which API actions and resources the application can use after assuming the role.
4. Specify the role when you launch your instance, or attach the role to an existing instance.
5. Have the application retrieve a set of temporary credentials and use them.
For example, you can use IAM roles to grant permissions to applications running on your instances that
need to use a bucket in Amazon S3. You can specify permissions for IAM roles by creating a policy in
JSON format. These are similar to the policies that you create for IAM users. If you change a role, the
change is propagated to all instances.
You cannot attach multiple IAM roles to a single instance, but you can attach a single IAM role to
multiple instances. For more information about creating and using IAM roles, see Roles in the IAM User
Guide.
You can apply resource-level permissions to your IAM policies to control the users' ability to attach,
replace, or detach IAM roles for an instance. For more information, see Supported Resource-Level
Permissions for Amazon EC2 API Actions (p. 607) and the following example: Example: Working with
IAM Roles (p. 635).
Topics
• Instance Profiles (p. 646)
645
IAM Roles
• Retrieving Security Credentials from Instance Metadata (p. 646)

• Granting an IAM User Permission to Pass an IAM Role to an Instance (p. 647)
• Working with IAM Roles (p. 647)
Instance Profiles
Amazon EC2 uses an instance profile as a container for an IAM role. When you create an IAM role using
the IAM console, the console creates an instance profile automatically and gives it the same name as the
role to which it corresponds. If you use the Amazon EC2 console to launch an instance with an IAM role
or to attach an IAM role to an instance, you choose the role based on a list of instance profile names.
If you use the AWS CLI, API, or an AWS SDK to create a role, you create the role and instance profile as
separate actions, with potentially different names. If you then use the AWS CLI, API, or an AWS SDK to
launch an instance with an IAM role or to attach an IAM role to an instance, specify the instance profile
name.
An instance profile can contain only one IAM role. This limit cannot be increased.
For more information, see Instance Profiles in the IAM User Guide.
Retrieving Security Credentials from Instance Metadata

An application on the instance retrieves the security credentials provided by the role from the instance
metadata item iam/security-credentials/role-name. The application is granted the permissions
for the actions and resources that you've defined for the role through the security credentials associated
with the role. These security credentials are temporary and we rotate them automatically. We make new
credentials available at least five minutes before the expiration of the old credentials.
Warning
If you use services that use instance metadata with IAM roles, ensure that you don't expose your
credentials when the services make HTTP calls on your behalf. The types of services that could
expose your credentials include HTTP proxies, HTML/CSS validator services, and XML processors
that support XML inclusion.
The following command retrieves the security credentials for an IAM role named s3access.
curl http://169.254.169.254/latest/meta-data/iam/security-credentials/s3access
{
"Code" : "Success",
"LastUpdated" : "2012-04-26T16:39:16Z",
"Type" : "AWS-HMAC",
"AccessKeyId" : "ASIAIOSFODNN7EXAMPLE",
"SecretAccessKey" : "wJalrXUtnFEMI/K7MDENG/bPxRfiCYEXAMPLEKEY",
"Token" : "token",
"Expiration" : "2017-05-17T15:09:54Z"
}
For applications, AWS CLI, and Tools for Windows PowerShell commands that run on the instance, you
do not have to explicitly get the temporary security credentials — the AWS SDKs, AWS CLI, and Tools for
Windows PowerShell automatically get the credentials from the EC2 instance metadata service and use
them. To make a call outside of the instance using temporary security credentials (for example, to test
IAM policies), you must provide the access key, secret key, and the session token. For more information,
see Using Temporary Security Credentials to Request Access to AWS Resources in the IAM User Guide.
646
IAM Roles
For more information about instance metadata, see Instance Metadata and User Data (p. 477).
Granting an IAM User Permission to Pass an IAM Role to an

Instance
To enable an IAM user to launch an instance with an IAM role or to attach or replace an IAM role for an
existing instance, you must grant the user permission to pass the role to the instance.
The following IAM policy grants users permission to launch instances (ec2:RunInstances)
with an IAM role, or to attach or replace an IAM role for an existing instance
(ec2:AssociateIamInstanceProfile and ec2:ReplaceIamInstanceProfileAssociation).
{
"Version": "2012-10-17",
"Statement": [
{
"Effect": "Allow",
"Action": [
"ec2:RunInstances",
"ec2:ReplaceIamInstanceProfileAssociation"
],
"Resource": "*"
},
{
"Effect": "Allow",
"Resource": "*"
}
]
}
This policy grants IAM users access to all your roles by specifying the resource as "*" in the policy.
However, consider whether users who launch instances with your roles (ones that exist or that you create
later on) might be granted permissions that they don't need or shouldn't have.
Working with IAM Roles

You can create an IAM role and attach it to an instance during or after launch. You can also replace or
detach an IAM role for an instance.
Contents
• Creating an IAM Role (p. 647)
• Launching an Instance with an IAM Role (p. 649)
• Attaching an IAM Role to an Instance (p. 650)
• Replacing an IAM Role (p. 651)
• Detaching an IAM Role (p. 652)
Creating an IAM Role

You must create an IAM role before you can launch an instance with that role or attach it to an instance.
To create an IAM role using the IAM console

2. In the navigation pane, choose Roles, Create role.
647
IAM Roles
3. On the Select role type page, choose EC2 and the EC2 use case. Choose Next: Permissions.
4. On the Attach permissions policy page, select an AWS managed policy that grants your instances
access to the resources that they need.
5. On the Review page, type a name for the role and choose Create role.
Alternatively, you can use the AWS CLI to create an IAM role.
To create an IAM role and instance profile (AWS CLI)
• Create an IAM role with a policy that allows the role to use an Amazon S3 bucket.
a. Create the following trust policy and save it in a text file named ec2-role-trust-
policy.json.
{
"Version": "2012-10-17",
"Statement": [
{
"Effect": "Allow",
"Principal": { "Service": "ec2.amazonaws.com"},
"Action": "sts:AssumeRole"
}
]
}
b. Create the s3access role and specify the trust policy that you created.
aws iam create-role --role-name s3access --assume-role-policy-document file://ec2-

role-trust-policy.json
{
"Role": {
"AssumeRolePolicyDocument": {
"Version": "2012-10-17",
"Statement": [
{
"Action": "sts:AssumeRole",
"Effect": "Allow",
"Principal": {
"Service": "ec2.amazonaws.com"
}
}
]
},
"RoleId": "AROAIIZKPBKS2LEXAMPLE",
"CreateDate": "2013-12-12T23:46:37.247Z",
"RoleName": "s3access",
"Path": "/",
"Arn": "arn:aws:iam::123456789012:role/s3access"
}
}
c. Create an access policy and save it in a text file named ec2-role-access-policy.json. For
example, this policy grants administrative permissions for Amazon S3 to applications running
on the instance.
{
"Version": "2012-10-17",
"Statement": [
{
"Effect": "Allow",
"Action": ["s3:*"],
648
IAM Roles
"Resource": ["*"]
}
]
}
d. Attach the access policy to the role.
aws iam put-role-policy --role-name s3access --policy-name S3-Permissions --policy-

document file://ec2-role-access-policy.json
e. Create an instance profile named s3access-profile.
aws iam create-instance-profile --instance-profile-name s3access-profile

{
"InstanceProfile": {
"InstanceProfileId": "AIPAJTLBPJLEGREXAMPLE",
"Roles": [],
"CreateDate": "2013-12-12T23:53:34.093Z",
"InstanceProfileName": "s3access-profile",
"Path": "/",
"Arn": "arn:aws:iam::123456789012:instance-profile/s3access-profile"
}
}
f. Add the s3access role to the s3access-profile instance profile.
aws iam add-role-to-instance-profile --instance-profile-name s3access-profile --

role-name s3access
For more information about these commands, see create-role, put-role-policy, and create-instance-
profile in the AWS CLI Command Reference.
Alternatively, you can use the following AWS Tools for Windows PowerShell commands:
• New-IAMRole
• Register-IAMRolePolicy
• New-IAMInstanceProfile
Launching an Instance with an IAM Role

After you've created an IAM role, you can launch an instance, and associate that role with the instance
during launch.
Important
After you create an IAM role, it may take several seconds for the permissions to propagate. If
your first attempt to launch an instance with a role fails, wait a few seconds before trying again.
For more information, see Troubleshooting Working with Roles in the IAM User Guide.
To launch an instance with an IAM role (console)

2. On the dashboard, choose Launch Instance.
3. Select an AMI and instance type and then choose Next: Configure Instance Details.
4. On the Configure Instance Details page, for IAM role, select the IAM role that you created.
Note
The IAM role list displays the name of the instance profile that you created when you
created your IAM role. If you created your IAM role using the console, the instance profile
649
IAM Roles
was created for you and given the same name as the role. If you created your IAM role using
the AWS CLI, API, or an AWS SDK, you may have named your instance profile differently.
5. Configure any other details, then follow the instructions through the rest of the wizard, or choose
Review and Launch to accept default settings and go directly to the Review Instance Launch page.
6. Review your settings, then choose Launch to choose a key pair and launch your instance.
7. If you are using the Amazon EC2 API actions in your application, retrieve the AWS security
credentials made available on the instance and use them to sign the requests. The AWS SDK does
this for you.
curl http://169.254.169.254/latest/meta-data/iam/security-credentials/role_name
Alternatively, you can use the AWS CLI to associate a role with an instance during launch. You must
specify the instance profile in the command.
To launch an instance with an IAM role (AWS CLI)
1. Use the run-instances command to launch an instance using the instance profile. The following
example shows how to launch an instance with the instance profile.
aws ec2 run-instances --image-id ami-11aa22bb --iam-instance-profile Name="s3access-

profile" --key-name my-key-pair --security-groups my-security-group --subnet-id
subnet-1a2b3c4d
Alternatively, use the New-EC2Instance Tools for Windows PowerShell command.

2. If you are using the Amazon EC2 API actions in your application, retrieve the AWS security
credentials made available on the instance and use them to sign the requests. The AWS SDK does
this for you.
curl http://169.254.169.254/latest/meta-data/iam/security-credentials/role_name
Attaching an IAM Role to an Instance

To attach an IAM role to an instance that has no role, the instance can be in the stopped or running
state.
To attach an IAM role to an instance (console)

3. Select the instance, choose Actions, Instance Settings, Attach/Replace IAM role.
4. Select the IAM role to attach to your instance, and choose Apply.
To attach an IAM role to an instance (AWS CLI)
1. If required, describe your instances to get the ID of the instance to which to attach the role.
aws ec2 describe-instances
2. Use the associate-iam-instance-profile command to attach the IAM role to the instance by specifying
the instance profile. You can use the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the instance profile, or you
can use its name.
650
IAM Roles
aws ec2 associate-iam-instance-profile --instance-id i-1234567890abcdef0 --iam-

instance-profile Name="TestRole-1"
{
"IamInstanceProfileAssociation": {
"InstanceId": "i-1234567890abcdef0",
"State": "associating",
"AssociationId": "iip-assoc-0dbd8529a48294120",
"Id": "AIPAJLNLDX3AMYZNWYYAY",
"Arn": "arn:aws:iam::123456789012:instance-profile/TestRole-1"
}
}
}
Alternatively, use the following Tools for Windows PowerShell commands:
• Get-EC2Instance
• Register-EC2IamInstanceProfile
Replacing an IAM Role

To replace the IAM role on an instance that already has an attached IAM role, the instance must be in the
running state. You can do this if you want to change the IAM role for an instance without detaching
the existing one first; for example, to ensure that API actions performed by applications running on the
instance are not interrupted.
To replace an IAM role for an instance (console)

4. Select the IAM role to attach to your instance, and choose Apply.
To replace an IAM role for an instance (AWS CLI)
1. If required, describe your IAM instance profile associations to get the association ID for the IAM
instance profile to replace.
aws ec2 describe-iam-instance-profile-associations
2. Use the replace-iam-instance-profile-association command to replace the IAM instance profile by

specifying the association ID for the existing instance profile and the ARN or name of the instance
profile that should replace it.
aws ec2 replace-iam-instance-profile-association --association-id iip-

assoc-0044d817db6c0a4ba --iam-instance-profile Name="TestRole-2"
{
"InstanceId": "i-087711ddaf98f9489",
"State": "associating",
"AssociationId": "iip-assoc-09654be48e33b91e0",
"Id": "AIPAJCJEDKX7QYHWYK7GS",
651
IAM Roles
}
}
}
• Get-EC2IamInstanceProfileAssociation
• Set-EC2IamInstanceProfileAssociation
Detaching an IAM Role

You can detach an IAM role from a running or stopped instance.
To detach an IAM role from an instance (console)

4. For IAM role, choose No Role. Choose Apply.
5. In the confirmation dialog box, choose Yes, Detach.
To detach an IAM role from an instance (AWS CLI)
1. If required, use describe-iam-instance-profile-associations to describe your IAM instance profile

associations and get the association ID for the IAM instance profile to detach.
aws ec2 describe-iam-instance-profile-associations
{
"IamInstanceProfileAssociations": [
{
"InstanceId": "i-088ce778fbfeb4361",
"State": "associated",
"AssociationId": "iip-assoc-0044d817db6c0a4ba",
"Id": "AIPAJEDNCAA64SSD265D6",
}
}
]
}
2. Use the disassociate-iam-instance-profile command to detach the IAM instance profile using its
association ID.
aws ec2 disassociate-iam-instance-profile --association-id iip-assoc-0044d817db6c0a4ba
{
"InstanceId": "i-087711ddaf98f9489",
"State": "disassociating",
"AssociationId": "iip-assoc-0044d817db6c0a4ba",
"Id": "AIPAJEDNCAA64SSD265D6",
}
}
652
Network Access
• Get-EC2IamInstanceProfileAssociation
• Unregister-EC2IamInstanceProfile
Authorizing Inbound Traffic for Your Windows

Instances
Security groups enable you to control traffic to your instance, including the kind of traffic that can reach
your instance. For example, you can allow computers from only your home network to access your
instance using RDP. If your instance is a web server, you can allow all IP addresses to access your instance
using HTTP or HTTPS, so that external users can browse the content on your web server.
Your default security groups and newly created security groups include default rules that do not
enable you to access your instance from the Internet. For more information, see Default Security
Groups (p. 585) and Custom Security Groups (p. 586). To enable network access to your instance, you
must allow inbound traffic to your instance. To open a port for inbound traffic, add a rule to a security
group that you associated with your instance when you launched it.
To connect to your instance, you must set up a rule to authorize RDP traffic from your computer's public
IPv4 address. To allow RDP traffic from additional IP address ranges, add another rule for each range you
need to authorize.
If you've enabled your VPC for IPv6 and launched your instance with an IPv6 address, you can connect to
your instance using its IPv6 address instead of a public IPv4 address. Your local computer must have an
IPv6 address and must be configured to use IPv6.
If you need to enable network access to a Linux instance, see Authorizing Inbound Traffic for Your Linux
Instances in the Amazon EC2 User Guide for Linux Instances.
Before You Start

Decide who requires access to your instance; for example, a single host or a specific network that you
trust such as your local computer's public IPv4 address. The security group editor in the Amazon EC2
console can automatically detect the public IPv4 address of your local computer for you. Alternatively,
you can use the search phrase "what is my IP address" in an internet browser, or use the following
service: Check IP. If you are connecting through an ISP or from behind your firewall without a static IP
address, you need to find out the range of IP addresses used by client computers.
Warning
If you use 0.0.0.0/0, you enable all IPv4 addresses to access your instance using RDP. If you
use ::/0, you enable all IPv6 address to access your instance. This is acceptable for a short time
in a test environment, but it's unsafe for production environments. In production, you authorize
only a specific IP address or range of addresses to access your instance.
Windows Firewall may also block incoming traffic. If you're having trouble setting up access to your
instance, you may have to disable Windows Firewall. For more information, see Remote Desktop Can't
Adding a Rule for Inbound RDP Traffic to a Windows Instance

Security groups act as a firewall for associated instances, controlling both inbound and outbound traffic
at the instance level. You must add rules to a security group that enable you to connect to your Windows
instance from your IP address using RDP.
653
Network Access
To add a rule to a security group for inbound RDP traffic over IPv4 (console)
1. In the navigation pane of the Amazon EC2 console, choose Instances. Select your instance and
look at the Description tab; Security groups lists the security groups that are associated with the
instance. Choose view inbound rules to display a list of the rules that are in effect for the instance.
2. In the navigation pane, choose Security Groups. Select one of the security groups associated with
your instance.
3. In the details pane, on the Inbound tab, choose Edit. In the dialog, choose Add Rule, and then
choose RDP from the Type list.
4. In the Source field, choose My IP to automatically populate the field with the public IPv4 address
of your local computer. Alternatively, choose Custom and specify the public IPv4 address of your
computer or network in CIDR notation. For example, if your IPv4 address is 203.0.113.25, specify
203.0.113.25/32 to list this single IPv4 address in CIDR notation. If your company allocates
addresses from a range, specify the entire range, such as 203.0.113.0/24.
For information about finding your IP address, see Before You Start (p. 653).
5. Choose Save.
If you launched an instance with an IPv6 address and want to connect to your instance using its IPv6
address, you must add rules that allow inbound IPv6 traffic over RDP.
To add a rule to a security group for inbound RDP traffic over IPv6 (console)

2. In the navigation pane, choose Security Groups. Select the security group for your instance.
3. Choose Inbound, Edit, Add Rule.
4. For Type, choose RDP.
5. In the Source field, specify the IPv6 address of your computer in CIDR notation. For
example, if your IPv6 address is 2001:db8:1234:1a00:9691:9503:25ad:1761, specify
2001:db8:1234:1a00:9691:9503:25ad:1761/128 to list the single IP address in CIDR
notation. If your company allocates addresses from a range, specify the entire range, such as
2001:db8:1234:1a00::/64.
6. Choose Save.
Note
Be sure to run the following commands on your local system, not on the instance itself. For
more information about these command line interfaces, see Accessing Amazon EC2 (p. 3).
To add a rule to a security group using the command line
1. Find the security group that is associated with your instance using one of the following commands:
• describe-instance-attribute (AWS CLI)
aws ec2 describe-instance-attribute --instance-id instance_id --attribute groupSet
• Get-EC2InstanceAttribute (AWS Tools for Windows PowerShell)
PS C:\> (Get-EC2InstanceAttribute -InstanceId instance_id -Attribute groupSet).Groups
Both commands return a security group ID, which you use in the next step.
2. Add the rule to the security group using one of the following commands:
654
Instance IP Addressing
• authorize-security-group-ingress (AWS CLI)
aws ec2 authorize-security-group-ingress --group-id security_group_id --protocol tcp

--port 3389 --cidr cidr_ip_range
• Grant-EC2SecurityGroupIngress (AWS Tools for Windows PowerShell)
The Grant-EC2SecurityGroupIngress command needs an IpPermission parameter, which

describes the protocol, port range, and IP address range to be used for the security group rule. The
following command creates the IpPermission parameter:
PS C:\> $ip1 = @{ IpProtocol="tcp"; FromPort="3389"; ToPort="3389";

IpRanges="cidr_ip_range" }
PS C:\> Grant-EC2SecurityGroupIngress -GroupId security_group_id -IpPermission

@($ip1)
Assigning a Security Group to an Instance

You can assign a security group to an instance when you launch the instance. When you add or remove
rules, those changes are automatically applied to all instances to which you've assigned the security
group.
After you launch an instance, you can change its security groups. For more information, see Changing an
Instance's Security Groups in the Amazon VPC User Guide.
Amazon EC2 Instance IP Addressing

Amazon EC2 and Amazon VPC support both the IPv4 and IPv6 addressing protocols. By default, Amazon
EC2 and Amazon VPC use the IPv4 addressing protocol; you can't disable this behavior. When you create
a VPC, you must specify an IPv4 CIDR block (a range of private IPv4 addresses). You can optionally assign
an IPv6 CIDR block to your VPC and subnets, and assign IPv6 addresses from that block to instances in
your subnet. IPv6 addresses are reachable over the Internet. For more information about IPv6, see IP
Addressing in Your VPC in the Amazon VPC User Guide.
Contents
• Private IPv4 Addresses and Internal DNS Hostnames (p. 655)
• Public IPv4 Addresses and External DNS Hostnames (p. 656)
• Elastic IP Addresses (IPv4) (p. 657)
• Amazon DNS Server (p. 657)
• IPv6 Addresses (p. 657)
• Working with IP Addresses for Your Instance (p. 658)
• Multiple IP Addresses (p. 662)
Private IPv4 Addresses and Internal DNS Hostnames

A private IPv4 address is an IP address that's not reachable over the Internet. You can use private IPv4
addresses for communication between instances in the same VPC. For more information about the
655
Public IPv4 Addresses and External DNS Hostnames
standards and specifications of private IPv4 addresses, see RFC 1918. We allocate private IPv4 addresses
to instances using DHCP.
Note
You can create a VPC with a publicly routable CIDR block that falls outside of the private IPv4
address ranges specified in RFC 1918. However, for the purposes of this documentation, we refer
to private IPv4 addresses (or 'private IP addresses') as the IP addresses that are within the IPv4
CIDR range of your VPC.
When you launch an instance, we allocate a primary private IPv4 address for the instance. Each instance
is also given an internal DNS hostname that resolves to the primary private IPv4 address; for example,
ip-10-251-50-12.ec2.internal. You can use the internal DNS hostname for communication
between instances in the same VPC, but we can't resolve the internal DNS hostname outside of the VPC.
An instance receives a primary private IP address from the IPv4 address range of the subnet. For more
information, see VPC and Subnet Sizing in the Amazon VPC User Guide. If you don't specify a primary
private IP address when you launch the instance, we select an available IP address in the subnet's IPv4
range for you. Each instance has a default network interface (eth0) that is assigned the primary private
IPv4 address. You can also specify additional private IPv4 addresses, known as secondary private IPv4
addresses. Unlike primary private IP addresses, secondary private IP addresses can be reassigned from
one instance to another. For more information, see Multiple IP Addresses (p. 662).
A private IPv4 address remains associated with the network interface when the instance is stopped and
restarted, and is released when the instance is terminated.
Public IPv4 Addresses and External DNS Hostnames

A public IP address is an IPv4 address that's reachable from the Internet. You can use public addresses for
communication between your instances and the Internet.
Each instance that receives a public IP address is also given an external DNS hostname; for example,
ec2-203-0-113-25.compute-1.amazonaws.com. We resolve an external DNS hostname to the
public IP address of the instance from outside its VPC, and to the private IPv4 address of the instance
from inside its VPC. The public IP address is mapped to the primary private IP address through network
address translation (NAT). For more information, see RFC 1631: The IP Network Address Translator (NAT).
When you launch an instance in a default VPC, we assign it a public IP address by default. When you
launch an instance into a nondefault VPC, the subnet has an attribute that determines whether instances
launched into that subnet receive a public IP address from the public IPv4 address pool. By default, we
don't assign a public IP address to instances launched in a nondefault subnet.
You can control whether your instance receives a public IP address as follows:
• Modifying the public IP addressing attribute of your subnet. For more information, see Modifying the
Public IPv4 Addressing Attribute for Your Subnet in the Amazon VPC User Guide.
• Enabling or disabling the public IP addressing feature during launch, which overrides the subnet's
public IP addressing attribute. For more information, see Assigning a Public IPv4 Address During
Instance Launch (p. 660).
A public IP address is assigned to your instance from Amazon's pool of public IPv4 addresses, and is not
associated with your AWS account. When a public IP address is disassociated from your instance, it is
released back into the public IPv4 address pool, and you cannot reuse it.
You cannot manually associate or disassociate a public IP address from your instance. Instead, in certain
cases, we release the public IP address from your instance, or assign it a new one:
• We release your instance's public IP address when it is stopped or terminated. Your stopped instance
receives a new public IP address when it is restarted.
656
Elastic IP Addresses (IPv4)
• We release your instance's public IP address when you associate an Elastic IP address with it. When you
disassociate the Elastic IP address from your instance, it receives a new public IP address.
• If the public IP address of your instance in a VPC has been released, it will not receive a new one if
there is more than one network interface attached to your instance.
• If your instance's public IP address is released while it has a secondary private IP address that is
associated with an Elastic IP address, the instance does not receive a new public IP address.
If you require a persistent public IP address that can be associated to and from instances as you require,
use an Elastic IP address instead.
If you use dynamic DNS to map an existing DNS name to a new instance's public IP address, it might take
up to 24 hours for the IP address to propagate through the Internet. As a result, new instances might
not receive traffic while terminated instances continue to receive requests. To solve this problem, use an
Elastic IP address. You can allocate your own Elastic IP address, and associate it with your instance. For
more information, see Elastic IP Addresses (p. 673).
If you assign an Elastic IP address to an instance, it receives an IPv4 DNS hostname if DNS hostnames are
enabled. For more information, see Using DNS with Your VPC in the Amazon VPC User Guide.
Note
Instances that access other instances through their public NAT IP address are charged for
regional or Internet data transfer, depending on whether the instances are in the same region.
Elastic IP Addresses (IPv4)

An Elastic IP address is a public IPv4 address that you can allocate to your account. You can associate it
to and from instances as you require, and it's allocated to your account until you choose to release it. For
more information about Elastic IP addresses and how to use them, see Elastic IP Addresses (p. 673).
We do not support Elastic IP addresses for IPv6.
Amazon DNS Server

Amazon provides a DNS server that resolves Amazon-provided IPv4 DNS hostnames to IPv4 addresses.
The Amazon DNS server is located at the base of your VPC network range plus two. For more
information, see Amazon DNS Server in the Amazon VPC User Guide.
IPv6 Addresses
You can optionally associate an IPv6 CIDR block with your VPC, and associate IPv6 CIDR blocks with
your subnets. The IPv6 CIDR block for your VPC is automatically assigned from Amazon's pool of IPv6
addresses; you cannot choose the range yourself. For more information, see the following topics in the
Amazon VPC User Guide:
• VPC and Subnet Sizing for IPv6

• Associating an IPv6 CIDR Block with Your VPC
• Associating an IPv6 CIDR Block with Your Subnet
IPv6 addresses are globally unique, and therefore reachable over the Internet. Your instance receives an
IPv6 address if an IPv6 CIDR block is associated with your VPC and subnet, and if one of the following is
true:
• Your subnet is configured to automatically assign an IPv6 address to an instance during launch. For
more information, see Modifying the IPv6 Addressing Attribute for Your Subnet.
657
Working with IP Addresses for Your Instance
• You assign an IPv6 address to your instance during launch.

• You assign an IPv6 address to the primary network interface of your instance after launch.
• You assign an IPv6 address to a network interface in the same subnet, and attach the network
interface to your instance after launch.
When your instance receives an IPv6 address during launch, the address is associated with the primary
network interface (eth0) of the instance. You can disassociate the IPv6 address from the network
interface. We do not support IPv6 DNS hostnames for your instance.
An IPv6 address persists when you stop and start your instance, and is released when you terminate your
instance. You cannot reassign an IPv6 address while it's assigned to another network interface—you must
first unassign it.
You can assign additional IPv6 addresses to your instance by assigning them to a network interface
attached to your instance. The number of IPv6 addresses you can assign to a network interface and
the number of network interfaces you can attach to an instance varies per instance type. For more
information, see IP Addresses Per Network Interface Per Instance Type (p. 680).

You can view the IP addresses assigned to your instance, assign a public IPv4 address to your instance
during launch, or assign an IPv6 address to your instance during launch.
Contents
• Determining Your Public, Private, and Elastic IP Addresses (p. 658)
• Determining Your IPv6 Addresses (p. 659)
• Assigning a Public IPv4 Address During Instance Launch (p. 660)
• Assigning an IPv6 Address to an Instance (p. 661)
• Unassigning an IPv6 Address From an Instance (p. 661)
Determining Your Public, Private, and Elastic IP Addresses

You can use the Amazon EC2 console to determine the private IPv4 addresses, public IPv4 addresses,
and Elastic IP addresses of your instances. You can also determine the public IPv4 and private IPv4
addresses of your instance from within your instance by using instance metadata. For more information,
see Instance Metadata and User Data (p. 477).
To determine your instance's private IPv4 addresses using the console

3. Select your instance. In the details pane, get the private IPv4 address from the Private IPs field, and
get the internal DNS hostname from the Private DNS field.
4. If you have one or more secondary private IPv4 addresses assigned to network interfaces that are
attached to your instance, get those IP addresses from the Secondary private IPs field.
5. Alternatively, in the navigation pane, choose Network Interfaces, and then select the network
interface that's associated with your instance.
6. Get the primary private IP address from the Primary private IPv4 IP field, and the internal DNS
hostname from the Private DNS (IPv4) field.
7. If you've assigned secondary private IP addresses to the network interface, get those IP addresses
from the Secondary private IPv4 IPs field.
658
To determine your instance's public IPv4 addresses using the console

3. Select your instance. In the details pane, get the public IP address from the IPv4 Public IP field, and
get the external DNS hostname from the Public DNS (IPv4) field.
4. If one or more Elastic IP addresses have been associated with the instance, get the Elastic IP
addresses from the Elastic IPs field.
Note
If your instance does not have a public IPv4 address, but you've associated an Elastic IP
address with a network interface for the instance, the IPv4 Public IP field displays the
Elastic IP address.
5. Alternatively, in the navigation pane, choose Network Interfaces, and then select a network
interface that's associated with your instance.
6. Get the public IP address from the IPv4 Public IP field. An asterisk (*) indicates the public IPv4
address or Elastic IP address that's mapped to the primary private IPv4 address.
Note
The public IPv4 address is displayed as a property of the network interface in the console,
but it's mapped to the primary private IPv4 address through NAT. Therefore, if you inspect
the properties of your network interface on your instance, for example, through ifconfig
(Linux) or ipconfig (Windows), the public IPv4 address is not displayed. To determine your
instance's public IPv4 address from within the instance, you can use instance metadata.
To determine your instance's IPv4 addresses using instance metadata

2. Use the following command to access the private IP address:
PS C:\> Invoke-RestMethod http://169.254.169.254/latest/meta-data/local-ipv4
3. Use the following command to access the public IP address:
PS C:\> Invoke-RestMethod http://169.254.169.254/latest/meta-data/public-ipv4
Note that if an Elastic IP address is associated with the instance, the value returned is that of the
Elastic IP address.
Determining Your IPv6 Addresses

You can use the Amazon EC2 console to determine the IPv6 addresses of your instances.
To determine your instance's IPv6 addresses using the console

3. Select your instance. In the details pane, get the IPv6 addresses from IPv6 IPs.
To determine your instance's IPv6 addresses using instance metadata
659
2. Use the following command to view the IPv6 address (you can get the MAC address from
http://169.254.169.254/latest/meta-data/network/interfaces/macs/):
PS C:\> Invoke-RestMethod http://169.254.169.254/latest/meta-data/network/interfaces/

macs/mac-address/ipv6s
Assigning a Public IPv4 Address During Instance Launch

Each subnet has an attribute that determines whether instances launched into that subnet are assigned
a public IP address. By default, nondefault subnets have this attribute set to false, and default subnets
have this attribute set to true. When you launch an instance, a public IPv4 addressing feature is also
available for you to control whether your instance is assigned a public IPv4 address; you can override
the default behavior of the subnet's IP addressing attribute. The public IPv4 address is assigned from
Amazon's pool of public IPv4 addresses, and is assigned to the network interface with the device index of
eth0. This feature depends on certain conditions at the time you launch your instance.
Important
You can't manually disassociate the public IP address from your instance after launch.
Instead, it's automatically released in certain cases, after which you cannot reuse it. For
more information, see Public IPv4 Addresses and External DNS Hostnames (p. 656). If you
require a persistent public IP address that you can associate or disassociate at will, assign an
Elastic IP address to the instance after launch instead. For more information, see Elastic IP
Addresses (p. 673).
To access the public IP addressing feature when launching an instance

3. Select an AMI and an instance type, and then choose Next: Configure Instance Details.
4. On the Configure Instance Details page, for Network, select a VPC. The Auto-assign Public IP list is
displayed. Choose Enable or Disable to override the default setting for the subnet.
Important
You cannot auto-assign a public IP address if you specify more than one network interface.
Additionally, you cannot override the subnet setting using the auto-assign public IP feature
if you specify an existing network interface for eth0.
5. Follow the steps on the next pages of the wizard to complete your instance's setup. For more
information about the wizard configuration options, see Launching an Instance Using the Launch
Instance Wizard (p. 333). On the final Review Instance Launch page, review your settings, and then
choose Launch to choose a key pair and launch your instance.
6. On the Instances page, select your new instance and view its public IP address in IPv4 Public IP field
in the details pane.
The public IP addressing feature is only available during launch. However, whether you assign a public
IP address to your instance during launch or not, you can associate an Elastic IP address with your
instance after it's launched. For more information, see Elastic IP Addresses (p. 673). You can also
modify your subnet's public IPv4 addressing behavior. For more information, see Modifying the Public
IPv4 Addressing Attribute for Your Subnet.
To enable or disable the public IP addressing feature using the command line
• Use the --associate-public-ip-address or the --no-associate-public-ip-address

option with the run-instances command (AWS CLI)
660
• Use the -AssociatePublicIp parameter with the New-EC2Instance command (AWS Tools for
Windows PowerShell)
Assigning an IPv6 Address to an Instance

If your VPC and subnet have IPv6 CIDR blocks associated with them, you can assign an IPv6 address to
your instance during or after launch. The IPv6 address is assigned from the IPv6 address range of the
subnet, and is assigned to the network interface with the device index of eth0.
IPv6 is supported on all current generation instance types and the C3, R3, and I2 previous generation
instance types.
To assign an IPv6 address to an instance during launch

2. Select an AMI and an instance type that supports IPv6, and choose Next: Configure Instance
Details.
3. On the Configure Instance Details page, for Network, select a VPC and for Subnet, select a subnet.
For Auto-assign IPv6 IP, choose Enable.
4. Follow the remaining steps in the wizard to launch your instance.
Alternatively, you can assign an IPv6 address to your instance after launch.
To assign an IPv6 address to your instance after launch

3. Select your instance, choose Actions, Networking, Manage IP Addresses.
4. Under IPv6 Addresses, choose Assign new IP. You can specify an IPv6 address from the range of the
subnet, or leave the Auto-assign value to let Amazon choose an IPv6 address for you.
5. Choose Save.
Note
If you launched your instance using Amazon Linux 2016.09.0 or later, or Windows Server 2008
R2 or later, your instance is configured for IPv6, and no additional steps are needed to ensure
that the IPv6 address is recognized on the instance. If you launched your instance from an older
AMI, you may have to configure your instance manually. For more information, see Configure
IPv6 on Your Instances in the Amazon VPC User Guide.
To assign an IPv6 address using the command line

• Use the --ipv6-addresses option with the run-instances command (AWS CLI)
• Use the Ipv6Addresses property for -NetworkInterface in the New-EC2Instance command (AWS
Tools for Windows PowerShell)
• assign-ipv6-addresses (AWS CLI)
• Register-EC2Ipv6AddressList (AWS Tools for Windows PowerShell)
Unassigning an IPv6 Address From an Instance

You can unassign an IPv6 address from an instance using the Amazon EC2 console.
661
Multiple IP Addresses
To unassign an IPv6 address from an instance

4. Under IPv6 Addresses, choose Unassign for the IPv6 address to unassign.
5. Choose Yes, Update.
To unassign an IPv6 address using the command line
• unassign-ipv6-addresses (AWS CLI)

• Unregister-EC2Ipv6AddressList (AWS Tools for Windows PowerShell).
You can specify multiple private IPv4 and IPv6 addresses for your instances. The number of network
interfaces and private IPv4 and IPv6 addresses that you can specify for an instance depends on the
instance type. For more information, see IP Addresses Per Network Interface Per Instance Type (p. 680).
It can be useful to assign multiple IP addresses to an instance in your VPC to do the following:
• Host multiple websites on a single server by using multiple SSL certificates on a single server and
associating each certificate with a specific IP address.
• Operate network appliances, such as firewalls or load balancers, that have multiple IP addresses for
each network interface.
• Redirect internal traffic to a standby instance in case your instance fails, by reassigning the secondary
IP address to the standby instance.
Contents
• How Multiple IP Addresses Work (p. 662)
• Working with Multiple IPv4 Addresses (p. 663)
• Working with Multiple IPv6 Addresses (p. 666)
How Multiple IP Addresses Work

The following list explains how multiple IP addresses work with network interfaces:
• You can assign a secondary private IPv4 address to any network interface. The network interface can
be attached to or detached from the instance.
• You can assign multiple IPv6 addresses to a network interface that's in a subnet that has an associated
IPv6 CIDR block.
• You must choose the secondary IPv4 from the IPv4 CIDR block range of the subnet for the network
interface.
• You must choose IPv6 addresses from the IPv6 CIDR block range of the subnet for the network
interface.
• You associate security groups with network interfaces, not the individual IP addresses. Therefore, each
IP address you specify in a network interface is subject to the security group of its network interface.
662
• Multiple IP addresses can be assigned and unassigned to network interfaces attached to running or

stopped instances.
• Secondary private IPv4 addresses that are assigned to a network interface can be reassigned to
another one if you explicitly allow it.
• An IPv6 address cannot be reassigned to another network interface; you must first unassign the IPv6
address from the existing network interface.
• When assigning multiple IP addresses to a network interface using the command line tools or API, the
entire operation fails if one of the IP addresses can't be assigned.
• Primary private IPv4 addresses, secondary private IPv4 addresses, Elastic IP addresses, and IPv6
addresses remain with the network interface when it is detached from an instance or attached to
another instance.
• Although you can't move the primary network interface from an instance, you can reassign the
secondary private IPv4 address of the primary network interface to another network interface.
• You can move any additional network interface from one instance to another.
The following list explains how multiple IP addresses work with Elastic IP addresses (IPv4 only):
• Each private IPv4 address can be associated with a single Elastic IP address, and vice versa.
• When a secondary private IPv4 address is reassigned to another interface, the secondary private IPv4
address retains its association with an Elastic IP address.
• When a secondary private IPv4 address is unassigned from an interface, an associated Elastic IP
address is automatically disassociated from the secondary private IPv4 address.
Working with Multiple IPv4 Addresses

You can assign a secondary private IPv4 address to an instance, associate an Elastic IPv4 address with a
secondary private IPv4 address, and unassign a secondary private IPv4 address.
Contents
• Assigning a Secondary Private IPv4 Address (p. 663)
• Configuring the Operating System on Your Instance to Recognize the Secondary Private IPv4 Address
(p. 665)
• Associating an Elastic IP Address with the Secondary Private IPv4 Address (p. 665)
• Viewing Your Secondary Private IPv4 Addresses (p. 665)
• Unassigning a Secondary Private IPv4 Address (p. 666)
Assigning a Secondary Private IPv4 Address

You can assign the secondary private IPv4 address to the network interface for an instance as you launch
the instance, or after the instance is running. This section includes the following procedures.
• To assign a secondary private IPv4 address when launching an instance (p. 663)
• To assign a secondary IPv4 address during launch using the command line (p. 664)
• To assign a secondary private IPv4 address to a network interface (p. 664)
• To assign a secondary private IPv4 to an existing instance using the command line (p. 665)
To assign a secondary private IPv4 address when launching an instance

663
3. Select an AMI, then choose an instance type and choose Next: Configure Instance Details.
4. On the Configure Instance Details page, for Network, select a VPC and for Subnet, select a subnet.
5. In the Network Interfaces section, do the following, and then choose Next: Add Storage:
• To add another network interface, choose Add Device. The console enables you to specify up
to two network interfaces when you launch an instance. After you launch the instance, choose
Network Interfaces in the navigation pane to add additional network interfaces. The total
number of network interfaces that you can attach varies by instance type. For more information,
see IP Addresses Per Network Interface Per Instance Type (p. 680).
Important
When you add a second network interface, the system can no longer auto-assign a public
IPv4 address. You will not be able to connect to the instance over IPv4 unless you assign
an Elastic IP address to the primary network interface (eth0). You can assign the Elastic IP
address after you complete the Launch wizard. For more information, see Working with
Elastic IP Addresses (p. 674).
• For each network interface, under Secondary IP addresses, choose Add IP, and then enter a
private IP address from the subnet range, or accept the default Auto-assign value to let Amazon
select an address.
6. On the next Add Storage page, you can specify volumes to attach to the instance besides the
volumes specified by the AMI (such as the root device volume), and then choose Next: Add Tags.
7. On the Add Tags page, specify tags for the instance, such as a user-friendly name, and then choose
Next: Configure Security Group.
8. On the Configure Security Group page, select an existing security group or create a new one.
Choose Review and Launch.
9. On the Review Instance Launch page, review your settings, and then choose Launch to choose a key
pair and launch your instance. If you're new to Amazon EC2 and haven't created any key pairs, the
wizard prompts you to create one.
Important
After you have added a secondary private IP address to a network interface, you must connect
to the instance and configure the secondary private IP address on the instance itself. For
more information, see Configuring the Operating System on Your Instance to Recognize the
Secondary Private IPv4 Address (p. 665).
To assign a secondary IPv4 address during launch using the command line
• You can use one of the following commands. For more information about these command line
interfaces, see Accessing Amazon EC2 (p. 3).
• The --secondary-private-ip-addresses option with the run-instances command (AWS CLI)

• Define -NetworkInterface and specify the PrivateIpAddresses parameter with the New-
EC2Instance command (AWS Tools for Windows PowerShell).
To assign a secondary private IPv4 address to a network interface

2. In the navigation pane, choose Network Interfaces, and then select the network interface attached
to the instance.
3. Choose Actions, Manage IP Addresses.
4. Under IPv4 Addresses, choose Assign new IP.
5. Enter a specific IPv4 address that's within the subnet range for the instance, or leave the field blank
to let Amazon select an IP address for you.
664
6. (Optional) Choose Allow reassignment to allow the secondary private IP address to be reassigned if
it is already assigned to another network interface.
Alternatively, you can assign a secondary private IPv4 address to an instance. Choose Instances in the
navigation pane, select the instance, and then choose Actions, Networking, Manage IP Addresses. You
can configure the same information as you did in the steps above. The IP address is assigned to the
primary network interface (eth0) for the instance.
To assign a secondary private IPv4 to an existing instance using the command line
• assign-private-ip-addresses (AWS CLI)

• Register-EC2PrivateIpAddress (AWS Tools for Windows PowerShell)
Configuring the Operating System on Your Instance to Recognize the Secondary

Private IPv4 Address
After you assign a secondary private IPv4 address to your instance, you need to configure the operating
system on your instance to recognize the secondary private IP address.
For information about configuring a Windows instance, see Configuring a Secondary Private IPv4 Address
for Your Windows Instance (p. 467).
Associating an Elastic IP Address with the Secondary Private IPv4 Address

To associate an Elastic IP address with a secondary private IPv4 address

3. Choose Actions, and then select Associate address.
4. For Network interface, select the network interface, and then select the secondary IP address from
the Private IP list.
5. Choose Associate.
To associate an Elastic IP address with a secondary private IPv4 address using the command
line
• associate-address (AWS CLI)

• Register-EC2Address (AWS Tools for Windows PowerShell)
Viewing Your Secondary Private IPv4 Addresses

To view the private IPv4 addresses assigned to a network interface

2. In the navigation pane, choose Network Interfaces.
665
3. Select the network interface with private IP addresses to view.

4. On the Details tab in the details pane, check the Primary private IPv4 IP and Secondary private
IPv4 IPs fields for the primary private IPv4 address and any secondary private IPv4 addresses
assigned to the network interface.
To view the private IPv4 addresses assigned to an instance

3. Select the instance with private IPv4 addresses to view.
4. On the Description tab in the details pane, check the Private IPs and Secondary private IPs fields
for the primary private IPv4 address and any secondary private IPv4 addresses assigned to the
instance through its network interface.
Unassigning a Secondary Private IPv4 Address

If you no longer require a secondary private IPv4 address, you can unassign it from the instance or the
network interface. When a secondary private IPv4 address is unassigned from a network interface, the
Elastic IP address (if it exists) is also disassociated.
To unassign a secondary private IPv4 address from an instance

3. Select an instance, choose Actions, Networking, Manage IP Addresses.
To unassign a secondary private IPv4 address from a network interface

3. Select the network interface, choose Actions, Manage IP Addresses.
To unassign a secondary private IPv4 address using the command line
• unassign-private-ip-addresses (AWS CLI)

• Unregister-EC2PrivateIpAddress (AWS Tools for Windows PowerShell)
Working with Multiple IPv6 Addresses

You can assign multiple IPv6 addresses to your instance, view the IPv6 addresses assigned to your
instance, and unassign IPv6 addresses from your instance.
Contents
666
• Assigning Multiple IPv6 Addresses (p. 667)

• Viewing Your IPv6 Addresses (p. 668)
• Unassigning an IPv6 Address (p. 669)
Assigning Multiple IPv6 Addresses

You can assign one or more IPv6 addresses to your instance during launch or after launch. To assign
an IPv6 address to an instance, the VPC and subnet in which you launch the instance must have an
associated IPv6 CIDR block. For more information, see VPCs and Subnets in the Amazon VPC User Guide.
To assign multiple IPv6 addresses during launch

3. Select an AMI, choose an instance type, and choose Next: Configure Instance Details. Ensure that
you choose an instance type that support IPv6. For more information, see Instance Types (p. 119).
4. On the Configure Instance Details page, select a VPC from the Network list, and a subnet from the
Subnet list.
5. In the Network Interfaces section, do the following, and then choose Next: Add Storage:
• To assign a single IPv6 address to the primary network interface (eth0), under IPv6 IPs, choose
Add IP. To add a secondary IPv6 address, choose Add IP again. You can enter an IPv6 address from
the range of the subnet, or leave the default Auto-assign value to let Amazon choose an IPv6
address from the subnet for you.
• Choose Add Device to add another network interface and repeat the steps above to add one
or more IPv6 addresses to the network interface. The console enables you to specify up to two
network interfaces when you launch an instance. After you launch the instance, choose Network
Interfaces in the navigation pane to add additional network interfaces. The total number of
network interfaces that you can attach varies by instance type. For more information, see IP
Addresses Per Network Interface Per Instance Type (p. 680).
6. Follow the next steps in the wizard to attach volumes and tag your instance.
7. On the Configure Security Group page, select an existing security group or create a new one. If you
want your instance to be reachable over IPv6, ensure that your security group has rules that allow
access from IPv6 addresses. For more information, see Security Group Rules Reference (p. 590).
Choose Review and Launch.
8. On the Review Instance Launch page, review your settings, and then choose Launch to choose a key
pair and launch your instance. If you're new to Amazon EC2 and haven't created any key pairs, the
wizard prompts you to create one.
You can use the Instances screen Amazon EC2 console to assign multiple IPv6 addresses to an existing
instance. This assigns the IPv6 addresses to the primary network interface (eth0) for the instance. To
assign a specific IPv6 address to the instance, ensure that the IPv6 address is not already assigned to
another instance or network interface.
To assign multiple IPv6 addresses to an existing instance

4. Under IPv6 Addresses, choose Assign new IP for each IPv6 address you want to add. You can specify
an IPv6 address from the range of the subnet, or leave the Auto-assign value to let Amazon choose
an IPv6 address for you.
667
Alternatively, you can assign multiple IPv6 addresses to an existing network interface. The network
interface must have been created in a subnet that has an associated IPv6 CIDR block. To assign a specific
IPv6 address to the network interface, ensure that the IPv6 address is not already assigned to another
network interface.
To assign multiple IPv6 addresses to a network interface

3. Select your network interface, choose Actions, Manage IP Addresses.
4. Under IPv6 Addresses, choose Assign new IP for each IPv6 address you want to add. You can specify
an IPv6 address from the range of the subnet, or leave the Auto-assign value to let Amazon choose
an IPv6 address for you.
CLI Overview
• Assign an IPv6 address during launch:

• Use the --ipv6-addresses or --ipv6-address-count options with the run-instances command
(AWS CLI)
• Define -NetworkInterface and specify the Ipv6Addresses or Ipv6AddressCount parameters
with the New-EC2Instance command (AWS Tools for Windows PowerShell).
• Assign an IPv6 address to a network interface:
Viewing Your IPv6 Addresses

You can view the IPv6 addresses for an instance or for a network interface.
To view the IPv6 addresses assigned to an instance

3. Select your instance. In the details pane, review the IPv6 IPs field.
To view the IPv6 addresses assigned to a network interface

3. Select your network interface. In the details pane, review the IPv6 IPs field.
CLI Overview
• View the IPv6 addresses for an instance:

668
Bring Your Own IP Addresses
• Get-EC2Instance (AWS Tools for Windows PowerShell).

• View the IPv6 addresses for a network interface:
• describe-network-interfaces (AWS CLI)
• Get-EC2NetworkInterface (AWS Tools for Windows PowerShell)
Unassigning an IPv6 Address

You can unassign an IPv6 address from the primary network interface of an instance, or you can unassign
an IPv6 address from a network interface.
To unassign an IPv6 address from an instance

To unassign an IPv6 address from a network interface

3. Select your network interface, choose Actions, Manage IP Addresses.
5. Choose Save.
CLI Overview

• Unregister-EC2Ipv6AddressList (AWS Tools for Windows PowerShell).
Bring Your Own IP Addresses (BYOIP)

You can bring part or all of your public IPv4 address range from your on-premises network to your
AWS account. You continue to own the address range, but AWS advertises it on the internet. After
you bring the address range to AWS, it appears in your account as an address pool. You can create an
Elastic IP address from your address pool and use it with your AWS resources, such as EC2 instances, NAT
gateways, and Network Load Balancers.
Important
BYOIP is not available in all Regions. For a list of supported Regions, see the FAQ for Bring Your
Own IP.
Requirements
• The address range must be registered with your regional internet registry (RIR), such as the American
Registry for Internet Numbers (ARIN) or Réseaux IP Européens Network Coordination Centre (RIPE).
669
Prepare to Bring Your Address Range to Your AWS Account
It must be registered to a business or institutional entity and may not be registered to an individual
person.
• The most specific address range that you can specify is /24.
• You can bring each address range to one region at a time.
• You can bring 5 address ranges per region to your AWS account.
• The addresses in the IP address range must have a clean history. We may investigate the reputation of
the IP address range and reserve the right to reject an IP address range if it contains an IP address that
has poor reputation or is associated with malicious behavior.
• The following are supported:
• ARIN - "Direct Allocation" and "Direct Assignment" network types
• RIPE - "ALLOCATED PA", "LEGACY", and "ASSIGNED PI" allocation statuses
Prepare to Bring Your Address Range to Your AWS

Account
To ensure that only you can bring your address range to your AWS account, you must authorize Amazon
to advertise the address range and provide proof that you own the address range through a signed
authorization message.
A Route Origin Authorization (ROA) is a document that you can create through your RIR. It contains
the address range, the Autonomous System numbers (ASN) that are allowed to advertise the address
range, and an expiration date. An ROA authorizes Amazon to advertise an address range under a specific
AS number. However, it does not authorize your AWS account to bring the address range to AWS. To
authorize your AWS account to bring an address range to AWS, you must publish a self-signed X509
certificate in the Registry Data Access Protocol (RDAP) remarks for the address range. The certificate
contains a public key, which AWS uses to verify the authorization-context signature that you provide. You
should keep your private key secure and use it to sign the authorization-context message.
The commands in these tasks are supported on Linux. On Windows, you can use the Windows Subsystem
for Linux to run Linux commands.
Tasks
• Create a ROA Object (p. 670)
• Create a Self-Signed X509 Certificate (p. 670)
• Create a Signed Authorization Message (p. 671)
Create a ROA Object

Create a ROA object to authorize Amazon ASNs 16509 and 14618 to advertise your address range, plus
the ASNs that are currently authorized to advertise the address range. You must set the maximum length
to the size of the smallest prefix that you want to bring (for example, /24). It might take up to 24 hours
for the ROA to become available to Amazon. For more information, see the following:
• ARIN — ROA Requests

• RIPE — Managing ROAs
Create a Self-Signed X509 Certificate

Use the following procedure to create a self-signed X509 certificate and add it to the RDAP record for
your RIR. The openssl commands require OpenSSL version 1.0.2 or later.
670
Provision the Address Range for use with AWS
To create a self-signed X509 certificate and add it to the RDAP record
1. Generate an RSA 2048-bit key pair as follows:
openssl genrsa -out private.key 2048
2. Create a public X509 certificate from the key pair using the following command. In this example, the
certificate expires in 365 days, after which time it cannot be trusted. Therefore, be sure to set the
expiration appropriately. When prompted for information, you can accept the default values.
openssl req -new -x509 -key private.key -days 365 | tr -d "\n" > publickey.cer
3. Update the RDAP record for your RIR with the X509 certificate. Be sure to copy the -----BEGIN
CERTIFICATE----- and -----END CERTIFICATE----- from the certificate. Be sure that you
have removed newline characters, if you haven't already done so using the tr -d "\n" commands in
the previous steps. To view your certificate, run the following command:
cat publickey.cer
For ARIN, add the certificate in the "Public Comments" section for your address range.
For RIPE, add the certificate as a new "descr" field for your address range.
Create a Signed Authorization Message

The format of the signed authorization message is as follows, where the date is the expiry date of the
message:
1|aws|account|cidr|YYYYMMDD|SHA256|RSAPSS
First, create a plain-text authorization message and store it in a variable named text_message as
follows. Replace the example account number, address range, and expiry date with your own values.
text_message="1|aws|123456789012|198.51.100.0/24|20191201|SHA256|RSAPSS"
Next, sign the authorization message in text_message using the key pair that you created and stores it
in a variable named signed_message as follows.
signed_message=$(echo $text_message | tr -d "\n" | openssl dgst -sha256 -sigopt

rsa_padding_mode:pss -sigopt rsa_pss_saltlen:-1 -sign private.key -keyform PEM | openssl
base64 | tr -- '+=/' '-_~' | tr -d "\n")
Provision the Address Range for use with AWS

When you provision an address range for use with AWS, you are confirming that you own the address
range and authorizing Amazon to advertise it. We also verify that you own the address range through a
signed authorization message. This message is signed with the self-signed X509 key pair you used when
updating the RDAP record with the X509 certificate.
To provision the address range, use the following provision-byoip-cidr command. Replace the example
address range with your own address range. The --cidr-authorization-context option uses the
variables that you created previously, not the ROA message.
671
Advertise the Address Range through AWS
aws ec2 provision-byoip-cidr --cidr address-range --cidr-authorization-context

Message="$text_message",Signature="$signed_message"
Provisioning an address range is an asynchronous operation, so the call returns immediately, but the
address range is not ready to use until its status changes from pending-provision to provisioned.
It can take up to five days to complete the provisioning process. To monitor the status of the address
ranges that you've provisioned, use the following describe-byoip-cidrs command:
aws ec2 describe-byoip-cidrs --max-results 5
To create an Elastic IP address from your address pool, use the allocate-address command. You can use
the --public-ipv4-pool option to specify the ID of the address pool returned by describe-byoip-
cidrs, or use the --address option to specify an address from the address range that you provisioned.
Advertise the Address Range through AWS

After the address range is provisioned, it is ready to be advertised. You must advertise the exact address
range that you provisioned. You can't advertise only a portion of the provisioned address range.
We recommend that you stop advertising the address range from other locations before you advertise
it through AWS. If you keep advertising your IP address range from other locations, we can't reliably
support it or troubleshoot issues. Specifically, we can't guarantee that traffic to the address range will
enter our network.
To minimize down time, you can configure your AWS resources to use an address from your address
pool before it is advertised, and then simultaneously stop advertising it from the current location and
start advertising it through AWS. For more information about allocating an Elastic IP address from your
address pool, see Allocating an Elastic IP Address (p. 674).
To advertise the address range, use the following advertise-byoip-cidr command:
aws ec2 advertise-byoip-cidr --cidr address-range
Important
You can run the advertise-byoip-cidr command at most once every 10 seconds, even if you
specify different address ranges each time.
To stop advertising the address range, use the following withdraw-byoip-cidr command:
aws ec2 withdraw-byoip-cidr --cidr address-range
Important
You can run the withdraw-byoip-cidr command at most once every 10 seconds, even if you
specify different address ranges each time.
Deprovision the Address Range

To stop using your address range with AWS, release any Elastic IP addresses still allocated from the
address pool, stop advertising the address range, and deprovision the address range.
To release each Elastic IP address, use the following release-address command:
aws ec2 release-address --allocation-id eipalloc-12345678
672
Elastic IP Addresses
To stop advertising the address range, use the following withdraw-byoip-cidr command:
aws ec2 withdraw-byoip-cidr --cidr address-range
To deprovision the address range, use the following deprovision-byoip-cidr command:
aws ec2 deprovision-byoip-cidr --cidr address-range
An Elastic IP address is a static IPv4 address designed for dynamic cloud computing. An Elastic IP address
is associated with your AWS account. With an Elastic IP address, you can mask the failure of an instance
or software by rapidly remapping the address to another instance in your account.
An Elastic IP address is a public IPv4 address, which is reachable from the internet. If your instance does
not have a public IPv4 address, you can associate an Elastic IP address with your instance to enable
communication with the internet; for example, to connect to your instance from your local computer.
We currently do not support Elastic IP addresses for IPv6.
Contents
• Elastic IP Address Basics (p. 673)
• Working with Elastic IP Addresses (p. 674)
• Using Reverse DNS for Email Applications (p. 678)
• Elastic IP Address Limit (p. 678)
Elastic IP Address Basics

The following are the basic characteristics of an Elastic IP address:
• To use an Elastic IP address, you first allocate one to your account, and then associate it with your
instance or a network interface.
• When you associate an Elastic IP address with an instance or its primary network interface, the
instance's public IPv4 address (if it had one) is released back into Amazon's pool of public IPv4
addresses. You cannot reuse a public IPv4 address, and you cannot convert a public IPv4 address
to an Elastic IP address. For more information, see Public IPv4 Addresses and External DNS
Hostnames (p. 656).
• You can disassociate an Elastic IP address from a resource, and reassociate it with a different resource.
Any open connections to an instance continue to work for a time even after you disassociate its Elastic
IP address and reassociate it with another instance. We recommend that you reopen these connections
using the reassociated Elastic IP address.
• A disassociated Elastic IP address remains allocated to your account until you explicitly release it.
• To ensure efficient use of Elastic IP addresses, we impose a small hourly charge if an Elastic IP address
is not associated with a running instance, or if it is associated with a stopped instance or an unattached
network interface. While your instance is running, you are not charged for one Elastic IP address
associated with the instance, but you are charged for any additional Elastic IP addresses associated
with the instance. For more information, see Amazon EC2 Pricing.
• An Elastic IP address is for use in a specific Region only.
• When you associate an Elastic IP address with an instance that previously had a public IPv4 address,
the public DNS hostname of the instance changes to match the Elastic IP address.
673
Working with Elastic IP Addresses
• We resolve a public DNS hostname to the public IPv4 address or the Elastic IP address of the instance
outside the network of the instance, and to the private IPv4 address of the instance from within the
network of the instance.
• When you allocate an Elastic IP address from an IP address pool that you have brought to your AWS
account, it does not count toward your Elastic IP address limits.

The following sections describe how you can work with Elastic IP addresses.
Tasks
• Allocating an Elastic IP Address (p. 674)
• Describing Your Elastic IP Addresses (p. 675)
• Tagging an Elastic IP Address (p. 675)
• Associating an Elastic IP Address with a Running Instance (p. 676)
• Disassociating an Elastic IP Address and Reassociating with a Different Instance (p. 676)
• Releasing an Elastic IP Address (p. 677)
• Recovering an Elastic IP Address (p. 677)
Allocating an Elastic IP Address

You can allocate an Elastic IP address from Amazon's pool of public IPv4 addresses, or from a custom IP
address pool that you have brought to your AWS account. For more information about bringing your own
IP address range to your AWS account, see Bring Your Own IP Addresses (BYOIP) (p. 669).
You can allocate an Elastic IP address using the Amazon EC2 console or the command line.
To allocate an Elastic IP address from Amazon's pool of public IPv4 addresses using the
console

3. Choose Allocate new address.
4. For IPv4 address pool, choose Amazon pool.
5. Choose Allocate, and close the confirmation screen.
To allocate an Elastic IP address from an IP address pool that you own using the console

4. For IPv4 address pool, choose Owned by me and then select the IP address pool.
To see the IP address range of the selected address pool and the number of IP addresses already
allocated from the address pool, see Address ranges.
5. For IPv4 address, do one of the following:
• To let Amazon EC2 select an IP address from the address pool, choose No preference.
• To select a specific IP address from the address pool, choose Select an address and then type the
IP address.
6. Choose Allocate, and close the confirmation screen.
674
To allocate an Elastic IP address using the command line
• allocate-address (AWS CLI)

• New-EC2Address (AWS Tools for Windows PowerShell)
Describing Your Elastic IP Addresses

You can describe an Elastic IP address using the Amazon EC2 or the command line.
To describe your Elastic IP addresses using the console

3. Select a filter from the Resource Attribute list to begin searching. You can use multiple filters in a
single search.
To describe your Elastic IP addresses using the command line
• describe-addresses (AWS CLI)

• Get-EC2Address (AWS Tools for Windows PowerShell)
Tagging an Elastic IP Address

You can assign custom tags to your Elastic IP addresses to categorize them in different ways, for
example, by purpose, owner, or environment. This helps you to quickly find a specific Elastic IP address
based on the custom tags you've assigned it.
Note
Cost allocation tracking using Elastic IP address tags is not supported.
To tag an Elastic IP address using the console

3. Select the Elastic IP address to tag and choose Tags.
4. Choose Add/Edit Tags.
5. In the Add/Edit Tags dialog box, choose Create Tag, and then specify the key and value for the tag.
6. (Optional) Choose Create Tag to add additional tags to the Elastic IP address.
7. Choose Save.
To tag an Elastic IP address using the command line
675
aws ec2 create-tags --resources eipalloc-12345678 --tags Key=Owner,Value=TeamA
The New-EC2Tag command needs a Tag parameter, which specifies the key and value pair to be used
for the Elastic IP address tag. The following commands create the Tag parameter:

PS C:\> New-EC2Tag -Resource eipalloc-12345678 -Tag $tag
Associating an Elastic IP Address with a Running Instance

You can associate an Elastic IP address to an instance using the Amazon EC2 console or the command
line.
If you're associating an Elastic IP address with your instance to enable communication with the internet,
you must also ensure that your instance is in a public subnet. For more information, see Internet
Gateways in the Amazon VPC User Guide.
To associate an Elastic IP address with an instance using the console

3. Select an Elastic IP address and choose Actions, Associate address.
4. Select the instance from Instance and then choose Associate.
To associate an Elastic IP address using the command line


Disassociating an Elastic IP Address and Reassociating with a

Different Instance
You can disassociate an Elastic IP address and then reassociate it using the Amazon EC2 console or the
command line.
To disassociate and reassociate an Elastic IP address using the console

3. Select the Elastic IP address, choose Actions, and then select Disassociate address.
4. Choose Disassociate address.
5. Select the address that you disassociated in the previous step. For Actions, choose Associate
address.
676
6. Select the new instance from Instance, and then choose Associate.
To disassociate an Elastic IP address using the command line

• disassociate-address (AWS CLI)

• Unregister-EC2Address (AWS Tools for Windows PowerShell)


Releasing an Elastic IP Address

If you no longer need an Elastic IP address, we recommend that you release it (the address must not be
associated with an instance).
To release an Elastic IP address using the console

3. Select the Elastic IP address, choose Actions, and then select Release addresses. Choose Release
when prompted.
To release an Elastic IP address using the command line

• release-address (AWS CLI)

• Remove-EC2Address (AWS Tools for Windows PowerShell)
Recovering an Elastic IP Address

If you have released your Elastic IP address, you might be able to recover it. The following rules apply:
• You cannot recover an Elastic IP address if it has been allocated to another AWS account, or if it will
result in your exceeding your Elastic IP address limit.
• You cannot recover tags associated with an Elastic IP address.
• You can recover an Elastic IP address using the Amazon EC2 API or a command line tool only.
To recover an Elastic IP address using the command line

• allocate-address (AWS CLI) — Specify the IP address using the --address parameter as follows.
677
Using Reverse DNS for Email Applications
aws ec2 allocate-address --domain vpc --address 203.0.113.3
• New-EC2Address (AWS Tools for Windows PowerShell) — Specify the IP address using the -Address
parameter as follows.
PS C:\> New-EC2Address -Address 203.0.113.3 -Domain vpc -Region us-east-1
Using Reverse DNS for Email Applications

If you intend to send email to third parties from an instance, we suggest you provision one or more
Elastic IP addresses and provide them to us. AWS works with ISPs and internet anti-spam organizations
to reduce the chance that your email sent from these addresses will be flagged as spam.
In addition, assigning a static reverse DNS record to your Elastic IP address used to send email can
help avoid having email flagged as spam by some anti-spam organizations. Note that a corresponding
forward DNS record (record type A) pointing to your Elastic IP address must exist before we can create
your reverse DNS record.
If a reverse DNS record is associated with an Elastic IP address, the Elastic IP address is locked to your
account and cannot be released from your account until the record is removed.
To remove email sending limits, or to provide us with your Elastic IP addresses and reverse DNS records,
go to the Request to Remove Email Sending Limitations page.
Elastic IP Address Limit

By default, all AWS accounts are limited to five (5) Elastic IP addresses per Region, because public (IPv4)
internet addresses are a scarce public resource. We strongly encourage you to use an Elastic IP address
primarily for the ability to remap the address to another instance in the case of instance failure, and to
use DNS hostnames for all other inter-node communication.
If you feel your architecture warrants additional Elastic IP addresses, you can request a limit increase. To
request an increase, complete the Amazon VPC limit request form (choose VPC Elastic IP Address Limit).
Describe your use case so that we can understand your needs. To request Elastic IP addresses for EC2-
Classic, complete the Amazon EC2 Elastic IP Address limit request form.
Elastic Network Interfaces

An elastic network interface (referred to as a network interface in this documentation) is a logical
networking component in a VPC that represents a virtual network card.
A network interface can include the following attributes:
• A primary private IPv4 address from the IPv4 address range of your VPC
• One or more secondary private IPv4 addresses from the IPv4 address range of your VPC
• One Elastic IP address (IPv4) per private IPv4 address
• One public IPv4 address
• One or more IPv6 addresses
• One or more security groups
• A MAC address
• A source/destination check flag
• A description
678
Network Interface Basics
You can create and configure network interfaces in your account and attach them to instances in
your VPC. Your account might also have requester-managed network interfaces, which are created
and managed by AWS services to enable you to use other resources and services. You cannot
manage these network interfaces yourself. For more information, see Requester-Managed Network
Interfaces (p. 698).
All network interfaces have the eni-xxxxxxxx resource identifier.

Important
The term 'elastic network interface' is sometimes shortened to 'ENI'. This is not the same as the
Elastic Network Adapter (ENA), which is a custom interface that optimizes network performance
on some instance types. For more information, see Enhanced Networking on Windows (p. 699).
Contents
• Network Interface Basics (p. 679)
• IP Addresses Per Network Interface Per Instance Type (p. 680)
• Scenarios for Network Interfaces (p. 687)
• Best Practices for Configuring Network Interfaces (p. 689)
• Working with Network Interfaces (p. 689)
• Requester-Managed Network Interfaces (p. 698)
Network Interface Basics

You can create a network interface, attach it to an instance, detach it from an instance, and attach it to
another instance. The attributes of a network interface follow it as it's attached or detached from an
instance and reattached to another instance. When you move a network interface from one instance to
another, network traffic is redirected to the new instance.
You can also modify the attributes of your network interface, including changing its security groups and
managing its IP addresses.
Every instance in a VPC has a default network interface, called the primary network interface (eth0).
You cannot detach a primary network interface from an instance. You can create and attach additional
network interfaces. The maximum number of network interfaces that you can use varies by instance
type. For more information, see IP Addresses Per Network Interface Per Instance Type (p. 680).
Public IPv4 addresses for network interfaces
In a VPC, all subnets have a modifiable attribute that determines whether network interfaces created in
that subnet (and therefore instances launched into that subnet) are assigned a public IPv4 address. For
more information, see IP Addressing Behavior for Your Subnet in the Amazon VPC User Guide. The public
IPv4 address is assigned from Amazon's pool of public IPv4 addresses. When you launch an instance, the
IP address is assigned to the primary network interface (eth0) that's created.
When you create a network interface, it inherits the public IPv4 addressing attribute from the subnet.
If you later modify the public IPv4 addressing attribute of the subnet, the network interface keeps the
setting that was in effect when it was created. If you launch an instance and specify an existing network
interface for eth0, the public IPv4 addressing attribute is determined by the network interface.
For more information, see Public IPv4 Addresses and External DNS Hostnames (p. 656).
IPv6 addresses for network interfaces
You can associate an IPv6 CIDR block with your VPC and subnet, and assign one or more IPv6 addresses
from the subnet range to a network interface.
All subnets have a modifiable attribute that determines whether network interfaces created in that
subnet (and therefore instances launched into that subnet) are automatically assigned an IPv6 address
679
IP Addresses Per Network Interface Per Instance Type
from the range of the subnet. For more information, see IP Addressing Behavior for Your Subnet in
the Amazon VPC User Guide. When you launch an instance, the IPv6 address is assigned to the primary
network interface (eth0) that's created.
For more information, see IPv6 Addresses (p. 657).
Monitoring IP Traffic
You can enable a VPC flow log on your network interface to capture information about the IP traffic
going to and from a network interface. After you've created a flow log, you can view and retrieve its data
in Amazon CloudWatch Logs. For more information, see VPC Flow Logs in the Amazon VPC User Guide.

The following table lists the maximum number of network interfaces per instance type, and the
maximum number of private IPv4 addresses and IPv6 addresses per network interface. The limit for
IPv6 addresses is separate from the limit for private IPv4 addresses per network interface. Not all
instance types support IPv6 addressing. Network interfaces, multiple private IPv4 addresses, and IPv6
addresses are only available for instances running in a VPC. For more information, see Multiple IP
Addresses (p. 662). For more information about IPv6 in VPC, see IP Addressing in Your VPC in the
Instance Type Maximum Network IPv4 Addresses per IPv6 Addresses per
Interfaces Interface Interface
c1.medium 2 6 IPv6 not supported
c1.xlarge 4 15 IPv6 not supported
c3.large 3 10 10
c3.xlarge 4 15 15
c3.2xlarge 4 15 15
c3.4xlarge 8 30 30
c3.8xlarge 8 30 30
c4.large 3 10 10
c4.xlarge 4 15 15
c4.2xlarge 4 15 15
c4.4xlarge 8 30 30
c4.8xlarge 8 30 30
c5.large 3 10 10
c5.xlarge 4 15 15
c5.2xlarge 4 15 15
c5.4xlarge 8 30 30
c5.9xlarge 8 30 30
c5.12xlarge 8 30 30
680
c5.18xlarge 15 50 50
c5.24xlarge 15 50 50
c5.metal 15 50 50
c5d.large 3 10 10
c5d.xlarge 4 15 15
c5d.2xlarge 4 15 15
c5d.4xlarge 8 30 30
c5d.9xlarge 8 30 30
c5d.18xlarge 15 50 50
c5n.large 3 10 10
c5n.xlarge 4 15 15
c5n.2xlarge 4 15 15
c5n.4xlarge 8 30 30
c5n.9xlarge 8 30 30
c5n.18xlarge 15 50 50
c5n.metal 15 50 50
cc2.8xlarge 8 30 IPv6 not supported
cr1.8xlarge 8 30 IPv6 not supported
d2.xlarge 4 15 15
d2.2xlarge 4 15 15
d2.4xlarge 8 30 30
d2.8xlarge 8 30 30
f1.2xlarge 4 15 15
f1.4xlarge 8 30 30
f1.16xlarge 8 50 50
g2.2xlarge 4 15 IPv6 not supported
g2.8xlarge 8 30 IPv6 not supported
g3s.xlarge 4 15 15
g3.4xlarge 8 30 30
g3.8xlarge 8 30 30
681
g3.16xlarge 15 50 50
g4dn.xlarge 3 10 10
h1.2xlarge 4 15 15
h1.4xlarge 8 30 30
h1.8xlarge 8 30 30
h1.16xlarge 15 50 50
hs1.8xlarge 8 30 IPv6 not supported
i2.xlarge 4 15 15
i2.2xlarge 4 15 15
i2.4xlarge 8 30 30
i2.8xlarge 8 30 30
i3.large 3 10 10
i3.xlarge 4 15 15
i3.2xlarge 4 15 15
i3.4xlarge 8 30 30
i3.8xlarge 8 30 30
i3.16xlarge 15 50 50
i3.metal 15 50 50
i3en.large 3 10 10
i3en.xlarge 4 15 15
i3en.2xlarge 4 15 15
682
i3en.metal 15 50 50
m1.small 2 4 IPv6 not supported
m1.medium 2 6 IPv6 not supported
m1.large 3 10 IPv6 not supported
m1.xlarge 4 15 IPv6 not supported
m2.2xlarge 4 30 IPv6 not supported
m3.medium 2 6 IPv6 not supported
m3.large 3 10 IPv6 not supported
m4.large 2 10 10
m4.xlarge 4 15 15
m4.2xlarge 4 15 15
m4.4xlarge 8 30 30
m4.10xlarge 8 30 30
m4.16xlarge 8 30 30
m5.large 3 10 10
m5.xlarge 4 15 15
m5.2xlarge 4 15 15
m5.4xlarge 8 30 30
m5.8xlarge 8 30 30
m5.12xlarge 8 30 30
m5.16xlarge 15 50 50
m5.24xlarge 15 50 50
m5.metal 15 50 50
m5a.large 3 10 10
m5a.xlarge 4 15 15
m5a.2xlarge 4 15 15
683
m5a.4xlarge 8 30 30
m5a.8xlarge 8 30 30
m5a.12xlarge 8 30 30
m5a.16xlarge 15 50 50
m5a.24xlarge 15 50 50
m5ad.large 3 10 10
m5ad.xlarge 4 15 15
m5ad.2xlarge 4 15 15
m5d.large 3 10 10
m5d.xlarge 4 15 15
m5d.2xlarge 4 15 15
m5d.4xlarge 8 30 30
m5d.8xlarge 8 30 30
m5d.12xlarge 8 30 30
m5d.16xlarge 15 50 50
m5d.24xlarge 15 50 50
m5d.metal 15 50 50
p2.xlarge 4 15 15
p2.8xlarge 8 30 30
p2.16xlarge 8 30 30
p3.2xlarge 4 15 15
p3.8xlarge 8 30 30
p3.16xlarge 8 30 30
p3dn.24xlarge 15 50 50
r3.large 3 10 10
r3.xlarge 4 15 15
r3.2xlarge 4 15 15
684
r3.4xlarge 8 30 30
r3.8xlarge 8 30 30
r4.large 3 10 10
r4.xlarge 4 15 15
r4.2xlarge 4 15 15
r4.4xlarge 8 30 30
r4.8xlarge 8 30 30
r4.16xlarge 15 50 50
r5.large 3 10 10
r5.xlarge 4 15 15
r5.2xlarge 4 15 15
r5.4xlarge 8 30 30
r5.8xlarge 8 30 30
r5.12xlarge 8 30 30
r5.16xlarge 15 50 50
r5.24xlarge 15 50 50
r5.metal 15 50 50
r5a.large 3 10 10
r5a.xlarge 4 15 15
r5a.2xlarge 4 15 15
r5a.4xlarge 8 30 30
r5a.8xlarge 8 30 30
r5a.12xlarge 8 30 30
r5a.16xlarge 15 50 50
r5a.24xlarge 15 50 50
r5ad.large 3 10 10
r5ad.xlarge 4 15 15
r5ad.2xlarge 4 15 15
685
r5d.large 3 10 10
r5d.xlarge 4 15 15
r5d.2xlarge 4 15 15
r5d.4xlarge 8 30 30
r5d.8xlarge 8 30 30
r5d.12xlarge 8 30 30
r5d.16xlarge 15 50 50
r5d.24xlarge 15 50 50
r5d.metal 15 50 50
t1.micro 2 2 IPv6 not supported
t2.nano 2 2 2
t2.micro 2 2 2
t2.small 3 4 4
t2.medium 3 6 6
t2.large 3 12 12
t2.xlarge 3 15 15
t2.2xlarge 3 15 15
t3.nano 2 2 2
t3.micro 2 2 2
t3.small 3 4 4
t3.medium 3 6 6
t3.large 3 12 12
t3.xlarge 4 15 15
t3.2xlarge 4 15 15
t3a.nano 2 2 2
t3a.micro 2 2 2
t3a.small 2 4 4
t3a.medium 3 6 6
t3a.large 3 12 12
686
Scenarios for Network Interfaces
t3a.xlarge 4 15 15
t3a.2xlarge 4 15 15
u-6tb1.metal 5 30 30
u-9tb1.metal 5 30 30
u-12tb1.metal 5 30 30
x1.16xlarge 8 30 30
x1.32xlarge 8 30 30
x1e.xlarge 3 10 10
x1e.2xlarge 4 15 15
x1e.4xlarge 4 15 15
x1e.8xlarge 4 15 15
x1e.16xlarge 8 30 30
x1e.32xlarge 8 30 30
z1d.large 3 10 10
z1d.xlarge 4 15 15
z1d.2xlarge 4 15 15
z1d.3xlarge 8 30 30
z1d.6xlarge 8 30 30
z1d.12xlarge 15 50 50
z1d.metal 15 50 50
Note
If f1.16xlarge, g3.16xlarge, h1.16xlarge, i3.16xlarge, and r4.16xlarge instances
use more than 31 IPv4 or IPv6 addresses per interface, they cannot access the instance
metadata, VPC DNS, and Time Sync services from the 32nd IP address onwards. If access
to these services is needed from all IP addresses on the interface, we recommend using a
maximum of 31 IP addresses per interface.

Attaching multiple network interfaces to an instance is useful when you want to:
• Create a management network.

• Use network and security appliances in your VPC.
• Create dual-homed instances with workloads/roles on distinct subnets.
• Create a low-budget, high-availability solution.
687
Creating a Management Network

You can create a management network using network interfaces. In this scenario, the primary network
interface (eth0) on the instance handles public traffic and the secondary network interface (eth1)
handles backend management traffic and is connected to a separate subnet in your VPC that has more
restrictive access controls. The public interface, which may or may not be behind a load balancer, has
an associated security group that allows access to the server from the internet (for example, allow TCP
port 80 and 443 from 0.0.0.0/0, or from the load balancer) while the private facing interface has an
associated security group allowing RDP access only from an allowed range of IP addresses either within
the VPC or from the internet, a private subnet within the VPC or a virtual private gateway.
To ensure failover capabilities, consider using a secondary private IPv4 for incoming traffic on a network
interface. In the event of an instance failure, you can move the interface and/or secondary private IPv4
address to a standby instance.
Use Network and Security Appliances in Your VPC

Some network and security appliances, such as load balancers, network address translation (NAT)
servers, and proxy servers prefer to be configured with multiple network interfaces. You can create and
attach secondary network interfaces to instances in a VPC that are running these types of applications
and configure the additional interfaces with their own public and private IP addresses, security groups,
and source/destination checking.
Creating Dual-homed Instances with Workloads/Roles on

Distinct Subnets
You can place a network interface on each of your web servers that connects to a mid-tier network where
an application server resides. The application server can also be dual-homed to a backend network
(subnet) where the database server resides. Instead of routing network packets through the dual-
homed instances, each dual-homed instance receives and processes requests on the front end, initiates a
connection to the backend, and then sends requests to the servers on the backend network.
688
Best Practices for Configuring Network Interfaces
Create a Low Budget High Availability Solution

If one of your instances serving a particular function fails, its network interface can be attached to a
replacement or hot standby instance pre-configured for the same role in order to rapidly recover the
service. For example, you can use a network interface as your primary or secondary network interface to
a critical service such as a database instance or a NAT instance. If the instance fails, you (or more likely,
the code running on your behalf) can attach the network interface to a hot standby instance. Because
the interface maintains its private IP addresses, Elastic IP addresses, and MAC address, network traffic
begins flowing to the standby instance as soon as you attach the network interface to the replacement
instance. Users experience a brief loss of connectivity between the time the instance fails and the time
that the network interface is attached to the standby instance, but no changes to the VPC route table or
your DNS server are required.
Best Practices for Configuring Network Interfaces

• You can attach a network interface to an instance when it's running (hot attach), when it's stopped
(warm attach), or when the instance is being launched (cold attach).
• You can detach secondary (ethN) network interfaces when the instance is running or stopped.
However, you can't detach the primary (eth0) interface.
• If you have multiple subnets in an Availability Zone for the same VPC, you can move a network
interface from an instance in one of these subnets to an instance in another one of these subnets.
• When launching an instance from the CLI or API, you can specify the network interfaces to attach to
the instance for both the primary (eth0) and additional network interfaces.
• Launching an Amazon Linux or Windows Server instance with multiple network interfaces
automatically configures interfaces, private IPv4 addresses, and route tables on the operating system
of the instance.
• A warm or hot attach of an additional network interface may require you to manually bring up the
second interface, configure the private IPv4 address, and modify the route table accordingly. Instances
running Amazon Linux or Windows Server automatically recognize the warm or hot attach and
configure themselves.
• Attaching another network interface to an instance (for example, a NIC teaming configuration)
cannot be used as a method to increase or double the network bandwidth to or from the dual-homed
instance.
• If you attach two or more network interfaces from the same subnet to an instance, you may encounter
networking issues such as asymmetric routing. If possible, use a secondary private IPv4 address on
the primary network interface instead. For more information, see Assigning a Secondary Private IPv4
Address (p. 663). If you need to use multiple network interfaces, you must configure the network
interfaces to use static routing. For more information, see Configure a Secondary Elastic Network
Interface (p. 470).
Working with Network Interfaces

You can work with network interfaces using the Amazon EC2 console or the command line.
Contents
• Creating a Network Interface (p. 690)
• Deleting a Network Interface (p. 690)
• Viewing Details about a Network Interface (p. 691)
• Attaching a Network Interface When Launching an Instance (p. 691)
• Attaching a Network Interface to a Stopped or Running Instance (p. 692)
• Detaching a Network Interface from an Instance (p. 693)
689
• Changing the Security Group (p. 694)

• Changing the Source or Destination Checking (p. 694)
• Associating an Elastic IP Address (IPv4) (p. 695)
• Disassociating an Elastic IP Address (IPv4) (p. 695)
• Assigning an IPv6 Address (p. 696)
• Unassigning an IPv6 Address (p. 696)
• Changing Termination Behavior (p. 696)
• Adding or Editing a Description (p. 697)
• Adding or Editing Tags (p. 697)
Creating a Network Interface

You can create a network interface in a subnet. You can't move the network interface to another subnet
after it's created, and you can only attach the network interface to instances in the same Availability
Zone.
To create a network interface using the console

3. Choose Create Network Interface.
4. For Description, enter a descriptive name.
5. For Subnet, select the subnet.
6. For Private IP (or IPv4 Private IP), enter the primary private IPv4 address. If you don't specify an
IPv4 address, we select an available private IPv4 address from within the selected subnet.
7. (IPv6 only) If you selected a subnet that has an associated IPv6 CIDR block, you can optionally
specify an IPv6 address in the IPv6 IP field.
8. For Security groups, select one or more security groups.
9. Choose Yes, Create.
To create a network interface using the command line
• create-network-interface (AWS CLI)

• New-EC2NetworkInterface (AWS Tools for Windows PowerShell)
Deleting a Network Interface

To delete an instance, you must first detach the network interface. Deleting a network interface releases
all attributes associated with the interface and releases any private IP addresses or Elastic IP addresses to
be used by another instance.
To delete a network interface using the console

3. Select a network interface and choose Delete.
690
4. In the Delete Network Interface dialog box, choose Yes, Delete.
To delete a network interface using the command line
• delete-network-interface (AWS CLI)

• Remove-EC2NetworkInterface (AWS Tools for Windows PowerShell)
Viewing Details about a Network Interface

You can view all the network interfaces in your account.
To describe a network interface using the console

3. Select the network interface.
4. To view the details, choose Details.
To describe a network interface using the command line
• describe-network-interfaces (AWS CLI)

• Get-EC2NetworkInterface (AWS Tools for Windows PowerShell)
To describe a network interface attribute using the command line
• describe-network-interface-attribute (AWS CLI)

• Get-EC2NetworkInterfaceAttribute (AWS Tools for Windows PowerShell)
Attaching a Network Interface When Launching an Instance

You can specify an existing network interface or attach an additional network interface when you launch
an instance.
Note
If an error occurs when attaching a network interface to your instance, this causes the instance
launch to fail.
To attach a network interface when launching an instance using the console

3. Select an AMI and instance type and choose Next: Configure Instance Details.
4. On the Configure Instance Details page, select a VPC for Network, and a subnet for Subnet.
691
5. In the Network Interfaces section, the console enables you to specify up to two network interfaces
(new, existing, or a combination) when you launch an instance. You can also enter a primary IPv4
address and one or more secondary IPv4 addresses for any new interface.
You can add additional network interfaces to the instance after you launch it. The total number
of network interfaces that you can attach varies by instance type. For more information, see IP
Addresses Per Network Interface Per Instance Type (p. 680).
Note
If you specify more than one network interface, you cannot auto-assign a public IPv4
address to your instance.
6. (IPv6 only) If you're launching an instance into a subnet that has an associated IPv6 CIDR block, you
can specify IPv6 addresses for any network interfaces that you attach. Under IPv6 IPs, choose Add
IP. To add a secondary IPv6 address, choose Add IP again. You can enter an IPv6 address from the
range of the subnet, or leave the default Auto-assign value to let Amazon choose an IPv6 address
from the subnet for you.
7. Choose Next: Add Storage.
8. On the Add Storage page, you can specify volumes to attach to the instance besides the volumes
specified by the AMI (such as the root device volume), and then choose Next: Add Tags.
9. On the Add Tags page, specify tags for the instance, such as a user-friendly name, and then choose
Next: Configure Security Group.
10. On the Configure Security Group page, you can select a security group or create a new one. Choose
Review and Launch.
Note
If you specified an existing network interface in step 5, the instance is associated with the
security group for that network interface, regardless of any option that you select in this
step.
11. On the Review Instance Launch page, details about the primary and additional network interface
are displayed. Review the settings, and then choose Launch to choose a key pair and launch your
instance. If you're new to Amazon EC2 and haven't created any key pairs, the wizard prompts you to
create one.
To attach a network interface when launching an instance using the command line

Attaching a Network Interface to a Stopped or Running Instance

You can attach a network interface to any of your stopped or running instances in your VPC, using either
the Instances or Network Interfaces pages of the Amazon EC2 console.
Note
If the public IPv4 address on your instance is released, it does not receive a new one if
there is more than one network interface attached to the instance. For more information
about the behavior of public IPv4 addresses, see Public IPv4 Addresses and External DNS
Hostnames (p. 656).
To attach a network interface to an instance using the Instances page
692

3. Choose Actions, Networking, Attach Network Interface.
4. In the Attach Network Interface dialog box, select the network interface and choose Attach.
To attach a network interface to an instance using the Network Interfaces page

3. Select the network interface and choose Attach.
4. In the Attach Network Interface dialog box, select the instance and choose Attach.
To attach a network interface to an instance using the command line
• attach-network-interface (AWS CLI)

• Add-EC2NetworkInterface (AWS Tools for Windows PowerShell)
Detaching a Network Interface from an Instance

You can detach a secondary network interface at any time, using either the Instances or Network
Interfaces page of the Amazon EC2 console.
To detach a network interface from an instance using the Instances page

3. Choose Actions, Networking, Detach Network Interface.
4. In the Detach Network Interface dialog box, select the network interface and choose Detach.
To detach a network interface from an instance using the Network Interfaces page

3. Select the network interface and choose Detach.
4. In the Detach Network Interface dialog box, choose Yes, Detach. If the network interface fails to
detach from the instance, choose Force detachment, and then try again.
Note
• Use the Force detachment option only as a last resort to detach a network interface from
a failed instance.
• If you use the Force detachment option to detach a network interface, you might not be
able to attach a different network interface to the same index on the instance without
first stopping and starting the instance.
• If you force the detachment of a network interface, the instance metadata (p. 477) might
not get updated. This means that the attributes associated with the detached network
interface might still be visible. The instance metadata will get updated when you stop
and start the instance.
• You can’t force the detachment of a network interface from EC2-Classic instances.
693
To detach a network interface using the command line
• detach-network-interface (AWS CLI)

• Dismount-EC2NetworkInterface (AWS Tools for Windows PowerShell)
Changing the Security Group

You can change the security groups that are associated with a network interface. When you create the
security group, be sure to specify the same VPC as the subnet for the network interface.
Note
To change security group membership for interfaces owned by other services, such as Elastic
Load Balancing, use the console or command line interface for that service.
To change the security group of a network interface using the console

3. Select the network interface and choose Actions, Change Security Groups.
4. In the Change Security Groups dialog box, select the security groups to use, and choose Save.
To change the security group of a network interface using the command line
• modify-network-interface-attribute (AWS CLI)

• Edit-EC2NetworkInterfaceAttribute (AWS Tools for Windows PowerShell)
Changing the Source or Destination Checking

The Source/Destination Check attribute controls whether source/destination checking is enabled on
the instance. Disabling this attribute enables an instance to handle network traffic that isn't specifically
destined for the instance. For example, instances running services such as network address translation,
routing, or a firewall should set this value to disabled. The default value is enabled.
To change source/destination checking for a network interface using the console

3. Select the network interface and choose Actions, Change Source/Dest Check.
4. In the dialog box, choose Enabled (if enabling) or Disabled (if disabling), and Save.
To change source/destination checking for a network interface using the command line
694
Associating an Elastic IP Address (IPv4)

If you have an Elastic IP address (IPv4), you can associate it with one of the private IPv4 addresses for the
network interface. You can associate one Elastic IP address with each private IPv4 address.
You can associate an Elastic IP address using the Amazon EC2 console or the command line.
To associate an Elastic IP address using the console

3. Select the network interface and choose Actions, Associate Address.
4. In the Associate Elastic IP Address dialog box, select the Elastic IP address from the Address list.
5. For Associate to private IP address, select the private IPv4 address to associate with the Elastic IP
address.
6. Choose Allow reassociation to allow the Elastic IP address to be associated with the specified
network interface if it's currently associated with another instance or network interface, and then
choose Associate Address.

Disassociating an Elastic IP Address (IPv4)

If the network interface has an Elastic IP address (IPv4) associated with it, you can disassociate the
address, and then either associate it with another network interface or release it back to the address
pool. This is the only way to associate an Elastic IP address with an instance in a different subnet or VPC
using a network interface, as network interfaces are specific to a particular subnet.
You can disassociate an Elastic IP address using the Amazon EC2 console or the command line.
To disassociate an Elastic IP address using the console

3. Select the network interface and choose Actions, Disassociate Address.
4. In the Disassociate IP Address dialog box, choose Yes, Disassociate.
To disassociate an Elastic IP address using the command line
• disassociate-address (AWS CLI)

• Unregister-EC2Address (AWS Tools for Windows PowerShell)
695
Assigning an IPv6 Address

You can assign one or more IPv6 addresses to a network interface. The network interface must be in a
subnet that has an associated IPv6 CIDR block. To assign a specific IPv6 address to the network interface,
ensure that the IPv6 address is not already assigned to another network interface.

2. In the navigation pane, choose Network Interfaces and select the network interface.
4. Under IPv6 Addresses, choose Assign new IP. Specify an IPv6 address from the range of the subnet.
To let AWS choose an address for you, leave the Auto-assign value.
To assign an IPv6 address to a network interface using the command line

Unassigning an IPv6 Address

You can unassign an IPv6 address from a network interface using the Amazon EC2 console.

2. In the navigation pane, choose Network Interfaces and select the network interface.
4. Under IPv6 Addresses, choose Unassign for the IPv6 address to remove.
To unassign an IPv6 address from a network interface using the command line

• Unregister-EC2Ipv6AddressList (AWS Tools for Windows PowerShell)
Changing Termination Behavior

You can set the termination behavior for a network interface that's attached to an instance. You can
specify whether the network interface should be automatically deleted when you terminate the instance
to which it's attached.
You can change the terminating behavior for a network interface using the Amazon EC2 console or the
command line.
To change the termination behavior for a network interface using the console

696
3. Select the network interface and choose Actions, Change Termination Behavior.
4. In the Change Termination Behavior dialog box, select the Delete on termination check box if you
want the network interface to be deleted when you terminate an instance.
To change the termination behavior for a network interface using the command line

Adding or Editing a Description

You can change the description for a network interface using the Amazon EC2 console or the command
line.
To change the description for a network interface using the console

3. Select the network interface and choose Actions, Change Description.
4. In the Change Description dialog box, enter a description for the network interface, and then
choose Save.
To change the description for a network interface using the command line

Adding or Editing Tags

Tags are metadata that you can add to a network interface. Tags are private and are only visible to your
account. Each tag consists of a key and an optional value. For more information about tags, see Tagging
Your Amazon EC2 Resources (p. 963).
To add or edit tags for a network interface using the console

3. Select the network interface.
4. In the details pane, choose Tags, Add/Edit Tags.
5. In the Add/Edit Tags dialog box, choose Create Tag for each tag to create, and enter a key and
optional value. When you're done, choose Save.
To add or edit tags for a network interface using the command line
697
Requester-Managed Network Interfaces

Requester-Managed Network Interfaces

A requester-managed network interface is a network interface that an AWS service creates in your VPC.
This network interface can represent an instance for another service, such as an Amazon RDS instance, or
it can enable you to access another service or resource, such as an AWS PrivateLink service, or an Amazon
ECS task.
You cannot modify or detach a requester-managed network interface. If you delete the resource that
the network interface represents, the AWS service detaches and deletes the network interface for
you. To change the security groups for a requester-managed network interface, you might have to
use the console or command line tools for that service. For more information, see the service-specific
documentation.
You can tag a requester-managed network interface. For more information, see Adding or Editing
Tags (p. 697).
You can view the requester-managed network interfaces that are in your account.
To view requester-managed network interfaces using the console

3. Select the network interface and view the following information on the details pane:
• Attachment owner: If you created the network interface, this field displays your AWS account ID.
Otherwise, it displays an alias or ID for the principal or service that created the network interface.
• Description: Provides information about the purpose of the network interface; for example, "VPC
Endpoint Interface".
To view requester-managed network interfaces using the command line
1. Use the describe-network-interfaces AWS CLI command to describe the network interfaces in your
account.
aws ec2 describe-network-interfaces
2. In the output, the RequesterManaged field displays true if the network interface is managed by
another AWS service.
{
"Status": "in-use",
...
"Description": "VPC Endpoint Interface vpce-089f2123488812123",
"NetworkInterfaceId": "eni-c8fbc27e",
"VpcId": "vpc-1a2b3c4d",
"PrivateIpAddresses": [
{
"PrivateDnsName": "ip-10-0-2-227.ec2.internal",
"Primary": true,
}
],
"RequesterManaged": true,
698
Enhanced Networking
...
}
Alternatively, use the Get-EC2NetworkInterface Tools for Windows PowerShell command.
Enhanced Networking on Windows

Enhanced networking uses single root I/O virtualization (SR-IOV) to provide high-performance
networking capabilities on supported instance types (p. 699). SR-IOV is a method of device
virtualization that provides higher I/O performance and lower CPU utilization when compared to
traditional virtualized network interfaces. Enhanced networking provides higher bandwidth, higher
packet per second (PPS) performance, and consistently lower inter-instance latencies. There is no
additional charge for using enhanced networking.
Contents
• Enhanced Networking Types (p. 699)
• Enabling Enhanced Networking on Your Instance (p. 699)
• Enabling Enhanced Networking with the Elastic Network Adapter (ENA) on Windows
Instances (p. 700)
• Enabling Enhanced Networking with the Intel 82599 VF Interface on Windows Instances (p. 706)
Enhanced Networking Types

Depending on your instance type, enhanced networking can be enabled using one of the following
mechanisms:
Elastic Network Adapter (ENA)
The Elastic Network Adapter (ENA) supports network speeds of up to 100 Gbps for supported
instance types.
C5, C5d, C5n, F1, G3, G4, H1, I3, I3en, m4.16xlarge, M5, M5a, M5ad, M5d P2, P3, R4, R5, R5a, R5ad,
R5d, T3, T3a, u-6tb1.metal, u-9tb1.metal, u-12tb1.metal, X1, X1e, and z1d instances use the
Elastic Network Adapter for enhanced networking.
Intel 82599 Virtual Function (VF) interface
The Intel 82599 Virtual Function interface supports network speeds of up to 10 Gbps for supported
instance types.
C3, C4, D2, I2, M4 (excluding m4.16xlarge), and R3 instances use the Intel 82599 VF interface for
For information about the supported network speed for each instance type, see Amazon EC2 Instance
Types.
Enabling Enhanced Networking on Your Instance

If your instance type supports the Elastic Network Adapter for enhanced networking, follow the
procedures in Enabling Enhanced Networking with the Elastic Network Adapter (ENA) on Windows
Instances (p. 700).
699
Enhanced Networking: ENA
If your instance type supports the Intel 82599 VF interface for enhanced networking, follow the
procedures in Enabling Enhanced Networking with the Intel 82599 VF Interface on Windows
Instances (p. 706).
Enabling Enhanced Networking with the Elastic

Network Adapter (ENA) on Windows Instances
Amazon EC2 provides enhanced networking capabilities through the Elastic Network Adapter (ENA).
Contents
• Requirements (p. 700)
• Data Encryption (p. 700)
• Testing Whether Enhanced Networking Is Enabled (p. 700)
• Enabling Enhanced Networking on Windows (p. 701)
• Amazon ENA Driver Versions (p. 702)
• Subscribing to Notifications (p. 434)
• Operating System Optimizations (p. 705)
Requirements
To prepare for enhanced networking using the ENA, set up your instance as follows:
• Select from the following supported instance types: C5, C5d, C5n, F1, G3, G4, H1, I3, I3en,
m4.16xlarge, M5, M5a, M5ad, M5d P2, P3, R4, R5, R5a, R5ad, R5d, T3, T3a, u-6tb1.metal,
u-9tb1.metal, u-12tb1.metal, X1, X1e, and z1d.
• Ensure that the instance has internet connectivity.
• Install and configure the AWS CLI or the AWS Tools for Windows PowerShell on any computer
you choose, preferably your local desktop or laptop. For more information, see Accessing Amazon
EC2 (p. 3). Enhanced networking cannot be managed from the Amazon EC2 console.
• If you have important data on the instance that you want to preserve, you should back that data up
now by creating an AMI from your instance. Updating kernels and kernel modules, as well as enabling
the enaSupport attribute, might render incompatible instances or operating systems unreachable; if
you have a recent backup, your data will still be retained if this happens.
Data Encryption
AWS provides secure and private connectivity between EC2 instances. In addition, we automatically
encrypt in-transit traffic between C5n, I3en, and P3dn instances in the same VPC or in peered VPCs,
using AEAD algorithms with 256-bit encryption. This encryption feature uses the offload capabilities of
the underlying hardware, and there is no impact on network performance.
Testing Whether Enhanced Networking Is Enabled

To test whether enhanced networking is already enabled, verify that the driver is installed on your
instance and that the enaSupport attribute is set.
Instance Attribute (enaSupport)

To check whether an instance has the enhanced networking enaSupport attribute set, use one of the
following commands. If the attribute is set, the response is true.
700
aws ec2 describe-instances --instance-ids instance_id --query

"Reservations[].Instances[].EnaSupport"
• Get-EC2Instance (Tools for Windows PowerShell)
(Get-EC2Instance -InstanceId instance-id).Instances.EnaSupport
Image Attribute (enaSupport)
To check whether an AMI has the enhanced networking enaSupport attribute set, use one of the
following commands. If the attribute is set, the response is true.
• describe-images (AWS CLI)
aws ec2 describe-images --image-id ami_id --query "Images[].EnaSupport"
• Get-EC2Image (Tools for Windows PowerShell)
(Get-EC2Image -ImageId ami_id).EnaSupport
Enabling Enhanced Networking on Windows

If you launched your instance and it does not have enhanced networking enabled already, you
must download and install the required network adapter driver on your instance, and then set the
enaSupport instance attribute to activate enhanced networking. You can only enable this attribute on
supported instance types and only if the ENA driver is installed. For more information, see Enhanced
Networking Types (p. 699).
To enable enhanced networking

2. [Windows Server 2016 and later] Run the following EC2Launch PowerShell script to configure the
instance after the driver is installed.
Schedule
3. From the instance, install the driver as follows:
a. Download the latest driver to the instance.

b. Extract the zip archive.
c. Install the driver by running the install.ps1 PowerShell script.
4. From your local computer, stop the instance using the Amazon EC2 console or one of the following
commands: stop-instances (AWS CLI), Stop-EC2Instance (AWS Tools for Windows PowerShell). If your
instance is managed by AWS OpsWorks, you should stop the instance in the AWS OpsWorks console
so that the instance state remains in sync.
5. Enable ENA support on your instance as follows:
a. From your local computer, check the EC2 instance ENA support attribute on your instance by
running one of the following commands. If the attribute is not enabled, the output will be "[]"
or blank. EnaSupport is set to false by default.
701
aws ec2 describe-instances --instance-ids instance_id --query

"Reservations[].Instances[].EnaSupport"
• Get-EC2Instance (Tools for Windows PowerShell)
(Get-EC2Instance -InstanceId instance-id).Instances.EnaSupport
b. To enable ENA support, run one of the following commands:
aws ec2 modify-instance-attribute --instance-id instance_id --ena-support
Edit-EC2InstanceAttribute -InstanceId instance_id -EnaSupport $true
If you encounter problems when you restart the instance, you can also disable ENA support
using one of the following commands:
aws ec2 modify-instance-attribute --instance-id instance_id --no-ena-support
Edit-EC2InstanceAttribute -InstanceId instance_id -EnaSupport $false
c. Verify that the attribute has been set to true using describe-instances or Get-EC2Instance as
shown previously. You should now see the following output:
[
true
]
6. From your local computer, start the instance using the Amazon EC2 console or one of the following
commands: start-instances (AWS CLI), Start-EC2Instance (AWS Tools for Windows PowerShell). If
your instance is managed by AWS OpsWorks, you should start the instance using the AWS OpsWorks
console so that the instance state remains in sync.
7. On the instance, validate that the ENA driver is installed and enabled as follows:
a. Right-click the network icon and choose Open Network and Sharing Center.
b. Choose the Ethernet adapter (for example, Ethernet 2).
c. Choose Details. For Network Connection Details, check that Description is Amazon Elastic
Network Adapter.
8. (Optional) Create an AMI from the instance. The AMI inherits the enaSupport attribute from the
instance. Therefore, you can use this AMI to launch another instance with ENA enabled by default.
Amazon ENA Driver Versions

Windows AMIs include the Amazon ENA driver to enable enhanced networking. The following table
summarizes the changes for each release.
702
2.1.1 Bug Fixes September 2019
• Prevent drops of highly fragmented TCP LSO packets

arriving from operating system.
• Properly handle Encapsulating Security Payload (ESP)
protocol within the IPSec in IPv6 networks.
2.1.0 ENA Windows driver v2.1 introduces new ENA device July 2019
capabilities, provides a performance boost, adds new
features, and includes multiple stability improvements.
• New features
• Use standardized Windows registry key for Jumbo
frames configuration.
• Allow VLAN ID setting via the ENA driver properties GUI.
• Improved Recovery flows
• Improved failure identification mechanism.
• Added support for tunable recovery parameters.
• Support up to 32 I/O queues for newer EC2 instances
that have more than 8 vCPUs.
• ~90% reduction of driver memory footprint.
• Performance optimizations
• Reduced transmit path latency.
• Support for receive checksum offload.
• Performance optimization for heavily loaded system
(optimized usage of locking mechanisms).
• Further enhancements to reduce CPU utilization and
improve system responsiveness under load.
• Bug Fixes
• Fix crash due to invalid parsing of non-contiguous Tx
headers.
• Fix driver v1.5 crash during ENI detach on Bare Metal
instances.
• Fix LSO pseudo-header checksum calculation error over
IPv6.
• Fix potential memory resource leak upon initialization
failure.
• Disable TCP/UDP checksum offload for IPv4 fragments.
• Fix for VLAN configuration. VLAN was incorrectly
disabled when only VLAN priority should have been
disabled.
• Enable correct parsing of custom driver messages by the
event viewer.
• Fix failure to initialize driver due to invalid timestamp
handling.
• Fix race condition between data processing and ENA
device disabling.
1.5.0 • Improved stability and performance fixes. October 2018
703

• Receive Buffers can now be configured up to a value of
8192 in Advanced Properties of the ENA NIC.
• Default Receive Buffers of 1k.
1.2.3 Includes reliability fixes and unifies support for Windows February 2018
Server 2008 R2 through Windows Server 2016.
1.0.9 Includes some reliability fixes. Applies only to Windows December 2016
Server 2008 R2. Not recommended for other versions of
Windows Server.
1.0.8 The initial release. Included in AMIs for Windows Server July 2016
2008 R2, Windows Server 2012 RTM, Windows Server 2012
R2, and Windows Server 2016.
To subscribe to EC2 notifications

subscription.

704
Operating System Optimizations

To achieve the maximum network performance on instances with enhanced networking, you may need
to modify the default operating system configuration. We recommend the following configuration
changes for applications that require high network performance.Other optimizations (such as turning on
checksum offloading and enabling RSS, for example) are already in place on official Windows AMIs.
Note
TCP chimney offloading should be disabled in most use cases, and has been deprecated as of
In addition to these operating system optimizations, you should also consider the maximum transmission
unit (MTU) of your network traffic, and adjust according to your workload and network architecture. For
more information, see Network Maximum Transmission Unit (MTU) for Your EC2 Instance (p. 717).
AWS regularly measures average round trip latencies between instances launched in a cluster placement
group of 50us and tail latencies of 200us at the 99.9 percentile. If your applications require consistently
low latencies, we recommend using the latest version of the ENA drivers on fixed performance Nitro-
based instances.
Configure RSS CPU Affinity

Receive side scaling (RSS) is used to distribute network traffic CPU load across multiple processors.
By default, the official Amazon Windows AMIs are configured with RSS enabled. ENA ENIs provide up
to eight RSS queues. By defining CPU affinity for RSS queues, as well as for other system processes,
it is possible to spread the CPU load out over multi-core systems, enabling more network traffic
to be processed. On instance types with more than 16 vCPUs, we recommend you use the Set-
NetAdapterRSS PowerShell cmdlt (available from Windows Server 2012 and later), which manually
excludes the boot processor (logical processor 0 and 1 when hyper-threading is enabled) from the RSS
configuration for all ENIs, in order to prevent contention with various system components.
Windows is hyper-thread aware and will ensure the RSS queues of a single NIC are always placed on
different physical cores. Therefore, unless hyper-threading is disabled, in order to completely prevent
contention with other NICs, spread the RSS configuration of each NIC between a range of 16 logical
processors. The Set-NetAdapterRss cmdlt allows you to define the per-NIC range of valid logical
processors by defining the values of BaseProcessorGroup, BaseProcessorNumber, MaxProcessingGroup,
MaxProcessorNumber, and NumaNode (optional). If there are not enough physical cores to completely
eliminate inter-NIC contention, minimize the overlapping ranges or reduce the number of logical
processors in the ENI ranges depending on the expected workload of the ENI (in other words, a low
volume admin network ENI may not need as many RSS queues assigned). Also, as noted above, various
components must run on CPU 0, and therefore we recommend excluding it from all RSS configurations
when sufficient vCPUs are available.
For example, when there are three ENIs on a 72 vCPU instance with 2 NUMA nodes with hyper-threading
enabled, the following commands spread the network load between the two CPUs without overlap and
preventthe use of core 0 completely.
Set-NetAdapterRss -Name NIC1 -BaseProcessorGroup 0 -BaseProcessorNumber 2 -

MaxProcessorNumber 16
Note that these settings are persistent for each network adapter. If an instance is resized to one with
a different number of vCPUs, you should reevaluate the RSS configuration for each enabled ENI. The
complete Microsoft documentation for the Set-NetAdapterRss cmdlt can be found here: https://
docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powershell/module/netadapter/set-netadapterrss.
705
Enhanced Networking: Intel 82599 VF
Special note for SQL workloads: We also recommend that you review your IO thread affinity settings
along with your ENI RSS configuration to minimize IO and network contention for the same CPUs. See
affinity mask Server Configuration Option.
Enabling Enhanced Networking with the Intel 82599

VF Interface on Windows Instances
Amazon EC2 provides enhanced networking capabilities through the Intel 82599 VF interface, which uses
the Intel ixgbevf driver.
Contents
• Testing Whether Enhanced Networking is Enabled (p. 706)
• Enabling Enhanced Networking on Windows (p. 707)
Requirements
To prepare for enhanced networking using the Intel 82599 VF interface, set up your instance as follows:
• Select from the following supported instance types: C3, C4, D2, I2, M4 (excluding m4.16xlarge), and
R3.
• Launch the instance from a 64-bit HVM AMI. You can't enable enhanced networking on Windows
Server 2008 and Windows Server 2003. Enhanced networking is already enabled for Windows Server
2012 R2 and Windows Server 2016 and later AMIs. Windows Server 2012 R2 includes Intel driver
1.0.15.3 and we recommend that you upgrade that driver to the latest version using the Pnputil.exe
utility.
• Ensure that the instance has internet connectivity.
• Install and configure the AWS CLI or the AWS Tools for Windows PowerShell on any computer
you choose, preferably your local desktop or laptop. For more information, see Accessing Amazon
EC2 (p. 3). Enhanced networking cannot be managed from the Amazon EC2 console.
• If you have important data on the instance that you want to preserve, you should back that data
up now by creating an AMI from your instance. Updating kernels and kernel modules, as well as
enabling the sriovNetSupport attribute, might render incompatible instances or operating systems
unreachable; if you have a recent backup, your data will still be retained if this happens.
Testing Whether Enhanced Networking is Enabled

Enhanced networking with the Intel 82599 VF interface is enabled if the driver is installed on your
instance and the sriovNetSupport attribute is set.
Driver
To verify that the driver is installed, connect to your instance and open Device Manager. You should see
"Intel(R) 82599 Virtual Function" listed under Network adapters.
Instance Attribute (sriovNetSupport)
To check whether an instance has the enhanced networking sriovNetSupport attribute set, use one of
the following commands:
• describe-instance-attribute (AWS CLI)
aws ec2 describe-instance-attribute --instance-id instance_id --attribute sriovNetSupport
706
• Get-EC2InstanceAttribute (AWS Tools for Windows PowerShell)
Get-EC2InstanceAttribute -InstanceId instance-id -Attribute sriovNetSupport
If the attribute isn't set, SriovNetSupport is empty; otherwise, it is set as follows:
"SriovNetSupport": {
"Value": "simple"
},
Image Attribute (sriovNetSupport)
To check whether an AMI already has the enhanced networking sriovNetSupport attribute set, use
one of the following commands:
• describe-image-attribute (AWS CLI)
aws ec2 describe-image-attribute --image-id ami_id --attribute sriovNetSupport
Note that this command only works for images that you own. You receive an AuthFailure error for
images that do not belong to your account.
• Get-EC2ImageAttribute (AWS Tools for Windows PowerShell)
Get-EC2ImageAttribute -ImageId ami-id -Attribute sriovNetSupport
If the attribute isn't set, SriovNetSupport is empty; otherwise, it is set as follows:
"SriovNetSupport": {
"Value": "simple"
},
Enabling Enhanced Networking on Windows

If you launched your instance and it does not have enhanced networking enabled already, you
must download and install the required network adapter driver on your instance, and then set the
sriovNetSupport instance attribute to activate enhanced networking. You can only enable this
attribute on supported instance types. For more information, see Enhanced Networking Types (p. 699).
Important
To view the latest version of the Intel driver in the Windows AMIs, see Details About AWS
Windows AMI Versions (p. 82).
Warning
There is no way to disable the enhanced networking attribute after you've enabled it.
To enable enhanced networking

2. [Windows Server 2016 and later] Run the following EC2Launch PowerShell script to configure the
instance after the driver is installed.
Schedule
707
Important
The administrator password will reset when you enable the initialize instance EC2Launch
script. You can modify the configuration file to disable the administrator password reset by
specifying it in the settings for the initialization tasks. For steps on how to disable password
reset, see Configure Initialization Tasks (p. 396).
3. From the instance, install the driver as follows:
a. Download the Intel network adapter driver for your operating system:

• Windows Server 2016 (including for Server version 1803 and earlier*)
• Windows Server 2019 (including for Server version 1809 and later*)
*Server versions 1803 and earlier as well as 1809 and later are not specifically addressed on the
Intel Drivers and Software pages.
b. In the Download folder, locate the PROWinx64.exe file. Rename this file PROWinx64.zip.
c. Open a context (right-click) menu on PROWinx64.zip and choose Extract All. Specify a
destination path and choose Extract.
d. Open a command prompt window, go to the folder with the extracted files, and use the
pnputil utility to add and install the INF file in the driver store.
Windows Server 2019
pnputil -i -a PROXGB\Winx64\NDIS68\vxn68x64.inf
Windows Server 2016
Windows Server 2012
pnputil -a PROXGB\Winx64\NDIS62\vxn62x64.inf
4. From your local computer, stop the instance using the Amazon EC2 console or one of the following
commands: stop-instances (AWS CLI), Stop-EC2Instance (AWS Tools for Windows PowerShell). If your
instance is managed by AWS OpsWorks, you should stop the instance in the AWS OpsWorks console
so that the instance state remains in sync.
5. From your local computer, enable the enhanced networking attribute using one of the following
commands:

708
Placement Groups
aws ec2 modify-instance-attribute --instance-id instance_id --sriov-net-support

simple
Edit-EC2InstanceAttribute -InstanceId instance_id -SriovNetSupport "simple"
6. (Optional) Create an AMI from the instance, as described in Creating a Custom Windows AMI (p. 64).
The AMI inherits the enhanced networking attribute from the instance. Therefore, you can use this
AMI to launch another instance with enhanced networking enabled by default.
7. From your local computer, start the instance using the Amazon EC2 console or one of the following
commands: start-instances (AWS CLI), Start-EC2Instance (AWS Tools for Windows PowerShell). If
your instance is managed by AWS OpsWorks, you should start the instance in the AWS OpsWorks
console so that the instance state remains in sync.
Placement Groups
When you launch a new EC2 instance, the EC2 service attempts to place the instance in such a way that
all of your instances are spread out across underlying hardware to minimize correlated failures. You can
use placement groups to influence the placement of a group of interdependent instances to meet the
needs of your workload. Depending on the type of workload, you can create a placement group using
one of the following placement strategies:
• Cluster – packs instances close together inside an Availability Zone. This strategy enables workloads
to achieve the low-latency network performance necessary for tightly-coupled node-to-node
communication that is typical of HPC applications.
• Partition – spreads your instances across logical partitions such that groups of instances in one
partition do not share the underlying hardware with groups of instances in different partitions. This
strategy is typically used by large distributed and replicated workloads, such as Hadoop, Cassandra,
and Kafka.
• Spread – strictly places a small group of instances across distinct underlying hardware to reduce
correlated failures.
There is no charge for creating a placement group.
Contents
• Cluster Placement Groups (p. 709)
• Partition Placement Groups (p. 710)
• Spread Placement Groups (p. 711)
• Placement Group Rules and Limitations (p. 712)
• Creating a Placement Group (p. 713)
• Launching Instances in a Placement Group (p. 714)
• Describing Instances in a Placement Group (p. 715)
• Changing the Placement Group for an Instance (p. 716)
• Deleting a Placement Group (p. 717)
Cluster Placement Groups

A cluster placement group is a logical grouping of instances within a single Availability Zone. A
placement group can span peered VPCs in the same Region. The chief benefit of a cluster placement
709
Partition Placement Groups
group, in addition to a 10 Gbps flow limit, is the non-blocking, non-oversubscribed, fully bi-sectional
nature of the connectivity. In other words, all nodes within the placement group can talk to all other
nodes within the placement group at the full line rate of 10 Gbps flows and 100 Gbps aggregate without
any slowing due to over-subscription.
The following image shows instances that are placed into a cluster placement group.
Cluster placement groups are recommended for applications that benefit from low network latency, high
network throughput, or both, and if the majority of the network traffic is between the instances in the
group. To provide the lowest latency and the highest packet-per-second network performance for your
placement group, choose an instance type that supports enhanced networking. For more information,
see Enhanced Networking (p. 699).
We recommend that you launch the number of instances that you need in the placement group in a
single launch request and that you use the same instance type for all instances in the placement group.
If you try to add more instances to the placement group later, or if you try to launch more than one
instance type in the placement group, you increase your chances of getting an insufficient capacity error.
If you stop an instance in a placement group and then start it again, it still runs in the placement group.
However, the start fails if there isn't enough capacity for the instance.
If you receive a capacity error when launching an instance in a placement group that already has running
instances, stop and start all of the instances in the placement group, and try the launch again. Restarting
the instances may migrate them to hardware that has capacity for all the requested instances.
Partition Placement Groups

Partition placement groups help reduce the likelihood of correlated hardware failures for your
application. When using partition placement groups, Amazon EC2 divides each group into logical
segments called partitions. Amazon EC2 ensures that each partition within a placement group has
its own set of racks. Each rack has its own network and power source. No two partitions within a
placement group share the same racks, allowing you to isolate the impact of hardware failure within your
application.
The following image is a simple visual representation of a partition placement group in a single
Availability Zone. It shows instances that are placed into a partition placement group with three
partitions—Partition 1, Partition 2, and Partition 3. Each partition comprises multiple instances. The
instances in a partition do not share racks with the instances in the other partitions, allowing you to
contain the impact of a single hardware failure to only the associated partition.
710
Spread Placement Groups
Partition placement groups can be used to deploy large distributed and replicated workloads, such as
HDFS, HBase, and Cassandra, across distinct racks. When you launch instances into a partition placement
group, Amazon EC2 tries to distribute the instances evenly across the number of partitions that you
specify. You can also launch instances into a specific partition to have more control over where the
instances are placed.
A partition placement group can have partitions in multiple Availability Zones in the same Region. A
partition placement group can have a maximum of seven partitions per Availability Zone. The number
of instances that can be launched into a partition placement group is limited only by the limits of your
account.
In addition, partition placement groups offer visibility into the partitions—you can see which instances
are in which partitions. You can share this information with topology-aware applications, such as HDFS,
HBase, and Cassandra. These applications use this information to make intelligent data replication
decisions for increasing data availability and durability.
If you start or launch an instance in a partition placement group and there is insufficient unique
hardware to fulfill the request, the request fails. Amazon EC2 makes more distinct hardware available
over time, so you can try your request again later.
Spread Placement Groups

A spread placement group is a group of instances that are each placed on distinct racks, with each rack
having its own network and power source.
The following image shows seven instances in a single Availability Zone that are placed into a spread
placement group. The seven instances are placed on seven different racks.
Spread placement groups are recommended for applications that have a small number of critical
instances that should be kept separate from each other. Launching instances in a spread placement
group reduces the risk of simultaneous failures that might occur when instances share the same racks.
Spread placement groups provide access to distinct racks, and are therefore suitable for mixing instance
types or launching instances over time.
A spread placement group can span multiple Availability Zones in the same Region. You can have a
maximum of seven running instances per Availability Zone per group.
If you start or launch an instance in a spread placement group and there is insufficient unique hardware
to fulfill the request, the request fails. Amazon EC2 makes more distinct hardware available over time, so
you can try your request again later.
711
Placement Group Rules and Limitations
Placement Group Rules and Limitations

General Rules and Limitations
Before you use placement groups, be aware of the following rules:
• The name you specify for a placement group must be unique within your AWS account for the Region.
• You can't merge placement groups.
• An instance can be launched in one placement group at a time; it cannot span multiple placement
groups.
• On-Demand Capacity Reservation (p. 316) and zonal Reserved Instances (p. 196) provide a capacity
reservation for EC2 instances in a specific Availability Zone. The capacity reservation can be used
by instances in a placement group. However, it is not possible to explicitly reserve capacity for a
placement group.
• Instances with a tenancy of host cannot be launched in placement groups.
Cluster Placement Group Rules and Limitations

The following rules apply to cluster placement groups:
• The following are the only instance types that you can use when you launch an instance into a cluster
placement group:
• General purpose: M4, M5, M5a, M5ad, M5d
• Compute optimized: C3, C4, C5, C5d, C5n, and cc2.8xlarge
• Memory optimized: cr1.8xlarge, R3, R4, R5, R5a, R5ad, R5d, X1, X1e, and z1d
• Storage optimized: D2, H1, hs1.8xlarge, I2, I3, and I3en
• Accelerated computing: F1, G2, G3, P2, and P3
• A cluster placement group can't span multiple Availability Zones.
• The maximum network throughput speed of traffic between two instances in a cluster placement
group is limited by the slower of the two instances. For applications with high-throughput
requirements, choose an instance type with network connectivity that meets your requirements.
• For instances that are enabled for enhanced networking, the following rules apply:
• Instances within a cluster placement group can use up to 10 Gbps for single-flow traffic. Instances
that are not within a cluster placement group can use up to 5Gbps for single-flow traffic.
• Traffic to and from Amazon S3 buckets within the same Region over the public IP address space or
through a VPC endpoint can use all available instance aggregate bandwidth.
• You can launch multiple instance types into a cluster placement group. However, this reduces the
likelihood that the required capacity will be available for your launch to succeed. We recommend using
the same instance type for all instances in a cluster placement group.
• Network traffic to the internet and over an AWS Direct Connect connection to on-premises resources is
limited to 5 Gbps.
Partition Placement Group Rules and Limitations

The following rules apply to partition placement groups:
• A partition placement group supports a maximum of seven partitions per Availability Zone. The
number of instances that you can launch in a partition placement group is limited only by your account
limits.
712
Creating a Placement Group
• When instances are launched into a partition placement group, Amazon EC2 tries to evenly distribute
the instances across all partitions. Amazon EC2 doesn’t guarantee an even distribution of instances
across all partitions.
• A partition placement group with Dedicated Instances can have a maximum of two partitions.
• Partition placement groups are not supported for Dedicated Hosts.
Spread Placement Group Rules and Limitations

The following rules apply to spread placement groups:
• A spread placement group supports a maximum of seven running instances per Availability Zone. For
example, in a Region with three Availability Zones, you can run a total of 21 instances in the group
(seven per zone). If you try to start an eighth instance in the same Availability Zone and in the same
spread placement group, the instance will not launch. If you need to have more than seven instances in
an Availability Zone, then the recommendation is to use multiple spread placement groups. This does
not provide guarantees about the spread of instances between groups, but does ensure the spread for
each group to limit impact from certain classes of failures.
• Spread placement groups are not supported for Dedicated Instances or Dedicated Hosts.
Creating a Placement Group

You can create a placement group using the Amazon EC2 console or the command line.
To create a placement group (console)

2. In the navigation pane, choose Placement Groups, Create Placement Group.
3. Specify a name for the group.
4. Choose the strategy for the group. If you choose Partition, specify the number of partitions within
the group.
5. Choose Create.
To create a placement group (command line)
• create-placement-group (AWS CLI)

• New-EC2PlacementGroup (AWS Tools for Windows PowerShell)
To create a partition placement group (AWS CLI)
• Use the create-placement-group command and specify the --strategy parameter with the value
partition and the --partition-count parameter. In this example, the partition placement
group is named HDFS-Group-A and is created with five partitions.
aws ec2 create-placement-group --group-name HDFS-Group-A --strategy partition --

partition-count 5
713
Launching Instances in a Placement Group
Launching Instances in a Placement Group

You can create an AMI specifically for the instances to be launched in a placement group. To do this,
launch an instance and install the required software and applications on the instance. Then, create an
AMI from the instance. For more information, see Creating a Custom Windows AMI (p. 64).
To launch instances into a placement group (console)

3. Choose Launch Instance. Complete the wizard as directed, taking care to do the following:
• On the Choose an Amazon Machine Image (AMI) page, select an AMI. To select an AMI you
created, choose My AMIs.
• On the Choose an Instance Type page, select an instance type that can be launched into a
placement group.
• On the Configure Instance Details page, the following fields are applicable to placement groups:
• For Number of instances, enter the total number of instances that you need in this placement
group, because you might not be able to add instances to the placement group later.
• For Placement group, select the Add instance to placement group check box. If you do not
see Placement group on this page, verify that you have selected an instance type that can be
launched into a placement group; otherwise, this option is not available.
• For Placement group name, you can choose to add the instances to an existing placement
group or to a new placement group that you create.
• For Placement group strategy, choose the appropriate strategy. If you choose partition, for
Target partition, choose Auto distribution to have Amazon EC2 do a best effort to distribute
the instances evenly across all the partitions in the group; or, specify the partition in which to
launch the instances.
To launch instances into a placement group (command line)
1. Create an AMI for your instances using one of the following commands:
• create-image (AWS CLI)

• New-EC2Image (AWS Tools for Windows PowerShell)
2. Launch instances into your placement group using one of the following options:
• --placement with run-instances (AWS CLI)

• -PlacementGroup with New-EC2Instance (AWS Tools for Windows PowerShell)
To launch instances into a specific partition of a partition placement group (AWS CLI)
• Use the run-instances command and specify the placement group name and partition using the
--placement "GroupName = HDFS-Group-A, PartitionNumber = 3" parameter. In this
example, the placement group is named HDFS-Group-A and the partition number is 3.
aws ec2 run-instances --placement "GroupName = HDFS-Group-A, PartitionNumber = 3"
714
Describing Instances in a Placement Group
Describing Instances in a Placement Group

You can view the placement information of your instances using the Amazon EC2 console or the
command line. The placement group is viewable using the console. The partition number for instances in
a partition placement group is currently only viewable using the API or AWS CLI.
To view the placement group of an instance (console)

3. Select the instance and, in the details pane, inspect Placement group. If the instance is not in a
placement group, the field is empty. Otherwise, the placement group name is displayed. If the
placement group is a partition placement group, inspect Partition number for the partition number
for the instance.
To view the partition number for an instance in a partition placement group (AWS CLI)
• Use the describe-instances command and specify the --instance-id parameter.
aws ec2 describe-instances --instance-id i-0123a456700123456
The response contains the placement information, which includes the placement group name and
the partition number for the instance.
"Placement": {
"AvailabilityZone": "us-east-1c",
"GroupName": "HDFS-Group-A",
"Tenancy": "default"
}
To filter instances for a specific partition placement group and partition number (AWS CLI)
• Use the describe-instances command and specify the --filters parameter with the placement-
group-name and placement-partition-number filters. In this example, the placement group is
named HDFS-Group-A and the partition number is 7.
aws ec2 describe-instances --filters "Name = placement-group-name, Values = HDFS-Group-

A" "Name = placement-partition-number, Values = 7"
The response lists all the instances that are in the specified partition within the specified placement
group. The following is example output showing only the instance ID, instance type, and placement
information for the returned instances.
"Instances": [
{
"InstanceId": "i-0a1bc23d4567e8f90",
"InstanceType": "r4.large",
},
"Placement": {
715
Changing the Placement Group for an Instance
{
"InstanceId": "i-0a9b876cd5d4ef321",
"InstanceType": "r4.large",
},
"Placement": {
}
],
Changing the Placement Group for an Instance

You can move an existing instance to a placement group, move an instance from one placement group to
another, or remove an instance from a placement group. Before you begin, the instance must be in the
stopped state.
You can change the placement group for an instance using the command line or an AWS SDK.
To move an instance to a placement group (command line)
1. Stop the instance using one of the following commands:
• stop-instances (AWS CLI)

2. Use the modify-instance-placement command (AWS CLI) and specify the name of the placement
group to which to move the instance.
aws ec2 modify-instance-placement --instance-id i-0123a456700123456 --group-

name MySpreadGroup
Alternatively, use the Edit-EC2InstancePlacement command (AWS Tools for Windows PowerShell).
3. Restart the instance using one of the following commands:
• start-instances (AWS CLI)

• Start-EC2Instance (AWS Tools for Windows PowerShell)
To remove an instance from a placement group (command line)
1. Stop the instance using one of the following commands:
• stop-instances (AWS CLI)

2. Use the modify-instance-placement command (AWS CLI) and specify an empty string for the group
name.
aws ec2 modify-instance-placement --instance-id i-0123a456700123456 --group-name ""
Alternatively, use the Edit-EC2InstancePlacement command (AWS Tools for Windows PowerShell).
3. Restart the instance using one of the following commands:
716
Deleting a Placement Group
• start-instances (AWS CLI)

• Start-EC2Instance (AWS Tools for Windows PowerShell)
Deleting a Placement Group

If you need to replace a placement group or no longer need one, you can delete it. Before you can delete
your placement group, you must terminate all instances that you launched into the placement group, or
move them to another placement group.
To terminate or move instances and delete a placement group (console)

3. Select and terminate all instances in the placement group. You can verify that the instance is in a
placement group before you terminate it by checking the value of Placement Group in the details
pane.
Alternatively, follow the steps in Changing the Placement Group for an Instance (p. 716) to move
the instances to a different placement group.
4. In the navigation pane, choose Placement Groups.
5. Select the placement group and choose Delete Placement Group.
6. When prompted for confirmation, choose Delete.
To terminate instances and delete a placement group (command line)

You can use one of the following sets of commands. For more information about these command line
• terminate-instances and delete-placement-group (AWS CLI)

• Remove-EC2Instance and Remove-EC2PlacementGroup (AWS Tools for Windows PowerShell)
Network Maximum Transmission Unit (MTU) for

Your EC2 Instance
The maximum transmission unit (MTU) of a network connection is the size, in bytes, of the largest
permissible packet that can be passed over the connection. The larger the MTU of a connection, the more
data that can be passed in a single packet. Ethernet packets consist of the frame, or the actual data you
are sending, and the network overhead information that surrounds it.
Ethernet frames can come in different formats, and the most common format is the standard Ethernet
v2 frame format. It supports 1500 MTU, which is the largest Ethernet packet size supported over most of
the Internet. The maximum supported MTU for an instance depends on its instance type. All Amazon EC2
instance types support 1500 MTU, and many current instance sizes support 9001 MTU, or jumbo frames.
Contents
• Jumbo Frames (9001 MTU) (p. 718)
• Path MTU Discovery (p. 718)
• Check the Path MTU Between Two Hosts (p. 718)
• Check and Set the MTU on Your Windows Instance (p. 719)
717
Jumbo Frames (9001 MTU)
Jumbo Frames (9001 MTU)

Jumbo frames allow more than 1500 bytes of data by increasing the payload size per packet, and thus
increasing the percentage of the packet that is not packet overhead. Fewer packets are needed to send
the same amount of usable data. However, outside of a given AWS region (EC2-Classic), a single VPC,
or a VPC peering connection, you will experience a maximum path of 1500 MTU. VPN connections and
traffic sent over an Internet gateway are limited to 1500 MTU. If packets are over 1500 bytes, they are
fragmented, or they are dropped if the Don't Fragment flag is set in the IP header.
Jumbo frames should be used with caution for Internet-bound traffic or any traffic that leaves a VPC.
Packets are fragmented by intermediate systems, which slows down this traffic. To use jumbo frames
inside a VPC and not slow traffic that's bound for outside the VPC, you can configure the MTU size by
route, or use multiple elastic network interfaces with different MTU sizes and different routes.
For instances that are collocated inside a cluster placement group, jumbo frames help to achieve the
maximum network throughput possible, and they are recommended in this case. For more information,
see Placement Groups (p. 709).
You can use jumbo frames for traffic between your VPCs and your on-premises networks over AWS Direct
Connect. For more information, and for how to verify Jumbo Frame capability, see Setting Network MTU
in the AWS Direct Connect User Guide.
The following instances support jumbo frames:
• General purpose: M3, M4, M5, M5a, M5ad, M5d, T2, T3, and T3a
• Compute optimized: C3, C4, C5, C5d, C5n, and CC2
• Memory optimized: CR1, R3, R4, R5, R5a, R5ad, R5d, u-6tb1.metal, u-9tb1.metal,
u-12tb1.metal, X1, and z1d
• Storage optimized: D2, H1, HS1, I2, I3, and I3en
• Accelerated computing: F1, G2, G3, G4, P2, and P3
Path MTU Discovery

Path MTU Discovery is used to determine the path MTU between two devices. The path MTU is the
maximum packet size that's supported on the path between the originating host and the receiving host.
If a host sends a packet that's larger than the MTU of the receiving host or that's larger than the MTU of
a device along the path, the receiving host or device returns the following ICMP message: Destination
Unreachable: Fragmentation Needed and Don't Fragment was Set (Type 3, Code 4). This
instructs the original host to adjust the MTU until the packet can be transmitted.
By default, security groups do not allow any inbound ICMP traffic. To ensure that your instance can
receive this message and the packet does not get dropped, you must add a Custom ICMP Rule with
the Destination Unreachable protocol to the inbound security group rules for your instance. For more
information, see Rules for Path MTU Discovery (p. 593).
Important
Modifying your instance's security group to allow path MTU discovery does not guarantee
that jumbo frames will not be dropped by some routers. An Internet gateway in your VPC will
forward packets up to 1500 bytes only. 1500 MTU packets are recommended for Internet traffic.
Check the Path MTU Between Two Hosts

You can check the path MTU between two hosts using the mturoute.exe command, which you can
download and install from http://www.elifulkerson.com/projects/mturoute.php.
718
Check and Set the MTU on Your Windows Instance
To check path MTU using mturoute.exe
1. Download mturoute.exe from http://www.elifulkerson.com/projects/mturoute.php.

2. Open a Command Prompt window and change to the directory where you downloaded
mturoute.exe.
3. Use the following command to check the path MTU between your EC2 instance and another host.
You can use a DNS name or an IP address as the destination. If the destination is another EC2
instance, verify that the security group allows inbound UDP traffic. This example checks the path
MTU between an EC2 instance and www.elifulkerson.com.
.\mturoute.exe www.elifulkerson.com
* ICMP Fragmentation is not permitted. *
* Speed optimization is enabled. *
* Maximum payload is 10000 bytes. *
+ ICMP payload of 1472 bytes succeeded.
- ICMP payload of 1473 bytes is too big.
Path MTU: 1500 bytes.
In this example, the path MTU is 1500.
Check and Set the MTU on Your Windows Instance

Some drivers are configured to use jumbo frames, and others are configured to use standard frame sizes.
You might want to use jumbo frames for network traffic within your VPC or standard frames for Internet
traffic. Whatever your use case, we recommend that you verify that your instances behave as expected.
ENA Driver
You can change the MTU setting using Device Manager or the Set-NetAdapterAdvancedProperty
command.
To get the current MTU setting using the Get-NetAdapterAdvancedProperty command, use the
following command. Check the entry for the interface name MTU. A value of 9001 indicates that Jumbo
frames are enabled. Jumbo frames are disabled by default.
Get-NetAdapterAdvancedProperty -Name "Ethernet"
Enable jumbo frames as follows:
Set-NetAdapterAdvancedProperty -Name "Ethernet" -RegistryKeyword "MTU" -RegistryValue 9001
Disable jumbo frames as follows:
Set-NetAdapterAdvancedProperty -Name "Ethernet" -RegistryKeyword "MTU" -RegistryValue 1500
Intel SRIOV 82599 Driver

You can change the MTU setting using Device Manager or the Set-NetAdapterAdvancedProperty
command.
To get the current MTU setting using the Get-NetAdapterAdvancedProperty command, use the
following command. Check the entry for the interface name *JumboPacket. A value of 9014 indicates
that Jumbo frames are enabled. (Note that the MTU size includes the header and the payload.) Jumbo
frames are disabled by default.
719
Troubleshooting
Get-NetAdapterAdvancedProperty -Name "Ethernet"
Set-NetAdapterAdvancedProperty -Name "Ethernet" -RegistryKeyword "*JumboPacket" -

RegistryValue 9014
Set-NetAdapterAdvancedProperty -Name "Ethernet" -RegistryKeyword "*JumboPacket" -

RegistryValue 1514
AWS PV Driver
You cannot change the MTU setting using Device Manager, but you can change it using the netsh
command.
Get the current MTU setting using the following command. The name of the interface can vary. In the
output, look for an entry with the name "Ethernet," "Ethernet 2," or "Local Area Connection". You'll need
the interface name to enable or disable jumbo frames. A value of 9001 indicates that Jumbo frames are
enabled.
netsh interface ipv4 show subinterface
netsh interface ipv4 set subinterface "Ethernet" mtu=9001
netsh interface ipv4 set subinterface "Ethernet" mtu=1500
Troubleshooting
If you experience connectivity issues between your EC2 instance and an Amazon Redshift cluster when
using jumbo frames, see Queries Appear to Hang in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide
Virtual Private Clouds

Amazon Virtual Private Cloud (Amazon VPC) enables you to define a virtual network in your own
logically isolated area within the AWS cloud, known as a virtual private cloud (VPC). You can launch your
Amazon EC2 resources, such as instances, into the subnets of your VPC. Your VPC closely resembles a
traditional network that you might operate in your own data center, with the benefits of using scalable
infrastructure from AWS. You can configure your VPC; you can select its IP address range, create subnets,
and configure route tables, network gateways, and security settings. You can connect instances in your
VPC to the internet or to your own data center.
When you create your AWS account, we create a default VPC for you in each region. A default VPC is a
VPC that is already configured and ready for you to use. You can launch instances into your default VPC
immediately. Alternatively, you can create your own nondefault VPC and configure it as you need.
720
Amazon VPC Documentation
If you created your AWS account before 2013-12-04, you might have support for the EC2-Classic
platform in some regions. If you created your AWS account after 2013-12-04, it does not support EC2-
Classic, so you must launch your resources in a VPC. For more information, see EC2-Classic (p. 751).
Amazon VPC Documentation

For more information about Amazon VPC, see the following documentation.
Guide Description
Amazon VPC User Guide Describes key concepts and provides instructions
for using the features of Amazon VPC.
Amazon VPC Peering Guide Describes VPC peering connections and provides
instructions for using them.
Amazon VPC Network Administrator Guide Helps network administrators configure customer
gateways.
Ports and Protocols for Windows Amazon Machine

Images (AMIs)
The following tables list the ports, protocols, and directions by workload for Windows Amazon Machine
Images.
Contents
• AllJoyn Router (p. 721)
• Cast to Device (p. 722)
• Core Networking (p. 724)
• Delivery Optimization (p. 742)
• Diag Track (p. 743)
• DIAL Protocol Server (p. 743)
• Distributed File System (DFS) Management (p. 743)
• File and Printer Sharing (p. 744)
• File Server Remote Management (p. 746)
• ICMP v4 All (p. 747)
• Multicast (p. 747)
• Remote Desktop (p. 748)
• Windows Device Management (p. 750)
• Windows Firewall Remote Management (p. 750)
• Windows Remote Management (p. 751)
AllJoyn Router
OS Rule Description Port Protocol Direction
Windows AllJoyn Router Inbound rule Local: 9955 TCP In

Server 2016 (TCP-In) for AllJoyn
721
Cast to Device

Windows Router traffic Remote: Any
Server 2019 [TCP]
AllJoyn Router Outbound rule Local: Any TCP Out

(TCP-Out) for AllJoyn
Router traffic Remote: Any
[TCP]
AllJoyn Router Inbound rule Local: Any UDP In

(UDP-In) for AllJoyn
[UDP]
AllJoyn Router Outbound rule Local: Any UDP Out

(UDP-Out) for AllJoyn
[UDP]
Cast to Device
Windows Cast to Device Inbound rule Local: 2177 TCP In

Server 2016 functionality for the Cast
(qWave-TCP- to Device Remote: Any
Windows In) functionality
Server 2019 to allow use
of the Quality
Windows
Audio Video
Experience
Service. [TCP
2177]
Cast to Device Outbound Local: Any TCP Out

functionality rule for the
(qWave-TCP- Cast to Device Remote: 2177
Out) functionality
to allow use
of the Quality
Windows
Audio Video
Experience
Service. [TCP
2177]
Cast to Device Inbound rule Local: 2177 UDP In

functionality for the Cast
(qWave-UDP- to Device Remote: Any
In) functionality
to allow use
of the Quality
Windows
Audio Video
722
Cast to Device

Experience
Service. [UDP
2177]
Cast to Device Outbound Local: Any UDP Out

functionality rule for the
(qWave-UDP- Cast to Device Remote: 2177
Out) functionality
to allow use
of the Quality
Windows
Audio Video
Experience
Service. [UDP
2177]
Cast to Inbound Local: Ply2Disc UDP In

Device SSDP rule to allow
Discovery discovery of Remote: Any
(UDP-In) Cast to Device
targets using
SSDP
Cast to Device Inbound rule Local: 10246 TCP In

Streaming for the Cast
Server (HTTP- to Device Remote: Any
Streaming-In) server to allow
streaming
using HTTP.
[TCP 10246]
Cast to Device Inbound rule Local: Any UDP In

Streaming for the Cast
Server (RTCP- to Device Remote: Any
streaming
using RTSP
and RTP. [UDP]
Cast to Device Outbound Local: Any UDP Out

Streaming rule for the
Server (RTP- Cast to Device Remote: Any
Streaming- server to allow
Out) streaming
using RTSP
and RTP. [UDP]
Cast to Device Inbound rule Local: 235, TCP In

Streaming for the Cast 542, 355, 523,
Server (RTSP- to Device 556
streaming Remote: Any
using RTSP
and RTP. [TCP
23554, 23555,
23556]
723
Core Networking
Cast to Device Inbound Local: 2869 TCP In

UPnP Events rule to allow
(TCP-In) receiving UPnP Remote: Any
Events from
Cast to Device
targets
Core Networking
Windows Server 2012, 2012 R2, 2016, and 2019
OS Rule Definition Port Protocol Direction
Windows Destination Destination Local: 68 ICMPv6 In

Server 2012 Unreachable Unreachable
(ICMPv6-In) error Remote: 67
Windows messages are
Server 2012 sent from
R2 any node
that a packet
Windows traverses
Server 2016 which is
unable to
Windows
forward the
Server 2019
packet for any
reason except
congestion.
Destination Destination Local: 68 ICMPv4 In

Unreachable Unreachable
Fragmentation Fragmentation Remote: 67
Needed Needed error
(ICMPv4-In) messages are
sent from
any node
that a packet
traverses
which is
unable to
forward
the packet
because
fragmentation
was needed
and the don't
fragment bit
was set.
Core Outbound rule Local: Any UDP Out

Networking to allow DNS
- DNS (UDP- requests. DNS Remote: 53
Out) responses
based on
724
Core Networking

requests
that match
this rule are
permitted
regardless
of source
address. This
behavior is
classified as
loose source
mapping.
Dynamic Host Allows DHCP Local: 68 UDP In

Configuration (Dynamic Host
Protocol Configuration Remote: 67
(DHCP-In) Protocol)
messages for
stateful auto-
configuration.
Dynamic Host Allows DHCP Local: 68 UDP Out

(DHCP-Out) Protocol)
messages for
stateful auto-
configuration.
Dynamic Host Allows Local: 546 UDP In

Configuration DHCPV6
Protocol for (Dynamic Host Remote: 547
IPv6(DHCPV6- Configuration
In) Protocol
for IPv6)
messages
for stateful
and stateless
configuration.
Dynamic Host Allows Local: 546 UDP Out

Out) Protocol
for IPv6)
messages
for stateful
and stateless
configuration.
Core Outbound Local: Any TCP Out

Networking - rule to allow
Group Policy remote LSASS Remote: Any
(LSASS-Out) traffic for
Group Policy
updates.
725
Core Networking
Core Core Local: Any TCP Out

Networking - Networking -
Group Policy Group Policy Remote: 445
(NP-Out) (NP-Out)

Group Policy remote RPC Remote: Any
(TCP-Out) traffic for
Group Policy
updates.
Internet IGMP Local: 68 2 In

Group messages
Management are sent and Remote: 67
Protocol received by
(IGMP-In) nodes to
create, join,
and depart
multicast
groups.
Core IGMP Local: 68 2 Out

Networking messages
- Internet are sent and Remote: 67
Group received by
Management nodes to
Protocol create, join,
(IGMP-Out) and depart
multicast
groups.
Core Inbound TCP Local: IPHTPS TCP In

Networking rule to allow
- IPHTTPS IPHTTPS Remote: Any
(TCP-In) tunneling
technology
to provide
connectivity
across HTTP
proxies and
firewalls.

Networking TCP rule to
- IPHTTPS allow IPHTTPS Remote:
(TCP-Out) tunneling IPHTPS
technology
to provide
connectivity
across HTTP
proxies and
firewalls.
726
Core Networking
IPv6 (IPv6-In) Inbound rule Local: Any 41 In

required
to permit Remote: 445
IPv6 traffic
for ISATAP
(Intra-Site
Automatic
Tunnel
Addressing
Protocol)
and 6to4
tunneling
services.
IPv6 (IPv6- Outbound Local: Any 41 Out

Out) rule required
IPv6 traffic
for ISATAP
(Intra-Site
Automatic
Tunnel
Addressing
Protocol)
and 6to4
tunneling
services.
Multicast Multicast Local: 68 ICMPv6 In

Listener Done Listener Done
(ICMPv6-In) messages Remote: 67
inform local
routers that
there are no
longer any
members
remaining
for a specific
multicast
address on the
subnet.
Multicast Multicast Local: 68 ICMPv6 Out

(ICMPv6-Out) messages Remote: 67
inform local
routers that
there are no
longer any
members
remaining
for a specific
multicast
address on the
subnet.
727
Core Networking
Multicast An IPv6 Local: 68 ICMPv6 In

Listener Query multicast-
(ICMPv6-In) capable router Remote: 67
uses the
Multicast
Listener Query
message to
query a link
for multicast
group
membership.
Multicast An IPv6 Local: 68 ICMPv6 Out

(ICMPv6-Out) capable router Remote: 67
uses the
Multicast
Listener Query
message to
query a link
for multicast
group
membership.
Multicast The Multicast Local: 68 ICMPv6 In

Listener Listener
Report Report Remote: 67
(ICMPv6-In) message
is used by
a listening
node to either
immediately
report its
interest in
receiving
multicast
traffic at
a specific
multicast
address or in
response to
a Multicast
Listener
Query.
728
Core Networking
Multicast The Multicast Local: 68 ICMPv6 Out

Listener Listener
(ICMPv6-Out) message
is used by
a listening
node to either
immediately
report its
interest in
receiving
multicast
traffic at
a specific
multicast
address or in
response to
a Multicast
Listener
Query.

Listener Listener
Report v2 Report v2 Remote: 67
(ICMPv6-In) message
is used by
a listening
node to either
immediately
report its
interest in
receiving
multicast
traffic at
a specific
multicast
address or in
response to
a Multicast
Listener
Query.
729
Core Networking

Listener Listener
is used by
a listening
node to either
immediately
report its
interest in
receiving
multicast
traffic at
a specific
multicast
address or in
response to
a Multicast
Listener
Query.
Neighbor Neighbor Local: 68 ICMPv6 In

Discovery Discovery
Advertisement Advertisement Remote: 67
sent by nodes
to notify other
nodes of link-
layer address
changes or in
response to
a Neighbor
Discovery
Solicitation
request.
Neighbor Neighbor Local: 68 ICMPv6 Out

Discovery Discovery
(ICMPv6-Out) messages are
sent by nodes
to notify other
nodes of link-
layer address
changes or in
response to
a Neighbor
Discovery
Solicitation
request.
730
Core Networking

Discovery Discovery
Solicitation Solicitations Remote: 67
(ICMPv6-In) are sent by
nodes to
discover the
link-layer
address of
another on-
link IPv6
node.

Discovery Discovery
(ICMPv6-Out) are sent by
nodes to
discover the
link-layer
address of
another on-
link IPv6
node.
Packet Too Big Packet Too Local: 68 ICMPv6 In

(ICMPv6-In) Big error
messages are Remote: 67
sent from
any node
that a packet
traverses
which is
unable to
forward
the packet
because the
packet is too
large for the
next link.
Packet Too Big Packet Too Local: 68 ICMPv6 Out

(ICMPv6-Out) Big error
sent from
any node
that a packet
traverses
which is
unable to
forward
the packet
because the
packet is too
large for the
next link.
731
Core Networking
Parameter Parameter Local: 68 ICMPv6 In

Problem Problem error
(ICMPv6-In) messages are Remote: 67
sent by nodes
when packets
are incorrectly
generated.
Parameter Parameter Local: 68 ICMPv6 Out

(ICMPv6-Out) messages are Remote: 67
sent by nodes
when packets
are incorrectly
generated.
Router Router Local: 68 ICMPv6 In

Advertisement Advertisement
are sent
by routers
to other
nodes for
stateless auto-
configuration.
Router Router Local: 68 ICMPv6 Out

are sent
by routers
to other
nodes for
stateless auto-
configuration.

Solicitation Solicitation
are sent by
nodes seeking
routers to
provide
stateless auto-
configuration.

are sent by
nodes seeking
routers to
provide
stateless auto-
configuration.
732
Core Networking
Core Inbound UDP Local: Teredo UDP In

Teredo (UDP- Teredo edge Remote: Any
In) traversal. This
technology
provides
address
assignment
and automatic
tunneling for
unicast IPv6
traffic when
an IPv6/IPv4
host is located
behind an
IPv4 network
address
translator.
Core Outbound Local: Any UDP Out

Networking - UDP rule
Teredo (UDP- to allow Remote: Any
Out) Teredo edge
traversal. This
technology
provides
address
assignment
and automatic
tunneling for
unicast IPv6
traffic when
an IPv6/IPv4
host is located
behind an
IPv4 network
address
translator.
Time Time Local: 68 ICMPv6 In

Exceeded Exceeded
messages are
generated
from any node
that a packet
traverses
if the Hop
Limit value is
decremented
to zero at any
point on the
path.
733
Core Networking
Time Time Local: 68 ICMPv6 Out

Exceeded Exceeded
(ICMPv6-Out) error Remote: 67
messages are
generated
from any node
that a packet
traverses
if the Hop
Limit value is
decremented
to zero at any
point on the
path.
Windows Server 2008 R2 and SP2
Windows Destination Destination Local: 68 ICMPv6 In

Server 2008 Unreachable Unreachable
R2 (ICMPv6-In) error Remote: 67
messages are
Windows sent from
Server 2008 any node
SP2 that a packet
traverses
which is
unable to
forward the
packet for any
reason except
congestion.
Destination Destination Local: 68 ICMPv4 In

Unreachable Unreachable
Fragmentation Fragmentation Remote: 67
Needed Needed error
sent from
any node
that a packet
traverses
which is
unable to
forward
the packet
because
fragmentation
was needed
and the don't
fragment bit
was set.
734
Core Networking
Dynamic Host Allows DHCP Local: 68 UDP In

(DHCP-In) Protocol)
messages for
stateful auto-
configuration.
Dynamic Host Allows DHCP Local: 68 UDP Out

(DHCP-Out) Protocol)
messages for
stateful auto-
configuration.
Dynamic Host Allows Local: 546 UDP In

In) Protocol
for IPv6)
messages
for stateful
and stateless
configuration.
Dynamic Host Allows Local: 546 UDP Out

Out) Protocol
for IPv6)
messages
for stateful
and stateless
configuration.
Internet IGMP Local: 68 2 In

Group messages
Management are sent and Remote: 67
Protocol received by
(IGMP-In) nodes to
create, join,
and depart
multicast
groups.
735
Core Networking
IPv6 (IPv6-In) Inbound rule Local: Any 41 In

required
IPv6 traffic
for ISATAP
(Intra-Site
Automatic
Tunnel
Addressing
Protocol)
and 6to4
tunneling
services.
IPv6 (IPv6- Outbound Local: Any 41 Out

Out) rule required
IPv6 traffic
for ISATAP
(Intra-Site
Automatic
Tunnel
Addressing
Protocol)
and 6to4
tunneling
services.

inform local
routers that
there are no
longer any
members
remaining
for a specific
multicast
address on the
subnet.

inform local
routers that
there are no
longer any
members
remaining
for a specific
multicast
address on the
subnet.
736
Core Networking
Multicast An IPv6 Local: 68 ICMPv6 In

(ICMPv6-In) capable router Remote: 67
uses the
Multicast
Listener Query
message to
query a link
for multicast
group
membership.
Multicast An IPv6 Local: 68 ICMPv6 Out

(ICMPv6-Out) capable router Remote: 67
uses the
Multicast
Listener Query
message to
query a link
for multicast
group
membership.
Multicast The Multicast Local: 68 ICMPv6 In

Listener Listener
(ICMPv6-In) message
is used by
a listening
node to either
immediately
report its
interest in
receiving
multicast
traffic at
a specific
multicast
address, or in
response to
a Multicast
Listener
Query.
737
Core Networking
Multicast The Multicast Local: 68 ICMPv6 Out

Listener Listener
is used by
a listening
node to either
immediately
report its
interest in
receiving
multicast
traffic at
a specific
multicast
address, or in
response to
a Multicast
Listener
Query.

Listener Listener
(ICMPv6-In) message
is used by
a listening
node to either
immediately
report its
interest in
receiving
multicast
traffic at
a specific
multicast
address, or in
response to
a Multicast
Listener
Query.
738
Core Networking

Listener Listener
is used by
a listening
node to either
immediately
report its
interest in
receiving
multicast
traffic at
a specific
multicast
address, or in
response to
a Multicast
Listener
Query.

Discovery Discovery
sent by nodes
to notify other
nodes of link-
layer address
changes or in
response to
a Neighbor
Discovery
Solicitation
request.

Discovery Discovery
(ICMPv6-Out) messages are
sent by nodes
to notify other
nodes of link-
layer address
changes or in
response to
a Neighbor
Discovery
Solicitation
request.
739
Core Networking

Discovery Discovery
(ICMPv6-In) are sent by
nodes to
discover the
link-layer
address of
another on-
link IPv6
node.

Discovery Discovery
(ICMPv6-Out) are sent by
nodes to
discover the
link-layer
address of
another on-
link IPv6
node.
Packet Too Big Packet Too Local: 68 ICMPv6 In

(ICMPv6-In) Big error
sent from
any node
that a packet
traverses
which is
unable to
forward
the packet
because the
packet is too
large for the
next link.
Packet Too Big Packet Too Local: 68 ICMPv6 Out

(ICMPv6-Out) Big error
sent from
any node
that a packet
traverses
which is
unable to
forward
the packet
because the
packet is too
large for the
next link.
740
Core Networking
Parameter Parameter Local: 68 ICMPv6 In

(ICMPv6-In) messages are Remote: 67
sent by nodes
when packets
are incorrectly
generated.
Parameter Parameter Local: 68 ICMPv6 Out

(ICMPv6-Out) messages are Remote: 67
sent by nodes
when packets
are incorrectly
generated.

are sent
by routers
to other
nodes for
stateless auto-
configuration.

are sent
by routers
to other
nodes for
stateless auto-
configuration.

are sent by
nodes seeking
routers to
provide
stateless auto-
configuration.

are sent by
nodes seeking
routers to
provide
stateless auto-
configuration.
741
Delivery Optimization
Time Time Local: 68 ICMPv6 In

Exceeded Exceeded
messages are
generated
from any node
that a packet
traverses
if the Hop
Limit value is
decremented
to zero at any
point on the
path.
Time Time Local: 68 ICMPv6 Out

Exceeded Exceeded
(ICMPv6-Out) error Remote: 67
messages are
generated
from any node
that a packet
traverses
if the Hop
Limit value is
decremented
to zero at any
point on the
path.
Delivery Optimization
Windows DeliveryOptimization-
Inbound Local: 7680 TCP In
Server 2019 TCP-In rule to allow
Delivery Remote: Any
Optimization
to connect
to remote
endpoints.
DeliveryOptimization-
Inbound Local: 7680 UDP In
UDP-In rule to allow
Delivery Remote: Any
Optimization
to connect
to remote
endpoints.
742
Diag Track
Diag Track
Windows Server 2019
Windows Connected Unified Local: Any TCP Out

Server 2019 User Telemetry
Experiences Client Remote: 443
and Telemetry Outbound
Traffic
Windows Server 2016
Windows Connected Unified Local: Any TCP Out

Server 2016 User Telemetry
Experiences Client Remote: Any
and Telemetry Outbound
Traffic
DIAL Protocol Server

Windows DIAL protocol Inbound Local: 10247 TCP In

Server 2016 server (HTTP- rule for DIAL
In) protocol Remote: Any
Windows server to allow
Server 2019 remote control
of Apps using
HTTP.
Distributed File System (DFS) Management

Windows DFS Inbound rule Local: 445 TCP In

Server 2008 R2 Management to allow SMB
(SMB-In) traffic to Remote: Any
manage the
File Services
role.
DFS Inbound rule Local: RPC TCP In

Management to allow WMI
(WMI-In) traffic to Remote: Any
manage the
743
File and Printer Sharing

File Services
role.
DFS Inbound rule Local: 135 TCP In

Management to allow DCOM
(DCOM-In) traffic to Remote: Any
manage the
File Services
role.
DFS Inbound rule Local: RPC TCP In

Management to allow TCP
(TCP-In) traffic to Remote: Any
manage the
File Services
role.
Windows File and Printer Echo Request Local: 5355 ICMPv4 In

Server 2008 R2 Sharing (Echo messages are
Request - sent as ping Remote: Any
Windows ICMPv4-In) requests to
Server 2008 other nodes.
SP2
File and Printer Echo Request Local: 5355 ICMPv4 Out
Windows Sharing (Echo messages are
Server 2012 Request - sent as ping Remote: Any
ICMPv4-Out) requests to
Windows other nodes.
Server 2012 R2
File and Printer Echo Request Local: 5355 ICMPv6 In
Sharing (Echo messages are
ICMPv6-In) requests to
other nodes.
File and Printer Echo Request Local: 5355 ICMPv6 Out

Sharing (Echo messages are
ICMPv6-Out) requests to
other nodes.
File and Inbound rule Local: 5355 UDP In

Printer Sharing for File and
(LLMNR-UDP- Printer Sharing Remote: Any
In) to allow Link
Local Multicast
Name
Resolution.
744
File and Outbound rule Local: Any UDP Out

(LLMNR-UDP- Printer Sharing Remote: 5355
Out) to allow Link
Local Multicast
Name
Resolution.
File and Printer Inbound Local: 138 UDP In

Sharing (NB- rule for File
Datagram-In) and Printer Remote: Any
Sharing to
allow NetBIOS
Datagram
transmission
and reception.
File and Printer Outbound Local: Any UDP Out

Datagram-Out) and Printer Remote: 138
Sharing to
allow NetBIOS
Datagram
transmission
and reception.
File and Printer Inbound rule Local: 137 UDP In

Sharing (NB- for File and
Name-In) Printer Sharing Remote: Any
to allow
NetBIOS Name
Resolution.
File and Printer Outbound rule Local: Any UDP Out

Sharing (NB- for File and
Name-Out) Printer Sharing Remote: 137
to allow
NetBIOS Name
Resolution.
File and Printer Inbound Local: 139 TCP In

Session-In) and Printer Remote: Any
Sharing to
allow NetBIOS
Session Service
connections.
File and Printer Outbound Local: Any TCP Out

Session-Out) and Printer Remote: 139
Sharing to
allow NetBIOS
Session Service
connections.
745
File Server Remote Management
File and Printer Inbound rule Local: 445 TCP In

Sharing (SMB- for File and
In) Printer Sharing Remote: Any
to allow Server
Message Block
transmission
and reception
via Named
Pipes.
File and Printer Outbound rule Local: Any TCP Out

Sharing (SMB- for File and
Out) Printer Sharing Remote: 445
to allow Server
Message Block
transmission
and reception
via Named
Pipes.
File and Inbound rule Local: RPC TCP In

(Spooler Printer Sharing Remote: Any
Service - RPC) to allow the
Print Spooler
Service to
communicate
via TCP/RPC.
File and Inbound rule Local: RPC- TCP In

Printer Sharing for the RPCSS EPMap
(Spooler service to
Service - RPC- allow RPC/ Remote: Any
EPMAP) TCP traffic for
the Spooler
Service.
File Server Remote Management
Windows File Server Inbound rule Local: 135 TCP In

Server 2008 Remote to allow DCOM
SP2 Management traffic to Remote: Any
(DCOM-In) manage the
Windows File Services
Server 2012 role.
Windows File Server Inbound rule Local: 445 TCP In

Server 2012 R2 Remote to allow SMB
Management traffic to Remote: Any
(SMB-In) manage the
746
ICMP v4 All

File Services
role.
WMI-In Inbound rule Local: RPC TCP In

to allow WMI
traffic to Remote: Any
manage the
File Services
role.
ICMP v4 All
OS Rule Port Protocol Direction
Windows Server All ICMP v4 Local: 139 ICMPv4 In

2012
Remote: Any
Windows Server
2012 R2
Multicast
Windows Server 2019
Windows mDNS (UDP- Inbound rule Local: 5353 UDP In

Server 2019 In) for mDNS
traffic. Remote: Any
mDNS (UDP- Outbound Local: Any UDP Out

Out) rule for mDNS
traffic. Remote: 5353
Windows Server 2016
Windows mDNS (UDP- Inbound rule Local: mDNS UDP In

Server 2016 In) for mDNS
mDNS (UDP- Outbound Local: 5353 UDP Out

Out) rule for mDNS
747
Remote Desktop
Remote Desktop
Windows Remote Inbound Local: Any TCP In

Server 2012 Desktop - rule for the
R2 Shadow (TCP- Remote Remote: Any
In) Desktop
Windows service
Server 2016 to allow
shadowing
Windows of an existing
Server 2019 Remote
Desktop
session.
Remote Inbound Local: 3389 TCP In

Desktop - rule for the
User Mode Remote Remote: Any
(TCP-In) Desktop
service to
allow RDP
traffic.
Remote Inbound Local: 3389 UDP In

(UDP-In) Desktop
service to
allow RDP
traffic.
Windows Server 2012
Windows Remote Inbound Local: 3389 TCP In

(TCP-In) Desktop
service to
allow RDP
traffic.

(UDP-In) Desktop
service to
allow RDP
traffic.
748
Remote Desktop
Windows Server 2008 SP2
Windows Remote Inbound Local: Any TCP In

SP2 Shadow (TCP- Remote Remote: Any
In) Desktop
service
to allow
shadowing
of an existing
Remote
Desktop
session.
Remote Inbound Local: 3389 TCP In

(TCP-In) Desktop
service to
allow RDP
traffic.

(UDP-In) Desktop
service to
allow RDP
traffic.
Windows RemoteFX Inbound Local: 3389 TCP In

Server 2008 (TCP-In) rule for the
R2 Remote Remote: Any
Desktop
service to
allow RDP
traffic.
TCP-In Inbound Local: 3389 TCP In

rule for the
Remote Remote: Any
Desktop
service to
allow RDP
traffic.
749
Windows Device Management
Windows Device Management

Windows Windows Allow Local: Any TCP Out

Server 2019 Device outbound
Management TCP traffic Remote: Any
Certificate from Windows
Installer (TCP Device
out) Management
Certificate
Installer.
Windows Allow Local: Any TCP Out

Device outbound
Enrollment from Windows
Service (TCP Device
out) Management
Enrollment
Service.

Device outbound
Sync Client from Windows
(TCP out) Device
Management
Sync Client.

Enrollment outbound
WinRT (TCP TCP traffic Remote: Any
Out) from Windows
Enrollment
WinRT.
Windows Firewall Remote Management

Windows Windows Inbound Local: RPC TCP In

Server 2008 Firewall rule for the
SP2 Remote Windows Remote: Any
Management Firewall to
Windows (RPC) be remotely
Server 2012 R2 managed via
RPC/TCP.
Windows Inbound rule Local: RPC- TCP In

Firewall for the RPCSS EPMap
Remote service to
Management allow RPC/ Remote: Any
(RPC-EPMAP) TCP traffic for
750
Windows Remote Management

the Windows
Firewall.
Windows Remote Management

Windows Windows Inbound rule Local: 5985 TCP In

Server 2008 R2 Remote for Windows
Management Remote Remote: Any
Windows (HTTP-In) Management
Server 2008 via WS-
SP2 Management.
Windows
Server 2012
Windows
Server 2012 R2
Windows
Server 2016
Windows
Server 2019
For more information about Amazon EC2 security groups, see Amazon EC2 Security Groups for Windows
Instances.
EC2-Classic
With EC2-Classic, your instances run in a single, flat network that you share with other customers. With
Amazon VPC, your instances run in a virtual private cloud (VPC) that's logically isolated to your AWS
account.
The EC2-Classic platform was introduced in the original release of Amazon EC2. If you created your
AWS account after 2013-12-04, it does not support EC2-Classic, so you must launch your Amazon EC2
instances in a VPC.
If your account does not support EC2-Classic, we create a default VPC for you. By default, when you
launch an instance, we launch it into your default VPC. Alternatively, you can create a nondefault VPC
and specify it when you launch an instance.
Detecting Supported Platforms

The Amazon EC2 console indicates which platforms you can launch instances into for the selected region,
and whether you have a default VPC in that region.
Verify that the region you'll use is selected in the navigation bar. On the Amazon EC2 console dashboard,
look for Supported Platforms under Account Attributes.
751
Detecting Supported Platforms
Accounts that Support EC2-Classic

The dashboard displays the following under Account Attributes to indicate that the account supports
both the EC2-Classic platform and VPCs in this region, but the region does not have a default VPC.
The output of the describe-account-attributes command includes both the EC2 and VPC values for the
supported-platforms attribute.
aws ec2 describe-account-attributes --attribute-names supported-platforms

{
"AccountAttributes": [
{
"AttributeName": "supported-platforms",
"AttributeValues": [
{
"AttributeValue": "EC2"
},
{
"AttributeValue": "VPC"
}
]
}
]
}
Accounts that Require a VPC

The dashboard displays the following under Account Attributes to indicate that the account requires a
VPC to launch instances in this region, does not support the EC2-Classic platform in this region, and the
region has a default VPC with the identifier vpc-1a2b3c4d.
The output of the describe-account-attributes command includes only the VPC value for the
supported-platforms attribute.
aws ec2 describe-account-attributes --attribute-names supported-platforms

{
"AccountAttributes": [
{
"AttributeValues": [
{
"AttributeValue": "VPC"
}
]
"AttributeName": "supported-platforms",
}
]
}
752
Instance Types Available in EC2-Classic
Instance Types Available in EC2-Classic

Most of the newer instance types require a VPC. The following are the only instance types supported in
EC2-Classic:
• General purpose: M1, M3, and T1

• Compute optimized: C1, C3, and CC2
• Memory optimized: CR1, M2, and R3
• Storage optimized: D2, HS1, and I2
• Accelerated computing: G2
If your account supports EC2-Classic but you have not created a nondefault VPC, you can do one of the
following to launch instances that require a VPC:
• Create a nondefault VPC and launch your VPC-only instance into it by specifying a subnet ID or a
network interface ID in the request. Note that you must create a nondefault VPC if you do not have
a default VPC and you are using the AWS CLI, Amazon EC2 API, or AWS SDK to launch a VPC-only
instance. For more information, see Create a Virtual Private Cloud (VPC) (p. 16).
• Launch your VPC-only instance using the Amazon EC2 console. The Amazon EC2 console creates a
nondefault VPC in your account and launches the instance into the subnet in the first Availability Zone.
The console creates the VPC with the following attributes:
• One subnet in each Availability Zone, with the public IPv4 addressing attribute set to true so that
instances receive a public IPv4 address. For more information, see IP Addressing in Your VPC in the
• An Internet gateway, and a main route table that routes traffic in the VPC to the Internet gateway.
This enables the instances you launch in the VPC to communicate over the Internet. For more
information, see Internet Gateways in the Amazon VPC User Guide.
• A default security group for the VPC and a default network ACL that is associated with each subnet.
For more information, see Security in Your VPC in the Amazon VPC User Guide.
If you have other resources in EC2-Classic, you can take steps to migrate them to a VPC. For more
information, see Migrating from a Windows Instance in EC2-Classic to a Windows Instance in a
VPC (p. 771).
Differences Between Instances in EC2-Classic and a

VPC
The following table summarizes the differences between instances launched in EC2-Classic, instances
launched in a default VPC, and instances launched in a nondefault VPC.
Characteristic EC2-Classic Default VPC Nondefault VPC
Public IPv4 Your instance receives a Your instance launched in Your instance doesn't
address (from public IPv4 address from a default subnet receives receive a public IPv4
Amazon's the EC2-Classic public IPv4 a public IPv4 address address by default, unless
public IP address pool. by default, unless you you specify otherwise
address pool) specify otherwise during during launch, or you
launch, or you modify modify the subnet's public
the subnet's public IPv4 IPv4 address attribute.
address attribute.
753
Differences Between Instances in EC2-Classic and a VPC
Private IPv4 Your instance receives a Your instance receives a Your instance receives a
address private IPv4 address from static private IPv4 address static private IPv4 address
the EC2-Classic range each from the address range of from the address range of
time it's started. your default VPC. your VPC.
Multiple We select a single You can assign multiple You can assign multiple
private IPv4 private IP address for private IPv4 addresses to private IPv4 addresses to
addresses your instance; multiple your instance. your instance.
IP addresses are not
supported.
Elastic IP An Elastic IP is An Elastic IP remains An Elastic IP remains

address (IPv4) disassociated from your associated with your associated with your
instance when you stop it. instance when you stop it. instance when you stop it.
Associating You associate an Elastic IP An Elastic IP address is An Elastic IP address is

an Elastic IP address with an instance. a property of a network a property of a network
address interface. You associate interface. You associate
an Elastic IP address with an Elastic IP address with
an instance by updating an instance by updating
the network interface the network interface
attached to the instance. attached to the instance.
Reassociating If the Elastic IP address is If the Elastic IP address is If the Elastic IP address
an Elastic IP already associated with already associated with is already associated
address another instance, the another instance, the with another instance,
address is automatically address is automatically it succeeds only if you
associated with the new associated with the new allowed reassociation.
instance. instance.
Tagging Elastic You cannot apply tags to You can apply tags to an You can apply tags to an
IP addresses an Elastic IP address. Elastic IP address. Elastic IP address.
DNS DNS hostnames are DNS hostnames are DNS hostnames are
hostnames enabled by default. enabled by default. disabled by default.
Security group A security group can A security group can A security group can
reference security groups reference security groups reference security groups
that belong to other AWS for your VPC, or for a for your VPC only.
accounts. peer VPC in a VPC peering
connection.
754
Security group You can assign an You can assign up to 5 You can assign up to 5
association unlimited number of security groups to an security groups to an
security groups to an instance. instance.
instance when you launch
it. You can assign security You can assign security
groups to your instance groups to your instance
You can't change the when you launch it and when you launch it and
security groups of your while it's running. while it's running.
running instance. You can
either modify the rules
of the assigned security
groups, or replace the
instance with a new one
(create an AMI from the
instance, launch a new
instance from this AMI
with the security groups
that you need, disassociate
any Elastic IP address
from the original instance
and associate it with the
new instance, and then
terminate the original
instance).
Security group You can add rules for You can add rules for You can add rules for
rules inbound traffic only. inbound and outbound inbound and outbound
traffic. traffic.
Tenancy Your instance runs on You can run your instance You can run your instance
shared hardware. on shared hardware or on shared hardware or
single-tenant hardware. single-tenant hardware.
Accessing the Your instance can access By default, your instance By default, your instance
Internet the Internet. Your instance can access the Internet. cannot access the Internet.
automatically receives a Your instance receives Your instance doesn't
public IP address, and can a public IP address by receive a public IP address
access the Internet directly default. An Internet by default. Your VPC may
through the AWS network gateway is attached to have an Internet gateway,
edge. your default VPC, and your depending on how it was
default subnet has a route created.
to the Internet gateway.
IPv6 IPv6 addressing is not You can optionally You can optionally
addressing supported. You cannot associate an IPv6 CIDR associate an IPv6 CIDR
assign IPv6 addresses to block with your VPC, and block with your VPC, and
your instances. assign IPv6 addresses to assign IPv6 addresses to
instances in your VPC. instances in your VPC.
Security Groups for EC2-Classic

If you're using EC2-Classic, you must use security groups created specifically for EC2-Classic. When you
launch an instance in EC2-Classic, you must specify a security group in the same region as the instance.
You can't specify a security group that you created for a VPC when you launch an instance in EC2-Classic.
755
After you launch an instance in EC2-Classic, you can't change its security groups. However, you can
add rules to or remove rules from a security group, and those changes are automatically applied to all
instances that are associated with the security group after a short period.
Your AWS account automatically has a default security group per region for EC2-Classic. If you try to
delete the default security group, you'll get the following error: Client.InvalidGroup.Reserved: The
security group 'default' is reserved.
You can create custom security groups. The security group name must be unique within your account for
the region. To create a security group for use in EC2-Classic, choose No VPC for the VPC.
You can add inbound rules to your default and custom security groups. You can't change the outbound
rules for an EC2-Classic security group. When you create a security group rule, you can use a different
security group for EC2-Classic in the same region as the source or destination. To specify a security
group for another AWS account, add the AWS account ID as a prefix; for example, 111122223333/sg-
edcd9784.
In EC2-Classic, you can have up to 500 security groups in each region for each account. You can associate
an instance with up to 500 security groups and add up to 100 rules to a security group.
IP Addressing and DNS

Amazon provides a DNS server that resolves Amazon-provided IPv4 DNS hostnames to IPv4 addresses. In
EC2-Classic, the Amazon DNS server is located at 172.16.0.23.
If you create a custom firewall configuration in EC2-Classic, you must create a rule in your firewall that
allows inbound traffic from port 53 (DNS)—with a destination port from the ephemeral range—from
the address of the Amazon DNS server; otherwise, internal DNS resolution from your instances fails. If
your firewall doesn't automatically allow DNS query responses, then you need to allow traffic from the
IP address of the Amazon DNS server. To get the IP address of the Amazon DNS server, use the following
command from within your instance:
ipconfig /all | findstr /c:"DNS Servers"
If your account supports EC2-Classic, there's one pool of Elastic IP addresses for use with the EC2-Classic
platform and another for use with your VPCs. You can't associate an Elastic IP address that you allocated
for use with a VPC with an instance in EC2-Classic, and vice- versa. However, you can migrate an Elastic
IP address you've allocated for use in the EC2-Classic platform for use with a VPC. You cannot migrate an
Elastic IP address to another region.
To allocate an Elastic IP address for use in EC2-Classic using the console

4. Select Classic, and then choose Allocate. Close the confirmation screen.
Migrating an Elastic IP Address from EC2-Classic

If your account supports EC2-Classic, you can migrate Elastic IP addresses that you've allocated for use
with EC2-Classic platform to be used with a VPC, within the same region. This can assist you to migrate
your resources from EC2-Classic to a VPC; for example, you can launch new web servers in your VPC, and
756
then use the same Elastic IP addresses that you used for your web servers in EC2-Classic for your new
VPC web servers.
After you've migrated an Elastic IP address to a VPC, you cannot use it with EC2-Classic. However, if
required, you can restore it to EC2-Classic. You cannot migrate an Elastic IP address that was originally
allocated for use with a VPC to EC2-Classic.
To migrate an Elastic IP address, it must not be associated with an instance. For more information
about disassociating an Elastic IP address from an instance, see Disassociating an Elastic IP Address and
Reassociating with a Different Instance (p. 676).
You can migrate as many EC2-Classic Elastic IP addresses as you can have in your account. However,
when you migrate an Elastic IP address, it counts against your Elastic IP address limit for VPCs. You
cannot migrate an Elastic IP address if it will result in your exceeding your limit. Similarly, when you
restore an Elastic IP address to EC2-Classic, it counts against your Elastic IP address limit for EC2-Classic.
For more information, see Elastic IP Address Limit (p. 678).
You cannot migrate an Elastic IP address that has been allocated to your account for less than 24 hours.
You can migrate an Elastic IP address from EC2-Classic using the Amazon EC2 console or the Amazon
VPC console. This option is only available if your account supports EC2-Classic.
To move an Elastic IP address using the Amazon EC2 console

3. Select the Elastic IP address, and choose Actions, Move to VPC scope.
4. In the confirmation dialog box, choose Move Elastic IP.
You can restore an Elastic IP address to EC2-Classic using the Amazon EC2 console or the Amazon VPC
console.
To restore an Elastic IP address to EC2-Classic using the Amazon EC2 console

3. Select the Elastic IP address, choose Actions, Restore to EC2 scope.
4. In the confirmation dialog box, choose Restore.
After you've performed the command to move or restore your Elastic IP address, the process of
migrating the Elastic IP address can take a few minutes. Use the describe-moving-addresses command to
check whether your Elastic IP address is still moving, or has completed moving.
After you've moved your Elastic IP address, you can view its allocation ID on the Elastic IPs page in the
Allocation ID field.
If the Elastic IP address is in a moving state for longer than 5 minutes, contact Premium Support.
To move an Elastic IP address using the command line
• move-address-to-vpc (AWS CLI)

• Move-EC2AddressToVpc (AWS Tools for Windows PowerShell)
757
Sharing and Accessing Resources
Between EC2-Classic and a VPC
To restore an Elastic IP address to EC2-Classic using the command line
• restore-address-to-classic (AWS CLI)

• Restore-EC2AddressToClassic (AWS Tools for Windows PowerShell)
To describe the status of your moving addresses using the command line
• describe-moving-addresses (AWS CLI)

• Get-EC2Address (AWS Tools for Windows PowerShell)
Sharing and Accessing Resources Between EC2-

Classic and a VPC
Some resources and features in your AWS account can be shared or accessed between EC2-Classic and a
VPC, for example, through ClassicLink. For more information, see ClassicLink (p. 759).
If your account supports EC2-Classic, you might have set up resources for use in EC2-Classic. If you
want to migrate from EC2-Classic to a VPC, you must recreate those resources in your VPC. For more
information about migrating from EC2-Classic to a VPC, see Migrating from a Windows Instance in EC2-
Classic to a Windows Instance in a VPC (p. 771).
The following resources can be shared or accessed between EC2-Classic and a VPC.
Resource Notes
AMI
Bundle task
EBS volume
Elastic IP address (IPv4) You can migrate an Elastic IP address from EC2-
Classic to a VPC. You can't migrate an Elastic
IP address that was originally allocated for use
in a VPC to EC2-Classic. For more information,
see Migrating an Elastic IP Address from EC2-
Classic (p. 756).
Instance An EC2-Classic instance can communicate with

instances in a VPC using public IPv4 addresses, or
you can use ClassicLink to enable communication
over private IPv4 addresses.
You can't migrate an instance from EC2-Classic to

a VPC. However, you can migrate your application
from an instance in EC2-Classic to an instance in
a VPC. For more information, see Migrating from
a Windows Instance in EC2-Classic to a Windows
Instance in a VPC (p. 771).
758
ClassicLink
Resource Notes
Key pair
Load balancer If you're using ClassicLink, you can register a

linked EC2-Classic instance with a load balancer in
a VPC, provided that the VPC has a subnet in the
same Availability Zone as the instance.
You can't migrate a load balancer from EC2-

Classic to a VPC. You can't register an instance in a
VPC with a load balancer in EC2-Classic.
Placement group
Reserved Instance You can change the network platform for your
Reserved Instances from EC2-Classic to a VPC.
For more information, see Modifying Reserved
Instances (p. 218).
Security group A linked EC2-Classic instance can use a VPC

security groups through ClassicLink to control
traffic to and from the VPC. VPC instances can't
use EC2-Classic security groups.
You can't migrate a security group from EC2-

Classic to a VPC. You can copy rules from a
security group for EC2-Classic to a security group
for a VPC. For more information, see Creating a
Security Group (p. 586).
Snapshot
The following resources can't be shared or moved between EC2-Classic and a VPC:
• Spot Instances
ClassicLink
ClassicLink allows you to link EC2-Classic instances to a VPC in your account, within the same region. If
you associate the VPC security groups with a EC2-Classic instance, this enables communication between
your EC2-Classic instance and instances in your VPC using private IPv4 addresses. ClassicLink removes
the need to make use of public IPv4 addresses or Elastic IP addresses to enable communication between
instances in these platforms.
ClassicLink is available to all users with accounts that support the EC2-Classic platform, and can be
used with any EC2-Classic instance. For more information about migrating your resources to a VPC, see
Migrating from a Windows Instance in EC2-Classic to a Windows Instance in a VPC (p. 771).
There is no additional charge for using ClassicLink. Standard charges for data transfer and instance usage
apply.
Contents
• ClassicLink Basics (p. 760)
• ClassicLink Limitations (p. 762)
• Working with ClassicLink (p. 763)
759
ClassicLink
• Example IAM Policies for ClassicLink (p. 766)

• Example: ClassicLink Security Group Configuration for a Three-Tier Web Application (p. 768)
ClassicLink Basics
There are two steps to linking an EC2-Classic instance to a VPC using ClassicLink. First, you must enable
the VPC for ClassicLink. By default, all VPCs in your account are not enabled for ClassicLink, to maintain
their isolation. After you've enabled the VPC for ClassicLink, you can then link any running EC2-Classic
instance in the same region in your account to that VPC. Linking your instance includes selecting security
groups from the VPC to associate with your EC2-Classic instance. After you've linked the instance, it
can communicate with instances in your VPC using their private IP addresses, provided the VPC security
groups allow it. Your EC2-Classic instance does not lose its private IP address when linked to the VPC.
Note
Linking your instance to a VPC is sometimes referred to as attaching your instance.
A linked EC2-Classic instance can communicate with instances in a VPC, but it does not form part of the
VPC. If you list your instances and filter by VPC, for example, through the DescribeInstances API
request, or by using the Instances screen in the Amazon EC2 console, the results do not return any EC2-
Classic instances that are linked to the VPC. For more information about viewing your linked EC2-Classic
instances, see Viewing Your ClassicLink-Enabled VPCs and Linked Instances (p. 764).
By default, if you use a public DNS hostname to address an instance in a VPC from a linked EC2-Classic
instance, the hostname resolves to the instance's public IP address. The same occurs if you use a public
DNS hostname to address a linked EC2-Classic instance from an instance in the VPC. If you want the
public DNS hostname to resolve to the private IP address, you can enable ClassicLink DNS support for
the VPC. For more information, see Enabling ClassicLink DNS Support (p. 765).
If you no longer require a ClassicLink connection between your instance and the VPC, you can unlink
the EC2-Classic instance from the VPC. This disassociates the VPC security groups from the EC2-Classic
instance. A linked EC2-Classic instance is automatically unlinked from a VPC when it's stopped. After
you've unlinked all linked EC2-Classic instances from the VPC, you can disable ClassicLink for the VPC.
Using Other AWS Services in Your VPC With ClassicLink

Linked EC2-Classic instances can access the following AWS services in the VPC: Amazon Redshift,
Amazon ElastiCache, Elastic Load Balancing, and Amazon RDS. However, instances in the VPC cannot
access the AWS services provisioned by the EC2-Classic platform using ClassicLink.
If you use Elastic Load Balancing, you can register your linked EC2-Classic instances with the load
balancer. You must create your load balancer in the ClassicLink-enabled VPC and enable the Availability
Zone in which the instance runs. If you terminate the linked EC2-Classic instance, the load balancer
deregisters the instance.
If you use Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling, you can create an Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling group with instances
that are automatically linked to a specified ClassicLink-enabled VPC at launch. For more information, see
Linking EC2-Classic Instances to a VPC in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide.
If you use Amazon RDS instances or Amazon Redshift clusters in your VPC, and they are publicly
accessible (accessible from the Internet), the endpoint you use to address those resources from a linked
EC2-Classic instance by default resolves to a public IP address. If those resources are not publicly
accessible, the endpoint resolves to a private IP address. To address a publicly accessible RDS instance
or Redshift cluster over private IP using ClassicLink, you must use their private IP address or private DNS
hostname, or you must enable ClassicLink DNS support for the VPC.
If you use a private DNS hostname or a private IP address to address an RDS instance, the linked EC2-
Classic instance cannot use the failover support available for Multi-AZ deployments.
760
ClassicLink
You can use the Amazon EC2 console to find the private IP addresses of your Amazon Redshift, Amazon
ElastiCache, or Amazon RDS resources.
To locate the private IP addresses of AWS resources in your VPC

3. Check the descriptions of the network interfaces in the Description column. A network interface
that's used by Amazon Redshift, Amazon ElastiCache, or Amazon RDS will have the name of the
service in the description. For example, a network interface that's attached to an Amazon RDS
instance will have the following description: RDSNetworkInterface.
4. Select the required network interface.
5. In the details pane, get the private IP address from the Primary private IPv4 IP field.
Controlling the Use of ClassicLink

By default, IAM users do not have permission to work with ClassicLink. You can create an IAM policy
that grants users permissions to enable or disable a VPC for ClassicLink, link or unlink an instance to a
ClassicLink-enabled VPC, and to view ClassicLink-enabled VPCs and linked EC2-Classic instances. For
more information about IAM policies for Amazon EC2, see IAM Policies for Amazon EC2 (p. 598).
For more information about policies for working with ClassicLink, see the following example: Example
IAM Policies for ClassicLink (p. 766).
Security Groups in ClassicLink

Linking your EC2-Classic instance to a VPC does not affect your EC2-Classic security groups. They
continue to control all traffic to and from the instance. This excludes traffic to and from instances in the
VPC, which is controlled by the VPC security groups that you associated with the EC2-Classic instance.
EC2-Classic instances that are linked to the same VPC cannot communicate with each other through
the VPC; regardless of whether they are associated with the same VPC security group. Communication
between EC2-Classic instances is controlled by the EC2-Classic security groups associated with those
instances. For an example of a security group configuration, see Example: ClassicLink Security Group
Configuration for a Three-Tier Web Application (p. 768).
After you've linked your instance to a VPC, you cannot change which VPC security groups are associated
with the instance. To associate different security groups with your instance, you must first unlink the
instance, and then link it to the VPC again, choosing the required security groups.
Routing for ClassicLink

When you enable a VPC for ClassicLink, a static route is added to all of the VPC route tables with a
destination of 10.0.0.0/8 and a target of local. This allows communication between instances in the
VPC and any EC2-Classic instances that are then linked to the VPC. If you add a custom route table to a
ClassicLink-enabled VPC, a static route is automatically added with a destination of 10.0.0.0/8 and a
target of local. When you disable ClassicLink for a VPC, this route is automatically deleted in all of the
VPC route tables.
VPCs that are in the 10.0.0.0/16 and 10.1.0.0/16 IP address ranges can be enabled for ClassicLink
only if they do not have any existing static routes in route tables in the 10.0.0.0/8 IP address range,
excluding the local routes that were automatically added when the VPC was created. Similarly, if you've
enabled a VPC for ClassicLink, you may not be able to add any more specific routes to your route tables
within the 10.0.0.0/8 IP address range.
Important
If your VPC CIDR block is a publicly routable IP address range, consider the security implications
before you link an EC2-Classic instance to your VPC. For example, if your linked EC2-Classic
instance receives an incoming Denial of Service (DoS) request flood attack from a source IP
761
ClassicLink
address that falls within the VPC’s IP address range, the response traffic is sent into your VPC.
We strongly recommend that you create your VPC using a private IP address range as specified
in RFC 1918.
For more information about route tables and routing in your VPC, see Route Tables in the Amazon VPC
User Guide.
Enabling a VPC Peering Connection for ClassicLink

If you have a VPC peering connection between two VPCs, and there are one or more EC2-Classic
instances that are linked to one or both of the VPCs via ClassicLink, you can extend the VPC peering
connection to enable communication between the EC2-Classic instances and the instances in the
VPC on the other side of the VPC peering connection. This enables the EC2-Classic instances and the
instances in the VPC to communicate using private IP addresses. To do this, you can enable a local VPC
to communicate with a linked EC2-Classic instance in a peer VPC, or you can enable a local linked EC2-
Classic instance to communicate with instances in a peer VPC.
If you enable a local VPC to communicate with a linked EC2-Classic instance in a peer VPC, a static route
is automatically added to your route tables with a destination of 10.0.0.0/8 and a target of local.
For more information and examples, see Configurations With ClassicLink in the Amazon VPC Peering
Guide.
ClassicLink Limitations
To use the ClassicLink feature, you need to be aware of the following limitations:
• You can link an EC2-Classic instance to only one VPC at a time.

• If you stop your linked EC2-Classic instance, it's automatically unlinked from the VPC and the VPC
security groups are no longer associated with the instance. You can link your instance to the VPC again
after you've restarted it.
• You cannot link an EC2-Classic instance to a VPC that's in a different region or a different AWS account.
• You cannot use ClassicLink to link a VPC instance to a different VPC, or to a EC2-Classic resource.
To establish a private connection between VPCs, you can use a VPC peering connection. For more
information, see the Amazon VPC Peering Guide.
• You cannot associate a VPC Elastic IP address with a linked EC2-Classic instance.
• You cannot enable EC2-Classic instances for IPv6 communication. You can associate an IPv6 CIDR block
with your VPC and assign IPv6 address to resources in your VPC, however, communication between a
ClassicLinked instance and resources in the VPC is over IPv4 only.
• VPCs with routes that conflict with the EC2-Classic private IP address range of 10/8 cannot be
enabled for ClassicLink. This does not include VPCs with 10.0.0.0/16 and 10.1.0.0/16 IP address
ranges that already have local routes in their route tables. For more information, see Routing for
• VPCs configured for dedicated hardware tenancy cannot be enabled for ClassicLink. Contact AWS
support to request that your dedicated tenancy VPC be allowed to be enabled for ClassicLink.
Important
EC2-Classic instances are run on shared hardware. If you've set the tenancy of your VPC to
dedicated because of regulatory or security requirements, then linking an EC2-Classic
instance to your VPC might not conform to those requirements, as this allows a shared
tenancy resource to address your isolated resources directly using private IP addresses. If you
need to enable your dedicated VPC for ClassicLink, provide a detailed reason in your request
to AWS support.
• If you link your EC2-Classic instance to a VPC in the 172.16.0.0/16 range, and you have a DNS
server running on the 172.16.0.23/32 IP address within the VPC, then your linked EC2-Classic
instance can't access the VPC DNS server. To work around this issue, run your DNS server on a different
IP address within the VPC.
762
ClassicLink
• ClassicLink doesn't support transitive relationships out of the VPC. Your linked EC2-Classic instance
doesn't have access to any VPN connection, VPC gateway endpoint, NAT gateway, or Internet gateway
associated with the VPC. Similarly, resources on the other side of a VPN connection or an Internet
gateway don't have access to a linked EC2-Classic instance.
Working with ClassicLink

You can use the Amazon EC2 and Amazon VPC consoles to work with the ClassicLink feature. You can
enable or disable a VPC for ClassicLink, and link and unlink EC2-Classic instances to a VPC.
Note
The ClassicLink features are only visible in the consoles for accounts and regions that support
EC2-Classic.
Tasks
• Enabling a VPC for ClassicLink (p. 763)
• Creating a VPC with ClassicLink Enabled (p. 763)
• Linking an Instance to a VPC (p. 764)
• Linking an Instance to a VPC at Launch (p. 764)
• Viewing Your ClassicLink-Enabled VPCs and Linked Instances (p. 764)
• Enabling ClassicLink DNS Support (p. 765)
• Disabling ClassicLink DNS Support (p. 765)
• Unlinking an Instance from a VPC (p. 766)
• Disabling ClassicLink for a VPC (p. 766)
Enabling a VPC for ClassicLink

To link an EC2-Classic instance to a VPC, you must first enable the VPC for ClassicLink. You cannot enable
a VPC for ClassicLink if the VPC has routing that conflicts with the EC2-Classic private IP address range.
For more information, see Routing for ClassicLink (p. 761).
To enable a VPC for ClassicLink

3. Choose a VPC, and then choose Actions, Enable ClassicLink.
4. In the confirmation dialog box, choose Yes, Enable.
5. (Optional) If you want the public DNS hostname to resolve to the private IP address, enable
ClassicLink DNS support for the VPC before you link any instances. For more information, see
Enabling ClassicLink DNS Support (p. 765).
Creating a VPC with ClassicLink Enabled

You can create a new VPC and immediately enable it for ClassicLink by using the VPC wizard in the
Amazon VPC console.
To create a VPC with ClassicLink enabled

2. From the Amazon VPC dashboard, choose Start VPC Wizard.
3. Select one of the VPC configuration options and choose Select.
763
ClassicLink
4. On the next page of the wizard, choose Yes for Enable ClassicLink. Complete the rest of the steps in
the wizard to create your VPC. For more information about using the VPC wizard, see Scenarios for
Amazon VPC in the Amazon VPC User Guide.
5. (Optional) If you want the public DNS hostname to resolve to the private IP address, enable
ClassicLink DNS support for the VPC before you link any instances. For more information, see
Enabling ClassicLink DNS Support (p. 765).
Linking an Instance to a VPC

After you've enabled a VPC for ClassicLink, you can link an EC2-Classic instance to it.
Note
You can only link a running EC2-Classic instance to a VPC. You cannot link an instance that's in
the stopped state.
If you want the public DNS hostname to resolve to the private IP address, enable ClassicLink DNS
support for the VPC before you link the instance. For more information, see Enabling ClassicLink DNS
Support (p. 765).
To link an instance to a VPC

3. Select the running EC2-Classic instance, choose Actions, ClassicLink, Link to VPC. You can select
more than one instance to link to the same VPC.
4. In the dialog box that displays, select a VPC from the list. Only VPCs that have been enabled for
ClassicLink are displayed.
5. Select one or more of the VPC security groups to associate with your instance. When you are done,
choose Link to VPC.
Linking an Instance to a VPC at Launch

You can use the launch wizard in the Amazon EC2 console to launch an EC2-Classic instance and
immediately link it to a ClassicLink-enabled VPC.
To link an instance to a VPC at launch

2. From the Amazon EC2 dashboard, choose Launch Instance.
3. Select an AMI, and then choose an instance type. On the Configure Instance Details page, ensure
that you select Launch into EC2-Classic from the Network list.
Note
Some instance types, such as T2 instance types, can only be launched into a VPC. Ensure
that you select an instance type that can be launched into EC2-Classic.
4. In the Link to VPC (ClassicLink) section, select a VPC from Link to VPC. Only ClassicLink-enabled
VPCs are displayed. Select the security groups from the VPC to associate with the instance.
Complete the other configuration options on the page, and then complete the rest of the steps
in the wizard to launch your instance. For more information about using the launch wizard, see
Launching Your Instance from an AMI (p. 333).
Viewing Your ClassicLink-Enabled VPCs and Linked Instances

You can view all of your ClassicLink-enabled VPCs in the Amazon VPC console, and your linked EC2-
Classic instances in the Amazon EC2 console.
764
ClassicLink
To view your ClassicLink-enabled VPCs

3. Select a VPC, and in the Summary tab, look for the ClassicLink field. A value of Enabled indicates
that the VPC is enabled for ClassicLink.
4. Alternatively, look for the ClassicLink column, and view the value that's displayed for each VPC
(Enabled or Disabled). If the column is not visible, choose Edit Table Columns (the gear-shaped
icon), select the ClassicLink attribute, and then choose Close.
To view your linked EC2-Classic instances

3. Select an EC2-Classic instance, and in the Description tab, look for the ClassicLink field. If the
instance is linked to a VPC, the field displays the ID of the VPC to which the instance is linked. If the
instance is not linked to any VPC, the field displays Unlinked.
4. Alternatively, you can filter your instances to display only linked EC2-Classic instances for a specific
VPC or security group. In the search bar, start typing ClassicLink, select the relevant ClassicLink
resource attribute, and then select the security group ID or the VPC ID.
Enabling ClassicLink DNS Support

You can enable ClassicLink DNS support for your VPC so that DNS hostnames that are addressed
between linked EC2-Classic instances and instances in the VPC resolve to private IP addresses and not
public IP addresses. For this feature to work, your VPC must be enabled for DNS hostnames and DNS
resolution.
Note
If you enable ClassicLink DNS support for your VPC, your linked EC2-Classic instance can access
any private hosted zone associated with the VPC. For more information, see Working with
Private Hosted Zones in the Amazon Route 53 Developer Guide.
To enable ClassicLink DNS support

3. Select your VPC, and choose Actions, Edit ClassicLink DNS Support.
4. Choose Yes to enable ClassicLink DNS support, and choose Save.
Disabling ClassicLink DNS Support

You can disable ClassicLink DNS support for your VPC so that DNS hostnames that are addressed
between linked EC2-Classic instances and instances in the VPC resolve to public IP addresses and not
private IP addresses.
To disable ClassicLink DNS support

3. Select your VPC, and choose Actions, Edit ClassicLink DNS Support.
4. Choose No to disable ClassicLink DNS support, and choose Save.
765
ClassicLink
Unlinking an Instance from a VPC

If you no longer require a ClassicLink connection between your EC2-Classic instance and your VPC, you
can unlink the instance from the VPC. Unlinking the instance disassociates the VPC security groups from
the instance.
Note
A stopped instance is automatically unlinked from a VPC.
To unlink an instance from a VPC

2. In the navigation pane, choose Instances, and select your instance.
3. In the Actions list, select ClassicLink, Unlink Instance. You can select more than one instance to
unlink from the same VPC.
4. Choose Yes in the confirmation dialog box.
Disabling ClassicLink for a VPC

If you no longer require a connection between EC2-Classic instances and your VPC, you can disable
ClassicLink on the VPC. You must first unlink all linked EC2-Classic instances that are linked to the VPC.
To disable ClassicLink for a VPC

3. Select your VPC, then choose Actions, Disable ClassicLink.
4. In the confirmation dialog box, choose Yes, Disable.
Example IAM Policies for ClassicLink

You can enable a VPC for ClassicLink and then link an EC2-Classic instance to the VPC. You can
also view your ClassicLink-enabled VPCs, and all of your EC2-Classic instances that are linked to a
VPC. You can create policies with resource-level permission for the ec2:EnableVpcClassicLink,
ec2:DisableVpcClassicLink, ec2:AttachClassicLinkVpc, and ec2:DetachClassicLinkVpc
actions to control how users are able to use those actions. Resource-level permissions are not supported
for ec2:Describe* actions.
Examples
• Full Permissions to Work with ClassicLink (p. 766)
• Enable and Disable a VPC for ClassicLink (p. 767)
• Link Instances (p. 767)
• Unlink Instances (p. 768)
Full Permissions to Work with ClassicLink

The following policy grants users permissions to view ClassicLink-enabled VPCs and linked EC2-
Classic instances, to enable and disable a VPC for ClassicLink, and to link and unlink instances from a
ClassicLink-enabled VPC.
766
ClassicLink
"Version": "2012-10-17",
"Statement": [{
"Effect": "Allow",
"Action": [
"ec2:DescribeClassicLinkInstances", "ec2:DescribeVpcClassicLink",
"ec2:EnableVpcClassicLink", "ec2:DisableVpcClassicLink",
"ec2:AttachClassicLinkVpc", "ec2:DetachClassicLinkVpc"
],
"Resource": "*"
}
]
}
Enable and Disable a VPC for ClassicLink

The following policy allows user to enable and disable VPCs for ClassicLink that have the specific tag
'purpose=classiclink'. Users cannot enable or disable any other VPCs for ClassicLink.
{
"Version": "2012-10-17",
"Statement": [
{
"Effect": "Allow",
"Action": "ec2:*VpcClassicLink",
"Resource": "arn:aws:ec2:region:account:vpc/*",
"Condition": {
"StringEquals": {
"ec2:ResourceTag/purpose":"classiclink"
}
}
}
]
}
Link Instances
The following policy grants users permissions to link instances to a VPC only if the instance is an
m3.large instance type. The second statement allows users to use the VPC and security group
resources, which are required to link an instance to a VPC.
{
"Version": "2012-10-17",
"Statement": [
{
"Effect": "Allow",
"Action": "ec2:AttachClassicLinkVpc",
"Condition": {
"StringEquals": {
"ec2:InstanceType":"m3.large"
}
}
},
{
"Effect": "Allow",
"Resource": [
"arn:aws:ec2:region:account:vpc/*",
]
}
]
767
ClassicLink
The following policy grants users permissions to link instances to a specific VPC (vpc-1a2b3c4d) only,
and to associate only specific security groups from the VPC to the instance (sg-1122aabb and sg-
aabb2233). Users cannot link an instance to any other VPC, and they cannot specify any other of the
VPC security groups to associate with the instance in the request.
{
"Version": "2012-10-17",
"Statement": [
{
"Effect": "Allow",
"Resource": [
"arn:aws:ec2:region:account:vpc/vpc-1a2b3c4d",
"arn:aws:ec2:region:account:security-group/sg-1122aabb",
"arn:aws:ec2:region:account:security-group/sg-aabb2233"
]
}
]
}
Unlink Instances
The following grants users permission to unlink any linked EC2-Classic instance from a VPC, but only if
the instance has the tag "unlink=true". The second statement grants users permissions to use the VPC
resource, which is required to unlink an instance from a VPC.
{
"Version": "2012-10-17",
"Statement": [{
"Effect": "Allow",
"Action": "ec2:DetachClassicLinkVpc",
"Resource": [
],
"Condition": {
"StringEquals": {
"ec2:ResourceTag/unlink":"true"
}
}
},
{
"Effect": "Allow",
"Action": "ec2:DetachClassicLinkVpc",
"Resource": [
"arn:aws:ec2:region:account:vpc/*"
]
}
]
}
Example: ClassicLink Security Group Configuration for a Three-

Tier Web Application
In this example, you have an application with three instances: a public-facing web server, an application
server, and a database server. Your web server accepts HTTPS traffic from the Internet, and then
communicates with your application server over TCP port 6001. Your application server then
768
ClassicLink
communicates with your database server over TCP port 6004. You're in the process of migrating your
entire application to a VPC in your account. You've already migrated your application server and your
database server to your VPC. Your web server is still in EC2-Classic and linked to your VPC via ClassicLink.
You want a security group configuration that allows traffic to flow only between these instances. You
have four security groups: two for your web server (sg-1a1a1a1a and sg-2b2b2b2b), one for your
application server (sg-3c3c3c3c), and one for your database server (sg-4d4d4d4d).
The following diagram displays the architecture of your instances, and their security group configuration.
Security Groups for Your Web Server (sg-1a1a1a1a and sg-2b2b2b2b)
You have one security group in EC2-Classic, and the other in your VPC. You associated the VPC security
group with your web server instance when you linked the instance to your VPC via ClassicLink. The VPC
security group enables you to control the outbound traffic from your web server to your application
server.
The following are the security group rules for the EC2-Classic security group (sg-1a1a1a1a).
Inbound
769
ClassicLink
Source Type Port Comments

Range
0.0.0.0/0 HTTPS 443 Allows Internet traffic to reach your web server.
The following are the security group rules for the VPC security group (sg-2b2b2b2b).
Outbound
Destination Type Port Comments

Range
sg-3c3c3c3c TCP 6001 Allows outbound traffic from your web server
to your application server in your VPC (or to any
other instance associated with sg-3c3c3c3c).
Security Group for Your Application Server (sg-3c3c3c3c)
The following are the security group rules for the VPC security group that's associated with your
application server.
Inbound

Range
sg-2b2b2b2b TCP 6001 Allows the specified type of traffic from your
web server (or any other instance associated with
sg-2b2b2b2b) to reach your application server.
Outbound
Destination Type Port Comments

Range
sg-4d4d4d4d TCP 6004 Allows outbound traffic from the application

server to the database server (or to any other
instance associated with sg-4d4d4d4d).
Security Group for Your Database Server (sg-4d4d4d4d)
The following are the security group rules for the VPC security group that's associated with your
database server.
Inbound

Range
sg-3c3c3c3c TCP 6004 Allows the specified type of traffic from your
application server (or any other instance
associated with sg-3c3c3c3c) to reach your
database server.
770
Migrating from EC2-Classic to a VPC
Migrating from a Windows Instance in EC2-Classic to

a Windows Instance in a VPC
If you created your AWS account before 2013-12-04, you might have support for EC2-Classic in some
regions. Some Amazon EC2 resources and features, such as enhanced networking and newer instance
types, require a virtual private cloud (VPC). Some resources can be shared between EC2-Classic and a
VPC, while some can't. For more information, see Sharing and Accessing Resources Between EC2-Classic
and a VPC (p. 758).
If your account supports EC2-Classic, you might have set up resources for use in EC2-Classic. If you want
to migrate from EC2-Classic to a VPC, you must recreate those resources in your VPC.
There are two ways of migrating to a VPC. You can do a full migration, or you can do an incremental
migration over time. The method you choose depends on the size and complexity of your application in
EC2-Classic. For example, if your application consists of one or two instances running a static website,
and you can afford a short period of downtime, you can do a full migration. If you have a multi-tier
application with processes that cannot be interrupted, you can do an incremental migration using
ClassicLink. This allows you to transfer functionality one component at a time until your application is
running fully in your VPC.
If you need to migrate a Linux instance, see Migrating a Linux Instance from EC2-Classic to a VPC in the
Amazon EC2 User Guide for Linux Instances.
Contents
• Full Migration to a VPC (p. 771)
• Incremental Migration to a VPC Using ClassicLink (p. 776)
Full Migration to a VPC

Complete the following tasks to fully migrate your application from EC2-Classic to a VPC.
Tasks
• Step 1: Create a VPC (p. 771)
• Step 2: Configure Your Security Group (p. 772)
• Step 3: Create an AMI from Your EC2-Classic Instance (p. 772)
• Step 4: Launch an Instance Into Your VPC (p. 773)
• Example: Migrating a Simple Web Application (p. 774)
Step 1: Create a VPC

To start using a VPC, ensure that you have one in your account. You can create one using one of these
methods:
• Your AWS account comes with a default VPC in each region, which is ready for you to use. Instances
that you launch are by default launched into this VPC, unless you specify otherwise. For more
information about your default VPC, see Your Default VPC and Subnets. Use this option if you'd prefer
not to set up a VPC yourself, or if you do not need specific requirements for your VPC configuration.
• In your existing AWS account, open the Amazon VPC console and use the VPC wizard to create a new
VPC. For more information, see Scenarios for Amazon VPC. Use this option if you want to set up a VPC
quickly in your existing EC2-Classic account, using one of the available configuration sets in the wizard.
You'll specify this VPC each time you launch an instance.
• In your existing AWS account, open the Amazon VPC console and set up the components of a VPC
according to your requirements. For more information, see Your VPC and Subnets. Use this option if
771
you have specific requirements for your VPC, such as a particular number of subnets. You'll specify this
VPC each time you launch an instance.
Step 2: Configure Your Security Group

You cannot use the same security groups between EC2-Classic and a VPC. However, if you want your
instances in your VPC to have the same security group rules as your EC2-Classic instances, you can use
the Amazon EC2 console to copy your existing EC2-Classic security group rules to a new VPC security
group.
Important
You can only copy security group rules to a new security group in the same AWS account in the
same region. If you've created a new AWS account, you cannot use this method to copy your
existing security group rules to your new account. You'll have to create a new security group,
and add the rules yourself. For more information about creating a new security group, see
Amazon EC2 Security Groups for Windows Instances (p. 582).
To copy your security group rules to a new security group

3. Select the security group that's associated with your EC2-Classic instance, then choose Actions and
select Copy to new.
4. In the Create Security Group dialog box, specify a name and description for your new security
group. Select your VPC from the VPC list.
5. The Inbound tab is populated with the rules from your EC2-Classic security group. You can modify
the rules as required. In the Outbound tab, a rule that allows all outbound traffic has automatically
been created for you. For more information about modifying security group rules, see Amazon EC2
Security Groups for Windows Instances (p. 582).
Note
If you've defined a rule in your EC2-Classic security group that references another security
group, you will not be able to use the same rule in your VPC security group. Modify the rule
to reference a security group in the same VPC.
6. Choose Create.
Step 3: Create an AMI from Your EC2-Classic Instance

An AMI is a template for launching your instance. You can create your own AMI based on an existing EC2-
Classic instance, then use that AMI to launch instances into your VPC.
(Optional) Store Your Data on Amazon EBS Volumes
You can create an Amazon EBS volume and use it to back up and store the data on your instance—
like you would use a physical hard drive. Amazon EBS volumes can be attached and detached from any
instance in the same Availability Zone. You can detach a volume from your instance in EC2-Classic, and
attach it to a new instance that you launch into your VPC in the same Availability Zone.
For more information about Amazon EBS volumes, see the following topics:
• Amazon EBS Volumes (p. 782)

• Creating an Amazon EBS Volume (p. 799)
• Attaching an Amazon EBS Volume to an Instance (p. 802)
772
To back up the data on your Amazon EBS volume, you can take periodic snapshots of your volume. If
you need to, you can restore an Amazon EBS volume from your snapshot. For more information about
Amazon EBS snapshots, see the following topics:
• Amazon EBS Snapshots (p. 817)

• Creating Amazon EBS Snapshots (p. 821)
• Restoring an Amazon EBS Volume from a Snapshot (p. 801)
Step 4: Launch an Instance Into Your VPC

After you've created an AMI, you can launch an instance into your VPC. The instance will have the same
data and configurations as your existing EC2-Classic instance.
You can either launch your instance into a VPC that you've created in your existing account, or into a new,
VPC-only AWS account.
Using Your Existing EC2-Classic Account
You can use the Amazon EC2 launch wizard to launch an instance into your VPC.
To launch an instance into your VPC

3. On the Choose an Amazon Machine Image page, select the My AMIs category, and select the AMI
you created.
4. On the Choose an Instance Type page, select the type of instance, and choose Next: Configure
Instance Details.
5. On the Configure Instance Details page, select your VPC from the Network list. Select the required
subnet from the Subnet list. Configure any other details you require, then go through the next
pages of the wizard until you reach the Configure Security Group page.
6. Select Select an existing group, and select the security group you created earlier. Choose Review
and Launch.
7. Review your instance details, then choose Launch to specify a key pair and launch your instance.
For more information about the parameters you can configure in each step of the wizard, see Launching
an Instance Using the Launch Instance Wizard (p. 333).
Using Your New, VPC-Only Account
To launch an instance in your new AWS account, you'll first have to share the AMI you created with your
new account. You can then use the Amazon EC2 launch wizard to launch an instance into your default
VPC.
To share an AMI with your new AWS account

2. Switch to the account in which you created your AMI.
4. In the Filter list, ensure Owned by me is selected, then select your AMI.
5. In the Permissions tab, choose Edit. Enter the account number of your new AWS account, choose
Add Permission, and then choose Save.
773
To launch an instance into your default VPC

2. Switch to your new AWS account.
4. In the Filter list, select Private images. Select the AMI that you shared from your EC2-Classic
account, then choose Launch.
Instance Details.
6. On the Configure Instance Details page, your default VPC should be selected in the Network list.
Configure any other details you require, then go through the next pages of the wizard until you
reach the Configure Security Group page.
and Launch.
Example: Migrating a Simple Web Application

In this example, you use AWS to host your gardening website. To manage your website, you have three
running instances in EC2-Classic. Instances A and B host your public-facing web application, and you use
Elastic Load Balancing to load balance the traffic between these instances. You've assigned Elastic IP
addresses to instances A and B so that you have static IP addresses for configuration and administration
tasks on those instances. Instance C holds your MySQL database for your website. You've registered the
domain name www.garden.example.com, and you've used Route 53 to create a hosted zone with an
alias record set that's associated with the DNS name of your load balancer.
The first part of migrating to a VPC is deciding what kind of VPC architecture will suit your needs. In this
case, you've decided on the following: one public subnet for your web servers, and one private subnet
for your database server. As your website grows, you can add more web servers and database servers to
your subnets. By default, instances in the private subnet cannot access the Internet; however, you can
774
enable Internet access through a Network Address Translation (NAT) device in the public subnet. You may
want to set up a NAT device to support periodic updates and patches from the Internet for your database
server. You'll migrate your Elastic IP addresses to a VPC, and create a load balancer in your public subnet
to load balance the traffic between your web servers.
To migrate your web application to a VPC, you can follow these steps:
• Create a VPC: In this case, you can use the VPC wizard in the Amazon VPC console to create your VPC
and subnets. The second wizard configuration creates a VPC with one private and one public subnet,
and launches and configures a NAT device in your public subnet for you. For more information, see
Scenario 2: VPC with Public and Private Subnets in the Amazon VPC User Guide.
• Create AMIs from your instances: Create an AMI from one of your web servers, and a second AMI
from your database server. For more information, see Step 3: Create an AMI from Your EC2-Classic
Instance (p. 772).
• Configure your security groups: In your EC2-Classic environment, you have one security group for
your web servers, and another security group for your database server. You can use the Amazon EC2
console to copy the rules from each security group into new security groups for your VPC. For more
information, see Step 2: Configure Your Security Group (p. 772).
Tip
Create the security groups that are referenced by other security groups first.
• Launch an instance into your new VPC: Launch replacement web servers into your public subnet, and
launch your replacement database server into your private subnet. For more information, see Step 4:
Launch an Instance Into Your VPC (p. 773).
775
• Configure your NAT device: If you are using a NAT instance, you must create security group for it that
allows HTTP and HTTPS traffic from your private subnet. For more information, see NAT Instances. If
you are using a NAT gateway, traffic from your private subnet is automatically allowed.
• Configure your database: When you created an AMI from your database server in EC2-Classic, all
the configuration information that was stored in that instance was copied to the AMI. You may have
to connect to your new database server and update the configuration details; for example, if you
configured your database to grant full read, write, and modification permissions to your web servers
in EC2-Classic, you'll have to update the configuration files to grant the same permissions to your new
VPC web servers instead.
• Configure your web servers: Your web servers will have the same configuration settings as your
instances in EC2-Classic. For example, if you configured your web servers to use the database in EC2-
Classic, update your web servers' configuration settings to point to your new database instance.
Note
By default, instances launched into a nondefault subnet are not assigned a public IP address,
unless you specify otherwise at launch. Your new database server may not have a public IP
address. In this case, you can update your web servers' configuration file to use your new
database server's private DNS name. Instances in the same VPC can communicate with each
other via private IP address.
• Migrate your Elastic IP addresses: Disassociate your Elastic IP addresses from your web servers in EC2-
Classic, and then migrate them to a VPC. After you've migrated them, you can associate them with
your new web servers in your VPC. For more information, see Migrating an Elastic IP Address from EC2-
Classic (p. 756).
• Create a new load balancer: To continue using Elastic Load Balancing to load balance the traffic to
your instances, make sure you understand the various ways you can configure your load balancer in
VPC. For more information, see Elastic Load Balancing in Amazon VPC.
• Update your DNS records: After you've set up your load balancer in your public subnet, ensure that
your www.garden.example.com domain points to your new load balancer. To do this, you'll need to
update your DNS records and update your alias record set in Route 53. For more information about
using Route 53, see Getting Started with Route 53.
• Shut down your EC2-Classic resources: After you've verified that your web application is working from
within the VPC architecture, you can shut down your EC2-Classic resources to stop incurring charges
for them. Terminate your EC2-Classic instances, and release your EC2-Classic Elastic IP addresses.
Incremental Migration to a VPC Using ClassicLink

The ClassicLink feature makes it easier to manage an incremental migration to a VPC. ClassicLink allows
you to link an EC2-Classic instance to a VPC in your account in the same region, allowing your new VPC
resources to communicate with the EC2-Classic instance using private IPv4 addresses. You can then
migrate functionality to the VPC one step at a time. This topic provides some basic steps for managing
an incremental migration from EC2-Classic to a VPC.
For more information about ClassicLink, see ClassicLink (p. 759).
Topics
• Step 1: Prepare Your Migration Sequence (p. 777)
• Step 2: Create a VPC (p. 777)
• Step 3: Enable Your VPC for ClassicLink (p. 777)
• Step 4: Create an AMI from Your EC2-Classic Instance (p. 777)
• Step 5: Launch an Instance Into Your VPC (p. 778)
• Step 6: Link Your EC2-Classic Instances to Your VPC (p. 778)
• Step 7: Complete the VPC Migration (p. 779)
776
Step 1: Prepare Your Migration Sequence

To use ClassicLink effectively, you must first identify the components of your application that must be
migrated to the VPC, and then confirm the order in which to migrate that functionality.
For example, you have an application that relies on a presentation web server, a backend database
server, and authentication logic for transactions. You may decide to start the migration process with the
authentication logic, then the database server, and finally, the web server.
Step 2: Create a VPC

To start using a VPC, ensure that you have one in your account. You can create one using one of these
methods:
• In your existing AWS account, open the Amazon VPC console and use the VPC wizard to create a new
VPC. For more information, see Scenarios for Amazon VPC. Use this option if you want to set up a VPC
quickly in your existing EC2-Classic account, using one of the available configuration sets in the wizard.
You'll specify this VPC each time you launch an instance.
• In your existing AWS account, open the Amazon VPC console and set up the components of a VPC
according to your requirements. For more information, see Your VPC and Subnets. Use this option if
you have specific requirements for your VPC, such as a particular number of subnets. You'll specify this
VPC each time you launch an instance.
Step 3: Enable Your VPC for ClassicLink

After you've created a VPC, you can enable it for ClassicLink. For more information about ClassicLink, see
To enable a VPC for ClassicLink

3. Select your VPC, and then select Enable ClassicLink from the Actions list.
4. In the confirmation dialog box, choose Yes, Enable.
Step 4: Create an AMI from Your EC2-Classic Instance

An AMI is a template for launching your instance. You can create your own AMI based on an existing EC2-
Classic instance, then use that AMI to launch instances into your VPC.
(Optional) Store Your Data on Amazon EBS Volumes
You can create an Amazon EBS volume and use it to back up and store the data on your instance—
like you would use a physical hard drive. Amazon EBS volumes can be attached and detached from any
instance in the same Availability Zone. You can detach a volume from your instance in EC2-Classic, and
attach it to a new instance that you launch into your VPC in the same Availability Zone.
For more information about Amazon EBS volumes, see the following topics:

777
To back up the data on your Amazon EBS volume, you can take periodic snapshots of your volume. If
you need to, you can restore an Amazon EBS volume from your snapshot. For more information about
Amazon EBS snapshots, see the following topics:

Step 5: Launch an Instance Into Your VPC

The next step in the migration process is to launch instances into your VPC so that you can start
transferring functionality to them. You can use the AMIs that you created in the previous step to launch
instances into your VPC. The instances will have the same data and configurations as your existing EC2-
Classic instances.
To launch an instance into your VPC using your custom AMI

3. On the Choose an Amazon Machine Image page, select the My AMIs category, and select the AMI
you created.
Instance Details.
5. On the Configure Instance Details page, select your VPC from the Network list. Select the required
subnet from the Subnet list. Configure any other details you require, then go through the next
pages of the wizard until you reach the Configure Security Group page.
and Launch.
After you've launched your instance and it's in the running state, you can connect to it and configure it
as required.
Step 6: Link Your EC2-Classic Instances to Your VPC

After you've configured your instances and made the functionality of your application available in the
VPC, you can use ClassicLink to enable private IP communication between your new VPC instances and
your EC2-Classic instances.
To link an instance to a VPC

3. Select your EC2-Classic instance, then choose Actions, ClassicLink, and Link to VPC.
Note
Ensure that your instance is in the running state.
4. In the dialog box, select your ClassicLink-enabled VPC (only VPCs that are enabled for ClassicLink are
displayed).
5. Select one or more of the VPC security groups to associate with your instance. When you are done,
choose Link to VPC.
778
Step 7: Complete the VPC Migration

Depending on the size of your application and the functionality that must be migrated, repeat steps 4 to
6 until you've moved all the components of your application from EC2-Classic into your VPC.
After you've enabled internal communication between the EC2-Classic and VPC instances, you must
update your application to point to your migrated service in your VPC, instead of your service in the EC2-
Classic platform. The exact steps for this depend on your application’s design. Generally, this includes
updating your destination IP addresses to point to the IP addresses of your VPC instances instead of
your EC2-Classic instances. You can migrate your Elastic IP addresses that you are currently using in
the EC2-Classic platform to a VPC. For more information, see Migrating an Elastic IP Address from EC2-
Classic (p. 756).
After you've completed this step and you've tested that the application is functioning from your VPC,
you can terminate your EC2-Classic instances, and disable ClassicLink for your VPC. You can also clean up
any EC2-Classic resources that you may no longer need to avoid incurring charges for them; for example,
you can release Elastic IP addresses, and delete the volumes that were associated with your EC2-Classic
instances.
779
Storage
Amazon EC2 provides you with flexible, cost effective, and easy-to-use data storage options for your
instances. Each option has a unique combination of performance and durability. These storage options
can be used independently or in combination to suit your requirements.
After reading this section, you should have a good understanding about how you can use the data
storage options supported by Amazon EC2 to meet your specific requirements. These storage options
include the following:
• Amazon Elastic Block Store (p. 781)

• Amazon Simple Storage Service (Amazon S3) (p. 925)
The following figure shows the relationship between these storage options and your instance.
Amazon EBS
Amazon EBS provides durable, block-level storage volumes that you can attach to a running instance.
You can use Amazon EBS as a primary storage device for data that requires frequent and granular
updates. For example, Amazon EBS is the recommended storage option when you run a database on an
instance.
An EBS volume behaves like a raw, unformatted, external block device that you can attach to a single
instance. The volume persists independently from the running life of an instance. After an EBS volume
is attached to an instance, you can use it like any other physical hard drive. As illustrated in the previous
figure, multiple volumes can be attached to an instance. You can also detach an EBS volume from one
instance and attach it to another instance. You can dynamically change the configuration of a volume
attached to an instance. EBS volumes can also be created as encrypted volumes using the Amazon EBS
encryption feature. For more information, see Amazon EBS Encryption (p. 864).
To keep a backup copy of your data, you can create a snapshot of an EBS volume, which is stored in
Amazon S3. You can create an EBS volume from a snapshot, and attach it to another instance. For more
information, see Amazon Elastic Block Store (p. 781).
Amazon EC2 Instance Store
Many instances can access storage from disks that are physically attached to the host computer. This
disk storage is referred to as instance store. Instance store provides temporary block-level storage for
780
Amazon EBS
instances. The data on an instance store volume persists only during the life of the associated instance; if
you stop or terminate an instance, any data on instance store volumes is lost. For more information, see
Amazon EC2 Instance Store (p. 916).
Amazon S3
Amazon S3 provides access to reliable and inexpensive data storage infrastructure. It is designed to
make web-scale computing easier by enabling you to store and retrieve any amount of data, at any time,
from within Amazon EC2 or anywhere on the web. For example, you can use Amazon S3 to store backup
copies of your data and applications. Amazon EC2 uses Amazon S3 to store EBS snapshots and instance
store-backed AMIs. For more information, see Amazon Simple Storage Service (Amazon S3) (p. 925).
Adding Storage
Every time you launch an instance from an AMI, a root storage device is created for that instance. The
root storage device contains all the information necessary to boot the instance. You can specify storage
volumes in addition to the root device volume when you create an AMI or launch an instance using block
device mapping. For more information, see Block Device Mapping (p. 929).
You can also attach EBS volumes to a running instance. For more information, see Attaching an Amazon
EBS Volume to an Instance (p. 802).
Amazon Elastic Block Store (Amazon EBS)

Amazon Elastic Block Store (Amazon EBS) provides block level storage volumes for use with EC2
instances. EBS volumes behave like raw, unformatted block devices. You can mount these volumes as
devices on your instances. You can mount multiple volumes on the same instance, but each volume can
be attached to only one instance at a time. You can create a file system on top of these volumes, or
use them in any way you would use a block device (like a hard drive). You can dynamically change the
configuration of a volume attached to an instance.
EBS volumes are highly available and reliable storage volumes that can be attached to any running
instance that is in the same Availability Zone. EBS volumes that are attached to an EC2 instance are
exposed as storage volumes that persist independently from the life of the instance. With Amazon EBS,
you pay only for what you use. For more information about Amazon EBS pricing, see the Projecting Costs
section of the Amazon Elastic Block Store page.
You can attach multiple volumes to the same instance within the limits specified by your AWS account.
Your account has a limit on the number of EBS volumes that you can use, and the total storage available
to you. For more information about these limits, and how to request an increase in your limits, see
Request to Increase the Amazon EBS Volume Limit.
Amazon EBS is recommended when data must be quickly accessible and requires long-term persistence.
EBS volumes are particularly well-suited for use as the primary storage for file systems, databases, or for
any applications that require fine granular updates and access to raw, unformatted, block-level storage.
Amazon EBS is well suited to both database-style applications that rely on random reads and writes, and
to throughput-intensive applications that perform long, continuous reads and writes.
Contents
• Features of Amazon EBS (p. 782)
• Amazon EBS Data Services (p. 854)
781
Features of Amazon EBS
• Amazon EBS–Optimized Instances (p. 875)

• Amazon EBS Volume Performance on Windows Instances (p. 886)
• Amazon CloudWatch Metrics for Amazon EBS (p. 902)
• Amazon CloudWatch Events for Amazon EBS (p. 906)
Features of Amazon EBS

• EBS volumes are created in a specific Availability Zone, and can then be attached to any instances
in that same Availability Zone. To make a volume available outside of the Availability Zone, you can
create a snapshot and restore that snapshot to a new volume anywhere in that Region. You can copy
snapshots to other Regions and then restore them to new volumes there, making it easier to leverage
multiple AWS Regions for geographical expansion, data center migration, and disaster recovery.
• Amazon EBS provides the following volume types: General Purpose SSD (gp2), Provisioned IOPS
SSD (io1), Throughput Optimized HDD (st1), and Cold HDD (sc1). The following is a summary of
performance and use cases for each volume type.
• General Purpose SSD volumes offer a base performance of 3 IOPS/GiB, with the ability to burst to
3,000 IOPS for extended periods of time. These volumes are ideal for a broad range of use cases
such as boot volumes, small and medium-size databases, and development and test environments.
For more information, see General Purpose SSD (gp2) Volumes (p. 787).
• Provisioned IOPS SSD volumes support up to 64,000 IOPS and 1,000 MiB/s of throughput. This
allows you to predictably scale to tens of thousands of IOPS per EC2 instance. For more information,
see Provisioned IOPS SSD (io1) Volumes (p. 790).
• Throughput Optimized HDD volumes provide low-cost magnetic storage that defines performance
in terms of throughput rather than IOPS. These volumes are ideal for large, sequential workloads
such as Amazon EMR, ETL, data warehouses, and log processing. For more information, see
Throughput Optimized HDD (st1) Volumes (p. 791).
• Cold HDD volumes provide low-cost magnetic storage that defines performance in terms of
throughput rather than IOPS. These volumes are ideal for large, sequential, cold-data workloads.
If you require infrequent access to your data and are looking to save costs, these volumes provides
inexpensive block storage. For more information, see Cold HDD (sc1) Volumes (p. 793).
• You can create your EBS volumes as encrypted volumes, in order to meet a wide range of data-at-rest
encryption requirements for regulated/audited data and applications. When you create an encrypted
EBS volume and attach it to a supported instance type, data stored at rest on the volume, disk I/O, and
snapshots created from the volume are all encrypted. The encryption occurs on the servers that host
EC2 instances, providing encryption of data-in-transit from EC2 instances to EBS storage. For more
information, see Amazon EBS Encryption (p. 864).
• You can create point-in-time snapshots of EBS volumes, which are persisted to Amazon S3. Snapshots
protect data for long-term durability, and they can be used as the starting point for new EBS volumes.
The same snapshot can be used to instantiate as many volumes as you wish. These snapshots can be
copied across AWS Regions. For more information, see Amazon EBS Snapshots (p. 817).
• Performance metrics, such as bandwidth, throughput, latency, and average queue length, are available
through the AWS Management Console. These metrics, provided by Amazon CloudWatch, allow you to
monitor the performance of your volumes to make sure that you are providing enough performance
for your applications without paying for resources you don't need. For more information, see Amazon
EBS Volume Performance on Windows Instances (p. 886).
Amazon EBS Volumes

An Amazon EBS volume is a durable, block-level storage device that you can attach to a single EC2
instance. You can use EBS volumes as primary storage for data that requires frequent updates, such
as the system drive for an instance or storage for a database application. You can also use them
782
EBS Volumes
for throughput-intensive applications that perform continuous disk scans. EBS volumes persist
independently from the running life of an EC2 instance.
After a volume is attached to an instance, you can use it like any other physical hard drive. EBS volumes
are flexible. For current-generation volumes attached to current-generation instance types, you can
dynamically increase size, modify the provisioned IOPS capacity, and change volume type on live
production volumes.
Amazon EBS provides the following volume types: General Purpose SSD (gp2), Provisioned IOPS SSD
(io1), Throughput Optimized HDD (st1), Cold HDD (sc1), and Magnetic (standard, a previous-
generation type). They differ in performance characteristics and price, allowing you to tailor your storage
performance and cost to the needs of your applications. For more information, see Amazon EBS Volume
Types (p. 785).
Contents
• Benefits of Using EBS Volumes (p. 783)
• Amazon EBS Volume Types (p. 785)
• Constraints on the Size and Configuration of an EBS Volume (p. 797)
• Making an Amazon EBS Volume Available for Use on Windows (p. 803)
• Viewing Information about an Amazon EBS Volume (p. 806)
• Monitoring the Status of Your Volumes (p. 807)
• Detaching an Amazon EBS Volume from an Instance (p. 815)
• Deleting an Amazon EBS Volume (p. 817)
Benefits of Using EBS Volumes

EBS volumes provide several benefits that are not supported by instance store volumes.
• Data availability
When you create an EBS volume in an Availability Zone, it is automatically replicated within that zone
to prevent data loss due to failure of any single hardware component. After you create a volume, you
can attach it to any EC2 instance in the same Availability Zone. After you attach a volume, it appears
as a native block device similar to a hard drive or other physical device. At that point, the instance can
interact with the volume just as it would with a local drive. The instance can format the EBS volume
with a file system, such as NTFS, and then install applications.
An EBS volume can be attached to only one instance at a time, but multiple volumes can be attached
to a single instance. If you attach multiple volumes to a device that you have named, you can stripe
data across the volumes for increased I/O and throughput performance.
An EBS volume and the instance to which it attaches must be in the same Availability Zone.
You can get monitoring data for your EBS volumes, including root device volumes for EBS-backed
instances, at no additional charge. For more information about monitoring metrics, see Amazon
CloudWatch Metrics for Amazon EBS (p. 902). For information about tracking the status of your
volumes, see Amazon CloudWatch Events for Amazon EBS (p. 906).
• Data persistence
An EBS volume is off-instance storage that can persist independently from the life of an instance. You
continue to pay for the volume usage as long as the data persists.
783
EBS Volumes
EBS volumes that are attached to a running instance can automatically detach from the instance
with their data intact when the instance is terminated if you uncheck the Delete on Termination
checkbox when you configure EBS volumes for your instance on the EC2 console. The volume can then
be reattached to a new instance, enabling quick recovery. If the checkbox for Delete on Termination
is checked, the volume(s) will delete upon termination of the EC2 instance. If you are using an EBS-
backed instance, you can stop and restart that instance without affecting the data stored in the
attached volume. The volume remains attached throughout the stop-start cycle. This enables you
to process and store the data on your volume indefinitely, only using the processing and storage
resources when required. The data persists on the volume until the volume is deleted explicitly. The
physical block storage used by deleted EBS volumes is overwritten with zeroes before it is allocated
to another account. If you are dealing with sensitive data, you should consider encrypting your data
manually or storing the data on a volume protected by Amazon EBS encryption. For more information,
see Amazon EBS Encryption (p. 864).
By default, the root EBS volume that is created and attached to an instance at launch is deleted
when that instance is terminated. You can modify this behavior by changing the value of the flag
DeleteOnTermination to false when you launch the instance. This modified value causes the
volume to persist even after the instance is terminated, and enables you to attach the volume to
another instance.
By default, additional EBS volumes that are created and attached to an instance at launch are not
deleted when that instance is terminated. You can modify this behavior by changing the value of the
flag DeleteOnTermination to true when you launch the instance. This modified value causes the
volumes to be deleted when the instance is terminated.
• Data encryption
For simplified data encryption, you can create encrypted EBS volumes with the Amazon EBS
encryption feature. All EBS volume types support encryption. You can use encrypted EBS volumes
to meet a wide range of data-at-rest encryption requirements for regulated/audited data and
applications. Amazon EBS encryption uses 256-bit Advanced Encryption Standard algorithms
(AES-256) and an Amazon-managed key infrastructure. The encryption occurs on the server that
hosts the EC2 instance, providing encryption of data-in-transit from the EC2 instance to Amazon EBS
storage. For more information, see Amazon EBS Encryption (p. 864).
Amazon EBS encryption uses AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS) master keys when creating
encrypted volumes and any snapshots created from your encrypted volumes. The first time you create
an encrypted EBS volume in a region, a default master key is created for you automatically. This key
is used for Amazon EBS encryption unless you select a customer master key (CMK) that you created
separately using AWS KMS. Creating your own CMK gives you more flexibility, including the ability to
create, rotate, disable, define access controls, and audit the encryption keys used to protect your data.
For more information, see the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide.
• Snapshots
Amazon EBS provides the ability to create snapshots (backups) of any EBS volume and write a copy
of the data in the volume to Amazon S3, where it is stored redundantly in multiple Availability Zones.
The volume does not need to be attached to a running instance in order to take a snapshot. As you
continue to write data to a volume, you can periodically create a snapshot of the volume to use as a
baseline for new volumes. These snapshots can be used to create multiple new EBS volumes or move
volumes across Availability Zones. Snapshots of encrypted EBS volumes are automatically encrypted.
When you create a new volume from a snapshot, it's an exact copy of the original volume at the time
the snapshot was taken. EBS volumes that are restored from encrypted snapshots are automatically
encrypted. By optionally specifying a different Availability Zone, you can use this functionality to
create a duplicate volume in that zone. The snapshots can be shared with specific AWS accounts or
made public. When you create snapshots, you incur charges in Amazon S3 based on the volume's total
size. For a successive snapshot of the volume, you are only charged for any additional data beyond the
volume's original size.
784
EBS Volumes
Snapshots are incremental backups, meaning that only the blocks on the volume that have changed
after your most recent snapshot are saved. If you have a volume with 100 GiB of data, but only 5 GiB
of data have changed since your last snapshot, only the 5 GiB of modified data is written to Amazon
S3. Even though snapshots are saved incrementally, the snapshot deletion process is designed so that
you need to retain only the most recent snapshot in order to restore the volume.
To help categorize and manage your volumes and snapshots, you can tag them with metadata of your
choice. For more information, see Tagging Your Amazon EC2 Resources (p. 963).
• Flexibility
EBS volumes support live configuration changes while in production. You can modify volume type,
volume size, and IOPS capacity without service interruptions.
Amazon EBS Volume Types

Amazon EBS provides the following volume types, which differ in performance characteristics and price,
so that you can tailor your storage performance and cost to the needs of your applications. The volumes
types fall into two categories:
• SSD-backed volumes optimized for transactional workloads involving frequent read/write operations
with small I/O size, where the dominant performance attribute is IOPS
• HDD-backed volumes optimized for large streaming workloads where throughput (measured in MiB/s)
is a better performance measure than IOPS
There are several factors that can affect the performance of EBS volumes, such as instance configuration,
I/O characteristics, and workload demand. For more information about getting the most out of your EBS
volumes, see Amazon EBS Volume Performance on Windows Instances (p. 886).
For more information about pricing, see Amazon EBS Pricing.
Volume Characteristics
The following table describes the use cases and performance characteristics for each volume type. The
default volume type is General Purpose SSD (gp2).
Solid-State Drives (SSD) Hard Disk Drives (HDD)
Volume Type General Purpose Provisioned IOPS SSD Throughput Cold HDD (sc1)
SSD (gp2) (io1) Optimized HDD
(st1)
Description General purpose Highest-performance SSD Low-cost HDD Lowest cost

SSD volume volume for mission-critical volume designed HDD volume
that balances low-latency or high- for frequently designed for
price and throughput workloads accessed, less frequently
performance for throughput- accessed
a wide variety of intensive workloads
workloads workloads
Use Cases • Recommended • Critical business • Streaming • Throughput-

for most applications that workloads oriented
workloads require sustained requiring storage for
• System boot IOPS performance, consistent, large volumes
volumes or more than 16,000 fast of data that is
785
EBS Volumes
Solid-State Drives (SSD) Hard Disk Drives (HDD)

• Virtual IOPS or 250 MiB/s of throughput at infrequently
desktops throughput per volume a low price accessed
• Low-latency • Large database • Big data • Scenarios
interactive workloads, such as: • Data where the
apps • MongoDB warehouses lowest
• Development storage cost is
• Cassandra • Log
and test important
• Microsoft SQL Server processing
environments • Cannot be a
• MySQL • Cannot be a
boot volume
boot volume
• PostgreSQL
• Oracle
API Name gp2 io1 st1 sc1
Volume Size 1 GiB - 16 TiB 4 GiB - 16 TiB 500 GiB - 16 TiB 500 GiB - 16 TiB
Max IOPS per 16,000 (16 KiB I/ 64,000 (16 KiB I/O) † 500 (1 MiB I/O) 250 (1 MiB I/O)
Volume O) *
Max 250 MiB/s * 1,000 MiB/s † 500 MiB/s 250 MiB/s

Throughput per
Volume
Max IOPS per 80,000 80,000 80,000 80,000

Instance ††
Max 1,750 MiB/s 1,750 MiB/s 1,750 MiB/s 1,750 MiB/s

Throughput per
Instance ††
Dominant IOPS IOPS MiB/s MiB/s

Performance
Attribute
* The throughput limit is between 128 MiB/s and 250 MiB/s, depending on the volume size. Volumes
greater than 170 GiB and below 334 GiB deliver a maximum throughput of 250 MiB/s if burst credits
are available. Volumes with 334 GiB and above deliver 250 MiB/s irrespective of burst credits. Older gp2
volumes might not reach full performance unless you modify the volume. For more information, see
Amazon EBS Elastic Volumes (p. 854).
† Maximum IOPS and throughput are guaranteed only on Nitro-based Instances (p. 122). Other instances
guarantee up to 32,000 IOPS and 500 MiB/s. Older io1 volumes might not reach full performance
unless you modify the volume. For more information, see Amazon EBS Elastic Volumes (p. 854).
†† To achieve this throughput, you must have an instance that supports EBS optimization (p. 875).
Previous Generation Volume Types

The following table describes previous-generation EBS volume types. If you need higher performance
or performance consistency than previous-generation volumes can provide, we recommend that you
consider using General Purpose SSD (gp2) or other current volume types. For more information, see
Previous Generation Volumes.
Hard Disk Drives (HDD)
Volume Type Magnetic
786
EBS Volumes
Hard Disk Drives (HDD)
Use Cases Workloads where data is infrequently accessed
API Name standard
Volume Size 1 GiB-1 TiB
Max IOPS per Volume 40–200
Max Throughput per Volume 40–90 MiB/s
Max IOPS per Instance 80,000
Max Throughput per Instance 1,750 MiB/s
Dominant Performance Attribute IOPS
General Purpose SSD (gp2) Volumes

General Purpose SSD (gp2) volumes offer cost-effective storage that is ideal for a broad range of
workloads. These volumes deliver single-digit millisecond latencies and the ability to burst to 3,000
IOPS for extended periods of time. Between a minimum of 100 IOPS (at 33.33 GiB and below) and a
maximum of 16,000 IOPS (at 5,334 GiB and above), baseline performance scales linearly at 3 IOPS per
GiB of volume size. AWS designs gp2 volumes to deliver 90% of the provisioned performance 99% of the
time. A gp2 volume can range in size from 1 GiB to 16 TiB.
I/O Credits and Burst Performance

The performance of gp2 volumes is tied to volume size, which determines the baseline performance
level of the volume and how quickly it accumulates I/O credits; larger volumes have higher baseline
performance levels and accumulate I/O credits faster. I/O credits represent the available bandwidth
that your gp2 volume can use to burst large amounts of I/O when more than the baseline performance
is needed. The more credits your volume has for I/O, the more time it can burst beyond its baseline
performance level and the better it performs when more performance is needed. The following diagram
shows the burst-bucket behavior for gp2.
Each volume receives an initial I/O credit balance of 5.4 million I/O credits, which is enough to sustain
the maximum burst performance of 3,000 IOPS for 30 minutes. This initial credit balance is designed
to provide a fast initial boot cycle for boot volumes and to provide a good bootstrapping experience
787
EBS Volumes
for other applications. Volumes earn I/O credits at the baseline performance rate of 3 IOPS per GiB of
volume size. For example, a 100 GiB gp2 volume has a baseline performance of 300 IOPS.
When your volume requires more than the baseline performance I/O level, it draws on I/O credits in the
credit balance to burst to the required performance level, up to a maximum of 3,000 IOPS. Volumes
larger than 1,000 GiB have a baseline performance that is equal or greater than the maximum burst
performance, and their I/O credit balance never depletes. When your volume uses fewer I/O credits than
it earns in a second, unused I/O credits are added to the I/O credit balance. The maximum I/O credit
balance for a volume is equal to the initial credit balance (5.4 million I/O credits).
Note
For a volume 1 TiB or larger, baseline performance is higher than maximum burst performance,
so I/O credits are never spent. If the volume is attached to a Nitro-based instance, the reported
burst balance is 0%. For a non-Nitro-based instance, the reported burst balance is 100%.
The following table lists several volume sizes and the associated baseline performance of the volume
(which is also the rate at which it accumulates I/O credits), the burst duration at the 3,000 IOPS
maximum (when starting with a full credit balance), and the time in seconds that the volume would take
to refill an empty credit balance.
Volume size (GiB) Baseline performance Burst duration when Seconds to fill empty
(IOPS) driving sustained credit balance when
3,000 IOPS (second) driving no IO
1 100 1802 54,000
100 300 2,000 18,000
250 750 2,400 7,200
334 (Min. size for max 1002 2703 5389

throughput)
500 1,500 3,600 3,600
750 2,250 7,200 2,400
1,000 3,000 N/A* N/A*
5,334 (Min. size for max 16,000 N/A* N/A*

IOPS)
788
EBS Volumes
Volume size (GiB) Baseline performance Burst duration when Seconds to fill empty
(IOPS) driving sustained credit balance when
3,000 IOPS (second) driving no IO
16,384 (16 TiB, max 16,000 N/A* N/A*

volume size)
* Bursting and I/O credits are only relevant to volumes under 1,000 GiB, where burst performance
exceeds baseline performance.
The burst duration of a volume is dependent on the size of the volume, the burst IOPS required, and the
credit balance when the burst begins. This is shown in the following equation:
(Credit balance)
Burst duration = ------------------------------------
(Burst IOPS) - 3(Volume size in GiB)
What happens if I empty my I/O credit balance?
If your gp2 volume uses all of its I/O credit balance, the maximum IOPS performance of the volume
remains at the baseline IOPS performance level (the rate at which your volume earns credits) and the
volume's maximum throughput is reduced to the baseline IOPS multiplied by the maximum I/O size.
Throughput can never exceed 250 MiB/s. When I/O demand drops below the baseline level and unused
credits are added to the I/O credit balance, the maximum IOPS performance of the volume again
exceeds the baseline. For example, a 100 GiB gp2 volume with an empty credit balance has a baseline
performance of 300 IOPS and a throughput limit of 75 MiB/s (300 I/O operations per second * 256 KiB
per I/O operation = 75 MiB/s). The larger a volume is, the greater the baseline performance is and the
faster it replenishes the credit balance. For more information about how IOPS are measured, see I/O
Characteristics and Monitoring (p. 888).
If you notice that your volume performance is frequently limited to the baseline level (due to an empty
I/O credit balance), you should consider using a larger gp2 volume (with a higher baseline performance
level) or switching to an io1 volume for workloads that require sustained IOPS performance greater
than 16,000 IOPS.
For information about using CloudWatch metrics and alarms to monitor your burst bucket balance, see
Monitoring the Burst Bucket Balance for gp2, st1, and sc1 Volumes (p. 797).
Throughput Performance
Throughput for a gp2 volume can be calculated using the following formula, up to the throughput limit
of 250 MiB/s:
Throughput in MiB/s = ((Volume size in GiB) × (IOPS per GiB) × (I/O size in KiB))
Assuming V = volume size, I = I/O size, R = I/O rate, and T = throughput, this can be simplified to:
T = VIR
The smallest volume size that achieves the maximum throughput is given by:
T
V = -----
I R
789
EBS Volumes
250 MiB/s
= ---------------------
(256 KiB)(3 IOPS/GiB)
[(250)(2^20)(Bytes)]/s
= ------------------------------------------
(256)(2^10)(Bytes)([3 IOP/s]/[(2^30)(Bytes)])
(250)(2^20)(2^30)(Bytes)
= ------------------------
(256)(2^10)(3)
= 357,913,941,333 Bytes
= 333# GiB (334 GiB in practice because volumes are provisioned in whole gibibytes)
Provisioned IOPS SSD (io1) Volumes

Provisioned IOPS SSD (io1) volumes are designed to meet the needs of I/O-intensive workloads,
particularly database workloads, that are sensitive to storage performance and consistency. Unlike gp2,
which uses a bucket and credit model to calculate performance, an io1 volume allows you to specify
a consistent IOPS rate when you create the volume, and Amazon EBS delivers the provisioned IOPS
performance 99.9 percent of the time.
An io1 volume can range in size from 4 GiB to 16 TiB. You can provision from 100 IOPS up to 64,000
IOPS per volume on Nitro-based Instances (p. 122) instances and up to 32,000 on other instances. The
maximum ratio of provisioned IOPS to requested volume size (in GiB) is 50:1. For example, a 100 GiB
volume can be provisioned with up to 5,000 IOPS. On a supported instance type, any volume 1,280 GiB
in size or greater allows provisioning up to the 64,000 IOPS maximum (50 × 1,280 GiB = 64,000).
An io1 volume provisioned with up to 32,000 IOPS supports a maximum I/O size of 256 KiB and yields
as much as 500 MiB/s of throughput. With the I/O size at the maximum, peak throughput is reached at
2,000 IOPS. A volume provisioned with more than 32,000 IOPS (up to the cap of 64,000 IOPS) supports
a maximum I/O size of 16 KiB and yields as much as 1,000 MiB/s of throughput. The following graph
illustrates these performance characteristics:
Your per-I/O latency experience depends on the IOPS provisioned and your workload pattern. For the
best per-I/O latency experience, we recommend that you provision an IOPS-to-GiB ratio greater than 2:1.
For example, a 2,000 IOPS volume should be smaller than 1,000 GiB.
Note
Some AWS accounts created before 2012 might have access to Availability Zones in us-west-1
or ap-northeast-1 that do not support Provisioned IOPS SSD (io1) volumes. If you are unable
790
EBS Volumes
to create an io1 volume (or launch an instance with an io1 volume in its block device mapping)
in one of these Regions, try a different Availability Zone in the Region. You can verify that an
Availability Zone supports io1 volumes by creating a 4 GiB io1 volume in that zone.
Throughput Optimized HDD (st1) Volumes

Throughput Optimized HDD (st1) volumes provide low-cost magnetic storage that defines performance
in terms of throughput rather than IOPS. This volume type is a good fit for large, sequential workloads
such as Amazon EMR, ETL, data warehouses, and log processing. Bootable st1 volumes are not
supported.
Throughput Optimized HDD (st1) volumes, though similar to Cold HDD (sc1) volumes, are designed to
support frequently accessed data.
This volume type is optimized for workloads involving large, sequential I/O, and we recommend that
customers with workloads performing small, random I/O use gp2. For more information, see Inefficiency
of Small Read/Writes on HDD (p. 796).
Throughput Credits and Burst Performance
Like gp2, st1 uses a burst-bucket model for performance. Volume size determines the baseline
throughput of your volume, which is the rate at which the volume accumulates throughput credits.
Volume size also determines the burst throughput of your volume, which is the rate at which you can
spend credits when they are available. Larger volumes have higher baseline and burst throughput. The
more credits your volume has, the longer it can drive I/O at the burst level.
The following diagram shows the burst-bucket behavior for st1.
Subject to throughput and throughput-credit caps, the available throughput of an st1 volume is
expressed by the following formula:
(Volume size) x (Credit accumulation rate per TiB) = Throughput
For a 1-TiB st1 volume, burst throughput is limited to 250 MiB/s, the bucket fills with credits at 40 MiB/
s, and it can hold up to 1 TiB-worth of credits.
Larger volumes scale these limits linearly, with throughput capped at a maximum of 500 MiB/s. After the
bucket is depleted, throughput is limited to the baseline rate of 40 MiB/s per TiB.
On volume sizes ranging from 0.5 to 16 TiB, baseline throughput varies from 20 to a cap of 500 MiB/s,
which is reached at 12.5 TiB as follows:
40 MiB/s
12.5 TiB x ---------- = 500 MiB/s
791
EBS Volumes
1 TiB
Burst throughput varies from 125 MiB/s to a cap of 500 MiB/s, which is reached at 2 TiB as follows:
250 MiB/s
2 TiB x ---------- = 500 MiB/s
1 TiB
The following table states the full range of base and burst throughput values for st1:
Volume Size (TiB) ST1 Base Throughput (MiB/s) ST1 Burst Throughput (MiB/s)
0.5 20 125
1 40 250
2 80 500
3 120 500
4 160 500
5 200 500
6 240 500
7 280 500
8 320 500
9 360 500
10 400 500
11 440 500
12 480 500
12.5 500 500
13 500 500
14 500 500
15 500 500
16 500 500
The following diagram plots the table values:
792
EBS Volumes
Note
When you create a snapshot of a Throughput Optimized HDD (st1) volume, performance may
drop as far as the volume's baseline value while the snapshot is in progress.
Cold HDD (sc1) Volumes

Cold HDD (sc1) volumes provide low-cost magnetic storage that defines performance in terms of
throughput rather than IOPS. With a lower throughput limit than st1, sc1 is a good fit for large,
sequential cold-data workloads. If you require infrequent access to your data and are looking to save
costs, sc1 provides inexpensive block storage. Bootable sc1 volumes are not supported.
Cold HDD (sc1) volumes, though similar to Throughput Optimized HDD (st1) volumes, are designed to
support infrequently accessed data.
Note
This volume type is optimized for workloads involving large, sequential I/O, and we recommend
that customers with workloads performing small, random I/O use gp2. For more information,
see Inefficiency of Small Read/Writes on HDD (p. 796).
Throughput Credits and Burst Performance

Like gp2, sc1 uses a burst-bucket model for performance. Volume size determines the baseline
throughput of your volume, which is the rate at which the volume accumulates throughput credits.
Volume size also determines the burst throughput of your volume, which is the rate at which you can
spend credits when they are available. Larger volumes have higher baseline and burst throughput. The
more credits your volume has, the longer it can drive I/O at the burst level.
Subject to throughput and throughput-credit caps, the available throughput of an sc1 volume is
expressed by the following formula:
(Volume size) x (Credit accumulation rate per TiB) = Throughput
For a 1-TiB sc1 volume, burst throughput is limited to 80 MiB/s, the bucket fills with credits at 12 MiB/s,
and it can hold up to 1 TiB-worth of credits.
Larger volumes scale these limits linearly, with throughput capped at a maximum of 250 MiB/s. After the
bucket is depleted, throughput is limited to the baseline rate of 12 MiB/s per TiB.
On volume sizes ranging from 0.5 to 16 TiB, baseline throughput varies from 6 MiB/s to a maximum of
192 MiB/s, which is reached at 16 TiB as follows:
12 MiB/s
16 TiB x ---------- = 192 MiB/s
793
EBS Volumes
1 TiB
Burst throughput varies from 40 MiB/s to a cap of 250 MiB/s, which is reached at 3.125 TiB as follows:
80 MiB/s
3.125 TiB x ----------- = 250 MiB/s
1 TiB
The following table states the full range of base and burst throughput values for sc1:
Volume Size (TiB) SC1 Base Throughput (MiB/s) SC1 Burst Throughput (MiB/s)
0.5 6 40
1 12 80
2 24 160
3 36 240
3.125 37.5 250
4 48 250
5 60 250
6 72 250
7 84 250
8 96 250
9 108 250
10 120 250
11 132 250
12 144 250
13 156 250
14 168 250
15 180 250
16 192 250
The following diagram plots the table values:
794
EBS Volumes
Note
When you create a snapshot of a Cold HDD (sc1) volume, performance may drop as far as the
volume's baseline value while the snapshot is in progress.
Magnetic (standard)
Magnetic volumes are backed by magnetic drives and are suited for workloads where data is accessed
infrequently, and scenarios where low-cost storage for small volume sizes is important. These volumes
deliver approximately 100 IOPS on average, with burst capability of up to hundreds of IOPS, and they
can range in size from 1 GiB to 1 TiB.
Note
Magnetic is a Previous Generation Volume. For new applications, we recommend using one of
the newer volume types. For more information, see Previous Generation Volumes.
Performance Considerations When Using HDD Volumes

For optimal throughput results using HDD volumes, plan your workloads with the following
considerations in mind.
Throughput Optimized HDD vs. Cold HDD
The st1 and sc1 bucket sizes vary according to volume size, and a full bucket contains enough tokens
for a full volume scan. However, larger st1 and sc1 volumes take longer for the volume scan to
complete due to per-instance and per-volume throughput limits. Volumes attached to smaller instances
are limited to the per-instance throughput rather than the st1 or sc1 throughput limits.
Both st1 and sc1 are designed for performance consistency of 90% of burst throughput 99% of the
time. Non-compliant periods are approximately uniformly distributed, targeting 99% of expected total
throughput each hour.
The following table shows ideal scan times for volumes of various size, assuming full buckets and
sufficient instance throughput.
In general, scan times are expressed by this formula:
Volume size
------------- = Scan time
Throughput
For example, taking the performance consistency guarantees and other optimizations into account, an
st1 customer with a 5-TiB volume can expect to complete a full volume scan in 2.91 to 3.27 hours.
5 TiB 5 TiB
----------- = ------------------- = 10,486 s = 2.91 hours (optimal)
500 MiB/s 0.00047684 TiB/s
2.91 hours
2.91 hours + -------------- = 3.27 hours (minimum expected)
(0.90)(0.99) <-- From expected performance of 90% of burst 99% of the time
795
EBS Volumes
Similarly, an sc1 customer with a 5-TiB volume can expect to complete a full volume scan in 5.83 to 6.54
hours.
5 TiB
------------------- = 20972 s = 5.83 hours (optimal)
0.000238418 TiB/s
5.83 hours
-------------- = 6.54 hours (minimum expected)
(0.90)(0.99)
Volume Size (TiB) ST1 Scan Time with Burst SC1 Scan Time with Burst
(Hours)* (Hours)*
1 1.17 3.64
2 1.17 3.64
3 1.75 3.64
4 2.33 4.66
5 2.91 5.83
6 3.50 6.99
7 4.08 8.16
8 4.66 9.32
9 5.24 10.49
10 5.83 11.65
11 6.41 12.82
12 6.99 13.98
13 7.57 15.15
14 8.16 16.31
15 8.74 17.48
16 9.32 18.64
* These scan times assume an average queue depth (rounded to the nearest whole number) of four or
more when performing 1 MiB of sequential I/O.
Therefore if you have a throughput-oriented workload that needs to complete scans quickly (up to 500
MiB/s), or requires several full volume scans a day, use st1. If you are optimizing for cost, your data is
relatively infrequently accessed, and you don’t need more than 250 MiB/s of scanning performance, then
use sc1.
Inefficiency of Small Read/Writes on HDD
The performance model for st1 and sc1 volumes is optimized for sequential I/Os, favoring high-
throughput workloads, offering acceptable performance on workloads with mixed IOPS and throughput,
and discouraging workloads with small, random I/O.
796
EBS Volumes
For example, an I/O request of 1 MiB or less counts as a 1 MiB I/O credit. However, if the I/Os are
sequential, they are merged into 1 MiB I/O blocks and count only as a 1 MiB I/O credit.
Limitations on per-Instance Throughput
Throughput for st1 and sc1 volumes is always determined by the smaller of the following:
• Throughput limits of the volume

• Throughput limits of the instance
As for all Amazon EBS volumes, we recommend that you select an appropriate EBS-optimized EC2
instance in order to avoid network bottlenecks. For more information, see Amazon EBS–Optimized
Instances (p. 875).
Monitoring the Burst Bucket Balance for gp2, st1, and sc1 Volumes
You can monitor the burst-bucket level for gp2, st1, and sc1 volumes using the EBS BurstBalance
metric available in Amazon CloudWatch. This metric shows the percentage of I/O credits (for gp2)
or throughput credits (for st1 and sc1) remaining in the burst bucket. For more information
about the BurstBalance metric and other metrics related to I/O, see I/O Characteristics and
Monitoring (p. 888). CloudWatch also allows you to set an alarm that notifies you when the
BurstBalance value falls to a certain level. For more information, see Creating Amazon CloudWatch
Alarms.
Constraints on the Size and Configuration of an EBS Volume

The size of an Amazon EBS volume is constrained by the physics and arithmetic of block data storage,
as well as by the implementation decisions of operating system (OS) and file system designers. AWS
imposes additional limits on volume size to safeguard the reliability of its services.
The following sections describe the most important factors that limit the usable size of an EBS volume
and offer recommendations for configuring your EBS volumes.
Contents
• Storage Capacity (p. 797)
• Service Limitations (p. 798)
• Partitioning Schemes (p. 798)
• Data Block Sizes (p. 799)
Storage Capacity
The following table summarizes the theoretical and implemented storage capacities for the most
commonly used file systems on Amazon EBS, assuming a 4,096 byte block size.
Partitioning Max Theoretical Ext4 XFS NTFS Max

Scheme addressable max size implemented implemented implemented supported
blocks (blocks × max size* max size** max size by EBS
block size)
32
MBR 2 2 TiB 2 TiB 2 TiB 2 TiB 2 TiB
64
GPT 2 8 ZiB = 8 × 1 EiB = 500 TiB 256 TiB 16 TiB
3 2
1024 TiB 1024 TiB
(certified on
RHEL7)
797
EBS Volumes
Partitioning Max Theoretical Ext4 XFS NTFS Max

Scheme addressable max size implemented implemented implemented supported
blocks (blocks × max size* max size** max size by EBS
block size)
(50 TiB
certified on
RHEL7)
* https://ext4.wiki.kernel.org/index.php/Ext4_Howto and https://access.redhat.com/solutions/1532
** https://access.redhat.com/solutions/1532
Service Limitations
Amazon EBS abstracts the massively distributed storage of a data center into virtual hard disk drives. To
an operating system installed on an EC2 instance, an attached EBS volume appears to be a physical hard
disk drive containing 512-byte disk sectors. The OS manages the allocation of data blocks (or clusters)
onto those virtual sectors through its storage management utilities. The allocation is in conformity with
a volume partitioning scheme, such as master boot record (MBR) or GUID partition table (GPT), and
within the capabilities of the installed file system (ext4, NTFS, and so on).
EBS is not aware of the data contained in its virtual disk sectors; it only ensures the integrity of the
sectors. This means that AWS actions and OS actions are independent of each other. When you are
selecting a volume size, be aware of the capabilities and limits of both, as in the following cases:
• EBS currently supports a maximum volume size of 16 TiB. This means that you can create an EBS
volume as large as 16 TiB, but whether the OS recognizes all of that capacity depends on its own
design characteristics and on how the volume is partitioned.
• Amazon EC2 requires Windows boot volumes to use MBR partitioning. As discussed in Partitioning
Schemes (p. 798), this means that boot volumes cannot be larger than 2 TiB. Windows data volumes
are not subject to this limitation and can use GPT partitioning. If a Windows boot volume that is 2 TiB
or larger is converted to use a dynamic MBR partition table, you will see an error for the volume in Disk
Manager.
• Windows non-boot volumes that are 2 TiB (2048 GiB) or larger must use a GPT partition table to
access the entire volume. If an EBS volume over 2 TiB in size is attached to a Windows instance at
launch, it is automatically formatted with a GPT partition table. If you attach an EBS volume over 2 TiB
in size to a Windows instance after launch, you must initialize it with a GPT table manually. For more
information, see Making an Amazon EBS Volume Available for Use on Windows (p. 803).
Partitioning Schemes
Among other impacts, the partitioning scheme determines how many logical data blocks can be uniquely
addressed in a single volume. For more information, see Data Block Sizes (p. 799). The common
partitioning schemes in use are master boot record (MBR) and GUID partition table (GPT). The important
differences between these schemes can be summarized as follows.
MBR
MBR uses a 32-bit data structure to store block addresses. This means that each data block is mapped
32
with one of 2 possible integers. The maximum addressable size of a volume is given by:
(232 - 1) × Block size = Number of addressable blocks
The block size for MBR volumes is conventionally limited to 512 bytes. Therefore:
798
EBS Volumes
(232 - 1) × 512 bytes = 2 TiB - 512 bytes
Engineering workarounds to increase this 2-TiB limit for MBR volumes have not met with widespread
industry adoption. Consequently, Linux and Windows never detect an MBR volume as being larger than 2
TiB even if AWS shows its size to be larger.
GPT
GPT uses a 64-bit data structure to store block addresses. This means that each data block is mapped
64
with one of 2 possible integers. The maximum addressable size of a volume is given by:
(264 - 1) × Block size = Number of addressable blocks
The block size for GPT volumes is commonly 4,096 bytes. Therefore:
(264 - 1) × 4,096 bytes = 8 ZiB - 4,096 bytes = 8 billion TiB - 4,096 bytes
Real-world computer systems don't support anything close to this theoretical maximum. Implemented
file-system size is currently limited to 50 TiB for ext4 and 256 TiB for NTFS—both of which exceed the
16-TiB limit imposed by AWS.
Data Block Sizes

Data storage on a modern hard drive is managed through logical block addressing, an abstraction layer
that allows the operating system to read and write data in logical blocks without knowing much about
the underlying hardware. The OS relies on the storage device to map the blocks to its physical sectors.
EBS advertises 512-byte sectors to the operating system, which reads and writes data to disk using data
blocks that are a multiple of the sector size.
The industry default size for logical data blocks is currently 4,096 bytes (4 KiB). Because certain
workloads benefit from a smaller or larger block size, file systems support non-default block sizes
that can be specified during formatting. Scenarios in which non-default block sizes should be used are
outside the scope of this topic, but the choice of block size has consequences for the storage capacity of
the volume. The following table shows storage capacity as a function of block size:
Block size Max volume size
4 KiB (default) 16 TiB
8 KiB 32 TiB
16 KiB 64 TiB
32 KiB 128 TiB
64 KiB (maximum) 256 TiB
The EBS-imposed limit on volume size (16 TiB) is currently equal to the maximum size enabled by 4-KiB
data blocks.
Creating an Amazon EBS Volume

You can create an Amazon EBS volume that you can then attach to any EC2 instance within the same
Availability Zone. You can choose to create an encrypted EBS volume, but encrypted volumes can only be
attached to supported instance types. For more information, see Supported Instance Types (p. 865).
799
EBS Volumes
If you are creating a volume for a high-performance storage scenario, you should make sure to use a
Provisioned IOPS SSD (io1) volume and attach it to an instance with enough bandwidth to support your
application, such as an EBS-optimized instance or an instance with 10-Gigabit network connectivity.
The same advice holds for Throughput Optimized HDD (st1) and Cold HDD (sc1) volumes. For more
information, see Amazon EC2 Instance Configuration (p. 887).
New EBS volumes receive their maximum performance the moment that they are available and do not
require initialization (formerly known as pre-warming). However, storage blocks on volumes that were
restored from snapshots must be initialized (pulled down from Amazon S3 and written to the volume)
before you can access the block. This preliminary action takes time and can cause a significant increase
in the latency of an I/O operation the first time each block is accessed. For most applications, amortizing
this cost over the lifetime of the volume is acceptable. Performance is restored after the data is accessed
once. For more information, see Initializing Amazon EBS Volumes (p. 890).
Methods of Creating a Volume
• You can create an EBS volume and attach it to a running instance. For more information, see the
procedure below.
• You can create and attach EBS volumes when you launch instances by specifying a block device
mapping. For more information, see Launching an Instance Using the Launch Instance Wizard (p. 333)
and Block Device Mapping (p. 929).
• You can restore volumes from previously created snapshots. For more information, see Restoring an
Amazon EBS Volume from a Snapshot (p. 801).
To create a new (empty) EBS volume using the console

2. From the navigation bar, select the Region in which you would like to create your volume. This
choice is important because some Amazon EC2 resources can be shared between Regions, while
others can't. For more information, see Resource Locations (p. 954).
3. In the navigation pane, choose ELASTIC BLOCK STORE, Volumes.
4. Choose Create Volume.
5. For Volume Type, choose a volume type. For more information, see Amazon EBS Volume
Types (p. 785).
6. For Size (GiB), type the size of the volume. For more information, see Constraints on the Size and
Configuration of an EBS Volume (p. 797).
7. With a Provisioned IOPS SSD volume, for IOPS, type the maximum number of input/output
operations per second (IOPS) that the volume should support.
8. For Availability Zone, choose the Availability Zone in which to create the volume. EBS volumes can
only be attached to EC2 instances within the same Availability Zone.
9. (Optional) If the instance type supports EBS encryption and you want to encrypt the volume, select
Encrypt this volume and choose a CMK. If encryption by default is enabled in this Region, EBS
encryption is enabled and the default CMK for EBS encryption is chosen. You can choose a different
CMK from Master Key or paste the full ARN of any key that you can access. For more information,
see Amazon EBS Encryption (p. 864).
10. (Optional) Choose Create additional tags to add tags to the volume. For each tag, provide a tag key
and a tag value. For more information, see Tagging Your Amazon EC2 Resources (p. 963).
11. Choose Create Volume. After the volume status is Available, you can attach the volume to an
instance. For more information, see Attaching an Amazon EBS Volume to an Instance (p. 802).
To create a new (empty) EBS volume using the command line

800
EBS Volumes
• create-volume (AWS CLI)

• New-EC2Volume (AWS Tools for Windows PowerShell)
Restoring an Amazon EBS Volume from a Snapshot

You can restore an Amazon EBS volume with data from a snapshot stored in Amazon S3. You must know
the ID of the snapshot and you must have access permissions for the snapshot. For more information
about snapshots, see Amazon EBS Snapshots (p. 817).
EBS snapshots are the preferred backup tool on Amazon EC2 due to their speed, convenience, and cost.
When restoring a volume from a snapshot, you recreate its state at a specific point in the past with all
data intact. By attaching a restored volume to an instance, you can duplicate data across regions, create
test environments, replace a damaged or corrupted production volume in its entirety, or retrieve specific
files and directories and transfer them to another attached volume. For more information, see Amazon
EBS Snapshots (p. 817).
New volumes created from existing EBS snapshots load lazily in the background. This means that
after a volume is created from a snapshot, there is no need to wait for all of the data to transfer from
Amazon S3 to your EBS volume before your attached instance can start accessing the volume and all
its data. If your instance accesses data that hasn't yet been loaded, the volume immediately downloads
the requested data from Amazon S3, and then continues loading the rest of the volume data in the
background.
EBS Performance
require initialization (formerly known as pre-warming). However, storage blocks on volumes that were
restored from snapshots must be initialized (pulled down from Amazon S3 and written to the volume)
before you can access the block. This preliminary action takes time and can cause a significant increase
in the latency of an I/O operation the first time each block is accessed. Performance is restored after the
data is accessed once.
For most applications, amortizing the initialization cost over the lifetime of the volume is acceptable.
To ensure that your restored volume always functions at peak capacity in production, you can force
the immediate initialization of the entire volume using dd or fio. For more information, see Initializing
Amazon EBS Volumes (p. 890).
EBS Encryption
New EBS volumes that are restored from encrypted snapshots are automatically encrypted. You can also
encrypt a volume on-the-fly while restoring it from an unencrypted snapshot. Encrypted volumes can
only be attached to instance types that support EBS encryption. For more information, see Supported
Instance Types (p. 865).
Because of security constraints, you cannot directly restore an EBS volume from a shared encrypted
snapshot that you do not own. You must first create a copy of the snapshot, which you will own.
You can then restore a volume from that copy. For more information, see Encryption and Snapshot
Copying (p. 838).
Creating a Volume from a Snapshot

Use the following procedure to create a volume from a snapshot.
To create an EBS volume from a snapshot using the console

2. From the navigation bar, select the region that your snapshot is located in.
801
EBS Volumes
To restore the snapshot to a volume in a different region, you can copy your snapshot to the new
region and then restore it to a volume in that region. For more information, see Copying an Amazon
EBS Snapshot (p. 836).
3. In the navigation pane, choose ELASTIC BLOCK STORE, Volumes.
5. For Volume Type, choose a volume type. For more information, see Amazon EBS Volume
Types (p. 785).
6. For Snapshot ID, start typing the ID or description of the snapshot from which you are restoring the
volume, and choose it from the list of suggested options.
7. (Optional) Select Encrypt this volume to change the encryption state of your volume. This is
optional if encryption by default (p. 867) is enabled. Select a CMK from Master Key to specify a
CMK other than the default CMK for EBS encryption.
8. For Size (GiB), type the size of the volume, or verify that the default size of the snapshot is
adequate.
If you specify both a volume size and a snapshot, the size must be equal to or greater than the
snapshot size. When you select a volume type and a snapshot, the minimum and maximum sizes
for the volume are shown next to Size. For more information, see Constraints on the Size and
Configuration of an EBS Volume (p. 797).
9. With a Provisioned IOPS SSD volume, for IOPS, type the maximum number of input/output
operations per second (IOPS) that the volume should support.
10. For Availability Zone, choose the Availability Zone in which to create the volume. EBS volumes can
only be attached to EC2 instances in the same Availability Zone.
11. (Optional) Choose Create additional tags to add tags to the volume. For each tag, provide a tag key
and a tag value.
13. After you've restored a volume from a snapshot, you can attach it to an instance to begin using it.
For more information, see Attaching an Amazon EBS Volume to an Instance (p. 802).
14. If you restored a snapshot to a larger volume than the default for that snapshot, you must extend
the file system on the volume to take advantage of the extra space. For more information, see
Amazon EBS Elastic Volumes (p. 854).
To create an EBS volume from a snapshot using the command line
• create-volume (AWS CLI)

• New-EC2Volume (AWS Tools for Windows PowerShell)
Attaching an Amazon EBS Volume to an Instance

You can attach an available EBS volume to one of your instances that is in the same Availability Zone as
the volume.
Prerequisites
• Determine how many volumes you can attach to your instance. For more information, see Instance
Volume Limits (p. 927).
• If a volume is encrypted, it can only be attached to an instance that supports Amazon EBS encryption.
For more information, see Supported Instance Types (p. 865).
802
EBS Volumes
• If a volume has an AWS Marketplace product code:

• The volume can only be attached to a stopped instance.
• You must be subscribed to the AWS Marketplace code that is on the volume.
• The configuration (instance type, operating system) of the instance must support that specific AWS
Marketplace code. For example, you cannot take a volume from a Windows instance and attach it to
a Linux instance.
• AWS Marketplace product codes are copied from the volume to the instance.
To attach an EBS volume to an instance using the console

2. In the navigation pane, choose Elastic Block Store, Volumes.
3. Select an available volume and choose Actions, Attach Volume.
4. For Instance, start typing the name or ID of the instance. Select the instance from the list of options
(only instances that are in the same Availability Zone as the volume are displayed).
5. For Device, you can keep the suggested device name, or type a different supported device name. For
more information, see Device Naming on Windows Instances (p. 928).
6. Choose Attach.
7. Connect to your instance and mount the volume. For more information, see Making an Amazon EBS
Volume Available for Use on Windows (p. 803).
To attach an EBS volume to an instance using the command line
• attach-volume (AWS CLI)

• Add-EC2Volume (AWS Tools for Windows PowerShell)
Making an Amazon EBS Volume Available for Use on Windows

After you attach an Amazon EBS volume to your instance, it is exposed as a block device, and appears
as a removable disk in Windows. You can format the volume with any file system and then mount it.
After you make the EBS volume available for use, you can access it in the same ways that you access any
other volume. Any data written to this file system is written to the EBS volume and is transparent to
applications using the device.
You can take snapshots of your EBS volume for backup purposes or to use as a baseline when you create
another volume. For more information, see Amazon EBS Snapshots (p. 817).
You can get directions for volumes on a Linux instance from Making a Volume Available for Use on Linux
in the Amazon EC2 User Guide for Linux Instances.
You can make an EBS volume available for use using the Disk Management utility and the DiskPart
command line tool.
To make an EBS volume available for use using the Disk Management utility
1. Log in to your Windows instance using Remote Desktop. For more information, see, Connecting to
2. Start the Disk Management utility. On the taskbar, open the context (right-click) menu for the
Windows logo and choose Disk Management.
803
EBS Volumes
Note
On Windows Server 2008, choose Start, Administrative Tools, Computer Management,
Disk Management.
3. Bring the volume online. In the lower pane, open the context (right-click) menu for the left panel for
the disk for the EBS volume. Choose Online.
4. (Conditional) You must initialize the disk before you can use it.
Warning
If you're mounting a volume that already has data on it (for example, a public data set, or
a volume that you created from a snapshot), do not reformat the volume or you will delete
the existing data.
If the disk is not initialized, initialize it as follows. Open the context (right-click) menu for the left
panel for the disk and choose Initialize Disk. In the Initialize Disk dialog box, select a partition style
and choose OK.
804
EBS Volumes
5. Open the context (right-click) menu for the right panel for the disk and choose New Simple Volume.
Complete the wizard.
805
EBS Volumes
To make an EBS volume available for use using the DiskPart command line tool
1. Log in to your Windows instance using Remote Desktop. For more information, see Connecting to
2. Create a new script file named diskpart.txt.
3. Add the following commands to the script file and specify the volume label and drive letter. This
script configures the volume to use the master boot record (MBR) partition structure, formats the
volume as an NTFS volume, sets the volume label, and assigns it a drive letter.
Warning
If you're mounting a volume that already has data on it, do not reformat the volume or you
will delete the existing data.
select disk 1
attributes disk clear readonly
online disk
convert mbr
create partition primary
format quick fs=ntfs label="volume_label"
assign letter="drive_letter"
For more information, see DiskPart Syntax and Parameters.

4. Navigate to the folder in which the script is located and execute the following command:
C:\> diskpart /s diskpart.txt
Viewing Information about an Amazon EBS Volume

You can view descriptive information about your EBS volumes. For example, you can view information
about all volumes in a specific region or view detailed information about a single volume, including its
size, volume type, whether the volume is encrypted, which master key was used to encrypt the volume,
and the specific instance to which the volume is attached.
You can get additional information about your EBS volumes, such as how much disk space is available,
from the operating system on the instance.
Viewing Descriptive information
To view information about an EBS volume using the console

3. To view more information about a volume, select it. In the details pane, you can inspect the
information provided about the volume.
4. In the details pane, you can inspect the information provided about the volume.
To view the EBS volumes that are attached to an instance

3. To view more information about an instance, select it.
4. In the details pane, you can inspect the information provided about root and block devices.
806
EBS Volumes
To view information about an EBS volume using the command line
You can use one of the following commands to view volume attributes. For more information, see
Accessing Amazon EC2 (p. 3).
• describe-volumes (AWS CLI)

• Get-EC2Volume (AWS Tools for Windows PowerShell)
Viewing Free Disk Space

You can get additional information about your EBS volumes, such as how much disk space is available,
from the Windows operating system on the instance. For example, you can view the free disk space by
opening File Explorer and selecting This PC.
You can also view the free disk space using the following dir command and examining the last line of
the output:
C:\> dir C:
Volume in drive C has no label.
Volume Serial Number is 68C3-8081
Directory of C:\
03/25/2018 02:10 AM <DIR> .

03/25/2018 02:10 AM <DIR> ..
03/25/2018 03:47 AM <DIR> Contacts
03/25/2018 03:47 AM <DIR> Desktop
03/25/2018 03:47 AM <DIR> Documents
03/25/2018 03:47 AM <DIR> Downloads
03/25/2018 03:47 AM <DIR> Favorites
03/25/2018 03:47 AM <DIR> Links
03/25/2018 03:47 AM <DIR> Music
03/25/2018 03:47 AM <DIR> Pictures
03/25/2018 03:47 AM <DIR> Saved Games
03/25/2018 03:47 AM <DIR> Searches
03/25/2018 03:47 AM <DIR> Videos
0 File(s) 0 bytes
13 Dir(s) 18,113,662,976 bytes free
You can also view the free disk space using the following fsutil command:
C:\> fsutil volume diskfree C:

Total # of free bytes : 18113204224
Total # of bytes : 32210153472
Total # of avail free bytes : 18113204224
Monitoring the Status of Your Volumes

Amazon Web Services (AWS) automatically provides data that you can use to monitor your Amazon
Elastic Block Store (Amazon EBS) volumes.
Contents
• EBS Volume Status Checks (p. 808)
• EBS Volume Events (p. 810)
• Working with an Impaired Volume (p. 811)
• Working with the Auto-Enabled IO Volume Attribute (p. 814)
807
EBS Volumes
For additional monitoring information, see Amazon CloudWatch Metrics for Amazon EBS (p. 902) and
Amazon CloudWatch Events for Amazon EBS (p. 906).
EBS Volume Status Checks

Volume status checks enable you to better understand, track, and manage potential inconsistencies in
the data on an Amazon EBS volume. They are designed to provide you with the information that you
need to determine whether your Amazon EBS volumes are impaired, and to help you control how a
potentially inconsistent volume is handled.
Volume status checks are automated tests that run every 5 minutes and return a pass or fail status. If
all checks pass, the status of the volume is ok. If a check fails, the status of the volume is impaired. If
the status is insufficient-data, the checks may still be in progress on the volume. You can view the
results of volume status checks to identify any impaired volumes and take any necessary actions.
When Amazon EBS determines that a volume's data is potentially inconsistent, the default is that it
disables I/O to the volume from any attached EC2 instances, which helps to prevent data corruption.
After I/O is disabled, the next volume status check fails, and the volume status is impaired. In addition,
you'll see an event that lets you know that I/O is disabled, and that you can resolve the impaired status
of the volume by enabling I/O to the volume. We wait until you enable I/O to give you the opportunity
to decide whether to continue to let your instances use the volume, or to run a consistency check using a
command, such as chkdsk, before doing so.
Note
Volume status is based on the volume status checks, and does not reflect the volume state.
Therefore, volume status does not indicate volumes in the error state (for example, when a
volume is incapable of accepting I/O.)
If the consistency of a particular volume is not a concern, and you'd prefer that the volume be made
available immediately if it's impaired, you can override the default behavior by configuring the volume
to automatically enable I/O. If you enable the Auto-Enable IO volume attribute (autoEnableIO in the
API), the volume status check continues to pass. In addition, you'll see an event that lets you know that
the volume was determined to be potentially inconsistent, but that its I/O was automatically enabled.
This enables you to check the volume's consistency or replace it at a later time.
The I/O performance status check compares actual volume performance to the expected performance
of a volume and alerts you if the volume is performing below expectations. This status check is only
available for io1 volumes that are attached to an instance and is not valid for General Purpose SSD
(gp2), Throughput Optimized HDD (st1), Cold HDD (sc1), or Magnetic (standard) volumes. The I/O
performance status check is performed once every minute and CloudWatch collects this data every 5
minutes, so it may take up to 5 minutes from the moment you attach a io1 volume to an instance for
this check to report the I/O performance status.
Important
While initializing io1 volumes that were restored from snapshots, the performance of the
volume may drop below 50 percent of its expected level, which causes the volume to display
a warning state in the I/O Performance status check. This is expected, and you can ignore
the warning state on io1 volumes while you are initializing them. For more information, see
Initializing Amazon EBS Volumes (p. 890).
The following table lists statuses for Amazon EBS volumes.
Volume status I/O enabled status I/O performance status (only

available for Provisioned IOPS
volumes)
ok Enabled (I/O Enabled or I/O Normal (Volume performance is

Auto-Enabled) as expected)
808
EBS Volumes
Volume status I/O enabled status I/O performance status (only

available for Provisioned IOPS
volumes)
warning Enabled (I/O Enabled or I/O Degraded (Volume performance

Auto-Enabled) is below expectations)
Severely Degraded (Volume

performance is well below
expectations)
impaired Enabled (I/O Enabled or I/O Stalled (Volume performance is

Auto-Enabled) severely impacted)
Disabled (Volume is offline and Not Available (Unable to

pending recovery, or is waiting determine I/O performance
for the user to enable I/O) because I/O is disabled)
insufficient-data Enabled (I/O Enabled or I/O Insufficient Data

Auto-Enabled)
Insufficient Data
To view and work with status checks, you can use the Amazon EC2 console, the API, or the command line
interface.
To view status checks in the console

2. In the navigation pane, choose Volumes. The Volume Status column displays the operational status
of each volume.
3. To view the status details of a volume, select the volume and choose Status Checks.
4. If you have a volume with a failed status check (status is impaired), see Working with an Impaired
Volume (p. 811).
809
EBS Volumes
Alternatively, you can choose Events in the navigator to view all the events for your instances and
volumes. For more information, see EBS Volume Events (p. 810).
To view volume status information with the command line
You can use one of the following commands to view the status of your Amazon EBS volumes. For more
information about these command line interfaces, see Accessing Amazon EC2 (p. 3).
• describe-volume-status (AWS CLI)

• Get-EC2VolumeStatus (AWS Tools for Windows PowerShell)
EBS Volume Events

When Amazon EBS determines that a volume's data is potentially inconsistent, it disables I/O to the
volume from any attached EC2 instances by default. This causes the volume status check to fail, and
creates a volume status event that indicates the cause of the failure.
To automatically enable I/O on a volume with potential data inconsistencies, change the setting of the
Auto-Enabled IO volume attribute (autoEnableIO in the API). For more information about changing
this attribute, see Working with an Impaired Volume (p. 811).
Each event includes a start time that indicates the time at which the event occurred, and a duration that
indicates how long I/O for the volume was disabled. The end time is added to the event when I/O for the
volume is enabled.
Volume status events include one of the following descriptions:
Awaiting Action: Enable IO
Volume data is potentially inconsistent. I/O is disabled for the volume until you explicitly enable it.
The event description changes to IO Enabled after you explicitly enable I/O.
IO Enabled
I/O operations were explicitly enabled for this volume.

IO Auto-Enabled
I/O operations were automatically enabled on this volume after an event occurred. We recommend
that you check for data inconsistencies before continuing to use the data.
Normal
For io1 volumes only. Volume performance is as expected.

Degraded
For io1 volumes only. Volume performance is below expectations.

Severely Degraded
For io1 volumes only. Volume performance is well below expectations.

Stalled
For io1 volumes only. Volume performance is severely impacted.
You can view events for your volumes using the Amazon EC2 console, the API, or the command line
interface.
To view events for your volumes in the console
810
EBS Volumes
2. In the navigation pane, choose Events. All instances and volumes that have events are listed.
3. You can filter by volume to view only volume status. You can also filter on specific status types.
4. Select a volume to view its specific event.
If you have a volume where I/O is disabled, see Working with an Impaired Volume (p. 811). If you have
a volume where I/O performance is below normal, this might be a temporary condition due to an action
you have taken (for example, creating a snapshot of a volume during peak usage, running the volume on
an instance that cannot support the I/O bandwidth required, accessing data on the volume for the first
time, etc.).
To view events for your volumes with the command line
You can use one of the following commands to view event information for your Amazon EBS volumes.
For more information about these command line interfaces, see Accessing Amazon EC2 (p. 3).
• describe-volume-status (AWS CLI)

• Get-EC2VolumeStatus (AWS Tools for Windows PowerShell)
Working with an Impaired Volume

Use the following options if a volume is impaired because the volume's data is potentially inconsistent.
811
EBS Volumes
Options
• Option 1: Perform a Consistency Check on the Volume Attached to its Instance (p. 812)
• Option 2: Perform a Consistency Check on the Volume Using Another Instance (p. 813)
• Option 3: Delete the Volume If You No Longer Need It (p. 814)
Option 1: Perform a Consistency Check on the Volume Attached to its Instance
The simplest option is to enable I/O and then perform a data consistency check on the volume while the
volume is still attached to its Amazon EC2 instance.
To perform a consistency check on an attached volume
1. Stop any applications from using the volume.

2. Enable I/O on the volume.

b. In the navigation pane, choose Volumes.
c. Select the volume on which to enable I/O operations.
d. In the details pane, choose Enable Volume IO, and then choose Yes, Enable.
3. Check the data on the volume.
a. Run the chkdsk command.

b. (Optional) Review any available application or system logs for relevant error messages.
c. If the volume has been impaired for more than 20 minutes, you can contact the AWS Support
Center. Choose Troubleshoot, and then in the Troubleshoot Status Checks dialog box, choose
Contact Support to submit a support case.
To enable I/O for a volume with the command line
• enable-volume-io (AWS CLI)

• Enable-EC2VolumeIO (AWS Tools for Windows PowerShell)
812
EBS Volumes
Option 2: Perform a Consistency Check on the Volume Using Another Instance
Use the following procedure to check the volume outside your production environment.
Important
This procedure may cause the loss of write I/Os that were suspended when volume I/O was
disabled.
To perform a consistency check on a volume in isolation
1. Stop any applications from using the volume.

2. Detach the volume from the instance.

c. Select the volume to detach.
d. Choose Actions, Force Detach Volume. You'll be prompted for confirmation.
3. Enable I/O on the volume.
a. In the navigation pane, choose Volumes.

b. Select the volume that you detached in the previous step.
c. In the details pane, choose Enable Volume IO, and then choose Yes, Enable.
4. Attach the volume to another instance. For more information, see Launch Your Instance (p. 332) and
Attaching an Amazon EBS Volume to an Instance (p. 802).
5. Check the data on the volume.
a. Run the chkdsk command.

b. (Optional) Review any available application or system logs for relevant error messages.
c. If the volume has been impaired for more than 20 minutes, you can contact the AWS Support
Center. Choose Troubleshoot, and then in the troubleshooting dialog box, choose Contact
Support to submit a support case.
To enable I/O for a volume with the command line
813
EBS Volumes
• enable-volume-io (AWS CLI)

• Enable-EC2VolumeIO (AWS Tools for Windows PowerShell)
Option 3: Delete the Volume If You No Longer Need It
If you want to remove the volume from your environment, simply delete it. For information about
deleting a volume, see Deleting an Amazon EBS Volume (p. 817).
If you have a recent snapshot that backs up the data on the volume, you can create a new volume from
the snapshot. For information about creating a volume from a snapshot, see Restoring an Amazon EBS
Volume from a Snapshot (p. 801).
Working with the Auto-Enabled IO Volume Attribute

When Amazon EBS determines that a volume's data is potentially inconsistent, it disables I/O to the
volume from any attached EC2 instances by default. This causes the volume status check to fail, and
creates a volume status event that indicates the cause of the failure. If the consistency of a particular
volume is not a concern, and you prefer that the volume be made available immediately if it's impaired,
you can override the default behavior by configuring the volume to automatically enable I/O. If you
enable the Auto-Enabled IO volume attribute (autoEnableIO in the API), I/O between the volume and
the instance is automatically re-enabled and the volume's status check will pass. In addition, you'll see
an event that lets you know that the volume was in a potentially inconsistent state, but that its I/O was
automatically enabled. When this event occurs, you should check the volume's consistency and replace it
if necessary. For more information, see EBS Volume Events (p. 810).
This procedure explains how to view and modify the Auto-Enabled IO attribute of a volume.
To view the Auto-Enabled IO attribute of a volume in the console

3. Select the volume and choose Status Checks. Auto-Enabled IO displays the current setting
(Enabled or Disabled) for your volume.
814
EBS Volumes
To modify the Auto-Enabled IO attribute of a volume in the console

3. Select the volume and choose Actions, Change Auto-Enable IO Setting. Alternatively, choose the
Status Checks tab, and for Auto-Enabled IO, choose Edit.
4. Select the Auto-Enable Volume IO check box to automatically enable I/O for an impaired volume.
To disable the feature, clear the check box.
5. Choose Save.
To view or modify the autoEnableIO attribute of a volume with the command line
You can use one of the following commands to view the autoEnableIO attribute of your Amazon EBS
volumes. For more information about these command line interfaces, see Accessing Amazon EC2 (p. 3).
• describe-volume-attribute (AWS CLI)

• Get-EC2VolumeAttribute (AWS Tools for Windows PowerShell)
To modify the autoEnableIO attribute of a volume, you can use one of the commands below.
• modify-volume-attribute (AWS CLI)

• Edit-EC2VolumeAttribute (AWS Tools for Windows PowerShell)
Detaching an Amazon EBS Volume from an Instance

You can detach an Amazon EBS volume from an instance explicitly or by terminating the instance.
However, if the instance is running, you must first unmount the volume from the instance.
815
EBS Volumes
If an EBS volume is the root device of an instance, you must stop the instance before you can detach the
volume.
When a volume with an AWS Marketplace product code is detached from an instance, the product code is
no longer associated with the instance.
Important
After you detach a volume, you are still charged for volume storage as long as the storage
amount exceeds the limit of the AWS Free Tier. You must delete a volume to avoid incurring
further charges. For more information, see Deleting an Amazon EBS Volume (p. 817).
This example unmounts the volume and then explicitly detaches it from the instance. This is useful when
you want to terminate an instance or attach a volume to a different instance. To verify that the volume is
no longer attached to the instance, see Viewing Information about an Amazon EBS Volume (p. 806).
You can reattach a volume that you detached (without unmounting it), but it might not get the same
mount point. If there were writes to the volume in progress when it was detached, the data on the
volume might be out of sync.
To detach an EBS volume using the console
1. Unmount the volume. Choose Disk Management, right-click the volume, and then choose Change
Drive Letter and Path. Select the mount point and choose Remove.
4. Select a volume and choose Actions, Detach Volume.
5. In the confirmation dialog box, choose Yes, Detach.
To detach an EBS volume from an instance using the command line

• detach-volume (AWS CLI)

• Dismount-EC2Volume (AWS Tools for Windows PowerShell)
Troubleshooting
The following are common problems encountered when detaching volumes, and how to resolve them.
Note
To guard against the possibility of data loss, take a snapshot of your volume before attempting
to unmount it. Forced detachment of a stuck volume can cause damage to the file system or the
data it contains or an inability to attach a new volume using the same device name, unless you
reboot the instance.
• If you encounter problems while detaching a volume through the Amazon EC2 console, it may be
helpful to use the describe-volumes CLI command to diagnose the issue. For more information, see
describe-volumes.
• If your volume stays in the detaching state, you can force the detachment by choosing Force Detach.
Use this option only as a last resort to detach a volume from a failed instance, or if you are detaching
a volume with the intention of deleting it. The instance doesn't get an opportunity to flush file system
caches or file system metadata. If you use this option, you must perform the file system check and
repair procedures.
• If you've tried to force the volume to detach multiple times over several minutes and it stays in the
detaching state, you can post a request for help to the Amazon EC2 forum. To help expedite a
resolution, include the volume ID and describe the steps that you've already taken.
816
EBS Snapshots
• When you attempt to detach a volume that is still mounted, the volume can become stuck in the busy
state while it is trying to detach. The following output from describe-volumes shows an example of
this condition:
aws ec2 describe-volumes --region us-west-2 --volume-ids vol-1234abcd

{
"Volumes": [
{
"AvailabilityZone": "us-west-2b",
"Attachments": [
{
"AttachTime": "2016-07-21T23:44:52.000Z",
"InstanceId": "i-fedc9876",
"VolumeId": "vol-1234abcd",
"State": "busy",
"DeleteOnTermination": false,
"Device": "/dev/sdf"
}
....
When you encounter this state, detachment can be delayed indefinitely until you unmount the volume,
force detachment, reboot the instance, or all three.
Deleting an Amazon EBS Volume

After you no longer need an Amazon EBS volume, you can delete it. After deletion, its data is gone and
the volume can't be attached to any instance. However, before deletion, you can store a snapshot of the
volume, which you can use to re-create the volume later.
To delete a volume, it must be in the available state (not attached to an instance). For more
information, see Detaching an Amazon EBS Volume from an Instance (p. 815).
To delete an EBS volume using the console

3. Select a volume and choose Actions, Delete Volume.
4. In the confirmation dialog box, choose Yes, Delete.
To delete an EBS volume using the command line
• delete-volume (AWS CLI)

• Remove-EC2Volume (AWS Tools for Windows PowerShell)
Amazon EBS Snapshots

You can back up the data on your Amazon EBS volumes to Amazon S3 by taking point-in-time snapshots.
Snapshots are incremental backups, which means that only the blocks on the device that have changed
after your most recent snapshot are saved. This minimizes the time required to create the snapshot and
saves on storage costs by not duplicating data. When you delete a snapshot, only the data unique to that
snapshot is removed. Each snapshot contains all of the information that is needed to restore your data
(from the moment when the snapshot was taken) to a new EBS volume.
817
EBS Snapshots
When you create an EBS volume based on a snapshot, the new volume begins as an exact replica of
the original volume that was used to create the snapshot. The replicated volume loads data in the
background so that you can begin using it immediately. If you access data that hasn't been loaded yet,
the volume immediately downloads the requested data from Amazon S3, and then continues loading
the rest of the volume's data in the background. For more information, see Creating Amazon EBS
Snapshots (p. 821).
Note
Using Systems Manager Run Command, you can take application-consistent snapshots of all
EBS volumes attached to your Amazon EC2 Windows instances. The snapshot process uses
the Windows Volume Shadow Copy Service (VSS) to take image-level backups of VSS-aware
applications, including data from pending transactions between these applications and the disk.
You don't need to shut down your instances or disconnect them when you back up all attached
volumes. For more information, see Using Run Command to Take VSS-Enabled Snapshots of EBS
Volumes in the AWS Systems Manager User Guide.
Multi-Volume Snapshots
Snapshots can be used to create a backup of critical workloads, such as a large database or a file system
that spans across multiple EBS volumes. Multi-volume snapshots allow you to take exact point-in-
time, data coordinated, and crash-consistent snapshots across multiple EBS volumes attached to an
EC2 instance. You are no longer required to stop your instance or to coordinate between volumes to
ensure crash consistency, because snapshots are automatically taken across multiple EBS volumes. For
more information, see the steps for creating a multi-volume EBS snapshot under Creating Amazon EBS
Snapshots (p. 821).
You can track the status of your EBS snapshots through CloudWatch Events. For more information, see
Amazon CloudWatch Events for Amazon EBS (p. 906).
Contents
• How Incremental Snapshots Work (p. 818)
• Copying and Sharing Snapshots (p. 821)
• Encryption Support for Snapshots (p. 821)
• Creating a VSS Application-Consistent Snapshot (p. 824)
• Deleting an Amazon EBS Snapshot (p. 834)
• Copying an Amazon EBS Snapshot (p. 836)
• Viewing Amazon EBS Snapshot Information (p. 840)
• Sharing an Amazon EBS Snapshot (p. 841)
• Automating the Amazon EBS Snapshot Lifecycle (p. 843)
How Incremental Snapshots Work

This section provides illustrations of how an EBS snapshot captures the state of a volume at a point in
time, and also how successive snapshots of a changing volume create a history of those changes.
In the diagram below, Volume 1 is shown at three points in time. A snapshot is taken of each of these
three volume states.
• In State 1, the volume has 10 GiB of data. Because Snap A is the first snapshot taken of the volume,
the entire 10 GiB of data must be copied.
• In State 2, the volume still contains 10 GiB of data, but 4 GiB have changed. Snap B needs to copy and
store only the 4 GiB that changed after Snap A was taken. The other 6 GiB of unchanged data, which
are already copied and stored in Snap A, are referenced by Snap B rather than (again) copied. This is
indicated by the dashed arrow.
818
EBS Snapshots
• In State 3, 2 GiB of data have been added to the volume, for a total of 12 GiB. Snap C needs to copy
the 2 GiB that were added after Snap B was taken. As shown by the dashed arrows, Snap C also
references 4 GiB of data stored in Snap B, and 6 GiB of data stored in Snap A.
• The total storage required for the three snapshots is 16 GiB.
Relations among Multiple Snapshots of a Volume
819
EBS Snapshots
Note
If you copy a snapshot and encrypt it to a new CMK, a complete (non-incremental) copy is
always created, resulting in additional delay and storage costs.
820
EBS Snapshots
For more information about how data is managed when you delete a snapshot, see Deleting an Amazon
EBS Snapshot (p. 834).
Copying and Sharing Snapshots

You can share a snapshot across AWS accounts by modifying its access permissions. You can make copies
of your own snapshots as well as snapshots that have been shared with you. For more information, see
Sharing an Amazon EBS Snapshot (p. 841).
A snapshot is constrained to the AWS Region where it was created. After you create a snapshot of an EBS
volume, you can use it to create new volumes in the same Region. For more information, see Restoring
an Amazon EBS Volume from a Snapshot (p. 801). You can also copy snapshots across Regions, making
it possible to use multiple Regions for geographical expansion, data center migration, and disaster
recovery. You can copy any accessible snapshot that has a completed status. For more information, see
Copying an Amazon EBS Snapshot (p. 836).
Encryption Support for Snapshots

EBS snapshots fully support EBS encryption.
• Snapshots of encrypted volumes are automatically encrypted.

• Volumes that you create from encrypted snapshots are automatically encrypted.
• Volumes that you create from an unencrypted snapshot that you own or have access to can be
encrypted on-the-fly.
• When you copy an unencrypted snapshot that you own, you can encrypt it during the copy process.
• When you copy an encrypted snapshot that you own or have access to, you can reencrypt it with a
different key during the copy process.
• The first snapshot you take of an encrypted volume that has been created from an unencrypted
snapshot is always a full snapshot.
• The first snapshot you take of a reencrypted volume, which has a different CMK compared to the
source snapshot, is always a full snapshot.
Note
Complete documentation of possible snapshot encryption scenarios is provided in Creating Amazon EBS
Snapshots (p. 821) and in Copying an Amazon EBS Snapshot (p. 836).
For more information, see Amazon EBS Encryption (p. 864).
Creating Amazon EBS Snapshots

To create an application-consistent snapshot, see Creating a VSS Application-Consistent
Snapshot (p. 824).
You can create a point-in-time snapshot of an EBS volume and use it as a baseline for new volumes or
for data backup. If you make periodic snapshots of a volume, the snapshots are incremental—the new
snapshot saves only the blocks that have changed since your last snapshot.
Snapshots occur asynchronously; the point-in-time snapshot is created immediately, but the status of
the snapshot is pending until the snapshot is complete (when all of the modified blocks have been
transferred to Amazon S3), which can take several hours for large initial snapshots or subsequent
821
EBS Snapshots
snapshots where many blocks have changed. While it is completing, an in-progress snapshot is not
affected by ongoing reads and writes to the volume.
You can take a snapshot of an attached volume that is in use. However, snapshots only capture data
that has been written to your Amazon EBS volume at the time the snapshot command is issued. This
might exclude any data that has been cached by any applications or the operating system. If you can
pause any file writes to the volume long enough to take a snapshot, your snapshot should be complete.
However, if you can't pause all file writes to the volume, you should unmount the volume from within
the instance, issue the snapshot command, and then remount the volume to ensure a consistent and
complete snapshot. You can remount and use your volume while the snapshot status is pending.
To make snapshot management easier, you can tag your snapshots during creation or add tags
afterward. For example, you can apply tags describing the original volume from which the snapshot
was created, or the device name that was used to attach the original volume to an instance. For more
information, see Tagging Your Amazon EC2 Resources (p. 963).
Snapshot Encryption
Snapshots that are taken from encrypted volumes are automatically encrypted. Volumes that are created
from encrypted snapshots are also automatically encrypted. The data in your encrypted volumes and
any associated snapshots is protected both at rest and in motion. For more information, see Amazon EBS
Encryption (p. 864).
By default, only you can create volumes from snapshots that you own. However, you can share
your unencrypted snapshots with specific AWS accounts, or you can share them with the entire
AWS community by making them public. For more information, see Sharing an Amazon EBS
Snapshot (p. 841).
You can share an encrypted snapshot only with specific AWS accounts. For others to use your shared,
encrypted snapshot, you must also share the CMK key that was used to encrypt it. Users with access to
your encrypted snapshot must create their own personal copy of it and then use that copy to restore the
volume. Your copy of a shared, encrypted snapshot can also be re-encrypted with a different key. For
more information, see Sharing an Amazon EBS Snapshot (p. 841).
Note
Multi-Volume Snapshots
You can create multi-volume snapshots, which are point-in-time snapshots for all EBS volumes
attached to a single EC2 instance. You can also create lifecycle policies to automate the creation and
retention of multi-volume snapshots. For more information, see Automating the Amazon EBS Snapshot
Lifecycle (p. 843).
After the snapshots are created, each snapshot is treated as an individual snapshot. You can perform
all snapshot operations, such as restore, delete, and cross-region/account copy, just as you would with
a single volume snapshot. You can also tag your multi-volume snapshots as you would a single volume
snapshot. We recommend you tag your multiple volume snapshots to manage them collectively during
restore, copy, or retention.
Multi-volume, crash-consistent snapshots are typically restored as a set. It is helpful to identify

the snapshots that are in a crash-consistent set by tagging your set with the instance ID, name, or
other relevant details. You can also choose to automatically copy tags from the source volume to
the corresponding snapshots. This helps you to set the snapshot metadata, such as access policies,
attachment information, and cost allocation, to match the source volume.
After it's created, a multi-volume snapshot behaves like any other snapshot. You can perform all
operations, such as restore, delete, and copy across Regions and accounts. You can also tag your
822
EBS Snapshots
snapshots. We recommend that you tag your multi-volume snapshots to collectively manage them
during restore, copy, or retention.
After creating your snapshots, they appear in your EC2 console created at the exact point-in-time. The
snapshots are collectively managed and, therefore, if any one snapshot for the volume set fails, all of the
other snapshots display an error status.
Considerations
The following considerations apply to creating snapshots:
• When you create a snapshot for an EBS volume that serves as a root device, you should stop the
instance before taking the snapshot.
• You cannot create snapshots from instances for which hibernation is enabled.
• You cannot create snapshots from hibernated instances.
• Although you can take a snapshot of a volume while a previous snapshot of that volume is in the
pending status, having multiple pending snapshots of a volume can result in reduced volume
performance until the snapshots complete.
• There is a limit of five pending snapshots for a single gp2, io1, or Magnetic
volume, and one pending snapshot for a single st1 or sc1 volume. If you receive a
ConcurrentSnapshotLimitExceeded error while trying to create multiple concurrent snapshots of
the same volume, wait for one or more of the pending snapshots to complete before creating another
snapshot of that volume.
• When a snapshot is created from a volume with an AWS Marketplace product code, the product code is
propagated to the snapshot.
Creating a Snapshot
Use the following procedure to create a snapshot from the specified volume.
To create a snapshot using the console

2. Choose Snapshots under Elastic Block Store in the navigation pane.
3. Choose Create Snapshot.
4. For Select resource type, choose Volume.
5. For Volume, select the volume.
6. (Optional) Enter a description for the snapshot.
7. (Optional) Choose Add Tag to add tags to your snapshot. For each tag, provide a tag key and a tag
value.
To create a snapshot using the command line

• create-snapshot (AWS CLI)

• New-EC2Snapshot (AWS Tools for Windows PowerShell)
Creating a Multi-Volume Snapshot

Use the following procedure to create a snapshot from the volumes of an instance.
823
EBS Snapshots
To create multi-volume snapshots using the console

2. Choose Snapshots under Elastic Block Store in the navigation pane.
4. For Select resource type, choose Instance.
5. Select the instance ID for which you want to create simultaneous backups for all of the attached EBS
volumes. Multi-volume snapshots support up to 40 EBS volumes per instance.
6. (Optional) Set Exclude root volume.
7. (Optional) Set Copy tags from volume flag to automatically copy tags from the source volume to
the corresponding snapshots. This sets snapshot metadata—such as access policies, attachment
information, and cost allocation—to match the source volume.
8. (Optional) Choose Add Tag to add tags to your snapshot. For each tag, provide a tag key and a tag
value.
During snapshot creation, the snapshots are managed together. If one of the snapshots in the
volume set fails, the other snapshots are moved to error status for the volume set. You can
monitor the progress of your snapshots using CloudWatch Events. After the snapshot creation
process completes, CloudWatch generates an event that contains the status and all of the relevant
snapshots details for the affected instance.
To create multi-volume snapshots using the command line
• create-snapshots (AWS CLI)

• New-EC2SnapshotBatch (AWS Tools for Windows PowerShell)
To create application-consistent snapshots using Systems Manager Run Command
You can use Systems Manager Run Command to take application-consistent snapshots of all EBS
volumes attached to your Amazon EC2 Windows instances. The snapshot process uses the Windows
Volume Shadow Copy Service (VSS) to take image-level backups of VSS-aware applications, including
data from pending transactions between these applications and the disk. You don't need to shut down
your instances or disconnect them when you back up all attached volumes. For more information, see
Creating a VSS Application-Consistent Snapshot (p. 824).
Creating a VSS Application-Consistent Snapshot

You can take application-consistent snapshots of all Amazon Elastic Block Store (Amazon EBS) volumes
attached to your Windows on Amazon EC2 instances by using AWS Systems Manager Run Command.
The snapshot process uses the Windows Volume Shadow Copy Service (VSS) to take image-level backups
of VSS-aware applications. The snapshots include data from pending transactions between these
applications and the disk. You don't have to shut down your instances or disconnect them when you need
to back up all attached volumes.
There is no additional cost to use VSS-enabled EBS snapshots. You only pay for EBS snapshots created by
the backup process. For more information, see How is my EBS snapshot bill calculated?
Topics
• How It Works (p. 825)
824
EBS Snapshots
• Before You Begin (p. 825)

• Getting Started (p. 826)
• Creating a VSS Application-Consistent Snapshot Using the AWS CLI, AWS Tools for Windows
PowerShell, or the AWSEC2-ManageVssIO SSM Document (p. 830)
• Restoring Volumes from VSS-Enabled EBS snapshots (p. 833)
How It Works
The process for taking application-consistent, VSS-enabled EBS snapshots consists of the following
steps.
1. Complete Systems Manager prerequisites.

2. Enter parameters for the AWSEC2-CreateVssSnapshot SSM document and run this document by using
Run Command. You can't create a VSS-enabled EBS snapshot for a specific volume. You can, however,
specify a parameter to exclude the boot volume from the backup process.
3. The VSS agent on your instance coordinates all ongoing I/O operations for running applications.
4. The system flushes all I/O buffers and temporarily pauses all I/O operations. The pause lasts, at most,
ten seconds.
5. During the pause, the system creates snapshots of all volumes attached to the instance.
6. The pause is lifted and I/O resumes operation.
7. The system adds all newly-created snapshots to the list of EBS snapshots. The system tags all VSS-
enabled EBS snapshots successfully created by this process with AppConsistent:true. This tag
helps you identify snapshots created by this process, as opposed to other processes. If the system
encounters an error, the snapshot created by this process does not include the AppConsistent:true
tag.
8. If you need to restore from a snapshot, you can use the standard EBS process of creating a volume
from a snapshot, or you can restore all volumes to an instance by using a sample script, which is
described later in this section.
Before You Begin

Before you create VSS-enabled EBS snapshots by using Run Command, review the following
requirements and limitations, and complete the required tasks.
Amazon EC2 Windows instance requirements
VSS-enabled EBS snapshots are supported for instances running Windows Server 2008 R2 or later.
(Windows Server 2008 R2 Core is currently not supported.) Verify that your instances meet all
requirements for Amazon EC2 Windows. For more information, see Setting Up AWS Systems Manager in
the AWS Systems Manager User Guide.
SSM Agent version
Update your instances to use SSM Agent version 2.2.58.0 or later. If you are using an older version of
SSM Agent, you can update it by using Run Command. For more information, see Update SSM Agent by
using Run Command in the AWS Systems Manager User Guide.
AWS Tools for Windows PowerShell version
Ensure that your instance is running version 3.3.48.0 or later of the AWS Tools for Windows PowerShell.
To check your version number, run the following command on the instance:
Get-AWSPowerShellVersion
825
EBS Snapshots
If you need to update the version of Tools for Windows PowerShell on your instance, see Setting up
the AWS Tools for Windows PowerShell on a Windows-based Computer in the AWS Tools for Windows
PowerShell User Guide.
Getting Started
These instructions describe how to install the VSS components and perform an application-consistent
snapshot of the EBS volumes attached to an EC2 Windows instance. For more information, see Getting
Started with Amazon EC2 Windows Instances.
Contents
• Create an IAM Role for VSS-Enabled Snapshots (p. 826)
• Download and Install VSS Components to the Windows on EC2 Instance (p. 827)
• Creating a VSS Application-Consistent Snapshot Using the Console (p. 828)
Create an IAM Role for VSS-Enabled Snapshots
The following procedures describes how to work with IAM policies and IAM roles. The policy enables
Systems Manager to create snapshots, tags snapshots, and attach metadata like a device ID to the
default snapshot tags that the system creates.
To create an IAM policy for VSS-enabled snapshots

2. In the navigation pane, choose Policies, and then choose Create policy.
3. On the Create policy page, choose the JSON tab, and then replace the default content with the
following JSON policy.
{
"Version": "2012-10-17",
"Statement": [
{
"Effect": "Allow",
"Action": "ec2:CreateTags",
"Resource": "arn:aws:ec2:*::snapshot/*"
},
{
"Effect": "Allow",
"Action": [
"ec2:CreateSnapshot"
],
"Resource": "*"
}
]
}
4. Choose Review policy.

5. For Name, enter a name to identify the policy, such as VssSnapshotRole or another name that you
prefer.
6. (Optional) For Description, enter a description of the role's purpose.
7. Choose Create policy.
Use the following procedure to create an IAM role for VSS-enabled snapshots. This role includes policies
for Amazon EC2 and Systems Manager.
826
EBS Snapshots
To create an IAM role for VSS-enabled EBS snapshots

3. Under Select type of trusted entity, choose AWS Service.
4. Immediately under Choose the service that will use this role, choose EC2, and then choose Next:
Permissions.
5. Under Select your use case, choose EC2, and then choose Next: Permissions.
6. In the list of policies, choose the box next to AmazonSSMManagedInstanceCore. (Type SSM in the
search box if you need to narrow the list.)
7. Choose Next: Tags.
8. (Optional) Add one or more tag key-value pairs to organize, track, or control access for this role, and
then choose Next: Review.
9. For Role name, enter a name for the role, such as VssSnapshotRole or another name that you
prefer.
10. (Optional) For Role description, replace the default text with a description of this role's purpose.
11. Choose Create role. The system returns you to the Roles page.
12. Choose the role that you just created. The role Summary page opens.
13. Choose Attach policies.
14. Search for and choose the box next to the policy your created in the previous procedure, such as
VssSnapshotRole or another name that you chose.
15. Choose Attach policy.
16. Attach this role to the instances for which you want to create VSS-enabled EBS snapshots. For more
information, see Attaching an IAM Role to an Instance in the Amazon EC2 User Guide.
Download and Install VSS Components to the Windows on EC2 Instance
Systems Manager requires VSS components to be installed on your instances. Use the following
procedure to install the components using the AWSVssComponents package. The package installs two
components: a VSS requestor and a VSS provider.
1. Open the AWS Systems Manager console at https://console.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/.

2. In the navigation pane, choose Run Command.
3. Choose Run command.
4. For Command document, choose the button next to AWS-ConfigureAWSPackage.
5. For Command parameters, do the following:
a. Verify that Action is set to Install.

b. For Name, enter AwsVssComponents.
c. For Version, leave the field empty so that Systems Manager installs the latest version.
6. For Targets, identify the instances on which you want to run this operation by specifying tags or
selecting instances manually.
Note
If you choose to select instances manually, and an instance you expect to see is not included
in the list, see Where Are My Instances? in the AWS Systems Manager User Guide for
troubleshooting tips.
7. For Other parameters:
• (Optional) For Comment, type information about this command.
827
EBS Snapshots
• For Timeout (seconds), specify the number of seconds for the system to wait before failing the
overall command execution.
8. (Optional) For Rate control:
• For Concurrency, specify either a number or a percentage of instances on which to run the
command at the same time.
Note
If you selected targets by choosing Amazon EC2 tags, and you are not certain how many
instances use the selected tags, then limit the number of instances that can run the
document at the same time by specifying a percentage.
• For Error threshold, specify when to stop running the command on other instances after it fails
on either a number or a percentage of instances. For example, if you specify three errors, then
Systems Manager stops sending the command when the fourth error is received. Instances still
processing the command might also send errors.
9. (Optional) For Output options section, if you want to save the command output to a file, select the
box next to Enable writing to an S3 bucket. Specify the bucket and (optional) prefix (folder) names.
Note
The S3 permissions that grant the ability to write the data to an S3 bucket are those of the
instance profile assigned to the instance, not those of the IAM user performing this task.
For more information, see Create an IAM Instance Profile for Systems Manager in the AWS
10. (Optional) Specify options for SNS notifications.
For information about configuring Amazon SNS notifications for Run Command, see Configuring
Amazon SNS Notifications for AWS Systems Manager.
11. Choose Run.
Creating a VSS Application-Consistent Snapshot Using the Console
Use the following procedure to create a VSS-enabled EBS snapshot.
To create VSS-enabled EBS snapshots using the console
1. Open the AWS Systems Manager console at https://console.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/.

2. In the navigation pane, choose Run Command.
3. Choose Run command.
4. For Command document, choose AWSEC2-CreateVssSnapshot.
5. For Targets, identify the instances on which you want to run this operation by specifying tags or
selecting instances manually.
Note
If you choose to select instances manually, and an instance you expect to see is not included
in the list, see Where Are My Instances? for troubleshooting tips.
6. For Command parameters, do the following:
a. Choose an option from the Exclude Boot Volume list. Use this parameter to exclude boot
volumes from the backup process.
b. (Optional) For Description field, type a description. This description is applied to any snapshot
created by this process.
c. (Optional) For Tags, type keys and values for tags that you want to apply to any snapshot
created by this process. Tags can help you locate, manage, and restore volumes from a list
of snapshots. By default, the system populates the tag parameter with a Name key. For the
value of this key, specify a name that you want to apply to snapshots created by this process.
828
EBS Snapshots
If you want to specify additional tags, separate tags by using a semicolon. For example,
Key=Environment,Value=Test;Key=User,Value=TestUser1.
We recommended that you tag snapshots. By default, the systems tags snapshots with the
device ID, and AppConsistent (for indicating successful, application-consistent VSS-enabled
EBS snapshots).
d. For Copy Only, choose True to perform a copy only backup operation. This option is set
to False by default so that the system performs a full backup operation. A full backup
operation prevents the system from breaking the differential backup chain in SQL Server when
performing a backup.
Note
This option requires that AWS VSS provider version 1.2.00 or later be installed.
e. For No Writers, choose True to exclude application VSS writers from the snapshot process. This
can help you resolve conflicts with third-party VSS backup components. This option is set to
False by default.
Note
This option requires that AWS VSS provider version 1.2.00 or later be installed.
7. For Other parameters:
• For Comment, type information about this command.

• For Timeout (seconds), specify the number of seconds for the system to wait before failing the
overall command execution.
8. (Optional) For Rate control:
• For Concurrency, specify either a number or a percentage of instances on which to run the
command at the same time.
Note
If you selected targets by choosing Amazon EC2 tags, and you are not certain how many
instances use the selected tags, then limit the number of instances that can run the
document at the same time by specifying a percentage.
• For Error threshold, specify when to stop running the command on other instances after it fails
on either a number or a percentage of instances. For example, if you specify three errors, then
Systems Manager stops sending the command when the fourth error is received. Instances still
processing the command might also send errors.
9. (Optional) For Output options, to save the command output to a file, select the box next to Enable
writing to an S3 bucket. Specify the bucket and (optional) prefix (folder) names.
Note
The S3 permissions that grant the ability to write the data to an S3 bucket are those of the
instance profile assigned to the instance, not those of the IAM user performing this task. For
more information, see Setting Up Systems Manager.
10. (Optional) Specify options for SNS notifications.
For information about configuring Amazon SNS notifications for Run Command, see Configuring
Amazon SNS Notifications for AWS Systems Manager in the AWS Systems Manager User Guide.
11. Choose Run.
If successful, the command populates the list of EBS snapshots with the new snapshots. You can
locate these snapshots in the list of EBS snapshots by searching for the tags you specified, or
by searching for AppConsistent. If the command execution failed, view the Systems Manager
command output for details about why the execution failed. If the command successfully completed,
but a specific volume backup failed, you can troubleshoot the failure in the list of EBS volumes.
If the command failed and you are using Systems Manager with VPC endpoints, verify that you
configured the com.amazonaws.region.ec2 endpoint. Without the EC2 endpoint defined, the call
829
EBS Snapshots
to enumerate attached EBS volumes fails, which causes the Systems Manager command to fail.
For more information about setting up VPC endpoints with Systems Manager, see Create a Virtual
Private Cloud Endpoint in the AWS Systems Manager User Guide.
Note
You can automate backups by creating a maintenance window task that uses the
AWSEC2-CreateVssSnapshot SSM document. For more information, see Working with
Maintenance Windows (Console).
Creating a VSS Application-Consistent Snapshot Using the AWS CLI, AWS Tools
for Windows PowerShell, or the AWSEC2-ManageVssIO SSM Document
This section includes procedures for creating VSS-enabled EBS snapshots by using the AWS CLI or AWS
Tools for Windows PowerShell. It also contains an advanced method for creating VSS-enabled snapshots
using the AWSEC2-ManageVssIO SSM document.
Topics
• Install the VSS Package Using the AWS CLI or Tools for Windows PowerShell (p. 830)
• Create VSS-Enabled EBS Snapshots Using the AWS CLI, Tools for Windows PowerShell, or the
AWSEC2-ManageVssIO SSM Document (p. 831)
Install the VSS Package Using the AWS CLI or Tools for Windows PowerShell
Use one of the following command-line procedures to download and install the VSS components to the
Windows on EC2 instance.
Install the VSS Package by Using the AWS CLI

Use the following procedure to download and install the AwsVssComponents package on your instances
by using Run Command from the AWS CLI. The package installs two components: a VSS requestor and a
VSS provider. The system copies these components to a directory on the instance, and then registers the
provider DLL as a VSS provider.
To install the VSS package by using the AWS CLI
1. Install and configure the AWS CLI, if you have not already.
For information, see Install or Upgrade and then Configure the AWS CLI in the AWS Systems Manager
User Guide.
2. Run the following command to download and install the required VSS components for Systems
Manager.
aws ssm send-command --document-name "AWS-ConfigureAWSPackage" --instance-ids

"i-12345678" --parameters '{"action":["Install"],"name":["AwsVssComponents"]}'
Install the VSS Package by Using Tools for Windows PowerShell

Use the following procedure to download and install the AwsVssComponents package on your instances
by using Run Command from the Tools for Windows PowerShell. The package installs two components:
a VSS requestor and a VSS provider. The system copies these components to a directory on the instance,
and then registers the provider DLL as a VSS provider.
To install the VSS package by using AWS Tools for Windows PowerShell
1. Open AWS Tools for Windows PowerShell and run the following command to specify your
credentials. You must either have administrator privileges in Amazon EC2 or have been granted the
830
EBS Snapshots
appropriate permission in IAM. For more information, see Setting Up AWS Systems Manager in the
AWS Systems Manager User Guide.
Set-AWSCredentials –AccessKey key_name –SecretKey key_name
2. Run the following command to set the Region for your PowerShell session. The example uses the us-
east-2 Region.
Set-DefaultAWSRegion -Region us-east-2
3. Run the following command to download and install the required VSS components for Systems
Manager.
Send-SSMCommand -DocumentName AWS-ConfigureAWSPackage -InstanceId "$instance"-Parameter

@{'action'='Install';'name'='AwsVssComponents'}
Create VSS-Enabled EBS Snapshots Using the AWS CLI, Tools for Windows PowerShell, or the
AWSEC2-ManageVssIO SSM Document
Use one of the following command-line procedures to create VSS-enabled EBS snapshots.
Creating VSS-Enabled EBS Snapshots Using the AWS CLI
Use the following procedure to create VSS-enabled EBS snapshots by using the AWS CLI. When you run
the command, you can specify the following parameters:
• Instance (Required): Specify one or more Amazon EC2 Windows instances. You can either manually
specify instances, or you can specify tags.
• Description (Optional): Specify details about this backup.
• Tags (Optional): Specify key-value tag pairs that you want to assign to the snapshots. Tags can help
you locate, manage, and restore volumes from a list of snapshots. By default, the system populates
the tag parameter with a Name key. For the value of this key, specify a name that you want to apply
to snapshots created by this process. You can also add custom tags to this list by using the following
format: Key=Environment,Value=Test;Key=User,Value=TestUser1.
This parameter is optional, but we recommended that you tag snapshots. By default, the systems tags
snapshots with the device ID, and AppConsistent (for indicating successful, application-consistent
VSS-enabled EBS snapshots).
• Exclude Boot Volume (Optional): Use this parameter to exclude boot volumes from the backup process.
To create VSS-enabled EBS snapshots by using the AWS CLI
1. Install and configure the AWS CLI, if you have not already.
For information, see Install or Upgrade and then Configure the AWS CLI in the AWS Systems Manager
User Guide.
2. Run the following command to create VSS-enabled EBS snapshots.
aws ssm send-command --document-name "AWSEC2-CreateVssSnapshot" --instance-

ids "i-12345678" --parameters '{"ExcludeBootVolume":["False"],"description":
["Description"],"tags":["Key=key_name,Value=tag_value"]}'
If successful, the command populates the list of EBS snapshots with the new snapshots. You can locate
these snapshots in the list of EBS snapshots by searching for the tags you specified, or by searching for
831
EBS Snapshots
AppConsistent. If the command execution failed, view the command output for details about why the
execution failed.
You can automate backups by creating a maintenance window task that uses the AWSEC2-
CreateVssSnapshot SSM document. For more information, see Working with Maintenance Windows
(Console) in the AWS Systems Manager User Guide.
Creating VSS-Enabled EBS Snapshots Using AWS Tools for Windows PowerShell
Use the following procedure to create VSS-enabled EBS snapshots by using the AWS Tools for Windows
PowerShell. When you run the command, you can specify the following parameters:
• Instance (Required): Specify one or more Amazon EC2 Windows instances. You can either manually
specify instances, or you can specify tags.
• Description (Optional): Specify details about this backup.
• Tags (Optional): Specify key-value tag pairs that you want to assign to the snapshots. Tags can help
you locate, manage, and restore volumes from a list of snapshots. By default, the system populates
the tag parameter with a Name key. For the value of this key, specify a name that you want to apply
to snapshots created by this process. You can also add custom tags to this list by using the following
format: Key=Environment,Value=Test;Key=User,Value=TestUser1.
This parameter is optional, but we recommend that you tag snapshots. By default, the systems tags
snapshots with the device ID, and AppConsistent (for indicating successful, application-consistent
VSS-enabled EBS snapshots).
• Exclude Boot Volume (Optional): Use this parameter to exclude boot volumes from the backup process.
To create VSS-enabled EBS snapshots by using AWS Tools for Windows PowerShell
credentials. You must either have administrator privileges in Amazon EC2, or you must have been
granted the appropriate permission in IAM. For more information, see Setting Up AWS Systems
Manager in the AWS Systems Manager User Guide.
2. Execute the following command to set the Region for your PowerShell session. The example uses the
us-east-2 Region.
3. Execute the following command to create VSS-enabled EBS snapshots.
Send-SSMCommand -DocumentName AWSEC2-CreateVssSnapshot -InstanceId "$instance" -

Parameter @{'ExcludeBootVolume'='False';'description'='a_description'
;'tags'='Key=key_name,Value=tag_value'}
execution failed. If the command successfully completed, but a specific volume backup failed, you can
troubleshoot the failure in the list of EBS snapshots.
You can automate backups by creating a maintenance window task that uses the AWSEC2-
CreateVssSnapshot SSM document. For more information, see Working with Maintenance Windows
(Console) in the AWS Systems Manager User Guide.
832
EBS Snapshots
Creating VSS-Enabled EBS Snapshots by Using the AWSEC2-ManageVssIO SSM Document

(Advanced)
You can use the following script and the pre-defined AWSEC2-ManageVssIO SSM document to
temporarily pause I/O, create VSS-enabled EBS snapshots, and restart I/O. This process runs in the
context of the user who runs the command. If the user has sufficient permission to create and tag
snapshots, then AWS Systems Manager can create and tag VSS-enabled EBS snapshots without the need
for the additional IAM snapshot role on the instance.
In contrast, the AWSEC2-CreateVssSnapshot document requires that you assign the IAM snapshot role
to each instance for which you want to create EBS snapshots. If you don’t want to provide additional IAM
permissions to your instances for policy or compliance reasons, then you can use the following script.
Before You Begin
Note the following important details about this process:
• This process uses a PowerShell script (CreateVssSnapshotAdvancedScript.ps1) to take

snapshots of all volumes on the instances you specify, except root volumes. If you need to take
snapshots of root volumes, then you must use the AWSEC2-CreateVssSnapshot SSM document.
• The script calls the AWSEC2-ManageVssIO document twice. The first time with the Action parameter
set to Freeze, which pauses all I/O on the instances. The second time, the Action parameter is set to
Thaw, which forces I/O to resume.
• Don't attempt to use the AWSEC2-ManageVssIO document without using the
CreateVssSnapshotAdvancedScript.ps1 script. A limitation in VSS requires that the Freeze and Thaw
actions be called no more than ten seconds apart, and manually calling these actions without the
script could result in errors.
To create VSS-enabled EBS snapshots by using the AWSEC2-ManageVssIO SSM document
2. Execute the following command to set the Region for your PowerShell session. The example uses the
us-east-2 Region.
3. Download the CreateVssSnapshotAdvancedScript.zip file and extract the file contents.

4. Open CreateVssSnapshotAdvancedScript.zip in a text editor, edit the sample call at the bottom of
the script with a valid EC2 instance ID, snapshot description, and desired tag values, and then run
the script from PowerShell.
execution failed. If the command was successfully completed, but a specific volume backup failed, you
can troubleshoot the failure in the list of EBS volumes.
Restoring Volumes from VSS-Enabled EBS snapshots

You can use the RestoreVssSnapshotSampleScript.ps1 script to restore volumes on an instance
from VSS-enabled EBS snapshots. This script performs the following tasks:
833
EBS Snapshots
• Stops an instance
• Removes all existing drives from the instance (except the boot volume, if it was excluded)
• Creates new volumes from the snapshots
• Attaches the volumes to the instance by using the device ID tag on the snapshot
• Restarts the instance
Important
The following script detaches all volumes attached to an instance, and then creates new
volumes from a snapshot. Make sure that you have properly backed-up the instance. The old
volumes are not deleted. If you want, you can edit the script to delete the old volumes.
To restore volumes from VSS-enabled EBS snapshots
2. Run the following command to set the Region for your PowerShell session. The example uses the us-
east-2 Region.
3. Download the RestoreVssSnapshotSampleScript.zip file and extract the file contents.

4. Open RestoreVssSnapshotSampleScript.zip in a text editor and edit the sample call at the bottom of
the script with a valid EC2 instance ID and EBS snapshot ID, and then run the script from PowerShell.
Deleting an Amazon EBS Snapshot

When you delete a snapshot, only the data referenced exclusively by that snapshot is removed. Deleting
previous snapshots of a volume does not affect your ability to restore volumes from later snapshots of
that volume.
Deleting a snapshot of a volume has no effect on the volume. Deleting a volume has no effect on the
snapshots made from it.
If you make periodic snapshots of a volume, the snapshots are incremental. This means that only the
blocks on the device that have changed after your last snapshot are saved in the new snapshot. Even
though snapshots are saved incrementally, the snapshot deletion process is designed so that you need to
retain only the most recent snapshot in order to restore the volume.
Deleting a snapshot might not reduce your organization's data storage costs. Other snapshots might
reference that snapshot's data, and referenced data is always preserved. If you delete a snapshot
containing data being used by a later snapshot, costs associated with the referenced data are allocated
to the later snapshot. For more information about how snapshots store data, see How Incremental
Snapshots Work (p. 818) and the example below.
To delete multi-volume snapshots, retrieve all of the snapshots for your multi-volume group using the
tag you applied to the group when you created the snapshots. Then, delete the snapshots individually.
You will not be prevented from deleting individual snapshots in the multi-volume snapshots group.
In the following diagram, Volume 1 is shown at three points in time. A snapshot has captured each of the
first two states, and in the third, a snapshot has been deleted.
834
EBS Snapshots
• In State 1, the volume has 10 GiB of data. Because Snap A is the first snapshot taken of the volume,
the entire 10 GiB of data must be copied.
• In State 2, the volume still contains 10 GiB of data, but 4 GiB have changed. Snap B needs to copy and
store only the 4 GiB that changed after Snap A was taken. The other 6 GiB of unchanged data, which
are already copied and stored in Snap A, are referenced by Snap B rather than (again) copied. This is
indicated by the dashed arrow.
• In state 3, the volume has not changed since State 2, but Snapshot A has been deleted. The 6 GiB of
data stored in Snapshot A that were referenced by Snapshot B have now been moved to Snapshot
B, as shown by the heavy arrow. As a result, you are still charged for storing 10 GiB of data; 6 GiB of
unchanged data preserved from Snap A and 4 GiB of changed data from Snap B.
Example 1: Deleting a Snapshot with Some of its Data Referenced by Another Snapshot
835
EBS Snapshots
Note that you can't delete a snapshot of the root device of an EBS volume used by a registered AMI.
You must first deregister the AMI before you can delete the snapshot. For more information, see
Deregistering Your Windows AMI (p. 77).
To delete a snapshot using the console

2. Choose Snapshots in the navigation pane.
3. Select a snapshot and then choose Delete from the Actions list.
4. Choose Yes, Delete.
To delete a snapshot using the command line
• delete-snapshot (AWS CLI)

• Remove-EC2Snapshot (AWS Tools for Windows PowerShell)
Note
Although you can delete a snapshot that is still in progress, the snapshot must complete before
the deletion takes effect. This may take a long time. If you are also at your concurrent snapshot
limit (five snapshots in progress), and you attempt to take an additional snapshot, you may get
the ConcurrentSnapshotLimitExceeded error.
Copying an Amazon EBS Snapshot

With Amazon EBS, you can create point-in-time snapshots of volumes, which we store for you in Amazon
S3. After you create a snapshot and it has finished copying to Amazon S3 (when the snapshot status is
completed), you can copy it from one AWS Region to another, or within the same Region. Amazon S3
server-side encryption (256-bit AES) protects a snapshot's data in transit during a copy operation. The
snapshot copy receives an ID that is different from the ID of the original snapshot.
To copy multi-volume snapshots to another AWS Region, retrieve the snapshots using the tag you
applied to the multi-volume snapshots group when you created it. Then individually copy the snapshots
to another Region.
For information about copying an Amazon RDS snapshot, see Copying a DB Snapshot in the Amazon RDS
User Guide.
If you would like another account to be able to copy your snapshot, you must either modify the snapshot
permissions to allow access to that account or make the snapshot public so that all AWS accounts can
copy it. For more information, see Sharing an Amazon EBS Snapshot (p. 841).
For pricing information about copying snapshots across AWS Regions and accounts, see Amazon EBS
Pricing. Note that snapshot copy operations within a single account and Region do not copy any actual
data and therefore are cost-free as long as the encryption status of the snapshot copy does not change.
Note
If you copy a snapshot to a new Region, a complete (non-incremental) copy is always created,
resulting in additional delay and storage costs.
Note
836
EBS Snapshots
Use Cases
• Geographic expansion: Launch your applications in a new AWS Region.

• Migration: Move an application to a new Region, to enable better availability and to minimize cost.
• Disaster recovery: Back up your data and logs across different geographical locations at regular
intervals. In case of disaster, you can restore your applications using point-in-time backups stored in
the secondary Region. This minimizes data loss and recovery time.
• Encryption: Encrypt a previously unencrypted snapshot, change the key with which the snapshot is
encrypted, or, for encrypted snapshots that have been shared with you, create a copy that you own in
order to restore a volume from it.
• Data retention and auditing requirements: Copy your encrypted EBS snapshots from one AWS
account to another to preserve data logs or other files for auditing or data retention. Using a different
account helps prevent accidental snapshot deletions, and protects you if your main AWS account is
compromised.
Prerequisites
• You can copy any accessible snapshots that have a completed status, including shared snapshots and
snapshots that you have created.
• You can copy AWS Marketplace, VM Import/Export, and AWS Storage Gateway snapshots, but you
must verify that the snapshot is supported in the destination Region.
Limits
• Each account can have up to five concurrent snapshot copy requests to a single destination Region.
• User-defined tags are not copied from the source snapshot to the new snapshot. After the copy
operation is complete, you can apply user-defined tags to the new snapshot. For more information, see
Tagging Your Amazon EC2 Resources (p. 963).
• Snapshots created by the CopySnapshot action have an arbitrary volume ID that should not be used
for any purpose.
Incremental Copying Across Regions

The first snapshot copy to another Region is always a full copy. For unencrypted snapshots, each
subsequent snapshot copy of the same volume is incremental, meaning that AWS copies only the
data that changed since your last snapshot copy to the same destination Region. This allows for faster
copying and lower storage costs.
In the case of encrypted snapshots, you must encrypt to the same CMK that was used for previous copies
to get incremental copies. The following examples illustrate how this works:
• If you copy an unencrypted snapshot from the US East (N. Virginia) Region to the US West (Oregon)
Region, the first snapshot copy is a full copy and subsequent snapshot copies of the same volume
transferred between the same Regions are incremental.
• If you copy an encrypted snapshot from the US East (N. Virginia) Region to the US West (Oregon)
Region, the first snapshot copy of the volume is a full copy.
• If you encrypt to the same CMK in a subsequent snapshot copy for the same volume between the
same Regions, the copy is incremental.
• If you encrypt to a different CMK in a subsequent snapshot copy for the same volume between the
same Regions, the copy is a new full copy of the snapshot.
For more information, see Re-Encrypt an Encrypted Snapshot (p. 871).
837
EBS Snapshots
Encryption and Snapshot Copying

When you copy a snapshot, you can encrypt the copy or you can specify a CMK different from the
original one, and the resulting copied snapshot uses the new CMK. However, changing the encryption
status of a snapshot during a copy operation results in a full (not incremental) copy, which might incur
greater data transfer and storage charges.
To copy an encrypted snapshot shared from another AWS account, you must have permissions to use
the snapshot and the customer master key (CMK) that was used to encrypt the snapshot. When using
an encrypted snapshot that was shared with you, we recommend that you re-encrypt the snapshot by
copying it using a CMK that you own. This protects you if the original CMK is compromised, or if the
owner revokes it, which could cause you to lose access to any encrypted volumes that you created using
the snapshot. For more information, see Sharing an Amazon EBS Snapshot (p. 841).
You apply encryption to EBS snapshot copies by setting the Encrypted parameter to true. (The
Encrypted parameter is optional if encryption by default (p. 867) is enabled).
Optionally, you can use KmsKeyId to specify a custom key to use to encrypt the snapshot copy. (The
Encrypted parameter must also be set to true, even if encryption by default is enabled.) If KmsKeyId
is not specified, the key that is used for encryption depends on the encryption state of the source
snapshot and its ownership.
The following table describes the encryption outcome for each possible combination of settings.
Encryption outcomes: Copying a snapshot
Is Encrypted Is encryption Source snapshot Default (no KmsKeyId Custom (KmsKeyId

parameter by default specified) specified)
set? set?
No No Unencrypted Unencrypted N/A

snapshot that you
own
No No Encrypted snapshot Encrypted by same key

that you own
No No Unencrypted Unencrypted
snapshot that is
shared with you
No No Encrypted snapshot Encrypted by default

that is shared with CMK*
you
Yes No Unencrypted Encrypted by default Encrypted by a

snapshot that you CMK specified CMK**
own
Yes No Encrypted snapshot Encrypted by same key

that you own
Yes No Unencrypted Encrypted by default

snapshot that is CMK
shared with you
Yes No Encrypted snapshot Encrypted by default

that is shared with CMK
you
838
EBS Snapshots
Is Encrypted Is encryption Source snapshot Default (no KmsKeyId Custom (KmsKeyId

parameter by default specified) specified)
set? set?
No Yes Unencrypted Encrypted by default N/A

snapshot that you CMK
own
No Yes Encrypted snapshot Encrypted by same key

that you own
No Yes Unencrypted Encrypted by default

shared with you
No Yes Encrypted snapshot Encrypted by default

you
Yes Yes Unencrypted Encrypted by default Encrypted by a

snapshot that you CMK specified CMK
own
Yes Yes Encrypted snapshot Encrypted by same key

that you own
Yes Yes Unencrypted Encrypted by default

shared with you
Yes Yes Encrypted snapshot Encrypted by default

you
* This is the default CMK used for EBS encryption for the AWS account and Region. By default this is a
unique AWS managed CMK for EBS, or you can specify a customer managed CMK. For more information,
see Default Key for EBS Encryption (p. 866).
** This is a customer managed CMK specified for the copy action. This CMK is used instead of the default
CMK for the AWS account and Region.
Copy a Snapshot
Use the following procedure to copy a snapshot using the Amazon EC2 console.
To copy a snapshot using the console

2. In the navigation pane, choose Snapshots.
3. Select the snapshot to copy, and then choose Copy from the Actions list.
4. In the Copy Snapshot dialog box, update the following as necessary:
• Destination region: Select the Region where you want to write the copy of the snapshot.
• Description: By default, the description includes information about the source snapshot so that
you can identify a copy from the original. You can change this description as necessary.
• Encryption: If the source snapshot is not encrypted, you can choose to encrypt the copy. If you
have enabled encryption by default (p. 867), the Encryption option is set and cannot be unset
839
EBS Snapshots
from the snapshot console. If the Encryption option is set, you can choose to encrypt it to a
customer managed CMK by selecting one in the field, described below.
You cannot strip encryption from an encrypted snapshot.

Note
• Master Key: The customer master key (CMK) to be used to encrypt this snapshot. The default
key for your account is displayed initially, but you can optionally select from the master keys in
your account or type/paste the ARN of a key from a different account. You can create new master
encryption keys in the IAM console https://console.aws.amazon.com/iam/.
5. Choose Copy.
6. In the Copy Snapshot confirmation dialog box, choose Snapshots to go to the Snapshots page in
the Region specified, or choose Close.
To view the progress of the copy process, switch to the destination Region, and then refresh the
Snapshots page. Copies in progress are listed at the top of the page.
To check for failure
If you attempt to copy an encrypted snapshot without having permissions to use the encryption key, the
operation fails silently. The error state is not displayed in the console until you refresh the page. You can
also check the state of the snapshot from the command line, as in the following example.
aws ec2 describe-snapshots --snapshot-id snap-0123abcd
If the copy failed because of insufficient key permissions, you see the following message:
"StateMessage": "Given key ID is not accessible".
When copying an encrypted snapshot, you must have DescribeKey permissions on the default CMK.
Explicitly denying these permissions results in copy failure. For information about managing CMK keys,
see Controlling Access to Customer Master Keys.
To copy a snapshot using the command line
• copy-snapshot (AWS CLI)

• Copy-EC2Snapshot (AWS Tools for Windows PowerShell)
Viewing Amazon EBS Snapshot Information

You can view detailed information about your snapshots.
To view snapshot information using the console

3. To reduce the list, choose an option from the Filter list. For example, to view only your snapshots,
choose Owned By Me. You can filter your snapshots further by using the advanced search options.
Choose the search bar to view the filters available.
4. To view more information about a snapshot, select it.
840
EBS Snapshots
To view snapshot information using the command line
• describe-snapshots (AWS CLI)

• Get-EC2Snapshot (AWS Tools for Windows PowerShell)
Sharing an Amazon EBS Snapshot

By modifying the permissions of a snapshot, you can share it with the AWS accounts that you specify.
Users that you have authorized can use the snapshots you share as the basis for creating their own
EBS volumes, while your original snapshot remains unaffected. If you choose, you can make your
unencrypted snapshots available publicly to all AWS users. You can't make your encrypted snapshots
available publicly.
When you share an encrypted snapshot, you must also share the customer managed CMK used to
encrypt the snapshot. You can apply cross-account permissions to a customer managed CMK either when
it is created or at a later time.
Important
When you share a snapshot, you are giving others access to all of the data on the snapshot.
Share snapshots only with people with whom you want to share all of your snapshot data.
Considerations
The following considerations apply to sharing snapshots:
• Snapshots are constrained to the Region in which they were created. To share a snapshot with
another Region, copy the snapshot to that Region. For more information, see Copying an Amazon EBS
Snapshot (p. 836).
• If your snapshot uses the longer resource ID format, you can only share it with another account that
also supports longer IDs. For more information, see Resource IDs (p. 955).
• AWS prevents you from sharing snapshots that were encrypted with your default CMK. Snapshots that
you intend to share must instead be encrypted with a customer managed CMK. For more information,
see Creating Keys in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide.
• Users of your shared CMK who are accessing encrypted snapshots must be granted permissions
to perform the following actions on the key: kms:DescribeKey, kms:CreateGrant,
GenerateDataKey, and kms:ReEncrypt. For more information, see Controlling Access to Customer
Master Keys in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide.
Sharing an Unencrypted Snapshot Using the Console
To share a snapshot using the console

3. Select the snapshot and then choose Actions, Modify Permissions.
4. Make the snapshot public or share it with specific AWS accounts as follows:
• To make the snapshot public, choose Public.
This option is not valid for encrypted snapshots or snapshots with an AWS Marketplace product
code.
841
EBS Snapshots
• To share the snapshot with one or more AWS accounts, choose Private, enter the AWS account
ID (without hyphens) in AWS Account Number, and choose Add Permission. Repeat for any
additional AWS accounts.
5. Choose Save.
To use an unencrypted snapshot that was privately shared with you

3. Choose the Private Snapshots filter.
4. Locate the snapshot by ID or description. You can use this snapshot as you would any other; for
example, you can create a volume from the snapshot or copy the snapshot to a different Region.
Sharing an Encrypted Snapshot Using the Console

To share an encrypted snapshot using the console
1. Open the AWS KMS console at https://console.aws.amazon.com/kms.

2. To change the AWS Region, use the Region selector in the upper-right corner of the page.
3. Choose Customer managed keys in the navigation pane.
4. Choose the alias of the customer managed key that you used to encrypt the snapshot.
5. Choose Add other AWS accounts and enter the AWS account ID as prompted. To add another
account, choose Add another AWS account and enter the AWS account ID. When you have added all
AWS accounts, choose Save changes.
8. Select the snapshot and then choose Actions, Modify Permissions.
9. For each AWS account, enter the AWS account ID in AWS Account Number and choose Add
Permission. When you have added all AWS accounts, choose Save.
To use an encrypted snapshot that was shared with you

3. Choose the Private Snapshots filter. Optionally add the Encrypted filter.
4. Locate the snapshot by ID or description.
5. Select the snapshot and choose Actions, Copy.
6. (Optional) Select a destination Region.
7. The copy of the snapshot is encrypted by the key displayed in Master Key. By default, the selected
key is your account's default CMK. To select a customer managed CMK, click inside the input box to
see a list of available keys.
8. Choose Copy.
Sharing a Snapshot Using the Command Line

The permissions for a snapshot are specified using the createVolumePermission attribute of the
snapshot. To make a snapshot public, set the group to all. To share a snapshot with a specific AWS
account, set the user to the ID of the AWS account.
842
EBS Snapshots
To modify snapshot permissions using the command line
• modify-snapshot-attribute (AWS CLI)

• Edit-EC2SnapshotAttribute (AWS Tools for Windows PowerShell)
To view snapshot permissions using the command line
• describe-snapshot-attribute (AWS CLI)

• Get-EC2SnapshotAttribute (AWS Tools for Windows PowerShell)
Automating the Amazon EBS Snapshot Lifecycle

You can use Amazon Data Lifecycle Manager (Amazon DLM) to automate the creation, retention, and
deletion of snapshots taken to back up your Amazon EBS volumes. Automating snapshot management
helps you to:
• Protect valuable data by enforcing a regular backup schedule.

• Retain backups as required by auditors or internal compliance.
• Reduce storage costs by deleting outdated backups.
Combined with the monitoring features of Amazon CloudWatch Events and AWS CloudTrail, Amazon
DLM provides a complete backup solution for EBS volumes at no additional cost.
Contents
• Understanding Amazon DLM (p. 843)
• Permissions for Amazon DLM (p. 845)
• Permissions for IAM Users (p. 846)
• Limits (p. 846)
• Working with Amazon DLM Using the Console (p. 846)
• Working with Amazon DLM Using the Command Line (p. 848)
• Working with Amazon DLM Using the API (p. 851)
• Working with Amazon DLM to Create and Maintain Multi-Volume Snapshots Using the
Console (p. 851)
• Working with Amazon DLM to Create and Maintain Multi-Volume Snapshots Using the CLI (p. 852)
• Monitoring the Snapshot Lifecycle (p. 853)
Understanding Amazon DLM

The following are the key elements that you should understand before you get started with Amazon
DLM.
Snapshots
Snapshots are the primary means to back up data from your EBS volumes. To save storage costs,
successive snapshots are incremental, containing only the volume data that changed since the previous
843
EBS Snapshots
snapshot. When you delete one snapshot in a series of snapshots for a volume, only the data unique to
that snapshot is removed. The rest of the captured history of the volume is preserved.
For more information, see Amazon EBS Snapshots (p. 817).
Target Resource Tags
Amazon DLM uses resource tags to identify the EBS volumes to back up. Tags are customizable metadata
that you can assign to your AWS resources (including EBS volumes and snapshots). An Amazon DLM
policy (described below) targets a volume for backup using a single tag. Multiple tags can be assigned to
a volume if you want to run multiple policies on it.
You can't use a '\' or '=' character in a tag key.
For more information, see Tagging Your Amazon EC2 Resources (p. 963).
Snapshot Tags
Amazon DLM applies the following tags to all snapshots created by a policy, to distinguish them from
snapshots created by any other means:
• aws:dlm:lifecycle-policy-id
• aws:dlm:lifecycle-schedule-name
You can also specify custom tags to be applied to snapshots on creation.
You can't use a '\' or '=' character in a tag key.
The target tags that Amazon DLM uses to associate volumes with a policy can optionally be applied to
snapshots created by the policy.
Lifecycle Policies
A lifecycle policy consists of these core settings:
• Policy type—Defines valid target resource types and actions a policy can manage. Defaults to
EBS_SNAPSHOT_MANAGEMENT if not present.
• Resource type—The AWS resource managed by the policy. Supported values are EBS volumes and EC2
instances.
• Target tag—The tag that must be associated with an EBS volume or an EC2 instance for it to be
managed by the policy.
• Schedule—Defines how often to create snapshots and the maximum number of snapshots to keep.
Snapshot creation starts within an hour of the specified start time. If creating a new snapshot exceeds
the maximum number of snapshots to keep for the volume, the oldest snapshot is deleted.
The following considerations apply to lifecycle policies:
• A policy does not begin creating snapshots until you set its activation status to enabled. You can
configure a policy to be enabled upon creation.
• Snapshots begin to be created by a policy within one hour following the specified start time.
• If you modify a policy by removing or changing its target tag, the EBS volumes with that tag are no
longer affected by the policy.
• If you modify the schedule name for a policy, the snapshots created under the old schedule name are
no longer affected by the policy.
• If you delete the resource to which a policy applies, the policy no longer manages the previously
created snapshots. You must manually delete the snapshots if they are no longer needed.
844
EBS Snapshots
• You can create multiple policies to back up an EBS volume or an EC2 instance. For example, if an EBS
volume has two tags, where tag A is the target for policy A to create a snapshot every 12 hours, and
tag B is the target for policy B to create a snapshot every 24 hours, Amazon DLM creates snapshots
according to the schedules for both policies.
• When you copy a snapshot created by a policy, the retention schedule is not carried over to the copy.
This ensures that Amazon DLM does not delete snapshots that should be retained for a longer period
of time.
For example, you could create a policy that manages all EBS volumes with the tag account=Finance,
creates snapshots every 24 hours at 0900, and retains the five most recent snapshots. Snapshot creation
could start as late as 0959.
Permissions for Amazon DLM

Amazon DLM uses an IAM role to get the permissions that are required to manage snapshots on your
behalf. Amazon DLM creates the AWSDataLifecycleManagerDefaultRole role the first time that you
create a lifecycle policy using the AWS Management Console. You can also create this role using the
following create-default-role command.
aws dlm create-default-role
Alternatively, you can create a custom IAM role with the required permissions and select it when you
create a lifecycle policy.
To create a custom IAM role
1. Create a role with the following permissions.
{
"Version": "2012-10-17",
"Statement": [
{
"Effect": "Allow",
"Action": [
"ec2:DeleteSnapshot",
"ec2:DescribeSnapshots"
],
"Resource": "*"
},
{
"Effect": "Allow",
"Action": [
"ec2:CreateTags"
],
"Resource": "arn:aws:ec2:*::snapshot/*"
}
]
}
For more information, see Creating a Role in the IAM User Guide.
2. Add a trust relationship to the role.
a. In the IAM console, choose Roles.

b. Select the role you created and then choose Trust relationships.
845
EBS Snapshots
c. Choose Edit Trust Relationship, add the following policy, and then choose Update Trust Policy.
{
"Version": "2012-10-17",
"Statement": [
{
"Effect": "Allow",
"Principal": {
"Service": "dlm.amazonaws.com"
},
"Action": "sts:AssumeRole"
}
]
}
Permissions for IAM Users

An IAM user must have the following permissions to use Amazon DLM.
{
"Version": "2012-10-17",
"Statement": [
{
"Effect": "Allow",
"Action": ["iam:PassRole", "iam:ListRoles"],
"Resource": "arn:aws:iam::123456789012:role/AWSDataLifecycleManagerDefaultRole"
},
{
"Effect": "Allow",
"Action": "dlm:*",
"Resource": "*"
}
]
}
For more information, see Changing Permissions for an IAM User in the IAM User Guide.
Limits
Your AWS account has the following limits related to Amazon DLM:
• You can create up to 100 lifecycle policies per Region.

• You can add up to 50 tags per resource.
• You can create one schedule per lifecycle policy.
Working with Amazon DLM Using the Console

The following examples show how to use Amazon DLM to perform typical procedures to manage the
backups of your EBS volumes.
To create a lifecycle policy

2. In the navigation pane, choose Elastic Block Store, Lifecycle Manager, Create snapshot lifecycle
policy.
3. Provide the following information for your policy as needed:
846
EBS Snapshots
• Description—A description of the policy.

• Target with tags—The resource tags that identify the volumes or instances to back up.
• Schedule Name—A name for the backup schedule.
• Create snapshots every n Hours—The number of hours between policy runs. The supported
values are 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 12, and 24.
• Snapshot creation start time hh:mm UTC—The time of day when policy runs are scheduled to
start. The policy runs start within an hour after the scheduled time.
• Retention rule—The maximum number of snapshots to retain for each volume or instance. The
supported range is 1 to 1000. After the limit is reached, the oldest snapshot is deleted when a
new one is created.
• Copy tags—Copy all user-defined tags on a source volume to snapshots of the volume created by
this policy.
• Tag created snapshots—The resource tags to apply to the snapshots that are created. These tags
are in addition to the tags applied by Amazon DLM. You can also choose variable tags that can
automatically tag all of your snapshots with the corresponding instance-id or timestamp.
• IAM role—An IAM role that has permissions to create, delete, and describe snapshots, and to
describe volumes. AWS provides a default role, AWSDataLifecycleManagerDefaultRole, or you
can create a custom IAM role.
• Policy status after creation—Choose Enable policy to start the policy runs at the next scheduled
time or Disable policy to prevent the policy from running.
4. Choose Create Policy.
To display a lifecycle policy

2. In the navigation pane, choose Elastic Block Store, Lifecycle Manager.
3. Select a lifecycle policy from the list. The Details tab displays the following information about the
policy:
• Policy ID
• Resource type
• Policy type
• Date created
• Date modified
• Target resource tags
• Rule summary
• Description
• Policy state
• Tags added to snapshots
To modify a lifecycle policy

3. Select a lifecycle policy from the list.
4. Choose Actions, Modify policy.
5. In an existing lifecycle policy, you can modify the following policy values:
847
EBS Snapshots
values are 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 12, and 24.
new one is created.
this policy.
To delete a lifecycle policy

3. Select a lifecycle policy from the list.
4. Choose Actions, Delete policy.
Working with Amazon DLM Using the Command Line

The following examples show how to use Amazon DLM to perform typical procedures to manage the
backups of your EBS volumes.
Example Example: Create a lifecycle policy
Use the create-lifecycle-policy command to create a lifecycle policy. To simplify the syntax, this example
references a JSON file, policyDetails.json, that includes the policy details.
aws dlm create-lifecycle-policy --description "My first policy" --state ENABLED --

execution-role-arn arn:aws:iam::12345678910:role/AWSDataLifecycleManagerDefaultRole --
policy-details file://policyDetails.json
The following is an example of the policyDetails.json file.
{
"ResourceTypes": [
"VOLUME"
],
"TargetTags": [
{
"Key": "costcenter",
"Value": "115"
}
],
"Schedules":[
848
EBS Snapshots
{
"Name": "DailySnapshots",
"TagsToAdd": [
{
"Key": "type",
"Value": "myDailySnapshot"
}
],
"CreateRule": {
"Interval": 24,
"IntervalUnit": "HOURS",
"Times": [
"03:00"
]
},
"RetainRule": {
"Count":5
},
"CopyTags": false
}
]
}
Upon success, the command returns the ID of the newly created policy. The following is example output.
{
"PolicyId": "policy-0123456789abcdef0"
}
Example Example: Display a lifecycle policy
Use the get-lifecycle-policy command to display information about a lifecycle policy.
aws dlm get-lifecycle-policy --policy-id policy-0123456789abcdef0
The following is example output. It includes the information that you specified, plus metadata inserted
by AWS.
{
"Policy":{
"Description": "My first policy",
"DateCreated": "2018-05-15T00:16:21+0000",
"State": "ENABLED",
"ExecutionRoleArn":
"arn:aws:iam::210774411744:role/AWSDataLifecycleManagerDefaultRole",
"PolicyId": "policy-0123456789abcdef0",
"DateModified": "2018-05-15T00:16:22+0000",
"PolicyDetails": {
"PolicyType":"EBS_SNAPSHOT_MANAGEMENT",
"ResourceTypes": [
"VOLUME"
],
"TargetTags": [
{
"Value": "115",
"Key": "costcenter"
}
],
"Schedules": [
{
"TagsToAdd": [
849
EBS Snapshots
{
"Value": "myDailySnapshot",
"Key": "type"
}
],
"RetainRule": {
"Count": 5
},
"CopyTags": false,
"CreateRule": {
"Interval": 24,
"Times": [
"03:00"
]
},
"Name": "DailySnapshots"
}
]
}
}
}
Example To modify a lifecycle policy
Use the update-lifecycle-policy command to modify the information in a lifecycle policy. To simplify the
syntax, this example references a JSON file, policyDetailsUpdated.json, that includes the policy
details.
aws dlm update-lifecycle-policy --state DISABLED --execution-role-arn

arn:aws:iam::12345678910:role/AWSDataLifecycleManagerDefaultRole" --policy-details
file://policyDetailsUpdated.json
The following is an example of the policyDetailsUpdated.json file.
{
"ResourceTypes":[
"VOLUME"
],
"TargetTags":[
{
"Value": "120"
}
],
"Schedules":[
{
"TagsToAdd": [
{
"Key": "type",
"Value": "myDailySnapshot"
}
],
"CreateRule": {
"Interval": 12,
"Times": [
"15:00"
]
},
"RetainRule": {
"Count" :5
850
EBS Snapshots
},
"CopyTags": false
}
]
}
To view the updated policy, use the get-lifecycle-policy command. You can see that the state, the
value of the tag, the snapshot interval, and the snapshot start time were changed.
Example Example: Delete a lifecycle policy
Use the delete-lifecycle-policy command to delete a lifecycle policy and free up the target tags specified
in the policy for reuse.
aws dlm delete-lifecycle-policy --policy-id policy-0123456789abcdef0
Working with Amazon DLM Using the API

The Amazon Data Lifecycle Manager API Reference provides descriptions and syntax for each of the
actions and data types for the Amazon DLM Query API.
Alternatively, you can use one of the AWS SDKs to access an API that's tailored to the programming
language or platform that you're using. For more information, see AWS SDKs.
Working with Amazon DLM to Create and Maintain Multi-Volume Snapshots

Using the Console
You can create lifecycle policies to automate the creation and deletion of multi-volume snapshots by
using the AWS Management Console, from the AWS CLI, or from the Data Lifecycle Management (DLM)
APIs.
Automate multi-volume snapshots using the console
1. Sign in to the AWS Management Console and open the Amazon EC2 console at https://
console.aws.amazon.com/ec2/.
2. In the navigation pane, choose Elastic Block Store. Then choose Lifecycle Manager and Create
snapshot lifecycle policy.
3. Provide the following information for your policy, as needed:

values are 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 12, and 24.
new one is created.
this policy.
851
EBS Snapshots
4. Choose Create Policy.
Working with Amazon DLM to Create and Maintain Multi-Volume Snapshots

Using the CLI
The following examples show how to use Amazon DLM to automate creation and deletion of multi-
volume snapshots using the AWS CLI.
Example Example: Create a lifecycle policy
Use the create-lifecycle-policy command to create a lifecycle policy. To simplify the syntax, this example
references a JSON file, policyDetails.json, which includes the policy details.
aws dlm create-lifecycle-policy --description My multi-

volume snapshots policy --state ENABLED --execution-role-arn
arn:aws:iam::12345678910:role/AWSDataLifecycleManagerDefaultRole --policy-details
file://multi-volume-policy.json
The following is an example of the multi-volume-policy.json file.
{
"ResourceTypes": [
"INSTANCE"
],
"TargetTags": [
{
"Value": "115"
}
],
"Schedules":[
{
"TagsToAdd": [
{
"Key": "type",
"Value": "Daily-Multi-Volume Snapshots"
}
],
"VariableTags":[
{
"Key": "timestamp",
"Value": "$(timestamp)"
},
{
"Key": "instance-id",
"Value": "$(instance-id)"
},
],
"Interval": 24,
"Times": [
"03:00"
]
},
852
EBS Snapshots
"RetainRule": {
"Count":5
},
"CopyTags": false
}
]
"Parameters": {
"ExcludeBootVolume": true
}
}
Upon success, the command returns the ID of the newly created policy. The following is example output.
{
"PolicyId": "policy-0123456789abcdef0"
}
Monitoring the Snapshot Lifecycle

You can use the following features to monitor the lifecycle of your snapshots.
Console and AWS CLI
You can view your lifecycle policies using the Amazon EC2 console or the AWS CLI. Each snapshot created
by a policy has a timestamp and policy-related tags. You can filter snapshots using tags to verify that
your backups are being created as you intend. For information about viewing lifecycle policies using the
console, see To display a lifecycle policy (p. 847). For information about displaying information about
lifecycle policies using the CLI, see Example: Display a lifecycle policy (p. 849).
CloudWatch Events
Amazon EBS and Amazon DLM emit events related to lifecycle policy actions. You can use AWS Lambda
and Amazon CloudWatch Events to handle event notifications programmatically. For more information,
see the Amazon CloudWatch Events User Guide.
The following events are available:
• createSnapshot—An Amazon EBS event emitted when a CreateSnapshot action succeeds or fails.
For more information, see Amazon CloudWatch Events for Amazon EBS (p. 906).
• DLM Policy State Change—A Amazon DLM event emitted when a lifecycle policy enters an error
state. The event contains a description of what caused the error. The following is an example of an
event when the permissions granted by the IAM role are insufficient:
{
"version": "0",
"id": "01234567-0123-0123-0123-0123456789ab",
"detail-type": "DLM Policy State Change",
"source": "aws.dlm",
"account": "123456789012",
"time": "2018-05-25T13:12:22Z",
"resources": [
"arn:aws:dlm:us-east-1:123456789012:policy/policy-0123456789abcdef"
],
"detail": {
"state": "ERROR",
"cause": "Role provided does not have sufficient permissions",
"policy_id": "arn:aws:dlm:us-east-1:123456789012:policy/policy-0123456789abcdef"
}
}
853
EBS Data Services
The following is an example of an event when a limit is exceeded:
{
"version": "0",
"id": "01234567-0123-0123-0123-0123456789ab",
"detail-type": "DLM Policy State Change",
"source": "aws.dlm",
"account": "123456789012",
"time": "2018-05-25T13:12:22Z",
"resources": [
"arn:aws:dlm:us-east-1:123456789012:policy/policy-0123456789abcdef"
],
"detail":{
"state": "ERROR",
"cause": "Maximum allowed active snapshot limit exceeded",
"policy_id": "arn:aws:dlm:us-east-1:123456789012:policy/policy-0123456789abcdef"
}
}
AWS CloudTrail
With AWS CloudTrail, you can track user activity and API usage to demonstrate compliance with internal
policies and regulatory standards. For more information, see the AWS CloudTrail User Guide.
AWS CloudFormation
When deploying resource stacks with AWS CloudFormation, you can include Amazon DLM policies in your
AWS CloudFormation templates. For more information, see Amazon Data Lifecycle Manager Resource
Types Reference.
Amazon EBS Data Services

Amazon EBS provides the following data services.
Data Services
• Amazon EBS Elastic Volumes (p. 854)
• Amazon EBS Encryption (p. 864)
Amazon EBS Elastic Volumes

With Amazon EBS Elastic Volumes, you can increase the volume size, change the volume type, or adjust
the performance of your EBS volumes. If your instance supports Elastic Volumes, you can do so without
detaching the volume or restarting the instance. This enables you to continue using your application
while the changes take effect.
There is no charge to modify the configuration of a volume. You are charged for the new volume
configuration after volume modification starts. For more information, see the Amazon EBS Pricing page.
Contents
• Requirements When Modifying Volumes (p. 855)
• Requesting Modifications to Your EBS Volumes (p. 856)
• Monitoring the Progress of Volume Modifications (p. 859)
• Extending a Windows File System After Resizing a Volume (p. 862)
854
EBS Data Services
Requirements When Modifying Volumes

The following requirements and limitations apply when you modify an Amazon EBS volume. To learn
more about the general requirements for EBS volumes, see Constraints on the Size and Configuration of
an EBS Volume (p. 797).
Amazon EC2 Instance Support
Elastic Volumes are supported on the following instances:
• All current-generation instances (p. 120)

• Previous-generation instance families C1, C3, CC2, CR1, G2, I2, M1, M3, and R3
If your instance type does not support Elastic Volumes, see Modifying an EBS Volume If Elastic Volumes
Is Unsupported (p. 859).
Requirements for Windows Volumes
By default, Windows initializes volumes with a master boot record (MBR) partition table. Because
MBR supports only volumes smaller than 2 TiB (2,048 GiB), Windows prevents you from resizing MBR
volumes beyond this limit. In such a case, the Extend Volume option is disabled in the Windows Disk
Management utility. If you use the AWS Management Console or AWS CLI to create an MBR-partitioned
volume that exceeds the size limit, Windows cannot detect or use the additional space. For requirements
affecting Linux volumes, see Requirements for Linux Volumes in the Amazon EC2 User Guide for Linux
Instances.
To overcome this limitation, you can create a new, larger volume with a GUID partition table (GPT) and
copy over the data from the original MBR volume.
To create a GPT volume
1. Create a new, empty volume of the desired size in the Availability Zone of the EC2 instance and
attach it to your instance.
Note
The new volume must not be a volume restored from a snapshot.
2. Log in to your Windows system and open Disk Management (diskmgmt.exe).
3. Open the context (right-click) menu for the new disk and choose Online.
4. In the Initialize Disk window, select the new disk and choose GPT (GUID Partition Table), OK.
5. When initialization is complete, copy the data from the original volume to the new volume, using a
tool such as robocopy or teracopy.
6. In Disk Management, change the drive letters to appropriate values and take the old volume offline.
7. In the Amazon EC2 console, detach the old volume from the instance, reboot the instance to verify
that it functions properly, and delete the old volume.
Limitations
• The new volume size cannot exceed the supported volume capacity. For more information, see
Constraints on the Size and Configuration of an EBS Volume (p. 797).
• If the volume was attached before November 3, 2016 23:40 UTC, you must initialize Elastic Volumes
support. For more information, see Initializing Elastic Volumes Support (p. 857).
• If you are using an unsupported previous-generation instance type, or if you encounter an error
while attempting a volume modification, see Modifying an EBS Volume If Elastic Volumes Is
Unsupported (p. 859).
855
EBS Data Services
• A gp2 volume that is attached to an instance as a root volume cannot be modified to an st1 or sc1
volume. If detached and modified to st1 or sc1, it cannot be attached to an instance as the root
volume.
• A gp2 volume cannot be modified to an st1 or sc1 volume if the requested volume size is below the
minimum size for st1 and sc1 volumes.
• In some cases, you must detach the volume or stop the instance for modification to proceed. If you
encounter an error message while attempting to modify an EBS volume, or if you are modifying an
EBS volume attached to a previous-generation instance type, take one of the following steps:
• For a non-root volume, detach the volume from the instance, apply the modifications, and then re-
attach the volume.
• For a root (boot) volume, stop the instance, apply the modifications, and then restart the instance.
• After provisioning over 32,000 IOPS on an existing io1 volume, you may need to do one of the
following to see the full performance improvements:
• Detach and attach the volume.
• Restart the instance.
• Decreasing the size of an EBS volume is not supported. However, you can create a smaller volume and
then migrate your data to it using an application-level tool such as robocopy.
• Modification time is increased if you modify a volume that has not been fully initialized. For more
information see Initializing Amazon EBS Volumes (p. 890).
• After modifying a volume, wait at least six hours and ensure that the volume is in the in-use or
available state before making additional modifications to the same volume.
• While m3.medium instances fully support volume modification, m3.large, m3.xlarge, and
m3.2xlarge instances might not support all volume modification features.
Requesting Modifications to Your EBS Volumes

With Elastic Volumes, you can dynamically modify the size, performance, and volume type of your
Amazon EBS volumes without detaching them.
Use the following process when modifying a volume:
1. (Optional) Before modifying a volume that contains valuable data, it is a best practice to create
a snapshot of the volume in case you need to roll back your changes. For more information, see
Creating Amazon EBS Snapshots (p. 821).
2. Request the volume modification.
3. Monitor the progress of the volume modification. For more information, see Monitoring the Progress
of Volume Modifications (p. 859).
4. If the size of the volume was modified, extend the volume's file system to take advantage of the
increased storage capacity. For more information, see Extending a Windows File System After Resizing
a Volume (p. 862).
Contents
• Modifying an EBS Volume Using Elastic Volumes (Console) (p. 856)
• Modifying an EBS Volume Using Elastic Volumes (AWS CLI) (p. 857)
• Initializing Elastic Volumes Support (If Needed) (p. 857)
• Modifying an EBS Volume If Elastic Volumes Is Unsupported (p. 859)
Modifying an EBS Volume Using Elastic Volumes (Console)
Use the following procedure to modify an EBS volume.
856
EBS Data Services
To modify an EBS volume using the console

2. Choose Volumes, select the volume to modify, and then choose Actions, Modify Volume.
3. The Modify Volume window displays the volume ID and the volume's current configuration,
including type, size, and IOPS. You can change any or all of these settings in a single action. Set new
configuration values as follows:
• To modify the type, choose a value for Volume Type.

• To modify the size, enter an allowed integer value for Size.
• If you chose Provisioned IOPS SSD (io1) as the volume type, enter an allowed integer value for
IOPS.
4. After you have finished changing the volume settings, choose Modify. When prompted for
confirmation, choose Yes.
5. Modifying volume size has no practical effect until you also extend the volume's file system to make
use of the new storage capacity. For more information, see Extending a Windows File System After
Resizing a Volume (p. 862).
6. If you increase the size of an NVMe volume on an instance that does not have the AWS NVMe
drivers, you must reboot the instance to enable Windows to see the new volume size. For
more information about installing the AWS NVMe drivers, see AWS NVMe Drivers for Windows
Instances (p. 445).
Modifying an EBS Volume Using Elastic Volumes (AWS CLI)
Use the modify-volume command to modify one or more configuration settings for a volume. For
example, if you have a volume of type gp2 with a size of 100 GiB, the following command changes its
configuration to a volume of type io1 with 10,000 IOPS and a size of 200 GiB.
aws ec2 modify-volume --volume-type io1 --iops 10000 --size 200 --volume-
id vol-11111111111111111
{
"VolumeModification": {
"TargetSize": 200,
"TargetVolumeType": "io1",
"ModificationState": "modifying",
"VolumeId": "vol-11111111111111111",
"TargetIops": 10000,
"StartTime": "2017-01-19T22:21:02.959Z",
"Progress": 0,
"OriginalVolumeType": "gp2",
"OriginalIops": 300,
"OriginalSize": 100
}
}
Modifying volume size has no practical effect until you also extend the volume's file system to make use
of the new storage capacity. For more information, see Extending a Windows File System After Resizing a
Volume (p. 862).
Initializing Elastic Volumes Support (If Needed)
Before you can modify a volume that was attached to an instance before November 3, 2016 23:40 UTC,
you must initialize volume modification support using one of the following actions:
857
EBS Data Services
• Detach and attach the volume

• Stop and start the instance
Use one of the following procedures to determine whether your instances are ready for volume
modification.
To determine whether your instances are ready using the console

2. On the navigation pane, choose Instances.
3. Choose the Show/Hide Columns icon (the gear). Select the Launch Time and Block Devices
attributes and then choose Close.
4. Sort the list of instances by the Launch Time column. For instances that were started before the
cutoff date, check when the devices were attached. In the following example, you must initialize
volume modification for the first instance because it was started before the cutoff date and its
root volume was attached before the cutoff date. The other instances are ready because they were
started after the cutoff date.
To determine whether your instances are ready using the CLI
Use the following describe-instances command to determine whether the volume was attached before
November 3, 2016 23:40 UTC.
aws ec2 describe-instances --query "Reservations[*].Instances[*].

[InstanceId,LaunchTime<='2016-11-01',BlockDeviceMappings[*][Ebs.AttachTime<='2016-11-01']]"
--output text
The first line of the output for each instance shows its ID and whether it was started before the cutoff
date (True or False). The first line is followed by one or more lines that show whether each EBS volume
was attached before the cutoff date (True or False). In the following example output, you must initialize
volume modification for the first instance because it was started before the cutoff date and its root
volume was attached before the cutoff date. The other instances are ready because they were started
after the cutoff date.
i-e905622e True
True
i-719f99a8 False
True
i-006b02c1b78381e57 False
False
False
i-e3d172ed False
True
858
EBS Data Services
Modifying an EBS Volume If Elastic Volumes Is Unsupported

If you are using a supported instance type, you can use Elastic Volumes to dynamically modify the size,
performance, and volume type of your Amazon EBS volumes without detaching them.
If you cannot use Elastic Volumes but you need to modify the root (boot) volume, you must stop the
instance, modify the volume, and then restart the instance.
After the instance has started, you can check the file system size to see if your instance recognizes the
larger volume space.
If the size does not reflect your newly expanded volume, you must extend the file system of your device
so that your instance can use the new space. For more information, see Extending a Windows File System
After Resizing a Volume (p. 862).
You may have to bring the volume online in order to use it. For more information, see Making an Amazon
EBS Volume Available for Use on Windows (p. 803). You do not need to reformat the volume.
Monitoring the Progress of Volume Modifications

When you modify an EBS volume, it goes through a sequence of states. The volume enters the
modifying state, the optimizing state, and finally the completed state. At this point, the volume is
ready to be further modified.
Note
Rarely, a transient AWS fault can result in a failed state. This is not an indication of volume
health; it merely indicates that the modification to the volume failed. If this occurs, retry the
volume modification.
While the volume is in the optimizing state, your volume performance is in between the source and
target configuration specifications. Transitional volume performance will be no less than the source
volume performance. If you are downgrading IOPS, transitional volume performance is no less than the
target volume performance.
Volume modification changes take effect as follows:
• Size changes usually take a few seconds to complete and take effect after a volume is in the
Optimizing state.
• Performance (IOPS) changes can take from a few minutes to a few hours to complete and are
dependent on the configuration change being made.
• It may take up to 24 hours for a new configuration to take effect, and in some cases more, such as
when the volume has not been fully initialized. Typically, a fully used 1-TiB volume takes about 6 hours
to migrate to a new performance configuration.
Use one of the following methods to monitor the progress of a volume modification.
Contents
• Monitoring the Progress of a Volume Modification (Console) (p. 859)
• Monitoring the Progress of a Volume Modification (AWS CLI) (p. 860)
• Monitoring the Progress of a Volume Modification (CloudWatch Events) (p. 861)
Monitoring the Progress of a Volume Modification (Console)

Use the following procedure to view the progress of one or more volume modifications.
To monitor progress of a modification using the console
859
EBS Data Services

3. Select the volume. The volume status is displayed in the State column and in the State field of the
details pane. In this example, the modification state is completed.
4. Open the information icon next to the State field to display before and after information about the
most recent modification action, as shown in this example.
Monitoring the Progress of a Volume Modification (AWS CLI)

Use the describe-volumes-modifications command to view the progress of one or more volume
modifications. The following example describes the volume modifications for two volumes.
aws ec2 describe-volumes-modifications --volume-

id vol-11111111111111111 vol-22222222222222222
In the following example output, the volume modifications are still in the modifying state.
{
"VolumesModifications": [
{
"TargetSize": 200,
860
EBS Data Services
"TargetVolumeType": "io1",
"VolumeId": "vol-11111111111111111",
"TargetIops": 10000,
"StartTime": "2017-01-19T22:21:02.959Z",
"Progress": 0,
"OriginalSize": 100
},
{
"TargetSize": 2000,
"TargetVolumeType": "sc1",
"VolumeId": "vol-22222222222222222",
"StartTime": "2017-01-19T22:23:22.158Z",
"Progress": 0,
"OriginalSize": 1000
}
]
}
The next example describes all volumes with a modification state of either optimizing or completed,
and then filters and formats the results to show only modifications that were initiated on or after
February 1, 2017:
aws ec2 describe-volumes-modifications --filters Name=modification-

state,Values="optimizing","completed" --query "VolumesModifications[?
StartTime>='2017-02-01'].{ID:VolumeId,STATE:ModificationState}"
The following is example output with information about two volumes:
[
{
"STATE": "optimizing",
"ID": "vol-06397e7a0eEXAMPLE"
},
{
"STATE": "completed",
"ID": "vol-ba74e18c2aEXAMPLE"
}
]
Monitoring the Progress of a Volume Modification (CloudWatch Events)
With CloudWatch Events, you can create a notification rule for volume modification events. You can
use your rule to generate a notification message using Amazon SNS or to invoke a Lambda function in
response to matching events.
To monitor progress of a modification using CloudWatch Events

2. Choose Events, Create rule.
3. For Build event pattern to match events by service, choose Custom event pattern.
4. For Build custom event pattern, replace the contents with the following and choose Save.
861
EBS Data Services
"source": [
"aws.ec2"
],
"detail-type": [
"EBS Volume Notification"
],
"detail": {
"event": [
"modifyVolume"
]
}
}
The following is example event data:
{
"version": "0",
"id": "01234567-0123-0123-0123-012345678901",
"detail-type": "EBS Volume Notification",
"account": "012345678901",
"time": "2017-01-12T21:09:07Z",
"resources": [
"arn:aws:ec2:us-east-1:012345678901:volume/vol-03a55cf56513fa1b6"
],
"detail": {
"result": "optimizing",
"cause": "",
"event": "modifyVolume",
"request-id": "01234567-0123-0123-0123-0123456789ab"
}
}
Extending a Windows File System After Resizing a Volume

After you increase the size of an EBS volume, use the Windows Disk Management utility to extend the
disk size to the new size of the volume. You can begin resizing the file system as soon as the volume
enters the optimizing state.
For more information about extending a file system on Linux, see Extending a Linux File System After
Resizing a Volume in the Amazon EC2 User Guide for Linux Instances.
To extend a Windows file system
1. Before extending a file system that contains valuable data, it is a best practice to create a snapshot
of the volume that contains it in case you need to roll back your changes. For more information, see
Creating Amazon EBS Snapshots (p. 821).
2. Log in to your Windows instance using Remote Desktop.
3. In the Run dialog, type diskmgmt.msc and press Enter. The Disk Management utility opens.
862
EBS Data Services
4. On the Disk Management menu, choose Action, Rescan Disks.

5. Open the context (right-click) menu for the expanded drive and choose Extend Volume.
6. In the Extend Volume wizard, choose Next. For Select the amount of space in MB, enter the
number of megabytes by which to extend the volume. Generally, you specify the maximum available
863
EBS Data Services
space. The highlighted text under Selected is the amount of space that is added, not the final size
the volume will have. Complete the wizard.
7. If you increase the size of an NVMe volume on an instance that does not have the AWS NVMe driver,
you must reboot the instance to enable Windows to see the new volume size. For more information
about installing the AWS NVMe driver, see AWS NVMe Drivers for Windows Instances (p. 445).
Amazon EBS Encryption

Amazon EBS encryption offers a straight-forward encryption solution for your EBS resources that doesn't
require you to build, maintain, and secure your own key management infrastructure. It uses AWS Key
Management Service (AWS KMS) customer master keys (CMK) when creating encrypted volumes and
snapshots.
Encryption operations occur on the servers that host EC2 instances, ensuring the security of both data-
at-rest and data-in-transit between an instance and its attached EBS storage.
Contents
• How EBS Encryption Works (p. 865)
• Default Key for EBS Encryption (p. 866)
• Encryption by Default (p. 867)
• Encrypting EBS Resources (p. 867)
• Encryption Scenarios (p. 868)
• Setting Encryption Defaults Using the API and CLI (p. 873)
864
EBS Data Services
How EBS Encryption Works

You can encrypt both the boot and data volumes of an EC2 instance. When you create an encrypted EBS
volume and attach it to a supported instance type, the following types of data are encrypted:
• Data at rest inside the volume

• All data moving between the volume and the instance
• All snapshots created from the volume
• All volumes created from those snapshots
EBS encrypts your volume with a data key using the industry-standard AES-256 algorithm. Your data
key is stored on-disk with your encrypted data, but not before EBS encrypts it with your CMK. Your data
key never appears on disk in plaintext. The same data key is shared by snapshots of the volume and any
subsequent volumes created from those snapshots. For more information, see Data Keys in the AWS Key
Management Service Developer Guide.
Amazon EBS works with AWS KMS to encrypt and decrypt your EBS volumes as follows:
1. Amazon EBS sends a CreateGrant request to AWS KMS, so that it can decrypt the data key.
2. Amazon EBS sends a GenerateDataKeyWithoutPlaintext request to AWS KMS, specifying the CMK to
use to encrypt the volume.
3. AWS KMS generates a new data key, encrypts it under the specified CMK, and sends the encrypted
data key to Amazon EBS to be stored with the volume metadata.
4. When you attach an encrypted volume to an instance, Amazon EBS sends a Decrypt request to AWS
KMS, specifying the encrypted data key.
5. AWS KMS decrypts the encrypted data key and sends the decrypted data key to Amazon EBS.
6. Amazon EBS uses the plaintext data key in hypervisor memory to encrypt disk I/O to the volume. The
plaintext data key persists in memory as long as the volume is attached to the instance.
For more information, see How Amazon Elastic Block Store (Amazon EBS) Uses AWS KMS and AWS KMS
Log File Entries in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide.
Requirements
Before you begin, verify that the following requirements are met.
Supported Volume Types
Encryption is supported by all EBS volume types. You can expect the same IOPS performance on
encrypted volumes as on unencrypted volumes, with a minimal effect on latency. You can access
encrypted volumes the same way that you access unencrypted volumes. Encryption and decryption are
handled transparently, and they require no additional action from you or your applications.
Supported Instance Types
Amazon EBS encryption is available on the instance types listed below. You can attach both encrypted
and unencrypted volumes to these instance types simultaneously.
• General purpose: M3, M4, M5, M5a, M5ad, M5d, T2, T3, and T3a
• Compute optimized: C3, C4, C5, C5d, and C5n
• Memory optimized: cr1.8xlarge, R3, R4, R5, R5a, R5ad, R5d, u-6tb1.metal, u-9tb1.metal,
u-12tb1.metal, X1, X1e, and z1d
865
EBS Data Services
• Storage optimized: D2, h1.2xlarge, h1.4xlarge, I2, and I3

• Accelerated computing: F1, G2, G3, G4, P2, and P3
Permissions for IAM Users
When you configure a CMK as the default key for EBS encryption, the default key policy allows any IAM
user with access to the required KMS actions to use this key to encrypt or decrypt EBS resources. You
must grant IAM users permission to call the following actions in order to use EBS encryption:
• kms:CreateGrant
• kms:Decrypt
• kms:DescribeKey
• kms:GenerateDataKeyWithoutPlainText
• kms:ReEncrypt
To follow the principal of least privilege, do not allow full access to kms:CreateGrant. Instead, allow
the user to create grants on the CMK only when the grant is created on the user's behalf by an AWS
service, as shown in the following example:
{
"Version": "2012-10-17",
"Statement": [
{
"Effect": "Allow",
"Action": "kms:CreateGrant",
"Resource": [
"arn:aws:kms:us-east-2:123456789012:key/abcd1234-a123-456d-a12b-
a123b4cd56ef"
],
"Condition": {
"Bool": {
"kms:GrantIsForAWSResource": true
}
}
}
]
}
For more information, see Default Key Policy in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide.
Default Key for EBS Encryption

Amazon EBS automatically creates a unique AWS managed CMK in each Region where you store AWS
resource3. This key have the alias alias/aws/ebs. By default, Amazon EBS uses this key for encryption.
Alternatively, you can specify a customer managed CMK that you created as the default key for EBS
encryption. Using your own CMK gives you more flexibility, including the ability to create, rotate, and
disable keys.
To configure the default key for EBS encryption for a Region

2. From the navigation bar, select the Region.
3. Choose Account Attributes, Settings.
4. Choose Change the default key and then choose an available key.
5. Choose Update.
866
EBS Data Services
Encryption by Default
You can configure your AWS account to enforce the encryption of the new EBS volumes and snapshots
that you create. For example, Amazon EBS encrypts the EBS volumes created when you launch an
instance and the snapshots that you create from an unencrypted snapshot or volume.
Encryption by default has no effect on existing EBS volumes or snapshots. When you copy unencrypted
snapshots or restore unencrypted volumes, the resulting snapshots or volumes are encrypted. For
examples of transitioning from unencrypted to encrypted EBS resources, see Encrypting Unencrypted
Resources (p. 868).
Considerations
• Encryption by default is a Region-specific setting. If you enable it for a Region, you cannot disable it
for individual volumes or snapshots in that Region.
• When you enable encryption by default, you can launch an instance only if the instance type supports
EBS encryption. For more information, see Supported Instance Types (p. 865).
• When migrating servers using AWS Server Migration Service (SMS), do not turn on encryption by
default. If encryption by default is already on and you are experiencing delta replication failures, turn
off this feature.
To enable encryption by default for a Region

2. From the navigation bar, select the Region.
3. From the navigation pane, select EC2 Dashboard.
4. In the upper-right corner of the page, choose Account Attributes, Settings.
5. Under EBS Storage, select Always encrypt new EBS volumes.
6. Choose Update.
You cannot change the CMK that is associated with an existing snapshot or encrypted volume. However,
you can associate a different CMK during a snapshot copy operation so that the resulting copied
snapshot is encrypted by the new CMK.
Encrypting EBS Resources

You encrypt EBS volumes by enabling encryption, either using encryption by default (p. 867) or by
enabling encryption when you create a volume that you want to encrypt.
When you encrypt a volume, you can specify the CMK to use to encrypt the volume. If you do not specify
a CMK, the key that is used for encryption depends on the encryption state of the source snapshot and
its ownership. For more information, see the encryption outcomes table (p. 872).
You cannot change the CMK that is associated with an existing snapshot or volume. However, you can
associate a different CMK during a snapshot copy operation so that the resulting copied snapshot is
encrypted by the new CMK.
Creating New Empty Volumes with Encryption
When you create a new, empty EBS volume, you can encrypt it by enabling encryption for the specific
volume creation operation. If you enabled EBS encryption by default, the volume is automatically
encrypted. By default, the volume is encrypted to your default key for EBS encryption. Alternatively, you
can specify a different CMK for the specific volume creation operation. The volume is encrypted by the
867
EBS Data Services
time it is first available, so your data is always secured. For detailed procedures, see Creating an Amazon
EBS Volume (p. 799).
By default, the CMK that you selected when creating a volume encrypts the snapshots that you make
from the volume and the volumes that you restore from those encrypted snapshots. You cannot remove
encryption from an encrypted volume or snapshot, which means that a volume restored from an
encrypted snapshot, or a copy of an encrypted snapshot, is always encrypted.
Public snapshots of encrypted volumes are not supported, but you can share an encrypted snapshot with
specific accounts. For detailed directions, see Sharing an Amazon EBS Snapshot (p. 841).
Encrypting Unencrypted Resources
Although there is no direct way to encrypt an existing unencrypted volume or snapshot, you can
encrypt them by creating either a volume or a snapshot. If you enabled encryption by default, Amazon
EBS encrypts the resulting new volume or snapshot using your default key for EBS encryption.
Even if you have not enabled encryption by default, you can enable encryption when you create an
individual volume or snapshot. Whether you enable encryption by default or in individual creation
operations, you can override the default key for EBS encryption and select a customer managed CMK.
For more information, see Creating an Amazon EBS Volume (p. 799) and Copying an Amazon EBS
Snapshot (p. 836).
To encrypt the snapshot copy to a customer managed CMK, you must both enable encryption
and specify the key, as shown in Copy an Unencrypted Snapshot (Encryption by Default Not
Enabled) (p. 869).
You can also apply new encryption states when launching an instance from an EBS-backed AMI. This is
because EBS-backed AMIs include snapshots of EBS volumes that can be encrypted as described. For
more information, see Using Encryption with EBS-Backed AMIs (p. 67).
Encryption Scenarios
When you create an encrypted EBS resource, it is encrypted by your account's default key for EBS
encryption unless you specify a different customer managed CMK in the volume creation parameters
or the block device mapping for the AMI or instance. For more information, see Default Key for EBS
The following examples illustrate how you can manage the encryption state of your volumes and
snapshots. For a full list of encryption cases, see the encryption outcomes table (p. 872).
Examples
• Restore an Unencrypted Volume (Encryption by Default Not Enabled) (p. 868)
• Restore an Unencrypted Volume (Encryption by Default Enabled) (p. 869)
• Copy an Unencrypted Snapshot (Encryption by Default Not Enabled) (p. 869)
• Copy an Unencrypted Snapshot (Encryption by Default Enabled) (p. 870)
• Re-Encrypt an Encrypted Volume (p. 870)
• Re-Encrypt an Encrypted Snapshot (p. 871)
• Migrate Data between Encrypted and Unencrypted Volumes (p. 871)
• Encryption Outcomes (p. 872)
Restore an Unencrypted Volume (Encryption by Default Not Enabled)
Without encryption by default enabled, a volume restored from an unencrypted snapshot is unencrypted
by default. However, you can encrypt the resulting volume by setting the Encrypted parameter and,
optionally, the KmsKeyId parameter. The following diagram illustrates the process.
868
EBS Data Services
If you leave out the KmsKeyId parameter, the resulting volume is encrypted using your default key for
EBS encryption. You must specify a key ID to encrypt the volume to a different CMK.
For more information, see Restoring an Amazon EBS Volume from a Snapshot (p. 801).
Restore an Unencrypted Volume (Encryption by Default Enabled)
When you have enabled encryption by default, encryption is mandatory for volumes restored from
unencrypted snapshots, and no encryption parameters are required for your default CMK to be used. The
following diagram shows this simple default case:
If you want to encrypt the restored volume to a customer managed CMK, you must supply both the
Encrypted and KmsKeyId parameters as shown in Restore an Unencrypted Volume (Encryption by
Default Not Enabled) (p. 868).
Copy an Unencrypted Snapshot (Encryption by Default Not Enabled)
Without encryption by default enabled, a copy of an unencrypted snapshot is unencrypted by default.

However, you can encrypt the resulting snapshot by setting the Encrypted parameter and, optionally,
the KmsKeyId parameter. If you omit KmsKeyId, the resulting snapshot is encrypted by your default
CMK. You must specify a key ID to encrypt the volume to a different CMK.
The following diagram illustrates the process.
869
EBS Data Services
Note
You can encrypt an EBS volume by copying an unexpected snapshot to an encrypted snapshot and then
creating a volume from the encrypted snapshot. For more information, see Copying an Amazon EBS
Snapshot (p. 836).
Copy an Unencrypted Snapshot (Encryption by Default Enabled)
When you have enabled encryption by default, encryption is mandatory for copies of unencrypted
snapshots, and no encryption parameters are required if your default CMK is used. The following
diagram illustrates this default case:
Note
Re-Encrypt an Encrypted Volume
When the CreateVolume action operates on an encrypted snapshot, you have the option of re-
encrypting it with a different CMK. The following diagram illustrates the process. In this example, you
own two CMKs, CMK A and CMK B. The source snapshot is encrypted by CMK A. During volume creation,
with the key ID of CMK B specified as a parameter, the source data is automatically decrypted, then re-
encrypted by CMK B.
870
EBS Data Services
Note
For more information, see Restoring an Amazon EBS Volume from a Snapshot (p. 801).
Re-Encrypt an Encrypted Snapshot
The ability to encrypt a snapshot during copying allows you to apply a new CMK to an already-encrypted
snapshot that you own. Volumes restored from the resulting copy are only accessible using the new
CMK. The following diagram illustrates the process. In this example, you own two CMKs, CMK A and
CMK B. The source snapshot is encrypted by CMK A. During copy, with the key ID of CMK B specified as a
parameter, the source data is automatically re-encrypted by CMK B.
Note
In a related scenario, you can choose to apply new encryption parameters to a copy of a snapshot that
has been shared with you. By default, the copy is encrypted with a CMK shared by the snapshot's owner.
However, we recommend that you create a copy of the shared snapshot using a different CMK that you
control. This protects your access to the volume if the original CMK is compromised, or if the owner
revokes the CMK for any reason. For more information, see Encryption and Snapshot Copying (p. 838).
Migrate Data between Encrypted and Unencrypted Volumes
When you have access to both an encrypted and unencrypted volume, you can freely transfer data
between them. EC2 carries out the encryption and decryption operations transparently.
871
EBS Data Services
For example, use the robocopy command to copy the data. In the following command, the source data is
located in D:\ and the destination volume is mounted at E:\.
PS C:\> robocopy D:\sourcefolder E:\destinationfolder /e /copyall /eta
We recommend using folders rather than copying an entire volume, as this avoids potential problems
with hidden folders.
Encryption Outcomes
The following table describes the encryption outcome for each possible combination of settings.
Is Is encryption Source of volume Default (no CMK Custom (CMK

encryption by default specified) specified)
enabled? enabled?
No No New (empty) volume Unencrypted N/A
No No Unencrypted snapshot Unencrypted

that you own
No No Encrypted snapshot that Encrypted by same

you own key
No No Unencrypted snapshot Unencrypted

that is shared with you
No No Encrypted snapshot that is Encrypted by

shared with you default CMK*
Yes No New volume Encrypted by Encrypted by a

default CMK specified CMK**
Yes No Unencrypted snapshot Encrypted by

that you own default CMK
Yes No Encrypted snapshot that Encrypted by same

you own key
Yes No Unencrypted snapshot Encrypted by

that is shared with you default CMK
Yes No Encrypted snapshot that is Encrypted by

shared with you default CMK
No Yes New (empty) volume Encrypted by

default CMK
No Yes Unencrypted snapshot Encrypted by N/A

No Yes Encrypted snapshot that Encrypted by same

you own key
No Yes Unencrypted snapshot Encrypted by

No Yes Encrypted snapshot that is Encrypted by

872
EBS Data Services
Is Is encryption Source of volume Default (no CMK Custom (CMK

encryption by default specified) specified)
enabled? enabled?
Yes Yes New volume Encrypted by Encrypted by a

default CMK specified CMK
Yes Yes Unencrypted snapshot Encrypted by

Yes Yes Encrypted snapshot that Encrypted by same

you own key
Yes Yes Unencrypted snapshot Encrypted by

Yes Yes Encrypted snapshot that is Encrypted by

* This is the default CMK used for EBS encryption for the AWS account and Region. By default this is a
unique AWS managed CMK for EBS, or you can specify a customer managed CMK. For more information,
see Default Key for EBS Encryption (p. 866).
** This is a customer managed CMK specified for the volume at launch time. This CMK is used instead of
the default CMK for the AWS account and Region.
Setting Encryption Defaults Using the API and CLI

You can manage encryption by default and the default customer master key (CMK) using the following
API actions and CLI commands.
API action CLI command Description
DisableEbsEncryptionByDefault disable-ebs-encryption-by-default Disables encryption by

default.
EnableEbsEncryptionByDefault enable-ebs-encryption-by-default Enables encryption by

default.
GetEbsDefaultKmsKeyId get-ebs-default-kms-key-id Describes the default

CMK.
GetEbsEncryptionByDefault get-ebs-encryption-by-default Indicates whether

encryption by default is
enabled.
ModifyEbsDefaultKmsKeyId modify-ebs-default-kms-key-id Changes the default

CMK used to encrypt
EBS volumes.
ResetEbsDefaultKmsKeyId reset-ebs-default-kms-key-id Resets the AWS

managed default CMK
as the default CMK
used to encrypt EBS
volumes.
873
EBS Volumes and NVMe
Amazon EBS and NVMe on Windows Instances

EBS volumes are exposed as NVMe block devices on Nitro-based instances (p. 122).
Note
The EBS performance guarantees stated in Amazon EBS Product Details are valid regardless of
the block-device interface.
Contents
• Install or Upgrade the NVMe Driver (p. 874)
• Identifying the EBS Device (p. 874)
• Working with NVMe EBS Volumes (p. 875)
• I/O Operation Timeout (p. 875)
Install or Upgrade the NVMe Driver

The AWS Windows AMIs for Windows Server 2008 R2 and later include the AWS NVMe driver. If you are
not using the latest AWS Windows AMIs provided by Amazon, see Installing or Upgrading AWS NVMe
Drivers (p. 445).
Identifying the EBS Device

EBS uses single-root I/O virtualization (SR-IOV) to provide volume attachments on Nitro-based instances
using the NVMe specification. These devices rely on standard NVMe drivers on the operating system.
These drivers typically discover attached devices by scanning the PCI bus during instance boot, and
create device nodes based on the order in which the devices respond, not on how the devices are
specified in the block device mapping.
Windows Server 2008 R2 and Later

You can also run the ebsnvme-id command to map the NVMe device disk number to an EBS volume
ID and device name. By default, all EBS NVMe devices are enumerated. You can pass a disk number to
enumerate information for a specific device. Ebsnvme-id is included in the latest AWS provided Windows
Server AMIs located in C:\PROGRAMDATA\AMAZON\Tools.
You can also download ebsnvme-id.zip and extract the contents to your Amazon EC2 instance to get
access to ebsnvme-id.exe.
PS C:\Users\Administrator\Desktop> ebsnvme-id.exe
Disk Number: 0
Volume ID: vol-0d6d7ee9f6e471a7f
Device Name: sda1
Disk Number: 1
Volume ID: vol-03a26248ff39b57cf
Device Name: xvdd
Disk Number: 2
Volume ID: vol-038bd1c629aa125e6
Device Name: xvde
Disk Number: 3
Volume ID: vol-034f9d29ec0b64c89
Device Name: xvdb
Disk Number: 4
Volume ID: vol-03e2dbe464b66f0a1
Device Name: xvdc
874
EBS Optimization
PS C:\Users\Administrator\Desktop> ebsnvme-id.exe 4
Disk Number: 4
Volume ID: vol-03e2dbe464b66f0a1
Device Name: xvdc
Working with NVMe EBS Volumes

The latest AWS Windows AMIs contain the AWS NVMe driver that is required by instance types that
expose EBS volumes as NVMe block devices. However, if you resize your root volume on a Windows
system, you must rescan the volume in order for this change to be reflected in the instance. If you
launched your instance from a different AMI, it might not contain the required AWS NVMe driver. If your
instance does not have the latest AWS NVMe driver, you must install it. For more information, see AWS
NVMe Drivers for Windows Instances (p. 445).
I/O Operation Timeout

Most operating systems specify a timeout for I/O operations submitted to NVMe devices. On Windows
systems, the default timeout is 60 seconds and the maximum is 255 seconds. You can modify the
TimeoutValue disk class registry setting using the procedure described in Registry Entries for SCSI
Miniport Drivers.
Amazon EBS–Optimized Instances

An Amazon EBS–optimized instance uses an optimized configuration stack and provides additional,
dedicated capacity for Amazon EBS I/O. This optimization provides the best performance for your EBS
volumes by minimizing contention between Amazon EBS I/O and other traffic from your instance.
EBS–optimized instances deliver dedicated bandwidth to Amazon EBS, with options between 425 Mib/
s and 14,000 Mib/s, depending on the instance type you use. When attached to an EBS–optimized
instance, General Purpose SSD (gp2) volumes are designed to deliver their baseline and burst
performance 99% of the time, and Provisioned IOPS SSD (io1) volumes are designed to deliver their
provisioned performance 99.9% of the time. Both Throughput Optimized HDD (st1) and Cold HDD
(sc1) guarantee performance consistency of 90% of burst throughput 99% of the time. Non-compliant
periods are approximately uniformly distributed, targeting 99% of expected total throughput each hour.
For more information, see Amazon EBS Volume Types (p. 785).
Contents
• Supported Instance Types (p. 875)
• Enabling EBS Optimization at Launch (p. 884)
• Enable EBS Optimization for a Running Instance (p. 885)

The following tables show which instance types support EBS optimization. They include the dedicated
bandwidth to Amazon EBS, the typical maximum aggregate throughput that can be achieved on that
connection with a streaming read workload and 128 KiB I/O size, and the maximum IOPS the instance
can support if you are using a 16 KiB I/O size. Choose an EBS–optimized instance that provides more
dedicated Amazon EBS throughput than your application needs; otherwise, the connection between
Amazon EBS and Amazon EC2 can become a performance bottleneck.
EBS Optimized By Default

The following table lists the instance types that support EBS optimization and EBS optimization is
enabled by default. There is no need to enable EBS optimization and no effect if you disable EBS
optimization.
875
EBS Optimization
Instance type Maximum bandwidth Maximum throughput Maximum IOPS (16 KiB
(Mib/s) (MiB/s, 128 KiB I/O) I/O)
c4.large 500 62.5 4,000
c4.xlarge 750 93.75 6,000
c4.2xlarge 1,000 125 8,000
c4.4xlarge 2,000 250 16,000
c4.8xlarge 4,000 500 32,000
c5.large * 3,500 437.5 20,000
c5.xlarge * 3,500 437.5 20,000
c5.2xlarge * 3,500 437.5 20,000
c5.4xlarge 3,500 437.5 20,000
c5.9xlarge 7,000 875 40,000
c5.12xlarge 7,000 875 40,000
c5.18xlarge 14,000 1,750 80,000
c5.24xlarge 14,000 1,750 80,000
c5.metal 14,000 1,750 80,000
c5d.large * 3,500 437.5 20,000
c5d.xlarge * 3,500 437.5 20,000
c5d.2xlarge * 3,500 437.5 20,000
c5d.4xlarge 3,500 437.5 20,000
c5d.9xlarge 7,000 875 40,000
c5d.18xlarge 14,000 1,750 80,000
c5n.large * 3,500 437.5 20,000
c5n.xlarge * 3,500 437.5 20,000
c5n.2xlarge * 3,500 437.5 20,000
c5n.4xlarge 3,500 437.5 20,000
c5n.9xlarge 7,000 875 40,000
c5n.18xlarge 14,000 1,750 80,000
c5n.metal 14,000 1,750 80,000
d2.xlarge 750 93.75 6,000
d2.2xlarge 1,000 125 8,000
d2.4xlarge 2,000 250 16,000
876
EBS Optimization
d2.8xlarge 4,000 500 32,000
f1.2xlarge 1,700 212.5 12,000
f1.4xlarge 3,500 400 44,000
f1.16xlarge 14,000 1,750 75,000
g3s.xlarge 850 100 5,000
g3.4xlarge 3,500 437.5 20,000
g3.8xlarge 7,000 875 40,000
g3.16xlarge 14,000 1,750 80,000
g4dn.xlarge 3,500 437.5 10,000
g4dn.2xlarge 3,500 437.5 20,000
g4dn.4xlarge 3,500 437.5 20,000
g4dn.8xlarge 7,000 875 40,000
g4dn.12xlarge 7,000 875 40,000
g4dn.16xlarge 7,000 875 40,000
h1.2xlarge 1,750 218.75 12,000
h1.4xlarge 3,500 437.5 20,000
h1.8xlarge 7,000 875 40,000
h1.16xlarge 14,000 1,750 80,000
i3.large 425 53.13 3000
i3.xlarge 850 106.25 6000
i3.2xlarge 1,700 212.5 12,000
i3.4xlarge 3,500 437.5 16,000
i3.8xlarge 7,000 875 32,500
i3.16xlarge 14,000 1,750 65,000
i3.metal 14,000 1,750 65,000
i3en.large * 3,500 437.5 20,000
i3en.xlarge * 3,500 437.5 20,000
i3en.2xlarge * 3,500 437.5 20,000
i3en.3xlarge * 3,500 437.5 20,000
i3en.6xlarge 3,500 437.5 20,000
877
EBS Optimization
i3en.12xlarge 7,000 875 40,000
i3en.24xlarge 14,000 1,750 80,000
i3en.metal 14,000 1,750 80,000
m4.large 450 56.25 3,600
m4.xlarge 750 93.75 6,000
m4.2xlarge 1,000 125 8,000
m4.4xlarge 2,000 250 16,000
m4.10xlarge 4,000 500 32,000
m4.16xlarge 10,000 1,250 65,000
m5.large * 3,500 437.5 18,750
m5.xlarge * 3,500 437.5 18,750
m5.2xlarge * 3,500 437.5 18,750
m5.4xlarge 3,500 437.5 18,750
m5.8xlarge 5,000 625 30,000
m5.12xlarge 7,000 875 40,000
m5.16xlarge 10,000 1,250 60,000
m5.24xlarge 14,000 1,750 80,000
m5.metal 14,000 1,750 80,000
m5a.large * 2,120 265 16,000
m5a.xlarge * 2,120 265 16,000
m5a.2xlarge * 2,120 265 16,000
m5a.4xlarge 2,120 265 16,000
m5a.8xlarge 3,500 437.5 20,000
m5a.12xlarge 5,000 625 30,000
m5a.16xlarge 7,000 875 40,000
m5a.24xlarge 10,000 1,250 60,000
m5ad.large * 2,120 265 16,000
m5ad.xlarge * 2,120 265 16,000
m5ad.2xlarge * 2,120 265 16,000
m5ad.4xlarge 2,120 265 16,000
878
EBS Optimization
m5ad.12xlarge 5,000 675 30,000
m5ad.24xlarge 10,000 1,250 60,000
m5d.large * 3,500 437.5 18,750
m5d.xlarge * 3,500 437.5 18,750
m5d.2xlarge * 3,500 437.5 18,750
m5d.4xlarge 3,500 437.5 18,750
m5d.8xlarge 5,000 625 30,000
m5d.12xlarge 7,000 875 40,000
m5d.16xlarge 10,000 1,250 60,000
m5d.24xlarge 14,000 1,750 80,000
m5d.metal 14,000 1,750 80,000
p2.xlarge 750 93.75 6,000
p2.8xlarge 5,000 625 32,500
p2.16xlarge 10,000 1,250 65,000
p3.2xlarge 1,750 218 10,000
p3.8xlarge 7,000 875 40,000
p3.16xlarge 14,000 1,750 80,000
p3dn.24xlarge 14,000 1,750 80,000
r4.large 425 53.13 3,000
r4.xlarge 850 106.25 6,000
r4.2xlarge 1,700 212.5 12,000
r4.4xlarge 3,500 437.5 18,750
r4.8xlarge 7,000 875 37,500
r4.16xlarge 14,000 1,750 75,000
r5.large * 3,500 437.5 18,750
r5.xlarge * 3,500 437.5 18,750
r5.2xlarge * 3,500 437.5 18,750
r5.4xlarge 3,500 437.5 18,750
r5.8xlarge 5,000 625 30,000
r5.12xlarge 7,000 875 40,000
879
EBS Optimization
r5.16xlarge 10,000 1,250 60,000
r5.24xlarge 14,000 1,750 80,000
r5.metal 14,000 1,750 80,000
r5a.large * 2,120 265 16,000
r5a.xlarge * 2,120 265 16,000
r5a.2xlarge * 2,120 265 16,000
r5a.4xlarge 2,120 265 16,000
r5a.8xlarge 3,500 437.5 32,000
r5a.12xlarge 5,000 625 30,000
r5a.16xlarge 7,000 875 40,000
r5a.24xlarge 10,000 1,250 60,000
r5ad.large * 2,210 265 16,000
r5ad.xlarge * 2,210 265 16,000
r5ad.2xlarge * 2,210 265 16,000
r5ad.4xlarge 2,210 265 16,000
r5ad.12xlarge 5,000 625 30,000
r5ad.24xlarge 10,000 1,250 60,000
r5d.large * 3,500 437.5 18,750
r5d.xlarge * 3,500 437.5 18,750
r5d.2xlarge * 3,500 437.5 18,750
r5d.4xlarge 3,500 437.5 18,750
r5d.8xlarge 5,000 625 30,000
r5d.12xlarge 7,000 875 40,000
r5d.16xlarge 10,000 1,250 60,000
r5d.24xlarge 14,000 1,750 80,000
r5d.metal 14,000 1,750 80,000
t3.nano * 1,536 192 11,800
t3.micro * 1,536 192 11,800
t3.small * 1,536 192 11,800
t3.medium * 1,536 192 11,800
880
EBS Optimization
t3.large * 2,048 256 15,700
t3.xlarge * 2,048 256 15,700
t3.2xlarge * 2,048 256 15,700
t3a.nano * 1,536 192 11,800
t3a.micro * 1,536 192 11,800
t3a.small * 1,536 192 11,800
t3a.medium * 1,536 192 11,800
t3a.large * 2,048 256 15,700
t3a.xlarge * 2,048 256 15,700
t3a.2xlarge * 2,048 256 15,700
u-6tb1.metal 14,000 1,750 80,000
u-9tb1.metal 14,000 1,750 80,000
u-12tb1.metal 14,000 1,750 80,000
x1.16xlarge 7,000 875 40,000
x1.32xlarge 14,000 1,750 80,000
x1e.xlarge 500 62.5 3,700
x1e.2xlarge 1,000 125 7,400
x1e.4xlarge 1,750 218.75 10,000
x1e.8xlarge 3,500 437.5 20,000
x1e.16xlarge 7,000 875 40,000
x1e.32xlarge 14,000 1,750 80,000
z1d.large * 2,333 291 13,333
z1d.xlarge * 2,333 291 13,333
z1d.2xlarge 2,333 292 13,333
z1d.3xlarge 3,500 438 20,000
z1d.6xlarge 7,000 875 40,000
z1d.12xlarge 14,000 1,750 80,000
z1d.metal 14,000 1,750 80,000
* These instance types can support maximum performance for 30 minutes at least once every 24 hours.
For example, c5.large instances can deliver 437.5 Mib/s for 30 minutes at least once every 24 hours. If
881
EBS Optimization
you have a workload that requires sustained maximum performance for longer than 30 minutes, select
an instance type according to baseline performance as shown in the following table:
Instance type Baseline bandwidth Baseline throughput Baseline IOPS (16 KiB
c5.large 525 65.625 4,000
c5.xlarge 800 100 6,000
c5.2xlarge 1,750 218.75 10,000
c5d.large 525 65.625 4,000
c5d.xlarge 800 100 6,000
c5d.2xlarge 1,750 218.75 10,000
c5n.large 525 65.625 4,000
c5n.xlarge 800 100 6,000
c5n.2xlarge 1,750 218.75 10,000
i3en.large 425 53.125 3,000
i3en.xlarge 850 106.25 6,000
i3en.2xlarge 1,700 212.5 12,000
i3en.3xlarge 2,800 350 15,000
m5.large 480 60 3,600
m5.xlarge 850 106.25 6,000
m5.2xlarge 1,700 212.5 12,000
m5a.large 480 60 3,600
m5a.xlarge 800 100 6,000
m5a.2xlarge 1,166 146 8,333
m5ad.large 480 60 3,600
m5ad.xlarge 800 100 6,000
m5ad.2xlarge 1,166 146 8,333
m5d.large 480 60 3,600
m5d.xlarge 850 106.25 6,000
m5d.2xlarge 1,700 212.5 12,000
r5.large 480 60 3,600
r5.xlarge 850 106.25 6,000
r5.2xlarge 1,700 212.5 12,000
r5a.large 480 60 3,600
882
EBS Optimization
Instance type Baseline bandwidth Baseline throughput Baseline IOPS (16 KiB
r5a.xlarge 800 100 6,000
r5a.2xlarge 1,166 146 8,333
r5ad.large 480 60 3,600
r5ad.xlarge 800 100 6,000
r5ad.2xlarge 1,166 146 8,333
r5d.large 480 60 3,600
r5d.xlarge 850 106.25 6,000
r5d.2xlarge 1,700 212.5 12,000
t3.nano 32 4 250
t3.micro 64 8 500
t3.small 128 16 1,000
t3.medium 256 32 2,000
t3.large 512 64 4,000
t3.xlarge 512 64 4,000
t3.2xlarge 512 64 4,000
t3a.nano 32 4 250
t3a.micro 64 8 500
t3a.small 128 16 1,000
t3a.medium 256 32 2,000
t3a.large 512 64 4,000
t3a.xlarge 512 64 4,000
t3a.2xlarge 512 64 4,000
z1d.large 583 73 3,333
z1d.xlarge 1,167 146 6,667
The EBSIOBalance% and EBSByteBalance% metrics can help you determine if your instances are sized
correctly. You can view these metrics in the CloudWatch console and set an alarm that is triggered based
on a threshold you specify. These metrics are expressed as a percentage. Instances with a consistently
low balance percentage are candidates for upsizing. Instances where the balance percentage never drops
below 100% are candidates for downsizing. For more information, see Monitoring Your Instances Using
883
EBS Optimization
EBS Optimization Supported

The following table lists the instance types that support EBS optimization but EBS optimization is
not enabled by default. You can enable EBS optimization when you launch these instances or after
they are running. Instances must have EBS optimization enabled to achieve the level of performance
described. When you enable EBS optimization for an instance that is not EBS-optimized by default, you
pay an additional low, hourly fee for the dedicated capacity. For pricing information, see EBS-optimized
Instances on the Amazon EC2 Pricing page for On-Demand instances.
c1.xlarge 1,000 125 8,000
c3.xlarge 500 62.5 4,000
c3.2xlarge 1,000 125 8,000
c3.4xlarge 2,000 250 16,000
g2.2xlarge 1,000 125 8,000
i2.xlarge 500 62.5 4,000
i2.2xlarge 1,000 125 8,000
i2.4xlarge 2,000 250 16,000
m1.large 500 62.5 4,000
m1.xlarge 1,000 125 8,000
m2.2xlarge 500 62.5 4,000
m2.4xlarge 1,000 125 8,000
m3.xlarge 500 62.5 4,000
m3.2xlarge 1,000 125 8,000
r3.xlarge 500 62.5 4,000
r3.2xlarge 1,000 125 8,000
r3.4xlarge 2,000 250 16,000
The i2.8xlarge, c3.8xlarge, and r3.8xlarge instances do not have dedicated EBS bandwidth and
therefore do not offer EBS optimization. On these instances, network traffic and Amazon EBS traffic
share the same 10-gigabit network interface.
Enabling EBS Optimization at Launch

You can enable optimization for an instance by setting its attribute for EBS optimization.
To enable Amazon EBS optimization when launching an instance using the console

884
EBS Optimization
3. In Step 1: Choose an Amazon Machine Image (AMI), select an AMI.

4. In Step 2: Choose an Instance Type, select an instance type that is listed as supporting Amazon EBS
optimization.
5. In Step 3: Configure Instance Details, complete the fields that you need and choose Launch as
EBS-optimized instance. If the instance type that you selected in the previous step doesn't support
Amazon EBS optimization, this option is not present. If the instance type that you selected is
Amazon EBS–optimized by default, this option is selected and you can't deselect it.
6. Follow the directions to complete the wizard and launch your instance.
To enable EBS optimization when launching an instance using the command line
You can use one of the following options with the corresponding command. For more information about
these command line interfaces, see Accessing Amazon EC2 (p. 3).
• --ebs-optimized with run-instances (AWS CLI)

• -EbsOptimized with New-EC2Instance (AWS Tools for Windows PowerShell)
Enable EBS Optimization for a Running Instance

You can enable or disable optimization for a running instance by modifying its Amazon EBS–optimized
instance attribute.
To enable EBS optimization for a running instance using the console

2. In the navigation pane, click Instances, and select the instance.
3. Click Actions, select Instance State, and then click Stop.
Warning
4. In the confirmation dialog box, click Yes, Stop. It can take a few minutes for the instance to stop.
5. With the instance still selected, click Actions, select Instance Settings, and then click Change
Instance Type.
6. In the Change Instance Type dialog box, do one of the following:
• If the instance type of your instance is Amazon EBS–optimized by default, EBS-optimized is

selected and you can't change it. You can choose Cancel, because Amazon EBS optimization is
already enabled for the instance.
• If the instance type of your instance supports Amazon EBS optimization, choose EBS-optimized,
Apply.
• If the instance type of your instance does not support Amazon EBS optimization, you can't choose
EBS-optimized. You can select an instance type from Instance Type that supports Amazon EBS
optimization, and then choose EBS-optimized, Apply.
7. Choose Actions, Instance State, Start.
To enable EBS optimization for a running instance using the command line
You can use one of the following options with the corresponding command. For more information about
these command line interfaces, see Accessing Amazon EC2 (p. 3).
• --ebs-optimized with modify-instance-attribute (AWS CLI)
885
EBS Performance
• -EbsOptimized with Edit-EC2InstanceAttribute (AWS Tools for Windows PowerShell)
Amazon EBS Volume Performance on Windows

Instances
Several factors, including I/O characteristics and the configuration of your instances and volumes,
can affect the performance of Amazon EBS. Customers who follow the guidance on our Amazon EBS
and Amazon EC2 product detail pages typically achieve good performance out of the box. However,
there are some cases where you may need to do some tuning in order to achieve peak performance on
the platform. This topic discusses general best practices as well as performance tuning that is specific
to certain use cases. We recommend that you tune performance with information from your actual
workload, in addition to benchmarking, to determine your optimal configuration. After you learn the
basics of working with EBS volumes, it's a good idea to look at the I/O performance you require and at
your options for increasing Amazon EBS performance to meet those requirements.
Note
AWS updates to the performance of EBS volume types may not immediately take effect on your
existing volumes. To see full performance on an older volume, you may first need to perform a
ModifyVolume action on it. For more information, see Modifying the Size, IOPS, or Type of an
EBS Volume on Windows.
Contents
• Amazon EBS Performance Tips (p. 886)
• Amazon EC2 Instance Configuration (p. 887)
• I/O Characteristics and Monitoring (p. 888)
• Initializing Amazon EBS Volumes (p. 890)
• RAID Configuration on Windows (p. 893)
• Benchmark EBS Volumes (p. 897)
Amazon EBS Performance Tips

These tips represent best practices for getting optimal performance from your EBS volumes in a variety
of user scenarios.
Use EBS-Optimized Instances

On instances without support for EBS-optimized throughput, network traffic can contend with traffic
between your instance and your EBS volumes; on EBS-optimized instances, the two types of traffic are
kept separate. Some EBS-optimized instance configurations incur an extra cost (such as C3, R3, and
M3), while others are always EBS-optimized at no extra cost (such as M4, C4, C5, and D2). For more
information, see Amazon EC2 Instance Configuration (p. 887).
Understand How Performance is Calculated

When you measure the performance of your EBS volumes, it is important to understand the units of
measure involved and how performance is calculated. For more information, see I/O Characteristics and
Monitoring (p. 888).
Understand Your Workload

There is a relationship between the maximum performance of your EBS volumes, the size and number of
I/O operations, and the time it takes for each action to complete. Each of these factors (performance, I/
O, and latency) affects the others, and different applications are more sensitive to one factor or another.
886
EBS Performance
Be Aware of the Performance Penalty When Initializing Volumes from Snapshots

There is a significant increase in latency when you first access each block of data on a new EBS volume
that was restored from a snapshot. You can avoid this performance hit by accessing each block prior to
putting the volume into production. This process is called initialization (formerly known as pre-warming).
For more information, see Initializing Amazon EBS Volumes (p. 890).
Factors That Can Degrade HDD Performance

When you create a snapshot of a Throughput Optimized HDD (st1) or Cold HDD (sc1) volume,
performance may drop as far as the volume's baseline value while the snapshot is in progress. This
behavior is specific to these volume types. Other factors that can limit performance include driving
more throughput than the instance can support, the performance penalty encountered while initializing
volumes restored from a snapshot, and excessive amounts of small, random I/O on the volume. For more
information about calculating throughput for HDD volumes, see Amazon EBS Volume Types (p. 785).
Your performance can also be impacted if your application isn’t sending enough I/O requests. This can
be monitored by looking at your volume’s queue length and I/O size. The queue length is the number
of pending I/O requests from your application to your volume. For maximum consistency, HDD-backed
volumes must maintain a queue length (rounded to the nearest whole number) of 4 or more when
performing 1 MiB sequential I/O. For more information about ensuring consistent performance of your
volumes, see I/O Characteristics and Monitoring (p. 888)
Use RAID 0 to Maximize Utilization of Instance Resources

Some instance types can drive more I/O throughput than what you can provision for a single EBS
volume. You can join multiple gp2, io1, st1, or sc1 volumes together in a RAID 0 configuration to
use the available bandwidth for these instances. For more information, see RAID Configuration on
Windows (p. 893).
Track Performance Using Amazon CloudWatch

Amazon Web Services provides performance metrics for Amazon EBS that you can analyze and view with
Amazon CloudWatch and status checks that you can use to monitor the health of your volumes. For more
information, see Monitoring the Status of Your Volumes (p. 807).
Amazon EC2 Instance Configuration

When you plan and configure EBS volumes for your application, it is important to consider the
configuration of the instances that you will attach the volumes to. In order to get the most performance
out of your EBS volumes, you should attach them to an instance with enough bandwidth to support your
volumes, such as an EBS-optimized instance or an instance with 10 gigabit network connectivity. This is
especially important when you stripe multiple volumes together in a RAID configuration.
Use EBS-Optimized or 10 Gigabit Network Instances

Any performance-sensitive workloads that require minimal variability and dedicated Amazon EC2 to
Amazon EBS traffic, such as production databases or business applications, should use volumes that
are attached to an EBS-optimized instance or an instance with 10 gigabit network connectivity. EC2
instances that do not meet this criteria offer no guarantee of network resources. The only way to ensure
sustained reliable network bandwidth between your EC2 instance and your EBS volumes is to launch
the EC2 instance as EBS-optimized or choose an instance type with 10 gigabit network connectivity. To
see which instance types include 10 gigabit network connectivity, see Amazon EC2 Instance Types. For
information about configuring EBS-optimized instances, see Amazon EBS–Optimized Instances (p. 875).
Choose an EC2 Instance with Enough Bandwidth

Launching an instance that is EBS-optimized provides you with a dedicated connection between your
EC2 instance and your EBS volume. However, it is still possible to provision EBS volumes that exceed
887
EBS Performance
the available bandwidth for certain instance types, especially when multiple volumes are striped in
a RAID configuration. For information about the instance types are available to be launched as EBS-
optimized, the dedicated throughput to these instance types, the dedicated bandwidth to Amazon
EBS, the maximum amount of IOPS the instance can support if you are using a 16 KiB I/O size, and the
approximate I/O bandwidth available on that connection, see Supported Instance Types (p. 875).
Be sure to choose an EBS-optimized instance that provides more dedicated EBS throughput than your
application needs; otherwise, the Amazon EBS to Amazon EC2 connection becomes a performance
bottleneck.
Note that some instances with 10-gigabit network interfaces do not offer EBS-optimization, and
therefore do not have dedicated EBS bandwidth available. However, you can use all of that bandwidth
for traffic to Amazon EBS if your application isn’t pushing other network traffic that contends with
Amazon EBS. Some 10-gigabit network instances offer dedicated Amazon EBS bandwidth in addition to
a 10-gigabit interface which is used exclusively for network traffic.
If an instance type has a maximum 16 KB IOPS value of 4,000, that value is an absolute best-case
scenario and is not guaranteed unless the instance is launched as EBS-optimized. To consistently achieve
the best performance, you must launch instances as EBS-optimized. However, if you attach a 4,000 IOPS
io1 volume to an EBS-optimized instance with a 16 KB IOPS value of 4,000, the Amazon EC2 to Amazon
EBS connection bandwidth limit prevents this volume from providing the 500 MiB/s maximum aggregate
throughput available to it. In this case, we must use an EBS-optimized EC2 instance that supports at least
500 MiB/s of throughput.
Volumes of type General Purpose SSD (gp2) have a throughput limit between 128 MiB/s and 250 MiB/s
per volume (depending on volume size), which pairs well with a 1,000 MiB/s EBS-optimized connection.
Instance types that offer more than 1,000 MiB/s of throughput to Amazon EBS can use more than one
gp2 volume to take advantage of the available throughput. Volumes of type Provisioned IOPS SSD (io1)
have a throughput limit range of 256 KiB for each IOPS provisioned, up to a maximum of 1,000 MiB/s (at
64,000 IOPS). For more information, see Amazon EBS Volume Types (p. 785).
Note
These performance values for io1 are guaranteed only for volumes attached to Nitro-based
instances. For other instances, AWS guarantees performance up to 500 MiB/s and 32,000 IOPS
per volume. For more information, see Amazon EBS Volume Types (p. 785).
Instance types with 10 gigabit network connectivity support up to 800 MiB/s of throughput and 48,000
16K IOPS for unencrypted Amazon EBS volumes and up to 25,000 16K IOPS for encrypted Amazon EBS
volumes. Because the maximum io1 value for EBS volumes is 64,000 for io1 volumes and 16,000 for
gp2 volumes, you can use several EBS volumes simultaneously to reach the level of I/O performance
available to these instance types. For more information about which instance types include 10 gigabit
network connectivity, see Amazon EC2 Instance Types.
You should use EBS-optimized instances when available to get the full performance benefits of Amazon
EBS gp2 and io1 volumes. For more information, see Amazon EBS–Optimized Instances (p. 875).
I/O Characteristics and Monitoring

On a given volume configuration, certain I/O characteristics drive the performance behavior for your
EBS volumes. SSD-backed volumes—General Purpose SSD (gp2) and Provisioned IOPS SSD (io1)—
deliver consistent performance whether an I/O operation is random or sequential. HDD-backed volumes
—Throughput Optimized HDD (st1) and Cold HDD (sc1)—deliver optimal performance only when I/
O operations are large and sequential. To understand how SSD and HDD volumes will perform in your
application, it is important to know the connection between demand on the volume, the quantity of
IOPS available to it, the time it takes for an I/O operation to complete, and the volume's throughput
limits.
IOPS
888
EBS Performance
IOPS are a unit of measure representing input/output operations per second. The operations are
measured in KiB, and the underlying drive technology determines the maximum amount of data that a
volume type counts as a single I/O. I/O size is capped at 256 KiB for SSD volumes and 1,024 KiB for HDD
volumes because SSD volumes handle small or random I/O much more efficiently than HDD volumes.
When small I/O operations are physically contiguous, Amazon EBS attempts to merge them into a single
I/O operation up to the maximum size. For example, for SSD volumes, a single 1,024 KiB I/O operation
counts as 4 operations (1,024÷256=4), while 8 contiguous I/O operations at 32 KiB each count as 1
operation (8×32=256). However, 8 random I/O operations at 32 KiB each count as 8 operations. Each I/O
operation under 32 KiB counts as 1 operation.
Similarly, for HDD-backed volumes, both a single 1,024 KiB I/O operation and 8 sequential 128 KiB
operations would count as one operation. However, 8 random 128 KiB I/O operations would count as 8
operations.
Consequently, when you create an SSD-backed volume supporting 3,000 IOPS (either by provisioning an
io1 volume at 3,000 IOPS or by sizing a gp2 volume at 1000 GiB), and you attach it to an EBS-optimized
instance that can provide sufficient bandwidth, you can transfer up to 3,000 I/Os of data per second,
with throughput determined by I/O size.
Volume Queue Length and Latency
The volume queue length is the number of pending I/O requests for a device. Latency is the true end-to-
end client time of an I/O operation, in other words, the time elapsed between sending an I/O to EBS and
receiving an acknowledgement from EBS that the I/O read or write is complete. Queue length must be
correctly calibrated with I/O size and latency to avoid creating bottlenecks either on the guest operating
system or on the network link to EBS.
Optimal queue length varies for each workload, depending on your particular application's sensitivity to
IOPS and latency. If your workload is not delivering enough I/O requests to fully use the performance
available to your EBS volume, then your volume might not deliver the IOPS or throughput that you have
provisioned.
Transaction-intensive applications are sensitive to increased I/O latency and are well-suited for SSD-
backed io1 and gp2 volumes. You can maintain high IOPS while keeping latency down by maintaining a
low queue length and a high number of IOPS available to the volume. Consistently driving more IOPS to
a volume than it has available can cause increased I/O latency.
Throughput-intensive applications are less sensitive to increased I/O latency, and are well-suited for
HDD-backed st1 and sc1 volumes. You can maintain high throughput to HDD-backed volumes by
maintaining a high queue length when performing large, sequential I/O.
I/O size and volume throughput limits
For SSD-backed volumes, if your I/O size is very large, you may experience a smaller number of IOPS
than you provisioned because you are hitting the throughput limit of the volume. For example, a gp2
volume under 1000 GiB with burst credits available has an IOPS limit of 3,000 and a volume throughput
limit of 250 MiB/s. If you are using a 256 KiB I/O size, your volume reaches its throughput limit at 1000
IOPS (1000 x 256 KiB = 250 MiB). For smaller I/O sizes (such as 16 KiB), this same volume can sustain
3,000 IOPS because the throughput is well below 250 MiB/s. (These examples assume that your volume's
I/O is not hitting the throughput limits of the instance.) For more information about the throughput
limits for each EBS volume type, see Amazon EBS Volume Types (p. 785).
For smaller I/O operations, you may see a higher-than-provisioned IOPS value as measured from inside
your instance. This happens when the instance operating system merges small I/O operations into a
larger operation before passing them to Amazon EBS.
If your workload uses sequential I/Os on HDD-backed st1 and sc1 volumes, you may experience a
higher than expected number of IOPS as measured from inside your instance. This happens when the
instance operating system merges sequential I/Os and counts them in 1,024 KiB-sized units. If your
889
EBS Performance
workload uses small or random I/Os, you may experience a lower throughput than you expect. This is
because we count each random, non-sequential I/O toward the total IOPS count, which can cause you to
hit the volume's IOPS limit sooner than expected.
Whatever your EBS volume type, if you are not experiencing the IOPS or throughput you expect in your
configuration, ensure that your EC2 instance bandwidth is not the limiting factor. You should always use
a current-generation, EBS-optimized instance (or one that includes 10 Gb/s network connectivity) for
optimal performance. For more information, see Amazon EC2 Instance Configuration (p. 887). Another
possible cause for not experiencing the expected IOPS is that you are not driving enough I/O to the EBS
volumes.
Monitor I/O Characteristics with CloudWatch
You can monitor these I/O characteristics with each volume's CloudWatch metrics (p. 807). Important
metrics to consider include:
• BurstBalance
• VolumeReadBytes
• VolumeWriteBytes
• VolumeReadOps
• VolumeWriteOps
• VolumeQueueLength
BurstBalance displays the burst bucket balance for gp2, st1, and sc1 volumes as a percentage of
the remaining balance. When your burst bucket is depleted, volume I/O (for gp2 volumes) or volume
throughput (for st1 and sc1 volumes) is throttled to the baseline. Check the BurstBalance value to
determine whether your volume is being throttled for this reason.
HDD-backed st1 and sc1 volumes are designed to perform best with workloads that take
advantage of the 1,024 KiB maximum I/O size. To determine your volume's average I/O size, divide
VolumeWriteBytes by VolumeWriteOps. The same calculation applies to read operations. If average
I/O size is below 64 KiB, increasing the size of the I/O operations sent to an st1 or sc1 volume should
improve performance.
Note
If average I/O size is at or near 44 KiB, you may be using an instance or kernel without support
for indirect descriptors. Any Linux kernel 3.8 and above has this support, as well as any current-
generation instance.
If your I/O latency is higher than you require, check VolumeQueueLength to make sure your application
is not trying to drive more IOPS than you have provisioned. If your application requires a greater number
of IOPS than your volume can provide, you should consider using a larger gp2 volume with a higher base
performance level or an io1 volume with more provisioned IOPS to achieve faster latencies.
For more information about Amazon EBS I/O characteristics, see the Amazon EBS: Designing for
Performance re:Invent presentation on this topic.
Initializing Amazon EBS Volumes

require initialization (formerly known as pre-warming).
However, storage blocks on volumes that were restored from snapshots must be pulled down from
Amazon S3 and written to the volume before they can be accessed. This preliminary action takes time
and can significantly increase the latency of I/O operations. For most applications, amortizing this cost
over the lifetime of the volume is acceptable. The volume's performance is restored after all of the blocks
have been downloaded and written to the volume. To avoid this initial performance hit in a production
environment, you can perform an initialization to read all of the blocks on the volume before you use it.
890
EBS Performance
Important
While initializing io1 volumes that were restored from snapshots, the performance of the
volume may drop below 50 percent of its expected level, which causes the volume to display a
warning state in the I/O Performance status check. This is expected, and you can ignore the
warning state on io1 volumes while you are initializing them. For more information, see EBS
Volume Status Checks (p. 808).
Initializing Amazon EBS Volumes on Windows

New EBS volumes receive their maximum performance the moment that they are available and do
not require initialization (formerly known as pre-warming). For volumes that have been restored from
snapshots, use dd or fio for Windows to read from all of the blocks on a volume. All existing data on the
volume will be preserved.
Before using either tool, gather information about the disks on your system as follows:
1. Use the wmic command to list the available disks on your system:
wmic diskdrive get size,deviceid
DeviceID Size
\\.\PHYSICALDRIVE2 80517265920
2. Identify the disk to initialize using dd or fio. The C: drive is on \\.\PHYSICALDRIVE0. You can use
the diskmgmt.msc utility to compare drive letters to disk drive numbers if you are not sure which
drive number to use.
Using dd
Complete the following procedures to install and use dd to initialize a volume.

Note
This step may take several minutes up to several hours, depending on your EC2 instance
bandwidth, the IOPS provisioned for the volume, and the size of the volume.
Install dd for Windows
The dd for Windows program provides a similar experience to the dd program that is commonly
available for Linux and Unix systems, and it allows you to initialize Amazon EBS volumes that have been
restored from snapshots. At the time of this writing, the most recent beta version contains the /dev/
null virtual device that is required to initialize volumes restored from snapshots. Full documentation for
the program is available at http://www.chrysocome.net/dd.
1. Download the most recent binary version of dd for Windows from http://www.chrysocome.net/dd.
You must use version 0.6 beta 3 or newer to initialize restored volumes.
2. (Optional) Create a folder for command line utilities that is easy to locate and remember, such as
C:\bin. If you already have a designated folder for command line utilities, you can use that folder
instead in the following step.
3. Unzip the binary package and copy the dd.exe file to your command line utilities folder (for
example, C:\bin).
4. Add the command line utilities folder to your Path environment variable so you can execute the
programs in that folder from anywhere.
891
EBS Performance
Important
The following steps don't update the environment variables in your current command
prompt windows. The command prompt windows that you open after you complete these
steps will contain the updates. This is why it's necessary for you to open a new command
prompt window to verify that your environment is set up properly.
a. Choose Start, open the context (right-click) menu for Computer, and then choose Properties.
b. Choose Advanced system settings, Environment Variables.
c. For System Variables, select the variable Path and choose Edit.
d. For Variable value, append a semicolon and the location of your command line utility folder
(;C:\bin\) to the end of the existing value.
e. Choose OK to close the Edit System Variable window.
Initialize a volume using dd for Windows
1. Execute the following command to read all blocks on the specified device (and send the output to
the /dev/null virtual device). This command safely initializes your existing data.
Important
Incorrect use of dd can easily destroy a volume's data. Be sure to follow precisely the
example command below. Only the if=\\.\PHYSICALDRIVEn parameter will vary
depending on the name of the device you are reading.
dd if=\\.\PHYSICALDRIVEn of=/dev/null bs=1M --progress --size
Note
You may see an error if dd attempts to read beyond the end of the volume. This can be
safely ignored.
2. When the operation completes, you are ready to use your new volume. For more information, see
Making an Amazon EBS Volume Available for Use on Windows (p. 803).
Using fio
Complete the following procedures to install and use fio to initialize a volume.
Install fio for Windows
The fio for Windows program provides a similar experience to the fio program that is commonly
available for Linux and Unix systems, and it allows you to initialize Amazon EBS volumes that have been
restored from snapshots. Full documentation for the program is available at https://github.com/axboe/
fio.
1. Download the fio MSI installer (select the latest x86 or x64 build, then select Artifacts).
2. Install fio.
Initialize a volume using fio for Windows
1. Run a command similar to the following to initialize a volume:
fio --filename=\\.\PHYSICALDRIVEn --rw=read --bs=128k --iodepth=32 --direct=1 --

name=volume-initialize
2. When the operation completes, you are ready to use your new volume. For more information, see
Making an Amazon EBS Volume Available for Use on Windows (p. 803).
892
EBS Performance
RAID Configuration on Windows

With Amazon EBS, you can use any of the standard RAID configurations that you can use with a
traditional bare metal server, as long as that particular RAID configuration is supported by the operating
system for your instance. This is because all RAID is accomplished at the software level. For greater I/O
performance than you can achieve with a single volume, RAID 0 can stripe multiple volumes together;
for on-instance redundancy, RAID 1 can mirror two volumes together.
Amazon EBS volume data is replicated across multiple servers in an Availability Zone to prevent the loss
of data from the failure of any single component. This replication makes Amazon EBS volumes ten times
more reliable than typical commodity disk drives. For more information, see Amazon EBS Availability and
Durability in the Amazon EBS product detail pages.
Note
You should avoid booting from a RAID volume. If one of the devices fails, you may be unable to
boot the operating system.
If you need to create a RAID array on a Linux instance, see RAID Configuration on Linux in the Amazon
Contents
• RAID Configuration Options (p. 893)
• Creating a RAID Array on Windows (p. 894)
• Creating Snapshots of Volumes in a RAID Array (p. 897)
RAID Configuration Options

The following table compares the common RAID 0 and RAID 1 options.
Configuration Use Advantages Disadvantages
RAID 0 When I/O performance is I/O is distributed across Performance of the stripe
more important than fault the volumes in a stripe. If is limited to the worst
tolerance; for example, as you add a volume, you get performing volume in the
in a heavily used database the straight addition of set. Loss of a single volume
(where data replication is throughput. results in a complete data
already set up separately). loss for the array.
RAID 1 When fault tolerance is Safer from the standpoint Does not provide a write
more important than I/O of data durability. performance improvement;
performance; for example, requires more Amazon
as in a critical application. EC2 to Amazon EBS
bandwidth than non-RAID
configurations because the
data is written to multiple
volumes simultaneously.
Important
RAID 5 and RAID 6 are not recommended for Amazon EBS because the parity write operations
of these RAID modes consume some of the IOPS available to your volumes. Depending on the
configuration of your RAID array, these RAID modes provide 20-30% fewer usable IOPS than
a RAID 0 configuration. Increased cost is a factor with these RAID modes as well; when using
identical volume sizes and speeds, a 2-volume RAID 0 array can outperform a 4-volume RAID 6
array that costs twice as much.
893
EBS Performance
Creating a RAID 0 array allows you to achieve a higher level of performance for a file system than you
can provision on a single Amazon EBS volume. A RAID 1 array offers a "mirror" of your data for extra
redundancy. Before you perform this procedure, you need to decide how large your RAID array should be
and how many IOPS you want to provision.
The resulting size of a RAID 0 array is the sum of the sizes of the volumes within it, and the bandwidth is
the sum of the available bandwidth of the volumes within it. The resulting size and bandwidth of a RAID
1 array is equal to the size and bandwidth of the volumes in the array. For example, two 500 GiB Amazon
EBS io1 volumes with 4,000 provisioned IOPS each will create a 1000 GiB RAID 0 array with an available
bandwidth of 8,000 IOPS and 1,000 MiB/s of throughput or a 500 GiB RAID 1 array with an available
bandwidth of 4,000 IOPS and 500 MiB/s of throughput.
This documentation provides basic RAID setup examples. For more information about RAID
configuration, performance, and recovery, see the Linux RAID Wiki at https://raid.wiki.kernel.org/
index.php/Linux_Raid.
Creating a RAID Array on Windows

Use the following procedure to create the RAID array. Note that you can get directions for Linux
instances from Creating a RAID Array on Linux in the Amazon EC2 User Guide for Linux Instances.
To create a RAID array on Windows
1. Create the Amazon EBS volumes for your array. For more information, see Creating an Amazon EBS
Volume (p. 799).
Important
Create volumes with identical size and IOPS performance values for your array. Make sure
you do not create an array that exceeds the available bandwidth of your EC2 instance. For
more information, see Amazon EC2 Instance Configuration (p. 887).
2. Attach the Amazon EBS volumes to the instance that you want to host the array. For more
information, see Attaching an Amazon EBS Volume to an Instance (p. 802).
3. Connect to your Windows instance. For more information, see Connecting to Your Windows
Instance (p. 378).
4. Open a command prompt and type the diskpart command.
diskpart
Microsoft DiskPart version 6.1.7601

Copyright (C) 1999-2008 Microsoft Corporation.
On computer: WIN-BM6QPPL51CO
5. At the DISKPART prompt, list the available disks with the following command.
DISKPART> list disk
Disk ### Status Size Free Dyn Gpt

-------- ------------- ------- ------- --- ---
Disk 0 Online 30 GB 0 B
Identify the disks you want to use in your array and take note of their disk numbers.
894
EBS Performance
6. Each disk you want to use in your array must be an online dynamic disk that does not contain any
existing volumes. Use the following steps to convert basic disks to dynamic disks and to delete any
existing volumes.
a. Select a disk you want to use in your array with the following command, substituting n with
your disk number.
DISKPART> select disk n
Disk n is now the selected disk.
b. If the selected disk is listed as Offline, bring it online by running the online disk command.
c. If the selected disk does not have an asterisk in the Dyn column in the previous list disk
command output, you need to convert it to a dynamic disk.
DISKPART> convert dynamic
Note
If you receive an error that the disk is write protected, you can clear the read-only flag
with the ATTRIBUTE DISK CLEAR READONLY command and then try the dynamic disk
conversion again.
d. Use the detail disk command to check for existing volumes on the selected disk.
DISKPART> detail disk
XENSRC PVDISK SCSI Disk Device

Disk ID: 2D8BF659
Type : SCSI
Status : Online
Path : 0
Target : 1
LUN ID : 0
Location Path : PCIROOT(0)#PCI(0300)#SCSI(P00T01L00)
Current Read-only State : No
Read-only : No
Boot Disk : No
Pagefile Disk : No
Hibernation File Disk : No
Crashdump Disk : No
Clustered Disk : No
Volume ### Ltr Label Fs Type Size Status Info

---------- --- ----------- ----- ---------- ------- --------- --------
Volume 2 D NEW VOLUME FAT32 Simple 8189 MB Healthy
Note any volume numbers on the disk. In this example, the volume number is 2. If there are no
volumes, you can skip the next step.
e. (Only required if volumes were identified in the previous step) Select and delete any existing
volumes on the disk that you identified in the previous step.
Warning
This destroys any existing data on the volume.
i. Select the volume, substituting n with your volume number.
DISKPART> select volume n

Volume n is the selected volume.
ii. Delete the volume.

895
EBS Performance
DISKPART> delete volume
DiskPart successfully deleted the volume.
iii. Repeat these substeps for each volume you need to delete on the selected disk.
f. Repeat Step 6 (p. 895) for each disk you want to use in your array.
7. Verify that the disks you want to use are now dynamic.
DISKPART> list disk
Disk ### Status Size Free Dyn Gpt

-------- ------------- ------- ------- --- ---
Disk 1 Online 8 GB 0 B *
* Disk 4 Online 8 GB 0 B *
8. Create your raid array. On Windows, a RAID 0 volume is referred to as a striped volume and a RAID 1
volume is referred to as a mirrored volume.
(Striped volumes only) To create a striped volume array on disks 1 and 2, use the following
command (note the stripe option to stripe the array):
DISKPART> create volume stripe disk=1,2
DiskPart successfully created the volume.
(Mirrored volumes only) To create a mirrored volume array on disks 3 and 4, use the following
command (note the mirror option to mirror the array):
DISKPART> create volume mirror disk=3,4
DiskPart successfully created the volume.
9. Verify your new volume.
DISKPART> list volume
Volume ### Ltr Label Fs Type Size Status Info

---------- --- ----------- ----- ---------- ------- --------- --------
Volume 0 C NTFS Partition 29 GB Healthy System
* Volume 1 RAW Mirror 8190 MB Healthy
Volume 2 RAW Stripe 15 GB Healthy
Volume 5 Z Temporary S NTFS Partition 419 GB Healthy
Volume 6 Y Temporary S NTFS Partition 419 GB Healthy
Note that for this example the Type column lists a Mirror volume and a Stripe volume.
10. Select and format your volume so that you can begin using it.
a. Select the volume you want to format, substituting n with your volume number.
DISKPART> select volume n
Volume n is the selected volume.
896
EBS Performance
b. Format the volume.

Note
To perform a full format, omit the quick option.
DISKPART> format quick recommended label="My new volume"
100 percent completed
DiskPart successfully formatted the volume.
c. Assign an available drive letter to your volume.
DISKPART> assign letter f
DiskPart successfully assigned the drive letter or mount point.
Your new volume is now ready to use.
Creating Snapshots of Volumes in a RAID Array

If you want to back up the data on the EBS volumes in a RAID array using snapshots, you must
ensure that the snapshots are consistent. This is because the snapshots of these volumes are created
independently. To restore EBS volumes in a RAID array from snapshots that are out of sync would
degrade the integrity of the array.
To create a consistent set of snapshots for your RAID array, use EBS multi-volume snapshots. Multi-
volume snapshots allow you to take point-in-time, data coordinated, and crash-consistent snapshots
across multiple EBS volumes attached to an EC2 instance. You do not have to stop your instance to
coordinate between volumes to ensure consistency because snapshots are automatically taken across
multiple EBS volumes. For more information, see the steps for creating multi-volume snapshots under
Creating Amazon EBS Snapshots.
Benchmark EBS Volumes

You can test the performance of Amazon EBS volumes by simulating I/O workloads. The process is as
follows:
1. Launch an EBS-optimized instance.

2. Create new EBS volumes.
3. Attach the volumes to your EBS-optimized instance.
4. Configure and mount the block device.
5. Install a tool to benchmark I/O performance.
6. Benchmark the I/O performance of your volumes.
7. Delete your volumes and terminate your instance so that you don't continue to incur charges.
Important
Some of the procedures result in the destruction of existing data on the EBS volumes you
benchmark. The benchmarking procedures are intended for use on volumes specially created for
testing purposes, not production volumes.
897
EBS Performance
Set Up Your Instance

To get optimal performance from EBS volumes, we recommend that you use an EBS-optimized instance.
EBS-optimized instances deliver dedicated throughput between Amazon EC2 and Amazon EBS, with
instance. EBS-optimized instances deliver dedicated bandwidth between Amazon EC2 and Amazon EBS,
with specifications depending on the instance type. For more information, see Amazon EBS–Optimized
Instances (p. 875).
To create an EBS-optimized instance, choose Launch as an EBS-Optimized instance when launching the
instance using the Amazon EC2 console, or specify --ebs-optimized when using the command line. Be
sure that you launch a current-generation instance that supports this option. For more information, see
Setting up Provisioned IOPS SSD (io1) volumes
To create an io1 volume, choose Provisioned IOPS SSD when creating the volume using the Amazon
EC2 console, or, at the command line, specify --type io1 --iops n where n is an integer between 100
and 64,000. For more detailed EBS-volume specifications, see Amazon EBS Volume Types (p. 785).
For information about creating an EBS volume, see Creating an Amazon EBS Volume (p. 799). For
information about attaching a volume to an instance, see Attaching an Amazon EBS Volume to an
Instance (p. 802).
For the example tests, we recommend that you create a RAID array with 6 volumes, which offers a high
level of performance. Because you are charged by gigabytes provisioned (and the number of provisioned
IOPS for io1 volumes), not the number of volumes, there is no additional cost for creating multiple,
smaller volumes and using them to create a stripe set. If you're using Oracle Orion to benchmark your
volumes, it can simulate striping the same way that Oracle ASM does, so we recommend that you let
Orion do the striping. If you are using a different benchmarking tool, you need to stripe the volumes
yourself.
Setting up Throughput Optimized HDD (st1) or Cold HDD (sc1) volumes
To create an st1 volume, choose Throughput Optimized HDD when creating the volume using the
Amazon EC2 console, or specify --type st1 when using the command line. To create an sc1 volume,
choose Cold HDD when creating the volume using the Amazon EC2 console, or specify --type sc1 when
using the command line. For information about creating EBS volumes, see Creating an Amazon EBS
Volume (p. 799). For information about attaching these volumes to your instance, see Attaching an
Amazon EBS Volume to an Instance (p. 802).
Install Benchmark Tools

The following table lists some of the possible tools you can use to benchmark the performance of EBS
volumes.
Tool Description
fio For benchmarking I/O performance. (Note that fio has a dependency on libaio-

devel.)
To install fio on Amazon Linux, run the following command:
[ec2-user ~]$ sudo yum install -y fio
To install fio on Ubuntu, run the following command:
sudo apt-get install -y fio
898
EBS Performance
Tool Description
Oracle Orion For calibrating the I/O performance of storage systems to be used with Oracle
Calibration Tool databases.
These benchmarking tools support a wide variety of test parameters. You should use commands that
approximate the workloads your volumes will support. These commands provided below are intended as
examples to help you get started.
Choosing the Volume Queue Length

Choosing the best volume queue length based on your workload and volume type.
Queue Length on SSD-backed Volumes
To determine the optimal queue length for your workload on SSD-backed volumes, we recommend
that you target a queue length of 1 for every 1000 IOPS available (baseline for gp2 volumes and the
provisioned amount for io1 volumes). Then you can monitor your application performance and tune
that value based on your application requirements.
Increasing the queue length is beneficial until you achieve the provisioned IOPS, throughput or optimal
system queue length value, which is currently set to 32. For example, a volume with 3,000 provisioned
IOPS should target a queue length of 3. You should experiment with tuning these values up or down to
see what performs best for your application.
Queue Length on HDD-backed Volumes
To determine the optimal queue length for your workload on HDD-backed volumes, we recommend that
you target a queue length of at least 4 while performing 1MiB sequential I/Os. Then you can monitor
your application performance and tune that value based on your application requirements. For example,
a 2 TiB st1 volume with burst throughput of 500 MiB/s and IOPS of 500 should target a queue length
of 4, 8, or 16 while performing 1,024 KiB, 512 KiB, or 256 KiB sequential I/Os respectively. You should
experiment with tuning these values value up or down to see what performs best for your application.
Disable C-States
Before you run benchmarking, you should disable processor C-states. Temporarily idle cores in a
supported CPU can enter a C-state to save power. When the core is called on to resume processing, a
certain amount of time passes until the core is again fully operational. This latency can interfere with
processor benchmarking routines. For more information about C-states and which EC2 instance types
support them, see Processor State Control for Your EC2 Instance.
Disabling C-States on a Windows System
You can disable C-states on Windows as follows:
1. In PowerShell, get the current active power scheme.
C:\> $current_scheme = powercfg /getactivescheme
2. Get the power scheme GUID.
C:\> (Get-WmiObject -class Win32_PowerPlan -Namespace "root\cimv2\power" -Filter

"ElementName='High performance'").InstanceID
3. Get the power setting GUID.
899
EBS Performance
C:\> (Get-WmiObject -class Win32_PowerSetting -Namespace "root\cimv2\power" -Filter

"ElementName='Processor idle disable'").InstanceID
4. Get the power setting subgroup GUID.
C:\> (Get-WmiObject -class Win32_PowerSettingSubgroup -Namespace "root\cimv2\power" -

Filter "ElementName='Processor power management'").InstanceID
5. Disable C-states by setting the value of the index to 1. A value of 0 indicates that C-states are
disabled.
C:\> powercfg /
setacvalueindex <power_scheme_guid> <power_setting_subgroup_guid> <power_setting_guid>
1
6. Set active scheme to ensure the settings are saved.
C:\> powercfg /setactive <power_scheme_guid>
Perform Benchmarking
The following procedures describe benchmarking commands for various EBS volume types.
Run the following commands on an EBS-optimized instance with attached EBS volumes. If the EBS
volumes were restored from snapshots, be sure to initialize them before benchmarking. For more
information, see Initializing Amazon EBS Volumes (p. 890).
When you are finished testing your volumes, see the following topics for help cleaning up: Deleting an
Amazon EBS Volume (p. 817) and Terminate Your Instance (p. 387).
Benchmarking io1 Volumes
Run fio on the stripe set that you created.
The following command performs 16 KB random write operations.
[ec2-user ~]$ sudo fio --directory=/mnt/p_iops_vol0 --name fio_test_file --direct=1 --

rw=randwrite --bs=16k --size=1G --numjobs=16 --time_based --runtime=180 --group_reporting
--norandommap
The following command performs 16 KB random read operations.
[ec2-user ~]$ sudo fio --directory=/mnt/p_iops_vol0 --name fio_test_file --direct=1 --

rw=randread --bs=16k --size=1G --numjobs=16 --time_based --runtime=180 --group_reporting --
norandommap
For more information about interpreting the results, see this tutorial: Inspecting disk IO performance
with fio.
Benchmarking st1 and sc1 Volumes
Run fio on your st1 or sc1 volume.
The following command performs 1 MiB sequential read operations against an attached st1 block
device (e.g., /dev/xvdf):
900
EBS Performance
[ec2-user ~]$ sudo fio --filename=/dev/<device> --direct=1 --rw=read --randrepeat=0

--ioengine=libaio --bs=1024k --iodepth=8 --time_based=1 --runtime=180 --
name=fio_direct_read_test
The following command performs 1 MiB sequential write operations against an attached st1 block
device:
[ec2-user ~]$ sudo fio --filename=/dev/<device> --direct=1 --rw=write --randrepeat=0

--ioengine=libaio --bs=1024k --iodepth=8 --time_based=1 --runtime=180 --
name=fio_direct_write_test
Some workloads perform a mix of sequential reads and sequential writes to different parts of the block
device. To benchmark such a workload, we recommend that you use separate, simultaneous fio jobs for
reads and writes, and use the fio offset_increment option to target different block device locations
for each job.
Running this workload is a bit more complicated than a sequential-write or sequential-read workload.
Use a text editor to create a fio job file, called fio_rw_mix.cfg in this example, that contains the
following:
[global]
clocksource=clock_gettime
randrepeat=0
runtime=180
offset_increment=100g
[sequential-write]
bs=1M
ioengine=libaio
direct=1
iodepth=8
filename=/dev/<device>
do_verify=0
rw=write
rwmixread=0
rwmixwrite=100
[sequential-read]
bs=1M
ioengine=libaio
direct=1
iodepth=8
filename=/dev/<device>
do_verify=0
rw=read
rwmixread=100
rwmixwrite=0
Then run the following command:
[ec2-user ~]$ sudo fio fio_rw_mix.cfg
For more information about interpreting the results, see this tutorial: Inspecting disk I/O performance
with fio.
Multiple fio jobs for direct I/O, even though using sequential read or write operations, can result in lower
than expected throughput for st1 and sc1 volumes. We recommend that you use one direct I/O job and
use the iodepth parameter to control the number of concurrent I/O operations.
901
EBS CloudWatch Metrics
Amazon CloudWatch Metrics for Amazon EBS

CloudWatch metrics are statistical data that you can use to view, analyze, and set alarms on the
operational behavior of your volumes.
The following table describes the types of monitoring data available for your Amazon EBS volumes.
Type Description
Basic Data is available automatically in 5-minute periods at no charge. This includes

data for the root device volumes for EBS-backed instances.
Detailed Provisioned IOPS SSD (io1) volumes automatically send one-minute metrics to
CloudWatch.
When you get data from CloudWatch, you can include a Period request parameter to specify the
granularity of the returned data. This is different than the period that we use when we collect the data
(5-minute periods). We recommend that you specify a period in your request that is equal to or larger
than the collection period to ensure that the returned data is valid.
You can get the data using either the CloudWatch API or the Amazon EC2 console. The console takes the
raw data from the CloudWatch API and displays a series of graphs based on the data. Depending on your
needs, you might prefer to use either the data from the API or the graphs in the console.
Amazon EBS Metrics

Amazon Elastic Block Store (Amazon EBS) sends data points to CloudWatch for several metrics. Amazon
EBS General Purpose SSD (gp2), Throughput Optimized HDD (st1) , Cold HDD (sc1), and Magnetic
(standard) volumes automatically send five-minute metrics to CloudWatch. Provisioned IOPS SSD (io1)
volumes automatically send one-minute metrics to CloudWatch. Data is only reported to CloudWatch
when the volume is attached to an instance.
Some of these metrics have differences on Nitro-based instances. For a list of instance types based on
the Nitro system, see Nitro-based Instances (p. 122).
The AWS/EBS namespace includes the following metrics.
Metric Description
VolumeReadBytes Provides information on the read operations in a specified period

of time. The Sum statistic reports the total number of bytes
transferred during the period. The Average statistic reports
the average size of each read operation during the period,
except on volumes attached to a Nitro-based instance, where
the average represents the average over the specified period.
The SampleCount statistic reports the total number of read
operations during the period, except on volumes attached to a
Nitro-based instance, where the sample count represents the
number of data points used in the statistical calculation. For Xen
instances, data is reported only when there is read activity on the
volume.
The Minimum and Maximum statistics on this metric are

supported only by volumes attached to Nitro-based instances.
Units: Bytes
902
Metric Description
VolumeWriteBytes Provides information on the write operations in a specified

period of time. The Sum statistic reports the total number of
bytes transferred during the period. The Average statistic
reports the average size of each write operation during the
period, except on volumes attached to a Nitro-based instance,
where the average represents the average over the specified
period. The SampleCount statistic reports the total number of
write operations during the period, except on volumes attached
to a Nitro-based instance, where the sample count represents the
number of data points used in the statistical calculation. For Xen
instances, data is reported only when there is write activity on
the volume.

Units: Bytes
VolumeReadOps The total number of read operations in a specified period of time.
To calculate the average read operations per second (read IOPS)

for the period, divide the total read operations in the period by
the number of seconds in that period.

Units: Count
VolumeWriteOps The total number of write operations in a specified period of

time.
To calculate the average write operations per second (write IOPS)

for the period, divide the total write operations in the period by
the number of seconds in that period.

Units: Count
VolumeTotalReadTime The total number of seconds spent by all read operations that
completed in a specified period of time. If multiple requests are
submitted at the same time, this total could be greater than the
length of the period. For example, for a period of 5 minutes (300
seconds): if 700 operations completed during that period, and
each operation took 1 second, the value would be 700 seconds.
For Xen instances, data is reported only when there is read
activity on the volume.
The Average statistic on this metric is not relevant for volumes

attached to Nitro-based instances.

Units: Seconds
903
Metric Description
VolumeTotalWriteTime The total number of seconds spent by all write operations that
completed in a specified period of time. If multiple requests are
submitted at the same time, this total could be greater than the
length of the period. For example, for a period of 5 minutes (300
seconds): if 700 operations completed during that period, and
each operation took 1 second, the value would be 700 seconds.
For Xen instances, data is reported only when there is write
activity on the volume.


Units: Seconds
VolumeIdleTime The total number of seconds in a specified period of time when

no read or write operations were submitted.


Units: Seconds
VolumeQueueLength The number of read and write operation requests waiting to be

completed in a specified period of time.
The Sum statistic on this metric is not relevant for volumes


Units: Count
VolumeThroughputPercentage Used with Provisioned IOPS SSD volumes only. The percentage
of I/O operations per second (IOPS) delivered of the total IOPS
provisioned for an Amazon EBS volume. Provisioned IOPS SSD
volumes deliver within 10 percent of the provisioned IOPS
performance 99.9 percent of the time over a given year.
During a write, if there are no other pending I/O requests in a

minute, the metric value will be 100 percent. Also, a volume's I/O
performance may become degraded temporarily due to an action
you have taken (for example, creating a snapshot of a volume
during peak usage, running the volume on a non-EBS-optimized
instance, or accessing data on the volume for the first time).
Units: Percent
904
Metric Description
VolumeConsumedReadWriteOps Used with Provisioned IOPS SSD volumes only. The total amount
of read and write operations (normalized to 256K capacity units)
consumed in a specified period of time.
I/O operations that are smaller than 256K each count as 1

consumed IOPS. I/O operations that are larger than 256K are
counted in 256K capacity units. For example, a 1024K I/O would
count as 4 consumed IOPS.
Units: Count
BurstBalance Used with General Purpose SSD (gp2), Throughput Optimized

HDD (st1), and Cold HDD (sc1) volumes only. Provides
information about the percentage of I/O credits (for gp2) or
throughput credits (for st1 and sc1) remaining in the burst
bucket. Data is reported to CloudWatch only when the volume is
active. If the volume is not attached, no data is reported.
The Sum statistic on this metric is not relevant for volumes

For a volume 1 TiB or larger, baseline performance is higher than

maximum burst performance, so I/O credits are never spent. If
the volume is attached to a Nitro-based instance, the reported
burst balance is 0%. For a non-Nitro-based instance, the reported
burst balance is 100%.
Units: Percent
Dimensions for Amazon EBS Metrics

The supported dimension is the volume ID (VolumeId). All available statistics are filtered by volume ID.
Graphs in the Amazon EC2 Console

After you create a volume, you can view the volume's monitoring graphs in the Amazon EC2 console.
Select a volume on the Volumes page in the console and choose Monitoring. The following table lists
the graphs that are displayed. The column on the right describes how the raw data metrics from the
CloudWatch API are used to produce each graph. The period for all the graphs is 5 minutes.
Graph Description using raw metrics
Read Bandwidth (KiB/s) Sum(VolumeReadBytes) / Period / 1024
Write Bandwidth (KiB/s) Sum(VolumeWriteBytes) / Period / 1024
Read Throughput (IOPS) Sum(VolumeReadOps) / Period
Write Throughput (IOPS) Sum(VolumeWriteOps) / Period
Avg Queue Length (Operations) Avg(VolumeQueueLength)
% Time Spent Idle Sum(VolumeIdleTime) / Period × 100
Avg Read Size (KiB/Operation) Avg(VolumeReadBytes) / 1024
905
EBS CloudWatch Events
Graph Description using raw metrics

For Nitro-based instances, the following formula derives
Average Read Size using CloudWatch Metric Math:
(Sum(VolumeReadBytes) / Sum(VolumeReadOps)) /
1024
The VolumeReadBytes and VolumeReadOps metrics are

available in the EBS CloudWatch console.
Avg Write Size (KiB/Operation) Avg(VolumeWriteBytes) / 1024

Average Write Size using CloudWatch Metric Math:
(Sum(VolumeWriteBytes) / Sum(VolumeWriteOps)) /
1024
The VolumeWriteBytes and VolumeWriteOps metrics are

Avg Read Latency (ms/Operation) Avg(VolumeTotalReadTime) × 1000

Average Read Latency using CloudWatch Metric Math:
(Sum(VolumeTotalReadTime) / Sum(VolumeReadOps))
× 1000
The VolumeTotalReadTime and VolumeReadOps metrics are

Avg Write Latency (ms/Operation) Avg(VolumeTotalWriteTime) × 1000

Average Write Latency using CloudWatch Metric Math:
(Sum(VolumeTotalWriteTime) /
Sum(VolumeWriteOps)) * 1000
The VolumeTotalWriteTime and VolumeWriteOps metrics

are available in the EBS CloudWatch console.
For the average latency graphs and average size graphs, the average is calculated over the total number
of operations (read or write, whichever is applicable to the graph) that completed during the period.
Amazon CloudWatch Events for Amazon EBS

Amazon EBS emits notifications based on Amazon CloudWatch Events for a variety of volume,
snapshot, and encryption status changes. With CloudWatch Events, you can establish rules that trigger
programmatic actions in response to a change in volume, snapshot, or encryption key state. For example,
when a snapshot is created, you can trigger an AWS Lambda function to share the completed snapshot
with another account or copy it to another region for disaster-recovery purposes.
Events in CloudWatch are represented as JSON objects. The fields that are unique to the event are
contained in the "detail" section of the JSON object. The "event" field contains the event name. The
"result" field contains the completed status of the action that triggered the event. For more information,
see Event Patterns in CloudWatch Events in the Amazon CloudWatch Events User Guide.
906
For more information, see Using Events in the Amazon CloudWatch User Guide.
Contents
• EBS Volume Events (p. 907)
• EBS Snapshot Events (p. 910)
• EBS Volume Modification Events (p. 913)
• Using Amazon Lambda To Handle CloudWatch Events (p. 914)
EBS Volume Events

Amazon EBS sends events to CloudWatch Events when the following volume events occur.
Events
• Create Volume (createVolume) (p. 907)
• Delete Volume (deleteVolume) (p. 908)
• Volume Attach or Reattach (attachVolume, reattachVolume) (p. 909)
Create Volume (createVolume)

The createVolume event is sent to your AWS account when an action to create a volume completes.
However it is not saved, logged, or archived. This event can have a result of either available or
failed. Creation will fail if an invalid KMS key was provided, as shown in the examples below.
Event Data
The listing below is an example of a JSON object emitted by EBS for a successful createVolume event.
{
"version": "0",
"id": "01234567-0123-0123-0123-012345678901",
"account": "012345678901",
"resources": [
"arn:aws:ec2:us-east-1:012345678901:volume/vol-01234567"
],
"detail": {
"result": "available",
"cause": "",
"event": "createVolume",
"request-id": "01234567-0123-0123-0123-0123456789ab"
}
}
The listing below is an example of a JSON object emitted by EBS after a failed createVolume event.
The cause for the failure was a disabled KMS key.
{
"version": "0",
"id": "01234567-0123-0123-0123-0123456789ab",
"account": "012345678901",
"region": "sa-east-1",
907
"resources": [
"arn:aws:ec2:sa-east-1:0123456789ab:volume/vol-01234567",
],
"detail": {
"result": "failed",
"cause": "arn:aws:kms:sa-east-1:0123456789ab:key/01234567-0123-0123-0123-0123456789ab
is disabled.",
"request-id": "01234567-0123-0123-0123-0123456789ab",
}
}
The following is an example of a JSON object that is emitted by EBS after a failed createVolume event.
The cause for the failure was a KMS key pending import.
{
"version": "0",
"id": "01234567-0123-0123-0123-0123456789ab",
"account": "012345678901",
"region": "sa-east-1",
"resources": [
"arn:aws:ec2:sa-east-1:0123456789ab:volume/vol-01234567",
],
"detail": {
"result": "failed",
"cause": "arn:aws:kms:sa-east-1:0123456789ab:key/01234567-0123-0123-0123-0123456789ab
is pending import.",
"request-id": "01234567-0123-0123-0123-0123456789ab",
}
}
Delete Volume (deleteVolume)

The deleteVolume event is sent to your AWS account when an action to delete a volume completes.
However it is not saved, logged, or archived. This event has the result deleted. If the deletion does not
complete, the event is never sent.
Event Data
The listing below is an example of a JSON object emitted by EBS for a successful deleteVolume event.
{
"version": "0",
"id": "01234567-0123-0123-0123-012345678901",
"account": "012345678901",
"resources": [
"arn:aws:ec2:us-east-1:012345678901:volume/vol-01234567"
],
"detail": {
"result": "deleted",
"cause": "",
"event": "deleteVolume",
"request-id": "01234567-0123-0123-0123-0123456789ab"
}
908
Volume Attach or Reattach (attachVolume, reattachVolume)

The attachVolume or reattachVolume event is sent to your AWS account if a volume fails to attach
or reattach to an instance. However it is not saved, logged, or archived. If you use a KMS key to encrypt
an EBS volume and the key becomes invalid, EBS will emit an event if that key is later used to attach or
reattach to an instance, as shown in the examples below.
Event Data
The listing below is an example of a JSON object emitted by EBS after a failed attachVolume event.
The cause for the failure was a KMS key pending deletion.
Note
AWS may attempt to reattach to a volume following routine server maintenance.
{
"version": "0",
"id": "01234567-0123-0123-0123-0123456789ab",
"account": "012345678901",
"resources": [
"arn:aws:ec2:us-east-1:0123456789ab:volume/vol-01234567",
"arn:aws:kms:us-east-1:0123456789ab:key/01234567-0123-0123-0123-0123456789ab"
],
"detail": {
"event": "attachVolume",
"result": "failed",
"cause": "arn:aws:kms:us-east-1:0123456789ab:key/01234567-0123-0123-0123-0123456789ab
is pending deletion.",
"request-id": ""
}
}
The listing below is an example of a JSON object emitted by EBS after a failed reattachVolume event.
The cause for the failure was a KMS key pending deletion.
{
"version": "0",
"id": "01234567-0123-0123-0123-0123456789ab",
"account": "012345678901",
"resources": [
"arn:aws:ec2:us-east-1:0123456789ab:volume/vol-01234567",
"arn:aws:kms:us-east-1:0123456789ab:key/01234567-0123-0123-0123-0123456789ab"
],
"detail": {
"event": "reattachVolume",
"result": "failed",
"cause": "arn:aws:kms:us-east-1:0123456789ab:key/01234567-0123-0123-0123-0123456789ab
is pending deletion.",
"request-id": ""
}
}
909
EBS Snapshot Events

Amazon EBS sends events to CloudWatch Events when the following volume events occur.
Events
• Create Snapshot (createSnapshot) (p. 910)
• Create Snapshots (createSnapshots) (p. 910)
• Copy Snapshot (copySnapshot) (p. 912)
• Share Snapshot (shareSnapshot) (p. 913)
Create Snapshot (createSnapshot)

The createSnapshot event is sent to your AWS account when an action to create a snapshot
completes. However it is not saved, logged, or archived. This event can have a result of either
succeeded or failed.
Event Data
The listing below is an example of a JSON object emitted by EBS for a successful createSnapshot
event. In the detail section, the source field contains the ARN of the source volume. The StartTime
and EndTime fields indicate when creation of the snapshot started and completed.
{
"version": "0",
"id": "01234567-0123-0123-0123-012345678901",
"detail-type": "EBS Snapshot Notification",
"account": "012345678901",
"resources": [
"arn:aws:ec2:us-west-2::snapshot/snap-01234567"
],
"detail": {
"event": "createSnapshot",
"result": "succeeded",
"cause": "",
"request-id": "",
"snapshot_id": "arn:aws:ec2:us-west-2::snapshot/snap-01234567",
"source": "arn:aws:ec2:us-west-2::volume/vol-01234567",
"StartTime": "yyyy-mm-ddThh:mm:ssZ",
"EndTime": "yyyy-mm-ddThh:mm:ssZ" }
}
Create Snapshots (createSnapshots)

The createSnapshots event is sent to your AWS account when an action to create a multi-volume
snapshot completes. This event can have a result of either succeeded or failed.
Event Data
The listing below is an example of a JSON object emitted by EBS for a successful createSnapshots
event. In the detail section, the source field contains the ARNs of the source volumes of the multi-
volume snapshot set. The StartTime and EndTime fields indicate when creation of the snapshot
started and completed.
910
"version": "0",
"id": "01234567-0123-0123-0123-012345678901",
"detail-type": "EBS Multi-Volume Snapshots Completion Status",
"account": "012345678901",
"resources": [
"arn:aws:ec2::us-east-1:snapshot/snap-01234567",
"arn:aws:ec2::us-east-1:snapshot/snap-012345678"
],
"detail": {
"event": "createSnapshots",
"cause": "",
"request-id": "",
"startTime": "yyyy-mm-ddThh:mm:ssZ",
"endTime": "yyyy-mm-ddThh:mm:ssZ",
"snapshots": [
{
"snapshot_id": "arn:aws:ec2::us-east-1:snapshot/snap-01234567",
"source": "arn:aws:ec2::us-east-1:volume/vol-01234567",
"status": "completed"
},
{
"status": "completed"
}
]
}
}
The listing below is an example of a JSON object emitted by EBS after a failed createSnapshots event.
The cause for the failure was one or more snapshots failed to complete. The values of snapshot_id are
the ARNs of the failed snapshots. StartTime and EndTime represent when the create-snapshots action
started and ended.
{
"version": "0",
"id": "01234567-0123-0123-0123-012345678901",
"detail-type": "EBS Multi-Volume Snapshots Completion Status",
"account": "012345678901",
"resources": [
"arn:aws:ec2::us-east-1:snapshot/snap-01234567",
"arn:aws:ec2::us-east-1:snapshot/snap-012345678"
],
"detail": {
"event": "createSnapshots",
"result": "failed",
"cause": "Snapshot snap-01234567 is in status deleted",
"request-id": "",
"startTime": "yyyy-mm-ddThh:mm:ssZ",
"endTime": "yyyy-mm-ddThh:mm:ssZ",
"snapshots": [
{
"status": "error"
},
{
911
"status": "deleted"
}
]
}
}
Copy Snapshot (copySnapshot)

The copySnapshot event is sent to your AWS account when an action to copy a snapshot completes.
However it is not saved, logged, or archived. This event can have a result of either succeeded or
failed.
Event Data
The listing below is an example of a JSON object emitted by EBS after a successful copySnapshot
event. The value of snapshot_id is the ARN of the newly created snapshot. In the detail section, the
value of source is the ARN of the source snapshot. StartTime and EndTime represent when the copy-
snapshot action started and ended.
{
"version": "0",
"id": "01234567-0123-0123-0123-012345678901",
"account": "123456789012",
"resources": [
],
"detail": {
"event": "copySnapshot",
"cause": "",
"request-id": "",
"source": "arn:aws:ec2:eu-west-1::snapshot/snap-76543210",
"EndTime": "yyyy-mm-ddThh:mm:ssZ",
"Incremental": "True"
}
}
The listing below is an example of a JSON object emitted by EBS after a failed copySnapshot event.
The cause for the failure was an invalid source snapshot ID. The value of snapshot_id is the ARN of
the failed snapshot. In the detail section, the value of source is the ARN of the source snapshot.
StartTime and EndTime represent when the copy-snapshot action started and ended.
{
"version": "0",
"id": "01234567-0123-0123-0123-012345678901",
"account": "123456789012",
"resources": [
],
912
"detail": {
"event": "copySnapshot",
"result": "failed",
"cause": "Source snapshot ID is not valid",
"request-id": "",
"source": "arn:aws:ec2:eu-west-1::snapshot/snap-76543210",
"EndTime": "yyyy-mm-ddThh:mm:ssZ"
}
}
Share Snapshot (shareSnapshot)

The shareSnapshot event is sent to your AWS account when another account shares a snapshot with it.
However it is not saved, logged, or archived. The result is always succeeded.
Event Data
The following is an example of a JSON object emitted by EBS after a completed shareSnapshot event.
In the detail section, the value of source is the AWS account number of the user that shared the
snapshot with you. StartTime and EndTime represent when the share-snapshot action started and
ended. The shareSnapshot event is emitted only when a private snapshot is shared with another user.
Sharing a public snapshot does not trigger the event.
{
"version": "0",
"id": "01234567-01234-0123-0123-012345678901",
"account": "012345678901",
"resources": [
],
"detail": {
"event": "shareSnapshot",
"cause": "",
"request-id": "",
"source": 012345678901,
"EndTime": "yyyy-mm-ddThh:mm:ssZ"
}
}
EBS Volume Modification Events

Amazon EBS sends modifyVolume events to CloudWatch Events when a volume is modified. However it
is not saved, logged, or archived.
{
"version": "0",
"id": "01234567-0123-0123-0123-012345678901",
"account": "012345678901",
913
"resources": [
"arn:aws:ec2:us-east-1:012345678901:volume/vol-03a55cf56513fa1b6"
],
"detail": {
"result": "optimizing",
"cause": "",
"event": "modifyVolume",
"request-id": "01234567-0123-0123-0123-0123456789ab"
}
}
Using Amazon Lambda To Handle CloudWatch Events

You can use Amazon EBS and CloudWatch Events to automate your data-backup workflow. This requires
you to create an IAM policy, a AWS Lambda function to handle the event, and an Amazon CloudWatch
Events rule that matches incoming events and routes them to the Lambda function.
The following procedure uses the createSnapshot event to automatically copy a completed snapshot
to another region for disaster recovery.
To copy a completed snapshot to another region
1. Create an IAM policy, such as the one shown in the following example, to provide permissions to
execute a CopySnapshot action and write to the CloudWatch Events log. Assign the policy to the
IAM user that will handle the CloudWatch event.
{
"Version": "2012-10-17",
"Statement": [
{
"Effect": "Allow",
"Action": [
"logs:CreateLogGroup",
"logs:CreateLogStream",
"logs:PutLogEvents"
],
"Resource": "arn:aws:logs:*:*:*"
},
{
"Effect": "Allow",
"Action": [
"ec2:CopySnapshot"
],
"Resource": "*"
}
]
}
2. Define a function in Lambda that will be available from the CloudWatch console. The sample
Lambda function below, written in Node.js, is invoked by CloudWatch when a matching
createSnapshot event is emitted by Amazon EBS (signifying that a snapshot was completed).
When invoked, the function copies the snapshot from us-east-2 to us-east-1.
// Sample Lambda function to copy an EBS snapshot to a different region
var AWS = require('aws-sdk');

var ec2 = new AWS.EC2();
// define variables
var destinationRegion = 'us-east-1';
914
var sourceRegion = 'us-east-2';

console.log ('Loading function');
//main function
exports.handler = (event, context, callback) => {
// Get the EBS snapshot ID from the CloudWatch event details

var snapshotArn = event.detail.snapshot_id.split('/');
const snapshotId = snapshotArn[1];
const description = `Snapshot copy from ${snapshotId} in ${sourceRegion}.`;
console.log ("snapshotId:", snapshotId);
// Load EC2 class and update the configuration to use destination region to
initiate the snapshot.
AWS.config.update({region: destinationRegion});
var ec2 = new AWS.EC2();
// Prepare variables for ec2.modifySnapshotAttribute call

const copySnapshotParams = {
Description: description,
DestinationRegion: destinationRegion,
SourceRegion: sourceRegion,
SourceSnapshotId: snapshotId
};
// Execute the copy snapshot and log any errors

ec2.copySnapshot(copySnapshotParams, (err, data) => {
if (err) {
const errorMessage = Èrror copying snapshot ${snapshotId} to region
${destinationRegion}.`;
console.log(errorMessage);
console.log(err);
callback(errorMessage);
} else {
const successMessage = `Successfully started copy of snapshot ${snapshotId}
to region ${destinationRegion}.`;
console.log(successMessage);
console.log(data);
callback(null, successMessage);
}
});
};
To ensure that your Lambda function is available from the CloudWatch console, create it in the
region where the CloudWatch event will occur. For more information, see the AWS Lambda
Developer Guide.
4. Choose Events, Create rule, Select event source, and Amazon EBS Snapshots.
5. For Specific Event(s), choose createSnapshot and for Specific Result(s), choose succeeded.
6. For Rule target, find and choose the sample function that you previously created.
7. Choose Target, Add Target.
8. For Lambda function, select the Lambda function that you previously created and choose Configure
details.
9. On the Configure rule details page, type values for Name and Description. Select the State check
box to activate the function (setting it to Enabled).
10. Choose Create rule.
Your rule should now appear on the Rules tab. In the example shown, the event that you configured
should be emitted by EBS the next time you copy a snapshot.
915
Instance Store
Amazon EC2 Instance Store

An instance store provides temporary block-level storage for your instance. This storage is located on
disks that are physically attached to the host computer. Instance store is ideal for temporary storage of
information that changes frequently, such as buffers, caches, scratch data, and other temporary content,
or for data that is replicated across a fleet of instances, such as a load-balanced pool of web servers.
An instance store consists of one or more instance store volumes exposed as block devices. The size of an
instance store as well as the number of devices available varies by instance type.
The virtual devices for instance store volumes are ephemeral[0-23]. Instance types that support one
instance store volume have ephemeral0. Instance types that support two instance store volumes have
ephemeral0 and ephemeral1, and so on.
Contents
• Instance Store Lifetime (p. 916)
• Instance Store Volumes (p. 917)
• Add Instance Store Volumes to Your EC2 Instance (p. 921)
• SSD Instance Store Volumes (p. 923)
Instance Store Lifetime

You can specify instance store volumes for an instance only when you launch it. You can't detach an
instance store volume from one instance and attach it to a different instance.
The data in an instance store persists only during the lifetime of its associated instance. If an instance
reboots (intentionally or unintentionally), data in the instance store persists. However, data in the
instance store is lost under any of the following circumstances:
• The underlying disk drive fails

• The instance stops
• The instance terminates
Therefore, do not rely on instance store for valuable, long-term data. Instead, use more durable data
storage, such as Amazon S3, Amazon EBS, or Amazon EFS.
916
Instance Store Volumes
When you stop or terminate an instance, every block of storage in the instance store is reset. Therefore,
your data cannot be accessed through the instance store of another instance.
If you create an AMI from an instance, the data on its instance store volumes isn't preserved and isn't
present on the instance store volumes of the instances that you launch from the AMI.
If you change the instance type, an instance store will not be attached to the new instance type. For
more information, see Changing the Instance Type (p. 188) .

The instance type determines the size of the instance store available and the type of hardware used for
the instance store volumes. Instance store volumes are included as part of the instance's usage cost.
You must specify the instance store volumes that you'd like to use when you launch the instance (except
for NVMe instance store volumes, which are available by default). Then format and mount the instance
store volumes before using them. You can't make an instance store volume available after you launch the
instance. For more information, see Add Instance Store Volumes to Your EC2 Instance (p. 921).
Some instance types use NVMe or SATA-based solid state drives (SSD) to deliver high random I/O
performance. This is a good option when you need storage with very low latency, but you don't need the
data to persist when the instance terminates or you can take advantage of fault-tolerant architectures.
For more information, see SSD Instance Store Volumes (p. 923).
The following table provides the quantity, size, type, and performance optimizations of instance store
volumes available on each supported instance type. For a complete list of instance types, including EBS-
only types, see Amazon EC2 Instance Types.
Instance Type Instance Store Volumes Type Needs TRIM Support**

Initialization*
c1.medium 1 x 350 GB HDD ✔
c1.xlarge 4 x 420 GB (1.6 TB) HDD ✔
c3.large 2 x 16 GB (32 GB) SSD ✔
c3.xlarge 2 x 40 GB (80 GB) SSD ✔
c3.2xlarge 2 x 80 GB (160 GB) SSD ✔
c5d.large 1 x 50 GB NVMe SSD ✔
c5d.xlarge 1 x 100 GB NVMe SSD ✔
c5d.2xlarge 1 x 200 GB NVMe SSD ✔
c5d.18xlarge 2 x 900 GB (1.8 TB) NVMe SSD ✔
cc2.8xlarge 4 x 840 GB (3.36 TB) HDD ✔
cr1.8xlarge 2 x 120 GB (240 GB) SSD ✔
d2.xlarge 3 x 2,000 GB (6 TB) HDD
917

Initialization*
d2.2xlarge 6 x 2,000 GB (12 TB) HDD
f1.2xlarge 1 x 470 GB NVMe SSD ✔
f1.4xlarge 1 x 940 GB NVMe SSD ✔
f1.16xlarge 4 x 940 GB (3.76 TB) NVMe SSD ✔
g2.2xlarge 1 x 60 GB SSD ✔
g2.8xlarge 2 x 120 GB (240 GB) SSD ✔
g4dn.xlarge 1 x 125 GB NVMe SSD ✔
g4dn.2xlarge 1 x 225 GB NVMe SSD ✔
h1.2xlarge 1 x 2000 GB (2 TB) HDD
hs1.8xlarge 24 x 2,000 GB (48 TB) HDD ✔
i2.xlarge 1 x 800 GB SSD ✔
i2.2xlarge 2 x 800 GB (1.6 TB) SSD ✔
i3.large 1 x 475 GB NVMe SSD ✔
i3.xlarge 1 x 950 GB NVMe SSD ✔
i3.2xlarge 1 x 1,900 GB NVMe SSD ✔
i3.4xlarge 2 x 1,900 GB (3.8 TB) NVMe SSD ✔
i3.metal 8 x 1,900 GB (15.2 TB) NVMe SSD ✔
918

Initialization*
i3en.large 1 x 1,250 GB NVMe SSD ✔
i3en.xlarge 1 x 2,500 GB NVMe SSD ✔
i3en.2xlarge 2 x 2,500 GB (5 TB) NVMe SSD ✔
i3en.3xlarge 1 x 7,500 GB NVMe SSD ✔
i3en.metal 8 x 7,500 GB (60 TB) NVMe SSD ✔
m1.small 1 x 160 GB HDD ✔
m1.medium 1 x 410 GB HDD ✔
m1.large 2 x 420 GB (840 GB) HDD ✔
m1.xlarge 4 x 420 GB (1.6 TB) HDD ✔
m2.xlarge 1 x 420 GB HDD ✔
m2.2xlarge 1 x 850 GB HDD ✔
m2.4xlarge 2 x 840 GB (1.68 TB) HDD ✔
m3.medium 1 x 4 GB SSD ✔
m3.large 1 x 32 GB SSD ✔
m3.xlarge 2 x 40 GB (80 GB) SSD ✔
m3.2xlarge 2 x 80 GB (160 GB) SSD ✔
m5ad.large 1 x 75 GB NVMe SSD ✔
m5ad.xlarge 1 x 150 GB NVMe SSD ✔
m5ad.2xlarge 1 x 300 GB NVMe SSD ✔
m5ad.4xlarge 2 x 300 GB (600 GB) NVMe SSD ✔
m5ad.12xlarge 2 x 900 GB (1.8 TB) NVMe SSD ✔
m5ad.24xlarge 4 x 900 GB (3.6 TB) NVMe SSD ✔
m5d.large 1 x 75 GB NVMe SSD ✔
m5d.xlarge 1 x 150 GB NVMe SSD ✔
m5d.2xlarge 1 x 300 GB NVMe SSD ✔
m5d.4xlarge 2 x 300 GB (600 GB) NVMe SSD ✔
m5d.8xlarge 2 x 600 GB (1.2 TB) NVMe SSD ✔
919

Initialization*
m5d.metal 4 x 900 GB (3.6 TB) NVMe SSD ✔
p3dn.24xlarge 2 x 900 GB (1.8 TB) NVMe SSD ✔
r3.large 1 x 32 GB SSD ✔
r3.xlarge 1 x 80 GB SSD ✔
r3.2xlarge 1 x 160 GB SSD ✔
r3.4xlarge 1 x 320 GB SSD ✔
r3.8xlarge 2 x 320 GB (640 GB) SSD ✔
r5ad.large 1 x 75 GB NVMe SSD ✔
r5ad.xlarge 1 x 150 GB NVMe SSD ✔
r5ad.2xlarge 1 x 300 GB NVMe SSD ✔
r5ad.4xlarge 2 x 300 GB (600 GB) NVMe SSD ✔
r5ad.12xlarge 2 x 900 GB (1.8 TB) NVMe SSD ✔
r5ad.24xlarge 4 x 900 GB (3.6 TB) NVMe SSD ✔
r5d.large 1 x 75 GB NVMe SSD ✔
r5d.xlarge 1 x 150 GB NVMe SSD ✔
r5d.2xlarge 1 x 300 GB NVMe SSD ✔
r5d.4xlarge 2 x 300 GB (600 GB) NVMe SSD ✔
r5d.8xlarge 2 x 600 GB (1.2 TB) NVMe SSD ✔
r5d.metal 4 x 900 GB (3.6 TB) NVMe SSD ✔
x1.16xlarge 1 x 1,920 GB SSD
x1.32xlarge 2 x 1,920 GB (3.84 TB) SSD
x1e.xlarge 1 x 120 GB SSD
x1e.2xlarge 1 x 240 GB SSD
920
Add Instance Store Volumes

Initialization*
x1e.16xlarge 1 x 1,920 GB SSD
x1e.32xlarge 2 x 1,920 GB (3.84 TB) SSD
z1d.large 1 x 75 GB NVMe SSD ✔
z1d.xlarge 1 x 150 GB NVMe SSD ✔
z1d.2xlarge 1 x 300 GB NVMe SSD ✔
z1d.12xlarge 2 x 900 GB (1.8 TB) NVMe SSD ✔
z1d.metal 2 x 900 GB (1.8 TB) NVMe SSD ✔
* Volumes attached to certain instances suffer a first-write penalty unless initialized.
** For more information, see Instance Store Volume TRIM Support (p. 924).
Add Instance Store Volumes to Your EC2 Instance

You specify the EBS volumes and instance store volumes for your instance using a block device mapping.
Each entry in a block device mapping includes a device name and the volume that it maps to. The default
block device mapping is specified by the AMI you use. Alternatively, you can specify a block device
mapping for the instance when you launch it. All the NVMe instance store volumes supported by an
instance type are automatically enumerated and assigned a device name on instance launch; including
them in the block device mapping for the AMI or the instance has no effect. For more information, see
Block Device Mapping (p. 929).
A block device mapping always specifies the root volume for the instance. The root volume is mounted
automatically.
You can use a block device mapping to specify additional EBS volumes when you launch your instance, or
you can attach additional EBS volumes after your instance is running. For more information, see Amazon
EBS Volumes (p. 782).
You can specify the instance store volumes for your instance only when you launch an instance. You can't
attach instance store volumes to an instance after you've launched it.
If you change the instance type, an instance store will not be attached to the new instance type. For
more information, see Changing the Instance Type (p. 188) .
The number and size of available instance store volumes for your instance varies by instance type. Some
instance types do not support instance store volumes. For more information about the instance store
volumes support by each instance type, see Instance Store Volumes (p. 917). If the instance type
you choose for your instance supports instance store volumes, you must add them to the block device
mapping for the instance when you launch it. After you launch the instance, you must ensure that the
instance store volumes for your instance are formatted and mounted before you can use them. The root
volume of an instance store-backed instance is mounted automatically.
Contents
921
Add Instance Store Volumes
• Adding Instance Store Volumes to an AMI (p. 922)

• Adding Instance Store Volumes to an Instance (p. 922)
• Making Instance Store Volumes Available on Your Instance (p. 923)
Adding Instance Store Volumes to an AMI

You can create an AMI with a block device mapping that includes instance store volumes. After you add
instance store volumes to an AMI, any instance that you launch from the AMI includes these instance
store volumes. When you launch an instance, you can omit volumes specified in the AMI block device
mapping and add new volumes.
Important
For M3 instances, specify instance store volumes in the block device mapping of the instance,
not the AMI. Amazon EC2 might ignore instance store volumes that are specified only in the
block device mapping of the AMI.
To add instance store volumes to an Amazon EBS-backed AMI using the console

2. In the navigation pane, choose Instances and select the instance.
3. Choose Actions, Image, Create Image.
4. In the Create Image dialog box, type a meaningful name and description for your image.
5. For each instance store volume to add, choose Add New Volume, from Volume Type select an
instance store volume, and from Device select a device name. (For more information, see Device
Naming on Windows Instances (p. 928).) The number of available instance store volumes depends
on the instance type. For instances with NVMe instance store volumes, the device mapping of these
volumes depends on the order in which the operating system enumerates the volumes.
6. Choose Create Image.
To add instance store volumes to an AMI using the command line
• create-image or register-image (AWS CLI)

• New-EC2Image and Register-EC2Image (AWS Tools for Windows PowerShell)
Adding Instance Store Volumes to an Instance

When you launch an instance, the default block device mapping is provided by the specified AMI. If you
need additional instance store volumes, you must add them to the instance as you launch it. You can also
omit devices specified in the AMI block device mapping.
Important
For M3 instances, you might receive instance store volumes even if you do not specify them in
the block device mapping for the instance.
Important
For HS1 instances, no matter how many instance store volumes you specify in the block
device mapping of an AMI, the block device mapping for an instance launched from the AMI
automatically includes the maximum number of supported instance store volumes. You must
explicitly remove the instance store volumes that you don't want from the block device mapping
for the instance before you launch it.
922
SSD Instance Store Volumes
To update the block device mapping for an instance using the console

3. In Step 1: Choose an Amazon Machine Image (AMI), select the AMI to use and choose Select.
4. Follow the wizard to complete Step 1: Choose an Amazon Machine Image (AMI), Step 2: Choose an
Instance Type, and Step 3: Configure Instance Details.
5. In Step 4: Add Storage, modify the existing entries as needed. For each instance store volume to
add, choose Add New Volume, from Volume Type select an instance store volume, and from Device
select a device name. The number of available instance store volumes depends on the instance type.
6. Complete the wizard and launch the instance.
To update the block device mapping for an instance using the command line
You can use one of the following options commands with the corresponding command. For more
• --block-device-mappings with run-instances (AWS CLI)

• -BlockDeviceMapping with New-EC2Instance (AWS Tools for Windows PowerShell)
Making Instance Store Volumes Available on Your Instance

After you launch an instance, the instance store volumes are available to the instance, but you can't
access them until they are mounted. For Linux instances, the instance type determines which instance
store volumes are mounted for you and which are available for you to mount yourself. For Windows
instances, the EC2Config service mounts the instance store volumes for an instance. The block device
driver for the instance assigns the actual volume name when mounting the volume, and the name
assigned can be different than the name that Amazon EC2 recommends.
Many instance store volumes are pre-formatted with the ext3 file system. SSD-based instance store
volumes that support TRIM instruction are not pre-formatted with any file system. However, you can
format volumes with the file system of your choice after you launch your instance. For more information,
see Instance Store Volume TRIM Support (p. 924). For Windows instances, the EC2Config service
reformats the instance store volumes with the NTFS file system.
You can confirm that the instance store devices are available from within the instance itself using
instance metadata. For more information, see Viewing the Instance Block Device Mapping for Instance
Store Volumes (p. 937).
For Windows instances, you can also view the instance store volumes using Windows Disk Management.
For more information, see Listing the Disks Using Windows Disk Management (p. 939).
SSD Instance Store Volumes

The following instances support instance store volumes that use solid state drives (SSD) to deliver high
random I/O performance: C3, G2, I2, M3, R3, and X1. For more information about the instance store
volumes support by each instance type, see Instance Store Volumes (p. 917).
Like other instance store volumes, you must map the SSD instance store volumes for your instance when
you launch it. The data on an SSD instance volume persists only for the life of its associated instance. For
more information, see Add Instance Store Volumes to Your EC2 Instance (p. 921).
923
File Storage
NVMe SSD Volumes

The following instances offer non-volatile memory express (NVMe) SSD instance store volumes: C5d,
I3, I3en, F1, M5ad, M5d, p3dn.24xlarge, R5ad, R5d, and z1d. The latest AWS Windows AMIs for the
following operating systems contain the AWS NVMe drivers used to interact with SSD instance store
volumes that are exposed as NVMe block devices for better performance:

After you connect to your instance, you can verify that you see the NVMe volumes in Disk Manager. On
the taskbar, open the context (right-click) menu for the Windows logo and choose Disk Management.
On Windows Server 2008 R2, choose Start, Administrative Tools, Computer Management, Disk
Management.
The AWS Windows AMIs provided by Amazon include the AWS NVMe driver. If you are not using the
latest AWS Windows AMIs, you can install the current AWS NVMe driver (p. 445).
The data on NVMe instance storage is encrypted using an XTS-AES-256 block cipher implemented in a
hardware module on the instance. The encryption keys are generated using the hardware module and
are unique to each NVMe instance storage device. All encryption keys are destroyed when the instance
is stopped or terminated and cannot be recovered. You cannot disable this encryption and you cannot
provide your own encryption key.
Instance Store Volume TRIM Support

The following instances support SSD volumes with TRIM: C5d, F1, I2, I3, I3en, M5ad, M5d,
p3dn.24xlarge, R3, R5ad, R5d, and z1d.
Instances running Windows Server 2012 R2 support TRIM as of AWS PV Driver version 7.3.0. Instances
running earlier versions of Windows Server do not support TRIM.
Instance store volumes that support TRIM are fully trimmed before they are allocated to your instance.
These volumes are not formatted with a file system when an instance launches, so you must format
them before they can be mounted and used. For faster access to these volumes, you should skip the
TRIM operation when you format them.
With instance store volumes that support TRIM, you can use the TRIM command to notify the SSD
controller when you no longer need data that you've written. This provides the controller with more free
space, which can reduce write amplification and increase performance. On Windows, use the fsutil
behavior set DisableDeleteNotify 1 command.
File Storage
Cloud file storage is a method for storing data in the cloud that provides servers and applications access
to data through shared file systems. This compatibility makes cloud file storage ideal for workloads that
rely on shared file systems and provides simple integration without code changes.
There are many file storage solutions that exist, ranging from a single node file server on a compute
instance using block storage as the underpinnings with no scalability or few redundancies to protect
the data, to a do-it-yourself clustered solution, to a fully-managed solution, such as Amazon Elastic File
System (Amazon EFS) (p. 925) or Amazon FSx for Windows File Server (p. 925).
924
Amazon EFS
Amazon Elastic File System (Amazon EFS)

Amazon EFS provides scalable file storage for use with Amazon EC2. You can create an EFS file system
and configure your instances to mount the file system. You can use an EFS file system as a common data
source for workloads and applications running on multiple instances. For more information, see Amazon
Elastic File System (Amazon EFS) in the Amazon EC2 User Guide for Linux Instances and the Amazon
Elastic File System product page.
Important
Amazon EFS is not supported on Windows instances.
Amazon FSx for Windows File Server

Amazon FSx for Windows File Server provides fully managed Windows file servers, backed by a fully–
native Windows file system with the features, performance, and compatibility to easily lift and shift
enterprise applications to AWS.
Amazon FSx supports a broad set of enterprise Windows workloads with fully managed file storage
built on Microsoft Windows Server. Amazon FSx has native support for Windows file system features
and for the industry-standard Server Message Block (SMB) protocol to access file storage over a
network. Amazon FSx is optimized for enterprise applications in the AWS Cloud, with native Windows
compatibility, enterprise performance and features, and consistent sub-millisecond latencies.
With file storage on Amazon FSx, the code, applications, and tools that Windows developers and
administrators use today can continue to work unchanged. The Windows applications and workloads
that are ideal for Amazon FSx include business applications, home directories, web serving, content
management, data analytics, software build setups, and media processing workloads.
As a fully managed service, Amazon FSx for Windows File Server eliminates the administrative overhead
of setting up and provisioning file servers and storage volumes. Additionally, it keeps Windows software
up to date, detects and addresses hardware failures, and performs backups. It also provides rich
integration with other AWS services, including AWS Directory Service for Microsoft Active Directory,
Amazon WorkSpaces, AWS Key Management Service, and AWS CloudTrail.
For more information, see the Amazon FSx for Windows File Server User Guide.
Amazon Simple Storage Service (Amazon S3)

Amazon S3 is a repository for Internet data. Amazon S3 provides access to reliable, fast, and inexpensive
data storage infrastructure. It is designed to make web-scale computing easy by enabling you to store
and retrieve any amount of data, at any time, from within Amazon EC2 or anywhere on the web. Amazon
S3 stores data objects redundantly on multiple devices across multiple facilities and allows concurrent
read or write access to these data objects by many separate clients or application threads. You can use
the redundant data stored in Amazon S3 to recover quickly and reliably from instance or application
failures.
Amazon EC2 uses Amazon S3 for storing Amazon Machine Images (AMIs). You use AMIs for launching
EC2 instances. In case of instance failure, you can use the stored AMI to immediately launch another
instance, thereby allowing for fast recovery and business continuity.
Amazon EC2 also uses Amazon S3 to store snapshots (backup copies) of the data volumes. You can use
snapshots for recovering data quickly and reliably in case of application or system failures. You can
also use snapshots as a baseline to create multiple new data volumes, expand the size of an existing
data volume, or move data volumes across multiple Availability Zones, thereby making your data usage
highly scalable. For more information about using data volumes and snapshots, see Amazon Elastic Block
Store (p. 781).
925
Amazon S3 and Amazon EC2
Objects are the fundamental entities stored in Amazon S3. Every object stored in Amazon S3 is
contained in a bucket. Buckets organize the Amazon S3 namespace at the highest level and identify the
account responsible for that storage. Amazon S3 buckets are similar to Internet domain names. Objects
stored in the buckets have a unique key value and are retrieved using a HTTP URL address. For example,
if an object with a key value /photos/mygarden.jpg is stored in the myawsbucket bucket, then it is
addressable using the URL http://myawsbucket.s3.amazonaws.com/photos/mygarden.jpg.
For more information about the features of Amazon S3, see the Amazon S3 product page.
Amazon S3 and Amazon EC2

Given the benefits of Amazon S3 for storage, you may decide to use this service to store files and data
sets for use with EC2 instances. There are several ways to move data to and from Amazon S3 to your
instances. In addition to the examples discussed below, there are a variety of tools that people have
written that you can use to access your data in Amazon S3 from your computer or your instance. Some of
the common ones are discussed in the AWS forums.
If you have permission, you can copy a file to or from Amazon S3 and your instance using one of the
following methods.
AWS Tools for Windows PowerShell
Windows instances have the benefit of a graphical browser that you can use to access the Amazon S3
console directly; however, for scripting purposes, Windows users can also use the AWS Tools for Windows
PowerShell to move objects to and from Amazon S3.
Use the following command to copy an Amazon S3 object to your Windows instance.
PS C:\> Copy-S3Object -BucketName my_bucket -Key path-to-file -LocalFile my_copied_file.ext
AWS Command Line Interface
The AWS Command Line Interface (AWS CLI) is a unified tool to manage your AWS services. The AWS
CLI enables users to authenticate themselves and download restricted items from Amazon S3 and also
to upload items. For more information, such as how to install and configure the tools, see the AWS
Command Line Interface detail page.
The aws s3 cp command is similar to the Unix cp command. You can copy files from Amazon S3 to your
instance, copy files from your instance to Amazon S3, and copy files from one Amazon S3 location to
another.
Use the following command to copy an object from Amazon S3 to your instance.
aws s3 cp s3://my_bucket/my_folder/my_file.ext my_copied_file.ext
Use the following command to copy an object from your instance back into Amazon S3.
aws s3 cp my_copied_file.ext s3://my_bucket/my_folder/my_file.ext
The aws s3 sync command can synchronize an entire Amazon S3 bucket to a local directory location. This
can be helpful for downloading a data set and keeping the local copy up-to-date with the remote set. If
you have the proper permissions on the Amazon S3 bucket, you can push your local directory back up to
the cloud when you are finished by reversing the source and destination locations in the command.
Use the following command to download an entire Amazon S3 bucket to a local directory on your
instance.
926
Instance Volume Limits
aws s3 sync s3://remote_S3_bucket local_directory
Amazon S3 API
If you are a developer, you can use an API to access data in Amazon S3. For more information, see the
Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide. You can use this API and its examples to help develop
your application and integrate it with other APIs and SDKs, such as the boto Python interface.
Instance Volume Limits

The maximum number of volumes that your instance can have depends on the operating system and
instance type. When considering how many volumes to add to your instance, you should consider
whether you need increased I/O bandwidth or increased storage capacity.
Contents
• Linux-Specific Volume Limits (p. 927)
• Windows-Specific Volume Limits (p. 927)
• Instance Type Limits (p. 928)
• Bandwidth versus Capacity (p. 928)
Linux-Specific Volume Limits

Attaching more than 40 volumes can cause boot failures. Note that this number includes the root
volume, plus any attached instance store volumes and EBS volumes. If you experience boot problems on
an instance with a large number of volumes, stop the instance, detach any volumes that are not essential
to the boot process, and then reattach the volumes after the instance is running.
Important
Attaching more than 40 volumes to a Linux instance is supported on a best effort basis only and
is not guaranteed.
Windows-Specific Volume Limits

The following table shows the volume limits for Windows instances based on the driver used. Note that
these numbers include the root volume, plus any attached instance store volumes and EBS volumes.
Important
Attaching more than the following volumes to a Windows instance is supported on a best effort
basis only and is not guaranteed.
Driver Volume Limit
AWS PV 26
Citrix PV 26
Red Hat PV 17
We do not recommend that you give a Windows instance more than 26 volumes with AWS PV or Citrix
PV drivers, as it is likely to cause performance issues.
To determine which PV drivers your instance is using, or to upgrade your Windows instance from Red Hat
to Citrix PV drivers, see Upgrading PV Drivers on Your Windows Instances (p. 435).
927
Instance Type Limits
For more information about how device names related to volumes, see Mapping Disks to Volumes on
Instance Type Limits

C5, C5d, C5n, G4, I3en, M5, M5a, M5ad, M5d, p3dn.24xlarge, R5, R5a, R5ad, R5d, T3, T3a, and z1d
instances support a maximum of 28 attachments, including network interfaces, EBS volumes, and
NVMe instance store volumes. Every instance has at least one network interface attachment. NVMe
instance store volumes are automatically attached. For example, if you have no additional network
interface attachments on an EBS-only instance, you can attach up to 27 EBS volumes to it. If you have
one additional network interface on an instance with 2 NVMe instance store volumes, you can attach
24 EBS volumes to it. For more information, see Elastic Network Interfaces (p. 678) and Instance Store
Volumes (p. 917).
i3.metal, m5.metal, m5d.metal, r5.metal, r5d.metal, and z1d.metal instances support a

maximum of 31 EBS volumes.
u-6tb1.metal, u-9tb1.metal, and u-12tb1.metal instances support a maximum of 13 EBS

volumes.
Bandwidth versus Capacity

For consistent and predictable bandwidth use cases, use EBS-optimized or 10 Gigabit network
connectivity instances and General Purpose SSD or Provisioned IOPS SSD volumes. Follow the
guidance in Amazon EC2 Instance Configuration (p. 887) to match the IOPS you have provisioned for
your volumes to the bandwidth available from your instances for maximum performance. For RAID
configurations, many administrators find that arrays larger than 8 volumes have diminished performance
returns due to increased I/O overhead. Test your individual application performance and tune it as
required.
Device Naming on Windows Instances

When you attach a volume to your instance, you include a device name for the volume. This device name
is used by Amazon EC2. The block device driver for the instance assigns the actual volume name when
mounting the volume, and the name assigned can be different from the name that Amazon EC2 uses.
The number of volumes that your instance can support is determined by the operating system. For more
information, see Instance Volume Limits (p. 927).
Contents
• Available Device Names (p. 928)
• Device Name Considerations (p. 929)
For information about device names on Linux instances, see Device Naming on Linux Instances in the
Amazon EC2 User Guide for Linux Instances.
Available Device Names

Windows AMIs use one of the following sets of drivers to permit access to virtualized hardware: AWS PV,
Citrix PV, and RedHat PV. For more information, see Paravirtual Drivers for Windows Instances (p. 430).
The following table lists the available device names that you can specify in a block device mapping or
when attaching an EBS volume.
928
Device Name Considerations
Driver Type Available Reserved for Root Recommended Instance Store

for EBS Volumes Volumes
AWS PV, Citrix PV xvd[b-z] /dev/sda1 xvd[f-z] * xvdc[a-x]
xvd[b-c][a-z] xvd[a-e]
/dev/sda1 **
/dev/sd[b-e]
Red Hat PV xvd[a-z] /dev/sda1 xvd[f-p] xvdc[a-x]
xvd[b-c][a-z] xvd[a-e]
/dev/sda1
/dev/sd[b-e]
* For Citrix PV and Red Hat PV, if you map an EBS volume with the name xvda, Windows does not
recognize the volume (the volume is visible for AWS PV or AWS NVMe).
** NVMe instance store volumes are automatically enumerated and assigned a Windows drive letter.
For more information about instance store volumes, see Amazon EC2 Instance Store (p. 916). For more
information about NVMe EBS volumes, see Amazon EBS and NVMe on Windows Instances (p. 874).
Device Name Considerations

Keep the following in mind when selecting a device name:
• Although you can attach your EBS volumes using the device names used to attach instance store
volumes, we strongly recommend that you don't because the behavior can be unpredictable.
• The number of NVMe instance store volumes for an instance depends on the size of the instance.
NVMe instance store volumes are automatically enumerated and assigned a Windows drive letter.
• AWS Windows AMIs come with additional software that prepares an instance when it first boots up.
This is either the EC2Config service (Windows AMIs prior to Windows Server 2016) or EC2Launch
(Windows Server 2016 and later). After the devices have been mapped to drives, they are initialized
and mounted. The root drive is initialized and mounted as C:\. The instance store volumes attached
to the instance are initialized and mounted as Z:\, Y:\, and so on. By default, when an EBS volume
is attached to a Windows instance, it can show up as any drive letter on the instance. You can change
the settings to set the drive letters of the volumes per your specifications. For more information, see
Configuring a Windows Instance Using the EC2Config Service (p. 404), Configuring a Windows Instance
Using EC2Launch (p. 394), and Mapping Disks to Volumes on Your Windows Instance (p. 938).
Block Device Mapping

Each instance that you launch has an associated root device volume, either an Amazon EBS volume or an
instance store volume. You can use block device mapping to specify additional EBS volumes or instance
store volumes to attach to an instance when it's launched. You can also attach additional EBS volumes
to a running instance; see Attaching an Amazon EBS Volume to an Instance (p. 802). However, the only
way to attach instance store volumes to an instance is to use block device mapping to attach them as the
instance is launched.
For more information about root device volumes, see Root Device Volume (p. 7).
929
Block Device Mapping Concepts
Contents
• Block Device Mapping Concepts (p. 930)
• AMI Block Device Mapping (p. 932)
• Instance Block Device Mapping (p. 934)

A block device is a storage device that moves data in sequences of bytes or bits (blocks). These devices
support random access and generally use buffered I/O. Examples include hard disks, CD-ROM drives, and
flash drives. A block device can be physically attached to a computer or accessed remotely as if it were
physically attached to the computer. Amazon EC2 supports two types of block devices:
• Instance store volumes (virtual devices whose underlying hardware is physically attached to the host
computer for the instance)
• EBS volumes (remote storage devices)
A block device mapping defines the block devices (instance store volumes and EBS volumes) to attach
to an instance. You can specify a block device mapping as part of creating an AMI so that the mapping
is used by all instances launched from the AMI. Alternatively, you can specify a block device mapping
when you launch an instance, so this mapping overrides the one specified in the AMI from which you
launched the instance. Note that all NVMe instance store volumes supported by an instance type are
automatically enumerated and assigned a device name on instance launch; including them in your block
device mapping has no effect.
Contents
• Block Device Mapping Entries (p. 930)
• Block Device Mapping Instance Store Caveats (p. 931)
• Example Block Device Mapping (p. 931)
• How Devices Are Made Available in the Operating System (p. 932)
Block Device Mapping Entries

When you create a block device mapping, you specify the following information for each block device
that you need to attach to the instance:
• The device name used within Amazon EC2. The block device driver for the instance assigns the actual
volume name when mounting the volume. The name assigned can be different from the name that
Amazon EC2 recommends. For more information, see Device Naming on Windows Instances (p. 928).
• [Instance store volumes] The virtual device: ephemeral[0-23]. Note that the number and size of
available instance store volumes for your instance varies by instance type.
• [NVMe instance store volumes] These volumes are automatically enumerated and assigned a device
name; including them in your block device mapping has no effect.
• [EBS volumes] The ID of the snapshot to use to create the block device (snap-xxxxxxxx). This value is
optional as long as you specify a volume size.
• [EBS volumes] The size of the volume, in GiB. The specified size must be greater than or equal to the
size of the specified snapshot.
• [EBS volumes] Whether to delete the volume on instance termination (true or false). The default
value is true for the root device volume and false for attached volumes. When you create an AMI, its
block device mapping inherits this setting from the instance. When you launch an instance, it inherits
this setting from the AMI.
930
• [EBS volumes] The volume type, which can be gp2 for General Purpose SSD, io1 for Provisioned IOPS
SSD, st1 for Throughput Optimized HDD, sc1 for Cold HDD, or standard for Magnetic. The default
value is gp2.
• [EBS volumes] The number of input/output operations per second (IOPS) that the volume supports.
(Not used with gp2, st1, sc1, or standard volumes.)
Block Device Mapping Instance Store Caveats

There are several caveats to consider when launching instances with AMIs that have instance store
volumes in their block device mappings.
• Some instance types include more instance store volumes than others, and some instance types
contain no instance store volumes at all. If your instance type supports one instance store volume, and
your AMI has mappings for two instance store volumes, then the instance launches with one instance
store volume.
• Instance store volumes can only be mapped at launch time. You cannot stop an instance without
instance store volumes (such as the t2.micro), change the instance to a type that supports instance
store volumes, and then restart the instance with instance store volumes. However, you can create an
AMI from the instance and launch it on an instance type that supports instance store volumes, and
map those instance store volumes to the instance.
• If you launch an instance with instance store volumes mapped, and then stop the instance and change
it to an instance type with fewer instance store volumes and restart it, the instance store volume
mappings from the initial launch still show up in the instance metadata. However, only the maximum
number of supported instance store volumes for that instance type are available to the instance.
Note
When an instance is stopped, all data on the instance store volumes is lost.
• Depending on instance store capacity at launch time, M3 instances may ignore AMI instance store
block device mappings at launch unless they are specified at launch. You should specify instance
store block device mappings at launch time, even if the AMI you are launching has the instance store
volumes mapped in the AMI, to ensure that the instance store volumes are available when the instance
launches.
Example Block Device Mapping

This figure shows an example block device mapping for an EBS-backed instance. It maps /dev/sdb to
ephemeral0 and maps two EBS volumes, one to /dev/sdh and the other to /dev/sdj. It also shows
the EBS volume that is the root device volume, /dev/sda1.
931
AMI Block Device Mapping
Note that this example block device mapping is used in the example commands and APIs in this topic.
You can find example commands and APIs that create block device mappings in Specifying a Block
Device Mapping for an AMI (p. 933) and Updating the Block Device Mapping when Launching an
Instance (p. 935).
How Devices Are Made Available in the Operating System

Device names like /dev/sdh and xvdh are used by Amazon EC2 to describe block devices. The block
device mapping is used by Amazon EC2 to specify the block devices to attach to an EC2 instance. After
a block device is attached to an instance, it must be mounted by the operating system before you can
access the storage device. When a block device is detached from an instance, it is unmounted by the
operating system and you can no longer access the storage device.
With a Windows instance, the device names specified in the block device mapping are mapped to their
corresponding block devices when the instance first boots, and then the Ec2Config service initializes and
mounts the drives. The root device volume is mounted as C:\. The instance store volumes are mounted
as Z:\, Y:\, and so on. When an EBS volume is mounted, it can be mounted using any available drive
letter. However, you can configure how the Ec2Config Service assigns drive letters to EBS volumes; for
more information, see Configuring a Windows Instance Using the EC2Config Service (p. 404).

Each AMI has a block device mapping that specifies the block devices to attach to an instance when it
is launched from the AMI. An AMI that Amazon provides includes a root device only. To add more block
devices to an AMI, you must create your own AMI.
Contents
• Specifying a Block Device Mapping for an AMI (p. 933)
• Viewing the EBS Volumes in an AMI Block Device Mapping (p. 934)
932
Specifying a Block Device Mapping for an AMI

There are two ways to specify volumes in addition to the root volume when you create an AMI. If you've
already attached volumes to a running instance before you create an AMI from the instance, the block
device mapping for the AMI includes those same volumes. For EBS volumes, the existing data is saved
to a new snapshot, and it's this new snapshot that's specified in the block device mapping. For instance
store volumes, the data is not preserved.
For an EBS-backed AMI, you can add EBS volumes and instance store volumes using a block device
mapping. For an instance store-backed AMI, you can add instance store volumes only by modifying the
block device mapping entries in the image manifest file when registering the image.
Note
For M3 instances, you must specify instance store volumes in the block device mapping for the
instance when you launch it. When you launch an M3 instance, instance store volumes specified
in the block device mapping for the AMI may be ignored if they are not specified as part of the
instance block device mapping.
To add volumes to an AMI using the console

3. Select an instance and choose Actions, Image, Create Image.
4. In the Create Image dialog box, choose Add New Volume.
5. Select a volume type from the Type list and a device name from the Device list. For an EBS volume,
you can optionally specify a snapshot, volume size, and volume type.
6. Choose Create Image.
To add volumes to an AMI using the command line
Use the create-image AWS CLI command to specify a block device mapping for an EBS-backed AMI. Use
the register-image AWS CLI command to specify a block device mapping for an instance store-backed
AMI.
Specify the block device mapping using the --block-device-mappings parameter. Arguments encoded in
JSON can be supplied either directly on the command line or by reference to a file:
--block-device-mappings [mapping, ...]

--block-device-mappings [file://mapping.json]
To add an instance store volume, use the following mapping:
{
"DeviceName": "xvdb",
"VirtualName": "ephemeral0"
}
To add an empty 100 GiB gp2 volume, use the following mapping:
{
"DeviceName": "xvdg",
"Ebs": {
"VolumeSize": 100
}
}
933
Instance Block Device Mapping
To add an EBS volume based on a snapshot, use the following mapping:
{
"DeviceName": "xvdh",
"Ebs": {
"SnapshotId": "snap-xxxxxxxx"
}
}
To omit a mapping for a device, use the following mapping:
{
"DeviceName": "xvdj",
"NoDevice": ""
}
Alternatively, you can use the -BlockDeviceMapping parameter with the following commands (AWS
Tools for Windows PowerShell):
• New-EC2Image
• Register-EC2Image
Viewing the EBS Volumes in an AMI Block Device Mapping

You can easily enumerate the EBS volumes in the block device mapping for an AMI.
To view the EBS volumes for an AMI using the console

3. Choose EBS images from the Filter list to get a list of EBS-backed AMIs.
4. Select the desired AMI, and look at the Details tab. At a minimum, the following information is
available for the root device:
• Root Device Type (ebs)

• Root Device Name (for example, /dev/sda1)
• Block Devices (for example, /dev/sda1=snap-1234567890abcdef0:8:true)
If the AMI was created with additional EBS volumes using a block device mapping, the Block Devices
field displays the mapping for those additional volumes as well. (Recall that this screen doesn't
display instance store volumes.)
To view the EBS volumes for an AMI using the command line
Use the describe-images (AWS CLI) command or Get-EC2Image (AWS Tools for Windows PowerShell)
command to enumerate the EBS volumes in the block device mapping for an AMI.

By default, an instance that you launch includes any storage devices specified in the block device
mapping of the AMI from which you launched the instance. You can specify changes to the block device
mapping for an instance when you launch it, and these updates overwrite or merge with the block device
mapping of the AMI.
934
Limits
• For the root volume, you can only modify the following: volume size, volume type, and the Delete on
Termination flag.
• When you modify an EBS volume, you can't decrease its size. Therefore, you must specify a snapshot
whose size is equal to or greater than the size of the snapshot specified in the block device mapping of
the AMI.
Contents
• Updating the Block Device Mapping when Launching an Instance (p. 935)
• Updating the Block Device Mapping of a Running Instance (p. 936)
• Viewing the EBS Volumes in an Instance Block Device Mapping (p. 937)
• Viewing the Instance Block Device Mapping for Instance Store Volumes (p. 937)
Updating the Block Device Mapping when Launching an

Instance
You can add EBS volumes and instance store volumes to an instance when you launch it. Note that
updating the block device mapping for an instance doesn't make a permanent change to the block
device mapping of the AMI from which it was launched.
To add volumes to an instance using the console

3. On the Choose an Amazon Machine Image (AMI) page, select the AMI to use and choose Select.
5. On the Add Storage page, you can modify the root volume, EBS volumes, and instance store
volumes as follows:
• To change the size of the root volume, locate the Root volume under the Type column, and
change its Size field.
• To suppress an EBS volume specified by the block device mapping of the AMI used to launch the
instance, locate the volume and click its Delete icon.
• To add an EBS volume, choose Add New Volume, choose EBS from the Type list, and fill in the
fields (Device, Snapshot, and so on).
• To suppress an instance store volume specified by the block device mapping of the AMI used to
launch the instance, locate the volume, and choose its Delete icon.
• To add an instance store volume, choose Add New Volume, select Instance Store from the Type
list, and select a device name from Device.
6. Complete the remaining wizard pages, and choose Launch.
To add volumes to an instance using the command line
Use the run-instances AWS CLI command to specify a block device mapping for an instance.
Specify the block device mapping using the following parameter:
--block-device-mappings [mapping, ...]
For example, suppose that an EBS-backed AMI specifies the following block device mapping:
935
• xvdb=ephemeral0
• xvdh=snap-1234567890abcdef0
• xvdj=:100
To prevent xvdj from attaching to an instance launched from this AMI, use the following mapping:
{
"DeviceName": "xvdj",
"NoDevice": ""
}
To increase the size of xvdh to 300 GiB, specify the following mapping. Notice that you don't need to
specify the snapshot ID for xvdh, because specifying the device name is enough to identify the volume.
{
"DeviceName": "xvdh",
"Ebs": {
"VolumeSize": 300
}
}
To attach an additional instance store volume, xvdc, specify the following mapping. If the instance type
doesn't support multiple instance store volumes, this mapping has no effect.
{
"DeviceName": "xvdc",
"VirtualName": "ephemeral1"
}
Alternatively, you can use the -BlockDeviceMapping parameter with the New-EC2Instance command
(AWS Tools for Windows PowerShell).
Updating the Block Device Mapping of a Running Instance

You can use the following modify-instance-attribute AWS CLI command to update the block device
mapping of a running instance. Note that you do not need to stop the instance before changing this
attribute.
aws ec2 modify-instance-attribute --instance-id i-1a2b3c4d --block-device-mappings file://

mapping.json
For example, to preserve the root volume at instance termination, specify the following in
mapping.json:
[
{
"Ebs": {
"DeleteOnTermination": false
}
}
]
Alternatively, you can use the -BlockDeviceMapping parameter with the Edit-EC2InstanceAttribute
command (AWS Tools for Windows PowerShell).
936
Viewing the EBS Volumes in an Instance Block Device Mapping

You can easily enumerate the EBS volumes mapped to an instance.
Note
For instances launched before the release of the 2009-10-31 API, AWS can't display the block
device mapping. You must detach and reattach the volumes so that AWS can display the block
device mapping.
To view the EBS volumes for an instance using the console

3. In the search bar, type Root Device Type, and then choose EBS. This displays a list of EBS-backed
instances.
4. Select the desired instance and look at the details displayed in the Description tab. At a minimum,
the following information is available for the root device:
• Root device type (ebs)

• Root device (for example, /dev/sda1)
• Block devices (for example, /dev/sda1, xvdh, and xvdj)
If the instance was launched with additional EBS volumes using a block device mapping, the Block
devices field displays those additional volumes as well as the root device. (Recall that this dialog box
doesn't display instance store volumes.)
5. To display additional information about a block device, select its entry next to Block devices. This
displays the following information for the block device:
• EBS ID (vol-xxxxxxxx)
• Root device type (ebs)
• Attachment time (yyyy-mmThh:mm:ss.ssTZD)
• Block device status (attaching, attached, detaching, detached)
• Delete on termination (Yes, No)
To view the EBS volumes for an instance using the command line
Use the describe-instances (AWS CLI) command or Get-EC2Instance (AWS Tools for Windows PowerShell)
command to enumerate the EBS volumes in the block device mapping for an instance.
Viewing the Instance Block Device Mapping for Instance Store

Volumes
When you view the block device mapping for your instance, you can see only the EBS volumes, not the
instance store volumes. You can use instance metadata to query the complete block device mapping. The
base URI for all requests for instance metadata is http://169.254.169.254/latest/.
Important
NVMe instance store volumes are not included in the block device mapping.
937
Mapping Disks to Volumes
First, connect to your running instance. From the instance, use this query to get its block device mapping.
PS C:\> Invoke-RestMethod -uri http://169.254.169.254/latest/meta-data/block-device-

mapping/
The response includes the names of the block devices for the instance. For example, the output for an
instance store–backed m1.small instance looks like this.
ami
ephemeral0
root
swap
The ami device is the root device as seen by the instance. The instance store volumes are named
ephemeral[0-23]. The swap device is for the page file. If you've also mapped EBS volumes, they
appear as ebs1, ebs2, and so on.
To get details about an individual block device in the block device mapping, append its name to the
previous query, as shown here.
PS C:\> Invoke-RestMethod -uri http://169.254.169.254/latest/meta-data/block-device-

mapping/ephemeral0
For more information, see Instance Metadata and User Data (p. 477).
Mapping Disks to Volumes on Your Windows

Instance
Your Windows instance comes with an EBS volume that serves as the root volume. If your Windows
instance uses AWS PV or Citrix PV drivers, you can optionally add up to 25 volumes, making a total of 26
volumes. For more information, see Instance Volume Limits (p. 927)
Depending on the instance type of your instance, you'll have from 0 to 24 possible instance store
volumes available to the instance. To use any of the instance store volumes that are available to
your instance, you must specify them when you create your AMI or launch your instance. You can
also add EBS volumes when you create your AMI or launch your instance, or attach them while your
instance is running. For more information, see Making an Amazon EBS Volume Available for Use on
Windows (p. 803).
When you add a volume to your instance, you specify the device name that Amazon EC2 uses. For more
information, see Device Naming on Windows Instances (p. 928). AWS Windows Amazon Machine
Images (AMIs) contain a set of drivers that are used by Amazon EC2 to map instance store and EBS
volumes to Windows disks and drive letters. If you launch an instance from a Windows AMI that uses
AWS PV or Citrix PV drivers, you can use the relationships described on this page to map your Windows
disks to your instance store and EBS volumes. If your Windows AMI uses Red Hat PV drivers, you can
update your instance to use the Citrix drivers. For more information, see Upgrading PV Drivers on Your
Contents
• Listing the Disks Using Windows Disk Management (p. 939)
• Listing the Disks Using Windows PowerShell (Windows Server 2012 and later) (p. 940)
• Disk Device to Device Name Mapping (p. 942)
938
Listing the Disks Using Windows Disk Management
Listing the Disks Using Windows Disk Management

You can find the disks on your Windows instance using Windows Disk Management.
To find the disks on your Windows instance
1. Log in to your Windows instance using Remote Desktop. For more information, see, Connecting to
2. Start the Disk Management utility.
On Windows Server 2012 and later, on the taskbar, right-click the Windows logo, and then choose
Disk Management. On Windows Server 2008, choose Start, Administrative Tools, Computer
Management, Disk Management.
3. Review the disks. The root volume is an EBS volume mounted as C:\. If there are no other disks
shown, then you didn't specify additional volumes when you created the AMI or launched the
instance.
The following is an example that shows the disks that are available if you launch an m3.medium
instance with an instance store volume (Disk 2) and an additional EBS volume (Disk 1).
4. Right-click the gray pane labeled Disk 1, and then select Properties. Note the value of Location and
look it up in the tables in Disk Device to Device Name Mapping (p. 942). For example, the following
disk has the location Bus Number 0, Target Id 9, LUN 0. According to the table for EBS volumes, the
device name for this location is xvdj.
939
Listing the Disks Using Windows PowerShell
(Windows Server 2012 and later)
5. To map the device name of an EBS volume to its volume ID, open the Amazon EC2 console on your
computer. In the navigation pane, select Instances, and then select your instance. Under Block
devices on the Description tab, click the device name, and locate EBS ID. For this example, the
volume ID is vol-0a07f3e37b14708b9.
Note that the Amazon EC2 console shows only the EBS volumes.
Another way to access volume IDs from the console is to select Volumes under Elastic Block Store
in the navigation pane. Volumes will be listed by instance name and volume size. Review or select
the Attachment Information to verify the instance to which the volume is attached.

The following PowerShell script lists each disk and its corresponding device name and volume.
# List the Windows disks
function Get-EC2InstanceMetadata {
param([string]$Path)
(Invoke-WebRequest -Uri "http://169.254.169.254/latest/$Path").Content
}
940
function Convert-SCSITargetIdToDeviceName {
param([int]$SCSITargetId)
If ($SCSITargetId -eq 0) {
return "sda1"
}
$deviceName = "xvd"
If ($SCSITargetId -gt 25) {
$deviceName += [char](0x60 + [int]($SCSITargetId / 26))
}
$deviceName += [char](0x61 + $SCSITargetId % 26)
return $deviceName
}
Try {
$InstanceId = Get-EC2InstanceMetadata "meta-data/instance-id"
$AZ = Get-EC2InstanceMetadata "meta-data/placement/availability-zone"
$Region = $AZ.Remove($AZ.Length - 1)
$BlockDeviceMappings = (Get-EC2Instance -Region $Region -Instance
$InstanceId).Instances.BlockDeviceMappings
$VirtualDeviceMap = @{}
(Get-EC2InstanceMetadata "meta-data/block-device-mapping").Split("`n") | ForEach-Object {
$VirtualDevice = $_
$BlockDeviceName = Get-EC2InstanceMetadata "meta-data/block-device-mapping/
$VirtualDevice"
$VirtualDeviceMap[$BlockDeviceName] = $VirtualDevice
$VirtualDeviceMap[$VirtualDevice] = $BlockDeviceName
}
}
Catch {
Write-Host "Could not access the AWS API, therefore, VolumeId is not available.
Verify that you provided your access keys." -ForegroundColor Yellow
}
Get-disk | ForEach-Object {
$DriveLetter = $null
$VolumeName = $null
$DiskDrive = $_
$Disk = $_.Number
$Partitions = $_.NumberOfPartitions
$EbsVolumeID = $_.SerialNumber -replace "_[^ ]*$" -replace "vol", "vol-"
Get-Partition -DiskId $_.Path | ForEach-Object {
if ($_.DriveLetter -ne "") {
$DriveLetter = $_.DriveLetter
$VolumeName = (Get-PSDrive | Where-Object {$_.Name -eq $DriveLetter}).Description
}
}
If ($DiskDrive.path -like "*PROD_PVDISK*") {

$BlockDeviceName = Convert-SCSITargetIdToDeviceName((Get-WmiObject -
Class Win32_Diskdrive | Where-Object {$_.DeviceID -eq ("\\.\PHYSICALDRIVE" +
$DiskDrive.Number) }).SCSITargetId)
$BlockDeviceName = "/dev/" + $BlockDeviceName
$BlockDevice = $BlockDeviceMappings | Where-Object { $BlockDeviceName -like "*"+
$_.DeviceName+"*" }
$EbsVolumeID = $BlockDevice.Ebs.VolumeId
$VirtualDevice = If ($VirtualDeviceMap.ContainsKey($BlockDeviceName))
{ $VirtualDeviceMap[$BlockDeviceName] } Else { $null }
}
ElseIf ($DiskDrive.path -like "*PROD_AMAZON_EC2_NVME*") {
$BlockDeviceName = Get-EC2InstanceMetadata "meta-data/block-device-mapping/
ephemeral$((Get-WmiObject -Class Win32_Diskdrive | Where-Object {$_.DeviceID -eq ("\\.
\PHYSICALDRIVE"+$DiskDrive.Number) }).SCSIPort - 2)"
$BlockDevice = $null
941
Disk Device to Device Name Mapping
$VirtualDevice = If ($VirtualDeviceMap.ContainsKey($BlockDeviceName))
{ $VirtualDeviceMap[$BlockDeviceName] } Else { $null }
}
ElseIf ($DiskDrive.path -like "*PROD_AMAZON*") {
$BlockDevice = ""
$BlockDeviceName = ($BlockDeviceMappings | Where-Object {$_.ebs.VolumeId -eq
$EbsVolumeID}).DeviceName
$VirtualDevice = $null
}
Else {
$BlockDeviceName = $null
$BlockDevice = $null
$VirtualDevice = $null
}
New-Object PSObject -Property @{
Disk = $Disk;
Partitions = $Partitions;
DriveLetter = If ($DriveLetter -eq $null) { "N/A" } Else { $DriveLetter };
EbsVolumeId = If ($EbsVolumeID -eq $null) { "N/A" } Else { $EbsVolumeID };
Device = If ($BlockDeviceName -eq $null) { "N/A" } Else { $BlockDeviceName };
VirtualDevice = If ($VirtualDevice -eq $null) { "N/A" } Else { $VirtualDevice };
VolumeName = If ($VolumeName -eq $null) { "N/A" } Else { $VolumeName };
}
} | Sort-Object Disk | Format-Table -AutoSize -Property Disk, Partitions, DriveLetter,
EbsVolumeId, Device, VirtualDevice, VolumeName
Note
This script requires a profile configured in the AWS Tools for PS, or an IAM role attached to the
instance.
Before you run this script, be sure to run the following command to enable PowerShell script execution.
Set-ExecutionPolicy RemoteSigned
Copy the script and save it as a .ps1 file on the Windows instance. If you run the script without setting
your access keys, you'll see output similar to the following.
Disk Partitions DriveLetter EbsVolumeId Device VirtualDevice VolumeName

---- ---------- ----------- ----------- ------ ------------- ----------
0 0 N/A N/A xvdca ephemeral0 N/A
1 0 N/A N/A xvdcb ephemeral1 N/A
2 1 C: vol-0064aexamplec838a /dev/sda1 root Windows
3 0 N/A vol-02256example8a4a3 xvdf ebs2 N/A
If you specified an IAM role with a policy that allows access to Amazon EC2 when you launched the
instance, or if you set up your credentials on the Windows instance as described in Using AWS Credentials
in the AWS Tools for Windows PowerShell User Guide, you'll get the volume ID for the EBS volumes in the
VolumeId column instead of NA.

The block device driver for the instance assigns the actual volume names when mounting volumes.
Mappings
• Instance Store Volumes (p. 943)
• EBS Volumes (p. 943)
• NVMe EBS Volumes (p. 944)
942

The following table describes how the Citrix PV and AWS PV drivers map non-NVMe instance store
volumes to Windows volumes. The number of available instance store volumes is determined by the
instance type. For more information, see Instance Store Volumes (p. 917).
Location Device Name
Bus Number 0, Target ID 78, LUN 0 xvdca
Bus Number 0, Target ID 79, LUN 0 xvdcb
Bus Number 0, Target ID 80, LUN 0 xvdcc
Bus Number 0, Target ID 81, LUN 0 xvdcd
Bus Number 0, Target ID 82, LUN 0 xvdce
Bus Number 0, Target ID 83, LUN 0 xvdcf
Bus Number 0, Target ID 84, LUN 0 xvdcg
Bus Number 0, Target ID 85, LUN 0 xvdch
Bus Number 0, Target ID 86, LUN 0 xvdci
Bus Number 0, Target ID 87, LUN 0 xvdcj
Bus Number 0, Target ID 88, LUN 0 xvdck
Bus Number 0, Target ID 89, LUN 0 xvdcl
EBS Volumes
The following table describes how the Citrix PV and AWS PV drivers map non-NVME EBS volumes to
Windows volumes.
Bus Number 0, Target ID 0, LUN 0 /dev/sda1
Bus Number 0, Target ID 1, LUN 0 xvdb
Bus Number 0, Target ID 2, LUN 0 xvdc
Bus Number 0, Target ID 3, LUN 0 xvdd
Bus Number 0, Target ID 4, LUN 0 xvde
Bus Number 0, Target ID 5, LUN 0 xvdf
Bus Number 0, Target ID 6, LUN 0 xvdg
Bus Number 0, Target ID 7, LUN 0 xvdh
Bus Number 0, Target ID 8, LUN 0 xvdi
Bus Number 0, Target ID 9, LUN 0 xvdj
943
Deploy Storage Spaces Direct
Bus Number 0, Target ID 10, LUN 0 xvdk
Bus Number 0, Target ID 11, LUN 0 xvdl
Bus Number 0, Target ID 12, LUN 0 xvdm
Bus Number 0, Target ID 13, LUN 0 xvdn
Bus Number 0, Target ID 14, LUN 0 xvdo
Bus Number 0, Target ID 15, LUN 0 xvdp
Bus Number 0, Target ID 16, LUN 0 xvdq
Bus Number 0, Target ID 17, LUN 0 xvdr
Bus Number 0, Target ID 18, LUN 0 xvds
Bus Number 0, Target ID 19, LUN 0 xvdt
Bus Number 0, Target ID 20, LUN 0 xvdu
Bus Number 0, Target ID 21, LUN 0 xvdv
Bus Number 0, Target ID 22, LUN 0 xvdw
Bus Number 0, Target ID 23, LUN 0 xvdx
Bus Number 0, Target ID 24, LUN 0 xvdy
Bus Number 0, Target ID 25, LUN 0 xvdz
NVMe EBS Volumes

With C5 and M5 instances, EBS volumes are exposed as NVMe devices. You can use the Get-Disk
command to map Windows disk numbers to EBS volume IDs. For more information, see Identifying the
EBS Device (p. 874).
Tutorial: Deploy Storage Spaces Direct (S2D) on

Amazon EC2
Storage Spaces Direct (S2D) is a highly-scalable, software-defined storage architecture that enables users
to cluster local storage with features in Windows Server 2016. S2D is an alternative to traditional SAN
or NAS arrays. It uses built-in Windows features and tools to configure highly-available storage that
crosses multiple nodes in a cluster. For more information, see Storage Spaces Direct in the Microsoft
documentation.
The following diagram shows the architecture of S2D on Amazon EC2 Windows.
944
Deploy Storage Spaces Direct
Skill Level
A basic understanding of Windows Server computing as well as how to create and manage domain-
joined Amazon EC2 Windows instances in a VPC is required. Knowledge of the AWS Tools for Windows
PowerShell and Windows Failover Clustering is helpful, but not required.
What you will accomplish in this tutorial
• Provision a highly-available storage cluster using Storage Spaces Direct (S2D).

• Provision a fault-tolerant, cluster-shared volume (CSV) on your cluster.
Before you begin
• If you haven't done so already, open https://aws.amazon.com/ and create an AWS account.
• Create a virtual private cloud (VPC) with a public subnet and two private subnets for your instances. A
third, private, subnet should be configured for AWS Directory Service.
• Select one of the latest Amazon Machine Images (AMIs) for Windows Server 2016. You can use this
AMI as is, or use it as the basis for your own custom AMI. AWS recommends using the latest public EC2
Windows Server 2016 AMI.
• Create an AWS Directory Service directory. This is no longer a requirement for enabling the Failover
Clustering feature in Windows Server 2016. However, this tutorial assumes that your instances
will be joined to an Active Directory domain, either on EC2 or AWS Managed Active Directory. For
more information, see Getting Started with AWS Directory Service in the AWS Directory Service
Administration Guide.
• Install and configure the AWS Tools for Windows PowerShell on your computer. For more information,
see the AWS Tools for Windows PowerShell User Guide.
Important considerations
• Stopping instances with Instance Store Volumes (p. 916) can cause data loss if the data is not backed
up or replicated. The data in an instance store persists only during the lifetime of its associated
instance. If an instance reboots (intentionally or unintentionally), data in the instance store persists.
However, data in the instance store is lost under the following circumstances:
• The underlying disk drive fails.
• The instance stops.
• The instance terminates.
• Stopping too many instances in a cluster can cause data loss if the data is not backed up or replicated.
When you use S2D on AWS, as with any cluster, losing more nodes than your fault tolerance allows
will result in loss of data. One of the biggest risks to any cluster is losing all nodes. Cluster redundancy
protects against failures on a single instance (or more, if your fault tolerance supports it). However,
945
Step 1: Launch and Domain Join Instances
you can lose data if the number of instances with failed disk drives in a cluster exceeds the fault
tolerance. You can also lose data if the number of stopped or terminated instances exceeds the
fault tolerance. To reduce risk, limit the number of people or systems that can stop or terminate
instances in the cluster. To mitigate the risk of terminating cluster node instances, enable termination
protection (p. 389) on these instances. You can also configure IAM policies to allow users to only
restart nodes from the AWS console but not stop them.
• S2D does not protect against networking or data center failures that affect the entire cluster. To
reduce risk, consider using Dedicated Hosts to ensure that instances are not placed in the same rack.
Tasks
• Step 1: Launch and Domain Join Instances (p. 946)
• Step 2: Install and Configure Instance Prerequisites (p. 948)
• Step 3: Create Failover Cluster (p. 950)
• Step 4: Enable S2D (p. 950)
• Step 5: Provision Storage (p. 951)
• Step 6: Review the S2D Resources (p. 951)
• Step 7: Clean Up (p. 952)
• Additional Resources (p. 953)
The following diagram shows the architecture of a two node EC2 Windows S2D Cluster using a file share
witness hosted on an existing bastion machine on AWS.

All Nitro instances support Storage Spaces Direct using EBS and/or NVMe. All current generation Xen-
based instances support Storage Spaces Direct with installation of AWS PV driver 8.2.3 and later. The
best performance for storage can be achieved using I3 instances because they provide local instance
store with NVMe and high network performance. Configuring S2D on Amazon EC2 requires a cluster of
946
at least two, but no more than 16 instances. These instances must each have at least two NVMe devices
with high performance network connections between nodes, and run Windows Server 2016. For more
information, see Storage Spaces Direct hardware requirements in the Microsoft documentation.
We recommend the I3 instance size because it satisfies the S2D hardware requirements and includes
the largest and fastest instance store devices available. It also includes enhanced networking, which
maximizes the available resources for S2D per instance. You can use M5D and R5D instance types, which
have at least 2 NVMe disks, but local instance store disks will be used as cache disks for the storage
spaces direct cluster and at least 2 EBS volumes will have to be added to each instance to provide
capacity storage.
We recommend that you launch three instances to take advantage of three-way mirroring S2D fault
tolerance, which enables you to conduct maintenance on a single node while maintaining fault tolerance
in your cluster if a witness such as a file share witness is configured. You can also use two-way mirroring
with two instances as a less expensive solution, but a witness will be necessary and high availability will
not be maintained during maintenance on a cluster node.
We will deploy a two node cluster architecture using a file share witness hosted on an existing bastion
machine that acts as our administration workstation. Each cluster node must be deployed in a different
subnet. This architecture will be deployed into a single availability zone because Microsoft does not
currently support stretch cluster with Storage Spaces Direct. However, the performance of a single
availability zone and multi-availability zones are exactly the same as a result of our very low-latency and
high-bandwidth design for availability zones.
To launch instances for your cluster
1. Using the Amazon EC2 console or the New-EC2Instance cmdlet, launch two i3.8xlarge instances
to create the cluster and a t2.medium instance as an administration workstation and to host
the file share witness. Use a different subnet for each instance. If you wish to follow a logic for IP
assignment, then define the primary private IP address at creation time. In this case, you will need
to define a secondary private IP address for each cluster node because the secondary IP will be
assigned to the cluster VIP later.
To create each instance with PowerShell, use the New-EC2Instance command.
New-EC2Instance -ImageId ami-c49c0dac -MinCount 1 -MaxCount 1 -KeyName myPSKeyPair -

SecurityGroupId mySGID -InstanceType i3.8xlarge -SubnetId mysubnetID
To create an AWS AD directory with PowerShell, use the New-DSMicrosoftAD command (or, refer to
Create Your AWS Managed Microsoft AD Directory in AWS ).
New-DSMicrosoftAD -Name corp.example.com –ShortName corp –Password P@ssw0rd –

Description “AWS DS Managed” - VpcSettings_VpcId vpc-xxxxxxxx -VpcSettings_SubnetId
subnet-xxxxxxxx, subnet-xxxxxxxx
We use the following S2D-node1 network interface configuration:
Note
Each role deployed on this cluster, such as a SQL Failover Cluster instance or file server, will
require additional secondary IP addresses on each node. The exception is the Scale-Out File
Server role, which does not require an access point.
947
Step 2: Install and Configure Instance Prerequisites
We use the following configuration:
Server NetBIOS Name IP Address Subnets
AZ1 (e.g., eu-west-1a)
S2D-Node1 172.16.1.199 (Primary) – private subnet 1

172.16.1.200 (secondary which
will used for the cluster VIP)

will be used later for a role
such as SQL FCI)

AZ1 (e.g., eu-west-1a)
S2D-Node2 172.16.3.199 (Primary) – private subnet 2

will be used for the cluster VIP)

will be used later for a role
such as SQL FCI)

ADM01 Not specified AZ1 (e.g.,eu-west-1a)
– public subnet
2. You can use seamless domain join at creation time to join instances to the domain. If you want to
join them to the domain after they are launched, use the Add-Computer command. We recommend
using AWS Systems Manager and AWS Directory Service to seamlessly join EC2 instances to a
domain.
The steps in the remainder of this tutorial require execution with a domain account with local
administrative privileges on each instance. Rename the instances as you want them before moving
to the configuration. Ensure that your security groups and Windows firewalls are properly configured
to allow remote PowerShell connection and cluster communications on these nodes.

S2D requires File Services and Failover Clustering Window features, and at least one ten Gbps network
interface. We recommend that you configure SMB to use SMB Multichannel, with RSS client connection
counts that match the RSS queue count of the enhanced network adapter.
The following steps will be accomplished from the bastion instance ADM01.
To install required Windows features
• Install the File Services and Failover-Clustering Windows features with the management tools on
cluster nodes. Install only failover management tools on ADM01.
Note
Change "S2D-Node1" and "S2D-Node2" to reflect the computer names that you set for the
two instances; otherwise, the values will not change.
948
$nodes = "S2D-Node1", "S2D-Node2"

foreach ($node in $nodes) {
Install-WindowsFeature -ComputerName $node -Name File-Services, Failover-Clustering
-IncludeManagementTools
}
Install-WindowsFeature -Name RSAT-Clustering
To configure networking
1. Enable multichannel and set the RSS Connection Count.

Invoke-Command -ComputerName $node -ScriptBlock {
[int]$RssQCount = (Get-NetAdapterAdvancedProperty | Where DisplayName -
like "Maximum Number of RSS Queues").RegistryValue | Select -First 1
$Params = @{
EnableMultiChannel = $true;
ConnectionCountPerRssNetworkInterface = $RssQCount;
Confirm = $false;
}
Set-SmbClientConfiguration @Params
}
}
2. Configure RSS.

Get-WmiObject –class Win32_processor | ft systemname, Name, DeviceID,
NumberOfCores, NumberOfLogicalProcessors
$maxvcpu = (Get-WmiObject –class Win32_processor).NumberOfLogicalProcessors
Get-NetAdapter | Set-NetAdapterRss -BaseProcessorNumber 2 -MaxProcessors
$maxvcpu
}
}
Note
You will see a disconnection message when executing this command because the network
adapter restarts after setting the RSS configuration.
Receive Side Scaling (RSS) is a very important technology in networking on Windows. RSS ensures
that incoming network traffic is spread among the available processors in the server for processing.
If RSS is not used, network processing is bound to one processor, which is limited to approximately
4GBps. Currently, every NIC, by default, enables RSS, but the configuration is not optimized. Every
NIC is configured, by default, with “Base Processor” 0, which means it will start processing on
processor 0 together with the others NICs . To optimally configure RSS, start at processor 1 so we
don't interfere with processes landing default on processor 0.
3. Increase storage space I/O timeout value to 30 seconds (recommended when configured into a guest
cluster).

Set-ItemProperty -Path HKLM:\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Services\spaceport
\Parameters -Name HwTimeout -Value 0x00007530 -Verbose
}
}
4. Reboot all nodes to apply all of the changes.
949
Step 3: Create Failover Cluster
Restart-Computer -ComputerName $nodes -Wait -For Wmi -Force
Step 3: Create Failover Cluster

S2D is a feature that is enabled on an existing failover cluster. After you enable S2D on a failover cluster,
it takes control of the local storage of each node in the cluster. For this reason, we recommend that you
install a cluster with no storage at creation time, and then enable S2D.
When you create a cluster on AWS, you must assign static IP addresses from each subnet from which a
node is deployed. From the console, they must be set as secondary private IP addresses on each node.
For this tutorial, we configured 172.16.1.200 and 172.16.3.200 upon deployment of each node.
You can verify and review the cluster configuration with the built-in Test-Cluster command.
Test and verify your cluster configuration
1. Run the Test-Cluster command with the Storage Spaces Direct, Inventory, Network,and
System Configuration tests.
$report = Test-Cluster -Node $nodes -Include 'Storage Spaces

Direct', 'Inventory', 'Network', 'System Configuration'
2. Review the test results.
$reportFilePath = $report.FullName
Start-Process $reportFilePath
3. Create the cluster using New-Cluster. Virtual IPs must be assigned a secondary private IP address
from the AWS Console to each respective node.
$vips = "172.16.1.200", "172.16.3.200"

New-Cluster -Name S2D -Node $nodes -StaticAddress $vips -NoStorage
4. Configure a file share witness.
New-Item -ItemType Directory -Path c:\Share\Witness

[string]$DomainName = (Get-WmiObject win32_computersystem).domain
New-SmbShare -Name fsw -Path c:\Share\Witness -FullAccess ($DomainName + "\Domain
Computers")
Set-ClusterQuorum -Cluster S2D -FileShareWitness \\$env:COMPUTERNAME\fsw
Step 4: Enable S2D

When the cluster is ready, enable S2D on one of the nodes using Enable-ClusterS2D as follows. Because
we have only one type of disk in our setup (local NVMe), we won't use any disks as a cache disk.
1. Enable S2D on i3 instance types using the Enable-ClusterS2D command.
Enable-ClusterS2D -PoolFriendlyName S2DPool -Confirm:$false -SkipEligibilityChecks:

$true -CimSession $nodes[0]
2. If you are using m5d or r5d instance types with NVMe and EBS, use NVMe disks as cache disks. The
command would look like this:
950
Step 5: Provision Storage
Enable-ClusterS2D -PoolFriendlyName S2DPool -CacheDeviceModel "NVMe Amazon EC2 NVMe" -

Confirm:$false -SkipEligibilityChecks:$true -CimSession $nodes[0]
Step 5: Provision Storage

To provision storage, create a storage pool and then create volumes in that pool. To keep thing simple,
by default, the Enable-ClusterS2D command creates a pool using all of the disks available in the cluster.
With this command we configured the storage pool name as "S2D Pool."
After volumes are created, they become accessible to every node in the cluster. The volumes can then
be assigned to a specific role in the cluster, such as a file server role; or, they can be assigned as cluster
shared volumes (CSV). A CSV is accessible to the entire cluster, which means that every node in this
cluster can write-read to this volume.
To improve performance, we recommend you use fixed provisioning and a ReFS file system for CSV.
Sector size depends on what type of workloads will be deployed on the cluster. For more information on
sector size, see Cluster Size Recommendations for ReFS and NTFS. For improved local read performance,
we recommend that you align the CSV with the node hosting your application or workload. You can have
multiple CSV and multiple applications spread across nodes.
Create a cluster shared volume (CSV)
• Use the New-Volume command to create a new 1TB CSV.
$Params = @{
FriendlyName = 'CSV1';
FileSystem = 'CSVFS_ReFS';
StoragePoolFriendlyName = 'S2DPool';
Size = 1TB;
AllocationUnitSize = 65536;
ProvisioningType = 'Fixed';
CimSession = $nodes[0];
}
New-Volume @Params
Step 6: Review the S2D Resources

The S2D resources that you configured are displayed in the Failover Cluster Manager.
To view your CSV
1. Open Server Manager.

2. Choose Tools, Failover Cluster Manager.
3. Expand the name of the cluster, expand Storage, and choose Disks.
The friendly name, capacity, node hosting the CSV, and other data will be listed. For more
information on managing CSVs, see Use Cluster Shared Volumes in a Failover Cluster.
To synthesize a load on your CSV
Use a tool such as Diskspd Utility. Connect to one of the cluster nodes with RDP and run the following
with the Diskspd tool.
$mycsv = (gci C:\ClusterStorage\ | select -First 1).Fullname
951
Step 7: Clean Up
.\diskspd.exe -d60 -b4k -o1024 -t32 -L -Sh -r -w50 -W60 -c100G $mycsv\test.dat
To view the S2D storage performance of the cluster
Use the Get-StorageHealthReport command to view the cluster performance on one of the cluster
nodes.
1. Open a new PowerShell windows and start your synthesized workload.

2. In your original PowerShell windows, run Get-StorageSubSystem *cluster* | Get-
StorageHealthReport to see the performance results of the storage subsystem while the workload is
running.
PS C:\> Get-StorageSubSystem *cluster* | Get-StorageHealthReport
CPUUsageAverage : 60.44 %
CapacityPhysicalPooledAvailable : 9.82 GB
CapacityPhysicalPooledTotal : 13.82 TB
CapacityPhysicalTotal : 13.82 TB
CapacityPhysicalUnpooled : 0 B
CapacityVolumesAvailable : 1.89 TB
CapacityVolumesTotal : 2 TB
IOLatencyAverage : 257.56 ms
IOLatencyRead : 255.87 ms
IOLatencyWrite : 259.25 ms
IOPSRead : 64327.37 /S
IOPSTotal :128582.85 /S
IOPSWrite : 64255.49 /S
IOThroughputRead : 251.28 MB/S
IOThroughputTotal : 502.28 MB/S
IOThroughputWrite : 251 MB/S
MemoryAvailable : 477.77 GB
MemoryTotal : 488 GB
Step 7: Clean Up
If you followed the tutorial to create a highly available storage cluster using S2D in EC2 Windows, you
created a Storage Spaces Direct cluster of two instances from a bastion server, which also serves as a file
share witness to the cluster. You are charged for each hour or partial hour that you keep your instances
running. When you no longer need your cluster, use the EC2 Console or the AWS Tools for Windows to
delete the resources you created for this project. Do this by deleting the cluster from the failover cluster
management mmc, terminating the instances, and deleting the computer objects for the cluster and its
respective nodes from your Active Directory.
952
Additional Resources
Additional Resources
Storage Spaces Direct Calculator (Preview)
Planning Storage Spaces Direct
Storage Spaces Direct Overview
Fault Tolerance and Storage Efficiency in Storage Spaces Direct
953
Resource Locations
Resources and Tags

Amazon EC2 provides different resources that you can create and use. Some of these resources include
images, instances, volumes, and snapshots. When you create a resource, we assign the resource a unique
resource ID.
Some resources can be tagged with values that you define, to help you organize and identify them.
The following topics describe resources and tags, and how you can work with them.
Contents
• Resource Locations (p. 954)
• Resource IDs (p. 955)
• Listing and Filtering Your Resources (p. 960)
• Tagging Your Amazon EC2 Resources (p. 963)
• Amazon EC2 Service Limits (p. 973)
• Amazon EC2 Usage Reports (p. 975)
Resource Locations
Some resources can be used in all regions (global), and some resources are specific to the region or
Availability Zone in which they reside.
Resource Type Description
AWS account Global You can use the same AWS account in all regions.
Key pairs Global or The key pairs that you create using Amazon EC2 are
Regional tied to the region where you created them. You can
create your own RSA key pair and upload it to the
region in which you want to use it; therefore, you can
make your key pair globally available by uploading it
to each region.
For more information, see Amazon EC2 Key Pairs and

Amazon EC2 resource Regional Each resource identifier, such as an AMI ID, instance ID,
identifiers EBS volume ID, or EBS snapshot ID, is tied to its region
and can be used only in the region where you created
the resource.
User-supplied resource Regional Each resource name, such as a security group name
names or key pair name, is tied to its region and can be used
only in the region where you created the resource.
Although you can create resources with the same name
in multiple regions, they aren't related to each other.
AMIs Regional An AMI is tied to the region where its files are located
within Amazon S3. You can copy an AMI from one
region to another. For more information, see Copying
an AMI (p. 72).
954
Resource IDs
Resource Type Description
Elastic IP addresses Regional An Elastic IP address is tied to a region and can be

associated only with an instance in the same region.
Security groups Regional A security group is tied to a region and can be assigned
only to instances in the same region. You can't enable
an instance to communicate with an instance outside
its region using security group rules. Traffic from an
instance in another region is seen as WAN bandwidth.
EBS snapshots Regional An EBS snapshot is tied to its region and can only
be used to create volumes in the same region. You
can copy a snapshot from one region to another.
For more information, see Copying an Amazon EBS
Snapshot (p. 836).
EBS volumes Availability Zone An Amazon EBS volume is tied to its Availability Zone
and can be attached only to instances in the same
Availability Zone.
Instances Availability Zone An instance is tied to the Availability Zones in which

you launched it. However, its instance ID is tied to the
region.
Resource IDs
When resources are created, we assign each resource a unique resource ID. You can use resource IDs to
find your resources in the Amazon EC2 console. If you are using a command line tool or the Amazon EC2
API to work with Amazon EC2, resource IDs are required for certain commands. For example, if you are
using the stop-instances AWS CLI command to stop an instance, you must specify the instance ID in the
command.
Resource ID Length
A resource ID takes the form of a resource identifier (such as snap for a snapshot) followed by a hyphen
and a unique combination of letters and numbers. Starting in January 2016, we're gradually introducing
longer length IDs for Amazon EC2 and Amazon EBS resource types. The length of the alphanumeric
character combination was in an 8-character format; the new IDs are in a 17-character format, for
example, i-1234567890abcdef0 for an instance ID.
Supported resource types have an opt-in period, during which you can choose a resource ID format, and
a deadline date, after which the resource defaults to the longer ID format. After the deadline has passed
for a specific resource type, you can no longer disable the longer ID format for that resource type.
Different resource types have different opt-in periods and deadline dates. The following table lists the
supported resource types, along with their opt-in periods and deadline dates.
Resource type Opt-in period Deadline date
instance | snapshot |reservation | volume No longer December 15,

available 2016
bundle | conversion-task | customer-gateway | dhcp- February 09, 2018 June 30, 2018
options | elastic-ip-allocation | - June 30, 2018
955
Working with Longer IDs
Resource type Opt-in period Deadline date

elastic-ip-association | export-task | flow-log |
image | import-task |
internet-gateway | network-acl | network-acl-

association |
network-interface | network-interface-
attachment | prefix-list |
route-table | route-table-association | security-

group | subnet |
subnet-cidr-block-association | vpc | vpc-cidr-

block-association | vpc-endpoint |
vpc-peering-connection | vpn-connection | vpn-

gateway
During the Opt-in Period
You can enable or disable longer IDs for a resource at any time during the opt-in period. After you've
enabled longer IDs for a resource type, any new resources that you create are created with a longer ID.
Note
A resource ID does not change after it's created. Therefore, enabling or disabling longer IDs
during the opt-in period does not affect your existing resource IDs.
Depending on when you created your AWS account, supported resource types may default to using
longer IDs. However, you can opt out of using longer IDs until the deadline date for that resource type.
For more information, see Longer EC2 and EBS Resource IDs in the Amazon EC2 FAQs.
After the Deadline Date
You can’t disable longer IDs for a resource type after its deadline date has passed. Any new resources
that you create are created with a longer ID.

You can enable or disable longer IDs per IAM user and IAM role. By default, an IAM user or role defaults
to the same settings as the root user.
Topics
• Viewing Longer ID Settings (p. 956)
• Modifying Longer ID Settings (p. 957)
Viewing Longer ID Settings

You can use the console and command line tools to view the resource types that support longer IDs.
To view your longer ID settings using the console

2. In the navigation bar at the top of the screen, select the region for which to view your longer ID
settings.
3. From the dashboard, under Account Attributes, choose Resource ID length management.
956
4. Expand Advanced Resource ID Management to view the resource types that support longer IDs and
their deadline dates.
To view your longer ID settings using the command line

• describe-id-format (AWS CLI)
aws ec2 describe-id-format --region region
• Get-EC2IdFormat (AWS Tools for Windows PowerShell)
Get-EC2IdFormat -Region region
To view longer ID settings for a specific IAM user or IAM role using the command line
Use one of the following commands and specify the ARN of an IAM user, IAM role, or root account user in
the request.
• describe-identity-id-format (AWS CLI)
aws ec2 describe-identity-id-format --principal-arn arn-of-iam-principal --region region
• Get-EC2IdentityIdFormat (AWS Tools for Windows PowerShell)
Get-EC2IdentityIdFormat -PrincipalArn arn-of-iam-principal -Region region
To view the aggregated longer ID settings for a specific region using the command line
Use the describe-aggregate-id-format AWS CLI command to view the aggregated longer ID setting for
the entire region, as well as the aggregated longer ID setting of all ARNs for each resource type. This
command is useful for performing a quick audit to determine whether a specific region is fully opted in
for longer IDs.
aws ec2 describe-aggregate-id-format --region region
To identify users who have explicitly defined custom longer ID settings
Use the describe-principal-id-format AWS CLI command to view the longer ID format settings for the
root user and all IAM roles and IAM users that have explicitly specified a longer ID preference. This
command is useful for identifying IAM users and IAM roles that have overridden the default longer ID
settings.
aws ec2 describe-principal-id-format --region region
Modifying Longer ID Settings

You can use the console and command line tools to modify longer ID settings for resource types that are
still within their opt-in period.
Note
The AWS CLI and AWS Tools for Windows PowerShell commands in this section are per-region
only. They apply to the default region unless otherwise specified. To modify the settings for
other regions, include the region parameter in the command.
957
To modify longer ID settings using the console

2. In the navigation bar at the top of the screen, select the region for which to modify the longer ID
settings.
3. From the dashboard, under Account Attributes, choose Resource ID length management.
4. Do one of the following:
• To enable longer IDs for all supported resource types for all IAM users across all regions, choose
Switch to longer IDs, Yes, switch to longer IDs.
Important
IAM users and IAM roles need the ec2:ModifyIdentityIdFormat permission to
perform this action.
• To modify longer ID settings for a specific resource type for your IAM user account, expand
Advanced Resource ID Management, and then select the corresponding check box in the My
IAM Role/User column to enable longer IDs, or clear the check box to disable longer IDs.
• To modify longer ID settings for a specific resource type for all IAM users, expand Advanced
Resource ID Management, and then select the corresponding check box in the All IAM Roles/
Users column to enable longer IDs, or clear the check box to disable longer IDs.
To modify longer ID settings for your IAM user account using the command line

Note
If you’re using these commands as the root user, then changes apply to the entire AWS account,
unless an IAM user or role explicitly overrides these settings for themselves.
• modify-id-format (AWS CLI)
aws ec2 modify-id-format --resource resource_type --use-long-ids
You can also use the command to modify the longer ID settings for all supported resource types. To do
this, replace the resource_type parameter with all-current.
aws ec2 modify-id-format --resource all-current --use-long-ids
Note
To disable longer IDs, replace the use-long-ids parameter with no-use-long-ids.
• Edit-EC2IdFormat (AWS Tools for Windows PowerShell)
Edit-EC2IdFormat -Resource resource_type -UseLongId boolean
this, replace the resource_type parameter with all-current.
Edit-EC2IdFormat -Resource all-current -UseLongId boolean
To modify longer ID settings for a specific IAM user or IAM role using the command line
Use one of the following commands and specify the ARN of an IAM user, IAM role, or root user in the
request.
958
Controlling Access to Longer ID Settings
• modify-identity-id-format (AWS CLI)
aws ec2 modify-identity-id-format --principal-arn arn-of-iam-principal --

resource resource_type --use-long-ids
this, specify all-current for the --resource parameter.
aws ec2 modify-identity-id-format --principal-arn arn-of-iam-principal --resource all-

current --use-long-ids
Note
To disable longer IDs, replace the use-long-ids parameter with no-use-long-ids.
• Edit-EC2IdentityIdFormat (AWS Tools for Windows PowerShell)
Edit-EC2IdentityIdFormat -PrincipalArn arn-of-iam-principal -Resource resource_type -

UseLongId boolean
this, specify all-current for the -Resource parameter.
Edit-EC2IdentityIdFormat -PrincipalArn arn-of-iam-principal -Resource all-current -

UseLongId boolean
Controlling Access to Longer ID Settings

By default, IAM users and roles do not have permission to use the following actions unless they're
explicitly granted permission through their associated IAM policies:
• ec2:DescribeIdFormat
• ec2:DescribeIdentityIdFormat
• ec2:DescribeAggregateIdFormat
• ec2:DescribePrincipalIdFormat
• ec2:ModifyIdFormat
• ec2:ModifyIdentityIdFormat
For example, an IAM role may have permission to use all Amazon EC2 actions through an "Action":
"ec2:*" element in the policy statement.
To prevent IAM users and roles from viewing or modifying the longer resource ID settings for themselves
or other users and roles in your account, ensure that the IAM policy contains the following statement:
{
"Version": "2012-10-17",
"Statement": [
{
"Effect": "Deny",
"Action": [
"ec2:ModifyIdFormat",
"ec2:DescribeIdFormat",
"ec2:ModifyIdentityIdFormat",
"ec2:DescribeIdentityIdFormat",
959
Listing and Filtering Your Resources
"ec2:DescribeAggregateIdFormat",
"ec2:DescribePrincipalIdFormat"
],
"Resource": "*"
}
]
}
We do not support resource-level permissions for the following actions:
• ec2:DescribeIdFormat
• ec2:DescribeIdentityIdFormat
• ec2:DescribeAggregateIdFormat
• ec2:DescribePrincipalIdFormat
• ec2:ModifyIdFormat
• ec2:ModifyIdentityIdFormat
Listing and Filtering Your Resources

You can get a list of some types of resource using the Amazon EC2 console. You can get a list of each
type of resource using its corresponding command or API action. If you have many resources, you can
filter the results to include only the resources that match certain criteria.
Contents
• Advanced Search (p. 960)
• Listing Resources Using the Console (p. 961)
• Filtering Resources Using the Console (p. 962)
• Listing and Filtering Using the CLI and API (p. 963)
Advanced Search
Advanced search allows you to search using a combination of filters to achieve precise results. You can
filter by keywords, user-defined tag keys, and predefined resource attributes.
The specific search types available are:
• Search by keyword
To search by keyword, type or paste what you’re looking for in the search box, and then choose Enter.
For example, to search for a specific instance, you can type the instance ID.
• Search by fields
You can also search by fields, tags, and attributes associated with a resource. For example, to find all
instances in the stopped state:
1. In the search box, start typing Instance State. As you type, you'll see a list of suggested fields.
2. Select Instance State from the list.
3. Select Stopped from the list of suggested values.
4. To further refine your list, select the search box for more search options.
• Advanced search
960
Listing Resources Using the Console
You can create advanced queries by adding multiple filters. For example, you can search by tags and
see instances for the Flying Mountain project running in the Production stack, and then search by
attributes to see all t2.micro instances, or all instances in us-west-2a, or both.
• Inverse search
You can search for resources that do not match a specified value. For example, to list all instances
that are not terminated, search by the Instance State field, and prefix the Terminated value with an
exclamation mark (!).
• Partial search
When searching by field, you can also enter a partial string to find all resources that contain the string
in that field. For example, search by Instance Type, and then type t2 to find all t2.micro, t2.small or
t2.medium instances.
• Regular expression
Regular expressions are useful when you need to match the values in a field with a specific pattern. For
example, search by the Name tag, and then type ^s.* to see all instances with a Name tag that starts
with an 's'. Regular expression search is not case-sensitive.
After you have the precise results of your search, you can bookmark the URL for easy reference. In
situations where you have thousands of instances, filters and bookmarks can save you a great deal of
time; you don’t have to run searches repeatedly.
Combining search filters
In general, multiple filters with the same key field (for example, tag:Name, search, Instance State)
are automatically joined with OR. This is intentional, as the vast majority of filters would not be
logical if they were joined with AND. For example, you would get zero results for a search on Instance
State=running AND Instance State=stopped. In many cases, you can granulate the results by using
complementary search terms on different key fields, where the AND rule is automatically applied instead.
If you search for tag: Name:=All values and tag:Instance State=running, you get search results that
contain both those criteria. To fine-tune your results, simply remove one filter in the string until the
results fit your requirements.
Listing Resources Using the Console

You can view the most common Amazon EC2 resource types using the console. To view additional
resources, use the command line interface or the API actions.
To list EC2 resources using the console

2. In the navigation pane, choose the option that corresponds to the resource, such as AMIs or
Instances.
961
Filtering Resources Using the Console
3. The page displays all the available resources.
Filtering Resources Using the Console

You can perform filtering and sorting of the most common resource types using the Amazon EC2
console. For example, you can use the search bar on the instances page to sort instances by tags,
attributes, or keywords.
You can also use the search field on each page to find resources with specific attributes or values. You
can use regular expressions to search on partial or multiple strings. For example, to find all instances that
are using the MySG security group, enter MySG in the search field. The results will include any values that
contain MySG as a part of the string, such as MySG2 and MySG3. To limit your results to MySG only, enter
\bMySG\b in the search field. To list all the instances whose type is either m1.small or m1.large, enter
m1.small|m1.large in the search field.
To list volumes in the us-east-1b Availability Zone with a status of available

2. Click on the search box, select Attachment Status from the menu, and then select Detached. (A
detached volume is available to be attached to an instance in the same Availability Zone.)
3. Click on the search box again, select State, and then select Available.
4. Click on the search box again, select Availability Zone, and then select us-east-1b.
5. Any volumes that meet this criteria are displayed.
962
Listing and Filtering Using the CLI and API
To list public 64-bit Windows AMIs backed by Amazon EBS

2. In the Filter pane, select Public images, EBS images, and then Windows from the Filter lists.
3. Type x86_64 in the search field.
4. Any AMIs that meet this criteria are displayed.
Listing and Filtering Using the CLI and API

Each resource type has a corresponding CLI command or API request that you use to list resources of
that type. For example, you can list Amazon Machine Images (AMIs) using ec2-describe-images or
DescribeImages. The response contains information for all your resources.
The resulting lists of resources can be long, so you might want to filter the results to include only the
resources that match certain criteria. You can specify multiple filter values, and you can also specify
multiple filters. For example, you can list all the instances whose type is either m1.small or m1.large,
and that have an attached EBS volume that is set to delete when the instance terminates. The instance
must match all your filters to be included in the results.
You can also use wildcards with the filter values. An asterisk (*) matches zero or more characters, and a
question mark (?) matches zero or one character.
For example, you can use database as the filter value to get only the EBS snapshots whose description
equals database. If you specify *database*, then all snapshots whose description includes database
are returned. If you specify database?, then only the snapshots whose description matches one of the
following patterns are returned: equals database or equals database followed by one character.
The number of question marks determines the maximum number of characters to include in results. For
example, if you specify database????, then only the snapshots whose description equals database
followed by up to four characters are returned. Descriptions with five or more characters following
database are excluded from the search results.
Filter values are case sensitive. We support only exact string matching, or substring matching (with
wildcards). If a resulting list of resources is long, using an exact string filter may return the response
faster.
Your search can include the literal values of the wildcard characters; you just need to escape them with
a backslash before the character. For example, a value of \*amazon\?\\ searches for the literal string
*amazon?\.
For a list of supported filters per Amazon EC2 resource, see the relevant documentation:
• For the AWS CLI, see the relevant describe command in the AWS CLI Command Reference.
• For Windows PowerShell, see the relevant Get command in the AWS Tools for PowerShell Cmdlet
Reference.
• For the Query API, see the relevant Describe API action in the Amazon EC2 API Reference.
Tagging Your Amazon EC2 Resources

To help you manage your instances, images, and other Amazon EC2 resources, you can optionally assign
your own metadata to each resource in the form of tags. This topic describes tags and shows you how to
create them.
963
Tag Basics
Warning
Tag keys and their values are returned by many different API calls. Denying access to
DescribeTags doesn’t automatically deny access to tags returned by other APIs. As a best
practice, we recommend that you do not include sensitive data in your tags.
Contents
• Tag Basics (p. 964)
• Tagging Your Resources (p. 965)
• Tag Restrictions (p. 967)
• Tagging Your Resources for Billing (p. 968)
• Working with Tags Using the Console (p. 968)
• Working with Tags Using the CLI or API (p. 971)
Tag Basics
A tag is a label that you assign to an AWS resource. Each tag consists of a key and an optional value, both
of which you define.
Tags enable you to categorize your AWS resources in different ways, for example, by purpose, owner, or
environment. This is useful when you have many resources of the same type—you can quickly identify a
specific resource based on the tags you've assigned to it. For example, you could define a set of tags for
your account's Amazon EC2 instances that helps you track each instance's owner and stack level.
The following diagram illustrates how tagging works. In this example, you've assigned two tags to each
of your instances—one tag with the key Owner and another with the key Stack. Each tag also has an
associated value.
964
Tagging Your Resources
We recommend that you devise a set of tag keys that meets your needs for each resource type. Using a
consistent set of tag keys makes it easier for you to manage your resources. You can search and filter the
resources based on the tags you add.
Tags don't have any semantic meaning to Amazon EC2 and are interpreted strictly as a string of
characters. Also, tags are not automatically assigned to your resources. You can edit tag keys and values,
and you can remove tags from a resource at any time. You can set the value of a tag to an empty string,
but you can't set the value of a tag to null. If you add a tag that has the same key as an existing tag on
that resource, the new value overwrites the old value. If you delete a resource, any tags for the resource
are also deleted.
You can work with tags using the AWS Management Console, the AWS CLI, and the Amazon EC2 API.
If you're using AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM), you can control which users in your AWS
account have permission to create, edit, or delete tags. For more information, see Controlling Access to
Amazon EC2 Resources (p. 596).

You can tag most Amazon EC2 resources that already exist in your account. The table (p. 965) below
lists the resources that support tagging.
If you're using the Amazon EC2 console, you can apply tags to resources by using the Tags tab on the
relevant resource screen, or you can use the Tags screen. Some resource screens enable you to specify
tags for a resource when you create the resource; for example, a tag with a key of Name and a value that
you specify. In most cases, the console applies the tags immediately after the resource is created (rather
than during resource creation). The console may organize resources according to the Name tag, but this
tag doesn't have any semantic meaning to the Amazon EC2 service.
If you're using the Amazon EC2 API, the AWS CLI, or an AWS SDK, you can use the CreateTags EC2
API action to apply tags to existing resources. Additionally, some resource-creating actions enable you
to specify tags for a resource when the resource is created. If tags cannot be applied during resource
creation, we roll back the resource creation process. This ensures that resources are either created with
tags or not created at all, and that no resources are left untagged at any time. By tagging resources at
the time of creation, you can eliminate the need to run custom tagging scripts after resource creation.
The following table describes the Amazon EC2 resources that can be tagged, and the resources that can
be tagged on creation using the Amazon EC2 API, the AWS CLI, or an AWS SDK.
Tagging Support for Amazon EC2 Resources
Resource Supports tags Supports tagging on creation
AFI Yes No
AMI Yes No
Bundle task No No
Capacity Reservation Yes Yes
Client VPN endpoint Yes Yes
Client VPN route No No
Customer gateway Yes No
Dedicated Host Yes Yes
DHCP option Yes No
965
EBS snapshot Yes Yes
EBS volume Yes Yes
EC2 Fleet Yes Yes
Egress-only internet gateway No No
Elastic IP address Yes No
Dedicated Host Reservation Yes No
Instance Yes Yes
Instance store volume N/A N/A
Internet gateway Yes No
Key pair No No
Launch template Yes Yes
Launch template version No No
NAT gateway Yes No
Network ACL Yes No
Network interface Yes No
Placement group No No
Reserved Instance Yes No
Reserved Instance listing No No
Route table Yes No
Spot Instance request Yes No
Security group Yes No
Subnet Yes No
Traffic Mirror filter Yes Yes
Traffic Mirror session Yes Yes
Traffic Mirror target Yes Yes
Transit gateway Yes Yes
Transit gateway route table Yes Yes
Transit gateway VPC attachment Yes Yes
Virtual private gateway Yes No
VPC Yes No
VPC endpoint Yes No
966
Tag Restrictions
VPC endpoint service Yes No
VPC endpoint service Yes No

configuration
VPC flow log No No
VPC peering connection Yes No
VPN connection Yes No
You can tag instances and volumes on creation using the Amazon EC2 Launch Instances wizard in the
Amazon EC2 console. You can tag your EBS volumes on creation using the Volumes screen, or EBS
snapshots using the Snapshots screen. Alternatively, use the resource-creating Amazon EC2 APIs (for
example, RunInstances) to apply tags when creating your resource.
You can apply tag-based resource-level permissions in your IAM policies to the Amazon EC2 API actions
that support tagging on creation to implement granular control over the users and groups that can tag
resources on creation. Your resources are properly secured from creation—tags are applied immediately
to your resources, therefore any tag-based resource-level permissions controlling the use of resources are
immediately effective. Your resources can be tracked and reported on more accurately. You can enforce
the use of tagging on new resources, and control which tag keys and values are set on your resources.
You can also apply resource-level permissions to the CreateTags and DeleteTags Amazon EC2 API
actions in your IAM policies to control which tag keys and values are set on your existing resources. For
more information, see Supported Resource-Level Permissions for Amazon EC2 API Actions (p. 607) and
Example Policies for Working with the AWS CLI or an AWS SDK (p. 610).
For more information about tagging your resources for billing, see Using Cost Allocation Tags in the AWS
Billing and Cost Management User Guide.
Tag Restrictions
The following basic restrictions apply to tags:
• Maximum number of tags per resource – 50

• For each resource, each tag key must be unique, and each tag key can have only one value.
• Maximum key length – 128 Unicode characters in UTF-8
• Maximum value length – 256 Unicode characters in UTF-8
• Although EC2 allows for any character in its tags, other services are more restrictive. The allowed
characters across services are: letters, numbers, and spaces representable in UTF-8, and the following
characters: + - = . _ : / @.
• Tag keys and values are case-sensitive.
• Don't use the aws: prefix for either keys or values; it's reserved for AWS use. You can't edit or delete
tag keys or values with this prefix. Tags with this prefix do not count against your tags per resource
limit.
You can't terminate, stop, or delete a resource based solely on its tags; you must specify the resource
identifier. For example, to delete snapshots that you tagged with a tag key called DeleteMe, you
must use the DeleteSnapshots action with the resource identifiers of the snapshots, such as
snap-1234567890abcdef0.
You can tag public or shared resources, but the tags you assign are available only to your AWS account
and not to the other accounts sharing the resource.
967
Tagging Your Resources for Billing
You can't tag all resources. For more information, see Tagging Support for Amazon EC2
Resources (p. 965).
Tagging Your Resources for Billing

You can use tags to organize your AWS bill to reflect your own cost structure. To do this, sign up to
get your AWS account bill with tag key values included. For more information about setting up a cost
allocation report with tags, see The Monthly Cost Allocation Report in AWS Billing and Cost Management
User Guide. To see the cost of your combined resources, you can organize your billing information
based on resources that have the same tag key values. For example, you can tag several resources with
a specific application name, and then organize your billing information to see the total cost of that
application across several services. For more information, see Using Cost Allocation Tags in the AWS
Billing and Cost Management User Guide.
Note
If you've just enabled reporting, data for the current month is available for viewing after 24
hours.
Cost allocation tags can indicate which resources are contributing to costs, but deleting or deactivating
resources doesn't always reduce costs. For example, snapshot data that is referenced by another
snapshot is preserved, even if the snapshot that contains the original data is deleted. For more
information, see Amazon Elastic Block Store Volumes and Snapshots in the AWS Billing and Cost
Management User Guide.
Note
Elastic IP addresses that are tagged do not appear on your cost allocation report.
Working with Tags Using the Console

Using the Amazon EC2 console, you can see which tags are in use across all of your Amazon EC2
resources in the same Region. You can view tags by resource and by resource type, and you can also view
how many items of each resource type are associated with a specified tag. You can also use the Amazon
EC2 console to apply or remove tags from one or more resources at a time.
For more information about using filters when listing your resources, see Listing and Filtering Your
Resources (p. 960).
For ease of use and best results, use Tag Editor in the AWS Management Console, which provides a
central, unified way to create and manage your tags. For more information, see Working with Tag Editor
in Getting Started with the AWS Management Console.
Contents
• Displaying Tags (p. 968)
• Adding and Deleting Tags on an Individual Resource (p. 969)
• Adding and Deleting Tags to a Group of Resources (p. 970)
• Adding a Tag When You Launch an Instance (p. 970)
• Filtering a List of Resources by Tag (p. 971)
Displaying Tags
You can display tags in two different ways in the Amazon EC2 console. You can display the tags for an
individual resource or for all resources.
Displaying Tags for Individual Resources
When you select a resource-specific page in the Amazon EC2 console, it displays a list of those resources.
For example, if you select Instances from the navigation pane, the console displays a list of Amazon EC2
968
instances. When you select a resource from one of these lists (for example, an instance), if the resource
supports tags, you can view and manage its tags. On most resource pages, you can view the tags in the
Tags tab on the details pane.
You can add a column to the resource list that displays all values for tags with the same key. This column
enables you to sort and filter the resource list by the tag. There are two ways to add a new column to the
resource list to display your tags.
• On the Tags tab, select Show Column. A new column is added to the console.
• Choose the Show/Hide Columns gear-shaped icon, and in the Show/Hide Columns dialog box, select
the tag key under Your Tag Keys.
Displaying Tags for All Resources
You can display tags across all resources by selecting Tags from the navigation pane in the Amazon EC2
console. The following image shows the Tags pane, which lists all tags in use by resource type.
Adding and Deleting Tags on an Individual Resource

You can manage tags for an individual resource directly from the resource's page.
To add a tag to an individual resource

2. From the navigation bar, select the Region that meets your needs. This choice is important
3. In the navigation pane, select a resource type (for example, Instances).
4. Select the resource from the resource list and choose Tags, Add/Edit Tags.
5. In the Add/Edit Tags dialog box, specify the key and value for each tag, and then choose Save.
To delete a tag from an individual resource

969
3. In the navigation pane, choose a resource type (for example, Instances).

4. Select the resource from the resource list and choose Tags.
5. Choose Add/Edit Tags, select the Delete icon for the tag, and choose Save.
Adding and Deleting Tags to a Group of Resources

To add a tag to a group of resources

3. In the navigation pane, choose Tags.
4. At the top of the content pane, choose Manage Tags.
5. For Filter, select the type of resource (for example, instances) to which to add tags.
6. In the resources list, select the check box next to each resource to which to add tags.
7. Under Add Tag, for Key and Value, type the tag key and values, and then choose Add Tag.
Note
If you add a new tag with the same tag key as an existing tag, the new tag overwrites the
existing tag.
To remove a tag from a group of resources

3. In the navigation pane, choose Tags, Manage Tags.
4. To view the tags in use, select the Show/Hide Columns gear-shaped icon, and in the Show/Hide
Columns dialog box, select the tag keys to view and choose Close.
5. For Filter, select the type of resource (for example, instances) from which to remove tags.
6. In the resource list, select the check box next to each resource from which to remove tags.
7. Under Remove Tag, for Key, type the tag's name and choose Remove Tag.
Adding a Tag When You Launch an Instance

To add a tag using the Launch Wizard
1. From the navigation bar, select the Region for the instance. This choice is important because some
Amazon EC2 resources can be shared between Regions, while others can't. Select the Region that
meets your needs. For more information, see Resource Locations (p. 954).
3. The Choose an Amazon Machine Image (AMI) page displays a list of basic configurations called
Amazon Machine Images (AMIs). Select the AMI to use and choose Select. For more information
about selecting an AMI, see Finding a Windows AMI (p. 51).
4. On the Configure Instance Details page, configure the instance settings as necessary, and then
choose Next: Add Storage.
970
Working with Tags Using the CLI or API
5. On the Add Storage page, you can specify additional storage volumes for your instance. Choose
Next: Add Tags when done.
6. On the Add Tags page, specify tags for the instance, the volumes, or both. Choose Add another tag
to add more than one tag to your instance. Choose Next: Configure Security Group when you are
done.
7. On the Configure Security Group page, you can choose from an existing security group that you
own, or let the wizard create a new security group for you. Choose Review and Launch when you are
done.
8. Review your settings. When you're satisfied with your selections, choose Launch. Select an existing
key pair or create a new one, select the acknowledgment check box, and then choose Launch
Instances.
Filtering a List of Resources by Tag

You can filter your list of resources based on one or more tag keys and tag values.
To filter a list of resources by tag
1. Display a column for the tag as follows:
a. Select a resource.
b. In the details pane, choose Tags.
c. Locate the tag in the list and choose Show Column.
2. Choose the filter icon in the top right corner of the column for the tag to display the filter list.
3. Select the tag values, and then choose Apply Filter to filter the results list.
Note
For more information about filters, see Listing and Filtering Your Resources (p. 960).

Use the following to add, update, list, and delete the tags for your resources. The corresponding
documentation provides examples.
Task AWS CLI AWS Tools for Windows API Action

PowerShell
Add or overwrite one or more tags. create-tags New-EC2Tag CreateTags
Delete one or more tags. delete-tags Remove-EC2Tag DeleteTags
Describe one or more tags. describe-tags Get-EC2Tag DescribeTags
You can also filter a list of resources according to their tags. The following examples demonstrate how to
filter your instances using tags with the describe-instances command.
Note
The way you enter JSON-formatted parameters on the command line differs depending on your
operating system. Linux, macOS, or Unix and Windows PowerShell use the single quote (') to
enclose the JSON data structure. Omit the single quotes when using the commands with the
Windows command line. For more information, see Specifying Parameter Values for the AWS
Command Line Interface.
971
Example 1: Describe instances with the specified tag key
The following command describes the instances with a Stack tag, regardless of the value of the tag.
aws ec2 describe-instances --filters Name=tag-key,Values=Stack
Example 2: Describe instances with the specified tag
The following command describes the instances with the tag Stack=production.
aws ec2 describe-instances --filters Name=tag:Stack,Values=production
Example 3: Describe instances with the specified tag value
The following command describes the instances with a tag with the value production, regardless of the
tag key.
aws ec2 describe-instances --filters Name=tag-value,Values=production
Some resource-creating actions enable you to specify tags when you create the resource. The following
actions support tagging on creation.
Task AWS CLI AWS Tools for Windows API Action

PowerShell
Launch one or more instances. run-instances New-EC2Instance RunInstances
Create an EBS volume. create-volume New-EC2Volume CreateVolume
The following examples demonstrate how to apply tags when you create resources.
Example 4: Launch an instance and apply tags to the instance and volume
The following command launches an instance and applies a tag with a key of webserver and value of
production to the instance. The command also applies a tag with a key of cost-center and a value
of cc123 to any EBS volume that's created (in this case, the root volume).
aws ec2 run-instances --image-id ami-abc12345 --count 1 --instance-

type t2.micro --key-name MyKeyPair --subnet-id subnet-6e7f829e --tag-
specifications 'ResourceType=instance,Tags=[{Key=webserver,Value=production}]'
'ResourceType=volume,Tags=[{Key=cost-center,Value=cc123}]'
You can apply the same tag keys and values to both instances and volumes during launch. The following
command launches an instance and applies a tag with a key of cost-center and a value of cc123 to
both the instance and any EBS volume that's created.
aws ec2 run-instances --image-id ami-abc12345 --count 1 --instance-

type t2.micro --key-name MyKeyPair --subnet-id subnet-6e7f829e --tag-
specifications 'ResourceType=instance,Tags=[{Key=cost-center,Value=cc123}]'
'ResourceType=volume,Tags=[{Key=cost-center,Value=cc123}]'
Example 5: Create a volume and apply a tag
972
Service Limits
The following command creates a volume and applies two tags: purpose = production, and cost-
center = cc123.
aws ec2 create-volume --availability-zone us-east-1a --volume-type gp2 --size 80 --

tag-specifications 'ResourceType=volume,Tags=[{Key=purpose,Value=production},{Key=cost-
center,Value=cc123}]'
Example 6: Add a tag to a resource
This example adds the tag Stack=production to the specified image, or overwrites an existing tag for
the AMI where the tag key is Stack. If the command succeeds, no output is returned.
aws ec2 create-tags --resources ami-78a54011 --tags Key=Stack,Value=production
Example 7: Add tags to multiple resources
This example adds (or overwrites) two tags for an AMI and an instance. One of the tags contains just a
key (webserver), with no value (we set the value to an empty string). The other tag consists of a key
(stack) and value (Production). If the command succeeds, no output is returned.
aws ec2 create-tags --resources ami-1a2b3c4d i-1234567890abcdef0 --tags

Key=webserver,Value= Key=stack,Value=Production
Example 8: Add tags with special characters
This example adds the tag [Group]=test to an instance. The square brackets ([ and ]) are special
characters, and must be escaped with a backslash (\). If you are using Windows, surround the value with
double quotes (").
aws ec2 create-tags --resources i-1234567890abcdef0 --tags Key=\"[Group]\",Value=test
If you are using Windows PowerShell, break out the characters with a backslash (\), surround them with
double quotes ("), and then surround the entire key and value structure with single quotes (').
aws ec2 create-tags --resources i-1234567890abcdef0 --tags 'Key=\"[Group]\",Value=test'
Amazon EC2 Service Limits

Amazon EC2 provides different resources that you can use. These resources include images, instances,
volumes, and snapshots. When you create your AWS account, we set default limits on these resources
on a per-Region basis. For example, there is a limit on the number of instances that you can launch in a
Region. Therefore, when you launch an instance in the US West (Oregon) Region, the request must not
cause your usage to exceed your current instance limit in that Region.
The Amazon EC2 console provides limit information for the resources managed by the Amazon EC2 and
Amazon VPC consoles. You can request an increase for many of these limits. Use the limit information
that we provide to manage your AWS infrastructure. Plan to request any limit increases in advance of the
time that you'll need them.
For more information about the limits for other services, see AWS Service Limits in the Amazon Web
Services General Reference.
973
Viewing Your Current Limits
Viewing Your Current Limits

Use the EC2 Service Limits page in the Amazon EC2 console to view the current limits for resources
provided by Amazon EC2 and Amazon VPC, on a per-Region basis.
To view your current limits

2. From the navigation bar, select a Region.
3. From the navigation pane, choose Limits.
974
Requesting a Limit Increase
4. Locate the resource in the list. The Current Limit column displays the current maximum for that
resource for your account.
Requesting a Limit Increase

Use the Limits page in the Amazon EC2 console to request an increase in the limits for resources
provided by Amazon EC2 or Amazon VPC, on a per-Region basis.
To request a limit increase

2. From the navigation bar, select a Region.
3. From the navigation pane, choose Limits.
4. Locate the resource in the list. Choose Request limit increase.
5. Complete the required fields on the limit increase form. We'll respond to you using the contact
method that you specified.
Limits on Email Sent Using Port 25

Amazon EC2 throttles traffic on port 25 of all instances by default. You can request that this throttle be
removed. For more information, see How do I remove the throttle on port 25 from my EC2 instance? in
the AWS Knowledge Center.
Amazon EC2 Usage Reports

AWS provides a free reporting tool called Cost Explorer that enables you to analyze the cost and usage of
your EC2 instances and the usage of your Reserved Instances.
Cost Explorer is a free tool that you can use to view charts of your usage and costs. You can view data up
to the last 13 months, and forecast how much you are likely to spend for the next three months. You can
use Cost Explorer to see patterns in how much you spend on AWS resources over time, identify areas that
need further inquiry, and see trends that you can use to understand your costs. You also can specify time
ranges for the data, and view time data by day or by month.
Here's an example of some of the questions that you can answer when using Cost Explorer:
• How much am I spending on instances of each instance type?

• How many instance hours are being used by a particular department?
• How is my instance usage distributed across Availability Zones?
• How is my instance usage distributed across AWS accounts?
• How well am I using my Reserved Instances?
• Are my Reserved Instances helping me save money?
To view an Amazon EC2 report in Cost Explorer

2. In the navigation pane, choose Reports and select the report to view.
The report opens in Cost Explorer. It provides a preconfigured view, based on fixed filter settings,
that displays information about your usage and cost trends.
975
Usage Reports
For more information about working with reports in Cost Explorer, including saving reports, see
Analyzing Your Costs with Cost Explorer.
976
Features
AWS Systems Manager for Microsoft

System Center VMM
AWS Systems Manager for Microsoft System Center Virtual Machine Manager (SCVMM) provides a
simple, easy-to-use interface for managing AWS resources, such as EC2 instances, from Microsoft
SCVMM. It is implemented as an add-in for the VMM console. For more information, see AWS Add-ins for
Microsoft System Center.
Features
• Administrators can grant permissions to users so that they can manage EC2 instances from SCVMM.
• Users can launch, view, reboot, stop, start, and terminate instances, if they have the required
permissions.
• Users can get the passwords for their Windows instances and connect to them using RDP.
• Users can get the public DNS names for their Linux instances and connect to them using SSH.
• Users can import their Hyper-V Windows virtual machines from SCVMM to Amazon EC2.
Limitations
• Users must have an account that they can use to log in to SCVMM.
• You can't import Linux virtual machines from SCVMM to Amazon EC2.
977
Requirements
• This is not a comprehensive tool for creating and managing AWS resources. The add-in enables
SCVMM users to get started quickly with the basic tasks for managing their EC2 instances. Future
releases might support managing additional AWS resources.
Requirements
• An AWS account
• Microsoft System Center VMM 2012 R2 or System Center VMM 2012 SP1 with the latest update roll-
up
Getting Started
To get started, see the following documentation:
• Setting Up (p. 978)

• Managing EC2 Instances (p. 982)
Setting Up AWS Systems Manager for Microsoft

SCVMM
When you set up AWS Systems Manager, users in your organization can access your AWS resources. The
process involves creating accounts, deploying the add-in, and providing your credentials.
Tasks
• Sign Up for AWS (p. 978)
• Set Up Access for Users (p. 979)
• Deploy the Add-In (p. 981)
• Provide Your AWS Credentials (p. 981)
Sign Up for AWS

When you sign up for Amazon Web Services, your AWS account is automatically signed up for all services
in AWS. You are charged only for the services that you use.
If you have an AWS account already, skip to the next task. If you don't have an AWS account, use the
following procedure to create one.
To sign up for an AWS account
1. Open https://portal.aws.amazon.com/billing/signup.
2. Follow the online instructions.
Part of the sign-up procedure involves receiving a phone call and entering a verification code on the
phone keypad.
978
Set Up Access for Users

The first time that you use Systems Manager, you must provide AWS credentials. To enable multiple
users to access the same AWS account using unique credentials and permissions, create an IAM user for
each user. You can create one or more groups with policies that grant permissions to perform limited
tasks. Then you can create one or more IAM users, and add each user to the appropriate group.
To create an Administrators group

3. In the Group Name box, specify Administrators and then choose Next Step.
4. On the Attach Policy page, select the AdministratorAccess AWS managed policy.
5. Choose Next Step and then choose Create Group.
To create a group with limited access to Amazon EC2

3. In the Group Name box, specify a meaningful name for the group and then choose Next Step.
4. On the Attach Policy page, do not select an AWS managed policy — choose Next Step, and then
choose Create Group.
5. Choose the name of the group you've just created. On the Permissions tab, choose Inline Policies,
and then click here.
6. Select the Custom Policy radio button and then choose Select.
7. Enter a name for the policy and a policy document that grants limited access to Amazon EC2, and
then choose Apply Policy. For example, you can specify one of the following custom policies.
Grant users in this group permission to view information about EC2 instances only
{
"Version": "2012-10-17",
"Statement": [
{
"Effect": "Allow",
"Action": [
"ec2:Describe*",
],
"Resource": "*"
}
]
}
Grant users in this group permission to perform all operations on EC2 instances that are
supported by the add-in
{
"Version": "2012-10-17",
"Statement": [
{
"Effect": "Allow",
"Action": [
"iam:ListInstanceProfiles", "iam:PassRole",
"ec2:Describe*", "ec2:CreateKeyPair",
979
"ec2:CreateTags", "ec2:DeleteTags",
"ec2:RunInstances", "ec2:GetPasswordData",
"ec2:RebootInstances", "ec2:StartInstances",
"ec2:StopInstances", "ec2:TerminateInstances"
],
"Resource": "*"
}
]
}
Grant users in this group permission to import a VM to Amazon EC2
{
"Version": "2012-10-17",
"Statement": [
{
"Effect": "Allow",
"Action": [
"s3:ListAllMyBuckets", "s3:CreateBucket",
"s3:DeleteBucket", "s3:DeleteObject",
"s3:GetBucketLocation", "s3:GetObject",
"s3:ListBucket", "s3:PutObject",
"ec2:DescribeTags", "ec2:CancelConversionTask",
"ec2:DescribeConversionTasks", "ec2:DescribeInstanceAttribute",
"ec2:CreateImage", "ec2:AttachVolume",
"ec2:ImportInstance", "ec2:ImportVolume",
"dynamodb:DescribeTable", "dynamodb:CreateTable",
"dynamodb:Scan", "dynamodb:PutItem", "dynamodb:UpdateItem"
],
"Resource": "*"
}
]
}
To create an IAM user, get the user's AWS credentials, and grant the user permissions
1. In the navigation pane, choose Users and then choose Add user.
2. Enter a user name.
3. Select the type of access this set of users will have. Select Programmatic access and AWS
Management Console access if this user must also access the AWS Management Console.
4. For Console password type, choose one of the following:
• Autogenerated password. Each user gets a randomly generated password that meets the current
password policy in effect (if any). You can view or download the passwords when you get to the
Final page.
• Custom password. Each user is assigned the password that you type in the box.
5. Choose Next: Permissions .
6. On the Set permissions page, choose Add user to group. Select the appropriate group.
7. Choose Next: Review, then Create user.
8. To view the users' access keys (access key IDs and secret access keys), choose Show next to each
password and secret access key that you want to see. To save the access keys, choose Download .csv
and then save the file to a safe location.
Note
You cannot retrieve the secret access key after you complete this step; if you misplace it you
must create a new one.
9. Choose Close.
980
Deploy the Add-In
Deploy the Add-In

Add-ins for System Center VMM are distributed as .zip files. To deploy the add-in, use the following
procedure.
To deploy the add-in
1. From your instance, go to AWS Systems Manager for Microsoft System Center Virtual Machine
Manager and click SCVMM. Save the aws-systems-manager-1.5.zip file to your instance.
2. Open the VMM console.
3. In the navigation pane, click Settings and then click Console Add-Ins.
4. On the ribbon, click Import Console Add-in.
5. On the Select an Add-in page, click Browse and select the aws-systems-manager-1.5.zip file
for the add-in that you downloaded.
6. Ignore any warnings that there are assemblies in the add-in that are not signed by a trusted
authority. Select Continue installing this add-in anyway and then click Next.
7. On the Summary page, click Finish.
8. When the add-in is imported, the status of the job is Completed. You can close the Jobs window.
Provide Your AWS Credentials

When you use the Systems Manager for the first time, you must provide your AWS credentials. Your
access keys identify you to AWS. There are two types of access keys: access key IDs (for example,
AKIAIOSFODNN7EXAMPLE) and secret access keys (for example, wJalrXUtnFEMI/K7MDENG/
bPxRfiCYEXAMPLEKEY). You should have stored your access keys in a safe place when you received them.
To provide your AWS credentials

2. In the navigation pane, click VMs and Services.
3. On the ribbon, click Amazon EC2.
4. On the Credentials tab, specify your AWS credentials, select a default region, and then click Save.
981
Managing EC2 Instances
To change these credentials at any time, click Configuration.
Managing EC2 Instances Using AWS Systems

Manager for Microsoft SCVMM
After you log in to the Systems Manager console using your AWS credentials, you can manage your EC2
instances.
Tasks
• Creating an EC2 Instance (p. 982)
• Viewing Your Instances (p. 984)
• Connecting to Your Instance (p. 984)
• Rebooting Your Instance (p. 985)
• Stopping Your Instance (p. 985)
• Starting Your Instance (p. 985)
• Terminating Your Instance (p. 985)
Creating an EC2 Instance

The permissions that you've been granted by your administrator determine whether you can create
instances.
Prerequisites
• A virtual private cloud (VPC) with a subnet in the Availability Zone where you'll launch the instance.
For more information about creating a VPC, see the Amazon VPC Getting Started Guide.
To create an EC2 instance
1. Open SCVMM.
2. On the ribbon, click Create Amazon EC2 Instance.
3. Complete the Create Amazon EC2 Instance dialog box as follows:
a. Select a region for your instance. By default, we select the region that you configured as your
default region.
b. Select a template (known as an AMI) for your instance. To use an AMI provided by Amazon,
select Windows or Linux and then select an AMI from Image. To use an AMI that you created,
select My images and then select the AMI from Image.
c. Select an instance type for the instance. First, select one of the latest instance families from
Family, and then select an instance type from Instance type. To include previous generation
instance families in the list, select Show previous generations. For more information, see
Amazon EC2 Instances and Previous Generation Instances.
d. Create or select a key pair. To create a key pair, select Create a new key pair from Key pair
name and enter a name for the key pair in the highlighted field (for example, my-key-pair).
e. (Optional) Under Advanced settings, specify a display name for the instance.
f. (Optional) Under Advanced settings, select a VPC from Network (VPC). Note that this list
includes all VPCs for the region, including VPCs created using the Amazon VPC console and the
default VPC (if it exists). If you have a default VPC in this region, we select it by default. If the
982
Creating an EC2 Instance
text is "There is no VPC available for launch or import operations in this region", then you must
create a VPC in this region using the Amazon VPC console.
g. (Optional) Under Advanced settings, select a subnet from Subnet. Note that this list includes
all subnets for the selected VPC, including any default subnets. If this list is empty, you must
add a subnet to the VPC using the Amazon VPC console, or select a different VPC. Otherwise, we
select a subnet for you.
h. (Optional) Under Advanced settings, create a security group or select one or more security
groups. If you select Create default security group, we create a security group that
grants RDP and SSH access to everyone, which you can modify using the Amazon EC2 or
Amazon VPC console. You can enter a name for this security group in the Group name box.
i. (Optional) Under Advanced settings, select an IAM role. If this list is empty, you can create a
role using the IAM console.
4. Click Create. If you are creating a key pair, you are prompted to save the .pem file. Save this file in
a secure place; you'll need it to log in to your instance. You'll receive confirmation that the instance
has launched. Click Close.
After you've created your instance, it appears in the list of instances for the region in which you launched
it. Initially, the status of the instance is pending. After the status changes to running, your instance is
ready for use.
You can manage the lifecycle of your instance using Systems Manager, as described on this page. To
perform other tasks, such as the following, you must use the AWS Management Console:
• Attach an Amazon EBS volume to your instance (p. 802)

• Associate an Elastic IP address with your instance (p. 676)
• Enable termination protection (p. 389)
983
Viewing Your Instances
Viewing Your Instances

The permissions that your administrator grants you determine whether you can view instances and get
detailed information about them.
To view your instances and get detailed information
1. Open the AWS Systems Manager console.

2. From the region list, select a region.
3. From the list of instances, select one or more instances.
4. In the lower pane, click the down arrow next to each instance to view detailed information about the
instance.
Connecting to Your Instance

You can log in to an EC2 instance if you have the private key (.pem file) for the key pair that was
specified when launching the instance. The tool that you'll use to connect to your instance depends on
whether the instance is a Windows instance or a Linux instance.
To connect to a Windows EC2 instance
1. Open AWS Systems Manager.

2. From the list of instances, select the instance, right-click, and then click Retrieve Windows
Password.
3. In the Retrieve Default Windows Administrator Password dialog box, click Browse. Select the
private key file for the key pair and then click Open.
4. Click Decrypt Password. Save the password or copy it to the clipboard.
5. Select the instance, right-click, and then click Connect via RDP. When prompted for credentials, use
the name of the administrator account and the password that you saved in the previous step.
6. Because the certificate is self-signed, you might get a warning that the security certificate is not
from a trusted certifying authority. Click Yes to continue.
If the connection fails, see Troubleshooting Windows Instances in the Amazon EC2 User Guide for
Windows Instances.
To connect to a Linux EC2 instance

2. From the list of instances, select the instance.
3. In the lower pane, click the down arrow next to the instance ID to view detailed information about
the instance.
4. Locate the public DNS name. You'll need this information to connect to your instance.
984
Rebooting Your Instance
5. Connect to the instance using PuTTY. For step-by-step instructions, see Connect to Your Linux
Instance from Windows Using PuTTY in the Amazon EC2 User Guide for Linux Instances.
Rebooting Your Instance

The permissions that you've been granted by your administrator determine whether you can reboot
instances.
To reboot your instance

3. Right-click the instance, and then click Reset (Reboot).
4. When prompted for confirmation, click Yes.
Stopping Your Instance

The permissions that you've been granted by your administrator determine whether you can stop
instances.
To stop your instance

3. Right-click the instance, and then click Shut Down (Stop).
Starting Your Instance

The permissions that you've been granted by your administrator determine whether you can start
instances.
To start your instance

3. Right-click the instance, and then click Power On (Start).
If you get a quota error when you try to start an instance, you have reached your concurrent running
instance limit. The default limit for your AWS account is 20. If you need additional running instances,
complete the form at Request to Increase Amazon EC2 Instance Limit.
Terminating Your Instance

The permissions that you've been granted by your administrator determine whether you can terminate
instances.
To terminate your instance
985
Importing Your VM

3. Right-click the instance, and then click Delete (Terminate).
Importing Your Virtual Machine Using AWS

Systems Manager for Microsoft SCVMM
You can launch an EC2 instance from a virtual machine that you import from SCVMM to Amazon EC2.
Important
You can't import Linux virtual machines from SCVMM to Amazon EC2.
Contents
• Importing Your Virtual Machine (p. 986)
• Checking the Import Task Status (p. 987)
• Backing Up Your Imported Instance (p. 988)
Prerequisites
• Ensure that your VM is ready. For more information, see Prepare Your VM in the VM Import/Export
User Guide.
• In AWS Systems Manager, click Configuration, select the VM Import tab, and review the following
settings:
• S3 bucket prefix: We create a bucket for disk images to be uploaded before they are imported.
The name of the bucket starts with the prefix listed here and includes the region (for example, us-
east-2). To delete the disk images after they are imported, select Clean up S3 bucket after import.
• VM image export path: A location for the disk images exported from the VM. To delete the disk
images after they are imported, select Clean up export path after import.
• Alternate Hyper-V PowerShell module path: The location of the Hyper-V PowerShell module, if it's
not installed in the standard location. For more information, see Installing the Hyper-V Management
Tools in the Microsoft TechNet Library.
Importing Your Virtual Machine

The permissions that you've been granted by your administrator determine whether you can import
HyperV Windows virtual machines from SCVMM to AWS.
To import your virtual machine
1. Open SCVMM.
2. On the ribbon, click VMs. Select your virtual machine from the list.
3. On the ribbon, click Import VM to Amazon EC2.
4. Complete the Import Virtual Machine dialog box as follows:
a. Select a region for the instance. By default, we select the region that you configured as your
default region.
b. Select an instance type for the instance. First, select one of the latest instance families from
Family, and then select an instance type from Instance type. To include previous generation
986
Checking the Import Task Status
instance families in the list, select Show previous generations. For more information, see
Amazon EC2 Instances and Previous Generation Instances.
c. Select a VPC from Network (VPC). Note that this list includes all VPCs for the region, including
VPCs created using the Amazon VPC console and the default VPC (if it exists). If you have a
default VPC in this region, we select it by default. If the text is "There is no VPC available for
launch or import operations in this region", then you must create a VPC in this region using the
Amazon VPC console.
d. Select a subnet from Subnet. Note that this list includes all subnets for the selected VPC,
including any default subnets. If this list is empty, you must add a subnet to the VPC using the
Amazon VPC console, or select a different VPC. Otherwise, we select a subnet for you.
5. Click Import. If you haven't specified the required information in the VM Import tab, you'll receive
an error asking you to provide the required information. Otherwise, you'll receive confirmation that
the import task has started. Click Close.
Checking the Import Task Status

The import task can take several hours to complete. To view the current status, open AWS System
Manager and click Notifications.
You'll receive the following notifications as the import task progresses:
• Import VM: Created Import VM Task

• Import VM: Export VM Disk Image Done
• Import VM: Upload to S3
• Import VM: Image Conversion Starting
• Import VM: Image Conversion Done
• Import VM: Import Complete
Note that you'll receive the Import VM: Upload to S3, Import VM: Image Conversion
Starting, and Import VM: Image Conversion Done notifications for each disk image converted.
987
Backing Up Your Imported Instance
If the import task fails, you'll receive the notification Import VM: Import Failed. For more
information about troubleshooting issues with import tasks, see Errors Importing a VM (p. 989).
Backing Up Your Imported Instance

After the import operation completes, the instance runs until it is terminated. If your instance is
terminated, you can't connect to or recover the instance. To ensure that you can start a new instance
with the same software as an imported instance if needed, create an Amazon Machine Image (AMI) from
the imported instance. For more information, see Creating a Custom Windows AMI (p. 64).
Troubleshooting AWS Systems Manager for

Microsoft SCVMM
The following are common errors and troubleshooting steps.
Contents
• Error: Add-in cannot be installed (p. 988)
• Installation Errors (p. 988)
• Checking the Log File (p. 989)
• Errors Importing a VM (p. 989)
• Uninstalling the Add-In (p. 989)
Error: Add-in cannot be installed

If you receive the following error, try installing KB2918659 on the computer running the VMM console.
For more information, see Description of System Center 2012 SP1 Update Rollup 5. Note that you don't
need to install all the updates listed in this article to address this issue, just KB2918659.
Add-in cannot be installed

The assembly "Amazon.Scvmm.Addin" referenced to by add-in component "AWS Systems Manager
for
Microsoft SCVMM" could not be found in the add-in package. This could be due to the
following
reasons:
1. The assembly was not included with the add-in package.
2. The AssemblyName attribute for the add-in does not match the name of the add-in
assembly.
3. The assembly file is corrupt and cannot be loaded.
Installation Errors
If you receive one of the following errors during installation, it is likely due to an issue with SCVMM:
Could not update managed code add-in pipeline due to the following error:
Access to the path 'C:\Program Files\Microsoft System Center 2012\Virtual Machine Manager
\Bin\AddInPipeline\PipelineSegments.store' is denied.
Could not update managed code add-in pipeline due to the following error:
The required folder 'C:\Program Files\Microsoft System Center 2012\Virtual Machine Manager
\Bin\AddInPipeline\HostSideAdapters' does not exist.
988
Checking the Log File
Add-in cannot be installed

The assembly "Microsoft.SystemCenter.VirtualMachineManager.UIAddIns.dll" referenced by the
add-in assembly "Amazon.Scvmm.AddIn" could not be found in the add-in package. Make sure
that this assembly was included with the add-in package.
Try one of the following steps to work around this issue:
• Grant authenticated users permission to read and execute the C:\Program Files\Microsoft
System Center 2012\Virtual Machine Manager\Bin\AddInPipeline folder. In Windows
Explorer, right-click the folder, select Properties, and then select the Security tab.
• Close the SCVMM console and start it one time as an administrator. From the Start menu, locate
SCVMM, right-click, and then select Run as administrator.
Checking the Log File

If you have a problem using the add-in, check the generated log file, %APPDATA%\Amazon\SCVMM
\ec2addin.log, for useful information.
Errors Importing a VM
The log file, %APPDATA%\Amazon\SCVMM\ec2addin.log, contains detailed information about the
status of an import task. The following are common errors that you might see in the log file when you
import your VM from SCVMM to Amazon EC2.
Error: Unable to extract Hyper-V VirtualMachine object
Solution: Configure the path to the Hyper-V PowerShell module.
Error: You do not have permission to perform the operation
This error usually occurs when Hyper-V can't save the VM image into the configured path. To resolve this
issue, do the following.
1. Create a directory on the Hyper-V server. For example: C:\vmimages.

2. Share the directory you just created in Hyper-V. Any user running SCVMM should be given access to
the directory.
3. In the plugin, set the export path to \\hyperv\vmimages.
4. Perform the export.
The image will be exported to a local directory on the Hyper-V server. The SCVMM plugin will pull it from
Hyper-V, and upload into Amazon S3.
Uninstalling the Add-In

If you need to uninstall the add-in, use the following procedure.
To uninstall the add-in

2. Select the Settings workspace, and then click Console Add-Ins.
3. Select AWS Systems Manager for Microsoft SCVMM.
4. On the ribbon, click Remove.
989
Uninstalling the Add-In
If you reinstall the add-in after uninstalling it and receive the following error, delete the path as
suggested by the error message.
Error (27301)
There was an error while installing the add-in. Please ensure that the following path does
not
exist and then try the installation again.
C:\Program Files\Microsoft System Center 2012\Virtual Machine Manager\Bin\AddInPipeline\

AddIns\EC2WINDOWS...
990
Overview of AWS Management
Pack for System Center 2012
AWS Management Pack for

Microsoft System Center
Amazon Web Services (AWS) offers a complete set of infrastructure and application services for running
almost anything in the cloud—from enterprise applications and big data projects to social games
and mobile apps. The AWS Management Pack for Microsoft System Center provides availability and
performance monitoring capabilities for your applications running in AWS.
The AWS Management Pack allows Microsoft System Center Operations Manager to access your AWS
resources (such as instances and volumes), so that it can collect performance data and monitor your AWS
resources. The AWS Management Pack is an extension to System Center Operations Manager. There are
two versions of the AWS Management Pack: one for System Center 2012 — Operations Manager and
another for System Center Operations Manager 2007 R2.
The AWS Management Pack uses Amazon CloudWatch metrics and alarms to monitor your AWS
resources. Amazon CloudWatch metrics appear in Microsoft System Center as performance counters and
Amazon CloudWatch alarms appear as alerts.
You can monitor the following resources:
• EC2 instances
• EBS volumes
• ELB load balancers
• Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling groups and Availability Zones
• Elastic Beanstalk applications
• CloudFormation stacks
• CloudWatch Alarms
• CloudWatch Custom Metrics
Contents
• Overview of AWS Management Pack for System Center 2012 (p. 991)
• Overview of AWS Management Pack for System Center 2007 R2 (p. 993)
• Downloading the AWS Management Pack (p. 994)
• Deploying the AWS Management Pack (p. 995)
• Using the AWS Management Pack (p. 1004)
• Upgrading the AWS Management Pack (p. 1024)
• Uninstalling the AWS Management Pack (p. 1025)
• Troubleshooting the AWS Management Pack (p. 1026)
Overview of AWS Management Pack for System

Center 2012
The AWS Management Pack for System Center 2012 — Operations Manager uses a resource pool that
contains one or more management servers to discover and monitor your AWS resources. You can add
management servers to the pool as you increase the number of AWS resources that you use.
991
Pack for System Center 2012
The following diagram shows the main components of AWS Management Pack.
Item Component Description
Operations Manager One or more management servers and their dependencies,

infrastructure such as Microsoft SQL Server and a Microsoft Active
Directory domain. These servers can either be deployed on-
premises or in the AWS cloud; both scenarios are supported.
Resource pool One or more management servers used for communicating

with AWS using the AWS SDK for .NET. These servers must
have Internet connectivity.
AWS credentials An access key ID and a secret access key used by the
management servers to make AWS API calls. You must
specify these credentials while you configure the AWS
Management Pack. We recommend that you create an IAM
user with read-only privileges and use those credentials. For
more information about creating an IAM user, see Adding a
New User to Your AWS Account in the IAM User Guide.
EC2 instances Virtual computers running in the AWS cloud. Some instances
might have the Operations Manager Agent installed, others
might not. When you install Operations Manager Agent you
can see the operating system and application health apart
from the instance health.
992
Pack for System Center 2007 R2
Overview of AWS Management Pack for System

Center 2007 R2
The AWS Management Pack for System Center Operations Manager 2007 R2 uses a designated computer
that connects to your System Center environment and has Internet access, called a watcher node, to call
AWS APIs to remotely discover and collect information about your AWS resources.
The following diagram shows the main components of AWS Management Pack.
Operations Manager One or more management servers and their dependencies,

infrastructure such as Microsoft SQL Server and a Microsoft Active
Directory domain. These servers can either be deployed on-
premises or in the AWS cloud; both scenarios are supported.
Watcher node A designated agent-managed computer used for

communicating with AWS using the AWS SDK for .NET. It
can either be deployed on-premises or in the AWS cloud, but
it must be an agent-managed computer, and it must have
Internet connectivity. You can use exactly one watcher node
to monitor an AWS account. However, one watcher node can
monitor multiple AWS accounts. For more information about
setting up a watcher node, see Deploying Windows Agents in
the Microsoft System Center documentation.
AWS credentials An access key ID and a secret access key used by the watcher
node to make AWS API calls. You must specify these
credentials while you configure the AWS Management Pack.
We recommend that you create an IAM user with read-only
993
Downloading

privileges and use those credentials. For more information
about creating an IAM user, see Adding a New User to Your
AWS Account in the IAM User Guide.
EC2 instances Virtual computers running in the AWS cloud. Some instances
might have the Operations Manager Agent installed, others
might not. When you install the Operations Manager Agent
you can see the operating system and application health
apart from the instance health.
Downloading the AWS Management Pack

To get started, download the AWS Management Pack. The AWS Management Pack is free. You might
incur charges for Amazon CloudWatch, depending on how you configure monitoring or how many AWS
resources you monitor.
System Center 2012

Before you download the AWS Management Pack, ensure that your systems meet the following system
requirements and prerequisites.
System Requirements
• System Center Operations Manager 2012 R2 or System Center Operations Manager 2012 SP1
• Cumulative Update 1 or later. You must deploy the update to the management servers monitoring
AWS resources, as well as agents running the watcher nodes and agents to be monitored by the AWS
Management Pack. We recommend that you deploy the latest available Operations Manager updates
on all computers monitoring AWS resources.
• Microsoft.Unix.Library MP version 7.3.2026.0 or later
Prerequisites
• Your data center must have at least one management server configured with Internet connectivity. The
management servers must have the Microsoft .NET Framework version 4.5 or later and PowerShell 2.0
or later installed.
• The action account for the management server must have local administrator privileges on the
management server.
To download the AWS Management Pack
1. On the AWS Add-Ins for Microsoft System Center website, click SCOM 2012.
2. Save AWS-SCOM-MP-2.5.zip to your computer and unzip it.
Continue with Deploying the AWS Management Pack (p. 995).
System Center 2007 R2

Before you download the AWS Management Pack, ensure that your systems meet the following system
requirements and prerequisites.
994
Deploying
System Requirements
• System Center Operations Manager 2007 R2

• Microsoft.Unix.Library MP version 6.1.7000.256 or later
Prerequisites
• Your data center must have an agent-managed computer with Internet connectivity that you designate
as the watcher node. The watcher node must have the following Agent Proxy option enabled: Allow
this agent to act as a proxy and discover managed objects on other computers. The watcher node
must have the Microsoft .NET Framework version 3.5.1 or later and PowerShell 2.0 or later installed.
• The action account for the watcher node must have local administrator privileges on the watcher node.
• You must ensure that your watcher node has the agent installed, has Internet access, and can
communicate with the management servers in your data center. For more information, see Deploying
Windows Agents in the Microsoft System Center documentation.
To download the AWS Management Pack
1. On the AWS Add-Ins for Microsoft System Center website, click SCOM 2007.
2. Save AWS-MP-Setup-2.5.msi to your computer.
Continue with Deploying the AWS Management Pack (p. 995).
Deploying the AWS Management Pack

Before you can deploy the AWS Management Pack, you must download it. For more information, see
Downloading the AWS Management Pack (p. 994).
Tasks
• Step 1: Installing the AWS Management Pack (p. 995)
• Step 2: Configuring the Watcher Node (p. 997)
• Step 3: Create an AWS Run As Account (p. 997)
• Step 4: Run the Add Monitoring Wizard (p. 1000)
• Step 5: Configure Ports and Endpoints (p. 1004)
Step 1: Installing the AWS Management Pack

After you download the AWS Management Pack, you must configure it to monitor one or more AWS
accounts.
System Center 2012

To install the AWS Management Pack
1. In the Operations console, on the Go menu, click Administration, and then click Management
Packs.
2. In the Actions pane, click Import Management Packs.
995
Step 1: Installing the AWS Management Pack
3. On the Select Management Packs page, click Add, and then click Add from disk.
4. In the Select Management Packs to import dialog box, select the
Amazon.AmazonWebServices.mpb file from the location where you downloaded it, and then click
Open.
5. On the Select Management Packs page, under Import list, select the Amazon Web Services
management pack, and then click Install.
Note
System Center Operations Manager doesn't import any management packs in the Import
list that display an Error icon.
6. The Import Management Packs page shows the progress for the import process. If a problem
occurs, select the management pack in the list to view the status details. Click Close.

To install the AWS Management Pack
The management pack is distributed as a Microsoft System Installer file, AWS-MP-Setup.msi. It contains
the required DLLs for the watcher node, root management server, and Operations console, as well as the
Amazon.AmazonWebServices.mp file.
1. Run AWS-MP-Setup.msi.
Note
If your root management server, Operations console, and watcher node are on different
computers, you must run the installer on each computer.
2. On the Welcome to the Amazon Web Services Management Pack Setup Wizard screen, click Next.
3. On the End-User License Agreement screen, read the license agreement, and, if you accept the
terms, select the I accept the terms in the License Agreement check box, and then click Next.
4. On the Custom Setup screen, select the features you want to install, and then click Next.
Operations Console
Installs Amazon.AmazonWebServices.UI.Pages.dll and registers it in the Global Assembly

Cache (GAC), and then installs Amazon.AmazonWebServices.mp.
Root Management Server
Installs Amazon.AmazonWebServices.Modules.dll,
Amazon.AmazonWebServices.SCOM.SDK.dll and the AWS SDK for .NET (AWSSDK.dll), and
then registers them in the GAC.
AWS Watcher Node
Installs Amazon.AmazonWebServices.Modules.dll and

Amazon.AmazonWebServices.SCOM.SDK.dll, and then installs the AWS SDK for .NET
(AWSSDK.dll) and registers it in the GAC.
5. On the Ready to install Amazon Web Services Management Pack screen, click Install.
6. On the Completed the Amazon Web Services Management Pack Setup Wizard screen, click Finish.
Note
The required DLLs are copied and registered in the GAC, and the management pack file
(*.mp) is copied to the Program Files (x86)/Amazon Web Services Management
Pack folder on the computer running the Operations console. Next, you must import the
management pack into System Center.
Packs.
996
Step 2: Configuring the Watcher Node

10. In the Select Management Packs to import dialog box, change the directory to C:
\Program Files (x86)\Amazon Web Services Management Pack, select the
Amazon.AmazonWebServices.mp file, and then click Open.
Note
System Center Operations Manager doesn't import any management packs in the Import
list that display an Error icon.
12. The Import Management Packs page shows the progress for the import process. If a problem
occurs, select the management pack in the list to view the status details. Click Close.
Step 2: Configuring the Watcher Node

On System Center Operations Manager 2007 R2, the watcher node runs discoveries that go beyond the
watcher node computer, so you must enable the proxy agent option on the watcher node. The proxy
agent allows those discoveries to access the objects on other computers.
Note
If your system is configured with a large number of resources, we recommend that you configure
one management server as a Watcher Node. Having a separate Watcher Node management
server can improve performance.
If you're using System Center 2012 — Operations Manager, you can skip this step.
To enable the proxy agent on System Center Operations Manager 2007 R2
1. In the Operations console, on the Go menu, click Administration.

2. In the Administration workspace, under Device Management, click Agent Managed.
3. In the Agent Managed list, right-click the watcher node, and then click Properties.
4. In the Agent Properties dialog box, click the Security tab, select Allow this agent to act as proxy
and discover managed objects on other computers, and then click OK.
Step 3: Create an AWS Run As Account

You must set up credentials that grant AWS Management Pack access to your AWS resources.
To create an AWS Run As account
1. We recommend that you create an IAM user with the minimum access rights required (for example,
the ReadOnlyAccess AWS managed policy works in most cases). You'll need the access keys (access
key ID and secret access key) for this user to complete this procedure. For more information, see
Administering Access Keys for IAM Users in the IAM User Guide.
2. In the Operations console, on the Go menu, click Administration.
3. In the Administration workspace, expand the Run As Configuration node, and then select Accounts.
4. Right-click the Accounts pane, and then click Create Run As Account.
5. In the Create Run As Account Wizard, on the General Properties page, in the Run As account type
list, select Basic Authentication.
6. Enter a display name (for example, "My IAM Account") and a description, and then click Next.
997
7. On the Credentials page, enter the access key ID in the Account name box and the secret access key
in the Password box, and then click Next.
8. On the Distribution Security page, select More secure - I want to manually select the computers
to which the credentials will be distributed, and then click Create.
998
9. Click Close.
10. In the list of accounts, select the account that you just created.
11. In the Actions pane, click Properties.
12. In the Properties dialog box, verify that the More Secure option is selected and that all
management servers to be used to monitor your AWS resources are listed.
999
Step 4: Run the Add Monitoring Wizard

You can configure the AWS Management Pack to monitor a particular AWS account by using the Add
Monitoring Wizard, which is available in the Authoring workspace of the Operations console. This wizard
creates a management pack that contains the settings for the AWS account to monitor. You must run this
wizard to monitor each AWS account. For example, if you want to monitor two AWS accounts, you must
run the wizard twice.
System Center 2012

To run the Add Monitoring Wizard on System Center 2012 — Operations Manager
1. In the Operations console, on the Go menu, click Authoring.

2. In the Authoring workspace, expand the Management Pack Templates node, right-click Amazon
Web Services, and then click Add Monitoring Wizard.
3. In the Add Monitoring Wizard, in the Select the monitoring type list, select Amazon Web Services,
and then click Next.
4. On the General Properties page, in the Name box, enter a name (for example, "My AWS Resources").
In the Description box, enter a description.
5. In the Select destination management pack list, select an existing management pack (or click New
to create one) where you want to save the settings. Click Next.
By default, when you create a management pack object, disable a rule or monitor, or create an
override, Operations Manager saves the setting to the default management pack. As a best practice,
you should create a separate management pack for each sealed management pack that you want to
customize, instead of saving your customized settings to the default management pack.
6. The AWS Management Pack automatically creates a resource pool and adds the management
servers to it. To control server membership, make the following changes:
1000
a. Click Administration on the Go menu.

b. Click the Resource Pools node.
c. Right-click the AWS Resource Pool in the Resource Pools pane and select Manual Membership.
d. Right-click the AWS Resource Pool in the Resource Pools pane and select Properties.
e. On the Pool Membership page, remove the management servers that should not monitor AWS
resources.
7. After the AWS Management Pack is configured, it shows up as a sub-folder of the Amazon Web
Services folder in the Monitoring workspace of the Operations console.
1001

To run the Add Monitoring Wizard on System Center Operations Manager 2007
1. In the Operations console, on the Go menu, click Authoring.

2. In the Authoring workspace, expand the Management Pack Templates node, right-click Amazon
Web Services, and then click Add Monitoring Wizard.
3. In the Add Monitoring Wizard, in the Select the monitoring type list, select Amazon Web Services,
and then click Next.
4. On the General Properties page, in the Name box, enter a name (for example, "My AWS Resources").
In the Description box, enter a description.
5. In the Select destination management pack drop-down list, select an existing management pack
(or click New to create a new one) where you want to save the settings. Click Next.
1002
By default, when you create a management pack object, disable a rule or monitor, or create an
override, Operations Manager saves the setting to the default management pack. As a best practice,
you should create a separate management pack for each sealed management pack that you want to
customize, instead of saving your customized settings to the default management pack.
6. On the Watcher Node Configuration page, in the Watcher Node list, select an agent-managed
computer to act as the watcher node.
7. In the Select AWS Run As account drop-down list, select the Run As account that you created
earlier, and then click Create.
8. After the AWS Management Pack is configured, it first discovers the watcher node. To verify
that the watcher node was discovered successfully, navigate to the Monitoring workspace in the
Operations console. You should see a new Amazon Web Services folder and an Amazon Watcher
Nodes subfolder under it. This subfolder displays the watcher nodes. The AWS Management Pack
automatically checks and monitors the watcher node connectivity to AWS. When the watcher node
is discovered, it shows up in this list. When the watcher node is ready, its state changes to Healthy.
Note
To establish connectivity with AWS, the AWS Management Pack requires that you
deploy the AWS SDK for .NET, modules, and scripts to the watcher node. This can take
about ten minutes. If the watcher node doesn't appear, or if you see the state as Not
Monitored, verify your Internet connectivity and IAM permissions. For more information,
see Troubleshooting the AWS Management Pack (p. 1026).
1003
Step 5: Configure Ports and Endpoints
9. After the watcher node is discovered, dependent discoveries are triggered, and the AWS resources
are added to the Monitoring workspace of the Operations console.
The discovery of AWS resources should finish within twenty minutes. This process can take more
time, based on your Operations Manager environment, your AWS environment, the load on the
management server, and the load on the watcher node. For more information, see Troubleshooting
the AWS Management Pack (p. 1026).
Step 5: Configure Ports and Endpoints

The AWS Management Pack for Microsoft System Center must be able to communicate with AWS
services to monitor the performance of those services and provide alerts in System Center. For
monitoring to succeed, you must configure the firewall on the Management Pack servers to allow
outbound HTTP calls on ports 80 and 443 to the AWS endpoints for the following services.
This enables monitoring for the following AWS services:
• Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud (EC2)

• Elastic Load Balancing
• Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling
• AWS Elastic Beanstalk
• Amazon CloudWatch
• AWS CloudFormation
The AWS Management Pack uses the public APIs in the AWS SDK for .NET to retrieve information from
these services over ports 80 and 443. Log on to each server and enable outbound firewall rules for ports
80 and 443.
If your firewall application supports more detailed settings you can configure specific endpoints for
each service. An endpoint is a URL that is the entry point for a web service. For example, ec2.us-
west-2.amazonaws.com is an entry point for the Amazon EC2 service. To configure endpoints on your
firewall, locate the specific endpoint URLs for the AWS services you are running and specify those
endpoints in your firewall application.
Using the AWS Management Pack

You can use the AWS Management Pack to monitor the health of your AWS resources.
1004
Views
Contents
• Views (p. 1005)
• Discoveries (p. 1019)
• Monitors (p. 1020)
• Rules (p. 1021)
• Events (p. 1021)
• Health Model (p. 1022)
• Customizing the AWS Management Pack (p. 1023)
Views
The AWS Management Pack provides the following views, which are displayed in the Monitoring
workspace of the Operations console.
Views
• EC2 Instances (p. 1005)
• Elastic Load Balancers (p. 1009)
• AWS Elastic Beanstalk Applications (p. 1011)
• AWS CloudFormation Stacks (p. 1013)
• Amazon Performance Views (p. 1015)
• Amazon CloudWatch Metric Alarms (p. 1016)
• AWS Alerts (p. 1017)
• Watcher Nodes (System Center Operations Manager 2007 R2) (p. 1018)
EC2 Instances
View the health state of the EC2 instances for a particular AWS account, from all Availability Zones
and regions. The view also includes EC2 instances running in a virtual private cloud (VPC). The AWS
Management Pack retrieves tags, so you can search and filter the list using those tags.
1005
Views
When you select an EC2 instance, you can perform instance health tasks:
• Open Amazon Console: Launches the AWS Management Console in a web browser.
• Open RDP to Amazon EC2 Instance: Opens an RDP connection to the selected Windows instance.
• Reboot Amazon EC2 Instance: Reboots the selected EC2 instance.
• Start Amazon EC2 Instance: Starts the selected EC2 instance.
• Stop Amazon EC2 Instance: Stops the selected EC2 instance.
EC2 Instances Diagram View
Shows the relationship of an instance with other components.
1006
Views
Amazon EBS Volumes

Shows the health state of all the Amazon EBS volumes for a particular AWS account from all Availability
Zones and regions.
1007
Views
Amazon EBS Volumes Diagram View
Shows an Amazon EBS volume and any associated alarms. The following illustration shows an example:
1008
Views
Elastic Load Balancers

Shows the health state of all the load balancers for a particular AWS account from all regions.
1009
Views
Elastic Load Balancing Diagram View
Shows the Elastic Load Balancing relationship with other components. The following illustration shows
an example:
1010
Views
AWS Elastic Beanstalk Applications

Shows the state of all discovered AWS Elastic Beanstalk applications.
1011
Views
AWS Elastic Beanstalk Applications Diagram View
Shows the AWS Elastic Beanstalk application, application environment, application configuration, and
application resources objects.
1012
Views
AWS CloudFormation Stacks

Shows the health state of all the AWS CloudFormation stacks for a particular AWS account from all
regions.
1013
Views
AWS CloudFormation Stacks Diagram View
Shows the AWS CloudFormation stack relationship with other components. An AWS CloudFormation
stack might contain Amazon EC2 or Elastic Load Balancing resources. The following illustration shows an
example:
1014
Views
Amazon Performance Views

Shows the Amazon CloudWatch metrics for Amazon EC2, Amazon EBS, and Elastic Load Balancing,
custom metrics, and metrics created from CloudWatch alarms. In addition, there are separate
performance views for each resource. The Other Metrics performance view contains custom metrics, and
metrics created from CloudWatch alarms. For more information about these metrics, see the CloudWatch
Metrics, Namespaces, and Dimensions Reference in the Amazon CloudWatch Developer Guide. The
following illustration shows an example.
1015
Views
Amazon CloudWatch Metric Alarms

Shows Amazon CloudWatch alarms related to the discovered AWS resources.
1016
Views
AWS Alerts
Shows the alerts that the AWS management pack produces when the health of an object is in a critical
state.
1017
Views
Watcher Nodes (System Center Operations Manager 2007 R2)

View the health state of the watcher nodes across all of the AWS accounts that are being monitored. A
Healthy state means that the watcher node is configured correctly and can communicate with AWS.
1018
Discoveries
Discoveries
Discoveries are the AWS resources that are monitored by the AWS Management Pack. The AWS
Management Pack discovers the following objects:
• Amazon EC2 instances

• EBS volumes
• ELB load balancers
• AWS CloudFormation stacks
• Amazon CloudWatch alarms
• AWS Elastic Beanstalk applications
• Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling groups and Availability Zones
Amazon CloudWatch metrics are generated for the following resources:
• Amazon EC2 instance

• EBS volume
• Elastic Load Balancing
• Custom Amazon CloudWatch metrics
• Metrics from existing Amazon CloudWatch alarms
For Amazon CloudWatch metrics discovery, the following guidelines apply:
• AWS CloudFormation stacks do not have any default Amazon CloudWatch metrics.
• Stopped Amazon EC2 instances or unused Amazon EBS volumes do not generate data for their default
Amazon CloudWatch metrics.
• After starting an Amazon EC2 instance, it can take up to 30 minutes for the Amazon CloudWatch
metrics to appear in Operations Manager.
1019
Monitors
• Amazon CloudWatch retains the monitoring data for two weeks, even if your AWS resources have been
terminated. This data appears in Operations Manager.
• An existing Amazon CloudWatch alarm for a resource that is not supported will create a metric and
be associated with the Amazon CloudWatch alarm. These metric can be viewed in the Other Metrics
performance view.
The AWS Management Pack also discovers the following relationships:
• AWS CloudFormation stack and its Elastic Load Balancing or Amazon EC2 resources
• Elastic Load Balancing load balancer and its EC2 instances
• Amazon EC2 instance and its EBS volumes
• Amazon EC2 instance and its operating system
• AWS Elastic Beanstalk application and its environment, configuration, and resources
The AWS Management Pack automatically discovers the relationship between an EC2 instance and the
operating system running on it. To discover this relationship, the Operations Manager Agent must be
installed and configured on the instance and the corresponding operating system management pack
must be imported in Operations Manager.
Discoveries run on the management servers in the resource pool (System Center 2012) or the watcher
node (System Center 2007 R2).
Discovery Interval (seconds)
Amazon Resources Discovery (SCOM 2012) 14400
Discovers EC2 instances, Amazon EBS volumes, load balancers, and

CloudFront stacks.
AWS Elastic Beanstalk Discovery 14400
Discovers AWS Elastic Beanstalk and its relationship with

environment, resources, and configuration.
CloudWatch Alarms Discovery 900
Discovers alarms generated using CloudWatch metrics.
Custom CloudWatch Metric Discovery 14400
Discovers custom CloudWatch metrics.
Watcher Node Discovery (SCOM 2007 R2) 14400
Targets the root management server and creates the watcher node
objects.
Monitors
Monitors are used to measure the health of your AWS resources. Monitors run on the management
servers in the resource pool (System Center 2012) or the watcher node (System Center 2007 R2).
1020
Rules
Monitor Interval (seconds)
AWS CloudFormation Stack Status 900
Amazon CloudWatch Metric Alarm 300
Amazon EBS Volume Status 900
Amazon EC2 Instance Status 900
Amazon EC2 Instance System Status 900
AWS Elastic Beanstalk Status 900
Watcher Node to Amazon Cloud Connectivity (SCOM 2007 R2) 900
Rules
Rules create alerts (based on Amazon CloudWatch metrics) and collect data for analysis and reporting.
Rule Interval (seconds)
AWS Resource Discovery Rule (SCOM 2007 R2) 14400
Targets the watcher node and uses the AWS API to discover objects for
the following AWS resources: EC2 instances, EBS volumes, load balancers,
and AWS CloudFormation stacks. (CloudWatch metrics or alarms are
not discovered). After discovery is complete, view the objects in the Not
Monitored state.
Amazon Elastic Block Store Volume Performance Metrics Data Collection 900
Rule
Amazon EC2 Instance Performance Metrics Data Collection Rule 900
Elastic Load Balancing Balancing Performance Metrics Data Collection Rule 900
Custom CloudWatch Metric Data Collection Rule 900
Events
Events report on activities that involve the monitored resources. Events are written to the Operations
Manager event log.
Event ID Description
4101 Amazon EC2 Instance Discovery (General Discovery) finished
4102 Elastic Load Balancing Metrics Discovery,
Amazon EBS Volume Metrics Discovery,
Amazon EC2 Instance Metrics Discovery finished
4103 Amazon CloudWatch Metric Alarms Discovery finished
1021
Health Model
Event ID Description
4104 Amazon Windows Computer Discovery finished
4105 Collecting Amazon Metrics Alarm finished
4106 EC2 Instance Computer Relation Discovery finished
4107 Collecting AWS CloudFormation Stack State finished
4108 Collecting Watcher Node Availability State finished
4109 Amazon Metrics Collection Rule finished
4110 Task to change Amazon Instance State finished
4111 EC2 Instance Status Monitor State finished
4112 Amazon EBS Volume Status Monitor State finished
4113 Amazon EC2 Instance Scheduled Events Monitor State calculated
4114 Amazon EBS Scheduled Events Monitor State calculated
4115 Elastic Beanstalk Discovery finished
4116 Elastic Beanstalk Environment Status State calculated
4117 Elastic Beanstalk Environment Operational State calculated
4118 Elastic Beanstalk Environment Configuration State calculated
Health Model
The following illustration shows the health model defined by the AWS Management Pack.
The health state for a CloudWatch alarm is rolled up to its corresponding CloudWatch metric. The health
state for a CloudWatch metric for Amazon EC2 is rolled up to the EC2 instance. Similarly, the health state
for the CloudWatch metrics for Amazon EBS is rolled up to the Amazon EBS volume. The health states
for the Amazon EBS volumes used by an EC2 instance are rolled up to the EC2 instance.
When the relationship between an EC2 instance and its operating system has been discovered, the
operating system health state is rolled up to the EC2 instance.
1022
Customizing the AWS Management Pack
The health state of an AWS CloudFormation stack depends on the status of the AWS CloudFormation
stack itself and the health states of its resources, namely the load balancers and EC2 instances.
The following table illustrates how the status of the AWS CloudFormation stack corresponds to its health
state.
Health State AWS CloudFormation Stack Status Notes
Error CREATE_FAILED Most likely usable
DELETE_IN_PROGRESS
DELETE_FAILED
UPDATE_ROLLBACK_FAILED
Warning UPDATE_ROLLBACK_IN_PROGRESS Recovering after some

problem
UPDATE_ROLLBACK_COMPLETE_CLEANUP_IN_PROGRESS
UPDATE_ROLLBACK_COMPLETE
Healthy CREATE_COMPLETE Usable
UPDATE_IN_PROGRESS
UPDATE_COMPLETE_CLEANUP_IN_PROGRESS
UPDATE_COMPLETE
The full health model for an AWS CloudFormation stack is as follows:
Customizing the AWS Management Pack

To change the frequency of discoveries, rules, and monitors, you can override the interval time (in
seconds).
1023
Upgrading
To change frequency
1. In the Operations Manager toolbar, click Go, and then click Authoring.
2. In the Authoring pane, expand Management Pack Objects and then click the object to change (for
example, Object Discoveries, Rules, or Monitors).
3. In the toolbar, click Scope.
4. In the Scope Management Pack Objects dialog box, click View all targets.
5. To limit the scope to Amazon objects, type Amazon in the Look for field.
6. Select the object want to configure and click OK.
7. In the Operations Manager center pane, right-click the object to configure, click Overrides, and
then click the type of override you want to configure.
8. Use the Override Properties dialog box to configure different values and settings for objects.
Tip
To disable a discovery, rule, or monitoring object right-click the object to disable in the
Operations Manager center pane, click Overrides, and then click Disable the Rule. You might
disable rules if, for example, you do not run AWS Elastic Beanstalk applications or use custom
Amazon CloudWatch metrics.
For information about creating overrides, see Tuning Monitoring by Using Targeting and Overrides on the
Microsoft TechNet website.
For information about creating custom rules and monitors, see Authoring for System Center 2012 -
Operations Manager or System Center Operations Manager 2007 R2 Management Pack Authoring Guide
on the Microsoft TechNet website.
Upgrading the AWS Management Pack

The procedure that you'll use to update AWS Management Pack depends on the version of System
Center.
System Center 2012

To upgrade the AWS Management Pack
1. On the AWS Add-Ins for Microsoft System Center website, click SCOM 2012. Download
AWS-SCOM-MP-2.0-2.5.zip to your computer and unzip it. The .zip file includes
Amazon.AmazonWebServices.mpb.
Packs.
3. In the Tasks pane, click Import Management Packs.
5. In the Select Management Packs to import dialog box, select the
Amazon.AmazonWebServices.mpb file from the location where you downloaded it, and then click
Open.
If the Install button is disabled, upgrading to the current version is not supported and you
must uninstall the AWS Management Pack before you can install the current version. For more
information, see Uninstalling the AWS Management Pack (p. 1025).
1024

To upgrade the AWS Management Pack
1. On the Management Server, go to the AWS Add-Ins for Microsoft System Center website and click
SCOM 2007. Save AWS-MP-Setup-2.5.msi, and then run it.
2. Click Next and follow the directions to upgrade the components that you installed previously.
3. If your root management server, Operations console, and watcher node are on different computers,
you must download and run the setup program on each computer.
4. On the watcher node, open a Command Prompt window as an administrator and run the following
commands.
C:\> net stop HealthService

The System Center Management service is stopping.
The System Center Management service was stopped successfully.
C:\> net start HealthService

The System Center Management service is starting.
The System Center Management service was started successfully.
Packs.
8. In the Select Management Packs to import dialog box, change the directory to C:
\Program Files (x86)\Amazon Web Services Management Pack, select the
Amazon.AmazonWebServices.mp file, and then click Open.
If the Install button is disabled, upgrading to the current version is not supported and you must
uninstall AWS Management Pack first. For more information, see Uninstalling the AWS Management
Pack (p. 1025).
Uninstalling the AWS Management Pack

If you need to uninstall the AWS Management Pack, use the following procedure.
System Center 2012

To uninstall the AWS Management Pack
Packs.
2. Right-click Amazon Web Services and select Delete.
3. In the Dependent Management Packs dialog box, note the dependent management packs, and then
click Close.
4. Right-click the dependent management pack and select Delete.
5. Right-click Amazon Web Services and select Delete.
1025

To uninstall the AWS Management Pack
1. Complete steps 1 through 5 described for System Center 2012 in the previous section.
2. From Control Panel, open Programs and Features. Select Amazon Web Services Management Pack
and then click Uninstall.
3. If your root management server, Operations console, and watcher node are on different computers,
you must repeat this process on each computer.
Troubleshooting the AWS Management Pack

The following are common errors, events, and troubleshooting steps.
Contents
• Errors 4101 and 4105 (p. 1026)
• Error 4513 (p. 1026)
• Event 623 (p. 1027)
• Events 2023 and 2120 (p. 1027)
• Event 6024 (p. 1027)
• General Troubleshooting for System Center 2012 — Operations Manager (p. 1027)
• General Troubleshooting for System Center 2007 R2 (p. 1028)
Errors 4101 and 4105

If you receive one of the following errors, you must upgrade the AWS Management Pack. For more
information, see Upgrading the AWS Management Pack (p. 1024).
Error 4101
Exception calling "DescribeVolumes" with "1" argument(s): "AWS was not able to validate
the
provided access credentials"
Error 4105
Exception calling "DescribeApplications" with "0" argument(s): "The security token
included
in the request is invalid"
Error 4513
If you receive one of the following error, you must upgrade the AWS Management Pack. For more
information, see Upgrading the AWS Management Pack (p. 1024).
Error 4513
The callback method DeliverDataToModule failed with exception "Resolution of the
dependency
failed, type = "Amazon.SCOM.SDK.Interfaces.IMonitorSdk", name = "(none)".
Exception occurred while: Calling constructor Amazon.SCOM.SDK.CloudWatch.AwsMonitorSdk
(System.String awsAccessKey, System.String awsSecretKey).
Exception is: InvalidOperationException - Collection was modified; enumeration operation
1026
Event 623
may not execute.
Event 623
If you find the following event in the Windows event log, follow the solution described in KB975057.
Event ID: 623

HealthService (process_id) The version store for instance instance ("name") has reached
its maximum size of size MB. It is likely that a long-running transaction is preventing
cleanup of the version store and causing it to build up in size. Updates will be rejected
until the long-running transaction has been completely committed or rolled back.
Possible long-running transaction:
SessionId: id
Session-context: value
Session-context ThreadId: id
Cleanup: value
Events 2023 and 2120

If you find the following events in the Windows event log, see Event ID 2023 and 2120 for more
information.
Event ID: 2023

The Health Service has removed some items from the send queue for management group
"Servers"
since it exceeded the maximum allowed size of size megabytes.
Event ID: 2120

The Health Service has deleted one or more items for management group "Servers" which
could
not be sent in 1440 minutes.
Event 6024
If you find the following event in the Windows event log, see SCOM 2012 - Event ID 6024 for more
information.
Event ID: 6024

LaunchRestartHealthService.js : Launching Restart Health Service. Health Service exceeded
Process\Handle Count or Private Bytes threshold.
General Troubleshooting for System Center 2012 —

Operations Manager
Try the following to resolve any issues.
• Verify that you have installed the latest Update Rollup for System Center 2012 — Operations Manager.
The AWS Management Pack requires at least Update Rollup 1.
• Ensure that you have configured the AWS Management Pack after importing it by running the Add
Monitoring Wizard. For more information, see Step 1: Installing the AWS Management Pack (p. 995).
• Verify that you have waited long enough for the AWS resources to be discovered (10–20 minutes).
• Verify that the management servers are configured properly.
1027
General Troubleshooting for System Center 2007 R2
• Management servers must have Internet connectivity.

• The action account for a management server must have local administrator privileges on the
management server.
• The management server must have the .NET Framework 4.5. or later.
• Verify that the AWS Run As account is valid.
• The values for the access key ID and secret access key are correct.
• The access keys are active: In the AWS Management Console, click your name in the navigation bar
and then click Security Credentials.
• The IAM user has at least read-only access permission. Note that read-only access allows the user
actions that do not change the state of a resource, such as monitoring, but do not allow the user
actions like launching or stopping an instance.
• If an Amazon CloudWatch metric shows as Not Monitored, check whether at least one Amazon
CloudWatch alarm has been defined for that Amazon CloudWatch metric.
• For further troubleshooting, use the information in the event logs.
• Check the Operations Manager event log on the management server. For more information, see
Events (p. 1021) for a list of the events that the AWS Management Pack writes to the Operations
Manager event log.
General Troubleshooting for System Center 2007 R2

Try the following to resolve any issues.
• Ensure that you have configured the AWS Management Pack after importing it by running the Add
Monitoring Wizard. For more information, see Step 1: Installing the AWS Management Pack (p. 995).
• Verify that you have waited long enough for the AWS resources to be discovered (10–20 minutes).
• Verify that the watcher node is configured properly.
• The proxy agent is enabled. For more information, see Step 2: Configuring the Watcher
Node (p. 997).
• The watcher node has Internet connectivity.
• The action account for the watcher node has local administrator privileges.
• The watcher node must have the .NET Framework 3.5.1 or later.
• Verify that the watcher node is healthy and resolve all alerts. For more information, see
Views (p. 1005).
• Verify that the AWS Run As account is valid.
• The values for the access key ID and secret access key are correct.
• The access keys are active: In the AWS Management Console, click your name in the navigation bar
and then click Security Credentials.
• The IAM user has at least read-only access permission. Note that read-only access allows the user
actions that do not change the state of a resource, such as monitoring, but do not allow the user
actions like launching or stopping an instance.
• If an Amazon CloudWatch metric shows as Not Monitored, check whether at least one Amazon
CloudWatch alarm has been defined for that Amazon CloudWatch metric.
• For further troubleshooting, use the information in the event logs.
• Check the Operations Manager event log on the management server as well as the watcher node.
For more information, see Events (p. 1021) for a list of the events that the AWS Management Pack
writes to the Operations Manager event log.
1028
Using the GUI
Using EC2Rescue for Windows

Server
EC2Rescue for Windows Server is an easy-to-use tool that you run on an Amazon EC2 Windows Server
instance to diagnose and troubleshoot possible problems. It is valuable for collecting log files and
troubleshooting issues and also proactively searching for possible areas of concern. It can even examine
Amazon EBS root volumes from other instances and collect relevant logs for troubleshooting Windows
Server instances using that volume.
EC2Rescue for Windows Server has two different modules: a data collector module that collects data
from all different sources, and an analyzer module that parses the data collected against a series of
predefined rules to identify issues and provide suggestions.
The EC2Rescue for Windows Server tool only runs on Amazon EC2 instances running Windows Server
2008 R2 and later. When the tool starts, it checks whether it is running on an Amazon EC2 instance.
Note
If you are using a Linux instance, see EC2Rescue for Linux.
Contents
• Using EC2Rescue for Windows Server GUI (p. 1029)

• Using EC2Rescue for Windows Server with the Command Line (p. 1032)
• Using EC2Rescue for Windows Server with Systems Manager Run Command (p. 1037)
Using EC2Rescue for Windows Server GUI

EC2Rescue for Windows Server can perform the following analysis on an offline instance:
Option Description
Diagnose and Rescue EC2Rescue for Windows Server can detect and
address issues with the following service settings:
• System Time
• RealTimeisUniversal ‐ Detects whether
the RealTimeisUniversal registry key is
enabled. If disabled, Windows system time
drifts when the timezone is set to a value
other than UTC.
• Windows Firewall
• Domain networks ‐ Detects whether this
Windows Firewall profile is enabled or
disabled.
• Private networks ‐ Detects whether this
Windows Firewall profile is enabled or
disabled.
1029
Using the GUI
Option Description
• Guest or public networks ‐ Detects whether
this Windows Firewall profile is enabled or
disabled.
• Remote Desktop
• Service Start ‐ Detects whether the Remote
Desktop service is enabled.
• Remote Desktop Connections ‐ Detects
whether this is enabled.
• TCP Port ‐ Detects which port the Remote
Desktop service is listening on.
• EC2Config (Windows Server 2012 R2 and

earlier)
• Installation ‐ Detects which EC2Config
version is installed.
• Service Start ‐ Detects whether the
EC2Config service is enabled.
• Ec2SetPassword ‐ Generates a new
administrator password.
• Ec2HandleUserData ‐ Allows you to execute
a user data script on the next boot of the
instance.
• EC2Launch (Windows Server 2016 and later)

• Installation ‐ Detects which EC2Launch
version is installed.
• Ec2SetPassword ‐ Generates a new
administrator password.
• Network Interface
• DHCP Service Startup ‐ Detects whether the
DHCP service is enabled.
• Ethernet detail ‐ Displays information about
the network driver version, if detected.
• DHCP on Ethernet ‐ Detects whether DHCP is
enabled.
Restore Perform one of the following actions:
• Last Known Good Configuration ‐ Attempts to

boot the instance into the last known bootable
state.
• Restore registry from backup ‐ Restores the
registry from \Windows\System32\config
\RegBack.
Capture Logs Allows you to capture logs on the instance for

analysis.
1030
Video Walkthrough
EC2Rescue for Windows Server can collect the following data from active and offline instances:
Item Description
Event Log Collects application, system, and EC2Config event

logs.
Memory Dump Collects any memory dump files that exist on the
instance.
EC2Config File Collects log files generated by the EC2Config

service.
EC2Launch File Collects log files generated by the EC2Launch

scripts.
SSM Agent File Collects log files generated by SSM Agent.
Sysprep Log Collects log files generated by the Windows

System Preparation tool.
Driver SetupAPI Log Collects Windows SetupAPI

logs (setupapi.dev.log and
setupapi.setup.log).
Registry Collects SYSTEM and SOFTWARE hives.
System Information Collects MSInfo32.
Boot Configuration Collects HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\BCD00000000

hive.
Windows Update Log Collects information about the updates that are
installed on the instance.
Note
Windows Update logs are not captured
on Windows Server 2016 and later
instances.
Video Walkthrough
Brandon shows you how to use the Diagnose and Rescue feature of EC2Rescue for Windows Server:
AWS Knowledge Center Videos: How do I use the Diagnose and Rescue feature of EC2Rescue?
Analyzing an Offline Instance

The Offline Instance option is useful for debugging boot issues with Windows instances.
To perform an action on an offline instance
1. From a working Windows Server instance, download the EC2Rescue for Windows Server tool and
extract the files.
Note
You can run the following PowerShell command to download EC2Rescue without changing
your Internet Explorer Enhanced Security Configuration (ESC):
1031
Collecting Data from an Active Instance
PS C:\> Invoke-WebRequest https://s3.amazonaws.com/ec2rescue/windows/

EC2Rescue_latest.zip -OutFile $env:USERPROFILE\Desktop\EC2Rescue_latest.zip
This command will download the EC2Rescue .zip file to the desktop of the currently logged
in user.
2. Stop the faulty instance, if it is not stopped already.
3. Detach the EBS root volume from the faulty instance and attach the volume to a working Windows
instance that has EC2Rescue for Windows Server installed.
4. Run the EC2Rescue for Windows Server tool on the working instance and choose Offline Instance.
5. Select the disk of the newly mounted volume and choose Next.
6. Confirm the disk selection and choose Yes.
7. Choose the offline instance option to perform and choose Next.
The EC2Rescue for Windows Server tool scans the volume and collects troubleshooting information
based on the selected log files.
Collecting Data from an Active Instance

You can collect logs and other data from an active instance.
To collect data from an active instance

2. Download the EC2Rescue for Windows Server tool to your Windows instance and extract the files.
Note
You can run the following PowerShell command to download EC2Rescue without changing
your Internet Explorer Enhanced Security Configuration (ESC):
PS C:\> Invoke-WebRequest https://s3.amazonaws.com/ec2rescue/windows/

EC2Rescue_latest.zip -OutFile $env:USERPROFILE\Desktop\EC2Rescue_latest.zip
This command will download the EC2Rescue .zip file to the desktop of the currently logged
in user.
3. Open the EC2Rescue for Windows Server application and accept the license agreement.
4. Choose Next, Current instance, Capture logs.
5. Select the data items to collect and choose Collect.... Read the warning and choose Yes to continue.
6. Choose a file name and location for the ZIP file and choose Save.
7. After EC2Rescue for Windows Server completes, choose Open Containing Folder to view the ZIP
file.
8. Choose Finish.
Using EC2Rescue for Windows Server with the

Command Line
The EC2Rescue for Windows Server command line interface (CLI) allows you to run an EC2Rescue for
Windows Server plugin (referred as an "action") programmatically.
The EC2Rescue for Windows Server tool has two execution modes:
1032
Collect Action
• /online—This allows you to take action on the instance that EC2Rescue for Windows Server is installed
on, such as collect log files.
• /offline:<device_id>—This allows you to take action on the offline root volume that is attached to a
separate Amazon EC2 Windows instance, on which you have installed EC2Rescue for Windows Server.
Download the EC2Rescue for Windows Server tool to your Windows instance and extract the files. You
can view the help file with the following command:
EC2RescueCmd.exe /help
EC2Rescue for Windows Server can perform the following actions on an Amazon EC2 Windows instance:
• Collect Action (p. 1033)

• Rescue Action (p. 1035)
• Restore Action (p. 1036)
Collect Action
EC2Rescue for Windows Server can collect the following data from active and offline instances. You can
collect all logs, an entire log group, or an individual log within a group.
Log Group Available Logs Description
all Collects all available logs.
system-info 'MSInfo32 Output' Collects MSInfo32.
eventlog • 'Application' Collects application, system, and

• 'System' EC2Config event logs.
• 'EC2ConfigService'
memory-dump • 'Memory Dump File' Collects any memory dump files

• 'Mini Dump Files' that exist on the instance.
ec2config • 'Log Files' Collects log files generated by

• 'Configuration Files' the EC2Config service.
ec2launch • 'Logs' Collects log files generated by

• 'Config' the EC2Launch scripts.
ssm-agent 'Log Files' Collects log files generated by

SSM Agent.
sysprep 'Log Files' Collects log files generated

by the Windows System
Preparation tool.
driver-setup • 'SetupAPI Log Files' Collects Windows SetupAPI

• 'DPInst Log File' logs (setupapi.dev.log and
setupapi.setup.log).
• 'AWS PV Setup Log File'
registry • 'SYSTEM' Collects SYSTEM and SOFTWARE

• 'SOFTWARE' hives.
1033
Collect Action
Log Group Available Logs Description

• 'BCD'
gpresult 'GPResult Output' Collects a Group Policy report.
egpu • 'Event Log' Collects event logs related to

• 'System Files' elastic GPUs.
boot-config 'BCDEDIT Output' Collects HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE

\BCD00000000 hive.
windows-update 'Log Files' Collects information about the

updates that are installed on the
instance.
Note
Windows Update logs
are not captured on
Windows Server 2016
instances.
The following are the available options:
• /output:<outputFilePath> ‐ Required destination file path location to save collected log files in zip
format.
• /no-offline ‐ Optional attribute used in offline mode. Does not set the volume offline after completing
the action.
• /no-fix-signature ‐ Optional attribute used in offline mode. Does not fix a possible disk signature
collision after completing the action.
Examples
The following are examples using the EC2Rescue for Windows Server CLI.
Online Mode Examples

Collect all available logs:
EC2RescueCmd /accepteula /online /collect:all /output:<outputFilePath>
Collect only a specific log group:
EC2RescueCmd /accepteula /online /collect:ec2config /output:<outputFilePath>
Collect individual logs within a log group:
EC2RescueCmd /accepteula /online /collect:'ec2config.Log Files,driver-setup.SetupAPI Log

Files' /output:<outputFilePath>
Offline Mode Examples

Collect all available logs from an EBS volume. The volume is specified by the device_id value.
1034
Rescue Action
EC2RescueCmd /accepteula /offline:xvdf /collect:all /output:<outputFilePath>
Collect only a specific log group:
EC2RescueCmd /accepteula /offline:xvdf /collect:ec2config /output:<outputFilePath>
Rescue Action
EC2Rescue for Windows Server can detect and address issues with the following service settings:
Service Group Available Actions Description
all
system-time 'RealTimeIsUniversal' System Time
• RealTimeisUniversal
‐ Detects whether the
RealTimeisUniversal
registry key is enabled. If
disabled, Windows system
time drifts when the timezone
is set to a value other than
UTC.
firewall • 'Domain networks' Windows Firewall

• 'Private networks'
• Domain networks ‐ Detects
• 'Guest or public whether this Windows Firewall
networks' profile is enabled or disabled.
• Private networks ‐ Detects
whether this Windows Firewall
profile is enabled or disabled.
• Guest or public networks ‐
Detects whether this Windows
Firewall profile is enabled or
disabled.
rdp • 'Service Start' Remote Desktop

• 'Remote Desktop
Connections' • Service Start ‐ Detects
whether the Remote Desktop
• 'TCP Port' service is enabled.
• Remote Desktop Connections
‐ Detects whether this is
enabled.
• TCP Port ‐ Detects which port
the Remote Desktop service is
listening on.
ec2config • 'Service Start' EC2Config

• 'Ec2SetPassword'
• Service Start ‐ Detects
• 'Ec2HandleUserData' whether the EC2Config service
is enabled.
1035
Restore Action

• Ec2SetPassword ‐ Generates a
new administrator password.
• Ec2HandleUserData ‐ Allows
you to execute a user data
script on the next boot of the
instance.
ec2launch 'Reset Administrator Generates a new Windows

Password' administrator password.
network 'DHCP Service Startup' Network Interface
• DHCP Service Startup ‐

Detects whether the DHCP
service is enabled.
• /level:<level> ‐ Optional attribute for the check level that the action should trigger. Allowed values
are: information, warning, error, all. By default, it is set to error.
• /check-only ‐ Optional attribute that generates a report but makes no modifications to the offline
volume.
• /no-offline ‐ Optional attribute that prevents the volume from being set offline after completing the
action.
• /no-fix-signature ‐ Optional attribute that does not fix a possible disk signature collision after
completing the action.
Rescue Examples
The following are examples using the EC2Rescue for Windows Server CLI. The volume is specified using
the device_id value.
Attempt to fix all identified issues on a volume:
EC2RescueCmd /accepteula /offline:xvdf /rescue:all
Attempt to fix all issues within a service group on a volume:
EC2RescueCmd /accepteula /offline:xvdf /rescue:firewall
Attempt to fix a specific item within a service group on a volume:
EC2RescueCmd /accepteula /offline:xvdf /rescue:rdp.'Service Start'
Specify multiple issues to attempt to fix on a volume:
EC2RescueCmd /accepteula /offline:xvdf /rescue:'system-

time.RealTimeIsUniversal,ec2config.Service Start'
Restore Action
EC2Rescue for Windows Server can detect and address issues with the following service settings:
1036
Using Systems Manager
Restore Last Known Good lkgc Last Known Good

Configuration Configuration ‐ Attempts to
boot the instance into the last
known bootable state.
Restore Windows registry from regback Restore registry from backup

latest backup ‐ Restores the registry from
\Windows\System32\config
\RegBack.
• /no-offline—Optional attribute that prevents the volume from being set offline after completing the
action.
• /no-fix-signature—Optional attribute that does not fix a possible disk signature collision after
completing the action.
Restore Examples
The following are examples using the EC2Rescue for Windows Server CLI. The volume is specified using
the device_id value.
Restore last known good configuration on a volume:
EC2RescueCmd /accepteula /offline:xvdf /restore:lkgc
Restore the last Windows registry backup on a volume:
EC2RescueCmd /accepteula /offline:xvdf /restore:regback
Using EC2Rescue for Windows Server with Systems

Manager Run Command
AWS Support provides you with a Systems Manager Run Command document to interface with your
Systems Manager-enabled instance to run EC2Rescue for Windows Server. The Run Command document
is called AWSSupport-RunEC2RescueForWindowsTool.
This Systems Manager Run Command document performs the following tasks:
• Downloads and verifies EC2Rescue for Windows Server.

• Imports a PowerShell module to ease your interaction with the tool.
• Runs EC2RescueCmd with the provided command and parameters.
The Systems Manager Run Command document accepts three parameters:
• Command—The EC2Rescue for Windows Server action. The current allowed values are:
1037
Using Systems Manager
• ResetAccess—Resets the local Administrator password. The local Administrator password of the
current instance will be reset and the randomly generated password will be securely stored in
Parameter Store as /EC2Rescue/Password/<INSTANCE_ID>. If you select this action and provide
no parameters, passwords are encrypted automatically with the default KMS key. Optionally, you
can specify a KMS Key ID in Parameters to encrypt the password with your own key.
• CollectLogs—Runs EC2Rescue for Windows Server with the /collect:all action. If you select this
action, Parameters must include an Amazon S3 bucket name to upload the logs to.
• FixAll—Runs EC2Rescue for Windows Server with the /rescue:all action. If you select this action,
Parameters must include the block device name to rescue.
• Parameters—The PowerShell parameters to pass for the specified command.
Note
In order for the ResetAccess action to work, your Amazon EC2 instance needs to have the
following policy attached in order to write the encrypted password to Parameter Store. Please
wait a few minutes before attempting to reset the password of an instance after you have
attached this policy to the related IAM role.
Using the default KMS key:
{
"Version": "2012-10-17",
"Statement": [
{
"Effect": "Allow",
"Action": [
"ssm:PutParameter"
],
"Resource": [
"arn:aws:ssm:region:account_id:parameter/EC2Rescue/Passwords/<instanceid>"
]
}
]
}
Using a custom KMS key:
{
"Version": "2012-10-17",
"Statement": [
{
"Effect": "Allow",
"Action": [
"ssm:PutParameter"
],
"Resource": [
"arn:aws:ssm:region:account_id:parameter/EC2Rescue/Passwords/<instanceid>"
]
},
{
"Effect": "Allow",
"Action": [
"kms:Encrypt"
],
"Resource": [
"arn:aws:kms:region:account_id:key/<kmskeyid>"
]
}
]
}
1038
Examples
The following procedure describes how to view the JSON for this document in the Amazon EC2 console.
To view the JSON for the Systems Manager Run Command document
1. Open the Systems Manager console at https://console.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/home.

2. In the navigation pane, expand Shared Services and choose Documents.
3. In the search bar, set Owner as Owned by Me or Amazon and set the Document name prefix to
AWSSupport-RunEC2RescueForWindowsTool.
4. Select the AWSSupport-RunEC2RescueForWindowsTool document, choose Contents, and then
view the JSON.
Examples
Here are some examples on how to use the Systems Manager Run Command document to execute
EC2Rescue for Windows Server, using the AWS CLI. For more information about sending commands with
the AWS CLI, see the AWS CLI Command Reference.
Attempt to Fix All Identified Issues on an Offline Root Volume

Attempt to fix all identified issues on an offline root volume attached to an Amazon EC2 Windows
instance:
aws ssm send-command --instance-ids "i-0cb2b964d3e14fd9f" --document-name "AWSSupport-

RunEC2RescueForWindowsTool" --comment "EC2Rescue offline volume xvdf" --parameters
"Command=FixAll, Parameters='xvdf'" --output text
Collect Logs from the Current Amazon EC2 Windows Instance

Collect all logs from the current online Amazon EC2 Windows instance and upload them to an Amazon
S3 bucket:

RunEC2RescueForWindowsTool" --comment "EC2Rescue online log collection to S3" --parameters
"Command=CollectLogs, Parameters='YOURS3BUCKETNAME'" --output text
Collect Logs from an Offline Amazon EC2 Windows Instance

Volume
Collect all logs from an offline volume attached to an Amazon EC2 Windows instance and upload them
to Amazon S3 with a presigned URL:

RunEC2RescueForWindowsTool" --comment "EC2Rescue offline log collection to S3" --parameters
"Command=CollectLogs, Parameters=\"-Offline -BlockDeviceName xvdf -S3PreSignedUrl
'YOURS3PRESIGNEDURL'\"" --output text
Reset the Local Administrator Password

The following examples show methods you can use to reset the local Administrator password. The
output provides a link to Parameter Store, where you can find the randomly generated secure password
you can then use to RDP to your Amazon EC2 Windows instance as the local Administrator.
Reset the local Administrator password of an online instance using the default KMS key alias/aws/ssm:
1039
Examples

RunEC2RescueForWindowsTool" --comment "EC2Rescue online password reset" --parameters
"Command=ResetAccess" --output text
Reset the local Administrator password of an online instance using a KMS key:

RunEC2RescueForWindowsTool" --comment "EC2Rescue online password reset" --parameters
"Command=ResetAccess, Parameters=a133dc3c-a2g4-4fc6-a873-6c0720104bf0" --output text
Note
In this example, the KMS key is a133dc3c-a2g4-4fc6-a873-6c0720104bf0.
1040
Troubleshooting Launch Issues
Troubleshooting Windows Instances

The following procedures and tips can help you troubleshoot problems with your Amazon EC2 Windows
instances.
Contents
• Troubleshooting Instance Launch Issues (p. 1041)
• Troubleshooting Connecting to Your Windows Instance (p. 1044)
• Troubleshoot an Unreachable Instance (p. 1050)
• Resetting a Lost or Expired Windows Administrator Password (p. 1057)
• Troubleshooting Stopping Your Instance (p. 1065)
• Troubleshooting Terminating (Shutting Down) Your Instance (p. 1066)
• Sending a Diagnostic Interrupt (Advanced Users Only) (p. 1067)
• Common Issues (p. 1068)
• Common Messages (p. 1072)
To get additional information for troubleshooting problems with your instance, use Using EC2Rescue
for Windows Server (p. 1029). For information about troubleshooting issues with PV drivers, see
Troubleshooting PV Drivers (p. 440).
Troubleshooting Instance Launch Issues

The following issues prevent you from launching an instance.
Launch Issues
• Instance Limit Exceeded (p. 1041)
• Insufficient Instance Capacity (p. 1042)
• Instance Terminates Immediately (p. 1042)
• High CPU Usage Shortly After Windows Starts (p. 1043)
Instance Limit Exceeded

Description
You get the InstanceLimitExceeded error when you try to launch a new instance or restart a stopped
instance.
Cause
If you get an InstanceLimitExceeded error when you try to launch a new instance or restart a
stopped instance, you have reached the limit on the number of instances that you can launch in a region.
When you create your AWS account, we set default limits on the number of instances you can run on a
per-region basis.
Solution
You can request an instance limit increase on a per-region basis. For more information, see Amazon EC2
Service Limits (p. 973).
1041
Insufficient Instance Capacity
Insufficient Instance Capacity

Description
You get the InsufficientInstanceCapacity error when you try to launch a new instance or restart
a stopped instance.
Cause
If you get an InsufficientInstanceCapacity error when you try to launch an instance or restart a
stopped instance, AWS does not currently have enough available On-Demand capacity to service your
request.
Solution
To resolve the issue, try the following:
• Wait a few minutes and then submit your request again; capacity can shift frequently.
• Submit a new request with a reduced number of instances. For example, if you're making a single
request to launch 15 instances, try making 3 requests for 5 instances, or 15 requests for 1 instance
instead.
• If you're launching an instance, submit a new request without specifying an Availability Zone.
• If you're launching an instance, submit a new request using a different instance type (which you can
resize at a later stage). For more information, see Changing the Instance Type (p. 188).
• If you are launching instances into a cluster placement group, you can get an insufficient capacity
error. For more information, see Placement Group Rules and Limitations (p. 712).
• Try creating an On-Demand Capacity Reservation, which enables you to reserve Amazon EC2 capacity
for any duration. For more information, see On-Demand Capacity Reservations (p. 315).
• Try purchasing Reserved Instances, which are a long-term capacity reservation. For more information,
see Amazon EC2 Reserved Instances.
Instance Terminates Immediately

Description
Your instance goes from the pending state to the terminated state immediately after restarting it.
Cause
The following are a few reasons why an instance might immediately terminate:
• You've reached your EBS volume limit.

• An EBS snapshot is corrupt.
• The root EBS volume is encrypted and you do not have permissions to access the KMS key for
decryption.
• The instance store-backed AMI that you used to launch the instance is missing a required part (an
image.part.xx file).
Solution
You can use the Amazon EC2 console or AWS Command Line Interface to get the termination reason.
1042
High CPU Usage Shortly After Windows Starts
To get the termination reason using the Amazon EC2 console

3. In the Description tab, note the reason next to the State transition reason label.
To get the termination reason using the AWS Command Line Interface
1. Use the describe-instances command and specify the instance ID.
aws ec2 describe-instances --instance-id instance_id
2. Review the JSON response returned by the command and note the values in the StateReason
response element.
The following code block shows an example of a StateReason response element.
"StateReason": {
"Message": "Client.VolumeLimitExceeded: Volume limit exceeded",
"Code": "Server.InternalError"
},
To address the issue
Take one of the following actions depending on the termination reason you noted:
• If the reason is Client.VolumeLimitExceeded: Volume limit exceeded, you have reached

your EBS volume limit. For more information, see Instance Volume Limits (p. 927). To submit a request
to increase your Amazon EBS volume limit, complete the AWS Support Center Create Case form. For
more information, see Amazon EC2 Service Limits (p. 973).
• If the reason is Client.InternalError: Client error on launch, that typically indicates
that the root volume is encrypted and that you do not have permissions to access the KMS key
for decryption. To get permissions to access the required KMS key, add the appropriate KMS
permissions to your IAM user. For more information, see Using Key Policies in AWS KMS in the AWS Key
Management Service Developer Guide.
High CPU Usage Shortly After Windows Starts

If Windows Update is set to Check for updates but let me choose whether to download and install
them (the default instance setting) this check can consume anywhere from 50 - 99% of the CPU on
the instance. If this CPU consumption causes problems for your applications, you can manually change
Windows Update settings in Control Panel or you can use the following script in the Amazon EC2 user
data field:
reg add "HKLM\SOFTWARE\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\WindowsUpdate\Auto Update" /v

AUOptions /t REG_DWORD /d 3 /f net stop wuauserv net start wuauserv
When you execute this script specify a value for /d. The default value is 3. Possible values include the
following:
• Never check for updates

• Check for updates but let me choose whether to download and install them
1043
Connecting to Your Instance
• Download updates but let me choose whether to install them

• Install updates automatically
To modify the user data for an Amazon EBS-backed instance

3. Choose Actions, select Instance State, and then choose Stop.
4. In the confirmation dialog box, select Yes, Stop. It can take a few minutes for the instance to stop.
5. With the instance still selected, select Actions, select Instance Settings, and then choose View/
Change User Data. Note that you can't change the user data if the instance is running, but you can
view it.
6. In the View/Change User Data dialog box, update the user data, and then choose Save.
After you modify the user data for your instance, you can execute it. For more information, see User Data
Execution (p. 472).
Troubleshooting Connecting to Your Windows

Instance
The following are possible problems you may have and error messages you may see while trying to
connect to your Windows instance.
Contents
• Remote Desktop Can't Connect to the Remote Computer (p. 1044)
• Error Using macOS RDP Client (p. 1047)
• RDP Displays a Black Screen Instead of the Desktop (p. 1047)
• Unable to Remotely Log On to an Instance with a User Account That Is Not an
Administrator (p. 1047)
• Troubleshooting Remote Desktop Issues Using AWS Systems Manager (p. 1047)
Remote Desktop Can't Connect to the Remote

Computer
Try the following to resolve issues related to connecting to your instance:
• Verify that you're using the correct public DNS hostname. (In the Amazon EC2 console, select the
instance and check Public DNS (IPv4) in the details pane.) If your instance is in a VPC and you do not
see a public DNS name, you must enable DNS hostnames. For more information, see Using DNS with
Your VPC in the Amazon VPC User Guide.
• Verify that your instance has a public IPv4 address. If not, you can associate an Elastic IP address with
your instance. For more information, see Elastic IP Addresses (p. 673).
• To connect to your instance using an IPv6 address, check that your local computer has an IPv6 address
and is configured to use IPv6. If you launched an instance from a Windows Server 2008 SP2 AMI or
earlier, your instance is not automatically configured to recognize an IPv6 address assigned to the
instance. For more information, see Configure IPv6 on Your Instances in the Amazon VPC User Guide.
1044
Remote Desktop Can't Connect to the Remote Computer
• Verify that your security group has a rule that allows RDP access. For more information, see Create a
Security Group (p. 17).
• If you copied the password but get the error Your credentials did not work, try typing them
manually when prompted. It's possible that you missed a character or got an extra white space
character when you copied the password.
• Verify that the instance has passed status checks. For more information, see Status Checks for Your
Instances (p. 534) and Troubleshooting Instances with Failed Status Checks (Amazon EC2 User Guide for
Linux Instances).
• Verify that the route table for the subnet has a route that sends all traffic destined outside the VPC to
the internet gateway for the VPC. For more information, see Creating a Custom Route Table (Internet
Gateways) in the Amazon VPC User Guide.
• Verify that Windows Firewall, or other firewall software, is not blocking RDP traffic to the instance.
We recommend that you disable Windows Firewall and control access to your instance using security
group rules. You can use AWSSupport-TroubleshootRDP (p. 1048) to disable the Windows Firewall
profiles using SSM Agent . To disable Windows Firewall on a Windows instance that is not configured
for AWS Systems Manager, use AWSSupport-ExecuteEC2Rescue (p. 1050), or use the following manual
steps:
Manual Steps
1. Stop the affected instance and detach its root volume.

2. Launch a temporary instance in the same Availability Zone as the affected instance.
Warning
If your temporary instance is based on the same AMI that the original instance is based
on, you must complete additional steps or you won't be able to boot the original instance
after you restore its root volume because of a disk signature collision. Alternatively, select a
different AMI for the temporary instance. For example, if the original instance uses the AWS
Windows AMI for Windows Server 2008 R2, launch the temporary instance using the AWS
Windows AMI for Windows Server 2012.
3. Attach the root volume from the affected instance to this temporary instance. Connect to the
temporary instance, open the Disk Management utility, and bring the drive online.
4. Open Regedit and select HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE. From the File menu, choose Load Hive. Select
the drive, open the file Windows\System32\config\SYSTEM, and specify a key name when
prompted (you can use any name).
5. Select the key you just loaded and navigate to ControlSet001\Services\SharedAccess
\Parameters\FirewallPolicy. For each key with a name of the form xxxxProfile, select the key
and change EnableFirewall from 1 to 0. Select the key again, and from the File menu, choose
Unload Hive.
6. (Optional) If your temporary instance is based on the same AMI that the original instance is based
on, you must complete the following steps or you won't be able to boot the original instance after
you restore its root volume because of a disk signature collision.
Warning
The following procedure describes how to edit the Windows Registry using Registry Editor.
If you are not familiar with the Windows Registry or how to safely make changes using
Registry Editor, see Configure the Registry.
a. Open a command prompt, type regedit.exe, and press Enter.

b. In the Registry Editor, choose HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE from the context menu (right-click), and
then choose Find.
c. Type Windows Boot Manager and then choose Find Next.
d. Choose the key named 11000001. This key is a sibling of the key you found in the previous step.
1045
Remote Desktop Can't Connect to the Remote Computer
e. In the right pane, choose Element and then choose Modify from the context menu (right-click).
f. Locate the four-byte disk signature at offset 0x38 in the data. Reverse the bytes to create the
disk signature, and write it down. For example, the disk signature represented by the following
data is E9EB3AA5:
...
0030 00 00 00 00 01 00 00 00
0038 A5 3A EB E9 00 00 00 00
0040 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
...
g. In a Command Prompt window, run the following command to start Microsoft DiskPart.
diskpart
h. Run the following DiskPart command to select the volume. (You can verify that the disk number
is 1 using the Disk Management utility.)
DISKPART> select disk 1
Disk 1 is now the selected disk.
i. Run the following DiskPart command to get the disk signature.
DISKPART> uniqueid disk
Disk ID: 0C764FA8
j. If the disk signature shown in the previous step doesn't match the disk signature from BCD that
you wrote down earlier, use the following DiskPart command to change the disk signature so
that it matches:
DISKPART> uniqueid disk id=E9EB3AA5
7. Using the Disk Management utility, bring the drive offline.

Note
The drive is automatically offline if the temporary instance is running the same operating
system as the affected instance, so you won't need to bring it offline manually.
8. Detach the volume from the temporary instance. You can terminate the temporary instance if you
have no further use for it.
9. Restore the root volume of the affected instance by attaching it as /dev/sda1.
• Verify that Network Level Authentication is disabled on instances that are not part of an Active
Directory domain (use AWSSupport-TroubleshootRDP (p. 1048) to disable NLA).
• Verify that the Remote Desktop Service (TermService) Startup Type is Automatic and the service is
started (use AWSSupport-TroubleshootRDP (p. 1048) to enable and start the RDP service).
• Verify that you are connecting to the correct Remote Desktop Protocol port, which by default is 3389
(use AWSSupport-TroubleshootRDP (p. 1048) to read the current RDP port and change it back to
3389).
• Verify that Remote Desktop connections are allowed on your instance (use AWSSupport-
TroubleshootRDP (p. 1048) to enable Remote Desktop connections).
• Verify that the password has not expired. If the password has expired, you can reset it. For more
information, see Resetting a Lost or Expired Windows Administrator Password (p. 1057).
1046
Error Using macOS RDP Client
• If you attempt to connect using a user account that you created on the instance and receive the error
The user cannot connect to the server due to insufficient access privileges,
verify that you granted the user the right to log on locally. For more information, see Grant a Member
the Right to Log On Locally.
• If you attempt more than the maximum allowed concurrent RDP sessions, your session is terminated
with the message Your Remote Desktop Services session has ended. Another user
connected to the remote computer, so your connection was lost. By default, you are
allowed two concurrent RDP sessions to your instance.
Error Using macOS RDP Client

If you are connecting to a Windows Server 2012 R2 instance using the Remote Desktop Connection client
from the Microsoft website, you may get the following error:
Remote Desktop Connection cannot verify the identity of the computer that you want to
connect to.
Download the Microsoft Remote Desktop app from the Mac App Store and use the app to connect to
your instance.
RDP Displays a Black Screen Instead of the Desktop

Try the following to resolve this issue:
• Check the console output for additional information. To get the console output for your instance
using the Amazon EC2 console, select the instance, choose Actions, select Instance Settings, and then
choose Get System Log.
• Verify that you are running the latest version of your RDP client.
• Try the default settings for the RDP client. For more information, see Remote Session Environment.
• If you are using Remote Desktop Connection, try starting it with the /admin option as follows.
mstsc /v:instance /admin
• If the server is running a full-screen application, it might have stopped responding. Use Ctrl+Shift+Esc
to start Windows Task Manager, and then close the application.
• If the server is over-utilized, it might have stopped responding. To monitor the instance using the
Amazon EC2 console, select the instance and then select the Monitoring tab. If you need to change
the instance type to a larger size, see Changing the Instance Type (p. 188).
Unable to Remotely Log On to an Instance with a

User Account That Is Not an Administrator
If you are not able to remotely log on to a Windows instance from a user account that is not an
administrator account, ensure that you have granted the user the right to log on locally. See Grant a user
or group the right to log on locally to the domain controllers in the domain.
Troubleshooting Remote Desktop Issues Using AWS

Systems Manager
You can use AWS Systems Manager to troubleshoot issues connecting to your Windows instance using
RDP.
1047
Troubleshooting Remote Desktop
Issues Using AWS Systems Manager
AWSSupport-TroubleshootRDP
The AWSSupport-TroubleshootRDP automation document allows the user to check or modify common
settings on the target instance that can impact Remote Desktop Protocol (RDP) connections, such as
the RDP Port, Network Layer Authentication (NLA), and Windows Firewall profiles. By default, the
document reads and outputs the values of these settings.
The AWSSupport-TroubleshootRDP automation document can be used only with instances that are
enabled for use with AWS Systems Manager. These instances also referred to as managed instances. For
more information, see Setting Up AWS Systems Manager for Hybrid Environments in the AWS Systems
Manager User Guide. Your instance must have the AWS Systems Manager SSM Agent installed and have
an IAM role attached with permissions to Systems Manager. You must change the default parameter
values to modify the common RDP settings on the target instance.
To troubleshoot using the AWSSupport-TroubleshootRDP document
1. Log in to the Systems Manager Console.

2. Verify that you are in the same Region as the impaired instance.
3. Open the AWSSupport-TroubleshootRDP document.
4. In Execution Mode, choose Execute the entire automation at once.
5. In Input parameters, in the InstanceId field, enable Show interactive instance picker.
6. Choose your Amazon EC2 instance.
Note
If you don't see your instance in the list, it's not enabled for Systems Manager. For
information, see Create an Instance Profile for Systems Manager and Attach an IAM
Instance Profile to an Amazon EC2 Instance in the AWS Systems Manager User Guide.
7. Review the examples (p. 1048), then choose Execute automation.
8. To monitor the execution progress, in Execution status, wait for the status to change from Pending
to Success. Expand Outputs to view the results. To view the output of individual steps, in Executed
Steps, choose the Step ID.
AWSSupport-TroubleshootRDP Examples
The following examples show you how to accomplish common troubleshooting tasks using AWSSupport-
TroubleshootRDP. You can use either the example AWS CLI start-automation-execution command or the
provided link to the AWS Management Console.
Example Example: Check the current RDP status
AWS CLI:
aws ssm start-automation-execution --document-name "AWSSupport-TroubleshootRDP" --

parameters "InstanceId=instance_id" --region region_code
AWS Systems Manager console:
https://console.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/automation/execute/AWSSupport-
TroubleshootRDP?region=region#documentVersion=$LATEST
Example Example: Disable the Windows Firewall
AWS CLI:
1048
Troubleshooting Remote Desktop
Issues Using AWS Systems Manager
parameters "InstanceId=instance_id,Firewall=Disable" --region region_code
TroubleshootRDP?region=region_code#documentVersion=$LATEST&Firewall=Disable
Example Example: Disable Network Level Authentication
AWS CLI:

parameters "InstanceId=instance_id,NLASettingAction
TroubleshootRDP?region=region_code#documentVersion
Example Example: Set RDP Service Startup Type to Automatic and start the RDP service
AWS CLI:

parameters "InstanceId=instance_id,RDPServiceStartupType=Auto, RDPServiceAction=Start" --
region region_code
https://console.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/automation/execute/
AWSSupport-TroubleshootRDP?region=region_code#documentVersion=
$LATEST&RDPServiceStartupType=Auto&RDPServiceAction=Start
Example Example: Restore the default RDP Port (3389)
AWS CLI:

parameters "InstanceId=instance_id,RDPPortAction=Modify" --region region_code
TroubleshootRDP?region=region_code#documentVersion=$LATEST&RDPPortAction=Modify
Example Example: Allow remote connections
AWS CLI:

parameters "InstanceId=instance_id,RemoteConnections=Enable" --region region_code
1049
Troubleshoot an Unreachable Instance
TroubleshootRDP?region=region_code#documentVersion=$LATEST&RemoteConnections=Enable
AWSSupport-ExecuteEC2Rescue
The AWSSupport-ExecuteEC2Rescue automation document uses Using EC2Rescue for Windows
Server (p. 1029) to automatically troubleshoot and restore EC2 instance connectivity and RDP issues. For
more information, see Run the EC2Rescue Tool on Unreachable Instances.
The AWSSupport-ExecuteEC2Rescue automation document requires a stop and restart of the instance.
Systems Manager Automation stops the instance and creates an Amazon Machine Image (AMI). Data
stored in instance store volumes is lost. The public IP address changes if you are not using an Elastic
IP address. For more information, see Run the EC2Rescue Tool on Unreachable Instances in the AWS
To troubleshoot using the AWSSupport-ExecuteEC2Rescue document
1. Open the Systems Manager console.

2. Verify that you are in the same Region as the impaired Amazon EC2 instance.
3. Open the AWSSupport-ExecuteEC2Rescue document.
4. In Execution Mode, choose Execute the entire automation at once.
5. In the Input parameters section, for UnreachableInstanceId, enter the Amazon EC2 instance ID of
the unreachable instance.
6. (Optional) For LogDestination, enter the Amazon Simple Storage Service (Amazon S3) bucket name
if you want to collect operating system logs for troubleshooting your Amazon EC2 instance. Logs are
automatically uploaded to the specified bucket.
8. To monitor the execution progress, in Execution status, wait for the status to change from Pending
to Success. Expand Outputs to view the results. To view the output of individual steps, in Executed
Steps, choose the Step ID.
Troubleshoot an Unreachable Instance

If you are unable to reach your instance through SSH or RDP, you can capture a screenshot of your
instance and view it as an image. This provides visibility as to the status of the instance, and allows for
quicker troubleshooting.
• How to Take a Screenshot of an Unreachable Instance (p. 1050)

• Common Screenshots (p. 1051)
How to Take a Screenshot of an Unreachable Instance

If you are unable to reach your instance via SSH or RDP, you can capture a screenshot of your instance
and view it as an image. The image can provide visibility as to the status of the instance, and allows
for quicker troubleshooting. You can generate screenshots while the instance is running or after it has
crashed. There is no data transfer cost for this screenshot. The image is generated in JPG format and is
no larger than 100 kb. This feature is not supported when the instance is using an NVIDIA GRID driver.
This feature is available in the following Regions:
• US East (N. Virginia) Region

• US East (Ohio) Region
• US West (Oregon) Region
1050
Common Screenshots
• US West (N. California) Region

• EU (Ireland) Region
• EU (Frankfurt) Region
• Asia Pacific (Tokyo) Region
• Asia Pacific (Seoul) Region
• Asia Pacific (Singapore) Region
• Asia Pacific (Sydney) Region)
• South America (São Paulo) Region)
• Asia Pacific (Mumbai) Region
• Canada (Central) Region)
• EU (London) Region
• EU (Paris) Region
To get a screenshot of a running instance using the console

2. In the left navigation pane, choose Instances.
3. Select the instance to capture.
4. Choose Actions, Instance Settings.
5. Choose Get Instance Screenshot. Right-click the image to download and save it.
To get a screenshot of a running instance using the command line
You can use one of the following commands. The returned output is base64-encoded. For more
• get-console-screenshot (AWS CLI)

• GetConsoleScreenshot (Amazon EC2 Query API)
For API calls, the returned content is base64-encoded. For command line tools, the decoding is
performed for you.
Common Screenshots
You can use the following information to help you troubleshoot an unreachable instance based on
screenshots returned by the service.
• Log On Screen (Ctrl+Alt+Delete) (p. 1051)

• Recovery Console Screen (p. 1054)
• Windows Boot Manager Screen (p. 1055)
• Sysprep Screen (p. 1055)
• Getting Ready Screen (p. 1056)
• Windows Update Screen (p. 1057)
• Chkdsk (p. 1057)
Log On Screen (Ctrl+Alt+Delete)

Console Screenshot Service returned the following.
1051
Common Screenshots
If an instance becomes unreachable during logon, there could be a problem with your network
configuration or Windows Remote Desktop Services. An instance can also be unresponsive if a process is
using large amounts of CPU.
Network Configuration
Use the following information, to verify that your AWS, Microsoft Windows, and local (or on-premises)
network configurations aren't blocking access to the instance.
AWS Network Configuration
Configuration Verify
Security group configuration Verify that port 3389 is open for your security
group. Verify you are connecting to the right
public IP address. If the instance was not
associated with an Elastic IP, the public IP
changes after the instance stops/starts. For more
information, see Remote Desktop Can't Connect
to the Remote Computer (p. 1044).
VPC configuration (Network ACLs) Verify that the access control list (ACL) for
your Amazon VPC is not blocking access. For
information, see Network ACLs in the Amazon VPC
User Guide.
VPN configuration If you are connecting to your VPC using a

virtual private network (VPN), verify VPN tunnel
connectivity. For more information, see How do
I troubleshoot VPN tunnel connectivity to an
Amazon VPC?
Windows Network Configuration
Windows Firewall Verify that Windows Firewall isn't blocking

connections to your instance. Disable Windows
1052
Common Screenshots
Firewall as described in bullet 7 of the remote
desktop troubleshooting section, Remote Desktop
Can't Connect to the Remote Computer (p. 1044).
Advanced TCP/IP configuration (Use of static IP) The instance may be unresponsive because you
configured a static IP address. For a VPC, Create
a network interface (p. 690) and attach it to the
instance (p. 692). For EC2 Classic, enable DHCP.
Local or On-Premises Network Configuration
Verify that a local network configuration isn't blocking access. Try to connect to another instance in
the same VPC as your unreachable instance. If you can't access another instance, work with your local
network administrator to determine whether a local policy is restricting access.
Remote Desktop Services Issue

If the instance can't be reached during logon, there could a problem with Remote Desktop Services (RDS)
on the instance.
Remote Desktop Services Configuration
RDS is running Verify that RDS is running on the instance. Connect to the instance
using the Microsoft Management Console (MMC) Services snap-
in (services.msc). In the list of services, verify that Remote
Desktop Services is Running. If it isn't, start it and then set the
startup type to Automatic. If you can't connect to the instance
by using the Services snap-in, detach the root volume from the
instance, take a snapshot of the volume or create an AMI from
it, attach the original volume to another instance in the same
Availability Zone as a secondary volume, and modify the Start
registry key. When you are finished, reattach the root volume to the
original instance. For more information about detaching volumes,
see Detaching an Amazon EBS Volume from an Instance (p. 815).
RDS is enabled Even if the service is started, it might be disabled. Detach the root
volume from the instance, take a snapshot of the volume or create
an AMI from it, attach the original volume to another instance in
the same Availability Zone as a secondary volume, and enable the
service by modifying the Terminal Server registry key as described
in the following article: Enable Remote Desktop Remotely By Using
Remote Registry.
When you are finished, reattach the root volume to the original
instance. For more information, see Detaching an Amazon EBS
Volume from an Instance (p. 815).
High CPU
Check the CPUUtilization (Maximum) metric on your instance by using Amazon CloudWatch. If
CPUUtilization (Maximum) is a high number, wait for the CPU to go down and try connecting again.
High CPU usage can be caused by:
1053
Common Screenshots
• Windows Update
• Security Software Scan
• Custom Startup Script
• Task Scheduler
For more information, see Get Statistics for a Specific Resource in the Amazon CloudWatch User Guide.
For additional troubleshooting tips, see High CPU Usage Shortly After Windows Starts (p. 1043).
Recovery Console Screen

The operating system may boot into the Recovery console and get stuck in this state if the
bootstatuspolicy is not set to ignoreallfailures. Use the following procedure to change the
bootstatuspolicy configuration to ignoreallfailures.
By default, the policy configuration for AWS-provided public Windows AMIs is set to
ignoreallfailures.
1. Stop the unreachable instance.

2. Create a snapshot of the root volume. The root volume is attached to the instance as /dev/sda1.
Detach the root volume from the unreachable instance, take a snapshot of the volume or create an
AMI from it, and attach it to another instance in the same Availability Zone as a secondary volume.
For more information, see Detaching an Amazon EBS Volume from an Instance (p. 815).
Warning
after you restore its root volume because of a disk signature collision. Alternatively, select
a different AMI for the temporary instance. For example, if the original instance uses an
AMI for Windows Server 2008 R2, launch the temporary instance using an AMI for Windows
Server 2012. If you must create a temporary instance based on the same AMI, see Step 6 in
Remote Desktop Can't Connect to the Remote Computer (p. 1044) to avoid a disk signature
collision.
3. Log in to the instance and execute the following command from a command prompt to change the
bootstatuspolicy configuration to ignoreallfailures:
1054
Common Screenshots
bcdedit /store Drive Letter:\boot\bcd /set {default} bootstatuspolicy ignoreallfailures
4. Reattach the volume to the unreachable instance and start the instance again.
Windows Boot Manager Screen

The operating system experienced a fatal corruption in the system file and/or the registry. When the
instance is stuck in this state, you should recover the instance from a recent backup AMI or launch a
replacement instance. If you need to access data on the instance, detach any root volumes from the
unreachable instance, take a snapshot of those volume or create an AMI from them, and attach them
to another instance in the same Availability Zone as a secondary volume. For more information, see
Detaching an Amazon EBS Volume from an Instance (p. 815).
Sysprep Screen
1055
Common Screenshots
You may see this screen if you did not use the EC2Config Service to call sysprep.exe or if the operating
system failed while running Sysprep. To solve this problem, Create a Standard Amazon Machine Image
Using Sysprep (p. 113).
Getting Ready Screen

Refresh the Instance Console Screenshot Service repeatedly to verify that the progress ring is spinning.
If the ring is spinning, wait for the operating system to start up. You can also check the CPUUtilization
(Maximum) metric on your instance by using Amazon CloudWatch to see if the operating system is
active. If the progress ring is not spinning, the instance may be stuck at the boot process. Reboot the
instance. If rebooting does not solve the problem, recover the instance from a recent backup AMI or
launch a replacement instance. If you need to access data on the instance, detach the root volume from
the unreachable instance, take a snapshot of the volume or create an AMI from it. Then attach it to
another instance in the same Availability Zone as a secondary volume.
1056
Resetting a Lost or Expired
Windows Administrator Password
Windows Update Screen
The Windows Update process is updating the registry. Wait for the update to finish. Do not reboot or
stop the instance as this may cause data corruption during the update.
Note
The Windows Update process can consume resources on the server during the update. If you
experience this problem often, consider using faster instance types and faster EBS volumes.
Chkdsk
Windows is running the chkdsk system tool on the drive to verify file system integrity and fix logical file
system errors. Wait for process to complete.
Resetting a Lost or Expired Windows Administrator

Password
If you are no longer able to access your Windows Amazon EC2 instance because the Windows
administrator password is lost or expired, you can reset the password.
Note
There is an AWS Systems Manager Automation document that automatically applies the manual
steps necessary to reset the local administrator password. For more information, see Reset
Passwords and SSH Keys on Amazon EC2 Instances in the AWS Systems Manager User Guide.
The manual methods to reset the administrator password use either EC2Config or EC2Launch.
• For Windows AMIs before Windows Server 2016, use the EC2Config service.
• For Windows Server 2016 and later AMIs, use the EC2Launch service.
These procedures also describe how to connect to an instance if you lost the key pair that was used to
create the instance. Amazon EC2 uses a public key to encrypt a piece of data, such as a password, and
a private key to decrypt the data. The public and private keys are known as a key pair. With Windows
instances, you use a key pair to obtain the administrator password and then log in using RDP.
1057
Reset Using EC2Config
Note
If you have disabled the local administrator account on the instance and your instance is
configured for Systems Manager, you can also re-enable and reset your local administrator
password by using EC2Rescue and Run Command. For more information, see Using EC2Rescue
for Windows Server with Systems Manager Run Command.
Contents
• Resetting the Windows Administrator Password Using EC2Config (p. 1058)
• Resetting the Windows Administrator Password Using EC2Launch (p. 1062)
Resetting the Windows Administrator Password Using

EC2Config
If you have lost your Windows administrator password and are using a Windows AMI before Windows
Server 2016, you can use the EC2Config service to generate a new password.
If you are using a Windows Server 2016 or later AMI, see Resetting the Windows Administrator Password
Using EC2Launch (p. 1062).
Note
Note
To reset your Windows administrator password using EC2Config, you need to do the following:
• Step 1: Verify That the EC2Config Service Is Running (p. 1058)

• Step 2: Detach the Root Volume from the Instance (p. 1059)
• Step 3: Attach the Volume to a Temporary Instance (p. 1059)
• Step 4: Modify the Configuration File (p. 1060)
• Step 5: Restart the Original Instance (p. 1061)
Step 1: Verify That the EC2Config Service Is Running

Before you attempt to reset the administrator password, verify that the EC2Config service is installed
and running. You use the EC2Config service to reset the administrator password later in this section.
To verify that the EC2Config service is running

2. In the navigation pane, choose Instances and then choose the instance that needs a password reset.
This instance is referred to as the original instance in this procedure.
3. Choose Actions, Instance Settings, Get System Log.
4. Locate the EC2 Agent entry, for example, EC2 Agent: Ec2Config service v3.18.1118. If you see this
entry, the EC2Config service is running.
1058
If the system log output is empty, or if the EC2Config service is not running, troubleshoot the
instance using the Instance Console Screenshot service. For more information, see Troubleshoot an
Unreachable Instance (p. 1050).
Step 2: Detach the Root Volume from the Instance

You can't use EC2Config to reset an administrator password if the volume on which the password is
stored is attached to an instance as the root volume. You must detach the volume from the original
instance before you can attach it to a temporary instance as a secondary volume.
To detach the root volume from the instance

3. Select the instance that needs a password reset and choose Actions, Instance State, Stop. After the
instance's status changes to stopped, continue with the next step.
4. (Optional) If you have the private key that you specified when you launched this instance, continue
with the next step. Otherwise, use the following steps to replace the instance with a new instance
that you launch with a new key pair.
a. Create a new key pair using the Amazon EC2 console. To give your new key pair the same name
as the one for which you lost the private key, you must first delete the existing key pair.
b. Select the instance to replace. Note the instance type, VPC, subnet, security group, and IAM role
of the instance.
c. Choose Actions, Image, Create Image. Type a name and a description for the image and choose
Create Image, View pending image. After the image status changes to available, continue to
the next step.
d. Select the image and choose Launch.
e. Complete the wizard, selecting the same instance type, VPC, subnet, security group, and IAM
role as the instance to replace, and then choose Launch.
f. When prompted, choose the key pair that you created for the new instance, select the
acknowledgement check box, and then choose Launch Instances.
g. (Optional) If the original instance has an associated Elastic IP address, transfer it to the new
instance. If the original instance has EBS volumes in addition to the root volume, transfer them
to the new instance.
h. Terminate the stopped instance, as it is no longer needed. For the remainder of this procedure,
all references to the original instance apply to this instance that you just created.
5. Detach the root volume from the original instance as follows:
a. In the Description pane of the original instance, note the ID of the EBS volume listed as the
Root device.
c. In the list of volumes, select the volume noted in the previous step, and choose Actions, Detach
Volume. After the volume status changes to available, continue with the next step.
Step 3: Attach the Volume to a Temporary Instance

Next, launch a temporary instance and attach the volume to it as a secondary volume. This is the
instance you use to modify the configuration file.
1059
To launch a temporary instance and attach the volume
1. Launch the temporary instance as follows:
a. In the navigation pane, choose Instances, choose Launch Instance, and then select an AMI.
Important
To avoid disk signature collisions, you must select an AMI for a different version of
Windows. For example, if the original instance runs Windows Server 2012 R2, launch
the temporary instance using the base AMI for Windows Server 2008 R2.
b. Leave the default instance type and choose Next: Configure Instance Details.
c. On the Configure Instance Details page, for Subnet, select the same Availability Zone as the
original instance and choose Review and Launch.
Important
The temporary instance must be in the same Availability Zone as the original instance.
If your temporary instance is in a different Availability Zone, you can't attach the
original instance's root volume to it.
d. On the Review Instance Launch page, choose Launch.
e. When prompted, create a new key pair, download it to a safe location on your computer, and
then choose Launch Instances.
2. Attach the volume to the temporary instance as a secondary volume as follows:
a. In the navigation pane, choose Volumes, select the volume that you detached from the original
instance, and then choose Actions, Attach Volume.
b. In the Attach Volume dialog box, for Instances, start typing the name or ID of your temporary
instance and select the instance from the list.
c. For Device, type xvdf (if it isn't already there), and choose Attach.
Step 4: Modify the Configuration File

After you have attached the volume to the temporary instance as a secondary volume, modify the
Ec2SetPassword plugin in the configuration file.
To modify the configuration file
1. From the temporary instance, modify the configuration file on the secondary volume as follows:
a. Launch and connect to the temporary instance.

b. Open the Disk Management utility, and bring the drive online using these instructions: Making
an Amazon EBS Volume Available for Use.
c. Navigate to the secondary volume, and open \Program Files\Amazon\Ec2ConfigService
\Settings\config.xml using a text editor, such as Notepad.
d. At the top of the file, find the plugin with the name Ec2SetPassword, as shown in the
screenshot. Change the state from Disabled to Enabled and save the file.
1060
2. After you have modified the configuration file, detach the secondary volume from the temporary
instance as follows:
a. Using the Disk Management utility, bring the volume offline.

b. Disconnect from the temporary instance and return to the Amazon EC2 console.
c. In the navigation pane, choose Volumes, select the volume, and then choose Actions, Detach
Volume. After the volume's status changes to available, continue with the next step.
Step 5: Restart the Original Instance

After you have modified the configuration file, reattach the volume to the original instance as the root
volume and connect to the instance using its key pair to retrieve the administrator password.
1. Reattach the volume to the original instance as follows:
a. In the navigation pane, choose Volumes, select the volume that you detached from the
temporary instance, and then choose Actions, Attach Volume.
b. In the Attach Volume dialog box, for Instances, start typing the name or ID of your original
instance and then select the instance.
c. For Device, type /dev/sda1.
d. Choose Attach. After the volume status changes to in-use, continue to the next step.
2. In the navigation pane, choose Instances. Select the original instance and choose Actions, Instance
State, Start. When prompted for confirmation, choose Yes, Start. After the instance state changes
to running, continue to the next step.
3. Retrieve your new Windows administrator password using the private key for the new key pair and
connect to the instance. For more information, see Connecting to Your Windows Instance (p. 378).
Important
The instance gets a new public IP address after you stop and start it. Make sure to connect
to the instance using its current public DNS name. For more information, see Instance
Lifecycle (p. 327).
4. (Optional) If you have no further use for the temporary instance, you can terminate it. Select the
temporary instance, and choose Actions, Instance State, Terminate.
1061
Reset Using EC2Launch
Resetting the Windows Administrator Password Using

EC2Launch
If you have lost your Windows administrator password and are using a Windows Server 2016 or later
AMI, you can use the EC2Rescue tool, which uses the EC2Launch service to generate a new password.
If you are using a Windows Server AMI earlier than Windows Server 2016, see Resetting the Windows
Administrator Password Using EC2Config (p. 1058).
Warning
When you stop an instance, the data on any instance store volumes is erased. To keep data from
instance store volumes, be sure to back it up to persistent storage.
Note
Note
To reset your Windows administrator password using EC2Launch, you need to do the following:
• Step 1: Detach the Root Volume from the Instance (p. 1062)
• Step 2: Attach the Volume to a Temporary Instance (p. 1063)
• Step 3: Reset the Administrator Password (p. 1064)
• Step 4: Restart the Original Instance (p. 1064)
Step 1: Detach the Root Volume from the Instance

You can't use EC2Launch to reset an administrator password if the volume on which the password is
stored is attached to an instance as the root volume. You must detach the volume from the original
instance before you can attach it to a temporary instance as a secondary volume.
To detach the root volume from the instance

3. Select the instance that needs a password reset and choose Actions, Instance State, Stop. After the
instance's status changes to stopped, continue with the next step.
4. (Optional) If you have the private key that you specified when you launched this instance, continue
with the next step. Otherwise, use the following steps to replace the instance with a new instance
that you launch with a new key pair.
a. Create a new key pair using the Amazon EC2 console. To give your new key pair the same name
as the one for which you lost the private key, you must first delete the existing key pair.
b. Select the instance to replace. Note the instance type, VPC, subnet, security group, and IAM role
of the instance.
c. Choose Actions, Image, Create Image. Type a name and a description for the image and choose
Create Image, View pending image. After the image status changes to available, continue to
the next step.
1062
d. Select the image and choose Launch.

e. Complete the wizard, selecting the same instance type, VPC, subnet, security group, and IAM
role as the instance to replace, and then choose Launch.
f. When prompted, choose the key pair that you created for the new instance, select the
acknowledgement check box, and then choose Launch Instances.
g. (Optional) If the original instance has an associated Elastic IP address, transfer it to the new
instance. If the original instance has EBS volumes in addition to the root volume, transfer them
to the new instance.
h. Terminate the stopped instance, as it is no longer needed. For the remainder of this procedure,
all references to the original instance apply to this instance that you just created.
5. Detach the root volume from the original instance as follows:
a. In the Description pane of the original instance, note the ID of the EBS volume listed as the
Root device.
c. In the list of volumes, select the volume noted in the previous step, and choose Actions, Detach
Step 2: Attach the Volume to a Temporary Instance

Next, launch a temporary instance and attach the volume to it as a secondary volume. This is the
instance you use to run EC2Launch.
To launch a temporary instance and attach the volume
1. Launch the temporary instance as follows:
a. In the navigation pane, choose Instances, choose Launch Instance, and then select an AMI.
Important
To avoid disk signature collisions, you must select an AMI for a different version of
Windows. For example, if the original instance runs Windows Server 2012 R2, launch
the temporary instance using the base AMI for Windows Server 2008 R2.
b. Leave the default instance type and choose Next: Configure Instance Details.
c. On the Configure Instance Details page, for Subnet, select the same Availability Zone as the
original instance and choose Review and Launch.
Important
The temporary instance must be in the same Availability Zone as the original instance.
If your temporary instance is in a different Availability Zone, you can't attach the
original instance's root volume to it.
d. On the Review Instance Launch page, choose Launch.
e. When prompted, create a new key pair, download it to a safe location on your computer, and
then choose Launch Instances.
2. Attach the volume to the temporary instance as a secondary volume as follows:
a. In the navigation pane, choose Volumes, select the volume that you detached from the original
instance, and then choose Actions, Attach Volume.
b. In the Attach Volume dialog box, for Instances, start typing the name or ID of your temporary
instance and select the instance from the list.
c. For Device, type xvdf (if it isn't already there), and choose Attach.
1063
Step 3: Reset the Administrator Password

Next, connect to the temporary instance and use EC2Launch to reset the administrator password.
To reset the administrator password
1. Connect to the temporary instance and use the EC2Rescue for Windows Server tool on the instance
to reset the administrator password as follows:
a. Download the EC2Rescue for Windows Server zip file, extract the contents, and run
EC2Rescue.exe.
b. On the License Agreement screen, read the license agreement, and, if you accept the terms,
choose I Agree.
c. On the Welcome to EC2Rescue for Windows Server screen, choose Next.
d. On the Select mode screen, choose Offline instance.
e. On the Select a disk screen, select the xvdf device and choose Next.
f. Confirm the disk selection and choose Yes.
g. After the volume has loaded, choose OK.
h. On the Select Offline Instance Option screen, choose Diagnose and Rescue.
i. On the Summary screen, review the information and choose Next.
j. On the Detected possible issues screen, select Reset Administrator Password and choose Next.
k. On the Confirm screen, choose Rescue, OK.
l. On the Done screen, choose Finish.
m. Close the EC2Rescue for Windows Server tool, disconnect from the temporary instance, and
then return to the Amazon EC2 console.
2. Detach the secondary (xvdf) volume from the temporary instance as follows:
a. In the navigation pane, choose Instances and select the temporary instance.
b. In the Description pane of the temporary instance, note the ID of the EBS volume listed as xvdf.
c. In the navigation pane, choose Volumes.
d. In the list of volumes, select the volume noted in the previous step, and choose Actions, Detach
Step 4: Restart the Original Instance

After you have reset the administrator password using EC2Launch, reattach the volume to the original
instance as the root volume and connect to the instance using its key pair to retrieve the administrator
password.
To restart the original instance
1. Reattach the volume to the original instance as follows:
a. In the navigation pane, choose Volumes, select the volume that you detached from the
temporary instance, and then choose Actions, Attach Volume.
b. In the Attach Volume dialog box, for Instances, start typing the name or ID of your original
instance and then select the instance.
c. For Device, type /dev/sda1.
d. Choose Attach. After the volume status changes to in-use, continue to the next step.
2. In the navigation pane, choose Instances. Select the original instance and choose Actions, Instance
State, Start. When prompted for confirmation, choose Yes, Start. After the instance state changes
to running, continue to the next step.
1064
Stopping Your Instance
3. Retrieve your new Windows administrator password using the private key for the new key pair and
connect to the instance. For more information, see Connecting to Your Windows Instance (p. 378).
4. (Optional) If you have no further use for the temporary instance, you can terminate it. Select the
temporary instance, and choose Actions, Instance State, Terminate.
Troubleshooting Stopping Your Instance

If you have stopped your Amazon EBS-backed instance and it appears stuck in the stopping state, there
may be an issue with the underlying host computer.
There is no cost for any instance usage while an instance is not in the running state.
Force the instance to stop using either the console or the AWS CLI.
• To force the instance to stop using the console, select the stuck instance, and choose Actions, Instance
State, Stop, and Yes, Forcefully Stop.
• To force the instance to stop using the AWS CLI, use the stop-instances command and the --force
option as follows:
aws ec2 stop-instances --instance-ids i-0123ab456c789d01e --force
If, after 10 minutes, the instance has not stopped, post a request for help in the Amazon EC2 forum.
To help expedite a resolution, include the instance ID, and describe the steps that you've already taken.
Alternatively, if you have a support plan, create a technical support case in the Support Center.
Creating a Replacement Instance

To attempt to resolve the problem while you are waiting for assistance from the Amazon EC2 forum or
the Support Center, create a replacement instance. Create an AMI of the stuck instance, and launch a
new instance using the new AMI.
To create a replacement instance using the console

2. In the navigation pane, choose Instances and select the stuck instance.
3. Choose Actions, Image, Create Image.
4. In the Create Image dialog box, fill in the following fields, and then choose Create Image:
a. Specify a name and description for the AMI.

b. Choose No reboot.
For more information, see Creating a Windows AMI from a Running Instance (p. 65).
5. Launch a new instance from the AMI and verify that the new instance is working.
6. Select the stuck instance, and choose Actions, Instance State, Terminate. If the instance also gets
stuck terminating, Amazon EC2 automatically forces it to terminate within a few hours.
To create a replacement instance using the CLI
1. Create an AMI from the stuck instance using the create-image (AWS CLI) command and the --no-
reboot option as follows:.
1065
Terminating Your Instance
aws ec2 create-image --instance-id i-0123ab456c789d01e --name "AMI" --description "AMI

for replacement instance" --no-reboot
2. Launch a new instance from the AMI using the run-instances (AWS CLI) command as follows:
aws ec2 run-instances --image-id ami-1a2b3c4d --count 1 --instance-type c3.large --key-

name MyKeyPair --security-groups MySecurityGroup
3. Verify that the new instance is working.

4. Terminate the stuck instance using the terminate-instances (AWS CLI) command as follows:
aws ec2 terminate-instances --instance-ids i-1234567890abcdef0
If you are unable to create an AMI from the instance as described in the previous procedures, you can set
up a replacement instance as follows:
(Alternate) To create a replacement instance using the console
1. Select the instance and choose Description, Block devices. Select each volume and write down its
volume ID. Be sure to note which volume is the root volume.
2. In the navigation pane, choose Volumes. Select each volume for the instance, and choose Actions,
Create Snapshot.
3. In the navigation pane, choose Snapshots. Select the snapshot that you just created, and choose
Actions, Create Volume.
4. Launch an instance with the same operating system as the stuck instance. Note the volume ID and
device name of its root volume.
5. In the navigation pane, choose Instances, select the instance that you just launched, choose Actions,
6. In the navigation pane, choose Volumes, select the root volume of the stopped instance, and choose
Actions, Detach Volume.
7. Select the root volume that you created from the stuck instance, choose Actions, Attach Volume,
and attach it to the new instance as its root volume (using the device name that you wrote down).
Attach any additional non-root volumes to the instance.
8. In the navigation pane, choose Instances and select the replacement instance. Choose Actions,
Instance State, Start. Verify that the instance is working.
9. Select the stuck instance, choose Actions, Instance State, Terminate. If the instance also gets stuck
terminating, Amazon EC2 automatically forces it to terminate within a few hours.
Troubleshooting Terminating (Shutting Down)

Your Instance
You are not billed for any instance usage while an instance is not in the running state. In other words,
when you terminate an instance, you stop incurring charges for that instance as soon as its state changes
to shutting-down.
Delayed Instance Termination

If your instance remains in the shutting-down state longer than a few minutes, it might be delayed
due to shutdown scripts being run by the instance.
1066
Terminated Instance Still Displayed
Another possible cause is a problem with the underlying host computer. If your instance remains in the
shutting-down state for several hours, Amazon EC2 treats it as a stuck instance and forcibly terminates
it.
If it appears that your instance is stuck terminating and it has been longer than several hours, post a
request for help to the Amazon EC2 forum. To help expedite a resolution, include the instance ID and
describe the steps that you've already taken. Alternatively, if you have a support plan, create a technical
support case in the Support Center.
Terminated Instance Still Displayed

After you terminate an instance, it remains visible for a short while before being deleted. The state
shows as terminated. If the entry is not deleted after several hours, contact Support.
Automatically Launch or Terminate Instances

If you terminate all your instances, you may see that we launch a new instance for you. If you launch an
instance, you may see that we terminate one of your instances. If you stop an instance, you may see that
we terminate the instance and launch a new instance. Generally, these behaviors mean that you've used
Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling or Elastic Beanstalk to scale your computing resources automatically based on
criteria that you've defined.
For more information, see the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide or the AWS Elastic Beanstalk
Developer Guide.
Sending a Diagnostic Interrupt (Advanced Users

Only)
Warning
Diagnostic interrupts are intended for use by advanced users. Incorrect usage could negatively
impact your instance. Sending a diagnostic interrupt to an instance could trigger an instance to
crash and reboot, which could lead to the loss of data.
You can send a diagnostic interrupt to an unreachable or unresponsive Windows instance to manually
trigger a stop error. Stop errors are commonly referred to as blue screen errors.
In general, Windows operating systems crash and reboot when a stop error occurs, but the specific
behavior depends on its configuration. A stop error can also cause the operating system to write
debugging information, such as a kernel memory dump, to a file. You can then use this information to
conduct root cause analysis to debug the instance.
The memory dump data is generated locally by the operating system on the instance itself.
Before sending a diagnostic interrupt to your instance, we recommend that you consult the
documentation for your operating system and then make the necessary configuration changes.
Contents
• Supported Instance Types (p. 1068)
• Sending a Diagnostic Interrupt (p. 1068)
1067

Diagnostic interrupt is supported on all Nitro-based instance types, except A1. For more information, see
Nitro-based Instances (p. 122).
Prerequisites
Before using a diagnostic interrupt, you should configure your instance's operating system to perform
the actions you need when a stop error occurs.
To configure Windows to generate a memory dump when a stop error occurs

2. Open the Control Panel and choose System, Advanced system settings.
3. In the System Properties dialog box, choose the Advanced tab.
4. In the Startup and Recovery section, choose Settings....
5. In the System failure section, configure the settings as needed, and then choose OK.
For more information about configuring Windows stop errors, see Overview of memory dump file
options for Windows.
Sending a Diagnostic Interrupt

After you have completed the necessary configuration changes, you can send a diagnostic interrupt to
your instance using the AWS CLI or Amazon EC2 API.
To send a diagnostic interrupt to your instance (AWS CLI)
Use the send-diagnostic-interrupt command and specify the instance ID.
aws ec2 send-diagnostic-interrupt --instance-id i-1234567890abcdef0
Common Issues
The following are troubleshooting tips to help you solve common issues with EC2 instance running
Windows Server.
Issues
• EBS Volumes Don't Initialize on Windows Server 2016 and Later AMIs (p. 1068)
• Boot an EC2 Windows Instance into Directory Services Restore Mode (DSRM) (p. 1069)
• Instance loses network connectivity or scheduled tasks don't run when expected (p. 1071)
• Unable to get console output (p. 1071)
• Windows Server 2012 R2 not available on the network (p. 1072)
EBS Volumes Don't Initialize on Windows Server 2016

and Later AMIs
Instances created from Windows Server 2016 and later Amazon Machine Images (AMIs) use the
EC2Launch service for a variety of startup tasks, including initializing EBS volumes. By default,
1068
Boot an EC2 Windows Instance into
Directory Services Restore Mode (DSRM)
EC2Launch does not initialize secondary volumes. You can configure EC2Launch to initialize these disks
automatically.
To map drive letters to volumes
1. Connect to the instance to configure and open the C:\ProgramData\Amazon\EC2-Windows

\Launch\Config\DriveLetterMappingConfig.json file in a text editor.
2. Specify the volume settings using the following format:
{
"driveLetterMapping": [
{
"volumeName": "sample volume",
"driveLetter": "H"
}
]
}
3. Save your changes and close the file.

4. Open Windows PowerShell and use the following command to run the EC2Launch script that
initializes the disks:
PS C:\> C:\ProgramData\Amazon\EC2-Windows\Launch\Scripts\InitializeDisks.ps1
To initialize the disks each time the instance boots, add the -Schedule flag as follows:
PS C:\> C:\ProgramData\Amazon\EC2-Windows\Launch\Scripts\InitializeDisks.ps1 -Schedule
Boot an EC2 Windows Instance into Directory

Services Restore Mode (DSRM)
If an instance running Microsoft Active Directory experiences a system failure or other critical issues you
can troubleshoot the instance by booting into a special version of Safe Mode called Directory Services
Restore Mode (DSRM). In DSRM you can repair or recover Active Directory.
Driver Support for DSRM

How you enable DSRM and boot into the instance depends on the drivers the instance is running. In the
EC2 console you can view driver version details for an instance from the System Log. The following table
shows which drivers are supported for DSRM.
Driver Versions DSRM Supported? Next Steps
Citrix PV 5.9 No Restore the instance from a backup. You cannot enable
DSRM.
AWS PV 7.2.0 No Though DSRM is not supported for this driver, you can
still detach the root volume from the instance, take a
snapshot of the volume or create an AMI from it, and attach
it to another instance in the same Availability Zone as a
secondary volume. You can then enable DSRM (as described
in this section).
1069
Boot an EC2 Windows Instance into
Directory Services Restore Mode (DSRM)
Driver Versions DSRM Supported? Next Steps
AWS PV 7.2.2 and Yes Detach the root volume, attach it to another instance, and
later enable DSRM (as described in this section).
Enhanced Yes Detach the root volume, attach it to another instance, and
Networking enable DSRM (as described in this section).
For information about how to enable Enhanced Networking, see Enabling Enhanced Networking on
Windows Instances in a VPC. For more information about upgrading AWS PV drivers, see Upgrading PV
Drivers on Your Windows Instances (p. 435).
Configure an Instance to Boot into DSRM

EC2 Windows instances do not have network connectivity before the operating system is running. For
this reason, you cannot press the F8 button on your keyboard to select a boot option. You must use one
of the following procedures to boot an EC2 Windows Server instance into DSRM.
If you suspect that Active Directory has been corrupted and the instance is still running, you can
configure the instance to boot into DSRM using either the System Configuration dialog box or the
command prompt.
To boot an online instance into DSRM using the System Configuration dialog box
1. In the Run dialog box, type msconfig and press Enter.

2. Choose the Boot tab.
3. Under Boot options choose Safe boot.
4. Choose Active Directory repair and then choose OK. The system prompts you to reboot the server.
To boot an online instance into DSRM using the command line
From a Command Prompt window, run the following command:
bcdedit /set safeboot dsrepair
If an instance is offline and unreachable, you must detach the root volume and attach it to another
instance to enable DSRM mode.
To boot an offline instance into DSRM

4. Choose Launch Instance and create a temporary instance in the same Availability Zone as the
affected instance. Choose an instance type that uses a different version of Windows. For example, if
your instance is Windows Server 2008, then choose a Windows Server 2008 R2 instance.
Important
6. Locate the root volume of the affected instance. Detach the volume and attach it to the temporary
instance you created earlier. Attach it with the default device name (xvdf).
1070
Instance loses network connectivity or
scheduled tasks don't run when expected
utility to make the volume available for use.
8. Open a command prompt and run the following command. Replace D with the actual drive letter of
the secondary volume you just attached:
bcdedit /store D:\Boot\BCD /set {default} safeboot dsrepair
9. In the Disk Management Utility, choose the drive you attached earlier, open the context (right-click)
10. In the EC2 console, detach the affected volume from the temporary instance and reattach it to your
original instance with the device name /dev/sda1. You must specify this device name to designate
the volume as a root volume.
12. After the instance passes the health checks in the EC2 console, connect to the instance using Remote
Desktop and verify that it boots into DSRM mode.
13. (Optional) Delete or stop the temporary instance you created in this procedure.
Instance loses network connectivity or scheduled

tasks don't run when expected
If you restart your instance and it loses network connectivity, it's possible that the instance has the
wrong time.
By default, Windows instances use Coordinated Universal Time (UTC). If you set the time for your
instance to a different time zone and then restart it, the time becomes offset and the instance
temporarily loses its IP address. The instance regains network connectivity eventually, but this can take
several hours. The amount of time that it takes for the instance to regain network connectivity depends
on the difference between UTC and the other time zone.
This same time issue can also result in scheduled tasks not running when you expect them to. In this
case, the scheduled tasks do not run when expected because the instance has the incorrect time.
To use a time zone other than UTC persistently, you must set the RealTimeIsUniversal registry key.
Without this key, an instance uses UTC after you restart it.
To resolve time issues that cause a loss of network connectivity
1. Ensure that you are running the recommended PV drivers. For more information, see Upgrading PV
2. Verify that the following registry key exists and is set to 1: HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM
\CurrentControlSet\Control\TimeZoneInformation\RealTimeIsUniversal
Unable to get console output

For Windows instances, the instance console displays the output from tasks performed during the
Windows boot process. If Windows boots successfully, the last message logged is Windows is Ready
to use. Note that you can also display event log messages in the console, but this feature is not enabled
by default. For more information, see EC2 Service Properties (p. 407).
To get the console output for your instance using the Amazon EC2 console, select the instance, choose
Actions, Instance Settings, and then Get System Log. To get the console output using the command
1071
Windows Server 2012 R2 not available on the network
line, use one of the following commands: get-console-output (AWS CLI) or Get-EC2ConsoleOutput (AWS
Tools for Windows PowerShell).
For instances running Windows Server 2012 R2 and earlier, if the console output is empty, it could
indicate an issue with the EC2Config service, such as a misconfigured configuration file, or that Windows
failed to boot properly. To fix the issue, download and install the latest version of EC2Config. For more
information, see Installing the Latest Version of EC2Config (p. 405).
Windows Server 2012 R2 not available on the

network
For information about troubleshooting a Windows Server 2012 R2 instance that is not available on
the network, see Windows Server 2012 R2 loses network and storage connectivity after an instance
reboot (p. 440).
Common Messages
This section includes tips to help you troubleshoot issues based on common messages.
Topics
• "Password is not available" (p. 1072)
• "Password not available yet" (p. 1073)
• "Cannot retrieve Windows password" (p. 1073)
• "Waiting for the metadata service" (p. 1073)
• "Unable to activate Windows" (p. 1076)
• "Windows is not genuine (0x80070005)" (p. 1077)
• "No Terminal Server License Servers available to provide a license" (p. 1077)
• "Some settings are managed by your organization" (Windows 2019) (p. 1078)
"Password is not available"

To connect to a Windows instance using Remote Desktop, you must specify an account and password.
The accounts and passwords provided are based on the AMI that you used to launch the instance. You
can either retrieve the auto-generated password for the Administrator account, or use the account and
password that were in use in the original instance from which the AMI was created.
If your Windows instance isn't configured to generate a random password, you'll receive the following
message when you retrieve the auto-generated password using the console:
Password is not available.

The instance was launched from a custom AMI, or the default password has changed. A
password cannot be retrieved for this instance. If you have forgotten your password, you
can
reset it using the Amazon EC2 configuration service. For more information, see Passwords
for a
Windows Server instance.
Check the console output for the instance to see whether the AMI that you used to launch it was created
with password generation disabled. If password generation is disabled, the console output contains the
following:
1072
"Password not available yet"
Ec2SetPassword: Disabled
If password generation is disabled and you don't remember the password for the original instance, you
can reset the password for this instance. For more information, see Resetting a Lost or Expired Windows
Administrator Password (p. 1057).
"Password not available yet"

To connect to a Windows instance using Remote Desktop, you must specify an account and password.
The accounts and passwords provided are based on the AMI that you used to launch the instance. You
can either retrieve the auto-generated password for the Administrator account, or use the account and
password that were in use in the original instance from which the AMI was created.
Your password should be available within a few minutes. If the password isn't available, you'll receive the
following message when you retrieve the auto-generated password using the console:
Password not available yet.

Please wait at least 4 minutes after launching an instance before trying to retrieve the
auto-generated password.
If it's been longer than four minutes and you still can't get the password, it's possible that EC2Config is
disabled. Verify by checking whether the console output is empty. For more information, see Unable to
get console output (p. 1071).
Also verify that the AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) account being used to access the
Management Portal has the ec2:GetPasswordData action allowed. For more information about IAM
permissions, see What is IAM?.
"Cannot retrieve Windows password"

To retrieve the auto-generated password for the Administrator account, you must use the private key for
the key pair that you specified when you launched the instance. If you didn't specify a key pair when you
launched the instance, you'll receive the following message.
Cannot retrieve Windows password
You can terminate this instance and launch a new instance using the same AMI, making sure to specify a
key pair.
"Waiting for the metadata service"

A Windows instance must obtain information from its instance metadata before it can activate itself.
By default, the WaitForMetaDataAvailable setting ensures that the EC2Config service waits for the
instance metadata to be accessible before continuing with the boot process. For more information, see
Instance Metadata and User Data (p. 477).
If the instance is failing the instance reachability test, try the following to resolve this issue.
• Check the CIDR block for your VPC. A Windows instance cannot boot correctly if it's launched into
a VPC that has an IP address range from 224.0.0.0 to 255.255.255.255 (Class D and Class E IP
address ranges). These IP address ranges are reserved, and should not be assigned to host devices.
We recommend that you create a VPC with a CIDR block from the private (non-publicly routable) IP
address ranges as specified in RFC 1918.
1073
• It's possible that the system has been configured with a static IP address. Try creating a network
interface (p. 690) and attaching it to the instance (p. 692).
• To enable DHCP on a Windows instance that you can't connect to
1. Stop the affected instance and detach its root volume.

2. Launch a temporary instance in the same Availability Zone as the affected instance.
Warning
after you restore its root volume because of a disk signature collision. Alternatively, select
a different AMI for the temporary instance. For example, if the original instance uses the
AWS Windows AMI for Windows Server 2008 R2, launch the temporary instance using the
AWS Windows AMI for Windows Server 2012.
3. Attach the root volume from the affected instance to this temporary instance. Connect to the
temporary instance, open the Disk Management utility, and bring the drive online.
4. From the temporary instance, open Regedit and select HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE. From the File
menu, choose Load Hive. Select the drive, open the file Windows\System32\config\SYSTEM,
and specify a key name when prompted (you can use any name).
5. Select the key that you just loaded and navigate to ControlSet001\Services\Tcpip
\Parameters\Interfaces. Each network interface is listed by a GUID. Select the correct
network interface. If DHCP is disabled and a static IP address assigned, EnableDHCP is set to 0.
To enable DHCP, set EnableDHCP to 1, and delete the following keys if they exist: NameServer,
SubnetMask, IPAddress, and DefaultGateway. Select the key again, and from the File menu,
choose Unload Hive.
Note
If you have multiple network interfaces, you'll need to identify the correct interface to
enable DHCP. To identify the correct network interface, review the following key values
NameServer, SubnetMask, IPAddress, and DefaultGateway. These values display
the static configuration of the previous instance.
6. (Optional) If DHCP is already enabled, it's possible that you don't have a route to the metadata
service. Updating EC2Config can resolve this issue.
a. Download and install the latest version of the EC2Config service. For more information about
installing this service, see Installing the Latest Version of EC2Config (p. 405).
b. Extract the files from the .zip file to the Temp directory on the drive you attached.
c. Open Regedit and select HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE. From the File menu, choose Load Hive.
Select the drive, open the file Windows\System32\config\SOFTWARE, and specify a key
name when prompted (you can use any name).
d. Select the key that you just loaded and navigate to Microsoft\Windows
\CurrentVersion. Select the RunOnce key. (If this key doesn't exist, right-click
CurrentVersion, point to New, select Key, and name the key RunOnce.) Right-click,
point to New, and select String Value. Enter Ec2Install as the name and C:\Temp
\Ec2Install.exe -q as the data.
e. Select the key again, and from the File menu, choose Unload Hive.
7. (Optional) If your temporary instance is based on the same AMI that the original instance is based
on, you must complete the following steps or you won't be able to boot the original instance after
you restore its root volume because of a disk signature collision.
Warning
The following procedure describes how to edit the Windows Registry using Registry
Editor. If you are not familiar with the Windows Registry or how to safely make changes
using Registry Editor, see Configure the Registry.
a. Open a command prompt, type regedit.exe, and press Enter.

1074
b. In the Registry Editor, choose HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE from the context menu (right-click),
and then choose Find.
c. Type Windows Boot Manager and then choose Find Next.
d. Choose the key named 11000001. This key is a sibling of the key you found in the previous
step.
e. In the right pane, choose Element and then choose Modify from the context menu (right-
click).
f. Locate the four-byte disk signature at offset 0x38 in the data. Reverse the bytes to create
the disk signature, and write it down. For example, the disk signature represented by the
following data is E9EB3AA5:
...
0030 00 00 00 00 01 00 00 00
0038 A5 3A EB E9 00 00 00 00
0040 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
...
g. In a Command Prompt window, run the following command to start Microsoft DiskPart.
diskpart
h. Run the following DiskPart command to select the volume. (You can verify that the disk
number is 1 using the Disk Management utility.)
DISKPART> select disk 1
Disk 1 is now the selected disk.
i. Run the following DiskPart command to get the disk signature.
DISKPART> uniqueid disk
Disk ID: 0C764FA8
j. If the disk signature shown in the previous step doesn't match the disk signature from
BCD that you wrote down earlier, use the following DiskPart command to change the disk
signature so that it matches:
DISKPART> uniqueid disk id=E9EB3AA5
8. Using the Disk Management utility, bring the drive offline.

Note
The drive is automatically offline if the temporary instance is running the same operating
system as the affected instance, so you won't need to bring it offline manually.
9. Detach the volume from the temporary instance. You can terminate the temporary instance if you
have no further use for it.
10. Restore the root volume of the affected instance by attaching the volume as /dev/sda1.
11. Start the affected instance.
If you are connected to the instance, open an Internet browser from the instance and enter the following
URL for the metadata server:
http://169.254.169.254/latest/meta-data/
1075
"Unable to activate Windows"
If you can't contact the metadata server, try the following to resolve the issue:
• Download and install the latest version of the EC2Config service. For more information about installing
this service, see Installing the Latest Version of EC2Config (p. 405).
• Check whether the Windows instance is running RedHat PV drivers. If so, update to Citrix PV drivers.
For more information, see Upgrading PV Drivers on Your Windows Instances (p. 435).
• Verify that the firewall, IPSec, and proxy settings do not block outgoing traffic to the metadata service
(169.254.169.254) or the KMS servers (the addresses are specified in TargetKMSServer elements
in C:\Program Files\Amazon\Ec2ConfigService\Settings\ActivationSettings.xml).
• Verify that you have a route to the metadata service (169.254.169.254) using the following
command.
route print
• Check for network issues that might affect the Availability Zone for your instance. Go to http://
status.aws.amazon.com/.
"Unable to activate Windows"

Windows instances use Windows KMS activation. You can receive this message: A problem occurred
when Windows tried to activate. Error Code 0xC004F074, if your instance can't reach the
KMS server. Windows must be activated every 180 days. EC2Config attempts to contact the KMS server
before the activation period expires to ensure that Windows remains activated.
If you encounter a Windows activation issue, use the following procedure to resolve the issue.
For EC2Config (Windows Server 2012 R2 AMIs and earlier)
1. Download and install the latest version of the EC2Config service. For more information about
installing this service, see Installing the Latest Version of EC2Config (p. 405).
2. Log onto the instance and open the following file: C:\Program Files\Amazon
\Ec2ConfigService\Settings\config.xml.
3. Locate the Ec2WindowsActivate plugin in the config.xml file. Change the state to Enabled and
save your changes.
4. In the Windows Services snap-in, restart the EC2Config service or reboot the instance.
If this does not resolve the activation issue, follow these additional steps.
1. Set the KMS target: C:\> slmgr.vbs /skms 169.254.169.250:1688

2. Activate Windows: C:\> slmgr.vbs /ato
For EC2Launch (Windows Server 2016 AMIs and later)
1. Import the EC2Launch module:
PS C:\> Import-Module "C:\ProgramData\Amazon\EC2-Windows\Launch\Module\Ec2Launch.psd1"
2. Call the Add-Routes function:
PS C:\> Add-Routes
3. Call the Set-ActivationSettings function:
1076
"Windows is not genuine (0x80070005)"
PS C:\> Set-Activationsettings
4. Then, run the following script to activate Windows:
PS C:\> cscript "${env:SYSTEMROOT}\system32\slmgr.vbs" /ato
For both EC2Config and EC2Launch, if you are still receiving an activation error, verify the following
information.
• Verify that you have routes to the KMS servers. Open C:\Program Files\Amazon
\Ec2ConfigService\Settings\ActivationSettings.xml and locate the TargetKMSServer
elements. Run the following command and check whether the addresses for these KMS servers are
listed.
route print
• Verify that the KMS client key is set. Run the following command and check the output.
C:\Windows\System32\slmgr.vbs /dlv
If the output contains Error: product key not found, the KMS client key isn't set. If the KMS client key
isn't set, look up the client key as described in this Microsoft article: KMS Client Setup Keys, and then
run the following command to set the KMS client key.
C:\Windows\System32\slmgr.vbs /ipk client_key
• Verify that the system has the correct time and time zone. If you are using Windows Server 2008
or later and a time zone other than UTC, add the following registry key and set it to 1 to ensure
that the time is correct: HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Control
\TimeZoneInformation\RealTimeIsUniversal.
• If Windows Firewall is enabled, temporarily disable it using the following command.
netsh advfirewall set allprofiles state off
"Windows is not genuine (0x80070005)"

Windows instances use Windows KMS activation. If an instance is unable to complete the activation
process, it reports that the copy of Windows is not genuine.
Try the suggestions for "Unable to activate Windows" (p. 1076).
"No Terminal Server License Servers available to

provide a license"
By default, Windows Server is licensed for two simultaneous users through Remote Desktop. If you need
to provide more than two users with simultaneous access to your Windows instance through Remote
Desktop, you can purchase a Remote Desktop Services client access license (CAL) and install the Remote
Desktop Session Host and Remote Desktop Licensing Server roles.
Check for the following issues:
1077
"Some settings are managed by
your organization" (Windows 2019)
• You've exceeded the maximum number of concurrent RDP sessions.
• You've installed the Windows Remote Desktop Services role.
• Licensing has expired. If the licensing has expired, you can't connect to your Windows instance as a
user. You can try the following:
• Connect to the instance from the command line using an /admin parameter, for example:
mstsc /v:instance /admin
For more information, see the following Microsoft article: Access Remote Desktop Via Command
Line.
• Stop the instance, detach its Amazon EBS volumes, and attach them to another instance in the same
Availability Zone to recover your data.
"Some settings are managed by your

organization" (Windows 2019)
Instances launched from the latest Windows Server 2019 AMIs may show a Windows Update dialog
message stating "Some settings are managed by your organization." This message appears as a result of
changes in Windows Server 2019 and does not impact the behavior of Windows Update or your ability to
manage update settings.
To remove this warning, follow these steps:
1. In gpedit.msc, navigate to Computer Configuration > Administrative Templates > Windows

Components > Windows updates. Edit Configure Automatic Update, and switch this to enabled.
2. In a command prompt, update group policy with gpupdate /force.
3. Close and reopen the Windows Update Settings. You will see the above message about your settings
being managed by your organization, followed by "We'll automatically download updates, except on
metered connections (where charges may apply). In that case, we'll automatically download those
updates required to keep Windows running smoothly.
4. Return to gpedit.msc in Step 1 and set the group policy back to not configured. Do another
gpupdate /force.
5. Close the command prompt and wait a few minutes.
6. Reopen the Windows Update Settings. No message stating "Some settings are managed by your
organization" should appear.
1078
Document History
The following table describes important additions to the Amazon EC2 documentation. We also update
the documentation frequently to address the feedback that you send us.
Current API version: 2016-11-15
Feature API Description Release

Version Date
G4 instances 2016-11-15 G4 instances use NVIDIA Tesla GPUs and provide 19

a cost-effective, high-performance platform September
for general purpose GPU computing using the 2019
CUDA or machine learning frameworks along with
graphics applications using DirectX or OpenGL.
Diagnostic interrupt 2016-11-15 You can send a diagnostic interrupt to an 14 August

unreachable or unresponsive instance to trigger a 2019
kernel panic (on Linux instances), or a blue screen/
stop error (on Windows instances). For more
information, see Sending a Diagnostic Interrupt
(Advanced Users Only) (p. 1067).
Capacity optimized 2016-11-15 Using EC2 Fleet or Spot Fleet, you can now launch 12 August
allocation strategy Spot Instances from Spot pools with optimal 2019
capacity for the number of instances that are
launching. For more information, see Configuring
EC2 Fleet for Capacity Optimization (p. 354).
On-Demand Capacity 2016-11-15 You can now share your Capacity Reservations 29 July
Reservation across AWS accounts. For more information, 2019
see Working with Shared Capacity
Reservations (p. 323).
Tag launch templates 2016-11-15 You can tag launch templates at creation. 24 July
on creation For more information, see Tagging Your 2019
Resources (p. 965).
Maximum total price 2016-11-15 You can specify a maximum hourly price for all 1 July
On-Demand Instances and Spot Instances in both 2019
EC2 Fleet and Spot Fleet. For more information,
see Control Spending (p. 356) in EC2 Fleet and
Control Spending (p. 236) in Spot Fleet.
Host recovery 2016-11-15 Automatically restart your instances on a new 5 June

host in the event of an unexpected hardware 2019
failure on a Dedicated Host. For more information,
see Host Recovery (p. 305).
Amazon EBS multi- 2016-11-15 Take exact point-in-time, data coordinated, and 29 May
volume snapshots crash-consistent snapshots across multiple EBS 2019
volumes attached to an EC2 instance.
Amazon EBS encryption 2016-11-15 After you enable encryption by default in a 23 May
by default Region, all new EBS volumes you create in the 2019
Region are encrypted using the default CMK
1079

Version Date
for EBS encryption. For more information, see
Encryption by Default (p. 867).
VSS Application- 2016-11-15 Take application-consistent snapshots of all 13 May

Consistent Snapshots Amazon EBS volumes attached to your Amazon 2019
EC2 Windows instances by using Run Command.
Tag VPC endpoints, 2016-11-15 You can tag VPC endpoints, endpoint services, 13 May
endpoint services, and endpoint service configurations. For more 2019
and endpoint service information, see Tagging Your Resources (p. 965).
configurations
Windows to Linux 2016-11-15 Move existing Microsoft SQL Server workloads 8 May
Replatforming Assistant from a Windows to a Linux operating system. 2019
for Microsoft SQL
Server Databases
I3en instances 2016-11-15 New instances featuring up to 100 Gbps of 8 May

network bandwidth. 2019
Windows Automated 2016-11-15 Perform automated upgrade on Windows Server 6 May

Upgrade 2008 R2 and SQL Server 2008 R2 EC2 instances 2019
using AWS Systems Manager SSM documents.
T3a instances 2016-11-15 New instances featuring AMD EYPC processors. 24 April
2019
M5ad and R5ad 2016-11-15 New instances featuring AMD EYPC processors. 27 March
instances 2019
Tag Dedicated Host 2016-11-15 You can tag your Dedicated Host Reservations. For 14 March
Reservations more information, see Tagging Dedicated Host 2019
Reservations (p. 304).
Bare metal instances for 2016-11-15 New instances that provide your applications with 13
M5, M5d, R5, R5d, and direct access to the physical resources of the host February
z1d server. 2019
Partition placement 2016-11-15 Partition placement groups spread instances 20

groups across logical partitions, ensuring that instances December
in one partition do not share underlying 2018
hardware with instances in other partitions.
For more information, see Partition Placement
Groups (p. 710).
p3dn.24xlarge 2016-11-15 New p3dn.24xlarge instances provide 100 Gbps of 7

instances network bandwidth. December
2018
Instances featuring 2016-11-15 New C5n instances can utilize up to 100 Gbps of 26
100 Gbps of network network bandwidth. November
bandwidth 2018
1080

Version Date
Spot console 2016-11-15 The Spot console recommends a fleet of 20

recommends a fleet of instances based on Spot best practice (instance November
instances diversification) to meet the minimum hardware 2018
specifications (vCPUs, memory, and storage) for
your application need. For more information, see
Creating a Spot Fleet Request (p. 257).
New EC2 Fleet request 2016-11-15 EC2 Fleet now supports a new request type, 14
type: instant instant, that you can use to synchronously November
provision capacity across instance types and 2018
purchase models. The instant request returns
the launched instances in the API response, and
takes no further action, enabling you to control
if and when instances are launched. For more
information, see EC2 Fleet Request Types (p. 353).
Instances featuring 2016-11-15 New general purpose (M5a) and memory 6

AMD EYPC processors optimized instances (R5a) offer lower-priced November
options for microservices, small to medium 2018
databases, virtual desktops, development and test
environments, business applications, and more.
Spot savings 2016-11-15 You can view the savings made from using Spot 5
information Instances for a single Spot Fleet or for all Spot November
Instances. For more information, see Savings From 2018
Purchasing Spot Instances (p. 241).
Console support for 2016-11-15 When you launch an instance, you can optimize 31
optimizing CPU options the CPU options to suit specific workloads or October
business needs using the Amazon EC2 console. 2018
For more information, see Optimizing CPU
Options (p. 446).
Console support for 2016-11-15 You can create a launch template using 30
creating a launch an instance as the basis for a new launch October
template from an template using the Amazon EC2 console. 2018
instance For more information, see Creating a Launch
Template (p. 339).
On-Demand Capacity 2016-11-15 You can reserve capacity for your Amazon EC2 25
Reservations instances in a specific Availability Zone for any October
duration. This allows you to create and manage 2018
capacity reservations independently from the
billing discounts offered by Reserved Instances
(RI). For more information, see On-Demand
Capacity Reservations (p. 315).
Bring Your Own IP 2016-11-15 You can bring part or all of your public IPv4 23
Addresses (BYOIP) address range from your on-premises network to October
your AWS account. After you bring the address 2018
range to AWS, it appears in your account as an
address pool. You can create an Elastic IP address
from your address pool and use it with your AWS
resources. For more information, see Bring Your
Own IP Addresses (BYOIP) (p. 669).
1081

Version Date
g3s.xlarge instances 2016-11-15 Expands the range of the accelerated-computing 11

G3 instance family with the introduction of October
g3s.xlarge instances. 2018
Dedicated Host tag 2016-11-15 You can tag your Dedicated Hosts on creation, and 08
on create and console you can manage your Dedicated Host tags using October
support the Amazon EC2 console. For more information, 2018
see Allocating Dedicated Hosts (p. 296).
High memory instances 2016-11-15 These instances are purpose-built to run large 27
in-memory databases. They offer bare metal September
performance with direct access to host hardware. 2018
For more information, see Memory Optimized
Instances (p. 165).
f1.4xlarge instances 2016-11-15 Expands the range of the accelerated-computing 25

F1 instance family with the introduction of September
f1.4xlarge instances. 2018
Console support for 2016-11-15 Increase or decrease the current capacity of 20

scheduled scaling for the fleet based on the date and time. For more September
Spot Fleet information, see Scale Spot Fleet Using Scheduled 2018
Scaling (p. 276).
T3 instances 2016-11-15 T3 instances are the next generation burstable 21 August

general-purpose instance type that provide a 2018
baseline level of CPU performance with the ability
to burst CPU usage at any time for as long as
required. For more information, see Burstable
Performance Instances (p. 132).
Allocation strategies for 2016-11-15 You can specify whether On-Demand capacity 26 July
EC2 Fleets is fulfilled by price (lowest price first) or priority 2018
(highest priority first). You can specify the number
of Spot pools across which to allocate your
target Spot capacity. For more information, see
Allocation Strategies for Spot Instances (p. 354).
Allocation strategies for 2016-11-15 You can specify whether On-Demand capacity 26 July
Spot Fleets is fulfilled by price (lowest price first) or priority 2018
(highest priority first). You can specify the number
of Spot pools across which to allocate your
target Spot capacity. For more information, see
Allocation Strategy for Spot Instances (p. 234).
R5 and R5d instances 2016-11-15 R5 and R5d instances are ideally suited for high- 25 July
performance databases, distributed in-memory 2018
caches, and in-memory analytics. R5d instances
come with NVMe instance store volumes. For
more information, see Memory Optimized
Instances (p. 165).
1082

Version Date
z1d instances 2016-11-15 These instances are designed for applications 25 July
that require high per-core performance with 2018
a large amount of memory, such as electronic
design automation (EDA) and relational databases.
These instances come with NVME instance store
volumes. For more information, see Memory
Optimized Instances (p. 165).
Automate snapshot 2016-11-15 You can use Amazon Data Lifecycle Manager to 12 July
lifecycle automate creation and deletion of snapshots 2018
for your EBS volumes. For more information,
see Automating the Amazon EBS Snapshot
Lifecycle (p. 843).
Launch template CPU 2016-11-15 When you create a launch template using the 11 July
options command line tools, you can optimize the CPU 2018
options to suit specific workloads or business
needs. For more information, see Creating a
Launch Template (p. 339).
Tag Dedicated Hosts 2016-11-15 You can tag your Dedicated Hosts. For 3 July
more information, see Tagging Dedicated 2018
Hosts (p. 300).
i3.metal instances 2016-11-15 i3.metal instances provide your applications 17 May

with direct access to the physical resources of 2018
the host server, such as processors and memory.
For more information, see Storage Optimized
Instances (p. 173).
Get latest console 2016-11-15 You can retrieve the latest console output for 9 May
output some instance types when you use the get- 2018
console-output AWS CLI command.
Optimize CPU options 2016-11-15 When you launch an instance, you can optimize 8 May
the CPU options to suit specific workloads or 2018
business needs. For more information, see
Optimizing CPU Options (p. 446).
EC2 Fleet 2016-11-15 You can use EC2 Fleet to launch a group of 2 May
instances across different EC2 instance types 2018
and Availability Zones, and across On-Demand
Instance, Reserved Instance, and Spot Instance
purchasing models. For more information, see
Launching an EC2 Fleet (p. 350).
On-Demand Instances 2016-11-15 You can include a request for On-Demand 2 May
in Spot Fleets capacity in your Spot Fleet request to ensure 2018
that you always have instance capacity. For more
information, see How Spot Fleet Works (p. 233).
Tag EBS snapshots on 2016-11-15 You can apply tags to snapshots during creation. 2 April
creation For more information, see Creating Amazon EBS 2018
Snapshots (p. 821).
1083

Version Date
Change placement 2016-11-15 You can move an instance in or out of a placement 1 March
groups group, or change its placement group. For more 2018
information, see Changing the Placement Group
for an Instance (p. 716).
Longer resource IDs 2016-11-15 You can enable the longer ID format for more 9 February
resource types. For more information, see 2018
Resource IDs (p. 955).
Network performance 2016-11-15 Instances outside of a cluster placement group 24 January

improvements can now benefit from increased bandwidth 2018
when sending or receiving network traffic
between other instances or Amazon S3. For
more information, see Networking and Storage
Features (p. 123).
Tag Elastic IP addresses 2016-11-15 You can tag your Elastic IP addresses. For 21
more information, see Tagging an Elastic IP December
Address (p. 675). 2017
Amazon Time Sync 2016-11-15 You can use the Amazon Time Sync Service to 29
Service keep accurate time on your instance. For more November
information, see Setting the Time for a Windows 2017
Instance (p. 459).
T2 Unlimited 2016-11-15 T2 Unlimited instances can burst above the 29

baseline for as long as required. For more November
information, see Burstable Performance 2017
Instances (p. 132).
Launch templates 2016-11-15 A launch template can contain all or some of the 29
parameters to launch an instance, so that you November
don't have to specify them every time you launch 2017
an instance. For more information, see Launching
an Instance from a Launch Template (p. 337).
Spread placement 2016-11-15 Spread placement groups are recommended for 29

applications that have a small number of critical November
instances that should be kept separate from 2017
each other. For more information, see Spread
Placement Groups (p. 711).
H1 instances 2016-11-15 H1 instances are designed for high-performance 28

big data workloads. For more information, see November
Storage Optimized Instances (p. 173). 2017
M5 instances 2016-11-15 M5 instances are the next generation of general 28

purpose compute instances. They provide a November
balance of compute, memory, storage, and 2017
network resources.
Spot Instance 2016-11-15 The Spot service can hibernate Spot Instances 28
hibernation in the event of an interruption. For more November
information, see Hibernating Interrupted Spot 2017
Instances (p. 285).
1084

Version Date
Spot Fleet target 2016-11-15 You can set up target tracking scaling policies for 17
tracking your Spot Fleet. For more information, see Scale November
Spot Fleet Using a Target Tracking Policy (p. 273). 2017
Spot Fleet integrates 2016-11-15 You can attach one or more load balancers to a 10
with Elastic Load Spot Fleet. November
Balancing 2017
X1e instances 2016-11-15 X1e instances are ideally suited for high- 28
performance databases, in-memory databases, November
and other memory-intensive enterprise 2017
applications. For more information, see Memory
C5 instances 2016-11-15 C5 instances are designed for compute-heavy 6

applications. For more information, see Compute November
Optimized Instances (p. 161). 2017
Merge and split 2016-11-15 You can exchange (merge) two or more 6
Convertible Reserved Convertible Reserved Instances for a new November
Instances Convertible Reserved Instance. You can also use 2017
the modification process to split a Convertible
Reserved Instance into smaller reservations. For
more information, see Exchanging Convertible
P3 instances 2016-11-15 P3 instances are the next generation of 25

compute-optimized GPU instances. For more October
information, see Windows Accelerated Computing 2017
Instances (p. 178).
Modify VPC tenancy 2016-11-15 You can change the instance tenancy attribute of 16
a VPC from dedicated to default. For more October
information, see Changing the Tenancy of a 2017
VPC (p. 315).
Stop on interruption 2016-11-15 You can specify whether Amazon EC2 should 18
stop or terminate Spot Instances when they September
are interrupted. For more information, see 2017
Interruption Behavior (p. 284).
Tag NAT gateways 2016-11-15 You can tag your NAT gateway. For more 7
information, see Tagging Your Resources (p. 965). September
2017
Security group rule 2016-11-15 You can add descriptions to your security group 31 August
descriptions rules. For more information, see Security Group 2017
Rules (p. 583).
Elastic Graphics 2016-11-15 Attach Elastic Graphics accelerators to your 29 August

instances to accelerate the graphics performance 2017
of your applications. For more information, see
Amazon Elastic Graphics (p. 519).
1085

Version Date
Recover Elastic IP 2016-11-15 If you release an Elastic IP address for use in 11 August
addresses a VPC, you might be able to recover it. For 2017
more information, see Recovering an Elastic IP
Address (p. 677).
Tag Spot Fleet instances 2016-11-15 You can configure your Spot Fleet to 24 July
automatically tag the instances that it launches. 2017
G3 instances 2016-11-15 G3 instances provide a cost-effective, high- 13 July

performance platform for graphics applications 2017
using DirectX or OpenGL. G3 instances also
provide NVIDIA GRID Virtual Workstation features,
supporting 4 monitors with resolutions up to
4096x2160. For more information, see Windows
Accelerated Computing Instances (p. 178).
Tag resources during 2016-11-15 You can apply tags to instances and volumes 28 March
creation during creation. For more information, see 2017
Tagging Your Resources (p. 965). In addition, you
can use tag-based resource-level permissions
to control the tags that are applied. For more
information see, Resource-Level Permissions for
Tagging (p. 608).
I3 instances 2016-11-15 I3 instances represent the next generation 23

of storage optimized instances. For more February
information, see Storage Optimized 2017
Instances (p. 173).
Perform modifications 2016-11-15 With most EBS volumes attached to most EC2 13
on attached EBS instances, you can modify volume size, type, and February
volumes IOPS without detaching the volume or stopping 2017
the instance. For more information, see Amazon
EBS Elastic Volumes (p. 854).
Attach an IAM role 2016-11-15 You can attach, detach, or replace an IAM role for 9 February
an existing instance. For more information, see 2017
IAM Roles for Amazon EC2 (p. 645).
Dedicated Spot 2016-11-15 You can run Spot Instances on single-tenant 19 January
Instances hardware in a virtual private cloud (VPC). For 2017
more information, see Specifying a Tenancy for
Your Spot Instances (p. 244).
IPv6 support 2016-11-15 You can associate an IPv6 CIDR with your VPC and 1
subnets, and assign IPv6 addresses to instances in December
your VPC. For more information, see Amazon EC2 2016
Instance IP Addressing (p. 655).
1086

Version Date
R4 instances 2016-09-15 R4 instances represent the next generation 30

of memory optimized instances. R4 instances November
are well-suited for memory-intensive, latency- 2016
sensitive workloads such as business intelligence
(BI), data mining and analysis, in-memory
databases, distributed web scale in-memory
caching, and applications performance real-
time processing of unstructured big data. For
more information, see Memory Optimized
Instances (p. 165)
New t2.xlarge and 2016-09-15 T2 instances are designed to provide moderate 30

t2.2xlarge instance base performance and the capability to burst to November
types significantly higher performance as required by 2016
your workload. They are intended for applications
that need responsiveness, high performance
for limited periods of time, and a low cost. For
more information, see Burstable Performance
Instances (p. 132).
P2 instances 2016-09-15 P2 instances use NVIDIA Tesla K80 GPUs and are 29
designed for general purpose GPU computing September
using the CUDA or OpenCL programming models. 2016
For more information, see Windows Accelerated
Computing Instances (p. 178).
m4.16xlarge 2016-04-01 Expands the range of the general-purpose M4 6

instances family with the introduction of m4.16xlarge September
instances, with 64 vCPUs and 256 GiB of RAM. 2016
Automatic scaling for You can now set up scaling policies for your 1
Spot Fleet Spot Fleet. For more information, see Automatic September
Scaling for Spot Fleet (p. 273). 2016
Elastic Network Adapter 2016-04-01 You can now use ENA for enhanced networking. 28 June
(ENA) For more information, see Enhanced Networking 2016
Types (p. 699).
Enhanced support for 2016-04-01 You can now view and modify longer ID settings 23 June
viewing and modifying for other IAM users, IAM roles, or the root user. For 2016
longer IDs more information, see Resource IDs (p. 955).
Copy encrypted 2016-04-01 You can now copy encrypted EBS snapshots 21 June
Amazon EBS snapshots between AWS accounts. For more information, see 2016
between AWS accounts Copying an Amazon EBS Snapshot (p. 836).
Capture a screenshot of 2015-10-01 You can now obtain additional information 24 May
an instance console when debugging instances that are unreachable. 2016
For more information, see Troubleshoot an
Unreachable Instance (p. 1050).
1087

Version Date
X1 instances 2015-10-01 Memory-optimized instances designed for 18 May

running in-memory databases, big data 2016
processing engines, and high performance
computing (HPC) applications. For more
information, see Memory Optimized
Instances (p. 165).
Two new EBS volume 2015-10-01 You can now create Throughput Optimized 19 April
types HDD (st1) and Cold HDD (sc1) volumes. For 2016
more information, see Amazon EBS Volume
Types (p. 785).
Added new Added new NetworkPacketsIn and 23 March

NetworkPacketsIn and NetworkPacketsOut metrics for Amazon EC2. For 2016
NetworkPacketsOut more information, see Instance Metrics (p. 547).
metrics for Amazon EC2
CloudWatch metrics for You can now get CloudWatch metrics for your 21 March
Spot Fleet Spot Fleet. For more information, see CloudWatch 2016
Metrics for Spot Fleet (p. 270).
Scheduled Instances 2015-10-01 Scheduled Reserved Instances (Scheduled 13 January

Instances) enable you to purchase capacity 2016
reservations that recur on a daily, weekly, or
monthly basis, with a specified start time and
duration. For more information, see Scheduled
Longer resource IDs 2015-10-01 We're gradually introducing longer length IDs 13 January
for some Amazon EC2 and Amazon EBS resource 2016
types. During the opt-in period, you can enable
the longer ID format for supported resource
types. For more information, see Resource
IDs (p. 955).
ClassicLink DNS support 2015-10-01 You can enable ClassicLink DNS support for 11 January
your VPC so that DNS hostnames that are 2016
addressed between linked EC2-Classic instances
and instances in the VPC resolve to private
IP addresses and not public IP addresses. For
more information, see Enabling ClassicLink DNS
Support (p. 765).
New t2.nano instance 2015-10-01 T2 instances are designed to provide moderate 15

type base performance and the capability to burst to December
significantly higher performance as required by 2015
Instances (p. 132).
1088

Version Date
Dedicated hosts 2015-10-01 An Amazon EC2 Dedicated host is a physical 23

server with instance capacity dedicated for November
your use. For more information, see Dedicated 2015
Hosts (p. 292).
Spot Instance duration 2015-10-01 You can now specify a duration for your Spot 6 October
Instances. For more information, see Specifying a 2015
Duration for Your Spot Instances (p. 244).
Spot Fleet modify 2015-10-01 You can now modify the target capacity of your 29
request Spot Fleet request. For more information, see September
Modifying a Spot Fleet Request (p. 260). 2015
Spot Fleet diversified 2015-04-15 You can now allocate Spot Instances in multiple 15
allocation strategy Spot pools using a single Spot Fleet request. For September
more information, see Allocation Strategy for 2015
Spot Instances (p. 234).
Spot Fleet instance 2015-04-15 You can now define the capacity units that each 31 August
weighting instance type contributes to your application's 2015
performance, and adjust the amount you are
willing to pay for Spot Instances for each Spot
pool accordingly. For more information, see Spot
Fleet Instance Weighting (p. 237).
New reboot alarm Added the reboot alarm action and new IAM role 23 July
action and new IAM for use with alarm actions. For more information, 2015
role for use with alarm see Create Alarms That Stop, Terminate, Reboot,
actions or Recover an Instance (p. 564).
New t2.large T2 instances are designed to provide moderate 16 June

instance type base performance and the capability to burst to 2015
significantly higher performance as required by
Instances (p. 132).
M4 instances The next generation of general-purpose instances 11 June

that provide a balance of compute, memory, and 2015
network resources. M4 instances are powered by
a custom Intel 2.4 GHz Intel® Xeon® E5 2676v3
(Haswell) processor with AVX2.
Spot Fleets 2015-04-15 You can manage a collection, or fleet, of Spot 18 May
Instances instead of managing separate Spot 2015
Instance requests. For more information, see How
Spot Fleet Works (p. 233).
Migrate Elastic IP 2015-04-15 You can migrate an Elastic IP address that you've 15 May
addresses to EC2- allocated for use in EC2-Classic to be used in 2015
Classic a VPC. For more information, see Migrating an
Elastic IP Address from EC2-Classic (p. 756).
1089

Version Date
Importing VMs with 2015-03-01 The VM Import process now supports importing 23 April
multiple disks as AMIs VMs with multiple disks as AMIs. For more 2015
information, see Importing a VM as an Image
Using VM Import/Export in the VM Import/Export
User Guide .
New g2.8xlarge The new g2.8xlarge instance is backed by four 7 April

instance type high-performance NVIDIA GPUs, making it well 2015
suited for GPU compute workloads including large
scale rendering, transcoding, machine learning,
and other server-side workloads that require
massive parallel processing power.
D2 instances Next generation Amazon EC2 dense-storage 24 March

instances that are optimized for applications 2015
requiring sequential access to large amount
of data on direct attached instance storage.
D2 instances are designed to offer best price/
performance in the dense-storage family.
Powered by 2.4 GHz Intel® Xeon® E5 2676v3
(Haswell) processors, D2 instances improve on
HS1 instances by providing additional compute
power, more memory, and Enhanced Networking.
In addition, D2 instances are available in four
instance sizes with 6TB, 12TB, 24TB, and 48TB
storage options.
For more information, see Storage Optimized

Instances (p. 173).
Systems Manager Systems Manager enables you to configure and 17

manage your EC2 instances. February
2015
Systems Manager for You can now use Systems Manager for Microsoft 21 January
Microsoft SCVMM 1.5 SCVMM to launch an instance and to import 2015
a VM from SCVMM to Amazon EC2. For more
information, see Creating an EC2 Instance (p. 982)
and Importing Your Virtual Machine (p. 986).
Automatic recovery for You can create an Amazon CloudWatch alarm 12 January
EC2 instances that monitors an Amazon EC2 instance and 2015
automatically recovers the instance if it becomes
impaired due to an underlying hardware failure
or a problem that requires AWS involvement to
repair. A recovered instance is identical to the
original instance, including the instance ID, IP
addresses, and all instance metadata.
For more information, see Recover Your

Instance (p. 392).
1090

Version Date
C4 instances Next-generation compute-optimized instances 11 January

that provide very high CPU performance at 2015
an economical price. C4 instances are based
on custom 2.9 GHz Intel® Xeon® E5-2666 v3
(Haswell) processors. With additional Turbo boost,
the processor clock speed in C4 instances can
reach as high as 3.5Ghz with 1 or 2 core turbo.
Expanding on the capabilities of C3 compute-
optimized instances, C4 instances offer customers
the highest processor performance among EC2
instances. These instances are ideally suited
for high-traffic web applications, ad serving,
batch processing, video encoding, distributed
analytics, high-energy physics, genome analysis,
and computational fluid dynamics.
For more information, see Compute Optimized

Instances (p. 161).
ClassicLink 2014-10-01 ClassicLink enables you to link your EC2-Classic 7 January

instance to a VPC in your account. You can 2015
associate VPC security groups with the EC2-Classic
instance, enabling communication between your
EC2-Classic instance and instances in your VPC
using private IP addresses. For more information,
see ClassicLink (p. 759).
Spot Instance The best way to protect against Spot Instance 5 January
termination notices interruption is to architect your application to be 2015
fault tolerant. In addition, you can take advantage
of Spot Instance termination notices, which
provide a two-minute warning before Amazon
EC2 must terminate your Spot Instance.
For more information, see Spot Instance

Interruption Notices (p. 287).
Systems Manager for Systems Manager for Microsoft SCVMM provides 29

Microsoft SCVMM a simple, easy-to-use interface for managing October
AWS resources, such as EC2 instances, from 2014
Microsoft SCVMM. For more information, see AWS
Systems Manager for Microsoft System Center
VMM (p. 977).
DescribeVolumes 2014-09-01 The DescribeVolumes API call now supports the 23

pagination support pagination of results with the MaxResults and October
NextToken parameters. For more information, 2014
see DescribeVolumes in the Amazon EC2 API
Reference.
1091

Version Date
Added support for You can use Amazon CloudWatch Logs to monitor, 10 July
Amazon CloudWatch store, and access your system, application, and 2014
Logs custom log files from your instances or other
sources. You can then retrieve the associated log
data from CloudWatch Logs using the Amazon
CloudWatch console, the CloudWatch Logs
commands in the AWS CLI, or the CloudWatch
Logs SDK.
T2 instances 2014-06-15 T2 instances are designed to provide moderate 30 June

base performance and the capability to burst to 2014
significantly higher performance as required by
Instances (p. 132).
New EC2 Service Limits Use the EC2 Service Limits page in the Amazon 19 June
page EC2 console to view the current limits for 2014
resources provided by Amazon EC2 and Amazon
VPC, on a per-region basis.
Amazon EBS General 2014-05-01 General Purpose SSD volumes offer cost- 16 June
Purpose SSD Volumes effective storage that is ideal for a broad range 2014
of workloads. These volumes deliver single-digit
millisecond latencies, the ability to burst to 3,000
IOPS for extended periods of time, and a base
performance of 3 IOPS/GiB. General Purpose SSD
volumes can range in size from 1 GiB to 1 TiB. For
more information, see General Purpose SSD (gp2)
Volumes (p. 787).
Windows Server 2012 AMIs for Windows Server 2012 R2 use the new 3 June
R2 AWS PV drivers. For more information, see AWS 2014
PV Drivers (p. 431).
AWS Management Pack AWS Management Pack now supports for System 22 May
Center Operations Manager 2012 R2. For more 2014
information, see AWS Management Pack for
Amazon EBS encryption 2014-05-01 Amazon EBS encryption offers seamless 21 May
encryption of EBS data volumes and snapshots, 2014
eliminating the need to build and maintain a
secure key management infrastructure. EBS
encryption enables data at rest security by
encrypting your data using Amazon-managed
keys. The encryption occurs on the servers that
host EC2 instances, providing encryption of data
as it moves between EC2 instances and EBS
storage. For more information, see Amazon EBS
1092

Version Date
R3 instances 2014-02-01 Next generation memory-optimized instances 9 April

with the best price point per GiB of RAM and high 2014
performance. These instances are ideally suited
for relational and NoSQL databases, in-memory
analytics solutions, scientific computing, and
other memory-intensive applications that can
benefit from the high memory per vCPU, high
compute performance, and enhanced networking
capabilities of R3 instances.
For more information about the hardware

specifications for each Amazon EC2 instance type,
see Amazon EC2 Instance Types.
Amazon EC2 Usage Amazon EC2 Usage Reports is a set of reports that 28 January
Reports shows cost and usage data of your usage of EC2. 2014
For more information, see Amazon EC2 Usage
Reports (p. 975).
Additional M3 instances 2013-10-15 The M3 instance sizes m3.medium and m3.large 20 January
are now supported. For more information about 2014
the hardware specifications for each Amazon EC2
instance type, see Amazon EC2 Instance Types.
I2 instances 2013-10-15 These instances provide very high IOPS. I2 19

instances also support enhanced networking that December
delivers improve inter-instance latencies, lower 2013
network jitter, and significantly higher packet per
second (PPS) performance. For more information,
see Storage Optimized Instances (p. 173).
Updated M3 instances 2013-10-15 The M3 instance sizes, m3.xlarge and 19

m3.2xlarge now support instance store with December
SSD volumes. 2013
Resource-level 2013-10-15 You can now create policies in AWS Identity and 20
permissions for Access Management to control resource-level November
RunInstances permissions for the Amazon EC2 RunInstances 2013
API action. For more information and example
policies, see Controlling Access to Amazon EC2
Resources (p. 596).
1093

Version Date
C3 instances 2013-10-15 Compute-optimized instances that provide very 14

high CPU performance at an economical price. November
C3 instances also support enhanced networking 2013
that delivers improved inter-instance latencies,
lower network jitter, and significantly higher
packet per second (PPS) performance. These
instances are ideally suited for high-traffic web
applications, ad serving, batch processing, video
encoding, distributed analytics, high-energy
physics, genome analysis, and computational fluid
dynamics.

Launching an instance You can now launch an instance from the AWS 11
from the AWS Marketplace using the Amazon EC2 launch wizard. November
Marketplace For more information, see Launching an AWS 2013
Marketplace Instance (p. 349).
G2 instances 2013-10-01 These instances are ideally suited for video 4

creation services, 3D visualizations, streaming November
graphics-intensive applications, and other 2013
server-side workloads requiring massive parallel
processing power. For more information,
see Windows Accelerated Computing
Instances (p. 178).
New launch wizard There is a new and redesigned EC2 launch wizard. 10
For more information, see Launching an Instance October
Using the Launch Instance Wizard (p. 333). 2013
Modifying Amazon EC2 2013-08-15 You can now modify Reserved Instances in a 11
Reserved Instances region. September
2013
Assigning a public IP 2013-07-15 You can now assign a public IP address when 20 August
address you launch an instance in a VPC. For more 2013
information, see Assigning a Public IPv4 Address
During Instance Launch (p. 660).
Granting resource-level 2013-06-15 Amazon EC2 supports new Amazon Resource 8 July
permissions Names (ARNs) and condition keys. For more 2013
information, see IAM Policies for Amazon
EC2 (p. 598).
Incremental Snapshot 2013-02-01 You can now perform incremental snapshot 11 June
Copies copies. For more information, see Copying an 2013
Amazon EBS Snapshot (p. 836).
1094

Version Date
AWS Management Pack The AWS Management Pack links Amazon 8 May
EC2 instances and the Windows or Linux 2013
operating systems running inside them. The AWS
Management Pack is an extension to Microsoft
System Center Operations Manager. For more
information, see AWS Management Pack for
New Tags page There is a new Tags page in the Amazon EC2 04 April
console. For more information, see Tagging Your 2013
Amazon EC2 Resources (p. 963).
Additional EBS- 2013-02-01 The following instance types can now be launched 19 March
optimized instance as EBS-optimized instances: c1.xlarge, 2013
types m2.2xlarge, m3.xlarge, and m3.2xlarge.
For more information, see Amazon EBS–

PV Drivers To learn how to upgrade the paravirtualized (PV) March

drivers on your Windows AMI, see Upgrading PV 2013
Copy an AMI from one 2013-02-01 You can copy an AMI from one region to another, 11 March
region to another enabling you to launch consistent instances in 2013
more than one AWS region quickly and easily.
For more information, see Copying an AMI (p. 72).
Launch instances into a 2013-02-01 Your AWS account is capable of launching 11 March
default VPC instances into either EC2-Classic or a VPC, or only 2013
into a VPC, on a region-by-region basis. If you
can launch instances only into a VPC, we create a
default VPC for you. When you launch an instance,
we launch it into your default VPC, unless you
create a nondefault VPC and specify it when you
launch the instance.
High-memory cluster 2012-12-01 Have large amounts of memory coupled with high 21 January
(cr1.8xlarge) instance CPU and network performance. These instances 2013
type are well suited for in-memory analytics, graph
analysis, and scientific computing applications.
High storage 2012-12-01 High storage instances provide very high storage 20
(hs1.8xlarge) density and high sequential read and write December
instance type performance per instance. They are well-suited 2012
for data warehousing, Hadoop/MapReduce, and
parallel file systems.
EBS snapshot copy 2012-12-01 You can use snapshot copies to create backups 17
of data, to create new Amazon EBS volumes, or December
to create Amazon Machine Images (AMIs). For 2012
more information, see Copying an Amazon EBS
Snapshot (p. 836).
1095

Version Date
Updated EBS metrics 2012-10-01 Updated the EBS metrics to include two new 20
and status checks for metrics for Provisioned IOPS SSD volumes. For November
Provisioned IOPS SSD more information, see Amazon CloudWatch 2012
volumes Metrics for Amazon EBS (p. 902). Also added new
status checks for Provisioned IOPS SSD volumes.
For more information, see EBS Volume Status
Checks (p. 808).
Support for Windows Amazon EC2 now provides you with several pre- 19
Server 2012 configured Windows Server 2012 AMIs. These November
AMIs are immediately available for use in every 2012
region and for every 64-bit instance type. The
AMIs support the following languages:
• English
• Chinese Simplified
• Chinese Traditional
• Chinese Traditional Hong Kong
• Japanese
• Korean
• Portuguese
• Portuguese Brazil
• Czech
• Dutch
• French
• German
• Hungarian
• Italian
• Polish
• Russian
• Spanish
• Swedish
• Turkish
M3 instances 2012-10-01 There are new M3 extra-large and M3 double- 31

extra-large instance types. For more information October
about the hardware specifications for each 2012
Amazon EC2 instance type, see Amazon EC2
Instance Types.
Spot Instance request 2012-10-01 Spot Instance request status makes it easy to 14
status determine the state of your Spot requests. October
2012
1096

Version Date
Amazon EC2 Reserved 2012-08-15 The Reserved Instance Marketplace matches 11

Instance Marketplace sellers who have Amazon EC2 Reserved Instances September
that they no longer need with buyers who are 2012
looking to purchase additional capacity. Reserved
Instances bought and sold through the Reserved
Instance Marketplace work like any other Reserved
Instances, except that they can have less than a
full standard term remaining and can be sold at
different prices.
Provisioned IOPS SSD 2012-07-20 Provisioned IOPS SSD volumes deliver predictable, 31 July
for Amazon EBS high performance for I/O intensive workloads, 2012
such as database applications, that rely
on consistent and fast response times. For
more information, see Amazon EBS Volume
Types (p. 785).
High I/O instances for 2012-06-15 High I/O instances provides very high, low latency, 18 July
Amazon EC2 disk I/O performance using SSD-based local 2012
instance storage.
IAM roles on Amazon 2012-06-01 IAM roles for Amazon EC2 provide: 11 June
EC2 instances 2012
• AWS access keys for applications running on
Amazon EC2 instances.
• Automatic rotation of the AWS access keys on
the Amazon EC2 instance.
• Granular permissions for applications running
on Amazon EC2 instances that make requests to
your AWS services.
Spot Instance features You can now manage your Spot Instances as 7 June
that make it easier follows: 2012
to get started and
handle the potential of • Specify the amount you are willing to pay
interruption. for Spot Instances using Auto Scaling launch
configurations, and set up a schedule for
specifying the amount you are willing to pay
for Spot Instances. For more information, see
Launching Spot Instances in Your Auto Scaling
Group in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User
Guide.
• Get notifications when instances are launched
or terminated.
• Use AWS CloudFormation templates to launch
Spot Instances in a stack with AWS resources.
EC2 instance export and 2012-05-01 Added support for exporting Windows Server 25 May
timestamps for status instances that you originally imported into EC2. 2012
checks for Amazon EC2
Added support for timestamps on instance status
and system status to indicate the date and time
that a status check failed.
1097

Version Date
EC2 instance export, 2012-05-01 Added support for EC2 instance export to Citrix 25 May
and timestamps in Xen, Microsoft Hyper-V, and VMware vSphere. 2012
instance and system
status checks for Added support for timestamps in instance and
Amazon VPC system status checks.
Cluster Compute Eight 2012-04-01 Added support for cc2.8xlarge instances in a 26 April
Extra Large instances VPC. 2012
AWS Marketplace AMIs 2012-04-01 Added support for AWS Marketplace AMIs. 19 April
2012
Medium instances, 2011-12-15 Added support for a new instance type and 64-bit 7 March
support for 64-bit on information. 2012
all AMIs
Reserved Instance 2011-12-15 Added a new section discussing how to take 5 March
pricing tiers advantage of the discount pricing that is built into 2012
the Reserved Instance pricing tiers.
Elastic Network 2011-12-01 Added new section about elastic network 21

Interfaces (ENIs) for EC2 interfaces (ENIs) for EC2 instances in a VPC. December
instances in Amazon For more information, see Elastic Network 2011
Virtual Private Cloud Interfaces (p. 678).
New offering types for 2011-11-01 You can choose from a variety of Reserved 01
Amazon EC2 Reserved Instance offerings that address your projected use December
Instances of the instance. 2011
Amazon EC2 instance 2011-11-01 You can view additional details about the status 16
status of your instances, including scheduled events November
planned by AWS that might have an impact 2011
on your instances. These operational activities
include instance reboots required to apply
software updates or security patches, or instance
retirements required where there are hardware
issues. For more information, see Monitoring the
Status of Your Instances (p. 534).
Amazon EC2 Cluster Added support for Cluster Compute Eight Extra 14
Compute Instance Type Large (cc2.8xlarge) to Amazon EC2. November
2011
Spot Instances in 2011-07-15 Added information about the support for Spot 11
Amazon VPC Instances in Amazon VPC. With this update, users October
can launch Spot Instances a virtual private cloud 2011
(VPC). By launching Spot Instances in a VPC,
users of Spot Instances can enjoy the benefits of
Amazon VPC.
1098

Version Date
Simplified VM import 2011-07-15 The VM Import process is simplified with the 15

process for users of the enhanced functionality of ImportInstance September
CLI tools and ImportVolume, which now will perform 2011
the upload of the images into Amazon EC2
after creating the import task. In addition, with
the introduction of ResumeImport, users can
restart an incomplete upload at the point the task
stopped.
Support for importing VM Import can now import virtual machine 24 August
in VHD file format image files in VHD format. The VHD file format 2011
is compatible with the Citrix Xen and Microsoft
Hyper-V virtualization platforms. With this
release, VM Import now supports RAW, VHD and
VMDK (VMware ESX-compatible) image formats.
For more information, see the VM Import/Export
User Guide.
Support for Windows VM Import now supports Windows Server 2003 24 August
Server 2003 R2 (R2). With this release, VM Import supports all 2011
versions of Windows Server supported by Amazon
EC2.
Update to the Amazon Added information about the 1.1 version of the 27 June
EC2 VM Import Amazon EC2 VM Import Connector for VMware 2011
Connector for VMware vCenter virtual appliance (Connector). This update
vCenter includes proxy support for Internet access, better
error handling, improved task progress bar
accuracy, and several bug fixes.
Spot Instances 2011-05-15 Added information about the Spot Instances 26 May
Availability Zone pricing Availability Zone pricing feature. In this release, 2011
changes we've added new Availability Zone pricing options
as part of the information returned when you
query for Spot Instance requests and Spot
price history. These additions make it easier to
determine the price required to launch a Spot
Instance into a particular Availability Zone.
AWS Identity and Added information about AWS Identity and 26 April
Access Management Access Management (IAM), which enables users to 2011
specify which Amazon EC2 actions a user can use
with Amazon EC2 resources in general. For more
information, see Controlling Access to Amazon
EC2 Resources (p. 596).
1099

Version Date
Dedicated instances Launched within your Amazon Virtual Private 27 March

Cloud (Amazon VPC), Dedicated Instances are 2011
instances that are physically isolated at the host
hardware level. Dedicated Instances let you
take advantage of Amazon VPC and the AWS
cloud, with benefits including on-demand elastic
provisioning and pay only for what you use, while
isolating your Amazon EC2 compute instances
at the hardware level. For more information, see
Dedicated Instances (p. 310).
Reserved Instances Updates to the AWS Management Console make 27 March

updates to the AWS it easier for users to view their Reserved Instances 2011
Management Console and purchase additional Reserved Instances,
including Dedicated Reserved Instances.
Support for Windows Amazon EC2 now provides you with several 15 March
Server 2008 R2 pre-configured Windows Server 2008 R2 AMIs. 2011
These AMIs are immediately available for use in
every region and in most 64-bit instance types,
excluding t1.micro and HPC families. The AMIs will
support multiple languages.
Metadata information 2011-01-01 Added information about metadata to reflect 11 March

changes in the 2011-01-01 release. For more 2011
information, see Instance Metadata and
User Data (p. 477) and Instance Metadata
Amazon EC2 VM Import Added information about the Amazon EC2 VM 3 March
Connector for VMware Import Connector for VMware vCenter virtual 2011
vCenter appliance (Connector). The Connector is a plug-in
for VMware vCenter that integrates with VMware
vSphere Client and provides a graphical user
interface that you can use to import your VMware
virtual machines to Amazon EC2.
Force volume You can now use the AWS Management Console 23
detachment to force the detachment of an Amazon EBS February
volume from an instance. For more information, 2011
see Detaching an Amazon EBS Volume from an
Instance (p. 815).
Instance termination You can now use the AWS Management Console 23
protection to prevent an instance from being terminated. February
For more information, see Enabling Termination 2011
Protection for an Instance (p. 389).
VM Import 2010-11-15 Added information about VM Import, which 15

allows you to import a virtual machine or volume December
into Amazon EC2. For more information, see the 2010
VM Import/Export User Guide.
1100

Version Date
Basic monitoring for 2010-08-31 Added information about basic monitoring for 12
instances EC2 instances. December
2010
Filters and Tags 2010-08-31 Added information about listing, filtering, and 19
tagging resources. For more information, see September
Listing and Filtering Your Resources (p. 960) and 2010
Tagging Your Amazon EC2 Resources (p. 963).
Idempotent Instance 2010-08-31 Added information about ensuring idempotency 19

Launch when running instances. September
2010
Micro instances 2010-06-15 Amazon EC2 offers the t1.micro instance 8

type for certain types of applications. For September
more information, see Burstable Performance 2010
Instances (p. 132).
AWS Identity and Amazon EC2 now integrates with AWS Identity 2
Access Management for and Access Management (IAM). For more September
Amazon EC2 information, see Controlling Access to Amazon 2010
EC2 Resources (p. 596).
Cluster instances 2010-06-15 Amazon EC2 offers cluster compute instances for 12 July
high-performance computing (HPC) applications. 2010
Amazon VPC IP Address 2010-06-15 Amazon VPC users can now specify the IP address 12 July
Designation to assign an instance launched in a VPC. 2010
Amazon CloudWatch Amazon CloudWatch monitoring is now 14 June

Monitoring for Amazon automatically available for Amazon EBS volumes. 2010
EBS Volumes For more information, see Amazon CloudWatch
Metrics for Amazon EBS (p. 902).
High-memory extra 2009-11-30 Amazon EC2 now supports a High-Memory 22

large instances Extra Large (m2.xlarge) instance type. For more February
information about the hardware specifications for 2010
each Amazon EC2 instance type, see Amazon EC2
Instance Types.
Reserved Instances with Amazon EC2 now supports Reserved Instances 22

Windows with Windows. February
2010
1101
AWS Glossary
For the latest AWS terminology, see the AWS Glossary in the AWS General Reference.
1102

Awsec2 PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Awsec2 PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Awsec2 PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud

User Guide for Windows Instances

Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud: User Guide for Windows Instances

The AWS Documentation website is getting a new look!

Step 3: Conﬁgure Your Head Node ..................................................................................... 44

Troubleshooting Sysprep ................................................................................................. 117

Migrate Microsoft SQL Server from Windows to Linux ......................................................... 510

Custom Security Groups .................................................................................................. 586

Virtual Private Clouds ............................................................................................................. 720

Instance Block Device Mapping ........................................................................................ 934

Checking the Import Task Status ...................................................................................... 987

Instance Terminates Immediately .................................................................................... 1042

What Is Amazon EC2?

Features of Amazon EC2

• Virtual computing environments, known as instances

How to Get Started with Amazon EC2

Get Up and Running

• Setting Up with Amazon EC2 (p. 12)

• Amazon EC2 Basic Infrastructure for Windows (p. 4)

Networking and Security

• Amazon EC2 Key Pairs and Windows Instances (p. 577)

• Amazon EBS (p. 781)

Working with Windows Instances

• Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide

Accessing Amazon EC2

AWS Command Line Interface (CLI)

Pricing for Amazon EC2

Amazon EC2 provides the following purchasing options for instances:

PCI DSS Compliance

Amazon EC2 Basic Infrastructure for Windows

Amazon Machine Images and Instances

Bare Metal Instances

Regions and Availability Zones

• Amazon Elastic Block Store (Amazon EBS)

Amazon EBS Volumes

Root Device Volume

1. Open the Amazon EC2 console.

2. From the Amazon EC2 console dashboard, click Launch Instance.

• modify-instance-attribute (AWS CLI)

Networking and Security

AWS Identity and Access Management

• Create users and groups under your AWS account

• Creating an IAM Group and Users (p. 597)

Diﬀerences between Windows Server and an Amazon

Windows Server Amazon EC2 Windows Instance

Designing Your Applications to Run on Amazon EC2

Setting Up with Amazon EC2

1. Sign Up for AWS (p. 12)

Sign Up for AWS

To create an AWS account

Create an IAM User

Create a Key Pair

To create a key pair

5. Choose Create Key Pair.

Create a Virtual Private Cloud (VPC)

To create a nondefault VPC

1. Open the Amazon VPC console at https://console.aws.amazon.com/vpc/.

Create a Security Group

To create a security group with least privilege